Se in ee tems ne tee me Ree me mts
vee Ma ae tRE ET a= Bet: mE Aete yee TS
ef ar aan eee

ere Gon tye pve ae aw eNOS
~~ Sop ee ee

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.

BULLETIN

OF

THE UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY

THE TERRITORIES.

F. V. HAYDEN,

U. S. GHOLOGIST-IN-CHARGE.

1879-’80.
WIEARNS
COLLECTION
VOLUME V. 7
‘ae igaesa

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFIOE.
1880.

U.S. GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL
SURVEY OF THE TERRITORIES,
Washington, September 20, 1880.

Bulletin No. 4, series of 1879~80, issued September 30, 1880, completes
Volume V; and with this number are issued index, title-page, table of
contents, and list of illustrations for the whole volume. The separately
published numbers should be preserved for binding, as there is no issue
of the Bulletins in bound volumes from this office, and as back numbers
cannot always be supplied to complete deficient files.

In concluding the fifth volume of Bulletins, a word regarding the
origin and progress of this publication will not be out of place. The
issue began in 1874, when it was found desirable to establish more ready
means of communication with the public and with scientific bodies than
the regular Reports of the Survey afforded; the design being to publish,
without the delay incident to the appearance of more elaborate and
extended articles, such new or specially interesting matter as should be
contributed to the general results of the Explorations under my charge
by the members or the collaborators of the Survey. The practical im-
portance of prompt measures in such cases is well recognized, and suffi-
ciently attested by the success which the Bulletins have achieved.

The First and Second Bulletins, which appeared in 1874, are separately
paged pamphlets, without ostensible connection with each other or with
subsequent ones, but together constituting a “ First Series” of the pub-

lication. Bulletins which appeared in 1875, being those of a “Second

Series” and six in number, are continuously paged. With No. 6 were
issued title, contents, index, &c., for all the numbers of both “series”
which had then appeared; the design being that these should together
constitute a Volume I, in order that the inconvenient distinction of
‘‘ series” might be dropped.

With Bulletin No. 1 of 1876 the publication was established as an
annual serial; the four consecutively paged numbers of that year con-
stituting Volume II.

The four Bulletins of 1877 constituted Volume III, which compared
favorably with its, predecessors in the extent, variety, and importance
of its contents, and was greatly improved in typography and general

appearance. ie
lil

IV GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.

The four Bulletins of 1878 formed Volume IV, which maintained the |
same high standard of excellence.

Bulletins Nos. 1, 2, 3 of 1879 and No. 4 of 1880 complete Volume V,
which is herewith offered to the public.

The sixth volume having been ordered by the Department, the Bul-
letins will continue to be issued at convenient irregular intervals, as
material may come to hand; the strictly serial character of the publica-
tion being maintained. The actual date of issue is given on the tempo- —
rary cover of each, as it is important to fix with precision the appear-
ance of the successive numbers of a periodical in which new genera and
species are described.

This publication, answering fully the special purpose for which it was
established, is regarded as one of the most important means to the main
ends which the Survey has had in view. It has acquired a character
and standing which render it favorably comparable to the regular ‘ Pro-
ceedings” or other similar publications of learned bodies of this country
or Europe. Its scope includes the whole range of the subjects for the in-
vestigation of which the Survey was conducted, and the appearance of
which in this connection has in no way interfered with the formal Re-
ports of the Survey. The volumes already issued have contained arti-
cles upon Archeology, Ethnography, Linguistics, Geology, Topography,
Geography, Paleontology, and Natural History in general, suitably —
illustrated with plates, cuts, and maps;. and no effort has been spared
to maintain a high standard of excellence.

The thanks of the Survey are due to Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A., for
his careful and able conduct of the periodical.

F. V. HAYDEN,
United States Geologist.

CONTENTS OF THE WHOLE VOLUME.

BULLETIN No. 1.—February 28, 1879.

I.—Notes on the Aphidide of the United States, with Descriptions of Species
occurring West of the Mississippi. PuaTes I, II. By Charles V.

Lenihan? Ghavdlid [oly Karas) WS RA Ae ee cee eS Soe Se ee meee see
IJ.—The Relations of the Horizons of Extinct Vertebrata of Europe and North

PAINETICA Mes Vien a © OMCte se nemiclajotsisel- asic cieselstieeisancecs 05
II1.—Observations on. the Faune of the Miocene Tertiaries of Oregon. By
PEDO ODE ae ete Eel fal to nie rete aim OPEN U ats Sale wle:tie! win einit's
IV.—Notes on the Birds of Fort Sisseton, Dakota Territory. By Charles E.
McChesney, Acting Assistant Surgeon U.S. A....-.....--5.--..----
V.—Paleontological Papers No. 9: Fossils of the Jura-Trias of Southeastern
Wea ahospye © Ae Witte Mi Des ae yee ia poeiacepe eas Shieh cic Sse
V1.—Jura-Trias Section of Southeastern Idaho and Western Wyoming. By
AMG Os TREY IG Ds ones CSE SO nec Sap Cm ECD OA Sees Se ec eae ae prerses eeae
VII.—Fossil Forests of the Volcanic Tertiary Formations of the Yellowstone
NatronaliPark. |) Byp We. bl, Holmes 2-520) 5 oes sice setts /scieieiiseici-
VIII.—Paleontological Papers No. 10: Conditions of Preservation of Inverte-
(STII OOS MISS Ma OL ity VLU Ge eo peel oa ee sano ob abe eace pebone
IX.—Supplement to the Bibliography of North American Invertebrate Pale-
ontology. By C. A. White and H. Alleyne Nicholson............-..

BULLETIN No. 2.—September 6, 1879.

X.—On the Coatis (Genus Nasua, Storr). By J. A. Allen.......-.....----
XI.—On the Present Status of Passer domesticus in America, with Special
Reference to the Western States and Territories. By Dr. Elliott Coues,

BUSTERS IS SPA past pena eee spe ilar aratciay tyes Me NS El Sect icles ioe a dials 6
XII.—The Laramie Group of Western Wyoming and Adjacent Regions. By
ike (On TGR. JWG IDEs ARB OC bs eae eRe osae CoH ae CeCe OC REE Seen eee coe
XIII.—On Lithophane and New Noctuide. By A. R. Grote...--.......------

XIV.—Paleontological Papers No. 11: Remarks upon Certain Carboniferous
Fossils from Colorado, Arizona, Idaho, Utah, and Wyoming, and

Certain Cretaceous Corals from Colorado, together with Descriptions

ean(ehy dior ciseul dbaya( Coys Ylaliuts il (od D ee
XV.—The so-called Two-Ocean Pass. (PLATES III, IV.) By F. V. Hayden.
XVI.—On the Extinct Species of Rhinoceride of North America, and their
AUliesEnvgH el CONVO paren ease tae ame Se crs cetisytte ovci sale gas) ens 55
XVII.—Second Instalment of American Ornithological ipa By Dr.
TOU ne Chena DIS i 8 a ee, eee ea ee

Page.

153

VI CONTENTS.

. BULLETIN No. 3.—November 30, 1879.

XVIII.—On the Species of the Genus Bassaris. By J. A. Allen ........-.. GN «
XX.—List of a Collection of Aculeate Hymenoptera made by Mr. g. W. Wil-
liston in Northwestern Kansas. By W. H. Patton .................
XXI.—Further Notes on the Ornithology of the Lower Rio Grande of Texas,
from Observations made during the Spring of 1878. By George B.

Sennett. Edited, with annotations, by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A..

XXII.—Additional Lists of Elevations. By Henry Gannett......-....-......
XXIII.—Generic Arrangement of the Bees allied to Melissodes and Anthophora.
By Wi. ER Patton! .2co-. csc s2e seine eect dec seen a ee eee ees js
XXIV.—Annotated List of the Birds of Michigan. By Dr. Morris Gibbs.---.---
XXV.—The Coleoptera of the Alpine Rocky Mountain Regions.—Part II. By
John Li Le Conte, M. D..2-2. 222 5252. 8-52. sa ee Sees eee eee

BULLETIN No. 4.—September 30, 1880.

XXVI.—Third Instalment of American Ornithological Bibliography. By Dr.
Eliott. Coues, U.S. Annes eee caincie cee nee teen tee

“f

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATES.

; To face page—
Pl. I.—Gall-making Pemphigine.....---. Pe eleeete te iseyh sa \ckida)= soe hed a aeiajen > o 32
iCall ma cinpabem prem oa osc. ee arsece 6 qe ciec ee elects sone aces coninn~ 32
eee O=-O Ce An mb asses aacpa ae ote e Mae ce cpem crciniats sind cece! es sayeie elec a's avelsine 226
el eplive avy O- OCGA ASS esata cna Sas oreo tela (a leisiet sioleeis o sicinisinis -'>.<'see'siess oe sess 226

Norte.—Plates I and U1, accompanying Article I, were not issued in place, having been delayed until
Bulletin No. 2 was issued. They should be bound in place at end of Riley and Monell’s Article, oppo-
. site page 32, each being faced by its explanatory leaf.

a nie
iy
‘ we
s
2 E
ra
¥
ie a
‘
“S
- t
‘ é pig AEN
# ~<a
iy
Pee &
7
, -
.
t
:
ae 3
.
a
i ; E
~ y

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.
F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. GEOLOGIST-IN-CHARGE.

BULLETIN

OF

Pee ONT ED STATES

GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY

OF

THE TERRITORIES.
VOMUMEOV 222s. NUMBER 1.

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. |
. February 28, 1879.

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME V. 1879. NUMBER L

Art. 1._Notes om the Aphididz of the United States,
with descriptions of species occurring West of the
Miississippi.

By Chas. V. Riley and J. Monell.

Tee eae Nee oe

BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE PEMPHIGINA, WITH DE-
SCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—C. V. RILEy, Ph. D.

The object of the present paper is to set forth some interesting biolo-
gical facts relating to the gall-making Pemphigine,* and which were pre-
sented in abstract at the late meeting of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science. These facts have a special interest just
at this time on account of the close relationship between the insects of
the sub-family in question and the notorious Grape-vine Phylloxera
(Phylloxera vastatrix).

The life-history and agamic multiplication of the Plant-lice (Aphidide)
have always excited the interest of entomologists, and even of anatomists
and embryologists not especially given to-the study of insects. The life-
history, however, of the gall-making species belonging to the Pemphigine
has baffled the skill of observers more than that of any other group.
All of the older writers, in treating of the different gall-producing
Pemphigine of Europe, have invariably failed to trace the life-history of
any of the species after the winged females leave the galls, and, with
few exceptions, have erroneously inferred that the direct issue from the
winged females hibernates somewhere. The most recent production on
_ the subject is a paper published the present year in Cassel, Germany, by
Dr. H. F. Kessler, on the life- history of the gall- making Plant- lice
+ This term is used in the sub-family sense, in accordance with most common us ge,

and not in the tribal sense, as employed by Buckton in his Monograph of br itish
Aphides, 1875.

Bull. v, 1——1

2 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

affecting Ulmus campestris.* This author, by a series of ingenious ex-
periments, rightly came to the conclusion that the insects hibernate on
the trunk; but he failed to discover in what condition they so hiber-
nate.

M. J. Lichtenstein of Montpellier, France, who has paid much atten-
tion to these insects, was led to the belief, spnmnne te in various publi-
cationst during the year 1877, that the European species inhabiting Elm
and Poplar migrated to the reots of grasses and there hibernated. He
was doubtless misled by the great general resemblance between all the
species of this sub-family in the immature and apterous stages. In a
letter dated December 25, 1877, I informed him that I had discovered
that the sexed individuals of our Elm species inhabited the bark, to
which the female consigned her single winter egg, and that his theory
was altogether inconsistent with this fact and with what Derbés had
discovered of Pemphigus cornicularius affecting First With this clue
my friend has done good service the past season, by correctly tracing the
life-history of several species, and showing that there are no such ini-
erations as he assumed, from the trees in question. Indeed, nothing but
the most thorough and absolute proof can establish the fact of any such
migration. Species of the same genus often so closely resemble each
other that they are more readily distinguished by their mode of life, or
by the galls they produce, than by structural or describable differences ;
and this holds particularly true of the immature or apterous stages.
This fact, taken in connection with what is here recorded and what is
already known of the habits of the sub-family, renders it extremely im-
probable that any of the species subsist at one time on one plant and
habitually change, by migration, to another of a totally different nature.
Stranger things happen in nature; but until M. Lichtenstein experi-
mentally proves the accuracy of his conclusions, I must reject his theory.

Led by previous investigations into the TeATSeS of the Grape Phylloxera,
I discovered, in 1875, that some of our Elm-feeding species of Pem-
phigine ana wingless and mouthless males and females, and that
the female lays but one solitary impregnated egg, just as in the case of
Phylloxera. Continuing my investigations, especially during the present
summer (1878), I have been able to trace the life-history of those species
preducing galls on our own Elms, and to show that they all agree in this
respect, and that the impregnated egg preduced by the female is con-
signed to the sheltered portions of the trunk of the tree, and there hiber-
nates—the issue therefrom being the stem-mother,§ which founds the
gali-inhabiting colony the ensuing spring. Thus the question as to what
becomes of the winged insects after they leave the galls is no longer an

4 ‘DieLebensg eschichte der auf Ulmus campestris yorkommenden Aphiden-Arten. —

+ Stettiner Ent. Zeit. 1877, p. 489, &e.

{ Ann. d. Se. Nat. Paris, October, 1871.

§ I adopt this term as a literal translation of the German “Stamm-mutter,” and as
meaning the ancestress or progenitor of all succeeding generations until the impreg-
nated egg is produced and another cycle commences. ;

No. 1.) RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 3)

open one. They instinctively seek the bark of the tree, and there give
birth to the sexual individuals, either directly or through intervening
generations.

It is my purpose in a subsequent paper to go more fully into a con-
sideration of the habits and classification of this interesting family of
Plant-lice; but my present object will best be accomplished by giving a
full account of the two commoner gall-making species found upon the
American Elm, with less complete accounts of some other species. It
will be seen by the facts recorded, and by the descriptions, how futile all
attempts must be to establish anything like a natural system of classifi-
cation, whether the number of antennal joints, the character of wing-
venation, or the habits be considered; and the lesson I would draw from
the study of these minute insects is the same that must be drawn by all
naturalists who thoroughly study any one group, viz., that any system
of classification will be unsatisfactory, except on the hypothesis that it
is purely a matter of convenience. We find extreme variation in the
number and proportions of antennal joints in the different stages of the
same species. We find a great tendency to variation even in the ptero-
gostic characters; and, finally, there is not even unity of habit in the
species of the same genus. The deflexed or horizontal position of the
wings has no value in this sub-family, because most of the species carry
their wings horizontal while yet in their galls or for some time after issu-
ing from the pupa. That all of the insects of this sub-family possess,
however, at least one feature in common with the species of Phylloxera
so far known, namely, the mouthiess, wingless, and generally degrada-
tional nature of the sexual individuals, and the production by the female
of a solitary, impregnated egg, there can be little doubt, since I have
traced these sexual individuals and this impregnated egg, not only in
the cases indicated in this paper, but further in Schizoneura Rileyi (Thos.)
and Schizoneura lanigera (Hausm.); while M. J. Lichtenstein, as already

‘stated, has discovered them in several of the European species of this

sub-family. Another feature common to the whole sub-family, though by
no means peculiar to it, is the floceulent exudation from the body and
the absence of bright coloration, the winged females having, all of them,
a dull, dark ground-color of head and thorax. The front wings have
invariably a fold or thickening of the posterior marginal vein in the
region of the first discoidal; and the hind wings are correspondingly
produced on the costal margin and armed with hooklets that catch in
the fold in flight. These are features common to all Aphidide known
to me; but their prominence or faintness often has specific value, and
the angle on the hind wing may, for descriptive purposes, be called the
‘“‘ hook-angle.”

4 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

SCHIZONEURA AMERICANA, na. sp.

[ Curling and gnarling the leaves of the White Elm ( Ulmus americana), forming there-
by a sort of pseudo-gall. The curl made by a single stem-mother in the spring takes
the pretty constant form of a rather wrinkled roll of one side of the young leaf; but,
according as there is more than one stem-mother, or as several contiguous leaves are
affected, the deformation assumes various distorted shapes, sometimes involving quite
large masses of the leaves. ]

BIOLOGICAL.

There is a good deal of irregularity in the time of appearance of the
different generations, but the general history of this species, aS I have
observed it for several years, is herewith given. There is much greater |
difficulty in fully tracing the life-history of one of these small creatures
than might be supposed. They languish in confinement and ill bear
handling. To trace their growth and movements in a state of nature
requires vigilance and perseverance, and a great deal of time; and I
have been fortunate, in my studies of this and the next species, in secur-
ing the patient aid of Miss M. lh. Murtfeldt of Kirkwood, Mo., a lady
to whom I have already had repeated occasion to express my indebt-
edness.

If, during the winter, we carefully examine the cracks and crevices
of an American or White Elm that was badly infested with this leaf-
curling species the previous summer, we shall be pretty sure to find its
impregnated egg—a minute, dull-yellowish, ovoid object, about 0.52™
long (Fig. 1, a), either free or still more or less effectually covered with
the parents dry skin, which faintly shows the insections that char-
aeterized the living female. The same spring influences that cause the
leaf-buds to swell and open, likewise induce the hatching of this winter
egg, and the little creature that issues from it instinctively crawls to the
more terminal twigs and branches, and settles upon the first tender leaf-
let it meets with. Itconstitutes the stem-mother, or first generation, and,
stationing itself on the under surface of the leaf, very soon causes the
same to swell and curl by the irritation and punctures of its beak. The
curl is usually from the lateral edge, and the more normal form it takes
is shown at Fig. 1,¢. It is, however, very irregular, and takes on many
different forms, according as it is produced by one or several stem-moth-
ers settling on the same leaf, and as it affects a portion of one leaf only
or embraces several from the same bud. At first, pale yellowish-red,
with dark members, the stem-mother increases in size more or less rap-
idly, depending to some extent on the development of the leaf. Moving
about in her curled house, within which she is destined to iive and
die, this stem-mother goes through her last moult, and attains maturity -
about the twelfth day from the time of hatching. This period may be
lengthened by unfavorable weather, as an indefinite period of lethargy,
both of plant ‘and insect, may ensue, after hatching, if the temperature
be too low. The number of molts I have not definitely ascertained, but
from analogy there will be three. Having attained maturity, she com-

No. 1.) RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 5

mences peopling her pseudo-gall with young at the rate of about one
every Six or seven hours, according to temperature, increasing in bulk and
prolificacy from day to day, until by the early part of May, in the latitude
of Saint Louis, she has attained her fullest development, and soon per-
ishes. She may attain to nearly four millimetres in length, and, with
greatly swollen body, be almost as wide (Fig. 1, b). Her immediate issue,
or the second generation, are like her in many respects, but never grow to
be quite so large. The individuals of this generation soon accumulate
in great numbers around her, and in their turn commence to bring forth
young, some remaining within the original curl, others scattering to
found new colonies. Their issue, or the third generation, show certain
marked structural differences from the first (see description), and are
déstined to become winged.

During most of the month of May, we may find, where large clusters of
leaves are affected, the few more or less exhausted stem-mothers, and
these second and third generations in every stage of development. As
the lice increase in numbers, the leaves no longer protect them, but pre-
sent on both sides multitudes of busy atoms—livid, old and paler young—
those with wings and those getting wings—interspersed with white
exuvie, cottony secretion, and globules of pearly liquid. At the same
time, in single curls of more terminal leaves, we may find the second gen-
eration of wingless mothers surrounded by smaller colonies, all of which
will become winged. The winged females (Fig. 1, d) are short-lived,
bringing forth a dozen or more pseudova at average intervals of about
half an hour. The glossy pellicle that compresses all the members of
their newly-born issue is ruptured very shortly after birth, and is worked -
off in the course of about ten minutes. These facts are easily ascer-
tained by confining the winged mother, but the exact positions to which
the pseudova are naturally carried I have not been able to definitely
learn; but we may rest pretty confident that they are consigned both to
the leaves and to the twigs. The young lice, forming the fourth genera-
tion, are very active, running swiftly in all directions. In color, they are
at first of a pale and bright red, but soon acquire a brownish tint. In
general appearance, they resemble the young from the stem-mother.
The beak is very long, thickened at the end, which always projects
beyond the tip of the abdomen, and terminates in a sickle-like point.
Experiments made by attaching and confining these young to the trunk
of the tree show that they do not flourish thereon, but naturally crawl
out to the more tender, terminal leaves, which they immediately begin
to curl. They may be found scattered over an infested tree, with their
_ beaks for the most part inserted in the tender leaf-stem or in the mid-
rib on the under side, the leaf in such case already beginning to show
_ the effect of the poisonous puncture. They are, however, able to sustain
themselves on the tender bark of the twigs alone, and may be found
nearly full-grown, there exposed to view and enveloped in the white cot-
tony matter, which brushes off at the slightest touch. When full-grown,

6 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.
they commence reproducing, and their progeny, under favorable cireum-
stances, becomes exceedingly abundant. The growing points of the tree
are affected with larger or smaller colonies, crowding and covering both
the surfaces of the leaves, the petioles, and the stem. I have known
young En trees to be so thoroughly covered with these lice, in the earlier
part of June, that not a single leaf was unaffected, and upon giving
the tree the slightest jar there would be a perfect shower of the liquid
elobules excreted by the lice. At this season of the year, when the lice
are thus numerous, they may be found during the heat of the day actively
crawling over all portions of the tree—a veritable migration, necessita-
ted by the want of sufficient succulent leaves, but evidently premature,
and destined to be the death of the individuals participating in it, exces-
sive multiplication here, as in all other cases, obliging the destruction
of the excess. While the individuals thus wandering are mostly the
younger ones, the migrating instinct seems sometimes to possess indi-
viduals of all ages, especially where the tree is badly affected; and that
they perish is proved by the mass of dead lice which in such a case may
be found around the base of a tree. So far as I have been able to learn
by confining specimens of the jifth generation, which is very similar to
the fourth, but with shorter promuscis, the fifth reproduces like the
fourth without acquiring wings. The individuals of the sixth generation,
on the contrary, all acquire wings, the pupa being active, with but a
small amount of flocculence, confined to the posterior part of the body
The winged lice of this sixth generation abound during the latter
part of June and the early part of July. They resemble those of the
third generation, except that they are perhaps on the average somewhat
smaller and paler, and less prolific. They instinctively congregate on
the bark, and consign to the crevices, and sheltered parts thereof, their
young, which, as in the fourth generation, are enveloped in a sort of
pellicle. These young also resemble the young of the fourth generation
in general form, but have very short and stout beaks. Instead of being
active, they are quite sluggish, congregating in clusters in the sheltered
portions of the bark, and being essentially bark-feeders. The color soon
inclines strongly to orange or salmon, and, after two or three days of
Sluggish existence, they shed their skin, and become more active, pene-
trating more deeply into the interstices of the bark, and huddling to-
gether in groups of various sizes. They are now of a pale buff, or, more
correctly, salmon color, the surface at first smooth and polished, but
becoming in some instances slightly pulverulent. Simulating closely the
color of the bark, and being quite small, they are not easily detected,
unless in great numbers. A careful examination shows that they have
entirely lost the beak, and that they consist of both males and females,
the females being the larger, and the males showing the genital charac-
ters given in the description. They live grouped together for several
days with little motion, the female (Fig. 1, e) increasing in size by the
enlargement of the single egg contained in her body. Both soon perish,

No. 1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. 7

leaving among their shrivelled bodies the shining, reddish-brown winter
egg, either partially or entirely covered by the parent’s skin.

On the 16th of June, 1877, I met with an isolated tree at Malvern,
Towa, belonging to Mr. H. K. Follett, which had been very badly infested
with this species. The winged individuals crowded the trunk, and had
perished in such quantities around the base of the tree as to lie ina
matted mass three or four inches thick, being greedily devoured by their
numerous enemies. One could not break off the smallest piece of the
bark without finding the exposed interstices crowded with the salmon-
-ecolored sexual individuals.

Among the more prominent of the natural enemies of this species, I have
noticed, of Coleoptera, Coccinella 9-notata, Coccinella sanguinea (munda)
Say, Hippodamia convergens, and several species of Scymnus. I also
found feeding upon them the perfect beetle of Podabrus modestus, and
the Hemipterous Cyllocoris seutellatus, Uhler, and Capsus linearis, Beauv.
A Lepidopterous inquiline, namely, the larva of Semasia prunivora,
Walsh, is also quite common within the curled leaves, feeding both on
the lice and’ on the substance of the leaf. <A large green Syrphus larva
and several Chrysopa larve also prey upon them.

DESCRIPTIVE.

SCHIZONEURA AMERICANA (Fig. 1).—Impregnated egg 0.52™ long, gamboge-yellow,
inclining to brown in color, with no especial external sculpture.

First gencration.—Stem-mother: Pale yeVowish-red, with black members when first
hatched; the red deepening and becoming purplish or livid with age. When mature,
averaging 3.5™™ in length, globose or pyriform, with subobhsolete honey-tubes and six
dorsal rows of darker piliferous and tuberculous spots. Antenne 5-jointed, joint 3
more than equalling 4 and 5 together in length.

Second generation.—Diftering in no essential respect from the preceding, except that
the individuals do not attain so great a size. Bright brownish-red when born, they
soon become livid brown.

Third gencration.—Mature, winged female: Alar expanse 5 to 5.6™™, Body dusky, the
abdomen slightly reddish; legs either dusky or yellowish-red. Antennas long as head
and thorax together, dusky, rarely yellowish, not pilose, but with afew short setous
points; 6-jointed, the 1st and 2d joints slightly bulbous; 3d either surpassing or
equating in length the 4th, 5th, and 6th together, which are subequal; the terminal
joint usually the shortest, the apical sub-joint being normal, and in some cases
sufficiently constricted to resemble an additional joint; joints 3, 4, and 5 rather
distinctly annulated, the constrictions being generally quite deep, and producing a
moniliform aspect, there being on an average 22 such on joint 3. Tarsi with the basal
joint distinctly separated into a lobe, the claws strong, and in length twice the diam-
eter of the tarsus. Wings hyaline: front pair with the veins becoming obsolete at
tips; stigma subhyaline, either of a yellowish tinge or somewhat dusky ; stigmal
vein starting from the middle of the stigma and normally curved; cubital vein obso-
lete for nearly one-third its length, the furcal forming with it almost a point; the
terminal distance between first and second discoidals equal to about five times that
between their bases (often rather more); terminal distance between furcal and cubi-
tal and second discoidal veins subequal, that between stigmal and furcal slightly
shorter, that between second and first discoidal one-third greater, and about equal
that between stigmal and tip of stigma. Hind wings with the subcostal vein almost
straight, there being no curve where it gives off the discoidal veins, which are obsolete

8 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

at their extreme base, and not confluent withit. [The wing-venation is very constant.
Out of nearly 100 specimens examined, I have found only an unusual shortening of
the cubital in two individuals.] The larva and pupa in this third generation differ
from the winged insect in being more reddish and in having the antenne ringed with
less distinct constrictions, in the legs being paler, in the claws being stronger, and in
the basal joint of tarsus being more connate with the terminal joint. They havea
distinct annulated elevation at each side posteriorly—a sort of pseudo-honeytube.

When first born, they are of a pale dull yoo, and the antennal joints are more nearly
subequal in length.

Fourth generation.—That from the first winged females: Differs from the preceding
in the promuscis being much longer, in the antenne having but five jomts, the third
being somewhat longest and the first the shortest, but all often being of much more-
nearly equal length, with no annulated constrictions. The color is more decidedly
orange. When newly hatched, the thickened end of the promuscis often extends one-
half the length of the body beyond anus. The legs are also long and stout, and the
basal joint of the tarsus is distinct, but not separated. The capitate hairs are obsolete.
It is born with an enveloping pellicle or pseudovum, and though of a bright red with
pale legs at first, soon becomes brownish, with dark members.

Fifth generation.—The counterpart of the second.

Sixth generation.—Second winged: Resembles the third, but usually rather lighter-
colored, with the wing-veins, the spinous armature of surfaces, and the constrictions of
antenne less strong, and with the third joint of antenne rather less in length than
the terminal three together.

Seventh generation.—True sexual individuals: Born within an ege-like pellicle. With
stout promuscis reaching to between middle and hind cox; the antenne 5-jointed,
with the joints subequal. Bark-feeding. Orange in color. Undergoing one moult,
and then being at once distinguished from the other forms by the brighter orange-
yellow color, the rudimentary mouth, the more simple eyes (composed of three facets),
by the shorter, 5-jointed antenne, the joints subequal in length; by the shorter legs,
' with smaller claws to the tarsi, and more distinct terminal capitate hairs, or pulvilli.
The skin is transparent, the body filled more or less with fatty globules. The female
is nearly pyriform, and averages 0.4™™ in length. A single egg is visible through
the translucent skin, and, according to age, occupies more or less of the whole of the
body. The male is narrower and smaller, the penis being bulbous, with a couple of
spine-like genital clasps.

This species is very closely allied to the Huropean S. wlmi (Linn.), and
until I was able to compare it with actual specimens, I was in doubt
whether to look upon it as a mere variety or a distinct species. Judging
from Kessler’s figure and description of the European leaf-curl, and by
a figure sent me by Mr. Buckton, it differs from ours, Ist, in bending
upward, 2. ¢., the stem-mother settles on the upper instead of the under
side of the leaf; 2d, in having a number of small, rounded or verrucose
swellings. These differences in their dwellings are strongly presumptive
of structural differences in the insects themselves; and the fact that 8.
americana does not attack the Huropean Elms, either in Shaw’s Botani-
cal Gardens at Saint Louis, or in the grounds of the Department of Ag-
riculture, pots in the same direction. Differences are indeed easily
enough made out if we take the more or less imperfect descriptions and
figures of wlmi,* but are less apparent when the actual specimens are

* Koch’s figure (evidently copied Dy Kessler) is faulty i in several respects, and fails
to indicate the hook-angle of hind wings, or the corresponding thickening of front
wings, a fault that is, however, common-to most of Koch’s figures.

No. 1.) RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 9

compared. The following are the more important differences, least sub-
ject to variation, between the winged females of ulmi as compared with
those of americana: ulmi is a longer-winged species, averaging 7.3"™
in expanse; the abdomen, wing-veins, and stigma are darker; the termi-
nal distance between Ist and 2d discoidals slightly greater; the 3d joint
of antenn is relatively longer; the annulations are less deep and more
numerous (those on 3d joint averaging. 30); joints 5 and 6 are smoother,
i. €., Without annulations, but they are more setous; joint 5 is shorter
than 4; the apical, narrowed part of 6th joint is relatively longer and
more pointed; the subcostal vein of hind wings is less straight; the
cubital vein is often continuous to very near the subcostal, while I
have not found any tendency of the kind in americana, the tendency
being in the opposite direction, or to become shorter; the 2d discoidal
‘of hind wings shows a tendency to fork; the hooklets on costa of hind
wings are 3 in number, while in amer sa there are normally 4;* the
legs are more setous.

COLOPHAt ULMICOLA (Fitch).

[Forming cock’s-comb-like galls (Fig. 2, a) on the upper surface of the leaves of
Ulmus americana, the galls appearing with the opening of the leaves, and turning
brown and black in late summer. ]

Another very common gall, which may be called the Cock’s-comb Elm
Gall (ulmi-ulmicola), is aikie ond on the White Elm, and particularly,
as in the case of the previous gall, on young trees. It was well de-
seribed by Fitch{as an ‘“ exerescence or follicle like a cock’s comb, aris-
ing abruptly on the upper side of the leaves, usually one inch long

*These hooklets get so easily broken off that they are not to be relied on; yet the
normal number on most of the Pemphigine I have examined is 3, while in Hormaphis
there are but 2. The fact that in Se. americana Bete are 4 is dignenn: interesting,
and of some value in this connection.

t The bibliography of this species very well illustrates the confusion that too often
surrounds the proper determination, not only of insects of this family, but of all orders.
It is due to three causes, not easily removed: 1st, the miserably insufficient nature of
the earlier descriptions and definitions; 2d, the isolation of the earlier English ento-
mologists from those of the continent, and the dual nomenclature that has arisen from
independent work; 3d, the want of a common ground for generic characterization.
Walsh referred the species to Thelaxes, which has, however, 5-jointed antenne.
Vacuna, Heyden, is synonymous with Thelaxes, though Walker would restrict the for-
mner to alni, Schrank, and the latter to dryophila, Schrank (‘‘The Zodlogist,” London,
February, 1870, p. 2001), without pointing out generic differences, asthe want of a fork
in the cubital vein in Koch’s figure is clearly an error of the artist. Mr. Monell founded
the genus Colopha for ulmicola on the fact that the antennz of the winged female are
6-jointed. Such a difference can hardly have generic value when we find ulmicola oc-
casionally with but five antennal joints, and (if Huxley is correct in his determination)
dryophila sometimes with six (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii, pp. 203, 234). But, taken in
connéction with the fact that wlmicola is a flocculent species, the true female producing
but one large ege, while dryophila is without floceulence, the female (according to
Huxley) laying many eggs, Colopha, considering ulmicola as the type, may be accepted
as a good genus.

; Fifth Report on the Noxious Insects of N. Y. § 347.

10 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

and + of an inch high, compressed and its sides wrinkled perpendicu-
larly and its summit irregularly gashed and toothed; of a paler green
color than the leaf and more or less red on the side exposed to the sun;
opehing on the under side of the leaf by a long slit-like orifice; imside
wrinkled perpendicularly into deep plates.” The gall is always found
between two of the branching parallel veins, and those between which
it grows are generally drawn closer together than the rest. The corru.
gations and roughness, so characteristic of this gall, evidently result
from the lesser susceptibility of the minute transverse veins to swell,
compared with the more succulent tissue of the leaf. There is always a
certain hoariness around the mouth of the gall below, while the base of
the upper part is always contracted and compressed.

BIOLOGICAL.

The impregnated egg of this species is also to be found during the
winter in exactly the same sheltered situations, in and under the bark
of the White Elm, as that of Schizoneura americana. It is almost always
sheltered by the dry and somewhat wrinkled skin of the true female,
being seldom extruded, but occupying the whole of the body (Fig. 2, b).
Occasionally the mother skin is more or less freed. The young stem-
mothers hatch from the winter egg about the same time, and are minute
dark olive-brown specks, just visible to the unaided eye, and quite active
during pleasant weather, crawling nimbly about over the tree, till they
reach a tender leaf that is just unfolding, when they also settle upon the
under surface, and begin to feed on and fret the same. They doubtless
insert their beaks in various portions of the buds or expanding leaves
ere settling, since, before the gall begins to form, the little architect has
generally obtained twice the size it had when first hatched. By the
middle of April, in the latitude of Saint Louis, the galls generally begin
to show, at first as slight elongate ridges on the upper surface, with
corresponding closed depressions on the lower surface. Upon drawing
apart the lips of the wrinkle beneath, at this stage of the growth of the
gall, the stem-mother, who still retains her glossy olive-brown appear-
ance, is Seen constantly running back and forth in the eavity, and in-
flicting rapid punctures with her beak, the inner surface of her dwelling
being smooth and glossy, with a slightly blistered appearance, in con-
trast with the normal, more rough and pubescent texture of the under
surface of the leaf. The development of the gall is very rapid, and,
with favorable weather, the top part begins to bulge so as to give the
contracted appearance of the base, and the tooth-like prominences be-
gin to appear by the third day. The inmate likewise grows apace.
After the first molt, she soon becomes more pyrifrom and paler, with
transverse rows of powdery secretion. She is less active, but still
marches about, incessantly fretting the surface with her short, stout
beak. A second molt takes place, and by the time the gall has fully de-
veloped, or about two weeks from the time it commenced forming, the

No.1. | » RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. Ie

process of reproduction commences, and continues for two or three
weeks, until the stem-mother is exhausted, and the gall is absolutely
. crowded with this second generation in all stages of growth. The lice
are more or less covered and interspersed with.the mealy or cottony
excretion, and with the various-sized globules of gummy liquid, which
is sometimes so abundant that it will fall upon the ground like a shower
of milky fluid, whenever badly infested trees are shaken. The insects
comprising this second generation, or the immediate issue from the stem-
mother, thus born within the habitation which she had built up, are sim-
ilar to their parent, but somewhat larger at the moment of birth than
she was, and of a paler olive-green color. .They are quite active within
the gall, exploring its concavities, and obtaining their nourishment
through its walls. After the second molt, they attain the pupa state,
(Fig. 2, d), and in due time become winged. There is but one generation
produced within the gall—a generation, however, that becomes very
numerous under favorable conditions. They all become winged, and in
this respect the species differs essentially from Schizoneura americana,
as we have already seen. The winged lice carry their wings flat on the
back while in the gall, but deflexed afterward. They issue from the
slit on the lower surface of the leaf, which opens for their exit about
-the time they become fledged. They are all females, and give birth, in
the course of a day or so, to upward of a dozen young, which, when first
born, are enclosed in the usual delicate egg-like covering already alluded
to, and which look like their immediate parent at a corresponding state
of existence, except that their antennz have five subequal joints, and
the promuscis reaches to the hind cox (Fig. 2, ¢).

So far I have been able to trace the history of the species with absolute
certainty, watching it for several years, and proving, by extracting the
stem-mother soon after she had commenced reproducing, that the second
generation, 7. e., her immediate progeny, all become winged, the species
agreeing in this respect with the gall-making species of Phylloxera that
affect the Hickory. There is, however, a link yet wanting in our know-
ledge of the history of this species, between this third generation and the
mouthless sexual individuals, the females of which so often perish while
yet covering their solitary winter eggs. I have not been able to prove
absolutely that there are two broods of the gall-making female, and my
observations all tend to the conclusion that no galls are formed except
by the stem-mother that hatches from the impregnated egg. I have
never succeeded in obtaining galls either by enclosing the winged females
in muslin bags tied on the living trees, or by similarly enclosing her
immediate progeny, though | have succeeded in obtaining, without any
difficulty, an abundance of galls by so enclosing the stem-mother. More-
over, all such succulent galls as this one are produced on the tender
young leaves only, and I have failed to find them on any but those which
develop early in the season. It is true that we may frequently find the
galls quite fresh, and containing larve, pupe, and winged insects as late

12 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

as the first week in July, and these late galls, as well as the insects within
them, are generally more yellowish than those found earlier m the year;
but a careful study of the structure of the inmates shows them to be
identical with those found in the earlier galls, and these late galls are,
from present knowledge, to be attributed to the work of late hatching
and late developing stem-mothers rather than to the work of the third
generation. Iam inclined to think that this third generation will be
found to have a different habit, possibly feeding upon some other part of
the tree, without forming galls, and producing in time the true sexual
individuals, something as in the case of the seventh generation of 8.
americana. At all events, the true female (Fig. 2, b), with the solitary egg,
is to be found about the trunk of the tree, as already deseribed.

DESCRIPTIVE.
COLOPHA ULMICOLA.

Byrsoerypta ulmicola, Fitch, 4th N. Y. Rep. 1858, p. 63 (§ 347).—Thelaxes ulmicola, Walsh,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. vol. i, p. 305, 1862; American Entomologist, vol. i, p. 108, 1869.—
Colopha ulmicola, Monell, Canadian Entomologist, vol. ix, p. 102, 1877.

Impregnated or winter egg (Fig. 2, b).—Length 0.38™™, perfectly ovoid, shining oliva-
ceous, inclining to brown, with no particular sculpture.

First generation, or stem-mother.—0.4™™ long when hatched. AAS. 4-jointed, joints
subequal in length and thickness, but with the bases of hairs rather strong. Promuscis
very short, reaching only to middle cox or a little beyond. Upper tarsal hairs globate
at tip and as long as tarsus. Smooth, dark olive-brown in color with black members.
After first molt, the beak is still relatively shorter, as also the tarsal hairs; the color
is paler, but the members are still black. She measures 1™™ in length when beginning
to bear, and the third joint of antenne is then somewhat clavate (Fig. 2,9), and as long
as joints land 2 together; the 4th narrower, as long as 3d, and rather truncate at tip,
with two rather conspicuous piliferous prominences. Color translucent yellowish-
green, often inclining to purple.

Second generation.—0.4™™ long when born (Fig. 2, ¢); nearly five times as long as
wide; the antenne (Fig. 2, h) short and 5-jointed, the joints subequal in length, the
od shortest and narrowest, the 5th swollen and sub-fusiform, with rather strong
bulbs at the base of the hairs. Promuscis reaching to hind cox. Distinct globate tips
to the four tarsal hairs. Color pale olive-green, with black members and a dusky
stripe on the notum. Pupa (Fig. 2,d) with antenne smooth, 6-jointed, joints sub-
equal in thickness, joint 4 only as long as 2; 5 and 6 each twice as long; 3 four
times as long. Color dingy orange, with a paler band around the thorax, embrac-
ing the wing-pads, and reminding one, on this account, of the pupa of Phylloxera.
Winged female (Fig. 2, ¢): Average expanse 3.7™™; the form of body more asin Phylloxera,
the abdomen tapering and narrower than the thorax, bearing from ten to twenty pseud-
ova. Blackish, with an olive-green tint, the abdomen and under surface yellowish-
green in the fresher individuals. Antenne (Fig. 2, f) reaching only to insertion of
front wings, 6-jointed; joints 4, 5, and 6 subequal, and together equal to 3 in length.
[Three specimens examined have joints 4 and 5 very imperfectly separated, causing
the antennz to appear as 5-jointed.] Wings as described by Walsh, the stigma being
well rounded and pale. [In three specimens examined, the third discoidal of the front
wing is simple and precisely as in Pemphigus; in one specimen, the first discoidal is
wanting on both front wings, and in another the fork of third discoidal is wanting on
the left one.] Basal joint of tarsus rather short; tarsal claws only moderately strong.

Third generation.—The young from the winged female, after being freed from the
pellicle in which they were born, have stout five-jointed antenna, the joints subequal ;

No. 1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. 13

stout but short promuscis reaching to hind cox; rather large compound eyes. Pro-
portions and shape of young Phylloxera.

True female: Legs short and the basal joint of tarsus rudimentary ; antennz short,
four-jointed, smooth, joints subequal, the third somewhat longest. Mouth rudiment-
ary. Described from skins surrounding impregnated egg. Males unknown.

PEMPHIGUS POPULI-MONILIS, n. sp.

[Gall (populi-monilis) on the Narrow-leaved Cottonwood (Populus balsamifera). A
series of more or less confluent moniliform swellings (Fig. 3, 7) on the upper side of the
leaf, each containing a single female, destined to become winged, when it escapes from ~
bcneath, the winged insect occupying the entire cavity of the gall. ]

BIOLOGICAL.

A very interesting gall, which may be called the Bead-like Cotton-
wood Gall, occurs on the Narrow-leaved Cottonwood (Populus balsamifera,
L., var. angustifolia, Torrey), during the summer, in Colorado, and prob-
ably wherever this narrow-leaved variety grows. Though I have often
found the tree in question so covered with these galls, especially at
Greeley, that not a leaf was exempt, yet Populus monilifera, even when
growing along the bank of the same irrigating ditch and mingling its
branches with angustifolia, would be entirely free from them. ‘The galls
when not very numerous appear most commonly on the terminal leaves
of atwig. They form a confluent series of pale yellow ovoid swellings,
each side of the midrib (Fig. 3, g) recaliing, in the distance, a lot of un-
ripe cherries, or, again, the galls produced on a true willow by the Saw-
fly larva—Nematus salicis-pomum, Walsh. There will sometimes be three
rows of these swellings, and they are not infrequently tinted with red.
There are, however, more often but two rows, occupying nearly the whole
space each side of the midrib. The galls are formed by the folding-under
of the sides of the leaf and the bulging of the same around the insect,
which is always found solitary. The newly hatched louse is found in the
younger galls, and on the same branch, according to the age of the swell-
ing, the insect oceurs in all stages of growth, the full-fledged female, with
her wings folded flat, filling nearly the whole cavity. After leaving the
gall, her wings are carried in the normal tectiform manner, and, when ren-
dered transparent by liquid, her abdomen is seen to be swollen with fifty
or more egg-like bodies, the dark eyes of which show conspicuously. These
bodies are the pseudova, and the female commences at once to deposit
them upon issuing from her dwelling. The young, which free themselves
in the course of a few minutes from the confining pellicle, are of a pale
yellowish-green, with black eyes. In structure, these young differ only
from the preceding generation, at a similar age, by the somewhat nar-
rowed body and by the promuscis reaching beyond the anus. Just where
these young are deposited by the winged mother, I have not had oppor-
tunity to ascertain. They probably found new galls, the process contin-
uing until the late summer or autumn generation of winged females give
birth to the sexual individuals, and these consign to the permanent

14 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

parts of the plant the winter egg. The probability is, also, that the
stem-mother that hatches in the spring has a different habit, producing
not improbably a quite different gall. ;

DESCRIPTIVE.

PEMPHIGUS POPULI-MONILIS, n. sp.— /Vinged female (Fig. 3, a): Average expanse 6.5™™,
Black, the abdomen a little lighter, especially at the tip. Finely powdered with
white; broad across the shoulders, the scutellar lobes of the mesonotum being rather
more flattened than the prescutum; the head rather small and narrow. Antenne
(Fig. 3, b) and legs rather short, the former reaching only to base of front wings;
6-jointed ; joints 1, 2, 4, and 5 subequal in length; 3 twice as long; 6 not quite as long
as 3. Joints 1 and 2 very stout; 3, 4, and 5 somewhat clavate; nearly smooth above,
but with about twelve deep constrictions beneath. Legs normal, with basal joint of
tarsus (Fig. 3, f) tolerably well separated, and unguis stout. Wings subhyaline ; front
wings with stigma strongly angulate, dusky, the lower portion almost black. Veins
dusky, the costal and subcostal stout and darkest. Stigmal vein undulate, starting
from a little beyond the middle of stigma. First and second discoidals almost
connected at base [in three specimens entirely so], and the distance between them at
tips about one-third greater than between 2d and 3d discoidals, and that between
these two subequal with that between the last mentioned and stigmal; the 3d dis-
coidal obsolete toward base. Fold of hind border but moderately thick. Hind wings
ample, the hook-angle but moderate, the subcostal slightly undulate and considerably
elbowed at basal third, whence spring the discoidals, the first bending slightly toward
posterior margin, the second toward costal margin, the spaces between the tips of the
costal and the discoidals subequal, and together rather more than half of posterior bor-
der. [An examination of fourteen specimens only showed one with the third discoidal
forked on both wings, and another with the same vein forked on the left wing, and the
second discoidal also forked near tip.] When newly hatched, or in the first age, the
basal joint of tarsus is scarcely perceptible, and the tarsal hairs are simple; the anten-
nx (Fig. 3, ¢) are 4-jointed, the basal joint half as long as the 2d; 3d and 4th somewhat
longer and subequal; the 4th suddenly narrowed at tip; the promuscis reaches be-
yond hind cox. After first molt, the antenne (Fig. 3, d) are 5-jointed, the 4th very
short and almost globular: the promuscis now reaches to the middle cox only. In
the pupa state, the antennz are 6-jointed.

Young from winged female similar to the same stage of its parent, except in the
promuscis reaching beyond anus (Fig. 3, e). Length 0.15™™,

Throughout Central Colorado, July (Riley); Southern Kansas (Monell).

HORMAPHIS SPINOSUS (Shimer).

[Gall (hamamelidis-spinosa) on stem of Hamamelis virginica in autumn, being a deforma-
tion of the fruit-bud. ]

Another gall (Fig. 4,a) I have found in autumn on the stems of the
Witch-hazel. It-is made by a new species of flocculent plant-louse, con-
generic with one that is known to make conical galls on the leaves of
the same plant. The gall is a deformation of the flower-bud, the
puncture of the architect causing premature development, by which the
calyx, bractlets, and petals are all changed into elongate bracts, more
or less pointed terminally, and more or less completely soldered together.
at bases, so as to form a thin wall. In August, the gall is green and
crowded inside with lice in all stages of growth, from the newly-born to
the pupa and winged female, intermixed with floceulent matter and
watery globules, the insects themselves being rather evenly covered witb

No.1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. 15

a fine white powder. Later in the season, the tips of the bracts become
blunter, and the gall becomes browner, and recalls externally the fruit-
pod which would have developed the ensuing year. Jt is now perforated
at some point, generally near either the top or base, and through the
aperture the insects have either made their exit or may be noticed doing
so. The young from the winged female are quite characteristic, being
strongly granulated, and, as they were found as late as the end of Octo-
ber, they probably hibernate on the permanent parts of the tree. The
sexed individuals and the stem-mother are yet unknown. The species
was first described in 1867 by Dr. H. Shimer of Mt. Carroll, Il, who
erected a new genus for it and another well-known species on the same
plant, not aware that the genus had been previously characterized by
Baron Osten Sacken, in 1861.

HORMAPHIS SPINOSUS.

Hamamelistes spinosus, Shimer, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. i, p. 284, 1867.

Winged female (Fig.4, b): Expanse 5™™, Color dark brown, uniformly pulverulent,
the abdomen slightly paler and filled with egg-like bodies. Head with a frontal tu-
berele, and with the promuscis not reaching to beyond front coxe. Antenne (Fig.
4, d) reaching to base of front wing; 5-jointed, joints 1 and 2 bulbous and smooth,
the others with about 50 close and regular and well-defined annulations; joint 3 six
times as long as 1 and 2 together; joints 4 and 5 each half as long as 3, the terminal
joint not being narrowed at tip. Thorax with the pronotum well defined, mesonotum
having a thickened anterior border, with two small angles in front; the scutellar
lobes and preescutum small. Tibize with a lobe each side at juncture with tarsus, the
basal joint of tarsus not distinctly separated, and the tip furnished with two superior,
knobbed hairs. Wings hyaline, the stigma and costal area fuliginous, the stigma
pointed, but only slightly broadened; first discoidal almost transverse, second do.
starting from it at upper third; cubital running straight toward base of first discoi-
dal, but usually obsolete at basal half; terminal space between second discoidal and
cubital wider than between it and the stigmal. Hind wings with the hooks strong, the
costal vein straight, and a single discoidal, the first being obsolete. [Out of20 specimens
examined, I find the basal portion of the first discoidal of front wing connecting with
the second at base, either on one wing (2 specimens) or on both wings (4 specimens), and
in two cases this first discoidal is complete on one wing and incomplete on the other. ]
Larva quite broad and squarish anteriorly, with a frontal tubercle (Fig.4, h), and with
the antenne 4-jointed; promuscis reaching to hind coxe ; color brown, with mesonotal
lobes more yellowish. Transverse dorsal rows of four piliferous spots are faintly
observable. Antenne after first molt 5-jointed, and promuscis hardly reaching to mid-
dle coxe. Pupa with similar antenne and somewhat shorter promuscis.

Young from winged female (Fig. 4, ¢) : Resembling the larva of preceding generation,
but distinguished by the absence of frontal tubercle, and by having the surface, ex-
cept mesio-ventrally, evenly and conspicuously granulated. The terminal joint of
antennze also shows some constrictions (Fig. 4, ¢).

PEMPHIGUS POPULI-TRANSVERSUS, n. sp.

[Gall (populi-transversa, Fig. 5, a-b) formed upon the petiole near the base of the leaf
of Populus monilifera and P. balsamifera. An elongate-oval swelling, causing the curv-
ing and broadening of the petiole, and opening on the opposite side by a transverse
slit, with a whitish, slightly thickened, and elevated margin, recalling human lips.
By the latter part of June, the stem-mother is surrounded with young of various sizes,
all covered with the usual white secretion, and mixed with the liquid globules.
Winged females produced in autumn, sometimes not until the leaves have fallen. ]

Winged female (Fig. 5, c): Expanse 7™, Pruinescent, with the abdomen more yel-
lowish, inclining to green. Antennz (Fig. 5, d) reaching a little beyond the base of

.

16 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

front wings; smooth; joints 3, 4, and 5 cylindrical, and of equal thickness; 3 as long
as the other two together; 6 more slender at basc, and with the apical unguis nearly
as long as 3. Thorax with mesonotal swellings small. Terminal distance between
1st and 2d discoidal veins of front wings nearly equal to that between this last and
the stigmal vein; discoidals almost connected; cubital obsolete at base; subcostal
heavy; stigma scarcely wider than subcostal space, acuminate at tip, and with the
vein starting a little in front of its middle. Hind wings with the discoidals connected -
at base, where the subcostal is slightly produced. Legs normal. Abdomen showing
about 30 pseudova, and with 4 dorsal rows of faint piliferous dots. Pupa with joints
1, 2, 4, and 5 of antenne subequal in length. The wingless forms are pale creamy-
yellow, with faintly dusky members.

Missouri, Southern Texas, and Colorado (Riley). May possibly be popularia, Fitch,
the description of which does not admit of identification.

This gall occurs all over the West and Southwest, and while it nor-
mally occurs in the position and of the form described, it may occur on
any part of the petiole, and the opening may be more or less oblique, or
form a mere circular hole. Sometimes two and even three coalesce.
The lip-like bulging is, however, constant. In the galls, after they had.
fallen to the ground, I have found in Southern Texas a number of large,
yellow, apterous females of an undescribed Phylloxera, surrounded with
their numerous eggs and with young of all sizes—a fact that would be
extremely confounding were Phylloxera and Pemphigus not so easily dis-
tinguished.

PEMPHIGUS POPULI-RAMULORUM, n. sp.

[Forming an irregular globular gall (populi-ramulorum), often somewhat flattenea.
on the twigs of Populus ‘balsamifer a in Colorado. The gall averages 15™™ in diam-
eter, and opens in a suture sometimes transverse, sometimes oblique, but more often
longitudinal with the axis of the twig: exceptionally the opening isround and bulging.
Green when fresh, it becomes gray and woody with age. }

PEMPHIGUS POPULI-RAMULORUM.— Winged female: Alar expanse 6.8™™, Black and
pruinescent, scarcely distinguishable from populi-transversus, except by the more an-
nulate antenne, the 4th, 5th, and 6th joints of which are much narrowed at base. The
6th joint (including subjoint) scarcely as long as 3d. The pupa is yellowish, with
black eyes, and pulverulent.

Colorado (Riley).

Several of the species of Pemphigus forming galls upon Populus so closely
resemble each other that they could not well be separated as species were
it not for the differences in the galls they produce. Future careful in-
vestigation may show that the same species will produce different abnor-
mities, and be slightly modified in appearance according as it affects
different parts of the plant; but until we have such proof, the presump-
tion is that the different galls are produced by distinct species, however
similar the architects are in general appearance.

PEMPHIGUS ACERIFOLIL, n. sp.

[Living in abundant and long cottony excretion, on the under side of the leaves of
Acer dasyean ‘pum, causing them to curl, and exuding an abundance of thick and very
glutinous ‘Choney- dew.” ]

PEMPHIGUS ACERIFOLU, n. sp.—Winged female: Alar expanse 10™™, Head and
thorax bluish-black. Abdomen black, covered with long cottony threads. Antennz
reaching the wing-insertions; annnlations not conspicuous; joints 3, 4, 5, and 6
somewhat contracted at base and apex; apical unguis not perceptible; joints 5 and 6

Motte. RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. phi

subequal; 4 distinctly clavate; 3 as long as the two preceding together. Wings
subhyaline, of ‘a whitish tinge; subcostal vein and the inner margin of the s stigma
black; oblique veins whitish; ante short and broad, not angled at the base of the
stigmal vein, which starts from a little behind its fara! and is comparatively straight,
thereby making the apical cell rather narrow. Terminal distances between the veins
subequal, that between 2d discoidal and cubital somewhat greatest; basal one-third
of the cubitus hyaline, but not abortive, as it can usually be traced i its base, which
is very close to that of the second discoidal; bases of the two discoidals either r ap-
proximate or quite contiguous; discoidals of the hind wings proceeding connectedly
from the subcostal vein. Larva with 5-jointed antenne, and the promuscis extending
beyond tip of abdomen. ,
June—July; Saint Louis, Mo. (Riley); Clinton, N. J. (Prof. W. D. Robbins).

PEMPHIGUS FRAXINIFOLII, n. sp.

[Infesting the terminal leaves of Fraxinus americanus and F. sambucifolia from spring
till late summer, and producing a twisted curl thereof; the young lice varying in
color from deep glaucous to livid, very floceulent and exuding the liquid globules quite
copiously. Wi need females appearing early in June. ]

PEMPHIGUS FRAXINIFOLU, n. sp.— Winged female: Alar expanse 5.7™™, Head and
thorax dusky: abdomen dark green: antenn:e reaching by the nena of the apical
jaint beyond costal base of front wings; inconspicuously annulated and with joints
3—6 but moderately narrowed at base; ita 3as long as 4 and 5 together; 6 (including
unguis) nearly #ths as long again as 5, with the unguis distinct and of eerie length.
Seutellar lobes of mesonotum broad andl well marked. Legs normal. Wings hyaline;
stigma linear, or not wider than subcostal space, yellowish and poorly defined sanignt
orly; veins very slender and sub-hyaline, the stigmal most distinct, starting a little
in front of middle of stigma, and but faintly cnrved; cubital almost invisible, but not
obsolete at base, where it nearly joins the 2d discoidal. Terminal spaces between Ist
and 2d discoidals, and between this last and cubital, subequal; that between cubital
and stigmal only half as great. Diseoidals of hind wings proceeding connectedly
from subcostal. Promuscis reaching beyond fr ont cox; abdomen with 7 rather large
roundish spots each side, each sending out 2 hairs. cen some specimens the cubital
starts independently ft the subcostal; in others it joins the 2d discoidal a short dis-
tance from base.] Pupa with the 3d joint of antenne relatively somewhat shorter.

Larva of probable second generation: Antenne smooth, 4-jointed; joint 3 somewhat
longer than 4, and as long as 1 and 2 together; apical nipple }th as long as the 4th
joint. Promuscis slender, reaching beyond hind cox:e. Legs rather long and stout.
Tibi, tarsi, and anal Suan of abdomen with a few conspicuous hairs. Full-grown,
Aes female, probably of this same generation, ditfers in having 6-jointed antenne,
proportioned much as in the winged female.

Larva from winged female ; pr gbehla Jour th generation: Antenne 5-jointed; joints 1, 2,
3, 4, subequal inlength; 3, 4, stowter; 5 very short and rounded at t tip. Promuscis very
low@, reaching beyond tip be audomen:

Tolerably common at Saint Louis, Mo. (Riley, Monell); Sauk City, Wis. (Thomas).

The life-history of this insect has not been fully studied, as the sexed
individuals and the winter egg haye not been observed. It will doubt-
less be found to agree in most particulars with that of Schizoneura ameri-
cand.

The species stands somewhat in the same relation to the European
Pemphigus fJravini (Fabr.)* as does Schizoneura americana to 8. ulmi.
The European species is larger, with the wing-veins differently placed,
and inhabits the twigs and stems , instead of the leaves; but otherwise
there is a good deal of eeeinience between the two.

* bumeliw, Schrank.

Bull. vy, 1——2

18 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

; PAR Elie

NOTES ON APHIDINA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPE-
CIES.—J. MONELL.

Siphonophora, Koch.

Rostrum moderately long.

Antenne seated on more or less conspicuous tubercles; longer or atleast as long
as the body; third joint long; first joint subeylindric; seventh joint setaceous,
very much longer than the preceding; frontal tubercles approximate.

Nectaries long, subcylindric, slender.

Style (cauda) long, often compressed, falchion-shaped.

Legs slender, very long.

Wings deflexed.

Front wings with four oblique veins; the cubitus twice forked.

Hind wings with two oblique veins.

So far as is known, the oviparous females in this genus are always
apterous and the males winged. The males usually have smaller ab-
domens, larger wings, and longer antennz than the viviparous winged
females. As inmost other Aphidide, the antenne are, strictly speaking,
six jointed, the so-called seventh joint being merely a slender prolonga-
tion of the true sixth joint.

Whatever opinion one may hold as to the characters that should be
considered of generic importance, the first requirement of a system of
classification must be practicability. In a family like the Aphidide,
where the species are numerous and exceedingly difficult to study, I
should be inclined to accept any generic arrangement, however arbi-
trary, if it were but practicable. What Walsh said of species is equally
applicable to genera. The only valid practical criterion of generic dis-
tinetness is the general non-existence of intermediate grades in the dis-
tinctive characters. Even granting that the existence or non-existence
of the frontal tubercles would be of generic importance, which I very
much doubt, the genera depending on this character must be united, as
they are connected by so many intermediate gradations that it is im-
possible to fix a limit between them. So little is known in regard to
these insects that for the present I prefer retaining the genera as gen-
erally adopted, as it would be useless, and only add to the confusion, to
propose a generic arrangement which future observations may overturn.
Though the connecting links between some of the genera have not yet
been discovered, yet, as these genera are based on comparative, and not
absolute, differences, it is more than probable that future discoveries
will force us to unite most, if not all, of the genera of the Aphidine, and
to readopt the generic arrangement given by Kaltenbach.

SIPHONOPHORA ACHYRANTES, n. sp.—Apterous females: Pale green, with a dark irres-

nlar stripe on each side of the abomen; in fully developed specimens occasionally with
an additional short stripe near the basal part of the abdomen, extending over several

No. 1.) RILLY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 19

segments. Winged females: Head, prothorax, and sometimes the upper segments of the
abdomen, brownish-black; the upper part of the thorax with a narrow, but conspicu-
ous, transverse, yellow band; general color of the abdomen pale green, with irregular,
broken, transverse, dark brown lines, three of these often becoming confluent, and pro-
ducing a dark patch in the centre of the abdomen, just above the honey-tubes. Nee-
taries long, cylindrical, slightly dusky at their apices. Style long, slender, slightly
curved upwards, more or less dusky. Length of the antennx a little variable, as long
as the body, or slightly longer. Frontal tubercles approximate at base, and somewhat
porrect. Wings hyaline; stigma rather narrow and linear; stigmal vein very sheri,
and curved much as in the genus Callipterus. The forklets of the cubitus are espe-
cially variable, their length being in one case four times and in another one-half that
portion of the cubitus between the base of the lower branch and the base of the fork-
lets. In the normal specimens, these distances are subequal. Length 2.28"™; to tip of
wings 3.81™™,

On the under side of leaves of Achyrantes (Amarantacer). This is the
first species that has been noticed as infesting plants belonging to this
order. A species closely allied to this occurs on Polygonum and another
on Lettuce, but my notes on their colors are not sufficient to enable me
to describe them satisfactorily.

SIPHONOPHORA CALENDULELLA, n. sp.—Viviparous apterous females: General color
very pale whitish-green, varying to yellowish. Antenne whitish, as long as the body,
mounted on porrect tubercles. Legs yellowish, except the tarsi. The nectaries and
short style concolorous. Length 1.27—1,77™™,

On the under side of leaves of Calendula micrantha. July, Saint Louis,
Mo. Described from four viviparous females and two pupe.

This species can be easily distinguished from the allied+S. achyrantes
by its very much paler colors, and by having the frontal tubercles more
porrect in the apterous form.

What use the porrect tubercles can be to an Aphid I am unable to
surmise, but I have observed on three cceasions single individuals be-
longing respectively to S. achyrantes, S. calendulella, and Phorodon ma-
haleb, which held a small fragment of some black extraneous substance
tightly clasped between the tubercles. Whether this was accidental or
not, I will not presume to say.

SIPHONOPHORA GRANARIA (Kirby).

Aphis granaria, Wirby, Linn. Trans. iv, 238.
hordei, Kyber.
cerealis, Kalt.
avene, Fitch, et auct. amer.

Siphonophora cerealis, Koch, Kalt., Pass. et auct. plur.
avene, Thos.
granaria, W'llk., Buckt.

Tt is impossible to determine whether this is the Aphis avenw of Fabr.
_ and Gmelin, as these authors give no description of the species. 8S. cerealis
seems to be the name which has been generally adopted in Europe, while
S. avene is the one universally adopted in America.

SIPHONOPHORA TULIP, n. sp.—Aplerous females: Pale green, with a dusky-green
stripe down the middle and darker green on the margins of the abdomen. Winged in-

20 BULLETIN UNITOD STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

dividuals with the antenne as long as, or a very little longer than, the body, mounted on

conspicuous tubercles which are not porrect; apical joint long and threadlike, longer

than the fifth, and about tive times as long asthesixth. Honey-tubes very ions dusky

ae apex. Tail, when extended, about twice the lengthof the tarsi, palegreen. Length
3.J4mm> to tip of wings 4.82",

On petals and stigma of Tulips, April; Saint Louis, Mo.

I believe that no other Aphidide have been found on Liliaceous plants,
excepting an undescribed Aphis collected by Prof. Riley on Yucca flowers
at Greeley, Colo.

SIPHONOPHORA TILLE, n. sp.—Apterous individuals: Head and thorax yellowish or
yellowish-green ; donen green; nectaries with the basal one-third green, apical por-
tion black. + Winged individuals : feed and thorax reddish-yellow ; abdomen and style
green. Antenne about twice as long as the body, mounted on conspicuous tubercles.
Wings hyaline. Stigma yellowish. Nectaries subcylindric, four or five times as long
as the tarsi. Length 2.54-3.04™™; to tip of wings 5.08™™, j

On the under side of Linden leaves, causing them to eri.

SIPHONOPHORA LIRIODENDRI, n. sp.—inged female: Head, thorax, and two basal
joints of the antenne red. Abdomen green. Nectaries and apical portion of the an-
tenn black. Antenne much longer than the body; the tubercle near the apex of the
fifth joint very distinct. Nectaries usually slightly incrassated at the base, about four
times as long as the tarsi. Style slender, when fully extended one-ihird as long as the
nectaries, more or less greenish. Wings hyaline. Stigma lone, much tapered at base
and apex; apex acute, nearly opposite the middle of the stigmal vein. Distance
between the apex of the stigmal vein and the apex of the upper forklet equal to half
that between the forklets. Length 2.54™™; to tip of wings 4.57™™,

On Liriodendron tulipifera, Sune, July; Saint Louis, Mo.
The leaves on which this species lives do not curl up as in S. tiliw, but
soon turn brown ‘and drop off.

The following form also occurs on Liriodendron, sometimes in company
with the above, but more frequently by itself. I can find no structural
differences between the two; but as it seems to present the same differ-
ences in coloration in all its sees, it is possible that it may deserve to
_ rank as a distinet species.

Var. rurA.—General color pale reddish. Abdomen: with the eround-color green, the
margins red, and a red longitudinal stripe in the middle. Stigma whitish or slightly
dusky. Tibi, tarsi, antennz,‘and nectaries black. Style reddish.

June, July. Saint Louis, Mo.

Walker mentions the occurrence of a red variety of S. rose (Linn.).

SIPHONOPHORA CRATZGI, n. sp.—Apterous individuals : General color pale yellowish-
green, with a darker green mark on each side of the base of the abdomen and scarcely
perceptible, darker green, irregular marks near the base of the nectaries. Antenne
about three times as long as the body, black, with the basal third pale greenish ;
frontal tubercles fully as long as the second antennal joint; seventh joint tapering to
an exceedingly slender point, in the adult apterous individuals as long as the fourth,
fifth, and sixth joints taken together. Nectaries long, subcylindric, extending beyond
the tip of the abdomen, pale, almost translucent. Style half as long as the nectaries,
pale yellowish. Legs entirely greenish. Length 2.98™m™,

No. 1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. ?1

On the under side of leaves of Crataegus coccinea. J uly, Saint Louis,
Mo. Described from four specimens.

The antennz are longer than in any Siphonophora known to me. This,
together with the exceedingly long and slender seventh joint, will easily
distinguish it from all described species.

SIPHONOPHORA SONCHELLA, n. sp.—General color very dark dull greenish-brown.
Head and thorax inclined to fuscous. General color of legs green; apical half of femora
black; tibiz dusky at base and apex; tarsi black. Tail yellowish-green, very long.
Nectaries entirely black, reaching to the tip, subeylindric. Dorsum smooth. Antenne
much longer than the body; black; third joint very tubercular; fourth joint dis-
tinetly tubercular; remaining joints not so; third joint about as long as the fifth, sixth,
wad seventh joints taken together; seventh joint as long as the fourth and fifth taken
together. Length 2.28—2.78™™; to tip of wings 3.81™™,

On Sonchus oleracea. July, Saint Louis, Mo.

This species is remarkable for the habit of at once dropping to the
ground when disturbed. Several other undescribed species which occur
on this same plant can be distinguished by having the third joint of the
antenne very much shorter.

SIPHONOPHORA CALENDULZ, n. sp.—Apterous individuals: General color brownish-
black; dorsum smooth and shining, a little reddish towards the nectaries. Legs yel-
low, except the knees, tarsi, and apex of the tibiw, which are jet-black. Nectaries
black, subcylindric, very long. Style yellow, slender, acute, two-thirds as long as
the nectaries or a little less. Winged individuals: General color black; head and
thorax slightly fuscous.. Antenne black, half as long again as the body; third joint
as long as the sixth and fifth taken together, very slightly tubercular; the following
joints not so. Neetaries slightly fuscous towards the apex. Wings hyaline. Length
2.28—3.04™™>; to tip of wings 3.81—4.56™™,

On stems of Calendula micrantha. June—July, Saint Louis, Mo.

I have specimens of what is perhaps this same species, taken at Cor-
dova, Ill., on Bidens chrysanthemoides, but having made no notes on the
colors, cannot decide positively.

The allied North American species may be arranged as follows:
ee CLV RLINT eS ue TiC geese se rs oe | je rudbeckia.

AA. Body dark brown.
Lb. Dorsum smooth.

C. Third and fourth joints of the antennx very tuberenlar.......--. sonchella.
CC. Fourth joint not tubercular. Third joint short ....-......... calendule.
BB. Dorsum of the apterous individuals more or less covered with tuber-
CHOS Co OS Seba e ae ACCU Oe ee Bee ae nag oe ea aes a ambrosiv.

SIPHONOPHORA RUDBECKIZ, Fitch.

This species has been taken at Saint Louis on Vernonia noveboracen-
sis, V. Lindheimeriana, Solidago rigida, 8S. serotina, Bidens chrysanthe-
moides, Ambrosia trifida, Cirsiwn arvense, Silphium perfoliatum, 8. inte-
grifolia, and Cacalia suaveolens. A yellowish-red variety has been found
on Cirsium. It is rather remarkable that Rafinesque should have over-
looked this species, which I believe is the commonest of all American

22 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

Aphidians, and is very generally distributed over the eastern portion of -
the United States.

SIPHONOPHORA FRAGARIZ?, Koch, var. IMMACULATA, Riley.*

According to Professor Riley, this form is similar to S: fragarie
Koch, differing chiefly in lacking the row of minute black spots on each
side of the back, and in the head of the apterous females not being black,
but yellowish. November, Kansas City, Mo.

* Professor Thomas omits this species in his “‘ List of the Aphidini which have been
heretofore named,” &c. As the great merit of a list is completeness, the following
enumeration of omitted species may serve as a supplement to that author’s paper:

Siphonophora fragarie var. immaculata Riley, Rural World, December, 1875.

Aphis quercifolii Walsh, Ent. Soc. Phila. i, December, 1862, Genera of N. Am.
Aphide.

Aphis carduella Walsh, 1. ¢.

Aphis tritici Fitch, 1861, (loc. ignot.). Referred to in Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France,
1867, p. 26, Library Catalogue.

Aphis rubecula Haldm. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. i, p. 168, 1844.

Aphis bicolor Haldm. 1. c. p. 168.

Aphis marginipennis Haldm. 1. ¢. p. 168.

Aphis pilosa Haldm. 1. ¢. p. 169.

Aplis discolor Haldm. 1. c. p. 169.

Aphis verticolor Raf. Am. Monthly Mag. and Critical Review, i, p. 361, 1817.

Aphis furcipes Raf. 1. c. i, 361.

Aphis rhodryas Raf. 1. c. iii, 15, 1818.

Aphis diplepha Raf. 1. ec. iii, 15.

Aphis oreaster Raf. 1. c. ii, 17.

Aphis gibbosa Raf. 1. ce. ii, 17.

Aphis xanthelis Raf. 1. ¢. iii, 17.

Aphis annulipes Raf. 1. ¢. iii, 17.

Aphis ambrosia Raf. (nec Thos.) iii, 17.

Aphis acaroides Raf. 1. c. iii, 17.

Callipterus mucidus Fitch, N. Y. Rept. iii, § 20.

Callipterus castanee Fitch, 1. c. ii, § 199.

Callipterus bella (Walsh), Aphis bella Walsh, 1. ec.

Calaphis betulella Walsh, 1. ec.

Whether or not the writings of Rafinesque on the Aphidide are deserving of credence
and acceptance is a question which I do not propose to discuss; I however think that
such of his species as are named in accordance with the binomial rule should be placed
in the same list as the early descriptions of Fitch, and, like them, should be held subject
to recognition. The recognition of these imperfectly described species is little more
than a matter of courtesy, and mere courtesy would never prevail on us to burden the
nomenclature of the Aphidide with such sesquipedalians as Aphis melampyrum-lati-
folium, &e.

Rafinesque’s statement that A. diervilla-lutea and A. erigeron-philadelphicum have bent
antennz, on account of which he erects the genus Loxerates, would make me doubt
whether they belonged to the Aphidide, but his mentioning the nectaries in the de-
scription of the latter species places the matter beyond doubt. It is probable that the
antenn are merely bent back over the body, as in many species of Siphonophora. Cla-
doxus Rat. does not belong to the Aphidide. Inclusive of Rafinesque’s binomial species
(and excluding the trinomial ones), the deseribed Ap hididw of the United States amount
in all to 166 species, 107 of which belong to the Aphidine.

Wo. 1.) RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 23

The strawberries on which these Aphides occurred came from Palmyra,
N. Y., and South Bend, La., from which places this species was probably
imported. From an examination of a single dry specimen in the cabinet
of Professor Riley, Iam inclined to think that this will prove to be a
distinct species. The second cubital cell is smaller than in S. fragarie,
and the distance between the first and second discoidals a little more
than twice that between their bases.

Aphis, Linn. (emend.).

Rostrum moderately long.

Antenne remote at base, not seated on frontal tubercles, or seated on very incon-
spicuous ones; usually smooth, and generally shorter than the body.

Seventh joint longer than the sixth.

Front flat or convex.

Nectaries subcylindric, rarely very small, very rarely none.

Style more or less prominent, very rarely none.

Wings deflexed.

Front wings with four oblique veins, the cubitus twice forked.

Hind wings with two oblique veins.

APHIS LUTESCENS, n. sp.—Winged individuals: General color bright lemon-yellow.
Antenne somewhat pilose, a little shorter than the body. The length of the joints is
quite variable: in some specimens, the third joint is subequal to the preceding, while
in others it is one-third longer. Seventh joint filiform, very much longer than the
third. Nectaries somewhat dusky, gently tapering from base to apex, the apical
diameter being about two-thirds that of the base; about three times as long as the
tarsi. Style dusky yellow, blunt at apex, when fully extended about half the length

_of the nectaries. Fore wings hyaline; stigma dusky yellowish, acute at the apex,
which is opposite the middle of the stigmal vein. Stigmal vein in one regular curve.
Discoidal veins of the hind wings nearly parallel; subcostal comparatively straight.
Length 1.65—2.03"™; to tip of wings 3.04—3.54™™,

On Asclepias syriaca. July, September. Saint Louis, Mo.; Montrose,
Iowa; Dubuque, Iowa; Rock Island, Ll.; Cordova, IIL.

The very bright yellow color will at once distinguish this from other
North American species.

APHIS VEkNONIZ, Thos.—JVinged individuals: Abdomen pale yellow; head and thorax
somewhat dusky. Antenne two-thirds as long as the body, the fourth, fitth, and sixth
joints subequal to the third. Nectaries cylindric, very slender, about three times as
long as the tarsi.

Aphis beccabunge, with which Professor Thomas supposes this may be
identical, has the nectaries and tail black (Passerini).

APHIS SETARIA (Thos.).
Siphonophora setaric, Thos. Dl. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. ii, 5.
Siphonophora panicola, Thos. 1. ¢.

The peculiar brownish-red color of this species will easily distinguish
it from other non-pulverulent species. The bases of the tibiz are always
pale yellowish. Leaves and spikes of Panicum proliferum. August—
September. Saint Louis, Mo.; Keokuk, Iowa; Kock Island, Il.

' APHIS CALENDULICOLA, n. sp.—Apterous individuals: General color uniform pale
green, the disk of the abdomen usually a little paler, often with a few faint, irregular,

2A BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

darker green marks near the base of the nectaries. Antenne about two-thirds as long
as the body, pale, slightly dusky towards the apex; apical joint as long as, or slightly
longer than, the third. Nectaries entirely black, slightly tapered towards the apex,
twice as long as the tarsi. Style short, pale green. Legs entirely pale, except the
faintly dusky tarsi and tips of the tibie. Length f.52m™™,

On the under side of leaves of Calendula micrantha. July; Saint
Louis, Mo. This species may be expected to occur on the genus Tagetes,
to which the “French marigold” belongs. The apical joint of the
rostrum is rather short and robust.

APHIS CEPHALANTHI, Thos.

This species does not approach the genus Callipterus, as its deseriber
supposes. The semicircular fourth vein, which I suppose suggested
this, is a character common to many species of Aphidine, and is only
valuable in distinguishing some genera from Lachnus. <A closely alhed
species occurs on Penthorum sedoides (Crassulacee), having much the
same color, and showing the same characteristic pruinose spots.

APHIS MEDICAGINIS, Koch.

On Caragana arborescens, Robinia viscosa, and Melilotus italica. This
species has not been previously noticed as occurring in America. ‘The
shining black dorsum of fully developed individuals will distinguish it
from other American species.

Length 1.27—1.77""; to tip of wings 2.54—3.04™™. July; Saint
Louis, Mo.

APHIS SALICICOLA (Thos.).

Stiphonophora salicicola, Thos. Bull. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. ii, p. 8.
Aphis brevifurca, Moul. MSS.

In April last, Miss E. A. Smith sent me a short nectaried Aphidian,
which I have provisionally referred to the genus Cladobius, with the in-
formation that it was the same species which she had sent to Professor
Thomas the previous year, and which he had deseribed as S. salicicola.
Thinking the error a very strange one, I wrote to Professor Thomas in
regard to it, and have received through his kindness a number of type-
specimens of salicicola, an examination of! which proves them identical
with an Aphis, which I have previously found on leaves of Blue-grass.
It is very probable that the labels on the vials containing these two
species were interchanged, or else that the two species were mixed to-
gether; though it is not impossible that the species may occur on both
_ grass and willow. I should have thought that the error was made by
myself had I not collected this species on two separate occasions. The
stigma is rather linear, a little wider than the forklets are long, and
tapered at apex. Forklets of the cubitus smaller than in any known
species, their length being about one-fifth the distance between their
bases and that of the lower cubital branch.

Length 1.27—2.03™; alar expanse 5.84, April.

The species plainly belongs to Aphis, and not to Siphonophora.

No. 1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 25

APHIS CORNIFOLIA, Fitch.—Winged individual: Head and thorax dusky; abdomen
dark fuscous. Fore femora entirely yellow; hind temoro, yellow only at, base; base
of the tibix yellow in all the legs; tarsi more or less dusky. Antenne more or less
dusky, as long as, or a little longer than, the body. Nectaries dusky, cylindric, scarcely
longer than the tarsi. Abdomen truneate. Style dusky, short, but distinct. Wings
hyaline. The stigma projecting somewhat above the margin, much as in A. corcopsidis,
tapered abruptly at apex. Costa and stigma pale yellow; oblique veins dusky.
Apterous individuals pulverulent.

Length 1.27™™; to tip of wings 2.280™,

On the under side of leaves of Cornus florida and C. paniculata, June—
July; Saint Louis, Mo.

APHIS CRATAGIFOLLA, Fitch.

This interesting species belongs to the genus Aphis, sensu strictiori, and
can be distinguished from its allies by its longer stigma, which is gently
tapered at apex, and prolonged until opposite the middle of the stigmal
vein. This is evidently the same species as that mentioned by Walsh
(Phil. Ent. Soe. 1862, p. 301).

On Crategus coccinea, Saint Louis, Mo., June.

APHIS ATRIPLICIS, Linn.

The common Aphis on Chenopodiacee appears to be identical with the
Huropean. Its oceurrence in America has not been previously noticed.
Saint Louis, Mo. ; Carbondale, Il. (Miss N. Middleton).

APHIS HYPERICI, n. sp.—Winged indwiduals: General color light reddish, covered
with pulverulent matter; antenne on short tubercles, a little longer than the body ;
third joint as long as the fourth, fifth, and sixth taken together; apical joint about
twice as long as the preceding. Wings hyaline; stigmal vein much curved ; distance
between the base of the cubitus and that of the stigmal vein equal to the distance
between the apices of the lower forklet and the lower branch of the cubitus. Nec-
taries very short, only detected with difficulty. Tail reddish, little over half as long
as the tarsi, slender and terete.

Length 1.06—1.27"™; to tip of wings 1.77—2.28™m,

Living in colonies on the young twigs and under side of leaves of
Hypericum kalmianum, to which species it seems to be confined. July,
Saint Louis, Mo.

The allied American pulverulent Species may be arranged as follows:

A. Nectaries scarcely perceptible.

Pycencralcolortedises: ots cc ceo. et ODES IE BCE SC apI Seta a hyperici.
bb. General color green..... Seed GSC OSR SSC CSE EA CECS SEAS Bers? ere lonicera.

AA. Nectaries distinct:
b. Nectaries longer than the style, both more or less dusky.
e. Abdomen of the winged individuals dusky or reddish; antennz more than
half as long as the body.
d. Body red or dusky-reddish, with two pruinose spots on base of abdo-
LR OR eter svetsre eat Ae a ee ame Mp el FSW Lae Ak cephalanthi.
dd. Body dusky, without pruinose spots ...-.....--..----...-. cornifolia.
ec, Abdomen of winged individuals green or yellowish-green.
d. Antenne half as long as the body ; nectaries as long as the tarsi;

FSU TAGIEST) (S100 HPA TEIDIST EM Gaee eS NG a midis.
dd. Antennx two-thirds as long as the body ; nectaries scarcely half as
leneiasviiie,tarsr ye. sete sek ek Se) sy fae cdiatise aieeas brassicae.

bb. Nectaries and style green, subequal; as long as the tarsi............ atriplicis.

26 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

APUIS LONICER, n. sp.—Winged individuals: Green, often with two darker green
longitudinal stripes. Head and thorax brownish. Antennz about as long as the body ;
frontal tubercles short, but distinct; apical joint filiform, as long as the two preced-
ing taken together. Rostrum reaching below the second pair of coxe. Wings hya-
line; stigma rather long. Nectaries scarcely projecting above the surface of the abdo-
men. Lateral edges of the abdomen with four or five very short, green, mammiform
tubercles. Style uot perceptible. Length 2.54™™; to tip of wings 4.572,

On young twigs and leaves of Lonicera. Living in colonies, covered
with an abundant pulverulent secretion; May—July, St. Louis, Mo.

APHIS PRUNIFOLII, Fitch, N. Y. State Agric. Trans. 1854, p. 826.

It is doubtful whether prunifolic Fitch is identical with prunt Koch;
but even should they prove to beindentical, it has not yet been satisfac-
torily shown that Koch’s name has precedence. Were the dates/on the
title-pages of these two books correct, Fitch would have three years’
priority; but from what Carus and Engelmann say about Koch’s work,
it is probable that the second number was published in the latter half
of 1854. The exact date of Fitch’s article I have been unable to as-
certain. At Saint Louis, this species occurs only on varieties of native
Plums.

APHIS CANDICANS, Fitch.

Professor Thomas’s citation of Fitch’s name as the describer of this
species is doubtless a clerical error, as no such species as A. candicans
has ever been deseribed, and the only other mention of the name that
we have been able to find is that given in a compiled article im Ill. St.
Hort. Soc. Trans. x, p. 169 (1877), where it is printed without giving
either deseription or authority. Professor Thomas informs me that he
feels sure that he has seen some description of this species keh Fitch,
but is unable to say where.

APHIS HELIANTHI, n. sp. : Varying from pale green to dark
green, with various irregular and variable darker shadings on the abdomen, the most
constant and conspicuous of which is a dark green transverse band on the segment
above the nectaries. Nectaries dusky; style, at least the apical two-thirds, pale
dusky. Winged individuals: Head and thorax jet-black; abomen green, with a Cone
verse band on the segment above the nectaries, and océasionally with some darker
spots on the margin. Antenne two-thirds as long as the body, entirely black; third
joint as long as the two preceding taken together; fourth and fifth joints subequal.
Nectaries subeylindric, pale dusky, hardly reaching the base of the style, and less
than twice the length of the tarsi. Wings hyaline; venationnormal. Length 1.77™;
to tip of wings 3.04—3.29™™,

On stems and leaves of Helianthus, Saint Louis, Mo.

Rhopalosiphum, Koch.

Similar to Aphis, but with the nectaries clavate.

RHOPALOSIPHUM SALICIS, n. sp.— Hinged individuals: Head and thorax dusky; abdo-
men yreen, with various irregular, darker green markings. Antenne about half as
long as the body, not mounted on frontal tubercles ; the third and fourth joints some-
what dentate; apical joint half as long again as the preceding; third and fourth joints

a

No. 1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. 27

often subconnate. Nectaries light green, reaching to the tip; the basal portion slender,
expanding at the middle to twice its former diameter, and again suddenly contracted
at the mouth, which is furnished with the usual annulus. Tail yellowish, about one-
third as long as the nectaries.

Length 1.62™™5 to tip of wings 3.04™™, Apterous individuals entirely pale grecn,
with two darker green dorsal vittie.

On the under side of leaves of Salix lucida, S. nigra, and 8. babylonica.
June, Saint Louis, Mo. This species comes under Siphocoryne Pass.,
but I do not think that the characters given by Passerini justify its
Separation from Rhopalosiphum Koch.

RHOPALOSIPHUM RHOIS, n. sp.— Winged individuals: Antenne a little longer than the
body, mounted on very inconspicuous tubercles; joints proportioned as usual; seventh
joint a little longer than the two preceding taken together. Nectaries three times
as long as the slender style; the diameter of the apical two-thirds in normal speci-
mens nearly twice the basal diameter; the apex contracted to about the same dia-
meter as the base, and with the mouth very slightly flaring.

Length 1.52—2.02™™ ; to tip of wings 3.81™™,

This interesting species was collected some years ago on an undeter-
mined species of Sumach. The only note of its colors that I have is
that the general color is reddish-brown.

Individuals occasionally occur having one of the nectaries lacking the
basal constriction, and I have seen a single specimen having one of its
nectaries subeylindrie.

Drepancsiphum, Koch.

Rostrum short.
Antennz long and slender, seated on frontal tubercles ; third and setaceous sev-

enth joint long.

Nectaries long, enlarged beneath towards the base.

Style inconspicuous or none.

Wings long.

Front wings with four oblique veins; the cubitus twice forked; marginal cell
elongated towards the apex of the wing.

Hind wings with two discoidals.

Habits sporadic.

Professor Passerini is evidently in error in uniting this genus with
Siphonophora. Its structure, habits, and the non-existence of viviparous
apterous females point towards a relationship with the genus Callipterus,
together with which it may be considered as forming a group in the
Aphidine.

DREPANOSIPHUM ACERIFOLI (Thos. ).

Siphonophora accrifolie, Thos. Bull. ii, 1. St. Lab. Nat. Hist.
Siphonophora acericola, Thos. (icon. 1. ¢.).

The antenne are longer and the marginal cell broader than in any
previously described American Aphid. The nectaries reach about to
the tip of the abdomen, and are suddenly dilated at base to twice the
diameter of their apices. The stigmal vein is usually enlarged at base
for a distance equal to the breadth of the stigma. The dorsal tubercles,
though very characteristic, are not sufficient to warrant a generic sepa-
ration. Some species of Callipterus have somewhat similar processes,

28 BULLITIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

and in some forms of Phylloxera Rileyi the tubercles are proportionally
as great. The fore tibie have each a short robust tubercle on the front
edge, close to the knee. Hairs on the dorsum cf apterous individuals
capitate. Normal specimens in this locality have the cubitus and stig-
mal veins lying in more or less distinct brown bands; in variety hyalinus,
the wings lack these brown shadings, but do not diifer otherwise.

Callipterus, [och.

Rostrum short.

Antenne not on frontal tubercles, or else on very short ones, seven-jointed ; tran-
sition from the sixth to the seventh joint very gradual.

Nectaries short, often scarcely perceptible.

Style short, enlarged at apex.

Wings deflexed; front wings with the stigmal vein much curved, not robust,
usually more or less hyaline; cubital vein springing from near the base of the
stigma; second discoidal sinuous.

Hind wings with two discoidals.

Body elongate, slender, of very pale colors.

Habits sporadic.

This genus seems to form a sort of transition between the Aphidine
and Lachnine, and should be placed in the former section principally on
account of the shortness of the rostrum. Several divisions of Callipterus
have been proposed, based on the relative length of the sixth and sey-
enth antennal joints, but in such species as I have examined this char-
acter seems particularly variable and not deserving the importance which
has been attached to it. In the species known to me, and probably in
all European species, the wings are deflexed, but according to Fiteh the
species described by him have the wings horizontal. I was at first
inclined to doubt the accuracy of this statement, but as it is a character
very easy to observe, and as Dr. Fitch mentions it on two separate occa-
‘sions, I do not see how he could possibly have made a mistake. Further
investigation may possibly prove that his species do not appertain to
this genus. As I have never been able to find viviparous apterous
females, I consider it very probable that insects belonging to this genus
acquire wings before producing living young.

A. Dorsum of winged individuals with spine-like tubercles. ....... C. ulmifolii, n. sp.
AA. Dorsum without spine-like tubercles.
a, Marginal cell dusky.
b. Middle tibiz pale yellow. Femora pale yellow ...........--- C. walshii, n. sp.
bb. Tibize black, Apical portion of femora black ............... C. bella (Walsh).
aa. Marginal cell hyaline. ; ;
b. Wings with transverse, shaded bands.
c. Abdomen with conspicuous dusky spots --.........-. ns are C. discolor, n. sp.
ec. Abdomen yellow, concolorous, or with very faint transverse bands.
C. asclepiadis, n. sp.
bb. Wings subhyaline.
c. Nectaries distinct.
d. Dusky shadings at tips of veins; a dusky mark at base of stigmal vein.
C. punctata, D. sp.

No. 1.) RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDZ. 29

dd. Wings hyaline.
e. Apical joint of antennz a little longer than the sixth. Veins whitish.
C. hyalinus, n. sp.
ee. Apical joint of antennz three times as long as the sixth. First and sec-

ondidiscaidals blacks 22/4). 62 ev ledgok la C. betulecolens, n, sp.

cc. Nectaries not perceptible.
Cavan s Pyelime: 22 se! i) of UGCHERe SEODSOBAE SS SHCaes Sle C. carye, n. sp.
dd. Veins bordered with brown... __. gash medal ide C. quercicola, n. sp.

CALLIPTERUS ULMIFOLII, n. sp.—Pale whitish-yellow. Apterous individuals: Tubercn-
lar, with capitate hairs, which disappear when the insect acquires wings. Winged in-
dividuals: Antenne as long as the body; third, fourth, and sometimes the fifth joint
' slightly dusky at apex; apical joint a very little longer or shorter than the sixth.
Wings hyaline; all of the veins, and especially the stigmal vein, subhyaline. Dorsum
with four long, spine-like tubercles on its basal portion, and with various shorter
tubercles on the apical portion. Length 1.77™™ ; to tip of wings 3.04™™,

On the under side of leaves of Ulmus americana, May—June. Closely
allied to the European (. quercus, Which has also four dorsal tubercles.

CALLIPTERUS WALSHII, n. sp.—Winged form: Bright yellow. Antenne, with tho
tips of joints 3 to 6, black; seventh joint more than twice as long as the preceding.
Thorax with a lateral black vitta extending from the eye to the wing-insertions.
Femora palé whitish-yellow ; fore tibize black ; middle tibize faintly dusky; hind tibia
more dusky than the middle pair. Tarsi and tips of tibiz black. Nectaries yellowish,
half as long as the tarsi. Wings hyaline. Front wings with the entire costa as well as
its nervures black to the tip of the Stigma, whence there extends a marginal dusky
vitta, as wide as, or a little wider tian, the costa at base and middle, but tapering at
the tip and extending a little beyond the upper furcal of the cubitus. The stigmal
vein lies entirely in this vitta, and curved so as to make the width of the marginal
cell just equal to the distance between the apex of the stigma and that of the stigmal
vein. Hind wings with a dusky costal vitta extending to the tip of the wing. Remain-
ing veins of both wings slender and pale dusky. Length 1.27™™; width of abdomen
0.6mm; length of wing 1.77—2.03™™; to tip of Wings 2.28—2.54™m,

May—July ; Saint Louis, Mo.

On the under side of leaves of Quercus rubra.

Very closely related to C. bella (Walsh), with which it has been
hitherto confounded.

CALLIPTERUS BELLA (Walsh).

Aphis bella, Walsh, Genera of N. Am. Aphid, Phil. Ent. Soc. 1862.

Tn some specimens, a series of capitate hairs can be detected on the
margin of the abdomen of the unborn larvee, which can be seen through
the sides of the abdomen of the viviparous females. The young of some
individuals seem to lack these hairs. A similar case has been noticed
by Professor Riley in Schizoneura fungicola? (Walsh), in which the very
young larve occur with and without capitate hairs. These hairs, on
being very highly magnified, appear to be hollow, with a funnel-shaped
opening at the apex.

Length 2.54—3.04"™; of wings 3.55—3.81™™; to tip of wings 4.06—4.31™™,

CALLIPTERUS ASCLEPIADIS, n. sp.—Winged form: General color yellow. Antenne
filitorm, mounted on very short tubercles, as long as, or a little longer than, the body ;

30 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

apical joint much longer than the preceding. Nectaries yellowish, short. <Apterous
individuals: With capitate hairs, which disappear when the insect acquires wings; ab-
domen somewhat tubercular. Winged individuals : Wings blotched with dusky or dusky
brown; an irregular broad band running from the apex of the second discoidal to the
apex of the upper forklet, and another running from the apex of the first discoidal
towards the base of the cubitus, but becoming obsolete before reaching that point.
Stigma short, abruptly tapered at apex. Distance between the tips of the first and
second discoidals one-half that between the tip of the second discoidal and the lower
cubital branch. Distance between the base of the cubitus and the base of the stigmal
vein nearly equal to the distance between the apices of the lower forklet and the lower
branch of the eubitus. Length 1.27—1.52™™; to tip of wings 2.54™™,

May—August.

Very common at Saint Louis on Asclepias cornuti and A. obtusifolia.
This is the first species belonging to this genus which has been found
on a herbaceous plant. .

CALLIPTERUS DISCOLOR, n. sp.—Winged form: Abdomen greenish or yellowish, with
four rows of irregular brownish spots, often with smaller dots between them, the two
middle rows becoming confluent just above the nectaries. Antenne with the sixth
joint less than the seventh. Wings with irregular dusky bands arranged similarly to
those in C. asclepiadis. Length 1.77™™; to tip of wings 3.29™™,

Under side of leaves of Quercus bicolor. Saint Louis, Mo., May.

CALLIPTERUS PUNCTATA, n. sp.—Winged form: General color pale yellow; abdomen
with faint dusky shadings, representing the dots of the preceding species. Sixth joint
of the antennze much less than the seventh. Wings hyaline, except dusky markings
at the tips of the second discoidal, cubital, and stigmal yein, and a dusky mark at base
of stigmal vein. Length 1.52—1.77™ ; to tip of wings 3.04—3.29™™,

On the under side of leaves of Quercus bicolor. May—June, Saint
Louis, Mo. It is possible that this is merely a variety of C. discolor, but
I have never succeeded in finding intermediate forms.

CALLIPTERUS HYALINUS, n. sp.— Winged form : General coler pale yellowish. Apter-
ous individuals with the usual capitate hairs. Seventh joint of the antennee longer
than the preceding. Wings hyaline, without any markings, or with a scarcely percepti-
ble shading at the tips of the wings. Stigma rather long, the distance between the
base of the stigmal vein and the base of the cubitus being much greater than that be-
tween the tips of the lower forklet and lower cubital branch. Basal two-thirds of the
stigmal vein subhyaline. Second discoidal not so much curved as in C. puncetata.
Length 1.77—2.02™™ ; to tip of wings 3.04™™,

On the under side of leaves of Quercus imbricaria, to which species I
believe it is confined. May—June, Saint Louis, Mo.

CALLIPTERUS BETULECOLENS, n. sp. Aphis betulecolens?, Fitch, N. Y. Catl. Hom.
p. 66.—Winged individuals: General color yellow; antenne, first and second joints
entirely yellow, the apical half of the remaining joints more or less dusky. Dorsum
uniform yellow, without tubercles; wings hyaline; costal and subcostal veins whitish ;
first and second discoidals black. Stigma yellowish; basal two-thirds of the stigmal
vein obsolete; apical portion hyaline, subobsolete. Nectaries yellow, a little fuscous,
fully as long as the tarsi. The rostrum barely reaches the middle coxee. Length
2.02™m: to tip of wings 3.81™™,

On the under side of Birch leaves. June, Saint Louis, Mo.
Dr. Fitch’s description of A. betulcecolens is not sufficiently exact to

No. 1.] RILEY AND MONELL ON APHIDIDA. ai

enabie one to recognize the species. It is, however, probable that it is
distinct, as the measurement he gives would make his species slightly
larger than the present one; besides, were they identical, it would be
rather singular that Dr. Fitch should omit to mention the obsolete stig-
mal vein, and at the same time be at the pains to mention that the base
of the cubitus was hyaline.

I am unacquainted with Calaphis betulella Walsh; but, unless there
are other distinguishing characters, the mere absence of the stigmal vein
will not be sufficient to separate Calaphis from Callipterus, as there is a
complete series of transitions between the two.

CALLIPTERUS CARY, n. sp.— Winged form : General color pale yellow ; tips of the an-
tennal joints black; legs entirely pale whitish. Antenne a little shorter than the body;
seventh joint equal to or one-third longer than the preceding; fifth joint as long as eth
two following taken together. Nectaries not perceptible. Rostrum not reaching to
the middle cox. Wings hyaline; veins pale; stigmarather short and blunt at apex.
Stigmal vein subobsolete, its course being only traced with difficulty. The distance
between the apex of the lower cubital branch and that of the second discoidal equal
to about one-half the distance between the apices of the first and second discoidals.
Apterous viviparous females and pup with four longitudinal rows of tubercles, each
mounted with a capitate bristle.

Leaves of Walnut, Hickory, and Peean. June—J uly. Saint Louis, Mo.

CALLIPTERUS? QUERCIOOLA, n. sp.— Winged form: Antenne about half ag long as the

body; not mounted on frontal tubercles ; remote at base; third, fourth, and fifth joints
equal in length; transition from the sixth to the seventh joint exceedingly gradual;
Seventh joint about half as long as the preceding. Rostrum short, not reaching the
second coxx; apical joint very acute. Nectaries reduced to mere openings. Style
none. Wings with the veins bordered with brown. tigma rather short, and blunt
at apex; the cubital vein arising from its base. Stigmal vein not so much curved as
usual in this genus, not hyaline; distance between the base of the cubitus and that
of the stigmal vein equal to the distance between the furcals and less than the dis-
tance between the base of the cubitus and that of the second discoidal. Second dis-
coidal not sinuous. - Body rather elongate. Length 1.77™™; to tip of Wings 2.79mm,
_ It is with considerable doubt that I place this Species in the genus
Callipterus. Itis very probable that it should be placed under Asiphum ;
but the only description of this genus which has been published is that
given by Koch, and, like the other generic descriptions which were made
from memory after the loss of his eyesight, is somewhat unsatisfactory.
The following is a translation of the salient points in his description:

Asiphum, Koch.‘ Beak short. Antennz rather short, the third, fourth,
and fifth joints subequal, the apical joint very small, scarcely perceptible.”
Of this interesting species, I have only seen two winged specimens,
mounted on a slide, which was communicated by a correspondent with
the information that it occurred at Saint Louis on Oak.

Chaitophorus, Koch (emend.).
Similar to Aphis, but with the antennx and body distinctly pilose.
Style tubercle-like.
CHAITOPHORUS VIMINALIS, n. sp.—Apterous individuals: Varying from pale green to
light yellow, with two darker vittz on the abdomen, which are often obsolete. Entire

32 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V,

insect covered with long white hair. Winged individuals: Head and thorax black;
abdomen black, except the margins and style, which are yellow. Nectaries a little
longer than thick, yellowish, often slightly fuscous. Antenne hairy; seventh joint
filiform, almost as long as the three preceding taken together. Wingshyaline. Length
1.52™™; to tip of wings 2.54™™,

On young twigs and leaves of Salix lucida and SS. babylonica. The
venation of the wings is exceedingly variable; in one abnormal speci-
men I have observed a robust transverse vein running from the middle
of the second discoidal to the base of the lower branch of the cubitus,
thereby forming a closed trapezoidal cell.

CHAITOPHORUS SMITHLZ, n. sp.— Winged form: General color dusky reddish. Wings
hyaline; venation very variable. Nectaries two-thirds as long as the tarsi, vasiform,
contracted at the base, expanding in the middle, and again contracted at the apex;
the mouth flaring. Antenne a little over half as long as the body, the third jomt the
longest, the fourth and fifth subequal, and the sixth joint two-thirds as long as the
preceding. Seventh joint slender, very little longer than the preceding. Rostrum
reaching the third pair of coxe. Length 2.28™™; to tip of wings 4.56™™,

On leaves of Salix alba. May—June. Peoria, Ill. (Miss E. A. Smith),

This species comes under Cladobius Koch, a genus which does not
seem sufficiently distinct from Chaitophorus.

Though the shape of the nectaries is very remarkable, it seems to me
scarcely sufficient to justify a generic separation.

CHAITOPHORUS QUERCICOLA, n. sp.—Apterous individuals: Dorsum greenish, with
four rows of short tubercles, all of which, except afew in the side-rows, are black; their
apical circumference with from three to five bristles; the two middle rows of tubercles
stop at the head, but the two lateral rows are continued by smaller tubercles until
near the base of the labrum. Rostrum reaching the second cox. Nectaries yellow,
about as long as the tarsi, slightly enlarged at base, the month conspicuously flaring.
Style not perceptible. Winged individuals: Antenne very slightly pilose ; fourth joint
subequal to the fifth and two-thirds as long as the third joint; sixth about half as long
as the preceding, and very little longer than the seventh. Wings with the stigma andl
veins much asin Ch. populicola; the veins lying in narrow dusky bands. Length of
apterous individuals 1.52—2.02™™; length of wing 2.54™™,

On the under side of the leaf near the midrib. Quercus prinus. May—
June. Peoria, Ill. Of this interesting species, I have seen a number of
apterous individuals, but only a single winged specimen, which was
mounted on a slide kindly communicated by Miss E. A. Smith of Peoria,
Ii]. The dorsum of the winged individual is probably not tubercular,
but this cannot be decided with certainty on account of. the manner in
which the specimen is mounted.

Though the antenne of this species are not sufficiently pilose to justify
its being placed in Chaitophorus, its general appearance seems to point
to this as its rightful position.

Art. HH.—The Relations of the Horizons of Extinct
Vertebrata of Europe and North America.

By E. D. Cope.

The history of the succession of life upon any one portion of the earth’s
surface is replete with matter for speculation. It shows us a series of
faunz succeeding each other, each of which, in many instances, com-
mences without previous announcement in the forms of older periods,
and disappears without leaving representatives in later ones. With this
basis of fact, which naturally enough has been furnished by the longest
explored and best known portion of the earth, Europe, we turn to other
lands with the hope of obtaining further light upon a subject so full of
mystery. ‘These types of life, did they originate in a single centre, from
which they disseminated themselves? and, if so, did each form originate
in a region of its own or not? Or, did fhe same types of generic structure
appear at different points on the earth’s surface indepen dently; and, if so,
whether cotemporaneously, or at different times?

For a solution of these and similar questions, we naturally look to a
comparison of the facts first established , with those obtained more recently
by exploration in other regions. In this quest, no portion of the earth
offers greater promise of results than America. As the second great
continent, separated from the other by the greatest possible water sur-
face, we anticipate the widest diversity in the character of its life-history.
If the types of life have originated independently, we will find evidence
of it by studying American paleontology ; if their origin has been through
gradual modification, America should furnish us with many interme-
diate faunee.

The identification of the generic types of North American Vertebrata
has now advanced to a point which renders such a comparison possible..
Although the subject is in its infancy, the following pages will show
that an important contribution to it can be now made. The compari-
sons instituted in this paper commence with the coal-measures, and
with the Batrachia of that period. As regards the paleozoic fishes, I
have not yet devoted that attention to them which is necessary for their
discussion, and I refer to the papers of N ewberry for several important
identifications of genera as common to the two continents.

The structure of the Batrachia of the coal-measures is not yet suffi-
ciently well known to enable the most exact comparisons to be made,
but close parallels, if not identities, of genera exist. Such are the

Bull. v, 1——3 33

34 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Oéstocephalus and Ceraterpeton of Ohio as compared with the Urocordylus
and Ceraterpeton of Great Britain.

The Permian vertebrate fauna which I discovered in Illinois and
Texas, exhibits close parallels, but not yet generic identity, in the two
continents. Thus, the American Clepsydrops and Dimetrodon are near
to the Deuterosaurus of Perm in Russia, and the Lycosaurus of the mount-
ains of South Africa. The Texan genus Pariotichus may, with further
information, prove to be identical with Procolophon Ow. from the Tafel-
berg. Humeri of the type discovered by Kutorga in Russia, and by
Owen in South Africa, are found in North America, and the same re-
markable type has been recently discovered by Gaudry in France. The
peculiar type of Labyrinthodont vertebre described by me under the
genus Rhachitomus from Texas has been discovered by Gaudry in
France. The present indications are that close similarity between the
faunz of this period in Europe and America will be discovered. Never-
theless, up to the present time no representatives of the striking Ameri-
can forms Diadectes, Bolosaurus, Empedocles, and Cricotus have yet been
found in any other continent.

As regards the Triassic fauna, it differs from that of the Permian in
being better known in Europe than America. As marine Trias is little
developed in North America, so the vertebrate fauna of the Muschel-
kalk has not been discovered in the latter country. Itis otherwise with
the Keuper. The characteristic genus of that epoch, Belodon, existed in
America, and parallels, if not identity, exist in the genera Thecodonto-
saurus and Paleosaurus. These are known in America from teeth only.
The reptiles are accompanied in North America, as in Europe, by Stego-
cephalous Batrachia, mostly Labyrinthodonts, but their generic affini-
ties are yet unknown.

The great Jurassic faune are as yet but sparsely represented in North
American paleontology. The marine Vertebrata of the Lias are either
unknown or are represented by a few provisional identifications of un-
satisfactory fragments. We do not yet know any deposits in North
America which contain the typical reptilian genera Plesiosaurus, Ich-
thyosaurus, Pliosaurus, and Dimorphodon, or the fishes of the Dapediide.
This formation, so important in Europe, is almost omitted from the North
American series. A few more characteristic fossils of the Rocky Mount-
ain region represent the Odlite, particularly the Upper Odlite, while
Teleosaurus and Steneosaurus, and their allies, are not yet known from
North American beds. Strata said to be included in the Dakota (which
on the evidence of plants and invertebrate fossils has been placed at
the bottom of the Cretaceous series) have produced a genus not yet
distinguishable from Megalosaurus. This genus has not been identified
beyond doubt from above the Odlite in England. From the same beds
in the Rocky Mountain region come genera which nearly resemble the
one from the English Odlite (Forest Marble) called by Phillips, Cetiosau-
rus, and the genus from the Oxfordian of Honfleur, called by von Meyer,

No.1.) COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 35

Streptospondylus. Beyond this no comparisons can be made, and we
therefore pass to the rich fauna of the Kimmeridge. North America
cannot show such records of this epoch as have been found in Europe.
There are no Archeopteryx, Rhamphorhynchus, nor Pterodactylus ; no Lep-
tolepis, Thrissops, nor other of the numerous fishes of Solenhofen. The
Omosaurus has, however, some very close relatives in the supposed Da-
kota beds of the Rocky Mountains. No remains of that primitive Mar-
supial fauna which occurs in the Purbeck have yet been detected in
the Western Continent. A partial representation of the Wealden fauna
of Europe is found in the beds of the Rocky Mountains mingled with
the types of the Odlite and Kimmeridge already mentioned. The rela-
tionships of this fauna to those of the European Jurassic series may be
thus exhibited :

American. European.
CAMARASAURUS BEDS. WEALDEN.
? Iguanodon.
? Hypstlophodon. Hypsilophodon.
Hyleosaurus.
? Cetiosaurus. Cetiosaurus.
Camarasaurus. Eucamerotus.*
Ornithopsis.
Amphicelias.
? Goniopholis. Goniopholis.
KIMMERIDGE.
Hypsirhophus. Omosaurus.
Caulodon. ? Caulodon.t
OXFORD.
Epanterias. Streptospondylus.
OOLITE
“ Cetiosaurus.”
? Megalosaurus. Megalosaurus,

From the above table it will be seen how difficult it is at the present
to parallelize the related beds of the Jurassic periods of the two conti-
nents at the present time. All that can be said is that many types re-
sembling{ nearly those of different horizons of the European Jurassic
are found to have lived together or near together in the Rocky Mount-
ain region of North America.

That the Cretaceous fauna of North America was the richest in the
cold-blooded Vertebrata is indicated by the present state of discovery.
The ocean of the interior of the continent deepened from the beginning

+ Iguanodon precursor Sauyv.

{A near affinity has been shown by Professor Owen to exist between Hucamerotus
and Camarasaurus. Professor Owen believes these genera to be identical; but the

neural spines of the anterior dorsal vertebra are very different, being single in the
former, and double in the latter.

36 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

of the period until the epoch of the Niobrara, and then gradually shal-
lowed until the elevations of the bottom began to divide the waters.
The closing scenes of this great period were enacted amid a labyrinth
of lagoons and lakes of brackish and fresh water, whose deposits form
the beds of the Laramie epoch.

The fauna of the deep-sea epoch, the Niobrara, is the best known.
Here the remains of Pythonomorpha constitute its prevailing character-
istic, while Elasmosaurus and Polycotylus, with but few species, represent
the numerous Sauropteryyia of Europe. Crocodiles were apparently
wanting, while turtles and a peculiar group of Pterosawria were only
moderately abundant. The fish fauna was very rich and varied. Here
the Saurodontide, like the Molluscous family of the Rudistes, appeared,
and as soon disappeared, accompanied by the peculiar form, Hrisichthe,
and the family of Stratodontidw. The genera of Mount Lebanon, Lepto-
trachelus and Spaniodon, occur in this bed in Dakota; but the closest paral-
lelism is exhibited with the Lower Chalk or Turonian of Western Europe.
The general facies of the reptilian fauna is that of the Lower Chalk, and
there is little doubt that several genera are identical in the two conti-
nents, e. g. Hlasmosawrus. The apparent peculiarity of the Chalk in
Americais the abundance of forms (four genera) of Pythonomorpha with
numerous species, while but two genera have yet been found in Hurope,
and the presence of birds, with biconcave vertebre, and teeth. This m-
teresting type, which was first discovered by Seeley in the genus named
by him Hnaliornis, and afterwards found by Marsh to possess teeth, has
been found at a lower horizon in England, the Upper Greensand. But
in England, France, and Westphalia occur the genera of fishes above
mentioned, as Portheus, Ichthyodectes, Sawrodon, Sawrocephalus, Hri-
sichthe, Hmpo, Pachyrhizodus, Enchodus, Leptotrachelus, etc. This close
relationship of the horizons permits an identification, and it is the first
instance which appears to me to be susceptible of satisfactory demon-
stration.

The next horizon of the Cretaceous which has yielded many verte-
brate remains in North America is the Fox Hills formation (including
the Fort Pierre bed). Here the genus Mosasaurus appears in America,
and is accompanied by the earliest crocodiles with proccelous vertebre,
and by numerous marine turtles which partake of the characters of both
Chelydride and Cheloniide, which I have called the Propleuride. Beryx
appears first here in America. The predominant genus of fishes is Hn-
chodus, and the principal Dinosauria are Lelaps and Hadrosaurus. This
horizon has been parallelized with the Maestricht of Europe, and sev-
eral genera are common to the two beds; such are Mosasaurus and
Einchodus. The genus Hadrosaurus, and the family of turtles I have
called the Adocide, remain undiscovered in Europe; hence the identity
of faune cannot be established.

The lacustrine beds, or summit of the American Cretaceous series, the
Laramie of Hayden, present the remains of a populous fauna and a rich

No.1.] COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 37

flora. The students of the paleobotany have declared this flora to be
- of Eocene, and the later portions of Miocene character, while the lacus-
trine constitution of the strata has influenced the stratigraphic geolo-
gists to concur in the view that the formation should be arranged with
the Tertiary epochs. That the fauna was of a mixed character is the
result of a study of its vertebrate fossils. The predominant type in
North America was the Dinosauria, which were abundant in species
and individuals, and this fact alone will suffice most paleontologists as a
reason for referring the epoch to the Cretaceous series. The genera of
Dinosauria (Palcoscincus, Cionodon, Diclonius, Monoclonius, Dysganus,
etc.) have not yet been found in any other part of the world. Mingled with
them were species of crocodiles and turtles of indifferent character, while
a number of other forms existed which had a limited range in time, and
hence are important indicators of stratigraphic position. Such are the
‘genera of fishes, Myledaphus Cope and Clastes Cope, which have been
found also near Reims, France, by Dr. Lemoine, in the Sables de Bra-
cheux, which are regarded as the lowest Tertiary. Such is the curious
Saurian type Champsosaurus (Cope) (Simcdosaurus Gerv.), and the tur-
tle genus Compsemys Leidy, which Lemoine finds a little higher up in
the series, in the Conglomerate of Cerny, which is in the lower part of
the Suessonian. In France, a genus of the Laramie, Polythorax, extends
into the Lignite or upper Coryphodon bed of the Suessonian. Thus the
Laramie is intercalated by its characters between the Cretaceous period
on the one hand and the Tertiary on the other, and its fauna includes
genera and orders of both great series. These relations may be ex-
hibited in tabular form as follows. I here include the faune of the
Sables de Bracheux and of the Conglomerate of Cerny as one, since both
possess the types of the Laramie, while the horizon of the Lignite of
Meudon, or the Suessonian, does not.

SABLES DE BRACHEUX AND Con- LARAMIE.
GLOMERATE DE CERNY.

a. TERTIARY.

Lophiocherus.
Plesiodapis.
Plewraspidotherium.
Arctocyon.
Clastes. Clastes.
' B PECULIAR.
Champsosaurus. Champsosaurus.
Compsemys. Compsemys.
Myledaphus. Myledaphus.

Scapherpeton.

38 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

SABLES DE BRACHEUX AND Con- LARAMIE.
GLOMERATE DE CERNY.

7. CRETACEOUS.

Palceoscincus.
Dysganus.
Monoclonius.
Diclonius.
Cionodon.
Leelaps.
Aublysodon.

If the Conglomerate of Cerny is the same horizon as the Conglomerate
of Meudon, we must add Coryphodon to the upper left-hand column, and
probably Gastornis also. The resultis clear that the French and Ameri-
can formations together bridge most completely the interval between the
Cretaceous and Tertiary series, as has been anticipated by Hayden, in
America, on geological grounds. It is also evident that another forma-
tion must be added to the series already recognized in France, viz, the
Laramie or Post-Cretaceous. This will be defined as the beds of the
genera Champsosaurus and Myledaphus. In France, the presence of mam-
malia will characterize the formation as a subdivision, for which it is
probable that the name Thanetian must be retained; while to the Ameri-
can division, which is characterized by the presence of Dinosauria, the
name of Laramie beds has been given.

The Eocene fauna is so varied, especially in Europe, that it is neces-
sary to compare the divisions separately, as in the case of the Cretaceous.
Thus, the fauna of the Suessonian is quite as distinct from that of the
Calcaire Grossier and Gypse (Parisian and Tongrian) in France as are
those of the Wasatch and Bridger epochs in North America.

I have already identified the Wasatch with the Suessonian or Orth-
— rocene, on account of the community of the following genera in the
two continents: Coryphodon, Hyracotherium, Amblyctonus, Clastes, and
a form of birds close to Gastornis. I can now add Phenacodus, Orothe-
rium (Cope), and very probably Hyopsodus, Adapis, Opisthotomus, and
Prototomus. But, as above mentioned, in the lower beds of the Sues-
sonian in France occur genera which are, so far as yet known, wanting
in the Wasatch of America, but present in the beds of the Laramie.
Such are two genera in the Conglomerate of Cerny, and four genera in
the lower Sables de Bracheux. In the former bed, they are associated ©
with the mammalian genera Lophiocherus, Plesiodapis, Plewraspidothe-
rium, and Arctocyon ; and in the lowest, with a form referred with doubt
to Hyracotherium. Thus the generalization may be made that the char- .
acteristic genera of reptiles and fishes of the Laramie of North America
are in America associated with Cretaceous Dinosauria, and not with Mam-
malia; while in Europe they are associated with Mammalia, and not with
Dinosauria. In arranging the Laramie Group, its necessary position is

No.1.) COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 39

between Tertiary and Cretaceous, but on the Cretaceous side of the
boundary, if we retain those grand divisions, which it appears to me to
be desirable to do. The reasons for retaining it in the Cretaceous are
two, viz: (1) because Dinosauria are a Mesozoic type, not known elsewhere
from the Tertiary; (2) because Mammalia (should they be found in the
future in the Fort Union) are not equal as evidence of Tertiary age, since
they have been also found in Jurassic and Triassic beds. The parallel-
ism of the American Wasatch with the Upper Suessonian of France is
the second identification which may be regarded as provisionally estab-
lished. The only discordant elements at present known are the Tenio-
donta of the Wasatch, which have not been so far found in Europe, and
the genus Lophiodon, which is unknown in America.

Above the Suessonian, a divergence in the characters of the European
and North American faunz commences, and continues to be marked
throughout the remainder of Tertiary time. So far as the Mammalia
are concerned, the diversity between the continents was greater during
the periods of the Upper Eocene and Miocene than at the present era.
During these periods, a limited number of genera, common to the two
continents, was associated with numerous genera in the one which did
not exist in the other. As a consequence, our paleontological means of
identification of the horizons are limited to a restricted list, and the task
of applying a uniform nomenclature is, under the circumstances, diffi-
cult. Another difficulty in the way of determining the place of the
American beds in the European scale consists in the fact that the phy-
sical history of the two continents during the Tertiary period appears
to have been different. In America, the changes of level appear to
have been more uniform in character over large areas. Hach deposit
has a wider geographical extent, and the fauna presents less irregular
variation. In Europewe have a great number of comparatively restricted
deposits, each of which differs from the others in possessing more or less
peculiarity of fauna. After a study of these faune, their natural ar-
rangement in Europe into three series, Hocene, Miocene, and Pliocene,
does not appear to rest on any solid basis. This is especially true of the
distinction between the first two; and authors are at variance as to the
point of demarkation between the last two. Thus, the Tongrian is
the summit of the Eocene according to Renevier, while Gaudry, with Fil-
hol and others, places it at the base of the Miocene. One opinion is as
well supported by facts, as now interpreted, as the other.

Let us now consider the nature of the evidence on which we should
rely in classifying faunz and the deposits which contain them. Weare
accustomed, at present, to rely for our definitions upon all the faunal pe-
culiarities upon which we can seize: the period of appearance of certain
types; the duration of certain types; and the disappearance of certain
types, depending on orders, families, and genera for the major divisions,
and species at a given locality for the lesser. It is, of course, evident.

4

40 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. = [Vol.V.

that either of the above-mentioned thret criteria are variable quantities,

since discovery is constantly extending our knowledge of the distribu-
tion of types. Hence the definitions are empirical and temporary. We
must then, if we desire a stable system, examine the principles involved,
and endeavor to discover definitions which stand on stronger founda-
tions than those which we now possess.

As a matter of fact, the old definitions of epochs and periods are con-
tinually invalidated by new discoveries. As a matter of theory, this
should be the case.

To the believers in the doctrine of derivation, the obliteration of fau-
nal distinctions is not a cause of surprise. Such await with confidence
the day when complete phylogenies will be possible, and at present
regard the interruptions in the succession of life as local only. Will the
result then be, that paleontology will cease to be available in the defini-
tion of ages and of deposits? I answer no, on various grounds. In-
terruptions in the succession of life in any given locality due to various
causes have doubtless often occurred, and have left traces in the crust
of the earth which are ineffaceable by discovery. But apart from this,
one fact in this history is patent both to the friends and to the opponents
of the doctrine of derivation. It is known that the world has witnessed,
at every stage of its history, the extinction of some important type of
life. Familiar examples are the Placodermi of paleozoic time, the vari-
ous reptilian groups of Mesozoic time, and the Amblypoda of the Tertiary.
Each minor subdivision of time offers its own record of persistences and
extinctions of particular families and genera.

Now, all departments of biology compel us to recognize the law of
classification, that the order of forms is from the less to the more gen-
eralized, from the simple to the more complex, and vice versa, whether
the lines of succession be those of descent or of creative order; and
this law is true in time as well as in classification. It follows from this,
that all types of life are, at the time of their appearance, less distinct
and more general in their characters than they are later i in their his-
tory.

It also follows, as a consequence of the principle of descent, which
states that the types of one age have taken their origin from general.
ized types of preceding ages, that there is no descent from the most
specialized types; which is to say, conversely, that the genera, families,
and orders whose extinction has been a marked feature of every eek
logic age have been the specialized types of those ages.

We now have a clue to a basis of a definition for faunz, and hence for
epochs, which discovery can safely build upon. ‘The successive incre-
ments of structure by which an important modification of animal type
is introduced preclude the possibility of exact determination of the
time at which such type may be said to have appeared. Even where
such a point may be arbitrarily fixed, the type must then be less char-

mY

Wo.1.) COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 41

acteristically represented than it is at the other limit of its existence,
viz, the period of its disappearance.

For. these reasons I must regard the latter criterion as the true one in
the discrimination of the subdivisions of geologic time, while the point
of the appearance of types must be looked upon as of provisional use
only, and this quite independently of the changes which discovery will
from time to time compel us to make in our knowledge of the distribu-
tion of life in time and space. It must, however, be borne in mind that
disappearance may be due to two causes: first, to extinction; and,
secondly, to modification; a distinction which is entirely essential.
The case of disappearance by modification is identical with that of
appearance by modification, and cannot be used otherwise in classi-
fication. It is then the period of extinction of types to which I have
reference.

With these principles in view, we continue the comparison of the ex-
tinct faunz of Europe and North America. If we take a general view
of the Tertiary faunz, we find that the following well marked types
representing families and higher groups have become extinet, and have
left no living descendants or successors: Among Insectivora, the Leptic-
tide i North America; also the American Bunotherian groups Tenio-
donta and Tillodonta; also the Mesodonta of both continents; of Hdentata,
Macrotherium and Ancylotherium in Europe, and the Megathertide in .
North America; among the Carnivora, the Hycnodons and Proviverre,
with the Macherodi; of Ungulata, the entire order of Amblypoda,
which, however, doubtless disappeared in some of its members by mod-
ification; but its only known suborders, the Pantodonta and the Dinoce-
rata, became absolutely extinct. Among Perissodactyla, both continents
lost by extinction the Chalicothervide, which terminated in a great devel-
opment in North America; the genera Hippotherium* and Stylonus of
the line of the horses, and the Khinoceride. Of Artiodactyla, two great
divisions, representative of each other in the two continents, totally dis-
appeared, viz, the Oreodontide and the Anoplotheriide ; to which must
be added the Hyopotamide. Of true ruminants, the most important type
which has disappeared from both continents is that of the Camelide.
Of Suilline genera, Anthracotherium and Hlotheriwm may be looked upon
as having left no persistent successors. Last of all, the Proboscidea
retreated to the continents of the south.

In view of the complexity of the European record, I first present the
relations of the above mentioned phenomena as displayed in the sim-
pler American system. As the present essay commences with the earliest
periods, I exhibit the succession in descending order on the page. The
horizons of the Tertiary which present distinct terrestrial faunze in
North America have been named the Wasatch, the Bridger, the Uinta,
the White River, the Loup Fork, the Hqeuwus beds, and the Champlain.

* Equus came through Protohippus, the cotemporary of Hippotherium.

42 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

The types which became extinct* with the close of each of these epochs
are the following:

WASATCH. Loup Forx.
Gastornithide ERhinoceride.
Pantodonta. Hippotherium.

BRIDGER. Stylonus.
Baénide. Oreodontide.
Tillodonta. Iquus BEDS.
Mesodonta. Megatheriide.
Proviverra. Macherodus.
Dinocerata. Tapiride.

WHITE RIVER. Hlephas.
Leptictide. Camelide.
Hycenodon.

Chalicotheriude.
Hyopotamide.

The above table exhibits the present state of our knowledge: it will
doubtless be much extended by future discovery, but not otherwise mod-
ified.

The numerous able writers on European vertebrate paleontology have
more frequently recorded the appearance of types in defining their
faunal divisions than their disappearance. The following table is com-
piled from the writings of Gervais, Gaudry, Pomel, Filhol, Kenevier,
and others, but is not as complete as I would desire.

SUESSONIAN. FALUNIAN.
Pantodonta. Anchitheriwm.
PARISIAN (Bruxellian, Bartonian, Anthracothervum.
and Sestian). Paleocherus.
Paleophis (Bruxellian). Ceenotherium.
Proviverra. OENINGIAN.
Pterodon. Ancylotherium.
Mesodonta. ; Dinotherium.
Lophiodon (Bruxellian). Hippotherium.
TONGRIAN. Aceratherium.
Paleotheriide. SUBAPENNINE.
Chalicotherium. Mastodon.
Anoplotheride. Tapiride.
EHlotheriwm. ~ | DILUVIAL.
AQUITANIAN. Hyena.
Hycenodon. Macherodus.
Hyopotamus. Hlephas.
Fhinocerus.
Hippopotamus.

*This means, as already mentioned, the forms which left no direct successors in the
Nearctic and Palearctic Faune.

No. 1.] COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 43

The above tables show that the history of mammalian life in the two
continents presents many points of resemblance ; but that there is a
great difficulty in correlating the epochs represented by the known
faune. As regards the two primary divisions, Eocene and Miocene, they
have no special raison Wétre, as such faune as the Tongrian and Oenin-
gian are absolutely transitional in their character. More detailed com-
parisons of the European and American faunz bring out many relation-
Ships not displayed by the above tables, and which I will now briefly
consider.

In the American Bridger, various genera of Mesodonta represent the
few Adapide of the Parisian, the genus Adapis* Cuv. being probably
common to the two continents. The American Anaptomorphus, a true
Lemur, has been found by M. Filhol in the Phosphorites, and named
Necrolemur. The characters of the numerous Carnivora of the Bridger
are as yet unknown. The Stypolophus of the Bridger is perhaps the
Prototomus of the Wasatch, and this again has been discovered by M.
Filhol; in France; while a very similar, if not the Same, genus has been
discovered in the Swiss Siderolitic, and named Proviverra. Hyenodon-
tidee probably occur in the Bridger. Nowhere in Europe do we find the
Dinocerata and Tillodonta of the Bridger. Palcosyops is also unknown
in Europe, but it plays the part in America of the Paleotherium, from
which it does not greatly differ in structure. The latter genus is most
largely developed in the Parisian, but is also characteristic of the Ton-
grian. Hyrachyus is the American Lophiodon, the ditterence between
them being but slight: both are found in France; the former in the
Lower Parisian, the latter in the Phosphorites. Tapirulust Gerv. is a
genus common to the Bridger and to more than one horizon of the
Parisian. The squirrel-like rodents of the Bridger are like those of the
Parisian, but they are not confined to either epoch. The character which
distinguishes the Parisian most widely from the Bridger, besides the
absence of the Dinocerata and Tillodonta, is the presence of numerous
Selenodont Artiodactyla, as Xiphodon, Cenotherium, Amphimeryx, Ano-
plotherium, etc. These are of primitive type, itis true ; the Anoplothervidee
especially having probably four toes in the very short manus (Hurytherium),
including the pollex, and three behind. They also display the character
of a fifth crescent of the superior molars, which is wanting in the higher
Selenodont types. But even these genera are absent from the Bridger.
The ensemble is then, that the latter displays relationships backwards,
or to the Suessonian, while the Parisian has a later facies, constituting
an approach to the Tongrian and White River. §

The following table presents the relations of the Bridger fauna suc-
cinctly, but it is much less complete than we hope to make it when its

* Notharctus is undistinguishable from Adapis in inferior dental characters.

tItis described as Cynohyenodon with two species.

¢Gervais, 1850; Helaletes Marsh, 1872.

§ See Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terrs, 1873, pp. 461-2, where this view is proposed.

44 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

numerous species now represented by catalogues of names are fully de-
scribed. The Parisian is here regarded as including the divisions Brux-
ellian, Bartonian, and Sestian (Gypse).

PARISIAN. BRIDGER.

Didelphys. ? Didelphys.

Vespertilionide. Vespertilionide

Plesiarctomys. Plesiarctomys.
Tillodonta.

Hycnodontide. Hycenodontide.

Adapis. Adapis.

Anaptomorphus (Phosph.). Anaptomorphus.
Dinocerata.
Palewosyops.

Paleotherium.

Lophiodon.

Hyrachyus (Phosph.). Hyrachyus.

Tapirulus. Tapirulus.

Anthracotherium. Acheenodon.

Cheropotamus.

Dichobune.

Anoplotherium.

Xiphodon.

Amphimeryx.

The rich Tongrian (Stampian) fauna is, according to authors, repre-
sented in the Sables de Fontainebleau, Puy en Velay, Ronzon, Hempstead,
and Cadibona in Italy. We find here Didelphys in abundance, Hywnodon,
Amphicyon, Cynodon, Palceotherium, Paloplotherium, Chalicotherium, and.
Aceratherium. Of Artiodactyla, the Suillines are Anthracotherium and
Hlotherium ; the Selenodonts, Hyopotamus and Gelocus. This list is the
nearest known counterpart of that of the fauna of the White River
epoch of North America. To reproduce the latter, we must omit from
the above catalogue the genera of Paleotheriide, and replace them by
the allied Chalicotheroid Menodus and Symborodon, subtract Anthra-
cotheriwm, and add the great body of the Oreodontidew. Then there are
included in the White River fauna the higher Selenodont Artiodactyles
of the Poébrotheriide and Hypertragulide, the corresponding types of
which belong to the fauna of St. Gerand le Puy in France, or the
Aquitanian epoch, which directly succeeded the Stampian. In Eu-
rope we have here Dremotherium, Amphitragulus, Lophiomeryx, Dor-
catherium ; in America, Leptomeryx, Hypertragulus, Hypisodus, and Poé-
brotherium. Itis curious that while Leptomeryx is also European,* it
has not yet been found above the Phosphorites. Among Suillines, the
Paleocherust of the Oregon White River beds has also not been found

*T think M. Filhol’s Prodremotherium is identical with Leptomeryzx.
t Thinohyus Marsh appears to be the same.

oe

No. 1.] COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 45

below the Aquitanian in Hurope. But the American Didelphys,* Hye-
nodon, Amphicyon, Hlotherium, and Hyopotamus, with the numerous
Chalicotheroid species, show clearly that the White River fauna may be
looked upon as a mixture of those of the Stampian and Aquitanian, the
former of which is sometimes referred with reason to the Upper Eocene,
while the latter is always left in the lowest Miocene. And the solution of
this question of position as regards the White River beds appears to me
to be at present by no means easy.t According to the system of Nau-
mann, it should be called Oligocene.

Although Artiodactyles with Selenodont molars are far more abundant
in both continents during this period than the last, a remarkable differ-
ence is to be observed between them. Those of Europe still largely
consist of the types with five crescents, as represented by the numerous
Hyopotami and Cenotheria, while in America the modern four-crescent-
bearing molar characterizes almost the entire suborder, the only excep-
tion being two species of Hyopotamus.

The following table will represent the relations of the White River
fauna:

STAMPIAN AND AQUITANIAN. WHITE RIVER.

Didelphys. Didelphys.
Leptictide.
Protomyide. Protomyide.t
Saccomyide.§
Steneofiber. Steneofiber.
Leporide. Leporide.
Hycenodon. Hycenodon.
Amplhicyon. Amphicyon.
Canis. Canis.
Temnocyon.
Enhydrocyon.
Gulo. || Gulo. ||
Dinictis.
Macherodus. Macherodus.
Chalicotherivide.
Paleotheriide.
Hyracodon.
Aceratherium.
Anchitherium.
Hlotherium. Hiotherium.
Paleocherus. Paleocherus.

* Herpetotherium Cope; Peratherium Aym.

+See Ann. Report U. 8. Geol. Sury. Terrs. 1873, p. 462, where the White River beds

are determined as Lower Miocene.

t Ischyromys Leidy.

§ Entoptychus and Pleurolicus Cope.

|| Amphictis Pom.

46 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

STAMPIAN AND AQUITANIAN. WHITE RIVER.
Anthracothervum.
Oreodontide.
Anoplotheriide.
Hyopotamide. Merycopater.
Poébrotherium.
Lophiomeryz. Hypertragulus.
Amphitragulus.
Leptomeryx (Phosph.). Leptomeryx.
Dremotheriwwm.
Hypisodus.

The Falunian epoch includes in the large sense the Langhian, Helve-
tian, and Tortonian divisions, embracing the rich deposits of the Orlé-
anais, of Simorre, and of Sansan. We have here the true Miocene fauna,
of which the following genera are characteristic: Edentata, Macrothe-
rium; Proboscidea, Dinotherium, Mastodon ; Perissodactyla, Anchithervwm,
Iistriodon; Artiodactyla, Paleomeryx, Dicrocerus, Procervulus;* Car-
nivora, Amphicyon, Hycnarctos, ? Macherodus; Quadrumana, Pliopi-
thecus. The ancient genera Anthracotherium and Cenotherium continue
throughout, and the existing genera Arvicola, Lutra, and Sus appear.
The succeeding epoch, the Oeningian, including with it the horizons
of Epplesheim and Pikermi, presents the additional genera Dorcathe-
rium, Helladotherium, several genera allied to Antilope, with Hippothe-
rium, the huge edentate Ancylotherium, and the monkey Mesopithecus.

It is from these materials that we must determine by comparison the
American Loup Fork epoch, whose deposits are widely spread, and
whose fauna is of well-marked character. Although called by my pre-
decessors Pliocene in age, I have insisted that it should be referred to
the Miocene series, and I think that the evidence to that effect, which I
have produced, will be found conclusive. Nevertheless, here, as in other
American Tertiary horizons, the element of geographical peculiarity en-
ters, and diminishes the number of identical types.

FALUNIAN. Loup Fork.
Steneofiber. Steneofiber.
ste \ Morotheriwmn.
Amphicyon. Amphicyon.t
Dinotheriun. Ceenobasileus.
Tetralophodon. Tetralophodon.
Aceratherium. Aphelops.
Anchitherium.

Listriodon.

*Gaudry, 1878; Dicrocerus Cope, 1874 (not Lartet); Merycodus et Cosoryx gee
nomina nuda.
t Canis ursinus Cope.

No.1.) COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. AT

FALUNIAN. Loup Fork.

Hippotherium (Oeningian). Hippotherium.
Protohippus.
Hippidium.*

Ceenotherium. Oreodontide.

Anthracotherium.

Paleomeryax. Blastomeryax.

Dicrocerus.

Procervulus. Procervulus.
Protolabis.

Procamelus.

The existing genera mentioned as found in the Falunian fauna are
paralleled by the Dicotyles, Hystrix, and Mustela of the Loup Fork beds.
It is evident that this latter horizon retains in its Oreodontide the same
traces of antiquity that the Falunian does in its Canotheriwm, but shows
amore modern aspect in the omission of Anchitherium and its replacement
by Hippotheriwm and Protohippus, and in the still more modern type Hip-
pidium. Although but six genera of the two continents are determined
as identical in the above table, yet others, which are facing on the same
line, are very nearly allied. Other differences are geographical. The
facies of the Loup Fork horizon is then a compound of that of the Falu-
nian and Oeningian, or Middle and Upper Miocene.

In commenting on the above-described fauna in 1874,+ I remarked that
“the proper discrimination of American Pliocene remains to be accom-
plished.” It was not long after that date that material for making the
identification of this horizon on this continent first came into my hands.
This was derived from the superior Tertiary of Oregon, and includes a
considerable number of species of fishes, birds, and Mammalia. I pub-
lished a list of some of the species in 1878. The character of the fauna
from that region coincides with that which has from time to time been
unearthed in the caves and other Eastern deposits to such an extent as
to lead us to suspect that the differences between them are geographical
only. In Europe, the Pliocene, or Subapennine, includes, according to
D’Orbigny (1855) and Gaudry (1878), the Plaisancian and Astian, which
are represented at the following localities :

SUBAPENNINE.

Plaisancian.—Montpellier; Casino (Tuscany).
Astian.—Perrier, near Issoir, Coupet, Vialette (Upper Loire), Chagny; English
Crag; part of deposits of the Val d’Arno.

The characteristic of this fauna is the fact that the species belong
mostly to existing genera, the chief exception being Hippotherium. The
horses are chiefly represented by Equus. Common genera are Arctomys,

* Pliohippus Marsh.

+Report Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, IV, Palzontology of New Mexico, 1874, p. 364.
tBull. Hayden’s U. S. Geol. Surv. Terrs. iv, 1878, p. 389.

48 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Lepus, Hlephas, Mastodon, Tapirus, Sus, Cervus, Antilope, Bos, Canis,
Macherodus, Felis, Ursus. In the Hquus beds of Oregon, a few extinet
genera in like manner share the field with various recent ones, while not
a few of the bones are not distinguishable from those of recent species.
I give the following list, the extinct species being in italics:

Mylodon sodalis. Canis latrans. Auchenia magna.
Thomomys (nr) clusius. | Hlephas prinvigenius. Auchenia vitakeriana.
Thomomys talpoides. Haquus occidentalis. Cervus fortis.

Castor fiber. Hquus major.

Lutra near piscinaria. | Auchenia hesterna.

The species derived from the cave formations of the Eastern States
are more numerous, and differ from the Oregon fauna in many respects;
yet the parallelism is close in the genera with the Hquus beds on the
one hand and the Pliocene of Europe and South America on the other.
The differences distinguishing it from the Equus beds of Oregon are,
however, such as compel me to regard it as a distinct division of the
Pliocene, under the name of the Megalonysx beds.

Megatherium (p). Castoroides. Macherodus (sp).
Mylodon (p). Lagomys (s). Mastodon (sp).
Megalonyx (p). Lepus (s). Equus (sp).
Sciurus (s). Anomodon. ? Hippotherium (s).
Arctomys (s). Sealops. Tapirus (s).
Jaculus. Arctotherium (p). Dicotyles (p).
Arvicola (s). Procyon. | Cariacus (p).
Erethizon. Canis (sp). Bos (s).
Hydrocheerus (p). Mustela (sp).

In the above list, the extinct genera are marked in italics. There exists,
as a marked feature of the North American Pliocene, to which I called
attention several years ago,* a considerable representation of the fauna of
the Pampean formation of South America: such are twelve genera, of
which six are extinct genera, and four are peculiar to that formation and
fauna. The genera found in the Pampean are marked(p), and those of
the Subapennine (s). In the list from the Oregon localities, Mylodon and
Auchenia were observed to be the only distinctively Pampean genera. As
a conclusion of the comparison of the American Hquus beds in general ©
with those of Kurope, it may be stated that the number of identical gen-
era is so large that we may not hesitate to parallelize them as stratigraph-
ically the same. On the other hand, the agreement with the South
American Pampean formation is somarked in some respects as to induce
us to believe that the distinction is geographic rather than stratigraphic.
Believing that the Pampean formation contains too large a percentage
of extinct genera to be properly regarded, as it has been, as Postpliocene
or Quaternary, its characters, both essentially and as a result of the com-
parison which I have been able to make, refer it properly to the Pliocene.

*Proc. Acad. Phila. 1857, 156; Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1869, 178.

No.1.) COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 49

It appears, then, that the term Pliocene or Subapennine is applicable
to the horizon of this fauna in Europe and North and South America.

RESUME OF COMPARISONS.

The conclusions to be derived from the facts enumerated in the pre-
ceding pages are as follows: 3

I. Portions of all the faune of all the primary divisions of geologic time
have been recognized on both the European and North American con-
tinents.

II. Parallels requiring general identification of principal divisions of
these faunz may be detected. These are: the Coal-Measures; the Per-
mian; the Laramie; the Maestrichtian; the Eocene; the Miocene.

‘TI. Exact identifications of restricted divisions may be made in a few
instances only; such are the Turonian and the Niobrara; the Suessonian
and the Wasatch; the Hquus beds and the Pliocene.

It is not impossible that some of the relations mentioned in II will be:
by the accession of further information, referrible to the list of exact
comparisons in III. In all cases of identification it will be necessary to
employ the name first proposed with definition, for the horizon, other
names taking places as synonymes. But in the majority of strata it will.
be necessary to preserve the local names: thus those of Judith River,
Bridger, White River, and Loup Fork, applying to beds having no exact
equivalents in Europe, cannot be set aside for older ones, but must
themselves be applied to corresponding faunal horizons elsewhere, should
any such be found in future. And it will rarely happen that the minor
subdivisions of such faunz will be found to have an extent sufficient to:
warrant their having other than local names. '

In the accompanying diagram the series of strata of Europe and North
America, as determined by their paleontology, are placed side by side for
the purpose of comparison. Complete parallelism can only be predicated
of divisions of the first order separated by horizontal lines. Such rela-
tion is indicated by exact opposition of the areas representing the epochs
in question. In giving the minor divisions of the European epochs I have
generally restricted myself to those of the epochs which have American.
equivalents. Where there is no equivalent on one side or the other, the
vacancy is represented by a diagonal line. In employing names for
epochs and their divisions, I have adhered to the law of priority as far as
my knowledge of the literature allows.* I have given a few names to
American formations, but only in instances where such had not been
previously given. In such cases I have preferred employing the name of
some characteristic genus of fossils, rather than one of local origin.

~*Inthe European system I have been much aided by the atlas of Prof. Renevier of Lau-
sanne, and by the writings of Woodward, Gervais, Hébert, Pomel, Gaudry, Filhol, ete.

Bull. v, 1 4.

50 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL

SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

|
if
|
|

WEST EUROPE.

Astian.
; Pliocene.
| | Plaisancian.
i Oeningian. | Oeningian.
| Tortonian.
| Falunian.
Langhian.
Aquitanian. | A quitanian.
Stampian. | Tongrian.
|
Sestian.
Bartonian. Parisian.
Bruxellian.
Suessonian. Suessonian.

Thanetian.

Maestrichtian.

Thanetian.

Campanian.

Senonian.

| Santonian.

Turonian.

Carentonian.

Rhotomagian.

Vraconian.

Albian.

Aptian.

Rhodanian.

‘Urgonian.

Hauterivian.

Cenomanian.

Cretaceous.

(Gant.

Urgaptian.

\Valangian.

Purbeckian.

Portlandian.

Kimmeridgian.

| Coraltian.

Wealden.

{| Post-cre-

Portland.

SR Se res |
| Oxferdian.
he a eC) vb ak labs

| Bathian.

Tertiary.

Jurassic.

NORTH AMERICA.

Pliocene.

Equus beds.

Megalonyx beds.

Procamelus beds.
Loup Fork.

Ticholeptus beds.
EET
Oregon beds.

White River.

White River.

Green River.
Wasatch.

Wasatch.

2 Puerco. Puerco. |

Fort Union.
Laramie. =

Fox Hills.

Fort Pierre.

Niobrara.

Fort Benton.

Dakota.
ST PS

Camarasaurus
beds.

“Fe

1

No.1.) COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 5
| WEST EUROPE—Continued. NORTH AMERICA—Continued.
Rhaetic. ees,
Karnian. 2
; Keuper. 8 Keuper.
Norian. I
=
Muschelkalk.
Thuringian. Clepsydrops shales.
Permian. Permian.
Lodevian. Eryops beds.
ee ee a
Coal-Measures. Coal-Measures.
a
Conglomerate. Coal period. - Coal period. Conglomerate.
2 . ° B
Mountain limestone. & Mountain limestone.
rare nee reee ener reread om
| ;
Jatskill.
| Fammenian. Upper Devonian. S Cats
z Upper Devonian. | Chemung.
=)
EHifelian. | Middle Devonian. | Hamilton.
Corniferous.
Coblenzian. Lower Devonian. Lower Devonian. ;
Oriskany.

Ledburian.
Ludlovian. Upper Silurian.

Wenlockian.

Llandoverian.

Caradocian.

Lower Silurian.

Liandeilian.

Tremadocian.

Primordial.

Siltirian.

See Sara

| Lower Helderberg.
{

Upper Silurian. Salina,
Niagara.
Hudson.
Lower Silurian. |
Trenton.
Calciferous.
Primordial. Sa SS ee
Potsdam.

Archzan.

52 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

The oldest of these I have called the Hryops beds, from the most abun-
dant genus of Labyrinthodonts which is found init. They contain, also,
abundance of other Vertebrata, none of which are higher than Reptilia
(order Theromorpha), with plants, mollusks, ete. They consist of sand-
stones, alternating with beds of red clay and coarse conglomerate and
spherosiderite, ete. They are chiefly distributed in Northern Texas
and Southern Indian Territory.

The Olepsydrops shale, named by me in 1865, forms a thin stratum, in
Southeast Illinois and Southwest Indiana, consisting of black and rarely
reddish carbonaceous shales and clays. These appear in some places to
lie conformably on the Coal-Measures, to which they have been referred
by previous geologists, but Collett, Gibson, and others have shown that
it is unconformable over considerable areas. It does not belong to the
Coal-Measures.

The Puerco marls were first observed by me in New Mexico in 1874,
and afterwards found to have an extensive development in Southwestern
Colorado, by Endlich, in 1875. He hasreferred them to the lowest place
in the Tertiary series, but the absence of fossils renders it difficult to
conclude whether they belong here or in the Laramie series.

The Oregon White River beds differ from those found east of the Rocky
Mountains, although they contain a majority of the same genera, and
many of the same species. They are wanting in the important genera
Symborodon and Menodus. To represent these genera, they have Dwo-
don, and, in addition, some peculiar genera of Rodentia, as Entoptychus,
Pleurolicus, and Meniscomys, and the Suilline Palwocherus. Among Car-
nivora, the genus Hnhydrocyon is, so far as known, characteristic of them.

The Loup Fork beds are represented in the valley of Smith’s River,
Montana, by a horizon which may be somewhat older than that hereto-
fore known. The fauna presents us with the typical genera Procamelus,
Hippotherium, Protohippus, Mastodon, and Merycocherus, but, in addition,
with the peculiar genera of Oreodontide, Ticholeptus, Cyclopidius, and
Pithecistes,* and with Ruminants similar to Palewomeryx. These are
wanting from the other parts of the formation, and I therefore name the
two divisions the Ticholeptus and the Procamelus beds.

I have already mentioned the Megalonyx beds as the equivalents in —
the east of North America of the Equus beds of Oregon and Califor-
nia, but which present such important differences that they cannot be
identified. The differences are displayed in the catalogues already given,
the list of the Megalonyx fauna having been derived from the explora-
tion of caves in Pennsylvaniat, Virginia, and Illinois. The remains of
this fauna are by no means found in caves only, but are found in swamps
and Pliocene clays. The extinct genera characteristic of the Megalonyx
beds are Megatheriwm, Megalonyx, Castoroides, and Arctotheriwm; the —
genera no longer living in North America, Hydrocherus, Tapirus.

* Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 219.
t Loe. cit. 1871, p. 73.

dh

No. 1.} COPE ON HORIZONS OF EXTINCT VERTEBRATA. 53

Tn conclusion, it may be observed that the lacune in the series as pre-
sented by one continent render us dependent on the other for the evidence
necessary for the complete elucidation of the laws of the creation of ani-
nnal life. Phylogenies can be thus constructed which would otherwise
be impossible, and the results of researches into the earliest types of
Vertebrata become intelligible. Thus I have been able to prove, in sup-
port of a thesis published in 1874, that the earliest Ungulate Mammalia
were pentadactyle and plantigrade. I have also shown that the ankle-
joint had not, in the primitive Mammalia, the hinge-like character that
it has in the later ones, but that it is without the interlocking superior
articulation. The small size of the brain of early Mammalia, already
pointed out by Lartet, has received extensive confirmation by the re-
searches of Marsh, who has also shown the progressive increase in size
of the whole body in various Mammalian lines. To these results I now
add another, which is derived from the study of numerous Permian Ver-
tebrata, viz, that the earliest land vertebrates had a persistent chorda
dorsalis.

COMPARISON WITH THE SCALE DERIVED FROM PALAOBOTANY.

I now consider another kind of relation presented by the American
and European horizons. I allude to the flor, for my knowledge of
which I am necessarily dependent on the labors of others. I first ex-
hibit the determinations of the ages of the American formations already
discussed, made by Mr. Lesquereux on the basis of the vegetable re-
mains which they contain. I place by the side of these my own deter-
minations of the ages of the same beds, as already related. The former
are derived from the full memoir of Mr. Lesquereux in the Annual Report
of the United States Geological Survey of the Territories for 1872, pp.
410-417. It will be observed that there is a constant discrepancy between
the two tables.

Lesquereux. Formation. Cope.
eee ee ane ee el OUP MOL Sse Hela ee Eee Miocene.
Bee ee nies awk cee SES White River..............| Oligocene.
Upper Miocene ..........- BEI REE Ate Seis ast ee Middle Eocene.
; Wasatch 24552452 u sie
IMINO COMG me ctentse fre aan eo silo z Lower Eocene.
Green Rivers25 -226-
ower Wocene!:.J..2:h5.23. BArAMe ses aac sche. Upper Cretaceous.

If the determinations of Mr. Lesquereux be correct,* itis evident from
the above that the vegetable life of North America reached its present
condition one epoch or period earlier than the higher Vertebrata, and
that the nomenclature is thus thrown back by so much. It would ap-
pear that the recent flora of North America is a period older than the

- * The above parallels are well presented by Dr. Peale in his report to Dr. Hayden,
Ann. Rept. U. 8. Geol. Sury. Terrs. 1874, p. 141 et seq.

5A BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

fauna, i. e., has persisted longer than the latter by a certain length of
geologic time. Applying the same reasoning to the past, I embodied
the idea in reference to the Laramie period (‘‘ Fort Union”) in the state-
ment that ‘a cretaceous fauna was then contemporary with a tertiary
flora”; and, later, that ‘an eocene fauna was contemporary with a inio-
cene flora.” Itmay have to be added that a miocene fauna was contempo-
rary with a pliocene flora. Since Mr. Lesquereux has the support of the
best paleobotanists of Europe, in his conclusions, it is useless to take
the ground assumed by a few of my colleagues, that the former gentle-
man has simply erred in his determinations. He gives us grounds for
believing that he has not done so, by giving us the European standard
by which his identifications are governed.* It is as follows:

Pliocene. -.... Lower limits not positively fixed; largely developedin Italy. ? (Sub-
| apennine, E.D.C.)

Miocene -.--- Oeningian; Mayencian; Aquitanian.

Oligocene - --| Tongrian. =

Eocene... ---- Gypse of Aix; Alum Bay; Mt. Bolea; London Clay; Sheppey; Gres.

of the Sarthe.
Upper Landenian; Sezanne (= Paniselian).
Suessonian (Lignitic Soissonais; Sables de Bracheux); Lower Lan-
Paleocene...){ denian.
ee Gelinden.
Limestone of Mons, overlying unconformably the Maestrichtian.

This system, it will be observed, is almost exactly identical with that
employed in the preceding pages as the standard of comparison for the
Vertebrata. Yet it has resulted, from a most careful comparison of both
faunze and floree of America with this standard scale, that two distinct
palzontological series have to be adopted, the one for the vertebrate
life and the other for the plants of the Western Continent. If this re-—
sult be accurate, and there appears to be no avoiding it, an explanation —
must be sought. There are only two possible ones: either the animal ©
life of North America has lagged behind that of Europe by one period —
during past geologic time; or, secondly, the vegetable life of America —
has been equally in advance of that of Europe during the same period. ©

In other words, if the plant-life of the continents was contemporaneous, —
ancient types of animals remained a period longer in North America —
than in Europe. If animal life was contemporaneous, plant-life had ad- q
_ vanced by one period in Europe beyond that which it had attained in
North America. In either case, the faunal or the floral standard of esti- —
mation of geologic age of strata for North America is a false one, since —
there can be but one standard of comparison for anything. But this
great fact being understood, the evidence of each of the great depart-—
ments of life possesses its own intrinsic value.

*Ann. Report U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terrs. 1874, p. 285.

Art. Til.—Observations on the Faunz of the Miocene
Tertiaries of Oregon.

By E. D. Cope.

A considerable number of Vertebrata, almost exclusively Mammalia,
have been described by authors from the White River and Pliocene for-
mations of Oregon. The descriptions are found in Professor Leidy’s con-
tribution to the Final Report of the United States Geological Survey
under Dr. Hayden (Vol. I); in those of Professor Marsh in the American
Journal of Science; in a paper by Mr. Bettany in the Quarterly Journal
of the Geological Society of London for 1876; and in a paper by myself
(Paleontological Bulletin No. 30) in the Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society, published in December, 1878.* Having recently
had the opportunity of inspecting a considerable amount of material from
the horizons in question, I give a list of the species which I have observed.
A few new ones occur in collections received since the publication of my
last paper, and are now described, together with some of interest from
the Loup Fork beds of the same region.

White River Fauna.

TESTUDINATA.

STYLEMYS OREGONENSIS Leidy.

RODENTIA.

STENEOFIBER GRADATUS Cope.

STENEOFIBER ? NEBRASCENSIS Leidy.

MENISCOMYS HIPPODUS Cope.

MENISCOMYS MULTIPLICATUS Cope.

PLEUROLICUS SULCIFRONS Cope.

ENTOPTYCHUS CAVIFRONS Cope.

ENTOPTYCHUS PLANIFRONS Cope.

ENTOPTYCHUS CRASSIRAMIS Cope. .
PAL ZOLAGUS HAYDENI Leidy.

*See also the American Naturalist, December, 1878. fa

56 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.
CARNIVORA.

HOPLOPHONEUS BRACHYOPS Cope.
MACH ZRODUS STRIGIDENS Cope.

ENHYDROCYON STENOCEPHALUS, gen. et sp. nov.

Generic Characters.— Dental formula: I.?; C.+; Pm.$; M. 2. The
superior premolars consist of two ordinary and one sectorial; the
first and second are both compressed, two-rooted, and in the typical
species with median lobe of posterior cutting edge. The two true mo-
lars are transverse and tubercular. The three inferior premolars are
all two-rooted, and with posterior lobe in the two known species. The
heel of the sectorial is cutting, as in Temnocyon, and the internal tuber-
cle is present. There is at least one inferior tubercular tooth; speci-
mens are injured so as not to display a second.

In a nearly complete cranium belonging to the typical species of this
genus, we observe the shortness of the facial part of the skull as com-
pared with the length of the cerebral, and also the constriction of the
skull behind the orbits. The zygomatic arches are robust and expanded,
and the sagittal crest is high. The auditory bulle are inflated and thin-
walled.

The dentition of this genus refers it to the Canide, but the a of the
skull resembles that of Putorius vison and Lutra.

Specific Characters.—The principal cusps of the inferior premolars
present cutting edges, as does the median posterior lobe. In both third
and fourth there is a small conic heel posteriorly, but an anterior basal
tubercle on the fourth only. The sectorial is large and robust, and the
heel is short, with an absolutely median cutting edge. The first tuber-
cular is longer than wide, and presents a nearly median cusp in front,
which is joined to a low one on the internal border of the crown.

The superior canine has an obtuse cutting edge on the anterior and —
posterior borders of the inner side. The first (third) superior premolar
is near to it, and is rather large, displaying a median cutting lobe and
low anon heel. The fourth is similar but larger. The sectorial is
much worn in the only specimen where it is preserved; it is rather short,
and is widened anteriorly. The first tubercular is large, and has con-
siderable transverse extent; it is a little wider externally than inter-
nally, and has much the form of the corresponding tooth in Canis. The
second tubercular is transverse and small, not being much more than
half the length of the first, and is situated in contact with it.

The cranium is remarkable for the anterior position of the orbits, and
the associated shortening of the face and lengthening of the parietal
region. The orbits look somewhat forwards and very little upwards. The
superciliary region is slightly prominent, and there is a prelachrymal
concavity. The infraorbital foramen is moderate, and is situated mostly
above the posterior part of the fourth premolar. The muzzle is flat

No.1.] COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 57

above, and the nasal bones are wide, and are not emarginate above the
osseous nares, as in many recent Carnivora. Posteriorly, the superior
border of the brain-case descends, but the parietal bones maintain a
gently convex outline in their high sagittal crest. The supraoccipital
region is elevated, and projects posteriorly.

Measurements.

Specimen No. 1.

M.

Antero-posterior diameter of second superior premolar ..........-...-......... 0.010
Antero-posterior diameter of third inferior premolar...............-....-.--.. 0.013
sWedthio£ base of, third inferior premolar. __.-.......2.. 20. s.-.--2sc00--0--. 0.0065
Elevation of crown of third inferior premolar ...... BES SE SAAR eo SBEe RO EEe 0.010
Diameter of inferior sectorial } eR oe PMCS Gk oa ie (ee Oe at en

PVA OSE) Pon a5 KES Sob ocosaoneeesan Hsocoe 0.021
Bei imate besidimbercuans. 95) eel eek ek ge ee So NOL006

Specimen No. 2.

Beemer nO erAMiUmlys 25092 AS SsAc ss pense teh PA) AME ey le 0.170
Mrdthieross zyromatic arches s/s. “25206 aeeee efectos ee 0.114
SE eae HOM HONDIESe Ae oh a Sk tol ee a Aha as aa 0.024
Depth of cranium with crest at otic bulla ..-:-..--. 2-2 cece ee eee ee eee 0.070
Sate diamererOwOrbit asset sho oS tor 0.025
Length from orbit to end of muzzle (axial). ........2-...002-2 eee eee eee eee 0.040
PeEEROU Dall yulehrr res een k ei Ud Ok ere Mi iG) Le QOdg
Wadih of muzzle above second premolar...... .-.--css-c--ces-cecee cece cece 0.018
PE eeeHU SONU POMOG WMOlal SCTICS)92 6s cc scdat ccs cute deeeeced ocee seks ool ies 0.051
so EL UD OL OUTDO DIS) COO nego aps Ra a Sg a a 0.012
SLL CES RUDE Sas I 2 eed ee Oe 0.016
Pees tncmansig mNercilare: 446625" lea. eee er, 02008
Pee emia i mb erculane: same se os lyase lie su deer dete hd Ale ONS
Senet ne cond: pubereglanes 42s secs oe olan said is ec wae soeicieda dee cone 0008S

The length of the skull is about that of the Coyote, but it is much
more robust in all its proportions excepting the postorbital constriction.

Discovered by Charles H. Sternberg in the Oregon White River beds
of the John Day River region.

ENHYDROCYON BASILATUS, sp. Nov.

This Carnivore is represented by a mandible with codssified rami,
which are broken off behind the sectorial teeth. The crowns of the
latter and but one incisor and one canine tooth remain. The premolars
and one canine are in good preservation.

These portions indicate an animal of the same general character as
the Enhydrocyon stenocephalus, but of larger and more robust propor-
tions, and characterized by many dental peculiarities. These will be at
once pointed out. The canine is directed upwards and a little outwards,
and possesses two obtuse ridges bounding the interior face. The third
incisor is compressed and truncate superiorly and distally. The first
(second) premolar is two-rooted, compressed, and trilobate. It consists
of a principal cutting edge little elevated, and a small accessory lobe

58 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

at each extremity of the crown; its base is expanded posteriorly. The
principal cusp of the third premolar is more elevated, and, besides the
anterior and posterior tubercles, there is a basal posterior heel, which is
continued as an expansion of the inner base of the crown. In the fourth
premolar, the base of the crown is expanded, especially posteriorly ; the
principal cusp has a nearly circular section at the base, and the posterior
median lobe is a subconic tubercle standing on the middle of the heel.
The sectorial is large and relatively rather narrow, but the details of its
form are not ascertainable.

Measurements.
; M.
Length of dental series, including canine and sectorial........---. -------« ---- 0.076
Hensthior the base ofthe sectorial:-- 222 cc. oo anes cos ece -- 1025 secece eeeeinele 0.024
Lenoth ot theipremolarsenesas ses sess sae alesee eens cel ola 12 oe nee 0.037
Length of -the/fourth, premolar s5 529452 = 42s eaqacsases sods = ocean ee eee 0.016
Widthiot the fourth premolars2- 2. 2023.2 5280-2. eainepenissyente.cce <in- 0 ete eee 0.009
Uength of the ‘third premolar: 3. -p-sceconeeecedss+~c- <2 < eee} eos cone seen mneeen
Width ot the third premolars 2ec ect sets. ss oe ee ce oo nlelale sie 2 oneie sesh eee 0.008
Length of the second premolar ---..--- ian cls Cee ea cL ee 0.009
Width between centres of crowns of fourth premolars .......--.-..-----.----- 0.034
enethvot symphysis. - acd. as eed eee Seeders amin ts eis bie ee eee 0.035

This species was probably of the dimensions of the Gray Wolf. Found
by Mr. Sternberg in the same region as the EZ. stenocephalus.

TEMNOCYON ALTIGENIS Cope.
CANIS HARTSHORNIANUS Cope
CANIS GEISMARIANUS Cope.
CANIS CUSPIGERUS Cope.
CANIS LIPPINCOTTIANUS Cope.
CANIS GREGARIUS Cope.

PERISSODACTYLA.

DZODON SHOSHONENSIS Cope.
ACERATHERIUM PACIFICUM Leidy.
ANCHITHERIUM EQUICEPS Cope.
ANCHITHERIUM BRACHYLOPHUM Cope.
ANCHITHERIUM LONGICRISTE Cope.

ARTIODACTYLA.

ELOTHERIUM IMPERATOR Leidy.
PALAOCHG@RUS CONDONI Marsh.
PALZOCHGRUS PRISTINUS Leidy.
PALZOCHG@RUS SOCIALIS Marsh.
MERYCOPATER GUYOTIANUS Cope.

No.1.) COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 59

EUCROTAPHUS SUPERBUS Leidy.
HUCROTAPHUS OCCIDENTALIS Marsh.
MERYCOCHGRUS LEIDYI Bettany.
MERYCOCHGRUS TEMPORALIS Bettany.

POEBROTHERIUM STERNBERGII, sp. nov.

This Ruminant is represented by a considerable part of the skeleton
with both mandibular rami supporting the teeth, of one individual. The
bones are all in close proximity, and sometimes in undisturbed relation,
in a single block of stone.

The species to which I give the above name presents the characters
already ascribed to the genus Poébrotherium by Leidy as regards cranial
features, and by myself as regards the rest of the skeleton. The third
and fourth metacarpals are not codssified, and the second and fifth are
not distinguishable. The preservation of the premaxillary bone in this
Species enables me to demonstrate the presence of superior incisor teeth,
a character the presence of which I have heretofore only inferred. As
compared with the P. vilsoni, the species differs in its superior size and
greater relative robustness. This is seen in the greater depth of the
mandibular ramus, and the greater stoutness of the metapodial and
other limb-bones. The last inferior molar tooth presents a character-
istic peculiarity. The anterior external cusp is separated by a deep
groove which divides the external side of the crown to the base from
the succeeding cusp. It results that on trituration, the anterior exter-
nal crescent is isolated, and does not communicate by its posterior horn
with the succeeding crescent, as in P. vilsoni. The last premolar is more
robust than that of the P. vilsoni, the width of the half-worn surface
being half the length of the tooth and enclosing behind an enamel fossa.
In P. vilsoni, this tooth is more compressed, and the fossa is represented
by an open groove. The first inferior premolar occupies the middle of
the diastema following the canine, instead of standing near the canine
as in P. vilsoni.

Measurements. i
See ee fia ri St 0.020

APANSVELSOs soars Metis Adee os wis) iaiatales dink 0.009
Diameter of penultimate molar. - ; Pe UPS OP i rata TORRY vater a ThE PLAN Be

(DEANS VCISOks ams ohms See cts pas iain acine eos 0.009
ER Gh Rani 1h) SECOMM MOLL... Coc. cos cok oso e 2 2-222. wceee cecet seek. 0.025
Length of ramus from third molar to extreme posterior edge.......-----..----. 0.061
Length of metacarpus ....-....-.. oot eee teas tobe lies COIS
Transverse proximal thomas of the ioe rience Beutel eetate ea polcieniein Soop 0029
Greatest diameter of the head of the humerus ,....----.-.-.-.---------------- 0.053
Antero-posterior diameter of the condyle of the femur-...-..-...-.---.---.---- 0.048

This species is named in honor of Charles H. Saye the indefati-

gable explorer of the fossil deposits of the West.

_BoOcHG@RUS HUMEROSUS, gen. et sp. nov.

Generic Characters.—The species on which this genus is founded, is
represented by a part of the skeleton, which is unfortunately not accom-

60 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. . [Vol.v.

panied by cranial bones or teeth. The characters are, however, sufii-
ciently clear for purposes of determination. The great tuberosity of
the humerus is produced beyond the head, and does not close round the
bicipital groove. The intertrochlear ridge is well developed, and there
is no internal epicondyle; the external epicondyle is moderately devel-
oped. On the carpal extremity of the ulno-radius, the facets of the
scaphoid, lunar, and cuneiform bones, are distinguished by strong
oblique ridges, and the last named is nearly in the horizontal line of the
two others. In the carpus, the tray czoides is distinct, and the trapezium
wanting. The uneiform is in contact with the lunar. Metacarpals two,
distinct from each other, with free rudiments of the second and fifth at
their proximal extremities. Their distal keels confined to the posterior
faces of their extremities. Phalanges depressed 3 ungues short, obtuse.

In the above description is found a combination of characters not
known to me to exist in any recent or extinct genus of Artiodactyla.
Several of its features indicate affinity to the suilline division, while
others point to the Ruminantia. The imperfect distal articulation of
the metacarpals is characteristic of the extinct types Oreodontide and
Poébrotheriide, and the two distinct metacarpals constitute the resem-
blance to the latter family the stronger. The latter character is, how-
ever, not inconsistent with the Omnivora, and the depressed phalanges
add to the weight of affinity in this direction. The distal extremity of
the humerus is much like that of a peccary. The distal articular sur-
face of the ulno-radius points, however, again to the Ruminantia of the
group Pecora, displaying a specialization quite in contrast with the
primitive character of the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation. From
these considerations it can be seen that it is not easy to affirm whether
this genus possesses bunodont or selenodont dentition. If I may ven-
ture an inference as to the affinities of the genus, I would suggest that
it will be found to be as nearly allied to the Hypertragulide as to the
Oreodontide, though not without suilline affinities.

Specific Characters.—The only species of this genus known to me is of
large size. It is represented by the greater part of a scapula and both
anterior limbs and feet; by the pelvis, femur, and part of tibia, and by
some vertebrz; all found in immediate association by Mr. Sternberg.
These remains indicate an animal of the size of the Rhinocerus indicus.
The animal is characterized by the massive proportions of the humerus
as compared with the femur, and by the short, robust form of the meta-
carpals.

In the humerus, the external border of the great tuberosity is entire,
and is not reverted, but descends backwards like the remainder of the
surface. The apex of the great tuberosity is much recurved, rising
steeply proximad of the head. The bicipital groove is deep. The lesser
trochanter is large and simply conic; its transverse extent is not great.
External to its base is a small tuberosity, which is represented in Bos,
but not in Dicotyles or Sus. The deltoid crest is very prominent, de-

No.1.] COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 61

scending to the middle of the length of the humerus, before abruptly
sinking to the shaft. Its continuation is very prominent as it crosses
the axis of the shaft and becomes the anterior bounding ridge of the
internal side of the distal extremity. The section of the shaft is thus
subtriangular at all points, the obtuse apex of the triangles revolving
from the external side proximally, to the internal distally. The external
epicondyle is proximal to the condyle, as in Dicotyles, but is more prom-
inent than in that genus, and more as in Oreodon. It is the extremity
of the external acute edge of the humerus, which, rising from the shaft
at a point 90° posterior to the extremity of the deltoid ridge, turns for-
wards to the external epicondyle. The condyles are transverse and not
much contracted from side to side. The intertrochlear ridge is sharper
than in the species of Oreodon, Dicotyles, or Sus, and is continued round
to the shaft anteriorly, asin Bos. The condyles otherwise resemble those
of Dicotyles, not being so contracted in their free me reins as in Bos.

Measurements of the Humerus.

M.
2 BELL NSTGTIE 22 555.3 ees ee Soe Gab a Bea sa Ne ta na ee Src 0.500
[LEED TROT TAG AULD TEES se ee ee mR a at ae pea tec 0.425
Diameter of proximal end } antero-posterior DE OO RIO FOO OOO OS Ci Oe 0.140
TEARS VCYSE Aerewae st oo tes ane ER OL Pe 0.170
; ite BILDEO-BUSHERUDE arisen tutes 5.1922 beat pyiiilic y (wdenlar mee GLO)
Diameter ot head } LE LSS ELASTe) cies Soc oa ene ae eae Ee eee ee 0.100
Width of humerus near extremity of deltoid crest....--. 022. se222- eeecee ee... 0.130
antero-posterior. ...... 0.078
Diameter of shaft just below extremity of deltvid crest} PGea ee ‘3
S ULATISVCTSC) ee cea 0.065
petiitaitepicondyle Fe Ae ESO Ge a i i 0.130
Brame erse\diameter! of condyles Wes... yas) eee oe ket 0.120
anbermallhye2tG ete A vhaboyd as hg) ods 0.070
Antero-posterior diameter of condyles) Mi CONSTTMIGH OMe Spoils ae oi 0.055
exbernallyee asses Sacer ses oe eee sic, = LOSOSD

This bone has about the size of the corresponding one of the Rhino-
cerus indicus.

The carpal extremity of the ulno-radius is extended transversely. The
cuneiform or ulnar articular face forms posteriorly two-fifths the entire
extremity, and is only recurved in the external part of its posterior
border, which is very concave. The ridge which separates it from the
Innar surface is very oblique, following just outside of the ulno-radial
suture, and contracting the cuneiform facet anteriorly. Distally and
posteriorly it forms the external border of the posteriorly reverted lunar
facet, bounding a deep fossa, which is posterior to the cuneiform facet
on its inner side. The lunar facet widens behind at the expense of the
seaphoid, so that the scapho-lunar ridge is even more oblique than the
luno-cuneiform. This ridge disappears supero-anteriorly, and the lunar
facet is recurved upwards, occupying the distal extremity of a strong
median ridge of the ulno-radius. The reverted portion is almost a half
circle in outline, and is partly continuous with the scaphoid facet. The

62 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vot. V.

latter is subtriangular in outline, its apex being the point of conjunction
of the scapho-lunar ridge with the internal border, just posterior to its
greatest convexity. Its superior boundary is interrupted by the wide
groove which separates the median ridge from the internal border of
the distal part of the radius.

Measurements of the Ulno-radius.

M.
Mransversevdiameter, Oval eee soy o-tatoe ae elleiae see ae oie cients wie ere alee ere 0.140
Rransverse diameter ofailwa2 si. <a 2c) oekieees oos/kecenies ee ee see eee 0.050
estermall ly: sc. 2o.yacsceee eer 0.035
‘ sida? j | atimiddile of almaic =” 2 eisai 0.021
Antero-posterior diameter of articular face of OE Tes 0.055
internally). Ss sstces se see eee 0.045

But for the extent and transverse position of the ulnar portion of this
articular face, it might be regarded as pertaining to a typical Ruminant.

The length of the carpus is about three-fourths its width, the proximal
elements being larger than the distal. A feature of its anterior face is
the close approximation of the inferior angle of the lunar to the superior
angle of the third metacarpus, which allows the magnum and unciform
a very slight contact. The external face of the scaphoid is chiefly lat-
eral; its posterior border is a vertical, short tuberosity. The proximal
face is abruptly decurved at the anterior outer angle, to meet the lunar.
There are two separate oval superior lunar facets, and one narrow an-
terior inferior one. The inferior face is nearly equally divided by a
low cross ridge which fits a concavity of the posterior part of the mag-
num. The lunar is the largest bone of the carpus. Its proximal face
is decurved anteriorly, posteriorly, and on each side, and is twice as
long as wide at the middle. The postero-internal and antero-external
angles are produced, the latter into a compressed process which articu-
lates with the adjacent angle of the cuneiform. Besides this facet there
is one other for the cuneiform, which occupies the posterior half of the
inferior part of the outer side, and is separated from the superior edge
by a deep groove. The unciform facet is in front nearly as wide as that
of the magnum, but grows gradually narrower posteriorly. The facet
for the magnum is concave, and grows very wide posteriorly, with the
posterior internal angle produced downwards. The proximal facet of —
the cuneiform is very concave, the anterior and posterior borders being
elevated, and the internal and external decurved; the latter prolonged
a little backwards. Below this extremity on the external aspect is a
fossa. The pisiform facet makes an angle of 90° with the ulnar, and
extends behind and along the posterior edge of the latter to its apex:
The unciform facet is simple, and is in shape a right-angled triangle
with convex hypothenuse. The posterior aspect of this bone is concave.

The proximal face of the trapezoides is longer than wide, convex an-
tero-posteriorly, and subdiamond-shaped. The inferior face is narrow ©
subdiamond-shaped, and has less than half the area of the proximal. —
There is a small round tuberosity on the posterior border, and no trace

No.1.) COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 63

of facet for a trapezium. The anterior face of the magnum is wider than
long, and is divided into three planes. The proximal extremity is di-
vided into two areas by a high antero-posterior keel. The inner area is
the larger, and is bounded by the entire superior border of the anterior
face of the bone. The outer area, or the lunar facet, extends very ob-
liquely downwards, most so in front, where it forms the external side of
the magnum. It is interrupted by a large sinus, which leaves the pos-
terior portion of the face narrow and transverse. Behind it is.first 2
fossa and then two short tuberosities, one above and external to the
other. The inferior face is undivided, and is concave antero-posteriorly,
and convex transversely. The unciform is the second bone of the car-
pus in size. Its anterior face is broader than long, and is convex trans-
versely. The inner face has in front a large trapezoidal facet for the
third metacarpus, which is only separated from that of the lunar by the
angle. _The superior face is divided, by an angular ridge nearly parallel
with the inner border, into two unequal faces for the lunar and cunei-
form. The latter is half as wide posteriorly as long, and terminates an-
teriorly in an obtuse angle. The distal face is undivided, but is recurved
postero-externally, apparently offering a narrow facet for the fifth meta-
carpus. This face nearly meets the cuneiform face posteriorly. Behind
both the unciform is produced into a decurved, subconic tuberosity.

Measurements of the Carpus.*

M.

i ; antero-posterior ..---.-.....--.-- 0.066
Diameter of scaphoid .-.......2--2 2-2-6. -- ; lgneiieaial ca yaaa ie
Diameter of proximal face of scaphoid ...... ; SENSES IE) ee CE eee Bae

LLANSVETSOs eset wees ec casts cree 0.030
Diameter of distal face of scaphoid ...-...-. ; HILL G, Be SHOnOE Se ete - tee 0.048
ANS VieTSeg sss 4 -eesserselos soe 0.023
iannrersd anteriorly ....-..4- 0.047
Diameter of proximal face of lunar ....-.-. } ; = ts ; cane =-Aesasae 0.032
LOS TCUMTHAN eS Seer ee eee soe he 0.053
Diameter of anterior face of lunar ...-..... i longitudinal ..-...-.-...--.-+-+-- 0.048
transverse ...-.. So RR CS PAS) SSS 0.032
noice GhOMOTaRT ee eee ES antero-posterior, oblique ..------- 0.059
transverse, behind .......-...---- 0.040

p é . antero-posterior, .........-.--.--- 0.040
Diameter of proximal face of cuneiform... ; UTE EM tent rn we in 0.044

4 , : antero-posterior ...--..5...--.-.- 0.040
Diameter of distal face of cuneiform ....-... i MEGA OP eet 0.031
ele HRM AL EN ENE ZOIMOSM 1 Asolo. eee sa a eS Dock spe Pec kce enticed eames 0.027
Diameter of proximal face of trapezoides... ; antero-posterior -----..-+---- ---- 0.029

e PANS VCLSC: ae a saitaseoone eee ot 5-ie 0.016

é .
Diameter of distal end of trapezoides .-..-. ; antero-posterior ..----. .---++---- 0.020
EAN S VGLNG sia loi ctesatainie = <.<)= ainf= =m 0.010
ap fanee Anbenlonly eos. se-- 0.029
Diameter of magnum ..-.......--. sehr sel rongituainal externally....-..-- 0.040
x transverse, posteriorly -.-.-..---- 0.047
es outer side..-.. 0. 055

* These measurements are always the greatest, and are axial, or in straight lines.

64 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Measurements of the Carpus—Continued.

7 M.

Diameter of lunar face of magnum.....-.-- ; antero-posteriorly -.--.----. ----- 0.046
TPANSVersely = 1-5-2) oss 2 scene 0.031

Diameter of distal face of magnum ..--.--- ; antero-posteriorly -...-----. --+-- 0.040
fraNSVerselyca- > ----eee= see --- 0.048

antero-posterior ....<. -.<c..s2-<. 0.080

Diameter of unciform ........-.--..----.-- } transverse. ..-- éyalonrerd emer 0.053
longitudinal, in front.......-..-.. 0.040

Teen OTT TACO eee ee antero-posterior -....-. -----.-28- 0.047
aie } transverse (least) .----.---------- 0.016
Diameter of cuneiform facet...-.....------ ; EUELOAPOSLEMOE (---- eee 0.052
transverse (behind)...-.. ....--.. 0.028

Diameter of 4th metacarpal facet.......... ; amberO-POsterior - ---- === --aa- 0.044
LIANSVCISC hema. | ane eee eee 0.046

As already remarked, this carpus displays resemblances to some re-
cent types, and possesses some which are not known among living
Artiodactyla. 'The inferior face of the scaphoid is narrower from side to
side than in the kuminantia or Sus, Dicotyles only approaching but not
equalling it in this respect. The strong inferior keel of the lunar ex-
ceeds that seen in any of the Ruminantia or Omnivora. The pisiform
facet is more oblique than in those groups. The posterior tuberosities
of the magnum and unciform are larger than those of the genera of
either group, while the distinct trapezoides, the slightly shortened mag-
num and unciform, and slight decurvature of the cuneiform facet of the
unciform posteriorly, are suilline characters.

The metacarpals are robust, but flattened antero-posteriorly. The rudi-
ments of the second and fifth are free, and the latter is the larger. The
third has a considerable surface of contact with the unciform; its an-
terior face displays two shallow fossa, one at each superior angle. The
corresponding positions on the fourth metacarpal are occupied by two
low bosses. Otherwise the surfaces of the shafts of these bones are uni-
form. Tbe phalangeal articular face is well reverted anteriorly and
posteriorly, and is not bounded by a transverse depression anteriorly
above. The carina is short, though prominent, and extends to the middle
of the distal extremity. The lateral distal tuberosities are very low.

Measurements of the Metacarpatls.

M.
Hien sbhyof IM. WT 22). reer atere i eea eo oe aahciosie sate ere = eee 0.210
Wenoth:ot MTV 22 ee sot bate eos Eee oss cens eecaeess aoeesee een eee 0.190
4 2 transverse (total).....-----...--.-.-- 0.063 _
Diameter of M. III proximally .-.......- ; pnicconposterion) sae eae 0.055
i : LLANSVCTSC seus se oe oe ee eee 0.053
M. Hivaveis sieroo- ee woe
Pag eee eae bally: antero-posterior (chord)......-.------ 0.045
, ‘ TPANSVEESE 654342 ce ceo oas Gos 0.054
Diameter of M. IV proximally ......... es cage Tl ae noe
; , EL AMISWiETSC iets eye he ee eae 0.043
P IS Ga yng Fie er Sticke pbs ACh 4g Wainy Sob abe UNO wa 6 MEIN Eek Th ic ance aia ;
Ree A See ee antero-posterior (chord)..........--..- 0.048
Teength of MMM sets! sete iatiedttewaepiieeae soass Ue ca beeen ee ote ea 0.055
dhength jot My Viera << act j- jae onie Se nolan vie wee Saem ine ones ene Schau sero ee em

Diameter of M. V antero-posteriorly .... 2.2... 222020 eee n ne coen cccccnce coceccceee 0,021

No.1.) COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 65

The phalanges are more depressed than in any genus of Artiodactyla
known to ine, excepting Hippopotamus. The proximal articular surface
of the first is gently concave, with the anterior border not produced.
The shaft is not contracted, and is regularly convex above or anteriorly.
The distal articular face is narrower above and not produced. The
superior border of the proximal face of the second phalange is produced
medially. The distal face is narrowed and produced upwards, so as to
stand in high relief, from which it results that the middle of the shaft is
very concave above. The external and internal borders of the inferior
or posterior part of the distal face, are produced backwards, covering
lateral basal ridges of more than half the length of the shaft, which form
the inferior border of lateral fosse. One unguis is preserved. It is
distinct in form from that of Hippopotamus, Sus, or Dicotyles, and re-
sembles that of the llama. It is short, obtuse, and compressed. The
external face is nearly plane fore and aft, and slightly convex vertically,
The inner is convex fore and aft, and concave vertically. The profile
descends steeply to the apex, the curve commencing but little beyond
the base. The inferior face is at right angles to the interior face, and is
moderately wide. .

Measurements of the Phalanges.

M.
Meera lencity of first/of M. DVi-.+---\co.000o<ce oe carane ona Ba a ia Sa cies 0.066
= i 42,
BeECoOxin al diameter tietce sce. tes seek e ees ocak ; antero-posterior ......-.--- 0.042
DRAUSS VELSC hee er ee ae eee 0.055
Mirualidinmeter fo i antero-posterior (median) -. 0.030
transverse (greatest)-..-... 0.055
Metianleusiin of second phalange i221. cee el) och. deseo cee oe ane 0.055
: : antero-posterior ....- ---.. 0.035
Diameter of second phalange proximally ........ ; nie Meee Tre ey NT, ave
4 : antero-posterior ....-..---- 0.032
Diameter of second phalange distally -......--.. i ged cntmeoge et niii 43 GLA
Length of ungual phalange below...-.......----. -----.--- Dante aes Bet dna: 0.042
oe + antero-posterior -....-..-.. 0.032
eee diameter of ungual phalange .......--- ; nike ea ce aie BO EE 0.025

The femur is slender as compared with the humerus, and of moderate
length. The great trochanter is produced, but not beyond the line of
the convexity of the head, and is not much recurved. The expanse
externally is about as great as that of the head internally. The tro-
chanteric fossa is not large, and is cut off below by a plane surface at
the base of the great trochanter, whose superior border forms a curved
line connecting the great and little trochanters. The latter is large and
projects well inwards. The fossa ligamenti teris is large and central,
having no connection with the border of the head of the femur. The
posterior side of the shaft is flat, and the anterior face regularly convex.
The two faces meet externally in a well-marked representative of the
linea aspera. The rotular face of the femur is short and wide, with the
_ borders somewhat oblique, and the inner edge is higher than the outer
at its proximal part. It is strongly convex from above downwards, and

Bull. v, 1——5

66 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

does not connect below with the condylar surfaces. Its entire inferior
border is well defined and angulate. The condyles are well separated,
and the intercondylar fossa is wide above or anteriorly. The external
is a little the larger, and the internal is distinguished by the presence of
a deep lateral fossa.

The head of the tibia is characterized by a distinet bifid spine, and a
low, wide crest, which presents an open, shallow groove forwards. The
articular faces are of subequal width, but the external is shortened an-
teriorly by the usual notch; it is eo decurved posteriorly.

e
Measurements of the Femur.

M.
Expanse proximally (greatest) .- 2225 252 .ssiseebic cd ale cont) Cie cic ood ee
ixpanse proximallyatextremiliy -22. 22s eecnas ecco oe os coe ee 0.150
Diameter OF Mead own a wna ean nn eee ens one cong whee we ee conn none ne ones 0.068
Diameter of shaft at middle } BILEEO:DOSLBHOTLY fee -22 tes ote ae pews
transversely. 2.2 se isdt eee LS
Length of chord of rotnlar face-)..2... 0222244 Soules ies onde 2nd
Wiadthiof rotular face os (oo hoe Cece ee wels saci ee eet ou 1. tl ae
Expanse of condyles (sréatest) fs. J2222252 05022! Joc beck eok. oe co
Greatest chord of distal end of femur.......... .- 6.2200 soo -oce ce oe eel hoe
Measurements of the Tibia.
M.
Diameter of head of tibia} antero-posterior hd oa laid IC IC eo I 0.130
transyerse« Yes! sossel file 222 seh ee

The form of the head of the tibia is much like the corresponding
region in Oreodon culbertsoni ; but the characters of the femur do not
resemble those of that species, particularly as regards the distal ex-
tremity.

A peculiarity of the long bones of this species is seen in their very
large medullary cavities. This is especially true of the humerus, whose
walls are remarkably thin; those of the femur are thicker.

This species was found Ds Mr. C. H. Sternberg in the John Day River
region.

LEPTOMERYX EVANSI Leidy.

HYPERTRAGULUS CALCARATUS Cope.

This species is much more abundant in the John Day River deposit
than the Leptomeryx evansi. The two genera represent a peculiar fam-
ily, which I call the Hypertragulide, with the following characters:

Selenodont Ruminantia with an interrupted dental Series, codssified

‘ulna and radius, cuboid and navicular bones, and third and fourth me-

tapodial bones. Only two continuous metapodial bones, their distal
articular extremities not presenting a complete trochlear keel. No
fibula.. Premolars except the fourth, cutting.

This family connects the Trag ide with more apical Ruminantia.
It differs from that family in the absence of the fibula and the external
metapodial bones. From the typical Ruminantia or Pecora, it differs

ie

No.1.] COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 67

in the incompleteness of the trochlear keel of the metapodials, and the
trenchant character of the premolars, excepting the last.

The species of the preceding list which I have observed in other locali-
ties are the following, which I procured in the White River beds of
Kastern Colorado: Palcolagus haydeni, Canis hartshor nianus, Canis
Lippincottianus, Canis gregarius, Leptomeryx ev ansi, Hypertragulus cat-
caratus. Professor Leidy has recognized a number of species as those
previously found in the White River beds of Dakota by Dr. Hayden.

Loup Fork Fauna.

Two new species were obtained by Mr. Sternberg at this horizon,
which present characters of considerable interest. They are as fatten

LUTRICTIS? LYCOPOTAMICUS, sp. nov.

This Carnivore is pene d by a left mandibular ramus, which con-
tains alveoli and crowns of the canine and molars, excepting those pos-
terior to the sectorial. These teeth have the formula, four premolars,
of Mustela and of the Dogs, but the sectorial is much more like that of
Lutra than that of either of the genera named. The heel of this tooth is

long, and encloses a wide space transversely, while the sectorial portion

ia

is short and low, and includes a large internal tubercle. In the absence
of the tubercular, teeth, the generic reference is uncertain; but its char-
acters agreeing, so far as they go, with the genus Lutrictis of Pomel, I
refer it there provisionally.

The first premolar only is one-rooted; the third is wide behind, develop-
ing a low heel. The heel of the foci is a little better Aeetioged and
there is a small anterior basal cutting lobe; there is also a tubercle on
the posterior cutting edge at the middle. The three cusps of the anterior
part of the sectorial tooth are situated at the corners of an imaginary
equilateral triangle. The heel continues the width of the crown, is
wider than long, and is abruptly truncate behind. It supports a long
cutting edge just within the external border, and a shorter one on the
internal. The surface of the enamel is smooth. There are two mental
foramina, one below the interval between the first and second premolars,
the other beneath the anterior root of the third premolar.

Measurements.
M.
Length of molar series without tubercular ...2. 22-2 cess. cs eo onecee coca cece 0.0220
; ‘ eae ti CLG OS LETH ORs ax dey es clot ayaa) ot iclola ad Sicha alan 0.0066
Diameter of sectorial } transverse wR eS A RU A Sree SED ORI ly AAS a a 0.0040
ECHIMOEINCE yon SCeuOIIAl:dececkl is. toeek a Le eR oe. 0.0024
Hensth of fourth premolar .....-......-.----2. .eccee SES ces SR EE Sg 0.0045
ea inon Oiinaribprcmolar se Skee Louie 2h. coee le scl oe oti cersec eee 0.0036

From the Loup Fork formation of Cottonwood Creek, Oregon; dis-
covered by Charles H. Sternberg.
PROTOLABIS TRANSMONTANUS, sp. nov.

A nearly complete cranium, without lower jaw, of an adult animal, is

68 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. |

the basis of our knowledge of this species. It presents the characters of
the genus in the following superior dental formula: I. 3; 0.1; P.m. 4; al
M. 3. The first premolar is situated in the middle of a thee diastema,,
and a short one separates the canine from the third incisor.

On comparison of this species with the P. heterodontus, the type, and
heretofore the only known species of the genus, various characteristic
peculiarities may be observed, which will be noticed in the course of the |
description. It is considerably smaller than the P. heterodontus, resem- |
bling in its dimensions the ‘Procamelus occidentalis. |

The crown of the secopd superior incisor is directed forwards, and the |
cutting edge is oblique to the long axis of the tooth. The first incisor is
equally large, and its alveolus occupies the apex of the premaxillary
bone. In P. heterodontus, the alveolus is smaller, and the apex extends
considerably beyond it. The third incisor has a conic crown, with sub-
round section. In P. heterodontus it is more robust, and is oval in see
tion, with weak posterior cutting edge. The canine is less robust than
the third incisor, and is about as far posterior to it as the latter is from
the second incisor. The crown is slightly compressed, and is less robust
than that of P. heterodontus.’ The first premolar is still weaker, and the
crown is compressed; the roots are only discrete at their extremiGial
It is situated a little more than one-third the distance between the canine
and second premolar behind the former. The second premolar is well
developed, and is two-rooted. The third premolar is also large, with
the grinding surface of the crown about half as wide as long. It has a
strong internal basal cingulum, which on attrition encloses a groove-like
fossa with the principal crown. The external face of the crown is gently
convex between an anterior and a posterior ridge. The internal face of
the crown is uniformly convex. The fourth premolar has both crescents
well developed. Its grinding face is subsemicircular, and there are a
strong anterior’and a weak posterior external vertical ridge. In P: heted
rodontus, the grinding surface of this tooth is more nearly subquadrate.

The true molars are subquadrate in horizontal section, and have short
crowns, well distinguished from the roots. The anterior horn of each ex-
ternal crescent is prolonged, constituting a section of a prominent verti-—
cal external ridge of the crown at each point. The external sides of the
columns are but slightly convex. The inner sides of the internal col-)
umns are strongly convex. The enamel borders of the lakes are abso-
lutely simple, and there are no included enamel fosse. The posterior
outer angle of the last superior molar is not produced.

As compared with the true molars of P. transmontanus, those of the
P. heterodontus are relatively smaller in transverse diameter. The mas-
ticating surfaces of the crowns of the second and third are thus more.
elongate in outline. They are also rather more prismatic, and the last
two apparently occupied longer time in the process of protrusion. They
are much larger than those of P. transmontanus. :

The foramen infraorbitale issues above the middle of the fourth pre-

No.1.] COPE ON MIOCENE FAUNZ OF OREGON. 69

molar. In P. heterodontus it issues above the anterior part of the first
true molar. A sharp angle separates the exterior and extero-inferior
faces of the malar bone.

Measurements.
M.
Length of dental series from base of first incisor .....2. .----. e--- eeecee ve eeee 0.257
eee T EC ISOLSON CHONG. etc anlgcne sas cee. can = ce, 4<s, ofaslareenenda=saae 0.028
Spacejpebween, vhbITd iNCisOr and) CANING).. 225-2235. seco cseccs sete mecassoee os 0.006
eu TMCLO NI Of GILG IMCISON —-- ass 2 crn cece eco ems Seo scneaae vocthasne noes 0.013
Antero-posterior diameter of third incisor ....-...-.--.-----ccsee wcccee cones 0.008
Length of interval between canine and first premolar .... .-.--..------------- 0.011
Length of interval between first premolar and second premolar ...-...----.--- 0.020
Bepenmon three contiguous premolars .--. <--. -s-.---c--- we ne-n eee secece nese 0.035 Me
et Sule OMI OLOM Olan sem aeia em iceslaotaiclncic sseciee stiss snicces soecealoecse ce 0.014
Sia omnia premolar (STEALESL) —2-—.2-c0.-25-ce scecec cece Hose ceca acwoes ooee 0.0075
ee PEE HEN ES INOIA SORIOS) .o20 oacissa a dos > ~ociecein Smee coes,eseceeenceiee se ens O.0D7
Diameter of second true molar} See Ee BO SUEIOI = seater snianat=4 dacinat stot oe
IAT SVOTSO eae a nioveiate as eleps/4 ene Seiaidtcleere asine 0.018
Diameter of third true molar } ETRE ESOS SE CE CE Ea Cee
DAM SVOTSOl-yeeisisision sisiniaieclstaiiev ee sieve ciciniciateian io ataele 0.019

Discovered by C. H. Sternberg in the Loup Fork beds of Cottonwood
Creek, Oregon.

Nba

Poa eny

i AT Sand uh tha £ De Mais Rais aR tn 2 Ve he et ate wo
1 a al a oa NL tm aS aed A aa bd Se Rt Ete ch Dk AIS
f FE elt LS en ebay f

r Ney pr wit it
ee ee pe eek Cea i SS, PPR ‘ Nee hie
Das Clee a Whe: “

4 iy it ie ek eit

-e i Sobeah gaan i eS SRN, SBMA ey ota alpen Ral aan So ae
: ean ie i PAM ole a
fe ah WAG bagi tx sae andl Amon feNe Wed a ca NS aig Ladd. Oh Sh)

Ma naw a hie Ol wle een Sey Yee igwegr a ae lead, OO Bee

eh i

Aa eta aii) ee oy CRM ANTE RRR TE

eikestel =) See Re ea ee

eels
Er
et ay fain ge LON

; 4
eM LY ©
Tite rhe iy

1h A sien hat aa ADs is ah od WU oe la vps ooh AG ak ag a

K Bhi viens ea Ay
f mere

| Art. IV.—Notes on the Birds of Fort Sisseton, Dakota
Territory.

By Chas. E. McChesney, Acting Assistant Surgeon U.S. A.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

? Fort SIssETon, DAkoTa TERRITORY,
December 25, 1878.

Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith my notes on the Birds of the vicinity of
Fort Sisseton, Dakota Territory. I beg to tender you the use of these notes in any
connection in which you may see proper to use them.

As you are aware, I have spent considerable time during the past three years in a
zoological examination of this region, and, as the locality has never been reported
upon in the interest of ornithological science, I submit these notes as an attempt to
fill the gap. j

In many respects, the region differs from any other part of the Northwest. The
“Coteau des Prairies” consists of an extensive plateau, rising, somewhat abruptly,
nearly four hundred feet above the level of the surrounding country, having a length
of over one hundred miles, and a variable width of from twenty to fifty miles. Upon
this elevated plateau are many lakes, which are the annual resort of thousands of
waders and wild fowl, and the region differs greatly in its fauna from that of the lower
country.

Descriptions of the game birds occurring in Dakota and Montana are incorporated
in these pages. This has been done in accordance with the wish of many officers
of the Army stationed in these Territories, and their publication would be of great
benefit to a class of intelligent gentlemen from whose observations at the various posts
on the frontier we may reasonably hope for much addition to our knowledge of the
habits and occurrence of birds in different localities. These descriptions have been
taken, with modification, from your ‘‘Key to North American Birds,” by your per-
mission, for which, as well as for valuable assistance rendered me in identifying speci-
mens sent you at various times, I am under great obligations.

I am, Sir, very respectfully, your obedient servant,
CHAS. E. McCHESNEY,

Acting Assistant Surgeon U. 8. A.
Dr. ELLIoTT CovuEs, U.S. A.,

Secretary U. S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D, C.

TURDID A.

TURDUS MIGRATORIUS, L.—Robin.
This bird appears about April 24, in small numbers, but the locality
does not seem to be well suited to its summer residence, probably on

account of scarcity of timber, for the bird migrates in a few days, to
71

72 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

return in larger numbers about September 28, and finally disappears
for the season, October 28, on the approach of winter. It may breed,
sparingly, on the slopes of the Coteau, in the deep ravines.

TURDUS SWAINSONI ALICIA, (Bd.) Coues.—Alice’s Thrush.

Is seen here for the first time each season about the 20th of May; is
not common at any time, and is generally confined to the dense foliage
of the thick undergrowths. I have never heard its song here.

MIMUS CAROLINENSIS, (L.) Gr.—Catbird.

Appears about the 1st of June, and remains until the end of Septem-.
ber, in large numbers. Breeds here. Is usually found in the low and
thick undergrowths, and is one of the most restless of our birds.

HARPORHYNCHUS RUFUS, (L.) Cab.— Brown Thrasher.

Usually appears by the end of April, and remains until the end of
September, in limited numbers; breeds here. The Brown Thrasher, as a
rule, is found only in thick timber, the outer edges of which it occasionally
skirts, and I have found it to be very shy during the entire period of its
stay here, so that the acquisition of specimens is very difficult.

SAXICOLID A.

SIALIA SIALIs, (L.) Haldeman.—Lastern Bluebird.

The typical Eastern Bluebird is found here; usually appears by the
10th of May, and I believe a very few remain through the summer in
some of the heavily wooded ravines on the slopes of the Coteau, as now
and then one is seen in July and August. Isat no time common.

PARID A.

PARUS ATRICAPILLUS, Linn.—Black-capped Chickadee.

Is seen from September 28 until November 14, and occasionally later,
in large numbers. When nearly all of our small birds have departed,
the Black-capped Chickadee remains to represent bird-life during that
short interval between fall and winter. I have rarely observed it here
after November, and presume it departs before winter fairly commences.

TROGLODYTID A.

TROGLODYTES DOMESTICUS, (Bartr.) Coues.—House Wren.

June 6, 1877, I secured at the Post one specimen of true 7. domesticus,
and not var. parkmani, the usual Western Wren. Several were seen in
the woods during the summer of 1877, which were probably of the latter
variety, but no specimens were secured. Var. parkmani arrives in May,
and, I believe, does not take its departure before October.

No.1. M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 73

ALAUDIDA.

EREMOPHILA ALPESTRIS, (Iorst.) Boie—Horned Lark.

Appears September 28, and is found in small numbers until November
15, when, as a rule, it leaves this vicinity. Returns from the middle of
February to the middle of March, and is then found in large numbers —
in company with the Snowbird (Junco hyemalis), with which it lives on
terms of the utimost intimacy, and seems to tuke its departure about the
same time, i. ¢., April 17.

OCccasionally the Horned Lark is observed here during the entire winter
months, but such only occurs during mild seasons, although this bird
is able to withstand considerable cold.

SYLVICOLID ZA.

MNIOTILTA VARIA, (L.) V.—Black-and-white Creeper.

This Creeper is seen in numbers from May 20 until the 1st of June
in each year, after which date its numbers rapidly diminish, and I be-
lieve it entirely withdraws from this vicinity by the middle of June.

e
DENDRECA ASTIVA, (Gm.) Bd.—Swummer Warbler.

This bird arrives about May 17, and remains until September 17; is
found in large numbers. Breeds here. Wherever there is timber in
this region, the Summer Yellowbird will there greet you, warbling its
notes, and hopping about from bough to bough, as happy, apparently,
as possible; for nothing ever appears to go wrong with the Summer
Yellowbird.

DENDR@CA CORONATA, (L.) Gr.— Yellow-crowned Warbler.

This Warbler arrives about the 10th of May each year, and is seen in
numbers in the thick foliage of the smaller trees during a week or ten
days. Does not pass the summer in this region.

DENDR@CA BLACKBURNLA®, (Gm.) Bd.—Blackburnian Warbler.
Occurs only as a spring migrant. Arrives usually the 20th of May,
and tarries but a day or two in this vicinity before resuming its north-
' ward flight.

DENDR@CA STRIATA, (Forst.) Bd.—BLlack-poll Warbler.

Arrives about the 10th of May, and is seen in numbers until the 20th
of that month, after which date only a few scattering ones are iet
with; and I believe it does not breed anywhere in this vicinity, or, if so,
very sparingly, in the thick undergrowth of the woods. I have never
met with it after June 15.

DENDR@CA PENNSYLVANICA, (L.) Bd.—Chestnut-sided Warbler.
The Chestnut-sided Warbler is not common in this region. It ar-

T4 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

rives about May 20, but soon passes on, so that by the 1st of June none
are to be seen here. Breeds further north.
DENDR@CA MACULOSA, (Gmn.) Bd.—Black and Yellow Warbler.

Occurs during the spring migration, and usually arrives by May 20,
in some numbers, but soon disappears, as I have not seen any after the
first week in June.

DENDR@OCA PINUS, (Wils.) Bd.—Pine-creeping Warbler.

Is seen, in small numbers only, from May 22 until about the-1st of

June each year; does not breed on the “Coteau des Prairies,” to my
knowledge.
SIURUS NZV1US, (Bodd.) Coues.— Water Thrush.

May 14, 1878, while out collecting in the vicinity of Fort Sisseton,
Dakota Territory, I secured a single specimen of the Water Thrush.
This is the only one I have seen here, and its presence is believed to
be rare or casual.

GEOTHLYPIS TRICHAS, (L.) Cab.—Maryland Yellowthroat.

This bird occurs regularly during the spring migrations, being ob.
served about the 1st of June, not, however, in any numbers. It does
not spend the summer in this vicinity.

MYIODIOCTES CANADENSIS, (L.) Aud.—Canadian Fly-catching Warbler.

This Warbler arrives by the 22d of May, and is seen in some num-
bers for a few days, but appears to depart by the 1st of June, as I have
never observed it after that date.

SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA, (L.) Sw.—Redstart.

Arrives between the 15th and 20th of May, each year, in, small num-
bers. Breeds and then departs.

HIRUNDINIDA.

HIRUNDO HORREORUM, Barton.—American Barn Swallow.

Is found in small numbers from about May 25 until September 19.
Breeds about the stables and often in the deserted buildings in the
vicinity of the post.

TACHYCINETA (IRIDOPROCNE [*]) BICOLOR, ve Coues.— W hite-bellied
Swallow.

I saw quite a number of White-bellied Swallows at Fort Sisseton, June
3, 1878, and secured specimens. I did not meet with it during either
187 6 or 1877, and do not think it regularly visits this region.
PETROCHELIDON LUNIFRONS, (Say) Cab.—Oliff Swallow.

Appears May 4, and takes its departure about August 9; very abund-

ant, and breeds here. As civilization advances, so does the Cliff Swal- —

[* Iridoprocne, g. n., Cours, B. C. V. i. 1878, p. 412; type H. bicolor, V.]

eT

No.1.] M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 75

low; for here, as elsewhere, this Swallow has deserted his native cliffs for
the buildings, which they persist in using, notwithstanding their nests are
often roughly handled. I have seen a pair cheerfully set to work and en-
tirely rebuild in twenty-four hours a nest that had been destroyed in an
instant. On one occasion, when the entrance to the nest had been closed
by plugging with a newspaper, I observed the pair go for assistance,
and in a few minutes return with as many of their friends as could get
around the nest, when they all took hold of the paper and tugged with
a will, but to no avail, as their united strength was not sufficient to re-
move the obstruction; and, in consequence, the nest was abandoned.

COTYLE RIPARIA, (Linn.) Boie.— Bank Swallow.

Appears May 18, in considerable numbers ; breeds here, and disappears
‘about July 20. The Bank Swallow will occupy the same nest season
after season if it remains undisturbed, and in case of destruction will
often rebuild on or as near the site of the old nest as possible.

PROGNE PURPUREA, (Linn.) Boie.-—Purple Martin.

' Arrives about the end of May, and remains until September 9; is seen
in considerable numbers and breeds here. The Purple Martin appears
to be following the example of the Cliff Swallow in building its nest in
the eaves of houses, not to the same extent, however, as that Swallow
does, and while it has not entirely deserted the hollow trees, still the
change that has been observed in more settled portions of the country

is becoming quite noticeable here.

VIREONID Zs.

VIREO OLIVACEUS, (Linn.) Vieill.—Red-eyed Vireo.

A single specimen of the Red-eyed Vireo was taken by me on the 6th
of June, 1877, near Fort Sisseton. I had not met with the bird before,
nor have I since seen it, and its occurrence here must be accidental.

VIREO GILVUS, (Vieill.) Bp.— Warbling Vireo.

On the same day that the preceding Vireo was taken, I also shot a
Warbling Vireo about the same place. It is the only one I have ever
seen on the “Coteau des Prairies.” IJ kept a sharp lookout for these
two Vireos during the spring migrations of 1878, but did not observe
any.

LANIID A.
LANIUS LUDOVICIANUS EXCUBITORIDES, (Sw.) Coues.— White-rumped
Shrike.

On May 16, 1877, I secured a single specimen of this Shrike in the
vicinity of Fort Sisseton: this is the only bird of the family I have seen
in this region. The specimen measured as follows: 15.00 by 8.60; wing
3.90; tail 3.90; bill 0.60; tarsus 1.02; middle toe and claw 0.80. Black
of side of the head meeting that of the opposite side on the forehead, and
not interrupted by the white of the under eyelid.

>

76 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. |Vol. V.

FRINGILLID Zi.

CHRYSOMITRIS TRISTIS, (L.) Bp.—American Goldfinch.

This beautiful little bird is quite common here from May 25 until the
first week in June, when its numbers rapidly diminish, a few, however,
spending the summer in this vicinity.

PLECTROPHANES LAPPONICUS, (L.) Seiby.—Lapland Longspur.
Appears April 10, and remains till about May 25; is quite abundant.
It does not appear in this region on its southern flight in the fall.
The specimens measure as follows:
No. 606, g, 11.00 xX 6.50; wing 3.51; tail 2.59.
No. 607, 3, 11.25 X 6.63; wing 3.75; tail 2.67.

PLECTROPHANES PICTUS, Sw.—Painted Lark Bunting.

Is seen here from April 20 until near the end of May, in large flocks ©
(from 25 to 100 birds in each). It passes south in October in company ~
_with P. ornatus, and when thus migrating, I have seen immense flocks ©
of this bird. J have sat for two hours at a time on a duck-pass, some ©
_ twelve miles south of the post, and had an almost constant flight of these
birds go over me. I estimated that a thousand birds passed me every
minute, and their flight appeared in no wise lessening when I departed. —

PLECTROPHANES ORNATUS, Towns.—Chesinut-collared Bunting.
Is found here during the same period as P. pictus, and in large numbers. —

PASSERCULUS SAVANNA, (Wils.) Bp.—Savanna Sparrow.

Is seen from June 10 until about June 17, probably passing north. Is
not common ; does ‘not breed in this vicinity so far as I have been able to
discover; but I cannot understand the reason of its presence here so late
in June, unless it be that it rests in the vicinity.

POGCETES GRAMINEUS CONFINIS, Bd.— Western Grassfinch.

Arrives about April 17 and remains until October 18; is one of the
most abundant of our birds, and is found all over the prairie. Breeds —
here. I observed it off and on during the entire winter of 1877-78 in
sheltered places, but this was an unusual occurrence, probably accounted
for by the milduess of that winter, for careful search during more severe
winters has failed to reveal its presence here during that season.

MELOSPIZA PALUSTRIS, (Wils.) Bd.—Swamp Sparrow.
Is a rare visitor to this region. On May 14, 1878, while collecting in
the vicinity of the post, I shot a single bird of this species.

ee en eee, Ce ee eee

MELOSPIZA MELODA [*], (Wils.) Bd.—Song Sparrow.
Is seen for four or five days from June 10 in small numbers; is prob-

[* The indefensible orthography ‘‘melodia” has stood long enough. There is,
indeed, the Latin noun melodia (ueAmdia); but the word is obviously the adjective
melod-us, -a, -um.—ED. ]

No.1.] M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 77

ably passing north during this time, and tarries but a few days in this
region. I have not observed it returning south. As in the case of the
Savanna Sparrow, I am unable to account for its presence here as a mi-
grant so late in June, as it certainly does not breed in this vicinity.

JUNCO HYEMALIS, (L.) Sel.— Snowbird.

Is a regular winter resident. Arrives about irovenibes 14, generally
with the first snow-storm, and disappears about April 16, with stragglers
seen until May 8. As arule is quitecommon during this atin. butthrough
mild winters but few are seen here.

The specimens measure as follows :

No. 602, 3, 11.75 x 6.90; wing 4.20; tail 2.85.
No. 603, 9, 11.73 x 6.90; wing 4.23; tail 2.90.
No. 604, g, 11.70 x 6.87; wing 4.20; tail 2.85.
No. 696, 9, 12.20 x 7.00; wing 4.30; tail 2.70.
No. 697, ¢, 12.25 x 7.05; wing 4.40; tail 2.90.

SPIZELLA MONTICOLA, (Gm.) Bd.— Tree Sparrow. —«

Appears April 10 and remains until the end of October ; is very abun-
dant and breeds here. During early spring, before the trees have put
forth their leaves, it is one of the most familiar birds one meets about
the woods.

SPIZELLA PALLIDA, (Sw.) Bp.—Clay-colored Sparrow.

June 28, 1878, I shot a single Clay-colored Sparrow near the Post.
This is the alr, one I have met with in three years’ collecting here, and I
therefore conclude it is only of very occasional cecurrence in this region.

ZONOTRICHIA QUERULA, Gamb.—Harris’s Sparrow.

A single specimen of this Sparrow was secured May 21, 1878, near the
Post: its presence here I believe to be purely accidental, as in all my
collecting here I have met with but this one bird.

CALAMOSPIZA BICOLOR, (Towns.) Bp.— White-winged Blackbird.
Appears on the prairie about July 14, in quite large flocks, and remains
until July 24, in this vicinity. Decors quite a strange bird, and selects
its feeding-grounds with considerable care, for itis not found on the high
ground, but on the fertile grassy lower ground; but noton the low moist
ground, however.

4

EUSPIZA AMERICANA, (Gm.) Bp.—Black-throated Bunting.

Is found here from June 9 until July 26 in considerable numbers,
and I believe it breeds in this vicinity, but of this I have no positive
evidence.

The specimens measure as follows:

No. 666, ¢,10.006.50; wing 3.13; tail 2.27; tars. 0.87; m. t. & c. 0.95; Dill 0.67
No. 667, ¢, 9.906.25; wing 3.04; tail 2.10; tars. 0.80; m. t. & c. 0.86; bill 0 ieee

78 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

GONIAPHEA LUDOVICIANA, (L.) Bowdich—Rose-breasted Grosbeak.

Usually arrives by the 10th of May, and is seen in small numbers,
sometimes around the buildings at the post, but generally in the woods,
until the first week in June, when it retires to the more heavily wooded
ravines on the slopes of the coteaus. Departs during the early part of
September. It is quite familiar during the early part of its stay here,
and although I have observed it closely, I have never heard it sing at
this season. :

The specimen measures as follows:
No. 691, 13.00 x 8.10; wing 3.95; tail 3.35.
CYANOSPIZA CYANEA, (L.) Bd.—Indigo-bird.

The Indigo-bird is not common in this vicinity; a few are seen during
the migrations each May, generally about the 25th, but the bird does not
remain in this region during summer.

CARDINALIS VIRGINIANUS, (Briss.) Bp.—Cardinal Grosbeak.

The Cardinal Redbird is only of casual occurrence in this region. On
May 25, 1877, while out collecting in the vicinity of Fort Sisseton, I saw
a pair in the scattered trees on the outside of a thick growth of timber
to the east of the post; they were in plain view, and as the more bril-
liantly plumaged birds are rare in this vicinity, the appearance of themale
bird was the more striking, as it sat watching me from the highest tree-
top; the female was perched upon a tree near by, intensely interested
in my movements, but not more so than I was in theirs. Despite all my
endeavors, I could not succeed in securing either bird; two or three
times they took to wing and alighted in trees a little further from me each
time, not seeking the thick woods, but keeping me in plain view all the
while; they finally took to flight in a southerly direction, and were soon
out of sight.

A male bird of this species was seen several times during the summer of
1877, in a deep ravine at the head of the Coteau. It would come in the
early morning, and sit on the same tree, outside of the cabin, morning
after morning, and if undisturbed would sing for ten or fifteen minutes,
but would fly away on the slightest noise being made. I doubt not the
female was well concealed in the woods near by. Many endeavors were
made to capture it, but it eluded them all.

ICTERID.

\

DOLICHONYX ORYZIVORUS, (L.) Sw.—Bobolink ; Reed-bird; Rice-bird.

Sexes are entirely different in color.

g in spring: black, usually more intense beneath; back of neck buff; shoulders,
rump, and upper tail-coverts ashy-white; space between the shoulders streaked with
black, buff, and ashy; outer quills edged with yellowish; bill blackish horn; feet
brown.

g in fall, 9, and young: yellowish-brown above, brownish-yellow below; crown
and back conspicuously, upper part of neck, rump, and sides of body less broadly

&

No.1.) M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 79

streaked with black; crown with a middle and lateral light stripe; wings and tail
blackish, pale-edged; bill brown. The male changing shows confused characters of
both sexes. Length, 64-74 inches; wing 34-4; tail 24-3 inches.

The Reed-bird forms a delicate morsel for the table, and is generally
distributed over Dakota.

At Fort Sisseton it arrives May 19, and remains until about July 24.
Is found in considerable numbers scattered all over the ‘Coteau des
Prairies,” where it breeds, and soon after takes its departure. The Bo-
bolink is in prime condition for the table on its arrival, and is justly
esteemed a delicate morsel.

MoLoTHRUS ATER, (Gm.) Gr.—Cowbird.
Is seen from April 17 until.October 28 in large numbers.

AGELHUS PH@NICEUS, (L.) V.—Red-winged Blackbird.

- Arrives about April 17 and remains until October 28; is quite common
around the sloughs and moist places, where it also breeds.

XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS, (Bp.) Bd.— Yellow-headed Black-
bird. ;

Arrives April 20, to remain until September 28; is found in large
numbers. It will be observed that this bird arrives a little later and
takes its departure long before the other Blackbirds do.

The specimens measure as follows:

No. 629, g, 17.00 x 10.25; wing 5.65; tail 4.27; tarsus 1.30; bill 0.80.
No. 630, ¢, 16.75 x 10.25; wing 5.25; tail 3.90; bill 0.85.

STURNELLA MAGNA-NEGLECTA, (Aud.) All.— Western Field Lark.

Sexes are alike in color.

Preyailing ground-color gray; each feather of back and neck blackish, with terminal
reddish-brown area and sharp brownish-yellow borders; crown streaked with black
and brown, with a pale middle stripe; behind the eye is a blackish line, and over the
eye is a pale stripe; several outer tail-feathers white; edge of wing, spot over eye, and
under parts generally bright yellow; the sides flaxen-brown, with sharp blackish
streaks; the breast with a large black crescent, which is obscure in the young. Length.
10-11 inches; wing 5; 9 a trifle smaller.

_ This is one of the earliest of our spring arrivals, making its appearance
usually about April 13; it varies with the opening of spring, of which
event, anxiously looked forward to by all as the relief from our long
winter’s confinement to closed houses and heated rooms, it is the sure
harbinger. Very common; breeds here, and takes its departure about the

middle of October.

IcTERUS SPURIUS, (L.) Bp.—Orchard Oriole.

Arrives usually by the 22d of May, and in considerable numbers ;
breeds in the woods, all over the Coteau, and departs about September 1.

80 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ICTERUS BALTIMORE, (L.) Daud.—Baltimore Oriole.
Arrives about May 19, and remains until September 1. Is seen in ©
small numbers about the woods all over the head of the Coteau; breeds _
here. |
The specimens measure as follows:
No. 640, 9, 11.75 x 7.75.
No. 660, 3, 11.90 x 7.70.
QUISCALUS PURPUREUS, (Bart.) Licht.—Purple Grackle. 4
This bird arrives about April 17, and from that time until its disap- ©
pearance at the end of October is found in large numbers all over the —
prairie and about buildings, as also in woods, where I have often found —
it particularly numerous, and under such circumstances as to lead me to
believe that it was indulging in that carnivorous propensity observed
by Mr. Gentry and mentioned on page 204 of Professor Coues’s Birds of
the Northwest. :

we gt A SE

CORVID2.

CORVUS CORAX, Linn.—faven. r

The only Ravens I have ever seen on the “ Coteau des Prairies” were —
a pair I procured from Indians July 9, 1876; I believe they had been bred —
in the immediate vicinity of the Post, to the north, as stated by the In-
dians, and also on account of their age; although it seems strange that —
their occurrence could have escaped my notice in the careful serutiny I {
have given the region. ;

et ert a en ae OS

j
CORVUS AMERICANUS, Aud.—Common Crow. ;
The Common Crow is a rare visitor to this region. It is occasionally —
‘seen late in winter and in the early spring, but does not remain to mo- :
lest the agriculturist. Much as elsewhere, the Crow appears as a very
wary, I might almost say knowing, bird: it is exceedingly difficult to get
‘within gun-shot range of it. At Fort Berthold, D.T., where I observed it ©
in numbers in the spring of 1873, doing much damage to the young corn —
and other parts of the crop, it was quickly driven from that vicinity by
poisoning corn and sprinkling it around the scene of their operations, —
4

and although only afew dead birds were discovered, it took the hint and
left for a more agreeable abode.

bered ravines on the slopes of the Coteau; does not occur in any num-—
bers. November 30,1878, I saw a single Blue Jay in the woods at Fort —
Sisseton. This Jay was also in the vicinity of the Post as late as De-
eember 10.

4

i

:

‘CYANURUS CRISTATUS, (L.) Sw.—Blue Jay. | 5
Is seen occasionally during the summer months in the heavily tim- ;

:

TYRANNIDAL.

TYRANNUS CAROLINENSIS, (L.) Bd.—Kingbird.

_ Arrives May 16, and departs about September 9; is very common dur-
ing the period of its stay. Breeds here.

No.1.] : M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 81

TYRANNUS VERTICALIS, Say.—Arkansas Flycatcher.

Is found from May 22 until September 9 in considerable numbers; is
associated with the preceding species, but is not nearly so common.
Breeds here.

CONTOPUS VIRENS, (L.) Cab.— Wood Pewee.

Arrives about the 15th of May in numbers, and is seen until June 6,
when it takes its departure. Does not breed in this vicinity, to my
knowledge.

CAPRIMULGID AS.

CHORDILES VIRGINIANUS, (Gm.) Bp.—Night-hawk.

The typical C. virgintanus makes its appearance about May 25, and
remains until September. Is seen in large numbers, and breeds here.
This bird often builds its nest on the bare ground, with scarcely any
protection from winds or rains. I have also observed it build in a shal-
low excavation in a large bowlder, just the place to get the full benefit
of all the rain at that season of the year.

TROCHILID A.

(?) TROCHILUS COLUBRIS, Linn.—huby-throated Hummingbird.

A single Hummingbird seen at Fort Sisseton, September 11, 1877, I
place under this head with a doubt. The specimen was not secured, and
I did not have an opportunity of observing it closely, as it was almost
constantly in motion, flying from flower to flower.

CUCULID A.

CoccYGUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS, (Wils.) Bp.—Black-billed Cuckoo.
The Black-billed Cuckoo reaches this region by the end of May and
remains until the end of September. Its notes are occasionally heard,
but the bird is not common. It undoubtedly breeds here.
The specimen measures as follows:
No. 695, 9, 16.00 x 11.90; wing 5.60; tail 6.40.

PICID A.

PIcUS VILLOSUS, Linn.—Hairy Woodpecker.

The typical villosus is a regular winter resident; it can be seen and
heard on the coldest days pecking away at the trees. I have never
observed it during the spring and summer months, and presume it de-
parts on the approach of spring. I do not believe it breeds in this vi-
cinity.

MELANERPES ERYTHROCEPHALUS, (L.) Sw.—Red-headed Woodpecker.

Appears early in May, and remains until the end of September; is
found in small numbers ; breeds here.
Bull. v, 1 6

82 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

COLAPTES AURATUS, (Linn.) Sw.—G@olden-winged Woodpecker.

During the winter of 1877-78, I sometimes met with this bird in my
rambles, but it was not by any means common, and its presence here
at that season is an event that only occurs in mild winters. Ordinarily
the Golden-winged Woodpecker makes its appearance about the end of
April, and from that time till the end of October, when it usually de-
parts, 1s seen in considerable numbers; generally about the dead oaks,
in which it breeds.

STRIGID #.
BUBO VIRGINIANUS, (Gm.) Bp.—Great Horned Owl.

This Owl is a summer resident on the “Coteau des Prairies,” where
I have secured several specimens; itis not by any means common, how-
ever.

NYCTEA SCANDIAGA, (L.) Newt.—Great White Owl.
Is oceasionally seen during the winter on the prairie; not, however, in
any numbers.
FALCONID A.
CIRCUS CYANEUS HUDSONIUS, (L.) Coues.—Marsh Hawk.
Arrives May 2, and remains until about the middle of October ; is
seen in small numbers; breeds here.

_ELANOIDES FORFICATUS, (L.) Coues.—Swallow-tailed Kite.

The following note is taken from Vol. 3, No. 3, p. 146, Bulletin of the
Nuttall Ornithological Club: “I am informed by my valued correspond-
ent Dr. C. H. McChesney, U.S. A., of the occurrence of Elanoides Sorfi-
catus at Fort Sisseton, Dakota, during nearly the whole of last winter.
The Indians also informed Dr. McChesney of the residence of the bird
along the James River in the winter and early spring months, and of its
giving them some trouble by springing their traps, occasionally, however,
getting caught itself. This account tallies with Trippe’s Minnesota record
(north of Mille Sae, lat. 47°). While at Pembina, Dakota, lat. 49°, I was
assured by an officer of the occasional appearance of the bird there.—
Elliott Coues, Washington, D. C.”

I made many attempts to secure a specimen, but the birds were very
shy, and I could not succeed in getting within gun-shot range of any, as
they would alight in the highest tree-tops, from which they could watch
me and take to wing when necessary.

ACCIPITER FUSCUS, (Gm.) Bp.—Sharp-shinned Hawk.
Is found in small numbers from May 1 until about the end: of October.
\Breeds here.
ACCIPITER COOPERI, Bp.—Cooper’s Hawk.
Cooper’s Hawk is a regular spring visitor, but does not remain aly
time in this vicinity; usually arrives May 18, and none are seen after
the end of that month. Is not common.

ee ee

No.1.) M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 83

FALCO ComMUNIS, Variorum.—Peregrine Hawk.

Arrives early in April, closely following the spring migration of the
wild fowl, and the majority pass further north; but a few remain in this
vicinity during the summer.

FALCO COLUMBARIUS, Linn.—Pigeon Hawk.

Is not of common occurrence on the Coteau. A tew were observed
during the last week in April, 1877, and quite a number were shot during
the early part of the summer of 1878, but it does not remain through the
summer.

FALCO SPARVERIUS, Linn.—Sparrow Hawk.

_ Is found here from April 15 to near the end of October; is at no time
very common. Breeds here.

BUTEO BOREALIS CALURUS, (Cass.) Rigdw.— Western Hen Hawk.

The Western Hen Hawk arrives about the 1st of May, and remains
until cold weather drives it to a more southern climate, usually about
the 1st of October; is not common.

BUTEO SWAINSONI, Bp.—Swainson’s Buzzard.
Arrives about May 10, and remains until October 30; 1S seen in con-
siderable numbers. Breeds here.

AQUILA CHRYSAETUS, Linn.— Golden Hagle.

Was seen during the spring of 1878; also on November 25, 1878, a
single Golden Eagle was seen on the Coteau, about 20 miles east of Fort
Sisseton.

HALL@TUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, (L.) Savigny.—Bald Eagle.
Is only a casual visitor to this region. April 30, 1878, a single speci-
men was taken in the vicinity of the post.

CATHARTID A.

CATHARTES AURA, (L.) Iliger—Turkey Buzzard.

Is found here from May 24 ‘until October 30 in considerable numbers.

Breeds here.
COLUMBID 2.

ECTOPISTES MACRURUS, (L.) Coues.— Wild Pigeon.

Sexes are different in color.

$ dull blue with olivaceous tinge on back; below, dull purplish-red, whitening on
vent and under tail-coverts ; sides of neck golden and ruby ; some wing-coverts black-
spotted; quills blackish, with slaty whitish and rufous edging; middle tail-feathers
bluish-black, the others white or ashy, the inner webs black toward the base, with a
chestnut patch; bill black; feet yellow. 9 and young duller and more brownish or
olivaceous above, below dull grayish, with a tawny tinge anteriorly, or quite gray;
very young have the feathers skirted with whitish: 15 to 17 inches long; wing and
tail 7-8 inches. Tail of 12 feathers.

84 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

During the fall of 1877, the Wild Pigeon was taken in some numbers
about the head of the “Coteau des Prairies.” I also observed it in July
of 1878, but it is only an occasional visitor to this region.

ZENZDURA CAROLINENSIS, (L.) Bp.—Carolina Dove.

Sexes are different in color.

g brownish-olive above, glossed with blue on the crown and upper part of neck;
below, purplish-red, becoming tawny-white on the vent and under tail-coverts; neck
metallic golden ; a velvety black spot on the feathers covering the ear, and others on
the wing-coverts and shoulders ; middle tail-feather like the back, the rest ashy-blue
at base, then crossed by a black bar, then white or ashy-white; bill very slender,
black; feet carmine. @ and young differ, as in the Wild Pigeon. 11-13 inches long ;
wing 5-6; tail 6-7. Tail of 14 feathers.

Arrives about May 17, and remains until September 30; is found in
considerable numbers; breeds here. :

TETRAONIDA.

TETRAO OBSCURUS, Say.—Dusky Grouse.

Sexes are scarcely distinguishable by color.

g$ blackish, more or less variegated with slate-gray or a peculiar slaty-black; throat
and sides marked with white; breast black; belly slaty; tail clouded with slate and
black, and with a broad terminal slate bar: 18-20 inches long; wing 9-10; tail 7-8.
2 smaller, not particularly different in color, but not so uniformly dark, having ochrey
or reddish-brown variegations in places. Rocky and other mountains. United States
to the Pacific. Tail normally of 20 feathers; no peculiar feathers on the neck; legs
feathered to the toes.

CENTROCERCUS UROPHASIANUS, (Bp.) Sw.—Sage Cock.

The sexes are alike in color.

Tail very long, equalling or exceeding the wings, of twenty stiffened, graduated
feathers tapering to a point; sides of lower neck with a patch of peculiar sharp scaly
feathers, the shafts of which terminate in bristly filaments, sometimes 3 to 4 inches
long in the ¢; legs full-feathered. Very large: 2 feet or more long; wing and tail
each about a foot. 9 much smaller; above variegated with black, gray, and tawny;
below, a large black abdominal patch in the adult. Sage-brush tracts of Western
United States.

Of all the birds of the Grouse family, the Sage Hen is perhaps the
poorest for food; the young can be so cooked, by parboiling and stew-
ing, up to about the 1st of October, as to furnish a fair article of diet;
but after this date the flesh is too highly flavored with the wormwood
to be rendered palatable by any means with which I am acquainted.

PEDIG@CETES PHASIANELLUS COLUMBIANUS, (Ord.) Coues.—Common
Sharp-tailed Grouse.

Sexes are alike in color.

Neck without peculiar feathers; tail very short, of sixteen narrow, soft, true tail-
feathers, and a middle pair, apparently developed coverts, projecting an inch be-
yond the rest (often worn off or not fuliy developed, so that there is but little, if
any, projection of these coverts); legs fully feathered: length about 18 inches; wing
8-9; tail5-G6. The markings black, white, and especially tawny; below, the spots
fewer, brown, U-shaped; throat buff.

No.1.] M'CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 85

This Grouse is found here in small numbers throughout the entire year.
The region is not favorable for the increase of this bird, for, aside from
those destroyed by the Indians in season and out of season, the destruction
of the young by birds of prey and of the nests by prairie fires, the only
food it can find during the winter consists of a few scattered rosebuds.

CUPIDONIA CUPIDO, (L.) Bd.—Pinnated Grouse ; Prairie Hen.

The sexes are alike in color.

Neck with a peculiar tuft of loose, lengthened, tapering feathers, beneath which is
a patch of bare, brightly colored skin, capable of great distention; tail short, rounded,
of eighteen stiffish, non-tapering feathers; feet barely feathered to the toes. Length
16-18 inches; wing 8-9; tail about 5. Above, variegated with black, brown, tawny,
or ochrey, and white, the latter especially on the wing ; below, pretty regularly barred
with dark brown, white, and tawny; throat tawny, a little speckled or not; vent and
under tail-coverts mostly white; quills dark brown, with white spots on the outer
webs; tail dark brown, with narrow or imperfect white or tawny bars and tips.
2 smaller, with shorter neck-tufts.

Missouri River, above Fort Randall, and probably as high as Fort
Sully, D. T.

During the fall of 1876, I observed the Pinnated Grouse here for the
first time, and apparently it was more common than the preceding
species, and in accordance with the history of the two birds I antici-
pated the speedy disappearance of the Common Sharp-tailed, but this
has not occurred, and I saw only two or three specimens of the Pinnated
Grouse during the season of 1877, and Tam informed none were taken
during the season of 1878, so that at the present time C. cupido is not
found here, while P. phasianellus is the characteristic Grouse of this
region.

This experience with the two Grouse is at variance with that of Sur-
geon J. F. Head, U. S. A., Mimesota record, as given in Professor
Goues’s “Birds of the Northwest,” and also with that of many other good
observers, and I can only explain the matter on erounds of the unfitness
of the locality as regards shelter, and the fact that the country has not
been settled and the soil sufficiently cultivated to furnish them their
favorite food ; when these conditions shall have been removed, I antici-

pate the appearance of C. cupido in this region to displace P. phasianellus.

BoNASA UMBELLUS UMBELLOIDES, (Dougl.) Bd—Rocky Mountain
Ruffed Grouse.

Sexes are nearly alike in color.

The Eastern representative of this bird is known as the Partridge in New England
and the Middle States, and as the Pheasant in the Southern States. Sides of neck
with a tuft of numerous (15-30) broad, soft, glossy-black feathers; head with a full
soft crest; tail about as long as the wings, amply rounded, of ( normally) 18 soft broad
feathers; feet naked below. Length 16-15 inches; wing 7-8. Slaty-gray is the pre-
vailing color in this variety.

Rocky Mountain region.

86 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ORTYX VIRGINIANA, (L.) Bp.— Virginia Partridge; Quail.

Sexes may be distinguished by color.

This is the Virginia Partridge or Quail: Bob White. Wherever the Ruffed Grouse
is cailed ‘‘ Partridge” in the New England and Middle States, this birdis there known
as **Quail,” and wherever in the Southern States the Ruffed Grouse is called ‘‘ Pheas-
ant,” this bird is there known as “ Partridge.”

Head completely feathered, the crown ones somewhat lengthened and erectile, but
hardly forming a true crest. Forehead, a line over the eye, and the throat white,
bordered with black; crown, neck all round, and upper part of breast brownish-red;
other under parts tawny-whitish, all with more or fewer doubly crescentice black
bars; sides broadly streaked with brownish-red; upper parts variegated with chest-
nut, black, gray, and tawny, the latter edging the inner quills. 9 known by having
the throat buff instead of white, less black about the fore parts,and general colors
less intense; rathersmaller thanthe ¢ : 9-10 inches long ; wing 43-5; tail 24-3.

Eastern United States to high central plains; the characteristic game
bird of this country. Missouri River as high as Fort Sully, Dakota,
where I saw them in 1871.

CHARADRIID.

SQUATAROLA HELVETICA, (L.) Cuv.—Black-bellied Plover.

Sexes are alike in color.

A sniall hind toe, hardly $ inch long (this is the only 4-toed Plover treated of in this
pamphlet); plumage speckled. Adult in breeding season (rarely seen in the United
States): face and entire under parts black, upper parts variegated with black and
white or ashy; tail barred with black and white; quills dusky, with large white
patches. Adult at other times (and this is the plumage in which seen in Dakota) and
young: below, white, more or less shaded with gray, the throat and breast speckled
with dusky; above, blackish, speckled with white or yellowish; the rump white, with
dark bars; legs dull bluish. Old birds changing show every grade, from a few iso-
lated black feathers on the under parts to numerous large black patches. Length
11-12; wing 7 or more; tail 3; bill 1-14.

IT have only observed this bird in Dakota Territory during the fall
migration.

During the migrations I have kept a sharp watch for the Black-bellied
Plover, but I have not yet discovered the bird passing this region dur-
ing the spring; it arrives, however, on its southern flight, about Octo-
ber 25, and remains in this vicinity for four or five days, during which
time it is seen in considerable numbers.

It may be that this Plover has succeeded in eluding my search during |

the spring, and that it does really pass this region. I have elsewhere
mentioned in these notes of this bird being one of the two exceptions,
falling under my notice here, of a migratory bird appearing in the fall
that is not known to pass this region during the spring. The other
exception is that of the Blue Goose, which, if a valid species, we should
naturally expect to find passing this region, as being within the normal
migratory spring range of its kind. But with the Black-bellied Plover
the case is different: its normal spring line, so far as is now known, is
not near as far inland as Dakota.

No.1.] M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 87

On page 449 of his “ Birds of the Northwest,” Dr. Coues states that
Dr. Suckley found it “‘ moderately abundant” in Minnesota. I suppose

_ reference is here made to the time (1853) when Dr. Suckley was on duty

as surgeon and naturalist of the Survey of the Forty-seventh Parallel,
under Governor I. I. Stevens. Although the party did not leave Saint
Paul until June 8 of that year, Dr. Suckley was engaged for some time be-
fore in making collections in the neighborhood of Saint Paul, and was so
engaged during the migration of the Golden Plover through that region;
and as this bird is in full breeding plumage at this time, and much
resembles the Black-bellied Plover, it is not improbable that Dr. Suck-
ley mistook C. fulvus virginicus for S. helvetica. I believe Dr. Suckley’s
collection, to which reference is made above, was lost in the Ohio River,
which is much to be regretted, as I know of no observations made
since that time (1853) that would support Dr. Suckley’s reference of this
bird to Minnesota during the spring migrations. [*]

CHARADRIUS FULVUS VIRGINICUS, (Borck.) Coues.—American Golden
Plover.
The sexes are alike in color.
No hind toe; plumage speckled above, and in the breeding season (generally so

seen throughout Dakota and Montana during the spring migration) black below, as in

the last species, but much of the speckling bright yellow, and the rump and upper
tail-coverts like the back; forehead and a broad line over the eye to the nape white;
tail-feathers erayish-brown, with imperfect white or ashy bars; feathers of the arm-
pits gray or ashy. At other times, the under parts nearly as in the last species. Length
10--11; wing 7 or less; tail under3; bill 1 or less. A highly-rated game bird, abund-
ant in most parts of Dakota during the spring and fali migrations.

Early in May, the Golden Plover’s migrations find him in this region.
At this time, the birds are in full breeding plumage, and tarry but a few
days. Harly morning and evening appears to be the time selected for
flight, and from the 1st to the 10th of May, they pass over in flocks,
containing from thirty or forty to several hundreds, and sometimes thou-
sands, of birds, and so constant is the flight that a person here could

_searcely be blamed for thinking that he must stand on the only route

leading to their northern summer resort. At this time, the birds are in
prime condition for the table, and there is no trouble in taking all that
are required. From about September 23 to October 26, it loiters here
on its return to the South in considerable numbers.

Professor Coues, in his “ Birds of the Northwest,” page 451, states
that he met with this bird between Fort Randali and Yankton on the
Missouri River, in company with the Bartramian Tattler and Esquimaux
Curlew, and that he found them not at all shy. Where the line of de-
parture may be taken I know not, but the Esquimaux Curlew does not
pass this region, and the Golden Plover has become a very shy bird by
the time of its arrival here. When feeding, they are constantly on the
lookout for danger, and post their pickets regularly, so that it is almost

[* This is doubtless a just observation. I have found the Golden Plover extremely
numerous in Eastern Dakota during the spring migration.—C. ]

38 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vel. V.

impossible to get within gun-shot range of the flocks; when on the wing,
however, they loose their shyness, and are then easily captured.

AMGIALITIS VOCIFERA, (Linn.) Cass.—Mildeer Plover.

This bird, the most restless of all the Plover family, arrives April 13,
and remains until about the 1st of September, and is found in large
numbers around all the lakes, and to some extent in cultivated upland,
which it seems to like for nesting purposes.

ANGIALITIS SEMIPALMATA, (Bp.) Cab.—Semipalmated Plover.

I believe this Plover only occasionally passes this region during the
spring migrations. On May 11, 1877, while out collecting, a flock con-
taining thirty-five or forty birds passed high overhead, from which a
single specimen was secured. I have never met with it in the fall.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 690, 14.50 x 7.10; wing 4.60; tail 2.15.

HAMATOPID ZA.

STREPSILAS INTERPRES, (L.) [l.—Turnstone.

Sexes are alike in color.

Adult in summer pied above with black, white, brown, and chestnut-red, the latter
color wanting in winter and in young birds; below, from the breast (which is more
or less completely black), throat, most of the inner quills, bases and shafts of outer
quills, and bases and tips of tail-feathers white; bill black; feet orange: 8-9; wing
54-6; tail 24; bill Z, almost recurved, sharp-pointed: legs bare but a little way: no
obvious basal webbing of toes.

I believe that the Turnstone will be found to occur throughout many
parts of Dakota during the spring migration. Careful search should be
made for the bird at this time, and its occurrence reported. It will be

found usually along the beach turning over stones in search of its food,

from which curious habit it derives its name.

The Turnstone regularly passes this region during May of each year.
I have observed it for the last three years on several occasions, and the
bird was always quite shy, and I found considerable difficulty in taking

specimens. As I have observed it here, the Turnstone is not a grega- _
rious bird, as I have never seen more than three or four together. This —
record constitutes the only Dakota notice of this bird, so far as I am ~

aware.
The specimens measure as follows:

No. 649, ¢, 17.00 x 9.00; tarsus 1.00.
No. 693, 9, 18.50 x 9.40; wing 5.90; tail 2.70; tars. 0.94; m. t. & claw 1.12; bill 0.93.

RECURVIROSTRID A.
RECURVIROSTRA AMERICANA, Gm.—Avocet.

Sexes aze alike in color.

White; back and wings with much black; head and neck cinnamon-brown in the
adult, ashy in the young; bill black; legs blue; eyes red: 16-18 long; wing 7-3;
tail 34; legs very long. Bill recurved. :

a

)

i
5

Arrives at the beginning of May, and breeds sparingly in this vicinity. i

No.1.J M‘'CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 89

The majority pass further north, and return early in July, from which
time the Avocet is quite a familiar shore bird around the preterred lakes,
until the approach of winter drives it south, usually October 30.

PHALAROPODID A.

STEGANOPUS WILSONI, (Sab.) Coues.— Wilson’s Phalarope.

Is found here from about May 17 until July 24, by which time the
young are well on the wing, and fully able to care for themselves. it is
singular that this bird should leave this region so early, but close search
has failed to reveal its presence after July.

SCOLOPACID Al.
PHILOHELA MINOR, (Gm.) Gr.—American Woodcock.

Sexes are alike in color.

First three outer quills incised and scythe-shaped; wings short, when closed the
quills hidden by the coverts and tertiaries; legs feathered nearly to the joint in front,
shorter than middle toe and claw, scaly before and behind; toe slender, free to the
base; bill much longer than the head, stout and deep at base, grooved nearly its
whole length, the tip knobbed; gape very short and narrow; ear under the eye, which
is set in the back upper corner of the head; colors above variegated and harmoniously
blended black, brown, gray, and russet; below pale warm brown of variable shade.
6 10-11; 9 11-12; extent 16-18; wing 43-5; bill 23-3; weight 5-9 ozs. Bogs, swamps,
wet woodland, and fields. Occurs in the eastern, and probably southern, portions of
Dakota.

The only Woodcock I have seen in this vicinity was one shot by my
friend Capt. John Vander Horck, July 28, 1877; it was captured on a
piece of low, marshy ground, some five miles north of the post, and from
its manner of flight and behavior before being shot I mistook it for a
Carolina Rail. It is quite probable that such has happened to me be-
fore, and that this bird may occur in small numbers on the “Coteau des
Prairies” during July.

Since the above was written, and during my absence in the summer
of 1878, several Woodcock have been taken in the vicinity of Fort
Sisseton.

GALLINAGO WILSONI, (Temm.) Bp.—American Snipe.

Sexes are alike in color.

Bill much longer than the head, perfectly straight, soft to the end, where it is some-
what widened, and grooved on top; gape narrow, not reaching beyond the extreme
base of upper mandible; ear under eye; legs feathered nearly to the joint, a little
shorter than middle toe and claw; toes perfectly free; crown black, with a pale
middle stripe; back varied with black, bright bay, and tawny, the latter forming
two lengthwise stripes on the shoulders; neck and breast speckled with brown and
dusky; lining of wings barred with black and white; tail usually of 16 feathers,
barred with black, white, and chestnut; sides waved and dusky; belly dull white;
quills blackish, the outer white-edged. Length 9-11; wing 43-5}; bill about 24; whole
naked portion of leg and foot about 3.

““This is the genuine Snipe, of all birds loosely so called; its name of English Snipe is
a misnomer, as it is indigenous to this country, and distinct from any European spe-
cies, though closely resembling one of them. Open wet places of North America at
‘large; migratory.”

i eat!

90 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Occurs in many portions of Dakota during the spring and fall migra-
tions ; a prime bird for the table.

Wilson’s Snipe is seen here only during the spring migrations, which,
for this bird, are generally from the 1st to the 6th of May, but some-
times there is a variation of a week either way. Whatever may be the
time of its arrival, the bird does not seem to pass this region in any —
numbers, but the few taken are in prime condition for the table, showing
that its migration has been by easy flights. Several careful searches
for the bird, during the fall, have not been attended with successful re-
sults, and I believe it does not pass this way on its southern flight, or, if
So, it certainly does not loiter.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 621, 9, 17.00 X 10.50; wing 5.21; bill 2.43; tarsus 1.21.

MACRORHAMPHUS GRISEUS, (Gm.) Leach.—Red-breasted Snipe.

Sexes are alike in color.

A very Snipe-like bird, with the bill exactly as in the last species, but readily dis-
tinguished generically ; legs bare upwards of 3 of an inch, longer than middle toe and
claw ; outer and middle toes connected by an evident membrane ; tail of 12 feathers.
Tail and its coverts at all seasons conspicuously barred with black and white (or
tawny); lining of wings and armpits the same; quills dusky; shaft of first quill
and tips of middle ones, except the long inner ones, white; bill and feet greenish-
black. In summer, brownish-black above, variegated with bay; below, brownish-red,
variegated with dusky; a tawny stripe over the eye and adark one from bill to eye; in
winter, plain gray above and on the breast, with few or no traces of black and bay ; the
belly, line over eye, and under eyelid white. 10-11; wing 5-64; tail 24; bill about 24.

Occurs throughout a large portion of Dakota during the migrations,
in flocks, and prefers the shores of the lakes instead of wet meadows.

This Snipe passes north usually about the end of April, but often itis
delayed until the 10th of May. I have taken it in considerable numbers
at this time, and have always found it a prime bird for the table, being
often brought into requisition to supply the place of “quail on toast 0)
for breakfast. It returns to this region about the 20th of September,
from which time until the end of October, when it departs, it is the
most familiar Wader around the shores of our lakes.

EREUNETES PUSILLUS, (Linn.) Cass.—Semipalmated Sandpiper.

Is seen here in large numbers from April 29th until about the 1st of
June, when its numbers rapidly diminish, and from that date until near
the end of July but few have been observed in this vicinity ; returns in
numbers early in August, and from that time forward until the lakes
commence to close, about November 1, hundreds may be seen at a time
- around the shores of any of the lakes.

The specimen measures as follows:
No, 673, 2, 12.00 x 6.40; wing 3.75; tail 1.70; tars. 0.77; m. t. & claw 0.83; bill 0.73.

TRINGA MINUTILLA, Vieill— Least Sandpiper.

Shares much the same habits here as the preceding species 3; 1S very
common.

No.1.) M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. Si

TRINGA BAIRDI, Coues.—Baird’s Sandpiper.

This Sandpiper appears about April 28, and remains until the begin-
ning of June, after which time none are seen here during the remainder
of the season. During the time of its sojourn here it is quite abundant.
Its habits seem to differ greatly from its little congener, 7. bonapartii.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 626, 9, 14.75 x 7.75; wing 5.00; tail 2.43; tarsus 0.82; bill 0.88.

TRINGA MACULATA, Vieill.— Pectoral Sandpiper.

Is found here from about the middle of July to the first of August in
considerable numbers.

TRINGA BONAPARTH, Schl.—Bonaparte’s Sandpiper.

Arrives about the 5th of May and remains until June 13. Is seen in
considerable numbers during this time.

Liwosa FEDOA, (L.) Ord.—Great Marbled Godwit.

» Sexes are alike in color.

Color and size the same as the Curlew’s, but the bill is usually slightly curved upward,
while among the Curlews it is curved downward ; this is the main point for the novice.

Tail barred throughout with black and rufous; rump and upper tail-coverts like the
back; no pure white anywhere. General plumage rufous or cinnamon-brown ; below,
nearly unmarked and of very variable shade, usually deepest on the linings of the
wings; above, variegated with black and brown or gray; quills rufous and black; bill
flesh-colored, largely tipped with black; feetdark. Large, 16-22; wing about 9; tail
about 34; bill 4-5, grooved nearly to the end, usually slightly recurved.

Abundant through many portions of Dakota during the spring and
fall migrations. The young birds are excellent food.

Is found here in great numbers from June 14 until September 22,
with early arrivals in the latter part of April, and stragglers as late as
the middle of October. Does not breed on the Coteau, but does so about
forty miles to the east, in Minnesota, as also in parts of Dakota west of
the Missouri River.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 641, 9, 31.50 x 19.50; wing 9.75; tail 3.00; bill 4.90; tars. 3.25; m. t. & claw 2.10.

Limosa HUDSONICA, (Lath.) Sw.—Hudsonian Godwit.

Sexes are alike in color.

Tail black, largely white at the base, its coverts mostly white ; rump blackish;
under parts in the breeding season (and this is the condition in which seen in Dakota)
intense rufous, variegated (chiefly barred) with dusky; head, neck, and upper parts
brownish-black, variegated with gray, reddish, and usually with some whitish speck-
ling; quills blackish, more or less white at the base. Young and apparently winter
specimens much paler, tawny whitish below, more gray above. Considerably smaller
than the foregoing: about 15; wing 8 or less; bill 3} or less.

Occurs as far south in Dakota as latitude 45° 30’ in small numbers;
may be more common in the northern part of the Territory.

Several flocks of the Hudsonian Godwit were observed at Fort Sisse-
ton from the 6th to the 26th of May, 1878, and a few were observed in the
early spring of 1877, but not, however, in any such number as the suc-

92 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ceeding spring. It does not breed anywhere in this region, and I
was greatly surprised at meeting with the bird so far south in May;
though it may spend the winters further south than this place, still it is
essentially a bird of high northern latitudes, and usually only enters the
northern portion of the United States during the winter.

TOTANUS SEMIPALMATUS, (Gm.) Temm.— Willet.

Sexes are alike in color.

Toes with two subequal webs; legs bluish or dark; bill straight, comparatively stout,
grooved little, if any, more than half its length; toes with two conspicuous basal
webs: 12-16; wing 7-8; tail 21-3; bill 2-22. In summer, gray above, with numerous
black marks, white below, the jugulum streaked, the breast, sides, and under tail-
coverts barred or with arrow-shaped marks of dusky (in winter, and in young birds
all these dark marks few or wanting, except on jugulum); upper tail-coverts, most of
themiddle quills, and basal half of outer quills white ; ends of outer quills, their coverts,
lining of wings, and armpits black; bill bluish or dark.

This bird arrives about April 29, and remains until September 13, in con-
siderable numbers ; breeds here; it seems to feed to some extent on fish,
and the flesh is not particularly desirable as food. A strange habit the
old birds have of pushing forward the young when there is danger; I
remember once seeing a flock containing about a hundred birds, of
which probably twenty-five were old ones, quietly feeding on the edge
of a lake, but the instant the birds were approached they all took to
flight; and the old ones immediately arranged themselves on the out-
side furthest from me, leaving the young between themselves and the
source of danger, and in this order they were permitted to take their
departure without molestation.

TOTANUS MELANOLEUCUS, (Gmn.) Vieill— Greater Telltale.

Sexes are alike in color.

Feet with very small web between inner and middle toes; legs yellow or green; bill
straight or slightly bent upward, very slender, grooved half its length or less, black;
legs long and slender. In summer, ashy-brown above, varied with black and speckled
with whitish; below, white, lower throat streaked, and breasts, sides, and under tail-
coverts speckled or barred with blackish; these latter marks few or wanting in winter
and in the young; upper tail-coverts white, with dark bars; tail-feathers marbled or
barred with ashy or white; quills blackish. Large: length over 12; wing over 7;
tail 3 or more; bill 2 or more.

Arrives during the last week in April or the first part of May, and is
seen in considerable numbers for a week or more while passing north.
Returns in numbers in the fall, and departs about the same time as Z.
flavipes.

TOTANUS FLAVIPES, (Gin.) Vieill.— Lesser Telltale.

Sexes are alike in color.

A miniature of the last; colors precisely the same; legs comparatively longer; bill
grooved rather further: length under 12; wing under 7; tail under 3; bill under 2.

These two Telltales occur throughout Dakota during the spring and
fall migrations, and the Lesser certainly, if not the Greater also, breeds
in the northern part of the Territory.

This bird arrives at Fort Sisseton early in May (sometimes in April),

2
5
q
‘a

No.1.] M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 93

and remains until October 28. During May and the early part of June
it is very common; but from the latter time until near the end of J uly,
but few are met with; but as fall comes on, its numbers increase, and
from the 1st of September to the end of the season it is very abundant
here. It breeds in this vicinity.

The specimen measures as follows:
No. 672, , 20.50 x 10.95; wing 6.32; tail 2.50; tars. 2.23; m. t. & claw, 1.43; bill 1.53.
TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS, (L.) Gray.—Spotted Sandpiper.

Is found here in small numbers from about 1st of July to the 8th of
September.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 669, g, 13.00 x 8.10; wing 4.10; tail 2.30.

ACTITURUS BARTRAMIUS, (Wils.) Bp.— Upland Plover.

Sexes are alike in color.

Bill straight, about as long as the head, grooved 2 of its length, the gape very deep,
reaching nearly to below the eyes, the feathers extending on the upper bill beyond
those on the lower, which do not fill the space between the forks of the lower jaw ; tail
very long, more than half the wing, graduated ; legs much longer than middle toe and
claw; legs bare nearly the length of the latter: length 11-13; wing 6-7; tail 3-4;
bill 1-14: above, blackish, with a slight greenish reflection, variegated with tawny
and whitish; below, pale tawny, of varying shade, bleaching on throat and belly;
lower throat with streaks; breast and sides with arrowheads and bars of blackish;
armpits and lining of wings pure white, black-barred ; quills blackish, with white bars
on the inner webs; tail varied with tawny, black and white, chiefly in bars; bill and
legs pale, former black-tipped.

North America; abundant; migratory; a highly esteemed game bird,
usually found in flocks, in fields, not necessarily near water.

The Upland Plover is very abundant here from May 10 until near the
end of August, and breeds nearly everywhere on the prairie. The bird
is in good condition for the table from the time of its arrival, and is justly
highly appreciated for its delicate flavor. About the middle of August,
this Plover commences to congregate in large flocks, when it becomes
quite shy, so that its capture is attended with considerable difficulty.

Takes its departure about August 26.

TRYNGITES RUFESCENS, (V.) Cab.—Buff-breasted Sandpiper.

This strange Sandpiper is seen here a few times each year during the
spring migration. On May 22, 1876, while out hunting on the open
prairie, a flock containing thirty or forty passed near me, from which one
was secured. Two or three others were taken later in the season, on as
many different occasions. Of the habits of this bird I know nothing.
I have only seen it in open country on the wing, and quick must be the
sportsman who then brings it to bag, for it is a whiz-z-z, and the birds
are gone.

NUMENIUS LONGIROSTRIS, Wils.—Long-billed Curlew.

Sexes are alike in color. :
Bill of extreme length and curvature, measuring from 5 to8 or 9 inches; total length
about two feet: wing a foot or less; tail about 4 inches. Plumage very similar to

94 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

that of the Godwit; prevailing tone rufous, of varying intensity in different birds,
and on different parts of the same bird, usually more intense under the wing than
elsewhere; below, the lower throat streaked and the breast and sides with arrow-
heads and bars ef dusky; above, varicgated with black, especially on the crown,

back, and wing; tail barred throughout with black and rufous; middle quills rufous;

outer quills blackish and rufous; no pure white anywhere; bill black, the under part
flesh-colored for some distance; legs dark.
Occurs in many portions of Dakota and Mentana.

NUMENIUS HUDSONIUS, Lath.—Jack Curlew.

Sexes are alike in color.

Bill medium, 3 or 4 inches long; length 16 to 18; wing 9; tail 34. Plumage as in
the last species in pattern, but general tone much paler; quills barred. Breeds in
British America; United States, chiefly during the migrations.

I have never met with this bird in any part of Dakota or Montana.

NUMENIUS BOREALIS, (Forst.) Lath—Esquimaux Curleo.

Sexes are alike in color.

Bill small, under 3 inches long; length 12-15 inches; wing under 9; tail 3. Plum-
age in tone and pattern almost exactly asin the last species, but averaging more ruious,
especially under the wings, and outer quills not barred.

Occurs in parts of Dakota during the migrations.
ARDEIDA.

ARDEA HERODIAS, Linn.—Great Blue Heron.

Occurs regularly during the spring and fall migrations. It tarries but
a few days in this vicinity in the spring time, but is observed in some
numbers during September and October.
BUTORIDES VIRESCENS, (Linn.) Cab.—G@reen Heron ; Poke.

Arrives the latter part of April or the beginning of May, and remains
until October; breeds in the sloughs all over the Coteau, not, however,
in any great numbers.

NYCTIARDEA GRISEA NAIVIA, (Bodd.) All.— American Ni ight Heron.

Is seen here in considerable numbers from August 10 until October
25; is not seen during the spring migrations.

BOTAURUS MUGITANS, (Bartr.) Coues.—American Bittern.

Is found here from May 1 until October 1; is not at any time abund-
ant; breeds here.

GRUIDA.
GRUS AMERICANA, (L.) Temm.— White or Whooping Crane.
Occurs only during the spring and fall migrations, and even then not
in any numbers.
GRUS CANADENSIS, (L.) Temm.—Brown Crane.

Is much more frequently met with than the preceding, and a few re-
main and breed on the Coteau.

No.1.) M‘'CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 95

The Brown Crane can be very easily domesticated, and they make very
docile pets, following a person about from place to place much the same
as an antelope or deer would; they will take their night tramps, but are
generally on hand the following morning.

RALLID A.

PORZANA CAROLINA, (Linn.) Cab.—Carolina Rail.

Sexes are alike in color.

Above, olive-brown, varied with black, with numerous sharp, white streaks and
specks; flanks, armpits, and lining of wings barred with white and blackish; belly
whitish; under tail-coverts rufescent. Adult with the face and central line of throat
black; the rest of the throat, line over eye, and especially the breast, more or less in-
tensely slate-gray, the sides of the breast usually with some obsolete whitish barring
and speckling; young without this black, the throat whitish, the breast brown. Length
8-9; wing 4-44; tail about 2.

Occurs throughout a large portion of Dakota.

Is found at Fort Sisseton, in small numbers, from May 15 until Octo-
ber; breeds in the thick rushes around the margins of the lakes and
sloughs. .

The specimen measures as.follows:

No. 631, g, 13.40X8.80; wing 4.25; tail 2.44; tarsus 1.30; middle toe and claw 1.75.

FULICA AMERICANA, Gin.—American Coot; Mud Hen.

Arrives about April 20 and remains until October 30; is moderately
abundant during this time; breeds in the sloughs all over the Coteau.

ANATID 4.

CYGNUS BUCCINATOR, Rich.—Trumpeter Swan.

Is seen only during the migrations; in the spring, none stop in this
vicinity. When passing south in the fall, I have observed a very few to
loiter in the larger lakes.

/

ANSER HYPERBOREUS, Pail.—Snow Goose; White Brant.

Sexes are alike in color.

Bill smooth, the scales or plates very prominent, owing to arching of the edges of
the bill. Adult plumage pure white, but in most specimens the head washed with
rusty red; outer quills broadly black-tipped; bill lake-red, with white nail; feet the
same, with dark claws. Length about 30; wing 17-19; tail54-64; bill 23.

About the 1st of April, this Goose commences to pass this region, and
from then until the early part of May thousands are daily seen passing
north; a very few remain and breed. About the middle of September
it begins to return from the north, and by the Ist of October is very
abundant, being found in flocks often containing several thousand old
and young birds; finally departs at the end of October.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 686, ¢, 59.00 x 29.00; wing 17.50; tail 6.25; tarsus 3.25; bill 2.40.

96 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ANSER CCERULESCENS, (L.) Vieill.— Blue Goose.

Sexes are alike in color.

With the size and exactly the form of the next species, but the plumage ashy, varied
with dark brown; the head, upper neck, tail-coverts, and most of the under parts
white; the wing-coverts silvery ash.

It is a singular fact that I have never observed this Goose during the
Spring migrations when the preceding one is so abundant, and with
which it first makes its appearance here in the fall and is afterwards con-
Stantly found mixed with the flocks of that Goose, and associating with
it on terms of such familiarity as to suggest to me the query whether
there may not be a doubt as to its distinctness from a hyperboreus, and
whether it may not in reality be the young of that Goose, or a semi-
melanotic condition thereof. I have seen flocks of a hyperboreus coyv-
ering acres of ground, with here and there a Blue Goose scattered appar-
ently indiscriminately through the flock. I have also seen them asso-
ciated onthewing. The case of this Goose and that of the Black-bellied
Plover constitute the only exceptions falling under my notice of a mi-
gratory bird appearing in the fall that does not pass this region during
the spring migrations. This Goose departs with the preceding about the
end of October.

BRANTA CANADENSIS, (L.) Gary.—Canada Goose 3; Common Wild Goose.

Sexes are alike in color.

Tail normally 18-feathered. Grayish-brown, below paler or whitish-gray, bleaching
on the under tail-coverts, all the feathers with lighter edges; head and neck black,
with a broad white patch on the throat mounting each side of the head; tail black,
with white upper coverts; bill and feet black. About 36 inches long; wing 18-£0;
tail 63-74; bill 122.

Passes this region from the 1st to the 30th of April in large numbers ;
it loiters but a few days at this season (a very few may breed near the
head of the Coteau). Returns about the 15th of September, after which
date it is very abundant until its final departure for the Season, usually
about October 31.

ANAS BoscHAsS, Linn.— Mallard.

Sexes are not alike in color.

This Duck and the seven next described are known as the “ River Ducks,” and are
distinguished from the “Sea Ducks” by having the hind toe simple.

g with the head and upper neck glossy green, succeeded by a white ring; breast
purplish-chestnut; tail-feathers mostly whitish; greater wing-coverts tipped with
black and white, the middle quills with a violet marking, black-bordered; bill green-
ish-yellow ; feet orange-red. © with the Wing as in the g; head, neck, and under
parts pale ochrey, speckled and streaked with dusky. Length about 24; wing
10-12.

This Duck appears to enter this region about April 16, and remains
until October 30; breeds sparingly in the Sloughs; at first, the Mallard
is not near as abundant as some of the other Ducks are, but as fall
approaches it becomes very common.

No. 1. M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 97

‘DAFILA ACUTA, (L.) Jenyns.—Pintail ; Sprigtail.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Tail with the middle feathers longest (female and young shorter and not so narrow),
4 to Yinches long; wing 11; total length about 24. Bill black and blue; feet gray-
ish-blue ; head and upper neck dark brown, with green and purple gloss; sides of
neck with’a long white stripe; lower neck and under parts white; dorsal line of neck
black, passing into the gray of the back, which, like the sides, is vermiculated with
black; middle quill-markings greenish-purple, anteriorly bordered by buff tips of the
greater coverts, elsewhere by black and white; inner quills and shoulders black and
silvery. Q and young with the whole head and neck speckled or finely streaked with
dark brown and grayish or yellowish-brown; below, dusky-freckled; above, black-
ish, all the feathers pale-edged ; only a trace of the greenish markings between the
white or whitish tips of the greater coverts and middle quills.

This Dueck arrives April 8, and remains until October 22; breeds in
small numbers in this vicinity. In the early spring, as also during Sep-
tember and October, it is very abundant, but during the summer only
a few Pintails are seen here.

CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS, (L.) Gray.—Gadwall ; Gray Duck.

Sexes are not alike in color.

$ with most of the plumage barred or half-ringed with black and white or whitish ;
middle wing-coverts chestnut; greater coverts black ; marking of middle quills white ;
? known by these wing-marks: 19-22; wing 10-11.

Is seen here from April 8 until October 22, in large numbers; breeds
here.

MARECA AMERICANA, (Gm.) Steph.—American Widgeon ; Baldpate.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Head and neck grayish, dusky-speckled; top of head white (in full plumage), its sides
with a broad green patch. Bill shorter than head, grayish-blue like the feet; fore
breast light brownish-red ; belly pure white; under tail-coverts abruptly black, mid-
dle and greater coverts white, the latter black-tipped; middle quill-markings green,
black-bordered : 20-22; wing 11; tail 5; bill 14-14. 9 known by the wing-markings.

Enters this region about April 22, and the greater majority pass, in a
few days, further north; it is probable, however, that a very few breed.
in this vicinity, as I have taken this Duck on several occasions during
the summer months; about the Ist of September, it begins to return
from the north, and by the middle of the month is very abundant;
finally departs October 30.

The specimen measures as follows:
No. 668, 3, 33.75 x 20.50; wing 10.40; tail 5.00.

QUERQUEDULA CAROLINENSIS, (Gm.) Steph.—Green-winged Teal.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Subcrested ; head and upper neck chestnut, with abroad glossy green band on each
side, whitish-bordered, uniting and blackening on back of neck; under parts white,
the fore breast with circular black spots; upper parts and flanks closely waved with
blackish and white; under tail-coverts black, varied with white or creamy ; bill black ;
feet gray. A conspicuous white crescent on the side of the body just in front of the
bend of the wing; shoulders plain ; middle quill-marking rich green. No blue on the
wings. @ differs especially in the head-markings, but those of the wings are the
same. Small: 14-15; wing 74; tail 34; bill 1}.

Arrives April 24, and remains a few days in this vicinity before pass-

Bulb ys 17

98 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

ing north for the summer; returns early in August in large numbers and
remains until September 30.

QUERQUEDULA DISCORS, (L.) Steph.—Blue-winged Teal.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Wing-coverts in both sexes sky-blue, the greater white-tipped; middle quill-mark-
ings green, white-tipped; armpits and most under wing-coverts white; shoulders
striped with tawny and blue (not in the 9) or dark green; fore breast barred; rump
and tail dark, plain; under tail-coverts dark or black; bill black; feet not dark.
Head and neck of ¢ blackish-plumbeous, darkest on the crown, usually with purplish
iridescence, a white crescent in front of the eye; under parts thickly dark-spotted ;
9 with head and neck altogether different; under parts much paler and obscurely
spotted, but known by the wing-markings from any species here treated of, but difii-
cult to distinguish from the @ of the species known as the ‘‘ Cinnamon” Teal: 15-16;
wing 7; tail 3; bill 14-12.

Arrives about the 1st of May, but, like all the migratory birds, it
varies with the season, being sometimes as early as the 1st of April, but
is seldom later than the middle of May; is very common, and breeds in

all the sloughs over the Coteau; takes its departure about October 10.

SPATULA CLYPEATA, (L.) Boie.—Shoveller ; Spoon-bill Duck.

Sexes are not alike in ebtie!

Bill twice as wide at the end as at the base, ratte very numerous and prominent
plates. Head and neck of ¢ green; fore breast peere belly purplish chestnut; wing-
coverts blue; middle quill-marking green, ealer sal with black and ee. some
‘shoulders blue, others green, all white-striped; bill blackish; feet red. 9 known by
bill and wings. 20; wing 94; bill 24-23.

This Duck is very abundant in all the lakes and sloughs on the“ Coteau
des Prairies” from April 18 until October 30; breeds throughout its
range.

The specimen measures as follows:
No. 682, 9, 27.25 x 17.75; wing 8.60; tail 3.50.

AIX SPONSA, (L.) Boie—Summer Duck ; Wood Duck.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Crested; head iridescent green and purple, with parallel-curved white stripes over
and back of eyes, and a broad, forked, white throat-patch; 9 with the head mostly
gray: 18-20; wing 83-93; tail 44-5; bill13}. Nests in trees.

A single specimen of this beautiful Duck was killed near the post in
the summer of 1874 by Captain Pearson of the Seventeenth Infantry. '
‘This is the only Wood Duck I have seen among the many thousands
annually killed at this post.

FULIGULA MARILA, (L.) Steph.— Greater Scaup Duck; Big Blackhead. —
Sexes are not alike in color.
This and the following described Ducks belong to the subfamily Butiginied (Sea

Ducks), and are distin: vishe d generally from the preceding by having the hind toe with

amembranous flap depending therefrom, larger feet, shorter legs, &c. ¢ with the head,

neck, and body anteriorly, black, the former glossy-green; lower neck, rump, tail and
ats coverts, blackish; below, white, with fine black waving on the sides and lower
pelly; bill dull blue with black nail; legs plumbeous; middle quill-marking white.
© with the head and anterior parts brown, with the face pure white or not, and other
black parts of the g rather brown, the black and white vermiculation less distinct.
About 20 inches long; wing 9. |

SAPS

.

No.1.) M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 99

Arrives April 19, and resting a few days resumes its long northern
flight. Returns about the Ist of October in some numbers, and finally
disappears, for the season, October 31.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 653, 2, 29.00 x 18.00.

FULIGULA AFFINIS, Eyton.—Lesser Scaup Duck; Little Blackhead.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Extremely similar to the last: smaller, about 16; wing 8; gloss of head chiefly pur-
ple. Q asin the last species. It is very difficult to define this bird specifically, and
it may be simply a small southern form; but it appears to preserve its characters,
although constantly associated with the last.

For my own part, I am inclined to keep the two separate; for, as I have
observed it, the Little Blackhead maintains its characters under all cir-
cumstances: I have seen it associated with the Greater in feeding, but
when disturbed and put to flight the two species will be found separate.

Arrives about the same time and follows the same course as the pre-
ceding species does; is much more abundant, however, during October
than that Duck is.

The specimen measures as follows: !

No. 627, ¢, 27.75 x 17.00; wing 8.00; tarsus 1.47; bill 1.60.

FULIGULA FERINA AMERICANA, (Eyton) Coues.—American Pochard;
Redhead.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Bill dull blue, with a black belt at the-end, broad and depressed, shorter than head
(2 or less), the nostrils within its basal half; color of head rich pure chestnut, with
bronzy or red reflection, of back, mixed silvery-gray and black in about equal amount,
the dark waved lines unbroken; body anteriorly, rump, and tail-coverts black. 9
head and neck pale brown; body darker brown, with other markings of the back,
sides, and shoulders less distinct than the $; middle quills bluish-ash. Length about
20; wing 9-10.

Arrives about April 15 and remains until October 30; breeds in con-
siderable numbers in the deeper sloughs on the “‘ Coteau des Prairies,” at
first not very abundant; it begins to receive accessions to its numbers
from further north about the middle of September, and by the 1st of
October large flocks of the Redheads are common; finally departs for

the season about October 31.
- The specimen measures as follows:
No. 635, 3, 30.50 x 19.50; wing 9.50; tail 3.00; tars. 1.55; m.t. & claw 2.80; bill 1.95.

FULIGULA VALLISNERIA, (Wils.) Steph.—COanvas-back Duck.
' Sexes are not alike in color.

Bill blackish, high at the base and narrow throughout, not shorter than head (23 or
more), the nostrils at its middle; head much obscured with dusky ; black waved lines
of the back sparse and much broken up into dots, the whitish thus predominating ;
© varies as in the last species.

_ Many persons experience difficulty in distinguishing between the Red-
head and Canvas-back Ducks; careful attention to the foregoing descrip-

100 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. v.

tions will enable any person to identify all his specimens, with possibly
the exception of some immature ? specimens; but as the two species
are seen in Dakota, instances of this will be very rare indeed.

This Duck arrives about April 15, and I think it probable that a very
few remain in this vicinity and breed, but the greater majority continue
their northern flight with little more than a passing notice of this region
at this season; returns in the early part of September and gradually
inereases in numbers until the middle of October; takes its final de-
parture for the year about October 39.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 676, 9, 31.00 x 20.75; wing 9.10; tail 3.00.

BUCEPHALA CLANGULA, (L.) Coues.—Golden-eye.

Sexes are not alike in color.

$ with the head and upper neck glossy dark green, and a white oval or rounded
spot between the bill and eye, not touching the base of the bill throughout; white
continuous on outer surface of wing; bill very high at base, black with pale or yellow
end, and nostrils in anterior half; feet orange; webs dusky; eyes yellow; head uni-
formly puffy; lower neck all around, under parts including sides, most of the shoul-
ders, wing-coverts, and middle quills white; lining of wings and armpits dark; most
of upper parts black; no waving on back and sides. 9 head less puffy, snuffy brown,
no white patch in front of eye, and less white on the wings. Length 16-19; wing 8.

Arrives about April 15 and soon passes on to the north. About Oc-
tober 1 returns in considerable numbers, and remains until October 30.

BUCEPHALA ISLANDICA, (Gm.) Bd.—Barrow’s Golden-eye.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Very similar to the last species; gloss of head purplish and violet, the spot between
the bill and eye larger, triangular or crescentic, applied against the whole side of the
bill at base; white on surface of wing divided by a dark bar: rather larger than the
last; 19-22; wing 9-10; feathers at back of head lengthened into a slight crest; bill
shorter. ¢ probably not distinguishable with certainty from that of the foregoing,
unless by the dark bar on the wing.

Is seen here only during the spring migrations. Arrives about April
15 and remains for a few days; several specimens have been taken at
this time. Does not appear to pass this region during the fall.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 652, Q, 27.50 x 17.00.

BUCEPHALA ALBEOLA, (L.) Bd.—Bufile-head Duck.

_ Sexes are not alike in ae

é with the head particularly puffy, of varied rich iridescence, with a large white
ear-patch, confluent with its fellow on the nape: small, 14-16; wing 7-8; bill 1, with
nostrils in basalhalf. © still smaller, an insignificant-looking Slee with head scarcely
putty, dark gray, with traces of ie white ear-patch.

Arrives April 9 and in a few days departs; returns ben the mile
of September to remain until October 22. During the fall is quite com-
mon, but is not seen in any large numbers in the spring.

- The specimen measures as follows:

No. 687, $, 23.25 x 14.50; wing 7.00.

No. 1] M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 101

ERISMATURA RUBIDA, (Wils.) Bp.— Ruddy Duck.

Sexes are not alike in color.

Remarkably distinguished from the other Sea Ducks (with the exception of the St.
Domingo Duck) by the stiffened, narrow, tapering tail-feathers (16-20 in number), ex-
posed to the base by reason of extreme shortness of the coverts; bill broad, flattened,
the nail large, overhanging. The ¢ in perfect plumage, with the neck all round and
the upper parts brownish-red, the lower parts silky silvery-white watered with dusky,
the chin and sides of the head dead white, the crown and nape black, but not often
seen in this condition in the United States as generally observed, and the @ at all
times brown above, finely dotted and waved with dusky, paler and duller below, with
darker undulations and sometimes a slight tawny tinge, as also occurs on the sides of
the head; crown and nape dark brown; bill dusky; under tail-coverts always white.
Length 14-17; wing 5-6.

A few specimens of this Duck in full plumage have been taken here
during June. It is, however, rare, occurring only during the spring
migrations.

The specimen measures as follows:

No. 662, ¢, 20.00 x 15.25.
MERGUS MERGANSER, Linn.—Fishing Duck.

At any time from April 10 until October 30, this Duck can be seen in
the lakes and sloughs on the ‘Coteau des Prairies” in numbers.
The flesh of this and the following Duck are not fit for the table, as
they feed to a great extent on fish.

MERGUS CUCULLATUS, Linn.—Hooded Merganser.

Is seen for about a week from April 10, and then passes further north
to return about October 1 in small numbers; disappears October 30.
The specimen measures as follows:

No. 632, 2, 25.00 x 18.00.

PELECANID A.
PELECANUS TRACHYRHYNCHUS, Lath.— White Pelican.

Arrives April 20, and the greater majority pass north, but quite a
number spend the summer here. During the fall migrations it again
becomes quite common ; finally departs for the season October 30.

PHALACROCORACID &.

GRACULUS DILOPHUS, (Sw.) Gray.—Double-crested Cormorant.

Is found in the larger lakes in this vicinity from April 18 until Octo-
ber 30, in considerable numbers; breeds here.

LARIDZ.

LARUS ARGENTATUS SMITHSONIANUS, Coues.—American Herring Gull.
Arrives about the Sth of April, to remain until October 30; is com-
mon and breeds here.
The specimens measure as follows:
No. 611, 9, 51.25x20.75; wing 15.00; tail 6.25. Stomach loaded with worms.
No. 661, 2, 50.5021.08; wing 15.00; tail 6.00.

102 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

LARUS ATRICILLA, Linn.—Laughing Gull.

Is found in this region from April 8 until October 30, in large num-
bers; breeds here.
The specimen measures as follows:

No. 622, ¢, 35.30X 15.50; wing 11.50; tail 4.61; bill 1.27, at base 0.40, at gonys 0.34;
tarsus 1.76.

LARUS FRANKLINI, Rich.—Franklin’s Rosy Gull. .

Arrives April 8, and remains until the lakes in this vincinity close,
which generally occurs by the end of October; is common, but not quite
so abundant as the preceding species.

STERNA FORSTERI, Nutt.—Jorster’s Tern.

Arrives April 20,.and remains until October 1; very common and
breeds here.

STERNA HIRUNDO, Auct.—Common Tern.

Is found here in large numbers from April 20 until about the 1st of
October; breeds here. Is ever on the wing hovering over the lakes in
Search of its food.

The specimens measure as follows:

No. 623, 9, 29.25% 15.25; wing 10.75; tail 7.20; tarsus 0.97; bill 1.39, at base 0.43,
at gonys 0.43.

No. 624, g, 29.50 x 15.50; wing 10.75; tail 7.25; tarsus 0.93; bill 1.53, at base 0.42,
at gonys 0.42.
HYDROCHELIDON LARIFORMIS, (L.). Coues.— Black Tern.

Is very common from April 20 until the beginning of October, about
which time it departs south. Breeds here.

The specimen measures as follows :

No. 636, ¢, 23.00X 9.75; wing 8.50; tail 3.17; tars. 0.65; m. t. & claw 0.95; bill 1.05.

« COLYMBID 4i.

COLYMBUS TORQUATUS, Briinn.—Great Northern Loon.

The Great Northern Loon or Diver passes north in the early spring. A
very few remain in this vicinity during the period the lakes are open,
but the great majority pass on, and, returning October 1, are then seen
in large numbers until October 39.

PODICIPIDA.

ALCHMOPHORUS OCCIDENTALIS, (Lawr.) Coues.— Western Grebe.

Is occasionally seen during the migrations, but not in any numbers.
I have secured but a single specimen of this Grebe, as its flight is gen-
erally at a considerable height.

PODILYMBUS PODICEPS, (L.) Lawr.—Pied-billed Grebe.

Arrives about May 1, and remains until October 27; is common in all
the smaller lakes, which it seems to prefer, and it breeds in the tall

No. 1.] M‘CHESNEY ON BIRDS OF DAKOTA. 103

grass surrounding them. This Grebe is certainly one of the clumsiest
birds on the wing with which I am acquainted, appearing incapable of
sustaining any prolonged flight, so much so, indeed, as to be a matter
of surprise how it ever makes its extended migrations. The Indians
do not believe this bird ever leaves any locality, stating that, as cold
weather comes on and the lakes freeze over, this Grebe is transformed
into a muskrat, and in that state passes the winter, returning to his
Grebe condition when spring returns.

Recapitulation of Species Treated.

: No. of . No. of
eenalye species. Family. species.
PAIRING 9B se safe ctois sei Se Ses sie e siejacain oe Soe @athartid ire. sacceceasosce cleensmcceeece 1
Saxicolidwe= 522-5225. || Colambidsar.-2 se oeee soe. saan eee ee 2
Pari d ees see 1 || Tetraonidw......... 6
Troglodytids 2 || Charadriide -.-.-.- a
Alaudide .... 1 || Hematopide -.-... 1
Sylvicolide .-. 12 || Recurvirostride .. 1
Hirundinide - 5 || Phalaropodide ..- 1
Vireonide -.- 2 || Scolopacide ......-- 19
SAMI GeO Maat each a cert oece ew taosicee ee i, | PAT era case at tte ys Lae yee AE 4
Fringillid@ .....---.-------------------- a PCHIECE B erob (BE 0) Sryeyes oa ote ca ee eer Seer oo 2
SHC GETS Ae eae oe 8s Sonia corse Winieielwle cSrsiclnwieja' Ge BRANT eae tess AON aes eR Re oe as 2)
COLE TIES) es Se a 9 aa a EN ee ee Bo |PAnatidmeete Ue enceccemac see ccaisicela aise 22
Ploy MAINO eae eisiocseraseieiee s sisicsjere == a= Szllpbelicanidseesescsc noses ke ace eeneccact a
Caprimulord ss ss-2 3a sncee cise sin sa os i) | *Phalacrocoracidp2s.--------5 1 5 3----- 1
MTOCHMICB Hes ce cas ccmsstceeeessisse sce cise Pel | Barada Set. 2h 5 sacs ot wean i acekenes 6
Cire nbidsais en eee een d eyes Seece cine mele \CColumpidal. j-ccaoet ao snes ee eee ec eease 1
NCU GS). ance SCOURS cone ReOB OC SOBEL USaSecE Sul OdICipidDi se seen cctetsomiccee ons sate 2
Simimeid p)sse-s2" cise e ssecanee sees cess 5s 2
pHa COMIC) soe eae dae one sine ces ceisdsicss 11 Motalesaeeei cect ece we pease meteclsee 155

Notre.—Information received from Dr. McChesney since the foregoing article was
prepared, enables me to add two species to the list, namely:

PINICOLA ENUCLEATOR, (L.) V., and
AEGIOTHUS LINARIA, (L.) Cab.,

thus raising the number of Fringillid@ to 19, and the total to 157.—E. C.

Art. V.—Paleomtological Papers No. 9: Fossils of
the Jura-Trias of Southeastern Idaho.

By C. A. White, MI. D.

In Southeastern Idaho and the adjacent portion of Wyoming, numer-
ous exposures of strata are reported by the field-geologists, which are,
or are assumed to be, equivalent with those which, in the Western Ter-
ritories, have, by common consent, been assigned to the Jurassic period,
or, more recently, they have received the designation of Jura-Trias, in
consequence of the growing opinion that no paleontological plane of de-
markation exists among those strata of the Western Territories which
have hitherto been assigned respectively to the Jurassic and Triassic
periods. Ata part of the localities above mentioned, some species of
fossils occur which have for many years been especially assigned to the
Jurassic, but those particular species do not occur with other fossils at
some of the other localities. The species referred to are, for example,
Pentacrinus asteriscus Meek and Hayden, Belemnites densus M. & H.,
Humicrotis curta Hall, Camptonectes bellistriatus M. & H., &e. At others
of the localities above referred to, notably those which are especially
considered in the following paragraphs, the fossils are mostly or entirely
of new species.

Among the exposures of Jura-Trias strata in the district here indi-
cated (and they are numerous and comparatively small in consequence
of the great disturbance which they, together with their associated
strata, have suffered), there are three localities which are especially
interesting, because the strata there exposed contain not only a number
of new forms, but because some of the types in which those forms are
expressed are such as in Europe are regarded as characteristic of the
Trias. For convenience of reference, these localities are designated as
Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

Locality No. 1 is in Idaho, about sixty-five miles north of the bound-
ary line between that Territory and Utah, about eighteen miles west of
the boundary line between Idaho and Wyoming, and about five miles
south of John Gray’s lake. The region embracing this and neighbor-
ing localities has not yet been visited by myself, but Dr. A. C. Peale,
geologist of one of the surveying parties, in whose district for 1877 the
locality especially referred to occurs, has examined it briefly, and fur-
nishes the data for the following section at locality No. 1, the member

A being the highest of the series. ie
= o

106 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Yol. V.

' The strata at this locality have been much displaced, the dip being to
the southwestward and at an angle of about 55°. At the southern por-
tion of the exposures of the strata of this locality, however, the strike
curves to the eastward, so that the dip is then to the southward and the
angle lessened; but the details of this subject will be embraced in Dr.
Peale’s final report, and also briefly in Art. VI, pp. 119-123.

Section at Locality No. 1.

A.—Alternating limestones and arenaceous shales; outcrops obscure.
The following fossils were obtained from near the top of this mem-
ber: Yerebratula semisimplex White, T. augusta Hall and Whit-
field, Aviculopecten idahoensis Meek, Gervillia ?, and an 71,000 feet.
undetermined Conchifer.
B.—Limestones; outcrops somewhat obscure. The fossils are: Lumicrotis
curta Hall and Aviculopecten idahoensis Meek.
C.—Greenish and reddish fossiliferous sandstones, followed by arenaceous
shales and limestones. The fossils are: Aviculopecten pealet White 850 feet.
and three or four undetermined species of Conchifers. x
D.—Bluish-gray limestones, with fossils near their base. The fossils are >|
Meekoceras gracilitatis White, M. mushbachanus W., Arcestes? cirratus | 700 feet.
W., Arcestes? ?, Arcestes? (another species), and Lumicrotis *

curta Hall.
E.—Reddish and greenish laminated sandstones......-----. .--2-)-------- 400 feet.
F.—Very dark blue linn estone) 222 gecieee a = dwlato oe asieelaeteietecta ayaa ; 800 feet.
Ge Wihtte quartzite as someoses. - se Paki Saale tele leimie mite leit et einai oleate
H.—Massive grayish-blue limestones ..---. ...--. 22-222 2-22. 2e ne wen ne -- 400 feet.

At locality No. 2, which is about fifteen miles a little east of south
from locality No. 1, occurs another limited exposure of limestone strata,
which are equivalent in part with those of locality No. 1, and which
there occupy a synclinal axis. From these strata, Meekoceras aplanatum
White and MW. gracilitatis W. were obtained. The presence there of the
latter species indicates the equivalency of those strata with member D
of the foregoing section, because numerous examples of that species
were obtained from that member of the section.

About the same distance as before (15 miles), almost due west from
locality No. 1, is locality No. 3, the strata being calcareous sandstones.
From these strata, Dr. Peale brings Aviculopecten idahoensis Meek and
A. altus White, examples of the former species being somewhat abundant.
This species occurs in both A and B of the foregoing section, with which
members the strata of locality No. 3 are doubtless equivalent. Mr. Meek’s
types of this species, which he referred to the Jurassic, were obtained
several years ago by Dr. Peale in Lincoln Valley, near Fort Hall, about
fifty miles northwestward from locality No.1. So far as I am aware,
the species has not been discovered elsewhere, and it may therefore be
regarded as a common associate of the Cephalopods herein described. ~

The relations of the strata of the three localities here discussed with
those which precede and follow them in natural order have not been so
completely studied as could be desired, but Dr. Peale regards members F,

AS a

No. 1.] WHITE ON JURA-TRIAS FOSSILS OF IDAHO. 107

G, and H of the foregoing section as of Carboniferous age, although he
did not obtain any fossils from either of those three lower members at that
locality, and he also thinks the horizon of these fossiliferous beds is be-
neath the so-called Red Beds. The fossiliferous strata of the three locali-
ties herein especially considered contain all the new fossil forms which are
described in this paper, together with the three following identified spe-
cies, namely, Terebratula augusta Hall and Whitfield, Aviculopecten idaho-
ensis Meek, and Humicrotis curta Hall. No other species besides these
and the eight new ones, and no other localities except the three specially
designated in foregoing paragraphs, will be considered in the present
paper, but it is intended that these strata, together with their equiva-
lents and associates in that region, shall be carefully studied at the
earliest opportunity. One object in presenting these few species only
in the present paper, is, that they embrace all the forms which are now
known to be associated with these interesting Cephalopods of Triassie¢
type.

From our present knowledge of the subject, it seems that the strata
containing the fossils herein described and noticed belong at or near the
base. of the series which in the Western Territories has latterly been
generally designated as the Jura-Trias, but it is noticeable that the Red
, Beds, which have been so generally assigned to the Trias, are wanting
here, although Dr. Peale now thinks they are present not many miles
away, and, as before said, that they oceupy an immediately succeeding
horizon. It is probable that we may yet find satisfactory data for separa-
ting the strata which carry the fossils described and noticed in this paper,
together with their equivalent strata elsewhere, as distinctively Triassic,
from the other strata which have been so generally regarded as repre-
senting the Jurassic of Europe; but until more detailed studies can be
made, I prefer to use for all of them the provisional designation of Jura-
Trias. It is worthy of observation in this connection that none of the
well-known species which have been generally regarded as certainly of
Jurassic age, except Humicrotis curta, occur associated with any of the
fossils embraced in this paper. It seems evident from Dr. Peale’s ob-
servations that those well known Jurassic species occupy a higher hor-
izon; and it also seems evident, from the frequent mention which £.
curta has received from the various geologists of the Western surveys
and explorations, that this species has a wide geographical and great
vertical range ; and, furthermore, that it is associated with both Jurassi¢
and Triassic types. It should also be remarked that the Terebratula,
here identified, not without some doubt, as T. augusta Hall and Whit-
field, is referred by those authors to the Jurassic.

According to European standards, the Cephalopods here described
are unquestionably of Triassic types, and, as pointed out by Professor
Hyatt in following remarks, they have more resemblance to certain
Cephalopods of the Muschelkalk of Europe than to any other. Thisis an
interesting and somewhat unexpected circumstance, since the only other

108 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

Cephalopod forms from strata of the Western Territories which have
been assigned to the Trias as distinct from the Jura have been regarded
as especially representing the horizon of the St. Cassian, Aussee, and
Hallstadt deposits of Europe. The fossils referred to are those which
were obtained from the West Humboldt Range, Nevada, and described
by Gabb in Vol. I of the Paleontology of California, and by Meek and
Hyatt in Vol. IV of the United States Geological Survey of the For-
tieth Parallel.

Having recognized the unique character and Triassic type of these
Cephalopods, and the fact that, although closely related to typical Cera-
tites, they presented some important generic modifications, I desired the
opinion of Prof. Alpheus Hyatt, whose excellent and exhaustive labors
upon this class of fossils are so well known. I therefore forwarded them
to him for examination, and have received from him the notes which,
on the following pages, appear in quotation-marks above his initials.
Professor Hyatt proposes one new genus, which has not only important
and significant relations with other genera, but the fact js an interesting
one that with its first and only discovery three strictly conforming, but
well-differentiated species, were found associated together, indicating
thereby the permanent establishment of that generic form.

BRACHIOPODA.
Genus TEREBRATULA Llhwyd.

TEREBRATULA SEMISIMPLEX White.—Shell small, obovate or sub-
elliptical in marginal outline; width less than the length; cardinal slopes
gently convex or faintly angular; margins of the shell obtuse; both
valves somewhat regularly and nearly equally convex; beak of ventral
valve moderately prominent, with the usual curvature over that of the
ventral valve, and with the usual apical perforation. Shell-struecture
minutely punctate. Surface of both valves marked by numerous small
radiating plications, sometimes slightly irregular in size, with about
equally wide spaces between. These plications never reach the beaks,
and.sometimes extend only a short distance from the margins; the
remainder of the surface being plain, or marked only by faint lines of
growth.

Length, 14 millimeters; breadth, 11 millimeters; thickness, 9 milli-
meters. (

The form and more especially the plications of this shell give it the
appearance of a Rhynchonella, but its punctate structure forbids its ref-
erence to that genus. Perhaps it is really a Waldheimia; but as the in-
ternal structure is not yet known, it is at present referred to Terebratula.

Position and locality—Jura-Trias strata, member A of the foregoing
section; at locality No. 1, Southeastern Idaho. Collected by Dr. A. C.
Peale. .

TEREBRATULA AUGUSTA, Halland Whitfield.—Among the collections |

No. 1.] WHITE ON JURA-TRIAS FOSSILS OF IDAHO. 109

made at locality No. 1 there are several examples of another species of
Terebratula which were obtained from member A of the foregoing section,
the same member from which 7. semisimplex was obtained, but it comes
from a different, although near layer. These possibly belong to a new
Species, but they answer too closely to the figures and description of T.
augusta, aS given by Hall and Whitfield in Vol. IV of the United States
Geological Survey of the Fortieth Parallel, to make it advisableat present
to propose anew name. ‘The original locality of 7. augusta is at Sho-
Shone Springs, Augusta Mountains, Nevada; and the strata from which
it comes are assigned to the Jurassic in the reports just cited. Collected
by Dr. A. C. Peale.

CONCHIFERA.
Genus AVICULOPECTEN McCoy.

AVICULOPECTEN PEALEI White.—Shell, exclusive of the ears, sub-
ovate in marginal outline; obliquity of the axis to the hinge-line back-
ward, and forming with it an angle of about 70 degrees; hinge-margin
not quite as long as the greatest transverse diameter of the body of the
Shell. Left valve moderately convex, the convexity being nearly uni-
form, except in the umbonal region, where it is, as usual, greatest ; beak
moderately prominent, incurved, and elevated slightly above the hinge-
margin; anterior ear moderately large, prominent, extending as far for-
ward as the front margin of the shell, distinct from the body of the
Shell, but not separated from it by a distinct auricular furrow ; its antero-
inferior border convex, sloping backward to a moderately deep, angular,
byssal notch; front margin of the valve regularly convex; antero-basal
margin convex, but not quite so much so as the front; postero-basal
margin somewhat abruptly rounded up to the nearly straight posterior
margin. Posterior ear moderately large, but not quite so prominent as
the anterior ear, moderately distinct from the body of the shell, its pos-
terior margin forming nearly a right angle with the hinge-margin, and
a very obtuse one with the posterior margin of the body of the shell.
Surface marked by numerous raised radiating lines and small coste, the
~ latter being less numerous than the former, and differing from them only
in being larger, all of them being slightly undulating in their direction
from the umbo toward the margin. Near the margins three or four of
the lines occupy each of the spaces between the cost. Both ears are
marked by radiating raised lines similar to those on the body of the
shell, but they are more numerous and finer on the posterior ear than on
the anterior. Crossing these radiating lines and cost, there are numer-
ous fine, but distinct, concentric lines, and some larger wrinkles of
growth. Right valve unknown.

Height from base to beak, 37 millimeters; antero-posterior diameter
of the body of the shell, 33 millimeters; length of hinge-margin, 28 mil-
limeters.

110 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Ve

Position and locality —Jura-Trias strata, member C of the foregoing
section; Southeastern Idaho. Collected by Dr. A. C. Peale.

AVICULOPECTEN ALTUS White.—Shell, exclusive of the ears, sub-
ovate in marginal outline; axis almost perpendicular to the hinge-margin,
or having a very slight backward obliquity; hinge-margin shorter than
the greatest transverse diameter of the body of the shell. Right valve
depressed-convex, the convexity being nearly uniform in all parts, except
the umbonal region, where it is, as usual, greatest; beak small, moder-
ately narrow, pointed, and projecting very slightly above the sane -mar-
gin; anterior ear moderately large, its anterior point extending about
as far forward as the front of the shell, not very distinctly separated
from the body of the shell, its anterior pannier broadly and not deeply
notched; front margin aay straight from the shallow notch of the
anterior ear to a point a little below the mid-height of the shell, from which
point the margin is rounded with considerable regularity to the poste-
rior side; from that side the margin is a little more abruptly rounded to
the base of the posterior ear, the outer margin of which forms nearly a
right angle with the-hinge-margin. Posterior ear small, distinct from
the body of the shell, but not separated from it by an auricular furrow.
' Surface marked by numerous radiating raised lines and costa, which
are irregularly undulating in their direction, the latter being more
numerous than the lines, the two differing from each other only in size.
The surface of the anterior ear is faintly marked by numerous fine
radiating raised lines, but the surface of the posterior ear is apparently
unmarked except by fine lines of growth. Crossing these radiate mark-
ings, there are concentric lines and wrinkles of growth. Left valve
unknown.

Height from base to beak, 55 millimeters; antero-posterior diameter,

43 millimeters ; length of He oe. margin, 28 millimeters.

_ This species bears considerable resemblance to the one just before
described; but it differs from it in its much greater proportionate height,
its almost perpendicular axis, its shorter hinge-margin, smaller posterior
ear, and in having the heavier radiating lines or costa more numerous
in proportion to the smaller lines.

Position and locality—Jura-Trias strata; locality No. 3 of the intro-
ductory portion of this paper, Southeastern Idaho. Collected by Dr.
A. C. Peale.

AVICULOPECTEN IDAHOENSIS, Meek.—Associated with the species
last described; and also from members A and B of the section at local-
ity No. 1, a number of examples of A. idahoensis were obtained. The
type-specimens of this species, as before stated, were obtained at a
locality in Lincoln Valley, about 50 miles northwestward from locality
No.1. Meek’s description of it isin Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for
1871, p. 374.

This species and the two herein described as new much resemble each

No. 1.] WHITE ON JURA-TRIAS FOSSILS OF IDAHO. 111

other in their surface-markings, and are evidently all strictly con generic;
but it is probable, as Meek a suggested in relation to A. i ae,
that neither of them will be found to conform strictly with the typical
examples of Aviculopecten. Their reference to that genus is therefore
to be regarded as provisional only in this instance.

CEPHALOPODA.

Five species of Cephalopods, and perhaps six, are represented among
_ the collections brought in from localities No. 1 and No. 2, three of which
belong to the genus here proposed by Professor Hyatt, and the others
probably to Arcestes. The following are Professor Hyatt’s diagnostic
remarks upon the proposed new genus.

Genus MEEKOCERAS* Hyatt.

‘‘These species, so far as they go, are unlike the Ceratites of any
foreign locality, but have more resemblance to the Muschelkalk than to
the St. Cassian or Hallstadt faunas. They possess in common one char-
acteristic which separates every species from the typical forms of Eu-
ropean Ceratites. There are but three distinct lateral cells and two
lateral lobes besides the finer auxiliary lobes and cells. This occurs in
the most involute species—‘C” [M. gracilitatis], as well as in the least
involute—‘A” [M. aplanatum]. This characteristic would be of no small
value in any group, but in this one it is unusually constant in spite of
the great differences of form and the variations in breadth of the sides
of the whorls between the different species. The typical Ceratites, the
C. nodosus and C. semipartitus, have at least four distinct lateral cells
and lobes besides the auxiliary ones, and the distinction is slight be-
tween the two series. In this genus, on the contrary, the auxiliary series,
when present, is not divided from the third lateral cell by a distinct lobe
as in Ceratites, and the aspect of the third lateral cell is often like that
of a Goniatites. The auxiliary series is of course not present in the less
involute and narrower sided forms, such as “A” [M. aplanatum], and
Amm. parcus, Amm. boydianus, and Amm. ottonis, as figured by von
Buch; and Ceratites carbonarius Waagen. These and the Goniatites
levidorsatus Gabb (which I have in Meek’s report on the Paleontology
of the Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel erroneously referred to Clydonites) are
quite distinct, but the adult sutures of the latter are not known and its
position is therefore uncertain.

“The compressed whorls of all the species is of course a characteristic
which is obvious when they are contrasted with typical Ceratites, as is
also the absence, or merely transient appearance, of heavy nodes and
ribs, except perhaps in the least involute species, if levidorsatus be
found to belong to this genus. The young shells appear to be quite dis-
tinct from the young shells of the true Ceratites so far as these have

* ‘Dedicated to the memory of my friend F. B. Meek as some slight testimony of
my respect for his works and regret for his loss.”—(A. H.)

112 BULLETIN UNITED STATES: GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

been compared, though no exact observations could be made for want of
good specimens of the young of true Ceratites.”—(A. H.)

MEEKOCERAS APLANATUM White.—Shell compressed-discoidal, hav-
ing the peripheral or siphonal side of the outer volution flattened, that
of the inner volutions being a little rounded, and although narrow, its
breadth is considerable as compared with the slight transverse diameter
of the volutions; umbilicus open, shallow, its width in the adult being
about equal to that of the greatest vertical diameter of the outer volu-
tion, but it appears to have been proportionally wider in young exam-
ples; volutions flattened-convex on their sides, but their inner edges
are abruptly rounded inward to meet the next volution; all the volu-
tions slightly embracing, the inner ones apparently more slightly than
the outer. Siphonal cell of the septa, near the outer portion of the
largest example obtained, small; the outer, middle, and inner lateral
cells larger, regularly and plainly rounded and of about equal size; the
outer lateral lobe of about the same size as the lateral cells, bearing at »
its rounded extremity five or six small digitations of uniform size; inner
lateral lobe smaller than the outer, bearing about four digitations like
those of the outer one; ventral lobe very small, about equal in size with
the ventral or siphonal cell, and apparently simply notched at the end;
no auxiliary lobes or cells apparent in the examples yet discovered. Sur-
face of the outer volution nearly plain, but the sides of the small inner
volutions marked by moderately distinct transverse ridges.

Diameter of the coil of the largest example in the collection, 60 milli-
meters ; extreme vertical diameter of the outer volution, 22 millimeters ;
tranverse diameter of the same, 12 millimeters.

Position and locality—Jura-Trias strata; locality No. 2 of the preced-
ing pages, Southeastern Idaho. Collected by Dr. A. C. Peale.

Professor Hyatt makes the following remarks upon this species:

“This species belongs to that group of this genus in which the shells
have but a slight amount of involution, and possess also the narrow and
numerous whorls which are the invariable accompaniments of this char-
acteristic in all the Ammonitoids and Nautiloids. The resemblance to
Amm. parcus von Buch* is very close so far as the outlines of the sutures
are concerned, but the sides are too flat, the umbilical shoulder very —
abrupt, and the siphonal side flattened. There is an equally close resem-
blance to Ceratites carbonarius Waagen,t but here again the siphonal
side is flatter and the involution greater, the last whorl at the same size
as in the largest one figured being broader on the side. The septal
sutures are, however, very similar.

“The young, when of the same size, are very similar to the figure of —
Goniatites levidorsatus Gabb,t but when larger, as in Meek’s figure, §
ry * Ueber, Ceratiten. Abhand. Akad. d. Wissensch. 1848, pl. ee

tMemoirs Geol. Surv. India, Pal. vol. ix, art. 4, pl. 1.

¢Pal. Geol. Surv. California, vol. 1, pl. 3.
§ Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, vol. iv, pl. x.

No. 1.] WHITE ON JURA-TRIAS FOSSILS OF IDAHO. nals:

very considerable differences appear. The levidorsatus being a heavily
ribbed shell, even when quite large, with a rounded abdominal side ;
though here again I doubt if the sutures differ much.

“The young shell of species “A” [Meekoceras aplanatum] has rounded,
smooth whorls, which increase very slowly by growth, and are full half
an inch in diameter before the sides and abdomen (siphonal side) begin
to show the flatness which characterizes the adult. At about this size
also the whorls grow perceptibly broader in proportion on the sides,
and the amount of involution increases gradually until it covers about
one-third of the side, in a specimen about two and a half inches in diam-
eter; the umbilical shoulder also changes at the same time, becoming
abrupt and subangular.

‘In some specimens there are indications of nodes on the sides, and
in some the young until a late period are distinctly ribbed, the ribs
being thick straight folds, reaching across the sides, but not up on to
the siphonal side (abdomen).

“The age at which the serrations of the lobes appear could not be
seen, but great caution should be exercised in this group in describing
these characteristics, since they are liable to disappear with the removal
of the shell, on account of their shallowness. Thus a full-grown shell
may be readily mistaken for a Goniatite; or the young, before the ser-
rations appear, for one of that genus.”—(A. H.)

MEEKOCERAS MUSHBACHANUS* White.—Shell compressed-discoidal,
having the peripheral side abruptly rounded ; umbilicus open, shallow,
about two-thirds as wide as the breadth of the outer volution in the
adult, and proportionally narrower in the young; volutions flattened-
convex on their sides, the convexity merging gradually into that of the
peripheral side, but upon the umbilical side the volutions, especially
the outer one, are abruptly shouldered ; volutions in the young distinctly
embracing, but the amount of involution increasing with the growth of
the shell, so that the outer one embraces nearly one half of the next
adjacent; siphonal cell of the septa, at or near adult size of the shell,
small, wedge-shaped, narrowing toward the front end, where it is slightly
notched; middle and outer lateral cells of nearly equal size, larger than
any of the lobes, except in some cases the outer lateral one, somewhat
abruptly rounded in front; inner lateral cell smaller than either of the
other lateral ones, its inner anterior border a little more abruptly
rounded than elsewhere; ventral and outer lateral lobes nearly equal in
size, or the former a little the larger than the latter; their sides nearly
Straight and their ends subtruncate, that of the ventral lobe bear-
ing six or seven narrow, prominent digitations, and that of the outer
lateral lobe eight or nine; the inner lateral lobe about half as wide as
the outer lateral, but otherwise similar; auxiliary lobes and cells
between the inner lateral cell and the inner edge of the volution fou

*The specific name is given in honor of Mr. J. E. Mushbach, assistant topographer,
who first discovered the species.

Bull. vy, 1 8

114 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

each, irregular in size and shape, but all much smaller than the lateral
lobes and cells; the auxiliary lobes much resembling the digitations of
the lateral lobes. Surface in adult shells showing the usual lines of
growth and strong transverse wrinkles, some of which assume a slight
degree of regularity as transverse ridges; but in the case of the young
these ridges, although not prominent, are distinct, and almost the same
as in the young of WM. aplanatwm. 9

Diameter of the coil of the largest example in the collection, 118 mil.
limeters; that of a smaller, but more perfect one, 95 millimeters;
breadth or vertical diameter of the outer volution of the same, 43 milli-
meters; transverse diameter of the same, 22 millimeters.

Position and locality—Jura-Trias strata; member D of the foregoing
section at locality No. 1, Southeastern Idaho. Collected by Dr. A. ©.
Peale and J. EK. Mushbach.

The following are Professor Hyatt’s remarks upon this species:

“This species differs from “A” [Meekoceras aplanatum] in never having
-aflattened abdomen. Thisis rounded. The sides in the young and the
aspect of the shell are precisely the same as in “A” [JL aplanatum], but
the increase of the whorls by growth is much more rapid, so that at the
diameter of an inch, or even somewhat less, they begin to flatten on
the sides, show an abrupt umbilical shoulder, and cover up one-third
of the whorl by involution. In consequence of the rounding of the abdo-
men, however, the sides actually appear in the full-grown to be more
gibbous than in “A” [JL aplanatum]). One specimen at the total diameter
_of two and a half inches has one-half of the adjacent internal whorl cov-
ered by the outer one, an amount of involution which occurred much
_ earlier in the history of the shell than at the diameter measured. Large,
.coarse folds are present in some of the specimens.

“This species in some cases has a strong resemblance to Arcestes ?
_perplanus Meek, but is less involute.” (A. H.)

MEEKOCERAS GRACILITATIS White—Shell depressed-disecoidal or -
sublenticular; siphonal side of the volutions flattened, the flattening
being very distinct upon the inner volutions, even upon the smaller
ones, but sometimes less so upon the living-chamber of full-grown
specimens; umbilicus shallow in consequence of the slight transverse
diameter of the shell, but it is somewhat open, although narrower than
that of either of the preceding species, its width in the adult being not
more than one-half the greatest vertical diameter of the outer volution,
and in the young it is proportionally much less; volutions flattened-
convex on their sides, rounded somewhat abruptly inward to meet the
next volution within, but they are not so distinctly shouldered there
.as in the two preceding species, except perhaps in the younger of the
volutions; the amount of involution being so great in the young shell
that the earliest volutions are nearly or quite covered, but it so dimin-
ishes with the growth of the shell that in fully adult specimens the outer
volution does not embrace more than one-half the width of the next

No. 1.] _ WHITE ON JURA-TRIAS FOSSILS OF IDAHO. 115

within; siphonal cell of the septa near the outer chamber of the largest
examples rather broad, shallow, and broadly rounded, occupying some-
times a little less and sometimes rather more than the whole of the
flattened portion of the siphonal side; the outer and middle lateral cells
about equal in size and regularly rounded; inner lateral cell shallower
than the others and broadly rounded, its inner border being defined by
a short abrupt curve backward; the ventral and the outer and inner
lateral lobes all, except perhaps the outer lateral one, smaller than the
cells; the ventral one being smallest, wedge-shaped, and bearing two
slender digitations, the inner lateral next in size, with four or five digi-
tations, and the outer lateral largest, with six or seven digitations; the
auxiliary lobes and cells occupying a space adjacent to the next inner
volution about as wide as that of the outer lateral lobe, and consti-
tuting a finely serrated suture, the lobes being minute and pointed, and
the cells a little larger and rounded at their ends; the one adjacent
to the suture being a little larger than the others. Surface of young
examples nearly or quite plain, but in fully adult shells there is a ten-
dency to form nodes or ribs, the latter sometimes crossing the periphery ;
but they do not appear to assume that regularity which we find in typical
Ceratites.

Diameter of the coil of the largest example in the collection, 100 mil-
limeters; vertical diameter of the outer portion of the living-chamber,
- 45 millimeters; transverse diameter of the same, 20 millimeters.

Position and locality—Jura-Trias strata, member D of the foregoing
section; at locality No. 1 and also at locality No. 2, Southeastern Idaho.
Collected by Dr. A. C. Peale.

The following are Professor Hyatt’s remarks upon this species:

“This species differs from “B” [Meckoceras mushbachanus] in about the
same way that “B” differs from “A” [M. aplanatum] except in so far as
it approximates more closely to “A” in having a similar flattened abdo-
men. This flattened abdomen appears at a much earlier age than in the
less involute form, “A.” In fact, before the shell reaches the diameter
of three-sixteenths of an inch not only is the abdomen flattened, but the
sides also; and the increase by growth is so rapid that the sides of the
internal whorls; even before this period, are almost entirely hidden.
This is therefore similar to those forms among Ammonites, which I have
so often described as accelerated types, those which display in the earlier
periods of growth and developement, in quick succession, characteristics
which come out in slower* succession in other species, Like many of
those forms also, a kind of premature degeneration appears, even before
the animal can be said to have reached its adult condition. Thus, at
the diameter of an inch and a half, or even less sometimes, the sides of
the whorls no longer increase by growth with the same rapidity as in
the young. The amount of involution consequently is not maintained
am MeN eet eee DTT AMORA RNa ey gs

* “This expression, of course, isrelative; applying not to the absolute Ripnere of time
occupied in the growth, but to the age at which the characteristics appear.”

~

116 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

at the same rate, and the sides of the internal whorls become more ex-
posed, until in some old specimens they are only about half covered up.

“Thick folds or ribs are present in some old specimens, and a tend:
ency to form nodes. In some large specimens, the ribs cross the abdo-
men, and in one fragment a curious effect is produced by the retention
of the constrictions formed by the transient mouths of the shell. These
make depressions with swellings between, which give the abdomen a
scalloped appearance, amply sufficient to found a new genus upon if
economically used. There may be two rows of slight nodes on either
side of the abdomen, giving this shell a slight resemblance to Trachy-
ceras I Some Cases.

“The forward part of the living-chamber seems to be more rounded
or gibbous than the after part, which has the square abdomen, even in
old specimens; though I think that in extreme old age the whole shell
would exhibit a round abdomen and more gibbous sides. These peculi-
arities, and its flattened abdomen, might readily mislead an observer to
identify this species with Amm. semipartitus von Buch, but a glance at
the septa would satisfy any one that they are distinct.”—(A. H.)

MEEKOCERAS GRACILITATIS var.—Among the examples of M. gracili-
tatis which were obtained at locality No. 1 is one which shows a consid-
erable modification in the character of the septa. These appear to be in
all respects like those of the typical forms except as regards the inner .
lateral cell and the auxiliary lobes and cells. The inner lateral cell is
smaller than in the typical forms, and its inner border is not so abruptly
defined from the auxiliary series. This series occupies a wider space,
and consists of more numerous serrations than in the typical forms;
appearing, indeed, to consist of a finely serrated, nearly straight suture.
The umbilical shoulder is also less abrupt than in the typical forms.
Professor Hyatt thinks it may possibly prove to be a distinet species
when better known.

Genus ARCESTES Suess.

ARCESTES? CIRRATUS White.—In his notes upon this collection of
Cephalopods, Professor Hyatt refers this form provisionally to the genus
Arcestes with the following remarks:

‘““The specimens are too fragmentary to tell with any certainty the
Species; and even the genus ought perhaps to be considered doubtful,
because the whole outline of the suture was not seen. The ‘runzel-
schicht,’ however, was so marked that this appeared to show them to
be identical with Arcestes. The septal sutures are, however, not entirely
unlike those of Gymnotoceras.”

There are only two specimens of this species in the collection, both of
which, it is true, are too imperfect to afford the means for the satis-
factory characterization of the species. The characters which are shown,
however, are quite sufficient for its identification; and for the conye-

No.1.] WHITE ON JURA-TRIAS FOSSILS OF IDAHO. 117

nience of future reference, and the characterization of the strata from
which it comes, I have applied the above specific name.

This shell, like those of the three species of Meekoceras which have
already been described, is depressed-discoidal; the siphonal side rounded
in the young and apparently a little angular in the adult, but the latter
feature is not plainly shown in the examples; umbilicus open, but com-
paratively narrow; sides of the volutions flattened, those of the outer
one of adult shells almost flat, or only slightly convex except near the
outer and inner sides; the latter abruptly shouldered; involution very
great in the young, but so lessening with growth that the outer portion
of the living-chamber of adult shells does not embrace by more than one-
fifth of its own width that next within. The examples do not show the
character of the sutures satisfactorily, but the lobes and cells are both
seen to be constricted about the middle, the ends of the former oblique,
but digitate, as in Meekoceras, and the latter plain, as in that genus and
Ceratites. Surface conspicuously marked by numerous longitudinal,
abruptly raised lines, which enlarge into ridges in the adult, and which
are separated by spaces a little wider than themselves; being also appa-
rently continuous from the young state to the fully adult, so that the
ridges and spaces, especially the latter, increase in width with the growth
of the shell.

This species is much larger than either of the other species of Cepha-
lopods which are described in this paper; the extreme diameter of the
coil at fully adult size being not less than 180 to 200 millimeters; and
the vertical diameter of the outer portion of the living-chamber about
80 or 85 millimeters.

Position and locality—Jura-Trias strata, member D of the foregoing
section; at locality No. 1, Southeastern Idaho. Collected by Dr. A. C.
Peale.

ARCESTES ? ?_Three or four young examples only of this species
were obtained by Dr. Peale from member D of the section at locality
No. 1, shown on a previous page, all of which are too imperfect for spe-
cific determination. They are, however, so very like A. gabbi Meek, Vol.
IV, Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, p. 121, pl. x, figs. 6, 6*, and 6°, as to leave
upon the mind a strong impression of their identity.

ARCESTES? ?__Associated with the foregoing, a single speci-
men of another species, also very young, was obtained, which differs from
the last in’ havin g a much more open umbilicus, and in the proportion-
ally greater transverse diameter of the volutions.

ith

nll

Art. Vi.—Jura=-Trias Section of Southeasterm Tdaho
and Westerm W/yomime.

By A. C. Peale, M. D.

In connection with Paleontological Papers No. 9, published in this
Bulletin (Art. V, pp. 105-117) by Dr. C. A. White, in which a number of
new and specially interesting species of fossils are described, I have
thought it may be both interesting and useful to give briefly a few notes
on the section of the Jura-Trias of the region from which these organic
remains were obtained.

The rocks under consideration are exposed in considerable areas in the
district assigned me for examination during ‘the field-season of 1877,
especially between the Wyoming and Portneuf Ranges. The former is
in longitude 110° 48/ and the latter in approximate longitude 112°.

The region thus indicated is one of complicated folds and great dis-
placements, and the Jura-Trias rocks, with the conformably underlying
Carboniferous, enter largely into the structure of the mountains; entire
ranges, indeed, being carved from them.

The Triassic Red Beds are found on the summit and on the western
slopes of the Wyoming Range, in the former occupying a broad synelinal
depression, and in the latter dipping westward into the valley of John
Day’s River. An immense fault extends along the eastern front of the
Wyoming Range, giving it a monoclinal structure at this place, and
when we cross the fold, which forms the western side of the range, we
' find another similar fault along the eastern side of the Salt River Range,
which is parallel to the Wyoming Range, and only from eight to ten
miles west of it. These faults are several thousand feet in extent.

In the Salt River Range, the Jura-Trias rocks are found entering into
the complicated folds that form its central portions.

Twenty-five miles farther west, we reach the Blackfoot Basin, in which
the Jura-Trias forms a large portion of the surface, the ridges having a
comparatively low elevation, and the folds not being so greatly eroded
as in the higher mountains. It is in this locality that the interesting
collection of fossils, described by Dr. White, was found, and to which
his paper is confined. The following is the general section of the Jura-

Trias, beginning at the top:
119

120 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

General Section of Jura-Trias in Southeastern Idaho and Western Wyoming.

co}
S
= = | 5. Redand gray shales with green sandstones and irregular greenish arenaceous
S 3 limestones at the top. Thickness, 700 teet.
5 |S
2 | %
ie)
< -
& %
= S
= = 4 | 4. Laminated limestones, blue at base, passing into gray at top, succeeded above
: Ss by grayish, calcareous shales; many of the layers are probably arenaceous.
| Zi BAR Thickness, 800 feet.
| es aS ;
Kc)
s ‘3 | 3. Red quartzitic sandstones with shaly arenaceous and caleareous layers at the
p 8 base cf the section. These are probably the equivalent of the typical ‘‘Red
> 3 Beds” of the Eastern Rocky Mountains. Thickness, 1.000+ fect.
r
a :
4 < 2. Alternations of reddish and greenish sandstones and arenaceous and calcareous.
BS sa) shales with blue and gray limestones, generally laminated. Thickness, 3,000+
a % feet. .
= These with No. 1 are the beds of the section given in Dr. White’s paper (as that
3 of locality No. 1). The beds are fossiliferous at four horizons, containing species
BS of a new Triassic? genus named Meckoceras by Professor Hyatt, together with
S forms that have been heretofore regarded as of Jurassic age.
| ‘
ST CS SE
CARBONIFER- | 1. Massive grayish-blue limestone, overlaid by quartzite and dark bluc laminated
OUS? limestones. Thickness, 1,200+ feet.
|

The thicknesses in this section are estimated, and when the region is
more thoroughly studied may have to be somewhat modified.

The fossils described in Dr. White’s paper came from No. 2, which I
have called the “‘ Meekoceras Beds,” from the new genus named by Pro-
fessor Hyatt. They are the following:

Meekoceras aplanatum White.
Meekoceras mushbachanus White.
Meekoceras gracilitatis White.

Besides these, the following were obtained:

Arcestes ? cirratus White.

Arcestes ? sp.?

Arcestes ? sp.?

Terebratula semisimplex White.
Terebratula augusta Hall and Whitfield ?
Humicrotis curta M. & H.

Aviculopecten idahoensis Meek.
Aviculopecien altus White.

Aviculopecten pealet White.

Gervillia sp. ?

No. 3 yielded no fossils.

No. 4 yielded the following:

Pentacrinus asteriscus.
Camptonectes bellistriatus.
Trigonia sp.?

Myacites sp.?

Wo. 1.] PEALE ON JURA-TRIAS OF IDAHO AND WYOMING. 121

From No. 5 I obtained:

Belemnites densus.
Aviculopecten idahoensis ?
Gryphea sp. ?
Undetermined bivalves.

At no one point was the entire section, as given above, exposed. The
evidence for the section is as follows:

Nos. 1 and 2 were determined by the section at and near Station 66,
south of John Gray’s Lake (section at locality No. 1 in Dr. White’s
paper).

Near Station 56 in the Salt River Range, about 28 miles east of Sta-
tion 66, beds lithologically similar to those of No. 2in the general section
just given, and containing Aviculopecten pealet and Gervillia, were seen
in position above limestones similar to those of No. 1, which here con-
tained quantities of Productus multistriatus. On this ground I have
referred No. 1 to the Carboniferous.

Above the arenaceous and caleareous bed (which correspond litho-
logically and paleontologically with No. 2 of the section) in the Salt River
Range are the red sandstones (No. 3). They are also probably in place
above the section of Station 66, as is evident from the following:

Descending the ridge leading southwest from Station 66, southwest-
erly dips are noted in the strata last seen (the upper ones of section at
locality No. 1, White’s paper). After passing through the timber, which
conceals the remainder of the section, we come to red sandstones, in all
respects like those of the Salt River Range, having a northeasterly dip.
We have therefore crossed a synclinal.

These facts, therefore, appear to justify me in connecting the sec-
tions.

Nos. 4 and 5 are determined by sections made in John Day’s Valley,
where they rest conformably on the “Red Beds.” The entire section is
conformable. Above the “ Belemnites Beds” is a quartzite followed by a
series of shales and sandstones several thousand feet in thickness, which
has been referred to the Cretaceous.

It is not my intention to enter into any paleontological discussion ; but
there are some points based on the paleontological contents of the sec-
tion to which I wish to refer briefly.

Pentacrinus asteriscus was found at a number of localities, other than
those of the section, throughout the district, and always in beds above
the horizon of the Red Beds. The following were the associated fossils
identified by Dr. White:

Camptonectes bellistriatus.
Ostrea strigulecula.
Trigonia sp. ?

Tancredia sp.?

Modiola sp.?

122 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Myalina sp.?
Myacites sp. ?
Neritina sp.?

Undetermined Conchifers and Gasteropods.

I believe the only instance in which P. asteriscus has been found asso-
ciated with Triassic forms is the one mentioned in the Reports of the
Fortieth Parallel Survey,* in which it is stated that it was found associ-
ated with what are regarded as unmistakable Alpine Trias fossils, and a
Spirifera, a paleozoictype. Mr. Emmons says:t “ It should be stated also
that these disks of Pentacrinus found in the Dun Glen limestone vary
somewhat from the type-specimens, and are all of larger size, reaching
one-fourth of an inch in diameter, while those of Jurassic age scarcely
reach one-fifth of an inch. Professor Whitfield suggests that the Dun
Glen variety may possibly be a new species.”

HLumicrotis curta was not found associated with Pentacrinus anywhere
in our district, but at several localities where the section was obscure it

“was found with
Aviculopecten idahoensis,
Lingula brevirostris,
Myalina sp.?,
Myacites sp.?, and
several undetermined species of Aviculopecten.

The beds from which they were collected were above the “Red Beds,”
but I was unable to determine their relation to the “Pentacrinus Beds.”

In other areas, Humicrotis curta has been found associated with Species
of Jurassic aspect. In the areas surveyed by the Fortieth Parallel
Survey, it occurs with

Belemnites,
Gryphea.

Lerebratula augusta Hall & Whitfield,t as Dr. White remarks, has
been considered by the authors as a Jurassic species.

The Cephalopods (from No. 2 of the section described) by Professor
White are, according to his identifications, unquestionably Triassic ac-
cording to EKuropean standards, resembling certain Cephalopods of the
Muschelkalk of Europe.

The only other Cephalopods from our Western Trias are those obtained
by the Fortieth Parallel Survey from the Star Peak Group, which have
been considered the faunal equivalents of the St. Cassian and Hallstadt
beds of the Austrian Alps. The Star Peak Group is referred by King
to the Upper Trias, and is supposed to correspond to the Upper Red Beds
of the Eastern Seas (Rocky Mountain Region, &e.). If this be So, we
may perhaps consider the “Meekoceras Beds” of the section as the

* Descriptive Geology, vol. ii, p. 711. Systematic Geology, vol. i, pp. 279, 280.
t Descriptive Geology, vol. ii, p. 711. :
+ Report U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, Systematic Geology, vol. i, p. 292.

ieee.

No. 1.) PEALE ON JURA-TRIAS OF IDAHO AND WYOMING. bpp

equivalent of King’s Koipato Group, which is below the Star Peak Group.
The localities, however, are too widely separated, and too imperfectly
known, as regards the one in my district, to attempt to correlate the
two sections more definitely.

We cannot be too cautious in predicating the age of these beds before
_ a detailed study of the stratigraphy is made, and a careful paleontolog-
ical examination of the whole region undertaken and completed.

The “Meekoceras Beds,” when first seen by us, were referred to the
Upper Division of the Carboniferous.

There are numerous circumstances that appear to indicate that in the
Jura-Trias, aS in other formations, we have at either end of the forma-
tion a plane of paleontological indefiniteness, as it may be called; and
the probability is that in the immediate vicinity of the lines separating
the formations the strata should be considered as transition series.
When the deposition of sediments is continuous from one formation to
another, itis not so strange, as Dr. White has frequently remarked, that
forms of life should continue uninterruptedly from one to the other, and
that we should find, as in New Mexico,* Triassic plants at the top of the
Jura, and as in our district and many other localities Jurassic inverte-
brates near the base of the Trias, and as in Nevada palzeozoic types in
the Lower Mesozoic.

In predicating the age of any group of beds, the organic contents of
all deseriptions, vertebrate, invertebrate, and vegetable, should be con-
sidered.

With the accumulation of data, many of the points that are now
obscure and doubtful will assume the certainty of facts.

Until we know more of the rocks under consideration, I shall retain
the name Jura-Trias for the formation.

To recapitulate, the investigations of 1877 in Southeastern Idaho and
Western Wyoming indicate—

1. The lithological separation of the Jura-Trias into three divisions;—
the upper and lower calcareous, and the middle mainly silcieous.

2. The presence of Jurassic forms in the upper division, the absence of
organic remains in the middle group, and the presence in the lower of
Triassic types associated with what have heretofore been regarded as
Jurassic species.

* See Report U. S. Geol. Surv. for 1875, 1876, pp. 84-87.

Anse ER Ran cee ‘lb are «ati

% crs eae e | eo
: ; ate i bays: 4 ce y

Et 7 be
ik 2 eect ey
z f S 4 Pe r
Dinas a pret pevpaene.
if Log Cane, toe aad wig: a ahs ‘peur i yo tis

Sa UR Pep Ht igi

tae Phe A Ainihe Hedi

‘ wesaiti bei

ref sini iN

Art. VEH.—Fossil Forests of the Volcanic Tertiary For-
mations of the Yeliowstome National Park.

By W. H. Holmes.

The prevalence of extraordinary voleanic activity throughout that
part of the Tertiary age represented by the post-Cretaceous rocks of
the Yellowstone region has given to them a most unique and interest-
ing character. So destitute of animal remains are they, and so unlike
the formations of the age in other parts of the Rocky Mountain region,
that, notwithstanding the frequent visits of geologists, no divisions
into sub-groups have been made, and no more definite appellation for
the whole group has been found than the “ Volcanic Tertiary”; this
name, although so general, is singularly appropriate, and, in the absence
of specific determinations, may be used to designate the entire group of
Tertiary strata in the Park district.

It is not my intention in this brief notice to attempt the classification
or correlation of these strata, but to give a brief account of some very
remarkable features brought to ight by last year’s explorations.

In the valley of the East Fork of the Yellowstone River, where this
peculiar group of rocks is typically developed, they have a thickness of
upwards of 5,000 feet. The prevailing materials which enter into their
composition are fragmentary volcanic products, which have been appar-
ently redistributed by water, and now form breccias, conglomerates, and
sandstones. It has been noticed by nearly all visitors that these strata
contain a great abundance of silicified wood, and in a few cases trunks
of trees in situ have been reported. The lowest observed occurrence of
the strata of this group is in the valley of the main Yellowstone, between
the first and second cations, at an elevation of about 5,000 feet above the
sea. They are also finely developed in the Gallatin Range to the west of
this valley, and about the sources of Caiion and Boulder Creeks reach
a thickness of between 3,000 and 4,000 feet. At a number of points
covering this entire thickness, masses of silicified wood occur, and near
the divide at the head of Boulder Creek silicified trunks, many feet in
height, and of gigantic proportions, stand in the identical strata in
which they grew, the crumbling conglomerates having withered away,
leaving them standing upright along the steep slopes of the mountain.
In general, these strata are horizontal. The bedding is often heavy, and
in places not well marked; sub-aérial voleanie deposits apparently alter-
nate to some extent with the sub-aqueous.

Three miles above the mouth of Gardiner’s River, in similar strata, there

128

126 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

are a number of silicified trunks in situ, most of which occur in a stra-
tum of sandstone that lies directly upon the eroded surface of a series
of mica-schists that belong to the metamorphie range north of the Yel-
lowstone River. This is at an elevation of 6,000 feet.

On the south side of the third eaiion, opposite the mouth of Hell Roar-
ing Creek, is a massive promontory composed of conglomerates, in which
are very numerous intercalated beds of sandstones and shales. In the
steeper faces of this promontory, many fine trunks are exposed. In 1872,
Dr. Peale obtained some very perfect specimens of fossil leaves from
these beds, on the Elk Creek side, which were determined by Professor
Lesquereux to be of Hocene types. The walls of the caiion in the vicin-
ity of Hell Roaring Creek are formed of the same series of rocks, which
eccur also at a number of points on the river between Elk Creek and the
lower falls. :

In the valley of the East Fork, the sedimentary formations of the Vol-
ceanic Tertiary reach their maximum developement. Here they rest upon
the unevenly eroded surfaces of the paleeozoic and granite rocks, and form
a great part of the mountain ranges that enclose the valley. They are
horizontal and apparently conformable throughout the entire thickness
of 5,500 feet. The greater part of this immense group of strata is filled
with the silicified remains of a multitude of forests.

The section given in the accompanying plate oceurs in the north face of
Amethyst Mountain, opposite the valley of Soda Butte Creek, and in-
cludes upwards of 2,000 feet of strata. The bed of the river is at an eleva-
tion of 6,700 feet above the sea, and the summit of Amethyst Mountain,
9,400. On the north side of the valley, near the mouth of Soda Butte
Creek, there are between 300 and 400 feet of Carboniferous strata exposed —
along the base of the mountain slope. On the south side, occasional
ledges of limestone appear above the detrital deposits. Thin sheets of
basalt cover the flat part of the valley, which is here less than a mile in
width. :

The north face of Amethyst Mountain does not present as abrupt a
profile as that given in the section, the middle part only being so pre-
cipitous. At the base and top there are comparatively gentle slopes;
nevertheless, the actual stratigraphical conditions are truthfully repre-
sented.

As we ride up the trail that meanders the smooth river-bottom, we
have but to turn our attention to the cliffs on the right hand to discover
a multitude of the bleached trunks of the ancient forests. Inthe steeper
middle portion of the mountain face, rows of upright trunks stand out
on the ledges like the columns of a ruined temple. On the more gentle
slopes farther down, but where it is still too steep to support vegetation,
save a few pines, the petrified trunks fairly cover the surface, and were
at first supposed by us to be the shattered remains of a recent forest.

In ascending one of the steep spurs that project from the main wall,
the strata were found to consist, toward the base, of shales and fine-

2.1] HOLMES ON FOSSIL FORESTS OF YELLOWSTONE PARK. 127

( t

iss

Se}
eeres

UES)
=

oS OSS

PERS OARIOS
SE oie Sesser!

SS GSOSAOSESSCSEBSOTSSS0ES

ee

Nase! =
2. Sia
SD:

ae

Sele SS = = = aN
2S ——————— =

TS Ot es
JESTER SS Gu

RSS oS ae A
FS I aR i NG Sea =
ate, RO SAD EGY OSS eee Roy
BCC cr OUR AOR ORE) WOES
—= SSE NSS = == = SSS
OAS SS aan ee SS SS esta
CRETE RSS ay OS DIRE NIE HOS
LENG Ainge na ny pases PRESSES we Oa fee:
NSE RC Cr Ree a
PEN Bn BOs Serer SOY o

SS Sees ase eee PO Eee eS
= WB YE SPREE a. > A
ee ba CASES paeiasnetes

IRSA SONisnS De:
ra
== SS SS SS = ee
=
Saas araa SS

SRE BS

i
i

A pat
CoO

Fig. 1.—Section in the north face of Amethyst Mountain.

128 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

grained sandstones. Higher up conglomerates oceur, and still higher
coarse conglomerates and breccias prevail. Interbedded with the mas-
Sive, irregular beds of the latter rocks are always thin layers of sand-
stones and shales. The sandstones are fine-grained, thinly bedded, and
contain more or less tufaceous material. Their prevailing color is green-
ish and greenish-gray. They are apparently composed chiefly of materials
derived directly or indirectly from volcanic sources. In no case are
pebbles of quartz or other granitic constituents found in either the sand-
stones or conglomerates.

The exposures of strata in the first three or four hundred feet at the
base are not good, and but few of the silicified trunks appear above the
covering of vegetation. At the height of 500 feet, the occurrences be-
come very numerous, and the great size and fine state of preservation
of many of the trunks was a matter of much surprise. Prostrate trunks,
50 and 60 feet in length, are of frequent occurrence, and not a few of
these are as much as 5 or 6 feet in diameter.

The standing trunks are generally rather short, the degradation of the
- compact enclosing strata being so slow that the brittle trunks break
down almost as fast as they are exposed. In many cases the roots are
exposed, and may be seen penetrating the now solid rock with all the
original ramifications One upright trunk, of gigantic proportions, rises
from the enclosing strata to the hei ght of twelve feet. By careful meas-
urement it was found to be ten feet in diameter, and as there is nothing
to indicate to what part of the tree the exposed section belongs, the
roots may be far below the surface, and we are free to imagine that
there is buried here a worthy predecessor of the giant Sequoias of Cali-
fornia. Although the trunk is hollow, and partly broken down on one
side, the woody structure is perfectly preserved, the grain is straight,
and the circles of growth distinctly marked. The bark, which still re-
mains on the firmer parts, is four inches thick, and retains perfectly the
original deeply lined outer surface. Specimens of the wood and bark
were collected, but no microscopic examinations have been made. Tt 1S
clear, however, that the tree was not a conifer. The strata which en-
close this trunk are chiefly fine-grained greenish sandstones, indurated
clays, and moderately coarse conglomerates. They have been built
around it as it stood in comparatively shallow, but doubtless quiet waters.
As would naturally be expected, these strata contain many vegetable
remains: branches, rootlets, fruits, and leaves are extensively enclosed.
One stratum of sandstone that occupies a horizon nearly on a level with
the present top of the giant tree contains a great variety of the most
perfectly preserved leaves. Such specimens as we were able to bring
away with us have been submitted to Professor Leo Lesquereux for
identification. They are found by him to belong to the Lower Pliocene
or Upper Miocene, and correspond in a number of their Species with the
Chalk Bluffs specimens of Professor Whitney. They include—

Aralia Whitneyi,
Magnolia lanceolata,

No.1.1 HOLMES ON FOSSIL FORESTS OF YELLOWSTONE PARK. 129

Laurus canariensis,
Tilia (new sp.),
Fraxinus (new sp.),
Diospyros (new sp.),
Cornus (new sp.),
Pteris (new sp.),
Alnus (new sp.), and a
Fern (new sp.).

It will be observed that most of these species are new, which was also
the case with the collection of Professor Whitney. ‘It is also worthy of
remark that none of the genera are identical with those of the Elk
Creek locality previously mentioned. The stratigraphical relations of
the two localities cannot easily be made out, as they are separated by
fifteen miles of broken country in which the strata are obscured by igne-
ous flows and Quaternary drift. The Elk Creek strata are lower by fully
one thousand feet.

As far above the leaf-bearing horizon as I was able to ascend, the sili-
cified trunks were very numerous and well preserved, and, by the aid of
a field-glass, others could be detected in all parts of the cliff to the
highest stratum.

At another point, nearly a mile farther east, I climbed the rugged
walls of the mountain for the purpose of examining a number of large
trees that were visible from below. Trunks and fragments of trunks
were found in great numbers and in all conceivable positions. In most
cases the woody structure is well preserved, the trunks have a tendency
to break in sections, and on the exposed ends the lines of growth, from
center to circumference, can be counted with ease. In many cases the
wood is quite completely opalized or agatized, and such cavities as ex-
isted in the decayed trunks are filled with beautiful crystals of quartz
and calcite. Our party was so fortunate as to procure some very hand-
some specimens of amethyst and ferruginous quartz. It is a matter
worthy of observation that nearly all of the beautiful crystals that occur
so plentifully in this region have been formed in the hollows of silicified
trees. The same fact has been noticed in regard to similar crystals in
many parts of the West, and notably in the case of the smoky quartz of
the Pike’s Peak region in Colorado.

The silicifying agents have been so unusually active in the strata of
the Volcanic Tertiary that not only are all organic remains thoroughly
silicified, but all cavities in the loosely bedded rocks and all fracture-
lines in the strata are filled with chalcedony or other forms of quartz.

On reaching the heavily bedded conglomerates of the upper third of
the cliff, I found the trees still more perfectly preserved. Many of the
trunks are twenty and thirty feet in height. Their roots are in most
cases imbedded in the layers of finer-grained materials, in which they
grew, while the battered and branchless trunks are encased in the coarse
conglomerates and breccias. These latter rocks are composed chiefly of

Bull. v, 1——9

130 BULLETIN UNITED STATES: GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

basaltic fragments, many of which are of great size; there is, however,
always enough tutaceous and other fine-grained material to fill in the
interstices and act as a cement. These beds are massive and irregular,
and seem to have accumulated too fast to be thoroughly redistributed
by the waters. Only the stronger trees of the forest seem to have with-
stood the fierce storms of rocks that must have prevailed at the period of
their entombment, as the smaller trunks and branches are prostrate or
totally destroyed. In most cases where upright trunks penetrate the
entire thickness of an enclosing bed, the tops may be seen to terminate
with the upper surface of that bed, as if causes had acted at the begin-
ning of the deposition of the succeeding stratum to plane down the
irregularities of the old surface. In due course of time, this succeeding
stratum produced its growth of forest, which followed its many prede-
cessors into the subterranean depths, and in its turn was buried by the
rapidly accumulating conglomerates. This remarkable alternation of
events seems, in a general way, to have been kept up from the beginning
to the end of the period.

The very precipitous character of the cliffs prevented me from reach-
ing the upper part of the wall at this point, but I succeeded in making
my way to the summit of the mountain at two other points, and found
that everywhere the section was practically the same.

On the opposite side of the valley the same conditions were observed:
the fossil trees occur at the highest point reached, 3,000 feet above the
river. ‘The ranges that form the rim of this valley on the north and east
reach an elevation of 11,500 feet, and as the conglomerates may be seen
reaching and forming the loftiest summits without perceptible break or
change of character, it is probable that they will be found to enclose the
remains of forests throughout.

On some of the higher summits to the east of Yellowstone Lake, simi-
lar stratified conglomerates contain silicified wood in a very fragmentary
State. These conglomerates are composed mainly of basaltic and tra-
chytic materials, but contain large quantities of fragments of sand-
stones and quartzites, which leads to the conclusion that portions of the
earlier Tertiary strata have been broken up and ejected with the igneous
products. It is quite probable that these strata were among the later
products of the Volcanic Tertiary age proper. They are generally found
abutting against masses of unstratified igneous materials that probably
mark the sites of islands which were doubtless voleanic centers. I find
that as we recede from these centers of eruption the strata diminish very
perceptibly in thickness and coarseness of materials, and have at the
same time a very perceptible dip toward the surrounding valleys. One
is at times led to suspect that portions, at least, of these beds are of sub-
aérial formation, as is the case with extensive strata about the cones of
modern volcanoes, but there are a multitude of facts that go to prove
that the greater part of the formations of this age were rearranged or
sedimented in water.

=

No.1] HOLMES ON FOSSIL FORESTS OF YELLOWSTONE PARK. 131

As to the character of the seas or lakes in which the Voleanic Tertiary
beds were laid down, it is clear that their waters were fresh, but as to
their extent or distribution little is known. The formations cover or
have covered an area of not less than 10,000 square miles, but they lie
at a much greater elevation above the sea than the formations of syns
chronous lakes of neighboring provinces, and, so far as is known, have
no actual connection with them.

It has been suggested by some one that these coarse volcanic strata
may have been formed in very restricted bodies of water held high
amongst the mountain ranges; but lakes cannot exist without barriers,
and as has already been shown, the conglomerates, although naturally
disintegrating more rapidly than any of the older rocks, now form the
summits of many of the highest peaks that face the eastern plains, and
the basins in which they were formed must have had free communication
with the lowlands to the west, from the beginning to the end of the
period.

For my present purpose it is sufficient to know that the bodies of
water of this period were of sufficient extent not to be greatly affected
in level by the filling-in of volcanic products or by the oscillations of
the district under discussion, since we can have no correct measure of
those oscillations of the surface which define the thickness and decide
the character of strata without the barometer-like records of a sea-level.

The change of level produced by the great oscillation that preceded
the Volcanic Tertiary period, and brought the lofty ranges of this region
into existence, cannot fall far short of 20,000 feet. In order to reach these
figures, we have but to add to the full thickness of the paleozoic and
. Inesozoic strata the present elevation of the granitic ranges above the
lowest observed stratum of the Tertiary rocks. At the beginning of the
deposition of the Volcanic Tertiary rocks, however, the upward movement
had ceased. The land had undergone enormous erosion, and subsidence
had commenced. The great ranges that had lifted their crests to such
lofty heights were again sinking beneath the sea. This subsidence did
not cease until all, or nearly all, of the mountain peaks were submerged.
It is in the strata deposited during this great subsidence that we must
look for evidences.of conditions and events that made the entombment
and preservation of a vertical mile of forests possible.

The Yellowstone Valley, from the head of East Fork to the Lower
Cation, is carved out of strata which were formed along the west and
south bases of the main eastern range of mountains. In many places
the river has penetrated the full thicknéss of Tertiary strata, and has
cut down into bodies of metamorphic rocks that at the beginning of the
age were promontories or islands. It is plain, therefore, that those
parts of the tree-bearing strata examined, were deposited along a shore-
line, or, at least, near the borders of the Tertiary lake. Over large dis-
tricts there must have been, during the period of general subsidence, a
frequent alternation of land and sea. Land would have to exist while

132 © BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

the forests grew and matured; water would have to cover the same area
to deposit the succeeding stratum; and again this stratum would have
to rise above the water before a second forest could grow. There are
two ways in which this result could be brought about. In a district
subject to such intense volcanic action as this must hare been, a succes-
Sion of minor oscillations might have been associated with the general
subsidence, so that large areas of the lake border districts would be
alternately above and beneath the sea, or, as was doubtless often the
case, the shallow portions of the sea became filled up with the rapidly
accumulating ejecta, and sub-aérial deposits of sufficient depth were laid
down to allow the growth of forests, which, in time, were depressed
by the general subsidence, to be buried by a succeeding stratum of the
volcanic débris. But this latter method was not the ordinary one, as is
attested by the fact that many of the forests have grown in beds of fine-
grained material that must have been formed beneath the surface of the
water.

I shall, however, not attempt to pursue this matter farther until all
the data and materials collected have been examined. A thorough study
of the various volcanic rocks will probably throw niuch light upon this
very interesting group of strata.

Art. VHHE.—Paleontological Papers Ne. 10: Condi-
tions of Preservation of Invertebrate Fossils.

By C. A. White, M. D.

During the prosecution of his field-work, the paleontologist often ob-
serves certain interesting relations, not only between the lithological
character and composition of the different kinds of fossiliferous rocks
and the condition in which their contained fossils are preserved, but
also between the lithological composition of those strata and the faunal
characteristics of their fossils. In the latter instances, the case is largely
one of original character and condition of the sea-bottom sediments as
the ground of the habitat of those animals, while they were living, whose
fossil remains they as rocky strata now inclose. It is proposed to make
this latter subject the basis of a future paper, but the present one will
be devoted to a discussion of some of the conditions of fossilization and
preservation of invertebrate remains as they are found in the various
kinds of stratified rocks of the different geological ages, and to institute
some comparison of their mineral composition as fossils with that which
they possessed in the living state, assuming that of the latter by the
known composition of their present living representatives. It would
add greatly to the interest and scope of this subject if a series of careful
chemical analyses of these substances, both fossil and recent, could form
a part of the basis of its discussion, but no opportunity has yet occurred
for accomplishing such a task. Although detailed chemical analyses do
not enter into the data for these discussions, a consideration of the min-
eral composition of the fossil remains as they now exist, and a compari-
son of that composition with what it was in the living state, necessarily
forms the basis of a considerable part of the present paper. Such com-
parisons, while they show a close similarity in a very large proportion
of cases, always exhibit at least some degree of contrast; and in some
cases, a total change of mineral composition is found to have taken place.
Many of the facts herein stated are patent to every collector of fossils,
but the subject to which they relate is seldom discussed in paleontological
writings, and the few references that are made to it are usually of a
special or local character. Therefore in view of the somewhat extended
field observations of the writer in the median portion of North America,
it has been thought advisable to embody some general observations upon
this subject in the present paper.

In a general way we may divide the substances which in life consti-

tuted the skeletal parts of invertebrate animals, which parts alone have
133

134 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

been preserved in a fossil state, into the chitinous, siliceous, and calea-
reous. Chitinous skeletal substances are almost wholly, if not entirely,
confined to the Articulata (including the lyopomatous brachiopods)
and certain Acalephs; the siliceous, excepting the teeth of certain
mollusks, to the Protozoa; while, with the exception of all but a few
of the Articulata, all other invertebrates possess skeletal parts, if any,
which are composed of calcareous substance only as their mineral
constituent. These remarks, of course, apply to the composition of those
Skeletal parts in their living state. The mineral change which some of
them have undergone after their first fossilization will be considered in
following paragraphs. In fact, then, we find that the original mineral
composition of far the greater part of invertebrate fossils was, in the
living state, lime-carbonate combined with a greater or less proportion
of animal substance ; having been the same indeed as that of the shells
and corals which constitute their present living representatives. Since
the animal substance of these bodies, as is also the case with bones, was
displaced during the process of fossilization, usually by the infiltration
and precipitation of additional lime-carbonate, it would seem that the
chances for, and the condition of, the preservation of all kinds of these
calcareous skeletal remains would be equal in identical circumstances of
environment. But there is, as we shall see, a greater variety of condition
among fossil forms of this kind than is referable to either their original
mineral composition or the environing circumstances of their fossiliza-
tion and preservation.

Three divisions may be made of the manner in which fossil forms are
preserved, namely: (1) fossilization proper of the substance of the skeletal
parts; (2) moulds; (3) casts; (4) pseudomorphs. In the first case, the ori-
ginal substance, as well as the external form of the object, is more or less
completely preserved. In the second, the whole substance of the object,
at some time subsequent to its rocky entombment, has been removed by
decomposition or solution, and its consequent escape through the porous
imbedding matrix, leaving a cavity which is the exact counterpart of
the external form of the formerly inclosed object. In the third case, the
more or less complete external form of the object has been restored by
the refilling of the mould with a substance similar to that of the matrix,
or the deposition of some mineral either wholly or in part different from
the matrix; such as calcite, pyrite, &c. In the fourth case, that of
pseudomorphs, the substance of the fossil in its original condition has
been exchanged, atom by atom, for another mineral substance, usually
Silex.

Pseudomorphs thus resemble casts, and in one sense they are such,
but they differ from casts, which consist merely of the filling-substance
of previously formed moulds, by the manner of their production, and in —
many cases, at least, by having the texture and even the microsco-
pic structure of the original body preserved. This method of preser-
vation is perhaps more clearly exemplified in the case of silicified

¥o.1.] WHITE ON CONDITIONS OF PRESERVATION OF FOSSILS. 135

wood than in any other, where not only the character and appearance
of the woody fibre is perfectly retained, but the microscopic structure
is often so perfectly preserved as to distinguish the botanical divi-
sion to which it belongs. In the case of pseudomorphiec silicification
of invertebrate fossils, the microscopic structure is seldom, if ever, so
perfectly preserved as it is in the case of wood, but their true pseudo-
morphism, nevertheless, occurs, the more common cases of which consist
of the silicification of shells, corals, &c., in limestone. In these cases,
the objects were without doubt first fossilized as calcareous substances,
and as such they could not have been removed by sclution, leaving their
moulds in the matrix, because that matrix was of essentially the same
composition as themselves and nearly or quite equally soluble. There-
fore it is evident that the change of substance must have been effected
by the process of pseudomorphism which has just been explained, and
which was initiated by a movement ard segregation of the siliceous
atoms that were previously distributed in the substance of the imbed-
dling rock, which movement and segregation were much the same as
took place in the formation of flint-nodules in chalk and similar sili-
ceous nodules and masses that are often met with in limestones. That
this pseudomorphism of calcareous fossils by silicification began long
after they had become perfectly fossilized, is indicated by the fact that
the process has, in most cases at least, taken place in connection with
the weathering of the strata which contain the fossils. For example, it
is very common to find shells, corals, crinoid fragments, &e., wholly or
partly silicified upon and near the surfaces of certain paleozoic limestone
strata, as well as in the interstices which are filled with the débris of
their decomposition ; while fossils of the same kinds which are imbedded
in the solid and unweathered portions of the same strata, are wholly
calcareous. Although fossilization proper of calcareous remains 1s more
complete in limestones than in other rocks, it is in limestones also that
most of the cases of silicious pseudomorphism of invertebrate remains,
as just defined, takes place, the latter cases as compared with the former
being very few.

Casts and moulds are more common in sandstones than in other rocks,
although they are not uncommon in magnesian limestones, and in both
sandy and argillaceous shales. The common occurrence of moulds in
sandstone is easily accounted for by the porous character of the rock,
which admits of the percolation of water charged with solvents of lime-
carbonate. Such percolation is, of course, necessary in the production
of moulds in all kinds of rock, but it is more complete in sandstones than
in any other rocks. Some of the finest moulds of both fresh-water and
marine species, those which preserve not only the form, but also the
delicate surface-markings of the fossils most perfectly, are found in
hematite; but such instances are very rare compared with the occur-
rence of moulds in sandstones. While ordinary limestones are, as a rule,
more fossiliferous than any other rocks, magnesian limestones notably

136 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

contain very few fossils. There are some exceptions to the latter rule,
but in all cases, so far as I am aware, when the rock approaches a true
dolomite, the contained fossils are all and of all kinds in the form of
moulds, the inner surfaces of which usually have a drusy lining.

Casts of the more perfect kinds are formed by the infiltration of for-
eign mineral matter into complete moulds which were previously formed
in the manner already explained, and by its precipitation there until
the cavities became completely filled. Such casts are sometimes com-
posed of iron pyrite, some of which are often very perfect and beautiful.:
More frequently, however, the casts are such as have been formed by
a filling of the spaces which the fossils formerly occupied by the sub-
stance of the rocky matrix in which they were imbedded, the fossils
themselves having gradually passed away by solution, while the sub-
stance of the adjacent matrix followed closely upon it in consequence of
the pressure of the superincumbent strata. It is in the form of such
casts as these alone that many fossils, especially the shells of several
families.of Conchifers, have been preserved ; and single valves of such,
Shells are often very well preserved in that manner.

The manner of preservation of invertebrate fossils which is here des-
ignated as fossilization proper consists of the minimum of change in
the mineral constituents of the skeletal parts. As already stated, some
change is always effected in the mineral composition of the object fos-
suized, but almost all molluscan as well as certain other shells, and also
corals, being composed almost wholly of lime-carbonate, when preserved
in limestone strata, or in such strata as contain any considerable amount
of lime-carbonate, still retain in the fossil state much the same compo-
sition which they had while living. In most of these cases, the change
has been so slight that even the microscopic texture of the shells and
the minute and intricate details of the corals are as perfectly preserved
as they were in the living state. Thus, the fibrous shell-structure of
certain families of Brachiopods, and the punctate structure of others,
the pearly shell-structure of certain Cephalopods, Gasteropods, and
Conchifers, and the prismatic shell-structure peculiar to certain families
of Conchifers, are often, indeed generally, as easily studied in the fossils
as they are in their living representatives. ‘

The siliceous skeletal parts of fossil invertebrates, when such were
produced, seem to have been so purely siliceous that they have appar-
ently not changed at all by fossilization. Chitinous substances, how-
ever, seem always to have undergone more or less alteration, although
they are among the more permanent of fossil forms. For the purposes
of this discussion, under the head of chitinous fossils are included the
Shells of lyopomatous brachiopods (such as those of Lingula, Discina, &e.),
the crusts of trilobites and other crustaceans, and stipes of graptolites.
Tn- limestones, chitinous fossils seem to have become quite calcareous in
some instances, and in all cases they are more brittle and mineral-like
than living chitine is, and yet in all cases they are readily recognized as

No.1.) WHITE ON CONDITIONS OF PRESERVATION OF FOSSILS. 137

of chitinous origin when they are compared with fossils of calcareous
origin. Chitinous fossils are also among the most permanent of fossil
forms, and they are often found in a perfect condition, when all their
associated fossils, which were originally calcareous, exist only in the
form of casts or moulds. This is especially noticeable in the case of
lyopomatous brachiopods in sandstones and some magnesian limestones.

Although the mineral composition of calcareous fossil shells and corals
is usually that of almost pure calcite, it is seldom, if ever, the case that,
upon fracture, they show the planes of cleavage of that mineral; but
they generally, as before stated, preserve their original microscopic struc-
ture. On the contrary, in almost all cases, all parts of every fossil ech-
inoderm shows upon fracture the true crystallized form of calcite. The
mineral is evidently nearly pure, but it is never transparent and seldom
translucent, except in thin flakes along the cleavage planes. It is also
an interesting fact in this connection that while the substance of every
one of the numerous and often minute pieces which compose the body
and appendages of fossil echinoderms of all kinds, may be so perfectly
erystallized as to allow free cleavage upon all sides of the fundamental
rhombohedron of calcite, none of the planes of cleavage ever pass from
one joint or piece to another, even though the parts may be not only in
their natural position of contact, but solidly mineralized together. The
perfect mineralization of echinodermal bodies, and almost invariably in
the form of calcite, appears the more remarkable when it is remembered
that the substance of those bodies in the living state is much less solid
than that of any molluscan shell. Possibly this porous character, admit-
ting the addition of a greater proportion of calcite in solution by percola-
tion or saturation than could enter the more solid shells, affords the true
ground for explaining the phenomenon just noted, but it still remains
unexplained why the granular texture of the original substance of the
echinodermal body is always obliterated, and why the sutures between
the parts always form perfect barriers to the continuation of the planes
of cleavage. These planes are not only interrupted by the sutures, but
their direction is always different in each piece, Showing that the process
of crystallization was independent in each piece, however small it may
have been.

Although calcareous fossils are fully preserved in the purer and ordi-
narily compact limestones, they have in such cases become so compacted
with the stone itself that it is always difficult and usually impossible to
arrive at a full knowledge of their structure and characteristics. It is,
therefore, in strata which are only partly calcareous that invertebrate
fossils are, as a rule, the most completely preserved. In these cases, the
fossils seem to have served as nuclei to which was attracted a sufficient
amount of lime-carbonate in solution to solidify them by its precipita-
tion within their substance and interstitial cavities, while the imbed-
ding rock was not greatly hardened either by that or any other process.
Therefore, the most perfect calcareous fossils are found in the clayey

138 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

and shaly partings of limestone strata and in sandy and clayey shales
which are also caleareous. —

It seems difficult to explain why the segregation of lime-carbonate
should have ceased at the full solidification of the fossil itself, and why
it did not continue until at least the immediately surrounding portions
of the imbedding matrix were also hardeneu, with the fossil as a nueleus.
This latter condition does sometimes occur; but, as a rule, to which there
are only rare exceptions, the matrix is no more fully charged with
lime-carbonate, and no harder from any cause, in immediate contact
with the fossils, than it is in other parts of the same stratum, even when
the rock contains enough of lime-carbonate to have thus preserved many
more fossils than it has ever contained. So completely are the fossils
thus preserved, and so distinctly separate are they from the matrix, that
it is often the case that not only their delicate surface-markings, but
their minute and fragile appendages also, are so perfectly preserved
that they may be as easily studied as the Corresponding parts of living
forms.

That there should be a difference in the manner and completeness, or
otherwise, of the preservation of fossils which were originally different
in their mineral composition is too evident to excite remark; but one
would not a priort expect to find any material difference in the complete-
ness of the preservation of shells and other fossils which were originally
nearly or quite identical in the original composition of their mineral
constituent, and that were fossilized under identical cireumstances of
environment. Such differences, however, do occur, and they are more-
over as great between certain forms which are zodlogically nearly re-
lated, as they are between certain others which are distantly related.
Thus, for example, the difference in this respect is greater in some in-
stances between the shells of different families of the same class of mol-
lusks than it is between those of some mollusks and the shells of certain
worms. These remarks will be closed by citing a few examples of this
unequal condition of preservation of invertebrate fossils under identi-
cal circumstances of environment.

Argillaceous shales which are also more or less calcareous prevail in
all the paleozoic formations of the eastern portion of North America;
and for our present purpose we may select the Hamilton Shales of New
York as furnishing an example of uniformity of circumstances of envi-
ronment during the fossilization of an invertebrate fauna. In these
shales, the abundant and diverse forms of arthropomatous brachiopods
are beautifully and perfectly preserved in almost all cases, and the eal-
careous character of the fossils is uniform and perfect. The same may
be said of the Corals and Polyzoa; while in the same layers which con-
tain these fossils, the associated shells of all the Conchifers, without ex-
ception so far as I am aware, exist only in the form of moulds and casts,
the substance of the shells having entirely disappeared. Associated
chitinous fossils, as represented by the crusts of trilobites and shells of

No.1.) WHITE ON CONDITIONS OF PRESERVATION OF FOSSILS. 139

lyopomatous brachiopods and Ostracoids, are well preserved, and in such
condition as to plainly indicate their chitinous origin. In these shales
also the crinoidal and other echinodermal remains exist in their usual
condition of crystallized lime-carbonate.

In some of the shales of the coal-measures of Mlinois and the adjoining
States, however, certain species of Conchifers are as perfectly preserved
in a caleareons condition as any of the arthropomatous brachiopods
are; but, as a rule, the shells of Conchifers are not so well preserved in
these shales, nor in the paleozoic rocks generally, as those of the bra-
chiopods are. It is also noticeable that the shell-substance of the Cepha-
lopods of the paleozoic rocks is not so completely preserved as it is in
those of the mesozoie strata.

Well preserved mesozoic fossils appear to have undergone, in some
respects, a less complete change than those of the paleozoic rocks. For
example, the shells of Cephalopods, and some other mollusks, usually
retain their original pearly lustre and iridescence, and the fossils gener-
ally have a less mineralized aspect than those of the paleozoic rocks.
There is, of course, much difference in these and other respects to be
observed in the different strata of that age and in different regions.
The following remarks relate mainly to the mesozoic strata and their
fossils in the western portion of the national domain, and principally to
the Cretaceous strata there.

The mesozoic rocks of the Western Territories consist very largely of
sandstones and sandy shales, with occasionally clayey layers, which are
usually also more or lesssandy. Limestones are rare among those rocks,
but the sandstones and shales all contain more or less lime-carbonate,
usually in comparatively small proportion, but sometimes enough to be
detected without a chemical test. In the mesozoic sandstones it is often
the case that all the contained fossils are in the form of casts and moulds,
with the not infrequent exception of the Ostreidw alone. It is often the
case also that all the fossils of a sandstone are preserved by fossiliza-
tion proper, and all in essentially the same calcareous condition, includ-
ing the shells of Cephalopods, Gasteropods, and Conchifers among mol-
lusks, as well as the few Radiates and Articulates which occur there ;
‘but it is often noticeable, especially in the Cretaceous sandstones, that
the shells of the Ostreide resist the solvents, to which they have all been
exposed, better than those of any other mollusks. Indeed, it sometimes
occurs that in sandstones which carry a great variety of molluscan shells
in the form of casts and moulds, the Ostreide alone are completely pre-
served in their natural calcareous condition, having evidently never
been materially affected by the solvents which reduced all their asso-
ciated mollusean shells to the condition of moulds and casts. In the
Cretaceous rocks of the Western Territories, all other fossils than the
shells of mollusks are very rare; and when the latter are well preserved
by fossilization proper, so far as the writer’s observations have gone,
there appears to be very little difference in the condition in which those

140 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

of the different classes and families have been preserved. That is, in
such eases all the Conchifers appear to be nearly or quite as well pre-
served as any of the other mollusks. In other words, when the circum-
stances were very favorable, all molluscan shells are well preserved
and, when unfavorable, the Ostreidw are found to have been the last of
molluscan shells to yield to their adverse influence.

A collection of invertebrate fossils that has been sent to the Office of
the Survey from the Cretaceous strata of Bell County, Texas, unlike the
collections from the Western Territories before referred to, shows a very
decided deficiency of preservation of the shell-substance of the Gastero-
pods as well as of all the Conchifers (except the Ostreidw) as compared.
with their associated fossils, although the soft strata from which they
came is largely composed of lime-carbonate. In that collection, the Os-
treide are abundant and varied, embracing nearly all the known generic
and subgeneric forms of that family, and all are most perfectly preserved.
Their condition in this respect is even better than that of the few asso-
ciated arthropomatous brachiopods, although, as already shown, their
paleozoic representatives are among the best preserved of all paleozoic
fossils. Among those Texan Cretaceous fossils it was observed that the
Corals, Echinoderms, Rudistz, and Serpulie, as well as the Ostreidee,
were thoroughly calcified and well preserved, showing a marked con-
trast in this respect with the Conchifers and Gasteropods, and in part
with the Cephalopods. In the case of the fossils of this collection, the
power of the Ostreidz to resist solution seems to have been shared with
several other, but distantly related, fossils; while the want of such resist-
ance on the part of the Conchifers was shared by the Gasteropods and
Cephalopods, instead of being peculiar to the first-named class alone, as
it seems to have been in the Hamilton Shales and some other paleozoic
strata.

Since the condition of the marine Tertiary fossils will not be consid-
ered in the present paper, it remains only to make a few remarks upon
the condition of preservation of the brackish- and fresh-water fossils of
the Laramie Group and the succeeding Tertiary groups of the West.
The invertebrate faunz of these formations are far less diversified than
those of the marine formations, being confined almost entirely to the
two mollusean classes, Gasteropods and Conchifers. These shells are
found mostly in sandstones and shales which are more or less sandy.
They are very often found in the condition of moulds and casts, and
sometimes occur as siliceous pseudomorphs; but they are commonly
caleareous and properly fossilized. No material difference in the con-
dition or perfection of their preservation has been observed among the
different kinds of these fossils. The environing influences seem to have
affected all the families and classes alike, but it was observed that some
examples of certain species of Conchifers, which were found in some
argillaceous shales of the Laramie Group in Wyoming, had a much thin-
ner test than those of the same species which were found in some sandy

No.1.) WHITE ON CONDITIONS OF PRESERVATION OF FOSSILS. 141

Shales of the same formation only a few miles distant. This may have
been the result of a deficiency of lime in the water in the first-named
instance, but it is not unlikely that the difference was produced by a
diminution of the substance of the shells during the process of their fos-
silization. |

Briefly reviewing the subject of the manner of preservation of inverte-
brate fossils, it appears that those of the various kinds whose original
composition was calcareous and apparently identical, or nearly so, have
resisted unequally the solvents with which they have been brought in
contact in the circumstances of their fossilization. It thus seems that,
as a rule, the shells of certain families of the Conchifers have resisted
solution less effectually than any others, and that among paleozoie fos-
sils the arthropomatous brachiopods, and among mesozoic fossils the
Ostreide, have resisted solution most effectually. It also appears that
chitinous substances, although not originally so completely mineral-like
as shells and corals, are even more permanent as fossils than those which
were originaliy calcareous, since they have resisted solution more effect-
ually.

No explanation is at present offered of the reason why certain fossils
are much more perfectly preserved than others under the same environ-
ing circumstances ; and, indeed, it seems difficult to suggest an explana-
tion. Asalready remarked, it might a priori be expected that substances
so different as chitinous and calcareous shells are would differ in the
condition of their preservation under the same environing circumstances,
but it could not thus have been expected that so great a difference as
we have seen should exist in that respect between the calcareous shells
of the different families of mollusks.

FgAlintty ay

1 MERE ERE ae Heisei varia

att
t=

Art. IX.—Supplement to the Bibliography of North
American Invertebrate Paleontology.

By C. A. White and H. Alleyne Nicholson.

ep Akoe alin

PUBLICATIONS MADE IN THE UNITED STATES.—By C. A.
WHITE.

PREFACE TO PART I.

The Bibliography of North American Invertebrate Paleontology, which
was published last year as Miscellaneous Publications No. 10 of the
U.S. Geological Survey, was brought down to the close of 1877. The
following Supplement embraces the publications which have been made
during the year 1878, and also all the omissions pertaining to the first
publication which have been detected.

The year 1878 has not been productive of many publications of North
American Invertebrate Paleontology, and the larger part of the entries
in this Supplement are, therefore, such as supply the omissions referred
to. As to these entries of previously omitted publications, some of them
ought to have been included in the original work, in accordance with
the plan announced in its Preface; but a considerable proportion of
them were intentionally excluded from it, as not being within its then
proposed scope. It was then intended to prepare the work mainly as
an annotated catalogue of the publications which would be constantly
needed by the working paleontologist, rather than as a finished Bibli-
ography, such, for example, as Dr. Coues’s Bibliography of North Ameri-
can Birds. :

The difficulty then experienced in fixing a limit to the scope of such a
work has increased rather than diminished since the original work was
published, by the expressed desire of some of those who are interested
in the work to see its scope extended. I have, therefore, admitted some
entries of mere catalogues of fossils, and some, also, of works which,
according to the rules recognized by naturalists, are not regularly pub-
lished. In these cases, however, those facts are stated in the entry, and
they may be easily discriminated by the working paleontologist who is
in search of other matter. Many persons have assisted me, but I am
under especial obligations to my friend Mr. S. H. Scudder in this respect.

. CAL WN:
143

4

144 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Anon. List of Fossils belonging to the Several Formations alluded to in the Report;
arranged according to localities. < Nicollet’s Rep. Hydrog. Basin U. Miss. River
(Appendix C), pp. 167-170. 1843.

Atrypa lingulata is described on p.167, and Ostrea congesta on p.169; the latter by Conrad.—
There is, apparently, nothing in the book to tell who is the author of the catalogue, or of the
first-naméd species, but it is probably attributable to T. A. Conrad.

Anon. [Hall, James, andR. P. Whitfield.] Preliminary Notice of the Lamellibran-
chiate Shells of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, and Chemung Groups; with
others from the Waverly Sandstone. 80 pp. 8vo. 1809.

This memoir was noticed in the Am. Journ. Sci., vol. xlix, 2d series, p. 276, and attributed to
James Hall, although the work itself bears the name of no author. It does not appear that Prof.
Hall has anywhere claimed sole authorship; but, on the contrary, Prof. Whitfield has claimed the
autuorship to be jointly with Prof. Hall and himself. See Ann. Rep. Wisconsin Geol. Sur. 1878, p.
51, and Paleontology of Wisconsin (now in press), pp. 136, 137, and 138.—Genera Paleeaneilo, Limo-
ptera, Mytilarca, Pholadella, Cimetaria, Phthonia, and Modiomorpha.

Barrett, S. T. The Coralline or Niagara Limestone of the Appalachian System.
<Am. Journ. Sci., vol. xv, 3d ser., pp. 370-372. 1878.
Dr. Barrett in this geological paper describes and names provisionally Proetus pachydermatus
and Strophodonta nearpassti.
Barrett, S.T. Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Upper Silurian Rocks
of Port Jervis, N. Y.; with notes on the oceurrcice of the Coralline Limestone
at that locality. < Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. i, pp. 121-124. 1878.

Barris, W.H. New Fossils from the Corniferous Formation at Davenport. < Daven-
port Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. ii, pp. 282-288, 2 plates, and 1 woodcut. 1878.
This paper contains descriptions of six new species of invertebrate fossils, and a new genus of
Crinoids is proposed, namely, Stercocrinus.
Calvin, Samuel. On some Dark Shale recently discovered beneath the Devonian
Limestones, at Independence, Iowa; with a notice of its fossils and description of
new species. < Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., vol. iv, pp. 725-730. 1878.

Collett, John. List of Fossils found in the Keokuk Group at Crawfordsville, Ind.
<(7th Ann. Kep. Geol. Surv. Indiana, pp. 376-381. 1876.

This is a catalogue only, but it is systematically arranged, and valuable for comparison of the
Indiana fauna of the Keokuk epoch with that of the typical locality.

Conrad, T. A. [Description of Ostrea congesta.] < Nicollet’s Rep. Hydrog. Basin U.
Miss. River (Appendix C), p. 169. 1843.

Conrad, T. A. Fossils of the Vicksburg Eocene Beds. < Wailes’s Rep. Agric. and
Geol. of Miss., pp. 287-289, 4 plates. 1854.
No descriptions are here given, but a part of the species catalogued are illustrated on the plates.

Conrad, T. A. Descriptions of new Mollusks from Cretaceous Beds of Colorado,
<Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. for 1873, pp. 455, 456. 1874.
In this paper, Mr. Conrad removes his genus Haploscapha from the family Rudiste, where he
first placed it, and refers it to an ‘‘unrecognized family” near Inoceramus.

Dale, T. N., jr. A Contribution to the Paleontology of the Vicinity of Poughkeepsie
[New York]. < Proc. Poughkeepsie Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 2. 1878
Mr. Dale announces the discovery of well-known species of fossils of the Trenton period in
rocks at Poughkeepsie and on the west side of the Hudson River immediately opposite that place.
This two-page 8vo slip appears as an extract from the Proc. Pough. Acad. Nat. Sci., under date of
December 4, 1878, but it bears no pagination or reference to the number of the volume. I am in-
formed by Mr. Dale that it will appear in ‘‘Part I of Vol. II, 1878-79.” The same facts are em-
bodied in an article by the same author in the January (1879) number of Am. Journ. Sct.

Dyer, C. B. See Miller, S. A., and C. B. Dyer.

Hmmons, Ebenezer. American Geology: Vol.I,PartI. 194pp. 8vo. Albany, 1855.

Part I, pp. 251 (minus 40 pp. by error of pagination); 2 double lithograph-plates of fossils and 17

plates of woodeuts of the same size; mostly of well-known New York fossils. Also many woodcuts

distributed in the text. A number of new species are described and also the following genera:
Monograpsus, Cladograpsus, Glossograpsus, Staurograpsus, Nemagrapsus, and Microdiscus.

No.1.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. 145

Emmons, Ebenezer. Manual of Geology. 297 pp. 8vo. 1860.
Contains many woodcut illustrations.

Ford, S. W. Two New Species of Primordial Fossils. < Am. Journ, Sci., vol. xv, 3d
ser., pp. 124-127, 1 woodcut. 1878.
Genus Protocyathus.
Ford, S. W. Note on Lingulella celata. < Am. Journ. Sci., vol. xv, 3d ser., pp. 127-
129. 1878.

Ford, S. W. Note on the Developement of Olenelius asaphoides. < Am. Journ. Sci.,
vol. xv, 3d ser., pp. 129,130. 1878.

Ford, S.W. On Certain Forms of Brachiopoda occurring in the Swedish Primordial.
< Am. Journ. Sci., vol. xv, 3d ser., pp. 364-366. 1878.

Comparison is made of the opercula of Hyolithes of the Troy, N. Y., Primordial rocks, with the
valves of Acrothele of Linnarsson from the Swedish Primordial.

Gabb, William M. On the Topography of Santo Domingo. < Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.
Phila., vol. xv, pp. 49-259. 1873.

Chapter XIII, comprising pp. 200-259, is devoted to the paleontology of the island under the head-
ing, ‘‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Mollusca.” No statement is made as to the age of the numer-
ous fossils which he enumerates and describes, but they are apparently all Tertiary.

Genera Planorbella, Metulella, Glyphostoma, Ectracheliza, Plochelewa, Iopsis, Orthaulax, Dolo-
phanes, Cylichnella, and Bothrocorbula.

Gabb, William M. Description of a Collection of Fossils made by Doctor Raimondi
in Peru. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. viii, pp. 263-336, 9 plates. 1877.

Tertiary and Mesozoic.—Genera Perisconatica and Petropoma.—TYo these descriptions is added
a Notice of a few Carboniferous Fossils,a Bibliography of South American Paleontology, and a
Synopsis of South American Paleontology.

Grote, A. R., and W.H. Pitt. New Specimen from the Water-lime Group at Buffalo,
N.Y. < Proc. Am. Asso. Adw. Sci., vol. xxvi, pp. 300-302, 1 woodeut. 1878.

Upper Silurian.—This is a notice of a ramus of Pterygotus cummingsii, previously described
by those authors, which, according to their estimate, indicates a length of five feet for the whole
animal.

Gurley, William. Notice of the Discovery of the Position of the Crural Processes in
the genus Atrypa. < Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., vol. xvii, pp. 337, 338,and one
plate. 1878.

Mr. Gurley shows that the ‘“‘loop,”” which has been regarded as a continuous band connecting
the spiral cones of Atrypa, is really divided in the middle by a suture, or even broader parting or
hiatus.

Hall,James. The Louisville Limestones. Note onthe hydraulic beds and associated
limestones at the Falls of the Ohio. Pamphlet. 4to. 16 pp. Advance sheets
of vol. v, part 2, Paleontology of New York. Nov., 1877.

In these notes, Prof. Hall gives a tabulated list of the fossils found in the Hydraulic, and En-
crinal beds at Louisville, and shows that they are properly the equivalent of the Hamilton Group
of New York, and not of the Upper Helderberg, as formerly supposed. He also shows in the same
memoir that the ‘Black Slate” of Ohio and adjoining States carries many fossils identical with
those of the Genesee Slate of New York, and claims that the supposed two formations are one and
continuous.

Hall, James, and R. P. Whitfield. Notice of three new species of fossil shells from
the Devonian of Ohio. < 23d Ann. Rep. Regents N. Y. Univ. on Condition of State
Cabinet, pp. 240,241. 1873,

Hall, James, and R. P. Whitfield. Notice of two new species of fossil shells from
the Potsdam Sandstone of New York. <23d Ann. Rep. Iegents Univ. on Condition
of State Cabinet, pp. 241, 242. 1873.

Genus Paleacmeea.—This article was issued in pamphlet form, together with other matter from
the same volume, in 1872. See, also, these authors’ names in connection with the second entry
under the head of ‘‘ Amon.”

Horn, G. H. Notes on some Coleopterous remains from the Bone-cave at Port Ken-
nedy, Penn’a. < Trans. Am. Entom. Soc., vol. v, pp. 241-245. 1876.

Bull, v1 10

146 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. — [Vol.v.

Hyatt, Alpheus. Report on the Cretaceous Fossils from Maroim, Province of Sergipe,
Brazil, in the collection of Professor Hartt. < Geology and Physical Geography of
Brazil, 8vo, 606 pp. Boston: Fields, Osgood & Co., 1870. pp. 385-393.

In this paper Prof. Hyatt says: ‘‘ All the Brazilian Ammonites are either identical with, or so
closely allied to, species already described from the Texas beds by Roemer and others, that they
cannot be safely separated.” f

James, U.P. Descriptions of newly discovered species of fossils from the Lower
Silurian Formation:—Cincinnati Group. <‘‘ The Paleontologist” (published in
8vo pamphlet form, at irregular intervals, at Cincinnati, Ohio, by U. P. James),
No.1, pp. 1-8. 1878.

This article contains descriptions of the following species: Astylospongia tumidus, Stromatopora
papillata, Cheetetes crustulatus, C. 2, C. ?, Heliolites Shepardi, Fistulipora? multipora,
Agelacrinus holbrooki, Helopora dendrina, H. tenuis, H. meeki, H. parvula, Ptilodictya hilli, P.
plumaria, P. jlecuosa, P. granulosa, P. parallela, Ceramopora? beani, C.? irregularis, C. alternata,
C. concentrica, Hippothoa delicatula, Orthoceras hindei, Cyclonema? minor, Strophomena? ulricht,
Orthis (Platystrophia) acuminata, Zygospira modesta var. kentuckyensis, Spirorbis? lovelandensis,
Ptilodictya jimbriata, and P. ?, The two last species are from the Upper Silurian of Ohio.

James, U. P. Description of newly discovered species of fossils, and remarks on
others, from the Lower and Upper Silurian rocks of Ohio. < ‘‘ The Paleontologist,”
No. 2, pp. 9-16. 8vo. 1878.

The following species are described: Buthotrephis filiciformis, Sphenothallus latifolius Hall?,
Trachyum undosum, Stromatopora lunata, S. hindei, Lyellia striata, L. americana Milne-Edwards,
Cheetetes subrotundatus, C.lycoperdon, C. petropolitanus Pander, Callopora milfordensis, Ceramopora
whitei, C. radiata, Pleurotomaria ohioenxis, P. dryope Billings, and Pterinea subquadrata.

Marcou, Jules. On the Terebratula Mormonii. < Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. iii,
59-925 18975
pp. 252-255. 1875.
In this note Prof. Marecou claims priority of his names Terebratula uta, Orthis pecosit, and
Terebratula mormonti, over Rhynchonella osagensis and Orthis carbonaria of Swallow, and Retzia
punetilifera of Shumard.

Mazyck, Wm. G., and A. W. Vogdes. Description of a new fossil from the Creta-
ceous Beds of Charleston, 8. C. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1878, p. 272,
1 woodeut. 1878.
The fossil described is Anomia andersonit M. & V.

Meek, F. B. Description of fossils from the Auriferous Slates of California. < Geol.
Surv. California, Geology, vol. i (Appendix B), pp. 477-482, 1 plate. 1865.
Jurassic.—This article is in the volume of Geology, and not in either of those devoted to Paleon-
tology exclusively.

Mickleborough, John, and A. G. Wetherby. A classified list of Lower Silurian
fossils, Cincinnati Group. < Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, pp. 61-86.
1878.

A classified catalogue only, but a full and useful one.

Miller, S. A. Description of a New Genus and Eleven New Species of Fossils, with >
remarks upon others well known, from the Cincinnati Group. < Journ. Cincinnati
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, pp. 100-108, 1 plate. 1878.

Mr. Miller proposes the genus Angellum for a small shell of doubtful relations; and also
announces the discovery of a perforated foramen in the ventral valve of Pholadops cincinnatiensis
Hall.

Miller, S. A. Description of Eight New Species of Holocystites from the Niagara
Group. <Journ. Cincinnats Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, pp. 129-136, 1 plate. 1878.
Part of the plate is devoted to Prof. Whitfield’s article in the same volume.—Based on collec-
tions from the Upper Silurian of Ripley and Jefferson Counties, Indiana.

Miller, S. A. and C. B. Dyer. Contributions to Paleontology. <Journ. Cincinnati

Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, pp. 24-39, 2 plates. 1878.
Lower and Upper Silurian.—Genera Blastophycus. Trichophycus, Microspongia, and Walcottia.

No. 1.] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. 147

Miller, S. A., and C.B. Dyer. Contributions to Paleontology, No.2. 8vo pamphlet.
11 pp. 2 plates. ‘‘Printed by James Barclay, 269 Vine street, Cincinnati, 0.”
1878. ;

This appears to be a continuation of the foregoing paper. It is not, however, published as a
part of the Journ. Cineinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., but appears to have been printed privately.—Genera
Dactylophycus, Heliophycus, Dystactophycus, Chloephycus, Aristophycus, and Bythopora.

Ordway, Albert. On the supposed identity of Paradoxides harlani Green with the
Paradoxides spinosus Beck. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, pp. 1-5, 2
woodcuts. 1861.

Ordway, Albert. On the Occurrence of other Fossil Forms at Braintree. < Ibid.
pp. 5, 6. 1861.

Packard, A. S., jr. Results of Observations on the Drift Phenomena of Labrador
and the Atlantic Coast Southward. < Am. Journ. Sci. for 1866, pp. 30-32.

This article has references to the post-Tertiary fossils of the region discussed.

Packard, A.S., jr. Observations on the Glacial Phenomena of Labrador and Maine;
with a view of the recent Invertebrate Fauna of Labrador. < Mem. Loston Soc.
Nat. Hist., vol. i, pp. 210-303, 2 plates. 1865.

Dr. Packard in this memoir gives much valuable matter relating to zoology and post-Tertiary
geology. With this he gives a long list of species which are found fossil in the post-Glacial
deposits of Labrador, Anticosti, New Brunswick, and Maine, most of which are of living species,
but the following are described as new: Bela robusta and Fusus (Neptunea) labradorensis.

Pitt, W. H. See Grote, A. R., and W.H. Pitt. 1878.

Rafinesque, Constantine Smaliz. The Compicte Writings of Constantine Smaltz
Rafinesque on Recent and Fossil Conchology. Edited by Wm. G. Binney and
George W. Tryon, Jr. New York, London, Paris & Madrid. 8vo. 96 pp. 3
plates, 8 woodcuts. 1864.

This is a collection of the writings of Rafinesque, a part being in French (one article in Spanish)
and a part in English; originally published partly in the United States and partly in Europe, and
embracing descriptions of fossil and recent mollusks from North and South America and Asia. It
contains many descriptions, both generic and specific, only a part of the names of which have been
adopted by naturalists.

Rogers, William B. and Henry D. Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary
Formations of Virginia. < Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila., vol. v, (u.s.), pp. 319-341.
1835.

This article contains remarks on the “‘Geology of a portion of the peninsula between the James
and York rivers,” and descriptions of four species of shells. It is the first part of a work, of

_ which the second is mentioned in the 6th entry, p. 58, of Bib. N. A. Invert. Pal.

Say, Thomas. [Descriptions of Productus spinosus and P. incurvus.] < Long’s
First Exped.,vol.i. 8vo. Philadelphia, Carey & Lea, publishers. 1823.

These descriptions are in the form of footnotes to p. 106.

Say, Thomas. [Description of Gryphea corrugata.] <Long’s First Exped., vol.
ii. Footnote to pp. 410,411. 8vo. 1823.

Scudder, S.H. Remarks on some Fossil Insects from the Carboniferous Formation of
Illinois and fror the Devonian Rocks of New Brunswick. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Mist., vol. x, pp. 95,96. 1865.

Scudder, S.H. Results of an examination of a small collection of fossil Insects
obtained by Prof. Wm. Denton in the Tertiary beds of Green River, Colorado.
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xi, pp. 117,118. 1867.

Only one species is named in this paper. The author subsequently corrected the title to make
- it read, ‘‘ White River, Colorado,” instead of ‘‘Green River, Colorado.”

Scudder, S.H. Remarks on Mormolucoides articulatus, a fossil Neuropteron, from
the Conn. River Sandstone. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xi, p.140. 1867.

_ Triassic?

Scudder, S.H. Notice of Fossil Insects from the Devonian Rocks of New Brunswick;
and of Haplophlebium barnesii. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xi, pp. 150,
151. 1867.

Abstract of the same in Am. Naturalist, vol. i, pp. 445, 446.

148 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Scudder, S.H. Remarks on two new Fossil Insects from the Carboniferous Forma-

tion in America. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xi, pp. 401-403. 1868.
Reprinted in Scudder’s Entomological Notes, 1, pp. 7-9.

Scudder, S.H. Notes on the fossil Insects found at the ‘‘ Petrified-fish Cut”, Green
River. <Hayden’s Sun Pictures, 4to, pp. 150; 30 photograph-plates, p.98. Julius
Bien, New York. 1870.

Describes without name fossil insects from the Green River Group, near Green River City,
Wyoming.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil Insects from the Rocky Mountains. <Am. Naturalist, vol. vi,

pp. 665-668. 1872. i
The fossils here referred to are from the Green River Tertiary beds. No species are described.

Scudder, S.H. On an English fossil Insect, supposed to be Lepidopterous. < Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p.112. 1874.

Geological horizon, Stonesfield Slate. :

Scudder S.H. Remains of Insects occurring in Carboniferous Shale at Cape Breton.
<Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xviii, pp. 113,114. 1875.

Reprinted in Seudder’s Entomological Notes, 5, pp. 2, 3.—Geological horizon near that of the
Millstone Grit.

Scudder, S.H. Fossil Orthoptera from the Rocky Mountain Tertiaries. < Bull. U.

S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., vol. ii, pp. 447-449. 1876.

Scudder, S.H. Supplementary Note on Fossil Myriapods. < Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. ii, pp. 561, 562. 1876.
These fossils are ae the Sigillarian stumps at the Joggins, Nova Scotia.
Scudder, S.H. On the Post-Pliocene fossils and the Geology of Sankoty Head. Nan-
tucket. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xviii, pp. 182-185. 1876.
See note on the same subject, Am. ro Sci., vol. x, 3d series, p. 365, in connection with an
article by A. E. Verrill.
Scudder, S. H. Note on the close affiliation of the Insects of Europe and America
in the Carboniferous Epoch. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xviii, pp. 358, 359.
1876.

Scudder, S.H. Note on the wing of a Cockroach from the Carboniferous Formation
of Pittston, Penn’a. <(Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xix, pp. 238,239. 1877.
Reprinted in Scudder’s Entomological Notes, 6, pp. 35, 36, 1878.—The title of this paper is not
given in the Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., and it is not mentioned in the table of contents of that
volume; doubtless by inadvertence.
Scudder, S. H. An Insect-wing of extreme simplicity from the Coal Formation.
<Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xix, pp. 248,249. 1878.
Reprinted in Seudder’s Rntomolagien Notes, 6, pp. 37, 38.
Scudder, S.H. Rachura, a new genus of fossil Crustacea. <Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. xix, pp. 296-300, pl. 9, figs. 3, 3a. 1878.
Reprinted in Scudder’s Entomological Notes, 6, pp. 50-54, with the same plate.
Springer, Frank. Sce Wachsmuth, Charles, and Frank Springer.
Ulrich, H. O. Observations on Fossil Annelids, and description of some new forms.
<Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.i, pp. 87-91, 1 pl. 1878.
Part of the plate relates to the ioe following article.—Lower Silurian. —Genera Protoscolex
and Hotrophonia. :
Ulrich, EH. O. Descriptions of some new species of fossils from the Cincinnati Group.
< Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, pp. 92-100,1 pl. 1878.
Lower Silurian.—Part of the plate relates to the next preceding article.—Genera Anomaloides
and Protasterina.
Verrill, A.B. On the Post-Pliocene Fossils of cakete Head, Nantucket Island; by
A.E. Verrill; with a note on Geology by S. H. Scudder. Zils Journ. Sci., eal xX,
pp. 364-375. 1875. Y
It is shown in this article that the fossils occupy two limited but distinct layers only a few
inches apart; the lower layer containing only such species as now inhabit the coasts of Southern
New England and further south; and the upper containing such as now live in the colder waters fur-
ther north. Mr. Scudder gives a long list of the fossils.

a scaly

Se

No.1.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. 149

Vogdes, A.W. A Monograph of the genera Zethus, Cybele, Encrinurus, and Cryp-
tonymus. 8vo pamphlet. 35 pp., 4 photograph-plates. Charleston, South Caro-
lina. 1878.

This memoir consists of a discussion and rearrangement of previously published species of the
genera indicated.

Vogdes, A, W., William G. Mazyck and. Sce Mazyck, William G., and A. W.
Vogdes.

Wachsmuth, Charles, and Frank Springer. Transition forms in Crinoids and de-
scription of five new species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1878, pp. 224-266,
with 2 photograph-plates. 1878.

Wallace, SamuelJ. Onthe ‘“‘Geodes” of the Keokuk Formation, and the genus Bio-
palla. < Am. Journ. Sci., vol, xv, 3d ser.) pp. 366-370. 1878.
The author takes the ground that the well-known geodes of the Keokuk Limestone (Subearbon-
iferous) are of organic origin—sponges; for which he proposes the genus Biopalla, and describes
eight species from that formation.

Wetherby, A.G. See Mickleborough, John, and A. G. Wetherby.

White, C. A. Descriptions of New Species of Invertebrate Fossils from the Carboni-
ferous and Upper Silurian Rocks of Tlinois and Indiana. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. for 1878, pp. 29-37. 1878.

White, C. A. Paleontological Papers No. 6: Descriptions of New Species of Inverte-
brate Fossils from the Laramie Group. < Bull. U. S. Geol. § Geog. Surv. Terr., vol.
iv, pp. 707-719. 1878.

White, C. A. Paleontological Papers No. 7: On the Distribution of Molluscan Spe-
cies in the Laramie Group. < Bull. U. S. Geol. § Geog. Surv. Terr., vol. iv, pp.
721-724, 1878.

Iu this paper the author shows that Molluscan species are so distributed as to show the identity
of the following groups of strata as members of the great Laramie Group: Judith River beds, Fort
Union beds, Lignitic series of Eastern Colorado, Bitter Creek series of Southern Wyoming, and the
Bear River Valley series of Western Wyoming.

White, C. A. Paleontological Papers No. 8: Remarks on the Laramie Group. < Bull.
U.S. Geol. § Geog. Surv. Terr., vol. iv, pp. 865-876. 1878.

In this paper the author discusses the geographical and vertical range of the fossils of the Lara-
mie Group, besides other questions concerning its >xtent, geological age, &c.

Whitfield, R.P. Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Lower
Geological Formations of Wisconsin. < Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wisconsin for 1877
(Chamberlin, 8vo pamphlet, 93 pp. Madison, Wisconsin, 1878), pp. 50-89. 1878.

Genus Scevogyra, with three species. Professor Whitfield also describes a species each of
Ellipsocephalus, Bellerophon, and Triplesia from the Potsdam Sandstone, showing an antiquity for
these genera not hitherto known.

Whitfield, R. P. Remarks on sonie Lamellibranchiate Shells of the Hudson River
Group, with descriptions of four new species. < Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. i, pp. 187-141, one plate. 1878.

Part of the plate is devoted to the article of Mr. Miller in the same volume.

Whitfield, R. P. See Hall, James, and R. P. Whitfield; and also under head of
Anon.

A six-page pamphlet has been received from the author, bearing the following title:

“Kent Scientific Institute. (Miscellaneous Papers No.3.) Notes upon the Fossil Remains of
the Lower Carboniferous Limestone exposed at Grand Rapids, Michigan. By E. A. Strong.”

It is without date or place of publication, and probably ought not to be regarded as regularly
published; but it is noticed here at the suggestion of those who think a work of this kind ought to
contain a notice of all printed matter relating to its subject, leaving the question of validity of pub-
lication to be settled by the practice of naturalists. The following species are described as new:
Cladodus irregularis, Phillipsia longispina, Nautilus ellipticus, N. kentensis, Allorisma elongata, and
A. quadrata.

150 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

PART JI. :

PUBLICATIONS MADE IN BRITISH NORTH AMERICA, WEST
INDIES, AND EUROPE.*—By H. ALLEYNE NICHOLSON.

Barrande, Joachim. Etat actuel des connaissauces acquises sur la faune primordiale.
[The actual condition of our knowledge as to the Primordial Fauna.] < Bull. de
la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. Xvi, pp. 516-546. 1859.
A portion of this memoir refers to the Primordial Group and its fossils in North America.
Barrande, Joachim. Observations sur Vexistence de la faune primordiale dans la
Chaine Cantabrique. [On the existénce of the Primordial Fauna in the Canta-
brian Mountains.] < Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. xvii, pp. 542-554.
1860.
Refers to and describes a Paradoxides found by Prof. W. B. Rogers near Boston, U. S.
Barrande, Joachim. Assentiment de Prof. James Hall, et autres documents nouveaux
au sujet de la faune primordiale en Amérique. [Assent of Prof. James Hall, and
other new documents on the subject of the Primordial Fauna of America.] < Bull.
de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. xix, pp. 721-745. 1862.

Bigsby, J. J. Thesaurus Devonico-Carboniferus: The Flora and Fauna of the De-

vonian and Carboniferous Periods. The genera and species arranged in tabular
’ form, showing their horizons, recurrences, localities, and other facts. Svo. 1878.
Relates in large part to the Devonian and Carboniferous fossils of North America.

Brady, Henry B. Description d'une nouvelle espéce de Foraminifére des conches Mio-
céne de la Jamaique. < Ann. de la Soc. Malacologique de Belgique, t. xi, p. 15,
[original pagination not known to the writer]. 1876.

Describes, under the name of Tinoporus pilaris, a new Foraminifer from the Miocene Tertiary
of Jamaica.

Dawson, J. W. New Facts relating to Eozodn Canadense. < Canad. Naturalist, new
ser., vol. viii, pp. 282-285. 1878.

From the Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Buffalo
meeting, August, 1876.

Desor, G. Note sur l’existence de coquilles marines des mers actuels dans le bassin
du lac Ontario (Canada) jusqwa Valtitude de 310 pieds. [Note on the existence
of marine shells of existing species in the basin of Lake Ontario, up to elevations
of 310 feet.] < Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. viii, pp. 420-423. 1851.

Etheridge, Robert. Paleontology of the Coasts of the Arctic Lands visited by the
late British Expedition under Captain Sir George Nares, R. N., K. C. B., F. B.S.
< Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. Xxxiv, pp. 568-636, pls. xxv—xNix.

A large number of invertebrate fossils from the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks of
the Arctic regions are described in this important paper. The new species and varieties described
are Receptaculites arcticus, Monograptus convolutus, his var. eoppingeri, Halysites catenulatus,
var. feildent and var. harti, Syringopora parallela, Zaphrentis ofleyensis, Amplexus feildeni,
Pentamerus coppingeri, Strophodonta feildeni, Murchisonia latifasciata, Helicotoma naresii, Pla-
tyceras naticoides, all from the Silurian, and Spirifera aldrichi from the Devonian. Mr. R. Ethe-
ridge, Jun., appends a valuable bibliography of the Arctic fossil Polyzo« ; and there is also a table
showing the geographical distribution of the Polar P:leozoic fossils.

Geinitz, H.B. Sur les Graptolites. [On Graptolites.] < Bull.de la Soc. Géol. de
France, 2° séx., t.ix, pp. 186-188. 1851.

Graptolithus gracilis, Hall, and G. hallianus, Prout, with some other forms, are regarded by the
author as being Sertularians rather than true Graptolites.

*The writer takes this opportunity of returning his best thanks to his friends R.
Etheridge, Esq., Jun., and R. Bullen Newton, Esq., from whom he has received kind
assistance in the preparation of the following list. Dr. Scudder has also been good
enough to supply references to additional publications of his own, either omitted in
the Catalogue or not published at the time of its appearance, and the help thus
afforded is here gratefully acknowledged.

No.1.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. 151

Jones, T. Rupert, and W.K. Parker. Notice sur les Foraminiféres vivants et fossiles
delaJamaique. <Annales de la Soc. Malacologique de Belgique, tome xi, pp. 15. 1876.
[Original pagination not known to the writer. ]

The authors give lists of the Foraminifera of the Tertiary deposits of Jamaica. One species,
which is found both in the fossil and living condition, is described and figured as new under the
name of Textularia barrettiit. A list of the Miocene fossils of Jamaica, compiled from memoirs
by Mr. Guppy and Mr. Etheridge, is appended to the paper.

Logan, [Sir] William. Sur la formation Silurienne des environs de Québec, Canada.
< Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. xii, pp. 504-508. 1855.

Records the occurrence of a large number of species of fossils.

Marcou, J. Liste additionnelle des fossiles du terrain taconique de VAmérique du
Nord. [Additional list of the fossils of the Taconic Formation of North America. ]
< Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. xix, pp. 746-752. 1862.

Marcou, J. Notice sur les gisements des lentilles trilobitiféres taconiques de la Pointe
Lévis, Canada. [Note on the geological position of the nodules with Trilobites at
Point Lévis,Canada.] < Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° séx., t. xxi, pp. 236-255.

Marcou,J. La faune primordiale dans le pays de Galles, et la géologie Californienne:
< Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. xxiii, pp. 552-559. 1866.

Mentions a number of fossils met with in California.

Marcou, J. Le Dyas au Nébraska. < Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° sér., t. xxiv,
pp. 280-300. 1867.

The author gives lists of fossils.

Nicholson, H. Alleyne, and J. Murie. On the Minute Structure of Stromatopora
and its Allies. < Journ. of the Linnean Soc., vol. xiv, pp. 187-246, pls. i-iv.

In this memoir the authors deal with the history and literature, the mode of occurrence, minute
structure, classification and types, and zoological affinities of the Stromatoporoids. The material
dealt with is largely drawn from American formations. The genera Clathrodictyon, Stylodictyon,
and Pachystroma, are founded upon specimens from the Devonian and Silurian deposits of North
America.

Scudder, S.H. Letter to C.F. Hartt on the Devonian Insects of New Brunswick.
< Observations on the Geology of Southern Now Brunswick, by L. W. Bailey, pp. 140-
141. 1865.

Reprinted in Amer. Journ. Sci.and Arts, ser. 2, val. xxxix, pp. 357-358, and in Trans. Entom.
Soc. Lond., ser. 3. vol. ii, Proc. pp. 117-118.

Scudder, S.H. [Descriptions of Palzeozoic Insects. ] See Dawson’s ‘‘Acadian Geology,”
pp. 387-388 and 524-526; also by the same author, ‘‘On some Remains of Paleozoic
Insects recently discovered in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick,” in the Geological
Magazine, Decade f, vol. iv, pp. 385-388, pl. xvii, figs. 1-5.

Scudder, S.H. [Extract from a letter to-Selys-Longchamps on Bryeria; translated
into French.] < Comptes Rendus Soc. Entom. Belg., [2], No. 21, p. 2.

Mr. Seudder herein claims that the nervation of Bryeria shows thatit cannot be a Neuropteron,
as it was described to be.

Scudder, S.H. New and Interesting Insects from the Carboniferous of Cape Breton.
<Canad. Nat., new ser., vol. viii, pp. 88-90. 1876.

Reprinted from the Proce. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sct., vol. xxiv, pp. 110-111.

Scudder, S.H. Description d’un nouveau papillon fossile (Satyrites Reynesii), trouvé
a& Aix en Provence. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,vol. xxiii, pp. 66-72, pl. vii. 1872.

Translated in the Geol. Mag., vol. ix, pp. 5382-533, pl. xiii, figs, 2 ond 3.

Scudder, S. H. The Insects of the Tertiary Beds at Quesnel. <Report of the Geolog-
ical Survey of Canada for 1875-76, pp. 266-230. 1877.

The new species of insects determined from the Tertiary beds of Quesnel, in British Columbia,
are as fullows:—Among the Hymenoptera: Formica arcana, Hypoclinia obliterata, Aphenogaster
longeva, Pimpla saaea, P. senecta, P. decessa, and Oalyptites (gen. nov.) antediluvianum ; among
Diptera: Boletina sepulta, Brachypeza abita, B. procera, Trichonta dawsoni, Anthomyia inanimata,
A. burgessi, Heteromyza senilis, Sciomyza revelata, Lithortalis (gen. nov.) picta, Loncheea senescens,
and Palloptera mortiana; among Coleoptera: Prometopia debilis ; and among Hemiptera: Lach-
nus petrorum.

152 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vel. V.

Scudder, S.H. Additions to the Insect-fauna of the Tertiary Beds at Quesnel, Brit-
ish Columbia. < Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1876-77,
pp. 457-464. 1878.

The new species described are Sciara deperdita (Diptera), Enschistus antiquus and Lachnus
quesneli (Hemiptera), and Bothromicromus (gen. nov.) lachlani (Neuroptera). Some egg-cocoons
of Spiders are described under the name of Aranea columbie.

Shumard, B. F. Existence du Terrain Permien au Nouveau Mexique. [Existence of
the Permian formation in New Mexico.] <Bull. de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2¢ sér.,
vol. xv, pp. 531-533. 1857.

Whiteaves, J. F. Onsome Jurassic Fossils from the Coast Range of British Columbia.
< Canad. Naturalist, new series, vol. viii, No. 7, pp. 400-410.

These fossils are interesting as forming the first instance of the occurrence of a well-marked
fauna in British Columbia. They were collected by Mr. G. M. Dawson, and consist of 27 species
of Mollusca and one of Annelida. Their state of preservation is, however, so bad that generic
characters are sometimes doubtful. A provisional list is given of the species, with brief descrip-
tions of those that appear to be new, and critical remarks on others. The new species recorded
are: Pinna subcancellata, Grammatodon? itasyoucoensis, and Trigonia dawsont.

Whiteaves, J. F. Notes on some of the Fossils collected during Mr. Selwyn’s Expe-
dition in British Columbia. <Report of Progress Geological Survey of Canada for
1875-76, pp. 96-106. 1877.

The fossils described are Jurassic or Cretaceous, Triassic, Carboniferous or Permian, Devonian
or Carboniferous, from undoubted Devonian deposits, and from strata of unknown age. No new
species are named.

Whiteaves, J. F. Notes on some Jurassic Fossils, collected by Mr. G. M. Dawson, in
the Coast Range of British Columbia. <Report of Progress of the Geological Survey
of Canada for 1876-77, pp. 150-159. 1878.

Twenty-eight forms of Mollusca and a species of Serpula are noted and more or less fully de-
scribed, from the Jurassic deposits of British Columbia. Pinna subcancellata and Trigonia dav-
soni are described as new.

Woodward, Henry. Notes on some Arctic Silurian Fossils from Beechey Island,
brought home by the S. Y. ‘‘Pandora,” 1875, and from Port Dundas, Lancaster
Sound, by an Earlier Expedition in 1853. < Geological Magazine, new ser., Decade
II, vol. v, pp. 385-390, pl.x. 1878.

Describes some Corals, Alveolites? arctica being new.

i i i i beiitesings

tye

ot

in

ART.

ART.

BULLETIN, Nord) Vol. we

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

I.—Notes on the Aphidide of the United States, with descrip--

tions of species occurring West of the Mississippi. By
Chas. V. Riley and J. Monell. pp. 1-82, pli. I, IL.

Il.—The Relations of the Horizons of Extinct Vertebrata of .

Europe and North America. ByEK.D.Cope. pp. 33-54.

Ifl.—Observations on the Faune of the Miocene Tertiaries of
Oregon. By E. D. Cope. pp. 55-70.

IV.— Notes on the Birds of Fort Sisseton, Dakota Territory.
By Chas. E. McChesney, Acting Assistant Bie ;
S. A. pp. 71-104.

V.—Paleontological Papers No. 9: Fossils of the Jura-Trias of
Southeastern Idaho. By C. A. White, M.D. pp. 105-118.

VI.—Jura-Trias Section of Southeastern Idaho and Western
Wyoming. By A.C. Peale, M. D. pp. 119-124.

VII.—Fossil Forests of the Volcanic Tertiary Formations of the
Yellowstone National Park. By W. H. Holmes. pp.
125-132.

T. VIII.—Paleontological Papers No. 10: Conditions of Preservation

of Invertebrate Fossils. By C. A. White. pp. 133-142.

IX.—Supplement to the Bibliography of North American Inver-
tebrate Paleontology. By C. A. White and H. Alleyne
Nicholson. pp. 143-152.

tate
a

DHPARITMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.
F. VY. HAYDEN, U. S. GroLoaistT-In-CHARGE.,

BULLETIN

OF

epee NEP ED STATES

GHOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY

OF

THE TERRITORIES.

WOU ME Vo: NUMBER 2.

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
September 6, 1879.

ee —————————

a —N otes on the Aphidide of the United Stithen

species occurring west of the Misia
and J. Monell. pp. P32, pll. 1F IL

Drip ak hy vee ie L
WMAIERORE RY Aine AS Shr TT

aed tw

i ae cl ;
Ay whe ¢ * ns bys k be | Z \ 7 \
ee tl rhek “ORE Oth ek athe ae ETy. ay Ly

ro grr ets Keres diva , angut eh /
ASS TRE, GEA Ne rc F At GPAs taety

VBA Ke
aR ASSN NAA TFA ER

Ke
nn are
ot bee ve)

EXPLANATION TO PLATE I.

[In all the figures the natural flocculence of the hody is partly or entirely omitted,
so as the better to show the structure. The natural sizes are also indicated in hair-
line or by dots within circles. ]

Fig. 1.—SCHIZONEURA AMERICANA: ¢, ¢, leaf showing curl—nat. size; a, winter
egg; b, stem-mother; d, winged female; i, her antenna; j, her tarsus; e, true female,
ventral view, showing solitary egg; g, her tarsus, from beneath; f, anus and genital
points of male; h, antenna of 4th generation—all enlarged.

Fig. 2.—COLOPHA ULMICOLA: a, leaf showing galls from above and beneath—nat.
size; 6, impregnated egg surrounded by skin of true female; c, newly-born young of
2d generation, ventral view ; h, its antenna; d, pupa of same, dorsal view; ¢, winged
female; f, her antenna; g, antenna of stem-mother—all enlarged.

Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv., Vol. V, No. 1. Plate I.

C. V. Riley, del.

Gall-making Pemphiginz.

EXPLANATION TO PLATE II.

Fig. 3—PEMPHIGUS POPULI-MONILIS: a, winged female; b, her antenna; ¢, her
antenna at birth; d, same after first molt; f, her tarsus; e, her issue at birth, ventral
view—all enlarged ; g, leaf showing galls—nat. size.

Fig. 4.—HORMAPHIS SPINOSUS: a, gall—nat. size; 6, winged female (the left wings
showing abnormal venation); c, her tarsus; d, her antenna; h, frontal tubercle, as seen
at birth; e, her issue at birth, ventral view; f, granulated eee of same ; 9 antenna
of same —eill enlarged.

Fig. 5.—PEMPHIGUS POPULI-TRANSVERSUS: a, gall from side; b, same from be-
neath—nat. size; c, winged female (wings on left side detached); d, her antenna—
. enlarged.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Sury., Vol. V, No. 1.

C. V. Riley, del.

W=z ier
at,
Ee ae ee

Gall-making Pemphiginz.

Plate II.

|
|

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME V. 1879. NUMBER 2.

a

Art. X.—Om the Coatis (Genus Nasua, Storr).

By J. A. Allen.

Few of the terrestrial Fere present a greater range of color-varia-
tion, wholly independent of sex and age, than do the species of Coati.
Neither does the history of many groups afford so remarkable a record
of malidentifications and consequent confusion and complication of
synonymy. Before entering further upon the general subject, it may
be stated that the number of species recognized by even comparatively
recent authors varies from one to five, while the aggregate number of
synonyms falls little short of thirty. The two valid species of the group
were very early and simultaneously recognized, but later one of them
vas almost wholly lost sight of for nearly half a century, so that the
names given to them by the early systematic writers were variously com-
bined and almost indiscriminately referred by later authors to the
various nominal species they respectively recognized. As preliminary
to any attempt to discriminate the species, and for the purpose of eluci-
dating the tables of synonymy given below, a somewhat extended
historical summary of the literature of the subject may not be out of
place.*

Brisson, in his “Régne Animal,” in 1756, described two species of
Coati under the names “ Le Coati-Mondi” and “ Le Coati-Mondi a queue
annelée,” which afterward became the basis respectively of Linne’s V7-
verra narica and Viverra nasua. Brisson also described “ Le Blaireau
de Surinam—WMeles surinamensis,” which is also a Coati, referable to the
- * The present revision of the group is based mainly upon the rich material contained
in the National Museum, the whole of which has been unreservedly placed at my dis-
posal by the Director, Professor Spencer F. Baird. Iam also greatly indebted to Mr.
Alexander Agassiz for the use of the material contained in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zodlogy at Cambridge, Mass., which happily supplies important data that would
have been otherwise inaccessible to me.

Bull. v, 2 tt 153

JS 4s BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol v.

species with an annulated tail. This later became in part the basis of
Erxleben’s Viverra vulpecula.* Only the first two of Brisson’s three spe-
cies above cited have special importance in the present connection. His
diagnoses are so explicit as to leave no doubt respecting the particular
species characterized, and they thus render Linné’s Viverra narica and
V..nasua perfectly determinable. Buffon also described and figured
both species from specimens he was able to study in life, under the
names “ Le Coati brun” and “ Le Coati noiratre,” corresponding respec-
tively with Linné’s Viverra narica and V. nasua. Schreber copied Buft-
fon’s plates and adopted Linné’s names. He seems, however, to have
had personal knowledge of both species, and takes pains to clearly point
out their specific differences, alluding to the fact that both Bufton and
Pennant considered Viverra narica as merely a ‘‘ variety” (“‘ blosse Spiel-
arten”) of V. nasua. Hrxleben and Gmelin also adopted Linné’s names,
and correctly referred to them Brisson’s and Buffon’s species. G. Cuvier,
in 1798, employed Bufion’s vernacular names, but referred the species to
the genus Ursus, retaining, however, the specific names given by Linné.’
Shaw, in 1800, gave Viverra narica as a “var.?”, remarking that it had
usually been considered as a variety of Viverra nasua, but adds: “It is,
however, rather larger than the former [V. naswa], of a browner color,
and without any annuli, or, at least, without any distinct variegations
on the tail,” thereby showing that he appreciated correctly some of the
more obvious external characters of the two species. Up to this time
the two species had not been confounded by systematic writers, and the
references to Brisson and Buffon prove to have been correctly allocated.
Desmarest, in 1817, apparently intended to adopt for the group Storr’s
generic name Nasua, of which he recognized three species, as follows:
1. “Le Coati, Nasua quasje, Geoffroy,” to which he referred “ Viverra
quasje, Linn.” (i. e., Gmelint), and Buffon’s “le Coati noiratre.” 2. “Te
met with in the works of the earlier systematists, particularly those of Linné, Erx-
leben, and Gmelin, based on the descriptions and figures of still earlier writers,
especially those of Hernandez, Seba, Jonston, Brisson, Buffon, and Schreber. These
compositions frequently embraced what, in the light of the present day, can be recog-
nized ag several widely diverse species, belonging not unfrequently to distinet fami-
lies of animals. While some of the citations are still Indeterminable with certainty,
others may be readily identified. Erxleben’s first citation under his vulpecula is
““Yzquiepatl seu Vulpecula, quae Maitzium torrefactum aemulator colore Hernand.
Mex. p. 332 cum fig. mediocr.”, which is apparently the ‘‘ Ichneumon de Yzquiepatl, seu
Vulpecula Americana, que colore Maizium torrefactum emulator” of Seba (Thesau. i,
1624, 68, pl. xlii, fig. 1), said to be ‘‘in America Quasje vocatur” and ‘‘vivum ad Suri-
nam.” The description and figure indicate an animal having some resemblance to a
Coati, but is as likely to have been a Raccoon, and is certainly indeterminable with
certainty. With it are combined Brisson’s “Le Blairean de Surinam,” which is un-
questionably a Nasua, and Button’s “Le Coase” (Hist. Nat., xiii, pp. 288, 299, pl. xxxviil),
which is beyond doubt the Pekan or Fisher of ‘‘ Virginie,” the Mustela pennanti of
modern systematists, and (primarily) the Viverra vulpecula of Schreber, which Hrxle-
ben also quotes. ~ é :
+ Although various writers cite a “Viverra quasje, Linn.”, the name originated with
Gniclin (Syst. Nat., i, 87), whose first reference is: ‘‘V. castanea subtus flavescens, naso

No.2.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 155

Coati brun, Viverra narica, Linn.”, to which he referred Buffon’s “1. 48”
(the same plate is also referred to the preceding species!). 3. “ Le Coati
roux, Viverra nasua, Linn.”, to which is referred Schreber’s “pl. 118.”
In 1820 he made a still more thorough confusion of the species, of which
he nominally recognized two, under the names Nasua rufa and Naswa
Jusce. His N. rufa is ¥. Cuvier’s “ Coati roux” (Hist. des Mam., livr. i),
which is merely a red phase of the common V. nasua of Linné, while his
N. fusca is a composition of Linné’s V. narica with Marcgrave’s “ Coati-
mondi” (referred by Linné to his V. naswa), the Coati and Coati noiratre
of Buffon, and F. Cuvier’s “ Coati brun,” which last is also referable to
Linné’s V. nasua.

Ff, Cuvier,* in 1817, nominally recognized two species, but really de-
‘scribed only one, but confounded the synonyms of both. These are: 1.
“Coati roux; Viverra nasua Linn.” In his description of this he cor-
rectly says: “‘le queue est annelée de noir et de fauve.” 2. “‘Coati brun;
Viverra narica, Buff., pll. 47-48.” In his description of this he says:
“‘le queue est annelée de noir et de jaune sale,” and therefore it is not
the Viwerra narica of Linné. Furthermore, in citing here both of But-
fon’s plates Ixvii and Ixviii, he confounds both of the Linnean species
under the name “Viverra narica,” and fails altogether to recognize the
true narica.

Desmoulins, in 1823, followed F. Cuvier in making two species, and
while he adopted Linné’s names he wrongly referred Schreber’s plate exviii
to Viverra nasua, and cites both of Button’s plates Ixvii and lxviii under
V. narica. Lesson, in 1827, simply followed Desmarest’s nomenclature
and determinations of 1820.

. Cuvier, in the first livraison of his “ Histoire des Mammiferes,”
published in 1818, figured the red phase of the Viverra nasua of Linné
under the name “ Le Coati roux,” and in the fourth livraison (1819) of

the same work figured a pale fulvous variety and a pale brown variety
under the titles, respectively, of “‘ Coati brun femelle, variété fauve,” and
“ Coati brun, femelle,” and in the forty-eighth livraison (1825) figured
still another variety under the name “Coati brun-foncé”; all of which
are unquestionably referable to the Linnean Viverra nasua.

In 1826, Prinz Maximilian published his “ Beitrige zur Naturge-
schichte von Brasilien,” in which work he bestowed on Linne’s Viverra
nasua the name Nasua socialis, and added a second species as ‘? 2.
N. Solitaria,” and further indicated 3. “? Nasua nocturna.” He calls
attention to the great variability in color that the Coatis present, referring
to the fact that in the common Coati, known in systematic works as
producto, cauda annulata. Syst. Nat. X, p. 44.” His second citation is: “Meles ex
saturate spadiceo nigricans, cauda fusca annulis flavicantibus quasicincta. Briss. quadr.
p. 185.” Whether the first reference relates to Nasua or to Procyon is hard to deter-
mine, but the second is simply Brisson’s “‘Blaireau de Surinam.” ‘‘Quasje” is well
known to be one of the native names applied to the Coatis in Surinam and some other

parts of South America,
* Dict. des Sci. Nat., tome ix, 1817, p. 464.

156 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

“* Nasua rufa,” or Viverra nasua,” he had found red, gray, and brownish
individuals in the same family. He therefore held all these animals for
a single species tillhe learned from hunters that there were two, of whieh
one was small and slender, and associated in numerous companies, while
the other was larger, less slender, and lived singly or in families; the
first being termed by the natives ‘“‘ Cuatide Bando”; the second, ““Cuati
Mundéo.” Of the last, he says he had seen only a single example, yet he
believed in its existence in consequence of the reports of the Brazilian
hunters. He also says he regards it aS unwise to name the species in
reference to their color, as, for example, “ Nasua rufa and subfusca,”
but deems it better to bestow names in reference to their modes of
life. He accordingly gives the name Naswa socialis to the ‘ Cuati de
Bando” of the natives, of which he met with many specimens, and of
which he gives a detailed description. He says this is the common
variety, which has been named Nasua rufa, and which is sometimes of a
purer, sometimes of a more brownish red. His WV. solitaria is the “ Cuati .
Mundéo” of the Brazilians of the eastern coast, but he expresses doubt
respecting its specific distinctness from his WN. socialis. He describes
the body as entirely yellowish ash-gray, darker on the back, pale yellow-
ish-red below and yellowish-brown on the sides; tail very pale grayish-
red, annulated with blackish-brown. The single example seen by him,
and which he describes, was an old male. Its larger size and stouter
form, as compared with his NV. socialis, described from female examples,
as well as its different habits, have since been shown to be merely sexual
or due to age. According to the Indians, this larger Coati (WV. solitaria)
agrees in habits with the other species, except that it lives singly or in
families and is less social.

In commenting upon the general subject, he says it is certainly wrong
to recognize three species of Coati, namely, ‘‘ Nasua rufa, obfusca,* und
narica,” as Eschwege has done, or four, by adding Geoffroy’s Nasua

* Tlliger is credited by Maximilian, Fischer, Gray, and others, with the names Nasua
monde and Nasua obfusca, but neither of them gives references to the places of their oceur-
rence. Gray, however, incorrectly adds, “‘Prodromus,” but neither of these names
occurs in Illiger’s ‘‘ Prodromus,” where he merely recognized two species under the
Linnean names of nasua and narica. In his ‘‘ Verzeichniss der in Siid-Amerika vor-
kommenden Gattungen und Arten,” in his ‘‘ Ueberblick der SAugthiere nach ihrer Ver-
theilung tiber die Welttheile” (Abhandl. Berlin. Akad. 1804-11), he enumerates eight
‘‘species” of Nasua as follows: ‘‘ Nasua Monde, minor, spadicea, Narica, Quasje?, Squash ?,
? Cuja, ? canina,” but gives only the following means of identifying thenew names. In
reference to them he says: ‘‘Die Arten [der Nasia], von ihnlicher Farbe und Bildung,
sind bei den Schriftstellern sehr verwirrt. Ob Vulpecula, Quasje und Squash, witklich
selbstiindige Arten, oder nur junge Thiere andrer Arten sind, kann man nicht mit
Sicherheit bestimmen. Ich rechne noch Mustela Cuja Molina und Ginelin, und Zimmer-
mann’s Koupara, den Canis sylvestris Seba Thesaur. I. Tab. 30. Fig. 1, zu dieser Gat-
tung.” The memoir in question abounds in similar instances of the multiplication of
names without formal characterization, five South American ‘‘species” of Gulo, for ex-
ample, being enumerated in the same connection.

No.2.) ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 157

pusilla,* which he says is apparently a young animal. He adds:
“‘Hochstens zwei Arten des eigentlichen Cuati kann man als in den
von mir bereis’ten Gegenden einheimisch annehmen, wenn sie nicht auf
eine reducirt werden miissen, die Farbe aber kann, meinen Beobach-
tungen zufolge, keine Species derselben pescmimen? (Riese Hise py. 297)
Finally, he concludes his article on the Coatis with an “Anmerkung,”
in which he says he has imperfectly learned of another animal which
appears to belong to the group of Coatis, but which differs a little in its
habits from the two:species he has described. This is his “? Nasua noe-
turna, das Jupard oder nachtliche Cuati.” The only skin he saw of this
reputed animal, said to inhabit the great forests of the eastern coast of
Brazil, was so imperfect that he was unable to determine certainly
about the genus. It differed from the other described Coatis somewhat
in color in being pale grayish-yellow above and pale yellowish-red below,
and through the absence of color-rings on the tail, which was colored
uniformly with the back. According to the Brazilian hunters, it lives
during the day in holes in trees, and goes abroad only in the night, the
hunters never seeing it in the daytime. It differs, he says, from the
other Coatis, if indeed it really belongs with them, not only in its noc-
turnal habits, but in its soft, fine hair and uniformly colored (“unge-
fleckten”) tail.

Wagener,t in 1841, united all the Coatis into one species, under the name
Nasua socialis, but grouped his bibliographical references under the
heads of two varieties, called respectively “var. rufa aut fulva,” and
“var. brunea.” His view of the case may be best presented in me own
words: ‘Die beiden Arten, welche aus dem gemeinen Cuati errichtet
worden, sind weiter nichts als Farbenabanderungen, die sich, wie diess
der Prinz von Neuwied und Rengger gezeigt haben, in einer und der-
selben Familie und in demselben Wurfe beisammen vorfinden, und weder
vom Geschlecht, noch vom Alter, noch vom Klima bedingt sind.”

Von Tschudi, a little later (1844-46), recognized five species in his
“Fauna Peruana” (pp. 98-103), namely, the Nasua socialis and N. soli-
taria of Maximilian, and three new ones. The latter are V. leucorhynchus,
N. vittata, and N. montana. He gives only two as found in Peru—J.
socialis,t the usual or common species, and WN. montana, known from a
Single specimen collected in the Peruvian Andes at an altitude of 8,000
feet above the sea. The N. leucorhynchus, von Tschudi states, is often
brought by travellers from the interior of Brazil, but there is apparently
good reason for questioning the correctness of the locality here assigned.
Under this name is given a good description of Linné’s Viverranarica—
the first recognition of the species for nearly half a century, and the first

*A “ Nasua Quasje, Geoffr. Collect. du Mus.”, is cited also by Fischer, and Gray gives
Nasua quasie, Geoff. Mus. Paris”; but I cannot find that the name was ever published
by Geoffroy.

‘tSchreber’s Siugt., Suppl., ii, 1841, p. 165.

t As synonyms of N. socialis he cites Viverra ‘‘nasuta” and V. narica of Linné, and ~

WNasua rufa and N. ‘“‘rufina” of Desmarest.

158 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V. |

detailed description. The NV. vittata was based on a melanistic speci-
men collected by the traveller Schomburgk in the interior of Guiana,
to which is referred the black variety of Coati mentioned by his brother
in the “Annals of Natural History” (vol.iv, p. 431). The NV. montana
is also a melanistic type, without the usual white spots about the eyes.
Four of von Tschudi’s species are thus referable to the Linnzan V. nasua,
and one to the V. narica. .

Gray,* in 1843, revived the Linnean name narica, but, although he
cites as the first synonym ‘“ Viverra narica, Linn.,” all his other citations,
and doubtless ali his specimens, are referable to Linné’s V. nasua. He
recognized two species, the other being “ Nasua rufa, Desm.,” by which
he evidently intended the Viverra nasua of Linné. In 1864,+ he for-
mally reviewed the group of Coatis, recognizing three species, add-
ing as new a “ Nasua olivacea.”. He perpetuates the confusions of
nomenclature and synonymy of his earlier notice, and, so far as can be
determined by his descriptions, his material is all referable to the single
Linnzan species Viverranasua. In 1866% he added still another nominal
species under the name Vasua dorsalis. In 1869, in his “Catalogue of Car
nivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British Muse-
um” (pp. 238-241), he gives the four species he had previously recognized
as follows: 1. Nasua rufa; 2. Nasua narica; 3. Nasua dorsalis; 4, Nasua

olivacea. The references under NV. rufa are all pertinent to the Viverra’

nasua of Linné; those under Nasua narica, except the first three (“ Viverra
Narica, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 64; Schreb. Sdugeth. t. 119; Ursus narica,
Tab. Elém. p. 113, 1798”), and the ‘“Nasua leucorypha [lege leucorhynchus|
Tschudi, Arch. fiir Naturg.”, are also all referable to the same species, as

-are his own WV. dorsalis and N. olivacea. To judge by his deseriptions, as _

well as by the localities given, his material is also all referable to Linné’s
Viverra nasua, as all his species are described as having annulated tails.
It would be unsafe, however, to assume, that the Viverra narica was
unrepresented in the material at his command. Respecting his NV. rufa
and N. narica he says: “I have examined with care a series of skulls
which are said to have belonged to these two species, but have been
unable to discover any characters by which the skulls belonging to
one species can be distinguished from those belonging to the other. ...

If I had only two or three skulls, I might have perhaps seen differences _

which I might have regarded as distinctions ; but when a series of some
twenty or more are examined, it is impossible to define any distinction.”

These suggestive remarks confirm me in the conclusion above expressed, _

that Gray had before him only skulls of Viverra nasua, for he certainly
could not have failed to distinguish the skulls, or even the skins, of the
true V. narica (Nasua leucorhynchus, von Tschudi) if he had had them.
Giebel§ in 1855, recognized two species, namely, Wasua socialis and
*Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1843, p. 74.
+ Proc. Zobl. Soc. London, 1864, pp. 701-792.

¢ Proc. Zod]. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 169, pl. xvii.
§ Saugethiere, pp. 749-751.

eT oe

No.2. ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 159

Vasu solitaria. To the first he virtually referred all the species of pre-
vious authors except NV. solitaria of Maximilian, which alone constitutes
his second species. This, however, as Hensel has shown, unquestiona-
bly relates only to old males of the common species.

In 1860, Weinland described and figured * a species of Coati from Vera
Cruz, Mexico, under the name Nasua solitaria var. mexicana. The speci-
men was taken when two months old, and transmitted alive to the
Frankfort Zodlogical Garden, and when described and figured was
already nearly five years old. Weinland’s detailed description of its
external characters and his excellent figure, drawn and colored from the
living animal, form the first definite information recorded in reference to
the Mexican Coati. The species, however, is wrongly referred to Prinz
Maximilian’s NVasua solitaria, and although the author in his general
history of the subject refers to von Tschudi’s Nasua leucorhynchus, he
failed to perceive that the example he here describes represented that
species as well as the old Linnean Viverra narica.

De Saussure, in 1862,t recognized two species from Mexico under the
names Nasua socialis and Nasua solitaria, which, he says, bear respect-
ively the native names ‘“‘ Tejon de manada” and “Tejon solo.” Both
are referable to the Nasua leucorhynchus of von Tschudi (= Viverra narica,
Linné). Heseems to have made here the same mistake respecting the
Coatis of Mexico that Prinz Maximilian made in reference to those of
Brazil, namely, that of describing the old males as a distinct species,
adopting for it Maximilian’s name solitaria, and retaining the same
author’s name socialis for the younger males and females; but the two
supposed species to which De Saussure gave these names are not the
two so named by Maximilian.

Von Frantzius, in 1869, stated{ that the specimens collected by him
in Costa Rica had been determined by Professor Peters to be the Nasua
leucorhynchus of von Tschudi. He says that two species are recognized
in Costa Rica under the names “ Pisote solo” and ‘ Pisote de manada,”
which are respectively the “ einsame Riisselbir” (Nasua solitaria, auct.)
and the ‘ gesellige Riisselbir (NV. socialis, auct.). But he says that all
of the Costa Rican specimens that he had examined belonged to Nasua
leucorhynchus, and he thinks it therefore probable that only this spe-
cies occurs there, and that the so-called “ geselligen Riisselbaren ” are
only the young and females of NV. leucorhynchus, and not the N. socialis.
Consequently he believes that WV. lewcorhynchus may be considered as the
only representative of the genus in the Northern Tropics, and that 1.
socialis is restricted to the Southern Tropics. He further notes that the
coloration of the Costa Rican species is very variable, the young being
browner and the old animals more varied with blackish and white.

Hensel, in 1869, in his “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Thierwelt Bra-

* Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. i, 1860, p. 189.
t Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. ili, 1862, pp. 53, 56.
t Arch. fiir Naturg., 1869, i, pp. 292-294.

160 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

siliens,”* in his account of the Brazilian Coati, claimed that Maximilian’s
Nasua solitaria (the “ Coati mondeo” of the Brazilians) was based merely
on old males of the common species. He refers to the great sexual differ-
ences these animals present in respect to habits, as being the basis of a
grave error committed by zodlogists, and to certain climatic differences
in color. He even goes so far as to say: ‘Ich glaube, dass es nur eine
einzige Art, die Nasua socialis gibt, wenigstens enthalten die Beschrei-
bungen anderer nichts, was sich nicht auch bei der genannten Art vor-
finde.” .

In 1873, +t however, he recognized two species, namely, Nasua socialis
and Nasua leucorhynchus. The first he had found so abundant in Southern
Brazil that he collected of it not less than two hundred skulls, as well as
many skeletons. He states that from the comparison of these skulls, as
from observation of the animal in a state of nature, it appears that the
old males live solitary, and have been accounted a different species un-
der the name Nasua solitaria. The Brazilian hunters, he says, also dis-
tinguish it as ‘ Coati monde” from the common “ Coati de vara,” but at
the same time recognize very well their relationship. Among his above-
mentioned skulls were a considerable number of those of old hermits, or
solitaires (‘‘ Kinsiedlern”). Ata particular time of life—that is to say,
when the long canines begin to become worn—the old males leave the
troops, of which, in company with the old and young females, they had
hitherto formed a part, and afterward only run with them during the pairing
season. One can tell, he says, with considerable certainty, by the skull,
whether or not the animal had already left the troop. The males that run
with the troops are, as shown by an examination of their skulls, not fully
grown, so that size becomes a distinctive character of the old solitary
males. It is difficult, he says, to find any difference in color between
the two assumed species; and although he examined every example care-
fully, and with the object of finding two species, he was never able to
find any color-differences. He further states that solitary females are
never met with, unless, perhaps, they have been driven from the herd
in hunting them.

He later refers to the fact that a considerable number of species have
been recognized, but adds that, with one exception, he has no judgment

to render respecting them. In Rio de Janeiro he saw an example in»

confinement, which he thought probably came from Bahia or Pernam-
buco; that was distinguishable by its reddish color. He thought it
perhaps represented Desmarest’s Nasua rufa, but to him it appeared to
differ from the Southern Nasua only in its color, through the yellow
being of a reddish tone.¢

*Tbid., Jalirg. x, 1869, pp. 289-293.

t “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Siingethiere Siid-Brasiliens,” Abhandl. Kénigl. Akad.
Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1872, (1873), pp. 63-67.

+In his former paper, in alluding to this subject, he says: ‘‘In Rio de Janeiro, in
Bahia und Pernambuco sah ich geziihmte Coatis, an denen das Gelb der Haare dunkler
war und einen réthlichen Ton hatte, so dass der Farbenton des ganzen Thieres auch

Ma tg at

No.2.) ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. E61

The second species he here admits is the Vasua leucorhynchus from
Costa Rica, which, from a comparison of skulls sent him by Dr. von
Frantzius, he found to be smaller* than N. socialis, the skull rounder,
With the crests and ridges less developed, and the molar teeth thicker.

From the foregoing it will be seen that the two species of Coati owe
their first introduction into systematic literature to Linné, who in tur
derived them from Brisson and Buffon, by each of whom both were
described at nearly the same date. It further appears that these species
were properly defined (as far as they were then known) and clearly recog-
nized by all the leading systematists, down to the early part of the
present century, and that confusion and obscurity originated with the
French encyclopzdists, the two species being similarly more or less in-
volved at the hands of both Desmarest and F’. Cuvier in the year 1817,
and that malidentification and confusion of synonymy have since been
the ruie. It furthermore appears that the Linnean name narica, when
used at all. has, since that date, covered only color-variations of the Lin-
hean nasua, and that the true narica of Linné finally became again
specifically distinguished in the leucorhynchus of von Tschudi, and is at
last currently recognized under that name as the second and only other
valid species of the genus Naswa.

‘These two species may be briefly diagnosed as follows:
CoMMON CHARACTERS.—Nose produced, terminating in a bald, cartilaginous snout;
tail nearly as long asthe body. Skull narrow, long, the frontal region elevated ;

palate prolonged backward; postorbital processes rudimentary in youth, well
developed in old age; sagittal and occipital crests strongly developed in the males

in old age, but the former permanently obsolete in the females. Incisors =, of
moderate size, the outer upper separated from the others, and placed more pos-

teriorly; canines = all curved outward, greatly developed in the males, of
moderate size in the females; the upper laterally compressed with cutting edges;

the lower rather larger and subtriangular, with a deep longitudinal groove on
the inner anterior border; premolars a molars = A small white spot above,

another below the eye, and a third on the cheek .......-.--- Genus Nasua Storr.
DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS.—1. Nose and edge of upper lip white, in strong con-
trast with the dark brown of the cheeks and facial region ; tail concolor with the
back, or with obsolete half-rings on the lower surface of the basal half. Pelage
long, soft, the long hairs of the dorsal surface tipped with rufous, fulvous, or
whitish. Hinder portion of the palate angularly depressed medially-. -narica.
2, Nose and upper lip gray, uniform in color with the cheeks and facial region ;
tail conspicuously annulated with about 7 to 9 rather broad fulvous or rufous
rings, alternating with dusky or black ones. Pelage generally short, harsh,
shining, the long hairs of the dorsal surface usually black-tipped. Size smaller
and nasal region of the skull narrower than in the preceding; palatal region
also narrower, with its posterior portion flat—not sharply depressed in the mid-
dle, as in the preceding. Ears also rather longer and more pointed ..---. rufa.

Pena snt nn ENCES WENGE 7 Ssh pees yee A Ey et
_etwas réthlich war; allein im Uebrigen glichen sie ganz den Coatis des Siidens und
kénnten héchstens als klimatische Farbenvarietiit betrachtet werden.”—Loc. cit., p.
200.

* His Costa Rican specimens, as shown by his descriptions and measurements of
them, were not fully grown, which accounts for his statement that the Costa Rican

species is smaller, it being in reality larger.

162 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

NASUA NARICA, (Linné) Illiger.

MEXICAN COATI.

Le Coati-Mondi, Brisson, Reg. Anim., 1756, 262.

Coati brun, BUFFON, Hist. Nat., viii, 1760, pl. xlviii.

Viverra narica, LINNE, Syst. Nat., i, 1765, 64. Based entirely on Button, as aboye.—
SCHREBER, Siiugth., iii [17767], p. 438, pl. exix (fig. from Buffon ).—ERXLEBEN,
Syst. Reg. Anim., 1777, 486.—ZIMMERMANN, Geogr. Gesch., 1, 1780, 291.—
GMELIN, Syst. Nat., i, 1788, 86.—SHaw, Gen. Zo6l., i, 1800, 385 (given as a
‘var. ?”).—DESMAREST, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., vii, 1817, 219.

Ursus narica, G. CUVIER, Tabl. Elém. d’Hist. Nat., 1798, 113.

? ? Nasua nocturna, MAXIMILIAN, Beitr. Naturges. Bras., ii, 1826, 298.

Nasua leucorhynchus, VON TscHupt1, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 100.—FRaNTzIUS, Arch.
fiir Naturg., 1869, 292.—Duexs, La Naturaleza, i, 1869, 137.—HENSEL, Ab-
handl. Konig]. Akad. Wissens. Berlin, 1872, (1873), 65.

Nasua socialis var. fusca, FISCHER, Synop. Mam., 1829, 149.

Nasua socialis var. brunea, WAGNER, Suppl. Schreber’s Siiugth., 11, 1841, 165.

Nasua socialis, DE SAUSSURE, Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. iii, 1862, 53.

Nasua solitaria var. mexicana, WEINLAND, Zoologische Garten, Jahrg.i, No.11, Aug.
1860, 191, with a colored plate from life.—DrE SaussuRE, Zoologische Garten,
Jahrg. iii, No. 2, Feb. 1862, 27 (habits), 54 (external characters).

Nasua solitaria, DE SAUSSURE, Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. iii, 1862, 54.

Bassaricyon gabbii, ALLEN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, 267, pl. 11, animal (not
Bassaricyon gabbii, Allen, ibid., 1876, 20, pl. i, skull).

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.—Nose, edge of upper lip, a spot below the

eye, another above the eye, and a small spot on the cheek, white; a white

line, more or less distinct, usually connects the white spot above the eye

with the white nasal area; rest of the facial portion of the head black-

ish-brown; forehead, sides and top of the head, hind neck, and a trian-

gular area over the shoulders, lighter brown, varying in different speci-

mens, however, from dark brown to yellowish-brown, or even deep golden.

In many specimens this more or less fulvous area has well-defined out-

lines, and terminates posteriorly in a triangular extension reaching nearly

to the middle of the back; in others, it is less well defined, and has a

more restricted extension posteriorly. The ears are broadly margined

with whitish, with long brown hair externally at the base, which in win-

ter pelage forms overhanging tufts that nearly cover the ears. The gen-

eral color of the rest of the dorsal surface is dark brown, becoming darker

posteriorly, and varying in different specimens from fulvous to blackish-

brown, with the tips of the long hairs lighter and lustrous, varying in dif-

ferent specimens from nut-brown through fulvous to pale yellowish-white

or silvery. The color of the tail is nearly uniform with that of the hind por-

tion of the back, with the distal third darker or blackish. Faint annula-

tions are often observable, on close inspection, particularly on the basal two-

thirds of the lower surface, but they are apparently never conspicuous in the

adults, and frequently specimens occur in which no traces of annulations

can be detected. They appear to be more prominent in very young speci-

mens than in those that are full grown, and to become obsolete in old age.

They are, however, sometimes entirely absent inthe young. Sides of the

No.2. | ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 163

neck whitish, varying from fulvous-white to silvery, this color usually
extending over the fore-limbs as far as the elbow, and posteriorly along
the sides of the body; on the sides of the neck it often forms a well-
defined patch extending upward to the ear. The thighs are also more
or less whitish. Distal portions of the limbs dark brown, passing into
blackish on the feet. Chin, to beyond the symphysis of the jaw, pure
white; throat, breast, and anterior half of the ventral surface, whitish or
grayish-white, more or less obscured by the brown of the basal portions
of the hairs. The pure white of the chin is usually separated from the
grayish-white of the throat by a dusky band, formed by the extension
and confluence of the dark brown of the cheeks; this, however, is an ex-
tremely variable feature, being sometimes wholiy Aiecae often Gis anal
but sometimes very broad and prominent. The color of the ventral sur-
face is variable, being sometimes wholly silvery, or grayish-white, or en-
tirely dusky, with no whitish anywhere on the lower surface except on
the chin and a patch of dingy or yellowish-white on the throat and breast.
Usually the anterior half of the ventral surface is more or less whitish,
through which the fuscous bases of the hairs show, the whitish surface-
color being formed by the white tips of the hairs. A similar whitish or
yellowish-white tint is seen over the inguinal region. On the chin, the
hairs are short and white to the base; on the rest of the lower surface
they are dusky at base and whitish at the tips, resulting usually in the
production of a dingy gray.

The pelage is full, long, and soft, and He tail full and bushy. The
hairs composing the whitish patches on the sides of the neck are usually
longer than those of the adjoining parts.

Judging by the specimens in hand, there are no sexual differences in
color, one of the darkest specimens of the series being a female.

In very young specimens, the pelage is softer and more woolly, with
the look of immaturity usually characteristic of young animals. They
show, however, the same facial markings as the adults. The annulations
of the tail appear to be generally more strongly marked in the young,
being, in some cases, quite conspicuous, but are sometimes entirely absent.

A series of fourteen skins from various parts of Mexico and Central
America presents a wide range of individual variation in color, but not
ereater than most mammals present, and not nearly so great as is seen
in Nasua fusca. There seems, also, to be a recognizable amount of geo-
graphical variation, the Mexican specimens being much lighter-colored
than those from Guatemala and Costa Rica. The lightest-colored spe-
cimen of all comes from the Texan side of the Rio Grande, near Fort
Brown. In this example (Nat. Mus., No. 12757, Dr. J. C. Merrill), the
general aspect of the dorsal surface is yellowish-gray, with a large,
whitish area on the sides of the neck, and much white along the sides of
the body; below, strongly whitish throughout. The white eye-markings
do not quite form a continuous ring, but the spot above the eye has a
whitish band connecting it with the white nasal area. The pelage is

164 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

very long and full, and the fulvous under-color of the dorsal. surface
shows strongly through the light tips of the long hairs.

A Mazatlan specimen (Nat. Mus., No. 9068, T. Bischoff) has the top of
the head, back of the neck, and a long, triangular area over the shoulders,
deep yellowish-brown or golden, and the whole upper surface is strongly
fulvous, through the long hairs being tipped with this color. The white
area on the nose is very broad; the two white eye-spots form a very
broad, continuous ring around the eye, which is connected with the white
nose-patch by a prominent stripe of the same color. The breadth of the
white eye-ring above the eye is 15 mm. The white of the chin, throat,
and breast forms a continuous area, and is of unusual purity. In very
favorable lights, about four or five indistinct rings can be traced in
the basal two-thirds of the tail; but on casual inspection the tail would
be pronounced unicolor with the back, except that it has a blackish tip.
A Colima (Mexico) specimen (Nat. Mus., No. 7228, John Xantus) presents
the same general appearance as the Mazatlan specimen, except that the
golden on the hind-head, nape, and shoulders has a more restricted area.
The white on the nose is also much reduced, and the white about the eye
only forms two small, wholly separated spots, the upper of which is con-
nected with the white of the nasal region by a narrow, half-obliterated
line. A specimen from Pacuare, Costa Rica (Nat. Mus., No. 12878, Jose
C. Zeledon), has the face-markings nearly as in the Mazatlan specimen,
but the ocular ring is interrupted at the posterior canthus of the eye.
The yellow area of the nape and neighboring parts is less well defined
than in either of the preceding, and has a redder cast. The dorsal sur-
face, particularly posteriorly, is much darker, and the light tippings of
the hairs are silvery on the sides, and rufous or reddish-brown over the
shoulders and middle of the back. In other words, the specimen is much
darker. The tail has obsolete rings and a dark tip, as in the others.

A specimen from Central Guatemala (Nat. Mus., No. 8622, Henry
Hague), in general features greatly resembles the last, but the brown of
the face is darker and the white markings more restricted, the eye-spots

being small, widely separated, and wholly eut off from the white area —

on the nose. The posterior half of the dorsal surface and the tail are
much darker (blackish-brown), but the sides of the body, from the head
to the middle of the body, have the long hairs tipped for nearly half
their length with silvery white, tinged more or less with yellow. A
specimen from Talamanca, Costa Rica (Nat. Mus., No. 12197, José Zele-
don), in much worn pelage, is very dark throughout, and, apparently
owing to the wearing-off of the ends of the long hairs, shows none of
the usual light tippings. This specimen is the darkest of the series: it
shows trace of annulation in the tail. A specimen from Mexico (Nat.
Mus., No. 7230, labelled “ Naswa leucorhynchus, Tschudi, Mexique, Maison
Verreaux ”) is deep blackish-brown throughout, the long hairs slightly
tipped with light-yellowish over the shoulders, passing into silvery on
the sides of the shoulders. Sides of the neck with a small area of white,

No.2.] ALLEN ON. THE GENUS NASUA 165

over which the hairs are conspicuously lengthened; throat and fore
limbs externally whitish; hind limbs nearly black, the long hairs lus-
trous black. The white face-markings are greatly restricted, the eye-
spots being very small, and the white nasal area greatly reduced. The
whole lower surface of the head posterior to the mandibular symphysis
is deep blackish-brown, within which, just behind the oral angle, is a
small white spot, enclosing the mandibular tuft of whiskers. This exam-
ple (in full winter pelage) is a female that had apparently suckled young
the previous year. In general appearance, the coloration in this example
Is similar to that ofa melanistic Woodchuck (Arctomys monax). There
is no white anywhere on thé ventral surface, except on the chin, and a
sprinkling of yellowish-white hairs on the throat. Another specimen
from Las Cruces de Candelaria, Costa Rica (Nat. Mus., No. 9069, José
Zeledon), collected. during Dr. von Frantzius’s explorations in Costa
Riea, also in full winter pelage, is quite similar to the last, but has rather
more white on the face, and less white on the sides of the neck and fore
limbs, and the white on the lower surface is continuous from the point
of the chin to the middle of the body, with no cross-band of brown across
the posterior part of the lower jaw. There is no trace of annulations in
the tail. 3

Another specimen from Costa Rica (Nat. Mus., No. 11405, J. Carmiol)
differs remarkably from all the others. It is little more than half-grown,
but the long hairs are worn off from the sides of the body posteriorly,
and the pelage generally hasa much worn aspect. In this specimen, the
whole head is pale fulvous, including the parts usually white, but the
usual face-marking can be dimly traced. The general color of the body
_ is dark fulvous, lighter on the more worn parts. Over the shoulders
and along the middle of the back, where the long hairs are intact, the
color is darker, approaching chestnut, with short rusty tips to the long
hairs. This example seems to represent in this species the red phase of
Nasua rufa.

There are also in the collection two young specimens, apparently not
more than two to three months old. One isfrom Tehuantepec (Nat.
Mus,., No. 9375, Prof. F’. Sumichrast); the other from Belize (M. C. Z.,
No. 5542, Dr. H. Berendt). They present a general aspect of immaturity
in the texture of the pelage and in the rather darker tone of the under
color; but they have the same general markings as the adults, the facial
pictura being the same, and the long hairs of the pelage being similarly
_ tipped with yellowish. The tail is, however, more distinctly annulated,
the annulations in the Tehuantepec specimen being very prominent.
The hair on the tail is also rather short and woolly.

A still younger specimen from Jalapa, Mexico (M. C. Z., Ne. 2630,
Montes-de-Oca), less than nine inches long (head and body), and proba-
bly not. more than two or three weeks old, differs from those last de-
scribed in having the whole dorsal surface nearly uniform brownish-

166 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

black; in the pelage being wholly soft and woolly, the long lighter-
tipped hairs having not yet appeared. The sides of the neck and the
whole lower surface are uniform grayish-white, with no separating band.
cutting off the white of the chin from that of the throat. Lower surface
of the tail for two inches at the base yellowish-white, crossed distally by
two dark bars. In other respects, the tail is colored uniformly with the
back, and shows no other trace of annulations. It consequently appears
that in very young individuals the tail may be either entirely without
annulations or have them quite conspicuous. The face presents the
maximum extension of white, and agrees exactly with the very white-
faced adult example from Mazatlan alreafly described.

In the series of specimens above described there is a complete caer
gradation from the light grayish fulvous example from the Lower Rio
Grande to the blackish-brown specimens from Central America, though
simply an increased intensity southward in the coloration. At the same
time, there is a wide range of purely individual variation in the size of
the white face-marks, and especially in the coloration of the lower sur-
face of the anterior half of the body. As previously stated, there appear }
’ to be no well-marked sexual differences of color.

SKULL.—A series of six adult skulls of this species (four males and
two females), and three others from half-grown examples, shows that
the skull varies greatly with age and sex. None of the male skulls are
very old, the molar teeth being unworn, while one of the female skulls
has the tubercles of the molars wholly worn away. Yet in this last the sa-
gittal crest is wholly undeveloped, while the middle-aged males have well-
developed crests, varying from 5 to 11 mm. in height. The male skulls
are also larger, with much larger canines and more heavily developed and
more widely spreading zygomata. The male skulls vary considerably in
size, the smallest having a length (from front edge of intermaxille to pos-
terior border of occipital condyles) of 119mm. and a breadth (at the point of
greatest expansion of zygomata) of 77 mm., against, respectively, 138 mm.
and 81 mm. in the largest. The largest (but not the oldest) female skull
has a length of 123 mm. and a width of 65 mm., showing that as regards
the length of the skull some of the females exceed in size some of the
males. The average of four male skulls, however, gives a length of
129 mm. and a width of 79 mm., against, respectively, 122 mm. and 63mm.
for the two female skulls. In the females, in addition to the very much
smaller size of the canines and the entire absence Of a sagittal crest, the
zygomatic arches are much weaker and much less widely divergent.

GENERAL HISTORY AND Synonymy.—As already stated in the gen-
eral history of the subject, the present species was described by Brisson
m 1756 under the name “Le Coati-Mondi,” and was redescribed and
figured by Buffon in 1760 as “ Le Coati brun.” On the latter was ex-
clusively based Linné’s Viverra narica. Although the habitat of the
specimens described is not stated by either of these authors, and was

No.2. ] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 167

probably unknown to them,* Buffon’s figure, as well as his and Bris-
som’s descriptions, leave no reasonable doubt that the name narica was
based on the Mexican Coati.t By writers of the first quarter of the pres-
ent century, the present species was virtually lost sight of, for, although
the name narica was more or less generally retained, it was applied to
a nominal species referable to the Linnean Viverra nasua. Fischer,
while referring all the Coatis to one species, for which he adopted Max-
inilian’s name Nasua socialis, wisely separated the references to the two
valid species under the varietal names rufa and fusca, and under these
heads made a judicious allocation of the synonyms of the group. The
first possible synonym is the “ ? Nasua nocturna” of Maximilian (1826),
based on an imperfect skin and the reports of the native hunters. He
says the tail shows no color-rings, but has the same mingling of tints as
the upper part of the body.¢ It has, however; the matter of locality
against it, as well as the “fahl gelbréthliche Farbe” of the lower parts.
He refers especially to its soft thick pelage, which corresponds well
enough with that of the present species, but it may not be a Nasua at
all, as he was himself in doubt as to whether it was really this genus, and
as no subsequent explorer appears to have met with a Nasua in Eastern
Brazil having the tail-colored uniformly with the back.

Von Tschudi, however, in 1544-46, described a’ Nasua leucorhynchus
which good authorities have since identified with the Mexican Coati. His
diagnosis (‘ N. rostro albo, cauda corporis longitudine, concolore in
adultis”), as well as his whole description, relates unquestionably to this
form, which alone can be described as having a white nose and unicol-
ored tail. He appears to have based his excellent description of the

‘species upon an examination of quite a number of examples, as he

alludes distinctly to young as well as adult specimens, and refers to vari-
ous features of individual variation, and evinces a thorough knowledge
of the species. He gives its habitat as the interior of Brazil, remark-

* Brisson says of his specimen, “Je Vai vi chez M. Lievre Distillateur,” without of-
fering even a conjecture as to the country whence it came. Buffon simply tells us
that the original of his Coati, figured in pl. xlvii, and of which is given a detailed ac-
count of the anatomy as well as a figure of the skeleton (in pl. xlix), is a specimen he
had had alive, and that he had seen another Coati, of which he also gives a descrip-
tion and figures (pl. xlvili) as ‘‘ Le Coati brun,” without informing us whence either
was obtained. The last is unquestionably the Mexican Coati.

+This species appears to have been thoroughly well known to Schreber, as his whole
account most emphatically shows, in evidence of which, but especially from its _
historic interest, I transcribe the following from his account of V. narica: ‘Die
Sehnauze, Lippen und Keble weislich. . . . Der Kopf, Hals und Leib graubraun;
so auch der Schwanz, der, besonders unterwarts, undeutliche dunklere Ringe hat;
die untere Seite des Halses, die Schultern, Brust und der Bauch weislich; der Ranm
zwischen den Hinterschenkeln fast gelb. Jedes Haar ist in der Mitte schwarz, an der
Spitze gelbbraun. . . . Das Vaterland ist siidliche Amerika. . . . Nach
Enropa kiémint es weit seltener, als das rothe [V. nasua].”—Séugt., Th. iii, p. 435.

t “Der Schwanz zeigt keine farblichen Ringe, sondern ist von derselben Mischung
wie die oberen Theile des K6rpers.”

168 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. - [Vol Vv.

ing: ‘Das Innere von Brasilien nahrt diese dritte Species von Nasua, von
wo sie von mehreren Reisenden nach Europa zuriick gebracht worden
ist.” He thus evidently knew the species only through museum speci-
mens or living examples seen by him in European cities, and as no
writer appears to have yet given any other authority for its occurrence
in Brazil, from which country it is still otherwise unknown,* the locality ©
here assigned for the species may be tairly considered as open to ques-
tion.t .

Weinland, in 1860, was the first recent writer to deseribe and figure
the Mexican Coati, but he regarded it as specifically identical with the
South American species, of which he made it a variety, calling it Nasua
solitaria var. mexicana. De Saussure, two years later, distinguished two
species of Mexican Coati, adopting for them Maximilian’s names Nasua
solitaria and Nasua socialis, neither of which names have any relation
to the Mexican animal. His detailed descriptions and comparison of
two specimens, one in winter pelage and the other presumed by him to
be in summer pelage, show that his two species were based merely on
characters of individual variation, the one referrmg to.the light phase
and the other to the dark phase of the species.t Later Dr. von Frant-

*Schreber, however, should perhaps be excepted, as he says the habitat of V. narica
is ‘‘stidliche Amerika,” but which may or may not mean South America.

t Dr. Giinther, in the ‘‘ Zodlogical Record” for 1869 (p. 17), appears to accredit the
species to Peru, as he says ‘‘ Nasua leucorhynchus from Peru oceurs also in Costa Rica,”
ete., but I have yet to meet with any authority for its occurrence in Peru.

tI append herewith a translation of De Saussure’s remarks respecting the question
of whether one or two species exist in Mexico.

“In Mexico,” he says, ‘‘the same view prevails among the natives respecting the
question of the existence of two species of Coati as in South America. They are dis-
tinguished by the names solitaria and socialis (Tejo solo and Tejo de mannada) given
by Prinz yon Neuwied in his Fauna of Brazil.

“Whether this discrimination is arbitrary and rests upon error, as the majority of
authors appear to accept, or is well founded, will be here more closely examined.

“T will first mention that the Coatis of Mexico appear to me to be entirely identical
with those of Brazil, and in order to compare the two types I subjoin detailed descrip-
tions.

“« Nasua solitaria is larger, of a darker color, than socialis, but still pretty similar to
it, and for this reason they are united, being regarded as merely variations of age, the
species solitaria as old males, which seclude themselves from the small troops in which
N. socialis live, as do the old deer, wild boars, and elephants. I myself long shared
this opinion, but a thorough investigation of the matter induced me to entirely change
my view.

“The principal reasons which to me appear to indicate the propriety of separating
the two species are the following:

“First of all, Nasua solitaria is by no means scarce, though difficult to obtain, as are
usually the old male swine. They are as often killed as socialis, which circumstance
entirely removes the suspicion that solitaria is nothing but old males, which become soli-
taria when they leave the younger animals, or at least from their second or third year.
Finally, I have seen in Mexico the self-same Nasua which has been described and figured from
life. This individual belonged to Dr. Miiller, whom I fortunately happened to meet
in Mexico, and whose Coati I directly compared with those which I had living in my
possession. Although all these Coatis at that time were young, and therefore far from

No. 2.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. 169

zius (in 1569, on the identification of Dr. Peters) and Hensel (1873)
recognized the Mexican Coati as specifically distinet from the common
South American species, adopting for it Maximilian’s name leucerhyn-
chus. This name, however, is antedated by the Linnean name nirica,
which must take precedence for the species.
In addition to the above complication of synonymy, I had the morti-
fying misfortune, in 1877, to add another, by describing and figuring a
skin under the name Bassaricyon gabbii,* supposing it at the time to be
the skin belonging to the skull previously figured and described by met
under that name. Without going into details respecting the attenuating
circumstance of the case, or how I was led into such an egregious blunder,
I will merely state that the skin described and figured as that of Bassa-
ricyon gabbii, as above cited, has nothing whatever to do with that species,
but is simply the Mexican Coati, Nasua narica, and that the external
characters of the true Bassaricyon gabbii remain still wholly unknown.
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—The first recent mention of the Coati
as an inhabitantof Mexico appears, as previously noted, to have been made
by Dr. Weinland in 1860, who states, on the authority of Dr. Miiller, that
it is common over the whole of the eastern slope of the high tablelands,
or “ Terra templada,” but does not occur in the “Terra calienta” of the
coast region. He adds that, notwithstanding this, he finds no previous
mention of its occurrence. De Saussure, in 1862, endorses Dr. Wein-
land’s statement that previous writers had made no mention of the occur-
rence of the Coati in Mexico, although, he says, it is one of the com-
monest mammals of that country. Tomes, in 1861, gives Nasua fusca in
the list of mammals collected in Guatemala by Mr. Salvin, but without
comment. Dr. von Frantzius, in 1869, refers to Nasua leucorhynchus as of
common occurrence in Costa Rica. These are the only references to its
distribution I have met with that I consider as of unquestionable authen-
ticity. As already stated, owing to the absence of all reference to the
occurrence, in South America, of a species of Coati with a white nose and
unicolored tail, except von Tschudi’s statement that his WV. lewcorhynchus

being fully developed, we found them still very different. Dr. Miiller’s (now in the
Zoological Garden of Frankfort) had already all of the characters of N. solitaria, while
mine, on the contrary, belonged to the type of N. socialis, which sufficiently showed
that the differences are not merely those of age.

“To show what they are the following descriptions of both types are given, based
on many individuals, either stuffed or in skins, which I bronght from Mexico,.”—Zoo-
logische Garten, Jahrgang iii, 1862, pp. 52-53.

Very detailed descriptions of both species then follow, from which it appears that
his “‘ NV. socialis” is merely the lighter-colored and his “N. solitaria” the darker phase
of the common N. narica; and, furthermore, that M. De Saussure could not have been
very familiar with the characters of the Brazilian species. I will here observe that in
all probability the ‘‘Tejo solo” of the Mexicans, like the ‘‘Pisote solo” of the Costa
Ricans, and the “Coati mondeo” of the Brazilians, as shown by von Frantzius and
Hensel, was given to the old solitary males.

*Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, p. 267, pl. ii.

+Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876, p. 20, pl. i.

Bulls v2 2

170 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

inhabits the interior of Brazil, I deem it probable that the assigned
locality of the latter is erroneous, and that his specimens really came
from Mexico or Central America.

My own material indicates that the range of this species extends from
the Isthmus of Panama northward throughout Central America and the
ereater part of Mexico, as far northward on the eastern coast as the
Texas side of the Lower Rio Grande, and on the western coast probably
northward nearly to California. I have specimens, however, from that
coast only from as far north as Colima and Mazatlan.

Nasua narica appears hence to prevail from the Isthmus of Panama
northward throughout Central America and the warmer parts of Mexico,
where it also seems to be the sole representative of the genus.

' NASUA RUFA, Desmarest.
BRAZILIAN COATI.

Coati; MARCGRAVE, Hist. Nat. Brasil., 1648, 228.

Coati, VALMONT DE BomMaRrRE, Dict. Rais. Univ. d’Hist. Nat., ii, 1775, 596.

Le Blaireau de Surinam,—WMeles surinamensis, BRISSON, Reg. Anim., 1756, 255.

Quasje, SCHREBER, Siiugt., iii [1766 ?], 441 (= Meles surinamensis, Brisson).

Le Coati-Mondi a queue annelée, BRISSON, Reg. Anim., 1756, 263.

Coati noirdtre, BUFFON, Hist. Nat., viii, 1760, 358, ile xlvii.

Viverra nasua, LINNE, Syst. Nat., i, 1766, 64. Bae entirely on Maregraye’s ““Coati”
and Briason’s a Coati-Mondi2 A’ queue annelée.”—SCHREBER, Siiugth., iii [1776 ?],
436, pl. exviii (fig. from Buffon).—ERXLEBEN, Syst. Reg. Anim., 1777, 485,—
ZIMMERMANN, Geogr. Gesch., ii, 1780, 290.—GMELIN, Syst. Nat., i, 1788, 86.—

_SHaw, Gen. Zodl., i, 1800, 386.—F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sei. Nat., ix, 1817, 464,—
DESMAREST, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., vii, 1817, 219.—DEsMOULINS, Dict. Class.
@Hist. Nat., iv, 1823, 146.

Ursus nasua, G. CUVIER, Tabl. Elém. d’Hist. Nat., 1798, 113.

Viverra vulpecula, ERXLEBEN, Syst. Anim., 1777, 490 (in part, as it includes “Le Blaireau
de Surinam, Meles surinamensis,” Brisson; not Viverra vulpecula, Schreber,
which is primarily Buffon’s ‘‘Le Coase”= Mustela pennantt).

Viverra quasje, GMELIN, Syst. Nat., i, 1788, 87 (in part).

Nasua quasje, DesMaREST, Nouy. Dict. @ Hist. Nat., vii, 1817, 217 (certainly in part, as
it includes Buffon’s ‘‘ Coati noiratre”). :

Viverra narica, F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., ix, 1817, 464 (not of Linné). meee OU
LINs, Dict. Class. des Sci. Nat., iv, 1823, 246 Gen:

Nasua narica, GRAY, Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1843, 74 (in part); Proc. Zodl. Soc. London,
1864, 702 (in part only); Cat. Caine page. and Edent. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869,
239 (excluding part of the synonyms). Not Viverra narica, Linné.

Quachi, VALMONT DE BoMarRrE, Dict. Rais. Univ. d’Hist. Nat., iv, 1775, 577.

Coati roux, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. i, 1818.

Nasua rufa, DESMAREST, Mam., 1820, 170 (based on the “Quachi” of Bomarre and
““Couti roux” of F. Cuvier as above, but mainly on the latter).—LEsson,
Man. de Mam., 1827, 139.—Gray, Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1843, 74 (in part
only); Proc. Zovl. Soc. Lond., 1884, 701 (in part only); Cat. Carn., Pachy.,
and Edent. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869, 239.

Nasua fusca, DESMAREST, Mam., 1820, 170.—Lusson, Man. de Mam., 1827, 139 Gmainly).—
ScHoMBURGK, Ann. Nat. Hist., iv, 1839, 431 (habits).

? Tamandua, BUFFON, Hist. Nat., Suppl., iii, 1776, 284, pl. lvi (based on a Coati said by
Cuvier to have been artificially colored). .

No.2. ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. el

Myrmecophaga striata, Suaw, Gen. Zodl., i, 1800, 51 (—Buffon’s “ Tamandua” as above).

** Myrmecophaga, KRUSENSTERN, Voy. autour du Monde.”

Myrmecophaga annulata, DESMAREST, Mam., 1822, 374 (= Myrmecophaga, Kruseustern,
as above).

Tamandua, annulated var. ?—Myrmecophaga tetradactyla, L. ?, GRIFFITH’s Cuvier’s Anim.
Kingd., iii, 1827, 305, pl. (original figure from a stuffed specimen*).

Nasua socialis, MAxIMiLian, Beitr. Nature. Bras., ii, 1826, 283.—ScuHinz, Nat. u. Abbild.
d. Sdiugt., 1826, 110, pl. xxxiii (from nature).—Von TSCHUDI, Fauna Peruana,
1844-46, 98.—BURMEISTER, Syst. Uebers. der Thiere Brasil., 1854, i, 120 (exelud-
ing from synonymy Viverra narica, Linn. ).—GIEBEL, Stiugeth., 1855, 750 (in part
only; includes Viverra nasua, V. narica, Linn., V. quasje, Gmel., Nasua rufa and
fusca, Desm., N. leucorhynchus, von Tschudi, etc.).—WEINLAND, Zoologische
Garten, 1860, 61.—HENSEL, Zoologische Garten, 1869, 290 (habits, the chase,
individual and climatic variations, ete.) ; Abhandl. Konig. Akad, Wissens.
Berlin, 1872, (1873), 63.

Nasua socialis var. rufa, FISCHER, Synop. Mam., 1329, 148.

Nasua socialis var. rufa aut fulva, WAGNER, Suppl. Schreber’s Siugth., ii, 1841, 165.

Nasua solitaria, MAXIMILIAN, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., ii, 1826, 292 (old males).—FISCHER,
Synop. Mam., 1829, 149.—Von Tscuup!, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 99.—Bur-
MEISTER, System. Uebers. der Thiere Bras., 1854, i, 121.—GrEBEt, Siugeth.,
1855, 751. (These notices are all of them compiled, and are based on Mawi-
milian’s description of the single original specimen, namely, an old male of
the common Coati.)—Scumipt, Zoologische Garten, Jahrg. iii, No. 2, Feb.
18h2, 32.

Nasua vittata, VON TscHUDI, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 101.

Nasua montana, VON TsCHUDI, Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, 102, pl. v.

Nasua olivacea, GRAY, Proc. Zob1. Soc. Lond., 1864, 703; Cat. Carn., Pachy., and Edent.
Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869, 241?

Nasua dorsalis, GRAY, Proc. Zodl. Soc, Lond., 1866, 169, pl. xvii; Cat. Carn., Pachy., and
Edent. Mam. Brit. Mus., 1869, 240.

“Le Coati Mondi, PERRAULT, Anim., ii [about 1668], 15, pl. xxxvi.” See “Mém. Acad.
Roy. des Sci., dep. 1656-1699,” probably tome ii.

Brazilian Weesel, PENNANT, Syn. Quad., 1771, 229; Hist. Quad., ii, 1793, 61 (in part
only).

Cuati, AZARA, Hist. Nat. Quad. Paraguay, i, 1802, 293.

Coati roux, male, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. i, 1818.

Coati brun, femelle, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. iv, 1819.

* Dr. Gray says (Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., 1864, p. 701), ‘‘ Mr. Turner (P. Z. S., 1851,
p. 218) professes to have rediscovered the fact (though it is stated in the ‘Catalogue of
thMammalia in the British Musium,’ p. 74, 1843), that Krusenstern’s WV. annulatais only
a Coati-Mondi ; but he is puzzled to explain the figure in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom.’
This figure is engraved from a drawing of Major Hamilton Smith’s, no doubt copied from
Krusenstern’s figure, but altered and improved, as was his habit when making his very
large collection of drawings—-a bad habit, that has rendered them of comparatively
small value for scientific purposes, as it is impossible to determine whether they are
from a figure or a specimen.”

In reference to the line I have italicised in the above passage, I quote the follow-
ing from the text (1. ¢., pp. 305, 306) accompanying Hamilton Smith’s figure: ‘The
figure we have engraved, under the title of the Tamandua annulated variety? seems
likely to be the same as that indicated by the cireumnavigator [Krusenstern], differing
principally in the absence of the dark spot round the eye. This was also drawn [like
the plate preceding the one in question] from a stuffed specimen, and is subject to the
same observations as to the position of all the feet as that last mentioned [‘‘ Ursine
Anteater” ].” ;

172 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Coati brun, femelle, variété, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. iv, 1819.

Coati brun-foncé, F. CUVIER, Hist. Nat. des Mam., livr. xlviii, 1825.

Coati de Bando of the Brazilians.

Coati mundeo (old males), ibid.

Gesellschaftliches Cuati, MAXIMILIAN, 1. ¢.

Hinsames oder grésstes Cuati (old males), ibid.

Nasenthier, Nasenbiér, Schnauzenbir, Riisselbtéir, Fretthdr, and M[tiisseltrdger of German
writers.

Coati and Coati-Mundi of English and French writers, ete.

Cuati of the Spanish writers.

Quasie of the Northern Indian tribes of South America.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.—Hye and cheek-spots nearly as in the pre-
ceding, but of a soiled white (brownish-white or yellowish-white) color;
sometimes obsolete, and usually less strongly contrasted with the sur-
rounding tints, and with no white on the nose, which is colored uniformly
with the sides of the head and frontal region. Head (excepting the
whitish spots already noted), including facial region, gray, varied with
blackish, particularly on the sides of the nose. General color of the
dorsal surface, and of the limbs externally, gray, the former more or less
strongly varied with black and fulvous, or rust-yellow. Whole lower
surface, and the limbs internally, yellowish-white, varying to strong ful-
vous, or even gamboge-yellow. The hairs of the back are usually black
at the surface, with a broad subterminal bar of fulvous, varying often
to rufous, and brown at the base, like the softer under-fur. Tail black,
with about eight (seven to nine) rather narrow fulvous rings.

The color varies greatly in different individuals, through the greater or
less amount of black tipping the hairs of the dorsal surface present, and
in the amount and tone of the under-color. A specimen from Brazil (M.
C. Z., No. 2820, Thayer Exped.) has the prevailing color above shining
black, varied with grayish-fulvous. Another (M. C. Z., No. 1839, Mana-
os, Brazil, Thayer Exped.) has the dorsal surface shining black, varied
with deep yellowish-rufous. Still another (M. C. Z., No. 1440, Manaos,
Brazil, Thayer Exped.), about half-grown, has the middle of the hack
strongly blackish, and the sides dingy yellowish-brown varied with
blackish. In these the pelage is short, crisp, and shining. Two other
specimens (Nat. Mus., No. 4657 and No. 2978), one certainly and the
other probably, from Paraguay (Corrientes, Captain Page), has the
pelage long, soft, and full, and the surface tint pale yellowish-gray, with
a narrow subterminal zone of black, and the basal portion pale yellow-
ish-brown. Another specimen (Nat. Mus., No. 3996, locality not given)
has the dorsal surface dark red or intense chestnut, darkest along the
middle of the back, especially posteriorly, and lighter on the sides, pass-
ing into fulvous on the lower surface. The tail is dark reddish chest-
nut, with narrow rings of blackish. The usual face-markings are faintly —
distinguishable. This PERE seems to represent the Coati roux of
F. Cuvier.

Occasionally specimens occur in which the face is marked more or iess

No.2] ALLEN ON THE GENUS NASUA. £5

distinetly with broad indistinctly defined longitudinal bands of whitish
and dusky or even black, with an indistinet transverse blackish band
through the eye. In one example thus marked the usual whitish face-
markings are obsolete.

As already noted, writers who have observed the animal in a state of
nature refer to great variability of color in even individuals of the same
litter. In some specimens, the white facial markings are obsolete, as in
von Tschudi’s Nasua montana. Melanistic examples appear to be not
unfrequent, and there is also a strong tendency to erythrism, in which the
whole pelage is more.or less reddish, even to the base of the hair, and
unvaried by other tints save the blackish rings on the tail; at other
times, the middle of the back posteriorly is blackish, as are also the sides
of the nose.

SKULL.—A series of eight skulls of this species, mostly from Santa
Rita, Southern Brazil, indicates a considerable amount of both sexual
and individual variation. The females are smaller than the males, with
relatively very much smaller canines. Two male skulls from Santa
Rita (M. C. Z., Nos. 1060 and 1001, Thayer Exped.) measure respectively
as follows, the smaller being much the older: length (from front edge of
intermaxille to posterior border of occipital condyles) respectively 127
mm. and 115 mm.; breadth (at point of greatest expansion of zygomata)
respectively 73 mm. and 74 mm. An adult female skull (M. C. Z., No.
999, Santa Rita, Brazil, Thayer Exped.) measures 110 mm. by 61 mm.
Dr. Hensel states that the maximum length (measured as above) of a
series of thirty-four old male skulls is 126 mm., and the minimum 112
mm.; and of the “normal skull” 118 mm. He gives the maximum
length of a series of forty-nine old female skulls as 114 mm.; minimum,

-103 mm. ; “normal,” 107 mm.

GENERAL HISTORY AND SYNONYMy.—A more complicated case of
synonymy than that presented by the present species is rarely to be en-
countered. The introduction of the species into literature can be traced
back to Maregrave (1648), and even Thevet (1558), but the first important
reference is that by the former, which became, in conjunction with Bris-
‘son’s ‘‘Coati-Mondi a queue annelée” (1756), the basis of the Linnean
Viverra nasua. The “Coati noiratre” of Buffon (1760) is unquestionably
the same animal on which was based the first figure of the species under
that name, published by Schreber in 1776. Under this title, and un-
mixed with any other species, the present species was currently known
until about 1817, when I. Cuvier and Desmarest introduced confusion by
losing sight entirely of Linné’s Viverra narica, their Viverra narica being

merely a color-variety of the present species. The last-named author
also introduced a third nominal species referable to the present one under
the name Viverra quasje. For the next fifty years the narica of those
authors who used the name is referable to the nasua of Linné. In 1820,
Desmarest abandoned both of the Linnzan names nasua and narica,—
the first in consequence of Storr’s adopting the name Nasua (in 1780) as

yt BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

the generic name of the Coatis,—and introduced the names rufa and
fusca, both of which, as already shown, are referable to the V. naswa of
Linné. Maximilian, in 1826, delibétately ignored all the prior specific
names, and introduced in fae place socialis and solitaria, both based
on the present species, although by some subsequent writers the latter
was adopted for the Linnean narica. Von Tschudi, in recognizing five
species of the genus Nasua, added two new synonyms to those of the
present species.

The changes that have been rung on the various names above enu:
mnerated, especially socialis and solitaria, are sufficiently indicated in the
above table of synonymy, and in the general history of the literature re-
lating to the group already given (antéa, pp. 153-162). Other synonyms
of less prominence, although of earlier origin, are the Viverra vulpecula
of Erxleben, already mentioned as a curious compound of several widely
diverse species, including one unquestionably referable here. It is ap-
parently primarily based on Brisson’s “ Blaireau de Surinam,” which is
unquestionably the present species, but also included Buiton’s “Coase,”
which is the Fisher or Mustela pennanti of recent authors. Gmelin’s
Viverra quasje had in part the same origin, since it also included Bris-
son’s ‘“Blaireau de Surinam.” Other less important or less prominent
Ssyhonyms are Desmarest’s Myrmecophaga annulata and the “Myrmeco-
phaga tetradaciyla, L.?,” of Gritiith’s Animal Kingdom. Among later
synenyms are Gray’s J N asua olivacea and NV. dorsalis, which tela only to
particular phases of coloration.

The Linnzan specific name nasua having become untenable through
its adoption in a generic sense, the first name strictly eligible, though by
no means eminently appropriate, as it had originally reference to only
® prominent color-variety of the species, is that of rufa of Desmarest.
Socialis, applied later to the species in a broader sense, is otherwise not
especially distinctive, and is antedated by both rufa and fusca of Des-
marest, aS well as by the barbarous term quasje.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—The present species appears to range
over the greater part of the continent of South America—certainly from
Surinam to Paraguay, and from the Atlantic coast to the Andes,—over °
which extensive region it is one of the most abundant of the carnivorous
mammals, and apparently the sole representative of its genus. The first
suggestion as to the correct limits of the habitat of the present species
seems to have been made by Dr. von Frantzius in 1869, as already cited,
he claiming that in all probability the. present species did not occur in
Costa Rica, and was therefore limited to the Southern Tropics, as the
Costa Rican species doubtless was to the Northern Tropics. The exact
boundaries of the habitat of either species still remain to be determined,
as well as als> whether the two species anywhere oceur together.

Art. X¥.—On the Present Status of Passer domesticus
im America, with Special Reference to the Western
States and Territories.

By Dr. Elliott Coues, U. §. A.

Now that the enormous increase and rapid dispersion of the Euro-
pean House Sparrow in America have resulted in the appearance of
this objectionable bird in various portions of the Western States and
Territories, it is time to consider what means may be taken to check
its westward extension; for the agriculturists of that portion of our
country have already enough to do to contend with the grasshopper
scourge without having to guard their crops against a plague only less
formidable and imminent.. Should the noxious birds become as numer-
ous and as widely diffused in the West as they are already in the
- thickly-settled portions of the United States, they would there prove even
more destructive to the crops than they are known to be in the East.
For here they still live for the most part in cities, towns, and villages,
where they derive their subsistence chiefly from street-garbage, espe-
cially horse-manure; but in the West, where such supplies are more
limited, these granivorous birds would at once and continually prey
upon the crops. Iam not informed to what extent they may have mul-
tiplied already in some of the places, as at Salt Lake City, to which they
have been transported, and where they have obtained a foothold; but
it may not be too late, if vigorous measures are taken at once, to stamp
out the plague. The strongholds of the birds are few, comparatively
speaking, and isolated to such a degree that the eradication of the
birds from that -part of the United States may not be now absolutely
impracticable, as unfortunately seems to be the case in the East. The
Great Plains offer a natural barrier to the westward progress of the
birds from the Mississippi; and if pains be taken to destroy the advance
guard as fast as they move westward, the evils now suffered in the East
may be long delayed or even avoided. In most parts of the West
where the Sparrows have appeared, it is believed that they have been
imported, not that they reached these spots by spontaneous migration
or natural dispersion. If this be the case, indeed, it may not be a
matter of the greatest difficulty to destroy them, root and branch, in
the comparatively few places in which they have already become natu-
ralized. Should this be done, and laws be passed prohibiting the intro-
duction of the birds into the Western States and Territories, immunity
from invasion might be secured for a practically unlimited period. To

175

176 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

bring this matter to the attention of the people in the West, and to
urge that such measures be taken without further dangerous delay, is
the object of the present paper.

This may seem an extreme course, to the few who still look favorably
upon the presence of the Sparrow in America; but such may be assured
that it is no more than the exigencies of the case demand. Unless the
Sparrows can be made to devour grasshoppérs, there is absolutely no
occasion. for their naturalization in the West, not even the flimsy excuse
for them that we sometimes hear made in the East. That they will not
subsist upon grasshoppers to any extent, or upon potato-beetles, may be
regarded as a foregone conclusion; and in the absence of other sources
of food-supply, they will infallibly fall upon the crops.

Though it must appear to all well-informed persons a work of super-
erogation to point out what mischief the Sparrows have done, what
worse evils are in prospect, and what thoroughly undesirable birds these
are from every standpoint, yet the people of the West may not be fully
apprised as yet of the actual state of the case. Their attention is there-

fore called to the present status of the Sparrow in’ America, as fully.

exhibited in the following review of the situation.

For it occurs to me that the facts in the case can in no way be more .

forcibly presented or more clearly illustrated than by the simple and
lucid method of setting forth, in sufficient detail, the controversy which
the introduction of the Sparrow into America has occasioned, and
analyzing the mass of evidence we have accumulated.. To such a
record, moreover, attaches a degree of historical interest. Instead of
expressing my own views, or of preparing statements which might be
open to an even unfounded charge of prejudice, I have therefore thrown
what I have to say into the form of a commentary on the record itself,
leaving each one to form his own opinion on the subject.

The following record forms a portion of a more elaborate article which
I have in preparation upon the general subject. Though very incom-
plete,—in fact, representing but a fragment of the literature which the
Sparrow Question has occasioned,—it is sufficient for present purposes.
It is compiled from all available sources, without partiality or prejudice,
and the commentary is written without fear, favor, or affection. It in-
cludes every article which I have seen, and a few others, the titles of
which I have taken from Mr. T. G. Gentry’s book. For some, I am
indebted to the kindness of Prof. C. V. Riley. Articles in favor of, as
well as those unfavorable to, the Sparrow, have been collated with
equal care; but those of the former character are so few and weak in
comparison with those of the latter category, that if the contributions
to the subject made by the eminent ornithologist, Dr. Thomas M. Brewer,
be excepted, little remains on that side of the question. Additional
titles of articles bearing upon the off side of the controversy are there-

fore the special desiderata of this piece of bibliography; but any addi-

tions to the list or corrections of errors which may be detected will be
very acceptable to the compiler.

en en

No.2. COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. Vee

1867. PICKERING, C. [On the Introduction of the European House Sparrow into
America, as threatening a Great Evil.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xi.
1867, pp. 157, 158.

It appears from the record herewith presented that the credit of being the first in this
country to foresee and predict the evil to result from the introduction of Sparrows into Ame-
rica belongs to Dr. Charles Pickering. This article may be regarded as the entering-wedge;
and as such it is entitled to special consideration. It was not, however, until 1874, that the
controversy was fairly opened, though in the mean time several American writers ventured to
express their apprehensions, and to give warnings which passed unheeded. Cf., ¢.g., BRUCE,
Amer. Nat. vi. 1872, pp. 469, 470; Cours, Key N. A. Birds, 1872, p. 146.

1868. BREWER, T. M. The European House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Atlantic
Monthly, May, TR68; pps —=-—:
: Not seen.
1868. SwEETAPPLE, E. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] in America, < Zool-
ogist, 2d ser. iii. 1868, pp. 1375, 1376.
1869. ForNry, J. W. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. <The Weekly Press (Phila-
delphia), —, 1869.
Not seen—incomplete title cited from Gentry.
1869. ForNEY, J. W. Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. <The Press (Philadelphia),
—, 1869.
Not seen—incomplete title cited from Gentry.
1869. LESGUILLON, J. La Proscription des Moineaux [Passer domesticus]. < Natu-’
raliste Canadien, i. 1869, pp. 58-64, 99-101.

Poéme.

1869. One Thousand Sparrows [Passer domesticus] Shipped. < The London
Times, —, 1869.
Not seen—incomplete title cited from Gentry.
1869. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] in America. <The London Times, —,
1869.
Not seen—incomplete title cited from Gentry.
1869. Take Care of the Birds [Passer domesticus]. < Public Ledger and Daily

Transcript (Philadelphia), —, 1869.
Not seen—incomplete title cited from Gentry.
1870. CotteTE, J.R. House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Nat. iv. No. 1,
Mar. 1870, pp. 54, 55.
The naturalization of the species is considered in a fair way of accomplishment, and to call
for some notice and congratulation.
1870. Guick, G. W. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. <Prairie Farmer,
Mar, —, 1870.
Queries whether the birds would destroy curculios. Editor's reply, that there is no evi-
dence to favor such a supposition.
1870. V[orLKEL], P. Moineaux [Passer domesticus] au Canada. < Bull. Soc. Acclim.
2° sér. vii. 1870, pp. 322, 323.
From the London Field, Dec. 25, 1869.
1870-71. THorPE, T. B. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Appleton’s
Journ. iv. Oct. 1870, p. 494; vi. Oct. 1871, p. 467.
1871. S[ousrrran], J. L. Acclimatation des Moineaux [Passer domesticus] aux
Btats-Unis. < Bull. Soc. Acclim. 2° séx. viii. 1871, p. 582.
From Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture for 1869, p. 300.
Nos Moineaux. < Naturaliste Canadien, iii. 1871, p. 51.
Sur l’acclimatation du Passer domesticus 4 Québec.
1872. J. P. The English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Country Gentleman, Aug. 1,

1872.
That they are not efficient destroyers of insects, but that they do drive away native birds.

1871.

178 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1872. Scott, Jas. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. <Gardener’s Magazine,
Feb. 1872.
“Vhe English Sparrows get much credit for the extermination of the Span Worm in New
York and Philadelphia. Is there proof that they had anything to do with the matter? . . .
The Span Worms have their periods, and come and go without thanks to the Sparrow.”

1873. Lewis, E., jr. [The Naturalization of] The English Sparrow [Passer domes-
ticus, in America]. < Popular Science Monthly, Feb. 1873, pp. 508, 509.

1873? TRIMBLE, I. P. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Newspaper, name
and date unknown.

Substance of an address before the American Institute Farmers Club, entirely unfavorable
tothe birds. ‘' The judgment of the Club was that the Sparrows had better be exterminated.”

1874. ANON. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] at New Brunswick, N. J. < Amer.
Sportsm. v. Nov. 21, 1874, p. 119.

1874. ANoN. Le Moineau domestique [Passer domesticus]. < Naturaliste Canadien,
vi. 1874, pp. 286, 287. A

1874. ANoN. Les Moineaux Européens [Passer domesticus]. < Naturaliste Canadien,
vi. 1874, pp. 319, 320.

1874. ANON. Indictment of the English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Popular

Science Monthly, v. 1874, p. 763.
Not seen—title from Gentry.

1874. BREWER, T. M. The European House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Amer.
Nat. viii. No. 9, Sept. 1874, pp. 556, 557.

The opening of the controversy on the part of Dr. Brewer. ‘I regret very much that a
naturalist generally so well informed as Dr. Coues, should aid in giving what my own observa-
tions compel me to believe to be an altogether wrong statement in regard to the house sparrow,
published in the July number of the NATURALIST. . .. I submit that this is too impor-
tant a question to be thus dismissed, especially by a gentleman like Dr. Coues, who has enjoyed
no opportunity of knowing from his own observations whether the opinions he is so free to
express are well founded or not. The statement of Mr. Gentry I entirely discredit.” Dr.
Brewer’s own observations and opinions follow.

1874. BREWER, T. M. The European House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Amer.
Sportsm. Oct. 24, 1874, p. 49.
Of same tenor as his article in The American Naturalist, viii. No. 9, Sept. 1874, pp. 556, 557.

1874. BREWER, T. M. Work of English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] in Boston.
< Amer. Sportsm. iv. 1874, p. 179.

Assertion of their good offices in destroying repulsive insects.

1874. Cours, E. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Nat. viii. No. 7,
July, 1874, p. 436.

Having expressed, in the Key to North American Birds, p 146, (1872), apprehensions that
the Sparrows would soon begin to interfere with the native species, Dr. Coues prints a state-
ment from Mr. T. G. Gentry verifying the anticipation. Says Mr. Gentry, referrmg to Spar-
rows in Germantown, Pa.: ‘‘They increase so rapidly and are so pugnacious, that our smaller
native birds are compelled to seek quarters elsewhere.” Dr. Coues continues: ‘‘T did not
expect the bad news quite sosoon. Probably it will not be long before we hear the same com-
plaints from other places. ... Thereis no occasion for them [the Sparrows] in this country:
the good they do in destroying certain insects has been overrated. I foresee the time when it
will be deemed advisable to take measures to get rid of the birds, or at least to check their
increase.”

1874. Cours, E. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] War. < Amer. Sportsm. vy. Nov.
21, 1874, p. 113.
‘Several articles which have lately appeared in The American Naturalist and American
Sportsman, from my pen and others, indicate that a pretty lively contest is likely to result.
Much as I dislike controversy, ... Iam just as willing to stand corrected as to prove any-
body else wrong. The personal aspect of the question is a matter of the utmost indifference
tome. ... Itis amore important question than it looks at first sight, and it is daily grow-
ing more so. Now let us accumulate evidence.”

tips

No.2.1 . COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. 179

1874. GenTRY, T. G. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Nat. viii. No.
11, Noy. 1874, pp. 667-672.

Attesting the molestation of various native American birds by the Sparrows, in amplifica-
tion of his previous testimony to the same effect (tom. cit. p. 436); and denouncing as ground-
less the charges of misrepresentation brought against E. Coues and himself by T. M. Brewer
(tom. cit. p. 556). The article is notable among those opening the controversy.

1874. GENTRY, T. G. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Sportsm. y.
Nov. 14, 1874, p. 98. :

From the American Naturalist, viii. No. 11, Nov. 1874, pp. 667-672.

1874. GouipD, SamuEL. English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Nat. viii.
No. 11, Noy. 1874, pp. 692, 693.

Statement of the quantity of kitchen vegetables he was able to raise by using netting to
prevent the Sparrows from doing serious damage.

1874. GOULD, SAMUEL. [English Sparrow. Passer domesticus.] < Amer. Sportsm. v.
Noy. 21, 1874, p. 113.
From the American Naturalist, viii. 1874, pp. 692, 693.

1874. GreGoRY, J. H. Are European Sparrows [Passer domesticus] to be a Pest?
< Moore's Rural New Yorker, Oct. 10, 1874.

Affirmative: . .. ‘‘that to reduce the number of caterpillars on a few thousand shade
trees in deference to the weak nerves of over-nice individuals, we had opened a perfect Pan-
dora’s box, and let fly through the land destruction to the grain crops of the country to the
value of millions annually.”

1874. LAMBERTON, A. B. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Controversy. < Amer.
Sportsm. v. Dec. 26, 1874, p. 200.

“Tam fearful lest they do much towards driving away from our cities our best and sweetest
song birds. ... Itis high time for us to declare war against the foreign intruders.”

1874. ‘‘OLLAPOD QUILL.” The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and
Stream, iii. Nov. 12, 1874, p. 212.

Discountenancing its propagation in the United States.

1874. Ripegway, R. A Contribution to the ‘Sparrow [Passer domesticus] War.”
<Amer. Sportsm. v. Dec. 12, 1874, p. 161.

Pugnacity of the species, which is stated to have driven away the Song Sparrows from the

Smithsonian Grounds in Washington. Witness of the attack of Sparrows upon a Snowbird.
1874. SwEETAPPLE, E. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] in Philadelphia.
< Zoologist, 2d ser. ix. 1874, p. 4197.

1874. WaDE, J. M. Pet Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. <ancier’s Journal and Poul-
try Exchange, i. 1874, p. 118.
é Not seen—title from Gentry.
1874. Wapr, J. M. War on the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Fancier’s Journal
and Poultry Exchange, i. 1874, p. 426.

Not seen—title from Gentry.

1874. WiLLaRD, S. L. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] and American Birds,
< Moore's Rural New Yorker, Apr. 25, 1874.

Statement that the birds are not as beneficial as they had been supposed to be, and their

injurious reaction on native species.
1874. Witson, E. R. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] rule the roost. < Amer. Sporism.
v. Nov. 7, 1874, p. 91.
Disappearance of Swallows and other birds with the adyent of Sparrows at Syracuse, N. ¥.
1875. ANON. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] and Fruit-Growers. < Amer. Agric.
Feb. 1875.

“That they destroy insects there is no doubt, but their work is not entirely beneficent; and
melancholy accounts have been told of loss to the farmers by the havoc Sparrows make in
their grain.”

1875. ANon. Sparrows [Passer domesticus], Moles and Toads. < American Garden,
Feb. 1875.

“The charge of driving away our native birds is an inexcusable libel upon them.”

180

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875,

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

ANON. Concerning English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Oologist (Utica,
WV. Y.), i. 1875, p. 6.
Apparently extracted from Moore’s Rural New Yorker, April 25, 1874.
Anon. Those Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Rod and Gun, vi. June 5, 1875,
p. 155.

Quoted from Cieveland (Ohic) Herald: aggressions of Sparrows against Orioles.

75. Batty, J.H. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] on L.[ong]Island. < For-

est and Stream, iv. Mar. 25, 1875, p. 101.
Increase of the birds in that region, and their pugnacity.
BENDIRE, C. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Sportsm. v. Jan. 9,
1875, p. 227. é
Results of two years’ observations of Sparrows at St. Louis, Mo. No molestation of native
birds observed. ‘‘I must say, however, that in my opinion the usefulness of the English
Sparrows as insect-destroying birds is greatly over-rated, and that we have many native spe-
cies who destroy more noxious insects in a single day than a Sparrow will in a week.”
BREWER, T.M. The European House-Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Amer.
Sportsm. v. Feb. 6, 1875, p. 298.
From the Atlantic Monthly for May, 1868, on the habits of the birds in America.
Brewer, T. M. Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Sportsm. vy. Feb. 27,
1875, p. 341.
Sustaining its character as a useful bird in Europe. M. Florent Prévost’s results are cited
here, as at frequent intervals throughout the controversy.
Brewer, T. M. Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Rod and Gun, vi. June 12,

1875, p. 171. :
Defending the birds from charges brought against them by R. Deane, tom. cit. May 29, 1875.

. Brewer, T.M. [By error, Cours, E.] More Sparrows. Jtod and Gun, vi. July

10, 1875, p. 232.

. CovuEs, E. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Sporism. v. Jan. 23,

1875, p. 264.

Presenting two letters in evidence: 1. From C. H. L{add], attesting that the Sparrows had
driven birds away from Elizabeth, N.J. 2. From W. J. Hofiman, to same effect in case of
Reading, Pa.

. CovEs, E. Sparrows—more evidence. < Rod and Gun, vi. July 17, 1875, p. 249.

Covering letter from W.J. H[offman] concerning spoliation of nests of native birds by the
Sparrows.

. DEANE,R. Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Rod‘and Gun, May 29, 1875, p. 129.

The quarrelling of the Sparrows with Chipbirds, Bluebirds, &c.

. Hampton, C. J. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] and the Canker Worms.

<_ Moore's Rural New Yorker, Jan. 23, 1875.

‘‘English Sparrows have had no agency in the disappearance of the worms” in Seneca
County, N. Y. Editor continues: ‘‘At the very time of their introduction into New York City
and Brooklyn, a small ichneumon fly had already lessened very materially the number of span-
worms, which were so disagreeably abundant in these cities, and it is yery probable that the
insects would have disappeared without the aid of the birds.”

H[AyEs ?], J. L. More about the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer.
Sportsm. v. Jan. 9, 1875, p. 228.

K[EENE],S8.W. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Rod and Gun, vi. Apr. 3,
1875, p. 11. ,

Charge of molesting Song Sparrows.

“Mortimer.” The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Amer. Sportsm. v. Jan. 9,
1875, p. 227.

Witnessing the fact that the Sparrows drive away native birds.

R. W. H., and Epiror. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] and Fruit Culture.
< Gardener’s Mag. June, 1875.

Presenting both sides of the question.

No. 2. |

COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. 181

1875. 8. O. T. [i.e. Kennn,S.W.] Caution to Coues. < Amer. Sportsm. Mar. —?, 1875.

Lest the Sparrows combine to attack him. Henry Ward Beecher later produced a Seis of
the same kind.

1875. STERLING, E. [Sparrows. Passer domesticus.] < Amer. Sportsm. Jan. 23, 1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1877,

“They are a most pestiferous bird, driving all our native birds away, and at the same time,
destroying no insect life that preys upon our roadside trees.”

STERLING, E. Those Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Rod and Gun, vi. July

31, 1875, p. 266.
Repeated spoliation of nests of Robins and Orioles by the Sparrows.

W.B.C. Sparrows[Passer domesticus]. < Rod and Gun, vi. June 19, 1875, p. 187.

Ejectment of different birds from their homes by the Sparrows.

Wave, J. M. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Fancier’s Journal

and Poultry Bauchange, ii. 1875, p. 638.
Not seen—title from Gentry.

Waves, J. M. Story of a Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Funcier’s Journal and

Poultry Exchange, ii. 1875, p. 334.
Not seen—title from Gentry.

. ANON. [English Sparrows, Passer domesticus, eating crocuses.] < Rod and

Gun, viii. Apr. 29, 1876, p. 71.

**Bos.” [RoBERTS, T. 8.] English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] in [Minne-

apolis,] Minnesota. < Lorest and Stream, vii. Dec. 7, 1876, p. 277.

. “Dog. Wuip.” My English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. <Rodand Gun, vii.

Feb. 26, 1876, p. 341.

. J. ©. K. [History of a tame English Sparrow.] < Forest and Stream, vi. Mar.

2, 1876, p. 52.

. Mazon.” The Sparrow [Passer domesticus]—A Farmer’s Complaint.

< Moore’s Rural New Yorker, May 6, 1876.

Attesting the destruction of measuring-worms by the Sparrows, and the greater destruc-
tion of grain. ‘‘The city people knew when they imported the greedy, fighting songless
sparrow, that they were introducing one pest to exterminate another.”

MuENCH, F. The European House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Rural World,

Apr. 19, 1876; reprinted N. Y. Weekly Sun, May 24, 1876.

“Nothing eatable, if possibly accessible, is secure from his attack—garden products, as
well as all kinds of fruit, cherries and grapes in particular; wheat fields . . . what barns,
stables and houses contain, if not carefully guarded—will become his prey.”

Van FLeetT, W. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Watsontown

Record (Watsontown, Northumberland Co., Pa.), Mar. 10, 1876.

In answer to a pseudonymous article in same paper of February 11, 1876, being an ex-
tended presentation of the pernicious results of introducing the bird into America, much
irrefragable evidence being adduced. ‘‘I think the above terrible array of evidence will con-
vince any one, not absolutely wooden-headed that at no distant day this apparently trivial
question will become one of National importance; and that if some means is not promptly
taken to check the unparalelled [sic] increase of this destructive bird, they will become a pest
only equalled by the grasshoppers of the West.” The article includes a long letter from Mr.
R. Ridgway, to the same effect. Says this ornithologist: ‘‘In answer to your inquiry whether
I regard the introduction of the European House sparrow into the country as likely to prove
a benefit, my answer is, most emphatically, that I deeply regret the mistaken policy that
caused the importation of this extremely undesirable bird.”

Anon. About the English Sparrow. < Popular Science Monthly, No. 64, 1877,

p- 506,
Not seen—title from Gentry.

1877, ANon. About Sparrows. < Scientific American, xxxvii. n. 8. 1877.

Not seen—title from Gentry.

1877. ANON. [BrewerR, T. M.?] Another Ornithological Experiment. < Boston

paper, name Oe about June, 1877

The anonymous writer, @ pr opos of the inenduction of the European Starling into America,
takes occasion to enlarge upon the services of the House Sparrow, and to compare the use:
fulness of the two birds in favor of the latter.

Mes BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1877. ANON. [BreweEr, T. M.] The Sparrow Question [Passer domesticus]. <The
American Cultivator (Boston, Mass.), June 23, 1877.

An ambushed attack upon T.G. Gentry, in which the latter is satirized, ridiculed, and
abused for his remarks upon the subject in his ‘‘Life-Histories of the Birds of Pennsylvania.”
Anonymus charges Mr. Gentry with deliberately ‘‘concocting, publishing and corrupting
the public mind by conclusions and statements” which, &c. There is a spice of Attic salt in
such writing, which makes it very palatable, and tends to cement friendship and shorten
controversy. No argument is made in this case, the article being a lampoon, chiefly directed
against Mr. Gentry’s alleged literary infelicities.

1877. ANoN. [BREWER, T. M.] Ornithological Papacy. < Boston Journal, June 5,
1877.

This is one of Dr. Brewer’s most amusing tirades. He takes as his text that same para-
graph of Coues and Prentiss’s which gave him such offence, and discourses upon the subject
at length. The burden of the grievance this time is the remarks of those gentlemen respect-
ing the action Boston took in the matter of the Shrikes. Mr. Galvin reappears, as usual. The
author *‘ ventures to suggest” to them, that ‘‘ Boston knows already what are alike her duties
and her interests, as regards the sparrow.” Lest the applicability of the title of this paper
to the subject be missed, it should be explained that the writer charges Drs. Coues and
Prentiss with an ‘‘assumption . . . of infallible wisdom and knowledge on the subject,
quite papal in tone.” ;

4

1877, ANoN. [ComMaGmbRE, F. Y.] [An editorial in favor of Passer domesticus in
America.] The Gazette (Washington, D. C.), May 27, 1877.

Quoting Drs. Coues and Prentiss’s recent article in Field and Forest, and reflecting upon it
with mock severity.

1877. ANON. Sparrows’ [Passer domesticus] Power of Reasoning. < Chicago Field,
Oct. 20, 1877.

From the Hartford Times, date unknown. ‘‘A curious story, illustrative of the intelligence
and reasoning power, and perhaps of the characteristic rascality also, of” the bird. A female
stole a feather from another’s nest, and hid it till she could get a chance to deposit it in her
own nest unobserved.

1877. ANon. Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < New York Herald, Aug. 11, 1877.¢

‘‘We believe Dr. Couesis right. . . . He points out, what is known to betrue by every
observing farmer near New York, that the sparrows are gradually driving away all the native
birds.” ;

1877. BrEwER, T. M. Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < The Gazette (Washington),
vol. xvii. No. 26, June 3, 1877.

I have lost or mislaid the clip, and cannot give the substance of this article. It contained,
however, something about a lie well stuck to being as good as the truth, with reference to
some writings of E. Coues on the Sparrow question. The writer subsequently apologized.
Cf. 1877, BREWER, T. M., and 1877, Cougs, E.

1877. Brewer, T. M. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] again.—Another letter from
the Distinguished Ornithologist, Dr. Brewer. < Lhe Gazette (Washington, D.

C.), July 1, 1877.
Personal and apologetic, courteously disclaiming as unintentional that reflection which he

had been understood to cast, in a previous letter in the same paper, upon EH. Coues’s sincerity
and veracity. ;

1877. Brewer, T. M. Justice to the Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Boston Daily
Advertiser, Dec. —, 1877. :
Denying the statements of fact made by H. A. P[urdie] in same paper of July 30, 1877,
respecting Orgyia leucostigma. Mr. J. Galvin, the city forester, is produced as a witness.
The upshot of a long narrative of his personal observations in Boston is: ‘‘It is not only my
belief, but my knowledge, that the sparrow does eagerly and thoroughly destroy this trouble-
some insect.” ;

1877. B[REWER], T. M. The House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Boston Daily
Advertiser, Dec. 8, 1877.

Covering a letter from Dr. H. Hagen, defending the Sparrows, and one from 8. Cabot, M. D.,
defending T. M. Brewer. No material point made in either case.

No.2.] COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. 183

1877. BLREWER], T. M. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] once more. < Boston Daily
Advertiser, Dec. 10, 1877.

Covering a letter from Amos Binney to T. M. Brewer, testifying that the latter is ‘“‘ wholly
right in the matter.” Followed by a letter from ‘Z.”, which, if accurate, would make Dr.
Brewer wholly wrong in the matter.

1877. CovEs, E. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] once more.—Dr. Coues replies to
Dr. Brewer. < The Gazette (Washington, D. C.), July 8, 1877.

The retort courteous, accepting Dr. Brewer's disclaimer of intentional offensiveness, and
restating his own positions. ‘‘I must not be understood to reflect in the slightest upon his
veracity. I only arraign his inability to understand . . . the case,” &ce.

1877. Cours, E. Letterson Ornithology. ... No. 16—The English Sparrow [Passer
domesticus]. < The Chicago Field, July 21, 1877.

“Tn this communication to my friends and the public, I wish to call serious attention to
a subject of growing importance, the issue of which requires to be met squarely and fairly.
I refer to the extraordinary multiplication of English Sparrows in this country, and to the
consequences, immediate and remote, of their presence in such numbers.” The article is 2,
full statement of the case from the writer’s standpoint. With the exception of the ‘‘Ineligi-
bility” article in The American Naturalist for 1878, it is the most extended and complete
article which the controversy has drawn from this pen.

1877. Cours, E., and Prentiss, D.W. [Note on Passer domesticus in Washington,
D.C.] < Field and Forest, ii. No. 11, May, 1877, pp. 192, 193.

Though not a special paper, being merely one of some ‘‘ Remarks on Birds of the District
of Columbia,” this note is here inserted in consequence of the unexpected commotion it
occasioned and the stimulus it imparted to the controversy. The passages reappeared and
were reprinted again in numberless places with an unaccountable degree of vitality. They
are here reproduced, as something of a curiosity, considering to what career they were
destined.

“ Passer domesticus, the nuisance, was introduced [in the District of Columbia] some years
after our list [of the Birds of the District] appéared, and now these rowdy little gamins squeak
and fight all through the city, to our great disgust. The introduction of these exotics
clutters up ornithology in a way that a student of geographical distribution may deplore, and
interferes decidedly with the ‘balance of power’ among the native species. Whatever may
be said to the contrary notwithstanding, these Sparrows do molest, harass, drive off, and
otherwase maltreat and forcibly eject and attempt to destroy various kinds of native birds,
which are thereby deprived of certain inalienable rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of
happiness after their own fashion.

‘“Weunderstand that in Boston, where the Sparrows are extremely numerous, the Butcher-
birds (Collurio borealis) lately appeared in force, and feasted upon the birds, until the legis-
lators, or whoever had authority in the matter, ordered them to be systematically destroyed,
thus thwarting, with characteristic human short-sightedness, the first efforts Nature made
to readjust the disturbed balance of her forces.”

1877. “Dom PeprRo.” Another Opinion of the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. << Lor-
est and Stream, viii. July 5, 1877, p. 360.

Favorable to the birds.

1877. EpiroriaAL. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus].—Is he a Blessing or a
Nuisance? < Forest and Stream, viii. May 31, 1877, p. 261.

Reproduced from the Boston Transcript, with brief editorial comment. It consists of a
letter from T. M. Brewer to J. Galvin, city forester of Boston, Mass., asking if he did not think
so and so; and the reply of the latter, that he did think thus and thus; this being intended
to settle the question. The article continues with a pseudonymous letter from “Arrow,”
testifying to the Sparrows’ ‘idleness and general incapacity.”

1877. Eprroriat. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus] again. < Forest and Stream,
vili. July 12, 1877, pp. 379, 380.

An editorial make-up of extracts from various published articles for and against the birds.
One correspondent says: ‘‘Having dissected some thirty or forty birds in all, no sign of worms
or injurious insects was found.’ Another calls the birds “infernal little frauds.” ‘Dr.
Brewer believes the sparrows to have been of incalculable benefit.”

1877. EvxioTt, C. W. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. << Boston Daily Advertiser,
Dec, 11, 1877.

Statement of evidence from the manager of Central Park, N. Y., that the Sparrow banishes

the measuring-worra, and does not drive away other birds.

184 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vou. V.

1877, GENTRY, T. G. The Sparrow Question [Passer domesticus]. < The American
Cultivator (Boston, Mass.), Oct. 27, 1877.

A reply to T. M. Brewer, op. cit. June 23, 1877, which article compares in no favorable
light with the less witty but more weighty statements of the person who had been ridiculed
for his opinions, and abused for his observations of fact. Mr. Gentry shows the diserepancies
between Dr. Brewer’s alleged facts and the facts themselves, as attested by Messrs. R. Deane
and H. A. Purdie. He writes like a man laboring under a sense of wrong done him, and a
conyiction of the soundness of his position.

1877. Loomis, E. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Mirror and Farmer,
July 21, 1877. :

Views of “an English agriculturist, now travelling in this |country,” fayorable to the
Sparrow.

1877. ““O.” The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] vs. the Caterpillar. < Boston Daily
Advertiser, July 31, 1877.

Endorsing Mr. Purdie’s testimony, denying that the birds have anything to do with the
decrease of the insects. ’

1877. P[uRDIn], H. A. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus]in Boston. < Boston Daily
Advertiser, July 30, 1877. case

A clear refutation of the assertions of T. M. Brewer and others, that the Sparrow had been
effective in destroying the Orgyia leucostigma, the trees being devastated by these insects, and
the city forester having men at work still. ‘‘ All over the boles of the elms, maples, lindens
and other trees might be seen crawling the larve . . . the completed cocoons were to be
seen by thousands. . . . not one is molested by passer domesticus.” The extracts from
one of De. Brewer’s articles, printed in the body of this paper, read very curiously in the
face of the facts adduced. The writer had every opportunity for accurate observation.

1877. SAMUELS, E. A. Butcher Birds and Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Boston
Transcript, Feb. 3, 1877.

Denunciatory of the Sparrow, and advocating the Butcher Birds as destroyers of ie nui-
sance. ‘The bird will unquestionably prove as great a nuisance in this country as it has
been found in Europe, and I doubt not a bounty will at some time be offered for its head.

- The English sparrow has driven away all our own pretty and interesting and musi-
cal birds, and I almost wish for a visitation from some immense host of ‘butcher birds’ to
finish them.” om ;

1877. ‘“*” [i e. HENRY WarRD BEECHER]. Star Paper.—Sparrows to the Rescue.
< The Christian Union, Aug. 8, 1877.

The celebrated clergyman who here essays ornithology, in somewhat satirical vein, accuses
E. Coues of having “incited a riot” against the Sparrows; denies the allegation that the
Sparrows molest native birds; calls it “treason,” and predicts that the ornithologist men-
tioned ‘‘shall be known in the kingdom of birds as a public foe,” with much more of the same
sort. It is presumed that many uninformed or misinformed persons may agree with hin.

The Starlings in Central Park.—Some disparaging Comments about
the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and Stream, vol. viii, June 14,

1877, pp. 307, 308.

This i is a composite article, consisting of letters from several persons. 1. Wm. Walsh, of
Brooklyn, N. Y., gives instances of the Sparrows harassing other birds, and states that he
knows from experience that the Sparrow is ‘‘a good-for-nothing domineering bird,” 2. H.
G. Carey, of Indianapolis, weighs the evidence for and against the birds, in a very im-
partial manner, in fourteen distinct propositions. 3. ‘‘.” writes favorably of the birds,
though detailing their disputes with Bluebirds and Wrens. 4. ‘Red Wing” states that the
presence of the Sparrows makes very little difference with other birds. 5. Is from T. M.
Brewer. 6. H. D. Minot presents evidence against the birds in four distinct counts.
Further Evidence on the Sparrow Question. < Dorest and Stream, vol.

vii. July 26, 1877, p. 420 (see also pp. 261, 360, 379). :

Three letters fromcorrespondents. 1. ‘‘ Tanager” deems it notonly a duty but a pleasure
to add his testimony against the birds. 2. ‘‘Fidelis” wishes to say a few words for the dear
companions of her childhood, the native birds, which the Sparrows had driven away.
3. “Woman” attests the pluck of the Sparrow, &c.

1878. AkHuRST, J. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus|—Letter from a Competent
Witness. < Boston Journal, Mar. 15, 1878.

““T believe the sparroy to be a very useful little bird, and I should be very sorry to sce

‘nim destroyed.” :

1877.

1877.

No.2. | COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. 185

1878. AknursT, J. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Torest and Stream,
x. April 18, 1878, p. 198.
Favorable to the bird.

1878. ALLEN, J. A. The Nuttall Ornithological Club. < Boston Journal, Mar. 19,
1878.

A dignified and well-considered defence of the Club from the attacks made in the article
entitled “‘ History Repeating Itself,” and elsewhere. ‘‘ Neither the ideas, the similes, nor the
phraseology of the article are new, having done service repeatedly in other Boston papers
within a few weeks in a similar connection. Therefore the inference is natural, that they
have emanated, either directly or indirectly, from a single source. The article in question is
simply a presentation, in connected form, of the various anonymous squibs that have appeared
repeatedly in other papers. . . . Unfortunate, indeed, is it if this purely practical and
scientific question cannot be discussed on its merits, and that the defenders of the sparrows
must confess their weakness by a persistent resort to such unsafe weapons as misrepresenta-
tion and ridicule.”

1878. ALLEN, J. A. The Nuttall Ornithological Club. < Evening Transcript, Mar. 21,
1878.

A defence of the Club, which had been ‘‘referred to contemptuously as a body of ‘Cam-
bridge juveniles,’ ‘precocious boys,’ ‘over-modest youths,’” &c., including a statement of its
organization and operations, and the real character of its membership. T. M. Brewer is
mentioned as a member, and a contribu<or to the Bulletin of the Club.

1878. ANon. [A Witticism.] < Evening Transcript (Boston, Mass.), Nov. 6, 1878.

** An eminent ornithologist [%. e. Dr. Brewer?], who evidently does not sympathize with the
juveniles of Cambridge [%. e. the Nuttall Ornithological Club] in their diatribes against the
sparrow, in a letter to a friend in this city writes, ‘The three tailors of Toodle street, Bos-
ton, have made their resolutions, committing the people of the United States to antagonism
on the sparrow question.’”

1878. Anon. [Editorial paragraph on Passer domesticus.] < Port Huron Times,

Mar. 13, 1878.
Unfavorable to the birds.

1878. ANon. History Repeating Itself. < Boston Journal, morning edition, Mar. 14,
1378.

Opening with a reference to the ‘‘tailors of Toodle street,” this article characterizes the
Nuttall Ornithological Club as the ‘‘association of over-modest young gentlemen, comprising
lads fitting for college and undergraduates, with a sprinkling of others a few years their
seniors,” overlooking the membership of some whose years, as well as their eminence in
science, should have entitled them to more respectful consideration than this. The article is
entirely devoted to ridicule and abuse of the Club.—On begging to know its authorship,
to complete my bibliography of the subject, I was informed by Dr. Brewer that he did not
write it, and that, furthermore, he had never even read the published proceedings of the Club.
Its peculiar vein of satire is, however, diagnostic of its authorship, whosever hand actually
penned it; though doubtless the answer I received was true to the letter. It is a matter for
surprise, however, that Dr. Brewer should have remained uninformed of the action of the
Club in a matter in which he had previously, and has subsequently, shown himself to be
interested.

1878. ANON. Justice to the English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Lhe Country, i.
Feb. 16, 1878, p. 229.
Congratulating the Nuttall Club on the result of their action.
1878. ANon. Our Naturalized Bird [Passer domesticus]. < Chelsea (Mass.) Record,
May 11, 1878.
An unornithological editorial, favoring the Sparrows, and giving a fling at the Nuttall Club.
1878. ANoN. The House Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Ohio Farmer, Mar. 3, 157°.
Review of T. G. Gentry’s book. ;
1878. Anon. The Other Side [of the Sparrow Question]. < Boston Journal, June 18,
1878.

Entirely favorable to the Sparrow, but consisting largely of assertions, not statements of
fact. The anonymous writer takes occasion to abuse Dr. Coues and T. G. Gentry for their
views, which he quotes, though without mentioning names.

Bull. v, 2 5)

186 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

1878. ANON. ‘History Repeats Itself, But Fools Profit Not by Its Teachings.”—
[Carlyle. < Boston Evening Journal, July 19, 1878.
Authorship unknown, but the style familiar. Tt reiterates the assertion that the Sparrows
‘have nobly done their part of the work” in destroying orgyia lercostigua [sic].

1878. ANON. [Statement of the continued efforts of J. Galvin, with a force of 35
men, to do what the Sparrows had been alleged to have done in clearing trees
of Orgyia leucostigma.] < Boston Post, July 19, 1878.

1878. ANon. Notes. < The (N. Y.) Nation, Aug. §, 1878.
Reviewing E. Coues’s article in The American Naturalist for August, 1878, with a résumé
of the points there made.

1878. ANON. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < The Country (N. Y.), Aug. 10,
1878.

1878. ANON. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Question. < Evening Tran-
script (Boston), Aug. 13, 1878.
Copied from the New York Nation of August 8, 1878, q. v.

1878. ANoN. [E, Coues as inimical to the European Sparrow.] < Scientific Harmer
(Boston), iii. No. 9, Sept. 1878.
‘Now that the doctor has classified the friends of the sparrow, who is wise or honest enough
to argue the matter? Plainly, only those who agree with him. What science!”

1878. APPLETON, G. L. The English Sparrows [Passer domesticus] in Georgia.
< Forest and Stream, Mar. 28, 1878, p. 135.
Their arrival at Myrtle Grove, Bryan County, in March, 1878.

1878. AuGuEyY,S. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < List Ann. Rep. U.S.

Entomological Commission, 1877, p. 349.

‘*Several persons have advocated the introduction of the English sparrow [in Webraskal,
in order to mitigate our insect plagues. Such a policy, it appears to me, would be highly
objectionable. . . . Where I have seen this bird in America it has gradually driven off
our nativebirds. . . . Some yearsago,. . . the English sparrows were introduced into
Nebraska City, and have multiplied to a considerable extent, but the number of species of
insects that they feed on, as has been anticipated, has beenfound to be small. This of course
could have been endured if they were not so hostile to other birds, native to the soil, that do
much better.”

1878. Battou, W. H. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus] in Illinois. < The
Country, i. Jan. 12, 1878, p. 149.

1878. BaLLou, W. H. English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Lhe Chicago Times,
Sept. 8, 1878. Reprinted, Mexico (N. Y.) Independent.

Highly unfavorable to the Sparrows, which are denounced in unmeasured terms.

1878. ‘‘Birp.” The ‘English Sparrow” [Passer domesticus] Question. < Massa-

chusetis Ploughman, Aug. 3, 1878.

Chiefly historical, with Cee. to legislative action in abe case. ‘‘In March, 1877, an
order was introduced in the Massachusetts Senate, by Senator Gregory, concerning the Eng-
lish sparrows, and this order was referred to the Committee on Agriculture. The sparrow
was, and is, protected under our laws. The idea of this order was to have this protection
removed because of the character and habits of the sparrow.” On a hearing, the evidence
proved to be ‘‘almost entirely against the sparrow.” A clear statement of the many counts
against the birds follows: ‘‘The evidence was conclusive that, outside of cities and towns,
in all countries where they exist, they are an undoubted nuisance to agriculturists, In Cuba,
where they were in 1862 or 1863, and had become very numerous, they do immense damage, and
are called ‘Destroyers.’ The bill seems however to have failed, from the opposition of Rep-
resentatives from large towns and cities, ‘who thought the trees would sufter without the
sparrows.’”’

1878. Boner, J. H. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] in the Snow. By John Henry
Boner. [n.d.,n.p. Washington, D.C. Darby & Duyall. 1873.] Sq. 18me.
pp- 12, with eng. title and 4 other cuts.

Poem.

No.2” COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. 187

1878. BREWER,T.M. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus].—A Note from Dr. Brewer,
< Boston Daily Advertiser, Feb. 25, 1878.

“ Protesting” against J. Dixwell’s letter as ‘‘the extreme discourtesy on the part of a total
stranger,” who had presumed to state the results of his dissections of 39 Sparrows, and aver-
ring that he [T. M. Brewer] has ‘‘neither the time nor the inclination to consider the opin-

ions given by the young gentlemen of the Nuttall Club.” See 1878, NUTTALL ORNITH. CLUB.
1878. BREWER, T. M. [On Orgyia leucostigma as food of Passer domesticus. ]
< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. for 1877, xix. 1878, pp. 260-262.

It may be noted here, that Sparrows supposed to be devouring the eggs or larve of this

insect, may have been digging into empty cocoons. The article includes a note from Dr. H.

Hagen, intimating his belief that the Sparrows do not interfere with native birds. See 1878,
PuRDIE, H. A

1878. BREWER, T.M. Defending the Sparrows [Passer domesticus].—A Distinguished
Boston Naturalist Protests Against Their Extermination. < The Post (Wash-
ington, D. C.), Dec. 7, 1878.

T. M. Brewer having been apprised of FE. Coues’s communication to the Commissioners of
the District of Columbia, hastened to interfere, more suo. The present paragraph is a digest
of his letter to the Commissioners, warning them against a proposition ‘so unjust to our
benefactors, so unwise in itself, and so wholly unreasonable” as that made to them by Dr.
Coues; imploring them to confer with ‘‘his life-long friend, Prof. Baird”; bringing F. Préyost
this time to the front instead of J. Galvin; attempting to confound Dr. Coues out of his own
mouth by an incompleted reference to the latter’s ‘Key to North American Birds”; and tak-
ing issue on each point of Dr. Coues’s ‘‘assumptions”’; thus verifying one or more of the five
categories of persons in which Dr. Coues had classed the Sparrows’ defenders.

1878. BRewstER, W. The Nuttall Ornithological Club of Cambridge. < Boston
Daily Advertiser, Mar. 20, 1878.
A card representing the obvious inaccuracy of calling the members of the Club “boys,”
T. M. Brewer and others being of their number.

1878. C. E. H[AMLIN]. The English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < The Times
(Bath, Me.), Feb. 26, 1878.

This is a report of the discussion of the Nuttall Club by a person who was present at the
meeting, and a résumé of the evidence supporting the charges brought against the Sparrow;
with a long array of facts from personal observation. ‘1st. It is found wherever the spar-
rows have become established, they are annually driving out more and more completely
our most valued native birds.” ‘2nd. The sparrows have been seen repeatedly to destroy
the eggs and young of other birds by blows with their bills.” ‘‘3d. Wherever the English
sparrows have become abundant, it is found that they make foraging expeditions in flocks,
from cities and villages which they prefer for abodes, into the grain fields of the surrounding
farms.” ‘‘4th. In the region about Boston, the sparrows fail to compensate for the evil they
commit.” These four propositions are supported by testimony of eye-witnesses. The article
occupies two columns, and was written from Cambridge, Mass.

1878. “Corvin.” A Sparrow’s Chirrup from Europe. < Forest and Stream, Noy. 28,
1878.

Being ‘‘much amused at the bitterness which the sparrow-war in America has assumed;”
the writer chirrups pleasantly on the subject.

1878. Cours,E. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Pest. < The Country, Jan. 19,
1878.

Citing the observations of Dr. Sacc, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 94, in evidence of the extra-
ordinary fecundity of these birds. A female laid 35 eggs in as many days.

1878. Cours, E. The Ineligibility of the European House Sparrow [Passer domesti-
cus] in America. < Amer. Nat. xii. No. 8, Aug. 1878, pp. 499-505.

This is a general statement of the case, indicting the Sparrow, with specific charges, and
recommendations. It asserts that in the case of the Sparrow, the history of the white-weed
and the Norway rat is repeated. It divides the friends of the Sparrow into five categories,
only one of which is regarded as entitled to serious attention in discussing the matter upon
scientific and economic grounds. The fifth category is said to consist of ‘‘a very few intelligent
and scientific persons, who recognize fully what little good the sparrow undeniably does, and
shape a favorable argument mainly from the undisputed advantages which result from a cer-
tain just and proper number of sparrows in Europe.” The argument is shown to be thorou ghly
fallacious, as it does not apply to the present American state of the case. The specifications
against the birds are thus stated: 1. They neglect entirely, or perform very insufliciently, the

‘

188

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878,

1878.

1878.

1878.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

CougEs, E.—Continued.
business they were imported toto. 2. They attack, harass, fizat against, dispossess, drive
away, and sometimes actuaily iil various of our native birds which are much more insectivo-
rous by nature than themselves, and which might do us better service it they were equally
encouraged. 3. They commit great depredations in the kitchen-garden, the orchard, and the
grain-feld. 4. They are per sonally ovnoxious and unpleasant to many persons. 5. ‘They have,
at present, practically, no natural enemies, nor any check whatever upon limitless inerease.
One suggestion and two recommendations are made. The suggestion is, to make the experi-
ments obviously necessary to determine exactly what the birds eat in this country: to exam-
ine the stomachs of say five hundred sparrows, killed in places infested with noxious insects,
at the height of the season, and see if insects form any considerable portion of their food.
The recommendations are: I. Let the birds shift for themselves; that is, stop feeding them,
take down the boxes, put them on the same footing as other birds. II. Abolish the legal pen-
alties for kiing them. The article was several times reprinted, and reproduced in editorial
abridgment by the press of the country at large.

CovuEs, E. The Ineligibility of the European House Sparrow [Passer domesti-
cus] in America. < The Chicago Field, Aug. 31, 1378.

In fall from The American Naturalist, xii. No. 8, August, 1878, q. v.

Cougs, E. The Ineligibility of the European House Sparrow [ Passer domesti-
cus] in America. < The Country (N. Y.), Aug. 3, 1878, pp. 233, 234.
Reprinted in full from The American Naturalist for August, 1878.

DIXWELL, J. Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Boston Daily Advertiser, about
Mar. 7, 1878. ‘

Apologizing for ‘‘all real or imaginary insults” T. M. Brewer may have been offered by the

publication of the results of dissection of 39 Sparrows in whose gizzards no insects were found.

EpitTor. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and Stream, Apr.
18, 1878.
Editorial note, presenting to favorable notice a letter from J. Akhurst defending the Spar-
tow. It is the same letter which appeared in the Boston Journal, Mar. 15, 1878.

’

Epiror. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Massachusetts Ploughman, Aug.
3, 1878.
Extracts from an article by H. Hagen, which appeared in the American A griculturist, favor-
able to the Sparrows.

Epiror. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] and Skylarks. < Forest and Stream, xi.
Dec. 19, 1878, p. 406.

Their introduction on Long Island.

Evxiot, D. G. American [Spizella socialis] vs. English Sparrows [Passer ules

mesticus]. < forest and Stream, Aug. 15, 1878.
Narrating an encounter in which te former worsted the latter.

. “Fruit Bubs.” Those English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < The Post

(Washington, D. C.), Mar. 22, 1878.
Molestation of native birds, and destruction of fruit, by the ‘little pests known as English
Sparrows.”

GENTRY, T.G. The | House Sparrow | at | Home and Abroad, | with some | con-
cluding remarks upon its usefulness, | and | copious references to the litera-
ture of the subject. | By | Thomas G. Gentry, | [ete.,5 lines.] | Philadelphia:
| Claxton, Remsen, and Haffelfinger. | 1878. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. iii-viii, 9-128,
with colored frontisp. pl. of Passer domesticus ¢ 9.

One of the good results of the controversy has been the appearance of this work, in which

the whole subject is set forth at full length, in clear light, with every regard for impartiality. .

Mr. Gentry’s careful and critical survey of the situation renders his presentation of the case
conclusive. All the charges that have been brought against the Sparrow are discussed and
substantiated, while due weight is given to the other side of the question. It is avery useful
book, which should be widely circulated. The following are the main heads: Introduction
(classificatory, etc.), p. 9. The Sparrow in Europe, p. 14. The Sparrow in America, p. 33.
Evidence, both positive and negative (7. c. for and against), of the Sparrows’ usefulness in
America, p.74. Coneluding remarks, p.96. Appendix (bibliography), p. 113.

Vo. 2. | COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS 189

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

“GERMANIA.” English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Evening Transcript
(Boston, Mass.), Mar. 4, 1878.

Asking fair play for his friends, the Sparrows, whom, he states, he treats with respect; in
return for which “‘they give me considerable chirping, very cheerful to my ear.”

GLEASON, E. B. Blue Bird [Sialia sialis] vs. Sparrow [Passer domesticus].
< Forest and Stream, x. May 2, 1878, p. 235.

The Sparrow worsted in the Br ona istan,

[GRINNELL, G. B.] The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus] in America.
< Forest and Stream, xi. Sept. 5, 1878.

Comments upon recent phases of the discussion of the utility of Passer domesticus in
America; and additional testimony.

HaAGEN, H. A. The, Sparrows [Passer domesticus].—Professor Hagen’s Views.
< Boston Evening Transcript, Mar. 28, 1878.

A temperate and well-considered article, largely devoted, however, to the state of affairs in
Europe This is the mistake, it would seem, that some otherwise well-informed authors are
apt tomake. As I have elsewhere shown, the cases are not parallel at present, and any argu-
ment derived from considerations that may apply in Europe fail of equal applicability to the
present state of affairs in America. The article will well repay perusal as one of the most
satisfactory statements that can be drawn up in favor of the Sparrows. Its candor and sin-
cerity are conspicuous by comparison with much that has been advanced on this side.

HALDEMAN,S.S. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] and Pewees [Sayornis fuscus].
< Amer. Nat. xii. No. 2, 1878, p. 124.

The former attacking the latter.

“HANOVER.” English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Boston Daily Adver-
tiser, May 16, 1878.

Statement that the Sparrows ‘‘lead other birds to come near dwelling-houses instead of
driving them away’!

HorrMsn, W. J. Notes on the Nesting Habits of the English Sparrow [Passer
domesticus]. <c Amer. Nat. xii. No. 4, Apr. 1878, pp. 251, 252.
Repeated destruction of Robins’ nests by He Sparrows.

. Hovey, R. Another Opinion [respecting Passer domesticus]. < Forest and

Stream, Nov. 14, 1878.
“T differ with Mr. Roosevelt concerning the insectivorous habits of the bird.”
INGERSOLL, ERNEST. The Sparrow in America. < The [London] Field, li. Mar.
23, 1878, p. 335.
A sketch of the colonization of Passer domesticus in the United States, and an account of
the discussion of the Nuttall Ornithological Club upon the question of its usefulness.
“J.” The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Nuisance. < The Post (Washington,
D.C.), Sept. 20, 1878.

“The sparrows are an increasing pest. ... If there isa law to protect them it should be
repealed and the sparrow nuisance abated.”

“Justina.” A Word for the Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < The Post (Wash-
ington, D. C.), Sept. 21, 187
“Now, Mr. Editor, ‘let justice prevail though the heavens fall’”’, &c.
MaynarpD, C. J. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] War. <The Scientific

Farmer (Boston), iii. Feb. 1878, p. 27.
A sketch of the discussion respecting the merits and demerits of the Sparrows.

. ‘“MUNCHAUSEN.” The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Evening Transcript,

Feb. 27, 1878.

The person who selected this suggestive pseudonym says: “There seems to be a growing
impression that one or two of the boys of the Nuttall Club rather overloaded their fowling
pieces in their war on the sparrow.”

“NATURALIST.” The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and Stream,
xi. Oct. 3, 1878, p. 179

Newcomp, R. L. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < The Country
(New York), Aug. 10, 1878.

Unequivocal evidence of decrease in numbers of native birds since the Sparrows became
numerous.

190 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol ¥._

1878. ‘““Norman.” Sparrow [Passer domesticus] and Starling. < Forest and Stream,
x. June 20, 1878, p. 379.

The desirability of their introduction into the country.

1878, NUTTALL ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Sparrows [Passer domesticus ].—The Nuttall
Ornithological Club decides against them. < Boston Daily Advertiser, vol.
exxxi, No. 47, Feb. 23, 1878.

The inside history of this article is: Some time about January, 1878, Dr. Brewer was in my
office in Washington, where some words on the subject grew a little heated toward the close
of the interview, when 1 proposed that it would be well to ask the Nuttall Club to take up
and sift the matter, that we might get at the facts, if possible. The reply was complimentary
neither to the ‘sincerity of my proposition nor to the ornithological ability of the Club, of
which he was a member. I soon after addressed to the Club a communication inviting their
attention to the matter, suggesting a full and fair discussion of the subject in open meeting,
and representing that the Club was specially well qualified to come to just conclusions, con-
sisting, as it did, of anumber of working ornithologists of recognized ability and experience,
who were perfectly familiar with the case as presented in Boston, Cambridge, and vicinity.
The meeting was soon after held. Notice was sent to the resident members of the proposed
consideration of the question, and corresponding members were also invited to take part in the
discussion. Dr. Brewer for some reason did not attend the meeting. The report of the meet-
ing, constituting the present article, indicates that Mr. J. A. Allen, Mr. William Brewster,
Mr. H. A. Purdie, Mr. H. D. Minot, Mr. Ruthven Deane, and others, participated in the
discussion. Mr. Allen’s views are not here presented. All the testimony here reported is
unfavorable to the Sparrows, but need not be here analyzed, as itis only what every competent
and unprejudiced observer knows; it is explicit, emphatic, and irrefragable, substantiating
every count that has been brought against the birds. The article includes an open letter to
Dr. Brewer from John Dixwell, M. D., stating that in 39 individuals, taken at the height of
the canker-worm pest, no trace of insect food could be found on dissecting; the publication
of which letter gave offence to Dr. Brewer, who considered it an unwarrantable liberty to

_ take with his name. ‘At the close of the discussion a vote was taken on the question of
whether or not, in the opinion of those present, the further increase of the house sparrow in
this country was desirable. The result was a unanimous negative.” Dr. Brewer's action
upon the testimony thus offered by experts may be gathered from other titles in this Bibliog-
raphy.

1878. NUTTALL ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Sparrows [Passer domesticus] brought to
Judgment.—Discussion of the Nuttall Ornithological Club upon the Merits
and Demerits of the English Sparrow in the United States. < The Country
(newspaper of New York), Feb. 23, 1878, pp. 245, 246, fig.

This is the full report of the meeting, communicated officially by the Club, occupying nearly
two pages (5 columns). It gives much matter additional to that published in the Boston Daily
Advertiser, and is specially important in presenting at length the views of J. A. Allen, and in-
cluding communications from Mr. R. Ridgway and Dr. C.C. Abbott, not given in the Boston
report of the proceedings. Allen’s carefully-considered testimony, though well guarded, is,
emphatically and explicitly, against the Sparrows. ‘‘ Mr. Allen further stated, that every orni-
thologist of note throughout the country who has expressed himself upon the subject (and
nearly all have done so) has, almost without exception, declared against the Sparrow. Nota
few of them consider their rapid increase an alarming evil, which will soon call for legislative
action to hold it in check.”

1878. ‘‘Ornis.” [G. A. STOCKWELL.] The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus].—
His Enemies and Friends—What a Port Huron Naturalist has to Say on the
Subject. <( Port Huron Times, March 16, 1878.

Says the writer: ‘‘The opposition to the sparrow began with Dr. Elliott Coues, a young
ornithologist of considerable talent, though possessing more assurance than knowledge. ...
He started the ball, which has since been kicked by his satellites. in an article in the Field
and Forest, [quotation from Coues and Prentiss follows]. Itidiculous as the above paragraph
is, particularly as coming from a would-be scientist, it was immediately taken up and made
the battle ery of the Nuttall Ornithological Club. ... Chief among this coterie of ornitho-

; logists (?) is H. D. Minot, a youth who has the credit of publishing the most execrable, and
monstrously inaccurate, work on birds extant.” After more in tuis strain, there appears a
letter from Mr. John Galvin, disagreeing with the observations of nearly all other persons.
Still more curiously, the writer continues: ‘‘ As final evidence, I quote from a personal letter
received from Dr. Thos. M. Brewer.” This letter, signed ‘‘ Very cordially yours,” rehearses 4
matter with which the public has become familiar. I had some trouble to ascertain the
authorship of this article; I saw a letter from the editor of the paper stating that it was_
written by G. A. Stockwell; and I saw a letter from G. A. Stockwell stating that he did not
write it. :

No. 2.] COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. mL

1878. PuURDIE, H. A. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Hvening Transcript, Mar.
19, 1878.
Covering a copy of The Country of February 23, 1878, which contained the full report of the
Nuttall Club's proceedings, Mr. J. A. Allen’s testimony having been omitted from the report
as published in Boston. Mr. Allen’s testimony follows.

1878. PurpIE, H. A. The ‘English Sparrow” [Passer domesticus] in Boston.
< Massachusetts Ploughman, July 20, 1878.

A column of testimony in the matter of the Orgyia leucostigma. Itis evident from this
that the Sparrows are not efficient in destroying this noxious insect. The writer states,
further, that the apparent attacks of the Sparrows upon the cocoons were not to devour the
contents, but the spiders and certain parasites, which are the natural foes of the tussock
moth!

1878. Purpin, H.A. ‘“‘ History repeating itself.” < Boston Advertiser, July 16, 1878.

Adopting Dr. Brewer's epigrammatic title for the fact that what had been observed a year
before respecting abundance of Orgyia leucostigma might be verified by any one who would
now examine the shade-trees of Boston. x

1878. Ritey, C. V. Anent the English Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Evening
Star (Washington, D. C.), Dec. 25, 1878; Pacific Rural Press, Jan. 25, 1879;
and several other reprints.

A letter to Major J. W. Twining, District Commissioner, conveying important evidence
against the Sparrows, from a well-known expert in economic entomology. It appears that
whatever good the Sparrows may have done by destroying canker-worms is more than coun-
terbalanced by the room thus made for the increase of even more destructive insects. The
article gives new and valuable testimony from an authoritative source, and should be care-
fully considered.

1878. ROOSEVELT; R.B. Spare the Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and Stream,
Oct. 10, 1878.

The five categories of persons who defend the Sparrow, as set forth by E. Coues, seem to
have made an impression on this gentleman, who, without saying to which one he may be-
long, begins his article thus: ‘‘I lately saw an article from Dr. Coues, in which he renews his
abuse of the sparrow, or, to speak more accurately, of those who approve the sparrow. He
divides the advocates and supporters of the foreign little bird into five classes, four of which
he calls idiots, and the fifth weak-minded. This is a yery powerful and almost conclusive
argument against the sparrows.” But Mr. Roosevelt may be reminded that no such epithets
occur in E. Coues’s article. The writer goes on with a very pleasant, gossipy article in favor
of the Sparrows, in a rather amiable and courteous than logical or convincing strain.

1878. SmirH, EVERETT. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Pest. < The Country,

i. Feb. 9, 1878, p. 213.

Contrasting the good condition of shade-trees protected by coal-tar with the state of those
left to perish by being entrusted to the attentions of the Sparrows. “My observations of the
habits of these birds in their native homes led me to the belief that for a pest we might be
rid of through other means we should substitute a pest that it would be extremely difficult,
if not impossible, ever to get rid of—and that is the sparrow pest.”

1878. “Susur.” A Word for the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Evening Tran-
script (Boston, Mass. ), Feb. 26, 1878.
Statement of his impressions respecting the Nuttall Club, and his indifference in the mat-
ter. ‘To the average human being, it is of no consequence whether the bird in front of his
house is called a Fringilla or a Chinchilla; what he wants is a bird.”

1878. ——— The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] in America. < Unknown paper,

about August, 1878. ‘
Abridged from E. Coues’s article in the American Naturalist for August, 1878.

1878. ——— The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Nuisance. < Times and Dispatch (Read-
ing, Pa.), vol. xli. No. 109, Aug. 8, 1878.
Editorial excerpts from E. Coues’s article in The American Naturalist for August, 1878.
“The array of charges brought against that quarrelsome alien is overwhelming. The Lan-
easter New Era, from which we quote, says ‘no man either in this country or elsewhere 1s
more competent to discuss the question than Dr. Coues, and what he says we are willing to
accept as authority. His words will have more weight among naturalists than all the silly
sentimentality which the host of ignorant people who have discussed the sparrow question
have brought forward.’” The gistof Dr. Coues’s recommendations upon the subject completes
the article.

192 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1878. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus] at the Bar. < New York Times,
Sept. 3, 1878.

Three letters from correspondents. 1. “‘G.H.G.” argues proand con. 2. ‘I. A.B.’ reasons
emphatically against the birds: ‘‘talk with an Englishman, a German, or an Italian, who
knows anything about their habits, and he will laugh at the folly of Americans for introducing
them here.” 3. ‘‘N. D.” does not apparently believe that they harass native birds.

[A column or more on the Sparrow question.] < New York Times, Sept.
2, 1878.

Not seen.

Etchings and Echoes. < Daily Evening Traveller (Boston), Aug. 13,

1878.

1878.

1878.
‘““Thousands of Sparrows visit the grounds about the East Boston grain elevator, daily, and
it is apparent that they prefer the wheat brought from the West to the insects that swarm.”

1878. The Sparrow [Passer domesticus] Question in England. < The Chicago
Field, Sept. 28, 1878.
Letters from S. E. Garnett and E. Anthony, against and for the bird.

1878.

The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and Stream, Oct. 3,
1878, pp. 179, 180.

That the Sparrow may be a blessing in one place and a nuisance in another is brought for-
ward by a correspondent from Bay Ridge, Long Island, who signs himself “‘ Fair Play for the
Sparrows.” This is followed by ‘‘a delightful picture of a home surrounded by feathered
songsters,” signed ‘‘ Naturalist,” who states that he has more song-birds about him than he
had before the Sparrows came.

An Enemy to the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < The Post (Wash-
ington, D. C.), Nov. 22, 1878.

A paragraph stating that an article entitled the ‘“Ineligibility of the European House
Sparrow in America” had been sent by its author to the Commissioners of the District,
accompanied by a letter recommending measures to be taken to abate the nuisance.

1878.

1879. ANON. [BREWER, T. M.] Conclusive Testimony [that Passer domesticus does
not molest native birds]. < Boston Journal, Jan. 17, 1879.
Mr. G. H. Coues having shortly before published a list of sixty species of birds observed in
Brooklyn, New York, where the Sparrows are abundant, T. M. Brewer anonymously regards
this as ‘‘conclusive testimony.” Yet by parity of reason it would be maintained that hawks_
and owls do not molest other birds, there being several of these rapacious birds in the list.
Nor does the writer stop to consider how many more species more numerously represented
might have been found there but for the Sparrows.

1879. Baca, E., jr. A Plea for the Birds [of America, against the invasion of Passer
domesticus]. < Utica Morning Herald and Daily Gazette, Feb. 5, 1879.
A fair and extended statement of the case.

1879. BROWNE, F.C. Advice unheeded. < Forest and Stream, Jan. 30, 1879.

Showing that we had been duly forewarned by H. J. Bruce, who, in an article on the Birds
of India, after quoting Dr. Jerdon as saying that the Passer of that country was one of the
greatest pests, goes on to state his apprehensions that the experiment of introducing the
birds in America would prove ill-advised and inexpedient. Dr. Bruce’s remarks will be found
in The American Naturalist, vi. 1872, pp. 468-470.

“Tf the sparrow is to be introduced into America to devour the larve of insects, it should
be remembered that it is for the most part a feeder on grain, seeds and buds and that it only
makes a business of devouring grubs during its breeding season. ... I trust that those who
have to do in this matter will act advisedly, lest they should introduce that which will event-
ually become as great a nuisance in its way, as the curculio and the cankerworm.” ‘This
prescience of 1872 was, as Mr. Browne says, ‘‘advice unheeded.”

1879. Cours, E. Latest from the Seat of War in Sparrowland. < Forest and Stream,
Feb. 27, 1879.

Merely satirizing the anonymous article entitled “‘Conclusive Testimony,” which appeared
in the Boston Journal of January 17,1879. The writer enquires, further, respecting that
Napoleonic confidence in Sparrows which the Bostonians display by using coal-tar to protect
their trees from the insects which the Sparrows are declared by some to have effectually
destroyed.

No. 2.] COUES ON PASSER DOMESTICUS. 193

1879. Epitor. [G. B. GRINNELL.] Thisis Evidence [against Passer domesticus as a
destroyer of insects]. < Forest and Stream, xii. No. 10, Apr. 10, 1879, p. 190.

Analyzing and commenting upon C. J. Maynard's results of dissection of 56 sparrows in
whose stomachs no insects were found.

1879. Hoag, Junta §. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and
Stream, Feb. 20, 1879.

An extended and impartial article, largely historical, and an interesting contribution to the
subject. ‘Inasmuch as néarly all the reliable statements with regard to the sparrow are
decidedly to his discredit,” &c. ‘‘In 1874, Dr. Thomas M. Brewer recorded himself in favor
of the sparrow, and, I believe, still maintains that attitude towards them. . . . This con-
viction has been forced upon me, though it may now seem a reiteration of Dr. Coues, to those
who have followed him, that scientific testimony is strongly adverse to the sparrow, and
sentiment only is his warm ally.” E.Coues’s paper in The American Naturalist for August,
1878, is largely cited in evidence.

1879. HowEL1, E. H. A Check on the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Forest and
Stream, Mar. 13, 1879, p. 106.

Scops asio feeding on the Sparrows. The editor wishes the owl ‘‘ good speed in the good
work.”

1879. INGERSOLL, E. Sketches by a Traveler. < The Chicago Field, Apr. 12, 1879.

Having seen the MS. of an article by E: Coues ‘‘On the Present Status of Passer domesticus
in America,” etc., the writer devotes about half of his ‘‘Sketch” to the consideration of this
subject, with extracts from the then unpublished bibliography with which Dr. Coues’s
article concludes.

1879, INGERSOLL, E. War on the Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. < Evening Post
(N. Y.), Apr. —, 1879.

Dated from Washington, April 2, and doubtless published within a few days. The sub-
head—‘‘ What Dr. Elliott Coues is doing to prevent the destruction of Western crops—his
reasons for believing that the English Sparrow is scarcely less dangerous than the grass-
hopper—a warning to the West and a scheme for avoiding the danger”—indicates the char-
acter of the article, which is based upon that published by E. Coues in Bull. U. S. Geol.
Surv. vol. v, No. 2, pp. 175-194.

1879. MaynarD, C. J. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < The Scientific
Farmer (Boston), Mar. 1879, pp. 35-37, figs. 25, 26.

An important article, giving direct testimony, from original dissections, of the nature of
the Sparrow’s food. In not a single one of the 56 cases was a trace of insect food found.

1879, READ, M. C. The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus] and our Native Song-
Birds. < Amer. Nat. xiii. No. 3, Mar. 1879, pp. 190, 191.

“Tt cannot be supposed that the native songsters retire in anticipation of the intrusion of
their foreign cousins, and some other cause for their disappearance must be sought.”

1879. ‘*S.” The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Cultivator and Country
Gentleman, Jan. 30, 1879.

The damage done to corn. ‘These pests alighted upon a piece of field corn, toreopen the
ends of the ears with their strong bills, and fed upon the soft grain. . . . In this way nearly
every ear over a large portion of the field was damaged before it became too hard for them to
operate upon.”

1879. S[CHIEFFELIN?], E. The Sparrows [Passer domesticus]. One who took part
in bringing them to this city now takes up the pen in theirdefence. <N. Y.
Evening Post, Apr. 15, 1879.

A well-written article, doubtless by Mr. Eugene Schieffelin, saying what can be said in
defence of the birds, but largely supporting his statements by facts of the case as observed in
Europe. The paper is one of the fairest and otherwise best of those that have been written
on the off side of the controversy.

1879. §. 8. O. The English Sparrow [Passer Domesticus]. < Unknown paper, Jan. 16,
1879.

Damage done to corn.

1879. aa W.C.” The English Sparrow [Passer domesticus]. < Gardeners Monthly,
Feb. 1879.

“Concerning the English Sparrow eating fruit I can speak positively.”

a WE Ay

soul

nite

Art. XTi.—The Laramie Group of Western Wyoming
and Adjacent Regions.

By A.C. Peale, M. D.

In this paper I wish briefly to note a few facts in reference to the oc-
eurrence of the Laramie Group or Post-Cretaceous Formation in Eastern
Idaho and Western Wyoming (the district examined by me in the sum-
mer of 1877).

The term Post-Cretaceous was first used by Dr. C. A. White,* although
the transitional character of the strata so referred has long been recognized
and insisted upon by Dr. Hayden. This transitional character of the La-
ramie Group is also acknowledged by Prof. E. D. Cope, who says: ‘In
arranging the Laramie Group, its necessary position is between Tertiary
and Cretaceous, but on the Cretaceous side of the boundary, if we retain
those grand divisions, which it appears to me to be desirable to do.”t

Professor Cope also gives a table of the faunze of the Laramie Group
and the correlated French strata (Sables de Bracheux and Conglomerate
de Cerny), and says :t ‘The result is clear that the French and Ameri-
ean formations together bridge most completely the interval between
the Cretaceous and Tertiary series, as has been anticipated by Hayden,
in America, on geological grounds.”

It is well known that the evidence of paleeobotany is in favor of the
Tertiary age of the group, while invertebrate paleontology is negative
in its evidence.

It is unnecessary to enter into any discussion on the subject at this
place. As long as the evidence presented by the various organic re-
mains is so conflicting, being partly Tertiary and partly Cretaceous in
its testimony, if seems advisable to retain the name Post-Cretaceous for
the Laramie Group.

In the district assigned me for examination in 1577, there were two
_ areas in which the Laramie Group formed a considerable portion of the
surface rocks, viz, on the western side of the Green River Basin in
Western Wyoming, and in the region of Bear River and Smith’s Fork.
I shall now briefly describe these two areas.

Green River Basin.—In going westward from Green River, in the north-
ern part of the Green River Basin, the sandstones and shales of the
Green River Group and the variegated beds of the underlying Wahsatch

* Bulletin U. S. Geol. and Geograph. Survey of the Territories, vol. iii, No. 3, p. 608.
+ Bulletin U. 8. Geol. and Geograph. Survey of the Terr., vol. v, No. 1, pp. 88, 39.

tIbid., pp. 37, 38.
PDP e%, 195

196 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Group are observed to rise gently as the Wyoming Mountains are
approached. The Wyoming Mountains extend north and south in lon-
gitude 110° 48’.. Before they are reached, however, we come to an anti-
clinal fold, which forms a ridge that is approximately parallel to the
mountains and about six miles east of them. This fold, named Meridian
Fold, marks the rim of Green River Basin in this region, and is composed
of Jurassic and Cretaceous strata. Between the ridge thus formed and
the Wyoming Mountains there is a depressed area named Meridional
Valley, in which there is a series of gray and greenish sandstones and

shales resting conformably upon the Cretaceous beds. They are several —

thousand feet in thickness and dip to the westward, abutting against the
westward-dipping Carboniferous limestones of the Wyoming Range.
The junction marks the line of a fault of some 2,000 or 3,000 feet, the
downthrow being on the east. At two points only were fossils found
along the west side of the Green River Basin. The following were
recognized :

Campeloma macrospira.

Pyrgulifera sp.?

Corbula sp.?

Few as they are, they are sufficient to warrant the reference of the
beds from which they were obtained tothe Laramie Group. The line of
junction of the Laramie sandstones and the Carboniferous limestones
is generally obscured by the débris, but at several places the contact
was so well seen as to leave no doubt of its being a fault, and not a line
marking the ancient shore-line of the Laramie Sea. There was also no
evidence in the sandstones of the immediate proximity of a shore-line
during their deposition, as there was in the beds of the Wahsatch Group.
The line of the fault does not extend in a straight line along the eastern
front of the range; but the Laramie sandstones fill bay-like recesses in
the range. This is especially the case towards the north, and led me at
first to think that the range had formed a part of the shoes: EID of the
Laramie Sea.

Jn the northern part of Meridional Valley, fragments of the Wahsatch
Group are seen resting unconformably on the Laramie sandstones, and
continuing also over the ends of the Cretaceous strata, although usually
the Wahsatch Group does not extend west of the Meridian fold, where
it is seen resting on the upturned edges of Jurassic and Cretaceous strata.
The Green River Group does not usually reach the summit of the ridge,
seeming to have been eroded away as the beds were uplifted to form its
eastern slopes, and now it forms biuffs facing the ridge just as the place
of greater inclination is reached.

The portion of the Wahsatch Group resting on the older beds preba-
bly represents only the upper part of the group, and has a thickness of
only 700 or 800 feet. Its conglomerates contain pebbles of Carbonifer-
ous limestone, evidently derived from the adjacent Wyoming Range.
It is evident, therefore, that precedent to the deposition of these beds

No. 2.] PEALE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 197

and subsequent to the folding of the Laramie Group, as here exposed,
there must have been a period of erosion. I will refer to this again.

Smith’s Fork and Bear River Region—Along the east side of Bear
River, between the valley and the bounding mountains, is a compara-
tively low area filled with gray and greenish-gray sandstones, which
sometimes form low hogbacks. These rocks are folded conformably with
the underlying older beds, and extend northward along Smith’s Fork and
Salt River into the region of Snake River, where they are beyond the
limits of our district.

On Twin Creek, a branch of Bear River, joining it from the east, these
sandstones are seen dipping to the westward 40 or 45°, and contain coal-
beds, in connection with which the following fossils were found :

Corbicula ( Veloritina) durkei.
Rhytophorus meekit.
Goniobasis chrysaloidea.
Goniobasis chrysallis.
Volsella (Brachydontes) sp.?
Pyrgulifera humerosa.
Membranipora ?

Ostrea sp.2

Neritina sp.2

Resting on the beds containing these fossils were the red Conglomer-
ates of the Wahsatch Group, dipping to the eastward about 5°. This is
about the same unconformability noted on the west side of the Green
River Basin.

On Smith’s Fork of Bear River, three miles above its mouth, and
about twenty miles north of the Twin Creek locality, coal-beds again
occur in gray sandstones and contain Unio vetustus and other obscure
Laramie forms. Twenty miles farther north is another fossil locality,
from which the following were obtained:

Corbicula ( Veloritina) durkea
Corbula pyriformis.
Goniobasis chrysaloidea.
Goniobasis cleburni.
Pyrgulifera humerosa.

Unio vetustus.

Ostrea sp.?

The more northern extension of these beds was not carefully traced,
but it was evident that they form a large part of the surface between
Salt River Valley and the Blackfoot region south of Snake River.

GENERAL REMARKS.

The bottom of the Laramie Sea appears to have been subjected to a
constant and gradual subsidence, as the character of the strata indicates

198 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

their deposition in shallow waters, and the thickness attained is from
3,000 to 5,000 feet.

The lower sandstones are similar to those of the Fox Hills Group of
the Cretaceous, and the two formations are conformable. As far as noted,
the conformability extends from the Carboniferous to the top of the
Laramie Group, as exposed in the district under consideration.

There were some indications in Ham’s Fork Cafion that the Laramie
Group rested on the upturned edges of the Triassic Red Beds, but the
relations were obscure, and all other occurrences seemed to indicate that
the Laramie Group is conformable to the underlying formations.

It should be stated here that the western shore-line of the Post-
Cretaceous has not been identified, and that it is probable that if the
peripheral portions of the Laramie Group could be observed, as Dr.
White remarks, some unconformity would be seen between it and the
Fox Hills Group. He says: *‘There must necessarily be some uncon-
formity between these groups in the peripheral portions of the Laramie,
because, as will be shown farther on, the area upon which its waters
rested was cut off from the great open sea by the elevation of portions
of the bottom upon which the Fox Hills deposits were made.”*

Wherever the Wahsatch Group was seen in superposition with the
Laramie Group in our district, it was markedly unconformable, and also
represented only the upper portion of the group. The regions in which
it occurred were near the shore-lines of the Wahsatch Lake, and its con-
glomerates were seen resting unconformably on Silurian, Carboniferous,
Jura-Trias, and Cretaceous strata, as well as on Post-Cretaceous. A
considerable portion of the area that was below the level of the Laramie
Sea became land probably before the end of the period, as the condition
of the strata extending from Silurian to the Post-Cretaceous, inclusive,
shows that a vast period of erosion intervened between the uplift and
the time when the Wahsatch Group, or rather its upper portion, was
deposited on the eroded edges of the older beds. This might perhaps
be explained by the fact that a subsidence occurred which allowed the
Wabhsatch Lake to spread gradually over the regions where now we find
only the upper beds of the group. This erosion, however, was on an enor-
mous scale, and the whole of it could scarcely have been effected during
the early Wahsatch time. Again: the fossils from the group in our
district are all equivalent to those of the Bear River Estuary: Beds,
which Dr. White is inclined to think are older than the fossils from the
group at other localities. He therefore thinks the npward movement of
the Post-Cretaceous may have begun before the complete deposition of.
the strata composing the group.

This fact as to the age of the fossils taken in connection with the strati-
graphical facts just noted render it very probable that the beds of the
group exposed in Western Wyoming and Southeastern Idaho represent
only the lower portions of the Laramie Group. -

* Bulletin of U.S. Geol. and Geograph. Sury. of the Terr., vol. iv,-No. 4, p. 866.

No. 2.] PEALE ON THE LARAMIE GROUP. 199

In the more central and eastern localities of the group, the overlying
Tertiaries are conformable to the Post-Cretaceous, and the whole of the
latter may probably be present, although even there there have been
unconformities noted in the strata of the Laramie itself by Dr. White
and others, so that, as Bannister remarks in the American Journal of
Science and Arts for March, 1879 (p. 245): “The evidence” “indicates
that the Laramie epoch was throughout one of stratigraphic disturb-
ance rather than that there was only one great orographie change at its
close.”

In Western Wyoming and adjacent ee there was intense oro-
graphical disturbance after the deposition of the beds that there repre-
sent the group. Then also occurred the folding that resulted in the for-
mation of Meridian fold and the Wyoming and Salt River ranges, which
was accompanied by the faulting seen along the eastern sides of the two
ranges. The region westward from what is now the Green River Basin
was lifted above the level of the sea and added to the land area which
was farther west, and had been defined at the end of the Carboniferous.
This uplift included the Wahsatch region of our district that lies
north of latitude 41° 45’. In this region there are a number of isolated
monoclinal ranges, which are the eroded remnants of anticlinal folds.
The faults that are found farther south in the areas explored by the For-
tieth Parallel Survey have in this region become ordinary folds. Speak-
ing of these monoclinal ridges, King says :* “The frequency of these
monoclinal detached blocks gives abundant warrant for the assertions
of Powell and Gilbert that the region is one prominently characterized
by vertical action; yet when we come to examine with greater detail
the structure of the individual mountain ranges, it is seen that this ver-
tical dislocation took place after the whole area was compressed into a
ereat region of anticlinals with intermediate synclinals. In other words,
it was a region of enormous and complicated folds, riven in later time
by a vast series of vertical displacements, which have partly cleft the
anticlinals down through their geological axes, and partly cut the old
folds diagonally or perpendicularly to their axes.”

In regard to the monoclinal ridges within the limits of the district
examined by me, the evidence is not difficult to obtain that they are
simply the eroded fragments of anticlinals. The erosion forming them
took place in the period which began with the Post-Cretaceous uplift,
and has continued ever since. The faulting in the Wyoming and Salt
River Ranges, as I have already stated, was probably synchronous with
folding that occurred there.

Everywhere in the district there is perfect conformability from the
Cambrian to the top of the Laramie as it is exposed in the district.
This Laramie, as already stated, probably only represents the older por-
tions of the group. Its fossil remains appear to indicate this. The fos-
sils of the more eastern Laramie Group are not found in it, nor have the

* Report Geol. Expl. Fortieth Parallel, vy ol. i, Systematic Geology, p. 735.

200 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGIGAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

fossils of the former been found in the latter, and yet both have been
considered conformable to the Fox Hills Cretaceous. If they represent
different portions of the group, localities may yet be discovered in which
the two will be in superposition. This, of course, is for the present a
mere speculation, yet it seems to me that the facts point to the indica-
tion that these two localities represent two portions of the group 28
rated by a period of orographic disturbance.

CONCLUSION.

In conclusion, I briefly recapitulate the points indicated by the facts
observed in Western Wyoming and Southeastern Idaho.

1. During the period represented by the deposition of the Laramie
Group as observed in the district, there was a progressive subsidence
followed at the close by a general elevation, which perhaps foreshadowed
the disturbance which was to take place after the complete deposition of
yt beds.

. The fossils of the group thus described are equivalent to those of
the Bear River Estuary Beds, which Dr. White is inclined to think are ©
older in their facies than ibe of more eastern localities.

3. Intense orographical disturbance took place at the end of the
deposition of the beds comprising the group in these localities, which
resulted in the upheaval of the area west of Green River Basin to beyond
the limits of our district, accompanied by great folding and faulting in
the strata of the district.

4. It is probable that this disturbance took place before the close of
the Post-Cretaceous period, and resulted in the separation of the Lara-
mie Group into at least two portions, an eastern and a western part.

5. There was a period of vast erosion which began in the time imme-
diately following the uplift, and has continued to the present time.

6. Following the disturbance, there was a progressive subsidence by
which the western limits of the eastern or newer Laramie beds were over-
lapped, and which continued until the Upper Wahsatch fresh-water
beds were deposited unconformably on the upturned and denuded edges
of Silurian, Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, and Cretaceous, as well as the
older Laramie strata.

Art. XHii.—On Lithophane and New Noctuide.

By A. BR. Grote.

Prof. Fernald, on his recent journey to Europe, kindly took with him a
series of our Lithophanes to compare with Mr. Walker’s types in the
British Museum. He took with him in particular specimens of the series
of forms which cluster around L. cinerea (Riley), and which we have
separated in the collection under different names. These are L. cinerea,
laticinerea, unimoda, and cinerosan.s. This latter is darker than any
of the others, with the paler shadings of very light gray contrasting. It
is large,-very hairy, and with the orbicular very bright and light gray.
This form is taken commonly by the Albany collectors, who regard it as
distinct. It has been in MSS. in my collection for a long time, but I
have hitherto hesitated to separate it from laticinerea. Prof. Fernald
writes me the result of his examination, as follows:

“The only Xylina which I found in the Walkerean collection, under a
different name from what they are known by us, was Xylina antennata
Walk. (habitat unknown). This is = X. cinerea Riley. There can be
no mistake on this, for Mr. Butler and my wife both compared them, and
we all agree, without the shadow of a doubt.”

In my own visit to the British Museum in 1867 [had no North American
Xylinas with me to compare, but I noted that antennata was a gray
species, which I thought I had seen in our collections; but on my return
home I could not remember with sufficient accuracy which of the gray
forms Mr. Walker had. Prof. Fernald writes further respecting Mr.
Walker’s other species unidentified by us:

“ X. infructuosa Walk. is in too poor condition to be certain of; it is
near, if not identical with, X. petulca. X. spoliata isnew to me; I doubt
its generic location; the eyes are hairy. X. commoda is a very dark

Species, without markings; I doubtifitisa Xylina. X. claufacta Waik.,
too poor to determine; not a Xylina; hind wings very light or white,
save border and costa.”

Prof. Fernald has by these observations made it tolerably safe to
describe our species, and has settled the synonymy in important points.
Z. cinerea is the only one of the gray forms of our Lithophanes which
shows any decided ferruginous or brown shades about the reniform spot
or s.t. line and basal dash, as described by Walker, whose description,
nevertheless, is far from satisfactory. It is the smallest in average
expanse of the gray forms. I refer the student to my Check List,
Part II, for the synonymy of this generic term, which should be used in
preference to Vylina.

Bull. V, 2 4 201

202 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Liithophane cinerosa n. s.

6 2. Antenne white at base; facial hairs mixed with white. Robust
and hairy; color dark blackish gray, relieved by the white shading of
the orbicular, which is either double or extends below the median vein;
figure of 8-shaped. Lines denticulate, more or less distinetly filled in
with whitish gray. Hind wings blackish fuscous, with concolorous,
white-tipped fringes. Beneath pale gray, with disc of primaries fuseous,
finely irrorate, with an irregular extramesial line, and half-open diseal
spot on secondaries. Lixpanse, 42-44 mil.

Hab.—New York State, in September.
This form is more strikingly blackish and grayish white than the rest,

with a darker background of primaries. The ground-color of Cee

and laticinerea is the same; the latter is larger, without ferruginous
tintings; wnimoda has obliterate markings and a darker, slightly purplish
or bluish tint; cinerosa is the most distinctly marked and striking of
these forms, which may all, in reality, be found to be still genetically
connected. Of cinerosa, I have examined a very large series in the col-
lections of Messrs. Lintner, Hill, and Dr. Bailey.

Lithophane hemina n. s.

8. Allied to disposita, petulca, signosa, etc. Darker than disposita,
longer-winged, and allied to that species in having a black basal dash,
but more obscurely colored—dirty wood-brown—resembling Hadena vul-
gavis in this respect, but less warmly tinted. A black stain on submedian
fold, where the median lines approximate, as in signosa. Terminally,
the wing is twice stained with blackish. Spots and lines less distinctly
limited than in disposita, and more as in petulca; orbicular irregular,
oblique; reniform wide above. Hind wings fuscous, with fine black ter-
minal line and paler fringes. Beneath, the wings are paler, with dis-
tinet black discal spots, subirrorate; the under surface is much like dis-
posita; there is a faint irregular line on secondaries, and the discal field
of primaries is shaded with fuscous. Thorax a little darker than fore
wings; abdomen dusky, with reduced tufts on the dorsum. Hxpanse, 40
mil.

I have seen specimens in Mr. Hill’s collection, collected in Lewis
County, New York,in September. I am indebted to Mr. Hill’s kindness
for the type. The species seems to me to stand between disposita and
petulca. There is a curious general resemblance im ornamentation and
color between this species and the wider-winged Hadena vul« es while
they are structurally easily distinguished. ;

Perigrapha preeses l. Ss.

g¢. This form has hairy eyes, a broad, flat, straight-haired thorax with
a tuft behind the collar, a flattened spunea (like Gla), a discolorous,
slightly excavate collar (rauewlat like Metalepsis cornuta), and unarmed
tibie. Head and pectus purplish black, reddish on the hairy front.
The tuft behind the collar prevents a reference to Graphiphora, and

No.2.] GROTE ON LITHOPHANE AND NEW NOCTUID. 203

would refer the moth as congenerice with normani; but the tuft is far
more prominent and ridge-like, and the abdomen is flattened with a dif-
fuse basal tuft. Collar deep reddish; thorax purplish black, as dark as
in Calocampa. Wings dusky reddish or purplish, almost blackish, a
little paler than thorax; all the markings concolorous and indistinct.
The lines are of the usual shape, shaded with a paier reddish, making
them indistinctly visible; s. t. line rather more distinct, followed by this
paler shading. Median spots with a blackish shade between them
representing the median shade, less apparent inferiorly; their contour
cannot be well made out; fringes blackish. Hind wings paler, dusky
reddish, with concolorous fringes, uneven margin, broken terminal line,
faint terminal shade, and discal mark. Abdomen dusky reddish, some-
what purplish, darker than hind wings. Beneath, concolorous dusky
red, irrorate with black, with a faint even common exterior line, a dis-
tinct discal spot on hind wings, and a terminal line broken into dots on
primaries and lunulated on secondaries. Feet dusky, marked with pale;
antenne bluntly toothed, brushlike. Hxpanse, 36 mil. Sauzalito, Mr.
James Behrens, February.

This species seems to differ from the European i-cinctwin by the an-
tenne not being pectinate, and the abdomen being flattened. It differs
from Crocigrapha normani by the more prominent and sharper mesial
tuft and the diffuse tuft at base of the flattened abdomen, which latter
is conical in our Eastern species. The antennal structure can only here
and there be used to advantage as a generic character in the Noctuide.
The sides of the thorax are sharper in front in preses than in normani,
and the whole body more flattened. The flattened abdomen is of doubt-
ful value as a generic character, since certain species of Agrotis seem
only to differ in this particular from the typicalform. It may, however,
be used later on, when we come to discuss the problem of what may be
‘considered good generic characters in the group.

Orthosia disticha Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 114, 1875.

A specimen from Colorado in Coll. Mr. Hy. Edwards is larger and
brighter colored than my type from Texas. The ground-color is paler,
more ocher-gray, the median shade angulated and shading the hinder
part of the median space of a deep olive-brown; reniform distinctly yel-
lowish. This species may be known by the median shade and the dark
dots inaugurating the subterminal line. Whether it is Mr. Morrison’s
Caradrina disticha is now more than doubtful, since I have seen a speci-

“men from Colorado of the species described by me labeled as a new Or-
thosia by Mr. Morrison. Its identity with the Texan form, aside from a
little brighter coloring, cannot, I think, be successfully disputed.

Orthosia conradi n. s.

From Mr. A. Conradi, of Bethlehem, Pa., I have received a specimen
of a new species which has much the form of Hadena devastatrix; the
abdomen is untufted, and I refer it provisionally to this genus. A sec-

?

204 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ond is sent me by Mr. Hy. Edwards under the number 7185. The entire
insect is of a faded ocher-brown, varying in tint, the darker specimens

have base and subterminal space a little paler. Stigmata pale; orbicu- — .

lar oblique; reniform upright, stained inferiorly. T. p. lime lunulate, of
the usual shape, followed by points on the veins; t. a. line waved; both
single. S. t. line preceded by a diffuse darker shade, spreading on costa,
where it encloses the pale costal dots. Fringes concolorous, faintly
checquered. Hind wings dark fuscous, with pale fringes. Beneath, con-
colorous with common waved line. Hapanse, 40 mil.

Hab.—Colorado.

Hladena longula n. s.

g. A large species, which may be compared with mactata from the

basal dash and the black shade which connects the long claviform with
the t. p.line. Fore wings dull pale wood-brown; stigmata concolorous,
narrowly edged with black; orbicular outwardly oblique, sub-pyriform,
mnoderate; reniform upright, spreading inferiorly, well-sized. T. p. line
followed by a pale shade, angulated opposite the cell, where it is unusu-
ally strongly projected, interspaceally Iunulate. T. a. line also black,
lunulate. A long black basal streak; a curved line on basal space
within the internal margin. Claviform well-sized, connected with t. p.
line by a black shade-streak, limited more strongly on its inner edge
with black. Subterminal line pale, with the usual W-mark well writ-
ten, preceded medially by rather large black cuneiform marks; fringes
brown, uneven, cut narrowly, with pale at extremity of veins. Hind
wings pale, with faint extramesial line and wide diffuse pale fuscous
borders. A fine broken terminal line. Thorax like fore wings, with the
tegule edged with darker brown. Beneath, both wings pale, powdered
with darker scales, discal dots, and a common uneyen extradiscal line.
Expanse, 42 mil.
Hab.—Nevada, Dr. James 8. Bailey.

Hadena modiola n. s.

°. This species copies modica. It is a little smaller, with the body-
tuftings reduced. Fore wings colored like modica, the median space the
darkest, with the claviform shaded with black and the black median
shade-line evident, proceeding from the central of three black costal
streaks between the stigmata. These latter are pale, the reniform
shaded with whitish, with a double ring, a little squarer, but altogether
like modica. The median space, however, shows no olive-ocher staining
as in modica, and this species differs at once by the course of the t. p.
line, which is nearer the reniform than in modica, less exserted opposite
the cell, and here straighter and more even throughout, more distinctly
pale and less inwardly bent inferiorly than in modica. S. t. line as in
its ally; the narrow terminal space more blackish inferiorly than in
modica. Fringes brown, narrowly cut with pale at extremity of veins.
Hind wings concoloroas fuscous, with paler fringes. Beneath, differing

a

No.2] GROTE ON LITHOPHANE AND NEW NOCTUIDA. 205

from modica by a warmer tinge, an inconspicuous and solid discal spot,
and even linear darker shadings. Expanse, 27 mil.

Hab.—Wisconsin, Dr. P. R. Hoy.

This species is nanar Rape for its resemblance to oii: 3 but, on close
inspection, it is found to offer certain strong distinctional characters.

' Hadena fumosa 0. s.

é 2. Allied to curvata. Darker, with uniformly fuscous black prima-
ries, the stigmata outlined in velvety black. This form wants the bright
spot of curvata outside the reniform on the t. p. line. The reniform is
further-from the t. p. line; the t. a. line straighter, less outwardly
rounded inferiorly. The lines are faintly accompanied by pale shades.
All three stigmata concolorous, distinct. Hind wings pale fuscous;
exterior margin medially exserted, the superior indentation less deep
than in curvata. On-the primaries, the t. p. line is more curved inferi-
orly than in curvata, not so rigid in its general contour. Beneath hoary,
without the bright tint of its ally, the extradiscal line on fore wings
notably angulated superiorly and further from the reduced discal spot
than in eurvata. Expanse, 36 mil.

Hab.—Colorado, Mr. Tweedle.

IT have received Hadena curvata Grote, Bull. B. 8. N.S. 2, 157, Sept.
1874, from Mr. Hy. Edwards, under the name of Dryobota pavie Behr.,
probably an unpublished name.

Hadena (Pseudanarta) flavidens n. s.

2. Allied to flava, but larger. Fore wings blackish fuscous, with the
median lines approximate, pale, narrow, even. T. p. line inwardly
curved below the large pale rounded reniform to internal margin. T.
a. line outwardly curved. S. t. line an irregular pale shade. The mark-
ings of primaries not prominent. Hind wings bright yellow, with a black
band. Beneath as above, but paler. On primaries, the yellow color is
nearly whitish and the costa and terminal space fuscous. Expanse, 26
mil.

Hab.—Colorado, Mr. Mead and Mr. Hy. Edwards (4393).

This species differs from flava by the t. p. line being nearer the reni-
form and not outwardly angulate over median nervules. The t. a. line
is more outwardly arcuate inferiorly and the lines more even, while the
color is fuscous, without brown or white shadings.

Hadena (Pseudanarta) aurea n. s.

$. Smaller than H. flava. Fore wings dark blackish brown, darker
from the arcuate single t. a. line over the anterior half of the median
space. Reniform pale, whitish, spherical, standing out, the only promi-
nent feature of the dark primaries, repeated beneath; fringes concolor-
ous. The wing is palest about the reniform and over subterminal space.
Hind wings orange-yellow, with broad even black costal terminal bor-
der; beneath as above. Body parts blackish. This species is remark-

206 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

able for the similarity between the upper and lower surfaces of the’

wings.

Hab.—Southern Texas, Prof. J. A. Lintner.

Very different from flava by the black costal border of the orange
secondaries and the narrower and more eyen hind border. Pseudanarta
crocea seems to me identical with H. flava, the type of which came from
British Columbia; while the Texan form, collected by Belfrage and re-
ferred to flava by Mr. Morrison, may prove a different species. Pale
specimens of flava from Colorado look at first sight distinet; but all the
markings of the type are produced on the paler ground of the fore wings.

Agrotis versipellis Grote.

Two males from Coll. Mr. Hy. Edwards, labeled ‘Summit, Sierra
Nevada, Cal.”, give an extended and hitherto unrecorded habitat for this
species. I do not find any variation of importance between these speci-
mens and my material from Maine and Canada.

Agrotis niveivenosa 0. s.

2. This species, which is allied to 4-dentata, may be at once recognized
by all the veins on primaries being entirely striped with white. It is
larger than its allies, with a black streak at base below median vein;
black interspaceal marks before the yellow subterminal line, which is
interrupted by the white veins; a black submedian streak across the
median space; a black streak on internal margin at base; black powder-
ings on cell; ground-color of median space yellow-ocher; stigmata
concolorous with black annuli; orbicular small, oblique; reniform mode-
rate, upright, wider inferiorly; median lines obliterate; terminal space
blackish; a terminal black narrow line cut by the white veins; fringes
dusky ocher. Hind wings pale ocher-fuscous, with diffuse terminal
shade; beneath ochery fuscous, immaculate. Head and thorax dusty
ocher, with black thoracic stripes; abdomen pale. xpanse, 36 mil.

Hab.—Colorado. One specimen in good condition. The species can-
not be mistaken. The veins are broadly striped with white.

Agrotis biclavis n. s.

é. All the tibize spinose; antenne brush-like, with the joints nodose.
Allied to lagena, but smaller, with pure white secondaries and fringes,
which beneath are slightly dusted and show an inconspicuous spot.
Color of primaries more like cicatricosa ; whitish gray, with a faint ocher
tinge. Stigmata fused; the white orbicular lying on the cell and enter-
ing the upright reniform, which is more angulate and less bent than in
lagena and centrally stained with ocherous; the stigmata edged with
black, except superiorly. A black basal dash extends into the long-
whitish and prominent claviform, finely edged with fuscous. Median
lines obliterate; subterminal line indicated by a curved series of inter-
spaceal black marks. Veins inconspicuously and finely marked in white.
Beneath like hind wings, slightly fuscous on the cell. Abdomen white.
Thorax whitish gray. Hxpanse, 32 mil.

Hab.—Ayrizona, Mr. Hy. Edwards, No. 7168.

i

No.2. GROTE ON LITHOPHANE AND NEW NOCTUDIA. 207

Agrotis aratrix Harvey, Bull. B. 8. N. 8. 3, 74, plate 3, fig. 8.

This species, originally described from Texas, is sent by Mr. Hy. Ed-
wards, under the number 7171, from Arizona. It belongs with the fol-
lowing to the sub-genus Ammoconia, characterized by a sharp mesial
thoracic tuft.

Agrotis chortalis Harvey, Bull. B. 8. N. 8. 3, 74, plate 3, fig. 9.

This species, originally deseribed from Texas, is now sent from Pres-
cott, Arizona, by Mr. Hy. Edwards, under the number 7172. Both these
and the preceding are, I believe, now recorded outside of Texas for the
first time.

Oncocneniis mirificalis n. s.

2. With bright yellow secondaries and allied to O. dayi, rather than
to O. hayesi. A specimen of the latter is contained in Mr. Hy. Edwards’s
collection from Colorado. Fore tibiz with a claw; the remaining tibiz
unarmed, Smaller than OQ. dayi. Fore wings dull brownish, with the
stigmata small, distinct. Orbicular elongate, with brown center; reni-
form with brown central streak, moderate; claviform small, pointed,
with brown center; all the stigmata pale, with fine black annuli; a
basal fine black streak before the claviform. Lines obsolete, marked on
costa. Subterminal, broken into white marks, preceded partially by
black cuneate dashes; this line is near the margin, irregular; at the
middle of the wing, the longer white dashes nearly attain the margin.
Fringes checquered pale and dark. Hind wings bright yellow, without
dusky hair at base or transverse markings. <A broad bright black
terminal band. Fringes whitish, with a blackish basal line. Beneath
clear bright yellow, immaculate, with a broad marginal black band on
both wings, reaching to the margin, as in O. hayesi. Fringes as on
upper surface. Head and thorax like fore wings. Hxpanse, 26 mil.

Hab.—Nevada, Coll. Mr. Hy. Edwards.

Mamestra arietis n. s.

8. This species is gray, with white lines, approaching the Californian
insolens and the blue-gray European species, such as cerulescens, usually
referred to Dianthecia. Thorax and head whitish gray. Fore wings
fuscous gray, with yellow points to the dotted subterminal line. Costa
distinctly dotted. Median lines blackish, double, distinct, with white
included space, rather near together, lunulate. Reniform and orbicular
whitish gray, distinct, and well-sized, with darker centers. A terminal
dotted line; fringes checquered, with a fine mesial dark line. Hind
wings fuscous, with traces of a median shade-line followed by a paler
shading. Fringes pale, faintly lined. Beneath fuscous-gray, with com-
mon line and dots; line on hind wings irregular; discal mark on prima-
ries near the line. Abdomen fuscous gray. Hxpanse, 33 mil.

Hab.—California, Mr. Hy. Edwards, 7169. Two specimens examined.

This species, though much paler in color and differing in the shape
of the t. a. line, is perhaps nearest to the Californian M. cuneata Grote.

208 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Apatela felina n. s.

9, Allied to lepusculina, and formerly, from a single male, I sus-
pected it to be a Western form of the latter. Fore wings of a darker
evenly colored bluish gray. Lines obsolete (2), or barely indicated (2).
A short narrow black basal dash; a second, longer, on submedian fold,
reaching nearly to outer margin; a third, more abbreviate and less con-
spicuous, opposite the cell. A black curved streak replaces the reni-
form, and a reduced open dot the orbicular on the cell. No terminal
line; fringe checquered. Hind wings dusty whitish, perhaps a little paler
in the male. Beneath without markings, except tiwo black discal streaks.
Head and thorax whitish gray; palpi black at the sides; lateral elo
racic black lines. Abdomen gray. xpanse, $ 40, 2 44 mil.

Hab.—California. Male in my collection ; eames Coll. Hy. Edwards.
The male shows indications of the t. p. iia by a paler shading, and
the orbicular is obsolete.

Dicopis damalis n. s.

é. Fore tibie each with a long black claw; eyes naked; antennze
testaceous, bipectinate. Clear bluish gray. Ornamentation of primaries
feebly written. Orbicular round; reniform narrow, curved, upright;
the lines are double, and with the spots indicated by pale brown shade-
lines; all concolorous with the wings. Thorax shaggy, bluish gray.
Hind wings whitish, a little soiled with discal dot, faint terminal line,
and whitish fringe. Beneath white, with black discal spot and broken
black mesial line. Fore wings gray, with faint broad exterior shade-
line. Feet and abdomen gray. LHapanse, 34 mil.

Hab.—Havilah, California, Coll. Mr. Hy. Edwards.

Distinct from muralis by its obsolete markings and gray color. Itis
brighter, more bluish gray, than Hutolype rolandi, and seems destitute
of the flonase metallic scales.

Art, XEV.—Paleontological Papers No. 11: Remarks
upon Certain Carboniferous Fossils from Colorado,
Arizona, Idaho, Utah, and Wyoming, and Certain
Cretaceous Corals from Colorado, together with
Descriptions of New Forms.

By C. A. White, iM. D.

On former occasions* I have pointed out the fact that, so far as it had
been investigated, the great series of strata, referable to the Carbonifer-
ous age, which is extensively developed in many portions of the Western
Territories, is not susceptible of satisfactory separation into three great
divisions or groups co-ordinate with the Subcarboniferous, Coal-measure,
and Permian groups of other parts of the world. The facts accumulated
up to the present time appear to fully support this view, even as regards
the relation of the Carboniferous series of the Western Territories with
that of the Mississippi Valley; but there appears to be no reason to doubt
that the whole of Carboniferous time is represented by both series. At
least invertebrate types, which are respectively characteristic of the two
lower groups of the series in the Mississippi Valley, are found in different
parts of the series in the Western Territories. It is well known that
at several restricted and somewhat widely separated localities in those
Territories, and in the neighboring State of Nevada, collections of in-
vertebrate fossils have been made, the species of which not only have
close affinities with certain Subcarboniferous fossils of the interior States,
but a considerable proportion of them have been found to be specifically
identical with certain well known Subcarboniferous forms which are
found in the Mississippi Valley and further eastward. But still the fact
remains that the existence of the Subcarboniferous as a distinct and con-
tinuous group of strata, and separable as such from the succeeding por-
tions of the great Carboniferous series, as it is developed in the Western

Territories, has not yet been fully recognized.

As a rule, the lower strata of the Carboniferous sefies of all that great
Western region contain invertebrate forms, if any, which are no more
suggestive of their Subcarboniferous age than those are which occur at
or near the top of the series. It is true, however, that in the case of the

*See Expl. and Sur. West of 100th Meridian (Wheeler), vol. iv, part 1, p. 16; Geol-
ogy of the Uinta Mountains (Powell),-p. 80; and Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr, for

1876 (Hayden), p. 24.
209

210 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vehv-

few known exceptions to this rule, and which have just been referred to,
the strata are understood to be at or near the base of the great Carbon-
iferous series. It is also true that, as a rule, the Devonian and Upper
Silurian series are absent in all that great region, and it may therefore
be properly suggested that at those places where characteristic Subear-
boniterous fossils are not present in the Carboniferous strata, the full
Carboniferous series is not there complete; and that the Subcarbonifer-
ous, Devonian, and Upper Silurian strata are all absent from one and the
same cause, or from similar causes.

The instances which have just been cited of the discovery of a Sub-
carboniferous fauna at several localities in that great Western region,
if considered without reference to other facts, would seem to prove
conclusively the existence of strata there which represent the Subear-
boniferous period as distinct from the succeeding portion of the Carbon-
iferous age; but a number of facts already known tend to support an
opposite opinion. For example, several types of invertebrate fossils
that are elsewhere known only in Subcarboniferous strata have been
found at various localities in that region in strata which are evidently
higher in the series than we may reasonably suppose the highest Sub-
carboniferous strata to reach. Moreover, some of these types at least
are, in the Western Territories, not only intimately associated with types
which characterize the Coal-measure strata further east, but some of the
fossils of the latter types are specitically identical with characteristic
Upper Coal-measure forms of the Mississippi Valley. In other words, in
ditferent portions of the Western Territories there is found to be an
unmistakable commingling of Subcarboniferous and Upper Coal-measure
types in the same strata. Besides this, so far as I am aware, no geologist
who has examined any part of that great region has ever discovered or
suggested the existence of a plane of demarkation between the Subear-
boniferous and Coal-measures corresponding with that which separates
the two groups in the Mississippi Valley.

In this paper three of the Subcarboniferous types just referred to will
be noticed, namely, Archimedes, Leptopora, and Granatocrinus. Besides
the representatives of these genera, there are among the collections
brought in by Prof. St. John from Southeastern Idaho some fragments
of a Spirifer of the Syringothyris type, and one or two species of Acervu-
laria. The former type has not yet been found in other American strata
at a higher horizon than the Subcarboniferous, and the latter genus is
almost equally characteristic of the same group in the Mississippi Valley,,
although in the Western Territories it is found associated with Coal-
measure types.

Some geologists have recognized the Permian division as a separate.
group of the great Carboniferous series in the Western Territories; but:
it is safe to say that while certain of the uppermost strata of that series.
probably represent the time of the Permian period, the invertebrate
fauna of those strata, so far as it has yet been investigated, affords no

No.2.] WHITE ON CARBONIFEROUS AND CRETACEOUS FOSSILS. 211

proof of the fact, because it possesses no characteristic Permian types,
or at least none which are not also common to the great mass of Carbon-
iferous strata beneath. These remarks apply especially to the Carbon-
iferous series as it is developed in Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho,
and not to the region further eastward, where true Permian strata
probably exist.

In the Western Territories the whole Carboniferous series reaches an
ageregate thickness of 4,000 or 5,000 feet; and although the strata of
the middle portion are, as a rule, more fossiliferous than the others, yet
fossils are occasionally found both near the base and the top of the series.

From what has already been remarked it will be seen that so far as
invertebrate fossils are concerned, there is great faunal uniformity
throughout the whole of this great thickness of strata; and, further-
more, that the prevailing characteristics of that fauna are those of the
Coal-measure—especially the Upper Coal-measure—fauna of the Missis-
sippi Valley.

The new specific names which are applied to a part of the forms
noticed on the following pages, especially the Nuculana and Bellerophon,
have not been given without some hesitation, because of the close rela-
tionship which those forms respectively bear to certain others which are
already known and specifically named. The differences seem to be
sufficient, however, to warrant this course in accordance with the pres-
ent usage of paleontologists, and it is further warranted by the neces-
sity of designating those forms by name, that geologists may use them
for the purpose of characterizing the strata or the horizons to which
they belong. The horizon of the two forms especially referred to is
doubtless somewhat higher in the Carboniferous series than the one
whick the representatives of these species in part characterize in the
Mississippi Valley; but Mr. G. K. Gilbert, who collected them, was not
entirely satisfied that the strata from which they came were really the
uppermost of the Carboniferous series.

ACTINOZOA.
Genus LEPTOPORA Winchell.

Leptopora winchelli (sp. nov.).

Among some collections brought in by Dr. A. C. Peale from near the
forks of Logan River, in Bear River Range, near the northern boundary
of Utah, are a few specimens of Leptopora. This genus of corals was
proposed by Dr. Winchell in the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863,
p. 2, for a peculiar form, the first, and hitherto the only known, species
of which occurs in the Kinderhook division of the Subcarboniferous
group at Burlington, Iowa. Being so rare a form, and consequently
so little known, I quote Dr. Winchell’s generic diagnosis as follows:
“Corallum occurring in thin discoidal masses; cells very shallow,

crowded, polygonal, separated by a common cell-wall which is vertically

212 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

striated; interior of cells filled with a finely vesicular tissue; cups

polygonal, concave, elevated in the center and displaying numerous

radial lamelle.”

The calyces of the specimens discovered by Dr. Peale are a little
smaller and somewhat more irregular than those of the typical forms,
and the whole corallum is also a little more delicate. The differences
between the two forms are, however, very slight; but it is thought advis-
able, under the circumstances, to give a new specific designation to the
form here especially considered, and in its selection to honor the name
of the founder of the genus. It is proper to remark here that the coral-
lum of this form appears to have been entirely free, as Dr. Winchell
states his typical examples to have been, since the limestone matrix is
in immediate contact with the under surface. A small example of this
coral in the collection is evidently a young corallum. It consists of two
minute calyces and a larger one surrounded by ten or eleven others of
nearly full size. This seems to indicate that the increase of the coral-
lum was in all directions from the center; or that the natural tendency
to increase was no greater in one direction than in another.

Dr. Peale found only a part of the full series of Carboniferous strata
to be present at the locality from which these specimens of Leptopora
were obtained, and the fossils were found near the base of that local
series. He thinks the strata in question belong near the base of the
Carboniferous series; but, aside from the presence of Leptopora, there is
no paleontological evidence that they represent the Subcarboniferous
group, as separable from the remainder of the great Carboniferous series.
On the contrary, some of the associated forms have hitherto been found
only in the Coal-measure strata of the Mississippi Valley. The fossils
found associated with the Leptopora consist of a single example of Ketzia
(Eumetria) uta Marcou, a small plicated undetermined species of Rhyn-

‘chonella, a broken stipe of Glauconome, like G. nereidis White, or G. tri-
lineata Meek, and a few segments of crinoid stems.

In this instance there is a plain commingling of Subcarboniferous and
Coal-measure types; and, so far as the paleontological evidence yet ob-
tained is concerned, we are not justified in referring the strata from
which the fossils were obtained to either group exclusively.

ECHINODERMATA.
Genus GRANATOCRINUS Troost.*

Granatocrinns lotoblastus White?

Among the fossils brought in by Prof. St. John from the Teton Range,
near the headwaters of Teton River and just west of the common boun-
dary of Idaho and Wyoming, is a single example of Granatocrinus, which
generic separation, as pointed out by Meek and Worthen, Illinois Geol. Reports, vol.
ii, pp. 274 and 275 G

a i rae

No.2.| WHITE ON CARBONIFEROUS AND CRETACEOUS FOSSILS. 213

is nearly related to, if not identical with, G. lotoblastus White.* G. loto-
blastus was discovered at Ewell’s Spring, Arizona, associated with a
species each of Syringopora and Favosites, which I identified (loc. cit. inf.)
respectively as 8. harveyi White and F. divergens White and Whitfield.
The two last-named species occur in the Subcarboniferous strata at Bur-
lington, Lowa, where the type-specimens were obtained. Granatocrinus
lotoblastus is also recognized as closely related to G. melo Owen and
Shumard, from the same locality and group. No serious doubt has
been entertained of the Subcarboniferous age of those Arizona stratas
but there is much reason to believe that the strata from which the @ra-
natocrinus found by Prof. St. John was obtained belong higher in the
great Carboniferous series. The fossils at present known to be associ-
ated with this Blastoid are a Syringopora, apparently identical with S.
harveyt White; a Spirifer, which seems to be identical with S. rocky-
montanus Marcou; a Rhynchonélla, related to both R. metallica White
and A. pustulosa White; a Hemipronites, like H. crenistria Phillips; be-
sides some fragments of Henestella and a few segments of crinoid stems.
All these types except the Blastoid are common to both the Subear-
boniferous and Coal-measure groups; but hitherto no Blastoid has
been discovered in American strata above the Subcarboniferous. If
the foregoing specific identificatious are correct, there is in this case also
a commingling of Subcarboniferous and Coal-measure forms; but the
paleontological evidence seems to be greater in favor of the Subcarbon-
iferous than the Coal-measure age of the strata from which the fossils
in question were obtained. ‘This view is also supported by the fact
that Prof. St. John obtained the fossils from the ‘‘earlier member of the
Carbonifrous series” in that region. This earlier member no doubt rep-
resents, at least in part, the Subcarboniferous group of the Mississippi
Valley; but, as has already been shown, the means of defining a distinct
Subearboniferous group in that far western region are yet wanting.

POLYZOA.

Genus ARCHIMEDES Lesueur.

Archimedes

Among Dr. Peale’s collections from Mount Darby, Wyoming Range,
Western Wyoming, are several specimens of an undetermined species of
_ Archimedes compactly imbedded in limestone. Their generic identifica-
' tion is unmistakable; but the condition of their preservation is such that
the character and arrangement of the fenestrules and pores cannot be
satisfactorily determined. The aspect and character of the axis are
essentially like those of the two well-known species found in the Keokuk
and Chester limestones respectively, of the Lower Carboniferous group of
the Mississippi Valley; but none of these are sinistrally coiled, as some
of those are. Judging from the stratigraphical position of these speci-

*See Expl. and Sur. West of the 100th Merid. (Wheeler), vol. iv, part i, p. 80, pl.
v, figs. 3a and 30.

Pee BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

mens in the Carboniferous series, and their wide geographical separation
from other known examples of the genus, it is probable that they belong
to an undescribed species; but the condition of the specimens will not
allow of the determination of that question.

Probably no fossil form is more generally regarded as distinctively a
Subcarboniferous type than Archimedes; but the examples in question,
according to Dr. Peale’s observations, seem to have come from strata
higher in the series than might reasonably be referred to the Subear-
boniferous group. Unfortunately, the only known associated fossils are
some fragments of a Hemipronites, apparently H. crenistria Phillips sp.,
a Cyathophyloid coral, probably Zaphrentis, and a few crinoid segments.
These give no definite indication as to the age of the strata, whether
Subearboniferous or Coal-measure, from which the fossils here noticed
were obtained, because H. crenistria occurs in both Subcarboniferous
and Coal-measure strata in the Mississippi Valley, and the other forms
are also common to both groups.

Genus PTILODYCTIA Lonsdale.

Ptilodyctia triangulata White.
Certain forms from the Carboniferous rocks of Arizona are described in

this paper, which, although closely related to certain others from the

Mississippi Valley, are, nevertheless, regarded as sufficiently different to
warrant the bestowal upon them of separate specific names. There are
also other instances of similar—and even much closer—relationship be-
tween forms occurring in distantly-separated regions, which, together
with the former, might be supposed to be due to causes connected with
their geographical distribution and their respective regional environ-
ment. Such causes have doubtless produced much effect upon many
species; but there are others which seem to have undergone little, if any,
change, although exposed to all the influences to which the others have
been subjected. Thus, the identity of many Carboniferous species, which
occur in the eastern, middle, and western portions of North America, is
unquestionable, not to mention the well-known identity of several Eu-
vopean with American Carboniferous forms, even with some of those
found in the Western Territories.

An example of the wide distribution of American Coal-measure forms

is found in Ptilodyctia angulata. The type-specimens of this species.

were obtained from the Coal-measure strata at Danville, I11., by Mr. Wil-
liam Gurley, and describod by me in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1878,
p. 30. The examples here noticed were obtained from about the middle
of the Carboniferous series on Yampa Plateau, Northwestern Colorado.
These examples show that the corallum is ramose, as it is was supposed
to be when the original description was written, although that fact was
not clearly shown by the type-specimens. The characteristics of the
Colorado examples are in all respects like those of the type-specimens,

ee Ne en nes

No.2.) WHITE ON CARBONIFEROUS AND CRETACEOUS FOSSILS. 215

‘except that they are more slender, their sides having a breadth of
from 2 to 24 millimeters, instead of from 3 to 5 millimeters, as in the
type-specimens; but this is not thought to indicate even a varietal
‘difference. The details being the same, the original description is
repeated here with only slight change.

Corallum ramose, the branches comparatively few and not varying
‘materially in size from the main stipe; transverse section triangular ;
-all three sides poriferous; the edges moderately sharp and sometimes a
little irregular; the laminar axis consisting of three divisions, which end
respectively at the three edges and meet at the center of the corallum ;
pores well developed, but not arranged in the regular order that is com-
mon in this genus, nor are they bounded by any longitudinal or trans-
verse lines or ridges. Their mouths aré moderately prominent, slightly
-oval, the direction of the longer diameter of each being subject to no
regularity.

This species differs from typical forms of Ptilodyctia in having three
flat or concave sides, instead of two convex ones; in the axis being con-
.Sequently tripartite; and in the irregular disposition of the pores upon
the surface. .

BRACHIOPODA.

Genus RETz1Aa King.
Reitzia woosteri (sp. nov.).

Shell of medium size, moderately gibbous, both valves being nearly
-equally convex; hinge short; ears scarcely prominent; ventral valve
chaving a moderately broad, very shallow sinus, which is scarcely ap-
parent at and near the umbonal region and produces merely a broad
-sinuosity in the front margin; longitudinal convexity of the valve reg-
ular, but greater between the middle and umbo than elsewhere; wmbo
prominent and arched. Dorsal valve considerably shorter than the ven-
tral, regularly convex, showing only a slight if any elevation corre-
-Sponding with the shallow sinus of the ventral valve. Surface marked
by about 28 simple plications upon each valve, which extend from beak
to base, being separated by grooves of about equal width with the pli-
cations. Six or seven of these plications occupy the shallow sinus of
the ventral valve, and they occupy the whole surface except a small
plain space on each side of the umbo of the ventral valve, and a still
Smaller adjacent space on each side of the umbo of the dorsal valve.

Length from ventral umbo to front margin, 20 millimeters; greatest
width, which is in front of the middle, 18 millimeters; greatest thick-
ness, both valves together, 103 millimeters.

In general form and character of surface-markings this species is re-
lated to R. uta Marcou (= R. punctilifera Shumard); but, besides being a
much larger and comparatively a less gibbous species, it bears nearly or
quite double the number of plications upon each valve that is borne by
_R. uta.

216 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

Associated with it are Spirifer rocymontanus Mareou, Spiriferina
octoplicata Sowerby, Spirigera subtilita Hall, Hemipronites crenistria
Phillips, Avophyllum rudis White and St. John?, and an undetermined
small Gasteropod. They were all collected by Prof. L. C. Wooster, who
in a private communication says: ‘They were obtained from some peb-
bles in a conglomerate resting upon the eroded face of the granite, 32
miles west and 18 miles north of Greeley, Colorado. A portion of the
pebbles of this conglomerate was evidently derived from the granite
upon which it rests.” He found no Carboniferous strata in situ in that
region; but it is evident that the “pebbles” which contain the fossils
here noticed had not been transported to any considerable distance from
the place of their original deposition. They all belong to types which
are common in ‘Coal-measure strata, and most of them are well-known
Coal-measure species.

CONCHIFERA.
Genus NUCULANA Link.

Nuculana obesa (sp. noy.).

Shell subovate in marginal outhne, except that the dorsum is concave
behind the beaks, moderately gibbous in front, but attenuated behind;
basal margin regularly and broadly convex; front regularly rounded,
the curvature of the margin only slightly lessening between the front
and the beaks; postero-dorsal margin concave; the posterior portion of
the shell narrow and the posterior margin subangular or sharply rounded
from the postero-dorsal to the postero-basal margin; umbonal ridges
sharply defined, and placed so high as to form angular lateral borders
to the concave dorsum behind the beaks, the borders being more sharply
defined near the beaks than posteriorly; beaks well defined, ineurved,
and pointing backward, their average distance from the front being
somewhat more than two-fifths the full length of the shell, but this va-

ries with the varying length of the posterior portion. Surface marked:

by fine, regular, raised concentric stziz, which are obsolete or less con-
spicuous on the postero-dorsal space between the umbonal ridges than
elsewhere. Cardinal teeth about 12 on each side of the beak; cartilage-
pit moderately large; interior markings unknown.

Length of the most perfect example in the collection, 30 millimeters ;
height from base to beaks, 18 millimeters; thickness, both valves to-
gether, 12 millimeters. Some less perfect examples indicate a greater
size and a proportionally greater elongation posteriorly.

This species is closely related to the Leda bellistriata of Stevens; but,

besides being a larger and more robust form, it differs conspicuously in’

its laterally flattened and longitudinally strongly concave postero-dorsal
area. There can be no reasonable doubt that this form is genetically
related to NV. bellistriata Stevens sp.; but the differences here pointed out
are evidently constant, and therefore deserve recognition, and the most

:
,
:
a

No.2.| WHITE ON CARBONIFEROUS AND CRETACEOUS FOSSILS. 217

convenient form of expressing such recognition is thought to be the
application of a separate specific name. .

This, together with the five following Carboniferous forms, was
obtained by Mr. G. K. Gilbert from “Wild Band Pockets, Northern
Arizona, 15 miles south of Pipe Spring.” The strata from which these
fossils came are the uppermost of the Carboniferous series exposed at
that locality; and Mr. Gilbert thinks that, although they belong near the
top of the full Carboniferous series, there are in that region some strata
which belong above them in. that series.

Genus NucuLaA Lamarck.

Nucula perumbonata (sp. nov.).

Shell smali, compact, ventricose; posterior end obliquely truncated
from the beaks to the postero-basal border, its plane forming an acute
angle with that border; basal border broadly convex; front abruptly
rounded; umbones large, much elevated; beaks situated about mid-
length of the shell, incurved, pointing a little downward and backward;
umbonal ridges forming a right and left angular border to the broad
concave posterior or postero-dorsal space. Surface marked by fine
raised concentric lines.

Length, 9 millimeters; height, from base to umbo, 64 millimeters;
fee, both valves neaddee Ga millimeters.

The collections obtained by Mr. Gilbert contain only a single speci-
men of this species; but it is so nearly perfect, and its characteristics
are so well marked and so different from those of any known forms, that I
venture to give it a new specificname. In some of its characteristics this
shell resembles the young of the Nuculana just described, judging from
the course of the concentric lines upon the uwmbones of. that shell, but
it is not prolonged posteriorly like Nuculana, even in its young state;
besides which the shell in question is much more ventricose than the
young of that species could have been. It differs from other known
Carboniferous species of Nucula in the subcentral position of its beaks,
its large prominent umbones, and the broad concave space between its
umbonal ridges.

Position and locality—Carboniferous strata, associated with the pze-
ceding and four following species at Wild Band Pockets, Northern
Arizona, 15 miles south of Pipe Spring.

Genus ALLORISMA King.

Allorisma ? gilberti (sp. nov.).

Shell rather small, elongate, broadly reflexed when adult, but less so
when young; Eecior portion compressed and reals slightly
gaping; valves broadly convex except posteriorly, where they are flat-
tened or compressed, nowhere gibbous; antero-dorsal portion of the
shell qpliguely.. truneated downward and forward, directly from the

Bull. v, 2

D

218 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ~~ ([Vol.V.

beaks to the front; front rounded with a regular curve to the base;
basal margin broadly convex; posterior margin short, abruptly trun-
cated downward and backward, forming a distinct, slightly obtuse angle
with the dorsal margin; the latter margin broadly concave from the
beaks to posterior margin; beaks small, placed near the anterior end of
the shell, slightly elevated and turned a little forward. Surface marked
by concentric lines and wrinkles of growth. Extending from behind
the beaks to the narrow posterior end of the shell, there are upon each
valve two narrow obscure folds, which increase in width posteriorly,
with a narrow shallow sinus between them. The lower one of these
folds is the broader, and ends at the postero-basal angle; and the upper,
which is involved with the inflexed dorsal border, ends at the postero-
dorsal angle. ,

Length, 29 millimeters; height, from base to beaks, 12 millimeters;
thickness, both valves together, 74 millimeters.

This shell departs widely in aspect and form from the typical forms of
Allorisma, and it perhaps does not strictly belong to that genus, although
-it corresponds in all essential respects with the generic diagnosis given
by its author. It is evidently congeneric with the species described by
Meek in the Final Report on the Geology of Nebraska, p. 217, pl. x, fig. 15,
under the name of Allorisma (Sedgwickia) refleca. ‘That species is from
the Upper Coal-measures at Nebraska City, and has also been found in
the Lower Coal-measures of Illinois, as stated by Meek. Compared with
that shell, ours is much more elongated, and the beaks are placed pro-
portionally nearer the front.

Position and locality.—Carboniferous strata, associated with the two
preceding and three following species at Wild Band Pockets, Arizona,
15 miles south of Pipe Spring. Collected by Mr. G. K. Gilbert, in whose
chonor the specific name is given.

Nae

AR, GASTEROPODA.

Genus BELLEROPHON Montfort.

Bellerophon subpapillosus White.

Among the other fossils herein noticed which Mr. Gilbert obtained
from Wild Band Pockets, Arizona, are some imperfect specimens of a
Bellerophon which is closely related to B. wri Fleming and B. carbona-
rius Cox. In Powell’s Report on the Geology of the Uinta Mountains,
p. 92, I gave a brief description of this form under the name B. carbona-
rius var. subpapillosus, the specimens having been obtained from near
the top of the Carboniferous series at different localities in Northwestern
Colorado. In view of the constancy of the characteristics by which 1t
differs from B. carbonarius, I now prefer to treat it as a distinct species,
although I have no doubt of its genetic relation to that species. It is
about double the size of B. carbonarius. This characteristic would be
of little value in a single instance, but it is constant in all cases and in

No.2.) WHITE ON CARBONIFEROUS AND CRETACEOUS FOSSILS.. 219

_ all localities. B. carbonarius is also constant in its smaller size, through-
out its wide distribution in the great Mississippi Valley, and its great
vertical range in the Coal-measures there. The other characteristics
which distinguish the two species are also constant in their range and
distribution respectively. The more conspicuous one of these character-
isties, as regards B. subpapillosus, consists in the studding of the surface °
of the outer part of the last volution, which is plain in B. carbonarius,
with slightly raised papille, which are arranged in rows, corresponding
to and continuous with the revolving striz.

B. subpapillosus is characteristic of the upper strata of the Carbon-
iferous series in Northwestern Colorado and the adjacent region; and its
presence among the coJjlections from Northern Arizona seems to indicate
a similar horizon for the strata from which the latter were obtained.

Genus MuRcCHISONIA D’Archiae.

Murchisonia terebra (sp. nov.).

Shell slender; apical angle 16° or 17°; full number of volutions
in adult examples not less than seventeen or eighteen; volutions
strongly angulated, with only one angle, which is slightly carinated and
finely nodulated, and situated much nearer to the proximal than the
distal border of the volution; outer side of the volution, between the
distal border and the carinated angle, straight, and slightly concave
between that angle and the proximal border; suture slightly impressed,
moderately distinct. The whole outer surface of the volutions on both
sides of the angle marked by fine revolving raised lines of nearly
uniform size.

This species differs conspicuously from any published form of the
genus in possessing the single prominent angle situated near the proxi-
mal border of the volution, and the broad flattened outer side of the
volution between the angle and its distal border. It is perhaps more
nearly related to MW. marcowiana Geinitz, from the Upper Coal-measures
of Eastern Nebraska, than any other known form; but it differs from
that species in the character and position of the prominent revolving
angle, in having a much greater apical angle, and in wanting the
numerous uniform revolving raised lines which mark the whole outer
surface of I. terebra.

The full length of the largest example in the collection would be, if
perfect, not less than 45 millimeters.

Position and locality—Associated with the preceding in Carboniferous
strata at Wild Band Pockets, Northern Arizona.

Genus PLEUROTOMARIA Defrance.

Pleurotomaria grayvillensis Norwood & Pratten.

A couple of imperfect examples of a small Plewrotomaria, brought by
Mr. Gilbert from Wild Band Pockets, Northern Arizona, with the four
preceding species, correspond too nearly with the description and figures

220 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolV.

of P. grayvillensis, as given by Norwood and Pratten, to warrant their .
separation under a new specific name. The principal differences pre-
sented by these examples are the greater prominence of the band-bear-
ing carina, the more distinct furrow separating it from the proximal
portion of the volution, and the greater prominence of the revolving
lines which cover the surface.

CRETACEOUS’ FORMS.

Among some fossils sent for examination to the office of the Survey by
Mr. Arthur Lakes, who collected them from the Cretaceous strata on
Fossil Creek, sixteen miles west of Greeley and gix miles south of Fort
Collins, Colorado, are specimens of two corals which have to a remark-
able degree a Paleozoic facies. Mr. Lakes’s known familiarity with the
geology of that region would of itself incline me to refrain from ques-
tioning the correctness of his reference of these fossils to Cretaceous
strata, notwithstanding their Paleozoic facies; but fortunately he has
made such questioning impossible by sending pieces of rock in which
both the corals and well-known species of Cretaceous shells were im-
bedded together. Besides this, I have myself visited that locality, and
recognize the strata there as belonging to the lower portion of the Fox
Hills Group of the Cretaceous series, as that group is developed in Colo-
rado, and doubtless equivalens with a portion of the Fort Pierre Group,
or Cretaceous No. 4 of the Upper Missouri River region.

Corals are exceedingly rare in any of the Cretaceous rocks of Western
North America, and therefore the discovery of any coralline form is of
more than ordinary interest; but the interest concerning these two forms
is greatly increased by their apparent Paleozoic affinities. Being im-
bedded in sandstone, the condition of their preservation is not such as
_ to give entirely satisfactory results from their study. I have therefore
referred them provisionally to Paleozoic genera, because in their visible
characteristics they correspond more nearly with those’ genera than with
any others known to me.

Professor H. Alleyne Nicholson, of the Taveras of St. Andrews,
Scotland, whose. labors in the fossil Actinozoa and Polyzoa are well
known, has kindly examined specimens of both these forms at. my solici-
tation, and to him I am indebted for valuable notes concerning them.

ACTINOZOA.
Genus CH@®TETES Fischer.

Cheetetes ? ? dimissus (sp. nov.).

Corallum ramose, dichotomously branching at irtesular intervals;
branches cylindrical or subcylindrical, solid, the successive branches
diminishing in size. Corallites rather small, closely compacted, diver-
ging from the cue with a slight upward curve, to the surface, and

No.2.| WHITE ON CARBONIFEROUS AND CRETACEOUS FOSSILS. 221

forming an acute angle with the axis. Character of the surface unknown,
the specimens being firmly imbedded in sandstone. One corallum seems
to have consisted of a central or basal mass, from which several stems
diverged irregularly, each stem bearing several branches.

While this coral has all the outward appearance and apparent general
Structure of Chcetetes, the corallites seem to be entirely destitute of
tabule, even when viewed in the microscopic section prepared by Pro-
fessor Nicholson. If the tabule are really absent, as they appear to be,
this coral cannot be properly referred to Cheetetes, nor to any other form
of the Actinozoa, and it probably belongs to the Polyzoa. If it belongs
to the latter class, I do not know any genus to which it can be referred;
and as the specimens are not sufficiently perfect to warrant a new generic
diagnosis, I assign them provisionally to Chetetes.

Genus BEAUMONTIA Edwards & Haime.

Beaumontia? solitaria (sp. nov.).

Corallum massive, compact; corallites prismatic, readily cleaving from
each other, unequal in size and in the shape of the transverse section,
some of them being more than twice as large as others, and the
longer diameter of some being more than double the short diameter, the
average diameter being less than one millimeter; their walls thin, ap-
parently marked only by the ordinary lines of growth; tabule numer-
ous, plain, variously, but always slightly, flexed.

This coral much resembles Favosites ; but no traces of mural pores have
been detected, not even in the microscopic section prepared by Professor
Nicholson. In consequence of this, and of the irregular or flexed char-

acter of the tabule, I refer it to Beawmontia. Apparently the only known
fact that would throw doubt on the correctness of such a reference is
that Beawmontia has hitherto been known only in Paleozoic rocks.

ee vista

4,

Art. XV.—The so-called Two-Ocean Pass. (Plates III,
IV.) :

By F. V. Hayden.

This somewhat singular geographical feature has never yet been
clearly explained, though it is noted on some of our maps as far back as
1851. Itwas known to the old trappers of a still earlier period, and they
had a tradition of its existence. So far as I can ascertain, the first pub-
lished notice of it is found in Capt. W. F. Raynolds’s Report of the Ex-
ploration of the Yellowstone in 1868, page 11. Captain R. writes as
follows:

‘““ Bridger also insisted that immediately west of the point at which
we made our final effort to penetrate this singular valley (Yellowstone)
there is a stream of considerable size which divides and flows down
either side of the water shed, thus discharging its waters into both the
Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Having seen this phenomenon on a small
scale in the highlands of Maine, where a rivulet discharges a portion of
its waters into the Atlantic and the remainder into the St. Lawrence,
Iam prepared to concede that Bridger’s ‘Two Ocean river’ may be a
verity.” : .

Again, Captain Jones, of the United States Engineers, in his report of
a Reconnaissance of Northwestern Wyoming, gives a brief description of
this pass, which attracted some attention at the time:

‘“‘ At this divide occurs a phenomenon, probably the one referred to by
the early trappers as the ‘Two Ocean Pass” Marching at the head of
the column where the trail approached the summit, I noticed that the
riband of meadow, in which the stream lay we had been following, sud-
denly dropped away in front of us with a contrary slope. I could still
see the stream threading it, and for a moment could scarcely believe my
eyes. It seemed as if the stream was running up over this divide and
down into the Yellowstone behind us. A hasty examination in the face
of the driving storm revealed a phenomenon less startling perhaps, but
still of remarkable interest. A small stream coming down from the
mountains to our left I found separating its waters in the meadow where
we stood, sending one portion into the stream ahead of us, and the other
into the one behind us—the one following its destiny through the Snake
and Columbia Rivers back to its home in the Pacific; the other, through
the Yellowstone and Missouri, seeking the foreign water of the Atlantic
by one of the longest voyages known to running water. On the Snake

peek,
ens

224 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAJ., SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

River side of the divide the stream becomes comparatively large at once,
being fed by many springs and a great deal of marsh.” In figure 3,
plate III, I give a copy ef Captain Jones’s map of this locality.

During the past season, the writer, on his return from the Yellowstone
Park, passed over this divide, and made a somewhat careful study of it.
The chart, which was sketched on the spot by Mr. W. H. Jackson, shows
the exact character of the drainage.

This pass is located about longitude 110° 00’ and latitude* 44° 05’.
Atlantic Creek is a branch of the Upper Yellowstone River. The party
with which the writer was connected passed up the east side of the Yel-
lowstone Lake to the mouth of the Upper Yellowstone River, and thence
up the valley of that stream about thirty miles to what may be called
the Three Forks, near Bridger’s Lake. The east fork bears the name
of Atlantic Creek. Irom the Three Forks the party passed up the val-
ley of Atlantic Creek to the southwest, for the most part over a grassy
valley, which was enclosed between vertical walls of volcanic breccia
1,000 to 1,200 feet in height. This valley is purely one of erosion. The
breccia itself is of very modern age, probably of Quaternary date, and
the wearing-out of this great groove must have been an exceedingly
modern event. So far as can be seen from the summit of the mountains
on either side, no divide can be observed. The erosion seems to have
produced a gentle slope on either side of the watershed. At the sum-
mit, not over ten miles from the junction of the Atlantic Creek with the
Upper Yellowstone, the elevation, 8,081 feet, is not more than 150 feet
above the valley of the main stream. The valley is at first quite narrow;
but it gradually expands into an open, grassy meadow, which, near the
pass, becomes one-third of a mile in width, and gradually closes up again
into a cation on the Pacific slope. So obscure is the drainage that we

camped the night of October 3, 1878, within a fourth of a mile of the

water-divide, but did not perceive it until we commenced our march the
following morning.

The conditions are as follows: The summit of the pass for a distance
of about half a mile is so nearly level that a marsh is formed, which, in
times of high water, becomes a small lake. <A portion of the waters
from the surrounding n-ountains accumulates in the marshy meadows,

and gradually gravitates from either side into two small streams, one of

which flows to the northeast, the other toward the southwest. On the east
side of the divide there is a depression or gorge in the mountain, which
is occupied by a small stream that at the time of our visit flowed in a well
marked channel toward the northeast into Atlantic Creek. This is the
well-known Two-Ocean Creek. At the base of the mountain-side (¢), a
small stream rises from a sink-hole, or spring, which at the time the
writer saw it (October 4) was nearly dry, and but little water was run-
ning in Two-Ocean Creek (a). This spring-hole was not separated from
the latter creek more than six feet, and a small dry channel connecting
it with a showed that in times of high water a portion of the water that

No. 2.] ‘HAYDEN ON TWO-OCEAN PASS. 225 -

started down the mountain-channel (a) broke over the side into the
spring-hole (c), and flowed thence through channel ¢ to the Pacific.
Lower down in the Two-Ocean channel are two places, shown by dotted
lines, where there are two old channels connecting in time of high water
with channel c, showing that a portion of the waters that started down
the mountain-side for the Atlantic was diverted toward the Pacific. On
the opposite side of the pass there is a similar depression in the breccia
wall, down which, at the time of the melting of the winter’s snows, much,
water flows.

The points b and d are close together, and the waters of the grassy
meadows, which lie between them, probably separate, a part taking one
direction and a part the other. The little lake or marsh in the center,
of course, furnishes a supply or reservoir for both. Although the sim-
ple separation of water on a divide is not an uncommon occurrence, yet
the conditions observed in this case are rarely repeated, and have not
before come under the writer’s observation. Small lakes upon the sum-
mit of a water-divide, with drainage from either side, are not uncommon
from the north line of the United States to Mexico. On the divide be-
tween the Yellowstone and Snake River drainage, we often find small
lakes or reservoirs of water which in the wet season send sane portions
to the Atlantic and to the Pacific.

The following are examples of peculiar forms of drainage, which bear

some relation to that of the ‘‘Two-Ocean Pass”:

Figure 1 was observed by Mr. A. D. Wilson, of the Survey, in British
Columbia, between Fort Douglass and Lillooet. From 0 to ¢ via ais
about 100 miles’ travel. The lake at a lies on the summit of a mountain,
and is fed principally by springs; its water runs either way through other
lakes 25 or 30 miles long, and finally flows into Frazer River at } and c.

In Fig. 2 is given a sketch of a case where a small mountain stream
divides and runs in two channels to the main creek. Jt occurs in the
Wind River Mountains, near the source of the Popo Agie Creek, a
branch of Wind River. The small stream enters a depression at a, from
which its waters find their way out, partly to the right and partly to
the left of the rocky hill d, and empty into the main stream at b and c.

Not far from this locality is another example similar to the above, in
which a mountain torrent descends against the upper end of a great
slide of rock, and is broken into two nearly equal parts, and so descends
to the main creek.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv., Vol. V, No 2. Pilate III.

=
Z
ZS

H
i

CS

i

AW

Sy
l Hila

: Ss =
it aS
s “HIN Lagi
=
ay Ans

OT SS €
a ah iN
S W/7
: TSA

. Wis

a ANY Rae
TTIW
WINS ‘il TA

Wp SMVY, 5 . a Ss
S Me ay, i, Pyazer River. Zip.
UF = AY, y Will Ig ‘ =
ae § a “My Say, Z,
2 ; Te yy SIMI =

s Zea G, Zz
= aa ae Z “,
2 . Z S

s

iS
S

7H Aw v ZY

At

PHM yy.

TTR
TKS NS
\\ ie

6 « \\\\ ; Bij
SWwtialy, AG YING
SA G ve

iN
DZ THIS ie

Wag
\\
Ih
\ | Wy THA
ZAM
SS WWeeeN IN a Wy
\S NHK Sas \\

Ly,

Tt,

I ny,
1

ll

y
AK

F Ry)

\\

TN

IN

Vf
i
SS)

Zz ne
WL =
INS ss a

Vy.

\
\
ie

Mig

¥

Mf, py

My
i\ Wf, Wi)

MN

<%

~~ 4 \

S Uy V0
%

YY

!
"y

My,

|

Cr,
Wy, ;
s Gty
S,

SS
AI
~

WS hg

Aiea la ints ghd egal ld

yi i iS ch

ull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv., Vol. V, No. 2. . Plate IV.

Zee SSS =
% ——— EEE 2
us, ———— Zz Me Ty
a S= HLM ee UES
2 SS ——= Ss
Se Sz =
Z a ZZ Z S
Dy ee <<“
=== e Yn
aw SSS Q Ll = Ss Z
MSS >> = SEE “yy
ZZ Zi
| LZ Ziff
% —— = Hyp bd [ILEBS,, =

= SSE 3 UNE wl WSS Zz
SSS a SSW ZC ot ly Whee %

2 SSNS Fh BSS, SE AN Yao Zh Mi\\s
5 ees iI COO ee 7 [E q,
= A, 4 BN = FH,

= 2 ZB Nw", GANS, HME AV MI uy
ses y I MN 108 Z “| fly
DSN "as IIS GY Yl /
SS 2 = L Y), WA WwW,

=) \\SS> VAIN

AWS 2 b>

SS =
\S

=
SS

JINN - a ;

[I[Xs

ous
°

~

2 ee fl |
Wg Aap NG }
WZ 23

Y=

t
Nyy

\)
‘
\
oi

é

“Hy
We,
=
—
Zz
Zs,
=
=
SS
X

q\ \

Wes
W, ZA Y,

\I
W
Zee

——~.

{
iit |
"

UNS

“4 9YUDTLT

SS
CG
7}

/,
My

4)
5

N77 ae
Wy,

Art. XVI.—On the Extinct Species of Rhinoceridz of
North America and their Allies.*

By E. D. Cope.

Twelve species of mammals which may be called rhinoceroses, have
been defined from materials obtained from the Tertiary formations of
North America; and five additional species have been distinguished,
which may be regarded as more or less nearly allied to that family. A
few additional names have been proposed for supposed species whose
characters are not yet established. In the corresponding formations of
Europe and Asia, the fossil remains indicate a still larger number of
species. The forms here included first appear in both continents in the
Lowest Miocene or Oligocene epochs; that is, in North America in the
White River formation.

The proper definition of the family Rhinoceride is not yet perhaps
attainable, owing to our ignorance of the structure of some of the earlier
forms. The description given by Huxleyt is evidently not designed to
be a family diagnosis, as various generic and other characters are intro-
duced. Perhaps the dental formula at the head of his article may be

regarded as such, from the context. It is I. [=} or (=0; ©. 2=5;

0—0? 0=0?
IP eee M. 7. Of this it may be remarked that the superior in-
cisors are sometimes 2—2; the canines are frequently 3 and the
premolars are often2=%. A little later,{ Professor Gill offered a special

diagnosis, as follows:

‘‘aa. Neck abbreviated. Incisor teeth (attypically reduced in number
or entirely suppressed. (Rhinocerotoidea Khinocerotiformia.)

“Skull with the basioccipital comparatively well developed behind
and narrowed forwards (with tympanic and periotic bones anchylosed
and wedged in between the squamosal, exoccipital etc., Huxley), with
the nasal bones produced forwards and more or less arched and meeting
an upward development of the supramaxillary bones. Upper molars
with a deep valley extending obliquely inwards from the median portion
of the inner wall, and (P. M. 4, M. 1 — 2) a shallow one extending from

* Read before the National Academy of Sciences, April, 1879.
+The Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, p. 307, 1872.
t Arrangement of the Families of Mammais: Smithsonian Misc. Pub. Nov. 1872,

. 85,
ia 227

228 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

the posterior wall. Lower molars (P.M. 2, M.3) with two curved trans
verse crests.”

Of these characters, it may be remarked, that those derived from the
molar teeth must be included in a diagnosis of this family, because they
belong to it, although they do not distinguish it from the tapiroid
groups; the one character of the superior molars (see my diagnosis be-
“ow) which defines the family, being omitted by Professor Gill. Of those
derived from the cranium, the form of the nasal bones is specific or
generic, and that of the basioceipital, one of proportion only. The state-
ment as to the periotic bones does not express the peculiar character of
the family, but describes the condition usual in the order. The union
of the maxillary and nasal bones is also found in the tapirs. The reduc-
tion of the superior incisor teeth is a significant character, and the length
of the neck may be so also. Under these circumstances, I will endeavor
to offer a definition free from the above objections in the present state
of our knowledge. At the same time I propose to make the genus
Hyracodon the type of a distinct family, as I have found its characters
to be much more distinct from those of the Rhinoceride than has been
supposed. I introduce these families by distinguishing them in an ana-
lytical table from those of several other families of Perissodactyles, mostly
extinct.

I. The external crescentoid crests of the superior molars subequal; inferior molars with
crescents.
1. Inner part of crown of superior molars supporting tubercles.... Chalicotheriide.
2. Inner part of crown of superior molars supporting cross-crests. . -Palwotheriida.
II. Exterior crescentoid crests of superior molars subequal; inferior molars with
cross-crests.
3. Superior molars and premolars alike and with cross-crests -.----.---- Tapiride.
III. Anterior exterior crescent of superior molars shortened; inferior molars with
cross-crests ; premolars different from molars,
4. Superior molars with cross-crests; a diastema .....--..-.--.--- Lophiodontide.
5. Molars as above; no diastema ...-..... sgioeeacce = = dee Me iets epee Tapirulide.
IV. Anterior exterior crescent of superior molars much reduced; inferior molars with
cross-crests; superior molars and premolars alike, with eross-crests.
6. Mastoid bone forming part of the external wall of the skull; no posteotyloid
tuberosity of the mandible; neck.elongate ...-.-..---------- Hyracodontide.
7. Mastoid bone excluded from the walls of the skull by the contact of the
occipital and squamosal; a postcotyloid tuberosity of the mandible; neck
SHORb see Pose Sob LLNS eS eee oP reat ea tye Tthinoceride.

The genera of Chalicotheriide are as follows: Eocene: Limnohyus
‘Leidy; Paleosyops Leidy; Leurocephalus 8. L. & S. Oligocene: Menodus
Pom.; Symborodon Cope; Dceodon Cope. Miocene: Chalicotherium
Kaup; Nestoritheriwm Kaup.

The genera of Palwotheriide are, Paleotherium Cuv., Pr pet um
Gery., Paloplotherium Ow., and perhaps some others.

The Tapiride include Painaivais L., Miocene to recent; Miocene, Lis-
triodon Meyer, Tapiravus Marsh,’ Anchisodon Cope.

The Lophiodontide enibrace: pigeaue forms, Lophiodon Cuv., i
aolophus Pom., Hyrachy yus Leidy, Colonoceras Marsh.

No. 2:] COPE ON EXTINCT RHINOCERID. 229

The only genus of Tapirulide is the Eocene Tapirulus Gervais.
The genera of the Rhinoceride differ as follows:

I. Four anterior digits.

Incisors +; canine $; no horn; posttympanic bone distinct ........ Aceratherium,
II. Three anterior digits.

Incisors aS: canines $; no horn; posttympanic bone distinct ......... Aphelops.
Incisors +; canines $; a dermal horn; posttympanic distinct ....--. Ceratorhinus.
Incisors #; canines ?; a dermal horn; posttympanic ?...................Zalabis.
Incisors +; canine $; a dermal horn; posttympanic process codssified with post-

MEHOrd Process + NO areal: SEpUUMS. ise ctor 2s tds os te sw dsepen ee Rhinocerus.
Incisors }; canines }; a dermal horn; posttympanic process not united with post-

elenoid; no nareal osseous septum... --.~ .. 020... nnn n-ne eee ones eo Atelodus.
Incisors §; canines ¢; a dermal horn; posttympanic coésified with postglenoid ;

PAP OSSEOUS TSE PULLIN ALTUMemelseefaaaicate ciel ani Seca ementes ce eae Celodonta.

The species of these genera are the following; the names of the exist-
ing species are in Roman letters, the extinct ones in italies:

ACERATHERIUM Kaup.

A. incisivwm Cuy. Middle Miocene. Europe.

A. gannatense Duy. Middle Miocene. Europe.

A. lemanense. Middle Miocene. Europe.

A. mite Cope. Lower Miocene. North America.

A. occidentale Leidy. Lower Miocene. North America.

A. pacificum Leidy. Middle Miocene. North America.

A. truquianum Cope. Middle Miocene. North America.
APHELOPS Cope.

A. meridianus Leidy. Upper Miocene. North America.

A. megalodus Cope. Upper Miocene. North America.

A. jossiger Cope. Upper Miocene. North America.

A. malacorhinus Cope. Upper Miocene. North America.
CERATORHINUS Gray.

C. sumatranus Cuv. Recent. Sumatra.

C. lasiotis Sclater. Recent. Malacca.

O. schleiermacheri Kaup. Middle Miocene. Europe.

C. aurelianensis Gaudry. Upper Miocene. Europe.
ZALABIS Cope, gen. nov.

Z. sivalensis C.F. Upper Miocene. India.
RHINOCERUS Linn.

R. unicornis L. Recent. India.

R. sondaicus Cuv. Recent. Java.

R. paleindicus C. F. Upper Miocene. India.

R. platyrhinus C.F. Upper Miocene. India.
ATELODUS Pomel.

A. bicornis Linn. Recent. Africa.

A. simus Burch. Recent. Africa. 5

A. pachygnathus Wagn. Upper Miocene. Europe.

A. leptorhinus Cuv. Pliocene. Europe.

230 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

CaLopontTa Bronn.
C. etruscus Falconer. Pliocene. Europe.
C. hemitechus Fale. Postpliocene. Europe.
C. antiquitatis Blum. Postpliocene. Siberia; Europe.

The above list embraces twenty-seven species, of which six are living.
There are probably several other distinct fossil species; but their char-
aeters have not yet been sufficiently made known to enable me to refer,
them to their proper places. It will be observed, from the preceding
catalogue, that eight species have been found in North American for-
mations, ten in European, and three in those of Hindostan. It ap-
pears also that no extinct species of the true genus of Rhinocerus has yet
been found in North America or Europe, and that no extinct rhinoceros
of North America which is known, possessed a median dermal horn.

It can readily be seen that the genera above defined form a graduated
series, the steps of which are measured principally by successive modi-
fications of four different parts of the skeleton. These are, first, the
reduction of the number of the toes of the anterior foot; second, the re-
duction in the number and development of the canine and incisor teeth;
third, the degree of closure of the meatus auditorius externus below;
and, fourth, in the development of the dermal horns of the nose and its
supports. While these characters have that tangible and measurable
quantity which renders them available for generic diagnosis, there are
others which possess a similar significance, and which I now notice, so
far as they are observable in the extinct species of North America.

I premise by observing that the Aceratheria of this continent have only
been found in the eastern and western divisions of the White River
formation, while the species of Aphelops are confined, so far as is known,
to the Upper Miocene or Loup River formation.

The posttympanic process is, it is well known, well separated from
the postglenoid process in the tapir, so as to leave the auditory meatus
widely open below. The arrangement is similar in Hyracodon. In
Ehinocerus, as shown by Flower, the meatus is closed below by the
coésification of the two processes. In the oldest genus of the family
Aceratherium, the relations of the parts are as in Hyracodon. In Aphe-
lops the two processes approach each other, but do not come in close ~
contact as in the genus Ceratorhinus.

The postglenoid process is low and transverse in the tapirs; in Rhi-—
nocerus itis long and has a triangular section. In some species of Amer-
ican Aceratheria its form is much like that of the tapirs (A. mite, A. occi-
dentale) ; while in others (A. pacificum) and in the species of Ap the ©
form of this process is-as in Rhinocerus. .

In the tapirs, the foramina sphenodrbitale and rotundum are distinct. -
They are also distinct in Aceratherium mite. In A. pacificum they are
confluent, but the walls of their orifice present two opposite projections,
which are the rudiments ef a dividing septum. In Aphelops these

No. 2.] COPE ON EXTINCT RHINOCERIDS. Dae

foramina are one, as in Rhinocerus. At the same time, the external
wall of the alisphenoid canal is shorter and thinner in the Aceratheria
than in the Aphelopes.

In the older types of Perissodactyla, e. g. Symborodon, the foramen oyale
is situated well in advance of the foramen lacerum medius, and is sepa-
rated from it by a considerable space of the sphenoid bone. The same
structure is seen in Hyracodon and in Aceratherium. In Aphelops, the
foramen ovale approaches near to the f. lacerum, so as to be separated
by a narrow bridge only in A. megalodus, which is wanting on one side
in a specimen of A. malacorhinus. In the genus Rhinocerus, these fora-
mina are not divided.

In the structure of the teeth, the same serial order is to be observed.
Commencing with the incisors 3 in the tapiroid types and Hyracodon,
and canine t, we find 4 2 in Zalabis; = in Aceratherium; — fin Aphelops ;
41 * in Ceratorhinus and Rhinocerus, to i ¢ in Atelodus and Celodonta.
As to the molars, in those of the upper jaw the series of modifications
consists of successive complication of the transverse crests. In Hyraco-
don, as in the tapiroid genera, the external wall of the posterior molar is
continued beyond the posterior cross-crest; in the Rhinoceride, gener-
ally the external wall is not continued beyond this crest, but is in line
with the posterior cross-crest. In a specimen of Aceratheriwm occidentale,
the posterior superior molar of one side is like that of Hyracodon, while
that of the other side is like that of Rhinocerus. The cross-crests in
Aceratherium are quite simple, having slight bulges into the median
valley. In the species of Aphelops these bulges are more prominent, es-
pecially that of the posterior crest, which is more externally s‘tuated
than that of the anterior cross-crest, so that the fundus of the valley is
turned abruptly backwards. In several of the existing species, this
bulge becomes an antero-posterior crest, and the fundus is further di-
vided by other crests from the outer wall and elsewhere. The cingula
become so elevated as to cause an isolation of the valleys as fosse at a
comparatively early stage of wear. This state of things commences in
the extinct species of Kansas, the Aphelops fossiger.

In the bones of the skeleton, modifications accompanying those of the
cranium and dentition may be observed. The femur of the species of
the earlier formations may be readily distinguished from that of those
of the later Tertiaries by the forms of both the extremities. In the Ace-
ratheria this bone resembles that of the tapirs in the form of the great
trochanter. This process is produced at its external border, has a
recurved apex, and encloses a deep trochanteric fossa. In Aphelops it is
precisely as in Rhinocerus, obliquely truncate externally, without promi-
nent apex or well marked fossa. In the Aceratheria the inner crest of
the rotular groove is but moderately prominent; in Aphelops and Khi-
nocerus it is greatly developed.

The succession of development of the line of the Rhinoceride is now

Zan BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

not difficult to trace, and I give the following diagram in explanation of
it.
Celodonta.

VW
Rhinocerus. Atelodus.
NX
Ceratorhinus.
|
Aphelops.

Zalabis. Aceratherium.

\

It is evident that the descent diverged at a comparatively late period
of geological time into two lnes, which are represented at the present

day by the African and Indian species respectively. The earliest species -

of the toothless or African series is the Atelodus pachygnathus of Wag-
ner, whose characters have been so well worked out by Gaudry in his
great work on the Fossil Fauna of Attica. That species sometimes pre-
sents a single small incisor or canine tooth in the mandible. From what
has preceded it is also apparent that the generally most specialized type
of rhinoceros, the genus Celodonta, has become entirely extinet. Its
species yet known, were confined to Europe and Northern Asia, and
the most formidable of them extended its range with the hairy mam-
moth within the Arctic circle. The Celodonta antiquitatis was evidently
the most effectively armed of the family, as it had two horns, which,
judging from the character of the surface of the skull to which they
were attached, must have been of unusual size. To provide further
against the shocks incident to their use in combat, the nareal septum
was ossified, thus becoming a solid support to the nasal bones, ete., on
which they stood.

It remains to look backwards, and to discover, if possible, the probable _

origin of the family in that of its earliest known genus, Aceratherium.
A late survivor of this ancestral type is seen in the genus Zalabis Cope,
of which one species, the Z. sivalensis, has been discovered by Cautley
and Falconer in the late Tertiary of Hindostan. In this form, according
to Falconer, there are 2 incisors and 2 canines. The early type, which
corresponds most nearly with this genus, and which preceded the Acera-
theria in time, is the genus Amynodon Marsh, which has left-a species
in the Uinta or Upper Eocene of Utah. Here the incisors are 2 and the
canines +. This formula is intermediate between that of Aceratherium
and that of the Eocene tapirs, where the normal numbers 2 4 preyail.
According to Marsh, Amynodon further differs in the primitive condition
of the premolars above, which, as in the Lophiodontide, differ from the

molars in their greater simplicity. Thus it is probable that. tapiroid

animals, probably Lophiodontide, gave origin to the Rhinoceride, as
Marsh has suggested. And it is further altogether probable that the
general type of dentition presented by the Rhinocerideé, Lophiodontide,

ini eticd: ren

No. 2.] COPE ON EXTINCT RHINOCERID. 233

ete., which I have named the paleotheriodont, took its origin from the
ie which is intermediate between it and the bunodont, viz, the sym-
borodont, as I have pointed out in an essay on this subject.

The first appearance of dermal horns was apparently in a pair placed
transversely on the nasal bones, in species of Eocene Lophiodontide of
the genus Colonoceras. The same character has been observed by Marsh
in species of the Lower Miocene, which probably belong to the true
Rhinoceride, and which he has called Diceratherium. This genus ap-
pears to eos terminated the line exhibiting this structure, and the
family in North America remained without horn. As we have seen, the
types possessing the median horn arose in Europe, in the Ceratorhinus
schleiermacheri of the Middle Miocene, and still survives.

It may be observed in conclusion that a successive increase of size in
the species of this line has taken place in North America with the ad-
vance of geologic time. Thus, their probable ancestors of the genus
Hyrachyus were the least of all. The Aceratheria of the White River
formation were larger; the oldest, A mite, being the smallest; and the
later A truquianum of Oregon, being the largest. The species of the
Loup River or Upper Miocene formation were all larger, and were nearly
equal to the large existing species.

The characters of the American genera and their allies, Hyracodon
and Anchisodon, are pointed out in the following pages.

ANCHISODON Cope.

American Naturalist, 1879, 270, April; published March 26, 1879.

This genus is represented by maxillary teeth only, so that the charac-
ters of the incisor teeth and inferior molars are unknown. There are
four premolars and three true molars. The true molars are constructed
much asin Lophiodon. They have two external confluent crescents, each
of which gives origin at its anterior part to a transverse crest, which is
directed more or less obliquely backwards. The anterior part of the ante-
rior external crescent is well developed, and not shortened asin Acerathe-
rium and Rhinocerus, and terminates in a low cusp. The external wall of
the last true molar is continued posterior to the posterior transverse crest
as in tapiroid types. The third and fourth premolars resemble the true
molars. The second premolar differs from the others in a relatively
greater elongation of the external portion, which presents three cusps
instead of two. Of these one is opposite to the origin of each cross-crest,
and the third is between them. The anterior part of the anterior exter-
nal crescent is produced, as is also the posterior part of the posterior.

In the milk dentition, the teeth which occupy the position of the third
and fourth permanent premolars are first protruded, and afterwards the
second deciduous premolar, and later the first true molar.

*The Homologies and Origin of the Molar Teeth of Mammalia, ete. Journal
Academy Nat. Sciences, Philada., 1874, pp. 13-14.
Bull. v, 2 6

254 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

Two species of this genus are known to me, one of which has been
found in the White River beds of Colorado, and the other in the corre-
sponding horizon in Oregon, viz: the A. quadriplicatus and the A. tubifer.

Without fuller material it is not easy to determine the near affinities
of Anchisodon. While the identity of the forms of some of the premo-
lar and molar teeth is much as in the Rhinocerida, and distinguishes the
genus from Lophiodon, Iyrachyus, ete., the details of the molars are
more like those of the latter genera. The elongation of the second pre-
molars have, on the other hand, a point of similarity to the Anchitheroid
forms.

HWYRACODON Leidy.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1856, p. 92; 1857, p.
89; Extinct Fauna Dakota and Nebraska, p, 232.

Professor Leidy has published the dental and several cranial charac-
ters of this genus, so that there remain but few of these to be observed.
Professor Marsh has stated the number of the toes,* and I will add
some points not noticed by either of these paleontologists.

The dental formula is I. #; C. 4+; Pm. 4; M.% The incisors and
vanines form uninterrupted series in both jaws, which are separated by
diastemata from the molar series. In their unworn condition, the crowns
of the incisors and canines are subconic. The molars of both jaws do
not differ in character from those of Aceratherium, but the last superior
molar differs in not having the posterior cross-crest confounded with the
external wall.

According to Leidy, the premaxillary bone reaches the base of the
nasal. The temporal fosse are large and approach each other above, A
character heretofore unnoticed is the appearance of the mastoid bone
between the posttympanic and the paroccipital processes, as in horses,
thus differing from rhinoceroses. As in Aceratherium, the posttym-
panic does not close the meatus auditorius inferiorly. Postglenoid well
developed, This genus also differs from the rhinoceroses in the absence
of the tuberosity behind the condyle of the lower jaw.

The vertebral column is characterized by the length of the cervical
portion as compared with the dorsal, especially of the axis. The ver-
tebrarterial canal is long and external; the centra are keeled below,
and the transverse processes of the atlas are not elongate. The opis-
thocelous character is well marked in both cervical and dorsal centra.
The zygapophysial faccts of the dorsals are not recurved in any way,
and there are some metapophyses on the posterior dorsals. There are
no enclosed spinal foramina on the dorsals. Liumnbars unknown.

A single species of this genus, the JZ, nebrascensis, was found by Hay-
den in Nebraska, and I obtained in Colorado in 1873 a second one, the
HI. wreidens.

oe a A ee a

*Amer. Journ, Sci. Arts, 1877, p. 361.

No. 2.] COPE ON EXTINCT RHINOCERIDZ. 235
ACERATHERIUM Kaup.
Isis, von Oken, 1832; Jahrbuch fiir pina 1832, 419; Ossemens Fossiles, 49-61.

Dentition: I.5; C.$; Pm. 4; M.2; digits 4—3; nasal bones without
horn basis.

This genus is characteristic of the Miocene or Middle,Tertiary forma-
tions of Europe, and is the primitive form of the true rhinoceroses. Its
four anterior digits relate it to the lower or more generalized perisso-
dactylous types of the same and of older geological horizons, which are
equally allied to the tapirs. Thé dentition differs from that of the genus
Ethinocerus in the presence of two superior incisors, but agrees with it
in the existence of one incisor and one canine on each side below, and in
the forms of the premolar teeth. The species display great simplicity
in the character of the crests of the molars. They also possess the ta-
piroid feature of the non-closure of the auditory meatus below by the
posttympanic process; and the postglenoid process is generally more
hike that of the tapirs than are those of the later genera Aphelops and
Fthinocerus. The form of the femur is also quite characteristic, present-
ing tapiroid characters again in the shape of the great trochanter. This
process is not flat and obliquely truncated as in the genera above named,
but is horizontal proximally, and with a produced recurve . apex and
posterior crest, which bound a large fossa.

In this paper, four species are referred to this genus, but provisionally
only, on account of the absence of certain diagnostic parts of the skele-
ton. These species are, in the order of size, beginning with the smallest,
as follows: A. mite Cope; A. occidentale Leidy; A. pacificum Leidy;
A. truquianum Cope. I only possess the feet in A. pacificum, and these
are not entirely complete; the nasal bones are wanting from all my
specimens. The inferior incisors or canines are present in all; but I
have only the superior incisor of A. pacificum. Leidy describes that of
A. occidentale, and I have the premaxillary bones with the incisive alve-
oli of thesame. I possess the posterior cranial regions of all the species
except the A. truquianum, and these present the characters above de-
scribed.

The species above mentioned are generally of smaller size than those
of the Loup Fork formation, which have been referred to the genus
Aphelops. The largest Aceratherium, A, truquianum, is not much less
than the smallest of the Aphelopes, A. megalodus.

Should any of the four species here included be found to possess but
three toes in the anterior foot, such must be referred to Aphelops.

236 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

APHELOPS Cope.

Paleontological Bulletin, No. 14, p. 1, July 25, 1873.—Proceedings Amer. Philosophical
Society, 1873, (1874), p. 520:—Hayden’s Ann. Report U.S. Geol. Survey Terrs.,
1873, (1874), p. 519.—Report U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. W. of 100th Mer., G. M.
Wheeler, vol. iv, pt. ii, p. 315.

Dental formula; I.'4; 0.2; Pm. ; M. 3. Digits 3-3. Nasal
bones with persistent suture, weak, not supporting a dermal horn.

This genus occupies a position intermediate between Aceratheriwm
Kaup and Rhinocerus Linn. It agrees, with the former in the presence
of incisor and canine teeth, and in the absence of indication of a nasal
horn, but differs from it in lacking the fifth digit of the’ anterior foot.
In the last respect it is identical with the genus Rhinocerus, differing
from it in characters already mentioned, in which it agrees with Ace-
ratherium. From Atelodus Pom. it differs still more widely, as that
genus wants incisor and canine teeth.

The evidence on which this genus rests is furnished by two species,
the Aphelops megalodus, and a second form, whose bones I have provi-
sionally associated with the crania of A. fossiger. In both of these ani-
mals, the number of anterior digits is known to be only three, and in
the former the inferior canines and alveoli for incisors can be seen in
the specimens. In two other species provisionally referred to the same
genus, the A. crassus and A. malacorhinus, the digits and incisor teeth
are unkown, but the last named species was certainly hornless, and itis
supposed that the first named was so also. Of the many mandibu-
lar symphyses from the Loup Fork formation which I have seen, none
lack the canines and incisor teeth, so that it is probable that this
character belonged to the two species above mentioned. <A fifth species,
the A. meridianus Leidy, I have provisionally referred here on account —
of the similar character of the mandibular dentition; but its nasal bones
and feet are unknown. Still another species, the A. jemezanus Cope,
has been referred here, but on no other ground than that it is found in
the same formation as the others.

Specific characters.—The species above named all present well-marked
cranial or dental characters, or both. But it is important to take into-
consideration the general structure of the skeleton. I am in position to.
do this with three of the species named, the A. megalodus, the A. fossiger
(of this paper), and the A. malacorhinus, and find distinctive characters
_ present in nearly all their bones which I have observed. The A. mala-
corhinus is a comparatively long-limbed animal, and its apparent eleva-
tion was increased by the shortness of the body, and especially of the
neck. There was probably a great development of the upper lip, or
snout, and the face was concave in profile. The A. megalodus was some-
what intermediate in proportions between this species and the A. eras-
sus. Its limbs were shorter than in the A. malacorhinus, and the neck
was longer. The feet were more slender. The A. fossiger had still
shorter legs, and the length of the neck was about as in A. malacorhinus.

No. 2.] COPE ON EXTINCT RHINOCERID®. 237

In its form it must have been much like a Hippopotamus. Its limbs,
and especially the feet, were very robust.
The five species may be distinguished by the characters of their supe-
‘rior molar teeth as follows:

I. Fundus of the transverse valley divided by processes.
Posterior marginal fossa open; transverse crests, the posterior with a long
anterior process, the anterior with a long posterior process -..-A. crassus.
II. Fundus of transverse valley without processes.
a. Posterior marginal fossa open, except in advanced wear.
Posterior cross-crest with a strong anterior process; premolars with a cingu-
lum extending round the posterior cross-crest....-..---.- A, malacorhinus.
Posterior cross-crest with strong anterior process; no cingulum on posterior
cross-crest of premolars; internal cingulum of true molars; smaller.
A. meridianus.
Posterior cross-crest- with little or no anterior process; cingulum wanting
from posterior cross-crest of premolars and from inner side of true molars;
IGIKRED coo ace sas bo Gods bbs Ske bose bots Sescco pees tticoodS A. megalodus,
aa. Posterior marginal fossa enclosed by a high posterior cingulum.
Strong anterior process of posterior cross-crest and posterior process of an-
terior cross-crest ; no cingulum on true molars; large ....---. A. fossiger.

Position.—The longest known species, the A. crassus, was found by
Dr. Hayden on the Niobrara River, Nebraska. Teeth presenting the
same characters have been found in Northern Kansas and Eastern Colo-
rado. The other species are more restricted geographically. A consid-
erable exploration in the Loup Fork beds of Northeastern Colorado,
conducted by myself in 1873, yielded four individuals of A. megalodus,
but no fragments referable to the other species. Explorations in North-
ern Kansas produced three individuals of A. fossiger and four of A.
malacorhinus, but not a fragment of A. megalodus.

History.—In my original definition of this genus, I relied on the num-
ber of premolars in distinguishing it from Rhinocerus, as well as on the
absence of the horn. These teeth are generally 2 in Aphelops, and are
said to be 4 in Rhinocerus, in most works on the subject. These num-
bers are not constant; on one side of both jaws in Aphelops from Colo-
rado I have observed a first premolar, and on one side of the upper jaw
of A. malacorhinus there are four premolars; the other side is injured.
In several species of Rhinocerus, three premolars only are usually found
in the mandible. I may add that Lesson and Peters* have described
a Rhinocerus inermis Less., which is found living on some of the islands
at the mouth of the Ganges. The only known specimens are the skulls
with portions of the skin, of a female and young. These are hornless,
and in general structure allied to the R. sondaicus, yet presenting some
important differences.t Should the characters of this form prove to be
specific, and the male be found to lack the horn, it must be regarded as
a species of Aphelops.

*Monatsberichte Berlin. Akademie, 1877, p. 68, pl. 1-2.

+ Peters represents the posttympanic as not codssified below the meatus as in 2. son-
daicus,

oa

tener ia as 3

Bde Site eA vboreives yaaa id Lssillt esl ai
anit iais. Sips! Healthy wifontaniaanae wt “sateen

BS

ES ake
‘Tae

ci) Ga aa
stn Ting:

YE ge aR oF gt Aa cad wi

ost clatt Rese ese st neti oie SNM ue

eyed f
Tide Beart alate or ds eR TRC UL Cn a Laereepeens § stone im

i } “ - ¢ am * # 1 pla = gid '
Lata’ Petvarcennce aot) ty fiat ial Tipo ‘3 ar ste Eat
buy if Fe Si 3
PLS sa Rake Ga haben fet hie) ©) Rip oon ORR EEN Mane w SOME | u2 at Mera gr vents: ua terdtning
- rt M , r
ese Mt ep hee wh ae Beh eee Ae an) ch hla vee we ae Hk ok MAPA ell Rem eget wR Sel nue A eae A Ln

get Lye Ree ise) eo (oD RRR fiber at he Ne ined

Paving 5 Ash sah beeey eed eye

‘Anie
Pe riaeey PUL! PE Avia tA ity iy he ip ad Fy egestas OER Hie

haere iy ys 8 UTLEY CER RE Ry ELT OP ae 2

£.

eis tia dds (OA , chiens pevaent

‘ ine prrieia bn Fee pep: Beas .
iti
HSER GS PictBie

Salat cart OP ELC TS CH
SM IM at ng aaa ey Bae t

Aidted Lied eas ray ae

TT i aes
rr, |

b LER ORRLAN LEI ae J

Weare) ea a

. " or a
LOVER § f

Art. XVIE.—Second Instalment of American Orni-
thological Bibliography.

By Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A.

Part First of the “Birds of the Colorado Valley”, ete., contains a
Bibliographical Appendix (pp. 567-784, or [1]-[218]), which consists of
a “List of Faunal Publications relating to North American Orni-
thology”, being the first instalment of a Universal Bibliography of
Ornithology upon which the author of that work is still engaged.

The present article may be considered to continue the subject, as it
gives the titles of ‘‘ Faunal Publications” relating to the Ornithology of
the rest of America.

The former piece of work has been received with great favor by
ornithologists, whose kind expressions of interest assure him that his
bibhographical material is. welcome.

This further instalment of the work is constructed upon the same
principles as the other, and with the same great pains to secure good
results. Though of course much less extensive, containing only about
700. titles, it is scarcely less complete, and no less accurate, than thes
North American portion. The compiler takes this occasion to renew
the request that those who are interested in the matter will point out
defects which may be detected in any portion of the work now printed.

To those who may not be informed of the general plan of the whole
Bibliography, he may explain that it is modelled after the ‘* Zoological
Record”, and that the titles given in this second instalment are only
those which an editor of the “ Record” would have brought under the
head of “Neotropical Region ”—all general and miscellaneous works,
and all those upon particular species, genera, or families of birds, being
excluded.

1648. MarcGRaveE, G. Historia Natvralis | Brasiliae, | Auspicio et Beneficio | Ilus-
triss. I. Mavritii Com. Nassay | illivs Provineje et Maris summi Praefecti
Adornata | In qua | Non tantum Plante et Animalia, sed et In- | digenarum
morbi, ingenia et mores describuntur et | Iconibus supra quingentas illus-
trantur. | Lygdyn. Batavorym, | Apud Franciscum Hackium, et | Amstelo-
dami, | Apud Lud. Elzevirium. 1648, | [Or,]

Gulielmi Pisonis, M. D. | Lugduno-Batavi, | De | Medicina Brasiliensi |
Libri Qvatvor: | I. De Aére, Aquis, & Locis. | II. De Morbis Endemiis. |
III. De Venenatis & Antidotis. | IV. De Facultatibus Simplicium, | Et |
Georgl MaregravI de Liebstad, | Misnici Germani, | Historie Rervm Na-

239

240)

1648.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. ve

MaRrcGRAVE, G.—Continued.

tvralivm | Brasilie, | Libri Octo; | Quorum | Tres priores agunt de Plantis. |
Quartus de Piscibus. | Quintus de Avibus. | Sextus de Quadrupedibus & Ser-
pentibus. | Septimus de Insectis. | Octavus de ipsa Regione, & illius Incolis. |
Cvm | Appendice de Tapuyis, et Chilensibvs. | loannes De Laet, | Antwer-
pianus, | In ordinem digessit & Annotationes addidit, & varia ab Auctore |
Omissa supplevit & illustravit. |

Above titles covering both Piso and Marcgrave ; latter also separately sub-
titled in nearly identical words, omitting the Sher part of the title. 1 vol.
folio. Engraved title to both, 11.; plain title to both, 11.; Piso to Prince
William, 2 ll.; Piso to the reader, 11.; Piso’s contents, 11.; Piso’s text, pp.
4-122; Piso’s index, 1 1.—Marcgrave’s subtitle, 1 1.; Marcegrave’s dedication,
41.5; De Laet to the reader, 11.; Marcgrave’s contents and errata, 1 1.; Mare-

grave’s text, pp. 1-292; Appendix, p. 293; Index, 4+ 311 Unnumbered euts

in text of both authors.
The.jifth book of Marcgrave’s part of this work treats of birds in fifteen chapters, as fol-

dows :—

Georgi Marcgravi Historie Naturalis Brasilie Liber Quintus, Qui agit de Avibus, in Quo

Sunt Icones quatuor supra quinquaginta, et Annotationes octo, pp. 190-220, Cap. L—XV.—I, p.

190, Nhanduguacu, Iacana (fig.), varie ejus species, Curicaca (fig.). Il, p. 192, Tijepiranga,
(fig.), Iacapu, Iambu, Gallina africana (fig.), Guirangeima, Iupujuba (fig.), Sayacu, Ani (fig.),
Guira guainumbi (fig.). III, p. 194, Jaguacati (fig.), Mitu (fig.), Mituporanga (fig.), Tbijau
(2 figg.). IV, p. 196, Guainumbi varie species (fig.). V, p. 198, Iacupema (fig.), Iacamacaij
(fig.), Iacurutu (fig.), Soco (fig.), Matuitui (fig.). VI, p. 200, Iabiru (fig.), Iabiru guacu (fig.),
Manucodiata. VU, p. 201, Guirapunga utraque (2 figg.), Guiraquerea (fig.), Jacamaciri (fig.),
Cariama (fig.) VIII, p. 203, Guara (fig.), Urutaurana (fig.), Maguari, Guarauna (fig.), Ajaia,
Picui pinima, Pica cureba, Tuidara, Guacuguacu, Tapera. IX, p. 205, Psittacorum majorum
& minorum varie species. Tui vulgo Perroquet. Araracanga (fig.), etc. X, p. 207, Ipecu
(fig.), Urubu (fig.), Tamatia utraque (2 figg.), Guirajemoja (fig.), Gurraru nheengeta (fig.).
XI, p. 209, Cocoi Ardeae species (fig.); alia species, Guiratinga, Ardeola (fig.), Iacarini,
Guiratirica, Guiranheengatu. XII, p. 211, Curucui (fig.), Caracara (fig.), Tijeguacu (fig.),
Teitei, Guiragiracu beraba (fig.), Guiracoereba, Guiraperea, Iapacani, Cabure, Andira aca.
XI, p. 213, Macucagua (fig.), Columb silvestris species, Anas sylvestris, Urubitinga (fig.),
Mareca utraque, Tiieguacu paroara (fig.), Tangara utraque (fig.). XIV, p. 215, Anhima
(fig.), Pitangua guacu (fig.), Atingacu camucu (fig.), Guira acangatara (fig.). XV, Matuitui
(fig.), Aracari, Tucana, Anhinga (fig.), Ipecati apoa (fig.), Pullus gallinaceus monstrosus
(quadrupes, fig.).

The figures are monstrous, reminding us of those of Gesner, for example, though many of

the marked species are recognizable. The text, however, is minutely descriptive, and most
of the species are identifiable.

This is a celebrated work, standing in-much the same ornithological relation to South
America that its virtual contemporary, Hernandez’s, bears to Mexico. We have here the
first description and primary basis of many species. Linnzeus and other early species-makers
cite Marcegrave freely, and he remains, in fact, quotable to-day. The reader will not fail to
note that he has here the vernacular derivation of many names with which he is familiar in
their quasi-Latin and even English rehabilitation, but the etymology of which would not
necessarily be obvious to a classicist. Compare with the above the following, for example:
Nandou, Pyranga, Guira, Guiraca, Ani, Mitu, Mituporanga, Jacamar, Nacurutu, Jabiru,
Cariama, Ajaja, Coereba, Maguari, Guarauna, Tapera, Aracanga, Ararauna, Urubu, Nengeta,
Cocoi, Carasara, Urubitinga, Tangara, Tanagra, Pitangus, Aracari, Tucana, Toucan, ete.

For an elaborate commentary on this work, see 1820 and 1824, LICHTENSTEIN, H.

1658. RocuErorr, C. pE. Histoire | naturelle et morale | des | Hes antilles | de

VYAmerique. | Enrichie de plusieurs belles figures des Raretez les plus | con-
siderables qui y sont décrites. | Avec vn Vocabulaire Caraibe. | [Dessin. ] |
A Roterdam, | Chez Arnotild Leers, |— | M. DC. LVIII. 1 vol. 8yvo or sm.
Ato. Eng. title, 8 prel. pp. incl. reeular title, pp. 1-527, 6 11. (contents).

Chapitre Quinziéme, pp. 147-167, a fig. on p. 152, and a page of figs. on p. 166, “‘ Des
oiseaus les plus considerables des Antilles”, des Fregates, des Fauves, des Aigrettes, ete., du
Grand Gosier, des Poules d’eau, des Flammans (= Platalea), de /Hirondelle, de plusieurs
Oiseaux de terre, des Arras, des Canides, des Perroquets, des Perriques du tremble, du Pas-
-Sereau, de Aigle de l’Orinoco, du Mansreny, du Colibry.—This is the orig. ed.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 241

1666. RocurForT, C.pE. The History of the Caribby-Islands, viz. Barbades, [ete. ]
In two Books. The First containing the Natural the Second the Moral His-
tory, of these islands. Illustrated, [etc.] Rendered into English by John
Davis of Kidwelly. London. 1666. 4to. pp. 326, 4 pl.

Not seen: title from Sabin’s Bibl. Amer. Orig. ed. 1658, q. v.

1667. [StuBBES, Dr. —.] Observations Made by a Curious and Learned Person, sail-
ing from England, to the Caribe-Islands. < Philos. Trans., ii, 1667, pp.
493-500.

1667. WARREN, G. Impartial Description of Surinam, . . . with a History of
several strange Beasts, Birds, etc. 1667.

Not seen. [See beyond, ADDENDA, 1745.]

1668. StuBBEs, Dr. —. An Enlargement of the Observations, formerly publisht,
Numb. 27, made and generously imparted by that Learn’d and Inquisitive
Physitian, Dr. Stubbes. < Philos. Trans., iii, 1668, pp. 699-709.

Allusions to a few birds.

1681. [RocHEFORT, C. DE.] Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | Iles Antilles |
de l Amerique, | Enrichie d’un grand nombre de belles Figures en taille douce,
qui | representent au naturelles Places, & les Raretez les plus | considerables
qui y sont décrites, | Avec un Vocabulaire Caraibe. | Derniere Edition. |
Reveué & augmentée par l’Autheur d’un Recit de Estat present des | celebres
Colonies de la Virginie, de Marie-Land, de la Caroline, du | nouveau Duché
@York, de Penn-Sylvania, & de la nouvelle An- | gleterre, situées dans
PAmerique septentrionale, & qui rele- | vent de la Couronne du Roy de la
grand’ Bretagne. | Tiré fidelement des memoires des habitans des mémes Co-
lonies, | en faveur de ceus, quiauroyent le dessein de s’y | transporter pour s’y

- é6tablir. [Par César de Rochefort. ] | [Vignette.] | A Rotterdam, | Chez Rei-
nier Leers, | — | M. DC. LXXXI. lvol. Sm. 4to. Eng. title, plain title, both
backed blank, and 16 more unpaged Il., pp. 1-588, and 13 unpaged pp.; then
follow pp. 1-43, with a separate title, backed blank; many plates and other
illustrations.

Orig. ed. 1658, g. v. Chap. XV, pp. 163-182, .‘‘ Des oiseaus les plus considerables des Autil-
les’’; cut on p. 168, and page full of cuts p. 182.

1682. NizuHoF, J. Joan Nieuhofs Gedenkwaerdige Zee en Lantreize door de Voor-
naemste Landschappen van West en Oostindien. Amsterdam. 1682. Folio.

Not seen. ‘‘ The second part, beginning at p. 29, contains a cut representing several birds
and a bat, with text descriptive of these and numerous other Brazilian birds. The figures
are very good, much better than Marcgraye’s; the names are vernacular.”—J. A. ALLEN,
im epist. [See beyond, ADDENDA. ]

1703. OLIveR, W. A Letter from Dr. William Oliver to the Publisher, giving his
Remarks in a late Journey into Denmark and Helland. < Philos. Trans., xxiii,
1703, pp. 1400-1410.

Contains an account of a curious bird seen in Amsterdam from “‘Carthagena in Americ”,
described as ‘‘Vultur Americanus minor Carthagene Corpore eleganti & plumis admodum
Concinne variegatis”’.

1707-25. Stoanr, H. A | Voyage | To the Islands | Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S.

Christophers | and | Jamaica, | with the | Natural History | of the | Herbs and
Trees, Four-footed Beasts, Fishes, | Birds, Insects, Reptiles, &c. | Of the last
of those Islands; | To which is prefix’d An | Introduction, | Wherein is an
Account of the | Inhabitants, Air, Waters, Diseases, Trade, &c | of that Place,
with some Relations concerning the Neigh- | bouring Continent, and Islands
of America, | — | Illustrated with | The Figures of the Things describ’d, |
which have not been heretofore engraved; | In large Copper-Plates as big as
the Life. | — | By Hans Sloane, M. D. | Fellow of the College of Physicians
and Secretary | of the Royal-Society. | — | InTwo Volumes. Vol.I [II]. | — |
Many shall run to and fro, and Knowledge shall be increased. Dan. xii. 4,
| —| London: | Printed by B. M. for the Author, 1707 [1725]. 2 vols. Folio.

242 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1707-25. SLOANE, H.—Continued.
Vol. I, 1707, 8 p.1L, pp. i-cliv, 1-264, pll. i-iv (i being a map), 1-156. Vol.
Il, 1725, 2 p. 1. (title and dedication), pp.i—xviii, 1-499, pll. v—xi, 157-274.

There are some literal discrepancies in the titles of the two vols.: im the second the author
appears as ‘‘Sir Hans Sloane, Bart.”, and the last line is simply ‘‘ Printed for the author.
1725."—Vol. II, Book VI, Part UU, pp. 293-325, “ Of the Birds of Jamaica”, pll. 254-272.—_Chap.
I, Of Land Birds, 54 spp. Chap. Il, Of Birds which Wade, or Frequent Watery Places, 17 spp.
Chap. II, Of Water-Fowl, or such as are web-footed and Swim, 11 spp.; in all, 82 spp. The
plates are very coarse and poor; some of them are as Indicrous as anything in Gesner, for
example. The ornithology of this work has no intrinsic value, but derives some importance
from the fact that here are the original descriptions of various birds upon which Linnzan
species rest wholly or in part. Sloane’s pages and plates were constantly cited by writers of
the century, as Catesby, Edwards, Brisson, Linnzeus, etc., and are sometimes referred to still.

1724. LaBatT, —. Nouveau Voyage aux Iles de VAmérique. 1724.

Not seen: said to contain natural history illustrations. [See ADDENDA, beyond.]

1729. WAFER, L. A New | Voyage | and | Description | of the | Isthmus of
America. | Giving an Account of the | Author’s Abede there, | The Form and
Make of the Country, the Coasts, | Hills, Rivers, &c. Woods, Soil, Weather,
&c. Trees, | Fruit, Beasts, Birds, Fish, &c. | The Indian Inhabitants, their
Features, Complexion, | &c. their Manners, Customs, Employments, | Mar-
riages, Feasts, Hunting, Computation, | Language, &c. | With Remarkable
Occurrences in the South-Sea and | elsewhere. | — | By Lionel Wafer. | — |
The Third Edition. | — | To which are added, | The Natural History of those
Parts, | By a Fellow of the Royal Society: | and | Davis’s Expedition to the —
Gold Mines, in 1702. | Illustrated with several Copper-Plates. | — | London, j
Printed for James and John Knapton, at the | Crown in St. Paul’s Church-
Yard. M pce xxix. ;

Contained in vol. III of the series called ‘tA Collection of Voyages”’, ete., 4 vols., London,
1729, being pp. 263-463 + 9, maps, plates. §

‘The Birds, and Flying Insects”’, pp. 334-339, consists of an account of sundry species by
the author.

“An Additional Account of several Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Reptiles, &c, . . . Communicated
by a Member of the Royal Society”, Chap. II. Of the Birds, pp. 402-410. A formal account of
no fewer than 118 spp., very curtly described under English names applied: wholly at random.

1749. CONDAMINE, C. M. DE LA. Relation abrégée dun Voyage fait dans Vintérieur
de Amérique méridionale, depuis la Céte de la Mer du Sud, jusques aux Cétes
du Brésil & de la Guiane, en descendant la riviere des Amazones. < Mém. de
VAcad. Roy. des Sci. pour Vannée 1745, 1749, pp. 391-492, pll. viii, ix.

Notes sur les oiseaux, pp. 471-474.

1750. Hucues, G. The | Natural History | of | Barbados. | —| In Ten Books.
| —| By the Reverend | Mr. Griffith Hughes, A. M. | Rector of St. Lucy’s
Parish, in the said Island, and F. R. S. | —| [Vignette.] | — | London:

| Printed for the Author; | And sold by most Booksellers in Great Britain and
Treland. MDCCL. 1lvol. Folio. 8p. ll. (title, dedication, subscribers, ete.),
pp. i-vili (preface, errata), 1-314, + 11 ll. (explanatory notes, index, addenda),
pll. 1-29, folded map, and head- and tail-pieces.

Book IIH, pp. 69-79; Of Birds. A few species are very lightly treated, though it is stated
that ‘An Inspection into the Structure, Nature and Qualities of every Species will convince
us, that every Individual is stamped with Marks of infinite Wisdom”.

1756. BROWNE, Patrick. The | Civil and Natural | History | of | Jamaica. | In Three
Parts. | Containing, | I. An accurate Description of that Island, its Situation
and Soil; | with a brief Account of its former and present State, Government, |
Revenues, Produce, and Trade. | II. A History of the natural Productions,
including the various Sorts | of native Fossils; perfect and imperfect Vege-
tables; Quadrupedes, | Birds, Fishes, Reptiles and Insects; with their Prop-
erties and Uses | in Mechanics, Diet, and Physic. | III. An Account of the
Nature of Climates in General, and their | different Effects upon the human
Body; with a Detail of the | Diseases arising from this Source, particularly
within the Tropics. | In Three Dissertations. | The Whole illustrated with

a ae

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 243:

1756. BROWNE, PATRICK.—Continued.
Fifty Copper-Plates: | In which the most curious Productions are represented
of the natural Size, and | delineated immediately from the Objects. | — | By
Patrick Browne, M.D. | — | London: | Printed for the Author; and sold by
T. Osborne, and J. Shipton, | in Gray’s-Inn. MDCCLYI. ivol. Folio. 4p. ll.
(two titles, dedication, and list of subscribers), pp. v-viii (preface), 1-503, +
11., pl.i, map, pll. 1-49.

Chap. IV, Of Birds, pp. 466-483, none of the plates. § 1. Of the smaller frugivorous and
granivorous birds with short and pointed conic bills, ete.: Hirundo 4, Loxia1, Fringilla 5, Mo-
tacilla1. § 2. Of the smaller granivorous and vermivorous birds with conic and moderately
slender lengthened bills, ete.: Columba 10, Leta 1, Turdus 2. § 3. Of birds of the larger
granivorous tribe with thick, conic, and moderately arched bills, proportioned limbs, and
divided claws: Pavo 1, Crax 1, Meleagris 1, Gallus 4, Tetrao1. § 4. Of birds that have strong
crooked bills and open claws, whose digits are generally furnished with strong arched nails:
Falco 3, Vultur 1, Psittacus 11, Striz 2. § 5. Of birds that have large straight bills, of a
length nearly equal to the middle digits, and moderately flatted above: Corvus 1, Crotopha-
gus 1, Picus 1, Baristus 1. § 6. Of birds that have long slender bills that arch and taper very
moderately to the top: Polytmus 4, Todus 1, Oriolus 1, Cuculus 1, Merops 1, Xanthornus 2.
§ 7. Of birds whose bills are of a length with or longer than the middle digits, haying long
legs, partly naked thighs, and divided claws, and living chiefly in watery places, though they
do not swim: Tringa 2, Numenius 1, Ardea7. § 8. Of water-fowls, or birds that pass a con-
siderable part of their time upon the water: Fulica 4, Colymbus 1, Phenicopterus 1, Pele-
canus 1, Cygnus 2, Anas 6, Aneethetus 2, Larus 4, Sterna 3, Aleyon2. Under such classifica-
tion the number of species indicated by the figures given are treated, with numbered generic,
but no specific names, with Latin diagnoses, some little synonymy, both Latin and vernacular,
and miscellaneous observations. It was a considerable ornithological treatise in its time,
freely cited by Brisson, Linnzus, Edwards, and others; and some of these descriptions, like
Sloane’s, are the bases of species.—This is the orig. ed. ; there is another, 1789.

1769. [Bancrort, E.] An | Essay | on the | Natural History | of | Guiana, |"In South
America. | Containing | A Description of many Curious Productions | in the
Animal and Vegitable Systems | of that Country. | Together with an Account
of | The Religion, Manners, and Customs | of several Tribes of its Indian In-
habitants. | Insterspersed with | A Variety of Literary and Medical Observa-
tions. | In Several Letters | from | A Gentleman of the Medical Faculty [E.

Bancroft], | During his Residence in that Country. | — | —Adrespulcherrimas
ex tenebris ad lucem erutas alieno | labore deducimur. | Seneca, De brevitate
vite, cap. xiv. | — | London, | Printed for T. Becket and P. A. De Hondt | in

the Strand. MDCCLXIX. lvol. 16mo. Frontisp. (2-headed snake), 2 p. ll.
(title and dedication), pp. i-iv, 1-402, + 3 ll. (contents and advts.).

This anonymous work, by Dr. E. Bancroft, contains, pp. 152-185, ‘‘the Description of Birds
inhabiting the aerial regions of Guiana, which, for the svariety, vivacity and lustre of colours
that adorn their plumage, are no where excelled’”’.—There is a German version of same date.

1769. Bancrort, E. Naturgeschichte | von | Guiana | in | Siid-Amerika. | worinn |
von der natiirlichen Beschaffenheit und den vor- | nehmsten Naturproducten
des Landes, ingleichen der Re- | ligion, Sitten und Gebriiuchen verschiedener

Stimme | der wilden Landes-Einwohner, Nachricht | ertheilet wird. | — | In
vier Briefen. | Von | Eduard Bancroft, Esq. | — | Aus dem Englischen. | — |
[Quotation from Seneca. ]|— | Frankfurt und Leipzig, | bey J. Dodsley und

Compagnie, 1769. lvol, 16mo. Frontispiece (2-headed snake), pp. i-x, 1 l.,
pp. 1-248, 11.

Vogel, pp. 91-112. In dieser Ausgabe, die Arten die bereits in den Schriften des Herrn ©
Linné, oder von andern Schriftstellern beschrieben worden sind, sind mit den unter den
Text gesetzten linnéischen Trivialnamen, oder Benennung anderer Schriftsteller kennbarer
gemacht worden.—Vergl. die Originalausgabe, 1769.
1775. SONNINI DE Manoncour,C. N. S. Observation sur les Cogs et Poules de
VAmérique méridionale. < Journ. de Physique, vi, 1775, pp. 128, 129.
Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.—The article doubtless refers to Cracide or
Tinamide. :
1775. SONNINI DE Manoncour, C. N.S. Observation sur les Mareils ou Faisans de
la Guiana. <Jowrn. de Physique, v, 1775, pp. 345-350.

244 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1776. ANON. [Molina, G. I.] Compendio della Storia geografica, naturale e civile
del regno del Chili. Bologna. 1776. 8vo. 10 pll.

Not seen. Giebel, doubtless from Engelmann, gives such an edition as of ‘‘ Molina”; but
the first recognized edition is of 1782, g.v. See also Molina at 1808 and 1810. Ido not know
what this is, or what it may contain. Some clue to it may be given in the preface of the
English version of 1808, where the American translator says:—‘“‘ Through the politeness of a
gentleman of his acquaintance, the translator has also been furnished with an anonymous
compendium of the history of Chili, printed in Bologna in 1776, from which the supplementary
notes to this volume are taken.”’

In respect to this anonymous compend, here is what Molina himself says in his preface to
the original edition of the ‘‘ Saggio’’, 1782—it is tacit admission of its authorship—‘‘ Le storie, o
piuttosto le relazioni stampate, oltre ai quattro Poemi, che corono impressi sulla guerra
Araucana, . . . ed un Compendio anonimo, che si pubblico in lingua Italiana nel 1776., il
quale in certo modo da una notizia pit compiuta del Chili di quella, che danno le altre opere
stampate, particolamente intorno alla Geografia, e alla storia Naturale. Nulladimeno come
questo Compendio 6 anche troppo ristretto, cosi io ho creduto di fare un servigio non inutile
agli amatori delle cose Americane, presentando loro un ragguaglio pit disteso e pil circo-
stanziato de’ prodotti, e de’ successi piu notabili dello stesso Paese.”

1776. CLAYTON, W. An Account of the Falkland Islands. < Philos. Trans., \xvi, pt.

i, 1776, pp. 99-108.
Considerable account of Penguins, Geese, and other birds, pp. 103-105.

1782. Moxina, G.I. Saggio | sulla Storia Naturale | del | Chili | del Signor Abate |
Giovanni Ignazio | Molina. | [Vignette.] | In Bologna MDCCLXXXIL. | — |
Nella Stamperia di S. Tommaso d’Aquino. | Con licenza de’ Superiori. 1 vol.
16mo (sigs. Al, 11.; A2,11.; 43,11; A4,511.). pp. 368, map opp. p. 17.
>Libro IV. Vermi, Insetti, Rettili, Pesci, Uccelli, o Quadrupedi del Chili, pp.
196-367.

This is the editio princeps of the celebrated work. There are numerous later editions in
various languages, which see below: German, Leipzig, 1786; Spanish, Madrid, 1788; French,
Paris, 1789; American, Middletown, Conn., 1808; English, London, 1809; Italian again, Bo~
logna, 1810. See especially 1808 and 1810. Consult also 1776, ANON. See Trans. Linn. Soc.,
vii, p. 225; Oken’s Isis, ix, 1833, p.$24; Rev. Zoologique, 1840, p.147. See also Philippi’s Co-
mentario, Anal. Univ. Chile, xxix, 1867, pp. 788-795.

Molina is famous in the annals of South American ornithology. Being a binomenclator
after the most approved fashion of the time, he is citable as authority for species, and most
of those he describes are new, antedating Gmelin (1788) and Latham (Ind. Orn., 1790). The
ornithological matter consists, first, of a general treatise on the birds of Chili, pp. 232-268;
second, of a synopsis, pp. 343-345, in which the species receive formal Latin diagnoses in the
Linnzan manner (Catalogo delle nuove specie descritte in questo Saggio ordinate secondo
il Sistema Linneano). The general text of the former is accompanied also by Latin diagnoses
of the species treated in footnotes. As this edition is not very generally accessible, I give
the names of the species treated, with the pages on which each occurs. All are new except-
ing the three marked ‘‘ Linn.”

Anas regia, pp. 234,344; A.coscoroba, pp. 234, 344; A. mclancoripha, pp. 234, 344; Ardew
erytrocephala, pp. 235, 344; A.galatea, pp. 295,344; A. cyanocephala, pp. 235, 344; A. thula,
pp. 235, 344; Columba melanoptera, pp. 236, 345; Picuslignarius, pp. 236, 343; P. pitius, pp. 286,
343; Diomedea chilensis, pp. 238-344; D. chiloensis, pp. 239, 344; Pelecanus thagus, pp. 240,
344; Anas hybrida, pp. 241, 344; Pheenicopterus chilensis, pp. 242, 344; Tantalus pillus, pp.
243, 344; Trochilus minimus (‘‘Linn.”), p. 246; LT. cyanocephalus, pp. 247, 343; T. galeritus, pp.
247, 343; Fringilla barbata, pp. 247, 345; F. diuca, pp. 249, 345; Turdus thilius, pp. 250, 345; T.
thenca, pp. 250, 345; Turdus ewreus, pp. 252, 345; Sturnus loyca, pp. 254, 345; Phytotoma (gen.
nov.) rard, pp. 254, 345; Psittacus cyanalysios, pp. 256, 343; P. choreeus, pp. 257, 343; P. jaguilma,
pp. 257, 343; Parra chilensis, pp. 258, 344; Otis chilensis, pp. 250, 344; Struthio rea (Linn.), p.
261; Strix cunicularia, pp. 263,343; Falco tharus, pp. 264, 348; Vuleur [sic] jota, p. 265, 343;
Vultur gryphus (Linn.), p. 266.

The following is a complete and exact transcript of the systematic catalogue, pp. 343-345,
giving the names and diagnoses of all Molina’s new species :—

AYES.
Accipitres.

Vultur Jota niger, remigibus fuscis, rostro cineraceo.

Falco Tharus cera, pedibusque luteis, corpore albo-nigrescente, vertice eristato.

Strix Cunicularia capite levi, corpore supra fusco, subtus albo, pedibus tuberculatis
pilosis.

a ae

ene io COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 245
1782, Mouina, G. I.—Continued.

Pice.

Psittacus Jaguilma macrourus viridis, remigibus apice fuscis, orbitis fulvis.

Psittacus Oyanalysios brachyurus luteo-virens, collare czeruleo, uropygio rubro.

Psittacus Choreus brachyurus viridis, subtus cinereus, orbitis incarnatis.

Picus Lignarius pileo coccineo, corpore albo, cruleoque vittato.

Picus Pitius cauda brevi, corpore fusco maculis ovalibus albis guttato.

Trochilus Cyanocephalus rectivostris capite, remigibus, rectricibusque caruleis, abdomins
rubro.

Trochilus Galeritus curvirostris viridi-aureus, remigibus, rectricibusque fuscis, crista pur-
purea.

Anseres.

Anas MWelancorypha rostro semicylindrico rubro, capite nigro, corpore albo.

Anas Hybrida rostro semicylindrico, cera rubra, cauda acutiuscula.

Anas Regia caruncula compressa frontali, corpore ceruleo subtus fusco, collari albo.

Anas Coscoroba rostro extremo dilatato, rotundato, corpore albo.

Diomedea Chilensis alis impennibus, pedibus compedibus tridactylis, digitis omnibus con-
nexis.

Diomedea Chiloensis alis impennibus, pedibus compedibus tetradactylis palmatis, corpore
Januginoso cinereo. ;

Pelecanus Thagus cauda rotundata, rostro serrato, gula saccata.

Gralle.
Phenicopterus Chilensis ruber, remigibus albis.
Ardea Erythrocephala crista dependente rubra, corpore albo.
Ardea Galatea occipite subcristato, corpore lacteolo, rostro luteo, pedibus coccineis.
Ardea Cyanocephala vertice cristato ceruleo, remigibus nigris albo marginatis.
Ardea Thula occipite cristato concolore, corpore albo.
Tantalus Pillus facie, rostro, pedibusque fuscis, corpore albo, remigibus rectricibusque
nigris.
Parra Chilensis unguibus modicis, pedibus fuscis, occipite suberistato.
Otis Chilensis capite, juguloque levi, corpore albo, vertice tectricibusque cinereis, remigi-
bus primor. nigris.
Passeres.
Columba Melanoptera cauda cuneata, corpore cerulescente, remigibus nigris.
Sturnus Loyca fusco, alboque maculatus, pectore coccineo.
Turdus Thilius ater, axillis luteis, cauda cuneata.
Turdus Thenca fusco-cinereus, subtus pallido-cinereus, remigibus rectricibusquo apice
albis.
Turdus Cureus ater nitens, rostro substriato, cauda cuneata.
Fringilla Barbata lutea, alis viridibus, nigro rubroque maculatis, gula barbata.
Fringilla Diuea cerulea, gula alba.
Phytotoma (gen.nov.) Rostrum conicum, rectum, serratum.

Nares ovate.
1. Phytotoma Rara. _. ns
Lingua brevis obtusa.

1783. Mona, G.I. Essai sur Histoire Naturelle de Chili. Paris. 1783. 8vo.

Not seen: title of this French version from Ag. & Strickl., Bibl.—Orig. ed. 1782, q. v.
There is another French ed., 1789, q. v.

1784. DOBRIZHOFFER, M. Historia de Abiponibus, Equestri, Bellicosaque Paraquarie
Natione, locupletata copiosis Barbararum Gentium, Urbium, Fluminum,
Terrarum, Amphibiorum, Insectorum, Serpentium precipuorum, Piscium,
Avium, Arborum, Plantarum, aliorumque ejusdem Provincie Proprietatum
Observationibus; Authore Martino Dobrizhofter, Presbytero, et per Annos
duodeviginti Paraquariz Missionario. Vienna, 1784.

The editio princeps, not seen by me. There isaGerman translation, Vienna, 1784, and a later
English version, London, 1822, q. v.

1785. SONNINI DE Manoncour, C. N.S. Du Sasa, Oiseau dela Guyane. < Journ. de
Physique, xxvii, 1785, pp. 222-224.— Licht. und Voigt’s Magaz., (3), iv, 1787, pp.
‘45-50 (tiber den Sasa, einen Vogel aus Guiana).

Not seen: titles of both these articles from Carus and Engelmann. The ‘‘Sasa” is Opistho-
comus cristatus. Giebel makes ‘‘du Sasa” a part of Sonnini’s name.

1786, Fantperc, S. Slutet, af Samlingar til Natural-Historien dfver On St. Bar-
thelemi i Vestindien. < Kongl. Vetcnsk.-Acad. Nyt Handl., vii, 1786, pp.
248-254.

Chiefly botanical ; a few birds given on p. 253.

‘246

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1786. Mouina, G. I. Versuch | einer | Naturgeschichte | von | Chili. | — | Von |

1788. M

Abbé J. Ignatz Molina. | Aus dem Italiinischen tibersetzt |.von | J. D. Brandis,
| Doctor der Arzneywissenschaft. |— | Mit emer Landcharte. |—| Mit
Churfiirstl. Sichsischer Freyheit. |— | Leipzig, | bey Friedrich Gotthold
Jacobier 1786. ‘1 vol. 16mo (sigs: “Rib; *2, 11); *3, 115 “4; 11; *5, 41):
9 p. IL, pp. 1-328, map.

See the orig. ed., 1782. In this German version, the birds are at pp. 205-238, 304-306.
OLINA, G. I. Compendio | de la Historia Geogratica, | Natural y Civil | del
Reynode Chile, | escrito en Italiano | porel Abate Don Juan | Ignacio Molina. |
Primera [Segunda] Parte, | que abraza la Historia Geografica | y Natural, |
traducida en Espafiol | Por Don Domingo Joseph | de Arquellada Mendoza,
Individuo de la | Real Academia de Buenas Letras de Sevilla, y Maestrante |
de Ronda. | En Madrid | por Don Antonio de Sancha. | Aio M. DCC.

- LXXXVIII. | Se hallaré en su Libreria en la Aduana vieja. 2 vols. sm. 4to

shape, l6mo type-bed (sigs. *1,11.; *2,4 11; **2,41l.,ete.). Vol. I, pp. i-xx,
1-418, 1 map.

See the orig. ed., 1782. Only the first vol. is here cited; the second has a different title,
though beginning similarly, relates to the civil history of Chili, translated and augmented by
various notes by Nicolas de la Cruz y Bahamonde, and dates 1795; has portrait of Molina
and several maps.

In this Spanish version, the bird-matter is in Part or Vol. I, as above cited, pp. 257-301,
390-393.

1789. BROWNE, Patrick. Civiland Natural History of Jamaica. London. 1789. Fol.

Not seen: said to. contain a Linnzan index. Itis the 2ded. See the orig. ed., 1756.

1789. Motina, G.I. Essai | sur | L’Histoire Naturelle | du Chili, | Par M. VAbbé

Molina; | Traduit de l’Italien, & enrichi de notes, | Par M. Gruvel, D. M. | — }
A Paris, | Chez Née de la Rochelle, Libraire, rue du | Hurepoix, pres du pont
Saint-Michel, n°, 13. | — | M. DCC. LXXXIX. | Avec Approbation et Privilége
du Roi. 1-vol. 16mo. (sigs. a1,11.; a2,11.; a3,11.5; a4, 511). pp. i-xvj,
1-352, no map.

See the orig. ed., 1782. In this French version, the bird-matter is at pp. 211-249, 321-324.
The translator makes a separate head (‘‘§ XXXV. Oiseaux. Gtntn en Chilien.”) for the
birds, and introduces Molina’s binomials into the general text, in brackets.

1792. RicHARD, L. C., and BERNARD, J. P. Catalogue des Oiseaux envoyés de Cay-

enne par Le Blond. < Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, i, 1792, pp. 116-119.

Not seen:. title from Carus and Engelmann, Bibl.

(1794. West, H. Beytriige | zur | Beschreibung | von | St. Croix. | — | Nebst einer |

21802-05.

kurzen Uebersicht | der benachbarten Inseln, | St. Thomas, St. Jean, Tortola,
Spanishtown | und Krabbeneyland | von | Hans West, | Rector am Westin-
dischen Schulinstitut. |-— | Aus dem Danischen, | mit Verbesserungen und
Vermehrungen des Verfassers. |— | Kopenhagen, 1794. | Bey C. G. Proft,
Sohn und Compagnie. 1vol. 16mo. 2p.ll., pp. 1-274.

Orig. ed. 1793, [q. v., beyond, ADDENDA,] Ardea coerulea and Fulica chloropus, p. 243.
AzaRA, F. DE. Apuntamientos | para la Historia Natural | De Los Pa-
xaros | del Paragiiay | y Rio de la Plata, | escritos | Por Don Felix de Azara. |
Tomo Primero [Segundo, Tercero]. | Madrid MDCCCII [MDCCCY]. | en la
imprenta de la viuda de Ibarra. | Con licencia. 3 vols. very small 4to (type-
bed size of a12mo). Vol. I, 1802, 1 p. 1., pp. i-xx, 1-534-+-11. Vol. II, 1805,
1p. 1. pp. i-vili, 1-562-++11. Vol. III, 1805, 1 p. 1., pp. i-vi, 1-479 +11.

Editio princeps—scarce, and seldom actually consulted, though constantly quoted. Sonnini’s
French translation, Paris, 1809, is oftener handled. Azara describes 418 species, all unfortu-
nately under Spanish names only, as many of them are here published for the first time, and
form the original basis of many binomial names later bestowed by Vieillot, Temminck, Lichten-
stein, and others, to which, in the nature of the case, much uncertainty and no little confusion
attaches in many instances. Hartlaub has published an invaluable Systematic Index (Bre-
men, 1847) to Azara, identifying the species as far as possible, with a concordance of ed.
prince. and ed. Sonnini, and a considerable synonymy. From the latter I quote the following,
referring to the learned and accurate commentator himself for further particulars :-—

“Nur Wenigen ist'Azara’s bertthmtes Werk tiber die Vogel Paraguay’s in der spanischen

4

No. 2. COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 247

1802-05. Azara, F. prE.—Continued.

1802 bis 1805 zu Madrid erschienenen Originalausgabe bekannt. Erst durch Sonnini’s sehr
verdienstliche Uebersetzung wurde dasselbe fiir die Wissenschaft im weiteren Umfange
zuganglich. In dieser Uebersetzung sind die oft etwas verworren aneinandergefiigten Origi-
nalbeschreibungen zweckmissig in Formen, Maasse und Farbung gesondert, und des Ver-
fassers Bekanntschaft mit den Végeln Gujana’s erhéht den Werth des critischen Theils
desselben. Das erste Werk, in welchem <Azara’sche Vogel systematische Benennungen
erhalten, ist, wenn wir nicht irren, Temminck’s ,,Histoire naturelle des Pigeons et des
Gallinacées‘. Bald darauf versuchte Vieillot in dem 1816 bis 1819 bei Déterville heraus-
gekommenen ,, Dictionnaire d’histoire naturelle‘ dieselben s&mitlich den dazumal aufge-
stellten Gattungen einzuverleiben und den seiner Ansicht nach zuvor unbeschriebenen
wissenschaftliche Namen zu geben; ein Versuch, dessen mehr als zweifelhafter Erfolg nament-
lich dem Umstande beizumessen ist, das Vieillot diese Végel nur nach Beschreibungen kannte,
mithin sowohl hinsichtlich ihrer systematischen Stellung als auch ihrer Artselbstindigkeit
in zahlreiche Irrthiimer verfallen musste. Unbenannt blieben yon ihm nur wenige Arten,
welche er nicht mit gentigender Sicherheit in dieser oder jener Gattung unter bringen zu
konnen glaubte. Fiir einzelne schuf er neue Genera, so Alectrurus fiir den ,,Gallito** und
Steganopus fiir den ,,Chorlito del tarso comprimido‘'. In den drei die Ornithologie umfas-
senden Theilen des ,, Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique es trois régnes de la nature*
findet sich Vieillot’s Nomenclatur der ,,Paxaros‘‘ mit geringen Abiinderungen reproducirt.
Gleichzeitig mit letztgenanntem Buche, also 1823, erschien Lichtenstein’s ,, Verzeichniss der
Doubletten des zoologischen Museums der Konigl. Universitit zu Berlin‘, ein Werkchen,
welchem die Wissenschaft zum Theil aus dem Grunde einen dauernden Werth zugestanden
hat, weil es die erste umfassendere critische Benutzung und Beriicksichtigung der ,, Paxaros*
enthalt. Unter 120 darin aufgefiihrten brasilianischen vom Verfasser mit Arten Azara’s fiir
identisch erklarten Vogeln befinden sich etwa 50, welche, da derselbe das ,, Dictionnaire @ his-
toire naturelle’‘ noch nicht kannte, von ihm systematische Benennungen erhalten, die denn
freilich mit wenig Ausnahmen durch die friitheren Vieillot’s in den Rang yon Synonymen
mzuruckgedrangt werden. Hine sehr angemessene Wiirdigung finden Azara’s Arbeiten in des
Prinzen von Neuwied trefilichen ,, Beitragen zur Naturgeschichte Brasitiens‘*. Etwa 150 Vé-
gelarten Paraguay’s glaubt derselbe fiir mit von ihm beobachteten gleichartig halten zu diiv-
fen, und haufig findet er Gelegenheit des spanischen Naturforschers Bemerkungen wber
Lebensweise mit seinen eigenen zusammenzustellen und zu bestitigen.”

1807. Humpoupt, A. v. Uber die Chinawiilder in Stidamerika. < Mag. Gesell. Na-
turf. Freunde zu Berlin, i, 1807, pp. 57-68.
Behandelt Vogel, p. 59.

1808. Morina, G. I. The | Geographical, | Natural and Civil History | of | Chili.
| — | By Abbe. Don J. Ignatius Molina. | — | Illustrated by a half-sheet map
of the country. | — | With notes | from the Spanish and French versions, | and
| an appendix, | containing copious extracts from the Araucana | of Don Alonzo
de Ercilla. | — | Translated from the original Italian, | by an American gentle-
man [A. Alsop]. | — | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IL]. | — | Middletown, (Con-
nfecticut, U. 8.].) | Printed for I. Riley, | — | 1808. 2 vols. 8vo size, 4to by
sigs., 411. toasig. Vol. I, 4p. lL, pp. i-xii, 1-271, 11, map. Vol. IJ,1p.1.,
pp. i-viii, 1 blank 1., 1-306, unpaged p., 1 blank 1.; (Appendix), pp. i-iv,
5-68.

See the original edition, 1782. In this, the earliest English version I know of, the bird-
matter is in vol. I, chap. IV, sect. V, pp. 162-188, with the original Latin diagnoses at pp. 240-
242; see also p. 268. Phytotoma here becomes ‘‘Phitotoma”., As in some other versions, the
footnotes of the original are here dispensed with, and the technical names are inserted in the
text in parentheses.

“The author of the present work, Don Juan Ignatius [7. ce. Giovanni Ignazio] Molina, was a
native of Chili, distinguished for his literary acauirements, and particularly his knowledge of
natural history, large collections in which he had made during his residence in that coputry.
On the dissolution of the celebrated order of the Jesuits, of which he was a member, he
shared the general fate of that community, in being expelled from the territories of Spain,
and was at the same time deprived not only of his collections in natural history, but also of
his manuscripts. The most important of the latter relative to Chili, he had, however, the
good fortune to regain by accident some time after his residence in Bologna, in Italy, whither
he had gone on his arrival in Europe. Furnished with these materials, he applied himself to
writing the History of that country, which was published at two different periods; the first
part, comprising the Natural History, in the year 1787 [qu. 1782], and the second, for reasons
mentioned in his preface, not until. some years after.”

248 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1809. Azara, F. DE. Voyages | dans | Amérique Méridionale, | par Don Félix de
Azara, | Commissaire et Commandant des limites Espagnoles de Paraguay |
depuis 1781 jusqu’en 1801; | Contenant la description géographique, politique
et civile du | Paraguay et de la riviere de La Plata; Vhistoire de la décou- |
verte et de la conquéte de ces contrées; des détails nom- | breux sur leur his-
toire naturelle, et sur les peuples sauvages | qui les habitent; le récit des
moyens employés par les | Jésuites pour assujétir et civiliser les indigénes,
etc. | Publiés d’apres les manuscrits do auteur, | avec une notice sur sa vie
et ses écrits, | Par C. A. Walckenaer; | enrichis de notes par G. Cuvier, | Sec-
rétaire perpétuel de la classe des Sciences Physiques de l'Institut, ete. | Suivis
de Vhistoire naturelle des Oiseaux du Paraguay et de La Plata, par | le méme
auteur, traduite, @aprés l’original espagnol, et augmentée | d’un grand nombre
de notes, par M. Sonnini; | Accompagnés d’un atlas de vingt-cing planches. |
Tome Premier [-Quatriéme]. | — | Paris, | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Rue
du Pont-de-Lodi, n° 3. | 1809. 4 vols. small 8vo, and large 4to atlas. Vols.
I, II,no ornithology. Vol. III, 2 p. ll, pp. i, ii, 1-479. Vol. IV, 2p. ll, pp.
1-380.. Atlas, 4to, same date and imprint, titled Voyages | dans | L’Amérique
méridionale, | par Don Félix de Azara. | — | Collection de planches. 2 11. of
text, pll. xxv, of which xxii-xxv are of birds.

In this French version by Sonnini, much better known than the original, Azara’s Apunta-
mientos para la historia natural de los Pixaros de Paragiiay, etc., are contained in the third and

fourth volumes ; four birds are figured in the atlas. Sonnini’s translation is considered ‘‘meri-
torious’’, but has its short-comings. See especially Hartlanb’s Systematischer Indea, 1847.
1809. Motina, G. I. The | Geographical, | Natural, and Civil | History of Chili. |
Translated from the original Italian of | the Abbe Don J. Ignatius Mo-
lina. | — | To which are added, | Notes | from the Spanish and French ver-
sions, | and | two Appendixes, | by the English editor; | [etc., 5 lines.] | — |
In two volumes. | —| Vol. I [II]. | —|[London:] printed for Longman,
Hurst, Rees, and Orme. | Paternoster-row. | — | 1809. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. i-xx, 1-321+-1411. advt., map. Vol. II, pp. i-xii, 1-385-+-14 ll. advt.
See the original edition, 1782. This is apparently reprinted from the Middletown (Conn.) ed.
of 1808, g. v., with which itis substantially identical in the ornithological matter. Birds: Vol.
I, Chap. IV, sect. V, pp. 191-222, and pp. 282-284; see also p. 317. But the English editor (a3
I may state for others than ornithologists) has added occasional notes over the initials E. E.,
and subjoined a further elucidation of the language of the Araucanos, from Falkner’s Pata-
gonia, besides adding the two appendixes mentioned in the title.
1810, Lepru, A.-P. Voyage aux Iles de Ténériffe, la Trinité, Saint Thomas, Sainte-
Croix et Porto-Ricco, ... &c. Par Andre-Pierre Ledru... &c. Paris.
1810. 2vyols. 16mo. [See complete title beyond, ADDENDA. ]
Not seen: cited from Ibis, 1859, pp. 374,375. M. Ledru was one of the naturalists (with
Maugé) of the expedition commanded by Captain Baudin in 1796-98. His work contains (vol.
II, pp. 36 et seq.) an ‘‘Essai sur l’histoire naturelle des iles danoises”’, by M. Sonnini, in which
ornithology is represented by a variety of matter, some of it wild.
1810. Morina, G. I. Saggio | sulla Storia Naturale del Chili | di | Gio: Ignazio Mo-
lina | Seconda Edizione | accresciuta e arricchita di una nuova carta geogra-
fica | e del ritratto dell autore. | ,, Hic vir assiduum, atque alienis mensibus
aestas, | ,, Bis gravidae pecudes, bis pomis utilis arbos ... . | ,, Haee eadem
argenti rivos, aerisque metalla | ,, Ostendit venis, atque auro plurima fluxit |
Virg. Georg. lib. 2. | Bologna 1810. | — | Tipografia de’ fratelli Masi e comp. |
lyol. Large4to. Title, backed blank, frontisp. (portrait of Molina), dedication
211., preface pp. )(i)(-)(v )(, p. vi blank; pp. )(1)(—)( 306 )(; 11. errata; map.
The second Italian edition (original edition, 1782); but there had meanwhile been sundry
others, in Spanish, French, German, and English, gq. vv. Respecting the present, the author
says in the preface:—‘‘Il Saggio sulla Storia naturale del Regno del Chili venuto alla luce
nell’ anno 1782 non era altro che un succinto Compendio delle Osservazioni da me fatte cerca
gli Esseri appartenenti ai tre Regni della Natura, che si ritrovano in quel Paese. ... Tutti
le Nazioni colte dell’ Europa lo vellero tradotto nelle loro lingue. L’edizione originale fu ben
presto smaltita. Parecchi dilettanti di storia naturale, che non notevano pitt provvedersene,
s’accordarono a farne una ristampa, e mi significarono il desiderio che avevan di arricchirla di
un’ appendice, so io fossi in grado di somministrar loro i materiali necessarj.”

a SP ee

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 249

1310. Morina, G. i.—Continued.

In this late edition, the ornithology oceupies § xiii-§ xvii, pp. 197-226. It is entirely re-
modelled, largely rewritten, and much augmented. While all the earlier versions of ‘‘ Molina”
are substantially the same as the original of 1782, the present is therefore quite a different
thing, and should be gingerly touched, by any one unfamiliar with the original, in any matter
relating to nomenclature, or authority for species. The Latin diagnoses and the footnotes
of the original have all disappeared, and with them has gone Molina as an original authority;
he is here like another person or editor compiling from and enlarging upon ‘‘Molina”. The
following names occur here :—

Anas regia ‘‘Frez.”, A. picta “‘Lath.”, A. coscoroba ‘‘Diz. Chil.”, A. hybris ‘‘Diz. Chil.”, p.
198. A. dispar, A. magellanica ‘‘Lath.”, A. melancorypha ‘‘Bougainy.”, Pelecanus thagus
“Diz. Chil.”, p.199. P. caruneculatus ‘‘Lath.”, P. eristatus ‘“Lath.”, p. 200. P. magellanicus
“Lath.”, Aptenodytes maxima, patagonica ‘‘Lath.”, p.201. A. ecyanocephala, papua ‘Lath.”,
A. saltatriz, chrysocome *‘Lath.”, A. preecincta, magellanica ‘‘Lath.”, A. chiloensis ‘Diz. Chil.”,
A. chilensis ‘‘Lath.”, p. 202. Phoenicopterus chilensis ‘‘Oval. Stor.”, p. 203. Tantalus pillus
“Diz. Chil.”, Ardea cyanocephala, p. 204. A. erythrocephala ‘‘Vid.”, A. galatea, A. alba, ligthula
“Diz. Chil.”, Parra chilensis ‘‘ Diz. Chil. Oval.”, p. 205. Fringilla barbata ‘Diz. Chil. Ov.”, p.
209. F. diuca ‘Diz. Chil.”, p.210. Turdus thilius ‘‘ Diz. Chil.”, 7. curceus ‘‘ Diz. Chil.”, p. 211.
T. militaris ‘‘Lath.”, p. 212. 2. thenea ‘‘ Diz. Chil.”, p. 213. Phytotomarara “ gen. noy. Vid.” [!},
p.214. Pieus pileatus [!], P. lineatus, al. lignurius, P. pitius, p.215. Psittacus eyanolysios,
P. choraeus, p. 216. P. jahuilma, Columba turtur [!], C. melanoptera, C. passerina, p. 217.

’ TLetrao perdix {!), Strix cunicularia, p.218. Otis chilensis ‘‘Diz. Chil.”, p.219. Struthio rhea
“Linn. Diz. Chil. Oval.”, Vultur iota ‘‘Diz. Chil.”, p. 220. Faleo tharus ‘‘Diz. Chil.’, p. 221.
F. calquin ** Diz. Chil.”, Vultur gryphus ‘‘Linn.”, p. 228.

1814-26. LICHTENSTEIN, H. Die Werke yon Marcgrave und Piso tiber die Naturge-
schichte Brasiliens u. s. w. < Abhandl. Berlin. Akad. (Phys. K1.), 18'4/;, pp.
201-222; 1816/;, pp. 155-178; 18224, pp. 237-257, 267-288; 1826, pp. 49-66.

It appears from Carus and Engelmann, that Lichtenstein’s commentary on Piso and
Maregrave originally appeared in instalments in Abhandl. Berlin. Akad. during several
years; but I cannot now lay hands on the Abhandlungen. I give beyond, 1820 and 1824, titles
taken from Isis, of what I suppose to be substantially the same thing, as far as the birds are
concerned; the whole commentary, as above cited, relating also to other animals.

1819. Anon. [Notice of Spix and Martius’s Brazilian Birds.] < Isis, Jahrg. iii, 1819,
pp. 1346-1350.

1820. LICHTENSTEIN, H. Marcgrave’s und Piso’s Berichte tiber die Brasilischen
Thiere, erliiutert aus den wiederaufgefundenen Original-Abbildungen.
< Oken’s Isis, Jahre. iv, 1820, Litter. Anzeig., pp. 635-652. (Vorgelesen in der
Berliner Akademie 17. April 1817.)

An important commentary on the work, identifying the names and descriptions of these
authors, as far as the birds are concerned.—See preceding title; also, 1824, same author.

1820. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ zU WinD-NEUWIED. Reise des Prinzen Maximilian yon
Wied-Neuwied. Gedriingter Auszug aus demersten Theile desselben. Frank-
furth bei Brénner. 4. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. iv, 1820, Litter. Anzeig., pp. 809-
832, 995-990.

1820. ScurerBeRs, C. vy. Nachrichten von den kaiserl. dsterreichischen Naturforschern
in Brasilien und den Resultaten ihrer Betriebsamkeit, vom Hof-Naturalien-
cabinets-Direktor C. v. Schreibers. Briimn bey Tratzler 1820. 8. 191 nebst
1 Abb. y. Rio Janeiro und einem Plan der Stadt. <Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. iv,
1820, pp. 289-309.

Vergleiche 1823, ScHREIBERS, C. Vv.
1820-21. Maximi1an, Prinz zu Wiep-NEuwIED. Reise | nach | Brasilien | in den

Jahren 1815 bis 1817 | von Maximilian | Prinz zu Wied-Neuwied. | — | Mit
zwei und zwanzig Kupfern, | neunzehn Vignetten und drei Karten. | —
Exster [zweyter] Band. | — | Frankfurt a. M. 1820 [1821]. | Gedruckt und ver-

legt bei Heinrich Ludwig Brénner. 2 vols. Gr.4to. Vol. I, 1620, pp. XXXVI,
380, 311. Vol. II, 1821, pp. xviii, 346.

1821-22. MaximmieN, Prince pr WreD-NEvwIED. Voyage | au Breésil, | dans les
années 1815, 1816 et 1817, | par S. A. S. Maximilien, | Prince de Wied-Neu-
wied; | traduit de ’Allemand | par J. B. B. Eyries. | Ouvrage enrichi @un

Bull. v, 2 i,

250 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1821-22. MaximMiriEN, PRINCE DE WIrED-NEUWIED.—Continued.
superbe atlas, composé de 41 planches | gravees en taille-douce, et de trois.
cartes. | — | Tome Premier [Second, Troisieme]. | — | Paris, | Arthur Ber-
trand, Libraire, | Rue Hautefeuille, n° 23. | 1821 [1821, 1822]. | H. Bailliere,
219, Regent street, London. 3vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1821, pp. xvj, 399. Vol. II,
1821, 2p. 1, pp. ii, 400. Vol. III, 1822, 2p. lL, pp. ili, 3é4, 3 maps.

1822. DoBrizHorrerR, M. An | Account | of | the Abipones, | An Equestrian People |
of | Paraguay. | — | From the Latin of Martin Dobrizhoffer, | eighteen years
a missionary in that country. | — | In three volumes. | Vol. I[-III]. | — | Lon-
don: | John Murray, Albemarle street. | 1822. 3 vols. 8vo.

Orig. ed. Latin, Vienna, 1784; ed. alt. Germ., ibid., 1784.—This English translation is anony-
mous, said to be by Sara Coleridge. Vol. I contains, pp. 308-333, accounts of sundry birds
of Paraguay. of no special consequence.

1822. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ ZU WIED-NEUWIED. Reise nach Brasilien in den Jahren
1815-17, von Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied-Neuwied. 2ter Band. Frankfurt a.
M. bei Bronner, 1821. 4. 345. mit 8 Kupf. in 4. und 8 in Fol. nebst 1 Charte.
< Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. vi, 1822, Litter. Anzeig., pp. 249-262, 265-280.

1822. SAINT-HILAIRE, AUGUSTE DE. Apercu dun Voyage dans Vintérieur du Brésil,
La province Cisplatine et les Missions dites du Paraguay. < Mém. du Mus.
@ Hist. Nat., ix, 1822, pp. 307-380.

Note sur la Cariama, p. 323; Oriolus aurantius Valenc., p. 324.

1822. THUNBERG, C. P. Piprae novae species descriptae. < Mém de V Acad. St.-Pé-
tersb. for 1817-1818, viii, 1822, pp. 282-287, pll. vii, vill.

PP. caudata (pl. 7, f. 1),forficata (pl. 7, f.2), lineata (pl. 8, f. 1), cyanea (pl. 8, f. 2), viridis
(pl. 8, f.3), virens, pusilla (pl. 8, f. 4), fasciata, frontalis, cephaleucos, flavogaster, brunnea,
atra—nec omnes Pipre generis sunt.

1823. ANON. Brasilianisches Museum in Wien. <(Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. vii, 1823, Bey-
lage No. 9.

Remarks upon the specimens contained, with notes on the birds passim.

1823. ScHREIBERS, C. v. Nachrichten von den kaiserl. dsterreichischen Naturfor-
schern in Brasilien und den Resultaten ihrer Betriebsamkeit. < Oken’s Isis,
Jahrg. vii, 1823, pp. 714-724.

Aus Amtsrelationen der k. k. Gesandschaft und aus den Berichten der Naturforscher an
Herrn v. Schreibers, und nach Untersuchung der eingesendeten Gegenstinde u. s. w. (Brinn,
bey Tratzler, Hft. 2, 1822, 8°, SS. 114.)—Unter den Végeln, von 61 verschiedenen Arten,
befinden sich 2 Geyer, 23 Papageyen, 69 Singvogel, 25 Tauben, 2 Hiibner u. s. w.—Vergl. 1820,
SCHREIBERS, C. v.

1823. SCHREIBERS, C. v. Nachrichten von den kayserl. ésterreichischen Naturfor-
schern in Brasilien den Resultaten ihrer Betriebsamkeit. < Oken’s Isis, Jalrg.

Vii, 1823, pp. 1042-1065.
Aus Amtsrelationen der k. k. Gesandschaft und ans den Berichten der Naturforscher. Von

Hrn. von Schreibers und nach Untersuchung der eingesendeten Gegenstandeu.s.w. (Brinn,
bey Tratzler, Heft 2, 1822, 8°, SS. 114.)—Vogel, pp. 1061-1063.—Vergl. 1820, SCHREIBERS, C. V.

1823-31. Sprx, J. B. v., and Martius, C. F. E. Reise in Brasilien auf Befehl Sr.
Majestiit Maximilian Joseph I, Kénigs von Baiern in den Jahren 1817 bis
1820 gemacht und beschrieben yon Dr. Joh. Bapt. von Spix, und Dr. Carl.
Frieder. Phil. von Martius. Miinchen, 1823[-1831]. 3Thle. 4to.

[See beyond, ADDENDA. ]

1824. Drsm . . st [Desmarest, A.G.] Abbildungen zur Naturgeschichte Brasiliens
. .. par le prince Maximilien . . . < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., ii, 1824, p. 191.

1824. F[®Russac, —DE?] Abbildungen zur Naturgeschichte Brasiliens. .
< Feéruss. Bull., 2° sect., iii, 1824, pp. 221, 222.

1824, LICHTENSTEIN, H. Die Werke von Marcgrave und Piso, tiber die Naturge-
schichte Brasiliens, erliutert aus den wieder aufgefundenen Original-Abbil-
dungen von Lichtenstein. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. viii, 1824, Litter. Anzeig., pp.
57-74,

Aus d. Abhandl. Berl. Akad.—Vergl. auch 1820, LICHTENSTEIN, H.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 251

1824-25. Sprx, J. B. v. ‘“‘Avium species novae, quas in itinere per Brasiliam annis
1817-20 collegit et descripsit. 2 vols. Folio. Monachii, 1824-25. Vol. I,
1824, pp. 90, pll. 104. Vol. II, 1825, pp. 85, pll. 118.”

Not seen,—as I specially regret to say in this case.

1825. ANON. Beytriige zur Nat. Gesch. v. Brasilien von M. Prinzen zu Wied. Weimar,
Landes-Industrie-Comptoir. 1825, 8. B. I. 612 mit 3 Kpfrt. <(Oken’s Isis,
Jahrg. ix, 1825, pp. 1335-1340.

Vogel, pp. 1337, 1338.

1825. BONAPARTE, C. [L.] Descriptions of ten species of Seuth American Birds.
< Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1825, pp. 370-387.

Monasa fusca Bp., Picus rubricollis var.?, Dendrocolaptes angustirostris, Fringilla flaveola,
Tanagra flava, Muscicapa violenta Bp., Muscicapa taenioptera Bp., Muscicapa pullata Bp.,
Caprimulgus semitorquatus, Rallus nigricans.

1825. Bonaparte, C.[L.] Notes to the paper entitled Descriptions of ten species of

South American Birds. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1825, pp. 137-140.
Picus rubricollis and 3 spp. of Rallus. R. melanurus Bp., p.139.—Also separate, pp. 4.

1825, Lusson,[R.] P. Remarques sur quelques Oiseaux de la province de Rio-de-

Janeiro et des environs de Monte-Vidéo; . . . par MM. Quoy et Gaimard.
; < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, p. 93.
Extrait des Annales des Sci. Nat., t.iv, Avril 1825, pp. 474-481, q. v.

1825. Lesson, R. P. Description de dix espéces d’oiseaux de Amérique méridionale

... 5 parCh. Bonaparte. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2°sect., vi, 1825, pp. 412, 413.
Journ. Phila. Acad., iv, No. 12, Mai 1825, pp. 370-387, q. v.

1825. Quoy, J. R.C., and GaIMaRD, J.P. Remarques sur quelques Oiseaux de la pro-
vince de Rio-de-Janeiro et des environs de Montévidéo; sur leurs meeurs et
leur distribution géographique. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., iv, 1825, pp. 474-481.

1825. Sprx, J. B. v., and Martius, C.F. P. Musical Thrush [?] of Brazil. < Edinb.
Philos. Journ., xii, 1825, pp. 180, 187.

From ‘Travels in Brazil’.

1825. Sucu,G. Descriptionsof some hitherto uncharacterized Brazilian Birds. <Zool.
Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 110-117, pl. 4.

Galbula ceycoides, p.112; Gubernetes (g. n., p. 114) ewnninghami, p. 114, pL 4; Dendrocslaptes
} crassirostris, D. fortirostris, p.115; Ardea fasciata, p. 117.

1825-33. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ ZU WIED-NEUWIED. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte von
Brasilien,... Weimar. 1825-33. 4 vols. 8vo.

This is the date of the whole work: see vols. III, IV, cited beyond, 1830-33.

1826. GarnoT, P. Remarques sur la Zoologie des iles Malouines, faites pendant
le Voyage autour du monde de la Corvette 1a Coquille, exécuté en 1822, 1823,
1824 et 1825. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., vii, 1826, pp. 39-59.

Sylvia macloviana, p. 44; Certhia antarctica, p. 45; Charadrius pyrocephalus, Tringa ur-
villi, p. 46; Haematopus leucopodus, p. 47; Podiceps occipitalis, p. 50; Procellaria lessanii,
p.54; Anser antarcticus, p.58, spp. nn.—Observations sur le Chionis.

1826. Luss[on, R. P.] Description de quelques oiseaux du Brésil jusqu’’ présent mal
caractérisés, par George Such. . . . < Féruss, Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826,
“pp. 246, 247.

Zool. Journ., ii, No. 5, 1825, pp. 110-117.

1826-27. ScourzR, J. Account of a Voyage to Madeira, Brazil, Juan Fernandez,
and the Gallapagos Islands, performed in 1824 and 1825, with a view of ex-
amining their Natural History, &c. < Hdinb. Journ. Sci., v, 1826, pp. 195-
214; vi, 1827, pp. 51-73, 228-236.

Containing cursory remarks on birds, especially Procellariide.

1827. [ EDITORIAL. ] [Note on Mr. W. S. MacLeay’s ‘‘Remarks on the comparative
anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba” (in Trans. Linn. Soc.?).] < Philos. Mag.,

i, 1827, p. 65.

1827. Garnot, P. Notice respecting the Zoology of the Falkland Islands. < Edinb.

Journ. Sci., vi, 1827, pp. 321-3825.

Translated from Ann. Se. Nat., vii, 1826, pp. 39-59. A summary of the ornithological featnres
occupies most of the article.

252 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

1827. L[uRoTH], S. G. Remarques sur la zoologie des iles Malouines, . . . ; par
M. Garnot. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., x, 1827, pp. 127-129.
Ann. des Sc. Nat., Jany. 1826, pp. 39-59.

1827-28, Kine, P. P. Extracts from a letter addressed by Capt. Philip Parker King,
R.N., F.R.S. and L.8., to N. A. Vigors, Esq., on the Animals of the Straits
of Magellan. < Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 422-432; iv, 1828, pp. 91-105, pl.
suppl. 29.

I. Halieetus erythronotus, p. 424; Strix rujipes, p. 426; S. nana, p. 427; Sylvia dorsalis, p.
428: §. obscura, p. 429; Piews magellanicus, p. 430; Mellisuga kingti Vig., p. 432, spp. nn.—
Annotations throughout by Mr. Vigors. II. Columba meridionalis,p. 92; Scolopax ma-
gellanicus, p. 93; Rhynchcea occidentalis, Rallus setosus, p. 94; Rallus antarcticus, Fuliea
chloropoides, p.95; F. gallinuloides, Charadrius rubecola, p. 96; Anas raflesti, p. 97, pl. suppl.
29: Anas specularis, A. specularioides, p. 98; A. creccoides, p. 99; Oidemia patachonica, p.
100; Podiceps, leucopterus, Phalacrocorax niger, p. 101; P. atriceps, p. 102; P. cirriger, Larus
haematorhynchus, p.103, spp. Dn.

1828. ANon. Avium species novae, quas in itinere per Brasiliam annis 1817-1820 col-
legit et descripsit Dr. J. B. de Spix. Tabule lithographice 118 a M. M.
Schmid sculpts. Monachii 1825. 4.maj. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 88-92,

Inhaltsverzeichniss der Tafeln, Vogel, pp. 89-92.

1828. Lesson, [R. P.] Extrait d’une lettre adressée & M. Vigors par le capitaine —
King, sur les productions animales du détroit de Magellan. ... < Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., xv, 1828, pp. 150, 151.

Zool. Journ., No. 11, 1827, pp. 422-432, and No. 13, 1828, pp. 91-105.

1928. Lesson, [R. P.] Notes a ajouter au mémoire intitulé: Description de dix es-
peces d’Oiseaux américains; par Charles Bonaparte. . . . < Féruss. Bull.,
2¢ sect., xiii, 1828, pp. 240, 241.

: Journ. Phila. Acad., v, pp. 137-140: voyez Féeruss. Bull., vi, 1825, pp. 412, 413.

1828. Vicors, N. A. On some species-of Birds from Cuba. < Zool. Journ., iii, 1828,
pp. 482-448.

Treats of 45 spp. Accipiter fringilloides, p. 434; Falco sparverioides, p. 436; Pyrrhula
collaris, p. 440; Colaptes fernandine, p. 445; Columba inornata, p. 446, spp. nn.—The above is
a sub-title of Art. XLVI, ‘“‘Sketches in Ornithology,” ete.

1229. ANoN. Notices Zoologiques communiquées par le Dr. Poeppig, pendant son
voyage dans le Chili. ... <Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xix, 1829, pp. 95-104.

Extrait de Fror. Notizen, No. 529, juillet 1829.

1829, ANon. Abbildungen zur Naturgeschichte Brasiliens, herausgegeben von Max-_
imilian, Prinzen von Wied. Weimar, Industrie-Comptoir. Lief. xii. 28. Fol.
ill. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 74, 75.

1829. BECKLIMICHEW, A. Notice sur deux nouvelles espéces d’oiseaux du Brésil.
< Now. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou, i, 1829, pp. 375-890.

Not seen: title from Roy. Soc. Cat.

1829. Farussac, — DE. Voyage de M. Alcide d’Orbigny dans le sud de Amérique
méridionale. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xix, 1829, pp. 212-222.

1830. [FiscHER, G.] [Note sur les Oiseaux envoyés par M. Coffrane de Bahia en
Amérique.] < Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, ii, 1829, p. 10.

1830. Kine, P. P. Ueber die Thiere an der Magellans-Strasse. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxiii, 1830, pp. 1181-1183, 1234-1236.

Aus dem Zool. Jour., 1827, pp. 422-432, und 1828, pp. 91-105. Vergl, 1827-28, Kine, P. P.

1830. Kine, P. P. [Characters of New Genera and Species of Birds from the Straits
of Magellan.] <P. Z. S., i, 1830, pp. 14-16, 29, 30.

Turdus magellenicus, Psittacara leptorhyncha, Picus melanocephalus, p. 14; Hylactes (a. g.)
tarnii, Columba fitzroyti, Cygnus anatoides, Anser inornatus, Micropterus patachonicus, Anas
chiloensis, A. fretensis, p. 15; Synallamis anthoides, Dendrocolaptes albogularis, Trochilus fer-
nandensis, T. stokesit, Phalacrocorax imperialis, P. sarmientonus, P. erythrops, p. 30.

1830. MacLnay, W. S. Bemerkungen iiber die vergleichende Anatomie verschie-
dener Vigel aus Cuba, mit Riicksicht auf ihren Platz im System. <_ Oken’s
Tsis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 895-898.

Auszug aus den ,, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xvi, n. 149. th. 1-15" 4).

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 253

183-? D’ORBIGNY, A. Extrait de deux Lettres 4 M. de Férussac, de Buenos-Ayres
le 30 Oct. 1828 et de Rio Negro le 18 Févr. 1829, sur Histoire Naturelle de
ces Contrées. < Féruss. Bull., xix, p. 212.

Not seen: title from Ag. & Strick]. Bibvl.

1830. Sucu, G. Einige unbestimmte brasilische Vigel. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii,
1830, pp. 843, 844.

Auszug aus dem Zool. Jour., ii, 1825, pp. 110-117, gq. v.

1830. Vicors, N. A. Ueber einige Vogel aus Cuba. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830,
pp. 1165-1168.

Zool. Journal, No. xi, p. 432.

1830-33. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ ZU WIED. Beitriige | zur | Naturgeschichte | von
| Brasilien, | von | Maximilian, Prinzen zu Wied. | — | III. [IV.] Band. | Erste
[Zweite] Abtheilung. [. . . .]|—| Weimar, |[. . .] 1830 [-1833]. 8vo.
Vol. III, Erste Abth., 1830, 2 p. ll., pp. 1-636; Zweite Abth., 1831, pp. xii,
637-1278 + 1 1., mit einer Tafel (figg.1-7). Vol. IV, Erste Abth., 1832, 2 p. ll,
pp. 1-442; Zweite Abth., 1833, pp. viii, 443-946, mit 2 Tafeln (fige. 1-10, 1-5).

The secondary title of this work is:—Verzeichniss | der | Amphibien, Siugethiere und Vogel,
| welche | auf einer Reise zwischen dem 13ten und dem 23sten | Grade siidlicher Breite | im
ostlichen Brasilien | beobachtet wurden.—As above indicated, Birds oceupy the 3d and the
4th Band, each of 2 Abtheilungen; in all, 4 vols., the pagination of the two portions of each
Band being continuous. Some 450 spp. or more are systematically treated, the text being
chiefly descriptive, but also including general matter, and some little criticism and synonymy.
The author’s new species appear to have been already described in his ‘Reise’, or elsewhere,
and many of them were figured by Temminck in the Planches Coloriées. The three copper-
plates represent some anatomical subjects, bills, and feet.—W hole work, 1825-33.

1831. Kine, P.P. [On the distinctive characters of several species of Birds from the
Straits of Magellan.] < Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, pp. 226, 227.

Synallaxis anthoides, Dendrocolaptes albo-galaris, p. 226; Trochilus fernandensis, T. stokesii,
Phalacrocorax impcerialis, P. sarmientonus, P. erythrops, p.227. From P. Z. S., Jan. 25, 1831.

1831. Vicors, N. A. [Remarks on the exhibition of several new species of birds from
the Straits of Magellan.] < Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, pp. 64-65.

From P. Z. S., Dec. 14,1830. Being those collected by P. P. King, and described from his
MSS.

1832. Garnot, [P.] Ueber die Zoologie der Malwinen zwischen 52 und 58° S. B. und

56—60° W.L., dstlich von Patagonien. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, pp. 180-184.
Auszug aus Annales des Sciences, t. vii, 1826, p.39. (Lesson und D’Urville, Voy. Coquille.)

1832. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ zU WIED. Beytriige zur Naturgeschichte von Brasilien
von Maximilian, Prinzen zu Wied. Weimar, Ind. Compt. Bd.3. Abth. 1.
30. 8. 636; Abth. 2. 31.637—1278. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, pp. 56-60.

Auszug, SS. 55 u. folg. Vogel, pp. 57-60.

1832. Vicors,N.A. [Characters of New Species of Birds collected by Mr. Cuming in
Chili and Mexico.] <P. Z.S., ii, 1832, pp. 3, 4.

Capito aurifrons, Xanthornus chrysocarpus, Aglaia chilensis, p. 3; Picus aurocapillus,
Coccothrauste chrysopeplus, Ortyx spilogaster, p. 4.

1834. Grorrroy Sr. Hizarre, Isp., and Dr BLaryvitiz, H. M. D. Rapport sur les
résultats scientifiques du voyage de M. Alcide D’Orbigny dans l’ Amérique du
sud, pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832 et 1833, < Nouv.
Ann. du Mus., iii, 1834, pp. 84-115.

Quant aux oiseaux... etc., pp. 92 et seq. f

1834. GouLp, J. Sur des Oiseaux de ’Amérique Méridionale. <L’Institut, ii, 1834,

No. 64, p. 252.

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann, Bibl.

1834. HEARNE, J. [Note on Birds of Hayti.] <P. Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 26.
1834. Hearne. J. [Letter accompanying a Present of several Living Animals from
the Island of Hayti.] <P. Z.S., ii, 1884, p. 110.

254 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1834. Kine, P.P. Végel von Magellanstrasse. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, pp. 818,

819.
Auszug aus Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, pp. 226, 227.

1834. Vicors,N.A. Ueber Kings Vogel von der Magellanstrasse. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxvii, 1834, pp. 815, 816.

Aus Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, pp. 64-66.

1834-41. Swainson, W. Ornithological Drawings: a Selection of Birds of Brazil and
Mexico. London. Pub. in seven parts, 1834-41. Svo. 78 pll. ’

Not seen: others quote a literally very different title. [See beyond, ADDENDA. ]

1835. HEARNE, J. [Notice of a Collection of Bird-skins, 16 spp., formed by him in
Hayti.] < P.Z.S., ii, 1835, p. 105.

1835. Vicors,N.A. [Thiere von Cuming von Vigors bestimmt.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XXvVili, 1835, pp. 365, 366.

Aus Chili und Mexico. Auszug aus P. Z. S., 1832, pp. 3, 4, g. v.

1835-44-47. D’ORBIGNY, A. Voyage | dans | L’Amérique Méridionale | (le Brésil, la
République Orientale de Uruguay, la République | Argentine, la Patagonie,
la République du Chili, la République de Bolivia, | la République du Péron), |
exécuté pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832 et 1833,
| par | Alcide d’Orbigny, | Chevalier de Ordre royale de la Légion d’Hon-
neur, Officier de la Légion d’Honneur de la République | Bolivienne, Président
de la Société Géologique de France et Membre de plusieurs Académies | et
Sociétés savantes nationales et étrangeéres. | Ouvrage dédié au Roi, | et publié
sous les auspices de M. le Ministre de l’Instruction publique | (commencé sous
le ministere de M. Guizot). | — | Tome Quatriéme. | 3.¢ Partie: Oiseaux. | — |
Paris, | chez P. Bertrand, éditeur, | Libraire de la Société géologique de
France, | rue Saint-André-des-Arcs, 38. | Strasbourg, | chez V.° Levrault, rue
de Juifs, 33. | — | 1835-1844. Very large 4to. 3p. ll. (titles, each backed
blank), pp. i-iij (advts.), pp. 1-395, with col’d folded map.—Also, Atlas Zoologi-
que, being Vol. IX of the series, Oiseaux, 4to, pll. 1-6, 6 bis, 7-66 (= 67), 1847.

The above title is that of Part 3 of Vol. IV, being the Birds, separately paged from the rest
of the volume, and furnished with 3 title-pages. The composition of the whole work is:
Tomes I, IJ, and III, Partie 1, Partie Historique. Tome LI, Partie 2, Géographie; Partie 3,
Géologie. Tome IV, Partie 1, Homme Américain; Partie 2, Mammiféres; Partie 3, OISEAUX;
Tome V, Partie 1, Reptiles; Partie 2, Poissons; Partie 3, Mollusques; Partie 4, Polypiers;
Partie 5, Foraminiféres. Tome VI, Partie 1, Crustacés; Partie 2, Insectes. Tome VI,
Parties 1 et 2, Cryptogames; Partie 3, Palmiers. Tome VIII, Arias Historique, Géogra-
phique, Géologique, Paléontologique et Botanique. Tome IX, ATLas Zoologique, compre-
nant les Mammiféres, les OISEAUX, ete.

The date of the ornithological text is 1833-44, as per title-page ; that of the ornithological
atlas is ostensibly 1847, but the plates are cited in the text. The Atlas Zoologique forms the
IX. and last vol. of the series. Ithas no text except the title-page, which corresponds closely,
but is not identical with that of the text above cited, the author having added more titles
after his name, and another change being of course to | — | Tome Neuviéme. | Atlas | Zoolo-
gique | (Mammiféres, Oiseaux, Reptiles, Poissons, Mollusques, Polypiers, Foraminiféres,
Crustacés et Insectes.) |

The sixty-seven plates of birds of the atlas are as follows :—PI. 1, f.1, 2, Carthartes urubu,
téte et ceuf; f.3,4, C. awra, téte et cuf; f. 5, Polyborus vulgaris, euf. P2. 2, f.1, 2, Phaleobenus
montanus, ad. et jun.; f.3, 4, ceufs de Polyborus chimango. P1.3,f.1¢%,2 2, Buteotricolor. Pl.
4, f.1, Tamnophilus [sic] aspersiventer; f.2, 7. schistaceus. Pl. 5, f. 1, T. fuliginosus [by error
for schistaceus] ; f.2, T. aterrimus. Pl. 6, f. 1, ZT. fresnayanus ; f.2, Conopophaga nigro-cincta.
Pl. Gbis, f.1, 2, Myothera [sic] analis ; f. 2, M. nigro-maculatus. F1. 7, f.1-2, Rhinomya lan-
ceolata; f.3,4, Megalonix [sic] rufo-gularis. Pl. 8, f.1, MW. ruficeps ; f£.2, W. albicollis. PI. 9, f. 1,
Turdus fuscater ; f.2,-T. chiguanaco. P1.10, f.1, euf de TZ. rujiventris ; f. 2, 2a, Orpheus calan-
dria; £.3, O. thenca. P1.11,f.1, O. dorsalis; f.2, O.patagonicus. Pi.12, f. 1, Donacobius albo-
lineatus ; f. 2, Sylvia leucoblephora. Pl. 13, f. 1, Hylophilus rujiceps ; f. 2, Dacnis flaviventer
{sic]. Pl. 14, f. 1, 2, Synallaxis: dorso-maculata ; f. 3, 4, S. maluroides. Pl. 15, f. 1, S.
torquata ; f. 2, S. bitorquata. Pl. 16, f. 1, S. striaticeps; f. 2, S. albiceps. Pl. 17, f. 1, 8S.
fuliginiceps; f. 2, S. humicola. Pl. 18, f. 1, Sylvia concolor; f. 2, Nemosia sordida. PI.
19, f. 1, Tachyphonus versicolor; f. 2, T. capitatus. Pl. 20, f.1 3,2 9, T. luctuosus. Pl.
21, f. 1, 7. fiavinucha; f. 2, 3, Huphonia serrirostris. Pl. 22, f. 1, H. laniirostris; f. 2, #.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 255

1835-44-47. D’ORBIGNY, A.—Continued.

ruficeps ; f. 3, euf de Embernagra platensis; f. 4, ceuf de Aglaya [sic] eprscopus. PI. 23,
f.1, Tanagra montana; £. 2, T. cyanocephala. Pl. 24, f. 1, 2. serankii {[sic]; £.2, 7. yeni. Pl. 25,
f.1, T. cyanicollis [sic]; £.2, 2. igniventris. Pl. 26, f.1, Ramphocelus atro-sericeus; f.2, Pyranga
albicollis. Pl. 27, f:1, Embernagra torquata ; f. 2, BE. rujimucha. Pl. 28, f.1, Saltator rujiventris ;
f, 2, S. simidis ; £.3, euf de S. aurantiirostris ; £4, ceuf de S. cerulescens. Pl. 29, f.1, Phylotoma
rutila; f.2, P.angustirostris. Pl. 30, f£. 1, Pipra fasciata; f. 2, Ampelis viridis. Pl. 31, f. 1, A.
rubro-cristata ; f.2,3,4, Pachyrhynchus marginatus. P1. 32, f.1,2, Tyrannus tuberculifer ; .3, 4,
T. rujwentris. Pl. 33, f.1, 2, Todirostrum ecaudatum ; f. 3, 4, T. margaritaceiventer [sic]. Pl. 34, f.
1, 2, Muscipeta cinnamomea [= vieillotit of the text, p. 321]; f.3,4, Setophaga brunneiceps. PI.
35, f.1, 8. verticalis ; £.2, Muscicapa striaticollis. P1. 36, f.1, Alecturus [=Arundinicola of text, p.
$35] flaviventris ; f. 2, Culicivora [= Setophaga of the text, p. 330] budytoides. Pl. 37, f.1, C. regu-
loides; £. 2, Fluvicola rujipectoralis. Pl. 38, f.1, F.leucophrys; f.2, F.cenanthoides. P1. 39, f.1,
Muscigralla brevicauca [sic]; f.2, Pepoaza variegata; f.3, euf de Tyrannus sulphuratus ; f.4,
cut de Pepoaza polyglotta. Pl. 40, f.1, Muscisaxicola mentalis ; f.2, IL rujfivertex. Pl. 41, f.1, IL
striaticeps ; f.2, M.maculirostris. P1. 42, f. 1, Cypselus montivagus; f£.2, O. andecolus; f.3, ceuf
de Caprimulgus nacunda. P1. 43, f.1, Certhilauda cunicularia; f.2, CO. tenuirostris; £.3, ceuf de
Passerina flava; t. 4, euf de P. nigriceps. Pl. 44, f.1, Certhilauda maritima ; f.2, Bmberiza
luteocephala ; f.3, euf de Tyrannus savanha [sic]; f. 4, euf de Fluvicolaicterophrys. PI. 45, f. 1,
Dmberizahypochondria; f.2, B. carbonaria ; £.3, eufde Wuscicapaicterophrys; f.4, cevif de Loxia
cucultata [sic]. Pl. 46, f.1, Emberizaspeculifera; f.2, B. fulviceps. P1. 47, f.1, Emberiza griseo-
cristata ; f.2, H. atriceps; f.3, euf de lH. matutina; f.4, euf del FB. gubernatrix. Pl. 48, f.1,
Linaria analis ; f.2, Carduelis atratus ; f.3, euf de C. tristis ; f. 4, ceuf de Icterus virescens. Pl.
49 fig 29, Pitylus aureoventris ; f.3, euf de Tyrannus sulphuratus ; f.4, ceuf de Cassicus soli-
tarius. Pl. 50, f.1, Pyrrhula bicolor; f£.2, P. glauco-cerulea; f.3, eufde Icterus pyrrhopterus; f. 4,
ceufde Fringillacucullata. P1.51,f1, Cassicusyuracares; f.2, C. atrovirens; f.3, eufde Tyrannus
melancholicus; f. 4, euf de Pepoaza rixosa. Pl. 52, f. 1, Cassicus chrysonotus ; f. 2, 3, Icterus
maillaris; f. 4, euf de I. brevirostris; f. 5, euf de I. flavus. P1.53, f.1, Garrulus viridicyanus
[sic]; £ 2, Dendrocolaptes procurvus [= D. lafresnayanus intext]; f.3, eufde Garrulus chrysops;
f.4, euf de G. cyanomelas. P1. 54, f. 1, Dendrocolaptes atrirostris; f.2, Anabates squammiger ;
f. 3, eut deTyrannus melancholicus; f.4, euf de Saltator coeerulescens. P1. 55, f.1, Anumbius uni-
rufus; t.2, nid de Furnarius rufus; f. 3, Anabates gutturalis. Pl. 56, f. 1, Uppucerthia mon-
tana; 1.2, U. andecola; f.3, euf de Furnarius rufus; f.4, euf de Anwmbius striaticeps. Pl. 57,
f.1, Uppucerthia vulgaris; f. 2, U. nigro-fumosa; £.3, euf de Fluvicola bicolor; f.4, euf de
Pepoaze polyglotta. P1.58, f.1,2, Serrirostrum carbonarium ; f£.3, S. sittoides. P1.59, f. 1, Coni-
rostrum cinereum; f.2, Orthorhynchus smaragdinicollis. P1. 60, f. 1, O. pamela; f. 2, O. ame-
thysticollis. Pl. 61, f.1, O. estella; f. 2, O. adela. Pl. 62, Colaptes rupicola; f.2, Picus cactorum.
Pl. 63, f£. 1, P. atriventris; f. 2, P. canicapillus. Pl. 64, f.1, P. punceticeps; f.2, Picumnus albo-
squamatus. Pl. 65, f.1, P. fumigatus; t.2, P. nigriceps. Pl. 66, £1, Trogon antisianus ; f. 2,
Aulacorhynchus ceruleicinctus.

This treatise with its many beautiful plates takes a conspicuous place among the few great
works on South American ornithology, and d’Orbigny is to be named with such leaders as
Azara and Molina of earlier times, Lafresnaye, Hartlaub, Tschudi, and the Prinz von Wied
of his own period, and Burmeister, Pelzeln, Cabanis, Sclater, Salvin, Lawrence, and others,
who have subsequently made the history of South American ornithology what it is. Itisa
comprehensive systematic treatise on some three or four hundred species, introduced and in-
terspersed with general considerations of the avifauna of South America and the classifica-
tion and geographical distribution of the birds, treating the families, genera, and species in
detail—the latter with synonymy, description, and critical and field-notes. <A colored map of
the comparative zones of latitude and altitude illustrates the geographical distribution of
the avifauna., It is an expensive work, not generally accessible in its entirety ; but the orni-
thological portion is found separate, with or without the atlas.

The new species discovered on this Expedition appear to have been earlier described by the
author and the Baron de Lafresnaye, in Guérin-Ménéville’s Magasin de Zoologie, or elsewhere.
The following may be here new, being those for whick no earlier reference is given:—
Thamnophilus schistaceus, p.170; Myrmothera menetriesii, p. 184; Thryothorus modulator, p.
230; Synallazis maluroides, S. troglodytoides, p. 238; S. maximiliani, p. 247; S. patagonica, p.
249; genus Anumbius, p. 251; Lmbernagra olivascens, p. 285; Saltator azarae, p. 287; Tyrannus
rufescens, p. 308; Todirostrum ecaudatum, p. 316; Muscipeta guillemini, p. 319; M. vieillotii, p.
221; M. ralloides, p. 322; genus Muscicapara, p. 325; M. gaimardi, p. 326; M. boliviana, p. 328;
genus Arundinicola, p.335; genus Suiriri [!! !], p. 387; genus Pepoaza, p. 346; P. andecola, p.
351; Dendrocolaptes lafresnayanus, p. 308 ; Colaptes rupicola, p. 377; Picus cactorum, P. atriven-
tris, p.278; P. canipileus, P. puncticeps, p. 379; P. fumigatus, P. nigriceps, Piewmnus albosqua-
matus, p. 880; Aulacorhynchus ceruleo-cinctus, p. 382.

1836. Kirriirz,[F.H.v.] Ueber einige Vogel von Chili, [u.s. w. ] <Oken’s Isis, Ba.

xxix, 1836, pp. 347-351.
Ausziige aus Mc. Acad. Imp. des Sciences de Pétersbourg, tome i, 1831, p. 174.

256 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GHOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1836. Martin, R. M. History | of the | West Indies: | comprising|.. .. [the rest
of the title differs in the two vols.] By R. Montgomery Martin, F. S. S. |
[Seal.]| Vol. I. [II] |—| London: | Whittaker & Co. Ave Maria Lane.
| — | MDCCCXXXVI. | 2 vols. 16mo? [half-sheets—8 ll. to a ee Vol. I,
pp. xxxvi, 308; Vol. IJ, pp. viii, 350.

Slightly ornithological in some places—as at I, pp. 83, 84; II, pp. 83-94.

1836. Moritz, C. Notizen zur Fauna der Insel Puertorico. < Arch. f. Natw 5%, (@),
1836, pp. 373-392.

Ornithologisch passim.

1836. Taytor, R. C. Notes on Natural Objects observed while staying in Cuba.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 449-457.

Narrative, partly érnithological.

1837. Bonaparte, C. L. [Notices and Descriptions of new or interesting Birds from
Mexico and South America.] <P. Z.S., v, 1837, pp. 108-122.

I, on birds from Mexico, 35 spp.; II, from Guatemala, 39 spp.; III, from Brazil near Peru,
20 spp.—Centurus subelegans, p. 109; Icterus parisorum, p. 110; Cardinalis sinuatus, p. 111;
Tyrannus divaricata, Pipra elegantissima. p.112; P. linearis, p.113; Centurus Santa Cruzi, p.
116; Huphonia hirwndinacea, Arremon giganteus, Icteria velasquezii, p. 117; Sylvicola decwr-
tata, Turdus grayi, p. 118; Scolopacinns (g.n.) rufiventris, p. 119; Micropogon flavicolle, Asthe-
nurus rufwentris, Guiracamagnirostris, Spiza versicolor, p.120; Tanagra darwintt, Aglaia nigro-
cincta, Rhamphocelus icteronotus, p. 121; Agalaia schrankw, Pipra scrutata, p.122, spp. nn.

1837. BREDOwW, — Y. Ausziige aus den Schreiben des reisenden Naturforschers C.
Moritz in Siid-Amerika. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1837, (1), pp. 408-414.

Ornithologisch passim.

1837. GouLD, J. [Characters of three New Neotropical Birds.] <P. Z 8., v, 1837,
pp. 79, 80.

Corvus nobilis, Ortyx guttata, p. 79; Thamnophilus fuliginosus, p. 80.

1837. L’ HERMINIER, Dr.—. Anatomie verschiedener Végel aus Siidamerica. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 847, 848.

Ausziige aus der Zeitschrift: L’ Institut, 1837, Nr. 220.

1837. Lusson, R. P. Neue Vogel... < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 714, 715.

Ausziige aus der Zeitschrift: L’ Institut, ii, 1834,316. 10 Arten: Megalonyx medius, Phyto-
toma molince, Pyrgita peruviensis, p. 714; Pithylus [sic] olivaceus, P. luteus, Dolichonyx
griseus, Fringilla erythrorhyncha, Ada commersonii, Vermivora elegans, Troglodytes hornensis,
p. 715.

1837. pD’ORBIGNY, A. Mémoire sur la distribution géographique des Oiseaux Passe-
reaux, dans Amérique méridionale. < Compt. Rend. de VAcad. Sci., v, 1837,
pp. 496-498.

Division des régions de l’Am¢rique méridionale en trois zones suivant leur distance 4 l’équa-
teur.—Considération des espéces sous le rapport de la température des lieux qu’elles habitent.

1837. D’ORBIGNY, A. Observations on the Raptores of South America. < Mag. of
Zool. and Bot., i, 1837, pp. 347-359.

Trans. from Voy. Amér. M rid. Of very general character, but with special reference to :

their distribution in zones of latitude and to their habits.

1837. Beytrige zur Naturgeschichte von Brasilien von Maximilian, Prinzen
zu Wied. Weimar, Indust. Compt. iv. 1. 32. 8. 442. <Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxx, 1837, pp. 97, 98.

1837. Beytriige zur Naturgeschichte von Brasilien von Max. Prinzen zu Wied.

Weimar. Industrie Comptoir. vi.2. 1833. 8. 443-946. 2 Tafeln. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 177-179.

1837-38. D’ORBIGNY, A., and LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Synopsis Avium in itinere per
Americam meridionalem collectarum. <( Magas. de Zool., vii, 1837, pp. —-—3
viii, 1838, pp. —-—. [88-+34 pp.. with pll.]

Not seen: defective title from Gicbel.

1838. Bonaparte, C. L. Catalogo di Uccelli Messicani e Peruviani. < Nuovi Ann.

Sci. Nat. Bologna, 11, 1838, pp. 340-348, 401-416.

This paper appears to be very similar to, if not a mere version of, that in P. Z. S., 1887, g.v.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 257

1838. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] Dr, and D’ORBIGNY, [A.] Notice sur quelques oiseaux do
Carthagéne et de la partie du Mexique la plus voisine, rapportés par M. Fer-
dinand de Candé, officier de la Marine royale. < Rev. Zool., i, 1838, pp. 164-166.
17 espéces.—Lmbernagra albinucha, Pipra pareolides, Synnalaxis [sic] eandei, p. 165; Tama-
tia gularis, p. 166, spp. un.
1838. D’OrBIGNY, A. Rapport sur un Mémoire de M. Alcide D’Orbigny, intitulé: Sur la
distribution géographique des oiseaux passereaux dans PAmérique méridionale.
< Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., vi, 1838, pp. 190-194.

1839. GouLD, J. [Polyborus gallapagoensis von Darwin, u. s. w.] < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxii, 1839, pp. 139, 140.
P. Z. 8. London, 1837.
1839. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Quelques oiseaux nouveaux de la collection de M. Charles
Brelay, 4 Bordeaux. < fev. Zool., ii, 1839, pp. 97-100.
Pyranga sanguinolenta, Embernagra brunnei-nucha, BH. pyrgitoides, p. 91; Pachyrhynchus
aglaice, Myadestes [sic] obscwrus, p. 98; Thriothorus guttulatus, Pyrrhula cinnamomea, p. 99;
Dendrocolaptes afinis, Uncirostrum brelayi, p.100. Toutes les espéces sont du Mexique.

1839. D’ORBIGNY, A. Histoire | Physique, Politique et Naturelle | de.| L’lle De
Cuba | par M. Ramon de la Sagra, Directeur du Jardin Botanique de la
Havane, | Correspondant de l'Institut Royal de France, ete. | — | >Or-
nithologie, | par Alcide D’Orbigny. | [Dessin.] | Paris, | Arthur Bertrand,
éditeur, | Libraire de la Société de Géographie | et de la Société Royale des
Antiquaires du Nord, | Rue Hautfeuille, 23. | — | 1839. 8vo, paper, form-
ing part (with the mammals) of one vol. of the series, separately paged, pp.
xxxi, 336. Folio atlas of pll.i-xix, xix bis, xx—xxi.

A standard work, to be used in connection with Vigor’s earlier and Gundlach’s and others’
later treatises on the same subject. The Introduction, pp. vii-xxxi, is arésumé, from which it
appears there were known 129 Cuban spp., of 33 families—14 South American, 49 North Amer-
ican, 26 American, 8 Arctogzean, 5 Neotropico-Arctogeean, and 27 Cuban and Antillian. The
main text treats of those species seriatim, systematically, and is synonymatic, descriptive, and
general. French, Latin, and Spanish indexes follow. The plates are published separately ;
they are as follows:—P1.1, Falco sparverioides. 2, Otus siguapa D’Orb. 3, Noctua siju O'Orb.
4, Turdus rubripes. 5, Turdus minor. 6, Sciwrus [sic] sulfurascens. 7, Turdus carolinensis.
8, Sylvia palmarum. 9, Sylvia caerulescens. 10, Sylvia maritima. 11, Tanagra zena. 12,
Tyrannus caudifasciatus D’Orb. 13, Tyrannus magnirostris D’Orb. 14, Tyrannus matuti-
nus. 15, Passerina olivacea. 16, Linaria canicepsD’Orb. 17, Pyrrhula nigra. 18, Quiscalus
barytus. 19, Q. atroviolaceus D’Orb. 19 bis, Xanthornus dominicensis. 20, Icterus humeralis.
21, f. 1, Orthorhynchus colubris ; f.2, O.ricordi. 22, Todus multicolor. 23, Oolaptes superciliaris.
24, Oolaptes fernandine. 25, f.1, Saurothera merlini D’Orb. ; f. 2,3, Crotophaga ani. 26, Trogon
temnurus. 27, Columba portoricensis. 28, C. inornata. 29, Phoenicopterus americanus. 30,
Aix sponsa. 31,f.1, Totanus flavipes, egg; f.2, Parra jacana, egg; f. 3, Aramus guarauna;
f. 5, Rallus longirostris (head). ;

_ 1839. D’ORBIGNY, A. Naturhistorische Schilderung des nérdlichen Patagonien, <Arch.
Ff. Naturg., 1839, (1), pp. 47-61.

Aus dessen Voy. dans UV Amér. Mérid. Gréssten Theils ornithologischen Inhalts.

1839. D’ORBIGNY, A. Ueber die geographische Verbreitung und die Lebensweise der
siidamerikanischen Singvégel. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1839, (1) pp. 235-2651.

Mitgetheilt aus dessen J?eise, SS. 141-158.

1839. D’ORBIGNY, A. Voyage dans Amérique méridionale, par A. D’Orbigny. Paris,
Levrault, I. 1834, 672. II.1836. 4. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, pp.
406-435.

Verzeichniss der Végel, pp. 408, 410, 411. Ausziige, pp. 414-435.

1839. Vicors, N. A. [Observations upon a Collection of Birds from the West Coast
of South America.] <P. Z. S., vii, 1889, p. 115.

1840. Boissonneav, [A.] Oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus de Santa-I'é de Bogota,
< Rev. Zool., iii, 1840, pp. 2-8.

Ampelis nattererti, p.2; A. rufocristata, A. rieferii, Tanagra constantii, p.3; LT. vassorii, T.
viefferii, Uncirostrum La Fresnayii, p.4; U. d’ Orbignyi, p. 9; Ornismia [sic] bonarpartet [sic],
O. torquata, O. paradiscea, p.6; O. guerinii, p.7; Trochilus La Fresnayi, p. 8.

258

1840.

1840.

1840.

1841.

1841.

!
BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

BOISSONNEAU, [A.] Oiseaux nouveaux de Santa-Fé de Bogota. < Rev. Zool.,
iii, 1840, pp. 66-71.

Tanagra eximia, p.66; T.teniata, T. labradorides, T. assimilis, p.67; TL. albofrenatus, T.
pallidinucha, p. 68; L. schistaceus, T. semirufus, p. 69; Pteroglossus aibtuitta, Quiscalus subalaris,
Setophaga ornata, p.70; Tyrannula fumigata, p. 71.

BONAPARTE, C.L. Catalogue d’Oiseaux du Mexique et du Pérou. < Lev. Zool.,
iii, 1840, pp. 19, 20.

This is not the article itself, but merely an editorial notice of Bp.’s new genus Scolopacinus.
See P. Z. S. 1837.

Fraser, L. [On some New Species of Birds from Bogota in the Collection of
the Earl of Derby:] <P. Z. S., viii, 1849, pp. 59, 60.
Turdus gigas, Psittacus chaleopterus, p.59; Picus elegans, p. 60.

. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Oiseaux nouveaux de Santa-Fé de Bogota. < Rev.

Zool., iii, 1840, pp. 101-106.

Uncirostrum cyaneum, Conirostrum sitticolor, p.102; Merulaxis senilis, M. griseicollis, M.
squamiger, p. 103; M. analis, Anabates Boissonneautti, p. 104; Limnornis unirufus, L. canifrons,
p. 105.

. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Nouvelles especes Voiseaux tuées et rapportées par M.

Léclancher, chirurgien de la marine, embarqué sur la Vénus, dans son dernier
voyage de circumnayigation. < Rev. Zool., iii, 1840, pp. 259-261.
Turdus rufopalliatus, p. 259; Passerina leclancheri, p. 260, spp. nn.
Lesson, R. P. Oiseaux nouveaux. < Jtev. Zool., ii, 1840, p.1.
Melias corallirhynchus, Ramphocelus afinis.

ScHompurGck, R. H. A Description | of | British Guiana, | Geographical and
Statistical: | exhibiting | its resources and capabilities, | together with | the
present and future condition and prospects | of the colony. | By | Robert H.
Schomburgk, Esq. | London: | Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., | Stationers’ Hall
Court. | 1840. 1vol.8vo. 2p.ll., map, pp. 155.

In this little tract (by no means to be taken for Schomburgk’s great work on Guiana) there
occurs, under head of ‘‘Animal Kingdom”, some remarks on birds, pp. 37, 38.

Bripces, T. [Notes on various Birds (19 spp.) and Mammals from Chile. ]
<P. Z. 8., ix, 1841, pp. 93-95. |

GouLp, J. The | Zoology | of | the Voyage of H. M. 8. Beagle, | under the com-
mand of Captain Fitzroy, R. N., | during the years | 1832 to 1836. | Published
with the approval of | the Lords Commissioners of her Majesty’s Treasury. |
Edited and Superintended by | Charles Darwin, Esq., M. A. F. R. S. See. G.
S. | Naturalist to the Expedition. | — | Part III. | Birds, | by | John Gould,
Esq., F.L. 8. | — | London: | Published by Smith, Elder and Co. 65, Cornhill. |
MDCCCXLI. 4to. 4p.11., pp. ii, 156, 4 11, pll. col’d 50. :

The technical matter of the work was prepared by Gould, with assistance from G. R. Gray;
put the general text is Darwin's. Most of the new species collected on the voyage appear to
have been before described. The following names occur without citation of previous authority,
most of which, doubtless, if not all, are new :—Craxirex, p. 22; Strix punctatissima (Gray), p.
34; Progne modesta, p. 39; Hirundo frontalis, p. 40; Pyrocephalus, p. 44; P. parvirostris, p. 44;
P. obscurus, P. nanus, p. 45; P. dubius, p. 46; Myiobius (Gray), p. 46; M. auriceps, p. 47; M.
magnirostris, uae ‘parvirostris, p.48; Serpophaga, S. albocoronata, p. 49; Pachyrhamphus (Gray),
P. albescens, p. 50; P. minimus, p. 51; Lichenops erythropterus, p. 52; Fluvicola azare, p. 53;
Agriornis, A. striatus, p. 56; A. micropterus, p. 57; Opetiorhynchus lanceolatus, p. 68; Eremo-
bius, E. phenicurus, p. 69; Synallaxis major, p. 76; S. rufogularis, p. 77; S. flavigularis, S.
brunnea, p. 78; Limnornis, L. rectirostris, p. 80; L. cwrvirostris, p. 81; Dendrodramus, D. leu-
costernus, p. 82; Muscisaxicola brunnea, p. 84; Sylvicola aureola, p.86; Pyrrhalauda nigriceps,
p. 87; Spermophila nigrogularis, Crithagra? brevirostris, p. 88; Ammodramus longicaudatus,
p. 90; A. xanthornus, p. 90; Zonotrichia canicapilla, p. 91; Z. strigiceps, p. 92; Fringilla for-
mosa, p. 93; Chlorospiza? xanthogramma (Gray), p. 96; Emberozoides poliocephala (Gray), p. 98;
Geospiza magnirostris, G. strenua, p. 100; G. fortis, G. nebulosa, G. fuliginosa, p. 101; G. den-
tirostris, G. parvula, p. 102; G. dubia, Camarhynchus psittaculus, OC. crassirostris, p. 103; Cac-
tornis scandens, p. 104; O. assimilis, p. 105; Certhidea olivacea, p. 106; Zenaida galapagoensis,
p. 115; Squatarola fusca, p. 126; Totanus fuliginosus, p.130; Porphyrio simples, p. 133; Larus
fuliginosus, p. 141. (Cinclodus and Rhinocrypta are proposed, apparently newly, by Gray, on
one of the unpaged leaves.) Most of the birds of the volume are South American. An appen-
dix, by T. C. Eyton, givessome anatomical details respecting 12 spp. The platesare asfollows:—

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 259

1841. GouLpD, J.—Continued.
PL 1, Milvago albogularis ; 2, Craxirex galapagoensis ; 3, Otus galapagoensis ; 4. Strix pune-
tatissima; 5, Progne modesta ; 6, Pyrocephalus parvirostris ; 7, P. nanus ; 8, Tyrannula magni-
rostris; 9, Lichenops erythropterus ; 10, Fluvicola azare; 11, Xolinis variegata (marked Taent-
optera v.); 12, Agriornis micropterus; 138, A. leucurus; 14, Pachyrhaimphus albescens; 15, P.
minimus ; 16, Wimus trifasciatus; 17, MW. melanotis; 18, M. parvulus; 19, Uppucerthia dumeto-
rid; 20, Opetiorhynchus nigrofremosus (marked O. lanceolatus) ; 21. Bremobius phenicurus; 22,
Anumbius acuticaudus (marked Synallaxis major); 23, Synallaxis rufogularis; 24, 8. flavogu-
laris; 25, Limnorinis curvirostris; 26, L. rectirostris; 27, Dendrodramusleucosternus; 28, Sylvicola
aureola; 29, Ammodramus longicaudatus; 30, A. manimbe (marked A. xanthornus); 31, Passer
jagoensis; 32, Chlorospiza melanodera ; 33, O. xanthogramma ; 34, Aglaia striata (marked Tana-
gra darwini) ; 35, Pipilo personata ; 36, Geospiza magnirostris ; 37, G. strenwa ; 38, G. fortis; 39,
G. parvula ; 40, Camarhynchus psittaculus; 41, C. crassirostris; 42, Oactornis scandens; 43,
C. assimilis ; 44, Certhidea olivacea ; 45, Xanthornus flaviceps ; 46, Zenaida galapagoensis ; 47,
Rhea darwinti; 48, Zapornia notata ; 49, Z. spilonota ; 50, Anser melanopterus.

1841. Hitt, k. [Letter relating to the Nests of Birds of Jamaica.] <P.Z.S., ix,
1841, pp. 69, 70.

1842." Hitt, R. [On the Nests of Jamaican Birds.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842,
pp. 145-147.

From P. Z. 8., Sept. 14, 1841, pp. 69, 70.

1842. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Description de quelques oiseaux nouveaux de Colombie.
< Rev. Zool., v, 1842, pp. 301, 302.
Catamblyrhynchus (g. n.) diadema, Conirostrum albifrons, p. 301; C. coeruleifrons, p. 302.
1842. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Oiseaux nouveaux de Colombie. < Rev. Zool., v, 1842,
pp. 332-336.

Grallaria rujicapilla, p. 333; G. nana, p. 334; Copurus. leuconotus, Arremon atropileus, p.
339; Lachyphonus victorine, p. 336. Coup-d'ceil sur 9 esp. de Grallaria.

1842. Lesson, R. P. Notes sur les Oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus rapportés de la
Mer du Sud, par M. Adolphe Lesson. < Kev. Zool., v, 1842, pp. 135, 136.

Megalonyx nanus, Parra cordifera, Ararw erythrofrons, Psittacus wuropalliatus, P. chryso-
pogon, P. eburnirostrum, p.135; Trogon capistratum, p. 136, spp. nn.

1842. Lusson, R. P. Species avium nove aut mints cognitz: auctore R. P. Lesson,
in itinere A. Lessonio collect. < Rev. Zoal., v, 1842, pp. 174, 175.

Crypticus apiaster, Momotus Lessonti, Penelope albiventer, Pipra fastuosa, Picolaptes capt-
strata, Pitylus lazulus, p. 174; Tanagra diaconus, T. afinis, Ornismya cinnamomea, Ortyx leu-
copogon, p. 175.

1843, CasoT, S., Jr. [Corvus vociferus, p. 155; Oriolus musicus, p. 155; Momotus
yucatacensis, p. 156, spp. nn. from Yucatan.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1,
1843, pp. 155, 156.

1843. FrAsER, L. [On the Collection of South American Birds brought to England
by Mr. Bridges.] < P. Z. S., xi, 1843, pp. 108-121.

Numerous species fully annotated by the collector, constituting an approximate list of
Chilian birds. ,

1843. HarTLAUB, G. Description de quatre especes d’oiseaux de la Nouvelle-Grenade.
< fev. Zool., vi, 1843, pp. 289, 290.
Vireo versicolor, Myiobius diadema, M. pyrrhopterus, Todirostrunugranadense, p. 289.
1843. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Quelques oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus de Colombie.
< Rev. Zool., vi, 1843, pp. 68-70.
Ampelis wureopectus, p.68; Tanagra olivicyanea, T. argentea, T. nigroviridis, p. 69, spp. Dn.
1843. LAFRESNAYE, F. de. Description de deux Oiseaux de Colombie. < Lev.
Zool., vi, 1843, pp. 131-133.

Merulaxis orthonyx, p.131; Tangara albocristatus, p. 132.

1843. LAFRESNAYE, F. de. Oiseaux nouveaux de Colombie. < Lev. Zool., vi, 1843,
pp. 290, 292. :

Tanagra atricapilla, T. aurulenta, Cassicus wropygialis, Synnalaxis [sic] striaticollis, S. wni-
rufus, S. fuliginosus, 8. brachywrus, S. gularis, p. 290; 8. cinnamomeus, Muscicapa cinnamo-
meiventris, M. fuscocapilla, M. ruficeps, Pachyrhynchus squamatus, Fringilla analis, Spermo-
plila luctuosa, 8. olivaceojlava, Querula fuscocinered, p. 291; Caurduelis colombianus, Setophaga
nigrocineta, p. 292.

260

1843.

1844,

1844.

1844,

1844.

1844.

1844.

°

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Tscuup!I, J. J. v. Diagnosen einiger neuer peruanischer Vogel. < Arch. f.
Naturg., 1843, (1), pp. 385-390.

Ampelis elegans, A. cinctu, Columba gracilis, C. meloda, p. 385; O. frenata, Penelope rufi-
ventris, P. adspersa, p. 386; Thinocorus inge, Crypturus kleei, Odontophorus speciosus, Oede-
cnemus superciliaris, p. 387; Charadrius winterfeldtii, C. resplendens, Creu facialis, C. femoralis,
p. 388; Larus modestus, Fulica ardesiaca, Sterna acutirostris, S. exilis, p.389; Dysporus varie.
gatus, Anser montana, Anas leucogenis, p. 390, 22 spp.; die ausfiihrlichen Beschreibungen
und Abbildungen dieser Végel in dem ornithologischen Theile, Fauna Peruana.

. ABBoTT, 8S. L. [Remarks on Exhibition of some Birds from Surinam.] < Proc.

Bost. Soc. Nat. iTist., i, 1844, p. 171.

. Cabot, S., JR. Descriptions and Habits of Some of the Birds of Yucatan.

<Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, pt. iv, 1844, pp. 460-467. (Read Nov. 1, 1843.)
Ortyx nigrogularis Gould. Paleo percontator, p. 462; Corvus ae p. 464; Oriolus mu-
sicus, p. 465; Momotus yucatacensis [sic], p. 466, spp. nn.

. HaRTLAuB, [G.] Description de sept Oiseaux nouveaux de Guatemala.

<Rev. Zool., vii, 1844, pp. 214-216.

Picus idabemiatonets Turdus (Merula) rufitorques, Tyrannus (Milvulus) igre Dp. 214;
Conirostrum superciliosum, Garrulus (Cyanocorax) melanocyaneus, Geococeyx affinis, p. 215;
suivie de la synonymie de G. viaticus.

Hitz, R. [Letter accompanied by a donation of two Birds’ Skins from Ja-
maica.] <P. Z. S., xii, 1844, p.1.
LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Observations ornithologiques [sur divers Oiseaux de
la Nouvelle-Grenade]. <Jtev. Zool., vii, 1844, pp. 73-80.
Muscicapa fuscocapilla Lafr. = Myiobus diademata Hartl., Myiobius pyrrhopterus Hartl. =
Muscipeta cinnamomea WOrb. et Lafres., Setophaga nigrocincta Lafr. = 8. canadensis auct.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Nouvelles espéces (oiseaux de Colombie. <Rev. Zool.,
vii, 1844, pp. 80-83.
Dendrocolaptes perrotii, Tyrannula ardosvaca, p. 80; Hylophilus leucophrys, Chetura brunni-
torques, Setophaga flaveola, p. 81; Thamnophilus lve as T. multistriatus, T. brevirostris, p.
82; ZT. shistaceus [sic], ZT. aspersiventer, p. 83.

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Description de quelques Oiseaux de la Guadeloupe.
<Rev. Zool., vii, 1844, pp. 167-169.
Saltator guadelupensis, Turdus montanus, T. L’ Herminieri, p. 167; avec des détails sur la
Procellaria diabolica L’ Herm. ;

Lesson, R. P. Oiseaux nouveaux. <Lev. Zool., vii, 1844, pp. 433-437.
Picolaptes cinnamomeus, Ornismya feliciana, p. 433; Troglodytes murinus, p. 434; Arremon
abeillet, Tiaris cruentus, p. 435; Pendulinus californicus, p. 436.

TscHupDI, J.J. von. Avium conspectus quae in Republica Peruana reperiun-
tur et pleraeque obseryatae vel collectae sunt in itinere a Dr. I. I. de Tschudi.
< Arch. f. Naturg., 1844, (1), pp. 262-317.

Spp. 357 enumeratio, descriptionibus specierum et generum quorundam noyorum, necnon
synonymis multis, adjectis: genera nova proposita sunt a Cabanis, qui ad constituendam
hane enumerationem observationes varias communicavit.—Polyborus taeniurus, Hypomor-
phnus, p. 263; Cireactus solitarius, p.264; Climacocercus, p. 265; Circus poliopterus, Noctua
melanota, p. 266; Caprimulgus ocellatus, C. decussatus, C. prwinosus (Licht., Mus. Berol.), p
268; OC. climacocercus, p.269; Ampelis rufawilla, Ptilogonys leucotis, P. griseiventer, p. 270;
Pipra chloromeros, P. coeruleo-capilla, p.271; Scaphorhynchus chrysocephalus, Tyrannus cin-
choneti (Licht., M. B.), Myiarchus, p. 272; MW. atropwrpureus (Licht., Mus. Ber.), Huscarthmus
pileatus, EB. rufipes, p.273; Elaenia modesta, EH. brevirostris, EH. viridiflava, p. 274; MWionectes,
MM. poliocephatus, Leptopogon, L. superciliaris, p.275; L. cinereus, Setophaga melanocephala,
S. chrysogaster, Ptyonwra albifrons, p.276; Ochthites, p.277; Thamnophilus luctuosus, T. oliva-
ceus, T. axillaris, Pithys leucophrys, p.278; Corythopis torquata, Cinclus leucocephalus, Oha-
maeza olivacea, p.279; Turdus serranus, Mimus longicaudatus, p. 280; Cillurus, C. palliatus,
Pteroptochus femoralis, p.281; P. acutirostris, Cyphorhinus, C. thoracicus, Troglodytes audax,
T. leucophrys, p. 282; Myiodioctes coronatus, M. tristriatus, p.283; Hylophilus frontalis, H.
olivaceus, Procnopis, p.285; P. atrocoerulea, P. argentea, Callospiza pulchra, C. xanthocephala,
p. 285; OC. calliparaea (Licht., Mus. Berol.), Tanagra frugilegus, p. 286; T. analis, Phaenisoma
ardens, p.287; Saltator elegans, p.288; Arremon frontalis, Phrygilus, p.289; P. plebejus, P.
rusticus (Licht., M.B.), Sporophila, S. luctwosa (Licht., M.B.), p. 291; Diglossa melanops,
Anabates auritus (Licht., M.B.), p.294; A. montanus, A. ochrolaemus, A. mmelanorhynchus,
Dendrocolaptes chunchotambo, p. 295; D. validus, Trochitus apicalis (L., M. B.), p. 296; 7. phoeo-

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 261

1844, Tscuupt, J. J. von.—Continued.
pygus (L.,M.B.), TL. leucogaster, p.297; 7. opacus (L.,M.B.), ZT. inseetivorus, 7. otero, p. 298;
Trogon heliothrix, Lypornix rujicapilla, p.300; Capito glaucogularis, p.301; Pieus haemato-
gaster, p. 302; Psittacus mercenarius, p.303; P. tumultuosus, Conurus mitratus, 0. rupicola,
C. sitophagus, p.304; Columba melancholica, Odontophorus pachyrhynchus, p. 306; Crypturus
atro-capillus, p. 307; Larus serranus, p.314; Anas puna (Licht., M.B.), p.315, genn. et spp. nn.
1845. Capot,S.,Jr. Further accounts of some of the Birds of Yucatan. <Journ. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., v, pt. i, 1845, pp. 90-93, pl. xii. (Read Jan. 3, 1844.)
Pyrrhula ruptor, p. 90, pl. xii; Picus dubius, p. 91; Picus parvus, P. yucatanensis, p. 92,
spp. mn.
1845. Canor, S., Jk. [On Himantopus nigrocollis and Anhinga carolinensis from
Surinam.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1845, p. 46.
1845, Drs Murs, O. Description de quelques especes nouvelles d’Oiseaux. < Rev.
Zool., viii, 1845, pp. 207-209.
Psittacus amazonicus, Ortyx perrotiana, Galbaleyrhynchus (g.n.) leucotis, p.207. Avec une
note sur Falco isidovi.

1845, FRASER, L. [On Chilian Birds.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv, 1845, pp. 430, 431.
From P. Z. 8., October 8, 1844.
1845, FrRAseR, L. [Exhibition of two Birds from Chili.] <P. Z.S., xiii, 1845, p.1.
1845. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. Oiseaux nouveaux rapportés par M. Léclancher, chirur-
gien de Vexpédition de la corvette la Favorite. < Rev. Zool., viii, 1845, pp.
93, 94.
Scissirostrum (g.n.) paget, p. 93; Pericrocotus cinereus, Diceeum leclancherii, p. 94.
1845. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Description de quelques oiseaux nouveaux. < ev.
Zool., Vili, 1845, pp. 337-342.
Thriothorus fasciato-ventris, T. rufalbus, p. 337; T. leucotis, T. maculipectus, T. striatulus,
p. 338; Campylorhynchus rujinucha, C. brevirostris, OC. megalopterus, p. 339; Thamnophilus
immaculatus, p. 340; Myioturdus fuscater, Tyrannula icterophrys, Tyrannulus nigrocapillus,
Hylophilus semibrunneus, p.341; H. flavipes, p. 342.
1845. Tscuup!, J. J. v. Nachtriigliche Bemerkungen zu meinem Conspectus Avium
ete. Lop. cit. 1844, (1), pp. 262-317]. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1845, (1), pp. 360-366.
Cyclarhis ochrocephala, C. poliocephala, p. 362, spp. nn.

1845, Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de ’lle de Cuba, par Ramon
de la Sagra, Director du Jardin de Botanique dela Havane. Paris chez A.
Bertrand. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxviii, 1845, pp. 196-218.

Vogel, pp. 200-202. Bearbeitet von A. d’Orbigny.
1845. Voyage en VAmérique meridionale, exécuté pendant 1826-1833. par

Alcide @Orbigny. Strasbourg chez Levrault. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxviii,
1845, pp. 588-600.

1845-46. Tscuupt, J. J. v., and CABANIS, J. Untersuchungen | iiber die | Fauna Peru-
ana | von J. J. yon Tschudi, | Doctor der Philosophie, Medecin und Chirurgie,
Mitglied der kaiserlich leopoldinisch-carolinischen Academie | der Naturfor-
scher ete. etc. etc. | — | St. Gallen. | Druck und Verlag von Scheitlin und
Zollikofer. | 1844-1846. 1lvol. Large4to. > Ornithologie | bearbeitet von |
Dr. J. J. von Tschudi | mit Anmerkungen | yon | J. Cabanis, | Adjunkt am
zoologischen Museum in Berlin, | — | 1845 und 1846, 1 p.1., pp. 1-816, pl.

eol’d i-xxxvi.

Contains a systematic synonymatic conspectus of Peruvian birds (ef. Arch. f. Naturg., x,
1844, p. 262; xi, 1845, p. 360), followed by a general systematic account of the Peruvian avi-
fauna, descriptive, critical, and biographical. The new species appear to haye been mostly
described already, as the ‘‘Conspectus” (Arch. fii Naturg., 1.‘c.) is quoted in the present
volume.

Turdus swainsonii Cab., p. 187; Procnias viridis Cab., p. 197; Syealis chloris Cab., p. 216;
Conurus frontatus Cab., p. 272, spp.nn.—P1. I, Hypomorphnus unicinctus (pl. marked Polyborus
taeniurus). II, Cireaetus solitarius. III, Cireus poliopterus. IV, Noctua melanonota. V,
f.1, Caprimulgus decussatus ; £.2, C. ocellatus. WI, f.1, C. climacocercus; f. 2, O. pruinosus.
VU, f. 1, Ampelis rufaxilla ; f. 2, Ptilogonys leucotis. VL, f.1, Scaphorhynchus chrysocepha-
lus; £. 2, Tyrannus cinconeti. VX, f. 1, Buscarthmus pileatus ; f. 2, Elaenia viridiflava. X,
f. 1, Mionectes poliocephalus ; f. 2, Leptopogon supereiliaris. XI, f. 1, Thamnophilus olivaceus ;

262 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1845-46. Tscuupt, J. J. v., and CaBANnis, J.—Continued.

f. 2, Lithys leucophrys. XII, f. 1, Setophaga melanocephala ; f. 2, Ptyonura albifrons. X11,
f. 1, Hylophilus frontalis; f. 2, Procnopis atrocoerulea. XIV, f. 1, Myiodioctes tristriatus ; f.
2, Procnopis argentea. XV, f. 1, Cineclus leucocephalus ; f. 2, Mimus longicaudatus. XVI, f.
1, Cyphorhinus thoracicus; f. 2. Cilhirus palliatus. XVII, f. 1, Tanagra frugilegus; f. 2,
Callispiza xanthocephala. XVILI, f. 1, Tanagra analis, f.2; Callospiza puichra. XIX, Phry-
gilus plebeius ; £.2, Arremon frontalis. XX, f. 1, Anabates montanus; f. 2, A. ochrolaemus.
XXI, f. 1, A. melanorhynchus; f. 2, Dendrocolaptes validus. XX, f. 1, D. chunehotambo ;
f.2, Trochilus leucogaster. XXIII, f. 1, T. insectivorus ; f. 2, T. otero. XXIV, f. 1, Lypornix
ruficapilla ;. f. 2, Capito glaucogularis. XXV, Picus haematogaster. XXVI, f. 1, OConwrus
vupicola; f. 2, OC. mitratus. XXVII, Psittacus mercenarius. XXXVI, Columba frenata.
XXIX, C. meloda. XXX, C. gracilis. XXXI, Penelope rufiventris. XXXIT, Crypturus
kleei. XXXIITI, Odontophorus speciosus. XXXIV, Charadrius winterfeldti, XXXV, Larus
modestus. XXXVI, Merganetta leucogenys.

1846. BripGss, T. [Letter addressed to G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., Gontaining notices
of Bolivian Mammals and Birds.] <P. Z. S., xiv, 1846, pp. 7-10,
1846. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur quelques nouvelles especes d’oiseaux de Colombie.
<Rev. Zool., ix, 1846 pp. 206-209.
Tachyphonus brevipes, p. 206; Tyrannula rufipectus, Spermophila olivaceoflava, p. 207; Den-
drocolaptes albolineatus, p. 208.
1846. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur quelques oiseaux nouveaux de Vembouchure de VOré-
noque. <ev. Zool., ix, 1846, pp. 273-277. ;
Nemosia nigrogenis, p. 273; Saltator orenocensis, p. 274; Coracina granadensis, O. oreno-
censis, p. 277.

1846. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Quelques nouvelles espéces d’oiseaux de la Jamaique.

<Rev. Zool., ix, 1846, pp. 320-322. *
Tachyphonus rufo-gularis, Pachyrhynchus aterrimus, p. 320; Piaya cinnamomeventris,
Pionus vinaceicollis, Columbigallina versicolor, p.321. Voir R. Z., 1847, pp. 64, 80-83.
1846. MAXIMILIAN, PRINCE DE NEUWIED. Note rectificative sur quelques oiseaux du
Brésil. <Jtev. Zool., ix, 1846, pp. 162-164.

Untersuchungen iiber die Fauna peruviana auf einer Reise in Peru
von D. J J. von Tschudi. St. Gallen bey Scheitlin. Lief. yi. 1846. S. 189.
244, Taf. 6. ill. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxix, 1846, pp. 312, 313.

1846-47. JARDINE, W. Hore Zoologice:—No. VIII. Ornithology of the Island of
Tobago. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1846, pp. 114-121; xix, 1847, pp.
78-83; xx, 1847, pp. 328-334, 370-378.
Acanthylis brachyura, p. 120.
1847, BripGes, T. Notes in addition to former [P. Z. 8. 1843, p. 108, and 1846, p. 9]
Papers on South American Ornithology. <P. Z. S., xv, 1847, pp. 28-30.
Miscellaneous notes on a few species.
1847. BripGxEs, T. Notes in addition to former [P. Z. 8., 1843, p. 108; 1846, p. 9]
Papers on South American Ornithology. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix, 1847,
pp. 419-421.
From P. Z. S., Mar. 28, 1847, pp. 28-80.
1847. Denny, W. A few remarks on the Geographical Distribution of Birds in the
West Indies. <P. Z. S., xv, 1847, pp. 36-41.
I. 45 spp. land-birds common to Jamaica, Cuba, and United States. Il. 7 spp. land-birds
observed in Terra Firma, but unknown in North America. III. 60 spp. peculiar to the West

Indies. With numerous water-birds of general dispersion. The list is obviously defective
and very inaccurate, having no authority whatever.

1847. GARDNER, G. Notes of Birds in Brazil. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1637.

1847. Gay, C. Historia | fisica y politica | de Chile | segun documentos adquiridos en
esta republica | durante doce anos de residencia en ella | y publicada | bajo
los auspicios del supremo Gobierno | por Claudio Gay | Ciudadano Chileno, |.
individuo de varias sociedades cientificas nacjonales y estrangeras, | caballero
de la legion de honor, | Zoologia. | — | Tomo primero. | [Blazon.] | Paris | en
casa del autor. | Chile | en el Museo de Historia Natural de Santiago. | — |

MDCCCXLVII | 8vo. pp. 496. > Aves, pp. 185-496. Atlas, folio.

1846.

{

No.2] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 263

1847. Gay, C.—Continued.

Gay was little of an ornithologist, and his work passes for no more than it is worth. The
text consists of a diagnosis and description of each species and group, witha slight syno-
nymy and miscellaneous matter, chiefly relating to habits. Birds are divided into Rapaces,
Pajarillos, Trepadoras, Palomas, Gallinaceas, Zancudas, and Nadadoras. Ulula fasciata, p- 252;
Sylviorthorhynchus (g.n., p. 315) desmurii, p. 316; Ohlorospiza aldunatei, p. 356; Zenaida souleye-
tiana, p. 380; Peristera auriculata, p. 381; Nothura punctulata, p. 391; Squatarola urvillii, p.
401, spp.nn. Cf. Edinb. New Philos. Jowr., n.s., iii, 1856, pp. 335-338.

1847. Gossr, P. H. The | Birds of Jamaica. | By | Philip Henry Gosse; | assisted by
Richard Hill, Esq., of Spanish-town. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster
Row. | M.DCCC.XLVII. lvol. 8vo. 1 p.1., pp. x, 447, and 11. of advts. (A
separately-titled vol. of 52 colored plates attends this work. See 1849.)

Nearly 200 spp. Text almost entirely biographical and ‘entirely from original investi-
gation” of the author and R. Hill, ‘‘whose notes pervade this volume”. . . ‘An
observer is hardly competent to determine what circumstance is trivial and what is important;
many a recorded fact in science has lost half its value from the omission of some attendant
circumstance, which the observer either did not notice, or thought irrelevant.”—(Gosse, p. iv.)

The new species are:—Hphialtes grammicus, p. 19: Nyctibius pallidus, p. 49; Tachornis
pheenicobia, p. 58; Hirundo peciloma, p. 64 (lege peciloma); H. euchrysea, p. 68; Mellisuga
humilis, p. 127; Sylvicola eoa, p.158; S. pannosa, p. 162; 8. pharetra, p. 163; Myiobius palli-
dus, p. 166; I. tristis, p.167; I. stolidus, p. 168; Spermophila anoxantha, p. 247; S. adoza,
p. 253; Pyrrhula robinsonii, p. 259; Geotrygon sylvatica, p. 316; Egretta nivea, p. 334; EB. rusi-
collis, p. 338; Jtallus concolor, p. 369; Anas maxima, p. 399; Cyanopterus inornatus, p. 402;
Erismatura ortygoides ‘‘ Hill”, p. 406.

1847. Gosse, P. H. Extracts from the ‘Birds of Jamaica, by Philip Henry Gosse.’
< Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1808-1820.

1847. HarrLaus, G. Systematischer Index | zu | Don Felix de Azara’s | Apantami-
entos para la historia natural | de los Paxaros | del | Paraguay y Rio de la
Plata. | — | Von | Dr. G. Hartlaub. | — | Bremen, | Druck von C. Schiine-
mann. | 1847. 1 vol. sm.4to. pp. i-vi, 1-29.

: Important commentary on Azara. See 1802-05, AZARA.

1847. HarTLaus, [G.] [Note sur quelques especes nouvelles oiseaux de la Jamaique,
Rk. Z. 1846, pp. 320-322.] < Rev. Zool., x, 1847, p. 64.

1847. HartTLaus,[G.] [Sur quelques oiseaux de la Jamaique recemment décrits par
M. de Lafresnaye.] < Rev. Zool., x, 1847, pp. 271, 272.

1847. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Quelques oiseaux nouveaux ou rares rapportés par M.
Delatire, de Bolivie, de la Nouvelle-Grenade, et de Panama. < fev. Zool., x,
1847, pp. 67-79.

27 esp.—Grallaria monticola, p. 68; Tyrannula frontalis, p. 70; Tanagra palpebrosa, Aglaia
wilsomi, p.71; A. fanny, Tachyphonus delattrii, Arremon aurantiirostris, p. 72; Saltator striati-
pectus, S. maculipectus, p.73; Coecoborus cyanoides, p.74; Linaria analoides, L. inornata,
Geositta peruviand, p.75; Dendroplex picirostris, p. 76; Picumnus granadensis, p. 78; Malacop-
tila panamensis, p.79, spp. Dn.

1847, LArrESNAYE, [F.] DE. Réponse de M. de Lafresnaye aux Observations du doc-
teur Hartlaub, du dernier numéro de la Revue Zoologique. < Mev. Zool., x,
1847, pp. 80-83.

1847, LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques sur Vesptce de Ramphocéle a
plumage variable, rapporté de la Nouvelle-Grenade par M. Delattre; et sur le
Cassicus uropigyalis [sic]. < ev. Zool., x, 1847, pp. 215-218.

Ramphocelus varians, sp.u., p.216; Cassicus uropigyalis (sive curvirostris, sp. n. supp-),
p. 218. ;

1847. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Réponse de M. de Lafresnaye 4 la notice de M. le DF
Hartlaub, de ’avant-dernier numéro de cette Revue. < Rev. Zool., x, 1°47,
pp. 350-352.

1847. ScHomBuRGK, R. H. The History of Barbadoes, .. . London. 1847. Roy. 8vo,.

; Not seen.—Cf. P. Z. S., 1871, p. 267. [See beyond, ADDENDA. ]

1847, Tscuupr, J. J.v. Animal Life in the Peruvian Forests. <~Zoologist, v, 1547,

Seah pp. 1716-1728.

1847, Tscuupr, J. J. v. Animals of the Puna of Peru. < Zoologist, v, 1947, pp.
1758-1763.

2064 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1847. Tscuvun!, J. J. v. Zoology of Valparaiso. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1763, 1764.
1847. Tscuup1, J. J. v. Zoology of Chiloe. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1764.
1847. Tscnupi, J. J. v. Animals in the Bay of Callao. < Zoologist, vy, 1847, pp.
1764-1766.
This and the four preceding papers are extracted from ‘‘ Travels in Peru”.
1847. YARRELL, W. Descriptions of the Eggs of some [about 30] of the Birds of
Chile. <P. Z. S.,xv, 1847, pp. 51-55.

1847. Untersuchungen tiber die Fauna peruana auf einer Reise wihrend
1838-42, von Dr. J. J. Tschudi. St. Gallen bey Scheitlin. Heft vii—xii, 1246.
Kl. Folio. 8. 33-316. und 80. und 55 Tafeln ill. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xl, 1847, pp.

703-705.

1847-48. HartLaus, G. Ueber den heutigen Zustand unserer Kenntnisse von West-
indiens Ornithologie. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. x1, 1847, pp. 604-615; Bd. xli, 1848,
pp. 401-409.

An important résumé of the subject.

1848. CABANIS, J. Reisen in | Britisch-Guiana | in den Jahren 1840-1844. | Im Auf-

trag S™ Majestiit des Kénigs von Preussen | ausgefiihrt von | Richard Schom-

burgk. | — | Nebst einer Fauna und Flora Guiana’s nach Vorlagen | yon |
Johannes Miiller, Ehrenberg, Erichson, Klotzsch, Troschel, | Cabanis und
andern. | — | Mit Abbildungen und einer Karte von Britisch-Guiana | aufge-

nommen von | Sir Robert Schomburgk. | Erster [zweiter, dritter] Theil. | — |
Leipzig, | Verlagsbuchhandlung von J.J. Weber. 1847 [1848, 1848]. 3 vols.
Sm. 4to, shape of a large 8vo. Vol. I, 1847, map, pp. i-viii, i-x, 1-470, maps
and pll. Vol. II, 1848, pp. i-xiv, 1-530, 11., pll. Vol. III, 1248, with special
title: Versuch | einer | Fauna und Flora | von | Britisch-Guiana. | Nach Vor-
lagen | von | Johannes Miiller, Ehrenberg, | Erichson, | Klotzsch, Troschel, |
Cabanis und andern. | Systematisch bearbeitet | von | Richard Schomburgk.
| — | Leipzig, | Verlagsbuchhandlung yon J. J. Weber. | 1848. pp. i-viii,
531-1260,11. > Vogel, bearbeitet von J. Cabanis, pp. 662-765,

The third volume, as just indicated, has a special title, by which it is sometimes cited apart
from the rest, giving the impression that it is a different work.

Schomburgk’s Guiana becomes a very important work in South American ornithology, from
the number of new genera and species described by Cabanis in his elaborate presentation of
the subject. Various touchings of birds, by Schomburgk himself, occur through the other
volumes; but Cabanis’s article is the formal presentation of the ornithological affair. Itisa
systematic synopsis, with synonymy, description, and much critical comment by Cabanis,
and miscellaneous matter by Schomburgk. According to Schomburgk’s opening paragraphs:

‘‘Meine Vogelsammlung enthalt 424 Arten, also noch 6 Arten mehr, als in der Einieitung
zur Fauna angegeben sind: Oscines 83, darunter 12 neue; Clamatores 93, darunter 11 neue;
Strisores 36, darunter 3 neue; Scansores 77, darunter 2 neue; Raptatores 43, darnnter 1 neue;

» Gyratores 6; Rasores 15, darunter 1 neue; Grallatores 55, darunter 1 neue; Natatores 16.
Im Ganzen 31 neue Arten.

‘* Bei der systematischen Anordnung ist das neuaufgestellte System des Herrn CABANIS zu
Grunde gelegt worden, was hoffentlich um so willkommener geheissen werden wird, als dies
jedenfalls unter allen bisher aufgestellten, das erste ist, welches den Anforderungen, die man
an ein natiirliches System zu stellen berechtigt ist, wirklich entspricht.”

Vergl. Ornithologische Notizen yon Cabanis in: Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Bd. i, 1847,
SS. — -—; und besonders abgedruckt. :

Turdus gymnophthalmus, p. 665; LT. phaeopygus, genus Basileuterus, p. 666; Setophaga cas-
taneocapilla, p. 667; Huphona minuta, p. 671; Troglodytes rufulus, p. 672; Lhryothorus al-
bipectus, p. 673; Diglossa major, Saltator olivascens, p. 676; Arremon personatus, Coccoborus
ater, p. 678; Sporophila castaneiventris, Sycalis minor, p. 679; Molothrus atronitens, Lamprop-
sar (g.D.) guianensis, p. 682; Chaleophanes minor, ?Cyanocoraaz hyacinthinus (‘‘Natt.”), p. 683;
Conopophaga angustirostris, p. 685; Dasycephalw uropygialis, p. 686; Anabates pyrrhodes,
Premnocopus (g. n.) undulatus, p. 689; Copurus poecilonotus, p. 702; Campylopterus hypery-
thrus, p. 709; Caprimulgus nigrescens, p. 710; ? Nyctibius rufus, p. 711; Coecygus helviventris,
p. 714; Psittacula modesta, p. 727; Buteo abbreviatus (‘‘ Licht. Mus. Berol.’’), p. 739; Tirachy-
pelmus (g. n.) suberistatus, p. 749; Crex schomburgkii deser. orig. Theil ii, p. 245, spp. nn.
Other genera of Cabanis’s here new, or lately new, are Geothlypis, p. 666; Phoenicosoma (for
Phoenisoma), Pogonothraupis, p. 669; Arbelorhina, p. 675; Calyphtrophorus [sic], p. 678; Pyr-
rhocoraxz, p. 713; Monasta (for Monasa), p. 719; Ortygarchus, p. 759. y

No. 2.) COUES'S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 265

1848,

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848,

1848.

1848,

1848.

1849.

1849,

1849,

[Casor, 8., JR.?] Incidents of Travel | in Yucatan. | By John L. Stephens, |
Author of ‘Incidents of Travel in Egypt, Arabia, Petriea, andthe | Holy Land,”
“Incidents of Travel in Central America,” etc. | Illustrated by 120 engrav-
ings. | In two Volumes. | Vol. I [II]. New York: | Published by Harper &
Brothers | for Henry Bill. | 1848. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xii, 9-459, 54 en-
gravings. Vol. II, pp. i-xvi, 9-478, 70 engravings. > Vol. II, Appendix,
Memorandum for the Ornithology of Yucatan, pp. 469-476.

I find no indication of the authorship of this ‘‘ Memorandum”, but am under the impression
that it is by Dr. Samuel Cabot, jr. It consists of a brief general essay on the subject, con-
cluded with a list of ‘‘Birds observed in Yucatan during the winter of 1841, ’2, between the
months of October and June, which are also found in the United States, and have been
figured and described by Wilson, Audubon, Bonaparte, and Nuttall’, pp. 475,476. Both
volumes also contain cursory bird-matter by the author.

CASTELNAU, [F. DE]. Considérations sur l’ornithologie de Amérique tropicale.
<Arch. des Se. Phys. et Nat., viii, 1848, p. 72.
Compt. Rend. du 6 Mars 1848.

CASTELNAU, F. DE. Considérations générales sur Vornithologie de Amérique
tropicale. <Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xxvi, 1848, pp. 306, 307.

CASTELNAU, [F.] DE. Considérations générales sur Vornithologie de ’Amérique
tropicale. <Rev. Zool., xi, 1848, pp. 89, 90.

Dusus,[B.] Ueber einige neue Vogel aus Amerika. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xli, 1848,
p. 959.

Bull. Acad. Brucelles, 1848, p. 347. (I cannot get this. See next title.)

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Description de quelques oiseaux nouveaux de Caracas
(province de Venezuela) et de Bogota. <Rev. Zool,, xi, 1848, pp. 2-12.

Merula olivatra,p. 2; M. atro-sericea, p. 3; Turdus nudigenis, p.4; T. minimus, Seapho-
rhynchus chrysocephalus, p.5; Tyrannula cineracea, p. 7; Setophaga albidiadema, p. 8; Coni-
rostrum atro-cyaneum, p. 9; Tachyphonus canigularis, p. 11; LT. albitempora, p. 12.

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur le genre Psittacula et sur quelques nouvelles espéces
doiseaux de Colombie et du Mexique. <Rev. Zool., xi, 1848, pp. 170-176.

Ps. conspicillata, Ps. viridissitma, p. 172; Tachyphonus rujiceps, p. 173; Muscieapa vieillo-
tiotides, p. 174; Pipilo rujipileus, p. 176, spp. nn.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. [Reconnaissance (une notice, extraite des bulletins de
VAcadémie royale de Belgique, de quinze nouvelles espéces (oiseaux d’Améri-
que, décrites par M. le vicomte Dubus.] < ev. Zool., xi, 1848, pp. 239-249.

Morphnus mexicanus, p. 239; Ischnosceles niger, p. 241; Cyanocorax nanus, C. unicolor, OC.
violaceus, p. 243; Tityra albitorques, p. 244; Sylvia teniata, Pyranga cucullata, Pitylus polio-
gaster, p.245; Pipilo torquatus, p. 246; Carduelis notata, Arremon ophthalmicus, p.247; Mo-
nasa unitorques, p. 248; M. inornata, Prionites carinatus, p. 249; en suite de chaque descrip-
tion des observations qu’elles lui ont suggérées.

Porgy, D. A. Catalogo metodico de las Aves de la isla de Cuba. <Mem. Leal.
Soc. Econom. de la Habana, Noy. 1848.

Not seen: title from Giebel.

CorNALIA, E. Vertebratorum Synopsis in Museo Mediolanense extantinum
que per Novem Orbem Caietanus Osculati collegit annis 1846-47-48. Speciebus
noyis vel minus cognitis adjectis, neenon descriptionibus atque iconibus illus-
tratis, curante. Mediolani. 1849. 4to. pp. 15, i pl.

Not seen.—Cf. Nuov. Ann. Se. Nat. Bologna,3d ser., iii, 1851, pp. 349-351.

DEVILLE, E. Description de quelques Mammiftres et Oiseaux nouveaux de
VAmérique méridionale. < Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, pp. 55-58.

Jacamerops isidori, Galbula chalcocephala, p. 55; G. cyanescens, Bucco lanceolata, Onco-
rhynchus castelneaui, p. 56; Cassicus oseryt, p. 57.

GossE, P. H. Illustrations | of the | Birds of Jamaica. | By | Philip Henry
Gosse. | — | London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | 1849. Large
8vo, lyol. 3 pp. text (title, advt., and contents), 52 col’d pll.

. Bull. vy, 2 8

266 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY [Vol. V.

1849. Gossz, P. H.—Continued.

The plates, 52 in number, representing 51 spp., drawn and engraved by the author,
printed by Reeve, Benham & Reeve, form the only published part of a series designed to
illustrate all the species noticed in the Birds of Jamaica; their numbers are consequently,
not continuous, though usually arranged consecutively. They represent, among others,
Gosse’s new species, and include some not in the Birds of Jamaica, and are as follows (ref-
erences to pages being to the Birds of Jamaica, 1848, q. v.) :—

Pl. UO, Buteo borealis, p. 11. IV, Ephialtes grammicus Gosse, p.19. V1, Nyctibiws jamai-
censis, p. 41. VII, N. pallidus Gosse, p. 49. VI, Acanthylis collaris?, p. 51. IX, Tachor-
nis pheenicobia Gosse, with nest, p. 58. X, Cypselus niger, p. 63. XII, Hirundo euchrysea
Gosse, p. 68. XIV, Todus viridis, p. 72. XVI, Certhiola jflaveola, p. 84. XVII, C. maritima
[ex Wils.=tigrina Gm.], p. 87. XVIU, Lampornis mango, p.88. XIX, Trochilus polytmus, J,
and XX, the same, 9, and nest, p. 104. XXI, Wellisuga humilis, 3, 9, nest, p. 127. XXII,
Trochilus Maria ‘‘ Hill” (Ann. N. H., 1849; notin B.Jam.). XXII, Merula leucogenys, p. 136.
XXIV, W. jamaicensis, p. 142. XXVIII, Seirus noveboracensis, p. 151. XXXIT, Sylvicola
pensilis, p. 156. XXXIV, S. eoa Gosse, p. 158. XXXVII, S. pannosa Gosse, p. 162. XXXVI,
S. pharetra Gosse, p. 163. XL, Myiobius pallidus Gosse, p. 166. XLI, UW. tristis Gosse, p.
167. XLI, W. stolidus Gosse, p. 168. XLIV, Tyrannus caudifasciatus, p.177. XLV, Blania
cotta Gosse (Ann. Nat. Hist., 1849; notin B. Jam.). LI, Corvus jamaicensis, p. 209. LI,
Quiscalus crassirostris, p. 217. LVI, Tanagra nigrocephala, p. 231 (T. zena”). LVI, Tana-
grella vujicollis, 3, 9, p. 286. LIX, EBuphonia jamaica, o, 2, p. 288. LX, Coturniculus
tixicrus Gosse, p. 242. LXI, Crithagra brasiliensis, p. 245. LX, Spermophila anoxantha
Gosse, p. 247 (p. ‘‘242”, err. on pl.). LXIV, S. bicolor, p. 252. LXV, S. adoxa Gosse, p. 253.
LXV, Pyrrhula violacea, p. 254. LXVU, P. robinsonii, Gosse, p. 259. LXXIV, Piaya plu-
vialis, p. 277. LXXXIV, Geotrygon sylvatica Gosse, p. 316. LXXXV, Zenaida? plumbea
Gosse, MSS., ref. to p. 324. XC, Egretta nivea Gosse, p. 334. XCIL, LH. rujficollis Gosse, p.
338. CII, Rallus concolor Gosse, p. 369. CIV, Ortygometra minuta, p. 372. CV IL, Himan-
topus nigricollis, p. 386. CX, Anas maxima Gosse, p. 399. CXI, Cyanopterus inornatus
Gosse, p. 209”. CXIII, Erismatura ortygoides, p. 406. CXX, Podiceps dominicus, p. 440.

1849. Gossn, P. H. Descriptions of two new Birds from Jamaica. < (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (2), iii, 1849, pp. 257-259.
ELlania [sic] cotta, p. 257; Trochilus maria, p. 258.
1849. HartTLaus, G.. Description de deux nouvelles especes d’Oiseaux de Caraccas.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, pp. 274, 275.
Conurus erythrochlorus, p. 274 (voir op. cit., li, 1850, p. 158) ; Icterus melanopterus, p. 275.
1849. HARTLAUB, G. Description de deux nouvelles especes d’Oiseaux de Venezuela.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, pp. 275, 276.
Ampelis formosa, p. 275; Turdus vulpinus, p. 276.
1849. [JARDINE, W.] Ornithology of Quito. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849, pp. 41—45, 66.
Chiefly relating to zones of elevation. <A following paper under the same title describes
certain Trochilide ; you will find it under head of Trochilide, in the ‘‘systematic” portion of
my Bibliography, if this is ever published.
1849. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. Faune du Pérou, du docteur Tschudi, partie ornithologi-
que; par M. J. Cabanis, conservateur du Muséum de Berlin. < Rev. et Mag.
de Zool., i, 1849, pp. 97-108, 232-247.

Critique de cet ouvrage. \ ,
1850. LEMBEYE, J. Aves | de la Isla de Cuba, | por | Juan Lembeye. | — | Habana. |
Imprenta del Tiempo, | Calle de Aguiar num. 45 | — | 1850. 1 vol. 4to. pp.

136, 211, pll. 20.

Text synonymatic, descriptive, and general, treating of 86 spp.; 3 others given in a Suple-
mento. Contains also a compiled nominal list of 222 spp. arranged after d’Orbigny.—
Vireo gundlachti, p. 29, pl. 5, f. 1; Muscicapa elizabeth, p. 39, pl. 5, f. 3; Hirundo coronata
“Mus. Berol.”, p. 45; Cypselus iradii, p. 50, pl. 7, f.4; Agelaius assimilis Gundl. MSS., p.
64; Anabates fernandine, p. 66, pl. 5, f.2; Orthorhynchus helene Gundl. MSS., p. 70, pl. 10,
f. 2; Ardea ewbensis Gundl. MSS., p. 84, pl. 18, f. 1; A. brunescens Gundl. MSS., p. $4, pl.
12; Hemipalama minor Gundl. MSS., p. 97, pl. 18, f. 1, spp. nn.

1850. MircHELL, D. W. [Notice of Lord Harris’s collection from Trinidad.] <P. Z.
S., xviii, 1850, pp. 99,100.

1850. STRICKLAND, H. E. [Descriptions of four species of birds from the Peruvian
Andes.] <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1859, pp. 47-50.

Monasa flavirostris, p. 47; Todirostrum chrysocrotaphum, Buphonia bicolor, p. 48, spp. nn.,
the other being Tachyphonus rujiventer (Spix).

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 267

1850. WALLACE, A. R. Journey to explore the Natural History of the Amazon River.
<Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), vi, 1850, pp. 494-496,
Field-notes on several birds.
1851. Bonyan, G. R. Notes on the Raptorial Birds of British Guiana. <P. Z.S., xix,
1851, pp. 53-61.
Field-observations on a large number of species, mostly given only under English names.
1851. DEVILLE, E. Note sur quatre espéces nouvelles d’oiseaux provenant de l’expé-
dition de M. Castelnau; le Conurus Weddellii, C. jugularis, C. Luciani et Cul-
trides Pucheranii. < Stev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 209-213.

1851. GossE, P.H. A | Naturalist’s Sojourn | in | Jamaica. | By | Philip Henry
Gosse, A. L. 8., &c. | Assisted by Richard Hill, Esq., Cor. M. Z.S. Lond., |
Mem. Counce. Roy. Soc. Agric. of Jamaica. | [Quotation. ] | London: | Long-
man, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1651. lvol. Sm.12mo. pp. iii-xxxiv,
1-508, pll. i-viii.
Birds and flowers, pp. 166-177, in the anthor’s well-known delightful style.
1851-52. GossE, P. H. Singing Birds and Sweet Flowers in Jamaica. < Edinb. New
~ Philos. Journ., ii, 1852, pp. 31-33, 268-271.
Extract from ‘“‘A Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica”’, p. 170.—Controverting the flippant
dogma that in tropical countries, where birds and flowers are of brilliant colors, the former
are songless and the latter without fragrance.

1852. ARBOLEYA, J.G. DE. Manual | dela | Isla de Cuba. | Compendio | de su His-
toria, Geografia, Estadistica y Administracion. | Su autor | D. José G. de Ar-

boleya. | — | Con 5 planos y 30 laminas. | — | Havana: 1852. | Imprenta del
Gobierno y Capitania General porS.M. lvol. 18mo. pp.1-382-++11., maps,
plates.

“Bn punto 4 aves tiene la Isla excelente y abundante caza. Hé aqui una lista alfabetica
de las principales”, pp. 165-167, 2 lam.

1852. DrvittE, E. Observations faites en Amérique sur les meurs de différentes
espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches, suivies de quelques notes anatomiques et de
meeurs sur l’Hoazin, le Caurale et le Savacou. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, 1852,
pp. 208, 226, pl. 9.

Ornismyia, dix esp. Opisthocomus (pl.9). Hurypyga helias. Caneroma cochlearia.

1852. GUNDLACH, J. Description of five new Species of Birds, and other Ornithologi-
cal notes of Cuban Species. Read before the Boston Society of Natural His-
tory, March 3d, 1852. < Jowrn. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, pt. iii, 1852, pp. 313-319.
Muscicapa sagre, p.313; M. lembeyei, p. 314; Orpheus satwrninus Licht., Colwmba caniceps,

p. 315; notes on 13 other spp.

1852. [JARDINE, W.] Ornithology of the Island of Tobago. < Jard. Contrib. Orn.,
1852, pp. 63-68, 81-83.
Merely a general sketch of the subject.

1852. [JARDINE, W.] Descriptions of some [lately] New Species of Birds from the
Parisian Collections. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, pp. 129-132, pll. xevi-c.
Just before published by P. L. Sclaterin Rev. et Mag. Zool., iv, 1852, pp. 8, 9, q.v-; deser. here
quoted and figg. given. Cotinga porphyrolema Deville & Scl., pl. xevi; Arremon mysticalis
Scl., pl. xcix; Pipilopsis flaviguluris Scl., pl. xeviii; Pipraeidea albiventris Scl., pl.c, £2; P.
isidorei Scl., pl. c,£.1; P. flavicapilla Scl., pl. xevii, £2; P. pyrocephala, pl. xevii, f. 1.
1852. Knox, J. P. An Historical Account of St. Thomas, W. L., with notices of St.
Croix and St. John’s. By John P. Knox. New York: 1852.
Not seen: said to contain (pp. 220 et: seq.) a slight sketch of the ornithology of St. Thomas,
largely copied from Ledru’s ‘ Voyage’.
1852. Mosquera, T. C. DE. Memoria sobre la Geografia fisica y politica de la Nueva

_ Granada. New York. 1852. 8vo.
Not seen: title from Giebel. See the American ed., 1853.

268

1852.

1852.

1852.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1854.

1854.

1854.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ScLaTER, P. L. Ornithological Observations. IX.—On the Birds from Yucatan
described by Dr. Cabot in the Journal of the Boston Natural History Society
[vols.iv, v]. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, p. 96.

Mr. Cassin’s identifications of 9 spp., only one of which is allowed to stand.

ScLaTER, P. L. Description de six Oiseaux nouveaux appartenant 4 la collection
du Muséum histoire naturelle de Paris. < Mev. et Mag. de Zoologie, iv, 1852,
pp. 8, 9.

Arremon mysticalis [sic], Pipilopsis favigularis, Pipreidea albiventris, p. 8; Pipraisidorei,
P. flavicapilla, P. pyrocephala, p. 9.

SEEMANN, B. Notes on the Zoology of the Isthmus of Panama. < Zoologist, x,
1852, pp. 3313-3320.

Only a slight paragraph on birds, p. 3315.

Nat. Hist., (2), xi, 1853, pp. 138-146.
From P. Z. S., xix, 1851, pp. 53-61.

BURMEISTER, H. Ueber die Eier und Nester einiger brasilianischer Vogel. <J.
f. O., 1853, i, pp. 161-177.

Treats of 17 spp., exclusive of the Trochilide mentioned, with extended descriptions of
nests and eggs.

MosquERA, T.C.DE. Memoir | on the | Physical and Political Geography | of |
New Granada. | Dedicated to the American Geographical and Sta- | tistical
Society of New York. | By General T. C. de Mosquera, | [ete., 5 lines. ] | Trans-
lated from the Spanish by | Theodore Dwight. | New York: | Published by T.
Dwight, 116 Broadway. | 1853. 1vol. 8yvo. pp. 105, map.

I have not seen the original, 1852. In this version, under head of ‘‘ Animals”, occurs a
nominal (Spanish and Latin) list of a few birds, not well determined, pp. 35-37. Itis of no
consequence.

ROSENSCHOLD, E. M. ar. Bref fran D:r E. Munck af Rosenschéld i Paraguay.
< Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl. for dr 1852, 1853, pp. 174-176.

SciaTeR, PR. L. Description de deux nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux. < Rev.. et
Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, p. 480.

Dacnis pulcherrima, Formicivora ornata.

WALLACE, A.R. A | Narrative of Travels | on the | Amazon and Rio Negro, |
with an account | of the | Native Tribes, | and observations on the Climate,
Geology, and Natural | History of the Amazon Valley. | By Alfred R. Wallace.
| With a Map and Illustrations. | London: | Reeve and Co., Henrietta Street,
Covent Garden. | 1853. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. Vili, 542, with 18 pp. of advts., map,
folding table, col’d frontisp., pll. vii, and other illust.

Chap. XVI, Observations on the Zoology of the Amazon District, pp. 446-475 ; B. Birds, pp.
461-463: only mention of a few of the most interesting and beautiful. Cf. Nat. Hist. Rev., 1,
1854, pp. 117-121.

ROSENSCHOLD, E. M. ar. Bref fran Paraguay. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad.
Foérhandl. for ar 1853, 1854, pp. 102-114.

. WILLIAMS, J. J. The | Isthmus | of | Tehuantepec|. .. . | New York: | D. ~
Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway. |M DCCC LII. lvol. 8yo. pp. 295.
Cursory allusion to a few spp. of birds at pp. 208-210.
. BonyaN, G. R. Notes on the Raptorial Birds of British Guiana. < Ann. Mag.

ScLaTER, P. L. On two [lately] new species of South American Birds. <Anz. —

Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xiv, 1854, p. 158.
Culicivora boliviana, Pipra flavo-tincta. From P. Z. S., Feb. 24, 1852.

SciaTeR, P. L. List of a Collection of Birds received by Mr. Gould, from the
Province of Quijos in the Republic of Ecuador. <P. Z. S., xxii, 1854, pp.
109-115, pll. (Aves) Ixvi, lxvii.

69 spp., with critical annotation and synonymy and descriptions of some of them. Galbula
chaleothorax, p. 110; Tyrannula pheenicura, p. 113, pl. Ixvi, f.1; Arremon spectabilis, p. 114, pl.
Ixvii, spp. nn.

Lo

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 269

1854. WaLLacE, A.R. Habits of Birds. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xiii, 1854, pp.
74, 75.

Editorial excerpt from his ‘Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro’, 1853, q. v.

[1854-56.] Descourtiz, J. T. Ornithologie Brésilienne | ou | Histoire des Oiseaux
du Brésil, | remarquables par leur plumage, leur chant ou leurs habitudes. |
Par le Dr. J. T. Descourtilz, | Membre de la Société Linnéenne de Paris et de
la Société auxiliaire de Vindustrie de Rio de Janeiro. | [Dessin.] | Rio de Ja-
neiro: | Editeur, Thomas Reeves. | [1854-56.] 1 vol. gr. fol. (publ. par livr.
i-iv). pp. 42, pll. lithochr. 48,

Contient les descriptions et les figures de 164 espéces diverses d’oiseaux du Brésil, accom-
pagnées de quelques courts renseignements sur leurs habitudes, ete. On cite une traduction
Anglais sous le nom de ‘Brazilian Ornithology, or a History of the Birds of Brazil”.

1855. BERNSEE, F. [Extract from a letter relating to various birds of the East Falk-
land Island.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, 1855, pp. 287, 288.

Relates to Bernicla, 3 spp.; Hematopus, 2 spp.; and Chionis alba.

1855. Borck, E.v. Vorliufige Bemerkungen iiber die Ornis der Provinz Valdivia, in
der Republik Chile. < Nawmannia, 1855, pp. 494-513.

1855. Cassin, J. The | U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition | to | the Southern Hem-
isphere, | during | the years 1849~50~51~82. | Lieut. J. M. Gilliss, Superintend-
ent.| .... | Vol. Il. Washington. MDCCCLY. >Appendix F. Birds.
By John Cassin. pp. 172-206, pll. (col’d) xiv—xxviii.

Systematic account, with miscellaneous field-notes, of 119 spp. of (chiefly? entirely 2?) South
American birds. Pl. xiv, Faleo nigriceps; xv, Psaracolius [sic] cwreus; xvi, f. 1, Agelaius
thilius; p. 2, Sturnella militaris; xvii, Chrysomitris marginalis; xviii, f. 1, Calliste eyani-
collis; f. 2, C. larvata; xix, f.1, C. gyroloides ; f£.2, C. desmarestii ; xx, f.1, Buphonia rujiven-
tris; f. 2, Chlorophonia occipitalis; xxi, f. 1, Ericornis melanura; f. 2, Scytalopus fuscus ;
xxii, Psittacus ochrocephalus; xxiii, Branta antarctica; xxiv, Bernicla magellanica; xxv,
Anas melanocephala ; xxvi, Querg. creccoides ; xxvii, Fuligula metopias ; xxviii, Phalacrocorax
brasilianus.

1855. Drs Murs, P. O. Oiseaux nouveaux ou rare recueillis dans ’ Amérique du Sud,
par IF. de Castelnau, etc. Paris, 1855. 4to. 20 pli.

Not seen: title from a bookseller’s catalogue. Compare 1856, same author.

1855. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Eight New Species of Birds from South America.
<P. Z. 8., xxiii, 1855, pp. 67-70, pl. (Aves) Lsxxiii.

Campylorhynchus hypostictus, Chamceza nobilis, Formicarius nigrifrons, p.68; F. erythrop-
terus, Schistochlamys speculiger, Thamnophilus corvinus, T. melanurus (pl.), p.69; T. hypery-
thrus, p. 70.

1855. GouLpD, J. Descriptions of Eight [lately] New Species of Birds from South
America. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xv, 1855, pp. 343-346.

Campylorhynchus hypostictus, p.348; Chameza nobilis, Pornvicarius nigrifrons, p. 344; F.
erythropterus, Schistochlamys speculigera,. Thamnophilus corvinus, T. melanurus, p.345; LT. hy-
perythrus, p.346.—From P. Z. 8., 1855, pp. 67-70, pl. Lsxxiii.

1855. GouLD, J. [Remarkson Exhibition of a portion of a collection of Birds formed
by Mr. Hauxwell in the neighbourhood of the River Ucayali.] <P. Z S.,
Xxiili, 1855, pp. 77, 72.

1855. JARDINE, W. Contributions to Ornithology. I. Professor W. Jameson’s Collec-
tions from the Eastern Cordillera of Ecuador. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ.,
new ser., 11, 1855, pp. 113-119.

Letters from W. Jameson. Field-notes on 10spp. Zanagara [sic] notabilis, Saltator arre-
monops, p. 119, spp. ‘‘nn.”’

1855. Puiripri, R. A. Ueber einige Végel Chile’s. Briefliche Mittheilung an den
Herausgeber. <Arch. f. Naturg., 1855, (1), pp. 9-14.

Behandelt vier Arten—Phoenicopterus andinus, sp. n., p. 12; Ardea cocoi, Xanthornus
cayennensis, Circus macropterus.

1855, SctaTER, P. L. List of a Collection of Birds received by Mr. Gould, from the
Province of Quijos in the Republic of Ecuador. <dAnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2),
Xvi, 1855, pp. 279-285.

From P. Z. S., May 9, 1854, pp. 109-115, pll., g. v.

270 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

885. SCLATER, P. L. Descriptions of some New Species of Birds from Santa Fé di

; Bogota. <P. Z. &., xxiii, 1855, pp. 109, 110, pll. (Aves) xcix—cii.

Nemosia albigularis, wt xcix; Pyriglena ellisiana, pl.c; Anthus bogotensis, pl. ci, p. 109; Oto-
corys peregrina, pl. cii, p. 110.

1855. ScLaTreR, P. L. On the Birds received in collections from Sante Fé di Bogota.
<P. Z.S., xxiii, 1855, pp. 131-164, pll. (Aves) cil, civ.

35 spp. briefly annotated. Heterocnemis (g.u.) marginata, p. 145; Todirostruin gracilipes,
p. 149; Calliste inornata ‘‘Gould”, p.158, spp. nn.; pl. cil, Vireolanius icterophrys Bp.; pl.
civ, Ampelion cinctus (Tsch.).

1855-57. GUNDLACH, J., and CABANIS, J. Dr. J. Gundlach’s Beitrige zur Ornitholo-
gie Cuba’s. Nach Mittheilungen des Reisenden an Hr. Bez.-Dir. Sezekorn in
Cassel; von Letzterem zusammengestellt. Mit Zusitzen und Anmerkungen
geordnet vom Herausgeber. < J. f. O., ii, 1854 (Extrah. 1855), pp. bsxyii-
Ixxxvii; ili, 1855, pp. 465-480; iv, 1856, pp. 1-16, 97-112, 337-352, 417-432; v,
1857, pp. 225-242.

An important review of the subject. This is the first of numerous articles upon Cuban
birds, wholly or in part by Dr. Gundlach ; it is chiefly to be regretted that in the beginning
insufficient attention to precision of identification resulted in too many ‘‘additions and cor-
rections’. The present series constitutes a systematic synopsis of Cuban birds, the techni-
ealities by Cabanis, the field-notes by Gundlach. Hypomorphnus gundlachit, p. xxx; Phyl-
lomanes barbatulus, p.467; Mimus gundlachti, p.470; Teretistris, p.475; Melittarchus, p. 478;
Contopus, p. 479; Blacicus, p.480; Aulanaz, p.1; Chordediles minor, p.5; Corvus minutus
Gundl., p. 97; Geotrygon caniceps Gundl., p.110; Perisswra, p. 111; Oeniscus, p. 3438; Lryn-
gites, p. 418; Notherhodius holostictus, p.426; Limnopardalus, p. 428; Creciscus, p. 428, are
new genn. or spp., all but 2 by Cabanis; 251 spp. in all are treated. See especially J.f O., ix,
1861, pp. 401-416; x, 1862, pp. 81-96, 177-191.

1856. BURMEISTER, H. Systematische Uebersicht | der Thiere Brasiliens, | welche |
wihrend einer Reise durch die Provyinzen von Rio de | Janeiro und Minas
geraés | zusammelt oder beobachtet | wurden | von | Dr. Hermann Bur-
meister, | o 6 Prof. d. Zoologie und Direct. d. zool. Mus. der Universitat zu
Halle. | Zweiter Theil. | Végel (Aves). | Erste [Zweite] Hialfte. | Berlin.
1856. | Druck und Verlag von Georg Reimer. 2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. x, 526
+2. Vol. II, pp. xiv, 466.

Ornithology occupies the 2d and 3d vols. of this work (1st vol., Mammals, Berlin, 1854).
It is an extensive and elaborate general treatise upon the subject.

1856. BURMEISTER, H. Erliuterungen zur Fauna Brasiliens, enthaltend Abbildungen
und ausfiihrliche Beschreibungen neuer oder ungeniigend bekannter Thier-
Arten. Von Dr. Herm. Burmeister. Berlin. 1856. Folio.

Not seen.

1856. DES Murs, P. O. Expédition dans les parties centrales de ’Amérique du Sud,.
de Rio Janeiro 4 Lima et de Lima au Para, etc. Par Fr. de Castelnau.
Oiseaux, par P. O. Desmurs. 1856.. 4to.

Not seen: title from Giebel. Compare 1855, same author.

1856. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Eight New Species of Birds from South America.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xvii, 1856, pp. 428-431.

From P. Z. S., April 10, 1855. ;

1856. JARDINE, W. Contributions to Ornithology. No. II., Professor W. Jameson’s:
Collections from the Eastern Cordillera of Ecuador continued.—Expedition
from Quito to the Mountain Cayambe. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser.,.
iii, 1856, pp. 90-92, pl. iv.

Collector’s notes of the locality. Writer’s remarks on Tetragonops Can (pl. iv):
and other birds.—Arremon leucopterus, un. s., p. 92.

1856. HODES [R. J.] Letter from Dr. Kinahan, dated Callao, August, 1855.
<Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), iii, 1856, pp. 24-26.

Referring, among other things, to birds, auneetalte Albatrosses.

1856. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Chor-
deiles, Swainson, and Polioptila, Sclater. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,
vi, 1856, pp. 165-169.

Chordeiles gunalachi, p. 165; C. texensis, p. 167; Polioptila Sees p. 168.

No. 2.) COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 2k

1856. PELZELN, A.v. Ueber neue u. wenig bekannte Arten der kais. ornithologischen
f Sammlung nebst Ausziigen aus J. Natterers handschriftlichen Katalog iiber
die von ihm in Brasilien gesammelten Species der Familien Trogonidae und
Alcedinidae. < Sitz.-Berichte Kénigl. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xx, 1856, pp. 492 -—.
Not seen.
1856. RAIMONDI, A. Mémoire sur le huano des iles de Chincha et les oiseaux qui le
produisent. < Comp. Rend. de V Acad. Sci. Paris, xlii, 1856, pp. 735-738.
1856. Rarmonp1, A. [Résumé d’un mémoire sur le huano des iles de Chincha et les
oiseaux qui le produisent.] < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., viii, 1856, pp. 190, 191.
1856. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of some [lately] New Species of Birds from Santa
Fé di Bogota. < Ann. Mag. Nut. Hist., (2), xviii, 1856, pp. 60, 61.
From P. Z. S., June 26, 1855, pp. 109, 110.
1856. SCLATER, P. L. On two [lately] new species of Birds from Santa Fé di Bogota.
<dAnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xviii, 1856, pp. 186, 187.
: From P. Z. S., July 24, 1855, pp. 131-164.
1856, ScLATER, P. L. Descriptions of eight new species of Birds from South America.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xviii, 1856, pp. 466-470.
Synallaxis castanea, p. 466; Diglossopsis (g. n.) eerulescens, p. 467; Diglossa indigotica (J.
& E. Verr. MS.), p. 467; Anabates infuscatus, A. lineaticeps, Myiadestes venezuelensis, p. 468;
Pipreola melanotema, Chiroxiphia regina, p. 469.
1856, SCLATER, P. L. On some additional Species of Birds received in collections
from Bogota. < P. Z. S., xxiv, 1856, pp. 25-31, pll. (Aves) exvi-cxix.
Synallaxis elegans, p. 25; S. mesta, p. 26; Anabates erythropterus, p. 27; Margarornis
brunnescens, p. 27, pl. exvi; Ochthoéea fumicolor, p. 28, pl. exvii; Huscarthmus agilis, p. 28,
pl. exvili; Pipra coracina, p. 29; Conopophaga cucullata, p. 29, pl. exix; Chlorospingus
wanthophrys, C. lichtensteini, p. 30; Gallinago nobilis, Rallas semiplwmbeus, p. 31, spp. nn.
1856. ScLaTER, P. L. List of Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. Bridges in the
vicinity of the town of David in the Province of Chiriqui in the State of
Panama. <P. Z. S., xxiv, 1856, pp. 138-143.
Of birds, 46 spp.—Thamnophilus bridgesi, p. 141; Geotrygon chiriquensis, p. 143, spp. nn.
1857. BONAPARTE, C.L. Catalogue méthodique accompagné de notes des Oiseaux
recueillis 4 Cayenne par M. E. Desplanches, chirurgien de la marine impériale,
pendant la premiére campagne de l’aviso a vapeur, la Rapide, années 1854-1856.
< Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, ii, 1857, pp. 29-40.

Of this piece I have not seen the original, but a MS. copy made by S. F. Baird, Nov. 21-26,
1868. Itis anannotated list of 130 spp., afew of which are described, the rest merely given by
name. Planchesia Bp. (type Muscicapa fuliginosa Gm., fusca Bodd. ; P. HE. 574, f. 1), p. 36, g. n.
1857. GouLp, J. Description of a [lately] new Trogon and a [lately] new Odonto-

phorus. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xix, 1857, pp. 110, 111.
From P. Z. S., May 13, 1856.
1857. Hartriaus, G. Zur Ornithologie Siidamerika’s. <J. f. O., 1857, v, pp. 36-50.
Burmeister’s Thiere Bras.; Cassin’s Birds of Gilliss’ U. S. Naval Astron. Exped.; Des
Murs’ Castelnau’s Voy. and Sclater’s B. of Bogota in P. Z. S., 1855. In some measure a
review of the works quoted, but rather a systematic summary of their results.

1857. JARDINE, W. Contributions to Ornithology. No. IV. <L£dinb. New Philos.
Journ., new ser., Vv, 1857, pp. 255-257.
Brief notes on 5 spp. from Quito.
1857. Puiiierr, R. A. Ueber einige Chilenische Vogel und Fische. <drch. f. Naturg.,
1857, (1), pp. 262-272.
Rallus salinasi, p. 262; Upucerthia atacamensis, p. 263; Totanus chilensis, p. 264; Culicivora
Sernandeziana, p. 265.

1857. Satin, A. Liste des Oiseaux rapportés et observés dans la République
Dominicaine (ancienne partie Espagnole de l’Ile St. Domingue ou (Haiti),
pendant son voyage de 184941851. (Communicated by Philip Lutley Sclater. )
<P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 230-237.

61 Spp., with fieldnotes; and critical comment by the communicator.

}

272

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ScLATER,P.L. On some additional Species of Birds received in Buse Is
from Bogota. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xix, 1857, pp. 85-92.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 26, 1856, pp. 25-31.
ScuaTER,P.L. On a [lately] new Genus of Birds from Mexico. <Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (2), xx, 1857, p. 470.
From P. Z. 8., July 14, 1857.
ScLaTER, P.L. Ontwo [lately] new Species of Birds from Bogota. <Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (2), xx, 1857, p. 472.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 27, 1857.

. ScLaTER, P. L. Further Additions to the List of Birds received in Collections

from Bogota. <P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 15-20.

52 spp., shortly annotated. Anabates striaticollis, Sclerurus brunneus, p. 17, spp. nn.

ScLtaTeR, P. L. On a Collection of Birds transmitted by Mr. H. W. Bates from
the Upper Amazon. <P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 261-268.

79 spp., with annotation. Eubucco awrantiicollis, p. 267, sp. n., and synopsis of 7 spp. of
that section of the genus Bucco. See 1863, and 1864, Bates, H. W. -
ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Eleven New Species of Birds from Tropical

America. <P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 271-277, pl. (Aves) cxxx.

Campylorhynchus Finds p. 271; C. striaticollis, p. 279; Anabazenops guttulatus, p. 272, pl.
exxx; Synallaxis multostriata, Turdus fulviventris Verr. MS., LT. ignobilis, p. 273; Cinelus
leuconotus, Tyrannus atrifrons, p. 274; Melanoptila (g. n.) Tile AS p. 275, woodec.; Li-
paugus rufescens, p. 276; Tinamus castaneus, p. 277.—Note that Tyrannus atrifrons Sel. =
Saurophaga bairdii Gamb. = Tyrannus bairdi Sel.

TayLor, W.J. Investigation on the Rock Guano from the Islands of the Carib-
bean Sea. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ix, 1857, pp. 91-100.

Chemical analyses, etc.

THIENEMANN, F.A.L. Ueber die von Dr. Gundlach eingesendeten Hier und
Nester cubanischer Vogel. <J. f. O., v, 1857, pp. 145-159.

Systematic description of the eggs, and in aan cases of the nests, of 49 spp.

BURMEISTER, H. Zur Fauna von Siid-America; Briefliches aus Mendoza. <S.
f. O., 1858, vi, pp. 152-162.

DE VERTEUIL, L. A. A. Trinidad: | Its Geography, | Natural Resources, Admin-
istration, Present | Condition, and Prospects. | By | L. A. A. De Verteuil,
M. D. P. | — | [Quotation, 3 lines.] | — | London: | Ward and Lock, 158,
Fleet street. | — | 1858. 1vol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, 1-508.

Chapter III, Natural History, p. 100; Birds, by the author, pp. 118-126.—Appendix: An
Essay on the Ornithology of Trinidad, by Antoine Léotand, M. D. P., pp. 423-439, giving con-
siderable information on the subject.

GUNDLACH, J. Notes on some Cuban Birds, with Descriptions of three New
Species. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vi, 1858, pp. 267-275. (Read June
29, 1857.)

Colaptes chrysocaulosus, Culicivora lembeyi, p. 273; Teretistris fornsi, p. 275, spp. nn.

LAWRENCE, G.N. Observations of the Preceding Paper [%. e., Notes on some
Cuban Birds, with Descriptions of three New Species, by Gundlach]. < Amn.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vi, 1858, pp. 275-277. (Read June 29, 1857.)

ScLaTER, P. L. Description of a [lately] new genus and some [lately] new
speciesof American Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), i, 1858, pp. 239, 240.

From P. Z. S., 1857.

ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Eleven [lately] New Species of Birds from Trop-
ical America. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), i, 1858, pp. 302-308, figs.

From P. Z. S., Dec. 8, 1857, pp. 271-277.

SciaTeR, P. L. On [lately] new Species of Birds from the Rio Napo, in the
Republic of Ecuador. < Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), ii, 1858, pp. 144-150.

From P. Z. S., Jan. 26, 1858. :

58. ScLATER, P. L. On [lately] new Species of Birds from the Rio Napo, in the

Republic of Ecuador. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), ii, 1858, p. 235.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 26, 1858, pp. 50-77.

No. 2.] COUES'S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. Oe

1858, SCLATER, P. L. Notes on a Collection of Birds received by M. Verreaux of
Paris from the Rio Napo in the Republic of Ecuador. <P. Z. 8.,xxvi, 1858,
pp. 59-77, pl. (Aves) exxxii.

174 spp.—Anabates melanopezus, p. 61; Anabates pulvericolor, Synallaxis brunneicaudalis, p.
62; 8. albigularis, p. 63 ; Malacocichla maculata, p. 64; Thamnophilus ethiops, T. capitalis, p. 65;
Dysithamnus leucostictus, D. semicinereus, p. 66; Heterocnemis albigularis, p. 67; Conopo-
phaga torrida, Grallaria flavirostris, G. fulviventris, p. 68; Agathopus (n. g.) micropterus, p. 69;
Todirostrum picatum Cyclorhynchus cequinoctialis, p.70; Platyrhynehus coronatus ‘Verr.”,
Elenia luteiventris, p. 71; Creurgops (nu. g.) verticalis Verr., pl. exxxii, f. 2; Huchetes (g. D.,
“Verr.?”) coccineus ‘ Verr.”, p. 73, pl. exxxii, f.1; Celeus verreauai ‘‘Malh.”, p. 74, Spp. nn.

1858. ScLaTER, P. L. List of Birds [39 spp.] collected by Geo. Cavendish Taylor,
Esq., in the Republic of Honduras. < P. Z. §., xxvi, 1858, pp. 356-360.

1858. SctaTER, P. L. Characters of Five New Species of [Central and South]
American Birds. <P. Z. S., xxvi, 1858, pp. 446-449,

Huchlornis frontalis, p. 446; Turdus leucauchen, Geothlypis speciosa, p. 447; Cyclorhis fla-
vipectus, Cinclodus bifasciatus, p. 448.

1858. ScLtaTerR, P. L. List of Birds collected by Mr. Louis Fraser, at Cuenca, Guala-
quiza and Zamora, in the Republic of Ecuador. <P. Z. S., xxvi, 1858, pp.
449-461, pl. (Aves) exlv.

87 spp., with critical and field-notes.—Conirostrum fraseri, p. 452; Phrygilue oevlaris, p.
454, pl. exlv; Synallawis antesiensis, p. 457; Tyrannulus chrysops, p. 458.

1858. SctaTER, P. L. On the Birds collected by Mr. Fraser in the vicinity of Rio-
bamba, in the Republic of Ecuador. <P. Z. S., xxvi, 1858, pp. 549-556, pl.
(Aves) exlvi.

59 spp., with collector’s and author’s notes.—Troglodytes solstitialis, p. 550; Catamenia
homochroa, p. 552; Agriornis solitaria, p. 553; Blainia griseigularis, pl. exlvi, f. 1; E. stic-
toptera, pl. cxlvi, f. 2, p. 554, spp. nn.

1859. Cassin, J. La Plata, | the Argentine Confederation, | and Paraguay. | Being
a Narrative of the Exploration of the Tributaries of the | River La Plata
and Adjacent Countries during the years | 1853, ’54, ’55, and ’56, | under the
orders of the United States Government. | By Thomas J. Page, U. S. N., |
Commander of the Expedition. | With Map and Numerous Engravings. | New
York: Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 1859. 1lvol. 8vo.
pp. i-xxii, 23-632, map and engs. >App. J. Notes on the Birds collected by
the La Plata Expedition. By John Cassin. pp. 599-602.

Merely a list of the species collected, with a slight commentary of general character.
1859, Epiroriau. [Letter from Mr. Fraser at Nanegal, Pichincha, relating to various
birds.] < Lbis, i, 1859, pp. 208.
1859. Epirortau. [Correspondence from Mr. Fraser, in Eeuador.] < Ibis, i, 1859, pp.
332, 333.
1859. EpirorraL. [Correspondence from O. Salvin, en route to Guatemala.] < Ibis,
i, 1859, pp. 333, 334.
1859. Epitor1au. [Annotated extracts of letters from Fraser, at Quito and Babahoyo,
June and July.] < ibis, i, 1859, pp. 462-464.
1859. EpirortaL. [Extracts from a letter of O. Salvin, en route to, and in, Guate-
mala.] < Ibis, i, 1859, pp. 466-469.
1859. GouLpD, J. List of Birds from the Falkland Islands, with Descriptions of the
Eggs of some of the Species, from specimens collected principally by Captain
C. C. Abbott, of the Falkland Islands Detachment. < P. Z, S., xxvii, 1859,
pp. 93-98.
38 spp.— Gavia roseiveniris, p. 97, sp. 1. ’
1859. GUNDLACH, J. Ornithologisches aus Briefen yon Cuba. <J. f. O., 1859, vil,
pp. 294-299, 347-351.
Desultory notes on various species, in continuation of his previous more formal papers on
the same subject in the same journal.

1859.

1859.

_ 1859.

1860.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

. Moors, T. J. List of Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. Joseph Leyland in

Honduras, Belize, and Guatemala. <P. Z. S., xxvii, 1859, pp.. 50-65, pil.
(Aves) el, cli.
125 spp. of birds, with brief field-notes.— Ortyx leylandi, p. 62, sp. n.

. Newton, A., and NEwTon, E. Observations on the Birds of St. Croix, West

Indies, made, between February 20th and August 6th 1&57 by Alfred New-
ton, and, between March 4th and September 28th 1858 by Edward Newton.
(Part I[-IV].) < Ibis, i, 1859, pp. 59-69, 138-150, 252-264, 365-379, pll. i, xii.
Opens with sketch of the locality; finishes with sketch of the literatuze of the subject.
Critical, descriptive, and field-notes on 64 spp., some of which are queried or left undeter-
mined, and many bibliographical references. Woodcut of trachea of Dendrocygna arborea.
Eight spp. of eggs figured on pl. xii. Gymnoglaux nudipes, pl. i.
OsSBURN, W. Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6368—
6373.

“Contains graphic pictures of Jamaican Ornithology.”

. OSBURN, W. Notes on the Bats and Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859,

pp. 6587-6594.

. OSBURN, W. Notes on the Mountain Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859,

pp. 6658-6665.

59. OSBURN, W. Notes on the Mountain Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xvii, 1889,

pp. 6709-6721.

. OSBURN, W. Notes on the Mountain Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859,

pp. 6753-6761.

These notes continued in same journal for 1860, q. v.

59. SAGRA, RAMON DE LA. Enumération des espéces zoologiques et botaniques de

Vile de Cuba utiles & acclimer dans autres régions analogues du globe. < Bull.
Soc. Acclim., vi, 1859, pp. 169-124.
Oiseaux, pp. 178-181.

SciaTER, P. L. Characters of Five [lately] New Species of American Birds.

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), tii, 1859, pp. 443-446.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 9, 1858, pp. 446-449.

ScLaTER,P.L. List of the First Collection of Birds made by Mr. Louis Fraser
at Pallatanga, Ecuador, with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. <P.
Z. S., ¥Xvii, 1859, pp. 135-147, pl. (Aves) cliv. ,

102 spp.—Vireo josephe, p. 137, pl. cliv; Nemosia ornata, p.138; Anabates subularis, A. tem-

poralis, Dysithamnus unicolor, p. 141; Formicivora caloptera, Pachyrhamphus homochrous;
Cephalopterus penduliger, p. 142, spp. nn.

. SCLATER, P.L. On some new or little-known Birds from the Rio Napo.- <P.

Z.S., XXvii, 1859, pp. 440, 441.

9 spp.—Buarremon castaneiceps, Grallaria nuchalis, p. 441, spp. nn.

. ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin,O. Onthe Ornithology of Central America, Part I

[-i]. 2 i, i, 1859, pp. 1-22, 117-138, 213-234, pll. iv, v

Sketch of literature of the subject; 382 spp. with field-notes, mainly from Mr. Salvin’s per-
sonal observations, and some synonymy. Cistothorus elegans, p.8; Cereba lucida, p.14: Xipho-
colaptes elegans, p.118; Sayornis aquatica, p.119; Bmpidonax albigularis, p.122; Elauia vilis-
sima, p. 122, pl. 4, f.1; E. placens, p. 123, pl.4,f.2. Various eggs figured at pl.5. Several spe-
cies are left undetermined. Cf. Ibis, 1866, pp. 188-206.

BREWER, T.M. [List of the Birds of Cuba, compiled from two lists furnished
by Dr. Gundlach, of Havana.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1860, pp.

305-308.
Nominal list of 250 spp.

. Bryant, H. [Notes on two Birds from Bogota.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,

Vii, 1860, pp. 226, 227.

Turdus minimus Lafr.; Vireo bogotensis, sp. n., p. 227.

. BURMEISTER, H. Systematisches Verzeichniss der in den La Plata-Staaten beo-

bachteten Végelarten. <J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 241-268.
261 spp.; the list shortly annotated and with a few references.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 275

1860. Cassin, J. Catalogue of Birds collected during a survey of a route for a Ship
Canal across, the Isthmus of Darien, by order of the Government of the United
States, made by Lieut. N. Michler, of the U.S. Topographical Engineers, with
notes and descriptions of new species. < Proc. dead. Nat. Sci. Phila. , xii, 1860,
pp. 182-144, 188-197.

144 spp.—Monasa pallescens, p. 134 (with synop. of 6 spp. of Monasa); Celeus mentalis, p. 137 ;
Orthoaonys olivaceus, Pittasome (g. nu.) michlert, p. 189; Dendroica vieillotii, p. 192 (with synop.
of 5 allied spp.), spp. nn. :

1860. Cassry, J. Catalogue of Birds from the Island of St. Thomas, West Indies, col-
lected and presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences by Mr. Robert
Swift. With Notes. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., xii, 1860, pp. 374-379.

27 spp., annotated.

1860. EpirortaL. [Notice of Mr. Fraser’s Movements and Operations.] < Ibis, ii,
1860, pp. 192, 193.

1860. FRAUBENFELD, G. v. Ueber den Aufenthalt in Valparaiso und die Ausfliige
daselbst, wihrend der Weltfahrt der k. k. Fregatte Novara. < Verh.
(Abhandl.) k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, x, 1860, pp. 635.

Grdéssten Theils ornithologischen Inhalts.

1860. GERMAIN, M. F. Notes upon the Mode and Place of Nidification of some [69 spp. ]

of the Birds of Chi. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1860, pp. 308-316.

1860. GopET, T.L. Bermuda: | its History, Geology, Climate, Products, | Agricul-
ture, Commerce, and Government | from the earliest period to the present
time; | with hints to invalids. | By Theodore L. Godet, M. D. | London: |
Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill, | — | M.DCCC.LX. lvol. 8yo. >>Chap.
XIU, pp. 193-198.

Treats of a very few spp., with running commentary.

1860. LAWRENCE, G.N. Description of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Phaeton,
also of a New Species of Humming Bird of the Genus Heliopaedica. < Ann.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1860, pp. 142-145.
Ph. flavo-aurantius, p. 142; H. castaneocauda, p. 145.
1860. LAWRENCE, G. N. Notes on some Cuban Birds, with Descriptions of New Spe-
cies. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1850, pp. 247-275.
27 spp. critically treated; many observations of Dr.J.Gundlach’s. <Accipiter gundlachi, p.
252; Antrostomus cubanensis, p. 260, spp. nn.
1860. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Myiar-
chus and Phlogopsis. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1860, pp. 284-286.
M. Panamensis, p. 284; Ph. McLeannani, p. 285.
1860. OsBuRN, W. Notes on the Mountain Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
pp. 6833-6841.
1860. OSBURN, W. Notes on the Mountain Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
pp. 6873-6880.
1860. OsBURN, W. Notes on the Mountain Birds of Jamaica. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
pp. 6925-6934.
Continued from same journal for 1859, g. v.
1860. Pumipri, R. A. Ueber zwei vermuthlich neue Chilenischen Enten und iiber
Fringilla barbata Mol. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1860, (1), pp. 24-28.
Anas ioparcia, p.24. Erismatura vittata, p.26. Synonymik von Chrysomitris barbata.
1860. Puiiprt, R.A.,and LANDBECK, L. Beschreibung zweier neuen Chilenischen
Vogel aus den Geschlechtern Procellaria und Caprimulgus. < Arch. f. Na-
turg., 1860, (1), pp. 279-284.
Oaprimulgus andinus, p. 279; Thalassidroma segethi, p. 282.
1860. Satvrx, O. [Editorial Extracts from Letters from Dueiias, Guatemala, Aug. 30
and Oct. 25, 1859.] < Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 99-101.

276 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. { Vol. V.

1860. Satvin, O. [Letters from Vera Paz, relating to various Birds, with a compara-
tive list of the Trochilide of Dueias and Coban.] < bis, ii, 1860, pp. 193-197.

1860. SALVIN, O., and ScLATER, P. L. Contributions to the Ornithology of Guate-
mala. <Jbis, ii, 1850, pp. 28-45, pl. iii, pp. 272-278, 396-402, pl. xiii.
80+39+4+52=171spp. The first article contains species not mentioned in the authors’
paper on the same subject in Ibis, vol. i, 1859, with the whole of Salvin’s field-notes on his first
collection; the second, 39 more new to the fauna of the country; the third, 52 more, both with
Salvin’s field-notes. Zhryothorus pleurostictus, p. 30; Elainia subpagand, p. 36; Malacoptila
veraepacis, p.40; Chrysotis guatemale ‘‘Hartl.”’, p. 46, spp. nn. The pll. represent Ohetura
rutila and Pionus haematotis. Cf. Ibis, 1866, pp. 188-206.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of [lately] New Species of Birds collected by Mr.
Louis Fraser at Pallatanga, Ecuador. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), v, 1860, pp.
427-430.

From P. Z. S., April 12, 1859, pp. 135-147, gq. v. :

1860. ScLaTER, P. L. On two [lately] new Birds from the Rio Napo. <Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (3), v, 1860, p. 498.

From P. Z. S., Nov. 22, 1859, pp. 440, 441, q. v.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L. On the Eggs of Two Raptorial Birds from the Falkland Islands.
< Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 24-28, pl. i.
Pl. i, fig. 1, Milwago australis; fig. 2, Cathartes sp., wrongly identified as Milvago australis ;
fig. 3, Buteo erythronotus.

1860. ScLtaTER, P.L. List of Additional Species of Birds collected by Mr. Louis Fraser
at Pallatanga, Ecuador; with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. <P.
Z. §., XXVili, 1860, pp. 63-73.

64 spp.—Thryothorus mystacalis, p. 64; Grallaria erythrops, G. regulus, p. 66; Myiarchus
nigriceps, Platyrhynchus albogularis, Bupsilostoma pusillum, p. 68; Tyrannulus flavidifrons,
T. cinereiceps, p. 69, spp. nn.

1860. SctaTER, P. L. List of Birds collected by Mr. Fraser in the vicinity of Quito,
and during excursions to Pichincha and Chimborazo; with Notes and Deserip-
tions of New Species. <P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 73-83, pl. (Aves) clix.

52 spp.—Thryothorus eophrys, p. 74; Oreomanes (un. g.) fraseri, p. 75, fig. pl. clix; Cinclodes
excelsior, C. albidiventris, p.77; Agriornis andecola, p. 78; Attagis chimborazensis, p. 82, spp. nn.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L. List of Birds collected by Mr. Fraser in Ecuador, at Nanegal,
Calacali, Perucho, and Puellaro; with Notes and Descriptions of New Species.
<P. Z.8., xxviii, 1860, pp. 83-97, pl. (Aves) clx.

130 Spp.—Thryothorus nigricapillus, Basileuterus semicervinus, p. 84; Oryzoborus cethiops,
p. 88; Pipreola jucunda, p. 89; Pipra deliciosa, p. 90, figg.; Masius coronulatus, p. 91; Cyclo-
rhynchus fulvipectus, p. 92; Myiobius villosus, p. 93, spp. nn.

1860. SctaTER, P.L. [Announcement of the arrival of some Mammals and Birds from
British Honduras.] <P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860, p. 206.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L. List of Birds collected by Mr. Fraser at Babahoyo in Ecuador,
with Descriptions of New Species. <P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 272-290, pl.
(Aves) exliv.
134 spp.—Geothlypis semiflava, p. 273; Cyclorhis virenticeps (pl. exliy), Saltator favidicollis,
p. 272; Embernagra chrysomus, p. 275; Spermophila ophthalmica, Oryzoborus occidentalis,
Cassiculus flavicrissus, p.276; Xiphorhynchus thoracicus, p. 277; X. pusillus (ex Nova Gra-
nada), p. 278; Formicivora consobrina, Cercomacra maculosa, Pachyrhamphus spodiurus, p. 279;
Attila torridus, Fluvicola atripennis, p. 280; Megarhynchus chrysogaster, Tyrannus niveigu-
laris, Myiarchus pheocephalus, p.281; Cyclorhynchus subbrunneus, Muscivora occidentalis, p.
282; Bucco lewcocrissus, p. 284; Dryocopus fuscipennis, p. 286, spp. nn.

1860. SctaTeR, P. L. List of Birds collected by Mr. Fraser at Esmeraldas, Ecuador,
with Descriptions of New Species. <P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 291-298.
93 spp.—Cyphorinus pheocephalus, p. 291, sp. n.
1860. SctaTEeR, P. L. Catalogue of Birds of the Falkland Islands. <P. Z, 8., xxviil,

1860, pp. 382-391, pl. (Aves) clxxiii. (Cf. op. cit., 1861, p. 45; 1864, p. 73.)
57 spp., with brief field-notes. Chloephaga rubidiceps, p. 387, pl. clxxiii, sp. n.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 2UE

1860. ScLtaTER, P. L. Characters of Ten New Species of American Birds. <P. Z.8.,
XxXvuli, 1860, pp. 461-467.

Campylorhynchus nigriceps, p. 461; OC. gularis, Vireo modestus, p. 462; Vireosylvia cobanensis,
p. 468; Myiobius flavicans, MW. pulcher, MW. crypterythrus, p. 464; ML. cryptoxanthus, p. 465;
Heteropelma amazonum, H. flavicapillum, p. 466. The article includes synopses of the species
of Myiobius and Heteropelma.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Characters of Eleven [lately] New Species of
Birds discovered by Osbert Salvin in Guatemala. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3),
vi, 1860, pp. 215-217.

From P. Z. S., May 22, 1860, pp. 298-301.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L., and Savin, O. Characters of Eleven New Species of Birds dis-
covered by Osbert Salvin inGuatemala. <P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 298-301.

Polioptila albiloris, Dendreca chrysoparia, p. 298; Hylophilus cinereiceps, Glyphorhynchus pec-
toralis, Thamnistes anabatinus, Platyrhynchus cancrominus, p. 299; Tyrannulus semiflavus,
Heteropelma vercepacis, Lipaugus holerythrus, Pionus hematotis, Corethrura rubra, p. 300.

1860. Taytor, G. C. On Birds collected or observed in the Republic of Honduras,
with a short Account of a Journey across that country from the Pacific to
the Atlantic Ocean. <Jbis, ii, 1860, pp. 10-24; 110-122, 222-228, 311-317.

Description of the region and field-notes on 96 spp.

1861. ApBoTT, C. C. [Field-] Notes on the Birds [66 spp.] of the Falkland Islands.
<lbis, iii, 1861, pp. 149-167.

Cf. P. Z. S., 1860, p. 382, and Feb. 12, 1861, p. 45; also, Ibis, 1860, p. 336.

1861. ALBRECHT, R. Zur Ornithologie Cuba’s. Nach Geo. N. Lawrence und J. Gund-
lach mitgetheilt. <J. f. O., 1861, ix, pp. 198-215.

Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., passim, 1855-60. 28 spp.

1861. BOLLE, C. Guano-Gewinnung auf den Chincha-Inseln. <J. f. O., ix, 1861, pp.
387-390.

Aus Cuzco und Lima von Clements Markham, London, 1856.

1861. BURMEISTER, H. Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten, mit besonderer Riicksicht
auf die physische Beschaffenheit und den Culturzustand der Argentinischen
Republik. Ausgeftihrt in den Jahren 1857-61. Zweiter Band. Halle. 1861.

Not seen. Said to contain lists of mammals, birds, ete. Cf. Ibis, 1863, pp. 357, 358; J.f. O.,
viii, 1860, pp. 241-268.

1861. Eprrorrau. [Noteson some birds of the Falkland Islands. ] <bis, iii, 1861, p. 312.

1861. GuNDLACH, J. Tabellarische Uebersicht aller bisher auf Cuba beobachteten
Vogel. <J. f. O., 1861, ix, pp. 321-349.

With tabular statement of periods of migration and breeding, comparativé abundance or
scarcity, and general geographical distribution, in seven categories. 249 spp.

1861. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of three new new species of Birds [from Mid-
dle America]. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1861, pp. 303-305.

Grallaria perspicillata, p. 303; Polioptila superciliaris, p. 304; Chlorostilbon nitens, p. 305.

1861. OWEN, RoBERT. On the Nesting of some Guatemalan Birds. With remarks by
Osbert Salvin,. . . <Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 58-69, pl. ii.

23spp. Field-notes; dese. of nests and eggs by O. Salvin; 5 spp. eggs figured on pl. i.

1861. Purrrpri, [R. A.], and Lanppeck, [L.] Descripcion. De algunas especies
nueyas de pdjaros[chilenos]. << Anal. Univ. Chile, xviii, 1861, pp. 731-734.

Upucerthia albiventris, p.731; Larus frobenti, p. 732; L. cinereo caudatus, p. 733.—These three
species are also described in Arch. fiir Naturg. of same year.

1861. Puitipri, [R. A.], and LanpBE[c]k, [L.] Descripcion de unas nueve especies
de pajaros peruanos del Museo Nacional. < Anal. Univ. Chile, xix, Nov.,
1861, pp. 609-622.

Synallaxis striata, p.609; Ohlorospiza erythronota, p. 610; Pitylus albociliaris, p. 611; Sterna
lorata, p. 612; S. Trobeni (sic!], p. 613 (commonly quoted frobeeni or frobeni) (“‘fué muerta en
setiembre de 1851 por el finado Trobén”); S. comata, p. 614; Leistes albipes, p.616; Recurvi-
rostra andina, p. 618; Dasycephala albicauda, p. 618.—Cuatro especies del jénero Pepoaza
@'Orb.,—livida, andecola, montana, maritima.—Noticias sobre el modo de vivir de las dos
especies chilenas de Dasycephala.

278

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

Puiripri, R. A., and Pee L. Neue Wirbelthiere von Chile. < Arch. f.
Naturg., (1), 1861, pp. 289-30
B. Aves: Upucerthia albiventris, p. 2905 Larus frobenii, p. 292; L. cinereo-caudatus, p. 293.
SaLié, A. Liste d’Oiseaux | a vendre | provenant des chasses faites en Amé-
rique | par M. Auguste Sailé, | Rue Guy-de-la-Brosse, 13, a Paris. | Paris,
mars 1861 | 8vo pamph. pp. 7.

Ces oiseaux sont en peaux bien préparées; ils ont été mentionnés par Bonaparte dans ihe
Compt. Rend., et ils ont aussi fourni la matiére de plusieurs articles publiés par Sclater dans
les P. Z. S., 1856, ’57, °58, 59 et 60. Ils proviennent du Mexique, de Vile de St. Domingue,
de la Vénézuela et de Amérique du Nord.

SaLvin, O. A List of [28] Species to be added to the Ornithology of Central
America. < Idis, iii, 1861, pp. 351-357.

Cf. same author’s and P. L. Sclater’s several articles on same subject in same journal,

previous numbers. Cf. Ibis, 1866, pp. 188-206.

SaLvin, O. Descriptions of three new species of Birds from Guatemala. <P.
Z. S., SXxix, 1861, pp. 202, 203.

Oyphorinus philomela, Embernagra chloronota, p. 202; Aphantochroa roberti, p. 203.

SaLvin, O. Descriptions of three [lately] new species of Birds from Guatemala.
<Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), viii, 1861, pp. 334, 335.

From P. Z. S., May 14, 1861, pp. 202, 203, q. v.

SciaTer, P. L. Characters of Eight ee New Species of American Birds.

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), vii, 1861, pp. 327-330.
From P. Z. S., Dec. 11, 1860.

ScrtaTEeR, P. L. Additions and Corrections to the List of the Birds of the Falk-
land Islands [in P. Z. S., 1860, pp. 882-391]. <P. Z.S8., xxxix, 1861, pp. 45-47.
(See P. Z. S., 1864, p. 73.)

11 spp. List of 8 spp. of Falkland Spheniscide.

SciaTER, P. L. List of a Collection of Birds made by the late Mr. Osburn in

Jamaica, with notes. <P. Z. 8., xxxix, 1861, pp. 69-82, pl. xiv and woodce.
92 spp.—Laletes osburni, g. sp.D., p. 72, pl. xiv, f. 2; Sipnion being be g.n., p. 77; Blainia fallax,
sp. n., p. 76.

1861-62. GunpLacH, J. Zusiitze und Berichtigungen zu den ,,Beitragen zur Orni-

thologie Cuba’s‘‘. (In den friiheren Jahrgiingen dieses Journals.) <J.f. 0.,
ix, 1861, pp. 401-416; x, 1852, pp. 81-96, 177-191.
Reviews a large number of his species, mainly upon information acquired through Baird,
Cassin and Lawrence’s Birds of North America. In using Dr. Gundlach’s work, it is essen-
tial to consult this article in connection with the previous ones. See 1855-57, GUNDLACH, J.

1861-62. ScLtaTER, P.L. Catalogue | of | a Collection | of | American Birds | belonging

to | Philip Lutley Sclater, M. A., Ph. D., F. R. 8., | Fellow of Corpus Christi
College, Oxford; | Secretary to the Zoological Society of London; | Editor of
“The Ibis.” | [Vignette. Motto.] | London: | N. Triibner and Co., Paternoster
Row. | [1861,] 1862. 1vol. 8vo. pp. xvi, 338, with or without pll. xx.

The collection consisted of about 4,100 specimens of 2,170 species of American Passeres,
Fissirostres, and Scansores, 385 being type-specimens. The text consists of a copious syn-
onymy, with enumeration of specimens of each species by locality whence procured, and some
little running commentary in footnotes.

Phenicothraupis erythrolema Bp.?, p.83; Tachyphonus ecristatellus, p. 86; Paroaria cervi-
calis, p. 108; Chrysomitris uropygialis, p. 125; Icterus xanthornus, p. 131; Quiscalus equatori-
alis, p.140; Q. assimilis, p. 141; Glyphorhynchus major, p. 161; Thamnophilus strenuus, p. 173;
Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris, p. 242; P. dorsalis, p. 243; Momotus swainsoni, p. 261; Bucco
napensis, p. 269; Chelidoptera brasiliensis, p. 275; Chloronerpes matherbii, p. 338; Conurus pro-
pinquus, p. 346, are spp. nn. indicated in footnotes. Hyetornis, g.n., p.321, and probably some
other generic names, are here used for the first time without particular notice of the fact.
A list of the author’s publications from 1850 to 1861 inclusive, 165 in number, is appended.

The completed yol. dates 1862, but some copies of the sheets were distributed as printed;
date of printing is on each signature, according to which the first twelve (to p. 192) appeared
jn 1861, the rest in 1862. The book is found with or without the plates; perfect copies, with

. the plates, are scarce. These are as follows:—Pl.1, Turdus pinicola. 11, Oinelus lewconotus.
Ill, Cumpylorhynchus jocosus. IV, Thryothorus pleurostictus. V, Hylophilus ochraceiceps.

No. 2.|

COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 279

1861-62. SciaTErR, P. L.—Continued.

VI, Diglossa indigotica. VII, Dacnis egregia. VIE, D. pulcherrima. YX, Oalliste eyanotis.
X, Chlorospingus castaneicollis. XI, Embernagrachrysoma. XI, Sclerurus mexicanus. XIU,
Synallaxis castunea. XIV, Anabazenops subalaris. XV, Myrmotherule ornata. XVI, For-
micivora boucardi. XVII, Platyrhynchus coronatus. XVIL, f. 1, Oncostoma cinereigulare ;
f. 2, Todirostrum schistaceiceps. XIX, Masius coronulatus. XX, Chiroxiphia regina.

1861-63. LAWRENCE, G.N. Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, made in New Grenada,

by James McLeannan, Esq., of New York, with Notes and Descriptions of
New Species. PartI. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1861, pp. 288-302
(Jan., 1861); Part II, pp. 315-334 (June, 1861); Part III, pp. 461-479 (Feb., 1862) ;
Part IV, viii, pp. 1-13 (May, 1863).

I. Leucopternis semiplumbeus, p. 288; Chlorostilbon assimilis, p. 292; Pachyramphus cinnamo-
meus, p. 295; Tachyphonus cassinii, p. 297; Capito maculicoronatus, p. 300; Corethrura albigu-
laris, p. 302. IL. Thryothorus galbraithii, p. 320; Th. castaneus, p. 321; Hylophiius pusillus, p. 323 ;
Hf. aurantiifrons, p. 324; H. viridiflavus, p. 324; Myiarchus brunneiceps, p.327. TIL. Syrnium
lineatum, p. 462; Trogon concinnus, p. 463; Dacnis venusta, p. 464; Automolus pallidigularis, p.
465 ; Dendrocincla olivacea, p. 466; Dendrornis lachrymosus, p. 467; Myrmetherula fulviventris,
p. 468; Ramphocenus semitorquatus, p. 469; Myrmeciza ferruginea, p. 470; Turdus obsoletus, p.
470; Attila sclatert, p. 470; Empidonaa griseigularis, p. 471; Leptopogon flavovirens, p. 472;
Psittovius subeceruleus, p. 475; Pionius coccinicollaris, p. 475; Chloronerpes callopterus, p. 476.
IY. Petrochelidon albilinea, p.2; Cyphorinus lawrenciiScl. MS., p.5; Pithys bicolor, p.6; Rhyn-
chocyclus flavo-olivaceus, p.8; Lipaugus albogriseus, p.9; Spermophila semicollaris, p.10; Sper-
mophila schistacea, p. 10, spp. un. 415 spp. (as numbered, but some of the Nos. duplicated)
treated, with various critical notes, besides the descriptions of new species. The reception of
collections at different times causes the several lists to be successive additions, and gives
occasion for some rectifications in later lists of earlier identifications. The sequence of the
species is systematic in each of the four lists, but not continuously so throughout the whole.

1861-69. CaABANIS, J. Uebersicht der im Berliner Museum befindlichen Végel von

Costa Rica. <J.f. O., vili, 1860, pp. 321-336 (pub. Jan., 1861), 401-416 (pub.
May, 1861); ix, 1861, pp. 1-11, 81-96, 241-256; x, 1862, pp. 161-176, 321-336 ;

xvii, 1869, pp. 204-213.

None published till Jan., 1861, though the first two portions appear in the Nos. for Sept.—
Noy., 1860. Based on the investigations of Drs. vy. Frantzius, Hoffmann, and Ellendortf.
This important systematic review of Costa Rican birds is full of critical matter, and gives
many new generic and specific names, as follows :—

Pezopetes, p.415; Amaurospiza, p. 3; Callispiza (pro Calliste), p. 87; Acrocompsa, p. 88
Panterpe, p. 164; Ceophloeus, p. 176, gen. nn.

[Jan., 1861] Catharus frantzii, Turdus plebejus, p. 323; T. nigrescens, p. 324; Rhimamphus
ruficeps, p. 326; Compsothlypis gutturalis, p. 329; Trighphidia callophrys, p. 331; Phonasca
luteicapilla, p.332; P. gracilis, p. 333; P. humilis, p. 334; P. gnatho, p.335; P. saturata, p. 336.
{ May, 1861] Polioptila (not named), p. 401; Ptilogonys caudatus, p. 402; Cyclorhis subjia-
vescens, p.405; Troglodytes intermedius, p. 407; Lhryothorus modestus, p. 409; Diglossa plum-
bea, p. 411; Melozone leucotis, p. 413; Pezopetes cupitalis, p. 415. [1861] Amaurospiza concolor,
p. 8 (Cyanospiza minor, p.4); Sporophila leucopsis, S. ochropyga (Licht., Mus. Ber.), p. 5; S.
hofimanni, p. 6 (Lampropsar warczwiczi, p. 83); Phoentcothraupis fuscicauda, p. 86; Calli-
spiza frantzii, p. 87; Atticora eyanophea, p. 92; Myrmornis hofmanni, p. 95; Thamnophilus
punctatus, p. 241; Thripobrotus compressus, p. 243; Myiarchus nigricapillus, p. 200. [1862]
Hemithylaca hofimannii, p. 163; Panterpe insigiis, p. 164; Chlorolampis salvini, p. 164; Mala-
coptila costaricensis, p. 172; Trogon tenellus, p. 173; Chloronerpes uropygialis, p. 321; Cen-
turus hoffmannii, p. 322 (0. polygrammicus, p. 326); Ramphastos approximans, p. 333, Spp. nn.

Synopsis of 6 spp. of Pyrrhocoraz, 4 spp. of Chloronerpes, 10 spp. of Centurus, and various
less formal special criticisms.

[1869] This portion treats of 8 spp. of Glaucidiwm and of various Raptatores and other
birds. Asturina polionota, p.208; Ortalida frantzii, p. 211; Crypturus modestus, p. 212, spp. nn.

1862. AtBRecHT, R. Zur Ornithologie von Jamaica. Nach Osburn, Sclater und

Gosse zusammengestellt. <J. f. O., x, 1862, pp. 192-207.
Compilation from the sources named. 191 spp.

1862. EprrortaL. [O. Salvin’s and F. Godman’s Operations in Guatemala. ] < This,

iv, 1862, p. 195.

1862. LawRrENcr, G.N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds [of Middle America],

of the Families Charadride [sic], Trochilidw, and Caprimulgide. < Ann.

Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1862, pp. 455-460.
Aegialitis tenwirosiris, p. 455; Tiedt din lucie, p. 456; Chlorostilbon insularis, p. 407;
Trochilus wurigularis, p. 458; Sapphironia luminosa, p. 498 ; Stenopsis maculicaudus, p. 459.

280 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1862. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds from the Isthmus
of Panama. < Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 10-13.
Heleodytes albo-brunneus, p.10; Pitangus albovittatus, Myozetetes granadensis, p.11; Todiros-
trum olivaceum, Tyranniscus parvus, Tyrannulus brunneicapillus, p. 12. :
1862. SALLé, A., and PARZUDAKI, E. N°2. Avril 1862. | Catalogue | des | Oiseaux
du Mexique | composant | les collections de M. A. Sallé, | Rue Guy-de-la-
Brosse, 13, a Paris, | et | de M. E. Parzudaki, Rue du Bouloi, 2. | — | [ Paris:
Impr. de Mme. Ve. Bouchard-Huzard, Rue de l’Eperon, 5. 1862.] 8vo. pp. 7.
Ces oiseaux sont en peaux bien préparées et ont été mentionnés par Bonaparte dans les
Comptes Rendus de l'Institut; ils ont aussi fourni la matiére de plusieurs notices bubies par
Sclater dans les P. Z. S., 1856-1860.

1862. SaLvin, O. [Letter on Birds from Duefias, Guatemala.] < Ibis, iv, 1862, p. 96.

1862. ScLATER, P. L. On some Birds recently Collected by M. Boucard in Southern
Mexico. < P.Z.S., xxx, 1862, pp. 18-20, pl. iii.

16 spp.—Harporhynchus ocellatus, p. 18, pl. ii, sp. n.

1862. SCLATER, P.L. Characters of Nine New Species of Birds received in collections
from Bogota. <P. Z.S., xxx, 1862, pp. 109-112, pl. xi.

Turdus ephippialis, p.109; Hylophilus ferrugineifrons, Chlorospingus oleagineus, Philydor
panerythrus, p. 110; Leptopogon erythrops, L. pecilotis, Myiobius bellus, p.111; Limpidochanes
pecilurus, Urochroma stictoptera (pl. xi), p. 112.

1862. ScLatTmeR, P.L. Characters of Nine [lately] New Species of Birds received in
collections from Bogota. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), x, 1862, pp. 309-313.

From P. Z. 8., March 25, 1862, pp. 109-112, ¢. v.

1862-63. NATTERER, J., ed. PELZELN, A. Vv. Handschriftliche Notizen [tiber die Ca-
thartide und Falconide Brasiliens]. < Verh. (4bh.)k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
xii, 1862, pp. 171-192; xiii, 1863, pp. 631-636.

Notizen iiber 25 Arten der hier besprochenen Gruppen, als Anhang zu Pelzelns ,, Die Geier
und Falken der Kaiser]. Ornith. Sammlung‘‘, tomm. citt. pp. 123-192, 585-636.

1863. [Barrp, 8. F.] List of the described Birds of Mexico, Central America, and the
West Indies not in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. January 1,
1863. 8vo, double column, pp. 6.

Names only.

1863. Bates,H.W. The Naturalist on the River Amazons; a record of adventures,
habits of animals, sketches of Brazilian and Indian life, and aspects of Nature
under the Equator during eleven years of travel. By Henry Walter Bates.
London. Murray, 1863. 2vols. 8vo. figg.

Orig. ed., not seen: see 2d ed., 1864. Numerous ornithological passages, and some of the
woodcuts. Mr. Bates’s collection of birds, upwards of 400 species, is said to have been dis-
persed with only imperfect record (P. Z. S., 1857, pp. 261-268, g. v.) of names, dates, or locali-
ties. Of. Ibis, 1863, pp. 462,463; Nat. Hist. Rev., 2d ser., iii, 1863, pp. 385-389; Zoologist, xxi,

1863, pp. 8537-8554.

1863. Epiror. The NaturalistontheAmazons. < Nat. Hist. Rev., 2d ser., iii, 1863, pp.
385-389.

Editorial review of H. W. Bates’s work.

1863. LawRENcE, G.N. Descriptions of Eight New Species of Birds from the Isthmus
of Panama. <Jbis, v, 1863, pp. 181-184.

Cotyle uropygialis, Dendrornis nana, Formicivora virgata, Myrmelastes corvinus, Myiozetetes
marginatus, Myiobius atricaudus, Platyrhynchus superciliaris, Celeus syuamatus.

1863. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families
Vireonide and Rallide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 106, 107.

Vireo atripennis, Oorethrura guatemalensis, p.106; Aramides axillaris, p. 107.

1863. NEWMAN, E. Notices of New Books. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8537-8554.

Extended notice of Bates’s ‘‘ The Naturalist on the River Amazons”.

1863. PELZELN, A. v. Ueber vier von Natterer in Brasilien gesammelte noch un-
beschriebene Vigelarten. < Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xiii, Oct. 10,
1863, pp. 1125-1128.

Syrnium superciliare, p.1125; Strix superciliaris, Tinamus guttatus, p. 1126; T. erythropus
p. 1127.

g

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 281

1863. Poiuiprl, R. A., ond LANDBECK, L. Beitriige zur Fauna yon Pern. < -Arch. f.
Naturg., —, 1863, pp. 118 -—.

Synallaxis striata ; Chlorospiza erythronota ; Pitylus albociliaris; Sternalorata; S.frobeenii;
S.comata ; Leistes albipes; Recurvirostra andina; Dasycephala (Agriornis) albicauda.—Ct.
Ibis, 1864, pp. 120, 121. (Seen, but transcript defective; volume missing from set when
wanted for revision.)

r

1863. SALVIN, O. [Letter on his operations in Guatemala; suggests name of sancti

jerome for a perhaps new Panyptila.] < Ibis, v, 186° ey 239.

1863. SALVIN, O. Descriptions of Thirteen New Species of Birds discovered in Cen-
tral America by Frederick Godman and Osbert Salvin. < P. Z. 8.,xxxi, 1863,
pp. 185-192, pll. (Aves) xxiii, xxiv, woode.

Thryothorus petenicus, Dendreca niveiventris (pl. xxiv, f. 2), p. 187; Cardellina versicolor
(pl. xxiv, 1), Vireo pallens, V. ochraceus, V. semiflavus, p.188; Petrochelidon littorea, Spizella

pinetorum, Ammodromus petenicus, Junco alticola, p. 189; Chrysomitris atriceps, Blaénia
arenarum, Panyptila sancti hieronymé (p!. xxiii), p. 190 (ef. Ibis, 1863, p. 239).

1863-64. Marcu, W. T. Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. With Remarks by S. F.
Baird. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 150-154, 283-304; xvi,
1864, pp. 62-72.

e An extended commentary on the habits, etc., of numerous species, with some technic by
S.F. Baird. Mimus hillii, p.291,sp.n. Cf. Ibis, 1864, p. 404.

1864. Batres, H. W. The | Naturalist on the River | Amazons, | A record of adyen-
tures, habits of animals, sketches of | Brazilian and Indian Life, and aspects
of nature under | the Equator, during eleven years of travel. | By Henry
Walter Bates. | [Cut.] | Pelopzeus Wasp building nest. | Second Edition. |
With map and illustrations. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle street. |
1864. | [The Right of Translation is reserved.] | lvol. 16mo. pp. iii—xii,
1-466, map, pll., and cuts (40 illusts. in all).

Orig. ed. 1863, g.v. This work is pleasantly ornithological here and there throughout, and

includes figures of several birds. Chap. XII, pp. 388-426, Animals of the neighbourhood of
Ega. Birds, pp. 402-412; especially full on Rhamphastide.

1864. Casstn, J. Notes on some Species of Birds from South America. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sei. Phila., xvi, 1864, pp. 286-288, pll. i-iv.
Critical; 7 spp.—Pl. I, f.1, Callistelavinie; f.2, C. hannahie, sp.n., p. 287. Pl. II, Orthogonys
olivaceus. Pl. III, Pittasoma michleri. Pl. 1V, Monasa pallescens.

1864. LANDBECK, L. Contribuciones a la Ornitolojia de Chile. < Anales de la Univer-
sidad de Chile, tom. xxiv, No. 4, April, 1864, pp. 336-348.

The original Spanish version of the paper by the author and Dr. Philippi in the Archiv
fiir Naturgeschichte, 1864, (1), pp. 41-54 (cf. Zool. Rec., ii, p. 81), and of the paper in the same
periodical, 1864, (1), pp. 55-62, by the author alone (cf. Zool. Rec., ii, p. 80).—Dendroica atrica-
pilla Ldb., p.386; Arundinicola citreola Ldb., p. 338; Chlorospiza plumbea Ph. & L., p. 341;
Sycalis aureiventris Ph. & L., p. 342, spp. un. Sobre los Azores chilenos, p. 345; Accipiter
chilensis Ph. & L., p. 346, sp. n.

1864. LanpBeck, L. Beitriige zur Ornithologie Chiles. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1854, (1),
pp. 55-62. (Cf. Arch. f. Nat., (1), 1864, pp. 41-54; 1865, pp. 56-106; 1866, pp.
121-132.)

Dendroica atricapilla, p.56; Arundinicola citreola, p. 58.

1864. LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds [of Central and South
America] of the Families Tanagrid, Cuculid, and Trochilide, with a Note
on Panterpe insignis. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1864, pp. 41-46.
Saltator fulviventris, p.41; Tachyphonus tibialis, p.41; T. napensis, p.42; Coceyzus julieni, p.
42; Urochroa leucura, p. 43; Urosticte rujicrissa, p.44; Ramphomicron olivaceus, p. 44.
1864. Lawrence, G. N. Catalogue of Birds collected at the Island of Sombrero, W.
L., with Observations by A.A. Julien. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii,
1864, pp. 92-106.
34 spp., of which only 12 are land-birds; among them are Vireosylvia atripennis and Coceyzus
julieni ; collector’s field-notes; Vireosylvia virginalis, sp. n. prob., p. 97.

Bull. v, 2 9

282

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1865.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Caere-
bide, Tanagride, Icteride, and Scolopacide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
xvi, 1864, pp. 106-108.

Dacnis ultramarina, Saltator intermedius, p.106; Cassicus vitellinus, Ereunetes occidentalis,
p. 107; all but the last from Isthmus of Panama, the Hreunetes being from North America.

Puiwiprl, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Contribuciones a la ornitolojia de Chile.
< Anales Univ. Chile, xxv, Set. de 1864, pp. 408-439.

1. Pteroptochus castaneus, sp.n., p.408.—2. De las Alondras Chilenas, pp. 409-418. Certhi-
lauda frobeni, p. 411; C. isabellina, p. 412; Geobamon fasciatus, p. 415, spp. nn.—3. De las
Muscisaxicolas Sud-Americanas, pp. 418-439. Muscisawicola cinerea, p. 422; M. rubricapilia,
p- 429; Wl. flavivertex, p. 434; WM. nigrifrons, p. 4386, spp. nu.—This paper reappears in Arch.
f. Naturg., 1865, q. v.

PHILipPrl, R. A., and LANDBECK, L.’ Beitrige zur Ornithologie Chiles. < Arch.
f. Naturg., 1864, (1), pp. 41-54. (Cf. Arch. f. Nat., (1), 1864, pp. 55-62; 1865,
pp. 56-106; 1866, pp. 121-132.)

Accipiter chilensis, p.43; Chlorospiza plumbed, p.47; Sycalis auriventris, p. 49.

Satvin, O. A Fortnight amongst the Sea-birds of British Honduras. < TJbis,
vi, 1864, pp. 372-387.

Treating of numerous spp. in form of continuous narrative.

SaLVIN, O. Descriptions of Seventeen New Species of Birds from Costa Rica.
<P. Z. S., xxxii, 1864, pp. 579-586, pll. xxxv-xxxvi.

Catharus gracilirostris, Thryothorus albogularis, T. thoracicus, Myiadestes melanops (pl.
Xxxv), p. 580; Lanio leucothorax, Chlorospingus pileatus, p. 581; Hmbernagra superciliosa,
Myrmeciza lemosticta, Grallaria dives, p. 582; Myiobius capitalis, Piprites griseiceps, Carpo-
dectes (g.n.) nitidus (pl. xxxvi), p. 583; Oreopyra hemileuca, O. caloleema, p. 584; Chalybura -
melanorrhoa, p. 585; Selasphorus flammula, Odontophorus melanotis, p. 586. The author is
acquainted with about 300 species of Costa Rican birds, about 65 of which have been described
as new, which have not been found beyond the limits of Costa Rica, even in the adjoining
province of Veragua.

ScLaTEer, P. L. On some Additions to the List of the Birds of the Falkland
Islands. <P. Z. S., xxxii, 1864, p. 73.

Two species, obtained by Captain Packe, are added to the lists previously drawn up by Dr.
Sclater (P. Z. S., 1860, pp. 382-391; 1861, pp. 45-47, qg.v.). These are Egretta leuce and Prion
turtur. The author adds, from the ‘‘Ibis” (1861, p. 312), rectifications of the names of two
others, viz: Nycticorax obscurus for NV. gardeni, and Larus glaucotis for L. rosewentris.

. SCLATER, P. L. Descriptions of Seven New Species of Birds discovered by the

late Dr. John Natterer in Brazil. <P. Z. S., xxxii, 1864, pp. 605-611, pll.
XXXVII-xxxix, woodce.

Granatellus pelzelni, p. 606, pl. xxxvii, f. 1, with synopsis of 3 spp.; Tanagra olivina Natt.,
Spermophila pileata (Natt.), p. 607, with synopsis of 8 spp.; Poospiza oxyrhyncha (Natt.), p.
608; Hypocnemis flavescens (Natt.), Pteroptochus thoracicus (pl. xxxiii), p. 609, woodce. on p.
610; Pipra nattereri, p. 611, pl. xxxix.

ScLaTER, P. L., and Savin, O. Notes on a Collection of Birds from the
Isthmus of Panama. <P. Z. 8., xxxii, 1864, pp. 342-373, pl. xxx.

Two hundred and seventy-two species are included in this list, to which is prefixed a con-
cise notice of previous papers treating of the same subject. Four new species are described,
namely, Cussiculus microrhynchus, Myrmeciza immaculata, Camptostoma flaviventre, and
Conurus ocularis, while of all those enumerated a very full synonymy is given, correcting a
great many former errors. One species, Hucometis cassint, is figured.

Taytor, E. C. Five Months in the West Indies. < Ibis, vi, 1854, pp. 73-97,
157-173.

Part I, pp. 73-97, Trinidad and Venezuela; sketch of region; 141 spp.; Tyrannus rostratus
Scl., sp.n. Part I, pp. 157-173, Martinique, Dominica, and Porto Rico; same treatment of
subject; 48 spp.; Certhiola dominicana, p. 167; Pitangus taylort ‘‘Scl.”, p. 169, spp. nn. Cf.
Ibis, 1864, p. 405.

Cassin, J. On some Conirostral Birds from Costa Rica in the Collection of the
Smithsonian Institution. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 169-172.

22 spp.—Fiingillide + Tanagride. Arremon rujidorsalis, Buarremon crasstrostris, p. 170;

Euphonia annece, p. 172, spp. nn.

Wo. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 283

1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds [of Central and South
America] of the Families Tanagride, Dendrocolaptid, Formicaride, Tyran-
nid, and Trochilide. <Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 126-135.
Buarremon ocai, p. 126; Philydor rufobrunneus, p. 127; Anabazenops lineatus, p. 127; Mar-
garornis rubiginosa, I. guttata, p. 128; MW. brunneicauda (proband.), p. 130; Dysithamnus
striaticeps, p.130; D. rujiventris, p.131; Myrmotherula albigula, p. 131; Myrmeciza stictoptera,

p. 132; Empidonax flavescens, p.1383; Contopus lugubris, Eupherusa niveicauda, p. 134.

1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds from Central Amer-
ica. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 171-174.
Spermophila hicksi, S. badiiventris, 8. fortipes, Formicivora schisticolor, Elainea frantzii,
and Mitrephorus aurantiiventris.
1865. Lawrence, G. N. List of Birds from near David, Chiriqui, New Grenada,
collected for the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, by Mr. Fred. Hicks,
with Descriptions of New Species. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii,
1865, pp. 174-178.
Spermophila collaris, p.176; Blainea chiriquensis, p. 176; EL. semiflava, p.177, spp. nn.—39spp.

1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Catalogue of a Collection of Birds in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution, made by Mr. H. E. Holland at Greytown, Nica-
ragua, with Descriptions of New Species. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,
vili, 1865, pp. 178-184.

Thryothorus brunneus, p.178; Synallaxis nigrifumosa, p.180; Thamnophilus hollandi, p. 180,
spp. nn. 61 spp.

1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Parid,
Vireonidz, Tyrannide, and Trochilide, with a note on Myiarchus Pana-
mensis. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 37-39.

Polioptila plumbiceps, Hylophilus acuticaudus, p. 37; Myiarchus venezuelensis, Chalybura
aeneicauda, p. 88; C. carnioli, Panychlora parvirostris, p. 39—the last two from Costa Rica,
the others from Venezuela.

1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of four new Species of Birds from the Isthmus
of Panama, New Grenada. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp.
106-108.

Tachyphonus rubrifrons, Anthus (Notiocorys) parvus, p. 106; Thamnophilus nigricristatus,
p. 107; Geotrygon albiventer, p. 108.

1865. LrEYBOLD, F. Cuatro especies nuevas de pdjaros, descubiertos en la pendiente

oriental de la cordillera que separa a la provincia de Santiago de la de Men-
doza. < Anales Univ. Chile, tomo xxvi, Junio de 1865, pp. 712-718.
Synallaxis crissirostris Landb., p. 713; Myarchus (sie) fasciatus Landb., p. 714; Sporoyila (sic)
_ rufirostri (sic) [lege Sporophila rujirostris] Landb., p. 716; Phrygilus ornatus Landb., p. 717.

1865. Puiriprr, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Beitriige zur Ornithologie von Chile. < Arch.
fiir Naturg., 1865, (1), pp. 56-106. (Vergl. Arch., 1864, (1), pp. 41-54, 55-62;
1866, pp. 121-132. )

Enthaltend: Pteroptochos castaneus, p.56; Die Lerchen Chiles, pp. 58-73; Certhilauda cwni-
cularia Lafr., C. frobeni, p. 62; OC. isabellina, p. 63; Geobamon fasciata, p. 68; Certhilauda
nigrofasciata. Monographie der siidamerikanischen Muscisaxicolinen, pp. 74-106; DM. albi-
frons, M. cinerea, p. 80; IL. maculirostris, UM. mentalis, MW. rubricapilia, p. 90; UM. rufi-
ventris, I. flavivertex, p. 98; MW. nigrifrons, p. 101; MW. striaticeps, MU. frontalis, WM. capi-
strata ; M. brunnea, M. flavinucha, WL. albilora, MW. albimentum—15 Arten.—Cf. Cab., ee Ons
1860, p. 249, note; Scl., Ibis, 1865, p. 59.

This paper continues one of similar title by Landbeck in same Archiv, 1864, pp. 55-62, g. v-;
which latter continues one by Philippi and Landbeck, in same Archiv, 1864, pp. 41-54, q. v.;
both these papers of 1864 also appearing iu Spanish in Anal. Univ. Chile, xxiv, 1864, pp.
336-348, q. v., under LANDBECK, L. It is continued in same Archiv, 1866, pp. 121-132, q. v.

The original Spanish version of this paper is in Anales Univ. Chile, xxv, 1864, pp. 408-439.

1865. Satvin, O. The Sea-birds and Waders of the Pacific Coast of Guatemala.
< Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 187-199.

Narrative; running commertary on Dumerous spp.

284 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V:

1865-66. GUNDLACH, J. Revista y Catalogo de las Aves Cubanas. < Poey’s Reper-
- torio Fisico-Nat. Isla Cuba, tomo i, 1865-66, pp. 165-180 (entrega 7, Octubre
1865), 221-242 (ent. 8, 9, Noviembre, Diciembre, 1865), 281-302 (entregas 10,

11, Enero, Febrero, 1866), 347-363 (ent. 12, 13, Abril, Junio, 1866), 384-403

(ent. 14, Agosto 1866); Indice de las Aves Cubanas, pp. 414, 415.

Hasta ahora se conocen 257 especies en estado silvestre en esta isla; 119 especies que tam-
bien pertenecen 4 la América Setentrional; 4 la América Meridional, 8; 4 las dos Américas,
55; dla América Setentrional y 4 la Europa, 8; 4 las dos Américas y & la Europa, 9; otras
Antillas, 18; no en otras tierras, 40 (lamina de la distribucion geografica 4 la pagina 168).

La clasificacion esla que se ha usado en el catalogo publicado por el autor en J. f. O., Jahre.
ix, Nr. 53, 1861, SS. 321-349.

Apendice, pp. 396-402. Catdlogo de las Aves introducidas, 4 esp. Cat. de las Aves obser-
vadas en el campo, pero probablemente huidas de jaulas, 6 esp. Cat. de las Aves indicadas
como pertenecientes 4 la Ornitol. cubana, pero equivocadas con otras que en efecto se encuen-
tran, 87esp. Cat. de las Aves indicadas como pertenecientes 4 la Orn. Cub., pero indudable-
mente por error, 39 esp. Correcciones de erratas esenciales, p. 403.

Sketch of general character of the avifauna; table of geographical distribution of species.
Of 257 species found feral in the island, 40 are peculiar to it, and 119, or more than half the
remainder, are common to North America, 8 to South America. Extracts wom a letter of
Dr. Gundlach relating to Cuban ornithology are also printed in Journ. f. Orn., 1866, pp. 352-
354. Cf. Ibis, 1867, pp. 377, 378.

1866. Barrp, S. F. [On dates of original publication of various spp. nn. of Philippi
and Landbeck’s as between Anales Univ. Chile and Arch. f. Naturg.] <Jbis,
2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 424, 425.

1866. BENVENUTI, E. Descrizione di quattro nuove specie della famiglia dei Tro-
chilidi provenienti della Nuova Granata e di una nuova specie di Dendroica
del Brasile con Vaggiunta di una nota riguardante la Fauna Toscana.
< Annali R. Mus. di Fisica e Storia Nat. di Firenze per il 1865, nuova serie, 1, 1866,
pp. 197-209.

Polytmus (Campylopterus) ceciliae, p. 202; Mellisuga (Panaplites) judith, p.203; M. (Cynan-
thus) salvadorii, p. 204; I. (Hriocnemis) ridoljii, p. 205; Dendroica picciolii, p. 207. :

1866. Bryant, H. H. Bryant, Vogel yon Porto Rico. <J. f. O., xiv, 1866, pp. 181-191.

From Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., Jan., 1866, pp. 248-257.

1866. Bryant, H. A List of Birds from Porto Rico presented to the Smithsonian
Institution, by Messrs. Robert Swift and George Latimer, with descriptions
of new Species or Varieties. <Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, Jan., 1866, pp.
248-257.

41 spp.—Tyrannus antillarum, p. 249; Todus hypochondriacus, p. 60; Mimus polyglottus
var. portoricensis, p. 251; Certhiola flaveola var. portoricensis, Vireo latimeri (descr. nulla),
Spindalis portoricensis, p. 252; Fringilla zena var. portoricensis, Icterus dominicensis yar.
portoricensis, p. 254; Saurothera viecillotii var. rufescens, p. 256. Cf. Ibis, 1867, pp. 129, 130.

1866. GUNDLACH, J. Briefliches von Cuba. <J. f. O., xiv, 1866, pp. 352-354.
Desultory remarks on a few species.
/1866. Guyon, —. Des animaux disparus de la Martinique et de la Guadeloupe
depuis notre établissement dans ces iles. <Comptes Rendus de VAcad. Sci.
Paris, |xiii, 8 Oct. 1866, pp. 589-593.
Not seen: title from Zool. Rec.
1866. LAWRENCE, G. N. Characters of Seven New Species of Birds from Central and
South America, with a Note on Thaumatias chionurus. <<dnn. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
New York, viii, 1866, pp. 344-250. j
Campylorhynchus brevipennis, p. 344; Automolus rufescens, p. 345; Grallaria gigantea, p.
345; Grallaricula costaricensis, p. 346; Pheethornis cassinii, p. 347; Hupherusa cupreiceps, p-
348; Geotrygon veraguensis, p. 349. ;
1866. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Families
Hirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. <Ann. Lye. Nat.
Hist. New York, viii, 1866, pp. 400-405. :
Hirundo cequitorialis, p. 400 (Ecuador) ; Thamnophilus leucopygus, p. 401 (Panama) ; Bmpido-
nax pectoralis, p.402 (Panama); Heliodoxa henryi, p. 402 (Costa Rica); Thawmatias viridicau-
dus, p. 404 (Buenaventura); Amazilia (Pyrropheena) graysoni, p. 404 (Tres Marias Islands).

No.2] -COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 285

1866. Léotacp, A. Oiseaux | de | L’Ile de la Trinidad, | (Antilles), | par A. Léotaud,
| Docteur en Médecine de la Faculté de Paris; membre correspondant de la |
Société de Médecine de Gand. | — | Ouvrage publié par souscription natio-
nale | — | Port @’Espagne: | Chronicle Publishing Office. | — | 1866. 1 vol.
8vo. 2p. ll., pp. i-xx, 1 1., 1-560, 1 1., i-viii, i-iv.

A systematic treatise on 294 ++ 3 species, with synonymy, description, and general remark.
Geographical categories are given at pp. ix-xiii. Cymindis pucherani, p. 40; Dendrocolaptes
altirostris, p. 166; Bmpidonax cabanisi, p. 232; Tachyphonus albispecularis, p. 303, spp. nn.

The author appears to have labored under the usual disadvantages of those who work away
from centres of learning, and his work has a somewhat amateurish air; but it is most credit-
able to him, considering what difficulties he had to contend with, and becomes a standard
work on the special subject.

‘“‘L’ornithologie de la Trinidad frappe tout d’abord parle grand nombre d’espéces, 294 [297]
qui la composent; .

“Ce qui frappe ensuite dans l’ornithologie de la Trinidad c'est qu'elle reléve presqu’en-
tiérement de Amérique Méridionale. En effet en jetant un coup d’eil sur les tableaux qui
précédent, . . . onne trouve pour total que 95 espéces communes 4 l'une ou a plusieurs
des localités désignées dans ces ‘tableaux. Il reste done déja, par ce seul fait, 199 espéces
propres exclusivement 4 la Trinidad et par conséquent & 1 Amérique Méridionale.

Il en resterait 274 propres 4 la Trinidad et a l Amérique du Sud.

“Un troisiéme fait non moins intéressant ressort de la limite qu’atteignent, dans les An-
tilles, les oiseaux migrateurs partis soit du Sud soit du Nord.”

Cf. especially Ibis, 1867, pp. 104-108, for critique on the work.

1866. LeYBoLD, F. Beschreibung von vier neuen Vogelarten aus der Argentinischen
Provinz Mendoza. <J. f. O., xiii, 1865, pp. 401-406. (Pub. 1266.)

Synallaxis crassirostris, p. 401; Myiarchus fasciatus, p. 402; Sporophila rujirostris, p. 404;
Phrygilus ornatus, p. 405. Described by Herr L. Landbeck. See 1865, LEYBoup, F.

1866. Puirpri, R. A., and Lanppeck, L. Beitriige zur Fauna Chiles. <Areh. f.
Naturg., 1866, (1), pp. 121-152.

Pteroptochos castaneus, p.121; Sterna luctuosa, sp. n,, p.126; Synallaxis masafucre (sic—lege
masafuere), sp. n., p. 127; Nwmenius microrhynchus, sp. D., p. 129.

This concludes a series of papers by one of, or both, these authors, of same or similar title,
in same Archiv, 1864, pp. 41-54, 55-64; 1865, pp. 56-106.

1866. Savin, O. A further Contribution to the Ornithology of Guatemala. < Ibis,
2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 1838-206.

81 spp., briefly annotated. The paper continues under a subheading ‘Corrections to the
former Papers on the Ornithology of Central Guatemala’’—which must not be overlooked in
using them. The papers referred to are in Ibis, i, 1859; ii, 1860; iii, 1861. Chameeospiza
torquata S. & §., Ibis, 1860, 274, is Pyrgisoma leucote.

1866. Satvin, O. Descriptions of Eight New Species of Birds from Veragua. <P.
Z. S., XXxiv, 1866, pp. 67-76, pll. vil, vill.

Catharus griseiceps, p. 68, with synopsis of 10 spp.: Microcerculus luseinia, p. 69, with syn-
opsis of 5 spp.; Huphonia rujivertex, p. 71, pl. vii; Buarremon mesoxanthus, Philydor fusci-
pennis, Dysithamnus puncticeps, p. 72; Formicarius rujipectus, p. 73, pl. viii, with synopsis
of 7 spp.; Trogon clathratus, p. 75.

1866. Sctatrr, P. L. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. With Notes on
their habits; by Prof. W. Nation, of Lima, C. M. Z.S. [Part] <P.Z8.,
XxXxiy, 1856, pp. 96-100, pl. xi.

23 spp.—Geositta crassirostris, p. 98; Myiobius nationi, p. 99, pl. xi, f.1,spp.nn. The other
figure of the same plate represents If. pulcher.—Continued, P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 340-344.

1866. SctaTEer, P. L., and Sanvin,O. Catalogue of Birds collected by Mr. E. Bartlett
on the River Ucayali, Eastern Peru, with Notes and Descriptions. <P. Z.S8.,
XXxiv, 1866, pp. 175-201, pl. xviii.

The collection contained about 700 specimens, of 252 spp.—Leveipyus chlorocercus “Gould”,
p. 194; Phaumatias bartletti Gould, p.194; Hypoenemis melanura, p.186; IZ. hemileuea, p. 187;
Synallaxis terricolor, p. 183; S. vulpecula, p. 184; Metopothrix (g. nu.) aurantiacus, p. 190, pl.
xviii; Serpophaga hypoleuca, p. 188; Spermophila ocellata, p. 181; Muscisaxicola Juviatilis,
p. 187; Furnarius torridus, p. 183, spp. nn.

1866. ScLaTER, P.L., and Satviy, O. On some Additions to the Catalogue of Birds
collected by Mr. E. Bartlett on the River Ucayali. <P. Z.S., xxxiv, 1566, pp,
566, 567.

20 species in addition to those of the former list are noticed; none nev,

286

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1866-69. ScLATER, P. L., and SaLvin, O. Exotic Ornithology, | containing | Figures

and Descriptions of New or Rare Species | of | American Birds, | by | Philip
Lutley Sclater, M. A., Ph. D., F. R. S., | Secretary to the Zoological Society
of London, | late Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford; | and | Osbert
Salvin, M. A., F. L. S., F. Z. S. | — | London: | Bernard Quaritch, 15 Pic-
cadilly. | [1866 to] 1869. 1vol. Folio. pp. i-vi, 1-204, pll.i-e. (Published
in 13 parts. )

Exact dates of publication are :—Part I, pll. i-viii, Oct.1, 1866. IJ, pil. ix—xvi, Feb. 1, 1867.
IW, pl. xvii-xxiv, May 1, 1867. IV, pll. xxv-xxxii, Aug. 1, 1867. V, pll. xxxiii-xl, Jan. 1,
1868. VI, pll. xli-xlviii, Apr. 1, 1868. VI, pll. xlix-lvi, July 1, 1868. VIL, pll. lvii-Ixiv,
Aug.1,1868. TX, pll. lxy-Ixxii, Dee. 1,1868. X, pll. Ixxiii-Ixxx, Jan. 1, 1869. XI, pll. lxxxi-
Ixxxviii, June 1, 1869. XII, pll. lxxxix-xevi, Aug. 1, 1869. XIII, pli. xevii-c, Nov. 1, 1869.
The last part contains permanent title, preface, contents, and errata (pp. i-vi), and index (pp.
201-204). The temporary cover-title is a little different from the permanent one.

Cf. Ibis, 1867, pp. 123, 372; 1868, pp. 335-337; 1869, pp. 109, 110; 1870, 262-264; Zool. Rec., iii,
p. 48; iv, p. 51; v, p. 38; vi, p. 60.

The plates are all by Mr. Smit; they are very beautiful. The whole number of species
fignred is 104, referred to 51 genera. In most cases, a systematic list of the other American
species of the same genus is appended to the final illustration of cach, thereby enlarging
the scope and greatly increasing the value of the work. Each of the species is systematically
treated with synonymy, diagnosis, and critical and biographical matter. The authors are
the highest authorities in neotropical ornithology, and this work is a monument of erudition,
industry, and artistic excellence.

Pl. 1, Lipauyus unirufus. Pl. 2, L. subalaris. Pl. 3, L. rufescens. Pl. 4, Furnarius torri-
dus. Pl. 5, Xipholena atropurpurea. P1. 6, Ptilogonys caudatus. Pl. 7, Vireolanius meli-
tophrys. Pl. 8, V. pulchellus.—Pl. 9, Phlogopsis macleannani. V1. 10, Cinclocerthia ruji-
cauda. Pl. 11, C. macrorhyncha. Pl. 12, C. gutturalis. Pl. 13, Accipiter ventralis. Pl. 14,
A. chionogaster. Pl. 15, Rupicola sanguinolenta. Pl. 16, Porzana rubra.—Pl. 17, Accipiter
erythroenemis. Pl. 18, A. castanilius. Pl. 19, Cichlopsis leucogonys. Pl. 20, Nyetibius
bracteatus. Pl. 21, Cyphorinus lawrencii. Pl. 22. C. pheocephalus. Pl. 23, f. 1, Lhryothorus
solstitialis; f. 2, LT. brunneicollis. Pl. 24, Icterus pustulatus.—Pl. 25, Myiadestes obscurus.
Pl. 26, M. unicolor. Pl. 27, ML. ralloides. Pl. 28, VM. elizabethe. V1. 29, Hylactes castaneus.
Pl. 30, Oedicnemus superciliaris. Pl. 31, Lanio aurantius. Pl. 32, L. leucothorax. Pl. 33,
Tachyphonus phoeniceus. Pl. 34, T. delattrii. Pl. 35, Xiphocoleptes emigrans. Pl. 36, X.
major. Pl. 37, Aceipiter chilensis.—L1. 38, Leucopternis superciliaris. Pl. 39, Geotrygon
“chiriquensis” (= albifacies, see Exot. Ornith., viii, 1968, p. 123). Pl. 40, G. bourciert.—PI.
41, f. 1, Chlorophonia frontalis; f. 2, C. longipennis. Pl. 42, C. occipitalis. Pl. 43, Melano-
tis hypoleucus. Pl. 44, Tinamus vobustus. Pl. 45, Crypturus salicci (lege salle). Pl. 46, O.
boucardi. Pl. 47, C. meserythrus. Pl. 48, Tigrisoma cabanisi.—YL. 49, Leucopternis palliata.
Pl. 50, Seops lammeola. Pl. 51, S. barbarus. Pl. 52, Chetura semicollaris. Pl. 53, Porzana
hauxwelli. Pl 54, P. melanophea. Pl. 55, P. albigularis. Pl. 56, P. leucopyrrha.—Pl.
57, Fulica ardesiaca. Pl. 58, F. armillata. Pl. 59, F. leucopyga. Pl. 60, F. leucoptera. Pl.
61, Leucopternis semiplumbea. Pl. 62, Geotrygon chiriquensis (verus; vide supra). PI. 63,
Cardinalis phoeniceus. Pl. 64, f.1, Pyrgisoma rubricatum; f. 2, P. leucote.—P1. 65, f.1, P.
cabanisi; £.2,P. kieneri. Pl. 66, Oxyrhamphus frater. Pl. 67, Thyrorhina schomburgkt. Pi.
68, Chlorophonia calophrys. P1. 69, Accipiter bicolor. Pl. 70, Turdus gigas. P1.71, T. albicollis.
Pl. 72, T. leucomelas.—Pl. 73, T. crotopezus. Pl. 74, Z. albiventris. Pl. 75, T. pheeopygus.
Pl. 76, 7. gymnophthalmus. P1. 77, Bucco striolatus. Pl. 78, Porzana castaneiceps. PI. 79,
Attagis chimborazensis. Pl. 80, Formicivora strigilata.—Pl. 81. Conwrus hofmanni. PI. 82,
Rallus antareticus. P1). 83, R. semiplumbeus. Pl. 84, Pitylus humeralis. Pl. 85, Accipiter gut-
tatus. Pl. 86, Ampelion arcuatus. Pl. 87, Asturina nattereri. Pl. 88, A. ruficauda.—Pl. 89,
A. pucherani. Pl. 90, A. plagiata. Pl. 91, Botaurus pennatus. PP. 92, Tigrisoma fasciatwm.
Pl..93, Thripadectes flammulatus. Pl. 94, Icterus abeillii. Pl. 95, Centropelma micropterum.
Pl. 96, Centrites oreas.—P1. 97, Gallinago imperialis. Pl. 98, G. nobilis. Pl. 99, Querque-
dula puna. P1. 100, Merganetta turneri.

1867. Bryant, H. A List of the Birds of St. Domingo, with Descriptions of some

New Species or Varieties. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. for Dec. 5, 1866,
xi, pub. 1867, pp. 89-98.

79 spp., in part annotated. Tyrannula stolida var. dominicensis, p. 90; LT. carriboea var.
hispaniolensis, Mimus polyglottus var. dominicus, Chrysomitris dominicensis, p. 93, fig. p. 94,
spp. nn. SHalochelidon, p. 95, gen.n. Cf. Tbis, 1868, p. 229.

1867. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. < Ann.

Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1867, pp. 466-482.
Euphonia purpurea, p.466; Buarremon flavovirens, p. 467; Pytilus (Caryothraustes) humera-
lis, p. 467; Philydor virgatus, p. 468; Thamnophilus tenuifasciatus, p.468 ; Thamnophilus nigres-

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 287

1867. LAWRENCE, G. N.—Continued.
cens, p. 469; Myiodynastes superciliaris, p. 470; Agleactis olivaccocauda, p. 470; Heliomaster
spectabilis, p. 472; Passerculus guttatus, p. 473; Zonotrichia melanotis, p. 473; Coturniculus
mexicanus, p. 474; Hadrostomus albiventris, p. 475; Ortyx graysoni, p. 476; Saltator plumbiceps
Ba. MS., p.477; Pheucticus tibialis Bd. MS., p. 478; Spermophila atriceps Ba. MS., p. 479;
Pyrgisoma xantusii Bd. MS., p. 480; Dendrornis mentalis Ba. MS., p. 481. Cf. Ibis, 1868,
pp. 114, 115.
1867, Lawrencr, G.N. Notes on certain Birds from New Grenada, with descrip-
tions of New Species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xix, 1867, pp. 94,95.
Tachyphonus propinguus, Pheenicothraupis vinacea, Leptoptila cassini, p. 94, spp. nn. Cf.
Ibis, 1868, p. 230.
1867. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Five New Species of Central American Birds.
< Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., xix, 1867, pp. 232-234.
Glaucis eneus, Bupherusa nigriventris, p. 232; Thaumatias lucice, Dromococeyx rufiguiaris,
p. 233; Aramides albiventris, p. 234. Cf. Ibis, 1868, pp. 114 and 485. ;

1867. Puiiipri, R. A. Comentario critico sobre los animales descritos por Molina.
< Anales Univ. Chile, xxix, Oct., 1867, pp. 775-802.
‘“Vienen ahora las ‘aves’”’, pp. 788-795, Nos. 104-170.
1867. Satvin, O. On some Collections of Birds from Veragua. <P. Z. S., xxxv,
1867, pp. 129-161, pl. (Aves) xiv.
220 spp., less 4. Avifaunal characters of the region. Pl. xiv, Buarremon crassirostris.—
Chamepetes unicolor, p. 159; Odontophorus leucolemus, p. 161, spp. nn.

1867. ScLaTER, P. L. Remarks on Dr. Léotaud’s ‘Birds of Trinidad.’ < Ibis, 2d ser.,
iii, 1867, pp. 104-108.
Criticism of the work as a whole, and of names of various species in particular.
1867. SctaterR, P. L. [Extracts from letters received from Mr. E. Bartlett, relating to
Peruvian Birds.] <P. Z. S., xxxv, 1867, p. 2.

1867. ScLaTER, P.L. Notes onthe Birds of Chili. < P. Z. S., xxxv, 1867, pp. 319-340.
Abstract of bibliography. Running commentary on the birds, under heads of the several
families; nominal list of 209 species. The article is the most complete summary of the
subject extant. It has special reference to the species described by Philippi and Landbeck.
Cf. Nawmannia, 1853, pp. 207-222; Zool. Rec., ii, pp. 80, 81, and iii, p. 64.

1867. SCLATER, P. L. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. With Notes on
their Habits; by Prof. Nation, of Lima.—(Part II.) <P. Z. 8., xxxv, 1867, pp.
340-344, pll. xx, xxi.

Continued from P. Z. S., 1866, p. 100.—12 spp.—Poospiza bonapartii, p. 341, pl.xx; Porzana
erythrops, p. 343, pl. xxi, spp. nn.—Continued, P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 146-148.

1867. ScLaTER, P. L., and Savin, O. List of Birds collected on the Blewfields River,

Mosquito Coast, by Mr. Henry Wickham. <P. Z. S., xxxv, 1867, pp. 278-280.
39 spp. ; none new.

1867. ScLaTER, P. L., and SALvin, O. List of Birds collected by Mr. Wallace on the
Lower Amazons and Rio Negro. <P. Z 8., xxxv, 1867, pp. 566-596, pll.
ZOD e, NOS

282 spp., annotated; with several synopses of different groups, and summary comparisons of
local faunas. Hylophilus rubrifrons, p. 569, pl. xxx, f.1; H. semicinereus, p. 570, pl. xxx, f. 2;
Heteropelma wallacit, p.579. Pl. xxix is Turdus phaeopygus.

1867. SctaTEeR, P. L.,and Satvin, O. Catalogue of Birds collected by Mr, E. Bart-
lett on the River Huallaga, Eastern Peru, with Notes and Descriptions of New
Species. <P. Z. S., xxxv, 1867, pp. 748-759, pl. xxxiv.

Tabular list of 205 spp., followed by critical commentary on many of them. Dendrocolaptes
radiolatus Sel. MS., p. 755; Thamnophilus murinus Natt. MS., Myrmotherula cinereiventris
Sel. MS., p. 756; Ohetura brachycerca (pl. xxxiv), Celeus citreopygius Bp. MS., p. 758, spp. nn.

1867. ScuaTeR, P. L., and SALvIN, O. List of Birds collected at Pebas, Upper Ama-
zon, by Mr. John Hauxwell, with Notes and Descriptions of New Species.
<—aPite Sip xxxy,. 1867, pp.977-981,) pl. xlv.

135 spp.-- Oryzoborus melas, p. 979; Perenostola fortis, p. 980, pl. xlv, and fig. xylog.; Tyran-
niscus gracilipes, Porzana fasciata, p. 981, spp. nun.

288 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1867. ScLATER, P. L., and SALvin, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. White-
ly.—Part I <P.Z.8S., xxxy, 1357, pp. 982-991, pl. xlvi.
58 spp., annotated—Continued, P. Z. S., 1868, pp. 173-178.

1867-69. EULER, C. Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Végel Brasiliens. <J.f. 0.,
xv, 1867, pp. 177-198, 217-233, 399-420; xvi, 1868, pp. 182-194; xvii, 1869, pp.
241-255.

Cf. Zool. Rec., 1867, p. 68; 1868, p. 55; 1869, p. 49.

1868. ANoN. A strange [apparently fabulous] Bird. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1868,
p. 1295.
From a Copiapo (Chili) paper.

1868. Bri, A. S. [Allusions to some of the] Wild-fowl of Jamaica. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ii, 1868, p. 1483.

1868. BURMEISTER, H. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Argentine Republic
and Adjacent Lands. PartIl <P. Z. S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 633-636.
Since the publication of the author’s ‘“‘Systematisches Verzeichniss der in den La Plata-
Staaten beobachteten Vogelarten” (Journ. fiir Orn., 1860, pp. 241-268), and his ‘‘ Reise durch
die La-Plata-Staaten”’ (1861), he lived five years in Buenos Ayres, and, in studying the orni-
thology of the district, observed some new species, three of which (Cymindis boliviensis, p.
633; Pachyrhamphus albinucha, p. 635; Synallaxis sulphurifera, p. 636) are now described, and
notes on 11 others are given.—Title and part of the comment from Zool. Rec.

1868. Cort, E. D. The Birds of Palestine and Panama compared. < American Nat-
urdlist, 1i, No.7, Sept., 1868, pp. 351-359.

Founded on the researches of Messrs. Tristram, Sclater, and Salvin.

1868. CunninGHAM, R. O. [Letters on South American Ornithology.] < Ibis, 2dser.,
iv, 1868, pp. 122-129, 486-495.
His first letter gives a general account of the birds met with on his voyage to Patagonia.
His second letter describes briefly the localities visited, mentioning their chief ornitho-
logical features. (Another letter follows, Ibis, 1869, pp. 232-234.)

1868. GIEBEL, C. Einige neue und wenig bekannte argentinische Vogel. < Zeitschr.
fiir die gesanmten Naturwissenschaften, 1868, pp. 11-17.
Notes on 4 species, 2 of which, Furnarius tricolor ‘“‘“Burm.”, p. 11, and Campylorhynchus
pallidus “‘Burm.”’, p. 13, appear to be described as new.—Not seen.

1868. PuiLippl, R. A. Catdlogo de las aves chilenas existentes en el Museo Nacional
de Santiago, formado por su director don Rodulfo Armando Philippi.
< Anal. Univ. Chile, tomo xxxi, n° 2°, Agosto de 1868, pp. 241-335.

Prélogo, p.241. Catalogo, pp. 242-292, el érden i la nomenclatura adoptada en la obra de Gay;
229 especies; las especies descritas como chilenas que faltan en el Museo con la sefia ¢ (89).—
Aves chilenas descritas en la obra de Gay que faltan en el Museo 6 que deben borrarse, pp.
292-294, 86 esp.—Aves chilenas no descritas en la obra de Gay, pero existentes en el Museo,
pp. 295-298, 55 esp.—EH1 cuadro siguientes, pp. 298-319, indica cuales de las aves chilenas se
hallan aun en los paises limitrofos i otros paises, i cuales son peculiares a la Republica Chi-
lena.—Apendices: I, pp. 319, 320, Lista de algunos pajaros peruanos en el Museo. II, p. 320,
Pajaros nuevos mendocinos descritos por Landbeck. II, pp. 320-335, Observaciones criticas
sobre algunas especies chilenas mencionas por diversos autores: 1. Hartl., Nawm., p. 220i
siguientes; 2. Beit. zur Zool. gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Welt von Dr. F. I. F. Meyen,
vierte Abth.; 3. Burmeister, Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten; 4. Bibra, Viaje; 5. T. R. Peale,
U.S. Exploring Expedition; 6. Tschudi, Beit. zur geogr. Verbreit. der Meeresvégel u. s. w.;
7. Hombron i Jacquinot; 8. Cassin, U. 8S. Naval Astron. Exped.; 9. Sclater, Notes on the
Birds of Chile, P. Z. S., March 25, 1867, p. 319 i sig.

‘“‘Quedarian, pues, solo 193, nuestro catélogo de las especies chilenas existentes en el Mu-
seo abraza 229 especies 6 si se quiere eliminar . . . siempre 224, i faltan al Museo una docena
de aves de alta mar, que conocemos ser chilenas, de modo que el numero de las aves chilenas
se elevaria a unas 236 0 240.”

1868. Puitippi, R. A. [Letter relating to certain Birds of Chili.] <P. Z S., xxxvi,
1868, pp. 531, 552.
Contains afew corrections of previous paper (P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 319, 320, notes), the prin-
cipal one referring to two species of Anatide.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 289

1868. SALVADORI, T. Intorno ad aleuni Uccelli di Costa Rica. < Attidella R. Accad.
delle Sci. di Torino, iv, Dec., 1868, pp. 170-1835, pl.
23 spp.;none new. Urospatha, g. u.,p.179. The plate represents Pheucticus tibialis. Cf.
Zool. Rec., iv, p.107; Ibis, 1869, pp. 222, 223.

aan, oo

1868. ScLaTeR, P. L. [Report on Lecompte’s Expedition to the Falkland Islands. ]
ROE. 2. Ss; LDS 1D. a20:

1868. SCLATER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. List of Birds collected in the Straits of Magellan
by Dr. Cunningham, with remarks on the Patagonian Ayifauna. < Ibis, 2d
ser., iv, 1868, pp. 183-189.

Briefly bibliographical. List of Patagonian Passeres (30 spp.); 61 specimens, referable to
44 spp.—Continued, Ibis, 1869, pp. 283-286.

1868. ScuaTEeR, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the
Families Dendrocolaptide, Strigide, and Columbide. <P. Z. S8., xxxyvi,
1868, pp. 53-60, pl. v, woodce.

Dendrocinela ruficeps, p. 54; Dendrocolaptes puncticollis, p. 54, pl. v, woode.; synopses of
these genera; Syrniwm fulvescens, p. 58; Scops barbarus, p. 56, woodc.; synopsis of 7 spp. of
Scops; Leptoptila plumbeiceps, L. cerviniventris, p. 59, with synopsis of 8 spp. of the genus.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine
Republic, by Mr. Wiliam H. Hudson. <P. Z. S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 137-146.

96 spp. briefly annotated ; 14 additional to those of Burmeister’s ‘Reise’, q. v., 1856.

1868. ScuaTeER, P. L., and Satvin,O. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goer-
ing.—PartI. <P. Z. S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 165-172, pl. xiii, woode.

126 spp., in tabular form showing geographical distribution, and critical commentary on
some of them. Basileuterus griseiceps, p. 170, Huscarthmus impiger, p.171, woode. pl. xii,
f. 1; Sublegatus (g.n.) glaber, p.171, pl. xiii, f.2, woode., p. 172, spp. nn.

1868. ScraTER, P. L., and SaLviIn, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely.
Part Il. < P.Z.S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 173-178, woodce.

Continued from P. Z. 8., 1867, pp. 982-991.—A list of a collection made in the Tambo Valley,
including 28 spp., none of which are new; but valuable critical notes are appended, and
woodcuts of the heads of 2 spp., belonging to Tanagride (?) and Rallidce (Fulica chilensis),
are introduced.—Continued, P. Z. S., 1868, pp. 568-570.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. Descriptions of New or Little-known American
Birds of the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhamphid, Bucconide, and Strigide.
<P. Z, S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 322-329, pl. xxix.

Peuccea notosticta, sp. u., p. 322, with list of 5spp. Zonotrichia quinquestriata, p. 323, sp.n.
List of 5 spp. of Pyrgisoma. Oxyrhamphus frater, p.326, sp.n. Monasa grandior, p. 327, sp.
n. Gymnoglaua lawrencii, p. 328, pl. xxix, with synonymy of 2 spp. of this genus.

1868. ScLATER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from
; Veragua. <P.Z.S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 388-390.
Pyranga testacea, p. 388; Chlorospingus hypopheus, Leptotriccus superciliaris, Hupheruse
egregia, p. 389.
1868. ScLATER, P. L., and Satvin,O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely.
Part WI. <P. Z. S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 568-570.
Continued from P. Z. S., 1868, pp. 173-178.—A list of a small collection of 11 spp. made near
Arequipa; with a nominal list of 83 spp. procured by Mr. Whitely in Western Peru.—Con-
tinued, P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 151-159.
1868. ScuaTER, P. L., and Savin, O. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goer-
ing.—Part II. <P. Z. S.,xxxvi, 1868, pp. 626-632.
Nominal list of 99 spp., with commentary on.13 of them. Iyiarchus erythrocercus, p. 631;
Heteropelma stenorhynchum, p. 632, spp. nn.
1868-69. LAWRENCE, G.N. A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, ix, 1868, pp. 86-149 (pp. 86-141, Apr., 1868; pp.
141 bis-149, Feb., 1869). 5
Based upon the collections received by the Smithsonian Institution, supplemented by
information received from other sources, and includes notices of 474 spp. of land-birds, of
which 12 (belonging to Zrogonide, Formicariide, Dendrocolaptide, Tyrannide, Mniotiltide,
Tanagride, Columbide, and Tinamide) are described as new, while a thirteenth (Zrochilide)
may be so. In the introductory remarks, the author gives a summary of previous writings

290

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1868-59. LAWRENCE, G. N.—Continued.

1868-70.

on Costa Rican ornithology, and three lists, the first two of species noted from Chiriqui and
Veragua, respectively, which may be found in Costa Rica, and the third of northern species
obtained in Panama, but not yet observed in the country of which the paper treats. The
remainder of the paper is deyoted to the catalogue, which, in the great majority of cases,
gives only the name of the species and of the locality where it has been obtained. (Cf. Ibis,
1869, pp. 110, 222, and especially O. Salvin, Ibis, 1869, pp. 310-319, for extended and elaborate
eriticism.)—(Above paragraph mostly from Zool. Rec., 1868, p. 55. )

Basileuterus melanotis, p. 95; Pheenicothraupis carmioli, p. 100; Synallaxis rufigenis, p.
105; Myrmotherula modesta, p. 108; MWionectes olivaceus, p. 111; Rhynchocyclus griseimentalis,
p. 112; Trogon bairdii, p. 119; Chloroenas subvinacea, p. 135; Geotrygon costaricensis, O. ca-
ruleiceps, p. 186; Leptoptila riottei, p. 137; Tinamus frantzti, p. 140; Pogonotriccus? zeledoni,
p. 144, spp. nn. 511 spp. Much critical commentary.

PELZELN, A. V. Zur | Ornithologie | Brasiliens. | Resultate von Johann
Natterers Reisen | in den Jahren 1817 bis 1835. | Dargestellt | von | August yon
Pelzeln, | Custos am k. k. zoologischen Cabinete in Wien, Mitglied der kais.
Leopold. | Carol, Academie der Naturforscher, Ehrenmitglied der British
Ornithologist’s | Union u. s. w. | — | Wien. | Druck und Verlag von A. Pich-
ler’s Witwe & Sohn. | 1871 [i. e. 1868-1870]. 1 vol. 8vo.- 4p. IL, pp. i-ls,
1-462, 9 ll. (Zusitze und Index), 2 maps. )

Published in 4 parts, at different dates, as follows: I. Abth., 1868, map, 3 p. ll., pp. i-Ix,
1-68. II. Abth., 1869, pp. 69-188. IIT. Abth., 1870, pp. 189-390. IV. Abth., ‘‘1871”’ [%. e. 1870],
pp. 391-462, 9 ll., general title-page, map.—The date of the concluding part is ostensibly in
question; for the date on the cover-title of the part itself is 1871, but the back of the general
title-page of the work gives it as 1870, and a note on the cover-title of Part II announces:
., Die vierte (Schluss-) Abtheilung erscheint Anfangs des Jahres 1870.‘‘ The actual date is
1870.

Inhalt:—ABrTu. I, 1868. Vorwort, 2p. ll. Itinerarium von Natterer’s Reisen in Brasilien,
yon 1817 bis 1835, pp. i-xx. Tabellarische Uebersicht der von Natterer in Brasilien gesammelten
Arten nach ihrer Verbreitung in den wichtigsten Faunaengebieten, pp. xxi-lix (1238 spp.).
Accipitresund Passeres Fissirostres et Tenuirostres, pp. 1-49 (78 + 99 +177 =354spp.). Beschrei-
bung neuer oder wenig gekannter Arten, pp. 49-68. Stenopsis candicans N., p.49; S. langs-
dorfi P., p.52; 8. platuraN., p. 53 (Diagnosen dieser drei Arten finden sich in den P. Z. S., 1866,
pp. 588, 589); Antrostomus cortapau N., p.53; Chactura sclateri P., p. 56; Thalurania iolaemus
N., p. 57; Cephalolepis beskii P., p. 58; Sittasomus stictolaemus P., p.59; Dendrocinclalongicauda
N., D. minor P., p. 60; Dendrocolaptes pallascens P., p. 61; D. concolor P., p. 62; Picolaptes
Suscicapillus P., Dendrornis elegans P., p. 63; Dendroplex similis N., p. 64; Cyphorinus (Micro-
cerculus) cinctus'N., p. 65; Thryothorus minor P., p. 66; Odontorhynchus (Pelz., g.n.) cinereus
N., p. 67.—ABTH. IT, 1869. Passeres Dentirostres, pp. 69-136 (371 spp.). Beschreibung neuer
oder wenig gekannter Arten, pp. 136-188. Hylophilus hypoxanthus P., p. 136; Basileuterus leu-
cophrys N., Cyclorhis wiedii P., p.187; Thamnophilus unduliger P., p.139; T. borbae P., p.140;
T. tschudii P., T. moestus P., p. 141; T. cinereoniger P., p. 143; T. sticturus P., p.144; TP. cinerei-
ceps P., T. cinereinucha P., p. 145; T. stictocephalus P., T. punctuliger P., p.146; TL. polionotus
P., LT. saturninus P., p.147; T. incertus P., Dysithamnus P., p. 149; Herpsilochmus atricapillus
N., H. longirostris N., p.150; H. dorsimaculatus N., p. 151; Myrmotherula assimilis P., p. 152;

M. tuctuosa (Temm. msc.), MW. longipennis P., p. 153; Formicivora melanogaster N., p. 154; ~

F. leucophthalma P., F. ruficauda N., p.155; F. bicolor N., p. 156; Terenwra melanoleuca N.,
Rhamphocaenus collaris N., p.157; Cercomacra approximans P., C. ruficauda P., p. 158; Per-
enostola minor P., p. 159; P. leucostigma (Natt. et Lafres. msc.), p.160; Sclerurus rusigularis
N., Heteroenemis albiventris P., p.161; Myrmecisa [sic] squamosa N., p. 162; Hypocnemis fla-
vescens (N.) Scl., p. 163; H. maculicauda P., p.164; H. margaritifera P., p.165; Pithys cristata
N., p. 166; P. grisewentris P., Phlogopsis erythroptera (Gould), p. 167; Grallaria imperator N.,
Attila validus P., p.169; A. rujigularis P., p. 170; A. phoenicurus N., p. 171; Todirostrum gut-
tatum P., p. 172; Euscarthmus zosterops P., E. latirostris P., E. senex P., p. 173; EB. inorna-
tus P., Hapalocercus rufomarginatus P., p. 174; Phyllomyias subviridis N., p. 175; P. lividus
(Temm. msc.), Elainea spectabilis P., p. 176; EH. cristata P., E. albivertex P., p. 177; E. parvi-
rostis [sic—lege -rostris] P., p.178; E. elegans P., E. ruficeps P., p. 179; LE. littoralis N., B. cinerea
P., p. 180; Rhynchocyclus assimilis P., Pitangus parvus P., Hinpidochanes poecilocercus P., p.
181; Myiarchus cantans P., WM. tricolor N., p.182; ML. gracilirostris P., Tityra (Erator) leucura
N., p. 183; Lipaugus virussu N., p. 184; Heteropelma rufum N., H. chrysocephalum P., p. 185;
Heterocercus flavivertex P., Pipra opalizans P., p. 186; P. virescens P., p. 187.—ABTH. III, 1870.
Passeres Conirostres, Scansores, Columbae, Gallinae, Struthiones, Grallae, Anseres, pp. 189-326.
Beschreibung neuer oder wenig gekannter Arten, pp. 326-344. Leistes erythrothorax N.,
p. 326; Buphona ochrascens P., Tachyphonus nattereri P., p. 328; Oryzoborus? fringilloides P.,

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 291

1868-70, PELZELN, A. v.—Continued.

p. 329; Spermophila superciliaris N., p. 330; S. caboclinho N., S. melanops N., p. 331; S. mela-
nogaster N., Haplospiza? crassirostris N., p. 332; Sycalis citrina N., p. 333; Picwmnus auri-
Jrons N., P. borbae P., p. 334; P. leucogaster N., P. fuscus N., p. 335; Peristera cyanopis N.,
p. 336; Leptoptila reichenbachii P., Penelope ochrogaster N., p. 337; P. boliviana “Reich.”,
p. 389; P. pileata ‘*Licht.”, p. 340; P. nigricapilla “Gray”, p. 341; Crax pinima N., p. 341;
C.mikani P., p.343. Betrachtungen iiber die ornithologische Fauna Brasiliens, pp. 344-390.—
Antu. IV, 1870. Fundorte der Végel Brasilicns nach den hauptsiichlichen Quellen, pp. 391-
462; Summa der in Brasilien beobachteten Arten, 1680.—Zusitze.—Index.

The work also includes a disquisition on the faunal divisions of Brazil as determined from
its Ornis. Four subregions are laid down, and mapped, with tabular exhibits of their charac-
teristic species. These are termed the Columbian, Amazonian, South Brazilian, and Chileno-
Patagonian. The summary list of 1,680 Brazilian speciesis compiled from various sources, as
Maximilian, Spix, Burmeister, and Wallace.

Cf. Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturw., 1867, p. 5387; Ibis, 1868, pp. 226, 227; 1869, pp. 113-117; 1870,
pp. 272-274; Zool. Gart., 1868, p. 40; Zool. Ree., v, pp. 55, 56; vi, p. 51.

“John Natterer has been called a model traveller, and the most energetic and successful
ornithological collector that ever lived. He explored Brazil from 1817 to 1835, securing 12,293
bird-skins, beautifully prepared and fully labelled, representing about 1,200 spp., besides
registering various additional items of information. He died in his prime, on his return to
Europe, leaving his collection, almost untouched, inthe Imperial Cabinet of Zoology at Vienna.
For nearly thirty years little was done to render his labors available in the cause of science,
though instances of ‘Natt. MSS.’ were of not infrequent occurrence in different quarters.
Upon the accession of Pelzeln to the charge of the collection, he began to work upon the
material, and publish the results, with selections from Natterer’s MSS. His numerous papers,
which were received with favor, may be considered preliminary to the present work, which
undertakes a complete exposition of Natterer’s labors and results.”

1869. BisHor, N. H. The Pampasand Andes, | — | A | Thousand Miles’ Walk | across |
South America. | By | Nathaniel H. Bishop. | — | With an Introduction | by |
Edward A. Samuels, Esq., | author of ‘‘ Ornithology and Odlogy of New Eng-
land,” | ete., etc. | — | Boston: | Lee & Shepard. | 1869. lvol. 8vo. 1p.1,
pp. 310.

Slightly ornithological passim.
1869. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. [Letter on Birds seen in the Straits of Magellan.] < Ibis,

2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 232-234.
Two earlier letters appeared in Ibis, 1868, pp. 122-129, 486-495.

1869. Frantzius, A. v. Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der Vogel Costaricas
und deren Lebensweise. < J. f. O., xvii, 1869, pp. 195-204, 289-318, 361-379.

The natural and proper complement to Cabanis’s technical articles upon the same avifauna
in J. f. O., 1861-69, g. v. 518 spp. known to him as Costa Rican, with occasional notes on
them. The paper has special reference to Lawrence's Catalogue, 1868-69, q. v. Cf. Salvin,
Ibis, 1870, pp. 107-116.

1869. GorrING, A. Excursion a algunas cuevas hasta ahora no esploradas (al sureste
de Caripe). < Vargasia, No. 5, 1869, pp. 124-128.
Contains an account of Steatornis caripensis. (Cf. Ibis, 1870,p. 522.)
1869. HABEL, Dr. —. [Exhibition of some Birdsfrom the Galapagos Islands. ] <P. Z.
S., ¥XXvii, 1869, p. 433.
The collection contained about 70 spp., some supposed to be new, but no particulars are
given. Cf. Comptes Rendus, lxix, pp. 273-277; P. Z. S., May, 1870, pp. 322-327.
1869. LAWRENCE, G. N. List of a Collection of Birds from Northern Yucatan. <Ann.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, ix, 1869, pp. 198-210.
103 spp.—Contopus schottii, p. 202; Zenaidura yucatanensis, p. 207, spp. nn. Cf. Ibis, 1870,
p. 280; Zool. Rec., 1869, p. 50.
1869. LAWRENCE, G.N. Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island, Gulf of Guayaquil, in
the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, collected by J. F. Reeve, Esq.
< Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, ix, 1869, pp. 234-238.
Turdus reevei, p. 234; Thryothorus superciliaris, p. 235; Empidonax griseipectus, p. 236;
Contopus punensis, p. 237, spp. nn.—21 spp. Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 251.

292

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

LAWRENCE, G.N. Characters of some New South American Birds, with Notes”

on other rare or little known species. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, ix,
1869, pp. 265-275.

Turdus havawelli, p. 265; Ochthoéca rufomarginatus, Mecocerculus uropygialis, p. 266 ; Po-
gonotriccus plumbeiceps, Myiozetetes rujipennis, p. 267; M. inornatus, p. 268; Lesbia ortoni, p.
269; Accipiter nigroplumbeus, p. 270, spp.nn. Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 281.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of Seven New Species of American Birds from
various localities, with a note on Zonotrichia melanotis. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., xx, 1868 [pub. 1869], pp. 359-362.

Dendreca capitalis, p. 359; Tachyphonus atricapillus, p. 359; Quiscalus fortirostris, p. 360;
Thamnophilus virgatus, p. 361; Pipra (2) cinnamomea, p. 361; Rhynchocyclus marginatus, p.
361; Harpagus fasciatus, p. 361. Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 280.

RoceErs, H. Natural-History Notes from Rio. <(Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp.
1923, 1925.

SALVIN, O. Notes on Mr. Lawrence’s List of Costa-Rica Birds [in Ann. Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. Y., ix, pp. 86-149]. <( Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 310-319.

A detailed critical commentary. Makes 13 different determinations, expunges 14 spp., and
adds 13 others—40 changes in 474 spp. This article relates only to the first portion of Mr.
Lawrence’s catalogue, the Land Birds.—Continued in J bis, 1870, pp. 107-116, q. v.

ScLaTER, P. L. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. With Notes on
their Habits; by Prof. W. Nation, of Lima. (Part III.) <P. Z. 8, xxxvii,
1869, pp. 146-148, pl. xii.

Continued from P. Z. S., 1867, p. 344.13 spp. The pl. represents Neorhynchus (g. n.)
nasesus (lettered maseus on the pl.).—Continued, P. Z. S., 1871, pp. 496-498.

ScLaTER, P. L., and SALvIn, O. Second [ef. Ibis, 1868, p. 183] List of Birds col-
lected, during the Survey of the Straits of Magellan, by Dr. Cunningham.
< Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 283-286.

33spp. Note on Zonotrichia canicopilla and synonymatic and diagnostic notice of Phrygilus
gayi and P. aldunatii.—Continued, Ibis, 1870, pp. 499-504. °

ScLaTER, P. L., and SaALviIn, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.
Part IV. <P.Z.S8., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 151-158, pl. xii.
Cf. P. Z. S., 1867, p. 982; 1868, pp. 173, 568. 46 spp. Saltator laticlavius, p. 151; Poospiza
cesar, p. 152, pl. xii; Agriornis insolens, p.153; Centrites oreas, p.154, spp. nn. Critical and
field-notes.—Continued, P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 596-601.

ScLaTER, P. L., and SAatvin, O. Second List of Birds collected at Conchitas,
Argentine Republic, by Mr. William H. Hudson; together with some notes
upon another Collection from the same locality. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, pp.
158-162.

Cf. P. Z. 8., 1868, p.137. 14 spp. in one coll., 10 in the other; with critical notes.

SciaTeR, P. L., and Sarvin, O. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A.
Goering. Part Ill. <P. Z. §., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 250-254, pl. xviii.
Cf. P. Z. S., 1868, pp. 165, 626. Sketch of locality; nominal list of 56 spp., with notes on 9 of
them. Brachygalba goeringi, p. 253, pl. xviii, sp. n.—Continued, P. Z. 8., 1870, pp. 779-788.

ScLATER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. Descriptions of Six New Species of American
Birds of the Families Tanagride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, Tyrannide,
and Scolopacide. <P. Z.S8., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 416-420, pl. xxviii.

Calliste florida, p. 416, pl. xxviii; Synallaxis wrequipe, Gymnocichla chiroleuca, p. 417; Gral-
laria princeps, p. 418 (with list of 6 spp.) ; Contopus ochraceus, Gallinago imperialis, p. 419. _

ScuaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. On two new Birds collected by Mr. E. Bartlett
in Eastern Peru. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 437-439, pl. xxx.

Neopipo (g.n.) rubicunda, p. 438, pl. xxx, f.3; Buphonia chrysopuasta, p. 488, pl. xxx, figg. 1, 2.

ScLaTER, P. L., and SALviIn, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.—
Part V. <P.Z.8., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 596-601.

Continued from P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 151-158.—42 spp. from Cosnipata, 4 annotated; about 57

from Tinta, 13 of which are annotated as additional to former lists. Ochthoeca polionota,
p. 599; Merganetta turneri, p. 600, spp. nn.

No.2] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 293

1869. ScLaTER, P. L., and Savin, O. Third List of Birds collected at Conchitas,
Argentine Republic, by Mr. William H. Hudson. <P. Z. 8., xxxvii, 1869, pp.
631-636.

Cf. P. Z. 8., 1868, p. 1387; 1869, p.158. 92 spp., with remarks on 34 of them.

1869. STERNBERG, C. Notizen aus der Vogelwelt von Buenos-Ayres. <J. f. 0., xvii,
1869, pp. 174-193, 257-278.

Lebensweise—35 spp.

1869? SUNDEVALL, C. J. Foglarne pa én S8:t Barthelemy, efter de af Dr. A. von Goés
hemsiinda samlingarna bestiimde af Carl J. Sundevall. < Ofvers. Konigl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forh., 1869, pp. 579-591.

47 spp. Some new ‘‘Stirpes” are indicated.—Compare 1870?, same author.

1869? SUNDEVALL, C.J. Foglarne pa én Portorico, efter Hr Hjalmarsons insamlingar
framstiillda af Carl J. Sundevall. < Ofvers. Konigl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh.,
1869, pp. 593-603.

90 species. —Compare 1870?, same author.

1870. Ernst, A. Apuntes para la fauna ornitologica de Venezuela. < Vargasia, nim.
7, 1870, pp. 195-198, con una lamina.

Estracto de las publicaciones de P. L. Sclater y O. Salvin sobre las coleeciones de pdjaros
venezolanos hechas por Antonio Goering; Proc. Zool. Soc. 27 de Febrero (p. 165) y 10 de Di-
ciembre (p. 626) de 1868, y 22 de Abril (p. 250) de 1869. Lam., Brachygalba goeringi, Suble-
gatus glaber, Buscarthmus impiger.

1870. Frnscu, O. Ona Collection of Birds from the Island of Trinidad. <P. Z. 8S.
XXxXvili, 1870, pp. 552-589.

115 spp., critically annotated. The article includes local synonymy and review of pre-
vious labors (especially Léotaud’s) upon the same subject. Spermophila lessoni, sp. renom.,
p. 582. About 350 spp. are known to occur in Trinidad.

1870. Hoxtz, Lupwie. Beschreibung stidamerikanischer Végel-Eier. <J. f. O.,
xviii, 1870, pp. 1-24, pl. i.

Supplementary to C. Sternberg’s articles on Birds of Buenos Ayres in J.f. O., 1869, pp. 174—
193, 257-278. Eggs of 46 spp. described. Those of Molobrus sericeus (fig.1) and MW. badius
(fig. 2) figured, as well as those of Opisthocomus cristatus (fig. 3).

1870. Hupson, W. H. [First Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P. Z.S.,

-xxxvill, 1870, pp. 87-89.

The beginning of a series of 12 letters, giving miscellaneous information upon the subject.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Second Letter on the Omithology of BuenosAyres.] <P. Z.
S., xxxvili, 1870, pp. 112-114.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Third Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P. Z.
S., XXxXviii, 1870, pp. 158-160.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Fourth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P. Z.
S., XXxXviii, 1870, pp. 332-334.

1870. Hupson, W.H. [Fifth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P. Z
S., XXxXviii, 1870, pp. 545-547.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Sixth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres,] <P. Z.
S., Xxxviii, 1870, pp. 548-550.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Seventh Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P.

; Z. S., XXxXviii, 1870, pp. 671-673.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Eighth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P.
Z. S., XXxviii, 1870, pp. 748-750.

1870. Hupson, W. H. [Ninth Letter on the Omithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P.
Z. S., XXXviii, 1870, pp. 798-802.

For Letters 10-12 see 1871, same author.

1870, Newron, A. Additional Note on the Nests and Eggs collected by Dr. Cunning-
ham. < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 501-504.

The nests or eggs of 15 spp. of South American birds are described.

294 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.
1870. REINHARDT, J. Bidrag til Kundskab om Fuglefaunaen i Brasiliens Campos.
< Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjobenhavn, 1870, pp. 1-124, 315-457, pl. viii.

Elaenia lundi, p.344, pl. 8, £1; Wyiopatis superciliaris (Lund), p. 346, pl. 8, f. 2, spp. nn.

1870. ReinHARDT, J. Bidrag til Kundskab om vag) eerie ea i Brasiliens Campos.
Kjébenhavn. 1870. 8vo. pp. 1-267, pl. viii.

Based on collections of the author and P. W. Lund in 1833-35, in the Brazilian Provinces of
Sao Paulo, Goyaz, and Minas Geraes. Annotated list of 393 spp. Elainia lundii, p. 154, pl.
viii, and Myiopatis superciliaris, p. 156, pl. viii, spp. nn.—Cf. Journ. de Zool., i, 1872, pp.75-77.

1870. Satvin, O. Additional Notes on Mr. Lawrence’s List of Costa-Rica Birds.
< Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 107-116.

Continued from Ibis, 1869, pp. 310-319, g.v.—Adds 19 spp. to Lawrence’s List. Contains
much criticism, and includes a synonymatic synopsis of three species of Capito, important
as showing that the opposite sexes of each had generally been rated as different species.

1870. Satvin, O. On some Collections of Birds from Veragua. —Part Te CESS
Xxxviii, 1870, pp. 175-219, pl. xvii (map).

Cf. P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 129-161, which gave 216 spp. In this paper are 216 more, making the
whole avifauna 432.—Thryothorus semibadius, p. 181; Empidonax atriceps, p. 198; Chiroma-
cheris aurantiaca, p. 200; Antrostomus saturatus, p. 203; Cheetura fumosa, p. 204; Lophornis
adorabilis, p. 207; Selasphorus torridus, p. 208; S. ardens, p. 209; Chloronerpes simplex, p. 212;
Melanerpes chrysauchen, p. 213, spp. nn. The paper gives a general summary of the avifauna,
and much critical matter on the characters and distribution of the species.

1870. ScLaTER, P. L. On some new or little-known Birds from the Rio Parand.
<P. Z. S., Xxxviii, 1870, pp. 57, 58, pl. iii, with cut.

Various species mentioned. Cnipolegus cinereus, sp. n., p. 58, woode.; Coraphistera alau-
dina, p. 57, pl. iii. : (

1870. SctatTmR, P. L. Notices of some new or little-known Species of South- ues
Birds. <P. Z. 8. ee 1870, pp. 328-330.

Philydor Bie p. 328; Melanerpes pulcher, p. 330, spp. nn.—Synopsis of 2 spp. of
Chetura: Cheetura piadiniberenn p. 329; Thryothorus rufiventer ‘‘ Natt.”, p. 328.

1870. SctaTER, P. L., and Satyvin, O. Third [ef. Ibis, 1869, p. 283] List of Birds
collected, during the Survey of the Straits of Magellan, by Dr. Cunningham.
With additional Note by A. Newton. <Lbis, 1870, 2d ser., vi, pp. 499-504.

33 spp., with notes on 3 of them. The article includes ‘Additional note on the Nests and

Eggs collected by Mr. Cunningham. By the Editor” (A. Newton). 15 spp. are described.

1870. SCLATER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Characters of new Species of Birds collected by
Dr. Habelin the GalapagosIslands. <P. Z. S.,xxxviii, 1870, pp. 322-327, woode.
Certhidea fusca, p. 324, fig. 1; Camarhynchus variegatus, p. 324, fig. 2; C. habeli, p. 325, fig.

3; O. prosthemelas, p. 325, fig. 4; Cactornis abingdoni, p. 326, fig.5; Cactornis pallida, p. 327,
fig. 6; Nycticorax pauper, p. 327, spp. pn. List of 37 spp. colleeieds

1870. SciaTseR, P. L., and Satvin, O. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goe-

ting. PartIV. <P. Z. S8., xxxviii, 1870, pp. 779-788, pll. xlvi, xivii.

Continued from P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 250-254.—Nominal list of 106 spp., with notes on many
of them. Setophaga albifrons, Diglossa gloriosa (pl. xlvi, f. 1), Chlorospingus goeringi (pl.
xlvi, f. 2), p. 784; Buarremon meride, p. 785; Grallaria griseonucha, Ochthoeca superciliosa,
p. 786; O. nigrita, Conurus rhodocephalus, p. 787; Urochroma delectissima, pi. xlyii, p. 788,
Spp. nn. ;

1870. ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. On Birds collected by Mr. George M. Whitely
on the Coast of Honduras. <P. Z, S., xxxvili, 1870, pp. 835-859.

135 spp., a few of which are annotated.

1870. ScLATER, P. L., and Savin, O. Descriptions of five new Species of Birds from the

United States of Columbia. <P. Z.S., xxxviii, 1870, pp. 840-844, pl. liii.

Pheucticus uropygialis, Synallaxis wyatti, p. 840; Tyranniscus leucogonys, pl. liii, f.1; T.
improbus, f.2; T. griseiceps, f. 3, p. 841; Trogon chionurus, p. 848. Synopsis of 9 spp. of the
genus Tyranniscus.

1870? SUNDEVALL, C. J. Foglarne pa 6n S:t Barthelemy, efter de af Dr A. von
Goés hemsiinde samlingarna bestamde af Carl J. Sundevall. <Ofvers. Konigl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for ar 1869, 1870?, pp. 579-591.

Treating 47 spp. at greater or less length, after a notice of the general subject.—Diagnosis
of 3 spp. of the genus Phaethon.—Compare 1869 ?, same author.

No. 2.) COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 295

1870? SUNDEVALL, C. J. Foglarne pi én Portorico, efter Hr Hjalmarsons insam-
lingar framstiillda af Carl J. Sundevall. < Ofvers. Konigl. Vetensk.-Akad.
Forhandl. for dr 1869, 1870?, pp. 593-604.

Treats of upward of 100 spp. Interspersed with the notes on the collection are many
critical observations in the author’s well-known quiet and pithy style.—Compare 1869?, same
author.

1871. BELLO y Espinosa, —. Zoologische Notizen aus Puerto Rico yon Herrn Bello y
Espinosa daselbst. Nach dem Spanischen frei bearbeitet yon Herrn E. yon
Martens in Berlin. <(Der Zoolog. Garten, 1871, pp. 348-351.

Von der Classe der V6gel sind 64 Arten bekannt.

1871. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. Notes on | the Natural History | of the | Strait of Magel-
lan | and West Coast of Patagonia | made during the voyage of H. M. S.
‘Nassau’ | in the years 1866, 67, 63, & 1869 | By | Robert O. Cunningham, |
M.D.,F.L.S., ete. | Naturalist to the Expedition | With Map and Illustrations
| Edinburgh | Edmonston and Douglas | 1871 | All rights reserved 1 vol.
16mo. pp. i-xvili, 1-517, 22 illust., some colored.

Ornithological matter passim. Previous publication of much of the author’s material is

found in Ibis, 1868, p. 183; 1869, p. 283; and 1870, p. 499; and in his letters to the same journal,
qq. vv. supra.—Fig. 6, head of Steamer Duck (Micropterus).

1871. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. On the Terrestrial and Marine Fauna of the Strait of
Magellan and Western Patagonia. < Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. for 1870, 1871,
(Mise. Comm.), p. 114.
Mere allusions to a few birds.
1871. Hamitton, J. F. Notes on Birds from the Province of Sad Paulo, Brazil.
< Ibis, 3d ser., 1, 1871, pp. 301-309.
Field-notes on 45 spp. observed in the spring of 1869.
1871. Hupson, W. H. [Tenth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] <P. Z.
S., Xxxix, 1871, pp. 4-7.
For Letters 1-9, see 1870, same author.
1871. Hupson, W.H. [Eleventh Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] < P.
Z. S., XXx1x, 1871, pp. 258-262.
1871. Hupson, W. H. [Twelfth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.] < P.
Z.S., XXXix, 1871, pp. 326-329.
1871. JuLiet, C. Esploracion cientifica practicada por érden del Supremo Gobierno
isegun las instrucciones del doctor don R. A. Philippi, . .. <Anales Univ.
Chile, tomo xli, ent. de julio 1871, pp. 81-168, pll.
A few birds are mentioned here and there in running narrative. The illustrations do not
relate to birds.
1871. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds from Mexico, Central
America, and South America, with a Note on Rallus longirostris. < Ann. Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1871, pp. 1-21.
Harporhynchus graysoni Baird, MS., p. 1; Cistothorus aequatorialis, p. 3; Troglodytes insu-
_loris Ba. MS., p.3; Parula insularis, p. 4; Haemophila sumichrasti, p. 6; Pipilo carmani, p.7;
Attila cinnamomeus, p. 8; Lodirostrum superciliaris, p.9; Elainea macilvainii, p. 10; Empi-
donax fulvipectus, Trogon eximius, p. 11; Chlorostilbon caribeus, p. 13; Conurus holochlorus
var. brevipes Bd. MS., p. 14; Leptoptila bonapartii, p.15; Zenaidura graysoni Ba. MS., p.17;
Vireosylvia magister Bd. MS., p. 20. Interesting field-notes of Col. A. J. Grayson’s accompany
several of the species. The note on Rallus longirostris states that with this species Lt. crassi-
rostris Lawr. from Bahia agrees, it being apparently different from 2. crepitans Gin.

1871. LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of three New Species of American Birds, with a
Note on Eugenes spectabilis < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1871, pp. 187-140.
Mimus nigriloris, p. 137 (Mexico); Buarremon sordidus, p. 138 (Bogota) ; Serpophaga grisea,
p. 139 (Costa Rica). Distinctness of 2. spectabilis reiterated.
1871. Orton, J. Contributions to the Natural History of the Valley of Quito.—No. I.
< Amer. Nat., v, No. 10, Oct., 1871, pp. 619-626.
Birds, pp. 623-626.—Annotated list of 184 spp., 38 of which are believed to be confined to
the valley; followed by general remarks on geographical distribution.

296 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1871. Orton, J. Notes on some Birds in the Museum of Vassar College. < Amer. Nat.,
iv, No. 12, Feb., 1871, pp. 711-717.
Observations on 50 or more spp., the greater part of the notes relating to neotropical birds.
At time of writing, Vassar College contained nearly 1,200 spp., of which about 700 were N.
and 606 S. American; among them several type-specimens, and others of interest as the
originals of Audubon’s plates.
1871. OrtTON, J. On the Condors and Humming-birds of the Equatorial Andes.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), viii, 1871, pp. 185-192.
1871. Orton, J. The Vultures and Humming Birds of Tropical America, < Canad.
Nat. § Quart. Journ., n.8., V, 1871, pp. 357-360.
Abstract of his paper in Amer. Nat.
1871. ScuaTeR, P. L. On the Land-birds of Juan Fernandez. < Ibis, 3d ser., i,1871,
pp. 178-183, pl. vil.
Sketch of the islands; 6 spp., with comment. PI. vii, f. 1, Anceeretes fernandezianus ; f. 2,
Oxyurus masafuere.

1871. SctaterR, P. L. The Birds of the Lesser Antilles. < Nature, iv, 1871, pp. 473-—.
Not seen.

1871. ScuatER, P. L. [Extracts from Correspondence with Mr. G. W. des Veux con-
cerning the expediency of introducing Secretarius reptilivorus or Dacelo gigas
for destruction of the Rat-tailed Serpent of Santa Lucia (Trigonocephalus
lanceolatus).] <P. Z.S.,xxxix, 1871, pp. 2-4.

1871. ScLaTER, P. L. On the Birds of the Island of Santa Lucia, West Indies. <P,
Z. 8., ¥XXix, 1871, pp. 263-273, pl. xxi.

Summary of Antillean avifauna; 25 spp., variously annotated. Icterus laudabilis, pl. xxi,
p. 270.
1871. ScLATER, P.L. On the Birds ofthe Vicinity of Lima, Peru. . . . With Notes
_on their Habits; by Prof. W. Nation,.of Lima, C.M. Z.8.—Part IV. <P.Z.8.,
Xxxix, 1871, pp. 496-498, fig.
Continued from P. Z. S.,1869, p. 148.—5 spp. DPuscarthmus fulviceps, p. 497, fig., sp. n.

1871. Sctater, P. L. Remarks on a Collection of Birds from Oyapok [Cayenne].

< P.Z.S., xxxix, 1871, pp. 749, 750.

Ochthoéca murina, p.749; Heteropelma igniceps, p.750,spp.nn. Synopsis of 16 + 3 spp. of
Ochthoéca.

1871. SUNDEVALL, C. J. On Birds from the Galapagos Islands. <P. Z. S., xxxix,
1871, pp. 124-130,

A list of 26 spp., of which two are new (Ardea plumbed, pp. 125, 127-129, and Spheniscus -
mendiculus, pp. 129, 130; also a new variety of Ardea violacea), obtained by the Swedish

‘Eugenie’ expedition in 1852. Remarks on the species allied to some of those recorded are
added. Some are noticed from the Galapagos for the first time.

1871. Wyatt, C.W. Notes on some of the Birds of the United States of Columbia.
<Tbis, i, 1871, 3d ser., pp. 113-131, pl. v (map), 319-335, 373-384.
Extended account of the region and route; field-notes on 210 spp.; map of author’s journey.
1871-74. GuNDLACH, J. Neue Beitriige zur Ornithologie Cubas. <J.f. O., xix, 1871,
pp. 265-295, 353-378; xx, 1872, pp. 401-432; xxii, 1874, pp. 113-166, 286-303.
There are literal discrepancies in the titles of the successive instalments. ‘The first part is

wholly occupied with a review of what has been done on the subject, from Macleay (1827) to
the author himself (1865-66). The second begins The Revised List of Cuban Birds.

1872. ANON. Zoology of the Galapagos. < Pop. Sci. Monthly, Sept., 1872, pp. 633-635.
Various allusions to the birds.
1872. Epirors. New Galapagos Birds. <Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 38.
Notice of Scl. & Salv., P. Z. S., May, 1870, on Dr. Hahel’s discoveries.
1872. Hupson, W. H. On the Birds of the Rio Negro of Patagonia. With Notes by
P. L. Selater. <P.Z. 8., xl, 1872, pp. 534-550, fig., pl. xxxi.
Field-notes on 23 spp., technical names of most of which are supplied by Dr. Sclater, who

appends a nominal list of 48 spp. of the region, 7 of them peculiar to it.—Cnipolegus hudsont,
Sel., p. 541, pl. 31, sp. n.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 297

1872. LANDBECK, L. Sobre algunos pijaros chilenos. <Anales Univ. Chile, xli, Aug.,
1872, pp. 515-519.
Sterna trudeaui, Conurus cyanolyseos, i Sterna galericulata.
1872. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Icterus
and Synallaxis. <Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1872, pp. 184-186.
Icterus formosus, p. 184 (Lehuantepec) ; Synallaxis maculata, p. 186 (Tumbe, Pern).
1872. Layarp, E.L. [Letter relating to birds seen during a voyage from England
to Pard.] <Jbis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 336-332.
1872. [Satvry, O.] [Notice of E. L. Layard’s departure for Para, South America. ]
Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, p. 208.
1872. SALvIN, O. Notes on the Birds of Nicaragua, based upon a Collection made at
Chontales by Mr. Thomas Belt. <bis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 311-323.
130 specimens of 73 spp. Sketch of history of the subject; general characters of the avi-
fauna of the region.
1872. [Satvin, O.] [Notice of G. A. Maack’s researches in the vicinity of Panamé. ]
<Lbis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 339, 340.
1872. SemMpER, J. E. Observations on the Birds of St. Lucia. With Notes by P. L.
Sclater. <P. Z. S., xl, 1872, pp. 647-653.
Cf. P. Z. S., 1871, p. 263. Notes on 25 spp. contained in the former list, and on 6 additional
ones.
1872. SPERLING, R. M. [Letter.] <[bis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 74-79.
Refers to varidus South American birds and some Procellartide.
1873. CaBANIS, J. [Neue peruanische Végel des Herrn C. Jelski.] <J.f. O., 1873,
pp. 64-68.
Hylophilus flaviventris, Dacnis modesta, p. 64; Hypocnemis subjlava, Thamnistes rufescens,
Lochmias obscurata, p. 65; Phylydor subjlavescens, Ipoborus (Automolus) stictoptilus, p. 66;
Sclerurus olivaceus, Huscarthmus rufigularis, Phyllomyias cinereicapillus, p. 67; Capsiempis
orbitalis, Hadrostomus audax, p. 68, spp. nn.
1873. CaBants, J. [Neue Vogel des Berliner Museums, von C. Jelski in Peru ent-
deckt.] <J.f. O., 1873, pp. 315-320, pl.iv, £3; 1874, pl. ii.
Turdus gigantodes, p. 315; Basileuterus diachlorus, Myiothlypis striaticeps, Iridornis jelskit,
p. 316 (pl. ii, f. 1, Jahrg. 1874) ; Poecilothraupis ignicrissa, Presbys peruanus, p. 317; Diglossa
pectoralis, Chlorospingus (Hemispingus) auricularis, Hypsibamon andicolus, p. 318, pl. iv,
£.3; Cillurus rivularis, Synallaxis humilis, S. albicapilla, Schizoeaca palpebralis, p. 319 (pl.
li, fig. 2, Jahrg. 1874); MWitrephorus ochraceiventris, p. 320,
1873. Layarp, E.L. [Letter on Birds observed on a Voyage from Para to England. ]
<I bis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 331, 332.
s
1873. LayarD, E.L. Notes on Birds observed at Para. . . . With Descriptions of
two new Species. By P.L.Sclater. <bis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 374-396, pll.
Xiv, XV.
List of 120 spp., quite fully annotated. Picolaptes layardi, p. 386, pl. xiv; Thamnophilus
simplex, p. 387, pl. Xv, Spp. Dn.
1873. Ler, W.B. Ornithological Notes [on 33 spp.] from the Argentine Republic.
<Tbis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 129-138.
1873. LeyBoLp, F. Escursion a las Pampas Argentinas. Hojas de mi diario. Por
Frederico Leybold. Santiago. 1873. 8vo. pp. 108, map. i
Not seen.—Many notes on the birds observed or obtained. Columbina aurisquamata, p. 38;
Conurus glaucifrons, p. 38, spp. DR.
1873. MaTHEew, G. F. Natural-History [Ornithological] Notes from Coquimbo.
<Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3578, 3579.
1873. PELZELN, A. v. Verzeichniss einer an Dr. L. W. Schaufuss gelangten Sendung
Vigel aus Neu-Freiburg in Brasilien. <Nunquam Otiosus, 1873, pp. 291, 292.
Not seen.
1873. Satvrn, O. [Letter off St. Domingo, noting various Birds observed en route. ]
<Tbis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 333, 334,

Bull. v, 2——10

298

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

SaLvin, O. [Letter relating to some Guatemalan Birds.] <TIbis, 3d ser., iii,
1873, pp. 428, 429.

ScLaTER, P.L. Additions to the List of Birds of Nicaragua. <Ibis, 3d ser.,
iii, 1873, pp. 372, 373.
Adding 17 spp. to the list given in Ibis, 1872, pp. 311-323.
ScuaTER, P.L. [Note on Sclater and Salvin’s ‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropica-
lium’?.] <P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 554, 555.

Gives the classification to be adopted in the work. Eliminates Turdus subcinereus and
Cnipolegus sp. from the American avifauna.

ScLaTER, P.L. [Descriptions of two new species of Birds from the State of
Antioquia, Columbia.] <P. Z.8., 1873, pp. 728, 729.
Chlorochrysea nitidissima, p.728; Grallaria rujiceps, p. 729.
Sctater, P. L. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely. Part VII.
<P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 779-784.

39 spp., with notes on some of them. Thryophilus fulvus, Todirostrum pulchellum, p. 781;

Tyranniscus viridissimus, Myiobius aureiventris, p. 782; Grallaria erythroleuca, p. 783, spp. DD.
ScLaTER, P.L., and SAtvin, O. Nomenclator | Avium Neotropicalium | sive |

avium | que in regione neotropica hucusque reperte sunt | nomina sys-
tematice disposita adjecta sua cuique | speciei patria accedunt generum
et | specierum novarum diagnoses. | Auctoribus | Philippo Lutley Sclater
A. M. Phil. Doct. | Soc. Reg. Lond. Socio | Soc. Zool. Lond. Secretario. | Et
Osberto Salvin A. M. | Soc. Reg. Lond. Socio. | — | [Icon.] | Londini: | — |
MDCCCLXXIII. 1lvol. Fol. pp. viii, 163.

Avium omnium e regione Neotropica hucusque auctoribus obviarum tenet Nomenclator,
secundum systema quo in opere adhuce inedito, sed jam per multos annos elaborato, cujus
titulus ‘‘Index Ayium Americanorum” usisunt. Species asterisco notote neque in ornitho-
theca P. L. S. neque in Museo Salyino-Godmannico asservantur, sed in aliis locis auctoribus
obvie sunt.

Expositio ordinum classis avium in hoc opere usitatorum, adjecto in quoque ordine specie-
rum numero. A. OCarinatae. (I. Aegithognathe.) 1. Passeres,1976. 2. Oypseli, 444. 3. Pici,
116. (Il. Desmognathe.) 4. Coccyges,214. 5. Psittact,142. 6. Striges, 37. 7. Accipitres, 114.
8. Steganopodes,17. 9. Herodiones, 44. 10. Anseres, 64. (III. Schizognathe.) 11. Oolunbe,
66. 12. Galline,90. 13. Opisthocomi,1. 14. Grues,57. 15. Limicole,73. 16. Gavice, 53.
17. Pygopodes, 9. 18. Impennes,9. (IV. Dromcognathe.) 19. Crypturi, 36.—B. Ratite.
20. Apteryges, 0. Struthiones, 3. Summa specierum Avium Neotropicalium, 3568.

Appendix, pp. 155-163, continens diagnoses generum et specierum, quorum nominibus in
hoc opere pro prima vice usi sunt :—

P.155: Uropsila, p.7; Phlogothraupis, p.21; Porphyrospiza, p.30; Clibanornis, p. 61; Micro-
bates, p.72; Nesoceleus, p.101. P.156: Gymnopelia, p.133; Nothoprocta, p.153; Oalodromas, p.
156; Basileuterus leucopygius, p.10; Hylophilus muscicapinus, p.12; Cyclorhis glbiventris, p-
13. P. 157: Chlorophanes purpurascens, p.16; Buphonia chalcopasta, p.18; Ohlorospingus
semifuscus, p.24; Arremon wuchereri, p.25; Haplospiza uniformis, p. 29. P. 158: Onipole-
gus pusillus, p.43; Huscarthmus wuchereri, p.45; Serpophaga subjlava, p. 47; S. peecilocerea, p.
47. P.159: Phyllomyias platyrhyncha, p. 48; Lipaugus immundus, p. 57; Casiornis fusca, p. 57;
Furnarius agnatus, p.61. P.160: Philidor erythronotus, p. 66; Margarornis stellata, p.67; Pi-
colaptes puncticeps, p.69; Thamnophilus tristis, p. 69; Myrmotherula pyrrhonota, p. 72. P.161:
Microbates torquatus, p.72; Cercomacra carbonaria, p.73; Rhinocrypta fusca, p.76; Dendro-
cygna discolor, p.129. P.162: Querquedula andium, p.129; Leptoptila rujinucha, p.134; Odon-
tophorus hypospodius, p.138; Psophia napensis, p.141; Tinamus ruficeps, p.152. P.163: No-
thoprocta curvirostris, p. 153.

ScratTEeR, P. L., and Satvin, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.
Part VI. <P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 184-187, pl. xxi.

Pl. xxi, Tanagra olivina. List of 80 spp.; comment on 7 of them. Hapalocercus acuti-
penis, p.187,sp.n. (Continued, P. Z. S., 1873, p. 779, by Sclater alone.)

SciaTeR, P. L., and SALvin, O. On the Birds of Eastern Peru. With Notes on
the habits of the Birds, by Edward Bartlett. <P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 252-311,
pl. xxv, (map) Xxvi.

Important: contains a summary of nearly all that is accurately known of the birds of the
region; complete list of previous papers, 7 in number, on the same subject; general geo-
graphical considerations; subdivisions of the Amazonian Fauna. 473 spp., of which 108 are

peculiar to the Upper Amazonian Fauna. Pithys lunulata, p. 276, pl.xxvi; Rhynchocyclus
viridiceps, p. 280, spp. nn. ;

No. 2.J - COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 299

1873. SCLATER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. On some Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr.
James M. Spence. < P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 511, 512.
8 spp.—Lechmias sororia, p. 511, Orypturus cerviniventris, p. 512, spp. nm.
1873-74, BERLEPSCH, H. Zur Ornithologie der Provinz Santa Catharina, Siid-Brasi-
lien. <J.f. O., 1873, pp. 225-293; 1874, pp. 241-284.
118 Arten, gut bearbeitet, namentlich in Bezug auf geographische Verbreitung.
1874. CaBanis, J. Uebersicht der von Herrn Carl Euler im District Cantagallo,
Provinz Rio de Janeiro, gesammelten Vogel. <J.f. 0., 1874, pp. 81-90, 225-231.
Sporophila euleri, sp.n., p. 84; Ceratotriccus, g.n.,p.87. See 1867-69, Eutmr, C.
1874. CABANIS, J. [Neue peruanische Vogel des Herrn Jelski.] <J.f. 0., 1874, pp.
97-100.
Turdus nigriceps Jelski, Urolampra eupogon, p. 97; Coprotretes jelskii, Euscarthmus pyr-
rhops, Mecocerculus taeniopterus, p.98; Hemipipo tschudii, Metallura jelskii, p. 100.
1874. Gouz, —. [Notiz iiber die Guanolager Perw’s.] <J.f. O., 1874, pp. 343, 344.

1874. GUNDLACH, J. Beitrag zur Ornithologie der Insel Portorico. <J.f. O., 1874, pp.
304-315.
116 spp.
1874. JuLIET, C. Informe del ayudante de la comission esploradora de Chiloé i Llan-
quihue, don Carlos Juliet. < Anales Univ. Chile, tomo xlv, 1° sece., Deciembre
1874, pp. 661-734.
A few birds are mentioned here and there in running narrative.
1874. LANDBECK, L. Zur Ornithologie Chiles. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1874, (1), pp. 112-
116.

Behandelt Sterna trudeaui, S. galericulata, Conurus cyanolyseos und O. patagonus.

1874. LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of Six Supposed New Species of American Birds.
< Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1874, pp. 395-399.

Chlorospingus brunneus, p. 395 (Costa Rica); O. axillaris, p.395 (Costa Rica); Buarremon
atricapillus, p.396 (Bogota?) ; Phonipara fumosa, p.396 (Trinidad) ; Cyanospiza rosite, p. 397
(Tehuantepec, Mex.) ; Thripadectes virgaticeps, p.398 (Quito, Ecuador).

1874. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds of the Families
Tanagride and Tyrannide. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, 1874, pp. 70-72.
Phaenicothraupis cristata, p.70 (Bogota) ; Myiarchus fammulatus, p. 71 (Tehuantepec).
1874. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica.
< Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, 1874, pp. 88-91.

Cyanocitta argentigula, p. 88; Stenopsis albicauda, p. 89; Geotrygon rujiventris, Porzana
einereiceps, p. 90.

1874. PetzeLn, A. v. Ueber eine Sendung von Végeln aus Ecuador. < Verh. (Abh.)
k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxiv, 1874, pp. 171-174.

Die Sendung von circa 30 Arten enthalt in der That Objecte von vielem Interesse, darunter
einige Arten welche bisher noch nicht aus Ecuador bekannt waren.

1874. REED, E. C. Remarks on the Birds of Juan Fernandez and Mas-a-fuera. <Tbis,

3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 81-84.
In the former island, 6 spp. of land-birds; in the latter, 5. Cf. Sclater, Ibis, 1871, pp. 178-

183, on the same subject.

1874. SctaTEeR, P. L. News of Mr. Salvin [i. e., a letter from O. Salvin, on certain
Guatemalan birds]. < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 99-100.

1874. ScratER, P. L. [Notice of Mr. Jelski’s Collections in Western Peru.] < Ibis,
3d ser., iv, 1874, p. 100.

1874. SctarEeR, P. L. On a small Collection of Birds from Barbadoes, West Indies.
<P. Z. 8., xiii, 1874, pp. 174, 175.

Nine species.
1874, SctaterR, P.L., and Satvin, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.

Panevelile, .< P, 7. S., 1874, pp. 677-680, pl. Ixxxiv.
List of 32 spp., and notes on 9 of them. Synopsis of 6 spp. of Northoprocta ; N. taczanowskit,

p. 679, pl. Ixxxiv, sp. nD.

300 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1874. TACZANOWSKI, L. Description des Oiseaux nouveaux du Pérou central. < P.
Z. 8., Xlii, 1874, pp. 129-140, pll. xix, xx, xxi.

*Cistothorus graminicela, * Thryothorus cantator, p. 130; *Dacnis xanthophthalma, Dacnidea
(g. n.) leucogastra (pl. xix, f. 2), p. 131; *MWicrospingus (n. g.) trifasciatus (pl. xix, f.1), *Chloro-
spingus cinereocephalus, *Spermophila simples, p. 132; *Sycalis raimondii, * Ochtheeca thoracica,
p. 133; “Muscisaxicola rujsipennis, *Leptopogon auritus, p.1384; Pogonotriccus ophthalmicus, Do-
liornis (g. un.) sclatert (pl. xx), *Oorythopis humivagans, *Herpsilochmus motacilloides, p. 136;
Myrmotherula atrogularis, *Thripadectes scrutator, p.137; *Scytalopus sylvestris, Thalurania
jelskii, *Helianthea dichroura, p. 138; Metallura hedvige (pl. xxi, f. 2), *Briocnemis sapphiro-
pygia, p. 1389; Lampraster (n. g.) branickii, pl. xxi, f. 1, p.140, spp.nn.; those marked with an
asterisk being from C. Jelski’s MS. Cf. J. f. O., 1873, pp. 64-68, 315-320; 1874, pp. 97-100.

1874. TaAcZANOWSKI, L. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Constantin Jelski dans la
partie centrale du Pérou Occidental. <P. Z.8., Nov. 3, 1874, pp. 501-565, pll.
Ixiv, lxv.

Most of the new Peruvian birds discovered by Jelski had been described by Cabanis in
J.f. O., 1873, and by Taczanowski in P. Z. S., 1874, when the latter drew up the present im-
portant article, giving a complete list of the 490 species secured by the intrepid and inde-
fatigable traveller during the three years he passed in exploring the narrow but interesting
region comprised between Lima, Huanta, Monterico, Farma, and Junin, which is situated in
the Cordilleras, and therefore presents a marvellously rich avifauna, composed of species
living from torrid regions to the line of perpetual snow. The following 19 species are here
described as new :—Anthus brevirostris, A. calcaratus, p. 507; Conirostrum cyaneum, p. 512;
Buarremon mystacalis, p. 515; B. tricolor, p.516; Chlorospingus chrysogaster, p. 517; Spermo-
phila obscura, p. 519; Pipilo mystacalis, p. 521; Geositta saxicclina, p.524; Upucerthia serrana,
p. 525; Anabazenops cabanisi, p.528: Ochthodicta signatus, p. 532; Rhyncocyclus peruvianus,
p. 5387; Myiobius superciliosus, p. 5388; Empidonax andinus, p. 539; Leucippus pallidus, p. 542;
Hypoxanthus brevirostris, p. 546; Gallinago andina, p. 561; Nothoprocta branickii, p. 563.—
Pl. xliv, Turdus nigriceps. Pl. xlv, Buarremon tricolor.—The text is chiefly descriptive, bio-
graphical, and critical.

1875. Dusus, A. Descriptions de Quelques Oiseaux Nouveaux. < Bull. Aead. Roy.
Belg., 2d ser., xl, No. 12, Dece., 1875, pp. 13-17.

* Cyanocitta yucatanica, p. 13, Yucatan; Icterus virescens, p. 15, Mexico; I. xanthornus var.
a. dubusit, p.16, Panama; J. xanthornus var. marginalis, p-17, Panama.—Not seen.

1875. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of five new Species of American Birds. < Ibis,
3d ser., v, July, 1575, pp. 383-387, pl. ix.

Chlorospingus? speculiferus, p. 383, pl. ix, f.1; C. nigrifrons, p. 384; Serpophaga leucura, p.
384, pl.ix, f. 2; Orchilus atricapillus, p. 385; Empidonax nanus, p. 386.

1875. PELZELN, A. v. On some Birds from Spanish Guiana collected by Herr Mtinz-
berg. <Jbis, 3d ser., v, July, 1875, pp. 329-332.

24 spp.; among them Machetes pugnax! Heleodytes bicolor, p. 330, sp. n.

1875. Puitipri, R. A. Escursion al cajon de los Cipreses en la hacienda de Cauquenes
(Raneagua). < Anales Univ. Chile, tomo xlvii, 1° sece., 1875, pp. 651-670.

La Fauna del Valle, p. 670.—Conurus cyanolysios, Attagis gayana.

1875. SALVIN, O. Additional [cf. Ibis, 1871, p. 178; 1874, p. 81] Notes on the Birds of
the Islands of’ Masafuera and Juan Fernandez. < Ibis, 3dser., v, July, 1875,
pp. 370-377

Buteo exsul, p. 371; @strelata externa, p. 373, spp.nn. Letter from E. Oustalet on type of
Puffinus sericeus Less. List of 17 known species of the two islands.

1875. ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A.
Goering. Part V. <P. Z.8., Mar. 16, 1875, pp. 234-238, pl. xxxv.

List of 42 + 33 spp., with notes on 7 of them. Buarremon castaneifrons, p. 235, pl. xxxv,
: 1; Chlorospingus chrysophrys, p. 235; Chloronerpes xanthochlorus, p.238,spp.nn. Pl. xxxv,
f. 2, Buarremon taczanowskii.

1875. SCLATER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Description of two new ; Spenies of Birds from

the State of Antioquia, U.S.C. <P.Z.S., Nov. 2, 1875, pp. 541-542.
Catharus pheopleurus, p. 541; Automolus holostictis, p. 542.

1876. ALLEN, J. A. Exploration of Lake Titicaca, by Alexander Agassiz and 8. W.
Garman. III. List of Mammals and Birds. By J. A. Allen, with Field-Notes
by Mr. Garman. < Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., tii, No. 15, July, 1876, pp. 349-c59.

An annotated lst of 69 spp.-of birds, pp. 353-359. FaleineXus ridgwayit, Gallinula garmani,
spp.nn. Cf. Ibis, 4th ser., i, 1877, pp. 119, 120.

No.2.) COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. _ 301

1876. A[LLEN], J. A. Description of new species of American Birds. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, i, No. 2, July, 1876, p. 47.

Notice of two recent papers by G. N. Lawrence in Ann. Lye. N. Y¥. and Ibis.

1876. Brown, C. B. Canoe and Camp Life in British Guiana. By C. Barrington
Brown, Assoc. R. S. M., late Government Surveyor in British Guiana. Lon-
don: Stanford. 1876. l1vol. 8vo.

Not seen: cited from Ibis, 1877, p. 239, where favorably noticed. It is said to be replete
with natural history notes, many of which relate to birds, and among which are some of noy-
elty or other special interest.

1876. DURNFoRD, H. Ornithological Notes from the Neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres.
<Ibis, 3d ser., vi, April, 1576, pp. 157-166.

1876. [Hotcukiss, TRUMAN.] South American Game Birds. < Scientific American
of Sept. 3, 1876.
Reprinted in Forest and Stream, vii, Oct. 12, 1876, p. 148.

1876. Napp, R. Argentine Republic. Buenos Ayres. 1876. 8vo. pp.560, 5 maps.
Not seen.

1876. OrtToN, J. The Andes and the Amazon; or across the Continent of South
America. By James Orton, A.M. Third edition, revised and enlarged, con-
taining notes of a second journey across the continent from Para to Lima and
Lake Titicaca. New York: 1876. 8vo.

Not seen; nor do I know the date of the original or 2d edition. Cf. Ibis, 1877, p. 373.

1876. PELZELN, A. v. Ueber eine weitere Sendung von Végeln aus Ecuador. < Verh.
(Abh.) d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. zu Wien, Dec. 6, 1876, pp. 765-772.
- Ein ausfiihrliches Verzeichniss der Arten, theilweise mit Anmerkungen versehen. Cf. Ibis,
1877, p. 383.

1876. SALVIN, O. On some new Species of Birds from Western Ecuador. <Tbis, 3d
ser., vi, 1876, pp. 493-496, pl. xiv.
Buscarthmus ocularis, p. 493; Formicivora speciosa, p. 494; Capito squamatus, p. 494, pl.
xiv; Pionopsitta pyrrhops, p. 495; Leucopternis occidentalis, p. 496.

1876. SaLvin, O. On the Avifauna of the Galapagos Archipelago. < Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond., vol. ix, pt. ix, May, 1876, art. x, pp. 447-510, pll. Ixxxiy—Ixxxix,
many woodce.

This important paper contains :—Introductory remarks, physical and historical, including
Dr. Habel’s account of his visit (cf. P. Z. S., 1870, pp. 322-327), p. 447. Short account of the
literature of the subject, p.461. List of the birds, with remarks on their relationships with
those of other countries, a, as to species, b, as to genera, ¢, as to families, p. 463. Summary
of the birds of each island, p. 466. On the variation of the species in certain genera (Geospiza,
Cactornis, Camarhynchus), and consequent ditticulty of defining them, p. 469. Account of
each species, with synonymy, description, distribution, biography, and general remarks, p.
471. Conclusions, p. 509.

Families 20; genera 39, of which 27 are wide-ranging; species 57, of which 38, or more than
66 per cent., are peculiar to the islands; 21 water-birds, 36 land-birds. Pl. lxxxiv, map of the
Archipelago; lxxxv, Camarhynchus variegatus ; \xxxvi, O. habeli ; \xxxvii, Larus fuliginosus ;
Ixxxviii, ff. 1, 2, @strelata pheopygia, sp.u., p. 507; f. 2, Procellaria tethys ; \xxxix, Spheniseus
mendiculus. Also, heads, etc., of the species of Geospiza, Cactornis, and Camarhynchus
figured in the numerous woodcuts. Dr. Habel’s field-notes passim; his new species were
previously described by S. & S., P. Z. S8., 1870, pp. 322-327, q. v.

Original date of Creagius Bp., 1853; also pub. in 1854 in separates of a paper in Rev. Zool.,
Jan., 1855,

1876. ScLaTER, P.LL. Onsome additional Species of Birds from St. Lucia, West Indies.
<P. Z. 8., Jan. 4, 1876, pp. 13, 14, pl. ii.

Cf. P. Z. S., 1871, p. 263, and 1872, p. 647.—List of 8 spp. Thryothorus mesoleucus, Leucopeza

g. mL.) semperi (pl. ii), p. 14, spp. nn.

1876, ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvry, O. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr, Whitely.—
Part IX. <P.Z.S., Jan. 4, 1876, pp. 15-19, pl. iii.

List of 65 spp., with remarks on 9 of them. ZThamnophilus melanchrous, p. 18, pl iii;
Columba albipennis, p. 18, spp. Dn.

302 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1876. SCLATER, P.L., and SALVIN, O. Descriptions of new Birds cbtained by Mr. C.
Buckley in Bolivia. <P. Z.8S., Feb. 1, 1876, pp. 253, 254.
Diglossa glauca, p. 253; Buarremon melanops, p. 253; Leptopogon tristis, p. 254; Hypoxan-
thus atriceps, p. 254.
1876. Sctatsr, P.L., and SALVIN, O. On new Species of Bolivian Birds. <P. Z. S.,
Apr. 4, 1876, pp. 352-358, pll. xxx—xxxiii, woodee.
Catharus mentalis, Basileuterus euophrys, p. 352; Malacothraupis (g. n.) dentata (pl. xxxi),
fig. on p. 353, Calliste punctulata, p. 353; C. fulvicervix (pl. xxx, f. 1), O. argyrofenges (pl.
xxx, f. 2), Chlorospingus calophrys, Cyanocorax nigriceps, Ochthodieta fuscorufus, p. 354;
Ochtheeca pulchella, Anceretes flavirostris, Lathria uropygialis (pl. xxxii, fig. on p. 356), p. 355;
Grallaria erythrotis, Thamnophilus subfasciatus (pl. xxxiii), Asturina saturata, p. 357.

1877. ALLEN, J. A. List of Birds collected by Mr. Charles Linden, near Santarem, Bra-
zil. < Bull. Essex Inst., viii, No. 8, 1876, pp. 78-83. (Pub. Feb., 1877.)

Annotated list of 128 spp. ; Coecygus lindeni, sp. n.

1877. DURNFORD, H. Notes onsome Birds observed in the Chuput Valley, Patagonia,
and in the neighbouring District. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, 1877, pp. 27-46.
Extended field-notes on about 62 spp.

1877. DURNFORD, H. Notes ou the Birds of the Province of Buenos Ayres. <Lbis,
Ath ser., i, 1877, pp. 166-203, pl. iii.
Excellent field-notes on 144 spp., with some little editorial criticism. Porzana spiloptera
“Burm. MS.”, p. 194, pl. iii, sp. n.

1877. Epirors. Allen’s ‘Birds of Lake Titicaca.’ <Jbis, 4th ser., i, 1877, pp. 119,
120.

Review of that paper.

1877, Epirors. Brown’s Travels in British Guiana. <Jbis, 4th ser., i, 1877, p. 237.
Notice of the work of that name.

1877. Epirors. Pelzeln on Birds from Ecuador. <Jbis, 4th ser., i, 1877, p. 383.
A notice of the paper in Verh. (Abh.) zool.-bot. Gesch. zw Wien, 1876, pp. 765-772.

1877. Epirors. Roraima and its mysteries. <Ibis, 4th ser., i, 1877, pp. 399, 400.
A propos of C. B. Brown’s work on British Guiana, 1876, g. v. The article is chiefly an ex-
tract from the London Spectator, date unknown to me.

1877. Ernst, A. Estudios | sobre Ja | Flora y Fauna | de Venezuela | por | A. Ernst.
_|— | Caracas | Imprenta federal] ... | 1877. 4°. 2p. Il, pp. 211-330.
Catalogo sistematico de las especies de Aves que han sido observadas hasta ahora en los
Estados Unidos de Venezuela, pp. 293-316. 315 géneros y 556 especies.—Publicado en el

Primer Annuario Estadistico, Caracas, 1877.

1877. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds from the Island of Do-
minica. < Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., i, Oct., 1877, pp. 46-49.
' Thryothorus rufescens, Dendreca plumbea, Myiarchus oberi, spp. nn. Cf. Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, Jan., 1879, pp. 48, 49.

1877. LAWRENCE, G.N. A Provisional List of the Birds Procured and Noticed by Mr.
Fred. A. Ober in the Island of Dominica. < Forest and Stream, ix, Dee. 6,
1877, p. 345.
Provisional list of 56 spp., anticipating the final paper in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1878, q. v.

1877. REED, E. C. Apuntes de la Zoologia de la Hacienda de Cauquenes, Provincia,

de Colchagua [Chile], por Edwyn C. Reed. Santiago de Chile. 1877. S8vo.
Not seen. Cf. Ibis, Oct., 1878, pp. 485, 486.

1877. ScLaTER, P. L., and Satviy, O. Descriptions of eight new Species of South-
American Birds. <P. Z. S., Jan. 2, 1877, pp. 18-22, pl. i.
Huphonia jinschi (Demerara), Pheucticas crissalis (Ecuador), Ochthoeca lewcometopa (West-
ern Peru), p. 19; O. arenacea, (Columbia), Chloronerpes dignus (Columbia) (pl. i), p. 20;
Celeus subjlavus (Bahia), Chamcepelia buckleyt (Santa Rita, Rep». Aquat.), p.21; Crawx erythro-
gnatha, p. 22.

Norge COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 303

1877.

1877.

1877,

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

SciaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of six new Species of South-
American Birds. <P. Z.8., June 5, 1877, pp. 521-523, pl. lii.

Basileuterus castaneiceps, Huphonia insignis (pl. lii, f. 1), Chlorospingus pheeocephalus (pl.
li, f. 2), p. 521; Lodirostrum rufigene, Lathria cryptolopha, Fuligula nationi, p. 522, from col-
lections made in Peru and Ecuador.

Smarper, R. B. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the visit of
H. M. 8. ‘Petrel’ to the Galapagos Islands. Communicated by Dr. Albert
Gunther, . . . <P.Z.S., Feb. 6, 1877, pp. 64-93.

I. Birps. By R. Bowdler Sharpe, pp. 65, 66, 4 spp.; Wimus parvulus, Dendreca aureola,
Geospiza fuliginosa, Pyrocephalus nanus.

TaczANowsk1, L. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au nord du Pérou occidental par
MM. Jelski et Stolamann. <P. Z.8., 1877, pp. 319 - —, pl. xxxvi.

Not seen. (Part ii of this volume missing from my set.)

TACZANOWSKI, L. Supplément a la Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au nord dn
Pérou occidental par MM. Jelski et Stolamann. <P. Z.S., Noy. 6, 1877, pp.
744-754,

Un séjour prolongé aux environs de Tumbez ayant procuré aux yoyageurs plusieurs espéces
qui n’étaient pas fournies dans les envois précédents (voir tome cit. pp. 319 - —), ces oiseaux
sont ici indiqués, au nombre de 31; ce qui joint 4 72 esp. de la liste précédente, fait en tout
103 espéces des environs de Tumbez qui n’étaient pas trouvées dans le Pérou central par M.
Jelski.—Penelope albipennis, p. 746; Rallus cypereti Stolzm. MS., p. 747, spp. nn.

BisHop, N. H. Notes on the Illustrations in Don Juan Lembeye’s “‘ Birds of the
Island of Cuba.” < Forest and Stream, x, July 25, 1878, p. 482.

Very unfavorable to the author here criticised.

BoucarpD, A. On Birds collected in Costa Rica. <P. Z. S,, Jan. 15, 1878, pp.
37-71, pl. iv.

This interesting paper gives notes, both field and critical, upon 258 spp. collected by the
author himself during the five months spent in the country, with headquarters at San José,
the capital. This is just half the total recorded number of Costa Rican birds, 520. Many
varieties were secured, though only one novelty, as the ground had already been well worked
over by several explorers, as set forth in the papers of Lawrence, Salvin, Cabanis, and
others.—Zonotrichia vulcant, p. 57, pl.iv, sp. n.

CaBANnIs, J. Ueber eine Sammlung von Végeln der Argentinischen Republik.
< J. f. O., Apr., 1878, pp. 194-199. .
Da dieser Jahrgang gerade gebunden wurde, war es mir nicht midglich denselben einzu-
sehen.
DURNFORD, H. Notes on the Birds of the Province of Buenos Ayres. < Ibis,
Ath ser., ii, 1878, pp. 58-69.
Not seen. (This volume of the Ibis is at the binder’s.)
DURNFORD, H. Notes on the Birds of Central Patagonia. <Tbis, 4th ser., ii,
No. 8, Oct., 1878, pp. 389-406.
Not seen. (This volume of the Ibis is at the binder’s.)
[GRINNELL, G. B.] New Birds from the West Indies. < Forest and Stream, x,
July 25, 1878, p. 483.
Comments upon recent collections by Fred. A. Ober.
-[GRINNELL, G. B.] Four New Birds from the West Indies. < iorest and Stream,
xi, Aug. 8, 1878, p. 2.
Notice of F. A. Ober’s collections.
[GRINNELL, G.B.] Birds of Dominica and St. Vincent. < Forest and Stream, al
Nov. 21, 1878, p. 320.
Notice of George N. Lawrence’s catalogues of F. Ober’s ornithological collections in the
West Indies.
[GRINNELL, G.B.] Frederick A. Ober (‘Fred Beverly.”) < Forest and Stream,
xi, Noy. 21, 1878, p. 327.
Portrait and brief biographical notice.

O04 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1878, GUNDLACH, J. Neue Beitrage zur Ornithologie der Insel Portorico. <J. f. 0.,
Apr., 1878, pp. 157-194.

Dieses Buch befindet sich beim Buchbinder und ist mir deshalb nicht znganglich.

1878. LAwRENcE, G. N. Descriptions of Seven New Species of Birds from the Island
of St. Vincent, West Indies. < Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., i, No. 5, June, 1878,
pp. 147-153.

Turdus nigrirostris, Myiadestes sibilans, Thryothorus musicus, Certhiola atrata, O. saccha-
rina, Leucopeza bishopi, Calliste versicolor. Cf. Ibis, Oct., 1878, p. 468; Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, 1879, pp. 48, 49.

1878. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Supposed New Species of Birds from the
Islands of Grenada and Dominica, West Indies. < Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., i,
July, 1878, pp. 160-163.

Turdus caribbeus (Grenada), Thryothorus grenadensis (Grenada), Blacicus brunneicapillus
(Dominica), Quiscalus tuminosus (Grenada). Cf. Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, Jan., 1879, pp.
48, 49.

1878. LAWRENCE, G.N. Catalogue of the Birds of Dominica from Collections made
for the Smithsonian Institution by Frederick A. Ober, together with his
Notes and Observations. < Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.i, 1878, (pub. July,
1878), pp. 48-69.

Fully annotated list of 59 spp.; collector’s field-notes and sketch of the locality; author’s
critical commentary. Vireosylvia calidris var. dominicana, p. 55; Strix flammea var. nigres-
cens, p. 64, varr. nn. Cf. Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iy, Jan., 1879, pp. 48, 49.

1878. Lawrencr, G. N. Catalogue of the Birds of St. Vincent, from Collections
made by Mr. Fred. A. Ober, under the Direction of the Smithsonian Institution,
with his Notes thereon. < Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. i, 1878, (pub. Oct., 1878),
pp. 185-198.

Treats of 59 spp., 3 undetermined, with collector’s field-notes and sketch of the island; au-
thor’s critical commentary on several of the species. Seven new species of this collection
were described just previously, in Ann. N. ¥. Acad. Sct., 1878, g. v.. Cf. Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, 1879 pp. 48, 49.

1878. LAWRENCE, G. N. Catalogue of the Birds of Antigua and Barbuda, from Col-
lections made for the Smithsonian Institution, by Mr. Fred A. Ober, with his
Observations. < Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. i, 1878, (pub. Dec., 1878), pp. 232-
242.

From Antigua, 42 spp.; from Barbuda, 39 spp.; both lists fully annotated by Mr. Ober, with
his field-notes. Speotyto amaura, p. 284, sp. n.

1878. PELZELN, A. v. Weitere Sendungen von Végeln aus Ecuador. < Verh. (Abh.)
d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. zu Wien, —, 1878, pp. 15-20.

Nicht selbst gesehen: Titel aus Ridgway’s MS. citirt. Unter den beschriebenen inte-
ressanten Arten befinden sich Urochroa bougueri, Urosticte ruficrissa, Bourcieria insectivora
und Cyanocitta pulchra. Chlorochrysa sodirot sp. n. = O. pheenicotis 9; cf. Ibis, 1878, pp.
478, 479.

1878. ScLATER, P. L., and SALVIN,O. On the Collection of Birds made by Prof. Steere
in South America. < P. Z. S., Feb. 5, 1878, pp. 135-142, pll. (Aves) xi-—xiii,
woodee.

Prof. Steere collected about 911 bird-skins, from Pard to Callao, belonging to about 362 spp.,
22 of which furnish the occasion for remark in this paper. Among them is Xema sabinii !—
Myiarchus semirufus (pl. xi), p. 1388; Furnarius pileatus, p. 1389; Capito steerii (pl. xii), p. 140;
Crypturus transfasciatus (pl. xiii), p. 141, spp. nn.

1878. ScLaTER, P. L., and SALvin, O. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during
the voyage of H. M. S. ‘Challenger’—No. IX. On the Birds of Antarctic
America. <P. Z28S., Apr. 16, 1878, pp. 431-438.

Report on 41 spp. collected on the voyage from Juan Fernandez, along the coast of Pata-
gonia, to the Falklands. It is little more than a list of the specimens, with collector's notes,
though some technic occurs.

1878. SCLATER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. Descriptions of three new Species of Birds from
Ecuador. <P. Z.8., Apr. 15, 1878, pp. 438-440, pll. (Aves) xxvii, XxXVili.

Buarremon leucopis, Neomorphus radiolosus, pl. xxvii, Aramides calopterus, pl. xxvii, p.
439.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 305

1878. SPENCE, J. M. The Land of Bolivar, or War, Peace, and Adventure in the Re-
public of Venezuela. With mapsand illustrations. . . . London: Samp-
son Low & Co. 1878. 2vols. 8vo.

Not seen: contains a catalogue of birds, reprinted from P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 511, 512.

1879. A[LLEN], J. A. Lawrence and Ober on the Birds of Dominica and St. Vincent.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.1, Jan., 1879, pp. 48, 49.

Notices of five of G. N. Lawrence’s recent papers on F. A. Ober’s collections in the Lesser
Antilles, in Ann. N. ¥Y. Acad. and Proc. Nat. Mus.

1879. LAWRENCE, G. N. Catalogue of the Birds of Grenada, from a Collection made
by Mr. Fred. A. Ober for the Smithsonian Institution, including others seen
by him, but not obtained. < Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. i, 1878, (pub. Feb.,
1879), pp. 265-278.

Grenada, one of the Lesser Antillian Islands, about 12° N., 18} miles long by 7} broad. Mr.
Ober’s general remarks on the island, and his field-notes in the body of the article. Treats of
54 spp., represented in the collection by 66 specimens. Vireosylvia calidris var. dominicana,
p. 268; Strix flammea var. nigrescens, p. 273, varr. nn.?

1879. LAWRENCE, G. N. Catalogue of the Birds collected in Martinique by Mr. Fred.
A. Ober for the Smithsonian Institution. < Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., yol.i, 1878,
(pub. Mar. 10, 1879), pp. 349-360.

Sketch of Martinique by Mr. Ober, and his copious field-notes throughbut the list of 40 spp.
Important note on Dendreca rufigula Baird, p. 353, and on Quiscalus injlexirostris Swains.,

: p.356. Myiarchus selateri, p. 357, sp. n.

1879. LAWRENCE, G.N. Catalogue of a Collection of Birds obtained in Guadeloupe
for the Smithsonian Institution, by Mr. Fred. A. Ober. < Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol.i, 1878, (pub. Apr. 22, 1879), pp. 449-462.

Of the same characters as previous papers of this series. Mr. Ober collected in Guadeloupe

in August and September, 1878, sending in 132 specimens, and noting 45 spp.

1879. Lawrence, G. N. A General Catalogue of the Birds noted from the Islands
of the Lesser Antilles visited by Mr. Fred. A. Ober; with a Table showing
their Distribution and those found in the United States. < Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. i, 1878, (pub. 1879), pp. 486-488,

A résumé of the preceding catalogues in tabular form. All these papers of Mr. Lawrence’s
are also published separately, same pagination, with cover and new title-page.

ADDENDA.

I continue with a few titles acquired during the impression of the
preceding pages.

1625. DE LaxEt, J. Nieuwe Wereldt | ofte | Beschrijvinghe | van | West-Indien, | wt
veelerhande Schriften ende Aen-teekeningen | van verscheyden Natien by
eenversamelt | Door Ioannes de Laet, | Ende met Noodighe Kaerten en Tafels
voorsien. | Tot Leyden, | In de Druckerye van Isaack Elzevier. | Anno 1625. |
Met Privilege der Ho. Mo. Heeren Staten Generael, voor 12 Jaren. | Folio.
pp. (2), Xxii, 526, maps.

Not seen: title from Sabin’s Bibl. See ed. of 1630.

1630. Dp Laxt, J. Beschrijvinghe | van | West-Indien | door Ioannes de Laet. |
Tweede Druck: | In ontallijcke plaetsen ver- | betert, vermeerdert, met
eenige nieuwe Caerten, beelden van | verscheyden dieren ende | planten ver-
ciert. | Tot Leyden, bij de Elzeviers. A». 1630. | Met Priuilegie. lvol. Folio.
14 p. IL, incl. half-title, eng. title, dedication, privilege, introduction, con-
tents, list of (14) maps, and errata, pp. 1-622, 9 ll. (index), maps and other
illustrations.

Orig. ed. 1625. This is the only edition of the famous work I have seen; I cite several
others from Sabin’s Bibl.

306 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1633. Dr Lart, J. Novvs Orbis | seu | Descriptionis | Indie Occidentalis—Libri
XVIII. | Authore | Ioanne de Laet Antverp. | Novis Tabulis Geographicis et
variis | Animantium, Plantarum Fructuumque | Iconibus illustrati. | Cvm
Privilegio. | Lvgd. Batav. apud Elsevirios. A°. 1633. 1 vol. Folio. 16
p. ll. inel. half-title, eng. title, and list of (14) maps, pp. 1-690, 9 11. (index).

1640. DE LaEt, J. L’Histoire | dv | Nouveau Monde | ou | description | des Indes
Occidentales, | Contenant dix-huict Liures, | Par le Sieur Iean de Laet,
@Anuers; | Enrichi de nouuelles Tables Geographiques & Figures des | Ani-
maux, Plantes & Fruicts. | [Dessin.] | A Leyde, | Chez Bonauenture & Abra-
ham Elseuiers, Imprimeurs | ordinaires de l’Yniuersité. | — | clo loc xu. 1
vol. Folio. 14>p. I, pp. 1-632, 611, 14 maps.

“‘This French translation of Tact, Sontais many materials not found in the original
Dutch, ... This work is full of the most excellent and curious details of the natural
history, . . .”

1682. NrEvHOF, J. Johan Nieuhofs | Gedenkweerdige | Brasiliaense | Zee- en Lant- |
Reize. | Behelzende | Al het geen op dezelve is voorgevallen. | Beneffens | Een
bondige beschrijving van gantsch | Neerlants Brasil, | Zoo van lantschappen,
steden, dieren, gewassen, als | draghten, zeden en godsdienst der inwoon-
ders: | En inzonderheit | Een wijtloopig verhael der merkwaardigste voor-
vallen | en geschiedenissen, die zich, geduurende zijn negenjarigh | verblijf
in Brasil, in d’oorlogen en opstant der Portugesen | tegen d’ onzen, zich sedert
het jaer 1640. tot 1649. | hebben toegedragen. | Doorgaens verciert met ver-
scheide afbeeldingen, na’t leven aldaer getekent. | [Afbeeld.] | t’ Amsterdam,
| — | Voor de Weduwe van Jacob van Meurs, op de Keizers-gracht. 1682.
lyol. Folio. Eng. title, illum. title, dedication, arms, privilege, introduc-
tion, each one leaf; pp. 1-308, 2 ll. (directions to binder, and index); 44 en-
gravings.

See what is said anted, p.241. In addition to this, there is on p. 281a heading ‘‘Indiaense en
Javaense vogels en viervoetige dieren’’; under which descriptions of various East Indian and
particularly Javan birds run to p. 288, including two engravings on which the Dodo and
various other birds are figured.

The above is the full printed title. The work is scarcely citable in the present connection,
being of a more general character,

1724. [LaBat, Pére J. B.} Nouveau | Voyage | [du Pere Jean Baptiste Labat] |
aux Isles | de l’Amerique. | Contenant | L’Histoire Naturelle de ces Pays, |
VOrigine, les Meurs, la Religion & le Gouvernement des | Habitans anciens
& modernes: | Les Guerres & les Evenemens singuliers qui y sont arrivez
pendant | le long séjour que J’Auteur y a fait: | le Commerce et les Manufac-
tures | qui y sont établies, & les moyens de les augmenter. | Ouvrage enrichi
@’un grand nombre de Cartes, Plans, & Figures en Taille-douce. | Tome pre-

P. Husson. T. Johnson.

J. Van Duren. R. Alberts.

M. DCC. xxiv. 2vols. 4to. Vol. 1,3 p.11., pp. j—viij, 1-360,

mier [second]. | [Vignette.] | A la Haye, | Chez)

P. Gosse

& C. Le Vier.
211, 47 maps and plates. Vol. II, 4 p. ll., pp. 1-520, 9 1., many maps and
plates.

There are many editions. Sabin’s Bibl. gives the following, besides the above :—Paris, 6
vols., 12mo, 1722.—La Haye, 6 vols., 12mo, 1724.—Paris, 8vols., 12mo, 1742; augmented.—Paris,
8vo, 1831; abridged.—Dutch, Amsterdam, 4 vols., 4to, 1725.—Latin, Niirnberg, 7 vols., 12mo,
1782-88.

The celebrated work is very full on the Natural History of the West Indies, and ornithol-
ogy comes in for its share of treatment; but the copious details are so scattered through the

_yolumes that formal citation of the bird-matter becomes inconvenient. :

1745. WARREN, G. Impartial Description of Surinam, &c.

The date of the original is said to be 1667. The only shape in which I have handled it is as
a part of Vol. Il of Osborne’s ‘‘A Collection of Voyages and Travels”, etc., folio, London,
1745, where it is given with a half-title-page as follows:—An impartial | Description | of | Sur-
imam j upon the | Continent of Guinea | in| America. | With a | History of several strange

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 307

1745. WARREN, G.—Continued. |
Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Serpents, In- | sects, and Customs of that Colony, &c. | Worthy the
Perusal of all, from the Experience of | George Warren, Gent.| pp. 919-931. Chap. IV.
Of the Birds; p. 924, a column of remarks, of no consequence.

1765. FERMIN, P. Histoire | Naturelle | de la | Hollande Equinoxiale: | ou | Descrip-
tion | des Animaux, Plantes, Fruits, et autres | Curiosite’s Naturelles, qui se
trouvent | dans la colonie de | Surinam; | avec Leurs Noms différents, tant
Frangois, que Latins, | Hollandois, Indiens & Négre-Anglois. | Par | Philippe
Fermin, | Docteur en Medicine. | [Vignette.] A Amsterdam, | Chez M. Magé-
rus, Librairee MDCCLXY. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, 1-240, 11.

Seconde Partie, Des Oiseaux, Poissons, et Testacées, pp. 57-108, where a few birds, fishes,
and mollusks are given in alphabetical order, mixed together, with slight descriptions, or
definitions of the names, of each.

1782. [PALLas, P.S8.] Beschreibung zweyer sitidamerikanischer merkwiirdiger Végel.
<_ Neue Nordische Beytrige, iii, 1782, pp. 1-7, pl. i.

1. Der Kleine schwarze Kukuk aus Surinam (Cuculus tenebrosus), p. 2,pl.i,f1. 2. Der
allerkleinste Specht oder Wendehals, aus Siidamerika (Picus minutissimus), p. 5, pl.i, f. 2,

1793. West, H. Bidrag | til | beskrivelse | over St® Croix | med en | kort Udsigt |
over | St. Thomas, St. Jean, Tortola, | Spanishtown og Crabeneiland. | Af |
H. West, | Rector ved det vestindiske Skole-Institut. | — | Kiébenhavn,
1793.. | Trykt hos Frederik Wilhelm Thiele, 1lvol. 16mo. 3p. 1L, 1-364,
folded sheet opp. p. 204.

This is the ed. prince. ; there is another, German, Kopenhagen, 1794. The only bird-matter
consists of alist of 2 spp., on p. 317—Ardea coerulea and Fulica chloropus (= Gallinula galeata).

1810. Lepru, A.-P. Voyage | aux Iles | de Ténériffe, | La Trinité, Saint-Thomas, |
Sainte-Croix et Porto-Ricco, | exécuté par ordre du Gouvernement Frangais, |
Depuis le 30 Septembre 1796 jusqu’an 7 Juin 1798, sous la | Direction du
Capitaine Baudin, pour faire des Recherches | et des Collections relatives a
VHistoire Naturelle; | contenant | Des Observations sur le Climat, le Sol, la
Population, | ’Agriculture, les Productions de ces Iles, le Caractere, les |
Meeurs et le Commerce de leurs Habitants. | Par André-Pierre Ledru, | [etc.,
trois lignes. ] | Ouvrage accompagné de notes et @’additions, | par M. Sonnini. |
Avec une trés-belle Carte gravée par J. B. Tardieu, d’aprés Lopez. | Tome
premier [second]. | A Paris, | Chez Arthur Bertrand, Libraire, rue Haute
feuille, n° 23. ;— | 1810. 2vols. 16mo. Vol. I, 2p. lL, pp. i-xlviij, 1-315, 1
J. Vol. II, 2p. l., pp. 1-324, 11., map.

Vol. I, Chap. XII, Essai sur Vhistoire naturelle de Vile de Ténériffe, pp. 176 et seq-
Oiseaux, pp. 177-185, par l’auteur. Notes sur les animaux dont il est question dans le
chapitre précédent, par Sonnini, pp. 219-231. Note sur le Pélecan, par Sonnini, pp. 245, 246.
Chap. XVI, Notice sur Vile de la Trinité, par auteur, pp. 247 et seq. Oiseaux, pp. 258-261.
Notes sur V’histoire, et particuliérement sur l’histoire naturelle de l’ile de la Trinité, par Son-
nini, pp. 267 et seq. Oiseaux, pp. 296-307.—Vol. II, Chap. XIX, Essai sur histoire naturelle
des iles danoises, pp. 36 et seq. Oiseaux, pp. 38, 39. Chap. XXVIII, Histoire naturelle de
Porto-Ricco, pp. 194 et seq. Oiseaux, pp. 199-209. Addition & histoire naturelle de Porto-
Ricco, par Sonnini, pp. 255 et seq. Oiseaux, pp. 256-274.

1811. HumBoxpt, A. v. Recueil d’Observations de Zoologie. 1811.

Not seen; said to contain a few brief notices of the birds of Colombia.

1811-12. Lepru, A.-P. Reise nach den Inseln Ténériffa, Trinidad, St. Thomas, St.
Cruz, und Porto-Rico, . . . Aus dem Franzésischen, mit Bemerkungen
iiber Colonialwaaren von E. A. W. Zimmermann. Leipzig, 1811-12, 2 vols.
8vo.

‘Not seen: title from Sabin’s Bibl.

1823-31. Sprx, J. B. v., and Martius, C. F. P. v. Reise | in | Brasilien | auf Befehl
Sr. Majestiit | Maximilian Joseph I. | Kénigs von Baiern | in den Jahren
1817 bis 1820 gemacht und beschrieben | von | Dr. Joh. Bapt. vonSpix, | Lete.,
3 Zeilen,] | und Dr. Carl Friedr. Phil. yon Martius, | [ete., 3 Zeilen.] | Erster

308 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURV:Y. ‘[Vol. V.

1523-31. Sprx, J. B. v., and Martius, C. F. P. v.—Continued.

[-dritter] Theil. | — | Mtinchen, 1823 [1828, 1831]. . . . 3vols. 4to.—
Erster Theil, Miinchen, 1823, gedruckt bei M. Lindauer, 4p. IL, pp. i-x, 1-412.
Zweiter Theil, bearbeitet und herausgegchen von Dr, C. F. P. von Martius,
Miinchen, 1828, gedruckt bei I. J. Leutner, pp. i-viii, 413-884, 11. Dritter
Theil, bearb. u. herausg. yon Dr. C. F. P. von Martius, Miinchen, 1831, bei
dem Verfasser, Leipzig, in Comm. bei Friedr. Fleischer, pp. i-vili, 885-1388,
geographischer Anhang, 1p. 1., pp. 1-40, und Karte vom Amazonenstrome.

The copy examined contains no formal presentation of the ornithology, and only one map.
There is an English translation of a portion of the work, 1824, g. v. The natural history
is said to be contained in a special appendix to Theil IL], and to be also found separate under
the title ,,Die Pflanzen und Thiere des tropischen America‘: u. s. w., Miinchen, 1831, gr.-4to
mit 4 Taf. in-folio.

1824. Sprx, J. B. v., and Martius, C.F. P. v. Travels | in | Brazil, | in the years |
1817-1820. | Undertaken by command of | His Majesty the King of Bavaria. |
By | Dr. Joh. Bapt. von Spix, | and Dr. C. F. Phil. von Martius, | [etc., 3
lines.] | — | Volume the first [second]. | — | London: | printed for | Long-
man, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green, | Paternoster-row. | 1824. 2 vols.
inl. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. iii-xxii, 1-527, 4pll. Vol. II, pp. iii-x, 1-298, 5 pll.

This is an English translation of portions of Spix and Martius’s Reise, not of the whole
work, which was not completed until 1831. It does not contain the natural history proper of
the work, which is in the concluding part of the German work; only giving some little bird-
matter incidentally, here and there. (See this Bibliography, anted, p. 250, at date of 1823-31.)

1831. WaGner, J. A. Beitriige | zur | Kenntniss der warmbliitigen Wirbelthiere |
Amerika’s. | Von | Professor Dr. Johann Andreas Wagner. | [n. d., n. p.
Kempten, 1831.] lvol. 4to. pp. 94, pll.yv.

Diese mit Halbtitel versehene Broschiire enthialt: Osteographische Beitrage zur Kenntniss
einiger siidamerikanischen Vogel. I. Crypturus variegatus, pp. 56-66, pl. ii, f.1-6. II. Dicho-
lophus cristatus, pp. 66-72, pl. iii, f. 7-11. IIL. Psophia crepitans, pp. 72-77, pl. iv, f. 1-4.
IV. Myeteria americana, pp. 77-83, pl. iv, f. 5-7.

1831-35. Kirriirz, F. H. v. Uber einige Vogel von Chili, beobachtet im Mirz und
Anfang April 1827. < Mém. présentés a V Acad. Imp. des Sci. de St.-Pétersb. par
divers Savans Etrang., i, 1831, pp. 173-194, pll.—?; ii, 1835, pp. 465-472, pl.
1-5. (Auch als Sepa antvner erschienen. )

I. 1831.—Phytotoma silens, p.175; Pteroptochos rubecula, p. 179; P. albicollis, p. 180; P.
megapodius, p. 182; Troglodytes paradoxus, p. 184; Synnalaxis 1 humicola, p. 185; S.
aegithaloides, p. 187; Opetiorynchos [sic] rupestris, p. 188; Muscicapa parulus, p. 190; I.
pyrope, p. 191; Fringilla diuea (Mol.), p. 192; Oryptwrus perdicarius, p. 193. (Title calls for
12 colored plates; no plates found in copy examined.)

Il. 1835.—13, Tamnophilus [sic] lividus, p. 465, pl.1; 14, Sturnus aterrimus, p. 467, pl. 2;
15, Alauda fissirostris, p. 468, pl.3; 16, Fringilla arvensis, p. 470, pl. 4; 17, Anas chalcoptera,
pl. 471, pl. 5 (lettered chalcontera).

Obs. This reference is often misauoied as if it were to the regular Mim. del Acad. St.-
Pétersb.

1833. ScHREIBER, [C.v.] Collectanea ad Faunam Braziliz.

Not seen. ‘‘M. Schreiber of Vienna commenced, in 1833, the ‘Collectanea ad Faunam Bra-
zilize’, but only one number of that work was ever published.”

1834. Lesson, R. P. Sur quelques Oiseaux du Chili. < L’Institut, ii, 1834, No. 72,
p. 316. (Soc. des Sc. et Arts de Rochefort.)

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.

1834-41. Swarnson, W. The | Ornithological | Drawings | of | William Swainson |
Esq., A. C. G. | [ete., 4 lines.] | — | Part 5 [mut. mut.]. | The Birds of Brazil.
{| —| London: | Baldwin & Cradock. | Treuttel. Wirtz & Richter Paris, &
Strasbourgh. | Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh Robinson’s Liverpool. | Rob‘.
Havell, 77, Oxford St*. Price 7/. Cold. 10/6. Double Plates 15/. | [m. d.
“¢1834-1841.”] 8yvo. Engr. cover-title and 62 (‘‘78”) colored plates. ‘Pub.
in 7 parts.”

The piece handled consists of 62 colored plates, without any oe there being only the en-
graved cover-title above transcribed. Itis not dated; but there is pencilled in mse. of T. N.

No.

=

]

-COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 309

1834-41. Swainson, W.—Continued.

Gill a date, “1834-1841”; and the same hand notes on the fly-leaf ‘‘Part 6 wanting”, leaving it
open to infer that there are several lots or ‘‘Parts”. The number of Part ‘'5” is also written,
not printed; so that probably the same engraved title covers other parts. The dates above
cited are presumed to be those of publication of the whole series. The plates are as follows;
I do not know that these 62 (some cite ‘‘78”’) are all of them:—PI. 1, I[eterus] hemorrhous.
2, Classicus] afinis. 3, O. icteronotus. 4, C. nigerrimus. 5, Blueheaded Tanager, ‘‘A.”
cyanocephala. 6, A. citrinella. 7, A.cuculata. 8, A. cyanoptera. 9, Long-billed Puff Bird,
“Tlamatia?]” somnolenta. 10, T. leucotis. 11, LT. maculata. 12, T. leucops. 13, T{roglo-
dytes| equinoctialis. 14, T. carinatus. 15, T. nititans. 16, Thryothorus striolatus. 17, Black-
masked Tanager, R[hampho...?] gularis. 18, R. coccineus. 19, same, 9. 20, R. atro-cocci-
neus. 21, T[rochilus] cristatus. 22, T. delalandii. 23, P{ipra] galeata. 24, Oalyptura cristata.
25, Plipra] strigilata. 26, Pepra [sic] manacus. 27, Mango Hummingbird, young. 28, L[am-
pornis] mango. 29, T{rochilus] auritus. 30, T. moschitus. 31, Black-backed Tanager, ‘A.’
melanotus Sw. 32, Olassicus] cristatus. 33, Lochinias squamulata Sw. 34, Lypornix striata.
35, L. rubicula. 36, L. tenebrosa. 37, Tlanagra] cana Sw. 38, TL. olivascens Licht. 39, 7. epis-
copus. 40, T. mornata [sic—lege inornata}. 41, T. celestes. 42, T. ornata. 43, Black-backed
Tanager, “A.” melanotis [sic—lege melanonotus]. 44, Pipra pareola. 45, P.caudata. 46, Ty.
rannula superciliosa. 47, T. megacephala. 48, T. modesta. 49, T. caniceps. 50, Tyrannus
cireumeinctus. 51, Megalophus regius. 52, same. 53, Tyrannula ferruginea. 54, TL. eurtipes.
55, Platyurus corniculatus. 56, same, 2. 57, P.afinis. 58, Cyclarius [sic] guianensis. 59,
Thamnophilus nevius. 60, T. bicolor. 61, Trogonauratus. 62, same, 9. The complete series
is said to consist of 78 plates, published in 7 parts. Other titles of the same thing in current
quotation are: ‘‘Ornithological Drawings, being figures of the rarer and most interesting
Birds of Brazil’’; and ‘‘A selection of the Birds of Brazil and Mexico.”

1836, Kirtiitz, F.H,v. Cinq nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux du Chili. < L’Institut, iv,

No. 190, 1836, p. 442.
Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann. Compare 1831-35, sameauthor. See, also, Isis,
1836, pp. 347-351.

1843. GoupoT, J. Observations sur organisation et les habitudes du coq de roche

péruvien (Pipra peruviana, Lath.), et du caurale (Ardea helias, Lin.). <Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., 1843, Ois., pp. 1-4, pll. 37, 38.
Pl. 37, ecuf du Rupicola peruviana ; pl. 38, euf de VLurypyga phalenoides.

1848. ScHomBuRGK, R.H. The | History of Barbadoes; | comprising | a geographical

and statistical | description of the Island; | a sketch of the | historical events
since the settlement; | and an account ofits | geology and natural productions.
| By | Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, Ph. D., [etc., 6 lines.] | [Seal.] | London:
| Longman, Brown, Green and Longmans. | 1848. 1 vol. Roy. 8vo. pp.
i-xxii, 1-722, frontisp., eng. title, 7 other plates, 13 woodce., folding sheet
opp. p. 686.

Part UI, Chap. V, Animated Nature as developed in the Barbadoes, .... Birds, pp. 680-
682; an inconsiderable list, preceded by a few general observations.

1863. Pairiprr, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Beschreibung einer neuen Ente und einer

neuen Seeschwalbe. < Arch. f. Naturg., —, 1863, pp. 202 -—.
Not seen.—Querquedula angustirostris, Sterna atrofasciata, aus Sidamerika.

1866. [GuYON, —.] Ueber die Thiere, die auf den Inseln Martinique und Guade-

loupe seit der Besitznahme durch die Franzosen verschwunden sind, < Aus

der Natur, xxxviii, oder n. F. xxvi, 1866, pp. 730-733.
Auszug aus den Compt. Rend., \xiii, 1866, pp. 589-593.

310

BULLETIN UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

INDEX.

A.—AUTHORS.

[Nore.—With catch-titles.
leading name.

the Bibliography at end of series of single dates; thus, 1877

mous, editorial, and initial titles mostly omitted. ]

ABBOTT, C. C.
Notes on Birds of the Falkland Isl-
ands, 1860, 1861.
ABBOTT, S. L.
Remarks on Birds from Surinam, 1844.
ALBRECHT.
Zur Ornithologie Cuba’s, 1861.
Zur Ornithologie von Jamaica, 1862.
ALLEN.
Exploration of Lake Titicaca, 1876.
Review of Lawrence’s Papers, 1876.
Birds collected by Linden in Brazil,
1877.
ARBOLEYA.
Manual de la Isla de Cuba, 1882.
AZARA.

Apuntamientos, 1802-05, 1809.
BAIRD. |
List of Birds of Mexico, Central and |
South America not in Smithsonian
Institution, 1863.
Dates of Publication of Anales Univ.
Chile and Arch. f. Naturg., 1866.
BANCROFT.
Natural History of Guiana, 1769, 1769.
BATES.
Naturalist on the Amazon, 1863, 1864.
BECKLEMICHEW.
Deux Oiseaux Nouveaux du
1829.
BELL.
Wildfowl of Jamaica, 1868.
BELLO Y ESPINOSA.
Zoologische Notizen aus Porto Rico,
1871. :
BENVENUTI.
Deserizione di quattro Trochilidi e di
una Dendroeca, 1866.
BERLEPSCH.
Zur Ornith. der Provinz Sta. Catharina,
1873-74.
BERNSEE.

Brésil,

On Birds of the East Falklands, 1855.

Chronological arrangement under each head. Joint-authorships under
Figures refer to dates under which titles are alphabetized: double dates are found in

pip ilied

-78 at end of 1877. Anonymous, pseudony-

| BISHOP.

The Pampas and Andes, 1869.
Notes on Lembeye’s ‘ Birds’, 1878.
BOECK.

Uber die Ornis der Provinz Valdivia,

1855.
BOISSONNEAU.

Oiseaux Nouveaux

Bogota, 1840, 1840.
BOLLE. ;

Guano-Gewinnung auf den Chincha-

Inseln, 1861.
BONAPARTE.

Descriptions of Ten South American
Birds, 1825.

Notes to former paper, 1825.

Catalogue Méthodique des Oiseaux
recueillis & Cayenne par Desplan-
ches, 1857.

Notices and Descriptions of Birds from
Mexico and South America, 1837.

Catalogo di Uccelli Messicani e Peru-
viani, 1838.

Catalogue d’Oiseaux du Mexique et du
Pérou, 1840.

BONYAN.
On Raptorial Birds of British Guiana,
1851, 1853.
BoucaRD.
On Birds collected in Costa Rica, 1878.
BREDOW.
Ausziige aus den Schreiben des reisen-
den C. Moritz in Siid-Amerika, 1837.
BREWER.
List of Birds of Cuba, 1859.
BRIDGES.

Notes on Birds from Chile, 1841.

Notice of Bolivian Birds, 1846.

Additional Notes on South American
Ornithology, 1847, 1847.

Brown, C. B.

Canoe and Camp Life in British Gui-

ana, 1876.

de Santa-Fé de

No. 2.]

Browne, P.

Jamaica, 1756, 1789.

BRYANT.

On Two Birds from Bogota, 1859.

Vogel von Porto Rico, 1866.

List of Birds from Porto Rico presented
by Swift and Latimer, 1866.

List of the Birds of St. Domingo, 1867.

BURMEISTER.

Ueber die Eier und Nester einiger bra-
silianischer Végel, 1853.

Systematische Uebersicht der Thiere
Brasiliens, 1856.

Erlauterungen zur Fauna Bras., 1856.

Briefliches aus Mendoza, 1858.

Systematisches Verz. der in den La
Plata Staaten beobachteten Vogel,
1860.

Reise durch die La Plata Staaten, 1861.

Contrib. to the Ornithology of the Ar-
gentine Republic, 1868.
CaBANIS.
Tschudi’s Fauna Peruana, 1845-46.
Schomburek’s Reisen in Britisch Gui-
ana, 1848.

Uebersicht der im Berliner Mus. befind-
lichen Vogel von Costa Rica, 1861-69.

Neue peruanische Végel Jelski’s, 1873,
1873.

Uebers. der von Euler in Cantagallo, Rio
de Janeiro, ges. Vogel, 1874.

Neue peruanische Vogel Jelski’s, 1874.

Sammlung von Vogeln der Argentini-
schen Republik, 1878.

CaBOT.

New Birds from Yucatan, 1843.

Descr. and Habits of some Birds of Yuca-
tan, 1844.

Further Accounts of Birds of Yucatan,
1845.

Himantopus nigricoliis and Anhinga ca-°

rolinensis, 1845.
Stephens’s Incidents of Travel in Yuca-
tan, 1848.
CASSIN.

COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Gilliss’sU. 8. Naval Astron. Exped., 1855. _
Cat. of Birds collected by Swift in St. |

Thomas, 1860.
Page’s La Plata, etc., 1859.
Catalogue of Birds collected during sur-

vey fora Ship Canal across Isthmus |

of Darien, 1860.

Catalogue of Birds from St, Thomas,
1860.

Notes on some Birds of South America,
1864.

|

Qa
cS)

11

Cassin.—Continued.
On some Conirostral Birds from Costa
Rica, 1865.
CASTELNAU.
Considérations sur ’Ornith. de ’Amér.
tropicale, 1848, 1848, 1848.
CLAYTON. j
Account of the Falkland Islands, 1776.
CONDAMINE.
Voyage dans l’Amérique mérid., 1749.
CORNALIA.
Vertebratorum Synopsis, ete., 1849.
Cope. i
Birds of Palestine and Panama, 1868.
CUNNINGHAM.
Letters on South American Ornithology,
1868.
Letters on Birds of Straits of Magellan,
1869.
Notes on the Nat. Hist. of Straits of
Magellan and Patagonia, 1870.
Fauna of the Strait of Magellan, 1871.
DE Laer.
Nieuwe Wereldt, 1625, (p. 305).
Beschrijvinghe van West-Indien, 1625,
(p. 305).
Novvs Orbis, 1633, (p. 306).
L’Histoire dv Nouy. Monde, 1640, (p.
306).
Drs Murs.
Quelques espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux,
1845.
Ois. nouy. ou rares de VAmér. du Sud,
1855 or 1856.
Expéd. de M. Castelnau, 1356.
DENNY.
Geographical Distribution of West In-
dian Birds, 13847.
DESCOURTILZ.
Ornithologie Brasilienne, 1854-56.
DE VERTEUIL.
Trinidad, 1858.
DEVILLE.
Ois. nouy. de ’Amér. mérid., 1849.
Quatre Ois. nouv. provenant de
péd. de M. Castelnau, 1851.
Observations faites en Amérique, ete.,
1852.
DOBRIZHOFFER.
Historia de Abiponibus, 1784, 1822.
DUBUS.
Ueber einige neue Vogel aus Amerika,
1848.
Quelques Ois. nouveaux, 1575.
DURNFORD.
Notes from Buenos Ayres, 1876.

VEx-

312

DuRNFORD.—Continued.
Birds observed in the Chuput Valley,
1877.
Birds of the Province of Buenos Ayres,
1877, 1878.
Birds of Central Patagonia, 1878.
ERNST.
Apuntos para la fauna ornitolégica de
Venezuela, 1870.
Flora y Fauna de Venezuela, 1877.
EULER.
Beob. zur Naturg.der Végel Brasiliens,
1867-69.
FAHLBERG.
Til Natural-Historien 6fver 6n St. Bar-
thelemi, 1786.
FERMIN.
Hist. Nat. de la Hollande Equinoxiale,
1765, (p. 307).
FERUSSAC.
Voyage de M. A. d’Orbigny, 1829.
FINSCH.

Collection of Birds from Trinidad, 1870.

FISCHER.
Sur les Oiseaux envoyés par M. Coffrane
de Bahia, 1830.
FRANTZIUS.
Ueber die geogr. Verbreitung der Vogel
Costarica’s, 1869.
FRASER.
New Birds from Bogota, 1840.
Bridges’s South American Birds, 1843.
On Chilian Birds, 1845, 1845.
FRAUENFELD.
Ueber den Aufenthalt in Valparaiso,
1860.
GARDNER.
Notes of Birds in Brazil, 1847.
GARNOT.
Remarques sur la Zoologie des Isles
Malouines, 1826.
Notice of the Zoology of the Falklands,
1827.
Ueber die Zoologie der Malvinen, 1882.
Gay.
Historia de Chile, 1847.
GERMAIN.
’ Notes on Nidification of some Birds of
Chili, 1860.
GIEBEL.
Hinige neue argentinische Vogel, 1868.
GODET.
Bermuda; its History, etc., 1860.
GOERING.
Excursion a algunas cuevas, 1869.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

| Vol. V.

GOLz.
Ueber die Guanolager Perw’s, 1874.

| GOSSE.

The Birds of Jamaica, 1847.

Extracts from Birds of Jamaica, 1847.
Two new Birds from Jamaica, 1849.
Illustr. of the Birds of Jamaica, 1849.
Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica, 1891.
Singing Birds in Jamaica, 1851-52.

| GouporT.

Sur le Coq de roche et le Caurale, 1843,
(p. 309).
GOULD.
Sur des Oiseaux d’Amérique méridio-
nale, 1834.
Polyborus gallapagoensis u. 8. w., 1839.
Zoology of Voyage of the Beagle,
1841.
Exhibition of a collection by Hauxwell
near the River Ucayali, 1855.
Eight new species from South America,
. 1855, 1855, 1856.
New Trogon and Odontophorus, 1857.
List of Birds from the Falklands, 1859.
[ GRINNELL. |
Four papers on Lawrence’s papers on
Ober’s Birds from West Indies, 1878. —
GUNDLACH.
Five new Cuban Birds, 1852.
Notes on Cuban Birds, with three new
species, 1858. -
Ornithologisches aus Cuba, 1859.
Tabellarische Uebersicht aller . bisher
auf Cuba beobachteten Vigel, 1861.
Zusitze u. Berichtigungen zu seinen
Beitr. Ornith. Cuba’s, 1861-62.
Revista y Catdlogo de las Aves Cuba-
nas, 1855-66.
Briefliches von Cuba, 1866.
Neue Beit. zur Ornith. Cubas, 1871-74.
' Beitrag zur Ornith. der Insel Portorico,
1874.
Neue Beitriige zur Ornith. Portorico,
1878.
GUNDLACH and CABANIS.
Beitriige zur Ornith. Cuba’s, 1855-57.
GUYON.
Animaux disparus de la Martinique et
de la Guadeloupe, 1866.
HABEL.
Exhibition of Birds from the Galapa-
goes, 1869.
HAMILTON.
Notes on Birds from Sao Paulo, Brazil,
1871. os

No. 2.)

HARTLAUB.

Quatre espéces d’Oiseaux de la N. Gre-
nade, 1843.

Sept Oiseaux nouy. de Guatemala, 1844.

Index zu Azara’s Apuntamientos, 1847.

Sur quelques Ois. nouv. de Jamaique,
1847, 1847.

Deux Ois. nouv. de Caracas, 1849.

Deux Ois. nouy. de Vénézuéla, 1849.

Zur Ornithologie Siid-Amerika’s, 1857.

HEARNE.

Note on Birds of Hayti, 1834.

Letter accompanying Animals from
Hayti, 1834.

Notice of a Collection from Hayti, 1835.

L’/HERMINIER.

Anatomie verschiedener Vogel aus Siid-
America, 1837.

HI...

Nests of Jamaican Birds, 1841, 1842.
Two Birds’ skins from Jamaica, 1844.

HOLTZ.

Beschreibungen siidamerikanischer V6-
geleier, 1870.

HOTCHKISS.

South American Game Birds, 1876.

HuDSON.

Twelve Letters on the Ornithology of
Buenos Ayres, 1870-71.

Birds of the Rio Negro of Patagonia,
1872.

HUGHES.

Barbadoes, 1750.

HUMBOLDT.

Ueber die Chinawéiilder in Siidamerika,
1807.
Recueil des Observations, 1811, (p. 307).

JARDINE.

Ornithology of Tobago, 1846-47.

Ornithology of Quito, 1849.

New Birds from the Parisian Collections,
1852.

Ornithology of Tobago, 1852.

Jameson’s Collections from Ecuador,
1855, 1856.

Notes on five species from Quito,
1857.

JULIET.

Esploracion cientifica, 1871.

Esploracion de Chiloe, 1874.

KINAHAN.

Letter from Callao, 1856,

KING.

Letter on Animals of Magellan’s Straits,

- 1827-28.

Bully 211

COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

313

1 Kine.—Continued.

New Genera and Species of Birds from
Straits of Magellan, 1830.

Ueber die Thiere an der Magellans-
Strasse, 1830.

Distinctive Characters of Birds from
Straits of Magellan, 1831.

Vogel von Magellans-Strasse, 1834.

KITTLITZ.

Ueber einige Végel von Chile, 1831-35,
(p. 308). \

Cinq. Ois. nouy. du Chile, 1836, (p. 309).

Ueber einige Vogel von Chili, 1836.

KNOX.

Account of St. Thomas, 1852.

LABAT.

Nouveau Voyage, 1724, (p. 306).

LAFRESNAYE.

Quelques Oiseaux nouveaux de M.
Charles Brelay, 1839.

Ois. nouy. de Santa-Fé de Bogota, 1840.

Ois. nouv. rapportés par Léclancher, 1840.

Ois. nouy. de Colombie, 1842, 1842, 1844,
1846.

Ois. de Colombie, 1843, 1843, 1843, 1844.

Sur divers Oiseaux de la Nouvelle-Gre-
nade, 1844.

Quelques Ois. de la Guadeloupe, 1844.

Ois. nouy. rapportés par M. Léclancher,
1845.

Descr. de quelques Ois. nowyv., 1845.

Ois. nouy. de l’Orénoque, 1846.

Ois. nouy. de la Jamaique, 1846.

Quelques Ois. nouy. rapportés par M.
Delattre, 1847.

Réponse aux Obs. du Docteur Hartlaub,
1847, 1847,

Mélanges Ornithologiques, 1847.

Reconnaissance d’une notice de quinze
Oiseaux nouveaux décrits par M. Du-
bus, 1848.

Ois. nouy. de Caracas et de Bogota,
1848.

Sur Psittacula et sur quelques Ois.
nouy. de Colombie et du Mexique,
1848,

Faune du Pérou, du Dr. Tschudi, 1849.

LAFRESNAYE and D’ORBIGNY.

Notice sur quelques Oiseaux de Cartha-

gene et dune partie du Mexique, 1838.
LANDBECK.

Contribuciones ala Ornitolojia de Chile,
1864.

Beitriige zur Ornithologie Chiles, 1564,
1864, 1865, 1866.

[Vol. V.

» DUA ‘BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

LANDBECK.—Continued. LAWRENCE.—Continued.

Sobre algunos Pdjaros Chilenos, 1873.
Zur Ornithologie Chiles, 1874.
LAWRENCE.
New species of Polioptila and Chordei-
les, 1856.
On Gundlach’s Notes on Cuban Birds,
1858.

New Phaeton and new Heliopaedica,
1860.

Notes on'some Cuban Birds, 1860.

New Myiarchus and new Phlogopsis,
1860.

Three new Birds from Middle America,
1861.

Catalogue of a Collection of New Grena-
da Birds made by McLeannan, 1861-63.

Six new species of Charadriidz, Trochi-
lide, and Caprimulgide, 1862.

Six new Birds from Isthmus of Panama,
1862.

Light new Birds from Panama, 1863.

New Vireonide and Rallide, 1863.

New species of Tanagridz, Cuculide,
and Trochilide, 1864.

New species of Cerebide, Tanagride,
Icteridz, and Scolopacide, 1864.

Catalogue of Birds from Sombrero, col-
lected by Julien, 1864.

New Cerebide, Tanagridx, Icteride,
and Scolopacide, 1864.

New Tanagride, Dendrocolaptide, For--

micaride,
1865.

Six new Birds from Central America,
1865.

List of Birds from near David, Chiriqui,
New Grenada, collected by Hicks, 1865.

Catalogue of Birds collected by Holland
at Greytown, Nicaragua, 1865.

New species of Paridie, Vireonide, Tyran-
nid, and Trochilide, 1865.

Four new Birds from Isthmus of Pana-
ma, 1865.

Seven new Birds from Central and South
America, 1866.

Six new species of Hirundinid, Formi-
carid#, Tyrannid, and Trochilide,
1866.

New species of American Birds, 1867.

Notes on certain Birds from New Grena-
da, 1867.

Five new Central American Birds, 1867.

Catalogue of the Birds of Costa Rica,
1868-69.

Tyrannide, Trochilide,

List of Birds from Northern Yucatan,
1869.

Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island,
collected by Reeve, 1869.

Characters of some new South American
Birds, 1869.

Seven new species of American Birds,
1869.

New Birds from Mexico and Central and
South America, 1871.

Three new species of American Birds,
1871.

New species of Icterus and Synallaxis,
1872.

Six supposed new American Birds, 1874.

Two new Tanagride and Tyrannide,
1874.

Four new Birds from Costa Rica, 1874.

Five new American Birds, 1875.

New Birds from Dominica, 1877,

Provisional list of Ober’s Birds from
Dominica, 1877.

Seven new Birds from St. Vincent, 1878.

New Birds from Grenada and Dominica,
1878.

Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from Domin-
ica, 1878.

Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from St. Vin-
cent, 1878.

Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from Antigua
and Barbuda, 1878.

Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from Grenada,
1879.

Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from Marti-
nique, 1879.

Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from Guade-
loupe, 1879.

General Catalogue of Ober’s Birds from
the Lesser Antilles, 1879.

LAYARD.

Voyage from England to Para, 1872, 1873.
On Birds observed at Para, 1873.

LEDRU.

Voyage, 1810, 1811-12, (p. 307).

LEE.

Ornithological Notes from the Argen-
tine Republic, 1873.

LEMBEYE.

Aves de la Isla de Cuba, 1849.

LEOTAUD.

Oiseaux de I’fle de Trinidad, 1866.

LESSON.

Remarques sur quelques Oiseaux de Rio
de Janeiro, 1825.

No. 2.)

Lrsson.—Continued.

Descriptions de dix espéces, ete., par
Bonaparte, 1825.

Descriptions de nouveaux Oiseaux du
Brésil, par Such, 1826.

Extrait dune lettre du Capitaine King,
1828.

Notes & ajouter aux “Descriptions de
dix espéces d’Oiseaux,” par Bona-
parte, 1825.

Sur quelques Ois.du Chile, 1834, (p. 308).

Neue Vogel, 1837.

Oiseaux nouveaux, 1840.

Sur les Oiseaux nouveaux rapportés
par A. Lesson, 1842,

Species avium noyie A. Lessonio col-
lect, 1842.

Oiseaux nouveaux, 1844.

LEYBOLD.

Cuatro especies nuevas de Pajaros, 1865.

Beschr. vier neuer Vogelarten aus Men-
doza, 1866.

Escursion a las Pampas Argentinas, 1873.

LICHTENSTEIN.

Die Werke von Marcgrave und Piso,

1814-26, 1820, 1824.
MACLEAY.
Ueber die verge]. Anatomie verschiedener
Vogel aus Cuba, 1830.
MARCGRAVE.
Historia Naturalis Brasiliz, 1648.
MARCH.
Notes on the Birds of Jamaica, 1863-64,
1864.
MARrTEN, R. M.
History of the West Indies, 1836.
MATHEW.
Notes from Coquimbo, 1873.
MAXIMILIAN,

Reise, 1820, 1820-21, 1821-22, 1822.

Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte von Bra-
silien, 1830-33, 1532.

Note rectificative sur quelques Ois. du
Brésil, 1846.

MITCHELL.

Lord Harris’s collection from Trinidad,

1849.
MOLINA.

Chili, 1776?, 1782, 1783, 1786, 1788, 1789,

1808, 1809, 1810.

*Dele titulum, antea, p. 256; stet—

COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY,

315

Moorr.
Birds collected by Leyland in Honduras,
Belize, and Guatemala, 1809.
Moritz.
Notizen zur Fauna der Insel Puertorico,
1836.
MOSQUERA.
Memoria sobre la Geografia de la Nueva
Granada, 1852, 1853.
Narr.
Argentine Republic, 1876.
NATTERER, ed. PELZELN.
Handschriftliche Notizen, 1862-63.
NEWMAN.
Notice of Bates’s Naturalist on the Ama-
zons, 1863.
NrwtTon, A.
Additional Note on Nests and Eggs col-
lected by Cunningham, 1870,
Newton, A., and NewTon, E.
Observations on the Birds of St. Croix,
1859.

NIEUHOF.

Gedenkweerdige LBrasiliaense Reeze,
1682, (p. 306).
West en Oosteindien, 1689,

OLIVER.
Letter from, 1703.
D’ORBIGNY.

Lettres 4 M. Férussac, 183-.

Voyage dans VAmérique Méridionale,
1835-44-47.

Sur la Distribution Géographique des
Oiseaux Passereaux de )Amérique
Mérid., 1837,

Observations on the Raptores of South
America, 1837,

Rapport sur un Mémoire, ete., 1838.

Ueber die geographische Verbreitung
der Siidamerikanischen Singvégel,
1839.

Histoire de ’Te de Cuba par Ramon de
la Sagra, 1839.

Schilderung des nérdlichen Patagonien,
1839.

D’ORBIGNY and LAFRESNAYE.

Synopsis Avium, 1837-38, [Vide notam,

infra.” ]

1837-38. D’ORBIGNY, A., and LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Synopsis Aviumab Alcide d’Orbigny,
- in ejus per Americam meridionalem itinere, collectarum et ab ipso viatore
necnon A [sic] de Lafresnaye in ordine redactarum. <Gué, Mag. de Zool.,

016 BULLETIN UNITED
ORTON.
Contrib. to Nat. Hist. of the Valley of
Quito, 1571.
Notes on Birds in Museum of Vassar
College, 1871.
Jondors and Hummingbirds of Andes,
1871, 1871
Andes and the Amazon, 1876.
OSBURN.
Notes on the Birds of Jamaica (eight
papers), 1859, 1860.
OWEN, Ros.
Nesting ofsome Guatemalan Birds, 1861.
PALLAS.
Beschr. zweyer sitidamerik. Vogel, 1782,
(p. 307).
PELZELN.
Ueber neue u. wenig bekannte Arten
der Familien Trogonidae und Alce-
dinidae, 1856.

STATES GEOLOGICAL

SURVEY. [Vol. V.
PELZELN.—Continued.
Ueber vier von Natterer in Brasilien
gesammelte neue Végelarten, 1863.
Zur Ornithologie Brasiliens. Resultate
von Natterers Reisen, 1868-70. .
Verz. einer an Schaufuss gelangten
Sendung aus Brasilien, 1873.
Sendung von Végeln aus Ecuador, 1874.
Birds collected by Miinzberg in Gui-
ana, 1875.
Weitere Sendung von Végeln aus Ecua-
dor, 1876, 1878.
PHILIPPI.
Ueber einige Vogel Chile’s, 1855.
Ueber einige Chilenische Végel, 1857.
Zwei neue Chilenische Enten und iiber
Fringilla barbata Mol., 1860.
Comentario sobre Mien 1867.
Letter on Birds of Chili, 1868.

Catdlogo de las Aves.Chilenas, 1868.

1837-38. D’ORBIGNY, A., and LAFRESNAYE, F. DE.—Continued.

7° année, 1837, Classe II., pp. 1-88, pll. Ixxvii-Ixxix; 8° année, 1838, Class
IL., pp. 1-34.

Species nove aut nupera d’Orbigny ipso edits :—Ibycter gymnocephalus, Phaleoboenas mon-
tanus, p. 2; Buteo tricolor, p. 6; B. unicolor, p. 7; Lamnophilus [sic] fuliginosus, T. aspersi-
venter, p.10; T. atr aaiioniny, T. maculatus, T. aterrimus, p. 11; T. rufater, T. afinis, p. 12; T. la-
Fresnayanus, Conopophaga ardesiaca, C. nigro-cincta, p. 13; Merularis [sic] analis, M. nigro-
maculata, p. 14; Megalonyx rujiceps, p.15; T. fuscater, T. chiguanco, p.16; L. olivaceus, ? Orpheus
calandria, p.17; O. dorsalis, ? O. tricaudatus, p. 18; O. patagonicus, Donacobius albo vittatus,
p. 19; Sylvia ruficeps, S. concolor, p. 20; Dacnis flaviventer, D. analis, Synallaxis dorso macu-
lata, p. 21; S. maluroides, S. troglodytoides, S. striaticeps, p. 22; S. albiceps, S. fuliginiceps, p. 23;
S. leucocephala, S. bitorquata, p.24; S.torquata, Troglodytes pallida, T. tecellata [sic], p. 25; T.
guarayand, p. 26; Anthus furcatus, A.rufescens, p. 27; Nemosia sordida, Tachyphonus versi-
color, p.28; LT. flavinucha, T. luctuosus, ? T. capitatus, p. 29; Buphonia laniirostris, B. serri-
rostris, E. ruficeps, p.30; Aglaia yeni, p. 31; A. montana, A. igniventris, A. cyanocephala, p.
32; A. cyanicollis, Pyranga albicollis, p. 33; Ramphocelus atro sericeus, Embernagra torquata,
p. 34; H. ruji-nucha, Saltator rujiventris, p. 35; S. similis, p. 36; Phytotoma angustirostris, p.
37; Pipra fasciata, p. 38; Ampelis rubro-cristata, p. 39; A. viridis, p. 40; Tyrannus tubercu-
lifer, T. fumigatus, p. 43: T. rufescens (Sw.?), p. 44; T. rufiventris, p. 45; TL. aurantio atro-
cristatus, p. 45; ? Todirostrum margaritacet venter, p. 46; T. ecaudatum, Muscipeta albicens,
p. 47; MW. obscura, M. bimaculata, p. 48; I. brevirostris, MW. cinnamomea, p. 49; Setaphaga

brunneiceps, S. verticalis, p. 50; MWuscicapa striaticollis, M. bivittata, p.51; I. elegans, WM. an-~

gustirostris, p.52; MW. leucophrys, M. stramineo-ventris, p.53; IL olivacea, p.54; Culicivora budy-
toides, p.56; CO. reguloides, p. 57; Fluvicola nigerrima, p. 59; F. leucophrys, F. ruji-pectoralis,
FP. oenanthoides, p. 60; Muscigralla (g.n.?) brevieauda, Pepoaza (g. u.?), p. 61; P. murina, P.
variegata, p. 63; P. montana, p. 64; P. maritima, p. 65; Muscisaxicola (g.n.?), p.65; WL. rujiver-
tex, MW. mentalis, M. maculirostris, I. striaticeps, p. 66; Hirundo patagonica, H. andecola, p-
69; Cypselus montivagus, C. andecolus, p.70; Certhilauda maritima, O. tenuirostris, p. 72;
Emberiza lutea, E. luteo-cephala, p. 74; E. wropigyalis [sic], 2. olivascens, p. 75;
p. 76 ; B. fulviceps, p. 77; E. speculifera, p. 78; EL. grisco-cristata, H.unicolor, H. carbonaria, p.
79; B.hypochondria, p. 80; E. obseura, p. 81; E.torquata, p.82; Carduelis atratus, Linaria analis,
p. 83; Pitylus aureoventris, p.84; Pyrrhula glauco-cerulea, p. 85; P. bicolor, p. 86; P. cinerea,
P. nigro-rufa, p. 87; P. alaudina, p. 88.

1838. Cassicus atro-virens, p.1; C. yuracares, p.2; C. chrysonotus, p. 3; Ieterus maxillaris,
p. 6; I. brevirostris, p.7; Garrulus viridi-cyanus [sic!], p. 9; Dendrocolaptes atrirostris, p. 12;
Anabates squamiger, A. gutturatus, p. 14; A. ruficaudatus, A. certhioides, A. gutturalis, p. 15;
A. unirufus, p. 16; Anuwmbius (g. un.) anothoides, p.17; A. striaticollis, p.18; A. striaticeps, p.
19; Uppucerthia [sic] (Oppetiorhynchos [sic]) dumetorum ‘‘Is. Geoff. et d’Orb. Mus. Paris”, p.
20; U. andecola, p. 21; U. montana, U. vulgaris, p. 22; U. nigrofumosa, p. 23; Serrirostrum
(g.n., p. 24) carbonarum, S. sittoides, Conirostrum (g, 1.) cinereum, p.25; Ornismya glaucopor-
des, p. 27; O. aureo-ventris, p. 28; O. pamela *‘VOrb.”, p. 29; O. smaragdinicollis, O. BUEN
ticollis, p. 31; Trochilus estella ‘‘VOrb.”, p. 32; TL. nee “@Orb. ”, p. 33.

B. atriceps, -

No. 2.)

PHILIPPI.—Continued.

Escursion al Cajon de los Cipreses,

1875.
PHILIPPI and LANDBECK.

Beschreibung zweier neuen Chileni-
schen Végel aus den Geschlechtern
Procellaria und Caprimulgus, 1860.

Deseripcion de unas nueve especies
de Pajaros Peruanos, 1861.

Descripcion de algunas especies nue-
vas de Pajaros Chilenos, 1861.

Neue Wirbelthiere von Chile, 1861.

Beitriige zur Fauna von Peru, 1863.

Beschr. einer neuen Ente -und See-
schwalbe, 1863, (p. 309).

Contribuciones a la ornitolojia de Chile,
1864,

Beitrige zur Ornithologie Chiles, 1864.

Beitrige zur Ornith. von Chile, 1865,
1866.

POEY.

Catalogo metédico de las aves de Cuba,
1848.

Quoy and GAIMARD.

Sur quelques Oiseaux de la province de
Rio-de-Janeiro, ete., 1825.

RAIMONDI.

Sur le huano des Iles de Chincha, 1856,

1856.
REED.

Birds of Juan Fernandez
fuera, 1874.

Apuntes de la Zoologia de Chile, 1877.

REINHARDT.
Fuglefaunaeni Brasiliens Campos, 1870,
1870.
RICHARD and BERNARD.
Catalogue des Oiseaux envoyés de Cay-
_ enne, 1792.
ROCHEFORT.
Histoire des Iles Antilles, 1658, 1666,
1681.
ROGERS.
Natural History Notes from Rio, 1869.
ROSENSCHOLD.
Bref fran Paraguay, 1853, 1854.
SAGRA, RAMON DE LA.
Enumération des espéces, etc., de Cuba,
1859.
- (See, also, D’ORBIGNY. )
St. Hivarre, A. DE.
Apercu Wun Voyage dans le Brésil,
_ 1822.
SALLE.

Liste des Oiseaux rapportés dans la Ré-

publique Dominicaine, 1857.

and Mas-a-

COUES'S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

317

SALLE.—Continued.

Liste d’Oiseaux & vendre, 1861.
SALLE and PaRzuDAKI.

Liste d’Oiseaux & vendre, 1862.
SALVADORI.

Uccelli di Costa Rica, 1868.
SALVIN.

Letters from Duefias, Guatemala, 1860.

Letters from Vera Paz, Guatemala, 1860.

Three new Birds from Guatemala, 1861,
1361.

List of Species to be added to the Or-
nithology of Central America, 1361.

Letter from Duefas, Guatemala, 1862.

Fortnight amongst Sea Birds of Hondu-
ras, 1864.

Seventeen new Birds from Costa Rica,
1864.

Letter from Guatemala, 1864.

Thirteen new Birds discovered by Sal-
vin and Godman in Central America,
1864.

Sea Birds and Waders of Pacific Coast
of Guatemala, 1865.

Further Contributions to Ornithology of
Guatemala, 1866.

Eight new Birds from Veragua, 1866.

On some Birds from Veragua, 1867.

Notes on Lawrence’s Costa Rican List,
1869.

Additional Notes on Lawrence’s Costa
Rican List, 1870.

On some Collections of Birds from Vera-
gua, 1370.

Layard’s Departure for Pard, 1872.

Notes on Belt’s Birds from Chontales,
Nicaragua, 1872.

Maack’s Researches in Panama, 1872.

Letter off St. Domingo, 1873.

Letter on some Guatemalan Birds, 1873.

Additional Notes on Birds of Juan Fer-
nandez and Mas-a-fuera, 1875.

Avifauna of the Galapagoes, 1876.

New birds from Western Ecuador, 1876.

SALVIN and SCLATER.

Contrib. to the Ornithology of Guate-

mala, 1860.
SCLATER.

On Birds from Yucatan deseribed by
Cabot, 1852.

Description de six Ois. nouy. apparte-
nant aux collections en Paris, 1852.

Descr. de deux nouvelles espéces d’Oi-
seaux, 1853.

On two [lately] new species of Scuth
American Birds, 1854,

318 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

ScLATER.—Continued.
List of a Collection received by Gould
from Quijos in Ecuador, 1854, 1855.
New species from Santa Fé di Bogota,
1855.

On Birds received in Collections from
Santa Fé di Bogota, 1855.

Additional Species in Collections from
Bogota, 1856.

Birds collected by Bridges at Davis in
Chiriqui in Panama, 1856.

Some new species from Santa Fé di
Bogota, 1856.

Two new species from Santa Fé di Bo-
gota, 1856.

Eight new species from South America,
1856.

Further Additions to the List of Birds
from Bogota, 1857,

Additional Birds received from Bogota,
1887.

Collection transmitted by Bates from
Upper Amazon, 1857.

Eleven new species from Tropical Amer-
ica, 1857.

New genus from Mexico, 1857.

Two new species from Bogota, 1357.

Notes on a Collection received by Ver-
reaux from Rio Napo in Ecuador, 1858.

Birds collected by Taylor in Honduras,
1858.

New Birds from the Rio Napo in Ecua-
dor, 1858, 1858.

New genus and some new species of
American Birds, 1858.

Five new species of American Birds,
1858, 1859.

Birds collected by Fraser at Cuenca,
etc., in Ecuador, 1858.

Birds collected by Fraser at Riobamba,
in Ecuador, 1858.

First collections made by Fraser at Pal-
latanga, Ecuador, 1859.

New or little-known Birds from the Rio
Napo, 1859.

Eggs of two Raptores from the Falk-
lands, 1860.

List of additional Birds collected by
Fraser at Pallatanga, etc., 1860.

List of Birds collected by Fraser at
Quito, etc., 1860.

List of Birds collected by Fraser at Nan-
egal, ete., 1850.

Arrival of Birds from British Honduras,
1860.

SCLATER.—Continued.

List of Birds collected by Fraser at Ba-
bahoyo, ete., 1860.

List of Birds collected by Fraser at Es-
meralda, 1860.

Catalogue of Birds cf the Falklands, -
1860.

New Birds collected by Fraser at Palla-
tanga, 1860.

Ten new species of American Birds, 1860.

Two new Birds from the Rio Napo, 1860.

Eight new species of American Birds,
1861.

Additions and corrections to List of
Birds of the Falklands, 1861.

Collection of Birds made by Osburn in |
Jamaica, 1861.

Catalogue of a collection of American
Birds, 1361-62.

Birds collected by Boucard in Southern
Mexico, 1862.

Nine new Birds from Bogota, 1862, 1862.

Additions to List of Birds of the Falk-
lands, 1864. ;

Seven new Birds discovered by Natterer
in Brazil, 1864.

On Birds of the vicinity of Lima, with

notes by Nation, 1866, 1867, 1869, 1871.

Letters from E. Bartlett, 1867.

Remarks on Léotaud’s Ois. Trinidad,
1867.

Notes on the Birds of Chili, 1267.

Lecompte’s Expedition to the Falklands,
1868.

. New Birds from the Rio Parana, 1870.

Notices of some new Birds of South
America, 1870.

The Birds of the Lesser Antilles, 1871.

Land Birds of Juan Fernandez, 1871.

Correspondence with C. W. des Veeux,
1871.

Birds of the Islands of Santa Lucia, 1871.

Collection of Birds from Oyapok, 1871.

Additions to List of Nicaraguan Birds,
1873.

Note on the ‘Nomenclator Avium Neo-
tropicalium’, 1873.

Two new Birds from Antioquia, 1873.

Peruvian Birds collected by Whitely,
1873. (For eight other lists, see ScLa-
TER and SALVIN.)

News of Mr. Salvin, 1874.

Notice of Jelski’s Collections, 1874.

Collection of Birds from Barbadoes,
1874.

No. 2.]

ScLaTER.—Continued.
Additional Birds from St. Lucia, 1876:
SCLATER and SALVIN.

On the Ornithology of Central America,
1859.

Eleven new Birds from Guatemala, 1860,
1860.

Notes on a Collection of Birds from
Isthmus of Panama, 1864.

Catalogue of Birds collected by Bartlett
on the Ucayali, 1866.

Additions to Catalogue of Birds col-
lected by Bartlett on the Ucayali,
1866.

Exotic Ornithology, 1866-69.

Birés collected by Cunningham in
Straits of Magellan, 1868, 1869, 1870.
Venezuelan Birds collected by Goering,

1868, 1868, 1869, 1870, 1875.

Birds collected at Conchitas by Hudson,
1868, 1869, 1869.

New Species of Fringillide, Oxyrham-
phidz, Bucconide, and Strigide, 1868.

Four new Birds from Veragua, 1868.

New Species of Dendrocolaptide, Strigi-
dz, and Columbide, 1868.

Birds collected on the Blewfields River
by Wickham, 1867.

Birds collected by Wallace on the Ama-

zon, 1867.

Birds collected by Bartlett on the Hual-
laga, 1867.

Birds collected by Hauxwell at Pebas,
1867.

Peruvian Birds collected by Whitely,
1867, 1868, 1868, 1869, 1869, 1873, 1874,
1876. (For one of these lists, see
SCLATER. )

Six new Species of Tanagride, Dendro-
colaptide, Formicariide, Tyrannide,
and Scolopacide, 1869.

Two new Birds collected by Bartlett
in Eastern Peru, 1869.

New Birds collected by Habel in the
Galapagoes, 1870.

Birds collected by Whitely in Honduras,
1870.

Five new Birds from Columbia, 1870.

Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium,
1873.

Birds of Eastern Peru, with Notes by
Bartlett, 1873.

‘Venezuelan Birds collected by Spence,

Pleae:

Two new Birds from Antioquia, 1875.

COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

319

SCLATER and SaLvin.—Continued.

New Birds obtained by Buckley in Bo-
livia, 1876.

New Species of Bolivian Birds, 1876.

Eight new Species of South American
Birds, 1877.

Six new Species of South American
Birds, 1877.

Collection made by Steere in South
America, 1878,

Report on Birds of H. M.S. ‘Challenger’,
1878.

Three new Birds from Ecuador, 1878.

SCHOMBURGK.

Description of British Guiana, 1840.
History of Barbadoes, 1847.
Reisen in Britisch Guiana, 1848.
History of Barbadoes, 1848, (p. 308).
SCHREIBER.
Nachrichten, 1820, 1823, 1823.
Collectanea ad Faunam Brasiliae, 1833,
(p. 308).
SCOULER.
Voyage to Madeira, Brazil, etc., 1826.
SEEMANN.
Notes on the Zoology of Panama, 1652.
SEMPER.
On the Birds of St. Lucia, 1872.
SHARPE.
Collections made by H. M. S. ‘ Petrel’,
1877.
SLOANE.
Voyage, 1707-25.
SONNINI DE MANONCOUR.
Sur les Coqs et Poules de ’Amérique
méridionale, 1775.
Sur les Marails ou Faisans de la Guiane,
1775.
Du Sasa, 1785.
SPENCE.
The Land of Bolivar, 1878.
SPERLING. F
Letter on South American Birds, 1872.

SPIXx.

Avium species nove, 1825-26.
Sprx and MARTIUS.
Musical Thrush [?] of Brazil, 1825.
Reise in Brasilien, 1823-31, (p. 307).
Travels in Brazil, 1824, (p. 308).
STERNBERG.
Notizen aus der Vogelwelt von Buenos
Ayres, 1869.
STRICKLAND. ;
Four Birds from the Peruvian Andes,
1849.

320

STUBBES.
Observations on the Caribe-Islands,
1667, 1668.
SucH.
Descriptions of new Brazilian Birds,
1825.
Einige unbestimmte brasilische Vogel,
1830.
SUNDEVALL.
Foglarne pa 6n S:t Barthelemy, 1869 or
1870.
Foglarne pa 6n Portorico, 1869 or 1870.
On Birds from the Galapagoes, 1871.
SWAINSON.
Birds of Brazil, 1834—41, (p. 309).
TACZANOWSEI.
Oiseaux nouveaux du Pérou, 1874.
Liste d’Ois. recueillis par Jelski dans
le Pérou, 1874.
Ois. recueillis au nord du Pérou par
Jelski et Stolzman, 1877.
Supplément 4 la méme, 1877.
TAYLor, E. C.
Five months in the West Indies, 1864.
TAYLOR, G. C.
Birds collected or observed in Honduras,
1860.
TAYLOR, R. C.
Natural Objects observed in Cuba, 1836.
TAYLOR, W. J.
Rock Guano from the Caribbean Islands,
1857.
THIENEMANN.
- Ueber Hier und Nester Cubanischer
Vogel, 1857.
THUNBERG.
Pipre species nove descriptz, 1822.
TSCHUDI.
Diagnosen einiger neuer peruanischer
Vogel, 1843.
Avium conspectus que in Republica
Peruana reperiuntur, ete., 1844.
Nachtrigliche Bemerkungen zu seinem
Conspectus Avium, 1845.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[ Vol. V.

TscHUDI.—Continued.
Five papers on Birds of Peru and Chili,
1847, 1847, 1847, 1847, 1847.

TSCHUDI and CABANIS.
Fauna Peruana, 1845-46.

VIGORS.

On some Birds from Cuba, 1828.

Ueber einige Vogel aus Cuba, 1830.

Exhibition of Birds from Magellan -
Straits, 1831.

New Birds collected by Cuming in Chili
and Mexico, 1832.

Ueber Kings Végel von der Magellan-
strasse, 1834.

Thiere von Cuming, 1835.

On a Collection of Birds from the West
Coast of South America, 1839.

WAFER.
New Vogage, 1729.
WAGNER.
Beit. zur Kennt. der warmbliitigen
Wirbelth. Amer., 1831, (p. 308).

WALLACE.
Journey to the Amazon River, 1850.
A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon,
1853.
Habits of Birds, 1854.

WARREN.
Description of Surinam, 1667, 1745, (p.
306).
WEST.
Bidrag til beskrivelse over St. Croix,
1793, (p. 307).
Beitriige zur Beschreibung von St. Croix,
1794,
WILLIAMS.
The Isthmus of Tehuantepec, 1852.
WYATT.
Birds of the U. S. of Colombia, 1871.
YARRELL.

Descriptions of Eggs of Chilian Birds,
1847.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

B.—LOCALITIES. °

[NoTE.—In the nature of the case some of the titles can scarcely be indexed here, and anonymous,
pseudonymous, and ephemeral titles are mostly omitted, the intention being mainly to give a ready
clue to the Faunal Lists, etc., of the leading geographical areas of Neotropical America. The few Afezi-
can titles here given are only those that should have come in the Nearctic list given on a previous occa-
sion. Articles relating to Central and South America at large are grouped together under the first
head following. ‘‘ West Indies” is given; but see also the several islands composing them. |]

AMERICA (neotropica). AMERICA (neotropica).—Continued.

Condamine. Relation d’un Voyage, 1749.

Sonnini. Sur les Coqs et Poules de
VPAmérique du Sud, 1775.

Sonnini. Du Sasa, 1785.

Pallas. Zwey siidamerikanische V6-
gel, 1782, (p. 307).

Humboldi. Ueber
1807.

Thunberg. Pipre species nove, 1822.

die Chinawiilder,

Bonaparte. Ten species of Birds, 1825.

Bonaparte. Note to ten species of Birds,
1825.

Scouler. Account of a Voyage, 1826.

Feérussac.
1829.
@Orbigny. Lettres 4 M. de Férussac,
183-.

Wagner. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der
Wirbelthiere, 1831, (p. 308).

Vigors. New Birds collected by Cum-
ing in Chile and Mexico, 1832, 1835.

Gould. Sur des Oiseaux, 1834.

Bonaparte. New Birds from Mexico and
South America, 1837.

Bredow. Ausziige aus den Schreiben
yon C. Moritz, 1837.

@Orbigny. Voyage, 1835-44-47.

Bonaparte. Notices and Descriptions of
new Birds from Mexico and South
America, 1837.

Gould. Characters of three new Birds,
1837.

TD) Herminier. Anatomie verschiedener
Voégel aus, 1837.

Lesson. Neue Vogel aus, 1837.

ad Orbigny. Distrib. Géograph. des Pas-
sereaux de, 1837.

Bonaparte. Catalogi di Uccelli Messi-
cani e Peruviani, 1838.

@Orbigny. Obs. on the Raptores of,
1837, 1838, 1839.

@Orbigny and Lafresnaye.
Avium, 1837-38.

Lafresnage and @Orbigny. Notice sur
quelques Oiseaux de Carthagéne et du
Mexique, 1838.

Voyage de M. A. d’Orbigny,

Synopsis

Vigors. Obs. on a Collection from West
Coast of America, 1839.

Lafresnaye, Oiseaux nouveaux tués par
Léclancher, 1840.

Lesson. Oiseaux nouveaux, 1840.

Gould. Zoology of the Voyage of the
Beagle, 1841.

Lesson. Sur les Ois. nouy. de la Merdu
Sud, 1842.
Lesson. Species avium nove aut mints

cognite, 1842.

Fraser. On Bridges’s Collection of
Birds, 1843.

Lesson. Ois. nouveaux, 1844.

Des Murs. Quelques espéces nouvelles
d’Oiseaux, 1845.

Lafresnaye. Ois. nouveaux rapportés

par Léclancher, 1845.

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nouveaux,
1845.
Bridges. Notes in addition to former

papers on Ornithology, 1847, 1847.

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nowy. rap-
portés par Delattre de Bolivie, de la
Nouy. Grenade et de Panama, 1847,
1847.

Castelnau. Considérations de lV Ornitho-
logie, 1848.

Dubus.
1848.

Lafresnaye. Reconnaissance de quinze
Ois. nouv. décrits par Dubus, 1848.

Ueber einige Vogel, 1848, 1848,

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nouy. de

Caracas et de Bogota, 1848.

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nowy. de Co-
lombie et du Mexique, 1848.

Cornalia. Vertebratorum Synopsis,
1849.

Deville. Descr.de quelques Ois nouy.,
1849.

Deville. Quatre Ois. nouy. de Vexpédi-

tion de M. Castlenan, 1851.

Deville. Observations faites en Améri-
que, 1852.

322

AMERICA (neotropica).—Continued.
Jardine. New Birds from the Parisian
Collections, 1852.

Sclater. Six Ois. nouv., 1852.

Sclater, Deux nouvelles esp. d’Oiseaux,
1853, 1854.

Cassin. Gilliss’s U. S. Astron. Exped.,
1855,

Des Murs. Ois, nowy. ourares recueillis,
1855.

Gould. Eight new species of Birds,
1855, 1855.

Des Murs. Expédition de M. Castlenau
dans les parties centrales, 1856.

Gould. Hight new species of Birds,
1856.

Lawrence. New species of Chordeiles
and Polioptila, 1856.

Sclater. Eight new species of Birds,
1856.

Gould. New Trogon and Odontophorus,
1857.

Hartlaub. Zur Ornithologie, 1857.

Sclater, Eleven new Birds from Tropi-
cal America, 1857, 1858.

Sclater. New genus and some new spe-
cies, 1858.

Sclater. Five new species from Cen-
tral and, 1858, 1859.

Cassin. La Plata, the Argentine Re-
public, and Paraguay, 1859.

Moore. List of Birds collected by Ley-
land in Honduras, Belize, and Guate-
mala, 1859.

Sclater and Salvin. On the Ornithology
of, 1859.

Sclater. Ten new species of American
Birds, 1860.

Lawrence. New Phaeton and Heliopae-
dica, 1860.

Lawrence. New Myiarchus and Phlo-
gopsis, 1860.

Lawrence. Three new Birds from Cen-
tral America, 1861.

Sclater.
Birds, 1861.

Lawrence. New Charadriidez, Trochili-
dz, and Caprimulgide, 1862.

Sclater. Cat. of a Collection of Ameri-
can Birds, 1861-62.

Lawrence. New Vireonide and Ralli-
dee, 1863.

Salvin. Thirteen new Birds discovered
by Godman and Salvin in Central
America, 1863.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Eight new species of American

[ Vol. V.

AMERICA (neotropica).—Continued.

Cassin. Notes on some Birds, 1864.

Lawrence. New Tanagridx, Cuculide,
and Trochilide, 1864.

Lawrence. New Cerebide, Tanagride,
Icteridx, and Scolopacide, 1864.

Lawrence. New Tanagride, Dendroco-
laptide, Formicaride, Tyrannide,
and Trochilide, 1865...

Lawrence. Six new Birds from Central
America, 1865.

Lawrence. New Paride, Vireonide, Ty-
rannide, and Trochilidz, 1865.

Lawrence. Seven new Birds, 1866.

Lawrence. Six new species of Hiran-
dinide, Formicaridie, Tyrannide, and
Trochilide, 1866.

Sclater and Salvin.

866-69.

Lawrence. New Species of American
Birds, 1867.

Lawrence. Five new Birds of Central
America, 1867.

Sclater and Salvin. New Fringillide,
Oxyrhamphidz, Bucconide, and Stri-
gidee, 1868.

Sclater and Salvin. New Dendrocolap-
tide, Strigide, and Columbide, 1868, —

Bishop. The Pampas and Andes, 1869.

Sclater and Salvin. New Tanagride,
Dendrocolaptide, Formicariidx#, Ty-
rannide, and Scolopacide, 1869.

Lawrence. New Birds, 1869.

Lawrence. Seven new Birds, 1869.

Holtz. Besch, siidamerikanischer Végel-
Hier, 1870.

Sclater. New or little-known species of
Birds, 1870.

Lawrence. New Birds from Mexico,
Central and South America, 1871.

Lawrence. Three new species of Ameri-
can Birds, 1871.

Exotic Ornithology,

Orton. Birds in Museum of Vassar Col-
lege, 1871.
Orton. Vultures and Humming-birds

of Tropical America, 1871.

Lawrence. New Species of Icterus and
Synallaxis, 1872.

Sclater. Note on Nomenclator, 1873.

Selater and Salvin. Nomenclator Avium
Neotropicalium, 1873.

Lawrence. Six supposed new American
Birds, 1874.

Lawrence. Two new Tanagride and
Tyrannide, 1874

No. 2.)

AMERICA (neotropica).—Continued.

Dubus. Quelques Ois, nouveaux, 1875.

Lawrence. Five new American Birds,
1875.

Orton. Andes and Amazon, 1876.

Sclater and Salvin. Eight new South
American Birds, 1877. h

Sclater and Salvin. Six new South
American Birds, 1877.

Sclater and Salvin. On Steere’s Collec-
tion, 1878.

Sclater and Salvin.
Collection, 1878.

On the Challenger’s

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.

Burmeister.
1858.

Burmeister. Systematisches Verz. der in
den La Plata Staaten beobachteten
Vogel, 1860. _

Burmeister.
Staaten, 1861.

Leybold. Beschreib. vier neuer Arten
aus Mendoza, 1866.

Burmeister. Contributions to the Orni-
thology of the, 1868.

Giebel. Einige neue Végel von, 1868.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Hudson at Conchitas, 1868.

Selater and Salvin. Second list of Birds
collected by Hudson at Conchitas,
1869.

Selater and Salvin. Third list of Birds
collected by Hudson at Conchitas,
1869.

Sternberg. Notizen aus der Vogelwelt
von Buenos Ayres, 1869.

Sclater. New Birds from the Rio Pa-
rana, 1870.

Hudson. Letters on the Ornithology of
Buenos Ayres, 1870-71.

Lee. Notes from the, 1873.

Leybold. Escursion a las Pampas, 1873.

Durnford. Ornith. Notes from Buenos
Ayres, 1876.

Napp. Argentine Republic, 1876.

Durnford. Notes on the Birds of Buenos
Ayres, 1877.

Cabanis. Eine Sammlung von Végeln
aus, 1878.

Briefliches aus Mendoza,

BARBADOES.

Hughes. Natural History of, 1750.

Schomburgk. History of, 1847, 1848, (p.
308).

Sclater.
1874,

Small collection of Birds from,

COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Reise durch die La Plata |

BERMUDA.

Godet. Its History, ete., 1860.

Bo.Lrvia.

Bridges. Notices of Mammals and Birds
of, 1546.

Sclater and Salvin. New Birds obtained
by Buckley in, 1876.

Sclater and Salvin. New Species of Bo-
livian Birds, 1876.

BRAZIL.

Maregrave. Historia Naturalis Brasiliz,
1648.

Nieuhof. Brasiliaense Reize, 1682, (p.
306).
Lichtenstein. Die Werke yon Piso und

Marecegrave, 1814-26, 1820, 1824.
Schreiber. Nachrichten, 1820, 1823, 1823.
Maximilian. Reise, 1820, 1820-21, 1821-

22, 1822.
St. Hilaire.

1822.
Maximilian. Beitriige zur Naturge-

schichte von, 1825-33, 1830-33, 1832.
Spiz and Martius. Reise, 1823-31, (p.

307); 1824, (p. 308).

Spix. Avium species novae, 1824-25.
Becklemichew. Sur deux nouvelles Oi-

sedaux du, 1829.

Fischer. Ois. envoyés par Cottrane de

Bahia, 1829.

Quoy and Gaimard. Remarques sur

quelques Oiseaux de, 1825.

Spiz and Martius. Musical thrush [?]

of, 1825.

Such. New Birds of, 1825, 1830.
Schreiber. Collectanea, 1833, (p. 308).
Swainson. Ornithological Drawings,

1834-41, (p. 308).

Maxim. Note rectificative sur des Ois.

du, 1846.

Gardner. Notes of Birds in, 1847.
Wallace. Journey to explore the Ama-

_zon, 1850.

Burmeister. Ueber Eier und Nester eini-

ger Vogel von, 1853,

Wallace. Narrative of travels on the

Amazon and Rio Negro, 1853.

Wallace. Wabits of Birds of, 1854.
Burmeister. Systematische Uebersicht

der Thiere Brasiliens, 1856.

Erliiuterungen zur Fauna

Apergu dun Voyage en,

Burmeister.
Brasiliens, 1856.
Descourtilz. Ornithologie Brasilienne,

1854-56.

324 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

BraziLt.—Continued.

Pelzeln. Arten der Familien Trogonide
und Alcedinide aus, 1856.

Sclater. Birds transmitted by Bates
from the Upper Amazon, 1857.

Pelzeln. Ueber vier von Natterer ge-
sammelte neue Vogel von, 1862.

Bates. Naturalist on the Amazon, 1863,
1864.

Sclater. Seven new Birds discovered by
Natterer in, 1864.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Wallace on the Lower Amazons, 1867,

Euler. "Zur Naturgeschichte der Vogel
von, 1867-69.

Pelzeln. Zar Ornithologie Brasiliens,
1868-70.

Rogers. Natural History Notes from
Rio, 1869.

Reinhardt. Bidrag til Kundskab om
Fuglefaunaen i Brasiliens Campos,
1870, 1870.

Hamilton. Birds from Sao Paulo, 1871.

Salvin. Notice of Layard’s Departure
for Para, 1872.

Layard. Wetters on Birds seen on voy-
age to Pard, 1872, 1873.

Layard. Notes on Birds observed at
Para, 1873.

Pelzeln. Verz. einer Sendung aus Neu-
freiburg, 1873.

Berlepsch. Zur Ornithologie Santa
Catharina’s, 1873-74.

Cabanis. Uebersicht der von Euler in
Cantagallo ges. Vogel, 1874.

Allen. Birds collected by Linden near
Santarem, 1877.

Buenos AYRES. See ARGENTINE REPUB-
LIC.

CAYENNE. See GUIANA.

CHILE.

Molina. Storia Naturali, 1776, 1782,
1783, 1786, 1788, 1789, 1808, 1809.

Lesson. Sur quelques Oiseaux de, 1834,
(p. 308).

Kittlite. Cing nouv. esp. d’Oiseaux de,
1836, (p. 309).

Kitilitz. Ueber einige Vogel von, 1836.

Bridges. Various Birds from, 1841.

Fraser. On Birds of, 1845.

Fraser. Exhibition of two Birds of,
1845.

Gay. Historia de, 1847.

Philippi. Ueber einige Vogel Chile’s,
1855.

CHILE.—Continued.

Boeck. Bemerk. iiber die Ornis der Pro-
vinz Valdivia, 1855.

Philippi. Ueber einige Chilenische Vo-
gel, 1857.

Frauenfeld. Ueber den Aufenthalt in
Valparaiso, 1860.

Germain. On Nidification of some Birds
of, 1860.

Philippi. Ueber zwei neue Enten und
Fringilla barbata, 1860. _

Philippi and Landbeck. Zwei neue Ar-
ten Procellaria und Caprimulgus,
1860.

Philippi and Landbeck. Algunas especies
nuevas de Pajaros de, 1861.

Philippi and Landbeck. Neue Wirbel-
thiere von, 1861.

Philippi. Neue Ente und Seeschwalbe,
1863, (p. 309).

Landbeck. Contribuciones a la Orni-
tolojia de, 1364.

Landbeck. Beitriige zur Ornithologie
von, 1864.

Philippi and Landbeck. Beitrage zur
Ornith. von, 1864, 1865, 1866.

Sclater. Notes on the Birds of, 1867.

Philippi. Letter on certain Birds of,
1868.

Philippi. Catdlogo de las Aves exis-
tentes en el Museo de Santiago,
1868.

Sclater. On the Land Birds of Juan
Fernandez, 1871.

Landbeck. Sobre algunos Pajaros Chile-
nos, 1272.

Mathew. Notes from Coquimbo, 1873.

Juliet. Comission Esploradora de Chiloe,
1874.

Landbeck.. Zur Ornith. Chiles, 1874.

Reed. Remarks on’ Birds of Juan Fer-
nandez, 1874.

Salvin. Additional Notes on Birds of
Juan Fernandez, 1874.

Philippi. Escursion al Cajon de los Ci-
preses, 1875.

Reed. Apuntes dela Zoologia de Cau-
quenas, 1877.

CoLomMBia. See NEw GRANADA.
Costa RIca. J

Cabanis. Uebersicht der im Berliner
Mus. befind. Végel von, 1861-69.

Cassin. Conirostrai Birds from, 1865.

Salvin. Seventeen new Birds from,
1864.

No. 2.)}- ,

Costa Rica.—Continued.
Salvadori. Intorno ad aleuni Uccelli
di, 1868,
Lawrence. Catalogue of Birds found in,
1868-69.
_ Frantzius. Ueber d. geogr. Verbreitung
der Vogel von, 1869.
Salvin. Notes on Lawrence’s List, 1869.
Salvin. Additional Notes on Law-
rence’s List, 1870.
Lawrence. Four new Birds from, 1874.
Boucard. On Birds collected in, 1878.
CUBA.
Vigors. On some Birds of, 1828, 1830.
Taylor, k.C. Notes on Natural Objects
observed in, 1836.
@Orbigny. Ramon de la Sagra’s His-
toire, 1839.
Yarrell. Description of Eggs of Birds
of, 1847.
Poey. Catalogo metddico de las Aves
de la Isla de, 1848.
Lembeye. Aves de la Isla de, 1850.
Gundlach. Five new Birds of, etc., 1852.
Arboleya. Manual de la Isla de, 1852.
Gundlach and Cabanis. Beitriige zur
Ornithologie Cuba’s, 1855-57.
Thienemann. Ueber Eier und Nester
Cubanischer Vogel, 1857.
Gundlach. Noteson Birdsof ... and
descr. of three new species, 1858.
Lawrence. Obs. on Gundlach’s paper,
1858.
Gundlach. Ornithologisches aus Brie-
fen von, 1859.
Ramon dela Sagra. Enumération des es-
peces zoologiques de Vile de, 1859.
Brewer. Compiled List of Birds of, 1860.
Lawrence. Notes on some Cuban Birds,
1860.
Albrecht. Zur Ornithologie von, 1861.
Gundlach. Tabell. Uebers. aller bisher
auf .. . beobachteten Vogel, 1861.
Gundlach. Zusiitze und Bericht. zu den
Beitriigen zur Ornith. yon, 1861-62.
Gundlach. Revista y Catdlogo de las
Aves de, 1865-66.
Gundlach. Neue Beit. zur Ornith.
Cubas, 1871-74.
Bishop. Notes on Lembeye’s ‘Birds’
of, 1878.
DOMINICA.
Lawrence. New Birds from, 1877.
Lawrence. Provisional List of Ober’s
Birds from, 1877.

COUES'S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 825

DomInica.—Continued.
Lawrence. Catalogue of Ober’s Birds
from, 1878.
ECUADOR.
Jardine. Ornithology of Quito, 1849.
Jardine. Five Birds from Quito, 1857.
Sclater. Collection of Birds received by
Gould from Quijos in, 1854, 1855.
Jardine. Jamesou’s Collections from
Eastern Cordillera of, 1855, 1856.
Sclater. Notes on Birds received by
Verreaux from the Rio Napo, 1858,

1858.
Sclater. New Birds from the Rio Napo,
1858.

Sclater. List of Birds collected by Fra-
ser in, 1858, 1858.

Sclater. On New or Little-known Birds
from the Rio Napo, 1859.

Sclater. Two New Birds from the Rio
Napo, 1860.

Sclater. Birds collected by Fraser at
Babahoyo, 1860.

Sclater. Birds collected by Fraser at
Esmeraldas, 1860.

Sclater. Birds collected by Fraser at
Pallatanga, 1860.

Sclaler. Additional Birds collected by
Fraser at Pallatanga, 1860.

Sclater. Birds collected by Fraser at
Quito, 1860.

Sclater. Birds collected by Fraser at
Nanegal, etc., 1860.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Hauxwell, at Pebas, on the Upper
Amazon, 1867.

Lawrence. Catalogue of Birds from
Puna Island, 1869.

Orton. Contrib. to Nat. Hist. of Valley
of Quito, 1871.

Pelzeln. Sendung von Vogeln aus, 1874.

Salvin. New Birds from Western, 1876.

Pelzeln, Weitere Sendung von Véogeln
aus, 1876.

Pelzeln. Weitere Sendung von Végeln
aus, 1878.

Sclater and Salvin. Three new Birds
from, 1878.

FALKLAND ISLANDS.

Clayton. An account of the, 1776.

Garnot. Sur la Zoologie des Iles Mal-
ouines, 1826, 1827, 1832.

Bernsée. On Various Birds of East,
1855.

Gould. List of Birds from, 1859.

326 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

FALKLAND IsLANDS.—Continued. GuIANA.—Continued.

Sclater. Eggs of Two Raptorial Birds Fermin. Hist. Nat. dela Hollande Equi-
of, 1860. nox., 1765, (p. 307).
Sclater. Catalogue of the Birds of, 1860. Bancroft. Essay on the Natural History
Abbott. Field-notes on Birds of, 1861. of, 1769, 1769.
Sclater, Add. and Corr. to the List of Sonnini. Observations sur les Marails
Birds of, 1861. ou Faisans de la, 1775.
Sclater. Addition to List of Birds of, Richard and Bernard. Cat. des Ois. en-
1864, voyés de Cayenne, 1792.
GALAPAGOBES. Schomburgk. Description of British,
Habel.. Exhibition of Birds from the, - 1840.
1869. Abbott. Exhibition of Birds from Suri-
Sclater and Salvin. New Birds collected nam, 1844,
by Habel in the, 1870. Cabanis. Schomburgk’s Reisen in Bri-
Sclater. On Birds from the, 1871. tisch, 1848.
Anon. Zoology of the, 1872. Bonyan. Raptorial Birds of British,
Editors. New eoliacang Birds, 1872. | 1851.
Salvin. On the Avifauna of the, 1876. | Bonyan. On Raptorial Birds of British,
Sharpe. Zoological Collections of H. M. 1853.
S. ‘Petrel’, 1877. | Bonaparte. Cat. des Ois. recueillis par
GRENADA. Desplanches & Cayenne, 1857.
Lawrence. Catalogue of Ober’sBirdsof, | S¢ter. Birds from Oyapok, 1871.
1879. Pelzeln. Birds collected by Miinzberg
A in Spanish, 1875.

Brown, C. B. Canoe and Camp Life in

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. de la, 1844, British, 1876:

Laurence. Catalogue of Ober’s Birds of,

a HAyYTI.
pas Hearne. Note on Birds of, 1834.
GUATEMALA. | Hearne. Present of Living Animals ©
Hartlaub. Sept Ois. nouy. de, 1844, from, 1834.
Salvin. Letters from Duefias, 1860. Hearne. Collection of Birds formed in,
Salvin. Letters from Vera Paz, 1860. 1835.
Salvin and Sclater. Contrib. to the Orni- | Sallé. Oiseaux rapportés dans la Ré-

thology of, 1860. publique Dominicaine, 1857.

Sclater and Salvin. Eleven new Birds Bryant. List of the Birds of, 1867.
discovered by Salvin in, 1860, 1860. Salvin. Letter off, 1873.
Salvin. Three new Birds from, 1861,

HONDURAS.
1861. Sclater. List of Birds collected by Tay-
Salvin. Twenty-eight species to be add- lor in, 1858.
ed to Ornithology of, 1861. Sclater.. Arrival of Birds from British,
Owen. Nesting of some Birds of, 1861. 18350.
Salvin. Letter from Duefias, 1862. Taylor, G. C. Birds collected or ob-

[Sclater.] Salvin and Godman’s opera-

: served in, 1860.
tions in, 1862.

Salvin. Fortnight among Sea Birds of,

Salvin. Letter from, 1863. 1864.
Salvin. (Bee Birds and Waders of P ae Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
cifie Coast of, 1865. Whitely on the Coast of, 1870.
Salvin. Another Contrib. to Ornith. of, | Jamaica.
1866. , Sloane. Voyage to, 1707-25.
Salvin. Letter on some Birds of, 1873. Browne. Civil and Natural History of,
Sclater. Letter from Salvin on Birds of, 1756, 1789.
1874. Hill. On Nests of Birds of, 1841, 1842,
GUIANA. Hill. Two Bird-skins from, 1844.
Warren. Description of Surinam, 1745, Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nouy. de la,

(p. 308). 1846,

No. 2] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 5 Pail

JAMAICA.—Continued.

Gosse. The Birds of, 1847.

Gosse. Extracts from the Birds of, 1847.

Hartlaub. Sur quelques Ois. nowy. de la,
1847, 1847,

Lafresnaye. Réponse a M. Hartlaub sur
quelques Ois, de la, 1847, 1847.

Gosse. Two new Birds from, 1849.

Gosse. Illustrations of the Birds of,
1849.

Gosse. Naturalist’s Sojourn in, 1851.

Gosse. Singing Birds in, 1851.

Osburn. Notes on the Birds of (several
papers), 1859, 1860.

Osburn. Notes on Mountain Birds of,
1860.

Sclater. Birds collected by Osburn in,
1861.

Albrecht. Zur Ornith. von, 1862.

March. Notes on the Birds of, 1863-64.

Bell. Wildfowl of, 1868.

MARTINIQUE.

Lawrence. Catalogue of Ober’s Birds of,

1879.
MEXICO.

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nouy. de la
collection de M. Brelay, 1839.

Williams. The Isthmus of Tehuantepec,
1852.

Sclater. Birds collected by Boucard in
Southern, 1862.

NEW GRANADA.

Humboldt. Recueil dobservations, 1811,
(p. 307).

Boissonneau. Oiseaux nouveaux de San-
ta-Fé de Bogota, 1840, 1840.

Fraser. New Species from Bogota in
Collection of Lord Derby, 1840.

Lafresnaye. Ois. nouy. de Santa-Fé de
Bogota, 1840.

Lafresnaye. Quelques Ois. nouv. de la
Colombie, 1842, 1842, 1843, 1843, 1844,
1846.

Hartlaub. Quatre Ois. de la, 1843.

Lafresnaye. Sur divers Ois. de la, 1844.

Seemann. Notes on the Zoology of the
Isthmus of Panama, 1852.

Mosquera. Memoria sobre la geografia
de Ja, 1852, 1853.

Sclater. New Birds from Santa Fé de
Bogota, 1855.

Sclater. On Birds received from Santa
Fé de Bogota, 1855.

Sclater, Additional new Birds from Bo-
gota, 1856.

NEw Granapa.—Continued.

Sclater. New Species of Birds from Bo-
gota, 1856,

Sclater. Twonew Species of Birds from
Bogota, 1856.

Sclater. Birds collected by Bridges at
David, Chiriqui, 1856.

Sclater. Further additions of List of
Birds from Bogota, 1857.

Sclater. Additional Birds received from
Bogota, 1857.

Sclater. Twonew Species from Bogota,
1257.

Bryant. On Two Birds from Bogota,
1860.

Cassin. Catalogue of Birds collected
on the Isthmus of Darien by Michler,
1860.

Sclater. Nine new Birds from Bogota,
1862, 1862.

Lawrence. Catalogue of a Collection
made by McLeannan in, 1861-63.

Lawrence. Six new Birds from Isthmus
of Panama, 1862.

Laurence. Eight new Birds from Isth-
mus of Panama, 1863.

Benvenuti. Descrizione di quattro nuove
specie, etc., 1866.

Sclater and Salvin. Notes on a collec-
tion of Birds from Isthmus of Panama,
1864,

Lawrence. Uist of Birds collected by
Hicks near David, Chiriqui, 1865.

Lawrence. Four new Birds from Isth-
mus of Panama, 1865.

Lawrence. Notes on certain Birds from,
1867.

Cope. Birds of Palestine and, 1868.

Sclater and Salwin. Five new Birds from
the U. S. of Colombia, 1870.

Wyatt. Notes on Birds of the U. S. of
Colombia, 1271.

Salvin. Maack’s Researches in Panama,
1872.

Sclater. Two new Birds from Antio-
quia, 1873.

Sclater and Salvin. Two new Birds
from Antioquia, 1875.

NICARAGUA. .

Lawrence. Catalogue of Collection made
by Holland at Greytown, 1365.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Wickham on Blewfields River, 1367.
Salvin. Notes on Belt’s Choutales Birds

of, 1872.

328

NIcARAGUA.—Continued.

STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

BULLETIN UNITED

PrRuU.—Continued. ;
Faune du Pérou du Dr.

Sclater. Additions to List of Birds of, Lafresnaye.
1873. Tschudi, 1849.
PanaMa. See NEw GRANADA. Strickland. Four species of Birds from
PARAGUAY. Andes of, 1850.

Dobrizhoffer.
1784, 1822.

dzara. Apuntamientos para la Histo-
ria Natural, 1802-05, 1809.

Hartlaub. Index zu Azara’s Apunta-
mientos, 1847.

tosenschéld. Bref fran, 1853, 1854.

Historia de Abiponibus,

PATAGONIA.

King. Letter on Animals of Straits of
Magellan, 1827-28, 1828, 1830.

King. New genera and species from
Straits of Magellan, 1829, 1831, 1834.
Vigors. Remarks on several new Birds

from Straits of Magellan, 1831, 1834.

VOrbigny. Naturbh. Schilderung des
nordlichen, 1839.

Sclater and Salwin. Birds collected by
Cunningham in Straits of Magellan,
1868.

Cunningham.
of Magellan, 1869.

Sclater and Salvin. Second List of Birds
collected by Cunningham in Straits
of Magellan, 1869.

Cunningham. Nat. Hist. of Straits of
Magellan and west coast of, 1870.

Newton, A. Additional Note on Nests
and Eggs collected by Cunningham,
1870.

Sclater and Salvin. Third List of Birds
collected by Cunningham in the
Straits of Magellan, 1870.

Cunningham. Fauna of the Straits of
Magellan and Western, 1871.

Hudson. On Birds of the Rio Negro,
1872. :

Durnford. Birds observed in Chuput
Valley, 1877.

Durnford. Notes on the Birds of Cen-
tral, 1878.

PERU.
Tschudi. Diagnosen einiger neuer peru-

anischer Vogel, 1843.

Tschudi. Avium Conspectus que in
Repub. Peruana reperiuntur, 1844.

Tsciudi. Nachtrigliche Bemerkungen
zu seinem Conspectus, 1845.

Tschudi and Cabanis. Fauna Peruana,
1845-46.

Tschudi. Five papers on animal life
in... and Chih, 1847.

Letter on Birds of Straits |

Kinahan.

Bolle.
1861.

Raimondi. Huano des iles de Chincha,
1856, 1856.

Sclater. On the Birds of the Vicinity —
of Lima, 1866.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Bartlett on the Ucayali, 1866.

Sclater and Salvin. Additions to Birds
collected by Bartlett on the Ucayali, —
1866.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Bartlett on the Huallaga, 1867.

Letter from Callao, 1856.
Guano auf den Chincha-Inseln,

Sclater. On Birds of the vicinity of
Lima, 1867.
Sclater. Extracts from Bartlett’s let- —

ters, 1867.

Sclater and Salvin. On Peruvian Birds
collected by Whitely, 1867, 1868, 1868, ~
1869, 1869, 1873, 1874, 1876.

Sclater. Birds of the vicinity of Lima,
1869.
Sclater and Salvin. Two new Birds

collected by Bartlett in Eastern,
1869.

Sclater.
Lima, 1871.

Sclater. Peruvian Birds collected by
Whitely, Part VII, 1873.

Sclater and Salvin. Bartlett’s Birds of
Eastern, 1873.

Cabanis. Neue peruanische Vogel Jels-
ki’s, 1873, 1873, 1874.

On Birds of the vicinity of

Sclater. Notice of Jelski’s Collections
in, 1874.

Taczanowski. Oiseaux nouveaux du,
1874.

Taczanowski. Oiseaux recueillis par

Jelski dans, 1874.

Golz. Ueber die Guanolager, 1874.

Allen. Exploration of Lake Titicaca,
1876.

Taczanowski. Liste des Ois. recueillis
par Jelski et Stolzmann, 1877.

Taczanowski. Supplement 4 la méme,
1877.
Porto Rico.
Moritz. Notizen zur Fauna der Insel,
1836.
Bryant. Vogel von, 1866.

No. 2.] COUES’S ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 329

Porto Rico.—Continued.

Bryant. List of Birds collected by Swift
and Latimer in, 1866.

Sundevall. Foglarne pa 6n, 1869 or
1870.

Bello y Espinosa. Zoologische Notizen
aus, 1871.

Gundlach. Beitrag zur Ornith. der
Insel, 1874.

Gundlach. Neue Beitriige zur Ornith.

der Insel, 1878.
St. BaRTHOLOMEW.
Frahlberg. Slatet, af Samlingar til Natu-
ral-Historien, 1786.

Sundevall. Foglarne pa 6n, 1869 or |

1870. °
St. CROIX.

| VENEZUELA.

Lafresnaye. Ois. nouy. de VOrénoco,
1246.

Sclater and Salvin. Birds collected by
Goering in, 1868, 1868, 1869, 1870, 1875.

Sclater and Salvin. On Birds collected
by Spence in, 1873.

Ernst. Apuntos para la fauna ornitho-
lé6gica de, 1870.

Hirnst. Estudios sobre la Flora y Fauna
de, 1877.

Spence. The Land of Bolivar, 1878.

Hartlaub. Deux Ois. nouy. de Caracas,
1849.

Hartlaub. Deux Ois. nouv. de Véné-
méla, 1849.

| VERAGUA.

West. Beytrage zur Beschreibung von, |

1794.

Newton, A., and Newton, EL. Observa-

tions on the Birds of, 1859.
St. Domineo. See HayTt.
Sr. Lucia.
Sclater. Correspondence with des Vceux,
1871.
Sclater. On the Birds of, 1871.
Sclater. On Birds of the Island of,
1871.

Semper. Observations on the Birds of,

1872.
Sclater. Additional Birds from, 1876.
St. THOMAS.
Knox. Wistorical Account of, 1852.
Cassin. Catalogue of Birds from, 1860.

Sr. VINCENT.

Lawrence. Seven new Birds from the |

Island of, 1878.

Lawrence. Catalogue of Ober’s Birds |

from, 1878.
SOMBRERO.

Lawrence. Birds collected by Julien in, —

1864.
SURINAM. See GUIANA.
TOBAGO.

Jardine. Ornithology of the Island of,

1852.

TRINIDAD.
Mitchell. Notice of Lord Harris’s Col-
lection, 1850.
De Vertewil. Trinidad, 1858.
Léotaud. Ois. de VLle de la, 1866.
Selater. On Léotaud’s Birds of, 1867.
Finsch. On Coll. of Birds from, 1870.
Bull. v, 2 12

Salvin. Hight new Birds from, 1866.

Salvin. On some Collections of Birds
from, 1867.

Sclater and Salvin. Four new Birds from,
1868.

Salvin. On some Collections of Birds
from, 1870.

Wesr Inpres. (Sec, also, the several

Islands. )

De Laet. Beschrijvinghe van, 1625,
1630, 1633, 1640, (pp. 305, 306).

Labat. Voyage, 1724, (p. 306).

West. Bidrag til beskrivelse over St.
Croix, ete., 1793, (p. 307).

Rochefort. Histoire des Iles Antilles,
1658, 1660, 1681.

Stubbes. Observations on the Caribe
Islands, 1667, 1668.

Ledru. Voyage, 1810, 1811-12, (p. 307).

Taylor, EH. C. Five months in the,
1864.

Guyon. Thiere die auf Martinique und
Guadeloupe verschwunden sind, 1866,
(p. 309).

Guyon. Des animaux disparus de la
Martinique et de la Guadeloupe, 1866.

Hill. Wistory of, 1836.

Denny. On Geographical Distrib. of
Birds of the, 1847.

Hartlaub. Ueber den heutigen Zustand
unserer Kenntniss yon Westindiens
Ornithologie, 1847-48.

Taylor. Guano from Caribbean Islands,
1857.

Selater. The Birds of the Lesser Antil- -
‘les, 1871.

Lawrence. New Birds from Grenada
and Dominica, 1878.

BYe10)

West INpIES.—Continued.

Lawrence. Catalogue of Ober’s Birds of
Antigua and Barbuda, 1878.

Lawrence. General Catalogue of Ober’s
Birds of, 1879.
YUCATAN.
Cabot.

Three New Birds from, 1843.

Cabot. Descriptions and Habits of some
Birds of, 1844,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[Vol. V.

YUCATAN.—Continued.

Cabot. Further Account of Birds of,
1845.

Cabot. Stephens’s Incidents of Travel
in, 1848.

Sclater. On Birds described by Cabot
from, 1852.

Lawrence. List of Birds from Northern,
1869. FS

BULLETIN: Nowe ty Olueay

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

ART. X.—On the Coatis (Genus Nasua, Storr). By J. A. Allen.
pp. 153-174.

ART. XI.—On the Present Status of Passer domesticus in America,
with Special Reference to the Western States and Ter-
ritories. By Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A. pp. 175-194.

ART. XII.—The Laramie Group of Western Wyoming and Adjacent
Regions. By A.C. Peale, M. D. pp. 195-200.

ART. XIIl.—On Lithophane and New Noctuide. By A. R. Grote.
pp. 201-208.

ART. XIV.—Paleontological Papers No. 11: Remarks upon Certain
Carboniferous Fossils from Colorado, Arizona, Idaho,
Utah, and Wyoming, and Certain Cretaceous Corals
from Colorado, together with Descriptions of New
Forms. By C. A. White, M.D. pp. 209-222.

ART. XV.—The so-called Two-Ocean Pass. (Plates II,1V.) ByF. V.
Hayden. pp. 223-226.

ART. XVI.—On the Extinct Species of Rhinoceride of North America
and their Allies. By E. D. Cope. pp. 227-238.

ART. XVII.—Second Instalment of American Ornithological Bibliogra-
phy. By Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A. pp. 239-330.

i DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.
F. V. HAYDEN, U. S. GroLoaist-In-CHaRrGeE.

BULLETIN

OF

Pe UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY

OF

PHE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME V.....- NUMBER 3.

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
November 30, 1879.

0) RR ES ee oe Oe

BULEE TING No. 37 VOL wie

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

ART. XVIII.—On the Species of the Genus -Bassaris. By J. A. Allen. \

pp. 331-340.

ART. XIX.—The American Bembecide: Tribe Stizini. By W. H. Pat-
ton. pp. 341-348.

ART. XX.—List of a Collection of Aculeate Hymenoptera made by
Mr. 8. W. Williston in Northwestern Kansas. By W.
H. Patton. pp. 349-370.

ART. XXI—Further Notes on the Ornithology of the Lower Rio
Grande of Texas, from Observations made during the
Spring of fs. By George B. Sennett. Edited, with
Annotations, by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. 8S. A. pp.
371-440.

ART. XXII.—Additional Lists of Elevations. By Henry Gannett. pp. —

441-470.
ART. XXIII.—Generic Arrangement of the Bees allied to Melissodes and
Anthophora. By W.H. Patton. pp. 471-480.

ART. XXIV.—Annotated List of the Birds of Michigan. By Dr. Morris —

Gibbs. pp. 481-498.

ART. XXV.—The Coleoptera of the Alpine Rocky Mountain Regions.—
Part I. By John L. LeConte, M. D. pp. 499-520.

¢

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME V. 1879. NUMBER 3.

Art. XVHHE.—On the Species of the Genus Bassaris.*

By J. A. Allen.

The mammals of the genus Bassaris were for a long time a puzzle to
the systematists, who, however, generally referred them to the Viverride,
as constituting the only American representatives of the family. Some
authors, as Gervais, while believing that they were Viverrine, have seen
in them some affinities with the Mustelide, while others, as Waterhouse
and Turner, have hinted at an Ursine alliance, especially to such forms
as Procyon and Nasua. Protessor Flower,t who has especially investi-
gated the affinities of Bassaris, concludes: “On the whole I think
there can be little question that evidence has been adduced to prove
that Bassaris is a member of the Arctoid sub-division of the Carnivora,
and among these approaches most nearly to Procyon and Nasua” (1. ¢., p.
34). Dr. Gill, in 1872,¢ assigned it the rank of a family (Bassaridide)
of the Arctoidea, and a position at the end of the group, following

Procyonide. :
GENERAL HISTORY.

Although the Bassarids are of common occurrence throughout Mex-
ico, and range also far both to the southward and northward of that
country, and were known to Hernandez as early as the middle of the
seventeenth century, they escaped the notice of systematic writers till
within the lasthalf century. The first modern account of them was pub-

*The material on which the present paper is based is almost exclusively that of the
National Museum, for the free use of which I am indebted to its able director, Prof.
Speneer F. Baird.

+On the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cranium in the Classification
of the Order Carnivora, and on the Systematic Position of Bassaris and other disputed
forms. By William Henry Flower, F. R. 8., F. Z. 8., ete., Conservator of the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons. Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond., 1869, pp. 4-37.—Bassaris is
treated at pp. 31-34, which see for a fuller history of the ao of systematists respect-

ing its affinities.

(seu adeemont of the Families of Mammals, p. 67.

iBall) yee 0 331

8382. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. _ [Vol.v.

lished by Lichtenstein in 1830, based on specimens sent from Mexico by
Herr Deppe, in 1826 and ‘subsequent years, of what proves to have been
the northern form of the genus. This Lichtenstein, in his commentary
on the mammals noticed by Hernandez,* named and: briefly described
Bassaris astuta, he recognizing in it the Cacamiztli, or Caca-miaxtli, of
Hernandez, which the latter also mentioned under the name Tepe-mawtla.
These are still the common native names of the species, and mean
respectively “Rush Cat” and “Bush Cat.” Shortly after B. astuta was
more fully described by Lichtenstein, and also figured. t

During the next thirty years, the habits of Bassaris astuta were
referred to by different writers, and the species repeatedly described
and figured, the illustrations including colored figures of the animal and
representations of the skull, skeleton, and dentition.{ The notices of
Bassaris published prior to 1860 all relate, singularly enough, exclu-
sively to B. astuta, at which date the second or southern species (B.
sumichrasti) was first described.

Professor Baird, writing in 1858 (Mam. N. Amer., p. 147), says: ‘It
is as yet uncertain whether America possesses one or two species of
Bassaris, farther investigation being necessary to determine the charac-
ter of the California species. They are found as far north as Red River,
Arkansas, on the eastern slope of the continent; on the western to the

latitude of San Francisco; southward they extend throughout temperate —

Mexico. They bear in the United States the name of civet, Mexican, or
ring-tailed cats, and are frequently tamed in Mexico and California; in
the latter country they are great pets of the miners.” He adds: “Only
one authenticated skin, (No. 2343,) has been received trom California;
this is a hunter’s skin, not’ sufficiently perfect to furnish a description.”
The following year Professor Baird described (Rep. U. S. and Mex.
Bound. Surv., Main., pp. 18, 19), under the name Bassaris astuta, two
specimens from Texas and another from an unknown locality, supposed
to have come from California, naming the latter provisionally Bassaris
raptor. His detailed account of the external features of the Texas
specimens indicate very fairly the northeastern phase of Bassaris astuta.
Respecting the specimen to which the name B. raptor was provisionally
given, he says: “In the spring of 1852 (April 23), a specimen of

* Erliiuterungen der Nachrichten des Fran. Hernandez von den vierfiissigen Thieren
Neuspaniens. Abhandlungen d. Berlin. Akad. 1827 (1830), pp. 89-128.—Bassaris astuta
is described and named at p. 119. The paper was read before the academy in 1827, but
not published till 1830.

The genus Bassaris and the species B. astuta were also described by Wagler in the
“‘Tsis” for 1831 (p. 511), one year subsequent to the publication of Lichtenstein’s
above-cited paper, both being accredited by him to Lichsenstein; yet various writers
have attributed the earliest notice of B. astuta to Wagler.

+Darstellung neuer oder weniger bekannter Siiugethiere in Abbildungen und
Beschreibungen von fiinfundsechzig Arten, 1827-1834, pl. xliii.

tSee posted, table of reference under B. astuta. The skeleton has been figured by
Gervais and De Blainville, the dentition by Blainville and Giebel, the skull by Lich-
tenstein, Baird, and Flower, and the animal by Lichtenstein, Wagner, Audubon and
Bachman, Wolf and Sclater, and Cordero.

No. 3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. 333

Bassaris was killed in a hen-roost, near Washington, after it had com-
mitted great devastation among the poultry of the neighborhood. It
had evidently escaped from confinement, as shown by the marks of a
collar around the neck. There was, of course, no indication whence it
came originally, but it was supposed to have been brought from Cali-
fornia. This specimen is somewhat different from those obtained in
Mexico and Texas, although perhaps not specifically distinct. The tail
is strikingly different in having the black rings fewer in number and
of much greater extent compared with the white portion. Of these
black rings there are only five distinctly marked ones besides the tip,
and the last or subterminal one is more than two inches long instead of
about one. Below the black ring is nearly complete, separated only for
the thickness of the vertebrz by the white of the under surface. There
is no appreciable difference in the colors of the remaining portions of
the body. The ears are decidedly smaller. Very considerable differ-
ences are discernible between the skull of this specimen and the others;
the cranium is broader, but more constricted behind the orbital pro-
cesses of the frontal bone; the distance between the zygomata is con-
siderably greater, and the temporal crests of opposite sides much closer
together. The pterygoid bones, also, are further apart. The proportion
of greatest breadth of skull to feast is as 63 to 100 instead of 59, as in
No. 4 [female], from Texas. Should the examination of furtiter speci-
mens show these distinctions to be such as to indicate a different species,
it might be called Bassaris raptor.” In passing, I may add that the
examination of more material shows that the cranial differences here
indicated are not important, and show mainly only the usual variations
accompanying differences of age in Bassaris astuta. The color of the
tail very nearly coincides with that of a specimen before me from Oregon,
with which it so much more nearly agrees than with Texas examples
that I have little doubt that the supposed Californian origin of Bassaris
raptor is its correct locality. The wide separation of the pterygoid
bones is certainly exceptional, but is probably strictly individual, as
I find a perfectly parallel variation in this highly variable feature in the
skulls of B. sumichrasti. Consequently in Bassaris raptor we have the
earliest synonym of B. astuta.

In 1860, M. De Saussure described and figured (Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,
2° sér., xii, Jan., 1860, p. 7, pl. i, animal, fig. uncolored), a second
species, under the name Bassaris sumichrasti, based on a single very old
individual collected by himself in Mexico. Although De Saussure’s
description is explicit and detailed, and notwithstanding that in his
careful comparison of the new species with B. astuta (of which he had a
large suite representing all ages), he clearly set forth all the leading
points of difference, Dr. Peters, in 1874 (Monatsb. der k. Akad. der
Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1874, p. 704, pll. i, ii, meeting of Nov. 16, 1874),
referred B. sumichrasti of De satistne Goabetully to B. raptor, Baird,
at the same time redescribing B. sumichrasti under the name Bassaris
variabilis, At all events, he says: “Es war bis jetzt mit Sicherheit nur

334 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. §[Vol.V.

eine Art dieser Gattung, Bassaris astuta, aus Mexico bekannt, der ich
eine zweite aus Centralamerica hinzufiigen kann.” Yet he notes among
the distinctive characters of B. variabilis most of those especially men-
tioned by De Saussure as characterizing B. sumichrasti, omitting, how-
ever, some, and adding others not mentioned by De Saussure. Peters’s
B. variabilis was based on a skin and skull of a very old male, and on
a second skin supposed to be that of a female, all of which he figured.

Almost simultaneously with the publication of Dr. Peters’s paper,
Sefior Cordero again described (La Naturaleza, iii, p. 270, with a plate;
the paper is dated Dec. 1, 1874, and was published May 31, 1875) B.
sumichrasti, under the name Bassaris monticola. His description is very
detailed, and in his comparison of BL. monticola with B. astuta he brings
into strong relief the distinctive characters of the two species, they
embracing all those previously mentioned by De Saussure and Peters
as characterizing respectively B. sumichrasti and B. variabilis. He
gives also excellent comparative (colored) figures of the external charac-
ters of the two species, and illustrates the cranial characters and denti-
tion of B. monticola. Although he shows himself to have been perfectly
conversant with the two species of Bassaris, he appears not to have
been aware that his B. monticola had been previously described and
named by De Saussure.

Dr. Gray in 1864 (Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., 1864, 512) and in 1869 (Cat.
Carn. Pachyd. and Hdent. Mam., 1869, 246) gave a “var. fulvescens,”
adding, “‘ Fur more fulvous, perhaps of a different season.” To his
‘“¢ Bassaris astuta var. fulvescens” he referred unqualifiedly De Saussure’s
B. sumichrasti. His description of the cranial characters seems to indi-
cate that he had before him only skulls of B. astuta.

From the foregoing it will be seen that the large southern species of
Bassaris has been thrice described as new; that the skuil has been figured
twice; and that one plain and three colored (Dr. Peters gives two) figures
of the animal have been given.

DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES.

The external and cranial characters of the Bassarids are so well known
that it is unnecessary in the present connection to give them in detail
further than is necessary to the elucidation of the distinctive features of
the two species, which, so far as at present known, constitute the genus
Bassaris. They are, as is well known, in general appearance small fox-
like animals, with soft, loose pelage, pointed nose and ears, and a ringed
tail as long as the body, giving a tout ensemble intermediate, on the one
hand, between the Coatis and Raccoons, and the Foxes on the other, but
of smaller size than either. The distinctive characters of the species are
indicated in the subjoined diagnoses.

Synopsis of the Species.

ComMoN CHARACTERS.—Tail with the hairs about equal to or a little longer than
the head and body. Color above gray, more or less suffused with yellowish-brown, —

No. 3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. 335
with a wash of black of variable amount, produced by the black tips or the longer
hairs, usually strongest along the middle of the back; below whitish, tinged more or
less strongly with pale yellow. Eyes narrowly encircled with brownish-black.

Behind and above each eye a large, sometimes rather indistinct, spot of yellowish-

gray, and a smaller spot of the same color below each eye.
rings of white or grayish-white and black, and black at the tip.

of rings of either color varies from 7 to 9.

the males.
B. astuta.

Ears rather narrow and pointed. Soles
and palms with short soft hair on the
edges and at the base of the toes between
the naked pads.

Upper surface of the feet slightly or not
at all blackish.

Light rings of the tail broad, pure white,
or sometimes slightly grayish- or yellowish-
white, nearly as broad as the intervening
black ones. The black rings are divided
below by a more or less broad mesial band
of white, running nearly the whole length
of the tail, the lower surface of which is
white, broadly scalloped on the edges
with black.

Anterior surface of upper
smooth, the cutting-edge even.

incisors

First upper molar with both limbs
longer and narrower than in B. sumichrasti,
the inner with two distinct cusps, and
another on the posterior outer edge of the
tooth.

Second upper molar with the transverse
diameter, compared with the antero-pos-
terior, relatively greater than in B. sumi-
chrasti.

Last lower premolar with a small acces-
sory cusp on the posterior border.

Canines and whole dental armature
relatively weaker, the molars narrower,
and their cusps sharper and more numer-
ous than in B. sumichrasti, in specimens
of corresponding ages and degree of attri-
tion of the teeth.

Auditory bulle strongly inflated, spheri-
cal, the meatus auditorius very large.

Size less than in B. sumichrasti. Length
of head and body 14 in. (¢) to17in. (4);
tail-vertebre about 12 to 15; tail to end of
hairs about equal to length of head and
body. Skull, length 3.00 to 3.25; width
1.85 to 2.05,

Tail with alternating
The usual number

The females are considerably smaller than

B. sumichrasti.

Ears broader and shorter, absolutely as
well as relatively, and less pointed. Soles
and palms wholly naked.

Upper surface of the feet black or black-
ish, and general color of dorsal surface
usually darker than in B. astuta.

Light rings of the tail narrow, gray,
sometimes tinged with brownish. The
black rings are much broader than the
alternating white ones, unbroken, com-
pletely encircling the tail, the lower sur-
face of the tail scarcely differing in color
from the upper.

Anterior surface of the upper incisors
with two slight longitudina. grooves deep-
ening apically, producing a distinctly
crenulated cutting-edge.

First upper molar shorter and thicker
than in B. astuta, with no accessory cusp
on the posterior outer corner, and lacking
that seen ou inner anterior angle of the
tooth in B. astuta.

Second upper molar heavier than in B.
astuta, with a relatively shorter transverse
diameter,

Last lower premolar with no accessory
cusp on the posterior border.

Auditory bulle less swollen, flattened
on the posterior inner face, with a much
smaller meatus auditorius.

Size larger. Length of head and body
154 in. (@) to 19} in. (¢); tail-vertebrie
16 to 20; tail to end of hairs 18 to 22.
Skull, length 3.25 to 3.60; width 2.25 to
2.50.

336 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VV

BASSARIS ASTUTA, Lichtensteim.

Worthern Civet Cat.

Bassaris astuta, LICHTENSTEIN, Abhandl. d. Berlin. Acad. 1827, (1830), 119; Darstellung
Siiugeth., 1827-1834, pl. xliii (skull and animal).—WaGLER, Isis, 1831, 511.—
GERVAIS, Voy. de la Bonite, Zo6l.,i, 1841, 18, pl. iv (skeleton and yisceral
anatomy ).—CHARLESWORTH, Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond., 1841, 60 (habits).—Dr
BLAINVILLE, Ostéog., Des Mustelas, 1842, pl. v bis (skeleton), pl. xiii (denti-
tion).— WAGNER, Schreber’s Siugeth. Suppl., ii, 1841, 278, pl. exxyv C (animal).—
THOMSON, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond., 1842, 10 (habits)—AUDUBON & BACHMAN,
Quad. N. Am., ii, 1851, 314, pl. xeviii (animal).—GIEBEL, Odontog., 1855, 31,
pl. xi, fig. 10 (dentition) ; Siugeth., 1855, 803.—Barrp, Mam. N. Am., 1858,
147; Rep. U.S. and Mex. Bound Surv., ii, 1859, Mam., 18, pl. xiv, fig. 2 (skull).—
Wo tr & ScLaTER, Zodlog. Sketches, i, 1861, pl. xiv (animal, from life).—GRay,
Proc. Zoél. Soc. Lond., 1864, 512; Cat. Carn. Pachy. and Edent. Mam., 1869,
246.—Cours, Am. Nat., i, 1867, 351 (Arizona).—FLOWER, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. Lond.,
1869, 31, fig. 3 a, skull (systematic position).—VILLADA, La Naturaleza, i, 1870,
297.—SULLIVANT, Am. Nat., vi, 1872, 363 (Ohio).—CouEs, Am. Nat., vi, 1872, 264
(distribution).—ALLEN, Bull. Essex Institute, vi, 1874, 45 (Kansas).—“ Kirk-
PATRICK, Proc. Cleveland Acad. Nat. Sci., 1874, 377 (Ohio).”—CORDERO,
La Naturaleza, 1875, iii, 273, plate (animal).—Covurs, Amer. Nat., xii, 1878,
253 (Rogue River, Southwestern Oregon).

Bassaris astuta var. fulvescens, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, 512; Cat. Carn.
Pachy. and Edent. Mam., 1869, 246.

Bassaris raptor, BAIRD, Rep. U. 8. and Mex. Bound Sury., ii, 1859, Mam., 19.

Caca-miztle, Caco-Mixtle, and Tepe-Maxtlaton, HERNANDEZ.

Cacomistle, Cacamiztli, and Cuapiote, of the Mexicans.

Katzenfrett, German authors.

Civet Cat, Ring-tailed Civet Cat, Texas Civet Cat, Mexican Civet Cat, Cat Squirrel, Mountain
Cat, Raccoon Fox, etc., of English writers, and locally inthe United States.

The comparative diagnoses above given indicate the average characters
of the species, but a series of eight specimens shows a considerable range
of variation in color and other details. Aside from the smaller size of the
female, 1 have noted no other important sexual differences. The number
of white rings on the tail in B. astuta varies from six to nine, the usual
number being either seven or eight. They vary in width, being usually
narrower than the black ones, sometimes equailing them, while in rare
instances the white rings are the wider. The general color above is
gray or brownish-gray, varying in some examples to yellowish-brown, the
anterior half of the body being usually purer gray (less suffused with
brownish-yellow) than the posterior half. The black terminating the
longer hairs varies greatly in amount, but always gives a conspicuous
blackish cast to the dorsal surface, while in some the prevailing color,
especially along the midile of the back, is black. In such specimens, the
upper surface of the feet is more or less blackish or brownish-black ; the
black rings in the tail are broader and the black terminal portion of the
tail more extended. A single skin from Oregon* is dark throughout,
being as black as the darkest examples of B. sumichrasti, and contrasts
strongly with the light-colored specimens from Texas and Northeastern

*This is the specimen mentioned by Dr. Coues in Amer. Nat., xii, 1878, p. 253.

No. 3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. oa

Mexico. The next darkest specimen is from Orizaba, Mexico. The lower
surface is sometimes nearly pure white, but is usually strongly tinged
with pale yellow, varying in some specimens to pale brownish-yellow,
especially on the chin and throat. The relative amount of black and
white on the tail is also variable. In the lighter specimens, the greater
portions of the lower surface of the tail is pure white; in others, the black
rings are only broken below by a narrow band of white. In the Oregon
Specimen, they are almost continuous below (the last two apical ones
wholly so), though much narrower than above. The rings usually
increase in width from the base of the tail apically, especially in case of
the black ones.

The extremes of variation in color are in specimens No. 11849, from
Camp Grant, Arizona (E. Palmer), and No. 12849, from Oregon (A. H.
Wood). The Arizona specimen is pale brownish-gray above, varied
with blackish, principally along the median line, caused by the black
tips of the long hairs. Below it is pale yellowish-white. The tail is
mostly white below, but above is crossed by alternate rings of black and
white of nearly equal breadth. The Oregon specimen has the prevail-
ing tint of the dorsal region intense black, quite obscuring the brownish-
gray ground-color. Below, it is strongly brownish-yellow, deepest on
the throat and chin. The tail is mostly black above, the white being
mostly half-rings confined to the lower surface. These two specimens
accord with the peculiar phases of geographical color-variation com-
monly characterizing the mammals and birds of the two regions in
question. Should the Oregon specimen here described prove to indicate
the average condition of the species along the Pacific coast to the north-
ward, as seems probable, the form there prevailing may require to be
varietally distinguished under the name raptor, Baird, this name doubt-
less referring to the Pacific coast form, as already explained. Five
specimens from near the southern border of Texas agree in being rather
darker than the Arizona specimen, and present only a moderate range
of color-variation. A specimen from Orizaba (No. 8567, ¢, Botteri) is
rather darker, the lower surface more strongly yellow, and the white on
the tail is slightly tinged with yellow.

In a young specimen about one-fourth grown, and still retaining the
milk dentition, the pelage is soft, long, and woolly; the color above pale
yellowish-brown varied with darker brown, but with no black; below
grayish-white, faintly tinged with yellow anteriorly. The tail has seven
white rings, and the light spots below and behind the eyes are nearly
pure white.

In old female skulls, in which the teeth show a considerable degree of
attrition, there is no trace of a crest. Probably in old males this will
be found to be present, but the only male specimens before me are only
of middle age and do not show it. The most notable variation in the
skulls of B. astuta is the unusually wide separation of the pterygoid
bones, and the consequent unusual breadth of the posterior nares in

338 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [T0l.V.

the original skull of Baird’s B. raptor. As this is a feature in which
variation is apt to occur, and as my series of skulls of B. sumichrasti
presents an example equally aberrant from the usual condition in the
last-named species, I cannot look upon it as other than an individual
variation of more or less frequent occurrence in other mammals.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—The Northern Civet Cat appears
to range throughout the temperate portions of Mexico, and thence
northward far into the United States. The most southern localities
represented by the specimens before me are Orizaba in the State of Vera
Cruz, San Luis Potosi in the interior, and the Sierra Santiago near the
Pacific coast. Itis said to be a well-known inhabitant of California,
and ranges thence northward into Southwestern Oregon, where, how-
ever, it is supposed to be of rare occurrence.* More to the eastward it
has been found in Arizona, and bas long been known to occur through-
out most parts of Texas. I found it to be a well-known animal in
Middle Kansas, and a number of specimens have been taken at different
times as far northward and eastward as Ohio. Though nowhere appar-
ently abundant, it appears to be rather common in Northern Mexico and
in Texas, but further northward and eastward is evidently rare.

BASSARIS SUMICHRASTI, De Saussure.
Southern Civet Cat.

Bassaris sumichrasti, DE SAUSSURE, Rey. et Mag. de Zoologie, 2° sér., xii, 1860, 7, pl.i
(animal).

Bassaris variabilis, Peters, Monatsb. d. K. P. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1874, 704,
pl. i (animal), pl. ii (skull).

Bassaris monticola, CORDERO, La Naturaleza, iii, 1875, 270, plate (animal and skull).

Tepechichi del Cofre de Perote, Cacomistle de monte, CORDERO, 1. c., p. 270.

_ Bassaris sumichrasti presents variations in general color strictly paral-
lel with those already noted as occurring in B. astuta. The ground-
color above varies from nearly pure gray to yellowish-brown, and even
golden, and the wash of black is sometimes sufficient to render this the
prevalent tint of the dorsal surface. The yellowish-brown suffusion is
always much stronger on the posterior half of the body than it is an-
teriorly. The eolor of the ventral surface varies from nearly pure white
to pale gamboge-yellow. The dorsal surface of the feet is generally
black, always decidedly blackish in all the specimens examined. The
terminal fourth or more of the tail is usually deep black, with sometimes
faint indications of one or two gray rings on the lower surface. The
light rings are much narrower than the intermediate black ones, and
vary in different specimens from pure gray to whitish-gray and yellow- ,
ish gray. They are usually broader on the lower side of the tail than
on the upper.: The number cf light rings more or less distinetly trace-
able varies from seven to ten, but is usually either eight or nine. These
remarks are based on an examination of seven skins from Southern
Mexico and Costa Rica.

*See Coues, Am. Nat., xii, 1878, p. 253.

No. 3.] ALLEN ON THE GENUS BASSARIS. 339

Of two specimens taken at Tehuantepec, January 15, 1869, and
labelled by the collector (Prof. F. Sumichrast) as found in coitu, the
male is much the larger, grayish-brown above, varied with black, and
surongly suffused with fulvous posteriorly ; below, pale yellow ; terminal
third of the tail wholly black; the light rings are gray; length of head
and body 193 in.; tail-vertebre 20 in.; tail to end of hairs 24 in. The
female is much purer gray above, with only a slight suffusion of brown-
ish-fulvous posteriorly ; below, pale yellow; the light rings of the tail
whitish-gray; length of head and body 154 in.; tail-vertebre 18 in.;
tail to end of hairs 20 in. Another male from the same locality, col-
lected in March, 1872, agrees very nearly in color with the male already
described, but is rather less strongly suffused with brownish-fulvous ;
the light tail-rings are grayish-white, and only the terminal fifth of the
tail is wholly black. Another example (sex unknown) from Mirador
(Dr. Sartorius) is much darker dorsally throughout, where the prevailing
tint is decidedly black, the light tail-rings are narrower and more in-
distinct, and the terminal third of the tail is wholly black. The black
prevails on the tail to such an extent that above the light rings are well
defined only toward the base of the tail. Two specimens from La
Palma, Costa Rica, collected in December, 1876 (J. C. Zeledon), differ
very little from the last, except that the light rings of the tail are more
distinct and whitish-gray.

It will thus be seen that B. sumichrasti is considerably larger ‘en B.
astuta, darker or more blackish in color, with a relatively longer tail, on
which the light annulations are narrower, rather more numerous, and
unbroken below, where they are merely a little narrower than they are
on the upper surface. The ears are broader, less pointed, and about
one-fifth shorter than in B. astuta, notwithstanding the smaller size of
the last-named species.

Dr. Dugés, in some remarks appended to Cordero’s description of his
B. monticola, rather questions the importance of some of the ciaracters
given by Cordero as distinguishing B. monticola from B. astuta, especially
the grooving of the incisors, stating that they are to be found also in
young examples of B. astuta, and that they are features that probably
disappear with age. Dr. Dugés’s remarks respecting other characters,
as well as this, show that he has evidently confounded the two species.
In respect to the trilobed border of the incisors, which Cordero refers —
to as having “Ja figura de una flor de lis,” I may say that I have been
unable to find any traces of this character in wholly unworn teeth of B.
astuta, while in B. sumichrasti it persists in the very oldest specimens,
and is even present in one example in which the teeth are all very much
worn and some of the incisors are broken off, the two or three remaining
incisors still showing the grooves and the resulting lobed cutting-edge.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—Neither De Saussure, Peters, nor
Cordero state definitely the localities whence their specimens of this
animal were received. -De Saussure gives merery *‘Mexique, and Peters

340 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

says “aus Centralamerica.” Cordero’s introductory remarks seem to
imply that his specimens were obtained in the vicinity of Jalapa. It is
not mentioned by Tomes as included in the collection of mammels made
by Mr. Salvin at Duefias, Guatemala,* nor by Dr. von Frantzius in his
list of the mammals of Costa Rica.t Consequently the only information
T can give is limited to the material I have had opportunity of examining.
The localities reprsented are Jalapa, Mirador, and Tehuantepec, Mexico,
and La Palma, Costa Rica. As Cordero refers to his having examined
eight or ten specimens, it is doubtless not uncommon about Jalapa, and
probably ranges throughout Southern Mexico, Guatemala, and Costa
Rica. To what extent the habitats of the two species of Bassaris over-
lap still remains to be determined. The above-mentioned Orizaba speci-
men of B. astuta shows that the two species occur together in the State
of Vera Cruz, and B. astuta may be inferred to be the prevailing form
about the city of Mexico.

*Report on a Collection of Mammals made by Osbert Salvin, Esq., F. Z.§., at
Duefias, Guatemala, with notes on some of the species by Mr. Fraser. By Robert F.
Tomes, Corr. Mem. Z. 8. < Proc. Zo6él. Soc. Lond., 1861, pp. 278-288.

tDie Siinugethiere Costaricas, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geographischen Ver-
breitung der Siingethiere Amerikas. Yon Dr. A. von Frantzius. < Archiv fiir Natur-
geschichte, 1869, i, pp. 247-325.

Art. XEX.—The American Bembecidz: Tribe Stizini.
By W. H. Patton.

STIZINI.

Labrum exserted, entire. Submedial cell of the posterior wings extend-
ing far beyond the medial cell on the externo-medial nervure. Inter-
mediate tibiz armed with two spines at the apex. Ocelli perfect; the
posterior ocelli smaller than the anterior one.

Group. SPHECII.

Marginal cell lanceolate, extending beyond the tip of the third sub-
marginal. Submarginal vein beneath the second submarginal cell flexed
to meet the first recurrent nervure, the latter inserted nearly in a line
with the portion of the submarginal vein beyond. Submedial cell of the
posterior wings broad and terminated by a sinuous transverse nervure.
?, Spurs of the posterior tibie greatly enlarged; a subtriangular en-
closure on the dorsal valve of the abdomen. ¢, A single spine at the
apex of the abdomen; sixth ventral segment elongate and acute, hiding
the seventh ventral; pleural lobes of the seventh segment not distinct.

SPHECIUS Dahlb. (1843).

Syn. Hogardia Lepel. (1845).
Stizus Smith (nec Latr.).
Type: Sphecius speciosus (Drury) Dahlb.

Head well rounded out behind the eyes; the axes of the eyes parallel,
the inner margin slightly excavated above. Clypeus subtriangular, the
upper corner squarely cut off, the lower edge slightly rounded out on
each side and sinuated in the middle. Labrum with its length not half
as great as its breadth. Mandibles stout, very unequally bidentate.
Antenne of similar form in the two sexes, thickened towards the tip,
the third joint equalling in length the two following taken together, the
antenne of the male not armed with spines, and the apical joint neither
lengthened nor excavated. The 4th to the 13th joints of the male
antenne with a narrow groove beneath. Legs stout, the pulvillus large.
Legs of the female very strongly spinose; joints of the anterior tarsi not
produced at the tip, fringed externally with spines which are not half
as long as the apical joint of the tarsus; the two basal joints of the
intermediate tarsi produced at the tip externally, the process terminating

in a stout spine; basal joint of the posterior tarsi long; the spurs of the
341

342 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

posterior tibize flattened and dilated, the inner spur curved and almost
or quite equalling the basal joint of the tarsus in length. Legs of the
male not so stout and not so spinose; basal joints of the intermediate
tarsi not produced, the basal joint not dilated and not excavated; the
spurs of the posterior tibiz not half as long as the basal joint of the
tarsus. Tip of the abdomen of the female with a well defined, elongated
dorsal area. Eighth ventral segment of the male armed with a stout,
curved spine, the tip of which is usually exserted, the rest of the eighth
segment concealed, but both the dorsal and ventral ares form chitinous
plates. The claspers of moderate size. Apex of the abdomen in both
sexes acute.

Say, in describing grandis, pointed out the fact that that species,
together with speciosus, should be set apart from Stizus proper, and
gave, as a character to separate the two groups, the absence of a spine
at the tip of the abdomen in the males of the: larger species. Say’s
figure of grandis 6 represents the abdomen in a contracted state. It is °
therefore probable that the spine, being withdrawn, was overlooked by
him; for the central spine is large in Sphecius, but is capable of being
withdrawn out of sight, as are also the three spines of Stizus unicinctus.
Both Dahlbom and Lepeletier separated the genera on account of differ-
ences in venation.

Unless the Australian Stizus pectoralis Smith (©. H. B. M. iv, p. 337,2,
and Cruise Curagoa, pl. xliv, f. 6, 1873) belongs here, this genus appears
to be exclusively American.

Sphecia, Hiibner (1816) does not seem sufficiently like “ Sphecius” to
invalidate the latter name by its priority; but if it did, Hogardia, and
not Stizus, should be used.

1. SPHECIUS SPECIOSUS.

Sphex speciosus Drury, Exotic Ins. ii, 71, t. 38, f.1, 9 (1773).
Vespa tricincta Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 254 (1793); Syst. Piez. 254 (1804).
Stizus speciosus Lepel. et Serv., Encycl. Méth. x, 496, t. 382, f. 6, 9 (1825).
Stizus speciosus Westwood’s Ed. Drury, Ex. Ins. ii, 77, pl. xxxviii, f. 1, 9 (1837).
Stizus speciosus Blanchard, Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat., Atlas, vol. ii, Hym. pl. 2, f.
3, 6, £.7, 2 (1849). :
Stizus speciosus Smith, Cat. H. B. M. iv, 336 (1856).
Stizus speciosus Pack., Proc. E. §. P. vi, 442, 9 (1867).
Stizus speciosus Walsh, Am. Ent. i, 129, f. 103, and ii, 87, f. 57, ¢ (1869-70).
Stizus speciosus Wood, Ins. Abroad, 473, f. 252, 3, f. 253, 9.
Sphecius speciosus Dahlb., Hym. Eur. i, 154, 9 (1843), and i, 480, 9 (1845).
Hogardia speciosa Lepel., Hym. iii, 290 (1845).
Var. b. Stizus grandis Say, West. Quart. Rep. ii, 77 (1823), and Am. Ent. p. 3, pl. 2, f. 1,
9, £2, 4.
Stizus grandis Pack., Proc. E.8.P. vi, 442, 9 (1867).
Stizus grandis Riley, First Ann. Rep. Ins. Mo. 27, f. 12, 9 (1869).
Stizus grandis Walsh, Am. Ent. i, 8, f.3, 9, and 129, f. 102, 9 (1869).
Var.c. Stizus fervidus Cress., Trans. Am. E.S. iv, 223, 9 (1872).

The species is found from Connecticut to Texas. After repeated com-
parisons of specimens, I am unable to find any specific characters for

No. 3] PATTON ON THE AMERICAN STIZINI. 343

separating grandis and fervidus from speciosus; and I have no doubt
that the same remark will apply to Nevadensis and Hogardii, and per-
haps to spectabilis. At any rate, no specific characters are pointed out
in the descriptions of those species sufficient to establish a distinction.
The color of the body varies from black to ferruginous, and the yellow
bands of the abdomen vary in number, size, and shape, but the type is
the same in all. The claspers in the males of the four varieties are
identical.

Var. d. convallis—?, Ferruginous, antenne except two or three of
the basal joints, mandibles except at base, and tarsal. claws except at
base, black. Wings colored as in speciosus. A small yellow spot on
each side of the second segment of the abdomen. Inner spur of poste-
rior tibiz no longer than the outer spur, and not reaching the tip of the
first tarsal joint. In speciosus, the inner spur usually reaches to the tip
of the first tarsal joint, and slightly surpasses the outer spur. Length
1.25 in.—4, Differs in having a yellow spot on each side of the first,
second, and third segments of the abdomen, the spots on the second
and third segments almost united; four yellow spots on the second
ventral segment faintly connected to form a band; the breast marked
with black, and the labrum, clypeus, and tubercles tinged with yellow.
Length 1 in.—Yosemite Valley, Cal. (Mr. F. V. McDonald).

Walsh had no good reason (Am. Ent. i, 162, Apr. 1869) for changing
the name of the African Stizus grandis Lepel. to St. gigas. At the time
the African species was described, Say’s grandis did not belong to the
genus Stizus. Walsh’s genus Stizus is not the same as Lepeletier’s.
Indeed, Walsh incorrectly referred his new species brevipennis to his own
genus Stizus. At present, moreover, Stizus grandis Say, having become
a synonym of speciosus, cannot conflict with any other species.

L have observed this wasp dragging its prey, the Cicada pruinosa Say.
The Cicada, paralyzed by the sting of the wasp, was placed upon its back
with the wings folded. The wasp, standing over it, caught hold of the
bases of the wings with the claws of her intermediate tarsi, and, walking
upon her anterior and the tips of her posterior tarsi, dragged the Cicada
head foremost over the ground, the intermediate tarsi of the wasp ex-
tending from the bases of the wings to the eyes of the Cicada. Proceed-
ing in this manner, and with an occasional flutter of the wings if harassed,
she ascended a small evergreen tree, probably to attain an elevation
from which to take flight, and was there lost to view.

2. SPHECIUS NEVADENSIS.
Stizus Nevadensis Cress., Trans. A. E. 8. v, 99, g (1875); Rep. U.S. Survey West
of the 100th Meridian, v, 716, pl. 33, f. 1, ¢ (1876).

Habitat: Nevada and Utah.

3. SPHECIUS HOGARDII.
Sticus Hogardii Latr., Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv, 100, t. 13, f. 12, 9 (1804).
Stizus Hogardii Lepel. et Serv., Encycl. Méth. x, 496, 9 (1825).
Stizus Hogardii Smith, C. H. B. M. iv, pl. viii, f. 4, 9 (1856).

344 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Stizus Hogardii OCress., Proc. E. 8. P. iv, 145, g 9 (1865).

Stizus Hogardii Pack., Proc. E. 8. P. vi, 443, 9 (1867).

Hogardia rufescens Lepel., Hym. iii, 289, t. 28, f.5, 9 (1845).
Hogardia rufescens Guer., La Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vii, 320 (1857).

Habitat: Cuba, St. Domingo.

4, SPHECIUS SPECTABILIS.
Stizus spectabilis Tasch., Zeit. ges. Nat. xlv, 360; g 9 (1875).
Habitat: Brazil.

Group. STIZI.

Marginal cell ovate-lanceolate, not extending as far as the third sub-
marginal cell. Submarginal vein not flexed to meet the first recwrrent
nervure; the first recurrent nervure curved at the apex and inserted at
an angle. Submedial cell of posterior wings terminated by a straight
transverse nervure. 9, Spurs of posterior tibiz not dilated, reaching
only to the middle of the first tarsal joint. g, Three spines, or only one,
at the apex of the abdomen; the sixth ventral segment transverse;
pleural lobes of the seventh segment separated by an incision and a
suture from the tergum.

MEGASTIZUS 0. g. °

Type: Stizus brevipennis Walsh.

Highth ventral segment of the male forming a broad, tridentate spine.
Basal joint of intermediate tarsi not dilated and not excavated. Labrum
with its length not half as great as its breadth. Submedial cell of the
posterior wings narrow, extending no more than its own breadth beyond
the origin of the transverse medial nervure.—Head well rounded out
behind the eyes; axes of the eyes parallel, the inner margin very
slightly excavated above. Face broader than in Sphecius; clypeus
transverse, hexagonal, the upper side straight, the lower side excavated.
The piece between the clypeus and the antennz longer than in Sphecius,
but not keeled as in Stizus. Mandibles short and stout, very unequally
- bidentate. Antenne slender, thickest at the ninth jpint, which is shorter
than any other excepting the second; third joint arcuated, as long as
the fourth and fifth taken together. The antennz of the male unarmed,
the apical joint slender like the preceding joints, much excavated
beneath, the apex subtruncate; the antennz not grooved and not pitted
beneath; longer than in the female. Body robust, abdomen of the male
elongate and surpassing the wings. Thorax short, metathorax vertically
truncate; the base of the abdomen subtruncate and sessile. Legs stout,
the pulvillus large. Anterior tarsi short, joints two to four transverse ;
anterior tarsi of the female slightly dilated exteriorly, but the joints not
produced at the tip, fringed externally with spines equalling the fifth
joint in length. Intermediate tarsi simple in both sexes, strongly
spinose in the female. Spurs of the posterior tibiz not half as long as
the first tarsal joint. Sixth dorsal segment of the female suddenly nar-

Wo, 3.] PATTON ON THE AMERICAN STIZINI. 345

rowed just before the tip, the disk of this narrowed portion bounded
laterally and posteriorly by a raised line, otherwise there is no dorsal
area. Seventh ventral segment of the male triangular; the dorsal
segment large and arched, its border rounded and very slightly sinuate,
the pleural pieces beneath large, subtriangular. The eighth dorsal seg-
ment of the male large and well formed, but concealed; the eighth
ventral represented (in the type) by a large and flat tridentate spine.
The claspers very large and complex.

1. MEGASTIZUS BREVIPENNIS.
Stizus brevipennis Walsh, Am. Ent. i, 162, ¢ (April, 1869).
Larra Brendeli Taschenberg, Zeit. gesammten Nat. xlv, 361, g (1875).

To Mr. 8S. W. Williston we are indebted for the discovery of the female
of this species. In coloration it differs from the male only in having the
third and the last joints of the antenne mostly ferruginous and the
tenth and eleventh joints spotted with ferruginous beneath, and in
having the spots upon the scutellum of larger size.—Taken in Northwest-
ern Kansas, Sept. 15th. The species varies slightly. The tegule and
the stripe above them vary from yellow to ferruginous, the scutellum
and base of postscutellum are sometimes tinged with ferruginous, the
spots upon the venter vary in size, and two spots are often present on
the second segment, the bands upon the third and fourth dorsal segments
vary in width and may be either continuous or interrupted.

Habitat: Illinois, Walsh and Brendel; Kansas, Williston and Snow;
Texas, Heiligbrodt.

2. MEGASTIZUS TEXANUS.
Stizus texanus Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iv, 222, ¢ 2 (1872).
Habitat: Texas.

SPHECIENUS n. g. (Sphecius, voc).

Syn. Sphecius A. Costa (nec. Dahlb.).
Type: Sphecienus nigricornis (Stizus nigricornis Duf.).

Highth ventral segment of the male armed with one stout spine.
Terminal joint of the male antenne elongate, arcuate. Basal joint of
the intermediate tarsi of the male excavated beneath and dilated.
Labrum semicircular. Submedial cell of posterior wings broad.—Not
an American genus.

BEMBECINUS Costa (I. Nap., Expla. Plates, Aug. ’59).

Syn. Bembecinus and Stizomorphus A. Costa, Fauna Naples, Text (Feb. 1859).
Type: Bembecinus tridens (Bembecinus meridionalis Costa and Stizomorphus tridens Costa,
Vespa tridens Fabr.).

Eighth ventral segment of the male tridentate. Two of the terminal
joints of the male antenne armed with a spine beneath. Submedial cell
of the posterior wings narrow, extending no more than its own breadth
beyond the origin of the transverse medial nervure.—Not an American
genus.

346 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

STIzZUS Latr. (1802).

Syn. Larra Sm. (nec Latr.).
Bicyrtes Lepel.
Type: Stizus tridentatus (Crabro tridentatus Fabr., Stizus bifasciatus Latr.).

Eighth ventral segment of the male tridentate ; 7. e., armed with three
spines. Male antenne unarmed; the apical joint excavated beneath,
not elongate. Labrum with the length two-thirds of the breadth. Sub-
medial cell of the posterior wings narrow, extending much more than
its own breadth beyond the origin of the transverse medial nervure.—
Head transversely flattened posteriorly, the cheeks behind the eyes be-
ing obsolete or in a plane with the occiput. Hyes distant on the vertex,
converging beneath, the inner margin very slightly excavated above.
Clypeus subquadrate, the breadth a little greater in the female, the
length in the male; the sides somewhat rounded, both the upper and
lower margins excavated. <A slight carina between the antenne.
Mandibles slender, pointed, entirely unarmed in either sex. Apical
joints of the male antenne pitted beneath. Legs slender, the pulvillus
small. Anterior tarsi of the female slightly dilated, the basal joints.
produced at the tip externally; ciliate externally with spines, which
equal the fifth joint in length. Dorsal valve of the female without
enclosure, pointed; dorsal valve of the male shorter and obtuse, depressed
and not large. Highth ventral segment of the male with only the tips
of the spines prominent; claspers small and slender.

Smith (C. H. B. M. iv, 337, 1856) quotes Stizuws from Latreille’s Gen.
Crust. et Ins. iv (1804), and states that Stizus Hogardii was Latreille’s
type, but erroneously, for it was in 1802 that Latreille, in his Hist.
Nat. vol. iii, established the genus Stizus, and gave bifasciatus and
rujficormis aS species under it, without mentioning Hogardii. In 1805,
Hist. Nat. vol. xiii, Latreille Aaded tridens to the genus.

Klug, in the Sakae Physice, Insecta, vol. v (1829), without defining
the genus, treats of species of Stizus under the generic name JLarra,
erroneously quoting Fabricius as the authority for the latter genus.

Smith also gives Larra vespiformis as the type of this genus; but that
Species is not mentioned by Latreille, and if it should prove to be gen-
erically distinct from bifasciatus would belong to anew genus. Stizus
unicnctus Say is the American representative of bifasciatus. Some of
the species here catalogued will require to be placed in distinet genera.

1. STIZUS UNICINCTUS.

Stizus unicinctus Say, West. Quart. Rep. 1i,77 (1823); Am. Ent. 4, pl.2,f.3 and
4, g (1824).

Larra unicincta Cress., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. iv, 472 (1865).

Larra unicincta Pack., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. vi, 444, $ 9 (1867).

Habitat: Kansas, Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, Texas.

2. STYIZUS SERVILLIL.

Bicyrtes Servillii Lepel., Hym. iii, 53, 9 (1845).
Larra Servillit Smith, C. H. B. M. iv, 350 (1856).

Habitat: Philadelphia.

No. 3.] PATTON ON THE AMERICAN STIZINI.

3. STIZUS MONEDULOIDES.

Larra moneduloides Smith, C. H. B. M. iv, 346, ¢ 9 (1856).
' Habitat: Florida.

4. STIZUS CINGULATUS. °
Larra cingulata Smith, C. H. B. M. iv, 340, 9 (1856),
Habitat: Brazil.

5. STIZUS DUBIUS.
Larra dubia Smith, C. H. B. M. iv, 348, g (1856).
Habitat: Villa Nova, Brazil.

6. STIZUS AGILIS.

Larra agilis Smith, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xii, 402 (1873).

Habitat: Ega, Brazil.

7. STIZUS BICINCTUS.
Larra bicincta Tasch., Zeit. ges. Nat. xlv, 364, 9 (1875).
Habitat: Mendoza, Argentine Republic.

Bull. v, 3——2

347

Deeb Won 6
ae ‘head
errr as

Art. XX.—HList of a Collection of Aculeate Hymenop-
tera made by Mr. S. W. Blears: im Northwestern
Kamsas. 69

> Cae

By W. Hi. Patton.

The collection here named is of interest, not only for the great rarity
of several of the species, but for the exact information given in regard
to locality and date. These latter points are too often neglected by
collectors in the West. The species included in the main list were all
taken within a few minutes’ time from a patch of golden-rod in North-
western Kansas, on the 8th of September, 1877

SCOLIADi.

1. MyZINE NAMEA (Fabr.), 32.

Syn. 9 Meria collaris Say.
g Sapyga subulata Say.

2. MYZINE INTERRUPTA (Say) Smith, °.

Syn. 9 Meria costata Say.
g Myzine hamata Say.
& Myzine menechma Lepel.

3. TIPHIA INORNATA (Say), ?

4, PARATIPHIA ALBILABRIS (Spin.), 2
Syn. ¢ Tiphia albilabris Spin., Ann. Ent. Soc. France, x, p. 98 (1841).—Lepel.,
Hym. iii, p. 556 (1845).

2, Length 8™™ to 9™™. Black; mandibles, the tip excepted, anterior
tarsi, claws of all the tarsi and tip of the abdomen rufo-piceous; edge
of the clypeus and the flagellum beneath piceous; pubescence white,
segments of the abdomen with a fringe of pubescence which is inter-
rupted or narrowed on the disk of all the segments excepting the fifth.
Body coarsely punctured, posterior margin of the collar and the tegule
without punctures, punctures on disk of thorax and scutellum less
numerous than elsewhere, sides of prothorax and metathorax longitudi-
nally striate; upper face of the metathorax without punctures, finely
rugose laterally, the triangular space enclosed by two carinw and
divided by a median longitudinal carina, the truncated posterior face of
the metathorax slightly concave, finely g fanalated, bounded by a carina.

Posterior femora with a slight angle near the middle of the lower edge.
349

350 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Wings white-hyaline, nervures testaceous, stigma black. First segment
of the abdomen squarely truncate, the truncation bounded by a carina
and “suture,” the base of the second segment with a transverse space,
narrowed laterally, marked off by a slight carina.

From the ¢ of the Mexican Paratiphia Sumichrasti (Epomidiopteron
Sumichrasti Sichel, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spee. Gen. Scolia, p. 267), this
species differs in the color of the wings and pubescence, in that species
the wings being tinted with ferruginons and the pubescence with red.

These 2 specimens differ from the description of the Californian ¢
albilabris (the only sex described hitherto) in the white-hyaline wings, in
the nervures and costa not being exactly “rufous,” and in the clypeus
not being white. But the white clypeus is a male sexual character of
the genus; in P. Sumichrasti the color of the nervures varies, and in all
the specimens of albilabris which I have seen the nervures and costa
are black. Yet in specimens of albilabris ¢ the wings have not the
white tinge which is apparent in these 2 specimens. iat.

In albilabris 3 the metathorax has two small rectangular enclosures

on the disk, and a transverse row of similar reticulations on the obli-
quely deflexed posterior border just above the carina, which limits the
posterior truncation. The base of the mandibles is sometimes white.
It differs from the ¢ of Sumichrasti in the posterior border of the first
abdominal segment not extending over the second segment ip the form
of an angle so as to give the appearance of a “‘subcordiform suture.”

The genus Paratiphia (Sichel in Sauss. & Sichel, Cat. Spec. Scolia, p.
269) differs from Hpomidiopteron in the distinct stigma of the 2 and the
large stigma of the ¢, in the second submarginal cell being as large as
the first, and in both the first and second receiving the recurrent ner-
vures beyond the middle, in the unenlarged tegule, in the triangular
form of the enclosure on the metathorax of the ?,in the transverse
carina on the sessile first segment of the abdomen, and in the second
ventral segment not being tuberculate. It agrees with Tiphia in the
distinct stigma, large second submarginal cell, and unenlarged tegule,
but differs in the other characters in which it differs from Hpomidiop-
teron, and also differs from Tiphia in the partial division of the first
submarginal cell into two by an abbreviated vein descending from the
marginal cell. In the presence of this vein it agrees with Hpomidiop-
teron, but I find alsoa rudiment of the vein in some specimens of Tiphia
inornata Say. The three genera agree in having the marginal cell open
in the 2 and closed in the ¢. iss

In Paratiphia the eyes are slightly sinuate within. The ¢ differs
from the ¢ in the clypeus being white, in the mandibles being tridentate,
the two inner teeth minute, in the sculpture of the metathorax, and in
the dorsal valve having a median carina.

5. SCOLIA LECONTEI Cress., ?

G6. SCOLIA OCTO-MACULATA Say, °.

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 351

POMPILID A.
7. PEPSIS C&RULEA Linn., °.

8. CEROPALES TEXANA Cregs., 3.

These specimens agree well with the brief description of the species,
but there is a fine white iine on the postevior orbits, and the white spots
at the base of the abdomen are on the first segment and not on the
“second.” This is probably the male of ni gripes Cress.

9. POMPILUS ICHNEUMONIFORMIS 0. sp., &.

Length 16°". Elongate; pale ferruginous with yellow markings; face
yellow, clypeal suture, space about ocelli, a line connecting it with the
top of the eyes and a forked line (bounded by ferruginous) connecting it
with the insertion of the antenne, black; clypeus truncate, narrowly
bordered with ferruginous, and with a quadrate ferruginous spot, broad
posterior orbits yellow; antenne ferruginous, scape yellow beneath,
fifth and following joints black above; labrum cleft, the epipharynx
Shorter and concealed ; mandibles short, and with a slight notch near
the tip, yellow, the tip rufo-piceous. Margin cf*prothorax subangular;
lateral and posterior margins of prothorax, four lines on mesothorax,
the tegulz, a spot on each side of the scutellum and a narrow posterior
border of the scutellum, postscutellum and a spot on each side, large
spot beneath the posterior wing, line beneath the anterior wing, large
spot above the intermediate cox, broad band on the metathorax pos-
teriorly, the elevated margin beyond (interrupted medially), and a dot
on each side beneath, all pale yellow; sutures of the thorax, pectus, and
cox within black; legs pale ferruginous, spots or stripes on the cox,
tips of the four anterior femora, the tibiz, and the tarsi yellow; the
tibize beneath, the tips of the posterior pair, and the tips of the tarsal
joints ferruginous.. Claws of all the tarsi with a short tooth beneath,
the claws of the anterior tarsi with the tooth a little beyond the middle,
the other claws with the tooth at the middle. All the spines of the
anterior tarsi much shorter than the second joint of the tarsus; first joint
with five spines externally in addition to those at the tip, two of che
spines situated lower than the others and a little smaller; second and
third joints each with one spine in the middle. Wings as in interruptus
(Say); yellowish varied with fuscous, the fuscous shade more distinct in
a stripe beneath the marginal cell and in the second discoidal cell; mar-
ginal cell oyate-lanceolate, third submarginal cell much narrowed toward
the marginal and smaller than the second submarginal cell; submedial
cell of the posterior wings extending well beyond the medial cell on the
externo-medial nervure. Abdomen with the extreme base of the first
segment and the visible seventh dorsal segment* black ; narrow borders

*In Betis the sixth ventral is longer than the sixth aera ae hee re is present
a membranous piece filling up the space thus left vacant; in Agenia the sixth ventral
is also longer than the sixth dorsal, but the space is only partially filled by the piece

-B52 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

of segments one, two, and three fuscous; broad bands at the base of
segments one to four, narrowed in the middle, two spots at the base of
the fifth segment, base of the first ventral segment, and spots on the
second and third ventral segments yellow; the second to the fifth ven-
tral segment stained with fuscous.

P. interruptus (Say) agrees in the structure of the feet and the form of
the labrum and mandibles, but the mandibles have two short and blunt
teeth near the apex. As the wings of the Kansas specimen are badly
worn, it is probable that the teeth of the mandibles have been worn off
also.

P. navus Cress. appears to be exactly intermediate in coloration be-
tween this species and P. interruptus. From navus this species differs
in the much paler ground-color and the more extended yellow markings
throughout, and in the absence of all black from the thorax, excepting
the pectus and incisures. In the Southern States occurs another form
resembling interruptus more in the markings, and ichnewmoniformis in
the ground-color. It is probable that the four will be united under one
variable species.

10. POMPILUS WILLISTONI n. sp.,?.

Length 21™". Dark ferruginous; wings fuscous, with a blue reflection,
a large subapical spot on the anterior wings and the broad posterior
borders of the posterior wings paler fuscous; costal and marginal
cells and all the nervures of the anterior wings, except the apical ones,
stained with yellow. Clypeus truncate at the apex. Labrum cleft in
the middle, the epipharynx large and broad, extending beyond the
labrum proper. Mandibles long, with two teeth on the inner border
beyond the middle, the proximal tooth the smaller. The face yellow-
ferruginous, a broad line above the median section of the clypeal suture,
and a space enclosing the ocelli and connected with the insertion of the
antenne black, narrow posterior orbits yellow; mandibles yellowish,
the tips black, antennz black, the five basal joints ferruginous. Poste-
rior margin of prothorax subangular; posterior border of prothorax, the
tegulz and a line above, the postscutellum, angles of metathorax, tips
of femora, stripe on tibiee, and the tarsi dull yellow; tibize and tips
of tarsal joints fuivous; prothorax anteriorly and the anterior border
of the mesothorax, sutures of the thorax, the pectus, the coxe, tro-
chanters and base of femora (extending into a stripe on the posterior pair)
black. Claws of the four posterior tarsi with a simple median tooth;
claws of the anterior tarsi with a stout truncated tooth beyond the

which I regard as a part of the seventh dorsal segment. These are the only instances
in which an external seventh segment has been recognized in the 2 of the Aeculeate
Hymenoptera. In Priocnemis the sixth dorsal segment is produced and as long as sixth
ventral, which it completely covers. Since the above left my hands I have found this
seventh dorsal segment of the 9 externally apparent in Pelopeus, Priononyx, Harpacto-
pus, and Ammophila, and its edge apparent in Chalybion, Chlorion, Isodontia, and Sphex—
i.e., in all the typical Sphecidee—, being in each case closely appressed to the sixth
ventral segment and forming the real dorsal valve.

No. 3.] _ PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 353

middle, forwardly directed, and giving to the claws the appearance of
being cleft. Anterior tarsi armed with eight stout spines, each spine as
Jong as the second joint of the tarsus, the spines arranged one at the tip
of each of the four basal joints, two additional ones on the first joint,
and one each on the middle of the second and third joints. Marginal
cell ovate-lanceolate; third submarginal cell a littie larger than the
Second, narrowed one-half towards the marginal; submedial cell of poste-
rior wings extending weil beyond the medial cell on the externo-medial
nervure. Abdomen with obscure spots on base of the second segment
and broad bands at the base of seginents three to five, deeply emargi-
nate posteriorly, dull yellow. Extreme base and the apical margin of
the first segment black. ;

A second specimen, length 18", is much paler in color and the wings
are yellowish-fuscous with darker borders and longitudinal stripe; the
clypeal suture only is black, there is no black line between the ocelli
and antenn, and there are yellow spots on the prothorax anteriorly
and on the scutellum; the cox and thorax, excepting a spot on the
pectus and some of the sutures, are without black markings, and the
yellow markings on the abdomen are more distinct.

This species agrees in the structure of head and tarsi and in the vena-
tion of wings with P.algidus Smith and may be the Western form of
that species, but the wings are much paler and the coloring throughout
is much paler. In algidus the third submarginal cell is no longer than
the second in the specimens compared.

- SPHECIDA.

11. AMMOPHILA PROCERA Dahlb.,¢.
Syn. Ammophila gryphus Smith.

12. AMMOPHILA INTERCEPTA Lepel., 2.
Syn. Ammophila procera Lepel. (nec Dahlb.).

13. AMMOPHILA ABERTI Hald., Stans. Salt Lake Ex. p. 368 (1852).
Four female specimens agreeing with Haldeman’s description recover
this species to science. Haldeman’s single specimen had neither head
nor anterior wings. The wings are yellowish hyaline with rufo-testa-
ceous nervures. The head is black, with thin white pubescence on
cheeks and mandibles; the face about antenne and the cheeks silvery;
the margin of clypeus and middle of mandibles ferruginous. The
punctures on the head are very slight, those on the clypeus larger; the
clypeus arcuately produced, subtruncate anteriorly ; mandibles with
two teeth on the inner border, the proximal tooth small (mandi-
bles similar to those of A. violaceipennis, but stouter); labrum elongate,
the length to the breadth as three to two, the anterior border angular.
Prothorax with a notch above; mesothorax with a median groove,
an impressed line above the tegule anteriorly, a longitudinal depres-
‘sion on each side posteriorly, mesothorax finely punctured, the seutel-

304 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

lum more densely punctured; enclosure of metathorax sharply and
densely striate obliquely. First and fifth joints of the posterior tarsi
shaded with black. First segment of,the abdomen more or less black
above, sometimes a black line on the base of the second segment above;
the fourth and fifth segments vary from entirely black to red with @
black spot above.

14. PRIONONYX ATRATA (Lepel.) Sm.,é %.

15. HARPACTOPUS RUFIVENTRIS (Cress.), 2.
Syn. Sphex rufiventris Cress., Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. iv, p. 211.

In this specimen, one of the spiracles of the first segment of the

abdomen is situated upon a protuberance. The claws of the tarsi are
rufo-piceous, except at the base.

The males described below appear to be the Sphexr abdominalis Cress.
(from which they differ oniy in the abdomen being entirely black), and
are regarded by me as the male of H. rufiventris, with which they agree
in all points of sculpture. Length five-eighths to six-eighths of an inch.
Black; mandibles near the tip and the margin of the tegule piceous;
wings violaceous, fuscous, the apical border darker, claws of the tarsi
rufo-piceous except at the base; margins of the abdominal segments
dull piceous. Vertex very delicately and closely punctured, with shal-
low punctures of larger size intermixed; ocelli enclosed by a delicate
impressed line, the anterior ocellus enclosed in a slight depression, from
which three lines (or one line) extend anteriorly, and one line extends
to the enclosing line posteriorly. Pronotum and mesonotum delicately
roughened, the latter with two slight longitudinal ridges anteriorly en-
closing a narrow smooth area; metathorax delicately striate transversely.
Abdomen very slightly and sparsely punetured, petiole a little longer
than the posterior coxe. The fourth and fifth ventral segments are
clothed with a fine brownish pile, which is visible only when viewed
from the side or in front. In another specimen, the two basal joints of -
the antermz and a broad band on the vertex behind the ocelli are dull
ferruginous, and the second segment of the abdomen has a piceous
tinge.

Harpactopus leviventris (Sphex leviventris Cress., Proc. Ent. Soe.
Phila. iv, p. 463) differs from the other species (according to the deserip-
tion) in the thorax being smooth above and the face of the male being
adorned with silvery pile.

16. SPHEX ICHNEUMONEA Linn., 3°.
CRABRONID A.
LARRITES.

17. LARRA a:THIOPS (Cress.), 4

More coarsely and closely punctured fhe the typical form from Colo-
rado. The clypeus is elesely punctured and opake, the metathorax

No. 3.) PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 355

transversely rugose, and the abdomen distinctly punctured. The median
portion of the clypeus, in the male, is produced, its margin rounded,
not dentate; the mandibles are not dentate within, or have two or three
minute notches. The margins of several segments of the abdomen have
a silvery reflection at the sides.

18. TACHYTES CELEBS 2. sp., ¢.

Length 105°", Black; the head, thorax, legs, and base of the abdo-
men clothed with white or silvery pubescence, particularly brilliant on
the face. A slight pit behind the ocelli, from which an impressed line
extends upon the vertex; median portion of the clypeus produced, the
process glabrous, margined with an impressed line, the apex broadly
truncate, a slight notch at the base of the process on each side; labrum
concealed, its tip transverse and entire, as in abdominalis 2, where the
tip is exposed ; mandibles bidentate within, the distal tooth the smaller ;
third and fourth joints of the antenne narrowed at the base and wid-
ened at the apex, the eleventh and several preceding joints dilated
posteriorly, the twelfth and thirteenth joints not at all dilated. Thorax
and abdomen microscopically punctured ; metathorax subtruncate, a
small pit at the apex above the truncation, and an elongated depression
beneath the truncation. Apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous. Wings
hyaline, the tegule and nervures honey-yellow. Two basal segments of
the abdomen red; margins of the four basal segments silvery; apical
segment with no enclosure, silvery. Venter with scattered punctures ;
the eighth segment slightly narrowed towards the broadly sinuate apex.

This is probably the ¢ of abdominalis Say, although Mr. Cresson has
suggested that his T. rufo-fasciata may occupy that position.

PHILANTHINZ.

19. PHILANTHUS VENTILABRIS Fabr. var. FRONTALIS Cress., 3.
Syn. Philanthus frontalis Cress.
This specimen has no yellow spot on the mandibles, and there are two
or three black dots in a line, just above the antenne, separating the
frontal spot from the yellow face.

20. PHILANTHUS INVERSUS 0. sp.,&.

Length 12™™,. Pale greenish-yellow; head, thorax, and first segment
of the abdomen with a loose white pubescence; face finely punctured,
vertex more coarsely and confluently punctured; thorax densely pune-
tured, the punctures on disk of mesothorax and seutellum less numeréus,
sides of the enclosure of metathorax impunctured and polished; abdo-
men coarsely punctured, the punctures less numerous towards the apex
and beneath. Narrow anterior borders of the elypeus and the lateral
borders of the upper lobe, spot on disk of lypeus, spot on each side of
the face lower than the antenna, a zigzag line above the antenn# con-
nected with their base, and in one specimen connected also with the

356 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

lateral spot, space about ocelli connected on each side with the top of
the eye, a stripe extending obliquely backward from the top of the eye
and reaching the occiput in the median line of the posterior border of
the vertex, and the occiput, all black; in one specimen the vertex is
black with two oblique yellow stripes behind the ocelli, and is bordered
on each side posteriorly by the yellow orbital stripes; tips of mandibles
piceous; antennz black above, fulvous beneath, the scape yellow beneath.
Sutures of the thorax more or less broadly, prothorax anteriorly, three
broad stripes on the mesothorax connected both anteriorly and poste-
riorly, spot on each side of the mesopectus, borders of the scutellum (and.
in one specimen the scutellum, excepting two yellow spots, and an inter-
ruption of the band on the postscutellum), a triangular basal spot on the
enclosure of the metathorax (extending posteriorly in one specimen along
the median line to the base of the abdomen), base of the coxe and the
anterior coxe beneath, trochanters more or less, stripe beneath all the
femora and the intermediate tibize, stripe on the four anterior tibize
above and on the femora above but abbreviated on the anterior and
posterior pairs, all black ; anterior tarsi with spatuliform bristles, poste-
rior tibie serrato-spinose. Large spot on anterior face of the first
segment of the abdomen produced into a point posteriorly, narrow basal
margins of the segments more or less produced into a tooth on the disk,
small spot on each side of the second ventral segment, and in one speci-
men a spot on each side of the basal dorsal segment posteriorly, black ;
narrow apical borders of the abdominal segments depressed and pol-
ished, segments slightly constricted; the basal segment little narrower
than the succeeding ones, transverse, subtruncate anteriorly. Wings
subhyaline, nervures and stigma testaceous; submedial cell of the pos-
terior wings extending slightly beyond the medial cell on the externo-
medial nervure. !

In the form of the basal segment of the abdomen and in the punctur-
ing of the abdomen this species resembles P. ventilabris Fabr., but im the
sculpture of the thorax it resembles P. flavifrons Cress.; in coloration it
is very distinct from any other species.

21. HUCERCERIS SUPERBUS Cress., 3.

In this specimen the spot above and between the antenne is connected
with the yellow face below, and the second ventral segment is mostly
yellow ; the coxe are black above, and the tubercles are black with fer-
ruginous borders; a spot on the postscutellum, the apical margins of
the first, second, third, and sixth segments of the abdomen, and the
entire seventh segment are ferruginous; the third and fourth ventral
segments and the apical border of the fifth and sixth ventral segments
are fulvous. The elypeus is three-toothed at the apex, the median tooth
the longest; the lateral lobes of the clypeus are distinctly separated
from the eyes; there is a triangular smooth spot above the intermediate ~
coxe; the third, fourth, and fifth ventral segments have a subapical

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. ane

erect fringe of long curved bristles; the eighth ventral segment is nar-
rowed towards the apex, extends slightly beyond the seventh dor sal,
and is emarginate at the tip.

In the ¢ of EZ. superbus and EF. canaliculatus the clypeus is well sepa-
rated from the eves, and the median lobe has the central tooth lon gest ;
in the ¢ of E. fulvipes and EF. cingulatus the side lobes almost touch the
eyes and the median tooth does not extend beyond the others; but in
the form of the tip of the abdomen ZL. superbus ¢ stands alone and the
three others agree.

There are three distinct sections in the genus Eucerceris represented
by zonatus, canaliculatus, and fulvipes. To the first belong also superbus
and laticeps.

22. EUCERCERIS LATICEPS Cress., ?.

This specimen differs from the description of the 2 from Massachusetts
in the following particulars: there is no whitish line on the collar, the
vellow spots on the sides of the second segment of the abdomen are each
connected internally with a smaller brown spot, the apical segment is
entirely black.

In this species, the clypeus is very short and broad, and apparently
borders the eyes for a considerable distance above the base of the
mandibles; there is no suture marking off the side lobes of the clypeus,
but the fovez are as in Philanthus ; the median lobe is triangularly
produced subapically into a flat obtuse tooth with a depressed margin ;
the margin of the clypeus on each side of the tooth is broadly bisinuate,
the angle between the sinuses being situated beneath the fover;
beneath the tooth of the median lobe is a tuft of a few bristles. The
labrum is slightly rounded anteriorly and has the anterior border sin-
uate. There is a triangular smooth spot above the intermediate coxe ;
the mesopleura have a prominent angle beneath, and behind this angle
a less prominent one. The tip of the sixth ventral segment is deeply
bilobed at the apex, the sting appearing between the lobes.

23. EUCERCERIS CANALICULATUS (Say) Cress., 3 2.
Syn. 2 Cerceris bidentata Say, West. Quart. Rep. ii, 80 (1823)

$ Philanthus canaliculatus Say, West. Quart. Rep. ii, 79 (1825), and Am, |

Ent., p. 111, pl. 49, fig. 1 (1828).
3 Eucerceris canaliculatus Cress., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. v, 112 (1855).

In this species the body is densely punctured, the punctures tending
to form striz upon face, sides cf prothorax, and sides of metathorax;
on the disk of the prothorax and the mesothorax and on the abdomen
_ the punctures are usually less dense, and on the highly polished scutel-
lum and postseutellum they are sparse; the enclosure at base of meta-
thorax is highly polished, and, except at apex, transversely striate, the
apex smooth; on the venter the punctures are slight, and tend to pro-
duce ruge, onl segments three to five (9) or six (4) have a slight me-
dian longitudinal groove; dorsal segments two to five have a transverse,

5

358 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. — [Vol.V.

finely and closely punctured median depression. There is a triangular
smooth spot above the intermediate cox, and in the 2 the mesopleura
are slightly angulated beneath. The antenne are similar in the two
sexes.—In the ? the lateral lobes of the clypeus almost touch the eyes;
these lobes are bounded above by an evenly arched suture, and the me-
dian lobe extends no higher upon the face than the lateral lobes; the
median lobe is depressed, and is terminated by three teeth, the central
tooth minute and having a small tuft of bristles just above it; from the
upper portion of each of the lateral lobes arises a large and blunt conical
tubercle, which in some specimens is slightly curved downwards. The
labrum is slightly narrowed anteriorly, and the anterior border is deeply
and broadly emarginate. The mandibles are stout and armed with a
short, broad tooth near the apex. * The sixth ventral segment is deeply
cleft at the apex, so as to form two flat, parallel, black lobes, between
which the sting is protruded.—In the ¢ fhe lateral lobes of the clypeus
are much narrower, distinctly separated from the eyes, do not extend
as high as the median lobe, and are bounded above by an arched suture,
with the outer side of the arch much longer than the inner; the median
lobe has three teeth at the apex, the central tooth the longest; the
mandibles are more slender and without teeth; the labrum is a narrow,
curved band, concealed under the clypeus. The carine bounding en-
closure on seventh segment of the abdomen terminate in projecting
teeth, and between them extends a process from the eighth ventral seg-
ment, bearing two similar teeth at its apex; the third and fourth yven-
tral segments bear an apical fringe of long, curved bristles, and the
apical margin of the fifth ventral segment has a row of short, evenly cut
-bristles, which are so numerous and closely appressed as to have the
appearance of a rigid chitinous plate. This fringe on the fifth ventral
segment is probably of the same nature as the ‘“‘ waxed moustache” on
the clypeus of 3 Cerceris. |
These specimens show considerable variation in the markings. The
head behind the eyes varies from dark ferruginous to yellow, the vertex
from dark ferruginous to honey-yellow with two pale yellow spots; san
many of the males there is a transverse black band, between the sum-
mits of the eyes, including the ocelli, and in some specimens connected
by slender black lines with the base of antennz, and also connected
with a short black line on the anterior orbit; in other specimens the
yellow of the face is continued upwards to include the oeelli, and the
vertical stripes at the base of antenne are short and ferruginous; the
mesoseutum varies from dark ferruginous with a yellow lateral border
to reddish-vellow, in some specimens there being two median stripes of

yellow; in some males the anterior and posterior borders of the mesoseu- —

tum are black, the black of the anterior border extending upon the disk
in the form of three stripes; the sutures of the thorax vary from black
to ferruginous; the metathorax in all the specimens is entirely or almost
entirely yellow; the legs vary from ferruginous to honey-yellow and to

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 359

pale yellow; the amount of ferruginous on the sutures of the abdomen
varies, the transverse depressions on segments two to five in some speci-
“mens are not marked with ferruginous; the apical segment is mostly
ferruginous, as are also several segments. of the venter. The length
varies from 11™™ to 17™™,

Since 1820, when Thomas Say, while on Major Long’s Expedition to the
Rocky Moneine captured one male and one female specimen which he
described as distinct species under different genera, this species has
remained unrecovered. In establishing a new genus for the reception of
those speciés in which the venation of the male resembles Philanthus and
the venation of the female resembles Cerceris, Mr. Cresson in 1865, re-
lying on Say’s description, referred P. canaliculatus to Eucerceris, while
he left C. bidentata in Cerceris, not suspecting that they were the sexes
of one species. The fine series collected by Mr. Williston enables me to
unite them. The ? may be at once distinguished from all other wasps
by the conical protuberance on the lateral lobes of the clypeus.

24. HUCERCERIS UNICORNIS 0. sp., &.

Side lobes of the clypeus not separated from the median lobe by a
suture, but bounded above by an evenly arched suture, extending from
the fovee to the eyes, the sides of the clypeus touching the eyes.
Anterior margin of the clypeus armed with two remote teeth, between
which is a broad process equalling the teeth in length and having its
border sinuate and its sides thickened ; above the process is a thin fringe
of bristles arising from a ridge at the base of a stout conical tubercle.
This tubercle arises from the basal portion of the median lobe of the
clypeus, and is of the same form and size as the tubercles arising from
the side lobes of the clypeus in the 2 of H#. canaliculatus. The man-
dibles have a stout but short tooth on the middle of the inner margin.
The labrum is narrowed anteriorly, and has its anterior border broadly
emarginate. The sixth ventral segment has two slightly divergent lobes
at the tip, the sting protruding between the lobes. The area on the sixth
dorsal segment narrower than in ZL. canaliculatus and LF. laticeps—Black ;
the head ferruginous, tips of the mandibles, apical half of the antennze
and two stripes passing through the bases of the antenne and uniting
in a spot enclosing the ocelli black; posterior margin of collar and the
postscutellum yellow; tubercles, tegule, legs, and elongate spots on the
sides of the metathorax ferruginous. Head and disk of thorax deeply
and sparsely punctured; the side of thorax and the metathorax densely
punctured, the punctures running into striz; the area above intermediate
cox finely striate, leaving no smooth triangle; pectus sparsely punc-
tured ; mesopleura unarmed; enclosure at the base of the metathorax
polished, divided by a median groove, regularly rugose transversely ;
abdomen deeply and sparsely punctured above, the transverse impres-
sions on the second, third, and fourth segments closely and finely pune-
tured; a fodeetidinal median groove on the raised portion of the ventral

360 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

segments. Yellow fasciz on all the abdominal segments except the last,
the fascia on the first segment notched on the disk, the others much
dilated at the sides, those on the second, third, and fourth segments
abruptly so; narrow anterior margin of the fascia on the first segment,
the extreme sides and the venter of the first and second segments, and
the apical margins of the other ventral segments ferruginous. Wings
hyaline, the marginal and submarginal cells occupied by a smoky stripe,
which is darker and violaceous beyond the stigma, the costa and stigma
yellow. Length 11”".

In a larger specimen (length 14") the ferruginous color is more ex-
tended and of a fulvous tint; on the face there are only a small spot
enclosing ocelli and short stripes at the base of antenne remaining black ;
the collar, tubercles, three spots beneath the wings, two spots on scutel-
lum, the sides of the metathorax almost entirely, the posterior margin
of the metathorax, and the legs are ferruginous; three fine lines on collar,
a dot on the tubercles, a line on the scutellum, and a dot on each side
of the metathorax posteriorly are yellow. The transverse impression on
the second segment of the abdomen is punctured similarly to the other
portions of the segment, the punctures on the vertex and on disk of
thorax are more sparse. The three anterior fasciz of the abdomen are
broadly bordered with ferruginous, and the apical segment and the
venter are entirely ferruginous.

From L. fulvipes Cress., this species differs in being larger, in having
ferruginous markings, in the vertex being more sparsely punctured, and
the enclosure of metathorax being less closely striate. The margin of
the clypeus has two teeth and a median process, and the upper portion
of the median lobe has a stout conical protuberance. In ZH. fulvipes, the
median lobe of the clypeus is flat or slightly convex, and the anterior
margin is armed with four distinct teeth of equal size. In other respects
the species are much alike.

In the ¢ of EH. fulvipes the side lobes of the clypeus are separated from
the median lobe by a short suture, the suture above the lobes is oblique
and the clypeus does not touch the eyes; the middle of the anterior
margin has three short teeth, of which the central one is the smallest.
The fifth ventral segment has a marginal fringe of long curved bristles ;
the eighth ventral segment is produced beyond the seventh dorsal and
its narrowed tip is terminated by two teeth; the limiting carine of the
dorsal area are prolonged into divergent teeth.

)

25. CERCERIS FULVIPES Cress., ?.

Differs from eastern specimens only in the more developed yellow
markings. It may be a variety of the C. occipitomaculata Pack., for
that species, although it is said to be closely allied to C. nigrescens, is
described as having the clypeus depressed. In this specimen there is
a yellow spot on disk of clypeus, and none ou scape of antennz or on
interantennal ridge; the legs are fulvous, the coxz more or less, and a

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 361

stripe on anterior femora within are black; a spot on posterior cox
above, the four’ anterior femora beneath, and the four anterior tibize in
front are yellow; the ventral segments are tinged with ferruginous, and
segments two to five have a large yellow spot on each side beneath.
The mandibles have a blunt tooth beyond the middle and a smaller
tooth before the middle; the anterior margin of the clypeus is armed
with five teeth, the exterior teeth smallest; the apical ventral segment
is apparently emarginate at the tip.

In C. nigrescens Smith, the mandibles have two small and sharp teeth,
both before the middle; the anterior margin of the clypeus is armed
with four teeth, the median teeth placed on a lower plane than the
others; the apical ventral segment is deeply lobed at tip; and the
clypeus is armed with a quadrate process arising from its base.

26. CERCERIS SEXTA Say, ¢.

In one large specimen there are no black markings upon the femora.
In a small specimen, the flagellum, excepting basal joint, is black, the
legs are pale yellow, with the coxe and four anterior trochanters more
or less black; the four anterior femora behind, a broad ring near tip of
posterior femora, and an external and internal stripe on posterior tibiz
are black; the tips of posterior femora, their tibize above, and the basal
joint of their tarsi are honey-yellow, and the apical joints of posterior
tarsi above are fuscous.

The clypeus of this species has three short blunt teeth at the apex,
the central tooth broader than the others; the mandibles are slightly
sinuate on the inner margin, and slightly angulated exteriorly. The
terminal joint of the antenna is curved, and, like the preceding joints,
ridged and excavated within with sensitive pits.

BEMBECID 2A.
STIZINI.

27. STIZUS UNICINCTUS Say, °.

One of the specimens is peculiar for having on the disk of the labrum
a depression in the form of a large oval pit; probably the result of an
injury.

BEMBECINI.
28. MONEDULA SPECIOSA Cress., 3 2.
Syn. Monedula formosa Cress.

The specimens have a spot on the scape of the antenne above, the
bases of the cox and trochanters, and a line on coxze and femora above,
black. The spot about the ocelli is not connected with the yellow of the
face, and the spots on the venter are connected on the second segment
only.

The ¢ differs greatly from the. The face is narrower, the apical
joint of the four anterior tarsi is dilated and flattened, the three preced-

Boe BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

ine joints are small and compressed, and their spines are obsolete, the
intermediate femora are serrulate beneath nearly to the base, the first
joint of the intermediate tarsi is much arcuated and excavated beneath,
and has a longitudinal row of three or four stout spines near the pase;
the abdomen is slightly pubescent, the disk of the second ventral seg-
ment has a tuberele on each side of the median line, the lateral margins _
of the seventh dorsal segment are fringed with short stout spines
towards the base, the seventh and eighth ventral segments are clothed
with long pubescence; the three terminal spines are large, the median
spine compressed and slightly curved downward, the lateral spines
flattened and slightly hooked.

The dis black; the labrum, mandibles, except the tip, the sides of
face and ffcmeeecd spot between antenne, an irregular line beneath the
ocelli, sometimes interrupted, the scape of the antennz, excepting a
spot above, the second and third joints of the antenne beneath, the
posterior orbits, the prothorax, excepting a spot in front and a line each
side, a large spot on each side of the pleura beneath, the tubercles and
a line behind them, the tegule and a line above them, a line on the
scutellum, another on the postscutellum, a spot above the intermediate
cox, ths angles of the metathorax, an angulated line on the disk of the
metathorax, a large spot on each side of the first segment of the abdo-
men, four spots on the second segment, sometimes connected, narrow
irregular fascie on segments three to six, the tip of the seventh seg-
ment, a fascia on the first ventral segment, and spots on three or four of
the following segments, all yellow or yellowish-white. The legs are col-
ored as in the female, excepting that the terminal joint of the four ante-
rior tarsi is black, strongly contrasting with the preceding joints.

29. MONEDULA VENTRALIS Say, ¢ .

30. BEMBEX SAYI Cress., 2.

All the coxe are yellow externally, and all the tibie have a black
spot or stripe internally; there isa black dot on the four anterior knees,
and two black dots on the posterior knees. In one of the specimens
the fascia on the third segment of the abdomen encloses two black
spots similar to those on the second segment.

This is not Say’s variety of fasciata; the 2 of the latter has been
described under the name of terana Cress., and is a distinct species.

31. MICROBEMBEX MONODONTA (Say), ¢

Syn. Bembex monodonta Say.

The ? of this widely distributed species has never been described; a
Connecticut specimen presents the following characters :

Black; the face with a dense silvery pile, the vertex with long silvery
ath aeauaee) thorax and abdomen with a microscopic silvery pubescence,
which is more dense on the sides. Base of the mandibles, sides of the
labrum, line on posterior orbits, line on collar connected oh the tuber-

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 363

cles, line behind tubercles, the tegule and a line above, the costa of
wing, a large spot on each side of the scutellum shaped like a comma,
line on postscutellum, an arcuated almost interrupted line bordering the
upper face of the metathorax posteriorly, the tips of the femora, the
tibiz (excepting a line within, and, on the anterior pair, an exterior line
connected with the inner line posteriorly), the base of the four posterior
tarsi, a band occupying the posterior half of all the dorsal abdominal
Segments excepting the last, two spots on the last dorsal segment, and a
dot on each side of the second and third ventral segments at the tip, all
yellow. On the mandibles, collar, and tibie, the yellow is whitish, on
the abdomen it is pale and greenish. The tarsi are testaceous, the ter-
minal joint of the four posterior darker, the ciliation of the anterior pair
black. The wings are hyaline, with a faint smoky cloud across the
middle, the nervures fuscous. The bands on the abdomen are notched
on the disk, and all but that on the first segment are slightly sinuate on
each side. Clypeus elevated, its anterior margin distinctly sinuated
(much more so than in B. fasciata), the anterior border of the clypeus
(more broadly in the middle) free from pubescence, and highly polished.
The marginal and third submarginal cells separated by a sinus as deep
as thatin Monedula. Anterior tarsi dilated externally, and fringed with
long flattened spines. Abdomen finely punctured, the sixth segment
more coarsely punctured, the sides of the sixth segment denticulated,
its apex with a sharp notch. Length 11™".

The specimens from Kansas all differ in having the wings hyaline (or
with the slightest trace of a cloud), the nervures paler, the metathorax
with a yellow stripe on each lateral] angle, and the apical segment of
the abdomen immaculate. In one specimen, the markings have a deeper
yellow tint. In most of the specimens, the silvery pubescence is more
conspicuous, and the yellow markings are more developed. The speci-
men presenting the greatest difference has the clypeus, a line on scape
of antenne, most of prothorax, broad lateral margins, and two longi-
tudinal discal stripes (shaped like the tooth of a Dinosaur) of the
mesoscutum, large spot on side of mesothorax, spot above intermediate
coxe, scutellum except median line, upper surface of metathorax except
spot at base, broad lateral angles of metathorax, upper surface of the
first segment of abdomen except a notch on anterior middle, and broader
abdominal bands, yellow ; the bands of the second and third segments
of the abdomen with a broad rectangular notch on each side anteriorly.

A specimen of the male from Northern Mlinois (Mr. E. J. Lake) differs
from Say’s description in the following respects: there is scarcely any
green tinge in the yellow markings, and the bands on the abdomen are
entirely yellow and cover nearly the whole surface excepting the black
seventh segment; the tubercles, a small transverse spot behind them, a
dot on the tegule, an indistinct yellow line on each side of the meta-
thorax at the tip, and a small spot on each side of the second and third
ventral segments are yellow; the anterior tibiz have a short black line

Bull. v, 3——3

364 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

above as well as beneath, and the arcuated yellow line on the metatho-
rax is situated as in the female. The mandibles are black, the head is
more pubescent than in the female, and the marginal and third submar-
ginal cells are not quite so widely separated as in the female.

There are three genera of Bembecide with short palpi. They are:
| BemMBex.—Labrum twice as long as broad; mandibles armed with a
tooth; maxillary palpi three- or four-jointed, the fourth joint variable in
size and sometimes obsolete; the maxillze when folded concealed by the
labrum ; labial palpi represented by a free clavate joint; no sinus be-
tween ihe marginal and third submarginal cells; apex of the abdomen
entire.

MICROBEMBEX n. g.—Labrum twice as long as At: mandibles
slender, unarmed; maxillary palpi four-jointed; the maxille when
folded concealed by the labrum; labial palpi obsolete; a distinct sinus
between the marginal and third submarginal cells, second submarginal
cell much narrowed towards the marginal, its inner side straight; apex
of the abdomen notched in the female.

In addition to the type, monodonta, two Cuban forms (argent
Cress. and armata Cress.) belong to this genus. They appear to be
varieties of monodonta.

STENIOLIA Say.—Labrum not twice as long as broad, the base
swollen, the apex broadly truncate; mandibles armed with a tooth;
maxillary palpi three-jointed; the maxillz when folded extending be-
yond the mesothorax ; labial palpi represented by a free cylindrical
joint as long as the first joint of the maxillary palpi and which may
consist of two joints united; a distinct sinus between the marginal and
third submarginal cells, the second submarginal cell not narrowed
towards the marginal; apex of the abdomen entire in the female.

_ In addition to the type, Steniolia longirostra (Bembex longirostra Say),
this genus contains Steniolia obliqua (Monedula obliqua Cress., Proc. Ent.
Soc. Phila. iv, p. 469).

EUMENID ZL.
32. HUMENES BOLLII Cress., 3.
33. ODYNERUS VAGUS Sauss., 3.
34, ODYNERUS ANNULATUS Say, ¢

30. PTEROCHILUS QUINQUE-FASCIATUS Say, ¢ 9.

The male is similar to the female. Specimens occur-having the meso-
scutum marked with ferruginous. ;

VESPIDA.
36. POLISTES AURIFER Sauss.,é.

37. POLISTES VARIATUS Cress.,¢ 2.

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 365

ANTHOPHILA.
38. COLLETES ARMATA Patton, ¢.

Length 9"". Black; the pubescence white; space between eye and
mandible less than the width of the eye; labrum with a central enclosed
pit and two or three less distinct pits on each side of it; clypeus con-
fluently punctured, at the apex polished, and with irregular scattered
punctures; vertex densely punctured, opake. Prothoracic spine promi-
nent, mesothorax deeply punctured, the disk shining and more sparsely
punctured, anteriorly a faintly impressed median line free from pune-
tures. Base of the metathorax with a transverse series of regular
reticulations, the posterior face coarsely and irregularly reticulated,
shining. Calcaria testaceous, apical joints of tarsi rufo-piceous, the tips
of the joints with golden pubescence. Wings hyaline, the nervures
testaceous, postcostal nervure black, second submarginal cell narrowed
more than one-half towards the marginal cell. Abdomen polished,
densely and finely punctured, the base of first segment without pune-
tures; first segment thinly pubescent, the remaining segments with
short scattered pubescence and all the segments except the last with
an even apical fascia of appressed pubescence; the fasciz on the ventral
segments uninterrupted.

Agrees very closely in all respects with the male of C. armata from
Connecticut, but it may be readily distinguished by the form of the
second submarginal cell and the color of the wing-nervures. The differ-
ence in the form of the submarginal cell, however, is likely to be a sport,
as differences in the venation, although presenting good generic charac-
ters, are rarely available for the separation of species. In C. consors
Cress., the second submarginal cell varies in form.

39. AUGOCHLORA HUMERALIS nN. sp.,é &.

2, Length 8™™ to 10™™. Golden or blue green; thinly clothed with
white pubescence; head very closely and finely punctured, with large
deep punctures on the clypeus; flagellum beneath, anterior margin of
clypeus, the labrum, and mandibles dark rufo-piceous. Pubescence on
the thorax more dense behind the tubercles, behind the wings, and be-
tween the seutellum and postscutellum; thorax closely punctured, the
punctures on the sides of the disk very fine and on the sides of the
metathorax more shallow; angles of prothorax very sharp and promi-
nent, connected with the prominent tubercles by a sharp sinuous ridge;
base of metathorax finely roughened or granulated, not distinctly en-
closed; posterior truncation shining, very sparsely punctured, median.
eroove deep, lateral ridges sharp. Legs golden-green, black beneath ;
tarsi and posterior tibiz piceous, sometimes with a testaceous or a blue
tinge; posterior legs with a dense pale pubescence. Wings hyaline,
nervures and stigma testaceous, tegule with a smooth piceous spot.
Abdomen covered with very close and fine punctures of different sizes,

366 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

the margins of the two basal segments fringed with short pale pubes-
cence, fourth segment sometimes of a deeper blue than the preceding
segments; venter piceous, sometimes with a blue tinge, the margins of
the segments testaceous.

é, Length 9™™ to 10™™. Blue-green, face golden-green, apical seg-
ments of the abdomen darker and with a beautiful violet reflection,
venter blue. Tegule with asmooth black spot; metathorax more closely
punctured; legs green, with a thin, pale pubescence; tarsi dark piceous.

Some male specimens have the first recurrent nervure received within
the third submarginal cell. The same variation occurs in the females of
Augochlora pura (Say).

Allied to A. fervida Smith. Differs from all species known to me in
the very prominent angles of the prothorax, the sharp ridge connecting
these angles with the tubercles being sinuous. The Texan species which
has been mistaken for A. lucidula Smith agrees in most respects with
A. humeralis, but the angles of the prothorax are not so sharp. The
species may vary in this character. Au gochlora lucidula Smith, occurring
in Connecticut, has the abdomen more sparsely punctured, is smaller,
and is the female of A. viridula Smith.

40. NOMIA NORTONI Cress., 3.
Syn. Nomia Cressoni Westw., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 218, pl. v, fig. 3.

On the posterior tibize I can discover only two spines, the usual number
in Hymenoptera, although Mr. Cresson, in the description of the species,
states that there are “three.” The chitinous ridge connecting one of
the spines with the base of the tarsus may have been mistaken for the
third. Between the spines there is an oval transparent spot. The error
in regard to the spines misled Westwood, and caused him to give a new
name to the species. The broad plates on the venter belong to the third
and fourth segments, and not to the “second and third,” as stated by
both Cresson and Westwood.

41, HALICTUS OCCIDENTALIS Cress., 3 2.
42. CALLIOPSIS COLORADENSIS Cress., 2.

43, EPEOLUS OCCIDENTALIS Cress., 3 9.

The seventh ventral segment of the male, retracted in most specimens,
is slightly emarginate at the apex and armed with a tooth on each side
at the base. Small specimens (male and female, length 9") have the
legs more-or less black.

44, NOMADA TEXANA Cress., ¢.

45, ANTHOPHORA

2, Length 15™"; breadth of abdomen 6.3. Black; the head, thorax,
and basal segment of the abdomen clothed with dense pale pubescence,

No. 3.] PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 367

the pubescence on disk of clypeus fuscous, and that on thorax above
ochraceous. The base of the mandibles touches the eyes. Labrum
with. coarse confluent punctures, the apex smooth and with two slight
elevations, one on each side of the median line. Clypeus densely and
strongly punctured, with no median smooth line, the margin with an
impressed line. Thorax and abdomen opake, impunctured. Anterior
femora beneath, and the intermediate tibiz and the basal joint of their
tarsi above, with pale pubescence. The scopa upon posterior tibiz and
base of first tarsal joint white externally. Tarsal claws ferruginous at
the base. Wings hyaline, the nervures and tegule dark piceous. Apical
margins of the four basal segments of the abdomen milk-white; the
margin of first segment narrow, that of the three following segments
broad and slightly sinuate on each side anteriorly. Segments two to
five with a thin black pubescence, which becomes white at the sides
and is very short on segments two and three. Venter shining, the seg-
ments punctured and set with black pubescence.

The large size and the white margins of the abdominal segments
readily distinguish this from all described species, except Smithii Cress.
and Walshii Cress. The females of Smithii and Walshii are not described
in such a manner as to be independently recognizable, but are said to
have white bands upon all the segments “except the last.” If this
statement is correct, the present species differs in having no white
margin on the fifth segment. But, as Mr. Cresson has in other instances
described the fifth segment as “the last,” it is impossible to determine
what his meaning is.

46. BOMBUS PENNSYLVANICUS (De Geer), °.

47. BOMBUS SCUTELLARIS Cress., 9.

ADDITIONAL SPECIES FROM WESTERN CENTRAL KANSAS.

PLANICEPS CONCOLOR Smith, &.

From Smith’s description this differs only in the greater size (length
.56 in.).

Compared with P. niger Cress., the face is more flattened, the head is
densely pubescent, the thorax is longer and the median impressed line
on the metathorax is very indistinct, the second recurrent nervure is
received well beyond the second submarginal cell, the submedial cell of
anterior wings extendsupon the externo-median nervure barely beyond
the medial cell, and in the posterior wings falls very little short of the
medial cell. In P. niger the second recurrent is received barely beyond
the second submarginal cell, the submedial cell of anterior wings extends
well beyond the medial cell and of posterior wings falls well short of it
on the externo-median nervure.

CEROPALES ELEGANS Cress., 3.
Differs from the 2, the only sex described, as follows: length .40 in.;
face below and between antennz and broad orbits yellow, two basal

368 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

joints of antennz yellow beneath, anterior tibice and basal joint of their
tarsi yellow anteriorly; incisures of thorax black; a band on the first
segment of the abdomen, even anteriorly and uneven posteriorly, bands
on segments two to four, deeply excavated on each side anteriorly, and
a large median spot on segments five and six, yellow.

CEROPALES BREVICORNIS 0. Sp. ¢.

Antenne very short, reaching to the scutellum only. Costal nervure
and stigma pale testaceous.

This may prove to be the male of C. longipes Smith, but it differs from
that species in having no yellow spot above the anterior cox, in the
mandibles being black, and in the white color of the abdominal bands,
which are not interrupted on the second and following segments. From
C. fasciata Say it differs besides in the ornamentation of the legs and
in having no yellow line on the disk of the mesothorax.

From C. fulvipes Cress. (of which the ? only is described) brevicornis
differs as follows: length .30 in., labrum, face below and between anten-
ne, two basal joints of the antenne beneath, anterior tibize in front and
spots at the base and near the tip of intermediate tibiw, and the basal
joint of the four anterior tarsi, yellow ; no fulvous color on the posterior
cox ; markings on the abdomen white, the first segment with large
lateral spots, the second to the fifth segments with broad apical bands,
which are dilated laterally and sinuate on each side anteriorly.

In the description of fulvipes there is, I think, an error in locating the
abdominal bands upon the “anterior” margins of the segments, for in

all other species of the genus the bands are subapical. If this be the

case in fulvipes, brevicornis is, in all probability, its male.

TACHYTES TEXANUS Cress., 3.

The antenne are not crenulated, as is usual in ¢ Tachytes, but are
grooved internally, and the joints from the third to the ninth are angu-
lated at the tip posteriorly. The eyes are somewhat sinuous on the
inner border. The metathorax is subtruncate. The second submarginal
cell is less narrowed towards the marginal than usual, the nervure be-
tween the second and third submarginal cells being nearly straight;
the radial cell has a faint appendiculation. The area on the seventh
dorsal segment is distinctly limited by lateral carinz, and is broadly
truncated at the apex. The eighth ventral segment is produced into
two snarp spines, which project beyond the angles of the truncation of
the dorsal area.

LARRA DIVISA 2. Sp., &.

Length 11™™ to 14™™; expanse five-thirds of the length. Black; the
wings black, violaceous ; the abdomen red, the basal segment, excepting
the apical margin, black; mandibles near the base, border of the tegu-
le, anterior tarsi and tips of the four posterior tarsi piceous. Head
much broader than the thorax, compressed, the front not prominent;

No. 3.} PATTON ON ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 369

eyes but slightly convergent, the space between them on the vertex
being unusually wide; antenne slender, unusually long, extending to
the base of the abdomen; median portion of the clypeus broadly pro-
duced, armed with two teeth on each side; the labrum concealed ; man-
dibles long, very slightly dentate near the base within. Head and
thorax closely punctured, opake; the anterior portion of the clypeus
with larger punctures intermixed ; anterior ocellus in a pit, from which
an impressed line extends to the insertion of the antenn; posterior
ocelli obliquely distorted, an angular depression behind them connected
with the depressions on each side. Mesothorax with four short impressed
lines anteriorly, a longitudinal impressed line on scutellum and disk
of metathorax, disk of metathorax finely striated transversely, the pos-
terior face with a deep elongated pit above, from which an impressed
line extends to the insertion of the abdomen. The median joints of the
anterior tarsi narrowing rapidly towards their base; the anterior tarsi
armed with short stout spines externally, there being six spines on the
basal joint and two at the apex of the following joints externally, each
spine as long as the third tarsal joint. Margins of the abdominal seg-
ments shining, apical segments clothed with an appressed golden pubes-
cence, area on the sixth segment sharply defined, strongly punctured.
Allied to L. wthiops (Cress.).

MONEDULA EMARGINATA Cress., ¢.

The four anterior tarsi with slight spines at the tips of the joints.
Intermediate femora not serrate beneath, or with only the indication of
a tooth near the knee. Basal joint of intermediate tarsi slightly curved
and with a row of four or five slender spines near the base beneath.
Abdomen slightly pubescent, the disk of the second ventral segment
with a tubercle on each side of the median line. The apical segment of
the venter bearing the four stout teeth is the eighth; the lateral teeth
nearly straight.

COLLETES CILIATA ND. sp., °.

Length 8"™. Robust; black, tips of the mandibles and tarsi rufo-
piceous, flagellum piceous beneath. The pubescence pale ochraceous,
the segments of the abdomen with an even fascia of appressed pubes-
cence. Space between the eyes and mandibles unusually short; clypeus
coarsely punctured, the punctures running into rugve, an abbreviated
transverse depression just before the tip ; labrum with several irregular
longitudinal depressions at the base. Sides of the prothorax angulated,
not prominent. Disk of the thorax shining, finely and sparsely punc-
tured, a spot in the centre without punctures. Base of the metathorax
irregularly reticulated, the sides closely punctured. Anterior cox
unarmed, all the tarsi ciliated with long hairs, the tarsal claws cleft, the
inner tooth almost equalling the claw. (In this species, as in C. estivalis
mihi, the cleft claws of the female have the prongs more divergent than

370 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

they are in male Colletes.) Wings hyaline, tegule, stigma, and some of
the nervures testaceous, the other nervures piceous. Abdomen convex,
shining, very delicately punctured; venter moderately pubescent, the
margins of the segments testaceous.

BOMBOMELECTA n. g. (Bombus + Meiecta).

2, Mandibles with a short and stout tooth on the middle of the inner
margin. Maxillary palpi distinctly six-jointed. Scutellum with a short
spine on each side. Claws of all the tarsi alike and not dilated. Third
submarginal cell rather shorter than in Melecta. In other respects this
genus agrees with Melecta, which has only five joints in the maxillary
palpi, has the scutellum bituberculate, and the claws of the four poste-
rior tarsi dilated.

BOMBOMELECTA THORACICA (Cress.).
Syn. Melecta thoracica Cress., Rep. Wheeler’s Survey, vol. v, p. 726 (1876).
Melecta pacifica Cress., Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. vii, p. 91.

The 2 specimen from Western Kansas has a black, coriaceous, trian-
gular spot on the margin of the wing at the tip of the marginal cell, and
the face above the antenne is tufted with pale pubescence, and it agrees
with pacifica var. fulvida.

A specimen from Como, Wyoming, also collected by Mr. Williston,
has no such spot on the wing, the marginal cell having a very slight
appendiculation; the specimen is a little smaller, has the pubescence on
face entirely black, has the proboscis shorter and the tooth on the man-
dibles less developed, and the third submarginal cell more narrowed
towards the marginal.

Melecta Edwardsti Cress. may belong to the genus Pseudomelecta Rad.,
which differs from Melecta in having the scutellum terminate in two large
horizontal spines.

Art. XXI.—Further Notes om the Ornithology of the
Lower Rio Grande of Texas, from Observations
made durimg the Sprimg of 1878.*

By George B. Sennett.
Edited, with Annotations, by Dr. Extiorr Covss, U.S. A.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

MEADVILIE, Pa., May 30, 1879.

Sir: I herewith present the notes of my observations and collections in Texas in the
spring of 1878. Three months covered the time from my departure from Erie, Pa., to
my return in June; but.two months, only, were spent in the field, the remainder of
the time being taken up in travelling and necessary delays attending it.

Ten days at Corpus Christi, cruising about the bay and its adjacent waters, gave me
a better knowledge of the water-birds than I had before acquired. The objective
point, Lomita Ranch, situated on the Rio Grande, seven miles above Hidalgo, and
sixty-five miles from Brownsville, was reached April 8, and was the locality chosen
for field-work.

Nothing occurred to stay the fulfilment of my plans, excepting an accident, in shape
of the entering of a poisonous thorn into my knee, which laid me up for three weeks
in the middle of the breeding season. Although suffering intense pain, I was able to
be bolstered up, so as to study and prepare specimens, and direct the work of my
assistant, whom I was obliged to depend upon, and who proved very efficient. Not-
withstanding this drawback, we prepared over five hundred birds, including a large
majority of the 168 species observed (five of which are new to our fauna); some four-
teen hundred eggs, nearly all rare, and some entirely new; a few mammals and rep-
tiles; quite a collection of Lepidoptera, many of which are interesting; a few fishes;
and various kinds of insects that came within our reach. The Lepidoptera were sent
to Mr. J. A. Lintner, who is now preparing a paper on my collections of both trips.

Of the birds, nearly every family of the North American Ornis is represented on our
southern border. It is remarkable, however, that, on both trips, no Nuthatches and
only one species of the Crow family (Rio Grande Jay) were observed. At Ringgold
Barracks, or Rio Grande City, only thirty-five miles above Lomita, Crows are said to
be common, but what is told of their boldness makes it seem more probable that they

are Ravens.
My grateful acknowledgements are due to my assistant, Mr. J. N. Sanford, of Grant

*[For ‘Notes on the Ornithology of the Lower Rio Grande of Texas, from Observa-
tions made during the Season of 1877,” see this Bulletin, vol. iv, No. 1, pp. 1-66, Febru-
ary 5, 1878.

The present article continues the subject, giving in full the results of Mr. Sennett’s
important observations and collections made during his second season in Texas.

The species of this paper new to the United States fauna were first announced in
The Country of July 13, 1878, p. 184.

Some early notes, more especially relating to odlogy, have appeared in Science News,
vol. i, No. 4, Dec. 15, 1878, pp. 57-59; No. 7, Feb. 1, 1879, pp. 106, 107; No. 8, Feb. 15,
1879, pp. 120, 121; No. 9, March 1, 1879, pp. 132-134; No 10, March 15, 1879, pp. 151-
153. —E.C.]

371

By 2A BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Co., Minn.; to Mr. J. B. Bourbois, the proprietor of Lomita Ranch, for hospitalities
and valuable assistance; to the Hon. Geo. W. McCrary, Secretary of War, and the
commanding officers at Fort Brown and Camps Santa Maria and Edinburgh, for assist-
ance in transportation from Fort Brown to Lomita; to Mr. C. P. Patterson, Chief of
the Coast Survey, and his assistant, Capt. R. E. Halter, stationed on Padre Island, for
favors extended; to Dr. James C. Merrill, Asst. Surg. U. 8. A., Fort Brown, for cheer-
ful coéperation; and to you, Sir, for identifying my birds and editing these notes.

Very truly, yours, GEO. B. SENNETT

Dr. ELLIoTT Cougs, U.S. A.,
Secretary U.S. Geological and Geographical Survey, Washington, D. C.

TURDIDA.

1. MIMUS POLYGLOTTUS (L.) Boie.—Mockingbird.

Less abundant in the densely wooded and sparsely populated country
about Lomita Ranch than about the towns lower down the river, but
still common. Found one nest almost wholly within a half-decayed
limb, and with but a very few twigs and grasses on the open side.

2. MIMUS CAROLINENSIS (L.) Gray.—Catbird.

On May 8 I shot a male of this species at Lomita, and about the same
time saw a few others. These were the only ones seen on both trips,
and they must be rare summer residents, as none of the natives had
noticed the bird before I showed them this one. I found no eggs.

3. 62 |

#286 | a | WOmiibareas iss: se GAs ssa Eee ee eee BI7oy ade | 3. 50

3. HARPORHYNCHUS RUFUS LONGIROSTRIS (Lafr.) Coues.—Long-billed
Thrasher.
This Thrush, also called Texas Thrasher, I found much more abundant
at Lomita than on my former trip, owing to my being further up the
river, in more wooded districts; the tangled thickets about large scattered
trees being preferred by it to the chaparral. The bird is resident through-
out the whole Lower Rio Grande country, and very abundant. I saw
it quite frequently at Corpus Christi in the latter part of March. As
regards its habits, I can add little to my notes of last year. Of a very
large series of eggs taken on this trip, I found that four were usually
laid in the first clutch in April, while second clutches, late in May, con-
tained generally three. It is more wary about habitations than the
Curve-billed Thrush, and builds its nest in more secluded places and
nearer the ground. It feeds upon the como and other berries, as well

*TIn these lists of specimens the first number is that of the specimen. The sign for
sex follows. Locality and date come next. The next four numbers indicate respec-
tively the length, extent of wings, length of wing, and length of tail. Other meas-
urements are preceded by the name of the part.

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 373

as insects and larve. During its mating season it sings as well as our
Brown Thrush. Results of last trip, seven birds and forty-five sets of
eggs.

3 ,
PEM | Lomita. as oe eh. April 12} 11.25] 13.00] 4.00 | 4.75
PM Vee 00. ee) on ee occ April 19 | 11.50] 13.00] 3.87 | 4.87
Pama fe do; Whale. chet ised Mees May 1] 11.50] 13.00] 4.00 | 5.25 |
Berl alo! co eh Boe dopon mn May 5] 11.25] 13.00] 4,00 | 5.00
MMM. co dO t caccte senna May 15 | 01550 | iearo at Las ie |
mere | edo (ow Pred. dead May 15] 11.25 | 13.5 4.00 | 5. 00
ed Ni: eM WA ai as dns May 15| 11.50] 13.25 | 4.00 | 5.00
|

4, HARPORHYNCHUS CURVIROSTRIS (Sw.) Cab.—Curve-billed Thrush.

This Thrush, by some called the “ Gray Curve-billed,” reaches into our
southern border from Mexico. Its nearest relative, Palmer’s Thrush
(var. palmeri), and other curve-billed forms of the genus, are found in
the higher altitudes of New Mexico and Arizona. The northern limit of
this Thrush is not fully determined, but it can be considered com-
mon in Southern Texas, and most common between Fort Brown and
Ringgoid Barracks, along the river. Here great alluvial deposits pro-
duce berries and insects in abundance for food, and tangled thickets, as
well as great prickly-pear cactuses, afford cover and breeding resorts.
In 1877, I collected from Hidalgo down to near the mouth of the river.
On this trip I collected most of the time at a point several miles above
Hidalgo, in the heart of the greatest growth of timber to be found on the
river; and it was there that I found the Curve-billed Thrush more
numerous than ever before. In point of numbers it nearly equalled the
Mockingbird and Long-billed Thrush. The three species comprise all
the representatives of the family observed by me during the trip.

The Curve-billed Thrush in color somewhat resembles the Mocking:
bird, and in the bushes, where other characteristics are not readily
‘distinguished, may be taken for it at short range. This species, like
the Long-billed, is usually more fond of dense cover than the Mocking-
bird, and while not often found, in the heaviest timber, yet will be found
in the thickets common on the edges of such tracts. In open wood-
land, where clumps of tall thorny bushes and cacti surround the scattered
‘trees, it is always found, and usually in company with the Long-billed
Thrush. I did not obtain many fresh-plumaged specimens. By the
Ist of April, the plumage becomes faded and worn; and, by the latter
part of May, moulting begins. About this time, also, the small black
fruit or berry of the como-tree, upon which the bird feeds, ripens, and
it becomes almost impossible to shoot and prepare a specimen without
the plumage becoming stained with the purple juices which issue from
the mouth and yent. I brought home only five birds, but over forty
sets of eggs.

In nesting, the habits of this species vary to suit the locality. In dis-
tricts where chaparral covers the country, there is no respectable
growth of timber, but now and then openings, principally occupied by

/

374 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

prickly-pear cactuses and stunted mesquite-trees, and here their nests
will be found in cactuses more frequently perhaps than in trees. But
at Lomita I found five nests in trees to one in cacti. Though usually
suspicious and wary, this bird is wonderfully bold at times in choosing
sites for its nest. In my notes of 1877 I mention a nest with four
eggs taken from an outhouse, in the centre of a village. At Lomita
Ranch, close by a large and much frequented gateway, stands a young .
ebony-tree, from which, in plain sight, and scme twelve feet from the
ground, I took a nest and four eggs in April of the following season,
and on May 20 I took a nest and three fresh eggs, at a height of four-
teen feet, in a large ebony, close by a pathway on the edge of a corn-
field. These were the highest nests found, and in both instances the
birds were as tame as Robins. Nests are seldom found lower than four
feet from the ground. The last nest I examined, just before leaving
the ranch, was a very bulky one of this species, which I had seen built
in the place where, a number of days before, I had destroyed the nest
of a Mockingbird, after its young had departed. It was situated on the
lowest branch of a small tree near the house, entirely exposed to view,
and, standing upon achair, I was able to look into it.” It was just com-
pleted and ready for the eggs, and I did not disturb it. The second nest
was much larger than the first, but composed quite similarly of thorny
twigs, and lined with a few grasses. This fearlessness is exceptional, but
indicates that, were the country thickly settled, this bird might become
as domestic as the Mockingbird or Robin. It is resident where found,
commences to breed in March on the Rio Grande, and rears several
broods in a season. The first is hatched in April, and generally num-
bers four. By the middle or latter part of May, clutches for the second
brood are full, and consist nearly always of three eggs. I have ee
however, a Ae sets of four from the second laying.

The eggs vary in shape from oblong oval to almost pyriform; the
ends are round-pointed, and the greatest diameter nearer one end. The
color is pea-green, covered more or less over the entire surface with fine
brown dots. Of the large series of eggs taken, only one set was com-
paratively free from spots. <A set of over-sized eggs, taken May 24,
average 1.25 by .83. The general average is 1.12 by .79. The shell is
not particularly fragile, unless incubation is well advanced, in which
case it becomes so tender that it is almost impossible to prepare a fair
specimen. The color becomes dull and faded when the egg is long inecu-
bated, so that its condition can generally be known without handling.

homme ees i adex cube | April 10 | 10.62] 13.75 | 4.10 | 4.00

)
129 ERA WAP ACOA oP 23s SP epee) esky Oe PIL eA spe a 2 Je — 4,00 | 4,28
319 Bilas eG, BS 5s ae eee eee uel May 5 11. 00 13.50 4.00 | 4.25 |

|
|
|
exten Seiko oe ae ee May 7 | 11.00) 13.75 | Algal
bee | é lesaefle Pe ies bs wie: eos ain | May 14] 11.00] 13.25 4.25 | 4:12

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 375

SYLVIIDAK.

5. REGULUS CALENDULA (L.) Licht.—Ruby-crowned Kinglet.

It is difficult to say how abundant this sprightly little bird is on
the Rio Grande, for one can get about only a small proportion of a
_ country so densely covered with timber and chaparral. I saw none on
the former trip, but this year obtained several at Lomita Ranch. My first
was shot from low bushes on April 11. On April 30 I obtained another
in heavy timber, and on May 13 I shot another from the lower limbs of
a large tree in the heart of the woods.

|
BeriOnlabminia ee 5.2). ec2 se: April 11} 4.38} 6.87] 2.25 | 1.70
268.) 9. | ei April 30} 4.25| 7.00| 2.13] 1.75
Wise eindo 2-260 2.2. aoe. May 13] 4.50| 7.00] 2.20 | 1.50

6. POLIOPTILA CRULEA (L.) Scl.—Blue-gray Gnatcatcher.

At Corpus Christi, on the 25d of March, while beating about the open
chaparral just outside of the town, -we saw large numbers of this
species, evidently migrating. Among them were a few Black-throated,
Green, and Black-and-white Creeping Warblers. The Gnatcatchers
were so abundant that I could have taken fifty had I been so inclined.
On the Rio Grande, at Lomita, a bird and a half-finished nest of this
species were brought me in May. They were seen occasionally about
the open woodland, but I think are not common in such situations.

| 15 March 23 | Wing 2. 10 | Tail 2. 00 |

rok | Sorpus CHIstl 5-24. -.0e Fer. ease

PARIDS.

7. LOPHOPHANES ATROCRISTATUS Cass.—Black-crested Titmouse.

This Tit, so far as is known, is found within our limits only in South-
ern Texas, where it is abundantandresident. The mostnorthern records
are San Antonio by Dr. Woodhouse, and Comal County by Mr. W. H.
Werner (see Mr. Brewster’s paper in April No., 1879, of Bull. Nuttall Orn.
Club); the most western is Fort Clark by Dr. Heermann. As no mention
is made of it in Mr. Lawrence’s papers on “ Birds of Western Mexico,”
it is probably confined to the Gulf slope of both Mexico and the United
States. The only form of the family of Chickadees or Titmice, besides
this species, thus far observed in Southern Texas, is the Yellow-headed
Titmouse (Auriparus flaviceps). The species L. wollwebert and JL. inor-
natus, so far as our knowledge goes, are confined to the higher altitudes
of Arizona and New Mexico. The family seems to be unnoticed by
Mexican collectors (with the exception of Mr. Xantus, who records that
he found A. flaviceps at Cape Saint Lucas, as I mention in my remarks upon

376 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

that bird), and the geographical distribution of the various species south
of our border is as yet unknown.

I mention the different forms of the same genus found on our southern
border to show how distinct are those of the Lower Rio Grande from
those of the Upper Rio Grande and Colorado Valleys; the one nowhere
intruding upon the habitat of another, unless it may be in the case of
the Yellow-headed Tit, A. flaviceps. Nor are the lines of geographical dis-
tribution less noticeable in other families of birds, the Thrushes varying
quite as distinctly in different localities along the border.

During this trip I saw more of the Black-crested Tit than on the
former one, owing to my being more favorably situated to study it in its
haunts. On arriving at Lomita, one of the first familiar birds to greet
me was this Titmouse. It was one of the very few birds of those found
in numbers on the former trip, whose eggs I did not obtain, being suc-
cessful only in discovering a nest with young. It was essential to find its
nests without delay on account of its commencing to breed earlier than
any other species found in the locality. Orders were given to shoot none
of this species, but to search diligently the trunks and stubs of trees
for nests. In a few days, several nests were found, all containing
young. It was a great pleasure to me, therefore, when, on April 20,
my assistant, Mr. Sanford, placed upon my table a nest, five young,
and a perfect egg of this species, together with the parent bird caught
on the nest. The chicks I preserved in spirits; the egg, being infertile,
was easily prepared; and both, together with the nest and bird, are in
my collection. This, I believe, is the first thoroughly identified egg of
this bird brought to scientific notice. The bird taken on the nest was a
male. and other males were shot having bare and wrinkled bellies, show-
ing that both sexes share in the incubation and care of the young. The
nest was situated some six feet from the ground, in a hollow limb of a
half-dead willow, which was leaning on some brush, and was discovered
by the bird’s flying into its opening. It lay some ten or twelve inches
from the opening, and is composed chiefly of wool intermixed with
strips of soft inner bark, and now and then bits of snake-skins; the
whole being much firmer and thicker than is usual with nests that are
built in hollow stubs. All the other nests found with young were
situated higher, with one exception; the distance varying from four to
twelve feet from the ground. I found them to occupy usually the
abandoned holes of the Texas Woodpecker, Picus scalaris ; but split
forks of trees were sometimes putin use. They prefer living trees to
dead ones, and in every case in my experience the opening had to be
enlarged, sometimes with difficulty, before examination of the nest could
be made. The localities mostly selected for nesting are groves or open
timber free from undergrowth, whether in old lagoon beds, which re-
ceive the overflow from the river, or on the driest knolls. They do not
avoid human habitations, as two nests were found on the ranch in
ebony-trees, near buildings much frequented. The parents guard their

No. 3.) SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS, 317

treasures well, and are much disturbed when the nest is invaded;
though not until they see that their nest is actually being handled do
they give any cry of alarm, or other intimation of uneasiness than their
near presence.

Like all of their kind, these birds are very active and busy; but at
the time of their rearing their young, I have sat and listened to the
male well up in the tree above my head, singing his whistling refrain
for an hour at atime. A nest near the house was laid open with broad
cuts of an ax, and the young left fully exposed as on a shelf, but the
old ones Peed them safely, and I saw them take wing.

The egg is rounded oval; but one end, being larger, has the appearance
of being rounder than the other. The ground-color is clear dead white;
distributed unevenly over the whole surface, and not very sparingly,
are flecks and blotches of fawn-color of various shades, the sides hav-
ing rather more than either end. Its length is .60 of an inch and its
breadth .48 of an inch. The usual number of eggs which this Titmouse
lays in a clutch I must put at six, as all the nests found contained that
number of young, except one, which had five.

Young just from the egg are nude, with the exception of a few long,
dark, downy feathers on the back, nape, and over the eyes. The first
plumage is much like the adult’s, but without the black crest.

When about to send the MS. to Washington, I received from Mr.
Bourbois, at Lomita, a nest and four eggs of this species, taken about
April 1, 1879, on his ranch. The nest is smaller and more frail than
the one I obtained, and composed of about equal parts of fine ner bark
and wool, with which are intermingled many bits of snake-skins. Of its
location I have not yet received notes. The eggs were fresh, and vary
much in size and markings. The ground-color is pinkish-white. The
spots of reddish-brown are small and few in number, and scattered over
the greater part of the egg, but at the larger end Ales are large aud
numerous, covering nearly the whole end, though in no case forming a
ring. In shape they are round at one end, and round-pointed at the
other, with the greatest diameter near the centre. Their sizes are respect-
ively .70 by .55; .69 by .55; .63 by .54; .60 by .46.

In Mr. Brewster’s notes (Bull. Nut. Orn. Club, vol. iv, No. 2, April,
1879, page 76), the measurements given of the three eggs in Mr. Rick-
secker’s collection are considerably larger than my single specimen
described at the head of this article, and previously given in ‘“ Science
News,” vol. i, No. 4, p.57. But, by comparison with the sizes of the
present set, it will be seen that my first egg was not so great an excep-
tion in size as Mr. Ricksecker’s eggs would lead one to suppose. It will
be noticed that the largest egg of my set of four is still smaller than the
smallest of his, and that of this last set of four one is even smaller than
the one I obtained in 1878.

378 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V:

GP Pepa Nel Oes vat Heed easy. 2 ci April 11 5.75 9, 00 3.00 | 2.50
NOM eer se Seales ote PSs a een April 12 5. 85 8, 50 2.75 | 2.50
UO eee Gore: 20 Vet ee wees eee ees April’ TAY (Soto ole | eee PR AER ei 2 cil
1521 3 dO ee SE asa April 19 | 6.00] 9.25] 287 | 2.50
157 | 3 do! duh ace a April 20| 5.75 | 9.95] 2.87] 2.5

8. AURIPARUS FLAVICEPS (Sund.) Baird.— Yellow-headed Titmouse.

Since the announcement of the discovery, in Mexico, of this diminu-
tive bird, by Sundevall* in 1850, followed closely by the record of its
discovery within our limits, by Lawrence in 1851, enterprising natural-
ists have seen it sparingly in different localities, both within our borders
and in Northern Mexico. Mr. Xantus gives the only account of finding
it in any numbers, and that at Cape St. Lucas, where he obtained
numbers of nests and over one hundred eggs. Nowhere, however, can
I learn of any large series of skins having been preserved. On my former
trip I only reached its most eastern limit, Hidalgo, where I obtained but
two specimens. On this trip, although my field for collecting was but
a few miles further up the river, I was more successful, bringing home
fourteen skins, besides many sets of eggs and nests.

Although Dr. Coues has given very full descriptions of the species in
his “Birds of the Colorado Valley,” yet my series of skins from Lomita
vary so much in color, that I have thought best to give their specific
characteristics.

Ad.—Above cinereous, primaries and rectrices edged with hoary-white, coverts
edged and tipped with ash. Head all around golden-yellow with a slight olive cast
on the crown. In mature birds, the central part of the feathers of the upper forchead
are colored blood-orange, which shows back of the yellow feathers overlying them.
In the mature ¢, the yellow of the head extends around the whole neck and upon the
jugulum, and also tinges the central parts of the feathers of the belly andrump. Lesser
wing-coverts deep rich chestnut-red. Wings and tail brown. Under parts light ash.
The bases of the feathers of whole bird dark plumbeous. Bill .35, black, conical, acute,
and slightly decurved. Feet plumbeous. Tarsus .58, longer than the middle toe and
claw. Length about 4.50. Wing 2 to 24. Tail 2 or under.

Juv.—Above, color of adult. Wings and tail darker brown. Head showing tinge
of olive-yellow on crown and auriculars. Under parts light ash, nearly white. Edges

_ [*The great Swedish ornithologist first described this species in such an unexpected
and out-of-the-way connection, that few, probably, have seen the original notice. The
name and description appear in a footnote in an article giving an account of a lot of |
birds from Africa, under the following title:

“‘Poglar fran Nordéstra Afrika.” <Ofvers. af Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl. for ar
1850, vii, pp. 125-133.—(Beskrifning pa 21 Arter tillhérande af Hedenborg hemskickade
Samlingar. Aegithalus flaviceps, p. 129.)

Mr. G. N. Lawrence having very shortly afterward redescribed the species from
Texas under the name of Conirostrum ornatum (Ann. Lyc. N. Y. for 1851, y, p. 112, pl.
5, f.1), Mx. P. L. Sclater took exception to this generic assignment, and referred the bird
to the genus Psaltria, in a special paper as follows:

‘Note on Psaltria flaviceps, a third American Species of the Parine Genus Psaltria.”
<P. Z. 8., 1856, pp. 37, 38.—Also: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, pp. 92, 93.

A nearly complete index to the literature of the species is on p. 129 of my Birds
of the Colorado Valley. —E. C.]

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 379

of quills hoary. Coverts edged with rufous, and lesser wing-coverts light rufovs-
yellow.

Habitat.—Border of United States and Mexico, from the Pacific to a point on the
Lower Rio Grande, about one hundred miles from the Gulf, where the foot-hills and
alluvial deposits meet. Most northern limit thus far recorded is the Gila River; the
most southern, Cape St. Lucas. Not noticed by Grayson, Xantus, Sumichrast, and
others on the western coast of the mainland of Mexico,

Professor Baird, in his “ Review of American Birds,” says of this
species: “Cape St. Lucas specimens of this, as of other species, are
much smaller than those from the more northern localities: thus, in No.
12,967 3, the wing measures 1.90, the tail 1.80; while in 6,764 (¢ ?) from
FE] Paso, the wing is 2.15 and the tail 2.25.”

“« The Cape St. Lucas specimens are brighter, and the top of the head,
just behind the forehead, has the feathers strongly tinged with reddish-
orange.”

Of my fourteen specimens from Lomita, thirteen are adults, and one
is a full-grown young. In order to give a correct idea of the size of the
Lower Rio Grande specimens, I have gone over the adults with great
care, and the result is the list of measurements of the dried skins given
at the end of this article. The majority of my specimens are bright,
and have the reddish-orange on forehead more or less strongly marked.
In fact, I have some specimens so strongly colored as to have some of the
yellow appearing on belly and rump. From the variations in color of
my series of skins, I conclude that it takes two or three years to perfect
their plumage. I regret that I have not before me the specimens in the
National Museum; but, from what Professor Baird says, already quoted,
and also from Mr. Henshaw’s report of those found by him in Arizona
and New Mexico, I think that the Lomita skins are more brilliant in
plumage than those from Cape St. Lucas or the Colorado Valley. As
to size, my specimens are much nearer the St. Lucas specimen than the
one from El Paso, which latter, I think, may be of extreme size, even for
that locality.

Several nests with young were taken, and a set preserved in alcohol.
The chicks, half-grown and with eyes still unopened, are perfectly de-
void of down or feathers; back of head, back, and wings dark; all other
parts yellow.

About half of my adult specimens were caught on the nest, which may
seem strange to those not familiar with the nest; but one who has seen
it can readily understand why the bird feels so secure within it. A little
fellow brought me a bird alive, and when asked how he obtained it,
replied, “TI caught it asleep.”

As regards the habits of the bird, aside from its breeding habits, I
can add almost nothing to the meagre knowledge we already have.
They are so diminutive and timid, upon approach always darting into
the dense cover near at hand, that a mere glance at them only can gener-
ally be had, as of a leaf’ falling into a thicket. I have never seen them
feeding, nor this season even singing, as upon one occasion the season.
before.

Bull. v, 3——4

380 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol ¥.

It is exceedingly difficult, if at all possible, to learn the habits of a bird
no larger than a man’s thumb, which affects such imaccessible places as
it does. It makes its home upon ridges, dryer and less fertile than the
alluvial bottoms, and where chaparral and grasses will not grow, but
where numerous varieties of cactus and thorny bushes flourish, with
occasional stunted, thorny trees, all together forming immense labyrinths,
wherein occur occasionally tempting bare places, which seem to be paths,
but yet on trial lead nowhere except to confusion, and spread over, too,
with trailing cactuses, whose thorns will pierce an ‘army boot. The
greatest caution is necessary in leaving the roadways or trails through
these thickets, for fear of losing the way; and a broiling, vertical sun,
and a clear view above the lower growth of at very most a few yards,
add still more to the difficulty of studying the bird. The nest is not so
difficult of sight, but access to it is often exceedingly tedious. When
reached, no bird is to be seen and nota note is heard. A wad of cotton
stuffed into the small opening on the lower side of the nest secures the
bird, if one is in it, and some work with the pocket pruning-shears,
which are almost indispensable for obtaining nests in this section, will
secure the branch with its thorny nest, the contents of which may be
examined at the working-table, when the day’s collecting is over. A
nest, if left, would hardly be found again ; or if examination were made
of its contents upon the next visit, it would, in all probability, have its
eggs destroyed by the parent. Although we took all the specimens of
the bird that came in our way, yet many more could have been secured
had we made it a special object. Those that were shot were in low
bushes. In similar localities are also found Black-throated Finches,
White-eyed Vireos, and occasionally a Warbler.

The nest is a marvel of bird-architecture, and consists of a hollow
ball composed of a triple wall of three distinct styles of structure. The
outside one is made of thorny twigs, and a few flower-stems, openly but
securely intertwined among the twigs of the living branch; the middle
one is a firm plaiting half an inch thick, made of flowers, flower-stems,
and mosses; the inner one is a lining of feathers, matted together, suf-
ficiently secured to the middle wall so as to line the hollow ball through-
out. How different are these elaborate structures from those found by
_ Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas, as described by Professor Baird in his
“Review of American Birds,” p. 85: ‘The single known species of the
genus builds a covered nest of stiff, short pieces of grass, with a hole in
the side, in bushes.”

The shape of the nests varies from perfectly round to retort-shape,
the neck of the nest being at one side and below. The size varies from
four to eight or ten inches in outside diameter; the inside diameter is
about three inches, and the opening of the neck about an inch.

The eggs are rich pea-green of various shades, covered with irregular
small spots and splashes of brown, sparsely at the small end, but at the
other sometimes covering the entire end, though generally massed into a

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 381

7
confluent ring. Theshape is round at one end and tending to a point
at the other. Twenty eggs average .606 by .445; the largest is .67 by .46
and the smallest .57 by .43.

Length.| Wing. | Tail.
POE tech a! MOMMA tie wet icottecdeiewieidtinnbswehs April 19 4.50 2-19 1,97
53) |G) al secede Seas SSSaN essed CoS Seen April 19 4, 25 2. 00 1, 85
RUONE GeilseeGOe te seniat te tones onecce ees April 25 4.50 2.10 1. 90
DOM Wiese Opp cceiastesstarcas lap Ses seceslasels April 26 4. 40 2,12 2 00
i 1 gil eG (oe See en ee April 29 4. 60 2. 05 1.95
SG Wi) OVEN Shot Oe Ss 2 es So See ee eee April 30 4.5 2.05 1 95
SAME MONS Oe seals vote cle cwiseet eda creqse May 7 4,50 2.05 2. 00
FD | Ole Rod Os SSeS ae Sass eer May 7 4, 40 2.00 195
BOCA al PIN MLO Mreeeitae cota cisco ceed scce ence May 10 4,25 1.90 1.95
Oe Merial eRe Optteca ats cts iniceiaiceit acne See May il 4.50 2.10 2. 05
SOO ern Se O esata comin simoic cis aacicns Saeeiae May 11 4.50 2.12 1.95
Aaa tee eU OP etiocs wae acc etecosleclece cose May 15 4,50 2.10 1395
AGE Th O15. aS Se ee a Se ee May 16 4.50 2. 05 1.75

TROGLODYTID ZA.

9. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BRUNNEICAPILLUS (Lafr.) Gray.—Cactus Wren.

On my former trip I did not find a single one of this species between
the mouth of the river and Hidalgo. On this trip, about seven miles
above Hidalgo, where the foot-hills begin, I found it not uncommon in
certain localities. The limit of this bird’s habitat in the United States
is, on the east, very strictly defined. Ata point from the Gulf about
one hundred miles by road or three hundred by river occurs its eastern
limit. Here I came upon a ridge densely covered with cactuses of large
size and a few scattering trees, where I found this bird in such numbers
that at times a dozen could be seen at once; and in an hour or two
three of us examined as many as fifty nests in different stages of com-
pletion, from those just begun to those containing young ready to fly.
The nest is large and usually confined to the prickly-pear cactus, so
that it is easily found.

In flight this bird appeared to me more like a Thrush than a Wren. It
was not very shy when away from the nest, and we could easily approach
to within gun-shot range; but at nearer approach it would dart off into
thickets or trees, where it would dodge about among the branches,
peering and scolding at us continually. Its song is loud and rather
harsh, and unlike any other bird’s song within my knowledge. I am
unable to describe it. I have come upon this bird while feeding upon
the seeds of ground-cacti, or upon worms or grubs in the ground.
Many specimens taken had their bills covered with mud. It was very
difficult to see it about its nest. Only once did I see one fly from a
nest, which was but half constructed. I saw nothing like creeping in
its habits, and I do not know why it should be named Brown-headed
Creeper Wren. I did not meet with it until the 7th of May, probably
owing to our having to go some distance from the ranch to reach the
open cactus ridges, where it loves to dwell. It is eminently a bird of

*

382 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ~ (Vol. V.

the cactus, still not altogether confined to it for nesting purposes. I
have discovered its nests in junco-, ebony-, and mesquite-trees. On May
21 I found two new but empty nests, some ten feet from the ground,
one on each side of an ebony standing alone, and on the same day a
fine nest in the lower part ofw large mistletoe, at least sixteen feet from
the ground, in a mesquite-tree. Several times I examined nests in the
junco, which is oftener seen in bush-form than in proportions entitling
it to the name of tree. It consists of a mass of green thorns, without
leaves, and so full of pitch that it readily burns when green and full of
sap. The nests in the cacti were never found lower than three feet
from the ground, and usually four or more.

The nests are well described in Dr. Coues’s “ Birds of the Colorado
Valley,” p. 158, and I can add little of interest. Nests of the previous
season become battered down by the rains, and frequently anew one is
built on the top of an old one. In none did I see twigs entering into
their composition; all were composed of the long grasses abundant in
the vicinity, and lined with feathers, sometimes to the very mouth of the
retort- or bottle-shaped structure. On May 14 I took my first nest of
this bird, containing four addled eggs, which had been abandoned, as I
had watched for a week for their owners to put in an appearance with-
out avail. On May 21 young nearly ready to fly, fresh eggs, and nests
not yet finished, were found in abundance in the same locality, so that
it is hard to tell about the particular season for breeding, or whether they
rear more than one brood. One nest contained five eggs, the others
four orless. The eggs are unmistakableincolor and shape. They appear
rich buff without a magnifying-glass, so fine and closely laid are the
spots upon the white ground. They are quite slender, and more pointed
at one end than the other. In size they average .94 by .65; the largest
one taken is 1.00 by .66, and the smallest .88 by .63.

The four young taken May 21 from one nest, and preserved in alcohol,
have top of head dark brown, back and quills colored like adult, but
darker, the white streaks and spots much fainter, under parts like
adult, with the black spots less conspicuous; russet on flanks, lower
belly, and under tail-coverts very plain; bill brown; feet pale. Young,
when first hatched, have fine, long, light brown down on the feather-
tracts.

S04 Wenielioritad 9. 2. ee May 7| 812] 10.75] 3.38) 3.00
447 | 9 eM ess oy eee May 16] 835] 11.00] 3.25 | 3.12
“1A esi eae Ce ela May 16] 850] 11.50] 3.50 | 3,12
449 | g Goel | orn eis ee May 16| 837] 11.25] 3.35 | 3.00
IAS ea) LE a oe May 16| 8.50] 11.5 3.37 | 3.13
eile bn cabal vo Se Ce ere May 16| 8.50] 11.95] 3.50] 3.13
481 | 3 pee Gi ewece ce May 22| 837] 11.00] 3.31 | 3.12
492 | g i ata May 22| 8.75 | 11.25] 3.50 | 3.13
(ASSO eS GEO alk A May 22| 8.50] 11.50] 3.45 | 3.25
484 | 3 ae ee aia | May 22] 8.00] 11.25] 3.35 | 2.85
485 | 9 jo May 22| 838/| 10.75| 3.37 | 3.25
53h Mo tania meen AU et May 23| 838] 11.25] 3.50 | 3.25
BOAdk 3): (caleba ceer ast ok woos.) May 23| 875] 11.50] 3.50 | 3.25

1

No. 3.) SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 383

10, THRYOTHORUS LUDOVICIANUS BERLANDIERI (Couch) Coues.—Ber-
landier’s Wren.
There is little to be said about this variety, forin every respect its habits
are similar to those of the Carolina Wren. I paid considerable attention
to this species on this trip, owing to the forms obtained the year before
being so faintly marked and therefore puzzling. The result is,a large
series of well-marked specimens, and a confirmation of my former state-
ment that berlandieri is the only form of this species resident en the Rio
Grande.
The eggs of this Wren vary in color and marking from those of the
Great Carolina Wren to Bewick’s Wren, but in size come nearer to the
former. Those obtained on this trip average .73 by .57.

fie to gha|| ILO Re eeeekap sao Eeobeeae April 10 5. 62 ads 2.25 | 2.00
TOR B02 S00) Sees ae eeno po Sooaeaee AN or) We NS ce5 beds||Seseoese 2.25 | 1.80
118s: @ || -eeadlOneeseeslsssbecrccgeosiesps TAG Ass | EE Sees erent 2.18 | 1.97
AAP Pesan eae On eae ee oils sotose cont April 19 5.75 7.75 2.37 | 2.00
TE & ee coGlO Gan aa5 eaomepioooeoe Geac April 21 5.75 1.45 2.30 | 1.90
1G | @ | seco eeseeegeecoameeee Geece April 24 5. 62 7.75 2. 32) | 1.95
HBSS oe Peed Oleaanecisacccs cnincnie sic April 24 5.75 7.75 2.30 | 2.00
ANS ria frit LO veleeains)cccice c- -s- 2 == May 13 5.75 7.75 2.25 | 1.90
ABH | BS Re aChO. Po Caco abo DEOneeanae May 15 5. 80 8. 00 2.37 | 2.00
W35) |) © Ane aCOeeeeoeesseeeicseoee sesee May 15 5. 75 8. 00 2.37 | 2.00
AGS OM Een COs. s.2 fn aces <elsala aise abe May 17 5. 50 7.50 2.25 | 1.75

|

11. THRYOTHORUS BEWICKI LEUCOGASTER Baird.— White-bellied Wren.

I wish to reverse the opinion given in my former notes* in regard to
this bird, and would call this variety the only form resident on the
Lower Rio Grande. I did not take a true bewicki during the trip. [saw
no difference, in habits, between the White-bellied Wren and its East-
ern relative. |

A fine set of four fresh eggs was taken April 18 in a brush fence at
Lomita Ranch. The nest was quite simple, being but a handful of hair,
leaves, feathers, cotton, and fine bark matted together. This bird builds
its nest in a great variety of places, and is much more domestic in its
habits than beriandieri. A pair of them built their nest between the
ridge-pole and thatching of the roof of a corn-crib which we occupied in
preparing our specimens, and almost over our heads. They were so
tame as to hop about among the cotton, tow, papers, &c., on our benches,
within a few feet of us, and to take whatever pleased them. The nest
had an outside bulky structure, made up of twigs, corn-husks, &e., and
was lined with a matting like the one described. Unfortunately, just as
it was completed, the female was shot by a Mexican. The accident gave
us much regret, since we enjoyed their companionship and the privilege
of so close observation. The eggs have a ground-color of white, covered

* Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories, vol. iv, No. 1, p. 9.

[Respecting the use of the name leucogaster by Gould for a species of Uropsila Sel.
& Salv., and its subsequent employ by Baird for a variety of Thryothorus bewicki,
see Birds Col. Vall., 1878, p. 170.—E. C.]

384 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

not very profusely with reddish-brown of various shades, massed in dis-
tinct broad bands near the largerend. Theshapeisround atthelargeend
and round-pointed at the other. In size they fall below those of Bewick’s
Wren from the Middle United States. They vary in length from .64 to
.61 and in breadth from .49 to .46.

158 | ¢ | Lomita-.-... April 20 | Wing 2.12. Tail gone, but new one just starting.

Ab?) | ——||2eeadOhesaeee May 16 5. 25 7.00 2.10 2,00

Ay | c—— | ee Omer May 16 Daze 7 00 2.13 2. 00 |

5054 On| teed Oneseeee May 25 5. 35 7.00 2.12 2. 00
ALAUDIDA.

12. EREMOPHILA ALPESTRIS CHRYSOLZMA (Wagl.) Coues.—South-
western Horned Lark.
Seen about the sand flats at Corpus Christi March 20, also at Point
Isabel April 3, after which time I did not visit suitable places for it.

SYLVICOLID Zi.

13. MNIOTILTA VARIA (L.) V.—Black-and-white Creeper.*

I shot a fine-plumaged male of this species at Corpus Christi on March
23, and saw several others. They were in company with Blue-gray
Gnatcatchers and Black-throated Green Warblers. At Lomita, on April
24, I obtained a female in very dull plumage, and in May several of both
sexes. :

Wing 2.83. Tail 2. |
5. 00 female

13
190

g
2

March 23
April 24

Corpus Chrishizs.=-s4-2-oee eer ae
Momutirg. 22° Passes seria aera

14, PARULA NIGRILORA, Coues.—Sennett’s Warbler.

After reaching Lomita, April 8, the first two days were chiefly occu-
pied in getting conveniences and supplies in order. On the first collecting
day, we heard its notes, and the first Warbler obtained was this pretty little
Parula. It is truly a bird of the forest, and delights to be in the upper
branches of the tallest trees. The song of the male is almost continuous
as it flits about, and is so clear that it can be heard at a long distance
and readily distinguished from all other birds’. By its notes we could
locate the bird, and this accounts for our securing so many more males
than females. Were it not for its song, I doubt if we would have taken
many, owing to their diminutive size and habit of frequenting the tops
of the forest-trees. As it was, by only taking such as came in our way,

[* I wish to complete here the reference to the curious synonym of this bird, ‘‘ Necta-

rinia varia,” left defective in B.C. V.205, as I had at that time no opportunity of

handling Kiister’s continuation of Hahn’s work. The reference is:

Nectarinia varia, Kiister, Ornith. Atl. der aussereurop. Vég. nach Dr. C. W. Hahn’s Werke fortges.

von H. C. Kiister, Erste Abtheil., Heft 8, NectarinidenL., p. 2, pl. 2. (8vo, Niimberg, Zeh, 1536.)
—E. C.]

No.3] + SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 385

we shot over twenty specimens, and could have taken any number more
had we set out for them alone. In feeding habits I could see nothing
different from our familiar Blue Yellow-back, P. americana.

When the few specimens of this new species were obtained in 1877, little
or nothing was seen of its breeding habits. One of the great induce-
ments to repeat the trip to the Rio Grande was to further our knowledge
of this pretty Warbler. From the time of my arrival at its habitat, early
in April, nearly every day specimens were obtained and examined, to
ascertain the condition of the ovaries, with the view of finding nests and
eggs. How well I remember my anxiety, about the middle of May,
when, after a number of weeks’ stay and examination of many birds of
this species, dissection showed the eggs to be only just developing.
The weather was growing intensely hot, the time for our departure was
set in the near future, and it seemed as if we could not obtain an egg of
a bird so common, before returning home. But on May 17, while my
assistant and I were trying to save some large birds, Pancho, our Mexi-
can guide, brought me the most interesting and peculiar nest I had
seen in that locality, together with one broken egg, belonging to this
new Warbler. He observed the nest while riding about the timber and
chaparral, and it was while standing on his saddle, reaching for it, that
his horse started and threw the only egg it contained to the ground.
Our prospects thus looked brighter, and we had hopes of finding other
nests within a few days. Instructions were given to all the Mexicans
about the ranch to search clumps of moss and orchids for them, but
without avail, and we left the country the latter part of May with but
a single nest and a poor broken egg to illustrate the breeding habits of
P. nigrilora. The date, May 17, of finding nest and egg, I judge to be
unusually early. The great majority must breed in June, for on July
5, of the season before, what I have no doubt were young of this bird
were found near Brownsville by Dr. Merrill, but not recognized. None
of our Northern form, P. americana, were observed on the trip, and the
only form of Parula breeding on our southern border is nigrilora. This
Warbler must arrive on the Rio Grande in March, for in the first part of
April it was there in full force. I confidently expect this bird to be
found in wooded districts north of the Rio Grande and possibly north of
the Nueces River. That this form has not been met with in Mexico by
the several field ornithologists who have visited that section seems
strange, yet the small size and forest habits of the bird would account
perhaps fof its being so long concealed from observation.

The nest is exceedingly interesting and beautiful. It is made in a
gray mistletoe-like orchid, an air-plant very common on the Rio Grande,
which establishes itself on the small branches of trees, and varies in size
up to eight or ten inches in diameter. This one is six inches long by
four and one-half inches wide, quite firm in texture, and was fastened
some ten feet from the ground, to the end of a drooping branch of brazil-
tree in open woodland. The nest is constructed very simply, being
formed by parting the gray leaves of the orchid and digging into its

386 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

centre from the side, a cavity some two inches in diameter bemg made, -
with an opening of one and one-quarter inches. The bottom and sides
are lined pretty well up with short cottony wood fibres, forming a fine
matting for the eggs to rest upon. A firmer and more secure nest is
seldom seen, although so easily made. I imagine a day would com-
plete one, and certainly but little time need be wasted in selecting a
site, for thousands of orchids stand out on the partially dead branches
or on trees with little foliage. That they build also in the hanging
trusses of Spanish moss, so abundant everywhere, is true, the young
before referred to being found in a nest in one.

The egg is very similar to P. americana; its spots of lilac and
brown forming a broad incompact band near the larger end, and over
the whole surface now and then a fleck of same colors on the dull white
ground. The egg measures .67 of an inch in length and .46 of an inch
in breadth.

The measurments here given were taken from birds in the flesh, and, I
think, are quite correct.

AOD hen MUOMnMteeerses estnee sone eee April 10 4.50 6. 85 2.12 | 1.62
TUS VEN EOS ON ee eee eset April 15 4,50 6. 50 2,05 | 1.50
TLS lf MOE GAR GIO pe eter AAR pean April 15 4, 40 6. 50 2.00 | 1.50
HSS On Pee ado yee meets oes hae April 19 4,75 7.50 2.25 | 1.62
BED ig aass@ se sekeses doosossossse April 29 4, 35 6. 25 2.00 | 1.50
BIL Gy ee) SASSI la Sere oi April 29 4.50 6. 60 2.05 | 1.50
BOB | O |e lsglO ee seeosanonoess soesee April 30 4.25 6. 50 2.00 | 1. 45
2GH |G sse4Gl sesuhe secSsecesa5o Se5- April 30 4.37 6.75 2.05 | 1.56
WO |, A scale) soo csaeboSspesescsodee April 30 4, 25 6.75 2.05 | 1.50
BO A & |\askod@ GsGhse Sede senccsed cose May 4,25 6.75 2.07 | 1.50
ON eae MeO sei aria <fo.ciai= =tolein Slaeete May 3 4, 25 6.50 2.00 | 1.&0
Bay og) HessoG® 55656 cogbee cosscs 3582 May 7 4,50 6. 62 2.00 | 1.50
AAD 9 Zo faceadly oo SeSeeeseo ceeeas ose May 8 4.50 6. 85 2.10 | 1.50
SYS) || BY eden COenbseaessoss esooca bee May 9 4.75 6.75 2.12 | 1.62
OSM Munsee Of Sane ices ae em ae aveneeee May Il 4. 62 6.75 2.00 | 1.50
ANY OUNMEL ACO 27 ce ton cmicinosseiee canes May 13 4, 25 6. 50 1.95 | 1.40
Aa iM ee ICO ysl nis cine vo olaps Slee enietes May 13 4.30 6. 65 2.00 | 1.50
ANS WG Wass MO Sha555 Goonscsosded S55- May 13 4,40 6. 50 2.00 | 1.50
ASN ANIMES 3s CK ee rn Pate psy May 14 4.6 6. 65 2.05 | 1.55

| 480 | g |.---dO -.-..----..---+------. May 20 4, 40 6. 60 2.00 | 1.50
|

15. HELMINTHOPHAGA RUFICAPILLA (Wils.) Bd.—Nashville Warbler.

Found at Lomita in low shrubbery, during our stay, in company with
Black-throated Green and Golden Warblers. Not uncommon.

Og Momiibaeeds Soha tee ese mre April 11 4.85 7.75 Petites)
TS) Ape NPs lca: es Sey mG eee pe a aes April 25 4.75 7.50 | 2:25) 175
205 | 2 5. 00 (azo 2.30 | 1.75

foil LO eA ebe Reine: A aa April 26 |

16. HELMINTHOPHAGA PEREGRINA (Wils.) Cab.— Tennessee Warbler.

A few obtained about May 1st at Lomita, but nothing seen of their
habits. They were about shrubbery in woodland.

;
| 221 | 9 | Lomita....-..----..----.-- April 26 4.75
| mits) IQ ecasGl® seas aseccaicsesoé soade5 :

No. 3] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 387

17. DENDR&CA STIVA (Gm.) Bd.—Golden Warbler.

Quite common at Lomita about the 1st of May, and seen occasionally
during the remainder of my stay. I did not find any nests, although it
undoubtedly breeds there.

18. DENDRG@CA VIRENS (Gmn.) Bd.—Black-throated Green Warbler.

Seen and obtained at Corpus Christi the last of March, and at
Lomita in April and May. At the latter place it was taken in company
with Maryland Yellowthroats, but was not so abundant.

Haha Corpus Christies... 25-2 - March 23 Wing 2.40. Tail 2.

203 | @ | Lomita.............-......| April 26| 5.40{|. 8.00) 2.60 | 2.00
DST eee Ee April 26] 5.00} 8.00] 2.50] 1.85

19. DENDR@CA PENNSYLVANICA (L.) Bd.—Chestnut-sided Warbler.

On May 13, at Lomita, I obtained several of this species in thickets
near the river-bank.

20. DENDR@CA MACULOSA (Gm.) Bd.—Black-and-yellow Warbler.
Only one noticed at Lomita.

so | Q “Lomita = Sub ooo cHOaoneE aauree May | 4.85 1. 85

7.50 | 2.25

21. SIURUS NAVIUS (Bodd.) Coues.—Short-billed Water Thrush.

This bird is common about the water-holes back from Lomita. Eight
or ten were shot in one afternoon in May.

Baal LOM GAS ooo ise toe SSescic cist May 7 6. 25 9.75 3
2) hy Oe i ae peel Mave sf 6.15 9525 2
25) ||) Sees aClO Aaa Ss aie eee May 7 6. 00 9. 25 2

22. GEOTHLYPIS TRICHAS (L.) Cab.—Maryland Yellowthroat.

Found as common about Lomita as any other Warbler. It frequents
the rank weeds, willows, &c., of lowlands. First seen April 11, and
observed daily during my stay.

[
12 | )

SAR ee nO thes. sss cole cceais <5)-1=- April 11 5. 25 7.00 QA 2a
SOMErAi EER OO! chee. ssc. ss coset =2 April 11 ys 7.25 2.25 | 2.05
eae OME ee CL OWe =e cic aeinin)cinicie sme ero April 30 bale 6.75 2.10 | 1.8
Bel nom paseo pes ss. oe Se oe SL Ss se May 11 Be BSS 7.00 2.25 | 2.00

23. GEOTHLYPIS PHILADELPHIA (Wils.) Bd.—Mourning Warbler.
I have nothing to note of the habits of this species. Shot a number
about the shrubbery in the vicinity of woods, but only preserved three.

MAO MOM meme cc. 2 S--- - =~ camile May 9 5. 62 7.60 2.38 | 2.00
SO BO DEO) $oece See aE ee ee eee ae May i1 5, 50 7.75 2.50 | 2.00
AA eer LORS as <n oo <= sioner May 13 5. 50 8. 00 2.60 | 2.00

388 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [V0.vV.

24, ICTERIA VIRENS (L.) Bd.— Yellow-breasted Chat.

I found this bird more numerous at Lomita than at Hidalgo the season
before, and could have taken any number of specimens had I been so
disposed. I have nothing new to add to the habits heretofore noted.

142 |'.4 | Lomitac.s.4:eseeeee eeseaae April 19 | 7.50] 10.00] 3.101 3.10
BOGS 21 Lo... ase eee ame April 26| 7.75| 10.25] 3,12 | 3.95
B10] 9. |... do. Lek Sean eee April 26 | 7.12] 9.50| 2.87] 3.00

25. MYIODIOCTES PUSILLUS (Wils.) Bp.—Green Black-capped Flycatch-
ing Warbler.
Observed in the shrubbery, weeds, and willows of damp places during
my stay, but in limited numbers.

206

April 26
| 207

April 26

26. SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA (L.) Sw.—Redstart.

Obtained one female of this species at Lomita on May 9, and saw no
others.

| 378

Q | WOME) sieiniewis niw/ oe ere ete | May 9 | 5. 25

TANAGRID A.

27. PYRANGA STIVA (L.) V.—Swmmer Redbird.

Common at Lomita, as at Hidalgo the year before. Generally seen
in woodland. I obtained but one set of eggs of this species. They are
Shaped like Thrushes’ eggs, and are light green in color, blotched and
spotted sparingly at the small end, but heavily at the large end, with
various shades of lilac, purple, and brown. The size averages .95 by .67.

|
Cie) 7) | Lomita). ..2- ses eee | April 9| -7.75 | 12.25 3.85 | 3.00
MOM EEO G | 132do, 25234. ete (Avpet) 12/0 sce! | heme wel 3.65. |.3- 15
TIES (Sp ees meee pen) SS April 24.) °7.75 | 12:00.|. 3)7esgenuo
OM |< wis O scien jenn ence eee April 25} 8.00] 12.00! 3.75 | 3.10
| |
HIRUNDINID A.

28. TACHYCINETA BICOLOR (V.) Coues.— W hite-bellied Swallow.

Seen at Corpus Christi and upper end of Padre Island during the
last days of March. None noticed at Lomita.

29. PETROCHELIDON LUNIFRONS (Say) Cab.—Oliff Swallow.

Notwithstanding we made sad havoe with its nests and eggs about
the court-house at Hidalgo in 1877, this bird was on hand again the
following year, but I think not in such great numbers. At Lomita
there were no favorable places for it to breed, and I did not observe it.

‘ Nosy. SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 389

30. COTYLE RIPARIA (L.) Boie-—Bank Swallow.

Small troops seen about the river and water-holes throughout May,
and they undoubtedly remain there to breed. At no time, however, did
I see them in such numbers as is common about Lake Erie.

Momibaeas anes ao ceh ot eee 2. 00

Et

May | 5. 00

106. 60 | 3. 85

AMPELID 2.

31. AMPELIS CEDRORUM (V.) Bd.—Cherry-bird.

On the 28th of April, during the hottest period of my stay on the
Rio Grande, [ heard a flock of these birds for some time during the mid-
dle of the day in a grove near the house. Their wheezing “tsee-tsee”
was perfectly familiar and unmistakable. A little later than this, the
year before, I shot several in about the same place.

VIREONID 2.

32. VIREO OLIVACEUS (L.) V.—Red-eyed Vireo.
On May 13 I shot several of this species in woods near the bank of
the river.

33. VIREO SOLITARIUS (Wils.) V.—Solitary Vireo.

A single specimen of this species was shot in a tall ebony-tree, back
of the house, at Lomita, April 30. It approximates to variety plumbeus,
rather more in size than in color. I instructed my assistant to keep a
sharp lookout for others of this bird, but succeeded in obtaining none,
and I think it must be rare to that locality. Tarsus .75; middle toe and
claw .72; whole bill .38; bill from nostril .27.

]

3. 00° | 2312

5.75 | 9.75

268 | Q | homies ot ais. 35 foe eden | April 30

34, VIREO NOVEBORACENSIS (Gm.) Bp.— White-eyed Vireo.
A common resident, observed to be more abundant in May than in
April. Nests and eggs taken April 30.

35. VIREO BELLI Aud.—Bell’s Vireo.

Mr. G. N. Lawrence inclines to place two doubtful specimens under
this head. One is undoubtedly a full-grown young, and taken April 26.
The other I think is an adult, although at first I supposed it to be a
young also, and was taken May 10.

|
15. Park T Wore
ma 2.25 | 1.75

208

Sex ? | MMO eee cies cet areaeeete | April 26 Wing 2.
381 7.

Sex PMedo isda. dsnsst. 40385: | May 10 5. 00 |

390 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Tol. V-

LANIID AS.
36, LANIUS LUDOVICIANUS EXCUBITORIDES (Sw.) Coues.— White-rwmped
Shrike.

Observed at Corpus Christi March 23, and on the Rio Grande during
April. Lesscommon in the heavily wooded districts about Lomita than
farther down the river. No specimens taken.

FRINGILLIDA.

37, CHRYSOMITRIS MEXICANA ARIZONZ Coues.—Arizona Goldfinch.

A few of this species were seen at Lomita, during May, about flower-
stalks of weeds and bushes; but one only was secured, a handsome
male, in full plumage.

1.63

| 20 | 3

Momita ty. 2.) Fe os es eee | May 1 | 4.50 | 8. 00 | 2.50

|

38. PASSERCULUS SAVANNA (Wils.) Bp.—Savanna Sparrow.

Common at Corpus Christi during the last of March, and occasionally
seen at Lomita Ranch in May. No doubt it is resident there. Its
presence so far from the coast is perhaps noteworthy. No variations
from eastern forms were noted, except that Rio Grande specimens are
paler.

3. 00 | 213 |

11 | 3 | Corpus Christi.......--.---- | Mar. 22 | 6. 00 | 9.50

39, COTURNICULUS PASSERINUS (Wils.) Bp.— Yellow-winged Sparrow.

But one specimen was secured. It was shot among the tufts of wild-to-
mato vines in company with Green Finches and Chats. Nothing noted
of its habits.

|
| 147 | ¢ | Tomita y. 22220 es sees | April 19 | 5. 25 | 8. 25 | 2.50 E 80 |

40. MELOSPIZA LINCOLNI (Aud.) Bd.—Lincoln’s Finch.
Seen at Lomita by roadsides and in dry open places.

|p ECO ire ae pe April’ ’9))) 5285 | 7.85 |) 2kaaaie 12 |

Cla ene do: 8a5. oo.s eso 25 Le Ararat Op eee he 2, 508\s24on|
SOIL fe 2) ESCO) 2 aan eee ene gE es May 4|/ 6.00| 850] 2.50 | 2.25
SIDINGS ERE GTO a see ek ee ae May 5|..6.00| 8.50 |) 2) 50))2ha5
|

41. POOSPIZA BILINEATA (Cass.) Scel.—Black-throated Finch.

Found at Lomita Ranch in even greater numbers than at Hidalgo
the season before. It is the sweetest singer of all the birds that frequent
the thorny bushes of that region, and I have willingly undergone a
broiling sun and considerable laceration from thorns and spines of
cactus to listen to its note.

No. 8.J SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 391

I secured three sets of its eggsin Aprilat Lomita. Several nests were
discovered in May, but they all contained young. My observations of
its breeding habits differ somewhat from those recorded of it on the arid
plains of the Utah Basin. Its nest differs from former descriptions in
having more or less horsehair and few rootlets for lining. One nest
was fully six feet from the ground, ard the others somewhat lower, but
none were found very near the ground, and all were placed securely in
crotches. The locality worked over this season had much less open and
barren ground than my field of last year, cactus and large thorny
bushes covering pretty thickly all spots free from chaparral or timber ;
yet I found the Black-throated Finch as abundant as in the more barren
country. Its eggs are perceptibly smaller than heretofore recorded ;
their length varying from .70 to .66, and their breadth from .55 to .52.

65 g 5. 25 8. 00 2.50 | 2.25
145 a SEO oS Se abe Senses April 19 5. 50 8.25 2.50 | 225
198 g SO U80 SBS Bae ae OSes April 25 5. 50 8. 00 2.50 2. 25
213 Q noe Ok lesgces eebuSe onan. April 26 5.30) 8. 00 2.45 | 2.25
2D) gS FD vo oe se RES aa eee eeoceore April 26 5. 00 8. 00 2.55 | 2.12
312 g ~ LUD peescoemaosecoobeD May 5 5. 50 8. 25 2.50 | 2.25

42, SPIZELLA SOCIALIS (Wils.) Bp.—Chipping Sparrow.
Obtained in April and May at Lomita, but not common.

43, ZONOTRICHIA LEUCOPHRYS INTERMEDIA Ridgw.—hidgway’s
Sparrow.
Not common about Lomita, the country being too thickly wooded to
suit its habits.

9. 50

| 75 | Q | MOMMA seis See ee ee lea — | April 10 | 6.75

44, CHONDESTES GRAMMICA (Say) Bp.—Lark Finch.

Seen occasionally at Lomita about the hedges skirting the ranches,
but not so abundant as farther down the river, where the country is
more cultivated and less wooded.

| 6 2) | UL saiteho SS ASEIee Se SeeeeOoeoee | May 20 6. | 10. 50
|

45. CALAMOSPIZA BICOLOR (Towns.) Bp.—Lark Bunting.

Seen March 21 and 22, at Corpus Christi, in flocks of thirty or forty,
on the outskirts of the towns. Specimens obtained there, and also at
Point Isabel, April 3. All were moulting and in poor plumage.

Alda \eCocpusiC bristi. .. —..):-\- <<. March 21 6.75 | 11.50 3.38 | 2.50. |

Siilapa Wh ok hi a est March 21 7°50'| 11.75 3.50 | 2.75 |

Ie 0” AUG i ee rrr a March 22 6.75 | 11.00 3.25 | 2750)
LOR 7.10) 11.50 3. 38 | 2.50

SES ny Leo Se oe March 22 |

392 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

46. EUSPIZA AMERICANA (Gm.) Bp.—Black-throated Bunting.

Seen in open groves, in company with Blue Grosbeaks and Orioles.
’ T found no nests, although without doubt it breeds on the Rio Grande.

Qo | Soomitalg 32 Soe eee een ee April 26 6. 50
Quill. 2S id ONS ae BAe ee eee April 26 6.25

| 214 10.75

215

47. GONIAPHEA C4RULEA (L.).—Blue Grosbeak.

Common at Lomita, and found breeding in scattered clumps of bushes
in open groves. May 241 took two nests, about three feet from the
ground, in kleppeni-bushes,* near a corn-field. They were concealed in
the heart of the bushes; were four inches in outside diameter; on the
inside two and one-half inches wide by two inches deep; were composed
of leaves, corn-husks, and the dried tops of weeds and grasses, and
lined throughout with rootlets and a few horsehairs. They had been
watched for some time; one contained four eggs and the other three—
their full complements. As the fresh eggs lie in the nest, they are of a
pinkish shade, but, when blown, become a delicate blue. In shape they
are oval, and not, as heretofore described, ‘‘ equally rounded at either
end,” one end being decidedly more pointed than the other. In size
they vary in length from .88 to .85; in breadth from .65 to .62.

Mr. Bourbois informs me, that, during the harvesting of the first crop,
early in July, he frequently meets with nests of this bird attached to
corn-stalks, and containing eggs and young. They therefore rear at
least two broods of young at Lomita.

UGE |oogi | bonne AAR EBA Sesoe ose t ac se April 22 8.00 | 12.00 3.75 | 3.00
Oe hie ee OO 222.2. So eee April 25 7.50 | 12.00 3.75 | 3.00
OMAN MOU via ccs Sakon sate SEO April 27 7.50 | 11.50 3. 62 | 3.00
EA lene Oa ee ae Re ese. saqoy Sul AiO) 7.75 | 12.00 3.63 | 2.90 |
AO TRO Alys eis OO) chee ncsicswe am wicorn SSE May 22 7.85 | 11.75 3.50 | 3.00
BUSH Oi Bae aC ee eeoras = aec ce oo sss- May 25 7.50 | 11.50 3.50 | 2.87

48, CYANOSPIZA CIRIS (L.) Bd.— Nonpareil or Painted Finch.

Quite common at Lomita. A half dozen females were shot in the
bushes overhanging the water, at Lake San José, a few miles from the
ranch, on May 7. No males were observed in their company. Al-
though they undoubtedly breed in that vicinity, we came across no
nests.

QO gh DOIN oe aac eat April 26 5. 85 9. 00 2.75 | 2.25
217 | so0O escdss odoeseastonaeene April 26 6. 50 9. 00 2.80 | 2.25
AU eh | ee Ose imran Sia tela /ars ae, Minhas April 28 5. 87 9. 00 2.75 | 2.30
BE ON Bae ClO SO Ab 6c Bea aoe ae May. 7 5. 50 8. 85 2. 62 | 2.00
SAM NO) Bae Obseeinetiaciscls lec cine «nel May 7 5. 62 8. 62 2. 62.| 2. 05
BE MON en Cl) eo iooo poseasde Geen eee May 7 5. 50 8.75 2.70 | 2.00

* Common name of this shrub in the locality.

No. 3.) SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 393

49. CYANOSPIZA VERSICOLOR (Bp.) Bd.— Western Nonpareil.

Obtained but two females of this species at Lomita, aud recognized a
male, which I did not secure.

348
383

wee w eee

50. CYANOSPIZA CYANEA (L.) Bd.—Jndigo-bird.

A few males observed, and several females of this species taken in
May. They seemed to be less abundant at Lomita than either of the
other species of the genus. No nests found.

Wants: oss soe Bo adres ate

zn | g

51. SPERMOPHILA MORELETI Pucheran.—Worelet’s Finch.

Observed first on April 7, while on my way to Lomita, where it is
not an uncommon bird, yet its diminutive size and its habit of frequent-
ing low bushes and weeds preclude its frequent observation where
there is so much undergrowth. One specimen was shot in a small tree,
and about nine feet from the ground, which was the only one observed
at such height. It is tame and quite fearless. All those observed were
in immature plumage, the males wanting the black jugulum and white
throat, and the back and head either wholly fulvous ash or mixed with
black, instead of clear glossy black of adult Mexican specimens, while
the females were light fulvous ash, with but a tinge of olive, instead of
the deep olive fulvous of the adult Mexican type. It is strange that
thus far no full-plumaged specimen of this species has been obtained
this side of Mexico.

On May 3 I took an adult female and two young, apparently just
from thenest. The young were more than half-grown and full-feathered ;
whole upper parts dark rich brown; under parts fulvous on the sides
the feathers dark, tipped with fulvous; tips of wing-coverts light, form-
ing indistinct bars; bill and feet pale, almost white. I have the young
preserved in alcohol. I found no nests or eggs of this species.

86 | go i 4, 38 | 6.75 2.05 | 1.85
Bi | Go Seal SaaS eeeeeeco semeer feral 11 4,25 6. 50 2.00 | 1.75
Thee, he BP SoS ClO See a BBS SO Se TCocIc April 24 4, 25 | 6. 62 2.05 | 1.75
OM OM eC Oban occ. <a acin+ cosas 1 May 3 4.50 6.75 2.00 | 1.80
See glisceed) eaese aa eemeE SEES DEE May 11 4,50 | 6.75 2.00 | 1.75
|
PR ee ene eee ee ee

52. PYRRHULOXIA SINUATA Bp.—Tevas Cardinal.

Tolerably common at Lomita. It is probably resident in that region,
along with the Virginia Cardinal, and breeds fully as early. There is
Little difference between the habits of the two Cardinals, but the Texas

394 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

is more confined to open and exposed situations near settlements. It
is always shy and suspicious, so that I rarely came upon it unawares.
On April 17, at Lomita, and within a short distance of the river, I
flushed a female from her nest, and found four eggs. The nest was
about five feet from the ground, among the close-growing shoots of a
small ebony stub, standing alone near a brush fence, and not far from
the roaaway. It was rather compact and small for the size of the bird,
being about three and one-half inches in diameter on the outside, with
an inside diameter and depth not exceeding two inches, and composed
entirely of dried inner bark, grasses, and pliant twigs, with a few root-
lets for lining. The eggs had been sat upon a few days. They were a
little larger and somewhat more elongated than others taken of the
same species, and vary in length from .97 to .92 of an inch, while they
are nearly equal in breadth, three measuring .68 of an inch and one .69.
In shape they somewhat resemble those of the Virginia Cardinal, but
are more round, and are irregularly covered with spots in various shades
of brown and lavender, which at the larger end are massed together,
sometimes forming a band, but more frequently covering the entire end.

Teo Mee Wilowita, sc eee April 17| 8.75] 12.00] 3.87] 4.12
SIR. | Cloner Cpl RRR SNE glace 133 April 27 | 8.50] 11.50] 3.62 | 3.85
SHOR ae, (peek GO-iseh fic, 2 nie te sticciee ees May 8 8. 50 11.50 3.75 | 4.00
35 | Oe AREAL a i AS May 10| 7.50] .11.00| 3,50) 395
(AGS) | cea ea aS EES May 18| 8.75| 12.00| 3.75 | 4.00

|

53. CARDINALIS VIRGINIANUS (Briss.) Bp.—Cardinal Redbird.

Very abundant at Lomita; at every turn seen brightly flashing across
-our path, whether in the dense thickets of the woods or in open chapar-
ral, and always extremely cautious. I discovered no variations from
the common form. A large series of nests and eggs were obtained.

3S ae Yel SOMO A are .ce< copie eee 8.50 | 11.25

i
3.38 | 3.75 |
" |
|

54, PIPILO CHLORURUS (Towns.) Bd.—Green-tailed Towhee.

Very few specimens of this bird observed; two obtained in open
shrubbery. They undoubtedly breed sparingly about Lomita, but we
discovered no nests.

OGM Ow Muomitak . Ss 25... Len eee April

1 Wing 2.95. Tail 3.25,
PAGHIG Mes eC Oseec cts sa 2k. Lon Ieee April 2

7.50 | 10. 25 | 3. 12 | 3. 25

2
)

55. EMBERNAGRA RUFIVIRGATA Lawr.—Green Finch.

This was among the first birds we saw at Lomita, and remained con-—
stant during our stay. It is quite tame, and confined to low shrubbery.
Its song I can describe no better than Dr. Merrill has already done: “a
repeated chip,—chip,—chip, begun slowly but rapidly increasing until
the notes run into each other,” and which, when ence heard and identi-

No. 3.J SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 395

fied, is always distinguishable. It feeds upon larve and seeds, especially
the seeds of the wild-tomato, and begins to breed early.

On April 19 there were brought me an adult male, a young bird more
than half-grown and just from the nest, and a nest containing two eggs
about to hatch,—all of this species, and obtained in one clump of bushes.

Within the past three seasons large numbers of nests and eggs of this
Finch have been secured by Dr. Merrill and myself on the Lower Rio
Grande. The doctor first found them in the vicinity of Brownsville, and
later I found them abundantly some seventy miles further up the river.
The domed nests are situated in the heart of bushes, generally from two
to five feet above the ground. They were found in all sorts of open
thickets. One I detected close by the roadside, in a clump of bushes,
under a small tree; another on a dry knoll, which was covered with
cacti, thorny bushes of various kinds, and scattering trees of mesquite

-and ebony, and in close proximity to nests of the Long-billed Thrasher
and the Yellow-billed Cuckoo. Most frequently, however, nests were
found in those depressions near woods, where water stands during the
wet season, which, when dry, abound with grass hammocks and bunches
of rank weeds covered with wild-tomato vines. The nests are nearly
round in shape, large for the size of the bird, and constructed of dried
weed-stems, pieces of bark, grasses, and leaves,—sometimes with a little
hair for lining of the bottom, but more frequently without. The com-
plement of eggs is four, and two or three broods are raised in a season.
Several sets of eggs were found in April, but many more early in May,
while by the 20th of May embryos were well formed. Dr. Merrill found
fresh eggs August 5 near Fort Brown, and others slightly incubated on
September 7. The eggs are pure dull white and rounded oval in shape,
with the greatest diameter generally much nearer one end than the other.
In a large series before me the length varies from .91 to .76 and the
breadth from .69 to .60, averaging .84 by .65.

First plumage: above, mixed olive-tawny and brown; wings brown,
edged olive-green; wing-coverts tipped and edged tawny; breast same
as back; belly tawny; bill brown; feet pale fulvous-brown.

71 A Monnitias ses e tsa 5 April 10 6. 38 8. 37 2.60 | 2.50 |
107 SMM LOPE tae sialeroics, ¢ fsa. April 12 6. 50 8.75 2.50 | 2.60 |
108 — PEROOWe Tees etn ccasone. April 12 6. 00 8.50 2.60 | 2.60 |
145 é 05010) Ge Oe SEO ERAGE CF April 19 6. 25 8. 62 2.62 | 2.75 |
HPACOR MRE NULV oO banjsc aie wants sme Ano rile Oa Sere aes ees ne% | nha ek 2 sil tee |
163 & PEE CLOMsseis sn cies ce lencs ee April 21 6. 00 8.50 QNG2Zih2aoo
191 & REPO eee sa oS estecc ees April 25 6.50 8.50 BAPAC!
192 Q 5b< ClO) Sse eormoseeeloceaed April 25 6. 25 8. 38 2.50 | 2.38
224 Q BPP Oe ore el oe ceo uiaccen April 27 6. 25 8. 50 2.50 | 2.50 |
225 zx POMC asceer codes April 27 6.50 8.75 2. 62 | 2. 62
287 Q 5o ho Cle! Sak ae ee eee May 2 6. 00 8. 38 2.50 | 2.37
300 iB oo 0 eee eee May 4 6.75 9. 00 2. 62 | 2. 62
331 B MEOW Sora ak sone ote May 6 6. 25 8. 50 2.55 | 2. 60
368 3 2. ea ee May 8 6. 50 9. 00 2.75 | 2.75
392 g ». Oe dah aoe May 11 6. 38 8.75 2.62 | 2.50
423 S| 22) od ee May 14| 6.50] 9.00] 2.70 2.50

Bull. vy, 3—5

396 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. ¥.

ICTERID 2.

56. MOLOTHRUS ATER (Bodd.) Gr.—Cowbird.

Winters in numbers on the Rio Grande, but by the first of May is
replaced by the dwarf variety.

57. MOLOTHRUS ATER OBSCURUS (Gm.) Coues.—Dwarf Cowbird.

This Cowbird, distinguishable from the Northern form in little else
but size, arrives in Texas from Mexico in April, and throughout that
month is associated with all species of Blackbirds and the other Cow-
birds, about cattle-pens, barn-yards, and corn-cribs. This and the
Bronzed or Red-eyed are the only ones that remain at Lomita to breed.
Its habits are similar to its well-known relative of the North. By the
middle of May it commences to lay. Of six eggs before me, three were
taken from nests of Hooded Oriole, one from the nest of Bullock’s Oriole,
one from the nest of the Texan Orchard Oriole, and one from the nest of
the Green Finch. In one of the nests of Hooded Guin was also an egg
of the Red-eyed Cowbird (Molothrus ceneus).

I observe that this Cowbird selects the homes of birds fully as large
as itself, and also that the eggs of the intruder do not often exceed in
size those with which they are deposited. It would be interesting to
know, under such circumstances, which are hatched first. So very few
Warblers and other small birds breed on the Lower Rio Grande in pro-
portion to larger ones that it may be less trouble for the Cowbirds to
make use of the larger nests. The eggs of this Cowbird vary in length
from .80 to .76, averaging a little under .78. In breadth they are very
constant, averaging .60.

133
134

April 17
April 17

7.75
7.50

13. 00
13. 00

4.10
4.00

3. 00

Zee 3.00

|

58. MOLOTHRUS ZNEUS (Wagl.) Cab.—Bronzed or Red-eyed Cowbird.*
More abundant at Lomita than at Hidalgo the previous year. I can
add little to the account of the breeding habits of this recent addition
to our fauna beyond what Dr. Merrill has so fully given in the Bulletin
of the Nuttall Club (ii, No. 4, p. 85) and in his recent pamphlet (Notes
on the Orn. of Southern Texas from February, 1876, to June, 1878, Proc.
Nat. Mus.). I found but three of its eggs, as I left the Rio Grande
in the last of May, when the birds had just begun to lay. Two of them
were laid in nests of Hooded Oriole, and one in that of the Blue Gros-
beak. One nest of the Hooded Oriole contained also one egg of the
Dwarf Cowbird, with but one egg of the rightful owner. The first egg ©
was taken May 24. The color of the egg of this species is the faintest
bluish- green, sunilar to that of the Blue Grosbeak, and as fugitive when

* For full descriptions of this bird see Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. , vol. iv, No.1, p. 23.

No. 3. SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 397

exposed to the light. Its shape is elliptical, the greatest diameter being
very near the centre. In size three eggs average .88 by .70.

z | |
emg | Lomita: j.cc.2c. ot conse | April 19} 8.00] 13.50] 4.50) 3.25
mero irw dor woos. Sie ree re 2 “| May 5] 9.00] 15.25] 4.62 | 3.10 |
1 Cae ESS EE Age ae SPE Are ee a May 5| 838) 14.00| 4.25 | 3.00,
IO eee OOvwacs osteo eaten cares May 5 8.50 | 15.75 4.12 | 3.00
BIG |) O|: cdo. spc. Re ae es hs ss May 5] 850] 13.25| 4.00! 3.00
Sil aOR RG ST Ak oe ot May 5] 9.00; 16.00] 5.00/ 3.50 |
Sieg |iekdor lt Oe 2 U2lO. call May 5] 890] 15.00] 4.75 | 3.00 |
305 SE OME Tn teeny | ee May 6] 9.00] 15.00] 4.62 | 3.25
3 cee? Mt NAT i ile he iat May 6] 9.00] 15.00] 4.75 | 3.12
Bodh PAGO) seet otk Coes cee. Skid: May 7 9.25 | 15.00 4,75. | 3.25
SEES) ETS RS RG To eee oa May 8 9.00 | 15.00 4,62 | 3.25
JED tile esti alee SAA SL See May 10] 9.00! 14.50| 4.62 | 3.12
Sey) | abet Cees ye rr May 10| 9.00| 15.00] 4.75 | 3.12
Seer ST Og Sao SNL ek wis nenioe az May 10| 9.25] 15.00] 4.75 | 3.25
12> ha ined Lr eg a May 15| 9.37] 14.75 | 4.75 | 3.25
Adela Ores ado 2b ee A ei yee ce May 15| 8.50] 13.25| 4.12) 3.00
ee ROM Sd Oi oes oie ae vee = 00% May 15] 8.00] 13.25] 4.12 | 3.00

59. AGELZZUS PHGNICEUS (L.) V.—Red-winged Blackbird.

A common resident, breeding in the low brush and rank weeds of low
places, at all points visited on the Rio Grande, back from the salt-
marshes.

60. XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS (Bp.) Bd.— Yellow-headed
, Blackbird.

Erratic in its movements on our southern border, this bird made its
appearance at Lomita on April 25 to pick up its share of the corn thrown
to the pigs about the corn-crib, and was seen daily for some time. On
May 7 it was abundant, but by the middle of May had entirely disap-
peared. I think none remain to breed, owing probably to the absence
of sloughs and marshes, where grow the rushes, their favorite breeding
resorts. —

61. ICTERUS SPURIUS AFFINIS (Lawr.) Coues.—Teran Orchard Oriole.

Quite abundant at Lomita; habits just the same as the true Northern
form. Its nest is sometimes pensile, sometimes half-pensile, and com-
posed of nicely woven grasses. I found them breeding at Lomita in
numbers next to the Hooded Oriole. Took first set of eggs May 1.
The eges vary in color from greenish-blue to white, and have fewer
markings than the other Orioles found there. The average size from a
large series is .74 by .56.

| |
119 ] A OG eee ow Se ee ee April 15 | 7. 00 9.75 3. 00 | 2. 80
120 BPE HNO (e580 55) a sign2 abner Apfel set oa|-op.,-4| » 2,900) Bebo
ea eevee O) <2. 5 -- 2. o2 ---eae Aisviat| 22) ee ea ES 2.90 | 2.85
| 4 | 2. 85

| 170 - 234 OOS a April 22 ea hia 2.95 |
[Ee eee eee ne ee
62. IcTERUS BULLOCKI (Sw.) Bp.—Bulloch’s Oriole.

Not uncommon, and breeding at Lomita. Several sets of eggs taken ;

first, May 3.

398 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

fl
OFM omiba a seecies aoe eyeeeees April 19 7.60 9.75

1504 3.50 | 3.35
Me ERs Adar y to. costes & May 16| 8.25| 13.00] 4.10 | 3.45
498 3 COM do ical. ee aie May 22] 8.00! 13.00| 4.00] 3.45

63. ICTERUS CUCULLATUS Sw.—Hooded Oriole.

Most abundant of all the Orioles on the Lower Rio Grande. At Lomita
Ranch, the edges of forests and groves, hung with pendent trusses of
Spanish moss, afford excellent places for nesting. They were continually
peering about the thatched roof of our house and the arbors adjoining
for insects. They were more familiar than any of the other Orioles about
the ranch.

There is little to add to my former observations. One nest was dis-
covered, in a corn-field, made of Spanish moss, which was interwoven
with a couple of leaves of two corn-stalks, which it thus bound together;
another was found in a truss of Spanish moss, having dried grasses for
lining, instead of the usual dead and black hair-like moss. In several
nests were horsehair and tufts of goats’ wool. April 25, first set of four
fresh eggs was taken; by the middle of May, a majority of the birds
were through their first laying; May 25 many eggs were found hard sat
upon.

The eggs of this species, like those of most Icteride, vary oe
in their markings. The larger end is never free from markings, and
frequently is covered by them, but more commonly displays them in the
form of a band; very rarely is the egg completely covered; occasionally
some are devoid of spots on the middle and smallerend. The pencillings
and hieroglyphics peculiar to this family are less frequent in this than in
the other species. Usually the markings are brown, but, when profuse,
black and lilac shades appear. The ground-color also varies, occasion-
ally a blue tinge appearing, though more frequently a buff shade is
added to the white.

Found a greater number of eggs of this species this year than the
previous year, and, from a large series of sets before me, would increase
the average length a little from the former notes, giving it now as .86
by .60. One set of three I found of such extreme lengths, averaging .99,
that it is not taken into account in my measurements, since it occurs so
seldom.

i

|
104 g Neomuiidiers = oa ee ee | April 12 Wing 3.38. Tail 3.85.
WML | @ Gt |esooGl®! 5586s asocns sence: | April 14 Wing 3.20. Tail 3.60.
IST |) A Wilbye [aod 4 3aS35 Geer se seecre |; April 17 Wing 3.20, Tail 3.55.
150 Q aocl® soséuseéboes ariséss April 19 6. 50 9. 00 2.80 | 2.60
202 Q PERL OMe ccc tsctet sees | April 26 8.00 | 10.50 3.12 | 3. 62
260 g LoaG® écushe csoaeseesaee April 30 8.38 | 10.75 3. 37 | 3.62
261 3g san0®, socdebeeebasneeene April 30 8.z5 | 11.00 3.38 | 3.75
5G le oo diay re April 30| 8.50] 11.00] 3.37 | 3.75
293 3 ese Socebs oeeesaeEe ene | May 3 8.50 | 11.00 3.50 | 3.75
477 e tao 00) cin 4b sae been Seee May 20] 8.25| 10.62 3.38 | 3.80
478 é eneG@ 355255 onagesq sHeaeS May 20 8.50 | 11.00 3. 38 | 3.80
479 & eeeGl® cosace 55508 s6555n May 20 8.50 | 10.75 3.38 | 3.75

No. 3. SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 399

64. ICTERUS AUDUBONI Giraud.—Audubon’s Oriole.

Tound this less abundant than any other species of Oriole at Lomita,
but in the denser timber a few always to be seen. It is exceedingly
shy, and remains in the seclusion of the forest during the breeding
season. In my former notes I gave the proportions in which I found the
different species of Orioles represented at Hidalgo. At Lomita, though
distant from Hidalgo but a few miles, the proportions were somewhat
different, being as follows: twenty cucullatus (Hooded), to twelve affinis
(Texan Orchard), to five bullocki (Bullock’s), to three auduboni (Audu-
bon’s).

This year I was fortunate in obtaining, within our limits, nests and
eggs of this large Oriole. Twoincomplete sets were found early in May,
which enable me to identify a complete set of four obtained last year.
The latter set was taken at Hidalgo, Texas; the two former, at Lomita.
The three nests were found in heavy timber, some ten or twelve feet
from the ground, are half-pensile, something like those of the Orchard
and Bullock’s Orioles, and attached to upright terminal branches. They
are composed of dried grasses woven among the growing twigs and
leaves, so as to form a matting light and firm. They measure on the
inside some three inches in depth and rather more in width.

The eggs are peculiar, resembling those of no other species found in
that region. The ground-color is white, covered with fine flecks of
brown, giving the egg the appearance of being covered with dust.
Over these flecks, and principally at the larger end, are irregular stains
and splashes of deeper brown, sometimes mixed with lilac, on which are
coarse dark brown or black hieroglyphics. Some have more and larger
splashes than others, but none are free from the dark, grotesque lines
peculiar to the family. In shape they are less pointed, and in size
smaller in proportion to size of bird, than those of other Orioles. The
shells are very tender. The nine eggs before me average in size .97 ‘by
.71, the largest being 1.00 by .72, and the smallest .96 by .67.

Sm een bOI Ale aia \atelai< stole = cosmic’ = - April 11 Wh 75) |) AS 7/5) 4.00 | 4.00

HEA OM - cciaiceincicie coe tinea ee April 11 9.75 | 12.75 4.12 | 4.12
238 || Gy |seeeCORseeeeee ae eee eee May 7 9.75 | 13.00 4.05 | 4.12
359 ||) Olas Cee Cee eee eee ee ares May 7 Sh 7a) les) 4.18 | 4.00
74 || @ lee SeOOW RE SS SS Rare ene ereeoee May 9} 10.50) 12.75 4.00 | 4.37
OOM Meee LO gle ce 5) sclaiaia scars See0| Maye 9,50 12.50 4.00 | 3.90
ALT | eg eeQlO CORRES ee eSseeeeoeeiceeT May 13 9.50 | 13.00 4,12 | 4.12

65. SCOLECOPHAGUS CYANOCEPHALUS (Wagl.) Cab.—Brewer’s Black-
bird.
Common at Lomita during April, but not noticed late in May. I
found no evidence of its breeding there.

283 | MALOU Ate neler <ia/> ~~ = =)- enemas

May 1 | Wing 5.20. Tail 4. 20.

-—

400

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[Vol. V.

66. QUISCALUS MACRURUS Sw.—Great-tailed Grackle.

During the last few days in March I observed and shot this species
at Corpus Christi and about the head of Padre Island. At Lomita it
was as abundant as at Brownsville, and more so than at Point Isabel,

on the coast.

Many fine skins and a large series of eggs were obtained.

alg || MO MMe etcetera ee eer April 9 Wing 7.40. Tail 9.00.
HOT WOM Se GOM ESOS erste ee eee ae April 15 Wing 5.70. Tail 6. 00.
Pd), Oiled 20 Om see ees be April 26 Wing 5.80. Tail 6. 45.
B79 | feet eee eee earn May 18.75 | 23.25 7. 62 | 8.50
3605]. oped eee see meneame May 9] 17.50] 22.50 7.50: | 8.25
ASO AN | petite ee Se ate eran ere ter May 15| 17.75 | 28.00 7.50 | 8.60
AAO? |) a een eterno ais eee eae er May 15| 18.00 | 23.50 7.50 | 9.00
AAS | ROO meee aleae ele ee May 15 | 17.00; 22.50 7.12 | 8.00
AMES AL VOU GT) a saoesaras ssn So: ce May 15) 18.75 | 23.00 7.37 | 8.75
AAA Orn Eee lOWe cee. Acismys ete a ene May 15) 13.50) 18.25 5.85 | 6.10

CORVIDA.

67. XANTHURA LUXUOSA (Less.) Bp.—hio Grande Jay.

The habits of Jays are everywhere much the same, and the Rio
Grande Jay, the only form found on the trip, does not differ from species
found elsewhere, except in its nesting habits. Of all the birds on the
Lower Rio Grande, this is the most mischievous, robbing and despoiling
other birds’ nests without mercy. It is more abundant about Lomita,
owing to the country being less settled, and having more timber than
about Hidalgo, a few miles below. Its nest is not easily found, how-
ever, for it is always concealed in thickets, or in the heavy undergrowth
of dense woods.

I was successful in taking a large series of eggs. Of those obtained.
early in April, few were freshly laid, while all those obtained in May
were fresh, this indicating that a second brood is reared, though I saw
no young of the first brood, while numbers of adults were seen daily
fram April 9 until the last of May. On April 19, the first eggs were
taken, two sets being found: one of four with large embryos; the other
of five, nearly fresh. The latest set, consisting of four fresh eggs, was
found on May 17. The usual number of eggs to a clutch is four, occa-
sionally five. The eggs found this season are a little smaller than those
of last year, averaging 1.06 by .81; taken with last season’s measure-
ments the average will stand 1.08 by .80. Mixed with the brown mark-
ings, a large proportion show shades of lilac quite distinctly; nearly all

have the bulk of the markings massed at the larger end. ‘
162) | AC ieee April 24| 12.00] 15.00| 4.75 | 5.50 |
USS Pl ekeeG Ole oe imag a eae mans April 24 | 300. ..20|...... | |
ISA fog ase Chae ees a nl Ue roveily 26 1G Oe ee a el 4.75 | 5.65 |
HOSE | ASU 8D ediagy 22 Oe April 25 | 12.00] 15.25 | 4.62 | 5.50 |
SHOMIOK Ti. Melb erent, ek uk April 29°) 11.75'| 15.25) 4275 )i5s500)
Sti Paee omen eres si. is Ses April 29} 11.75 | 15.25] 4.75 | 5.25 |
SOD E SRS GRG ID a5. Le cess eee May 1] 11.75 | 15.95) 4.75 | Sogo
BOs Oma domeeemmemen sO! May 1| 11.75] 14.50] 4.50 | 5.25
3030 107 | Serdar eee os 2 May 4| 11.12} 15.00) 4.62 | 5.00
BD SBI eh Wann) 6534.5 Se aaa eee May 6] 11.50] 14.50] 4.50 | 5.00 |
520) | | Selo Seem ia ce .. May 6] 11.75 | 15.50) 4362°05)50)
4905)" f eceado meer emmy c ees... May 22] 11.75] 15.00| 4.75 | 5.50}
{

1 1 t 1
FS

No.3. SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. AO1

TYRANNIDA.

68. MILVULUS FORFICATUS (Gm.) Sw.—Svwallow-tailed Flycatcher.

Not abundaut in the heavily wooded districts, but a few breed in the
openings and about the cultivated tracts. Their movements are much like
those of our Kingbirds; they are very beautiful in flight, the scarlet sal-
mon under their wings and their long graceful tails adding much to their
beauty. I found nests of this species in all positions, from ten to fifty
feet high, and resembling in structure those of our familiar Kingbird,
T. carolinensis ; but, in addition to the rootlets for lining, they usually
have in the bottom some tufts of goats’ wool. They arrive in Texas the
last of March or 1st of April, and begin to lay in May. On May 27 1
found a nest with young several days hatched out.

Se eleset le eommlsabels (52% jecco cs eos. April euee Steulenceeeec 4.90 | 8.65
emo | Puomiibamess a. cs oct J225)- sek APH DO bits S.A ask 25 sees eSee ees
Leh | OCSe eC Oe es eee April 1S ese pee cen | Meee oye 4.60 | 6.30
456 | ¢

PROM cicw a eset vesis othe May 16); 13.00] 15.50 4,75 | 8. 00

69. TYRANNUS VERTICALIS Say.—Arkansas Flycatcher.

Observed first May 7, at Lomita. One was shot at San José Lake in
a retama-tree near the water. One or two more were obtained from the
same locality. Not abundant.

351 | 9 3.50

Womitamss soo eS ssa ce hee woe | May "| os 0 | 15.75

70. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS CoucHI (Bd.) Coues.—Couch’s F'ly-
catcher.

I obtained April 30 three specimens of this bird, in the same grove,
at Lomita Ranch, where I obtained a single specimen the previous
year. A few were afterwards observed at that point. On May 27, while
on our way down the river, and near Santa Maria, I shot a female, which
had been attracted to our vicinity by the cries of a pair of Scissor-tailed
Flycatchers, who were alarmed at our examination of their nest, which
contained young. It is very likely her nest was near. I obtained
heither nest nor eggs of this species.

|
Pee aa onita- 2. --------.0-6--- April 30 | 10.00] 16.25 | 5.00 | 4.
25D | Ce Se0l® Sa aa eee eee April 30 9.50 | 15.75 4.75 | 4.00 |
BEY NB | ea OS See eee eee April 30 | 10.00} 16.25 5.12 | 4. 20
510 | 9 | Santa Maria........-------- May 27 9,00 | 16.00 4,00 | 3.75

71. MYIARCHUS CRINITUS (L.) Cab.—Great-crested beatae,

Found in numbers during April, after which time it leaves the Rio
Grande. On May 3 I obtained my last specimen.

April 10
April 21

9. 00
8. 85

402 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

(2. MYIARCHUS CRINITUS ERYTHROCERCUS (Scl. & Salv.) Coues.—
Texas Great-crested Flycatcher.

Most abundant of the genus, and with the exception possibly of the
Swallow-tailed, M. forficatus, of the wholefamily, Tyrannida, on the Lower
Rio Grande. I have called this the Texas Great-crested Flycatcher, be-
cause, thus far, in that State only, within our limits, has it been observed.
For full description of this variety, see Bulletin of the Geological and
Geographical Survey of the Territories, voi. iv, No. 1, p. 32, where
occurs Dr. Coues’s identification of the single specimen I obtained at
Hidalgo, Texas, May 9, 1877.

Although found in the chaparral and low, stunted growth of mesquite,
yet its home is emphatically in the heavier growths of timber, such as
exist above Hidalgo. Its habits are very like those of its near relative,
the Great-crested Flycatcher, M. crinitus. I can only account for my
failure to discover more specimens of this bird on my former trip by my
ignorance of its habits and my attention not being particularly directed
to it, as it was on this trip, for it is quite common.

This bird belongs to a group the individuals of which resemble each
other so closely that identification becomes rather puzzling, and this
special variety has given great trouble both in Europe and America as
to its classification. In my notes, as referred to above, Dr. Coues gave
such a clear treatise on this species that I supposed it would be accepted
as final. When, however, Dr. Merrill’s “List of Birds observed in the
Vicinity of Fort Brown, Texas,”* appeared, Mr. Ridgway, as editor, went
again over the ground, comparing the one or two specimens the doctor
secured with the large series of skins in the Smithsonian collection, and
dissented from Dr. Coues’s opinion, already referred to, classifying this
prevailing form on the Lower Rio Grande as var. cooperi instead of var.
erythrocercus.

Prior to the recording of my specimen of 1877 this bird had not been
known even in Mexico, though it was a well-known form of Central and
South America, while var. cooperi was known only in Southern and
Western Mexico and the contiguous portions of Central America. It is
difficult to believe that the same form would be found in Yueatan and
Venezuela, and again in the United States, yet pass entirely over so
large an intervening country.

In giving his reasons for his opinions, Mr. Ridgway concludes as fol-

* Proceedings of U.S. Nat. Mus. 1878.

[So far from finding myself obliged to modify in any respect the remarks I made on
this subject in Mr. Sennett’s former paper, I am more than ever satisfied of the ten-
ability of the position I there took, and which Mr. Sennett’s present observations tend
further to strengthen. I beg, nevertheless, that those who may be interested in the
Myiarchus enigma will carefully consider Mr. Ridgway’s counter-argument before coin-
ciding with my view. In no event, however, can Mr. Ridgway’s proposed combina-
tion of names, ‘‘erythrocercus var. cooperi,” stand; for coopert was named in 1851 by
Kaup, while erythrocercus was not described by Sclater and Salvin until 1668.

—E. C.]

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS, 403

lows: “The only satisfactory test, however, which I have been able to
apply in determining to which race doubtful specimens should be re-
ferred, is that of size, as follows :—Var. erythrocercus.—Wing, average
3.77; tail, 3.82; bill from nostril, .61; tarsus, .86. Habitat: Eastern
Tropical America, from Paraguay to Southern Mexico, but chiefly south-
ward of the latter country. Var. cooperiWing, average 4.15; tail,
4.25; bill from nostril, .69; tarsus, .92. Habitat: Mexico, including Rio
Grande Valley and Texas, and Guatemala.” Now, Mr. Ridgway’s sizes
of var. erythrocercus were obtained from six specimens in the National
Museum, and his sizes of var. cooperi from eighteen specimens, of which
all but three, which are in his own collection, belong to the National
Museum. Out of the number, two only were from the Rio Grande, and
one of those alone had dimensions given.

There is no notice whatever of my specimen from Hidalgo, Texas,
May 9, 1877, which is in the National Museum, and which is the first
record of its existence within our limits, and which Mr. Ridgway no
doubt examined when he coincided with Dr. Coues as to its identifica-
tion. That specimen measures as follows: sex, 29 ad.; U.S. Museum;
locality, Hidalgo, Texas; date, May 9, 1877; wing, 3.99; tail, 3.63;
tarsus, .85.

Tt will be seen, had size alone been taken into consideration and the
specimen taken into account, it would have appeared in his list of var.
erythrocercus. I procured by this year’s trip twenty-two specimens, a
number almost equalling the number examined by Mr. Ridgway of both
varieties. I herewith give their sizes, carefully taken from the dry
skins.

Bill from

op Sex. Locality. Date. | Wing.| Tail. |) ostriy, | Parsus-

ASS
=
lon

MWOTM tae een aero April 10
BEC Opeeseee we Saibieue Se April 21
PEA O Fs Saccias swies'sie nate 3 April 28
Ween Opole cies. nsies eva arse April 28
BECO at se ergs hs April 29
Ber Opes et iatiieie cieie) 4 t~ > - April 29
BC OMe ys ay aisctarslafeis = lc April 30

RPwRe Rr PRU ROR Ww
_
S

'
‘
a
6
i
'
‘
4
A
.}
'
'
koa
=
i)
&
WIVQNWAWwWe eee

~
S
40 03 C5 40 40 93 40 93 40 93 10 93 24 03 40 Dy D3 OY OY OY OA O04
‘
=)
[-)
H
‘
‘
1
‘
'
'
ka
_
=
=|
S
i=)
Co CO G8 OO Se 00 OO Se SO OO Se Co CO Oo Co OO CO OB GO 9
io 8)
~
ioe

*
wwe 4
Ce” Cin Cet Lee La reer Ciaat eminem, Ci 1 1
'
. as 1 '
. . a0 heathen oo. Cheat ee et ee) ’
. . °
’ 2
‘ .
‘
°
1
. ‘ ‘
1
5 ‘
' ' .
' ‘ '
. ' 1 0
5 5 6
« Ae + a
4
: AC
:
. > - SCI ee
Sidiate lett SLkecas Aen nemien ec et (eiscc Me ey ae etme Ae” eur ©
>? Ow
Py
GICHOCN TCR ICROCHO see ee Gre * 5 38
Re ag Steet yarcne ere te ce. ei- eine BKe” (acy 0 ee eae ce DD
2 } 2th Ge A we FS we » J
1 Oe TOS OC) a > ON CD CD CN Gn atterein
epee 0: Siete ins wea eee as ee ab pimie woh ete
7 Ss SS: 2S: GS > P) 2p)
P) € X »Ooe
SAY PEO Sb ent ey mee ie Rl ae ee Clot
» OD ¢ ) CCUVOOT OM >i io Ome Bi
he mae ee Se TG i= os Oe Gis “

404 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VoL Vv.

Averages: wing, 3.96; tail, 3.78; bill from nostril, .63; tarsus, .83.

It certainly will be seen from the sizes above that they come much nearer
to those of var. erythrocercus than to those of var. cooperi. It will be
noticed that the lengths I give of tail and tarsus are less than those of
Mr. Ridgway’s erythrocercus, and that the lengths of bill and wing are
but a very little more. In the bill alone my series average only .62
- above his erythrocercus, but .06 under his coopert. I can see no reason
for changing the opinion formed last year.

The colors of my specimens are very regular, the upper parts being a
dark ashy brown, so slightly tinged with olive that it requires a certain
light to distinguish it at all. Instead of its being like the ash of the —
mixed olive and ash of Tyrannus melancholicus (var. couchi Bd.), it should
rather be called brown, so slight is the ashy shade; nor is it even so
light as DM. cinerascens.

The breeding habits of this bird were, during my second season in
Texas, well observed and noted. Itis the common and only form of the
genus breeding on the Lower Rio Grande, entirely replacing the Great-
crested Flycatcher, M. crinitus, which leaves for the North in April.
From the numbers there found I expect to hear of their reaching into
Texas, at least as far as San Antonio and Corpus Christi, and farther
even into the State. They nest in hollow stubs or abandoned wood-
peckers’ holes, at a height varying from five to twenty feet. The nests
are lined with a matted felt consisting of soft strips of bark, feathers,
hair, and wool, with sometimes bits of snake-skins intermingled. ‘They
begin to lay early in May, the number of eggs in a clutch being five or
six. When sitting, the birds are not very timid, and, upon being
flushed from their eggs, do not fly to a great distance, and soon return
to the nest upon the intruder’s retreat. On May 16 I flushed a male
from, a nest and six eggs, a circumstance making it probable that the male
assists in the duties of incubation. This singleinstance of findinga male
on the nest was overlooked when I sent the notes which appeared in
“Science News” of February 15, where I expressed my belief that the
female alone attended to the duties of incubation.

The eges are marked similarly to those of the Northern form, I. crinitus.
Sometimes the lines running from pole to pole are fine, nearly concealing
the creamy-buff ground-color; in other cases the coloring is massed in
long splashes at intervals. In size they are less than those of the Great-
crested Flycatcher.

Highteen eges before me average .86 by .69; the length varying from
.93 to .80, and the breadth from .72 to .67 of an inch.

75. SAYORNIS SAYUS (Bp.) Bd.—Say’s Flycatcher.
Seen about low bushes in open places in April.

67
117

3

WomMba erm ecte aaa ye 2 See | April 10 | 7.6:
Q hos

SOW) SSR ACG DOI= CHC geisete April 15 |

Cow

No.3. SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 405

74, CONTOPUS BOREALIS (Sw.) Bd.—Olive-sided Flycatcher.
Only observed at Lomita during May. Not common.

Mero ©) Gouna. 22222 )!2 a May 4| 7.751 13.00| 4.25 | 2.75]
<> |) SUG EAS ee ot ped aa May 6| 7.37] 12:75] 4.00 | 2.62
7 4.25 | 2.75

Pe eda tee eS a ts. May 1 +50 | 13.50

7d, CONTOPUS VIRENS (L.) Cab.— Wood Pewee.

Not uncommon at Lomita, and probably breeds there, although no
nests or eggs were taken. Compared with specimens from Erie, Pa.,
the Rio Grande birds have the brown of wings, tail, and coverts darker,
and the whole upper parts tinged with olive, also more yellow on belly.

a Cinmblornitas 288. ).cess 2 esl | May 6] 6.50) 10.75 | 3.38 | 2. 0
76. EMPIDONAX ACADICUS (Gm.) Bd.—Acadian Flycatcher.

Not rare at Lomita during May, where it probably breeds.
| 288 | é [Lomita (eee ee ase tse | May 5 6. 0 | 9.25] 2.90 | 2. 7

77. EMPIDONAX TRAILLI (Aud.) Bd.—Traill’s Flycatcher.

Not common, but found occasionally with acadicus and minimus.

3

we
oO
=

| 332

SS May | 5.7 | 2.00 | aries

78. EMPIDONAX MINIMUS Bd.—Least Flycatcher.

Common at Lomita, generally in company with other species of the
genus, in open woodland and the groves near the ranch. Probably
breeds there, but I obtained no nests.

DOMES OMG <<< Ee een
AU) | lees s@lOsse esas paeSeoiseeoUorere

May 8 5.
May 13 5

79. EMPIDONAX FLAVIVENTRIS Bd.— Yellow bellied Flycatcher.

Most abundant of the small Flycatchers at Lomita. In a belt of
heavy timber, on the edge of what was recently the river-bed, it was
always to be seen in numbers, flying about on the lower limbs, singing,
or catching insects. I discovered no eggs or nests.

| |

BOOM ea MMOMNNte ni] o's 2 oe cee enn eee May 8 5. 87 8.75 2.70 | 2.12
OE ee Ad a 2000) 28 ee ee era May 9 5, 07 8, 07 2.05 | 2.02
SyAa | s \| SSAe OO en eer May 9 5. 50 8.50 2. 62 | 2.00

=

406 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vz

[Genus ORNITHION Hari.

Ornithion, Hartt., J. f. O. 1853, p. 35. (Type O. inerme, HaRTL., ibid., sp.n.)

Camptostoma, Scu., P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 203. (Type C. imberbe, SCL., ibid., sp. n.)

Myjiopatis, Cab. & HEINE, M. H. ii, 1859, p. 58. (Type Muscipeta incanescens, MAXIM.,
Beit. iii, p. 898.)

In his “‘Note on the Genus Ornithion of Hartlaub,” in P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 576-578,
Dr. Sclater concludes that the species upon which the three generic names above cited
were respectively established may be “‘naturally located in the same genus, which is
remarkable amongst the Tyrannide for its small short compressed bill, without any
trace of rictal bristles.” At the same time, Dr. Sclater distinguishes four species of
the genus—inerme, pusillum, incanescens, and obsoletwum—the two former being yellow-
bellied, the other two having the under parts whitish.

With respect to the O. incanescens of his paper, however, it has later appeared that
the author was in error in uniting his Camptostoma imberbe of Mexico with the Bra-
zilian form earlier described by Maximilian. (See Lawr., Ibis, 1876, p. 497.)

The acquisition of a specimen of O. imberbe from Texas is one of the most interest-
ing of Mr. Sennett’s results, as this discovery carries the range of the genus much
farther north than it was before supposed to extend. —E. C.]

80. ORNITHION IMBERBE (Scl.).—Beardless Flycatcher.

[ Camptostoma imberbe, Scu., P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 203, 2 figs. (S. Andreas Tuxtla, S.
Mexico; A. Sallé).—Scu., Ibis, 1859, p. 444, pl. 14, f. 1.—Sc1., Cat. A. B.
1862, p. 215.—Lawr., Mem. Bost. Soc. vol. ii, pt. iii, No. i, 1874, p. 286 (Ma-
zatlan, San Blas; A.J. Grayson).

Elainia (Camptostoma) imberbe, GRay, Hand-l. pt. i, 1869, 355, No. 5406.

“¢ Ornithion incanescens,” Scu., P. Z. 8.1873, p. 577 (in part; confounded with
O. incanescens of Brazil).

“¢ Ornithion incanescens (Max.); Camptostoma imberbe (Scl.),” LAawr., Bull. U. 8.
Nat. Mus. No. 4, 1876, p. 26 (Tehuantepec, Sta. Efigenia; J’. 2. Sumichrast).

“¢ Ornithion incanescens,” CouES, The Country of July 13, 1878, p. 184 (Rio
Grande of Texas; G. B. Sennett. First introduced to U. 8. fauna).

Hazs.—Southern and Western Mexico to the Rio Grande of Texas (Sallé, Sumichrast,
Sennett). , —E. C.]

Sp. Co.—Upper parts and sides of head grayish-ash, tinged faintly with olive,
more conspicuously onrump; crown-feathers tipped with light brown; wings and tail
brown, edged with hoary white; secondaries and coverts broadly tipped and edged
with fulvous-white, the latter forming two broad wing-bars; edge of wing and under
wing-coverts light lemon-yellow; under parts ash, light on neck and chin, and very
light on belly; a dark band on jugulum and breast; a light lemon tinge from neck
down, and same very conspicuous on belly and under tail-coverts; tail double-rounded ;
3d quill longest; 1st quill .20 from point of wing; point of wing formed of 2d, 3d,
Ath, and 5th quills, which are very nearly equal; 6th and 7th quills longer than 1st;
8th equal 1st; secondaries .30 from point in closed wing; under wings and tail light;
under shafts of rectrices white; bill unnotched ; upper mandible much curved, brown ;
under mandible straight, pinkish-yellow, brown at tip; commissure yellowish; feet

black.—Length 4.50; extent 7.25; wing 2.12; tail 1.85; bill .28; tarsus .57; whole foot
1.00. Iris brown.

I have little to say of the habits of this species. My single specimen
was shot on April 24 in a low bush distant from woods. No others
were observed. It was an adult male in fine plumage, and its testes
showed the breeding season to be closeathand. Its diminutive size and

\

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 407

yellow commissure led me at first to think it the young of some other
species, but I fortunately perceived my error, and was careful to pre-
serve what proves to be the best find of the trip, one which adds to

our fauna a new genus and species never suspected to occur so far
north.

Bre Meee et ee eee fas 7.20

189 | g | Lomita

April 24 | 4.50

[GENUS PITANGUS Sw.

Tyrannus, VIEILL., Anal. d’une Nouv. Ornith. Elém. 1816, p. — (nee Cuy.).

Musicapa, TeEMM., Man. Orn. i, 1820, p. lxvij (nec Linn.).

Muscipeta, ‘‘ F¥LEM. 1822” (teste Gray).

Pitangus, SwaIns., Zool. Journ. iii, 1827, p. 165.

Saurophagus, SWAINS., Fn. Bor. Am. ii, 1831, App. p. 484. (Type Lanius sulphuratus
auct.)

Apolites, ‘“SUNDEV. 1836” (teste Gray).

This is another interesting acquisition to our fauna, for which we are indebted to
Mr. Sennett, the genus as well as the species being first taken by him within the
boundary of the United States—a ‘‘find” which offsets the detection of the related
Myjiodynastes luteiventris in Arizona by Mr. Henshaw.

The birds of this genus are large and handsome Flycatchers, of conspicuous colors,
well known and widely distributed in Mexico, Central and South America, as well as
in the West Indies. —E. C.]

81. PITANGUS DERBIANUS (Kaup) Scl_—Rio Grande Flycatcher.

[Tyrannus sulphuratus, SWAINS., Syn. Mex. B. in Philos. Mag. i, 1827, p. 368
(nec Lanius sulphuratus Linn.) (Mexico).
Saurophagus sulphuratus, GAMB., Journ. Phila. Acad. 2d ser. i, 1847, p. 39.
Saurophagus derbianus, Kaur, P. Z. S. 1851, p. 44, pl. 36 (Mexico).—Can. &
HEINE, Mus. Hein.ii, 1859, p. 62 (Mexico).—Finscu, Abhandl. nat. Ver.
Bremen, 1870, p. 329.
Pitangus derbianus, Scu., P. Z. S. 1856, p. 297 (Cordova; Sallé).—Sct., P. Z. 8.
1859, pp. 45 (Mex. and C. Am.), 56 (Belize), 366 (Xalapa).—Sct., Ibis, i, 1859,
p. 438 (Mexico).—Sct. & SALv., Ibis, i, 1859, p. 120 (Central America).—SCL.,
Cat. A. B. 1862, p. 221 (Mexico and Guatemala).—GRay, Hand-l.i, 1869, p.
i 357, No. 5425 (Mexico).—Lawr., Mem. Bost. Soc, vol. ii, pt. iii, No. 2, 1874,
p. 286 (Mazatlan and Colima).—Lawre., Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. No. 4, 1876,
p. 26 (Tehuantepec).
Pitangus derbyanus, Cours, The Country, July 13, 1878, p. 184 (Texas; G. B.
Sennett. First introduced to U.S. fauna).
Saurophagus guatimalensis, LAFRESN., Rey. et Mag. Zool. Oct. 1852, p. 462 (Gua-
temala).

Hazs.—Central America and Mexico to the Rio Grande of Texas. —E.C.]

Sp. Cu.—Upper parts light brown, tinged olive on the back; all the quills and
coverts edged largely with bright cinnamon; crown black, surrounded by white, and
partly concealing a large bright lemon- and flame-colored patch ; auriculars and stripe
from bill through eye to shoulder black; chin and throat pure white; all the rest of
under parts and under wings pure lemon of the richest hue; bill and feet black; iris
hazel. Length 10.50 to 11.00; wing 43 to 5; tail 4 to 44; bill 1} to 14; tarsus 1.

A genus and species common in Mexico, but new to the fauna of the
United States. It leads the Flycatchers on account of its large size and

408 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Ve

great beauty; and as it honors the Lower Rio Grande with its first
appearance, I have chosen to give it the above name, in preference to
the misnomer “ Bull-headed.”

On April 23 a male and female of sate species were shot at Lake
San José, a few miles from Lomita. Both were shot about four feet up on
the trunks of small retama-trees standing in the water, and were cling-
ing to them and working their way down to the water, possibly to drink.
They were not particularly shy. On May 3 another female was shot in
trees bordering the lake, yet not over the water. One or two more
were observed in timber about water-holes. In flight this Flycatcher .
resembles the Kingfisher. Dissection indicated the approach of the
breeding season, and it undoubtedly nests in the large trees of the
locality. The only account of the habits of this bird of which I am
aware is Col. Grayson’s notes, which I quote in fall from Mr. Law-
rence’s “‘ Memoirs of the Birds of Western and North-western Mexico”
(page 286).

“This is a common and abundant species, inhabiting the western and
northwestern parts of Mexico. I found it equally as common in
Tehuantepec, as in the region of Mazatlan, where its loud shrill notes
of hip-se-dee, hip-se-dee, may be heard at all seasons of the year, but
more particularly during the breeding season, when it is excessively
garrulous. It is more frequently met with in the neighborhood of
fresh-water streams and lagoons, and I have often observed them dart
into the water after water-insects and minnows that were swimming
near the surface, not unlike the Kingfisher; but they usually pursue
and capture on the wing the larger kinds of Coleoptera and Neuroptera,
swallowing its prey entire after first beating it a few times against its
perch. They are usually in pairs, but I have also seen as many as
twenty about a stagnant pool, watching its turbid waters for insects and
small fish, for which they seem to have a great partiality.”

“The nest of this species is very large, and its construction differs
from ali the Tyrannide of which [ have any knowledge, except I. dex-
ensis. It is dome-shaped or covered, with the entrance on the side,
whilst the other species build a nest saucer-shaped. The nest of the
Bull-headed Flycatcher is usually placed in the forks of the branches of
very thorny trees, twenty-five or thirty feet from the ground; it is com-
posed of very coarse material of either straw or lichens, sometimes of
both; the lining, however, is of firmer and more elastic fibres. Other
eo. sometimes make ihieie nests in the same or MeATesu tree; such as
M. texensis, C. melanicterus, and I. pustulatus.”

“The eggs of this Flycatcher are usually five in number; they are of
moderate size, rather lengthened, of a light cream color, with a small
reddish speck; the shell is delicate and easily broken.”

I
“na | 9 | leona | April 23 | 10.75 | 16.50 | 5.00 | 4.10
174 (io riaeehlo Sime meena Nh | April 23) 11.00] 16.75 | 4.85 | 4.15
QO | Ost. se AC tn open net ets | May 3] 10. al 16.00 | 4.85 | 4.10

——

No.3.) | SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 409

$2. PYROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS MEXICANUS (Scl.) Coues. — Vermilion
Flycatcher.

This species frequents generally the depressions which were formerly
river-beds, in which more or less water stands after every shower, and
where insect-life abounds to excess, and where the retama-tree flour-
ishes. It is not very common, and I found no nests. The plumage of
both sexes varies considerably in intensity, and I think it may require
two or three years to come to perfection. I refer to Dr. Merrill’s notes
in Proceedings of U.S. Nat. Mus. 1878, for description of nests and eggs.

ssh: hic ee aa anne April 28 | 6.25] 10.50] 3.25 | 2.37

gaaegbhee = fetal }-u eo April 28} 6.25] 10.25] 3.12] 2.62

Reena gise Sas acne -a-- April 28 | 6.12] 10.25] 3.18 | 2.38

WEG. Re sa dazald. weds April 28] 6.12] 10.25| 3.12 | 2.25
CAPRIMULGID AS.

$3. NYCTIDROMUS AMERICANUS (L.) Cass.—Pauraque Goatsucker.

On the evening of April 16 three of us, carrying guns, took advantage
of the beautiful moonlight, which was so bright that we could read by
it, for a tramp into the woods after anything in the way of game that
might present itself. We had hardly entered the road through the
woods, when, notwithstanding our loud talking, for we had no expecta-
tion of seeing anything so soon, we came upon a bird dusting itself in
the roadway. I had slipped into my shooting-coat a few half charges of
dust, and although it took some time to withdraw to a sufficient distance
to shoot, yet the bird took no notice of us or our conversation. After
shooting and picking up the bird, I discovered it to be different from
any I had seen; it proved to be Nyctidromus, the only one obtained on
the trip. During the moonlight nights in May I again ventured ferth a
short distance from the house on the road in search of these night-birds,
and saw several birds fly from the telegraph poles, which I think were
of this species. They breed in the more open places among the cactus
and scattered bushes along with C. terensis—Texas Nighthawk. On
dark days I flushed them from thickets in the chaparral, or from copses
near the bottom-lands on the edges of the woods. They are very quick
in their movements, and difficult to shoot on the wing.

On April 20 I obtained the first set of two eggs. Several others were
taken, and all from the bare ground, where they were laid. From the
eggs of both trips I obtain the average size 1.22 by .91, the length vary-
ing from 1.17 to 1.28, and the width from .90 to .93. Their size and
creamy-buff color render them easy of identification. The size of
my specimen, an adult male, is, length 13.25; extent .25; wing 7.40;
tail 7.60; tarsus 1.05; middle toe .81; middle toe and claw 1.15. It
will be seen that the measurements of wing and tail are much larger
than Mr. Ridgway gives in Dr. Merrill’s notes (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.

410 BULLETIN UNITED STATES: GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1878, p. 144). I would refer to this article for full description, synonymy,
&c., of this interesting recent addition to our fauna.

Two young not half-grown which I take to be of this species were
found on the ground in a thicket on the edge of the woods on April 19.
I judge them to be Nyctidromus by the long tarsus bare of feathers, by
the large ochraceous spots on scapulars and secondaries, and by the
central black dashes on the crown. Owing to the quills being not suffi--
ciently grown, the white wing-patch fails to appear. The colors of the
first plumage are much as in the adult, but less distinct; the back and
crown lighter gray, while the wings show mixed black and ochraceous.

84. ANTROSTOMUS CAROLINENSIS (Gm.) Gould.—Chuck-will’s-widow.

Dense undergrowth among the heavy timber at Lomita afforded ex-
cellent shelter during the day for birds of this family. Here even at
midday a subdued twilight prevailed, and these birds often flitted across
our vision, more like shadows than living things, so silent and rapid
was their flight; so that, although quite common, it was difficult to
obtain them. This, too, is their natural breeding resort; but, as they
lay their eggs upon the ground, amid such a labyrinth of vegetation the
finding of their eggs must be purely accidental, and we were not fortunate
enough to find any. About eleven o’clock, on the night of April 16, in
the clear moonlight, I saw perched on the top of a tall dead tree what
I supposed to be an Owl of some kind, but, upon shooting it, discovered
it to be a male Chuck-will’s-widow. I am unacquainted with the note of
this bird. The sizes given below are measurements carefully taken from
my dried specimens; length and extent were taken in the field.

As to markings of my several specimens, it is worthy of note that trip-
number 306, a female, has on one side of the tail white patches on the three
outer feathers, while on the other side there is but a single white patch
upon the outer feather. Also number 339, a male, has the white patches
on one side of the tail only, and upon the second and third feathers from
the ontside. The other three specimens are as given in the books.
The variation of two out of five would warn us not to place implicit re-
liance upon the markings of the tail in determining sex. It will be well
for ornithologists to ascertain how constant the tail-markings are. My
specimens vary considerably in colors throughout, some being very
- dark brown, and others very ochraceous. The black stripes of the crown
and scapulars vary also in size and number. In but one can the jugular
collar be called white; the rest are buff.

IO MUA eee ece.s- April 12] 12.25 | 25.50 | 8.45 | 5.90 | Trs. .67

97 | 3

fO7) Ve WE do mene U2. April 17 | 12.50 | 25.00|8.30]5.70| ,, .68

B06! domes idOmeneene Si. =. May 4] 12.50] 25.00] 8.00/5.8] |, .63

B80/|/eculee: Am eme omee May 7| 12.00| 24.50|8.15|5.45| ,, .75
2

poe Pe May 13] 12.50] 26.50|8.50|5.90| 3, He

' No. 3] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 411

85. ANTROSTOMUS VOCIFERUS (Wils.) Bp.— Whippoorwill.

Found in the dense woods at Lomita. Not abundant, but I think
they are resident.

ee eye | UOMG: cecoerein etal aes =eee|| AND ELL 10 | 10.50 | 20,00 6. 50

5. 25
COMPS yicce G0) .cscu cesses wecee ccs. April 11 | 9.00) 17.50 6.00 | 4,12
5.15

SUG, | AROLS IBSEC Ceres aes Ps Hae eee May [| BE eA ett ints 6. 25

86. CHORDILES TEXENSIS Lawr.—Texas Nighthaack.

As common as at Hidalgo the previous season, and is the only Night-
hawk of the locality so far as I could learn. In its flight it resembles
the Whippoorwill. It does not indulge in the perpendicular descents
accompanied by the grating whirr of the wings, so characteristic of C.
virginianus, Common Nighthawk. It prefers to rest by day in open wood-
land rather thanin dark woods. At all hours in the evening and during
moonlight nights it is heard. I obtained many sets of eggs. Found
first egg April 26. Fresh eggs found up to May 19. They were always
laid on the bare hot ground, with little or no protecting shade.

ae eee MOM bA 6 2 ca es) ence oo cice ese April 17 9.00 | 21.50 7.50 | 4,25
[2S |) GA | Skee CRE aa aa ee ear April 23 900 i715 Taatey ||) BES
PADMORE se OO! i acicce ose sf b.s eke lk April fe 8.75 | 21.00 Ue ete eile
Pusan eae |e LOLS aroints (2 ocienise cle) sons May 8.75 | 22.00 7.38 | 4.25
325 || 2 || Spee SS aan May 6 9.00 | 22.00 aO204e5p
DOU EEE OOM sotcod seas ete ceesceek. May il 8.75 | 21.50 7.12 | 4.00
ABT ||. QS See ORS eee ae ee er ee Mays) eo pers ear cee 6.95 | 4.25
ADE || O35 0 Ki) area ee eee May 12 8.87 | 20.00 6.75 | 4.00
AGS |B 6 5epU CREA a nee eee eee May 17 8.75 | 21.50 7.29 | 4.25
TROCHILID 45.

87. TROCHILUS COLUBRIS L.—Ruby-throated Hummingbird.

About the first of our arrival at Lomita a few of this species were
observed about blossoming trees, the only variety of Hummingbird
observed on the trip.

GommeoOn mluomita esc --—252/s--c- 2-5 April 10 3. 87 4,38 ule 1.12
SOM PREC O! a nio.c cic 2c. acs econo ceie April 11 SHO aeabiceee 1.62 | 1.12
CUCULID 4.

88. CROTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS Sw.

[Crotophaga sulcirostris [or sulcirostra], SwAINns., Syn. Mex. B. in Philos. Mag.
i, 1527, p. 440 (Mexico, Bullock).—Swatns., Anim. in Menag., 183-, p. 322, fig.
65 c—Gray, Gen. of B. ii, 184-, p. 458.—Cass., Pr. Phila. Acad. iv, 1848, p.
91.—Bp., Consp. Av. i, 1850, p. 99.—Sct., P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 309.—Sct., P. Z. 8.
1859, pp. 59, 368, 388.—ScL. & SaLv., Ibis, 1859, p. 135.—Sct., P. Z. 8. 1860,
pp. 285, 297.Sct., Cat. Am. B. 1862, 320.—Cas., J. f. O. 1862, p. 171.—
Cas. & HEINE, Mus. Hein. Th. iv, Heft i, Bog. 13, Dec. 12, 1862, p.
101 (Mexico).—Gray, Hand-L. ii, 1870, p. 210, No. 8913.—Lawr., Mem. Bost.
Soe, Nat. Hist., vol. ii, pt. iii, No. ii, 1874, p. 292.—Lawr., Bull. Nat. Mus.
No. 4, 1876, p. 33.—Covgs, The Country, July 13, 1878, p. 184 (Texas, G. B.
Sennett ; first introduced to fauna of U.S8.).

Bull. vy, 3——6 :

412 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

_Crotophaga semisulcata, SWAINS., ‘‘ Anim. in Menag., 183-, p. 346.”—GRAY, Gen.
of B. ii, 184-, p. 458.—Bp., Consp. Av. i, 1850, p. 99.

Crotophaga sulcata, Licut., ‘‘ Mus. Berol.”

Crotophaga casasii, Lrss., Voy. Coquille, Zool. i, pt. 11, p.619.—Lxss., Cent. Zool.
1830, pl. 9.—Lzss., Tr. Orn. 1831, p. 130.—Tscuup1, Consp. Av. ——, p. —.
— Tscuupl, Fn. Per., Ornith., 1845-46, pp. 41, 256.

Crotophaya casassi, Luss., Man. Orn. ii, 1828, p. 11.

Has.—Texas to Peru. —KE. CG. ]

Sp. Cu. (of my Lomita specimen).—F ace naked. Bill atthe nostrils .85 high, .37 broad
(more than twice as high as broad); nostrils about asin C. ani. Gonysstraight. Cul-
men curved from base. Upper mandible with three distinct grooves parallel to culmen.
Legs stout, tarsus equal to middle toe and claw, the scutelle much the same as in
C. ani. The 5th quill of wing is longest; 4th only a little shorter; 3d .20 of an
inch from point; 2d .85 from point, and ist 1.90 from point. The tail is gradu-
ated, the onter quills about 1.75 inches shorter than the middle ones. The color
generally is black, with violet steel-blue reflections both above and below, with an olive-
brown tinge on belly. The pointed feathers of head and neck metallic reddish-bronze ;
those of breast, back, and wing-coverts metallic green. Iris brown. Bill black, with
eray scales on culmen. Feet black, with grayish scales in patches. Length 14.50;
extent 17.00; wing 5.60; tail 7.50; whole bill 1.20, from nostril .80; tarsus 1.40=
middle toe and claw.

IT have the pleasure of introducing this species to our fauna. Until
within a few years its habitat was only known to be Yucatan, Central
and South America. The explorations of Grayson, Xantus, Bischoff,
and Sumichrast, between the years 1865 and 1871, discovered it to be in
Southern and Western Mexico, Mazatlan being the most northern point,
to the best of my knowledge, of its record.

A fine adult male of this species was shot May 19 at Lomita while
flying about the low bushes in open chaparral. It was very shy, flying
in and about the bushes, and was shot on the wing. The appearance of
its feet indicates that it was not in the habit of being much upon the
ground.

The accounts of the breeding habits of the genus Crotophaga* are as
incomplete and conflicting as those of other members of the family,
notably the genera Geococcyx and Coccygus. Colonel Grayson’s notes on
the habits of this bird, observed at Mazatlan, being the best at my com-
mand, I quote him in full from Mr. Lawrence's “ Birds of Western and.
North-western Mexico,” page 292.

“This is a common species in this locality, and throughout western
tierra caliente. They associate in small flocks of eight or ten, and are
fond of picking the ticks off the cattle. It does not migrate. The nest
is usually built in a thorny tree or bush, at a moderate height, and com-

[* The curious reader will find something of interest upon the subject in Sir Wm.
Jardine’s Hor Zoologice, Nos. I and II, printed in the Ann. Nat. Hist. iv, 1839, pp.
160-171, figg. 1, 2, and iv, 1840, pp. 318-322; reprinted in Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii,
1844, pp. 913-918, under the title: Ueber das Betragen der Kielschnabel (Keel-Bils,
Crotophaga).—Also, in Prof. Reinhardt’s treatise entitled: ‘‘Bemerkninger om
Redebygningen og Fortplantningsforholdene hos Crotophaga-Slegten”; Kj¢benhayn,
8vo, pp. 31; Aft. af Kgl. dansk. Vidensk.-Selsk, Forh. Jan. 1860. —E. C.]

8

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 413

posed of thorns and dry twigs exteriorly, and lined with fibrous roots.
The eggs are usually five, the outside of the shell is rough and w hite,
the inside is green.”

It will be noticed that no mention is here made of eggs being laid in
one nest by several females, the care of them being shared in common,
as recorded of C. ani in the West Indies. So near alike are the two
species that we should naturally expect their breeding habits would be
very similar, and such an extraordinary proceeding as the above would
hardly have escaped observation. For habits of ©. ani see “North
American Birds,” by Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway, and notes of Mr. Ober
in “ Catalogue of Birds of ‘Grenada? by George N. Lawrence.

89. GEOCOCCYX CALIFORNIANUS (Less.) Bd.—Chaparral Cock.

From the time of our arrival until we left Lomita, this bird was con-
stantly seen. At every turn in the chaparral we came upon one or
more; and so unmolested were they that they took little pains to avoid
us, being not even so shy as at Hidalgo the year before. We have
passed them feeding on lizards, where the road was wide, and they paid
no attention to us, but continued their meal. Upon one occasion my
assistant and IJ, while noisily cantering down the road, were attracted
by the sight of a Chaparral Cock feeding upon a good-sized lizard close
by the roadway. After passing the bird we halted not three rods away
from it, concluding to watch its behavior. We remained for some time
loudly discussing it, and, finding it too deliberate in making its meal,
we left it, apparently oblivious of our proximity.

On another occasion I shot at a Chaparral Cock some eight or ten
feet from the ground on a small dead tree. I fired at long range, and
upon going to lock for my bird found I had missed it, aud that it had
betaken itself to a stake of a brush fence running close by the tree anda
few rods farther off, where it stood eying me. Upon the opposite side of
the fence I saw its mate jumping about in a thicket, where, after reach-
ing the top branches, while I remained quiet and concealed all but my
head, it commenced calling to its mate. It was distant from me not
more than three rods, and I was apparently unobserved by it, although
its mate on the fence kept close watch of me while dressing its plumage,
that may have been disarranged by my shot. The bird’s notes were
four or five coos, something like a dove’s, the last one long drawn out
aud ending with a falling inflection. It was with quite an effort that it
uttered its notes, head and tail lowering at each coo. At the end of
the strain it would stretch up to full height, look all about for a moment
or two, and repeat the performance. After observing it full twenty
minutes, during which time its mate made no response, I made myself
conspicuous by swinging my hat over my head, when they both dis-
appeared, the one in the thicket giving a harsh aud loud ery of alarm,—
a trill which might be imitated by touching the tongue to the roof of
the mouth and forcing the breath through, at the same time making a

414 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

loud, deep tone. This bird feeds upon berries as well as insects and
small reptiles.

From the impenetrable nature of the chaparral, in which it loves to
dwell, it is one of the most difficult birds to follow with the gun or for
daily observation. Hence the meagre and conflicting information here-
tofore given of its breeding habits, although it is pretty widely distrib-
uted over the southwestern United States. In the spring of 1877, at
Hidalgo, Texas, I found one of its nests containing nine eggs, and in
my notes stated the full complement of eggs to be from eight to twelve,—
fully double the number heretofore recorded. I received letters from
several noted field ornithologists who have taken the eggs of this bird,
stating that in all probability I would not be able to find another clutch
numbering more than six.

Having the good fortune to repeat my trip the following spring, and
pushing a few miles further into heavier timber and chaparral, where
this bird was abundant, I gave especial attention to it during my stay
of over six weeks in the locality. Although an accident laid me up for
nearly half of my stay, yet I found a score of nests of the Paisano, as
the bird is called there, all containing eggs, young, or both. The largest
clutches taken this season are one set of nine, two sets of eight each,
and two sets of seven each. Dissection of the parent of one of the sets
of seven showed another egg ready for laying. Of the rest of the nests
found all contained from one to six eggs each, all fresh or nearly so.
The full complement of eggs will stand as eight, occasionally nine.
The laying is irregular, often two or three days intervening between
the depositing of the eggs. Incubation begins soon after the first egg
is laid, and often by the time four eggs are laid an embryo will have
started. In the set of nine a young bird had made an opening in one
egg, while two of the set were fresh. Incubation and growth of young
must be very rapid, for, in a nest containing six young and one egg,
which would have hatched in another day, the chicks were graded regu-
larly up to more than half the size of adult. The parent birds are with
difficulty found on the nest, owing to their quick sight and rapid move-
ments. When alarmed upon the nest, they utter no cry. The half-
fledged young have no fear, and utter no ery when handled or killed.

Their nests were found in all sorts of places, at heights varying from
four to eight feet. The junco was not more in favor than the mesquite-,
ebony-, or brazil-tree; a large prickly-pear cactus or a thick clump of
thorny bushes is often chosen. One nest was near the main gateway;
another in a small ebony, quite alone and exposed, close by a footpath,
a lack of caution to be accounted for by their being little disturbed in
the vicinity of Lomita.

The nests vary in size according to location, being sometimes bulky
and again very fragile, but composed always of twigs, with a lining of. .
grasses, and haying a depression of about the thickness of the egg.
Most of the eggs were found in April; yet with this, as with most birds
of this semi-tropical climate, there is much irregularity in the season for

No. 3.] - SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. A15

breeding, and fresh eggs were obtained up to the last of May. My first
clutch was taken April 17, and consisted of five young and three eggs.

I note a greater variation of shape in the eggs of 1878 than in those
of the year before, and a decided tendency to a point at one end,
although a few are nearly double-rounded. In size, over fifty eggs
before me give an average of 1.55 by 1.21, which, taken with the avefage
of those collected the previous year (1.50 by 1.21), gives a general
average of 1.53 by 1.21. Their color is opaque white.

90. COCCYGUS AMERICANUS (L.) Bp.— Yellow-billed Cuckoo.

A well-known bird, and breeding commonly at Lomita. Instead of
choosing damp and shaded places for its nest, as is common with this
species in the North, I found none in such places. Ebony-trees near the
ranch, mesquites among cactuses, thorny bushes in open chaparral, and
open woodland, were favored breeding places. The nest, usually a sim-
ple platform of twigs, I sometimes found quite elaborate, and at heights
varying from five to thirty feet. I nowhere found it playing the part of
a parasite; on the contrary, I found it devoted to the care of its young.

Although I was obliged to make special study of more local and rarer
species, enough was seen to enable me to confirm the reports of its irreg-
ular laying and hatching. The finding of many sets of more than four
eges, however, must do away with the idea, which has been held, that
the first four eggs laid are hatched before any addition is made to their
number. I found no perfectly fresh eggs in the same nest with young.
In a set of eight, two eggs were on the point of hatching, and there
‘seemed to be a graded variation in the incubation of all, none being
quite fresh. In a set of seven, one only was hard sat upon. My
impression is that the eggs are laid at intervals of from one to three
days, and that when three or four eggs are laid the parent begins to
incubate, gradually adding to the number until the set of seven or eight
is complete, imitating in this respect her larger relative, the Ground
Cuckoo or Chaparral Cock. Twenty sets of eggs were secured. The
highest number of eggs found in any one nest was eight; the next seven ;
the remainder of the sets were made up of six and less. Of over fifty
eggs before me, the average reaches 1.20 by .90; the largest specimen
being 1.40 by .94, the smallest 1.10 by .83.

6.00 | 6.12
|

| 246 | fe) | IL@BINIG) Das Seaeeecolsseeoeor | April 29 | 12.62 | 17.50
PICID A.

91, PICUS SCALARIS Wagler.—Texas Woodpecker.

This bird breeds somewhat in advance of the Yellow-faced Wood-
pecker, and is much less numerous on the Lower Rio Grande. I found
it to prefer for nesting hollow living trees to dead stubs.

Although £ obtained a large series of skins of this bird, I was unable

i
;

416 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol VY.

to examine many nests on account of the superabundance of timber,
which increased the difficulty of search. All those first discovered con-
tained young, although the date of my finding them was some ten days
earlier than in the previous season. On April 21 a boy brought me a
female of this species, taken on the nest, which contained two eggs, the
only fresh ones obtained. These two, with the one obtained in 1877,
average .S1 by .61.. From four to six pure white eggs compose a full
clutch.

G4:| (Qs!) Diomit asso eee scee April 10 7.00 | 13.00 4.00 | 2.50

ME Wa Peery GIR SaaS so eeece April 11 7.79) | 13.25 4.00 | 2.50

SONS cl peta! nee actininee cemmioe seis owle April 18 7.50 | 13.50 4.00 | 2.75
1 Ye ah ie ga eo Kop gS Ss SS IS April 19 7,00 | 13.00 4.00 | 2.40
Gi hl Hee One anaes J aQeHay Osee April 20 10 0))| weloneo 4.00 | 2.75
POO aa Rene O nee eee cine aac a < April 20 Za 2oulaouee 4.50 | 2.75!
TEQN | HOS NGO Meets wore science April 21 7.25) | 18.25 4.12 | 2.50
LTA) VON ea outa. sHaee oho dke eee code April 23 7,00 | 13.00 4,00 | 2.40
LOR NOP wectOO taemas ite sjene asacelcmee April 23 7.00 |} 13.00 4,00 | 2.40
OEY HS NE SAGA eae SACS oa aE G2 SEAS May 7 7.25} 13.00 4.00 | 2.38
S05 MOWER Onie te ad ston soko ce ayfaeee May 12 7.00} 13,00 4.00 | 2.25
AOD et calle LO) wocte eas a cnesie co Meise May 22 7.00 | 13.25 4.00 | 2.25

92. CENTURUS AURIFRONS (Wagl.) Gray.— Yellow-faced Woodpecker.

The more abundant of the two prevailing forms of Woodpeckers on
the Lower Rio Grande, and very common at Lomita, and as bold and
noisy as the Red-headed Woodpecker of the North. Although breeding
abundantly at this point, so that I might have secured many sets of its
eggs had I chosen, so great labor and time were necessary to get at them,
situated as they often were in the heart of large hard-wood trees, and
not very accessible, that I forebore making a large collection, especially
as I was crowded with rarer species.

The first set of eggs taken was a clutch of six fresh ones on April 17,
some two weeks earlier than the first set taken in 1877. On April 21 a
nest containing one egg, April 27 two sets, one of four hard sat upon,
another of six, four of which were ready to hateh, and May 1 a set of
five fresh eggs were taken. From four to six eggs is the usual comple-
ment. The average of eggs taken this year is 1.02 by .74.

The numerous holes which I observed the previous season in the tele-
graph poles, and which I inferred might be nests of Woodpeckers, I
found to be excavations made by the birds in search of a large species
of borer that works in the dry wood.

| (OS |) aie ll bonny Shes Gseeeseercrs ss = S- April 12 | BAS Sivas =| oo Seer | BRR e | Seen
128 | ¢ il 17 |

PSG UM lesanG Oneinem en yoo eal). ee April 18] 10.50 | 17.50 5.25 | 3h

BAAD On| See cQOMseRee ewes asc occas April 28 9.50 | 16.50 5.00 | 3.00

SSA og Bae NOONE awe Wan ees Geass cet May 6] 10.00] 16.50 5.12 | 3.

496 | Q

Yo. 3.) SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. A17

STRIGID Ai.

e
93, STRIX FLAMMEA AMERICANA (Aud.) Coues.—Barn Owl.

Common on the Lower Rio Grande, nesting in the steep banks of the
river in places usually quite inaccessible. I have often wondered what
became of the birds and their eggs in case of a sudden rise of water such
as I saw in April.

94. BUBO VIRGINIANUS (Gm.) Bp.—Great Horned Owl.

At Lomita I obtained two specimens of this bird and observed sev-
eral others. They are much lighter in color than Northern specimens;
otherwise I noticed no variation.

rela hs.
53.50 | 15.50 | 8,50

* 100 | 9 21.00

RAOUAVUIS tan ae cp as win's)0'e'n ooo | April 12

95. SCOPS ASIO ENANO (Lawr.) Ridgw.—io Grande Sereech-owl,
[Scops enano, Cours, The Country, July 13, 1878, p. 184. (Rio Grande of
Texas; G. B. Sennett. First introduced to U. §. fauna.)

I give the identification of this form entirely upon the authority of Mr. Ridgway,
who has made a special study of this family. —k. C.J

I was fortunate this season in securing several specimens of an Owl
which have been recognized by Mr. R. Ridgway as this variety,—
a Mexican form not before recognized within the United States, and
I believe it to be the only variety of Scops asio on the Lower Rio
Grande. Nothing differing from the habits of our Northern form was
observed; nor did I see any in red plumage. The measurements given
below of my specimens were carefully taken from the dried skins, with
the exception of length and extent, which were taken in the flesh.

Last year I found a set of three eggs, which I gave in my notes (Bull.
U. S. G. & G. Survey, vol. iv, No.1, p. 40) as “? Scops asio var. macallii,”
the bird not having been taken in hand.

I did not succeed in obtaining any eggs this season, but captured a
half-grown young with its parent in the same locality where I obtained
my set of three eggs last season. The eggs average 1.37 by 1.16.

Just as I am about to send this MS. I receive a set of five eggs of
this Owl, taken by Mr. Bourbois from one nest, on his ranch at Lomita,
about April 1. They measure 1.28 by 1.12; 1.28 by 1.16; 1.31 by 1.11;
1.28 by 1.14; 1.30 by 1.15.

| April 12 | 9.00] 22.00 | 6.00 | 3.25 | Trs. 1.35
| April 12 | 8.75] 18,50 | 6.00 | 3.30) ,, 1.40 |
| April 15 | 8.50] 21.50 | 6.15 | 3.35 | ,, 1.25
| May 1| 815] 21.50| 5.85 | 3.25) ,, 1.20)
| May 11] 8.00| 22.00 | 5.95 | 3.25) ,, 1.20 |
| May 22) 9.00} 22.00 | 6.00 | 3.20 | 1: abe

we) a [eeeree| ences Bee

Specimen No. 489 has the iris greenish-yellow.

418 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

96. GLAUCIDIUM FERRUGINEUM (of N. Am. writers).—Ferrugineous Owl.
[Glaucidium ferruginewm, CouES, Amer. Nat. vi, 1872, p. 370 (Arizona, C.
Bendire; first introduced to U. 8S. fauna).—Covuns, Key N. A. Birds, 1872,
p. 206 (the same),—R1pGWw., in Bp., BRrew., & Ripew., Hist. N. A. B. iii, 1874,
p. 85.—Lawre., Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. ii, pt. iii, No. 11, 1874, p. 297
(Mazatlan).—Lawr., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 4, 1876, p. 37 (Tehuantepec).—
Cours, in SENNETT, Bull. U. S. “Geol. Surv. Terr. iv, No. 1, 1878, p. 40

(full description of Texas specimens).

Norr.—The perplexing species of Glaucidium have of late been so extensively investi-
gated by Mr. Sharpe and Mr. Ridgway, with such notable disagreement in many particu-
lars between these two leading authorities on the genus, that it is scarcely possible for
one who has made no special study of the case to decide upon the nice points of nomen-
clature at issue. I therefore only venture to cite a few references of undoubted ap-
plicability tothe forni now well known to occur in the southwestern United States.

—K. C.]

Not uncommon at Lomita, but from its small size not readily seen in

heavy timber. Its note, a clear whistle quite difficult to follow, was.

often heard during April and May. <A female captured April 9 con-
tained eggs nearly ready to be laid. My two specimens are reddish-
brown; the female redder than the male.

CBX e CHU b oh enti ae eee es ae Hic April 9 6.50 | 14.25 3.90 | 2.70
Te Ar es SMO Neb res Oe ee 2 Se Seite Apri A Se hl Gk eee 3.65 | 2.65
FALCONID AS.

97. CIRCUS CYANEUS HUDSONIUS (L.) Coues.—Marsh Hawk.
Only observed at Corpus Christi the latter part of March.

98. ELANUS GLAUCUS (Bartram, 1791, or Barton, 1799) Coues.— Wihite-
tailed Kite.
[ Falco glaucus, BARTRAM, Trav. Fla. orig. ed. 1791, p. 290.—Barton, Fragm. N.
H. Penna. 1799, p. 11 (author strictly binomial; likewise post-Linnzean).
Elanus glaucus, COUES, Pr. Phila. Acad. 1876, p. 345.—Couzs, Birds Colorado
Valley, i, 1878, p. 593.
Milvus leucurus, VIEILL.
Falco dispar, TEMM.
BS Iohy Cle,
Shot an adult specimen near Santa Maria on our way down. It was
sitting on a tree in the chaparral near the roadside, and appeared not
very shy. It was prepared in the cart while moving along, and the
body was accidentally thrown out without examination, so that sex
remains undetermined.

12.50 | 7.00 |

511 | — | Santa Maria .-----.......... | May 5 | 16. 25 | 42, 25

Iris red. Tarsus 1.35. Middle toe 1.15.

No. 3] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 419

99. ELANOIDES FoRFICATUS* (L., 1758) Coues.—Swallow-tailed Kite.

The first day after our arrival at Corpus Christi, while prospecting on
the bluffs just outside of the town, four of this species came flying over
within range, and we obtained two of them. They were the only ones
observed during the season.

4 oanCorpusiChrishi.2so-)-2sls =. March 21} 22.75.) 51.00

17,00 | 13.25
5) Neal ee eae is, eet a eae March 21} 23.00 | 50,00 | 17250 | 13.15
100. ACCIPITER FUSCUS (Gm.) Bp.—Sharp-shinned Hawk.
Two or three only observed at Lomita.
| Pode ee OM tH -<- se 2.=-- <0. - eee | April 20 | 12.00} 22. 00 | 7.00 | 5.75
|

101. ACCIPITER COOPERI Bp.—Cooper’s Havek.

A great scarcity of Hawks at Lomita; only one of this variety
obtained.

19.00 | 31.50 9, 00

~~
or

| 74 | 3 | BOM A= 18 Sh chem aioe ceils | April 10

102. FALco communis Auct.—Peregrine Falcon or Duck Hawk.

While cruising about Nueces Bay, near Corpus Christi, on March
24, we saw this Hawk in pursuit of a Coot, which it captured, and flew
with to a small shellisland near by, todevour. By means of our skiff
and the cover of afew weeds on the island, we got within range and
obtained it. It was a female with eggs undeveloped.

45, 00 14. 50 | 7.00

Corpus Christi...--.- a March 24 | 19, 50

a

103. FALCO SPARVERIUS L.—Sparrow Hawk.
A few specimens seen at Lomita in April.

104, ANTENOR UNICINCTUS HARRISI (Aud.) Ridg.—Harris’s Buzzard.
[Parabuteo unicinctus var. harrisi, Ripaw. apud Bp., Brew., & Ripaw., Hist.
N. A. B. iit, 1874, p. 250. Type of genus Parabuteo ; intended for Antenor,
named on p. 248.
Antenor unicinctus var. harrisi, RipGw. apud Merry, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. i,

Oct. 2, 1878, p. 154. —E. C.]
This bird is resident on the Lower Rio Grande, and was more abun-
dant than any other of the family. I found in the crops of those I
obtained mice, lizards, ee aad often the Mexican preeped gopher

[*See Pr. Phila. Acad. 1876, p. 345, and Bull. U. ‘S. Geol. ‘Surv. Terr. iv, No. y's
1878, p. 42.—E. C.]

420 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

(Spermophilus mexicanus), proving them active hunters, instead of the —
sluggish birds they appeared the year before at Brownsville. They are
silent, and not very shy. Young from the egg are covered with down,
more plentifully on crown and back than elsewhere; are colored white
on under parts, shading to buff, and ochraceous on back and head, and
are very pretty little chicks. Dissection of a female on April 11 dis-
covered an egg almost ready to lay. On April 22, two sets of eggs
were taken four or five miles from Lomita, one twenty-five feet high in
an ebony-tree, the other twenty feet high in a mesquite. Each con-
tained three eggs hard sat upon. On May 12, a nest situated some
thirty feet high contained two young several days out of the egg,
and an addled egg. On May 25, from a nest some twenty feet high,
three young were taken. Three, then, is evidently the full comple-
ment of eggs. Both parents assist in the duties of incubation and care
of the young, being sometimes fearless in protecting them. The eggs
are a dull white, and almost, if not quite, free from markings, these
consisting of a few small brown specks. As is usual with most Hawks’
eggs, the lining is rich green. The average of seventeen eggs, includ-
ing Dr. Merriil’s with my own, is 2.06 by 1.64.

Same Ouen| MAOMTb Ata scce cess sect aee April 11 | 22.00 | 47.00] 14.50 | 10.00
247 OWA. ao Wie eeeele ote naee April e 21.50 | 46.50} 15.00 | 9.75
ACS One saClOegesse Bee Pes pea SE May 22.00 | 47.00} 14.50] 9.50
A) (oye We Ulevpeealicis ALO Weie-ae cies oe oie ioreere May B Ee elactoesa co ii dslaee alee
NOG UNS SR SCOPR ees Aas Se Sms ooSe: Wee Ae eee lesan mee peace eal eeeee
A0GH Ege sts GO Loa < ee ecleseseese May 25] 21.00] 44.00) 13.25] 9.50
507 Ove (ers 4010) 52 saniheee se: seatepes- May 25 ese. 22. --e~ tee) Ano mORO0

105. BUTEO PENNSYLVANICUS (Wils.) Bp —Broad-winged Buzzard.

Not uncommon at Lomita during April. It is probable that some
remain there to breed. On April 11 we saw fifty or more flying about
over the woods and in among the trees. We shot seven or eight, and
might have taken more. They were in various stages of plumage, and
were no doubt migrating. A few were taken in May. I give measure-
ments of but two.

9372 | Wotan isis cisciceeie Seen April 11 | 13.50 34.00] 11.50 | 7.00
DZ ee Pees atk nisi oa eee April 11 | 15.25] 35.00] 10.75 | 6.25

106. BUTEO ALBICAUDATUS, V.— White-tailed Buzzard.

[ Buteo albicaudatus, Cours, The Country, July 18, 1878, p. 184, Ist column,
near the top (Rio Grande of Texas, G. B. Sennett; first introduction to
U. S. fauna).—BREWER, The Country, July 13, 1878, p. 1384, 1st column,
near the bottom (Rio Grande of Texas, J. C. Merrill j second introduction
to U. S. fauna).
For the description of this species, with a very full synonymy, see Ripew. apud
MERRILL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. i, Oct. 2, 1878, pp. 154-157. —E. C.]

On March 27, 1878, I shot a fine full-plumaged female of this species
as she was flying with her mate over a small island in Lagoona Madre,

vet SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 421
near Corpus Christi Bay, the first specimen of this large Hawk taken
within our limits. I took a set of its eggs, however, the year before, a
few miles from Brownsville, wrongly identifying them as Archibuteo
JSerrugineus.

In May, 1878, while at Lomita Ranch, Dr. Merrill wrote me from
Brownsville of his just taking two eggs of the same species and a bird.
Our two specimens were identified about the same time in Washington,
and reported in.the same number of “The Country,” July 13, 1878.
The remarks in my notes of 1877, therefore, about the two eggs found
near Brownsville, must illustrate this species, instead of A. ferrugineus,
which still remains unknown to the Lower Rio Grande.

The dimensions of my bird, taken while in the flesh, are as follows:
Length 20.50; extent 56.50; wing 17.50; tail 8.00; culmen 1.10; tarsus
3.35; middle toe and claw 2.50. Ivis hazel; cere pale green; bill light at
base, black at tip; feet yellow. Dissection showed the ovaries greatly
excited, the largest egg being three-eighths of an inch in diameter.

This bird is not uncommon about the sand ridges near the coast. For
nesting it selects the Yucca or Spanish bayonet, which there attains at
best a height of ten or twelve feet, and fills up the entire top with its
bulky structure of sticks and twigs. The two eggs, taken from separate
nests by Dr. Merrill, are a trifle smaller than my clutch of two taken
the season before. The four eggs average 2.37 by 1.89.

107. POLYBORUS THARUS AUDUBONI (Cass.) Ridg.—Audubon’s Cara-
- cara.

This species, although seen less frequently at Lomita than about
Brownsville, is not uncommon. The much taller growth of timber there
allows it to build its nest much higher than at Brownsville. April 21,
two eggs were taken from a nest, forty feet high, in a hackberry-tree.
They were hard sat upon, and the parent did not leave them until the
nest was nearly reached. One of the eggs is the lightest I have seen,
the larger end showing mixed brown and white, and a few dark blotches
being about the centre. On May 14, from a nest at least twenty feet
high, were taken three half-grown young. The old birds were very
fierce, but the young offered no resistance. No ery was uttered by
either old or young. When placed upon the ground, the young birds
could just hop about. Their crops were filled with mice. Their
plumage is as follows: Crown dark brown, the feathers finely edged
with reddish; primaries almost black; secondaries brown; back, tail,
and scapulars light brown, edged largely with rufous; neck all around,
throat, jugulum, and tail-coverts buff; breast more rufous; belly streaked
brown and ochraceous; thighs, sides, and shoulders brown, with rufous
edgings; legs yellow; toes plumbeous and yellow; cere orange; bill
blue, tipped yellowish-white ; iris brown.

A young just from egg was brought me. It is covered with coarse
hair-like down and light buff all over, except crown, wings, and a line
down the back, which are black.

422 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Two or three eggs are laid in a cluteh. My two eggs average 2.31 by
1.78, which, with Dr. Merrill’s measurements, give an average of about
2.30 by 1.80 inches.

6 | 9 | Corpus Christi.............| March 21 | 24.00] 52.00] 16.75 | 8.75
123 |) # | Lomitace Viele acces April 15 | 21.00] 48.00 |) 15.00 | 7.75
BGO! i Ail cckt Onc ph oabinkee wan meememies MON ei adallyeUc RUN smears 14.75 | 7.75

CATHARTID/&.

108. CATHARTES AURA (L.) Ill.—Turkey Buzzard.
Common at Lomita in company with the Black Vulture. Its eggs
are laid upon the ground in the dense woods.

Black Vulture.

Very common. I have never found this bird or the Turkey Buzzard
breeding in communities, as has been recorded, nor did I, like Mr.
Dresser, find it nesting in trees. Its eggs were laid upon the ground
or in hollow logs in the woods.

109. CATHARTES ATRATUS (Bartr.) Less.

COLUMBID.

110. COLUMBA FLAVIROSTRIS Wagler.—Red-billed Pigeon.

Through the kindness of Dr. S. M. Finley, U. 8. A., who was stationed
at camp near Hidalgo, and a good observer of animal life, I obtained
valuable information concerning the arrival and departure of the Pigeons.
In answer to my enquiries in regard to this species, he gave the following
from his note-book for 1878: ‘ First noticed on January 24th, in flocks;
about the middle of February they were seen in the woods in pairs and
cooing. The last seen of them in 1877 was the latter part of November.
These Pigeons were seen several times consorting with tame Pigeons in |
the ebony-trees in the neighborhood of the village of Hidalgo.” This
bird therefore is resident on the Lower Rio Grande about ten months in
the year. The remaining two months it is probably in the more central
parts of our continent, wandering in flocks from place to place in search
of food. ;

On April 9—the day after my arrival at Lomita—I went to Hidalgo
to make arrangements about mail, supplies, &e. About a mile above
the village, on familiar collecting-ground of the season before, I diseoy-
ered a Red-billed Pigeon on her nest in a thicket, and about eight feet
from the ground. It was not until I had approached to within arm’s
length that she rose, and, tumbling heavily into the bushes, fluttered
away over the ground in capital feint of injury, in order to attract
attention away from the nest. The nest was made of twigs, was frail,
saucer-shaped, and contained a single nearly fledged young. This bird
breeds irregularly and lays several times in a season. I found nests

7
No. 3.) SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS, 423

during the whole time of my stay, containing eggs and young in all
stages of development, but in no case did a nest contain more than one
egg or young. The parents are fond and affectionate, and both assist
in incubation. Their food when I saw them was chiefly the hackberry
fruit.

The young from the egg have the upper parts plumbeous and sparsely
covered with dark hair-like feathers. Under parts are pale and naked.

The half-grown young have plumage on the body like the adult.
Head and flanks do not become feathered until bird is nearly fledged,
and in half-grown young just commences to show. From a large series
of eggs I find them to average 1.55 by 1.10, the length varying from 1.60
to 1.45 and the breadth from 1.18 to 1.03.

S12 Ot. aD April 9 | Wing 8.00. Tail 5.50.

Ment IAG 882552 255 JoL oe sa April 10 | 14.10 | 24.50 7.88 | 5.00
RR AAO Loo) oi jecitere'e senior April 15) ioni43 ah aan cae 8.00 | 5.15
120 | 9 | ee April 24 |....-... pr es 7.45 | 5.00
oi) SG Ce May 3] 14.00| 24.00) 7.75 | 5.2 |
I eae May 6) 14.50} 25.00, 7.75 | 4.90
473 | 3 7.87 | 5.00

ace t i a ae ia a eee May 19 | 14.00 | 24.00 |
!

111. ZENZDURA CAROLINENSIS (L.) Bp.—Carolina Dove.

Not as common at Lomita as I found it at Hidalgo, but still common,
and breeding everywhere in open woodland. But one set of eggs was
found on the ground in a corn-field. All the others were in trees and
undergrowth. The eggs of this trip average 1.06 by .81

112. MELOPELIA LEUCOPTERA (L.) Bp.— White-winged Dove.

More abundant at Lomita than all the other Pigeons combined, and
when they have begun breeding, all day long the air is filled with the
music of their cooing, drowning out the notes of most other birds. They
are the last of the doves to come in the spring, and according to Dr.
Finley, they leave about November. On April 3, the day of our arrival
at Lomita, they first appeared, gradually increasing in numbers until the
middle of the month, when the open groves and woods were alive with
them. Upon their arrival they proceed at once to select nesting-places.
By the 1st of May eggs were found. They were as tame as the Carolina
’ Dove at the ranch, and were seen daily among the Blackbirds about the
corn-crib, picking up the corn. The color of the eggs varies from white
to cream, the latter prevailing, and two is the number laid. From a
large series the size averages 1.14 by .83; the largest is 1.22 by .93, and
the smallest 1.05 by .85.

N
o

heeett & tb MHEAl Ss 35-22-22 - 2258 April 18 | 12.00 19.5 6.25 | 4.5

TEE 2a 1 EOS Ce April 20} 12.00 20.00| 6.75 | 4.60
Dore | OR 1 Lei 1 er Ly at | ee a ee aS 6.20 | 4.40
05 ied Cec ee ee eee May 2) 11.75| 19.50 6.50 | 4.25
ES i Ps re Ea May 15} 11.50; 19.00 6.25 | 4.35

ADA BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

113. CHAMAPELIA PASSERINA (L.) Sw.—Ground Dove.

Not abundant about Lomita, though occasionally seen. I think they
seek a more open and cultivated country.

eT ats ct
984 | ¢ | Lomitas.cecte sete ee-ceen.'| April 28.) 6.75 |, 10.751], 81a) ewes
ictrta pom MMR NMDSN Ee) i May 22| 6.87| 10.75| 3.37 | 2.60
OOF A 2 Brel cic tdlor ane sfaeeeeel a el naa | May 25| 7.00] 11.00] 3.50| 3.00

114. AACHMOPTILA* ALBIFRONS (Bp.) Coues.— White-fronted Pigeon.
Dr. Finley reports the arrival of this Pigeon at the vicinity of Hidalgo
and Lomita about the middle of February, its departure having taken
place in November. Although it is less numerous than the Red-billed
Pigeon, yet, by its peculiar note, it is easily distinguished from all other
species, and can thus be readily obtained. We heard it daily. It is so
much more retiring in its habits than other Pigeons, that were it not for
the peculiarity we mention, it would be met with very seldom. It fre-
quents the dense and heavy growth of timber, and long and frequent
were our endeavors to find its nest. By the 8th of May we had given
up the task, and J gave orders to my assistants to shoot all of this species
they could find, in hopes of obtaining females, as up to this time none
but males had been secured, and but few of them, as we had refrained
from shooting many specimens, in order to secure nests and eggs. A
few females were afterwards obtained, but it naturally happeneu that
we took more males, who alone made the cooing, and thus discovered
to us their whereabouts. A fortunate circumstance, however, occurred.
A boy having found in a hole in the bank of the old river-bed three kit-
tens belonging to a wildcat, picked up one of them, and being frightened
by the old cat, ran with it to Pancho, my Mexican assistant, who went
immediately to secure the mother and the remaining kittens. He chose
for ambush a dense growth of alder-like shrubbery in the bottom-land,
within easy range of the hollow, and cut away the stalks to have a full
view of it, trusting to the return of the mother, who was not at that
time with her young. After waiting some time, his attention was
attracted by a White-fronted Pigeon’s flying from a nest further back in
the shrubbery. Knowing how anxious I was to get a nest of this bird,
he cut a way through the bushes to obtain a clear view of the nest,
which he discovered contained two eggs, and then returned to his retreat
to watch for both prizes. The Pigeon which he had frightened away
returned first and was shot. While he was carefully packing away
the bird, nest, and eggs in his bag, the old cat stole away cone of her
kittens. He concluded to take the remaining one without further delay,
and brought the prizes home to me, by whom he was received with
great satisfaction. The two kittens were put out to nurse with a cat of
our house, who received them kindly. :

[* See Bull. U.S. Geol. Sury. Terr. iv, No. 1, 1878, pp. 48-50.—E. C. ]

a

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 425

The two eggs obtained enabled me to identify two others that were
brought in with a lot of the White-winged Doves’. The nest was
situated in the forks of the bushes, about five feet from the ground, was
flat and quite large for a Pigeon’s nest, and composed of the dead
branches, twigs, and bark of pithy weeds.

The habits of this bird, from my observations, differ very materially
from those of the same species, by other observers, in other localities.

In Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 4, 1876, prepared by Geo. N. Lawrence,
Mr. F. E. Sumichrast says of this bird, as he found it at Tehuantepec:
“Quite common in the west of the isthmus; frequents the woods with
preference; perches little, and goes almost always in pairs.”

In Proceedings Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., June 7, 1871, Col. A. J.
Grayson says of the bird as found on the Tres Marias Islands, Western
Mexico: ‘This dove seems to be identical with the species found
throughout entire Western Mexico, and is very abundant in the Marias.
Jt is commonly found upon the ground, in the thickest part of the
woods; it also lays its eggs upon the ground, with but little pretension
to forming a nest. It is entirely solitary in its habits, rambling about
in the woods in search of various kinds of seed upon which it subsists,
and occasionally uttering its peculiar coo-oo-rr.” ‘‘Our table was often
well supplied with this delicious game. The flesh is nearly as white as
that of the quail, very tender and juicy.”

Again, in Mem. Boston Soe. ii, 1874, prepared by G. N. Lawrence,
Col. Grayson gives an account of habits as follows: “This ‘ground
dove,’ as its name indicates, is usually met with upon the ground in
search of its food, or sometimes resting upon low branches, or old logs,
and always in the thickest woods, out of which they are seldom seen. It:
walks and runs with great facility wpon the ground, whilst its flight is
always low amidst the bushes or underbrush, as if to conceal itself, and
not long continued, usually alighting upon the ground beneath a massive
canopy of underbrush, where it continues to walk or run to elude
pursuit, or search for its food. When suddenly started from its retreat,
the wings whir, accompanied by a whistling sound, very similar to that
of the wood-cock. Its habits are solitary, never congregating into flocks,
and only during the breeding season do we ever find a pair together.
Differing from all our American doves, it deposits its eggs upon the
ground, forming scarcely any nest; the eggs are two, and white; the
young soon follow the mother, before being able to fly, like some of the
gallinaceous birds.”

During both seasons that I passed on the Rio Grande, I saw this bird
upon the ground but once, and it was then feeding upon some corn that
was scattered in the roadway, and, so far from its remaining hear or
on the ground, its habit is to frequent the high branches of tall trees;
indeed, on this account almost every specimen shot was more or less in-
jured in falling, a number being too much so to save ; and I have already
spoken of its building quite a large nest at some distance from the

426 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

ground. Its eggs I could hardly call white, rather a light drab, or better
perhaps a light olive drab. The tenderness of this bird’s skin, and the
ease with which its feathers pull out, exceed that of any Pigeon I ever
prepared. It is usually fat and most excellent eating.

The sizes of the four eggs are as follows: 1.14 by .89; 1.12 by .88; 1.16
by .83; 1.15 by .85; averaging 1.14 by .86.

8954) hs) Mhomaitae 222 2s See eee eas April 11 | 12.00 | 18.75 6.25 | 4.50
172 Gis) kat COy cae a ee ey ake April 23 | 12.25 18.50 6.25 | 4.50
B08" | fe. 1d Ores 2 oe ieee eee siiere May 5] 11.75) 18.25 5.75 | 4.00
309° ||) Stet Bido He eee eee eee ete bias. May 5] 11.50} 18.25 5.75 | 4.75
324 Go Sa lO eens ce eee ie cee 2 May 6] 12.50 | .19.00 6.00 | 4.75
B16; Ma Mike atl eesr Sea OK esas es cee Sls Se Raa May 8] 12.00] 19.00 6.25 | 4.75
367 OR] BSN ON mene NE As SPR Ss BEY May 8] 11.75 | 18.50 6.00 | 4.50
AUOWs|| ae ole se RO Ome Sele a Ae BT ae May 11] 12.25) 19.25 6. 00 | 4.00
AO SGT ih: SRAIGe SNC OMe amenene eget Sele. as May 13] 12.00} 18.25 5.75 | 4.50
ADB ill ee Aa el oveiee eee. See ae2 2S 2 May 14] 12.25) 19.25 5.90 | 4.50
467 Oni etl On sete severe mem esise ie Ceci Laie a Len neal OO eel eee 50) 6.00 | 4. 40

Specimen No. 467 has the iris yellow, with orange tinge.
CRACID 4.

115. ORTALIDA VETULA Wagl.—Texan Guan or Chachalae.

Pre-eminently a bird of the woods, and Lomita without doubt is the
heart of its very limited habitat in the United States. Here it is resi-
dent; and among the heavy timber and dense undergrowth it breeds in
seclusion, secure from its enemies. A more intimate acquaintance with
this bird enables me to give a better description of its notes than the
attempt in my former memoir. The notes are loud and uttered in very
rapid succession, and those of the female follow the male’s so closely,
while so well do they harmonize, although in different keys, that I mis-
took the first note of one for the last note of the other. It really utters
but three syllables, thus: ‘‘cha-cha-lac,” instead of four, “cha-cha-lac-ca,”
as given before. It also has a hoarse, grating call or alarm-note, uttered
in one continuous strain and without modulation, something like kak-
kak-kak. Generally this bird is seen in trees, but on one occasion four
or five were seen running about on the ground after the manner of chick-
ens when freed from a coop. It does not breed in communities, but in
isolated pairs, and from all accounts raises but one brood in a season,
unless the nest is despoiled, when it will lay another clutch. The clutch
almost invariably consists of three, rarely less. On the 10th of April
we obtained fresh eggs, and on the 20th sets were generally full and
fresh, after which time they contained embryos. The eggs are exceed-
ingly hard to drill. The chicks are hatched well coated with down, and
they leave the nest as soon as hatched, the old ones leading them into
the thickets, where they are very hard to capture. I had the pleasure
at the ranch of seeing six hatch under a hen. The little ones looked
and. acted exactly like chickens, picking up the corn-batter thrown to
them, running in and out from under the hen’s wings, and jumping upon

No. 3.): - SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 427

her back. Four of the six died within the first two weeks, but the
others lived and thrived. A few are domesticated every year at almost
every ranch, and they become inconveniently familiar, getting about
under foot, jumping upon tables, beds, ete.

The young from the eggs are thickly covered with down. Upper parts
mixed ash, fulvous, and brown, with a black line from the crown to the
tail and a black patch on the forehead; under parts pure white, with the
exception of the jugulum, which is fulvous ash, meeting the same colors
above. When three or four weeks old, the fulvous ash and white be-
come tawny, and the black only shows on the crown and forehead.

The first of May moulting begins. I secured a large series of eggs
and skins.. The eggs average 2.30 by 1.60; the largest 2.45 by 1.70 and
the smallest 2.10 by 1.50. Of the twenty-two skins preserved I only
give in the list those measured in the field.

Per IOMInidis.cocce 2. sss ve -- April 25 | 23.00 | 27.00 8. 50 9.75
BG CSC KON Hes See See eee May 1] 24.00) 27.00 8.50 | 10.50
AMON CLO! Saye ciclcc oh ecle secede May 1 22.50 25. 50 8. 00 10, 50
MRO Pen O sa ce oe coo coe ween cece May 3] 22.50 | 25.50 8. 00 9.50
Palme alles LO vane cixs cela cosas jock. May, 9} 2355 28. 00 9.00 | 10.75
ANA | oN Nes 6 gy a Mary 19s |e O oon leee ee 8. 50 9. 25
AIST) || Glee O C0) rear Ree ee a May 22) 23.00] 27.00 8.50 | 10.25
AO aa i On. to wse adecieph vec ce oe May 22] 22.00) 25.50 8. 50 9.75

Specimen No. 371 weighed 14 pounds.
MELEAGRIDA.

116. MELEAGRIS GALLOPAVO L.—Mexican Turkey.

At Lomita this bird is common. On the night of the 16th of April
we must have flushed fifty from their roosts in tall elm-, ash-, and hack-
berry-trees. By day we occasionally came upon them feeding. My
assistant, Mr. Sanford, secured four out of a flock of seven or eight that
he came across, while feeding, in broad daylight. Their principal food
was at this time the wild-tomato, which attains about the size of a cran-
berry, and which they devoured whole, together with insects and larvee.
At the time of our arrival most of them were in worn plumage, and
moulting began by the 1st of May.

From such observations as I could make during my trip to the Rio
Grande in 1877, I believed the form of Meleagris belonging to that
region to be the true gallopavo, formerly called mexicana. Dr. J.C.
Merrill, in his notes of Southern Texas, 1876 to 1878, page 159, says:
“Birds taken here (Lower Rio Grande) present the characters of var.
Mexicana well developed.” On this trip (1878) I had abundant oppor-
tunity to study the Turkey, and brought home two fine skins of males
which weighed in the flesh over twenty pounds each, besides the tails
and tail-coverts of two others. One of the birds is now in the National
Museum, and has tawny tips to coverts and tail, being as dark a speci-
men as any found on the Lower Rio Grande.

Bull. v, 3——7

428 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

The lighter and more typical form from that section I retain in my
collection, and I think that even lighter forms exist at Lomita than I
obtained..

I have very recently compared all of my specimens with those in the
National Museum, and together they form a regular graded series from
the type gallopavo, which has the tips of tail and tail-coverts tawny-
white, to the Eastern United States type, which has tips as dark as the
feathers above the subterminal band. I have also compared my speci-
mens with skins from Missouri, Michigan, Virginia, and Florida. From
a careful comparison of them all, I observe no geographical variations
that will hold good excepting the coloring of the tips of the tail and the
upper tail-coverts. The dark forms extend in the Southwest through
Missouri, and, I think, Indian Territory and Northern Texas; the inter-
mediate are found along the coast and back to the foot-hills from Corpus
Christi in Texas to Vera Cruz in Mexico; while the lightest forms are
found on the high tablelands of New Mexico, Arizona, California, and
throughout Mexico. Professor Baird says: “The true wild bird of
Eastern North America always has the tips of the tail-feathers and
upper tail-coverts of a chestnut-brown color; the Mexican species and
its descendant of the barn-yard never exhibits this feature.” He also
draws the line between the wild bird of the Eastern United States and
the tame Turkey by throwing all the light or tawny-colored ones into the
barn-yard. The same rule applies to the Mexican Turkey. All Lower
Rio Grande specimens, therefore, must be held as gallopavo, or a var.
intermedia established—an alternative not to be desired.

This bird scratches together a few leaves for a nest in the dense woods.
We fortunately secured two full sets of eggs, one of twelve and the other
of fifteen, and a third nest with but a single egg remaining among the
débris of phe and feathers, which plainly told the story of the ravages
of the Mexican coyote. The first set was taken on April 24, and con-
tained chicks peeping in the shell. The set of fifteen Rpeaaar April 26
were fresh. The one egg of the despoiled nest was still later and nearly
fresh. The eggs have a cream ground-color. On the set of twelve the
markings are numerous, and consist of light-brown specks covering the
whole surface, to which are added larger spots of darker brown at inter-
vals. On the set of fifteen, one of which is of abnormal size, the mark-
ings are fainter, giving a decided light color to the eggs. The single
egg of third set is still lighter and has but few markings. The average
size of the twenty-eight eggs is 2.43 by 1.86; the largest 2.50 by 1.90;
the smallest 2.33 by 1.72; abnormal egg 1.80 & 1.50.

16041 40 Wormibaee 2 8o. VU lS April 13 | 44.00 | 62.50] 18.50 | 14.U0 |.
TERM ers dian _...-| May 14| 30.00] 54.00] 17.00 | 13.00
462) iN pdb et ce o.oo | Mae di edd00 |” 62 .0Onenmemers | 15,00.

No. 8.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 429

PERDICID.

117. ORTYX VIRGINIANA TEXANA (Lawr.) Coues.—Texas Quail.

Common at Lomita, coming into the enclosures of the ranch at all
times, feeding about the corn-crib, with Blackbirds and Pigeons, or
whistling its familiar “ bob-white.” Parts of several sets of eges were
found in the borders of the corn-fields. A set of thirteen was run into
by the breaking-plow. Average size about same as last year, 1.20
by .93.

AOR Osa) omittidis- oo. sscace koecce. April 19 9.50 | 14.50 4,25 | 2.25
ASU Me Amnac GO st erk. aS sei e May 15 9:25 | 18.75 4,25 | 3.00
LOD ON ESRC CS a Cen May 19 9.50 | 14.00] 4.25 | 2.40
aS || 2°) SRS CORR aa ee en a ae ee May 20 9.25 | 14.00 4.25 | 2.50
SSR ese O ee dale ass. secs cccesd May 22 9.50 | 14.40 | 4.25 | 2.60 |

118. CALLIPEPLA SQUAMATA (Vig.) Gr.—Scaled Partridge or Blue Quail.

The foot-hills of the Rio Grande, about one hundred miles back from
the coast, are the eastern limits of this bird, as well as of the Cactus Wren
and the Yellow-headed Titmouse. The covey observed by Dr. Merrill
near Fort Brown were probably stragglers. Dr. Finley, a careful ob-
server of game birds, never saw them about the camp, two miles
above Hidalgo and five below Lomita, where he was stationed for two
years. The first rise of ground in going up the river occurs at Lomita
Ranch, and here we often saw these beautiful birds running about; but
although we frequently collected a mile or two below the hill, there we
never saw them, and not even in the fertile and heavily wooded low-
lands in the vicinity of this hill did we observe them. A few miles up
from Lomita and back from the river, near the water-holes, rises are
numerous, covered with thin poor soil, where cactuses and scrubby
thorny bushes grow, and here the Blue Quail abounds.

They are poor birds for sport, as they do not lie to dog, and are with
great difficulty flushed into flight. We saw them take wing but a few
times, and then only when completely surprised. On the approach of
danger, they run very fast from one cover of thorny bushes to another,
in irregular courses, according to the convenience of cover. Their
tawny-white crests are erect as they run, and they make a very fine
show. They are excellent eating. The sexes are nearly alike; the
males, however, have much more dark-russet on the belly than the
females. On the 16th of May, an adult with brood of newly hatched
young were observed, but they were too quick of movement to be ob-
tained, and disappeared in the brush. On the 22d of May, near the
buildings of the ranch at San José Lake, Mr. Sanford shot a fine male,
which was on the brush fence forming the enclosure. In searching among
the weeds where the bird fell, we found a nest and sixteen fresh eggs.
The nest was under the edge of the fence, and was simply a saucer-like
depression in the ground, with leaves for lining. The eggs are peculiar,

430 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Voi.v.

c

their markings distinguishing them at once from those of the Texas
Quail. The white ground-color is speckled light ochraceous. Some-
times the specks are large and plain, giving the egg a decided yellowish-
brown cast; at others, the specks are fine, but at no time is the egg
entirely free from them. The markings tend more to the larger end than
tothe smaller. A stain of yellow ochre also appears, in splashes, more or
less on each egg. In shape they are more elliptical than the Common
Quail’s, 0. virginianus. The length varies from 1.27 to 1.15; the breadth,
from .98 to .93; giving general average of eggs 1.21 by .96.

161 G3) Womnitaiee sae eee tae oe April 21 | 10.75 | 15.00 4.50 | 3.25 |
POG AAO. Aso Se ae a LNee April 25 | 10.50] 15.00 4,50 | 3.25
AS 7 roe ee Co AN os Re ai April 25 | 10.75 | 13.50 4.60 | 3.25
B19 6) 0. te Oe Ras ES ae April 26.) 10.00 | 14.50 4.40 | 3.25
O20 crag ae AO: eke meets ete re os ae April 27 | 10.75 | 15.00 4,40 | 3.25
QBV EA ee SO ee as Mey eee a hese April 27 | 10.50} 15.00 4.12 | 3.25
239 ii Oig |e O Bee Bei, oeretcniars ce ho April 28 | 10.5 15.25 4.50 | 3.00
AD ON ESE OMe mente seca. Nets So cate April 28} 11.00} 15.00 4,50 | 3.00
ABD | AEA LOM nepa So thic ols these April 28; 11.00 | 15,12 4.62 | 3.00

; 299 | g |.---do .....---2,---. 220+ ++. May 4] 11.00] 15.37 4.60 | 3.25
SOM Si Cee CO 7 aes ees te et pees May 5 ant 1450 4.40 | 3.00
SOAU oud Peer Ose ss vaste he eases eee May 10) 11.00 | 15.25 4.60 | 3.50
Al IRe a En OR ace cs cc ocksel sence May 11) 10.50! 15.25 4.50) onze
Ae mae |lectas CL ONeee sae caters wb she penta ae May 16] 10.00} 15.00 4.60 | 3.25.
ADI MOM se200) oacse cate seveaceeetoee May 16] 10.00) 14.50 4.50 | 3.12
AGO EDOM 73: GOs. 224. © sae. omen May 19] 10.50] 14.75 4,50 | 3.50
AO ri 5 oA Oye. ce cleye - Geeese se ae May 19} 10.50] 14.75 4.50 | 3.50
ASIN: Ncis HOO) io Be se cys lee tee eee May 22] 11.00) 15.50 4.75 | 3.50
AS Tilt ieg tales CLO) cE | ke Rt Se Re ey aes May 22} 10.25) 14.50 4.40 | 3.25

CHARADRIIDA.

‘119. CHARADRIUS FULVUS VIRGINICUS (Borck.) Coues.—Golden Plover.
A number seen at Corpus Christi during the storm on March 20.

120. ASGIALITIS VOCIFERA (L.) Cass.—Kildeer Plover.

Common on the Lower Rio Grande. Obtained two full sets of eggs
and a set of young at Lomita.

The young, a few days from egg, have the upper parts mixed black,
tawny, and ash; forehead and line through eye white; line from bill
under eye to back black; jugulum black; under parts white; flanks
and sides rufous. The eggs have the drab ground-color speckled and
splashed, sparsely at the small end, but heavily elsewhere, with black,
intermingled with which are seen clouded dark spots and brown and
greenish-yellow spots. One set has larger eggs than the other, but
eight eggs give an average of 1.51 by 1.08.

HAMATOPODID Z.

‘121. H&MATOPUS PALLIATUS Temm.—Oyster Catcher.

Abundant about the northern point of Padre Island, but not observed
at Brazos nor Point Isabel, probably owing to want of shallow oyster-beds.
I am told they are seen at the lower end of Brazos Island. On March

No. 3.] - SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 431

29, while exploring the extensive mud-flats in Lagoona Madre, close to
the head of Padre Isiand, I came upon a nest and three eggs of this
bird. When I found the nest there was no bird near it, and I left to
return in an hour or so, when there was still no bird near. I took the
eggs, and as I was about to leave I noticed a pair of Oyster Catchers
flying back and forth at some distance off; but as Gulls and Terns were
also flying about, whose eggs resembled these somewhat, I was still in
doubt as to their identity. The construction of the nest, however, was so
peculiar that I was pretty well convinced of its owner, and when I came
to prepare the eggs I was left no Jonger in doubt. I found them with
chicks about ready to hatch. One I parted in halves to obtain the chick
entire, whose feet and bill were undoubted evidence of the species.

The nest was situated on dry mud a rod or so from the water, and
was simply a slight depression, of the size of a small tea-plate, lined with
Shells and pieces of shells; none of them were larger than an inch in
diameter, and most much smaller. They were chiefly small oyster-
shells, and were placed more on the sides than at the bottom of the nest.
No particle of grass or anything else but shells composed the nest.
What was strange to®me, was, that on the island where I found it,
not a shell or a piece of one could be seen, and these must have been
brought by the bird itself from the adjacent shell-islands or oyster-beds.
This was the only nest found on the island.

The young, about ready to leave the egg, is covered with long, coarse,
hair-like feathers; upper parts are partly black tipped with fulvous or
tawny, and partly fulvous tipped with black; under parts white; bill and
feet white. The eggs have a drab ground-color, on which are scattered
irregularly indistinct and clouded spots and splashes of dark slate, on
which are dark-brown and black dashes. These spots are located at
- one end as much as at the other. The shape is elliptical, with one end
more pointed than the other. They measure 2.25 by 1.52; 2.20 by
1.56; 2.15 by 1.54.

Gaver
March 25 | 19. 00 | 37.50 | 11, 00 | 3.90 | Bill 3. 40

Corpus Christi. -.

iE

122. STREPSILAS INTERPRES (L.) Ill.—Turnstone.

Common about the sand and shell beaches of the northern part of Padre
Island during the last of March. I saw them again when I took the
steamer, June 1, at Point Isabel and Brazos Island. They are not shy.
They probably breed in those localities, although I obtained no eggs.

RECURVIROSTRID 4.

123. RECURVIROSTRA AMERICANA Gm.—Avocet.

Seen in small flocks about Corpus Christi Pass up to April 1. All the
specimens were in changing plumage, the fulvous and cinnamon just
_ beginning to show on their necks.

-

432 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [V0 V.

124. HIMANTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS V.—Stilt.

A few seen in company with Avocets at Corpus Christi Pass during
the last days of March. They were in changing plumage.

SCOLOPACID Zi.

125. MACRORHAMPHUS GRISEUS (Gm.) Leach.—Red-breasted Snipe.
A few seen at Lomita during high water on May 15.

126. CALIDRIS ARENARIA (L.) Ill.—Sanderling.

A number of scattered groups seen at Corpus Christi on March 20,
and a few noticed up to April 1, the end of my stay on the coast.

127. Limosa FEDOA (L.) Ord.—Great Marbled Godwit.

A few observed on the flats about Nueces Bay, near Corpus Christi,
during the last days of March. They were moulting.

128. TOTANUS SEMIPALMATUS (Gm.).— Willet.

Very common about the margins of Corpus Christi and the mud-flats
of Lagoona Madre during our stay there, ending®April 1.

129. NUMENIUS LONGIROSTRIS, Wils—Long-billed Curlew.

Common about the flats and shores of Corpus Christi Bay and whole
lower coast of Texas.

TANTALID AS.

!

130. TANTALUS LOCULATOR L.— Wood Ibis.

During the rise in the river, caused by heavy rains, in the middle of
May, at Lomita, a large flock of these birds was observed and a number
secured. After the waters had receded, and une weather became a
and hot, no more were seen.

SOOM oy Wuomita.—.\25\- sccsee emer May 23} 38.00; 69.50 19.50 | 6.00 |
SOMA eo Nie e200 422256. Lecd ccs s Seeeee May 23] 35.00] 66.50 | 18.00 | 6.00
SUZ) || Oe Sa aC COR AS SE RIn eR senime arses sce May 23] 36.00} 69.50) 19.00 | 6.00 |

131. PLEGADIS GUARAUNA Gm.— White-faced Glossy Ibis.

While at the northern end of Padre Island, on March 29, a flock of
these Ibises were seen flying over the flats.

My paper of 1877 contains a very full account of the habits of this
beautiful species as observed near Brownsville, including the identifica-
tion of P. thalassina Ridgw. as the young.

132. PLATALEA AJAJA L.—Roseate Spoonbill.

On the day after our arrival at Corpus Christi, during a storm, Mr.
Sanford went out to a point at the junction of the Nueces and Corpus
Christi Bays, where he saw four of these birds on the mud-flats, then

No. 3.) SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 433

covered with about six inches of water. He obtained three of them, all
fine males, in full plumage.

On the cars, between Brownsville and Point Isabel, we saw a flock of
a dozen fly out of the marshes, where they undoubtedly breed.

|
on Corpus Christteseeuesesece March 20] 35.00] 55.00 | 16.00 | 4.25

1
PR ees: Ci ee ae Eel lees March 20 | 31.00 |..-..... 15.25 | 4.50
| Gurl aee Cd Ope yr a ee. SG ka March 20| 31.75] 54.00 | 15.25 | 4.40
ARDEID i.

133. ARDEA HERODIAS L.—Great Blue Heron.

Very numerous about Corpus Christi Bay. Breeds abundantly on
the islands in the Nueces Bay and the Lagoona Madre, near the head of
Padre Island. There low growths of prickly-pear cactus and shrubbery
abound, which are chosen by them for nesting purposes, in preference
to timber, quite as convenient to their feeding-grounds. Associated
and breeding with them were Great White and Reddish Egrets. Some-
times a shell island would be found, where bushes grew higher than
one’s head, but these were neglected by the Herons for lower growths;
in no case was a nest found over four feet from the ground. Last year
I found their nests on Padre Island on the tops of serub-oaks at a height
of eight feet from the ground. Occasionally we came across a nest
upon the ground. On March 24, up Nueces Bay, the nests con-
tained one and two eggs each, and occasionally three. March 27, on
Bird Islands, Lagoona Madre, the nests contained two, three, and four
each, in all degrees of freshness, and in one case young. The birds at
this time were very shy, leaving their nests before we came within gun-
shot. This species is the most wary of the family. Our boatmen gath-
ered pailfuls of different Herons’ eggs, which, after some qualms, I
tasted and found very good. We cooked them in various ways, and ate
them daily during our cruise. The average size of a large series of eggs
is 2.52 by 1.85; the largest being 2.73 by 1.92, and the smallest 2.29 by
1.80.

| 46 | $ | Corpus Christi ....| March 30 | Length 50.50 | Wing 21, 00 | Bill 6.50
| 47 | Ml Peeedorene= ea... March 930) uenoohis0s30)) Wine, 21. 00 | Bill 5. 90

134, HERODIAS EGRETTA Gm.—Great White Egret.

Common up the Nueces River, near Corpus Christi. Breeding in
company with Great Blue and a few Reddish Egrets. Nests of twigs
and weeds about one foot in diameter, and placed on bushes from one
to two feet from the ground. On March 24 nests contained from one to_
four fresh eges each. Occasionally this bird was seen about the river
and water-holes near Lomita during April and May. The eggs average
2.16 by 1.60.

434 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

135. GARZETTA CANDIDISSO1A (Gm.) Bp.—Little White Egret.
Occasionally seen about Corpus Christi Bay, but not found breeding.

136. HYDRANASSA TRICOLOR (Miill.) Ridgw.—Louwisiana Heron.

A few seen on the flats up the Nueces River the last of March, and
a number in the lagoon near Point Isabel April 3.

137. DICHROMANASSA RUFA (Bodd.) Ridgw.—Reddish Egret.

On March 24 I discovered a few nests of this bird on a small shell
island at the mouth of the Nueces River near Corpus Christi. They
were on the ground under bushes, and in the low branches of bushes,
whose tops contained nests of the Great Blue Heron and the Great
White Egret. Laying had but just commenced, there being but one egg
in each of two nests, and some nests were not yet completed. In Lagoona
Madre, and some twenty-five miles or more distant from Corpus Christi,
I found the Reddish Egret breeding in great numbers. In this lagoon,
some twelve or more miles from the northern end of Padre Island, are
two islands of very modest dimensions, called “ Bird Islands,” from the
number of birds frequenting them. As we dropped anchor off the larger
and more southern one, on Mareh 27, thirty or forty White Pelicans
lifted from the point farthest from us, soon followed by a hundred or
more Brown Pelicans, frightened by our flapping sails, while great num-
bers of Herons were standing and flying about and above the island in
every direction. The glass brought to view great numbers of Gulls and
Terns on the shores, and heads and necks of Herons stretching up from
every bush on the island. The shores of the island are sand, the highest
points about six feet from the water-level, and the vegetation a few
brake-like bushes as high as one’s head, in clumps, a few straggling and
stunted yuccas, great patches of low prickly-pear cactuses, mingled with
which were a few stunted thorny bushes, and in low places rank grasses.
Our first step on shore introduced us to myriads of mosquitoes, an enemy
we had little anticipated, for we had not before met with them, and
and before we left we found them extremely troublesome. They gathered
so thickly about and upon us, and that, too, under a broiling midday
sun, that we were several times obliged to retreat to the water to brush
them off and take breath. In the large bushes near the point where we
landed we found a number of Great Blue Herons’ nests, but no others.
But in the low cactus patches upon the centre and highest part of the
island were hundreds of Reddish Egrets, many of which were in white
plumage, standing and sitting on their nests. They were not shy, and
would allow us to approach within easy range before taking wing. About
one in five was white, and before taking eggs we secured several white
ones on nests. I was prepared to find the white ones breeding, as I had
already found almost fully developed eggs in specimens I had taken. -
The nests were everywhere upon, under, and about the low-growing
cactuses, many being upon the ground, and none more than a foot from

No, 3.] . SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 435

it. They were composed of small sticks and grasses, were about ten
inches in diameter, with little depressions. Some were vacant, but the
majority held from one to three eggs each, the greater number less than
three, while but a few had four, the full complement. A few of these
Egrets had both red and white upon wings and tail, and I secured oné
of them. The Great Blue Heron was the only other Heron breeding
upon the island, but Gulls and Terns were numerous. Upon the other
and smaller island, the Reddish Egret was not found breeding. The
only other place where we found them breeding was on one of the Peli-
can Islands of Corpus Christi Bay, where on March 30 a few were seen
building nests in company with the Great Blue Heron. Average of
over 50 eggs is 2.00 by 1.50; the largest is 2.12 by 1.55, and the smallest
1.90 by 1.48.

Eleven specimens of birds prepared, but they were so very fat that
the result is very unsatisfactory. I did not take their measurements in
the flesh.

138. FLORIDA C@RULEA (L.) Bd.—Little Blue Heron.

A few noticed about Nueces Bay during the last days of March, and
again at Point Isabel April 3. Less abundant and oe gregarious foe
other Herons on our southern border.

139. BUTORIDES VIRESCENS (L.) Bp.—Green Heron.

Two or three of this species seen in the tall brakes near the mouth of
the Nueces River. At Lomita I occasionally saw one on the banks of
the river, where bushes had lodged near the water from caving.

WeOmibaee Saseiss os cecwe messes

| s0| 3

2. 60 |

140. NYCTIARDEA GRISEA Na:vVIA (Bodd.) Allen.—Night Heron.

Large flocks of this bird were seen mornings and evenings flying
about and feeding on the grass-flats of Lagoona Madre, near the head
of Padre Island. They are also about the water-holes in the vicinity of
Lomita. On April 23 I obtained a full-grown young.

141. BOTAURUS MUGITANS (Bart.) Coues.—Bittern.
I did not find it common anywhere. At Lomita one was shot in May
about the water-holes.
GRUID 4.

142. Grvs AMERICANA (L.) Ord.— White Crane.

Seen on the grass- and mud-flats near the head of Padre Island dur-
ing the latter part of March.

436 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

RALLIDAS.

143. GALLINULA GALEATA (Licht.) Bp.—lorida Gallinule.

Common about the mouth of the Nueces River in March, and in April
and May a number were seen about the water-holes near Lomita.

939)|,.O.4,| u@mnitia )) yo eto arty sete cere oe

April 28
O34 |" O°. |. Owe se sree eee sae

April 28

13. 00
13. 00

21.25
21. 50

144, FULICA AMERICANA Gm.—Ooot.

Resident on the Rio Grande, but not noticed breeding in the water-
holes about Lomita. They are much more common about the salt

marshes near the coast.
ANATID/A.

145. ANSER HYPERBOREUS Pall.—Snow Goose.

Seen in flocks at Corpus Christi and Padre Island during the last
days of March.

146. DENDROCYGNA AUTUMNALIS (L.) Eyton.—Autumnal Tree Duck.

First noticed early in May, in pairs, at Lomita, looking for nesting
places. Soon after it became quite common. During the mating season
it is found about in trees of open woodland, and very tame. It nests in
hollow trees without regard to nearness of water. I was shown the
nest from which a set of twelve eggs was taken the season before. It
was in an ebony-tree in an open grove, near the houses of the ranch,
and much frequented; was about nine feet from the ground, in a hollow
branch, with no lining but the chips from the rotten wood. I am of the
opinion that but one brood is reared in a season, for they do not lay eggs
until June or July, and by October are off for the Tropics. Late in
August, the young not full grown are seen about the corn-cribs picking
up the refuse corn, at which time Mr. Bourbois says they afford most
excellent eating.

This bird does not alight in the water as do other Ducks, but on the
land, and wades about in shallow water for food. When corn is nearly
ripe, it alights on the stalks, strips the ears of their husks, and pulls
the grain from the cob, making this its chief food during the season. I
never saw it skulk in grass for cover, but always take wing and fly to
the woods, or to some removed open point by the water. It is a pretty
sight to see this bird on some dead stub, pluming itself, its color and
shape being very handsome.

|
PSH) aaielbonitamaememe to. Sk Ne May 2] 20.50) 37.50 9.75 | 3.00
DORN Ol CONC O remeron ees oe aS 8k May 3] 19.75 | 36.50 9.90 | 3.00
SHY WO esd aC) socodo cone nd be eEde eee May 5| 19.75 | 36.00 9.50 | 3.00
SDRC tl ees 0 tee eee Cees cL May 5] 21.00} 38.00] 10.00 | 3.00
ANGI reKO a Gees cl Gt OOS See Cees May 16} 20.00 | 37.50 9.50.) 3.100
AG AV gv | See lO noe meetin ete tom cle eae c May 16] 21.00) 38.50] 10.25 | 3.25

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS. 437

147. ANAS BoscHAS L.—Wallard.

Seen at the mouth of the Nueces River on March 23, in company
with Gadwalls.

148. CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS (L.) Gray.—Gadwall; Gray Duck.
Seen about the Nueces River in the latter part of March.

149. MARECA AMERICANA (Gmn.) Steph.—American Widgeon.

Seen about the Nueces River in the latter part of March; a few obs
served at Lomita in April, and one specimen secured.

138 | 3 20.50

Lomita gosh aa ssesiit ves 002 | April 18 34. 00 | 73. 50

|
4.00 |
|

150. SPATULA CLYPEATA (L.) Boie.—Shoveller.
A few seen about the water-holes near Lomita during April.

151. FULIGULA AFFINIS Eyton.—Lesser Blackhead.

Great numbers seen in Corpus Christi Bay during the last days of
March.

152. FULIGULA FERINA AMERICANA (Eyton) Coues.—Redhead.

Secured several of these Ducks at the water-holes of the grass islands,
at the head of Lagoona Madre, near Corpus Christi Bay, during the last
of March.

PELECANID.

153. PELECANUS TRACHYRHYNCHUS Lath.— White Pelican.

Common at the northern part of Padre Island, up to the time of our
leaving, April1. I am told many remain there during the whole year,
but in greater numbers during the winter months. On May 16, at
Lomita, we saw a flock of eight fly over. In this connection I will
mention that my assistant, Mr. Sanford, found this bird breeding in
Grant County, Minnesota, the same season of his return from the South,
and secured its eggs for me. This is perhaps the most southern point
of its breeding thus far recorded.

154. PELECANUS FuscUS L.—Brown Pelican.

Very common about Corpus Christi Bay. On March 30 we visited
two small shell islands, covering about three acres each, called “ Pelican
Islands,” standing alone out in the bay. On one of these, Brown Peli-
cans were breeding in great numbers, their nests completely over-
spreading a third of the island. They were built on stout stiff weeds,
low bushes, and on the pare shells and sand; were composed of sticks
and lined with green grasses and weeds. N one were more than a foot
from the ground, and in some places so close together that it was diffi-
eult stepping among them. Most of them contained three eggs; a

A438. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. v.

number contained incomplete sets of two, while but two held four eggs.
All were fresh or nearly so. Outside of the nests, upon the ground, and
probably thrown out by the birds themselves, were many eggs, most of.
which were of last year, and still whole, but which, upon being broken,
gave forth a fearful stench. We took a pailful of the finest eggs.

We estimated the Brown Pelicans on this small island to be fully five
thousand. No other birds were found breeding here, although when we
approached it Gulls, Terns, and a dozen or more White Pelicans were on
the upper point; and we found a few old nests of the Great Blue Heron,
which were occupied by Brown Pelicans. On the island adjoming no
Pelicans were breeding, but about a dozen nests of Great Blue Herons
were found, and on the low prickly-pear cactuses a few new nests of the
Reddish Egret.

GRACULIDAL.

155. ?GRACULUS MEXICANUS (Brdt.) Bp.— Mexican Cormorant.

While cruising about Corpus Christi Bay numbers of cormorants,
probably of this species, were seen lining the narrow sand-bars in the
shallow parts of the bay. They were too shy for us to obtain.

PLOTID A.

156. PLOTUS ANHINGA L.—Anhinga; Water Turkey.

My first experience with this bird was on the evening of April 7, just
as we reached the camp at Edinburgh, on our way up the Rio Grande
to Lomita. A flock of two hundred or more was first noticed, high up
in the air, coming in the direction of the camp; and when directly over
it they began to lower, at last alighting in a large patch of willows on .
the river-bank close by. We started after them at once, and secured as
many as we wished. They were so tame that we could stand under the
willows and shoot them, with half charges of dust, directly over our
heads. We could not drive them away from their roost for any length
of time, those not injured coming back immediately to their former
place; in this respect quite unlike the reports of the same’ bird in
' Florida. In the morning we watched them circling about over their
roost, gradually getting higher and higher, until, when well up and
looking about the size of large Blackbirds, they started off up the river.
In May we saw them about the lakes at Lomita, where they were evi-
dently breeding, but we found no nests.

LARID A.

157. LARUS ARGENTATUS Briinn.— Herring Gull.

Seen about Corpus Christi, during our stay there, in the last of March.
Not noticed at Padre island, but at the mouth of the Nueces they were
very numerous, being next to the Ring-billed Gull in point of numbers.
In the slaughter-house yard on the flats out of Corpus Christi I saw

No. 3.] SENNETT ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF TEXAS, © A439

the novel sight of Gulls pulling away at carrion, after the manner of
Turkey Buzzards, in company with hogs and Vultures. The Herring,
Ring-billed, and a few Laughing Gulls were represented. As we ap-
proached they would lazily fly up, and again alight, allowing us to come
quite near. Upon driving off all the birds, we observed the Gulls to
be the first to return.

158. LARUS DELAWARENSIS Ord.—Ring-billed Gull.

In company with other Gulls and Terns, at the mouth of the Nueces
River, during March, and the most numerous among them.

159. LARUS ATRICILLA L.—Laughing Gull.

_ Very common everywhere upon the coast. In the fresh waters of the
rivers few were seen. They breed in Lagoona Madre and about Padre
Island in great numbers, but on the 1st of April had not begun to lay.

160. STERNA ANGLICA Mont.—Marsh Tern.

_ Perhaps the least numerous of all the Terns on the coast excepting
S. superciliaris, Least Tern, yet not uncommon. We saw it daily about
the head of Padre Island during out stay, and it pa com pied breeds
there.

161. STERNA CASPIA Pallas.—Caspian Tern.

On our cruise about Corpus Christi Bay, I met with this bird on the
shell reefs at the head of Lagoona Madre, where it was common, and
about equalling in number the Royal and Marsh Terns. The next day,
March 27, on the lower end of one of the Bird Islands, great numbers of
Caspian and Marsh Terns were observed. They were mating, and dis-
section showed eggs to be developing, and they no doubt had selected
this island for their nesting place. They held exclusive control, along
with the Pelicans, of one end of the island, while the Langhing Gulls were
installed at the other. On the same day, on the other “ Bird Island,”
we saw this species in company with Marsh and Forster’s Terns. We
did not notice any Caspians in the fresher waters of Nueces Bay. Of the
several skins prepared, I took measurements of but one.

32 March 27 | Length 21.50 | Wing 17.00 | Tail 6. 00 |

é | Corpus Christi----.

162. STERNA MAXIMA* Bodd.—Royal Tern.

Found in numbers about the head of Padre Island. In the channel
between Padre and Mustang Islands is a barren sand island, on which
the Gulls and Terns breed yearly in large numbers. At the time of
my observations, the Royal was most numerous. Laying had not yet
begun. a

[* For the change of name of this species, see SAUNDERS, P. Z. S., 1876, p. 655; CoUEs,
Bull. Nutt. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 142.—E. C.]

440 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

163. STERNA CANTIACA Gm.—Sandwich Tern.

Common on the coast side of Corpus Christi Bay. I was too early
for their laying, as well as that of all the Gulls and Terns.

164. STERNA FORSTERI Nutt.—Vorster’s Tern.
Commou about Corpus Christi and Nueces Bays and Lagoona Madre.

165. STERNA SUPERCILIARIS ANTILLARUM (Less.) Coues.—Least Tern.

A few noticed along the coast, but seen daily about the river at
Lomita. They nest upon the sand bars in the river, which seems a
strange place for their nesting, as even a small rise of water means de-
struction to nests and eggs. We obtained a number of eggs early in
May, and about the middle of the month a great rise oceurred, which
swept away all traces of their breeding resorts. The eggs have the
ground-color darker drab than a set in my collection taken at Ipswich,
Mass., by Mr. Bailey, and the dark brown blotches are much larger and
more numerous. They average 1.18 by .91.

SAO Me Ord MBOMIia = sao mis a sca erp =i a 9.25 | 18.75 6.25 | 2.87
Od Od Rea OOVesa te . Cockice. vos seeremiul May 8 9.00 | 19.25 6.62 | 2.75
SOA Oi ety Ove ets cromtnsenatssiemersee May 8 9.37 | 20.00 6.50 | 3.12 °

166. RYNCHOPS NIGRA L.—Black Skimmer.

Common on the shallows and flats about Corpus Christi Bay the latter
part of March, at which time they were in changing plumage. I am
told they breed there in great numbers, but we were too early to see
signs of it.

COLYMBIDZ.

167. COLYMBUS TORQUATUS Briinn.—Loon.

Common near the Pass, in Corpus Christi Bay, during the last days
of March.

168. PODICEPS DOMINICUS (L.)—San Domingo Grebe.

Five of these birds obtained at Concepcion Lake, a few miles from
Lomita, and a few others seen. I think they are not very common.
Dissection of a female on April 27 showed eggs very little developed.
The birds were moulting, and two of them looked like full-grown young
of the season, making it probable that they breed very early.

|
i | 15. 87 3.75
d

BOsbaley al plone ee ael<n ccc sce eecs saee Sees April 27 9.50

2205 AO I9 Qo geet =~ +o RS Sees mec April 27 9.50 | 12.50 3. 25
227 | ff GO Ls32+5 Seca Sseeeeeeenaeeon 2-52 April 27 | 10.50} 16.50 3.75
22S) TS Aen OOen emu inaeer oo s\ceeicse soos cane April 27 9.50 | 15.00 3. 62
229 | 2 TO), p22 S505 So Senos Ree ee epee April 27 9.75 | 16.00 3.75

Article XXHI.—Additional Lists of Elevations.

By Henry Gannett.

The Lists of Elevations herewith presented are additional to those given in the fourth
edition of “‘ Lists of Hlevations” (Misc. Pub. No. 1, 1877), of which work the present

article may be regarded as a supplement.

RATLROAD PROFILES.

[The first column of figures gives the heights as received from the office of the railroad or whatever

the source may be. The second column gives the corrected heights. ]

Galveston, Harrisburg, and San Antonio Railroad, Texas (from the chief

engineer ).

Stations.

Borden s22 2. a2... BO Oe AE ene Fae eect Sto Coen UE Seba s Ges

Memm@adiereek. water... 2.22022... 022. alll ee Dae ele Sat eene ree
Sahl SL DRa SW. oy oe ee ee ees ern Sap, creas ae
eesipsrvsmade reek. WACE: --- 22-25 ssiccac casese cocwece socisawdeade “be
PNRM aor eine StL = a on kode dal alee Coo mamerce ee tam eicep mee sees

Wena Creekenwater.c ace 25 J. 2kks 2. boss teeta eeeecaee gets «tenes
HALAGHMOLEOOMWIMUCE: jasceclesec secca's Heese coe css soastaseuse See ecrases
\WPailgi? 53 S825 Sate ee el ee EER Ses es er tone
SURI P ee alot crae cae Skee hc eae ale Selec cece em cemiameed setts
PANO MRLORKemWAUCE 4 Jott ad cecces eccces Je ccc wwercwe wecieeeie Soetisemmern bw
UO oe ae tei ains boc ne oc ube e momoareee mena aan stacnlea
Wien CAC Reekenwantel =n cseckscenccdecss Lacs cacddetemenseacmentseeadas eovetites
SANT ee esa cl noe waco ecad ce ee hielas scar cemeeeeeeiee cere cmamet sas
UIE CVSS SGI) eee eer Ree = Enc Pe at ae ie a
WPM eee oe eS so Sass saa ace Salsa com eee eee eee ees slo.
PN EDEEON RTVel WLC 2 acces 2 eos tacces sa =e eeneanaeeneweey ea cadens.
AUCH NUMER = NE RE a ease cic cc's Lule sala Sila etapa nera eee Ge ae aarsiienartocd
SemnMONO TEGIS, NVMUCL .. — 22 no <= « «= meiner eee aes a = a's 6
SOGIDND = .329 peso SiGe CEO eee eee hak een ee nae
MEM OMB eI eeaS oA esc ccek sc cscs dsedbe cd Mpeweeeeeecemaeee ke case cee
Cmadelupe ively WACTs..cc-25 26025520 0tssarsasamaeelsa dees ee tocls ov erases

POAT ERE EEE See cele ein ccd ccc aaa SSeS ee See te doe wadevoners
Bie Unite Olanty ssn we wae c's 2's nc daa ds Sh a eRe Cee eee seca cee
Pn CHMNO WI MER a ks eas See ade Coe eee eee ee winks Cina mele ociee
LD ieetigy Cheers) Ayes ea Se see Sn
BOONOLCBI NV LOL (sce. <!o2 ie. Loen on odae See ere cela eats asdabw ne
RS ERELINO I bee eer wena et. - oon Sik ic 5 os ee NC OIG als ame! ain. olciaraidcieleie>
RBar Caen oa, ie ajo nm 21a casa OPIS caine ns.asinie @ + innubn emis
S01; eteds debe eo Ee ee a sceee) ne ee
Se a ese CORAL IN IER EE seg ania = = Sioa ae RRR eae ee isel~/ evs ers mene icles ache
“ESHEETS. ANTORTSEDY COV AGE SSS a eas pe eT Es eee RLS Pe a ee ety Spee
Pete eA COMIG) RAVEL, WHLCE .- - 00s cons akanun ae deae vawesecs on -- 0+ -scnccinnas

4492 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Galveston, Harrisburg, and San Antonio Railroad, Texas—Continued.

Stations. Eleva-
tion.
BRANCH FROM HOUSTON TO COLUMBUS. i :
Feet.

PLOUSLOM,| U1 C= Wawel sete ee aa ee a ele se eat neta

Houston, STAC CE seal seeie == tee ae ere ete SGeh Sc oesessiesse cose: 50
Pierce Junction 32sec ceed jae Gee acini Saree nla a ace otstale | oats aga 60
Peehimond seers ee eee DEITIES Bays HORII IRE colette oa ae ale ca ere aataye 70
IBTaZOSUEWLViCT Widely iy osta a aiie iste aster era ete ee aaa a 30
IsAyNCIOMN Ges bon eho saShsG.655005 24 cooRoo sonsse bod cadbopasSdcone Hose cone 90
Masti Barnardos basen tenes eeeerye sate ee ienicisins ene ce elem saree aa eee eee 120
Bast-Barmard'Creelk, wwaiters 5 ees | does < aisle cic nisin ale acpaiciesiejsem ee eee ee 80
West Barnard: Creek, waters. 5- serie. ccee a= oe measles aun ee eee eee 130
Wrest Barnard 227.2255 gece see oie mae cistern sa cesees Sein seis eee aes 160
Maelo Wak @e ee aaj. pienso arora sepa tee ae ecica cle visinj= Siene cise Mieteiaiaense sane 200
‘Alle ytom: oo ee baad eee Semeiteees Signa iets ea clociiis am 5 wettntacnmetee serene 190
Columibus jes as bocee sc: see ae eee icine es ce cee ean ee eee 210
Colorad ovRivier,) Wweabety-tecse)scacisetcce= onic ale crsccioss seiars sone sen) relearn 160

Base is Houston tide-water = 0. The road requires no correction.
Texas and Pacific Railroad (from the chief engineer ).
Stations. Elevation.
Feet. Feet.

Texarkana, junction with Saint Louis, Iron Mountain and

SON I RPMROPKOlL CASES ayeaos Seesarons Kecoatosds bosatQeedr 287 281
Texarkana, junction with Transcontinental and J efferson Di-

visions Texas and Pacific Railroad..-.-.-.-..-.- pail tatraiac 1s a aaa 364 358
Jefferson, junction with East Line Railroad.......-......--...- 227 221
Marshall, junction with Jefferson and Southern Divisions...... 377 371
Longview, crossing International and Great Northern Railroad,

at erade er iets (a aay ents ee aaa eee Cee Een 342 336
bowser Clo epee Ee ales ste ce iee 330 324
Big Sandy, crossing Tyler and Tap Railroad, at grade ....--... 342 337
Mineola, junction. with International and Great Northern Rail-

MOD Meo eeescisiec, saab. PANS SOS oR Suc CHE aa aeOmed noesacne 415 410
GrantiGalines. ie: occ ncen eee oS Sa Seer eet a SOrS 406 A401
AWS IR Orihn 45 NRaeesnoaeessnolocosos Bee ete Gee ae SemmmnA HOSaae 536 531
IBID 556485 ea ae eae OabEs aiken Be SHC AAU Mo BOOGISEeeenGE ore 507 502.
PISTON eee oe soo, Sab ees Cote See ee meee setets cen aaae 520 515
I OUM ON 2 aiaiaisa)< aSic, ke cee palace Seen eR ee nee eee eee 75 A470
IME GUID e AE ee eS Se eters on ee sarees 500 496
Dallas, crossing Houston and Texas Central Railroad at grade. - 72 468
Dallas, junction with Wichita Railroad....-.....-.------------ 438 A34
LOT NOUN see os Fokece ose vies cles cece so eine eee eee eee eer 629 625
SU aWe OMEN. SSeS Son se ORE OOSER EBA HSE SSO SnSSoo. con HsooDe aoe 204 200

TRANSCONTINENTAL DIVISION

INeRy IBOSUDIMN G35 5o5 GoSoIIDON DORA eBEErO cscoco cnoo aotcus Hood OBE 375 387
IDOI Kills) SS SSAs Goes sSn ee Coe EEE eSenEBene senor pbooco6sS piace 410 42
@larksyvillopeepweencss, Sone tat! doe eee eee eee = 452 AGA
[Pa 452 56 42 bac s5os SSS SO eSeeEeNSnee Hees tsdo coseSs SSac cabbie 580 592
Ia nGyy ChROIOS Eh Sh 4 tS SHO ooo MRE BO REAB APCS SOEG CSoas5 con aasnnde 670 682
Bonilla ye oS Sia so a's lg begs SOs ieee ca 570 582
Sherman, crossing Houston | and Texas Central Railroad at

GIGS Sots bedson cocede seccseIaHORUy GBaG JAbcd6\ss00 snccooeews 735 Ad

Sea-level is said to be the datum.

The following points upon this road are checked: Longview, which is given by the
International and Great N orthern Railroad at 366° ehh, a ees a correction of —6
feet. ;

»Lists of Elevations, 4th ed., p.'7.

No.3! -GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 443

Dallas, which by the Houston and Texas Central Railroad is given at 468* feet, in-
dicating a correction of — 4 feet; and—
Sherman, which the same road gives as 747® feet, and which indicates a correction
here of + 12 feet,

In the division of the road, Texarkana to Shreveport, I have distributed the errors
+6 and — 4 feet, while I have applied uniformly to'the Transcontinental Division
“the correction -+ 12 feet.

Tinton Pacific Railroad (from Mr. George T. Nealley, assistant engineer ).

Stations. : ‘Elevation.

; Feet. Feet. -
Omaha, low water in “Missouri ven an oe er Re ere amen ee 0 983. 26
CNIMONO SAP eek Se ee Rt orl Parte gies arora Se MeO, 1, 012
PRG Lea a ee ec renee ne (Ae as NIE nS NS SEP PESERCEP EES 38 L 021
Platte Valley..-.-..- a a speak fs Sone ie hats na ho pie ie ae eee eed heme ter 1, 165
TB TREATECOYEN G (city Ae acs Aa em aa ae ee ec i eS nee 236 T, 219",
North Bend ....... ar a OK EC Ra Beye es ee A red a 313 1, 296
SCL GTE RE Re ee ee eee ee Leen ee hee 390 1, 373
Columbus ....-.. .-.22. +. bebo scbbeo stocedt (Sonos ee (Geass 486 1,469 -
AMBKSON GU eu. eee IRIE LY SELINA SO SPS AS RS ee ed eee eine 533 Ney i>
Silver Creek... .;. 2... PENCE THE POPS SSIES SSeS AE Hee! Pont
(Qi ys Oe ee PRS ADGA SPOS OS OI TIN ET ne gts AAAS eE E “662 1, 655
Mone Eree b- 22s. leeee RUS GS 8 oO OOP AS Pea eee me FA iad i 9 komad (il alg fo eh
MUAERPMENIRTTNN Re SI eet ot Torts taal aa ae Deda Seas tr eb Be an LL, Zoe
PG reindnesN ands 255. Osos vee aie Sei ot Sas eee se he are tara | > 904 1, 837
Pawnee .... -.....-: eRe eee eae oie nel he SSSI Pe ates, Bebe area 956" ol 3
WeodlsRiver.: oo. .....e cee ee EELS SOE OS A eer a 1, 027° | 2,010
(Siu Lghile 2 SRO Sel arco dear aa aaa at AS ee SN eeaoe ese Le kOUco eT Oe
Keamey Junction: ees! o. soe Lea a ae eee 1,159.5 | 2,143
SHIGA STE SCOTT PS a nc a aD re A Pe mel Eyeo 2,214
Elm Creek ..... fete eRe #: BE OPO ROR ER AES DOG ee Sierra 1,306.5 | 2,290
Overton........... ate EE ESET Sia F ASR ae .| 1,362 2,345
Plum Creek .......-. pace lt RGR A ooo SOG AEN Ee ee rarer ne oe 1, 426 2, 409
Covyoters2 oot eu okies see. Cute AE RIOT MP I G8 oR UME SI tae He TE 500 2, 423
Willow Island.......- CoN oe Dates PR VS eer eee renee pane nee se 1, 563 2,546 .
Wistirom (2.2 fesse BAe BES OLS 00 0 ES Re eee ey Se tetneren ate 1, 644.5 | 2, 628
Bictive San Gs ai. 5 eat BRP REE etme BODO OSC Cocenl £, O90 2, 673 |
WOES Gr SON eat ieci bar oe an kn ons ee ae See ee se ses 1,750 2,733
Norther lather js so. eee Sa ra rag era ere rar ree getter 1, 841 2, 824
JLRS oe BBs RS SE al etl een ee te We ROSWELL Ucn 1, 993 2,976
IGSCOGe foes). a Aveo arcs PS aes a Rs Ga Se ae eiwteio 2,173 3, 156
Opallala..-es2l..-s2- ed eee RE ARN EP DAME CM WAC Sate 2, 247 3, 230
ESIGARS PPRUBI OS ete ee bratra nie fae ow 2 fnieinicse wim wie wielwle wine Soccee secs sSbesese 2, 402 3, 385
Julesburg-... 222... 2 Aeoe BE Gnee Gee coene SEtuLeeketosseuce| || 2, Dao 3, 548
Laue? ROG Ree ee een ae erate ear aie Aer siemens 2, 865 3, 448
DIGMe NE ae soos fasts Foe Reena ee ee hPa en ae Reel Sp koG 4, 109
Pear sks els ok RRR Le Se rk ae a cere ieee shear) Oy 405 4,398
PRTREOLOB OR el reer ocisnninve gins aoe ln bcSe ace ene eects A OR Pere Sah sess 3, 741 4,724
1640S 75) U1 ok eee RSE aneeaats SoD Reese cee ces 3,902 4,885
Pines hidiguas BoScste wees Sse Sieh Nese Us bbRS Re teeee Ae epee 4, 082 5,065
J Bf] (ci fy ae eg eee ietinee orem eer ae LE REB Gee oecebets 4,323 ~ | 5,306
Hillsdale 2252/2065... 3 BoA RSE Pee leah enya a er een 4,671 5, 654
Archer........ Cues Jkeoreree eens pun Cece se testee tee eee eee zee oO 000 6, 033
(Oiereuner eapeerann tase 02 2225 5350" Lots Scmeseeemestscs a seme 5, 097 6, 080
Hazard Junction, with Colorade Contead Railroad ..---.~.---..--|.--------| 6, 320. -
[ICH ee See eee are Son cs 8 SOS Se emeerei aims csicts sco = (°5; 358 6,340 .-
Ofte: 22.1.5: perpen pam eS S mpi Raf Reba a ULE aoe oee Bresaver oe 5, 967” 1.6; 940
Granite Cation .-..-- eee aie Meare BSS Boe Sr aren ae oes | Of) oO” 7,336
ee eee eear ean: i222 = 1. ltt See ee eS 5o5 55] O;eer 7,808
Sherman ...... BEE RE ts Ac nc eS ce eee URS eis om co cs oe 7,291 - } 8,262
OMSL, ts os 7 SA et a id art Ce 6, 930 7, Fe os
Harney ...-.- ER As mei 78 eee ee ee _ ae Dee! 6,729 | 7,709 .
i a aaa 6,592 | 7,572

~ aL ists of Elevations, 4th ed., p. 6.
Bull. v, 3——8

444 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

a
Union Pacifie Railroad—Continued.
Stations. 5 Elevation.
Feet. Feet.
TNE 12) 6 IT RRP EERIE ei ayes se a SU ae A eo 6, 344 7, 324
Fort'Sanders, siding’. .2/.02225.25200-5.-2--- Sonochshoaotee dcosee 6, 215 7,194
Maramie Cityss- cus sisice ass sa lceeee ce eee sees see ee eme eee 6, 192 7,171
Sowell esate cee aces cerca eon eres See Aaa 22-6, LOOl Tina eee
WYOMING, osour hese soc cian ioe coe seene: eae ec caiememine 6,121 7, 099
Cooper’s gE Fc | RR EG PIAA) Bs 08 2 AR Geant oe 5 Ee 6, 100 7,078
Lookout sccc.2t¢.bsceeetee cet tet a erie EOC a Se Toe 6,212°~ | 7, 189
Miser acs eke tei eee aie pm eS ba a eee ie ie ae 5, 983 6, 960
Rack Oxreelee tee on ce ccc tice marslnisieiaiers ain ooo Se eae ee 5, 758 6,735 |
COMO Sate hee ese oe cane ce Gere se eee see cai o='s\a aa Sees 5, 754 6, 730
Medicine: Bown 226 2 c50c. eee nics aeismmeosscicn cela aeee eee ames 5, 606 6, 582
Canben: foo aaas ase a ae eee rea oe de ak os nehs came cee e--| 0, 805 6, 781
SiMpsonhooio6y. ose aeseetece ase semece ine a5en\seeemnuace sce he eee 6, 281 7, 256
RONG sot Lae nee wa cee mene iaiselow ca ac ccs cieci meen ermine 6, 006 6, 981
Daan 52 acd eumpeniac eels steema aren ner ores essa ame sabes eee 5, 896 6,671 |
aL apy 2 set eee ee eee comic maioe = pisisiominm sapeeeisia Seisenie es 5, 807 6, 781
WSR LS cimeape re Ame ions ew eile cia a ure ai rata oy Re nee 5,665 | 6,639
iGreenwill@) i sewes cae cesiscccne sSeee cuss seen aoes es aslaamieensneeee 5, 533. 6, 507
WentON Aocccepees san ess see eee Veteinin’s /sG2 bee SJ ee ee ene a eee ee 5,614 | 6,588
aN S atop ene e Ne seleie nislac Udicinte sisie a cis ore RISE ee eae 5, 788 6, 761
EAM Ge remecmi sc sao, viclae ale miec ai) wien eae ccs laa ae ee eae 9, $53 6, 926
DERALA MOMs teens has wae acess cowie celine cme alacieistee nana ween Eee 5,711 | 6,684
PEPIN OTE =n vdciciwtes sie cicte ox = cnictawislecisve sine asic acre eerie oes <a 9, 049 6, 821
res Omi: asm ee eco ncl scone cicekieles cae nena seieseisine Meee ene eee LOmuee 7, 055
OAT ee cee te onl ioe fare atarcts iaieterapsia mietcie tee stateless 5, 967 6, 939
RWS URIKIO ne casio cs ot on eeaeceed come cesvwine sloce ames Meee eee 5, 750 6, 721
IE CMDESET begat cates eos ca c's ue tosis Se malneme eae at caisn Sena eee 5,741 =| 6,712
MUP HOM (orsye tepetniay) = es Sp OR aonInGDE HES ail oo nason nob ucscuceaesa| O, VH7 7, 018
MaDe MROCK ee tc se wacass celecke aes Sob eecmene Atae ne ea ec cemeee 5, 880 6, 850
BitrerniCreekyee Yack oo Sew ona aoctea ee ae cee com ae aa eye mete aelce 5, 739 6,710
Black Button ie loe, coteesc wew pecan ente chee cee cee awe 5. 656 6, 626
Point of Rocks... -22=.- .- (Eo ule cs joniwalec ces seelaue csee ateceiaeey amas 5, 551 6, 520
BDAY OTe.) tstais ina o's otc vw es Cerevels Sia ne See cee ee ee meat ee Sia ceo el Ea 6, 467
Saltiwells caeeos os. Vo. seem cseee ee se eere Wee seen sas aie eoeeee 5, 415 6, 383 ~

Ia GbeR eel ae il Se Wied cea sara cree ene a eae aaa aN eae iN a aennaae see ary A UD 6, 308
BROCK S PMN PS a2 105 oc Dien eo ee oom Comers eco rela Ce a one eel ole 6, 249
Lawrence ......__- OEE Sislae Siete ee aie anya Sree a ates Reena ee eae ae (OS 6,198 °
Green River, prides 0c toe Oh ne mere ee ee i Bat see sae 5, 134 6, 101.
Bryan ....-- i Nd Sine wid Seem mye ea le yee en a a A PA 6,186".
ILE PN) 1 Se es A SR eae eA hee ES Sy OU Se SSS, 2a G6, 221 ~
SATE COTS ae a ee pm NRMP IS AES SN Ra Ik 6,273.

Ohpmcnibutthes..\. 5 Los Laos aes com aoe 5 ae cece eee eee eee eeres 5, 392 6, 357
NER NOY)ieiocoe ces as = oe ee see cmc een ae oe ee eee eee 1
Cael eee teens... ane cosa eels SCR EEE oop nie miceck 21 oRe 6, 505

VINO eiiee i>. 2 week ice oe Caen eee eee cere Sens.
(neni Parr mi Ey MMIC MMM TI:

SDE Nee eee cicc i= sc6 voce cs ciin ocean terse nace eee ee em aa Omen 7,396
NYAS Seer ocean wacin oe chp opeeeee - eee ene meer se ee | OaO 7,060. |
LDP AAS er Coe a ena eine cena coe eee a eee eaemeeeta ee seeene| 0, 190. Mime
Wahsatch...-..-.-- Datlelon cee ee Face ee eee ee eee ees w. = =| aa eee 6, 812
Castle *Reckjesa 65. y.2 5. BOE cee Se eC Ee eae rae Lael osu 6, 236
1 B61 5 0) ge A rs SEL ERI IS SCC SIT SS ae 4,509 5,472.
Weber Quarry....-..--..----..- io bia as ole aS Serene ee ee ea ooqsges sane 4,273 5,236 |
Vile NE VE SREO je 50 122 oS SEES Ge See Sees ecole ee Bese 3, 973 4, 935
Weber River, igi SS en INRIA Eye iy NS 3, 859 4, 821
Dew TSG Abela. so seme ce nis | 5 cas soc) ae See eee ---+--| 0,048.) | ApB0or
Te Rona aac Soo oe ee oa 3,557 | 4,498
Pasgdows Mal. She ee col cacacs, ccs seisoes UCP Eee ee oe | 3,393 4, 353°

Ogden .. Je 2s ene ce 2 tc Cee ee ch a 343. 4 | 4,303.4
OnteniMiven....... tes wee. 2: 2... ee ae ee ern 3, 315. 4 4, 275, 4

-No.8]) | GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 445

This profile of the Union Pacific Railroad was recomputed from the original notes
by Mr. George T. Nealley, then assistant engineer of the road, at my request. It
is aid to be the only correct protile of the road in existence. The discrepancies, how-
ever, between this and the profile in the possession of the United States Signal Bureau
are very slight, which fact goes far toward proving the correctness of both of them.

The profile, starting with my height of low water at Omaha,* checks at Cheyenne
to a foot. _At Ogden, where it connects with the Central Pacific Railroad at grade,
there is a discrepancy of 26 feet, the latter road being the lowest.» I have, following
Mr. Gardner,¢ given the Central Pacific Railroad determination a weight of 10 against
1 for that of the Union Pacific Railroad, giving a resulting height for ‘Ogden (track at
station) of 4,303 feet, and leaving an error of 24 feet to be distributed over the Union
Pacific Railroad between Cheyenne and Ogden.

‘Colorado Central Railroad.—Branch trom Hazard Junclion, Wrong
( Union Pacific Railroad ), to Cache la Poudre River, Colorado (from Mr.
George T. Nealley, C. E. a.

: Eleva-
Stations. tion

: Feet.
Hazard J unetion, Union Pacific Railroad SNS SEMEL Sams seeeeecticr ance ss bees 6, 320
STPRLUTEN S65 Spee DS CES SSE TERE aE SRT co-ed ed ee aaa aa aes ee 6, 395
‘Last crossing Lone Tree Creek Shenae SeSSee SA SeERS BES SSeS SEB LCR Eien SRS 5, 985
SUMMON sss Seer eee ere eretsse2s stabs thas ta ke a Cea Ie re RS ern ne Soe ne 6, 120
~ Last cose Box Elder Creek seen ree ebro WYSE Be ciec npaecieimiae seeaeie 5, 320
BR MIMITEUE Reet 3 12 Pete SE SDSS eae Shee ee ces cee Poe eee Chisels 5, 275
Cache la Poudre River, at Fort Collins ses sare aaa eee eee sisson lense 4,975

Hazard TaNetiOn: given by the Union Pacific Railroad (see p. 443), is the base.
There is no check.

oon Leadville, and San Juan Railroad preliminary line (from B.
L. Berthoud, chief engineer ).

Stations. _ Elevation.

é f 3 Reger leiey W277 Feet.
iGeureehowil,) O10 «ccc cecce cone eee nccene eines? sl cteetecpaasa Beets 8, 400 8, 514
Silver Plume ...... eProp ysicinjasaiclviw ielaiw Sele UE eee .---| 9,000 9,114
PiecanihnmAU Geese Soo a cise sncianistocwie-wiscoceet teak an ewe aeons pe se 9, 077 9,191
Paleerumlley ha Se ee ee eS esr ee re 9, 602 9,716
“sy Cosy tees cr ec Corl hues 10,800 | 10,914
SOIT ra os od ec eset emma 2- | 11,850 | 11,964
Snake River (opposite Montezuma).----..----.------.- Sredresscrateerent 9, 800 9,914
Norbbwhen Mile Creeks sae oa) ae ce nam mininla cemersisieomoaree Raertina aera 8, 850 8, 954
PRP TIMIVIGIO SASS ee “is alaltoha late Svatsy earner actor tere ole 11,300 | 11,414

Leadville e-- see. eee esse eee 1 n mata eae aa beer 10,100 | 10,214

p Georgetown track, ‘from the Colorado Cah Railroad‘ is the datum. There is no
check. a

© Lists a Blevations, Ath A ap Dp. 4.

+ Lists of Elevations, 4th ed., p. 48.

* Elevations of Certain Datum Pointe; ete., Gardner, in Annual Report U. S$. Geolog-
ical Survey of Territories for 1873, p. 653.

pst a ao 4th ed., p. 19.

446 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol¥.

Pueblo. and Arkansas Valley Railroad (Colorado and — Memeo é weg!
Mr. eye? T. mr ae G2 Be)! 8

Stations. , mR, » | Elevar

Mtn Sprinas +: see Oe eee anne oe b-4 cS OE LAE Se ee RSEMEIECER PE MiSed oo: 4,748
Phatcher ssis2fhss cise css sone ees as Bist FEST E ET a ee eae eee

JLOCTIO: sey ie Sues bes eS a a ay ie ey ee So Be ra aS Takacs ye apa ge
Crossing Denver and Rio Genie Railroad ..-.-.-.---0--- 229004 s-ns22-2-22-] 5,929

‘Commercial ‘street; Frinidad’: 82220 5.205) 5222. lo as ese pe Wo age eee Cee 6, 044
Coal tracks? 22222222222 2 ee2geee eee coco cesses ick SSeS 6, 395
Morley. Jesse 2o cre 82 fis oe ee a eae ee
Sununit-of Raton: Pass 222-222 ssc steric eet Serie ee Pi eheeees ~“T, 863
Grade at south end of tunnel, Raton Pass Sink hinge Dela Sales Sees eee eee 7, 680
Wiaillnw (Springs? s2 'stuss Meese se esses oeccle: stots ee eee ee 7, 691
Baele, Tail -Dikes 222: seco csscesvast de cind woosad seestcceosccescoeseeomeee ~- 6,124
Opposite Twin Buttes: 252372222 s2soesess es. soe 5- i sdetie sc Secccauseee ae ee 6, 013
maele; Nails: 2222.0iedessclssle2s beck wee cee ok ae oe aided <aeecaeent | ee
Cimarron .--+.----2 SEES ASR sa ap ree eat Nese A IN a as.2. cls wine 9S Senet tee 5, 841
Oean6 . 252235 23tese Saeetee? SELSESSSSTR OCS ee er es ee a
Big Windy Divide Lee eo cmap eciin es semicie mec meeeiocee Sh ecjscer eee eee 6,378
‘Santa Clara .::2 2... teetee cece eet e ee eens woe ces anna == ahmed a encelss ~eneh-werioalay alee
‘Cherry Valley -.-- -. Satie Sona ene nie od eee sea ahr amie Se taMnne PS el tee ee en
A PUD oe Scene ne eee ee eo he eee be Wem =met er cia eae ae 6, 471
Rollovers Os he eee Tee se ae Do cules aon eine teem Ga snaciciseeeene ee 6, 563
Divide Arkansas oa Rio. Grand e..c.ccc0-cemcocrousuwessssasaueeeemeuse eee 6, 811
NEA BUVIEC OS oh cota UNG eco ye Ma en wie ncaiei «sige mie ais Scene cieie meg aE a a eae a
WvestalGap ds. AL Saal PROS es ae ee ae oe ee ----| 6,400

La Junta, as given by the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fé Railroad, is the base.
(See Lists of Elevations, 4th ed., p. 20.) There is no check upon this road, and it re-
quires no correction,

Preliminary surveys for a railroad from Cheyenne to the Black Hills (from
George T. Nealley, assistant je ee we

: : Eleva-
Stations, etc. re
Cheyenne, track of Union Pacific Railroad. .... .«:ce- cess seencoecsanaseedue © 6,080
POT UIISSON Boe ooo. 5a om: 5 a ncaa iapendia rohan gla ea ee ae - 6,180
Summit between Crow and Lodge Pole Creeks......-.+--+«se+-+ 0-0 alnascekt: 26paab
PROCS OLE BO OME ai ems mscm 5. » cps aie HENS ep a RS ie ee ee ube: 6 FLO
POINT) ORL oe cae see nesgeses snus sedans xaa ware Rae Bley jase 16742 OG PIES
Horse ONGOMg Eh. dan jae Len cain sls aaenogaees esr eet mete eeeeee osee ce es od sat Ee 6,505
SPR 10y Be eee oe ance cee inc eweatnasweesanacsr<a0 54 ee
First Point on Chugwater Creek... «ar<<n-00/anas wanda tahine wtocse a aan ree
Le. ii Un ets Tee 10) 12 Sa nn ea S/o NEUE 5, 300
Mouth-of Chugwater Creek 222520 acca So cnsemigacinaisabiviei! seinen eae oe ee 4, 360

Valley between the Laramie and Platte Rivers aul below Fort Laramie....}. 4;

Sammit-on short’cutto Rawhide Creek -20 202 002 F 2 ke Wec cee cece 4,785
Summit on long line to Rawhide Creek ..-.-...--.. -..2.----2 2202+ ---2 eee 4,510
Mouth of Rawhide.Creek ...... 2... nec re ere ween ees tee exerews vescce} 4,160
Rawhide Creek at Point of divergence of easterly line ..---.-.-.--.---%..---| 4,599
Summit on west line, between Rawhide Creek and Niobrara River... see eee} 8, 040
Niobrara, River, on west line win oi fo oh en ones 0, my a a Se ein a ts nt cape RE ge
Summit on east line..-:....-- ore ageeppateaet SN eg ae i ee 35 See moan
Spoonhill Creek, east line .3...--.----..0.-222> qe hee ae al a- sane eee nies
Summit, east lite 7 wenn ee co eee --| 4,905

No.3] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS, | AAT

Preliminary surveys for a railroad from Cheyenne to the Black Hills—Cont’d.

Stations, etc. Ushi
tion

ai WEST LINE,
ace ; Feet.
fast crossing eC ea estates mer bewe e's feet 3, 870
Summit PSAP SSS HORS SOO OS odie BOOS OOO 2 eseees woes eee Wn ee eebsee cscs des 4, 225
First crossing Cottonwood ee eee resets wedi webosh Aub Ges te ore. re
Wheyenne' Hrver ...2257.22222e2se2e5sse. tsk: BSEEEE LELELE USES Dee ee eee Rese 3, 480
First general summit. - ~~ ea Sdacmoore GULEE REGGE UES eReR eee ome ectemme Gata -| 5,940
TUNG Sea BRASS SOCAN BOS SOMaN didactic acc Shot cee eur satsece: 5, 045
Bimmit. 822 2 kee “Ltt STAGET LEERY Sete Brekiee ee eee 5, 740
ES eee eee eee eee eet Eh eee ata eee ELLEk eee eee 5, 020
Summit, highest coms of vailley-drainage in the ee ie eee ees ee
North Spearfish Creele rss re sooo eee eee eeteee ees 3, 410
Eid ao) be RATL BET ak Sees ewe ces Feet wees Ses at woes éacee- 3, 655
Castletown. Nee RR ciate Valk. wlatan|- wale eisie-s gies oldie oe Sm/Soee Ree Neemeretcralslae mat tSIee 5, 020
Mountain City ..... Prvmeee crim niet ana SLE A Ue TO Ge LSS tb en a 3, 610
Spearfish Giiy 22140 1Ous If HU AUES Peewee ae saa cae meee Sd dat DLe ae dt 3, 760
Fort ees lag-stft. was SL wuntweaereeewraved SL OR Deh, ete | 4,295

i Btterenne (track Union Pacific Railroad) is the datum. As there is no check, there
is no correction to be applied. ofall ars : ss

Preliminary line from Evanston, Wyo., to Fort Hall, Idaho, via Bear and
Blackfoot Rivers Ms rom the office of the Union Pacisic Railroad).

Stations, ete. Elevation.

Higainstan itodnd- House Cetieeccasheeswenvexe wen cubea see

EI, lcosacevessscscreccuseess Pies bs Belaesisess
‘Bend in Bear River .22-.«:s2=2- RuetKe qudweme sewed ioe
‘Bear River. wee ces Ses ESSE ow BESS SS He OUSO®S be eb 6 See eee be aE
Bend in Beat VePas = etxesccc cu seeercusscese tetccccuce
‘Crossing Smith’s Fork :.2.2..2-..c00seeseesecevecece cane
Bear River oo. . lecvccscee cee sae DUP AS wen une accessor
‘Bear River <2. jecseccecaaas Riek neaeeesEla Nisa els emer
‘Crossing Tullock’s Bork cscesee seoesessesseseneeesne cess
‘Bear River a pee ee ete Re SRE Ckt eee Oe AN e See New ie
Bear River eee seb ete sees seer eeesee Shesae eed i Ns A Kn Sas a
Beat River sence sansk > aancee wesc ten etd esewssueea ence oe
Divide, Bear to Blackfoot ...... ..0-+.-4--+ seeeee en ee.
‘Blackfoot River... . 2.22. ..v-.e see eee ve eees ee ceeseeeee| ---
‘Crossing Little a —— -suue ews wewe seed men sks al
‘Blackfoot River .....2..2s+-++ crigimce ee scerEer wichiet emia ealware
Blackfoot Watariecc. FERRE COR amentOUN Nee aimee ee
‘Blackfoot River....-.. Been ek me wc cade eC eo mnRER
‘Blackfoot “eS PR RRR ween Palka eS Uda b sa

‘Lincoln Creek, 1,000 feet at of Fort Hall .cewsewickn tte

Base is Evanston Round-House. Seé Evanston, p. 444. There is no check.

448 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Tol. We

Utah and Northern Railroad, Utah and Idaho (from the office of the road).

Stations, etc. Elevation.
Feet. Feet.

Ogden, Utah, track Union Pacific Railroad ......-.---..---..----.- 88 4, 303
Brigham City » ish Bevel eyelet eka rg NE Se ee eta 108 |. 4,223
Box MU der! Walker te ark Pe Pal ar ve 2) ee a ae AS | yidewos
Summit between Hampton and Mendon ....--...--..-+---- »---«.-- 768 4, 983,
Mem Or Bev pee ae eae ee Be omer eg Sia a al Sek Sint olla! 2 245 4 460.
Mitthe Bear River Bridee <8. ean aa aaeig cia nin ee ere ietea ones 210 4, 425
ova NER Pe Sa eam eee ee a he wias (cere eeeeeeaea| seo aalem 4, 509
Moran Tabermacle Square. 20 5o)j.~ sa4s ces seine ene de celsce ate peewee _ 330 iy 4. 545
SraiGhifiel ayy ee ee era eer are Uae) Lala ier sa a aie ae 350 | 4,565
Rrithmonds! ge .1.0 2.35 eect eps sem cen atereinc a tees Bilstae he 322, 4, 537
Berri ee ee yen se minisin's ae ainae cm'ano eens c oa eee See 301 4,516
PRELIMINARY LINE FOR EXTENSION TO SODA SPRINGS, IDAHO. | _. OohGee
Summit of hill, nine miles north of Franklin .....-...---++ ese+ eee. | LE 5, 032
Proposed bridge over Bear River, 14 miles from Franklin, at foot of | wh
CANON Wabete Wels. voc. .s0cce soe cincemareeebiens Steen esp oeeeeee 394 4, 609
Head of cafion, water in Bear River - eee aN pBtien gas eur eccg eee - 477 | 4,692
ellow/spreek,. water 222. ..'s.).sccaspne seen oe Screener eee 687 4, 902

Proposed bridge, 10 miles south of Soda Springs, waterin Bear River-| 1,307} 5,522

Soda Springs TB PathON pate cae « <nnsiead SORES ee ee 1,564 | 5,779

The base is track at Ogden, Utah. There is no check.

Utah and Ne orthern Railroad, Idaho, from Franklin to gre River ( from

the office of the road).
Stations, ete. Di : Elevation.

; Feet. Feet.

Prankiin, Cub River Bridge coc secesetee occ ow eee deme ns aaeeieee 4,542.) - 4,516
Crossing; Worm Creek. -~ 2) scceetse rere cwiewic ewe cieciiewicieiciamiemesseininiesl | 45 OS ae
Bench at crossing Bear River ......----..----- e222 ------- sai cpe eee 4,765 4,739
Heat Ver Soscice - eds seer ea apceere wteteths oi lres wieienaverntea= barca rae |e 4,510
Battle Creek Station 2¢ .. 1. eceisbeewccctaiseciets ce cwc eo cnanlenn oe nents|? 4 Soden! ai Ai
Swan Lake Station -...........-----.---- Hor eruroren ara fojaleieg war ere omen ~---|- 4,829 | 4,803
PeCdMOCK Gap c= 5.32 <5 oe teres sas ote ans eet ola wl stetal el alaialeiniainia mimeo 4, 828 4 802
PeMROL ALUN) | Ok. Ls Serene Ge sictatetate ree Nelnitate arfeactanaatay = Beea Se 4,904) © 4, 878
Crossing Nine Mile Creek . 1... 522sc2cccce case cece nna sees a 4,898 4, 872
Tillotson Creek..........-.--0-+- Sata arcreton ste staaset a hats aio wialad aps PCeeel 4, 850 4, 824
Oneida Stato /s--—o -/. - - ~ sj raret sowrel tel ie soe awlcieime sa enicia acters sates 4,693 | ~ 4, 667
nGTR I! BES Cd Os) et rr ee ane aD ASA ye Ne MMA FG) 4 |=, 4, 546
Crossing Ingam Pompey Creek ......---+----20 2-22-22 e222 ee en ee eee 4,573 4 547
TDR) Ci ct ie 2 ae Sle EDI 5 poiets ve cielejeraler cimsjsiai 4,548 4, 522
HOSS Ori SbablONn | Sse... eos ce cae tec ose ee ecco aetesen daoenioey 4,495 | — 4, 469
Riek foot rman CL... Soro. cuca cooo eens Ieee ae opuioe wae 4,549 | 4. 523
MaylOr Spot Ome ti itcoic's os o.s soh2oceyelnd en tani ene cineleeianinalcien@ceiaain 4, 746. 4,720
allroad bridge’over Snake River ..20-. -ss0s croc ccncnswoncencesens | 4s donk 4,731
High water i in Snake River at Taylor’s Bridge .....--.----.---..--- 4,743 4,717
Opposite Market Lake:Station .......... 220-222 --- 22+ seee o-e2- eee _ 4,820 4,794

Base is track at rani, as above. There is-no check.

Se ee

No. 3.) GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS.

449

Preliminary line for the extension of the Utah and Northern Railroad from
the crossing of Snake River, Idaho, to Helena, Mont. (from Capt. E. L.

' Berthoud, chief engineer ).

Stations, ete. Elevation.
Feet. Feet.
Pemmeerinyonn Gast: DANN c25 << 52 aii s acnsgeiecs sae ssantthe=aeoee) aaaeol epee oe 4,715
mice ruven water levels .c2 25 2.2 s.cccecececce5 sa gccanasuesigeueme ce 4,723 4, 697
Reet aeRLUnUeI WS pA Kes os osc sacs cece cen s4.c casceu,s acd Wade suwemtden 4,741 4,715
Pe SMV CMIN ROSS OTS: 5 25.0510, 5.0) 25.00) seies nnnsie ns, scne,eenniencadeaee eae AO 4,730
aumereereertnaPM POSS OTIS. aoe) 5 5507 15) masa mesons mye cid in ede, oie mime = Agu 4,785
Opposite east end of Market Lake........-..-....-...-+.---.+--+--| 4,806 4,780
Bemeteles stom HOSS HOT <5 6.0.5 0.04 2-.0~ o0,05..002 he 3S iowa Se ae asine as | AySod 4, 811
BearnrblesHiromelOss HOrK 22 5:2 )s.2c00 06.6 2,20.0000 seebads deneecags ces ctecil)» 4} 843 4,817
Sebmulesstromy RossyE OV. < .ce<066 20 5.3.c00 0552 sesc,nceecenncccs ons eeupirAs O98 4, 872
PE BARE EEOC oe oo caine on ae nenins.en. sesinaeene es ea Od 4, 888
Meier iis Camas Creeks ss... <c05 20. co ad.e ces ob bolus Sale ae ci eke Ae OOF 4, 881
SeeenespinOlMe lt OSSRE ORK... 5-.52, ys,02.0.0,5.0.0,00cenbieneeecece cans Seen ee 5, 153 5, 127
Seuth banksDry Creek, on basalt cliff... 22.2222. 5..cc-cc acne sate ecko 5, 615 5, 589
SUT BLO 100d). S68 SAO See eo eee ICO Sere Ss Oem ae ies 5, 575 5, 549
Nosh bankeDry Creek, on basalt cliff.. ...... ----.-se--0+---5000c82 5, 604 5,578
wanes trom toss Hore: - 2-2 55622025 2.<2<a0s.e-0200 sosceesmeine a same O7xOMD 5, 894
Beaver Canon, stage-station--......---- 2 seccee sone ceswes cae ese ce 5, 925 5, 899
Mananvor beaver Canon: 2/52/23. .22.0¥- 2s uine vec cln, ceeseemeds eeeeemee 6, 140 6,114
112 miles from Ross Fork, in Beaver Creek Cafion....-.-.-.-..-.--- 6, 566 6,540
Summit of Pleasant Valley divide -............ .-22 sesone secon en nee 5, 856 6, 830
Opposite Summit stage-station ...-....-.-.-- 2-20 nee ee ens ween ne 6, 764 6, 738
POR SHrOnNBECOSS MOT) 3 oon em we cows soe esi eter eise ce see le kato 6, 730
isiimiles trom aoss Pork 2. <--- .2se2 c+ eee ces acces ceisies oo esl 0,403 6, 377.
Mopnicsitronmidoss Mork 2: 2... 2... - ice -- ee ee ee tees eae ee ee ee ete "63054 6, 028
Obie surompROss WOvK ..2 1). n(. 0,56 ood eeeietecienigesoeeccscccen nse 5, 772 5, 746
téUnmles trom yRoss Fork... < .- 2 -: no. eos. = tstenle ee aee seneeeek 3 5, 528 5, 502
Mo mmlesiHrom Moss Fork... .-.-e0scete scac': sation hls eis Sateee 5, 354 5, 328
Watson's Stage-station . ~~~. ~~. 2. nw mon nn we rp ewe noe wee mann) ) Dy 209 5, 243
180 miles from Ross Fork..-.- -. bodicnelospess sae ane. eat: 5, 165 5,139
BlacktatledDeer Creek, water ..---.--..--seesecseereecorcinsns25=5 5, 158 5, 132
ioieumlesmomigsvoss Pork... ---...-<e-222+ ene6 essere aces erenemerceint 4,950 4, 924
Beaverhead River, at Beaverhead, water -..-.-..----. SEARS Slee ae 4, 828 4, 802
Oiipmles mom Goss Fork <2... 3+ <-cr-screecheoce cecnescs Ghee 4,801 4,775
Evcilgy RING CSE SEAS oe Cetera eee eee nee sera cersecte 4, 697 4, 671
Sanuty cimnon..on the bench ....-.-.~--- ss--a=s-sea.reesns0nsee¥ 4,720 4, 694
210 miles from Ross Fork.......----.--------+------ eooseGosogeceae 4,769 4,743
PAORHILESHELOMIOTVOSS/E OTK: 2 -- a6 2-212 2- pesecs cosncrecne pasesnacaisee 4, 543 4,517
Neon panic setterson River .---.. - --2 nce = 2-nc2 coaece secnse cecese 4,473 4, 447°
Weier-levelJetterson River ----..'.----6 --ssrs sec cnes eeesas san==- 4, 466 4, 440
North bank, Jefferson River, bluff ..... ba cae Stee eeree eee eens 4,504 4,478
Wisin (WegIR, G0) -s6 seo ce60gs soocgo BeUU SOE Hoes Scecse nace Gaee econ 4, 484 4, 458
PAU MAES MIMOMUROSS POLK .c bocce cose cove waccccce see ticceceescse cacc 4,434 4, 408
HigesiomenO TeekeWedtes2a2c ccc. .-2 2-2 ne ce ab oseeleneeeece cece 4, 396 4, 370
Wineries eem@recks pedis. S26). 25 ~~ e\coe ceo wine otepinaiee iat anela oeinle 4, 447 4, 421
Wihibehallistase-station<=: 5.2.5 vs2 ss. 22 = SS SSE cee co ece once 4, 493 4, 467-
PAVE eSTROMUOSSUHOEK! 2): 55. :\2s/s52 -sosce cocnlcomennceeaeeeas see 4,561 4,535
Pavmoiles| from: RosssHork. 2:2 'f.2.. 2.066). s55ssteeeeecameeeces = see ce 5, 008 4, 982
Summit between Whitetail Deer and Boulder Creeks. .-....---.-..- 5, 800 5,774
Little Boulder Creek, water....-.-.----.------ Pee eee rt 4, 851 4, 825
POU MAME SMOM VOSS BOLK. =. c\.0'. c's an\>s=2 ce cciees smemeeieiiocis cess. 4, 893 4, 867
iBone Gire Cie) 0G ooo a eee er cn Sten Sh ee naa 4, 889 4, 963
UI RBUNIIC-DOWLECE Wilby oi 2. oes oe Hoes oP tees cess sees 4,904 4,878
Summit between Boulder and Prickly Pear Creeks .....-......----. by Viayl 5,731
Pankey Pea Me Lee arin. win c/a)sist's Sacc\e sm oeleparcineaiewiacines sss o\vajois = 4,761 4,735
WeMersOn Clbyereeer etc. ss s+ 5 seed oan saeieeeeeineaiencs cote oceces 4,575 4,549
Warm Springs Hotel..........--.-----. GSES CS a Se eon oe 4, 296 4, 270
Clavnny Oeei st Se ee oe Ke OO ee 4, 262 4, 236
Dales ROMP OSSIELOLIG. -2.\s.sco00 clas aicceteeeetieee acess cacees ene s 4, 253 4, 227
IPMigbiv Peatdeeek, Ded -.... 2-2 -.06 escecs aa ES cnc a docede ue 4, 080 4, 054
290 miles from Ross Fork ...-. Pape Na 3, 951 3, 925
ene henraLiaimeblelenie a se..2 cs so ccmeeteeteeemeeioe Gee etewcebiaccins 4, 061 4, 035
Corner-stone in basement of school-house........---..-..----+----- 4,149 4,123

450 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

Preliminary line for the extension of the Utah and Northern Railroad—Convd.

Stations, ete. _ tokh i Elevation. __

PRELIMINARY LINE FROM HELENA, MONT., TO HENRY’S LAKE, IDAHO.

Feet. Feet.

Bench-mark at Helena (see p. 449)-.2.5.2522-2200 eeesecssceces-ss- | 4,061 |. 4,035
Prickly Pear Creek, -bed «i citoescrsceccwece soaescdssceMessaes tee. 3,901 | °3,875
Little Prickly Pear Creek, bed: scsnssssscsacsex ssccecs a sda ee zune: 3, 909 3, 883
10 miles from Helena... 22. ...26--s2see0 se 5<- fons tere ear neta d eee! 4,067 | 4, 041
. Halfway House... .-22 0.45 soso. oes oe reeetae do sedcessseslessAe as 4, 157 4,131
Opposite SpOkinis House <rievoieesinaseees ander 1490 MAN tuck 4,261 4, 235
Opposite Rodgers’ House, in Missouri Valley...--.------- poten thew ak 4 4, 320 4,294
20 miles from Helena, in eee aS ae Sedeie dts tetaee TASS 4,421 A, 395
Opposite Big Springs... ssse sec se sae sew ecw eee eset wes 4,155 | 4,129
Bedford -.. 1.02. s222cececne dow Fabs Sdos taedee skewers eted il dawcnt 3, 845 3, 819.
30miles front Helena os ss0socr ses crete ces tel esos esata soe ees 3, 845 3, 819
Water in Missouri. River ...--. --- iPass Soe ses seo ds Fea Ssa HSE eB, BHT 3,785
40 miles from Helena... .....s22..----- rors ruisse sees LSE ee 3, 903° 3, 877
Crow: Creek is i6: Li ee dne he cnwe chrse. ce rds Wareeansee pS SPP SSSSIMSIES SS 4, 031 4,005
50 miles from Helena Bwwerross eweEt sweetaeeds oF ASSIS TI ts Se 4,125 | . 4,099
Wanm Springs Creek «250 si sae cssrse bie e ii cece costal osuae Cl Se 4,164 ‘4,138
60 miles from Helena...s....2+-06 s+ ooo ae dses sae Pea Sse s 4,315 4, 289
Jefferson River, at bridge, water BEE Gp See CE Sg eases Oso Sout 4, 078 4, 052
Jefierson. River Bayou «255-05. ce0s ise vote eset SIS Se SP se 4,079 | 4, 053

70 miles from Helena, Madison Valley ..-.....----+.-22--+-----+----| 4,158 4,127
80 miles from Helena, Madison Valley. ...----.-.-.-------. ----+--.] 4,354 4, 328

MHS Creek eo 5.052 hornet kate ee se eles we wre e ree smerny LUISE 4,417 4; 391
Foot cation, Madison River, WtOL cot uate Set eset 4,427 | 4,401.
Head cation, Madison. River, waiter .5--s.-ci. eee LS 4, 444 4, 418
Cherry Creek, DOO + pcrqerr irr ater tone cite tate OL BA AAP es
Madison River, 1 mile above bridge, waiter Siac tedane ee tee SAO AT 4, 461
Red Bluff Creek, foot of cation, 90 miles from Helena dete Pe ae 4,516 4, 490
Hot Spring Creek char he senate * Antara YoleTe LP cicaeraip HE ws Note a tale ten er reer a 4,563 | 4,527
Crossing Meadow Creek, back om river.....-- ronaletarote Stereo EE 5 4, 827 4,801
110 miles from Helena ... 2. 2... o. ee teen eee we eee ONES IE 4,972 | 4,946.
420) miles from Helena -... 2.2 ite eee eee Ce tte te whee lt Be ee 5, 267 5, 241
Wirwam Creek. .-. 1. away een wusteece Joab ee 2) see 5, 232 5, 206
130 miles from Helena ..... ...-..--.. eas see cL ee Pee eM 5,590 | 5,564
Cation Creek ...... .eeeee ceeeee waaebe eeeetee cecce ee eae de ered 5,575) |< 5,549
iabiosiles trom Iiciona - win rendre re CR es mee eee ee ed a eee Te STs 5, 760
Leave the Madison River .......- pokes feeb buLetie MELE ee SL 5,985 | >! '5/950-
150-miles from Helena i... we cee cece cee eee cee cee ee eee 2d S26 2088 6, 012
160 wiles from Helena ........ ance GunenceeeeeNts SeCeke ent Meee 6, 82 6,795
Rapyuolds’ Pass)... 22... .acese cccucvintee teu: baee eens ee SOs E: Sooo 6 eae eee
Henry’s Lake....--.2-.... Aan eee Ee eae TERS POEMS Nee hee BO 6,475 | 6, 449
Tahgee Pass......-. Sts Dune Ree eee atbte ee encedtiet cee 7,079 7, 053

‘The base is given as bank of Ross Fork, which, by the completed road, is 4, sp the
same as Ross Fork station. The correction is — 26 feet... There is no check.

t

Canadian Pacific: Railway (. from: published report ).

- Stations. Shei id | Palbn inhaled Elevation. i

Beg eG c Feet. Feet,
Lake Superior ...-2----: 2 Seed soss Lette eee emcee ac ecs| aimee 609, 4
Fort William ...... SERB EE eto k= cen e ence see See eee eee esa 603. 614
Mpitlo..) este eee ee sccaed pia hike Velie See eos = =|). eee Bulan
Tistonen . pve eeeneee SOUS n be cel tebe eee ee eg
Kimani sia@iene. anata mas 2252s ones ocean 1, 010 1,021 _

Pinmark ......-...- +--+ 22222222 set eee oie erence ees scenes i 177 1,188,

Wo. 3.) -GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS.

ABIL

Canadian Pacific Railway (from published report )—Continued.

Stations.

FRAC eae ae rcCe pose giccwe mikick wane reainin wbichho a cans Dive R Ee

Who PAU os 2s BENS ES Se OA ne ne ave) Dere Ee

RSE COMID ID Cure Sef ers nie oe wna a aim Reade ce mcmcie an mips ieee
Port Savanne ...... beim SS ATR SE Baap eye ates Shes :

eet RR een Ne Ane Sere in mings poe KLueminwn oman nema ee NeeeEn HS

Carlstadt 232 4.0.23 2., ee iid SE RA arene ets RE ip Se gn BY
EE Ce Corer nicks chor pers dar seonaeeteseeh er
English Oise caine es merses ues cn Sch ke mS EES eee

Seemiilion asl ate eaueic ene ieee ee ee
Gullbert 24 4.26. -- 5. STs PaS Sian Ris x suloracss bess ns mye cece a tanta ape nA pee
ERODE Seed EE oa a< wiacapane cane pacinnus qos e wmnd oe rrood

MOT CpRaRan AND Ieee EIS cc a as ntes os cron rarregea cheperen epaentararae nail te

Atikameg. PRR eed atlas aa Sool cate dh ass ikea nx crsie lovers trie enon aatne aS
Rossland SME OE fe 2 cic eee Tec’ SOILS Ub mS | yee aE et wore

Ostersund.--22 2.222222. ae aha mater sia’ EAS atte Bit ed cokgstien er

WOUND AT 22 SHES Afi 2 - win as | EP MET NBER PRAY EERS Suis ctre hes Sera

i laa Reha nUbadee Sa LEe falda .

Darwin ...-.. BB ela So cpes wiki acme w came ataie mariana ravi ore
Whifemouth ..-..._-.... Sh i i Poem AA UMASS oe nasa rnrees

Beausejour . ee ee

Mirth Re yee eee eae Gt ae key cp 2 Sais Bate Rae ne ee eats
ST ce eta Ea A ia 5 the and Tom
Korma .......- 5 cS A RN a ee Ee THe 2 PEt u tet
Cowper. cisie.5--. wax STS Tap pen eye peepee manele perenne seeerse SS Io cere
BONGERRL OEMS Metso 8 5 L655. asc cas aye iniummunie wninvbiensionaie penta eRomeehepeimiene BRE
Oo: ae ee ae ah oo SAAS Montene: Ie. phe RNR Ne ro
apni Ops Saik & = a sop pce anin einen, sueiie nies om rere msowrepmtyercrcrere Tes oe

Menstrie --...----. I fa oy as Sy acy ik wa oe RE ee Rg RE IL
IB hon! & so ssebiged sc cSu Se aici eles ek ROC RITE pe eck nse)

(GirecP isp ae Os a emer emetaat coc nono ey Ces
Gough ..--- PRR eS Soe gees ke eeee ueMMane CREASE n=
Donnacona. ne a pe eae RISE pe TR eee rcterconn: ites

HMa@marth ..: pel se. 2 Sas eer
POntPINCOULHI LE eso uie som os ves cit tei Spe RICCI CNS See
Vandyck...... ea ee or cic reba y CaS eee eee cw dared

Bin yr ayalis 2 Cos eee erro ce) ae ee |

. 1,223

11,055

750.
756 -

Elevation.

Feet.

1,469
1,540
1,531

1,503
1.559

1,512
1, 540

1,515 |
1.556

1, 558
1, 505

1, 586
1, 430
1, 405
1, 421

1, 277
1, 212
1, 252
1, 246
1, 163
1, 192
1,241
1, 223
1, 372
1, 307

. 1,244

1, 135
1, 092.
1, 117

1,180
1,104 |

970
- 905
937
886
822
- -803-

7167
904

Feet.
1, 180
1,551
1,542
1,514
1,570
1, 523
1,551
1, 526
1, 567
1, 569
1,516
1,597
1,441.
1, 416 -
1, 432
1, 288
1, 223
1, 263
1, 257
1,174
1, 203
1, 958
1, 234
1, 383
1,318
1,255 |
1, 146
1,103
1, 128
1, 234
1,191
1,115:
1, 056
981
916
948
897
833
814
761
767
778
915
919
885
882:
- B74
871
854
B52
839
836

452 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Canadian Pacific Railway (from published report )—Continued.

Stations. Elevation.

Longueville... -..------. s----0 0-5 ---- ---- eee ererae gaicecu cee
SUSSEX. ooo Ee eae eee ea a rise aps is pale vere te same eee Bie moeareeetetciorerar ate
PStroy Ka i), oo isis cic A Ce Serie en Meee CE een oe ceninne saee meee
Northcote seen oo eas cc eb emcee ceccss a= cee cemleaer een els
IBC MWNE ONS ee SES Sea eas ssn See SoS ueee SSeS Be Ssae onc
Colertd ee eee = cae aciee =a (esas sisise wie e ewe ec oisice seinen
Ire ie en ee er eheenaerais ates jsles x oi es Smile weimicietereveiane “ope

IDON eso ace od Gao aeaeoae Genes aeeten eceses ceueoddes sa cenecn

Nabhan os. Se ec precedes Siete tes ie CeO Nn Peak MN A
Mime Sony eee onic ncsaicinsncoue) oo cianelevorare eicrmiere eiwitareyn wheat atetasn anaes ete
TRS eile 2 3 8 Sea Sade BoeeoeSece chen Cooe He consetosse oun pes
ANCOR UTS 4 So Bo sea eae eee eee Oba Bee Gecerees ceases pooee
INSU ee see) onion sink ai imia| imi nies el lates ele liel teal Re
BIER SONG) eel so sc Sac yainiwinnieseiecienmimyetoe ale pielsomreraleqsielonaettctiajarenciiare <
Miblneryall SOM eee en ee re Sic cmnsteresav ate mtaheleveraeiopaavmratenertons te
Seen VO LS Se ee ia ileemimceh Sac easeteisteloreenicte Rae OES p tote .
PETTING pe Fo ahs See oie a etm talnioye ici heleraie hamper MCE re teN SS aR Retort

TESTIS] 1 6 RRs 7 Em ene cl Hae Ree NN tna SE ere
Von e ee ee ecic teiere ele fosotaraiorete iam fersvareteretelete
Wasa tT@he Wales. | Sila snc cesyeminyemielaveteierscuea otevenclote Venermapete ere rete Re
TENG Pen [Sen ses 7ed © CB, ee asec IR aE Nee eI Hay Ta ares 2 oo rotiee
Gowllvourns. eee oo can wb Ska ce miencniee ee mwemrey semioe RoE ees ewes
TEeriT IKE) eS Oa es aa an ai ie TG eco dale ee ce VRT SS ois ees Fi ee
Crema verOC lee ee ee er is ele Rec em igtae CRE Reto ets ~retatesherts
INCH INH TY TG be ema USE emul s syle eM ere ee ee
DEROTAAL OS fot ei oe ee cyaccmiew ere josatn Sze mieeeeerer

TELS CZ We 2 ae a Vet Ba AU CN ER yr eee

Comlbroolker aa... <<. - S<.nelecmniepinacine setae ee eee ee ceReee ee a ;
AWM OTS 555 Sea Pane ee HL I ee we]
Iai Ryall 565555 Boog esos aeos Gea 0 2545 S255 soe s55 oss oe

ee eens ee ae Cee eee cee eee ow ee oe ee ew ee oes eo eee se Sess eR eee Se ee Bee

eeaeerece see ees eee es Ce eH ee Be ee we ee we ee Coes ee te ee eee es ee ee eee oe

Ro eee. ihn RN ae

B.S oe rr

No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 453

Canadian Pacific Railway (from published report )—Continued.

Stations. Elevation.

a : ; Feet. Feet. .
ETL OM ene ag SUR Sel. eae UUs ok oelees Be Ceeeee 2, 413 2, 424
oe ab na cele eS Da oS A | re miers 2, 380 2,391
SLESIIRG) Booed SSCS SSG BG SCE eS ae eet a Ea 2, 320 2, 331
Mea AING Sak koe cen ccce ene Ae eee ere Sc Set ae ne eR OT 2, 422 25430)
TF LGR GA GSE CUBES OSU SCH S OEE ICES ae aie eae 2, 413 2, 424
LGC OUTREE Ges Re ee SO eee ee eee ROTO Seannasse wie 2, AOT 2,418
SUR PRRES rN Cc apancnre nee cra Su ele a EON 2,518 2, 529
Hanglade ........--.. Oe IO DENS N DAES Oe Eee ASE e. Aer aries 2, 685 2, 696
RREIGS Kemer eran era Sieh e aisle dass Maciesid ces SNe See. 2, 688 2, 699
Pe Geer san re cts sedis cede sewn TSI ees 2,765 2,776
BeasebulV Ones mwss ss wsera Co eeae ees acs to ee 2, 921 2, 932
IE GI Gams secs cote vvice ds tulswa'sccie's oe saws SER 3, 043 3, 054
Montbrun...-. ioe ee tia SEG su Linekiins SEI, oes 3, 006 3, 017
McLeod...... . Pes UIM Cee E RON ode ob bieerete 2 eae BU 3, 062 3; 073%).
TA SEeh Gr AEE DS GEE eae ae a nn A el ra 3, 400 3,411
A LULL Sep a I ea tae a Cah oe ete 3, 467 3,478
PIB a teens GSS SSUES Ses See ie oe ess CEPR LS eednee 3, 368 3, 47
PeOMEN CULO reece aso ue cee cee s Sa seSe coos 2b. OS 3, 226 3, 237
Pea Peal i Nias ew iGiee a SOivad web ots SESE woe SERIE aS seo 3, 259 3, 270
CrandbPontthosiccews se wesswessesscts eure eos CRUST Se. 3, 245 3, 256
PRPS EM cli te aerosol owes Seth BSc Sb eSoe ssc TE ee 3, 243 3, 254
Miniwakan ...--. Be Seb Se HSE Se wee S.o Senco ene tere chert ora 3, 276 2, 287
ROM MOASCA. sisecs sace ss esse Seeccsnwecessese ROBOT Sraccine d 3, 339 3, 350
MVOhtG) poh ie tse Sseses sp ssese ra Sto as Ch se: SHEER SoCo ee 3, 456 3,467
MEME MeHO OW: cc coos eset sSekecebe cscs 2605 RSS oacces < 3, 628 3, 639 ©
Wemommebledtiereres ooo ser Stes 55. Wl Roc cbe soe memieeecees 3, 646 3, 657
VTS HEED CS Soc SNS a Sea eae nN el 90 i 3, 499 3,510
Moose Lake ........... ed oes MEP SSE Se Bae BRS a ate see 3, 421 3, 432
RINE arly etree. sd aha cs Subecceoce saccise one Oseeee eee eee 3, 409 3, 410
Mere APRON ELON T, eee ay > Se SSI or a oe cohenmlermaeeieiee mais 2, 930 2,941.

MOHAN ACHO (a5 5 cncec estan s cece en oo eons coceceemccsces 2,780 2,791

IGP V CRs hires Senn ct sess bores ccee tec ose ce LUOUOON. Jooesacline eee ees 2, 300
MES Hae E eee ier iS scic ces Scale bees once enceueccme cece ooo ediees 1, 356
PMLOOUSNS cP eveecscccesekeecds deste ts esc ces Roe Toke salecceeeis 1,144
SaNMOUe manree te case cee bidcs secs tes ss TRUSTS. Shea Renn eed 1,135
REN etl fee oo SL SIS aoe ed ceed 25. TRIP aie te ews teeae 642
2d Oe. SES BEC CUBES ere eee Eee eee otadecdndees MOMs sccas ee ees 140
OEM MOUU YE eee cce ce Sores cece testis des oS sie cts sooo tele = mete eo mill ratatoloteratviate 0

For the main section of this road the level of Lake Superior, given at 598 feet
is the datum. My determination of this datum (see Lists of Elevations, 4th ed., p.
3) is 609.4 feet, requiring a correction of + 11.4 feet throughout. The short, Pacific
section of the road starts from sea-level, and there is no check upon it.

454A BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol ¥:

ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC, NG, ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY BY STATES

TERRITORIES.
Sa A PIBONE, —- ~
Towns, &c. ower, Authority... .. Elevation.

Bower’s Ranch ......-s----- Wheeler, ns25 srccne ence cacacesencensaseintt osu See
Camp Mojave. .=....-------- Wheeler ssccas cosechaalenss see a sic es mene one anna
Canton Springs..........--- a WIRCCIGE Se see cies ateWnir dooce ce aoeeaee o>. 6,498
Chioride ... Se. oo sec eecat Wiheeler up cscs coos coceeeebes Sule awpaegaaea aaa . 4,201
Cienega de San Simon ..-.... Wiheeler, oo2..ccccesecesb esc cain wcraeeeial aie aemeaeee
Cooley’s Ranch .....----.--- Wheeler oo. 0c5.csdesvecs pneu seeces cae aeeenl 5,367
Desertilankaie ss: 6 sdesrcree | WINCCIER S556 cn 'snecaspiawererewecesiest ee 5, 192
Hualafais) 220 .4...-3----2>- Wiheecler. s0csas civdervibesees mown bons wena! 6 CLUE bone
Jaycock’s Ranch......------| Wheeler, sis ec ssedsnvdbeduresnacsace see elt tues See
Navajo Spring...-....-..... Wheeler, 2.65 a<sesnsssbioccesssecuspereel ce pen meee
Peach Orchard Spring ...--. Wheeler...-... Prupaveekes = swasies 9 cing mnie ed we = TOW Re
Pieket Post Wis. 2... oc desc aces Wheeler ...... 22000 Pie es Sgr ae reanne el} o.. 6 2,669
Pipe Springs ses e eee Sees ce eee Wheeler cere reese ee ee ie ee ee oe es ne 5,397
Réck, Sprin gas... - sp. ee ee Wheeler sovsvesessenermeereneees bay pvews|,.... 9 10aieae
San Carlos Agency .....----. Wibeeler scoxe+ sotdaceees gs eras pees care aeef Gah Apa,
Silver Spring .22-. 0-5-2... Wibeelet esis ieeredeseer A;sinccn san somes) es | adele
Spear’s Ranch ............-. Wiheeler Scccoecse ues Sie dss sa ereke wsoay| Mae ere
Tegua (Moquis Town) ..---. Wheeler. cp ccc ssecsccees coocsseccerererels) bane
Muto.) PAUL BL. de eos Wheeler 2226 sccisas sewees s3000 5000 «500-6) 0 ee
Willow Spring)........-.-:.- Wheeler cee: serve seer pemer b serosa 7,294
California. "°°

Agua Caliente ......-...-.-- Wiheeler ~ -< otceare ke -estonee- ----)--=— 3, 617
Antelope Ranch ....-..----. Wiheeler osc ei ween eiseeine sacs sees 359
Arab PRU Ee ee ee cieeia Wheeler errr re ser ere erro ress ce sere seers} . 5 Ae 5, 697
Bab-li-val Spring..--....--.. Wheeler. ....:-.- iene r rhe bre ben ee success Aen R Ee
Bennett’s nee Death Val- | . Sea PANU arya te Ue Oh Re ie TO
le Cd ed Fa Wheeler Perr re Peer erp spew se bseoeee cere eee) . ; +6
Bold’s Ranch ....-....--.--.| Wheeler ..,-- ROean sno Bos saensnsass| 14
Bozeman’s Ranch........... Wheeler ------esecers cecresrecccenncnee - no an (ME
Buckhorn Ranch..........-. Wheeler s2eccrcereercbober cere cores pree| cle
Cahiente .-.05...2.-% acres Wheeler siserscreserernrecer Seecue veccecel 7 GORE
Caliente Springs.......---.. ‘Wheeler oc cesce ne ceeeos Le ele een 3, 688
Camp Cady. <2 2220-2 o oe Wheeler 22252 ccs ccscce wee Toclocsewseces Tie al Boe
Cannelas Ranch . 202. 2552.2) Wheeler cs: -sis secs sb bcp eecewun cemele Sel) Oo
Cation Spring ...--.. e deuaus Wheeler .-.... eis Wabbiotebemaswsy aie oe 1, 238
Canon Svation ...-.--.. suee's Wheeler ..... Lis albfaSiSMEEE Eisla dm Said bie siareusle CRUE be eee
Carthage -..-.-. Pi BOGE cea Wheeler. scssc sereiascctiretiere meus Pewsls slo 3 QeeOee
Cerro Gordo Landing aSmcrase Wheeler 2.225. )cecisepetitbes seca. ooo s Sees 3, 656
Clover Valley.....---...--.- i Wheeler 2 s2c2e cer paeeeeeiscicmocic => == sree 3, 464
Coombsyss2eee eos ee eae es < s Wheeler’ .2 2 ss0.cC ant cee deca oo ee ss cee 2, 886
Cottonwood ....-..----..--. Wheeler 2222 Se cmiemicmcnicce sso on oe \ 2, 488
Cottonwood Island.........- Wieeler) 2222s cee cine ale) sinle oeialserere 787
Cows Spunewseee ese oeeee es. - |) Wheeler tesa see oeiseeeneisertsistsnis/a=- ieee 3, 876
@neamonea tesco eee |---| W heeler)-2--niaseeeeeeitee Seta) = ane ee 1, 328
Cuddy’s Ranch .........-..-- Wheeler 22.5 22. eeaceeticse sees. -c seme 5, 278
Deep Spring.....---.- soonae Wiheelen) -22nceee een erineee eee ns nemet 4, 957
Desert Spring ..---.-------- (Wheeler... .ccetaseweeeeeeeo sce scheeer 1, 989
Dos Palmas....-..-----=---- Wihpeler’ .22.5 ssoaseetioeee ses ons See 103
Dutch Henry’s Ranch....-.. Wheeler ..22 2. cee eaeeces . sect eee 1,195
Hdgar’s Spring’... se -.e-e- Wihteelet... <.. )ceeeeeeeeene =e weceteeee 4, 061
Eldorado Mill ........------ Wheeler ...... A sl ON * 863

Elizabeth lake eee Wiheeler .- 2... cons caeeee Mecieae Weemoe ene 3 3, 317

No.3]. GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 455

ELEVATION OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.

California—Continued.

Towns, &c. Authority. Elevation.
ie on Feet.
Elliott’s Ranch, on Little

. Truckee River. ---. se. 6, 233
Fl Monte. --.-- pak het ore fot ieee 329
E} Paso Mines.......--+----+- 4,113
Fears Station..-...2..--..+-.-' 3, 393
Pyaneis Spring oe: | Wheeler osiccs. iy lca} wees ae -- 4, 220
Furnace Creek.....- 22-22. Wheeler «..2cen sos se 22 secs enest tes 405
Furnace Springs..-......... Wheeler -wa.00. 20522222. ee me emice art SAAR 337
Gordon’s Ranch -..... jee tnet) “Wheeler succune. YURI SS. tees tceens ceed 737
Gormon’s Ranch ......-.-.-- 4. Wheeler «iccceer. 225928 ©. ceneeen nee. ee 3, 838
Granite Springs .......- aces} “Wheeler «cxrrnc<. Oe 2 222. leneecsctanshes- 4,115
Granite Wells ...... EA ee ersR RM Wheeler «2.220. (2222522. 250002 See CS 2, 080.
Grapevine Ranch... spews anced Wheeler ~.<.27.200 SoPPie tf leven cece cette 2, 247
Grapevine Spring... acnacn} Wheeler -.cexeet JgR2 IE IT laces een tae 2, 432
Halloran Spring ........---- WINE Git inne caccde bot oe ds corincudsare sos 3, 272
chem yyiclist <2 o2sssce2..-| Wheeler 2.22 2225.2 So cceea tecske tecees 2, 608
Ivanpah Bebeisss hb2 22553225: Wheelers etces ope SO ahs cal eal om Scie e 4, 238
Jobnson’s Ranch........-.-.. Wheeler ois ict cos cea ae Seas Cee es dies 3, 460
Johnson's Ranch... .-.-..-. Wiheeler 2: 520224 oe eee IRSA Lae Nee AIS
IMernvyilegee d=: 22sec kscces: Wheeler <ss5.2 5s heer ae es ee 2 ea 2, dol
Monecard’s Ranch. .>,.5..--.5| Wheeler. ..-2-.- 19) 23808. } cen sere eens 1,771
Megas Springs..-, errsces xaee Wiheeler cc. 2-2 Seaton. S29 Baeeeena aan — 225
La Bayonne .....2,-.s..---- Wihieelers.2. cocaine [eteeeecwee race 16
La Lagana Ranch ......22.. Wheeler 2:2 = aaeeiteer cele saeiseisin elal\qn= 129
Lane's. Crossing. of. Mojave ane ee

BUVOE 5s s45.5 Ane eee Wheeler... 2. eae. Aa cacereceteacut 2,819
Theach’s Point -243c2- cand <a Wihdelers.£. S984 sageest tance acemn eerie 3, 409
Little Yosemite. ........-.-. Wheeler: 2 <ccbaste sey cases Sas seetacties 6, 442
Liverpool Landing, Colorado Aueiee

TEN Sp one eae Wheeler . Bas see «ee eae 3053 ELE crarset serer { 606
LOTG LEO se: Seer Webeelen . =: .:.2.- See ee dacene teem aenass 3, 810
Bonkkout Billi... eaccencees Wiheeler i. 6.6.2. OS eee sce owen eemes one 2 i DHA
Bopes Ranchi. 2.5.5 -aec000s Wiheeler: : i. =. 23 SSthe deen ae necennaue 3, 248
Thos Encinos.......-.s.«---+ |. Wheeler: .c<c0<2 228 EEE, SUN eS ree ee | ee 774
Los Toros ......... Bs hele a WHeeler: «2 2.05 0.< see soo cece emcee ttn 203
Wovens Ranchi, ...«<<++.~<..- Wiheeler, . <<< .23s9 hee dances seqneanak= =: ESOT
Malaga Ranch... ...+.-~<+---|. Wheeler. ..... 5: SONAR Aue wa ome Sil
Martin’s Ranch .........---. Wheeler: <45 <as.0 See Sean canemes = fae 2, 055
Mesquite Spring. jccos sci 2s} Wheeler wi.t.oscn ced dak ja --2----cee--'--| ----- 2,010
No-man’s Spring..-.-..+..-- Wiheelonrs i. - .neae eases 45 sya ateaecancse .* 8,735
ViGGIGHE oe. re Wheeler”: 2:2 ice Renee os eee eee ee sa 319
Rah Ute Mines .......----..|. Wheeler .....--- epee Ja me kee 6, 607
Pah Ute Springs ....-.---...-.4 Wheeler .. ..2. 04+ esee n-ne coer ere eee 2, 849
Panamint ..--... Be ens a! Wheeler Jace ccc eer ai eS eee 6, 605
Teermning Station: ....: .«.... Wheeler, -<~ <«« «SGReR Oe toe kenrg renee oe 3, 549
Red Rock Station........-.. Wheeler s:. 25 .cces een eee ates: ~~ 2,394
Reilly’s Station. ......-...--- Wheeler, ..<..<a.-2eubas PS aed ca ators 1,477
Riteer’s Ranch... ...<..55..-|. Wheeler. .... 22c0-- nnn cen ni enneeeores o- = 4, 345
Rose Springs |. 6c ane waaa~|. WheeleD. .--n ana stiesteus meme sme ae ne coe 3, 045
Rewland’s Ranch. eae Wheel ery soe So Re atte er eRe Se 6, 222
San Diego ....ase< 45-5--.-1. United . States Signal 1 i ecouaye: 62
Jevelcr sue
Seay Emiedio Storesccciend- =} Wheeler 2i24. tanecdelsnis te n2r-- +a eeee|-- + 788
San Fernando . Meme = <2 | Wheeler. sus chen ae inp osoret 0 aver oe re 3, 793
Sear Francisco.....-....--.----|. United . States. Signal Office, Wakeelety 60
si level... . J
Sian Gabriel) - oes een ee... | Wheeler. sacsn cote Lane snare 419
Som: Gabriel Churches ss tesa. <|s Wheeler .dade lugs delat s-. -----00enceee 481
Sant a Buena Ventura..-.--.| Wheeler ...---..- vaded rarest Si ae i ERIS ee 146
Spuntan Monica) once cnncrne---|- Wheeler. .ecnnee del SL. nonncerweneeen| =< 5 82.

Senta, Paula incpncnnceennen|. WRCELET commana ddLi Hd op weeneemenncownd == 884i

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

456 [Vol. V.
ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.
California—Continued.

Towns, &c. ' Authority. Elevation.
Feet,
Sayquite Spring ..-.--....--. Wheeler) 222 -- cecatees 2s peace sons eee 5, 553
Sierra Valley oso 225 oo eee ” Wiheeler cg... cagemtitscccns cine Sees 4,910
Siernavillesy: ooo 36 cee Wheeler .: 52a -<:saghaate-iabisissiercsigenicgee 4,904
Silver, Springtec eae seca eee cen a WAMeC Le ier ie einmernar peers elena retnels 4,000
Soledad City ..----.-------- Wiheeler sick. eke beeen ee Sen cee 2,513
Spauitai.--eeeeeeee ces eereeee Wihteel ef vai-\:/-'=- osdonsiaeeic anne ceicm eee meeree 802
Surveyor’s Wells .....-..--- Wheeden 2a ecieree te eiopiccisc me kan eee 3, 567
Thomas’ Raneh: = 220-2222.) Wiheeler 25.2... cnieeinioabie sien eins oseaceee 3,772
Vergenes Range ...--.....-- Wihecelen ne... -)-pseesbeee rs. jee e ee eee - 940
West’s Ranch -...-...-- Bee WNC Cl eT mee ci eaaeketiee lo cna ian senor aes 596
Whitney’s Meadows. .... -- eel) NWIn@CIOr coe 2). cintiteyabeeet oe ele ele eee 9, 371
Willow Tree Spring--....----. Wheeler... -- ..asncn ites. -cimsinciantreee 2,500
Workman’s Ranch....-...-... Wheeler... ....«suseuiebcsseseans scanners . 862
~ Colorado.

Arkansas Bridge.....-....-- WMiheeler 2ae== eee eee => eee eee 7, 741
IDS) ia as CEA eae seo ers Wheeler: 252.52 eee Ree ee eee 6, 387
Bakerville..........-------- Georgetown, . Leadville’ and San. Juan 9,716

: Railroad. : é
Bent’s Cafion ...--...-...--. Wiheeler oo ooo ae staeeseeee mentee Su HS a 4, 696
Bismarck Post Office...... ~»| Woeeler....2..)-8ee BRS oe ee Ree ele 7, 736
isroyyamiaulley 4 see Ree eae sees Georgetown, Leadville and San Juan 9,191
eg auc Railroad. _
Buffalo Springs, South Park.| Wheeler ..0--.s.--+ 2-22) ae) eee 8, 952
Carr’s Cabin, Antelope Park.) Wheeler .............-...---.----------- 9,989
OTCOSO} oie oie nn anne Als cies Wheeler... :2.2.2 cs fae a oe keeles 6, 076
Colfax ....-. Ate eee? Wiheeler! <2 2 seme ogee cane ees 8, 599
WGMCIOS oo ooo nine nisin ie een nc nse = | WCC LOT 22 22 SAE ele one apne etoile 7,435
Gosgtilaes see ec cinie sce cee- Wheelers 22322 (ae ee OS aoe 7,751
Culebra Church ........---- Wheeler... 2<.3c- chee tee dicta ees 8, 010
IDS RDO ee Se ea eee Wheeler .....-.-.------ Be ccc eysise near 9, 333
Del INORUC etic nse cs sce Woheeler....-<.o. sie beht s. Aaseeceee ‘aot 7, 743
Dotson’s Ranch.........--.. Wheeler... 257 seh eee bee ee 6, 379
emley nes sete eels oe Ska. Pueblo and rege. Valley Railroad .... 5, 759
Fisk’s Sawmill.....- Bans E Georgetown, Leadville and- San Juan 10, 914

Railroad. — ut

Florissant ..-@....---------. Wheeler. coo ccc tees eee ae erences 8,184
Port:@ollins -....---<--..--. Colorado Central Railroad »..---.--..----| - 4,975
IP Gin Ged Bhd ty eee eee ised PEs arereseneey ergs 10 lb eee ae pe aes 7, 849
Gamgner ee reteteccinceneAaak= me Wieelericccs nce sete eee e tno anla nis cece 6, 956
Georgetown, Astronomical | . Sige

Siation......---.. sons aoe Manele a Be 8 a5 Ses SSane Sn osse 8, 587.
Grant ......-- Steet Bie Sicieil m mceins aac eal RR ae a esr clare eee 8, 497
Hall’s Ranch ..-..-.. Ane Nee Wheeler se cicsc PAE hinsis sce 7,840
Hall’s Smelting Works. .-.-.-- Wheeler... ccninc SER Bees pecan mie aes 9,916
Hamilton’s Ranch ......---- Wheeler ..2. .22.-002- Le a i exci arave aie 7, 227
Hartzell’s Ranch) 222--25----| Wheeler _.2 225. s-seeemiese-\-s------ «nea 8, 828
Hoene ....-:..----..-------| Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad ...- 5, 783
Howardville.... ------ «---+- Wheeler... 31.50 see Be Bass ca isisci=)< semitones 9, 545
Muerfano. 222s 222beess 3. ses Wheeler. .2e 225 282 21S es SE pre 4,714
Hughes eae el eee. Wiheceler) 227 32s eeeeee ee rer = 22 eae 5, 021
Idaho Springs .......---- ease Wheeler.......-.:. eee eete oreo eer 7, 284
Tron Springs ..-....--- -------- Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Jae un 4,748
Labran, Astronomical Statn., | Wheeler .......... ..o9suie ketene 5, 218
Lake Cy ee Wheeler 3.2 eee crcrerloreen 8, 753
La Junta ...-..-....- pasase _ Wheeler ....... swctwectate a er eee te ietererats eres 6, 612

Utah and Northern Railroad...........--

No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 457
ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.
Colorado—Continued.

Towns, &c. Authority. Elevation.
Feet.
Manes Ranch... ....-.5...-.00% Wiheelemited: iis foes 22 bench eee te ee 6, 380
Las Animas (west)-.----..... Wiheelertiten. sot see saree ree eee 3, 886
MBSE NLG ise ala swt Siciciad Jaia'eicie Georgetown, Leadville and San Juan 10, 214
sigs Railroad.
Beonard’s Ranch......... 25. Walleelent: Wess BOSC SSL ee 8, 335
Lockwood’s Ranch........-. Wihteelenities Saud. dibs lapses erase ieee 4, 997
Los Pinos Agency.......---. Wiheelemtstte cube: SUES oes ouisiouthateee lasts 9, 088
McClure’s Ranch.-.---..----. Wiheelertiusi sigs ORS Loi eatereaees ot 5, 318
Mirena Citypenasaese ise kt iWiheeleritiree ee Se Di ee 11, 474
Pleasant Valley.........-..- Wiheelerttand Oe cue a chiro 6, 271
RSTORAULO ee Sole ce ek Wihecler 222 cess taee eee ose 8, 169
FRURVEESICO- 22 c<icecees s+ 2-5 Wiheeler soa re sete mee ea eae es eitae eee 9,144
Regke@ lithic: So secee cle l Wheelers some eee ee becase ee 8, 270
ICSE Sp OS Bae eee Wheeler or s2.2 2 Sai eeerne te tae ae ceae 8, 932
Round Mountain P. O-..---. Wiheelenc.c.accre acess eee Soe ote maar 8, 732
SammpeMary si: .2..22.------ Wheeler. ....22...cipeeeeeces cs chance nas 6, 167
Sit, | Ree Se Wheeler... .2c55 maehoad alsaceneccesacbas Vigoore
Sam duan City ---..-.....-.- Wheeler’ .. 25... ste eee erie ae oi ehincs 8,901
San Luis de Culebra ....--.. Wheeler ..-..--.. aah ee 7,596
Silver Blume ss... 22... Georgetown, Leadville and San Juan. 9,114
Railroad.

Sizer’s-Ranch.-...-......---- Wheeler: ..-si0cenh oe eee eh LER 4, 040
SlatemRanch? -.2c2....-.-..- Wheeler... -- auetaseie once keaccan see 9, 257
Snyder’s Ranch. ..--...----. Wheeler. ..s.5..0iastee ates: See eer ane cscs 9, 127
South Platte Bridge -...-.-... Wheeler ....25 «3b teseeee se keteaceeet sens 7,978
South Arkansas P. O.....-.-.. Wheeler’. =. <<. cae Peet ere eae enaoe ccs 7, 383
Sperm SUOLe!s 2s. =. -.2-- 0s Wiieeler -.: 2)> (2a eee eee rete nee 9, 068
(Nigel? 2s ee Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad.... 5, 471
WP AS oe cine e oo eee ---| Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad -... 4,479
Tollgate, Poncho Creek road.| Wheeler .....-.........----------------- 8, 216
Unagua i Hayden s+ 2c .< cyan paces cee seeenee 8, 141
Union Park. ..-...-.--. Pitas Wheeler *... 551 ide os oe tee eee eee 9, 654
Venable’s Ranch.........-... Wiheeler w2 20.0 ect bensenseeeneeet eens 7,628
Vogels Cation .............- Wheeler: ..:.o0.<)seaeeeteeae nee eo bee 4, 205
White’s Ranch, Huerfano

Poe Cae Wheeler .-<..<.cpiieutatecsssncmsnemesace 7,469
Walcox Ranch, Antelope Park.) Wheeler .... ..- 2:26 s00+ ere e---ne ceces 9, 000

Idaho.

Battle Creek Station........ Utah and Northern Railroad....-....-.... 4,507
Beaver Caiion stage-station -| Utah and Northern Railroad.........-.-. 5, 899
Blacktonbeee ss 525s..-=....| Utah and NorthemRailroad......<.......- 4, 523
BRAIN oh seca ele es<cs Utah and Northern Railroad. .........-- 4,516
MICKEY 2 oes esse siscsesecsin~ Utah and Northern Railroad. ....2....--- 4, 667
IROMIMeUT sq ce Sees secsssc-c6 Utah and Northern Railroad.........---- 4, 522
RPOMROCK: fae 2 socis cb cccec a. Utah and Northern Railroad.-........-.-- 4, 802
TUTES 1 Rtg ee Utah and Northern Railroad. .........--- 4, 469
Soda Springs ....--...-..--.| Utah and Northern Railroad. .........--. 5,779
Swan Lake} Station.. aie ae Utah and Northern Railroad...........-. 4,803
Taylor’s Bridge ....... eee 5, 899

458

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.

Montana...

Towns, &c. —

Authority. :

[Vol. Ve:

| Elevation. —

; Feet.
Beaverbead, water in Bea-

verhead River .-.--- ------:| Utah and Northern Railroad........-..-.- 4, 802
Bedford —-22 stone meee Utah and Northern Railroad......... 2... 3, 319
Bozeman - ..4 sess seeye- = bss Wihedlen,£. 22: wariewsatt ss coc aa cece 4, 839
GHEIKOAY sacbeccac tana seescase Utah and Northern Railroad........-..-.- 4, 236
Helena, bench-mark .-..-..- Utah and Northern Railroad........-.--. 4, 035.
Jefferson City ..---.-------- Utah and Northern Railroad...-......--. 4, 549
Salisbury 2225 ocean ees ences Utah and Northern Railroad. ----..--.-- ’ 4, 694.
Warm Springs Hotel......-- Utah and Northern Railroad. ..-- waved 4, 270
Watson’s stage-station ..-.-. Utah and Northern Railroad....-....---. 5, 243°
Whitehall .........--.-----.| Utah and Northern Railroad............: 4, 467

-- Nevada.
Alile’s: Ranch... ..cece coe c< Wheeler - nunc. SSO IS test aeeesctetees 5, 990:
Amitoine’s Ranch... ....s<s<:} Wheeler - -c222: 20220 22 dassscisstss cee 6, 517
Austin ...-.5.- wasieues cues s ‘Wheeler ..-- ===. aA ee sees ASO 3e 6, 594
Belutont 2. occa colews veces Wheeler <.<c.22<e0 see aidnoarineotameer 8, 092
Birchin’s Ranch, Reese River Fe oe

Walley =-'ss<)) waccs.| Wiheeler 2.04 osSeeer os Soe enon eee eee 5, 743
Buckland’s Ranch,. Carson . ; :

River Valley.....--ccecwene Wheeler \2% see cceseue eee pees ew eee 4, 151
Buffalo Spring....-~ seeecee+| Wheeler .......-2.---- .-20 e225 2222 tee 4, 076
@ativille 2s o2ce -weeccren sees Wheeler 222222 senesced cet sag eel re 945
Camp Cottage......--....-- Wheeler 222242 oss lisessc cesses cece 6, 437
Camp Halleck......-.....-2. Kane s.'secc ech. ee Te eee tee eee 5, 671.
Carl oko we BUR ae 8 Wheelep iis. 208 Go. iisenes eller eae 4,849.
G@AEIOM «2 = dele tae ae te Wheeler pisceniG opti Acs ct. sset eeReeRe 4,700
Glo Welleicc. c-weccemees Wheeler '<..2.2 Sos el, oe ee 7, 604
@herry Valleéy..---..<c+cess Wheeler cscsess oreo pecsce tess 7,473
Cleaver’s Ranch, Walker :

River Valley...... meten ene Wheeler Re Len rere et eigen 4, 337
Cold: Spring ..--~. <a vecees ‘Wheeler ».<-2te'- ss sscese coe sacneees see 5, 418.
Cottonwood Spring..-... we<| Wiheeler2epacace -o-05e . 45-2 eee cele 3, 450
Cox’s Station ........ wwecaa| Wheeler <c¢ seen ene sn deste. sate Set 4, 379.
Coyote Spring ---...-...- cul Weheeler teen cas cen ncn st. ceciten awa cece 3, 674
Crossman’s Spring..---..-.. Wheeler 22 o.oo seni yale nao .cceaaet ite 4, 391
Crystal Spring -..........--. Wheeler .22 5255 424- cei anid peace saree 5, 782
@umperiand=..-2-.2.2.5.--- Taig Se ae a stent ieee ap mee iments 5, 674
Custer Springs, Steptoe Val-

[BY 2 cote soses co seso ease. UGH once con coo bec nosh erncares = ee, 5,.843_
iDenyinor S550 0 Sasa aeeaee eee Wheeler .......--+00-+-2e0002 eee errno 4, 376
Dead. Horse Well......---+- Wheeler ....- .- ER BREE Sassi oS ee 4,117
Deep Hollow.....---.-----: Wheeler d.:i6 2. dats bs no Sa Be 5, 244
Desert Wells. ......-.------ Wheeler 6220.5. 0N5 Aeiek cocecenssscenses 4, 693.
Diamond Valley....-...---- King csesyes. ea eee deren se ceesceeee 5, 560
Disappointment ae es Wheeler ote Dae Weel Eb xinccssgeeeeecee . 4,835
HAI HO in say darees dmienclaen and Wheeler ii sce. bite tele secces aeseesecue a 6, 123.
Btlsworth soso ceases vee ebe Wheeler (isn. 2k6 S25. ens secure rtesese athe 6, 871
Empire ...-...-- sac secosose Wheeler: 2252. y2Gs sa ibe casecsacesseeetns 4, 553
Eureka .-..--..- Lueavaiiesiaenis Wheeler ...2...--.-- Gila dananccsacoesens|? 5, 906
Galena... 452. ease 6 -----| Wheeler .......-. ps itd ee be igevdcen cele 5, 650
Gate Ranch... se-soc000-0s}) Wheeler joi0d. Lind 2s ses cexsceceneme 4,154
Geiger’s Ranch.........---- Wheeler 2... so5 52 eee ee patel ax | Je oe
Glenbrook 2 ote te eee ceo .| Wheeler). ooo ae ee leicicincin veer 6, 282
VON se ee Seas ee eee Wheeler ....2.:::05 eee ened. ee 6, 844
Was Vieoas ole. smeee see Wheeler... 22232 eee eee Lees 2,018
Lee’s Mill, Mason Valley ----| Wheeler .... 22-2 FNS Sc SOC Ce ee 4, 350
Locust Spring sete aerate Wheeler». 2.52. te eee SSS OORAMAGE OC 6, 167

No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 459

ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.

Nevada—Continued.
Towns, &e. Authority. Elevation.

Feet.
LGGlt 2 poe S oe Eee eee Wiheel ers: cs See a eee ee 5, 356
Marlett’s Ranch............ Wihreeler)= (i425 pete eee aes on tee eae 8,074
Mason’s Ranch-.---.-..--... Wiheelens (sca. See eeeeNa ae Moeraeee 4, 348

McMahon’s Ranch (Reese
Ha PEa VALLEY) sia c06 caw aes IWiheelerr2 asraete seks Rouen oe aero 6, 552
WIGIROY? AOS SS ae eee ae mre oe Wheelers ass. s0 oe ae acto eee sa ones 7, 384
Mountain Spring-.-...-----. Wiheeleric -iccc2 Saree on seme aleere sect 5, 501
Mud Lake Valley.....-..-. Ram oy Soto eth it gas shotuien Saar seme coats eee 3, 862
OWNeill’s ‘Ranch... .......-.--- Wihéeler: 2h a2 iis eee Cie ae 5, 581
OUCRINES GUS SCs ron Wiheelers ou ce..s sete eae ee athe 5, 392
Bakochun-paboehun Spring...) Wheeler .......--2. 20s cocncs cece cee woes 2, 282
Patterson’s Ranch.......... Wiheelen':. 2c ocho sscas eee etomcae Seteeue aes 5, 213
Pennoyer Spring....-.-.---- Wiheeleres casaec conse eaerecoetsee efor 6, 652
Peterson’s Ranch..... bs ertate Wreelerss 42 cui 52s a ee eee spew acineee 6, 137
Rabbit Hole Spring........ GM Oho oss stare cjo ses ae eee bocweneeneaes 4,374
PATO WAN ee oon a. nine cee oe Kan Oo sb san bacthe saee epcetemeeere saa se 4, 039
rsaniiih: (Clleii pea ee eae eee Wihé eller! oc Sera eae act deine aietals 3, 989
Sih) AUT OHO) 44 = ee Wheeler, 526 aero area tras 5, 281
Sand Springs. .....--..-.--- Wheeler ca: ste seeeecch eco eeece 3, 926
MEO tS MNOS repo | -ssicinni|.s VWNCOCLCT = /42\< nico aeleeierematreneemerceismistera= 22,640
Schmidtlein’s Ranch........ Wheeler a. /a2 so Se ee erica nee oe 6, 220
Shoshone Wells .-........-- WRG Oe 8 a3 ois Sr ER eer eae rere 5, 796
HOTU O ee ci acicinnosecmuniece Wihéeler: 2. acim gnalboeeeeemeclereecataemrencen= 6, 014
Silver Peak Mines...---..-. Wihteelers usec seeeee eee ee ea aar comes 4, 256
Steptoe Valley .°..-...-.--.-.- LRG SE Se NO ogeacdaearceudcee s 5, 730
Siero hie 1 Wheeler. -a.crsc 2st aihasosi cee 6, 818
Stone’s Cabin ----... feiskiere BIEMWAierelier ee Be Osooo aac cone eos ceos cose 6, 390
Stone’s Merry .......-..---..-.-.- Wiheelerieaee== qe se eneeo as Ceatorce 1, 108
Stump’s Ranch...---...-... Wiheelen ices sc)-0cetmeeeee aan isaeiacelstat 4,749
Sulphur Springs..........-- Wiheeler (esc. Jan seeeeteeae tee eetteeeietae == 3, 972
Timpahute Spring.--...---. Wheeler u2.-.:ssemtenetrtticianssoaisincjeeremicinee 6, 892
ipa Mh Spline. .-.<--|| Wheeler, .22-:-..-cemacces Janelcacmicniatl ain 4, 080
Tissapook Spring ...--. .--. Waheele ry eo jae eel eee oa eeiea tet terra 5, 832
Weg ora Se eee Wheeler: <2...) sscbhbeeee seo sceea cores 6, 992
Welch’sRanch......---. tisaall's Wihe@CLer<.2.:as.0s0biehoeree Oh ctaeurearaetsieys eretsies 5, 236
NER GC eee iene cisnnicnviecce's Wheeler: ciccn/ eee waa lacroareiceteee 4,504
WaieReliitine pring... 2.5... |. Wheeler, «<<< -a:c ism eee h cielmmetnincint amie 5, 020
\NiA trie) INGO (gc Wheeler. :\<: i. ckioset ehecicaaceo eee ce 4,818

New Mexico.

Je 145 SEE inh UES ee eo a Wiahteslet 2225220 eee ee seetemcinesicccs 6, 423
Renate Azul clos oeieses sce.) Wheeler 2.222. 5. se mmene saccen cecce--- 6, 682
PAPUAN COTA sai. 222c2s56 hoe « Wheeler’ =J5f5552oseeee eee siees eas 8, 194
Aguajes de los Guajolotes....| Wheeler ... -....---..-----+- s-0- -------- 6, 202
FMAM Oresiecce cawst pubis sl WNeeler” col Sat eee eee coe cae aes 4, 693
Aipuquerque .2sss fess 225 Wheeler 2222282 Seer ese sds sus. 4,919
Algodones ....- Ree SRR RY SS: Wheeler 222 2ntseeeeee epee eaesece. = aie 5, 104
Antelope Spring ..--. .--.-- Wheeler’ 2222 522s seca cetcccte ccs 6, 221
PANINOMUCHLCO mas see Cc) Wheeler vote cee ceenomieecscccses conte 5, 382
selon ees ae eeteese orc. 1) Wheeler 2crscncctsncempmsicce= esses e--2-- 4, 890
Pernt Mee arerr sss: Wheeler: fsenceueaeemceesieasecsce ---= 7, 029
Bemmaiilo . sess siseske ses Wiheeler? acces eee eee oe cncesseccne 5} 084
Blue Water Spring .-.....-. Wheeler’: iipaeemeeeteen sss s.ccodseeas- 6,778
Bueno Caballovcs sisecs ose: - Wheelers eaepemeeeeeet eres ls sccscs wees 6, 948
Cameron’s Ranch 72220702 2-|) Wheeler 2.252 cocc coca os woes cone ce eene ee 7,133
Gem VUCCa ses naieecetscs Wiheelor cre neeeeteeerr ices scccascceuer 4,374

CGUmONcibos. see sorceress: Wheeler :... 222... sad Seep ie : 7, 023
Bull. v, 3——9 5

460 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VohV.
ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.

New Mexico—Continued.

Towns, &c. Authority. Elevation.
Feet.
Canon del Agua .---..------ Wihtteelen yas a= ence eaten aro ee 5, 916
Carrizo Spring -.--s-- ------ Wihecler sss. 225202 vat eee saeco 7,477
@hamisal: .-LsuSssssa2 ts425- Weheeleress os hse 2.2 2RE Et Loe eae 7, 528
Glieaay Walley; so2c25 coco sane Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad ..-. 6, 326
@hico Sprime a jasss.==25 2a-- Wheeler ysaeer se ee eee 6, 882
@ibolletae=- ses ssesasaseso= Wheeler ssseer 5s. SS05e See ocean ee 6, 411
Cimarron: .2) 2s. sess ss sssese|Wiheeler 22 s5s252 82 alae eae oat alia htt 6, 385
@imarrom:: -2 25-142 sseesse2 = 2 Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad - 5, 841
@imeounllae eee sss ae Wiheolersseas5s see an seins Fay 6, O11
@iruela «2 -/2 as25 25e2s5eee- Wale eer aia cee UE ae hareoh er eee rites 6, 744
Colonas Ferry (Rio Grande).| Wheeler .....-.--.------------+---------- 7,443
@orrales. 222. sats aoa |e see ee oes t ete cle semi nme wat cteleiciatel siatetnions 5, 091
Cow Spring ---.+=----+----- Wiheelerensssonsst eae enter on esee aaee 4, 954
Coyote Spring..---.---. ---- Wriecler soi23 5 ee satan ah i a eae ae ‘ 7, 202
Coyote Waterholes ......--- Wiheclerss2asss55-2 0 eee eels seeeeee 6,775
Cross Spring ...---..-------| Wheeler -..-----.---------------+-------- 6, 265
Omberoe Seis ssa sesso se s2 Wheeler .-.-..-- bc ESO oy ti Sy al ia eg an 6, 122
Cuchillo -.....---.. Sie s aiste Wieeler sssssc 3-2 tee ee ane 5, 195
eyele Weill po8e ce sre cee moos Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad --.- 5, 959
Elizabethtown -.--..-------. Wheelers 2263 h2 5 ee Se eee 8, 465
Ie] Puerto de la Laguna-.... Wile ef] 61: =e eee eos 7, 187
Emery’s Ranch ..-.---..----. AWARE ETE Grco onoone seco emo goeTooeenoesecc 6, 080
Eureka Springs -.-.---.---- le Wilt) ers eset settee 2 epee age lteter tat afte ee 4, 239
Borie Banari semactss lo seaier Wheeler se s2saSs SeO Re Cocina omens 6, 318
Fort Defiance .----0-------. Wiheelersss ss rhe seen stasis e ae teehee 7, 042
Pow Wihii@in 26 54565 see500¢ AWE Cacann coom seca coosomossoossa sce: 6,711
Juan Lujan Spring -.----.-. AWBO Se gosoos ones peck eS Gosmposo cons esas 6, 011
Kiowa Spring) ?.: 225 222522-- Witeel erazerraeneen see aie eae ciel setae eer 7, 226
ILM GINTISOS) Gadacedese cous cues WANG OGe bobo osha sasaeeadoasboe toeDce one 6, 703
BaGlorietapaaas- css oes 2s Wetec tee oemeoeeeéeedde san coe cuca ase 7,048
LAG, s55250 ssonce Soes 2856 Wiheelers #22 ees ee Na et SS eae 6, 266
La Monica Sprines 22522255. Wiheelerssssseacec nen een cen Sear 7,735
Weapelacitayjeeesssscossussce Wareelers - S20 sea ee lve fe se eae 5, 129
ILeigy SuoIRIS eoheeeeesonoscos AWA ENee Seah peoeamnsaoee conc Ka5eQbs ecas 4, 805
Las Tapiorcitas......-....--| Wheeler ---.-----------------+----------- 8, 810
Ly GUE Ae eee eese sebree Wiheelerts sons niet e eee eee ae ieee 6, 266
MOSUDLAZOS ace aa fase See anes Waihreeler= sees ces see eens setaaele elaine 7, 321
Los Ceritos del Aguila .-.--. Wireeleris ss sense seae ele =e ere 7,943
Wosi@Wawiew) 2-0 ss. 22 eee WANCAIE Sccase Goouos rods codeceesseer ecicn 4,775
ILOS IDI suas seanao sero cee | Wheeler ..---------- +++ ---2-2 2222-70 -- 4, 805
Los Machos ..---.---.------ Wiheo lenient aks Wye me Soule Sela Ss tome 7, , 290
Los Ojos (Rio Chama) ..---- PAWMN@WIEE Soon aosces sees cess Sosa sase cee: 7 273
Waos| Quelites [2.-..52-.2.5--- | Wiheclen mates eoneere ents cer se eee 5 134 ©
MUO SMSO ee ere ce ce cim 5 Sats Wheeler 222. 2a. s8eele spe P02 2 ae Gee
ILC 6 - osed ase oe cee Renee | Wheeler. .....---2-4=-51- go cceecocsrcsec: 7,941 —
Tumerar Springs .......--..++-.|. Wheeler... .--4--1a-aem N36 PORE EOE Bor a 7, 650
MeCarthy’s Ranch..-.--..--- Wiheeler) 2. eae ee eee ona adh lees 6, 009
WIGSHEnNKO) 655 266 cok eoeeeeee Wheeler --22.,--steeeeeen-/--0 Jaap ene 6, 268
New Placer: --.--.---+.----- Wheeler ...--. ---24-----"---.-- aaa ema 6, 667
INTO BAS soc eun SHA co aeeeee Wheeler ee eee eee eee eae arate 6,901 .
Nutrites Plaza....---------- 1 Wheeler, 2222.)ch, eeeee er artstas. ones) selene eer 7, 45D)
OVA Geer socse cnc cocaneceoe Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad .... 5, 996
Ojitos de las Cuevas .-...--- ‘Wheeler. 2.23) Sees tesa se : 5, 902
Ojo Amarillo/es 3.5 ments ae) | Wheeler {22 oon eee ee eelenn a4 eee 6, 384
Ojo Calientes seq sensies= > Wheeler ...2 22) oeeeente FS) 2 ee 5, B94
Ojo de la Culebra. ...--.---- |, Wheeler. ..- 5... -smHa4eee5-1.<2s-9sss—5ci=2 5, 707
Ojic: Denner arse eA Geer Wheeler ...--- - pase eRe 2 2 Ue ae 7, 419.
Ojo de Estancia .----..-- >-|. Wheeler ...-...<sn. Esa eens pha cihal 6, 177
Ojo del Judio..........----- Wiheeler 222 25 See eereinas saacenaae 9, 289
Ojerde la | Cazost2 eee. Wheeler . SUN SOS oh 7, 6L5

Ojo dell OSoz). 252s. cen eeereet Se Wiheeler: 2s: ace eee eae pera ieee 5, 902

No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS.
ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.
New Mexico—Continued.
Towns, &c. Authority.
Qjo de los Valles <...--.---- Wheeler: 2.1% (- «.sseteta dco cele je ctemine terrors
Ojo de Nuestra Signora ..... Wihlee let,’ 5.5 = 5 padres see ose bens hens
Ojo de la, Tunisa........--.. Wheelomisis).jcteaee: Bebe seecresessiesaee
Cio Cells Go SSSeebee Seesceee Wheeler. ii. <5 nae be cision ences
Ojos Calientes -.-.........-. Wheeler jai5 hsp so 42a Mees dee sae cuclce ere
Pedernal Waterhole ......-. Wihebler oie tte gu diel Soba oh soeeiee
HESTIAS COS e ei inaaiais sarsitatarnisic Wheeler: 525515 4 saa ett betes evoceeee comes
Plaza del Alealde...--...-.. Wheeler. ..3-\aagusedetaeecn ec Sac esneeesciee
riest’s\Gap <2 =. ...--------- Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad .-...
Pueblo Colorado ......-.----- Wrheeletjssi23 ./edeeee ses te ccccece wenn
Pueblo Jemez ..-2-....-...- Wheeler Joo .2%) neues eee ese oa ae
Pueblo Pintado......--...-. Wheeler i352. sv ueseo betel ec ocie cess aes
Pueblo San Juan ..--..---.. Wiheeler 5:35- Nees ne micreeele teeeeiest
Pueblo Springs ....--.------ Wiheeler gigs. Sect iit deisehicee cee seeeae
Puerto Cito Spring...--....- Wiheeler. cis Jactaese bebe ose cems eeenimnee
rockhanchyt 5. .c-cs5 ss5--- Wheeler’... «siqereeeties sas. ce Senda s-
SHOAL Sees aoe res eee ee eeee WWihéelerscth pee epee tee eee miemeiecae
Sabinal Agency..-.......---- iWiheeleriss) 28 As neon eteee een eess cen
SampAmtonio-f.. os <-.---5- Wiheeler jue Laadeeete en eeerecsen eames
San Antonio Valley. -.--...-. Wihéelers astbions eee os eon puneeraterrence
Sanchez Ranch ......--..--. Wiheelet: i342 Sse eee ee beeenetee
AME WAMOW Seiacieaianis -an.c.-- ss Wheeler «...::c eee scence cet
Swi BGI Tee Geena Wiheeler sinc Raa cere ce tees
SMM OMA CLO: 2) luejctee sewer else's Wheeler) j335-..Gse2ctete -eceeesccinens se
Sf ISCO 3 Sse eeSeeeeaeaes Wheeler, ....atseteamece 25 ee oeecise os
San Marcos Spring....-....-. Wiheeler i232 b-iSeeece- -eeecmisecmseta
aM MU ATEO) oa lcietersseib Seine is aie Wiheeletssu sa pasee a eee ecoce arenes se
SAMMNALAOl soso ss2ce cess Wheeler .. 25 seeetaiee se) seca satis isiais = ate
MU APAN ae clei oa sess vein = = Wheeler ie icak sab Akai ase cosemenssteoss
Santa Clara .....2.4.------ Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad --..
Skuntigy (Cicits S-eeo hese eee Wheeler... 2 casethaliscaacteceemecsaccet-
Santo Nino del Rincon ...... Wiheeletianse)s ides eesee cig setececsacnas
Sapo llo meee sai cetcencisis e jeiccee Wheeler: 22s Steg aeisenaciceiceins 2s
EMO OMe sees ein cle oan wiles Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad -...
Mamersubanch 2.2 ..---.---¢ Wheeler. cen c S285 sehen sna Se ec ansce
SOCORLOWS see sei) ciseas eas Wheeler iciet suite esc eects eee
Stinking Springs -.---.-..... Wiheeleris2e2s ease heeeteere nee ata cas
Stinking Springs .......---. Wheeler 25/25: 2 s264-6es tere ater ees ome
‘Marvllons) TREC S-. Geeseee cal) MAE ESE SS Re pecan s5 Sec oseeuo see oe
Pera AMI ATMA sreseiee a sc/s- 22), Wheeler 2. \5ssbieree tere aiecinettel= ale aim alco
INIT) 33 emt ere Eee Wiheelergesis cnet - sacs cseseccscc
Van Brummer Park.-....-.-.. Wiheeler,-.2- so peee eee nis conte eelee acacia
Venado Spring 3... 4.....-- Wiheelen seit ares meee en isetems Ncaaa laos
WMETING] ORE: oceces cose === Wheeler ...2 ch ee peeeece eee eciescc ses
Volunteer Spring....-....-. Wiheelets-2o2.-.centeeeeteecneaeiated odes sc
Willow SPL asses co5 c= Witteeler 2c. seen eenie oe oniein
Mallow Spring -_ 26.54. .-.<<- Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad ....

AMleyton: . 3.4. esgesaseets s/s
WS OMMAM =<) otoasiceocuasis ea

Okwks ville .<cegeiees

Texas.

Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio
Railroad.

Texas and Pacific Railroad .----.--.----.

Texas and Pacific Railroad ......-.----..

Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio
Railroad.

Texas and Pacific Railroad -......--.----

A61

Elevation.

Feet.

6, 779
6, 606
5, 673
7,943
5, 594
7,140
7, 452
5, 756
6, 400
6, 368
5, 479
6, 506
5, 870
6, 363
6, 499
5, 844
5, 087
4,757
4, 958
8, 367
7, 298
8, 366
5, 007
5, 515
5, 460
6, 056
7, 323
6, 509
5, 346
6, 250
5, 590
7,418
6, 876
6, 563
6, 694
4, 659
6, 690
6, 249
5, 831
7,500
6, 214
8, 557
5, 982
7, 823
7,106
6, 677
6, 691

190
337
582
300

464

Railr oad.

462 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolV.
ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.
Texas—Continued.

Towns, &ce. Authority. Elevation.
Feet.
@olumbus)<-2.-.-eeceeeeeees Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 210
Railroad.
@onverse == -- eceseerees eee Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 718
Railroad.
Dallas... cceiceesetweecueee Crossing Houston and Texas Central and 468
Texas and Pacific Railroad.
Dallasusn ot ve wetccane emcee Junction of Texas and Pacific with Wich- 434
ita Railroad.
DeKalb 225222046 eee Texas and Pacific Railroad ......22,----. 422
East Bernard.......--..----| Galveston, Harrisburg and San (nan 120
Railroad.
East Santa Clara........--.. Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 630
Railroad.
Dimon aoe oseeonceececeees =| bexasrand bacrie hallroadsnes= == hese aes 502
BNaOnIa Vee okeckre eee secunt Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 470
Railroad.
Fomey ---- .2-.<.-<s-1.++02.| -Lexas and Pacific Railroad ~....2.2..2222 470
Harb AVvorthsescoesecsss «ce| Texas and- Pacific Railroad =: 25222225 2242 625
Giladewater-socccck cesses. Texas and Pacific Railroad ~.-..:....-...-- 324
Grand Saline ..........---.-. Texas and Pacific Railroad - i See 401
TAREWiOO Gl saceeecete ces reer Galveston, Harrisburg and San ‘Antonio 460
Railroad.
Honey Grove ......--.------ Texas and Pacific Railroad ..---..--..-2- 682
Houston...-....--.... ~s----| Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 50
Railroad.
VeteTSON 2c J-cecescke cose = Texas-and Pacific Railroad ...-:'-..---..- 221
Kingsbury ..----..--... ----| Galveston, Harrisburg and San Us6en 613
Railroad.
WOUEWICW -ccgecaccesusoaee Texas and Pacific Railroad ........-2...- 336
Iblis 555 c6ea ee cose .----| Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 415
Railroad.
MAIO Se ele cca moscncteee = Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 563
Railroad.
Marsh ale sete oo astute a reeieleele Texas and Pacific Railroad -..-.-...:----. 371
Mesquite ...........-....-.--| Texas and Pacific Railroad -......-..-- Ss 496
MINT EO Ate secs e win cn wow cower Texas and Pacific Railroad -..........-.-- 410
INGWABOSTON: Soc cc-ceccenc sue Texas and Pacific Railroad .....:.....---. 387
AUTISM ae ae ecb ewarcweimes Texas and Pacific Railroad ....-:...-.-.. 592
Pierce Junction... 6... ss. Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 60
Railroad.
aMGOM sss eysacls con cecec cae Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 90
_ Railroad.
Richmond .....--..---.----- Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 70
Railroad.
SAMPATICOMIO VS soo Sole te wen Galveston, Harrisbusg and San Antonio 680
ayy Railroad.
~ Sclulem berg eerie. doe siecic. ot Galveston, Harrisburg and San funigets 338
Railroad.
SGU oSa6 S4S650 co00 SOEOoEe Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 596
Railroad.
Sherman: a eeencccicecaccs =a Texas and Pacific Railroad feild sae TAZ
Merrell see os cecc cst. Texas and Pacific Railroad ..........---. 515
Nexarkan assem ecccweas oos- Junction of Texas and Pacific with Saint 281
Louis, Iron Mountain and. Southern
Railroad.
Texarkana ....-..-..-------.| Junction of Texas and Pacific with Tex- 358
arkana and Jefferson Division. be
Upson .a2coe Je sc esdt cere Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio. 685,
Railroad.
Wailder ..... Bie ears eveee----| Gaiveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio}. 375

No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 463
* ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.
Texas—Continued.
Towns, &c. Authority. Elevation.
Feet.
Weimar -.-... ....-- rrr rere Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio |: 417
Railroad.
West Bernard. ... 2-2... Galveston, Harrisburg and San Antonio 160
Railroad.
Wills Point. ..-. 22.2222. 20. Texas and Pacific Railroad -...........-.- 531
Utah.
Antelope Spring --..-.-.---- Wiebe len is 22 ea aceite arte era 6, 702
Antelope Spring, upper-.--.- RYO KELE) Me Be Same err ae Ss tee eet Bc i a ba Lk 7,144
Beaver Astro-re tations." Wheeler’ 25 tonto oe arse te eee 5, 916
Berry’s Springs 2.222.222. Waltee!l eres iss es see inte eet rarer tenn new 2,810
Peron hye es Utah and Northern Railroad----.....--.- 4, 323
Camp Douglass, astro. monu-

MOM ee Het Level... pics a ee ea eet ea 5, 024
@astle Rock: iene. Union Pacific Railroad ....---.-----.-.-. 6, 236
Deep Creek Settlement AS ane Kono eer ped pe Hien se gah ca peg 5, 127
Weyal’s Gate teak ee Union Pacific Railroad ....-.--..-s++++.- 4,809
LI GING see die ed eae a ea ae Wnion Racine Rallroadeesee eee ese eee 5, 472
EK] Vado de los Padres (OG

PELL OMEG ViOL) rciete "fata o'n's! trae qo Wihtee ler ih 2m cs antens ketene orreeoes 3, 194
Glencoe 225. ese7n. Pi eget Wiheeler ee ay eee ne suena meet ciereete 5, 221
Goshen... 2 ie-..0 I WOOL ert o Sis tate arc cen an, War ameer Gear esti 4, 482
eepeds Ranch. Skull Valley Kein Seas eee is Malta eee eet al am 4, 365
Kernen eee eee cen ene | Wiheeler th 212k Se a ee Pees cece 5, 072
Wee RSPEINGS serene es} Wiheeler’ 2025 2b toes Peer 6, 883
ROO eee ee es: | -Wheeler ia vile ec tcntesacue shee seer esse 4,596
Nien outonwood:..< +... ~: | Wheeler 2.22. oo. 2 oe noes 4, 359
[LO 22h eRe Utah and Northern Railroad -..........-.. 4, 509
MGNGON, 22. tet ees tet ft Utah and Northern Railroad ...-. -.- 2. 4, 460
Marimniseleasaittieessenete|- Wheeler 2 loo loo scacccee ecco sees 5, 875
Orden astro:observatory ---| Wheeler --- 2... ooo occas sec aceenccee 4, 377
Pleasant Valley: ...2-:..-.-. Wihteeler/s. Sas. oseesemeecceesceteceee cere 7, 539
JEON SESS S Sse ae Wheeler ..-- - SINS Se 4,544
Richmond ...... erent Utah and Northern Railroad. ....-..----- 4, 537
Salt Lake City, Siecevatoty. Witeelert2 2s easier enctectieeee eee 4, 330
Salt Lake City, city base,

rock in front of temple ....}-From railroad levels...----.-.-.--------- 4, 336
Salt Lake City, barometer

in United States signal of-

ine) tan Ihe /7 Se eee ee iRromranlroad le velssesss merece =tene sas. 4, 354
Sevier River Base ol ck Seid Wheeler’ <2 ccucttaceseeetsececeecee es sees 5, 283

Seohumesbunroe Seeks ects: Wihieeler' 22 25s ieee rem atiercngs nee tra 3, 921
Skull Valley:..:--.2.::. eich gl Gi Toe pa pa Be i Ce = Ee i ae 4, 356
Skumpah).. s.22 ss. ss2e2-.25+ Wheeler:): SoS aeerre reer tetas cose cass 6, 000
Smithfield ..2222<c62s.-.~2-.2 Utah and Northern Railroad ....-....---- 4,565
Taylor's Mill ;<----: 2222 ~-- Union Pace eRamlroadeeseeese ee eee s. -- 4, 353
Wittniaes so. caetecesences‘sl niom Paciieekanrodgeessee ones cas cscs ce 4, 498
Wahsatch..22sc<scesece 2: Union! Pacificekanlroadwe ester. ce ec ose 6, 812
Weber Quarry ..-.~.....--.. Union Paciicteatledadesss-ce--:---2--=2 5, 236
White Rock Spring, Skull

Weilloy \. S2cheeclece ets KT Le eee eee ee on ae mn mo 5, 542
Young’s Ranch ....2.2...2-: Wlecler sees teeter n= sso oe 852 5555 5, 642

464 BULLETIN UNITED

ELEVATIONS OF TOWNS, ETC.—Continued.

Towns, &c.

Benton so ee bas ics eeeeweee ee

ComoO)asces Seer easeeete ee
Cooper’s Lake ...-.-..-- sabes
Creston), 22 Boe se eres
A BE TI Teer i es yen aN CIN, a Ba
PVANStON owes are e orcas es
Bmore Uae cass cee. ase e
Fort Laramie, flag-staff ....
MOTberUSSelilieeee ceeieeioe aie -
Fort Sanders ....---...---. 2
(GhIIGKE? (aco soaenens Soaeeee
Granite Cannone. coc. ----
Green River bridge -.......-
Greenwillexeet ye ie ee
ELAM COM janes 2icis,cch2 acl cose
ALAIN Oye eee eee a SSS
TBA ARI ean coer a eee See
Hazard, junction with Colo-
rado Central Railroad --.

MGSCIgE mires sis\cces'es oe cess
New pelarney ee es hoe ec
peegs! Si Ae a eee eG mater
Wen CVime eens vce cece eet wale
Philip? Sivamehy ee sem csc occe
Ae CMON es. .\</scic ss oc lana

SVAN Es eee cs ios So a' = wes ee
eGUBUtOse ees <ses ses. 5
RedhWesentettccsscccee 3 ks."
MOCKETEE: Meee eel. Sy Se
Rock Springs .---------..--.
Salut; Mary’s----22---.---..--
Salituwrells.o 025222 25.22.52.
Separation .:2..222-2.--.-.-
Shermianta tee seet vecsccne
SUMPSOMES = se isecce= saa «-
SMM eee eee sce
Mapledvockssecea ses ae ces se:
Aa caine ore eae ek ay a
Mii Siding, Nera es ereciocre ai
el BTiy a} ea ia Wess emits ps eS laa
Masai ernie 5. pat eee
Wallis 2 rie eo eon aca ema taee
Wolcott 255 so. 02= se eeeeeme

GEOLOGICAL

Union Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
.| Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad ...-. Hee a AEE
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad .
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacific Railroad
Jnion Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad .
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Jnion Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad

eo tee eee coe eee coee

woes ce rtece cee ece «=

eccees ese ees oc owes

eer eee = oe - Coeeces --

eee eres coe eee coes o=

Union Pacific Railroad ....--
Union Pacific Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
nion Pacific Railroad

seecee eee eee scceee
eee ves sec cee eee eee
ee rece ee cece meee oe
eee eee ~eecce one eee
we eee wee coos ooee

Jnion Pacific Railroad
Jnion Paeifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacific Railroad

eee ees eee ees ceeees
es ee ccc cee eee coee
-- wees eee eee w= eee ew
we wees wee eee tee ees
wee eee wees Peewee --
wees wees ee oe cee eee
eee ees wees cose oe oe
eecees wees wees cece
ec twee eee eee we oon
wm cere cee eee pe eeee
er ee ee i

Jnion Pacific Railroad
nion Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Jnion Pacific Railroad
nion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacific Railroad.
Jnion Pacific Railroad
nion Pacifie Railroad
Jnion Pacifie Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad
Union Pacific Railroad ....-..-
Union Pacific Railroad ...-....---- .--- rs

ee ee

eeee tee mes cows coor

ee ewes eee cee eee ene

[Vol. V.

Elevation.

Feet.

7, 396
6, 308
6, 588
6,710
6, 626
6, 625
6,186
7, 808
6, 781
6, 505
6, 357
6, 730
7, 078
7, 055
6, 871
6, 757
6, 821
4, 290
6, 180
7,194
6, 278
7, 336
6, 101
6, 507
6, 420 .
7,709
6, 340

6, 320
7, 128

‘No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 465
MOUNTAIN PEAKS AND RANGES.
Cordilleras of North America.
Name. Range. peat ay: Authority. aes
Feet.
edeun’s ead 2-2 oo. - nee = Sevier Plateau _.| Utah ---.| Powelll..........| 11, 087
(0775) Bei LE afer ee NMG ewes |W heeler). sees 10, 965
Albion Peak..:--.----------- darible Wed ar < <2) N@vsees =| Rae ete see 8, 391
Aviter PORE (edegses65 5 ae scee BEC See eae Colombes aimWiheelermaseesee- 13, 254
AmiblersPenk: 225522 .s252.- 52. Battle Mtns oo. | N@y seer =| RO ee oe eee -| 8,433
BIND EEK BEES ONS a Cae co SO S4 Speer Mae eae ae Colo....- Wheeler ------ -- 13, 497
Mount Arkansas. ........-..-| Park .....-.--.- Colo-.-.-| Hayden ::..----| 13,647
Aucusta Mountains..0-...---|...00. ...--.----- Nev ----- 1 Gai « aioe cae 4 onion
Bald Mountains .........---. Wamtian sae e2s ces Witalies =. Wika Seer ee 11, 975
BaldiyePeale sss 2: tcceec cuca Uintaranso st Utah ....|- Wheeler -----... 11, 730
Banded Radke tosses somiccu see Sain Uwe ssscos Colo..-..- Wheeler .... ...- 12, 824
panded s Peak: 222 52-...2.s'---- San Juan -.-.--. Coloze--- Hay dense sence 12, 860
Mount Bangs ---.------------ ALE oeiase eel rar Utah===- | Bowell oc. == 7, 950
EER VMOU hee me rceeis eee lice erok aececcece Cale: Wheeler .-.... -- 6, 039
ena iplyealkecetcisteccssjsemicises|s+ secs oo-s eeeee Colo Hayden 222ss5-5 11, 906
Bear Valley 12g Raat eel la Markagunt Pla- | Utah ....) Powell .......-- 9, 274
teau.
Beaver Dam Mountains ...... Wage see ee Utah = Powell <222-c-5- 8, 100
Mount Belknap:::.-....----- ushiares ee see Withee eowell score = 12,114
Ballowiewabewke 2 Ge.scotees|csonpeer cesses cece Coloes-ee Wheeler ...... -- 12, 673
onsOim. |Hegiiess a oeesoe ceeenoies LNROM RESemadesee Colos ==. lalen Gls osh= o5e- 12, 237
Ue CIRIVEHIO ees o ar See er eeeaS SBin Veet ssosccc Color Hayden ....-..-- 12,514
Blacktail Peak ........--.--. Whmtiaee e eoe Wiiglt, s25)) kai oe eaobs 9, 943
Ome sede. == oc <cmecccs JARO SSB AcoesSSe Colo. aydenes secre == 9, 500
Blue Mountain’ ....-..-...--- Sevier Plateau ..| Utah .--.| Powell ....-. .. 11, 071
Mount Bonneville ..-........ Qnaqui ---- ----- INGWere- = IIe GH Soo0Bho6 = 11, 200
Mount Bonpland .........--. E. Humboldt ....| Nev ----. IKGhive Se eae. 11, 321
HSU ScONMRC Meenas secs ch sl socwem baa kes = = see Calkecees Wheeler ...-...-- 6,519
ona crplncnikeemnae cee se ea an| bo ome ee oe ce meer Colofesce Wheeler .-.-..-- 12, 417
Boundary Peak.........--.--| Sangre de Cristo | Colo. .... iMaiyden: ccc. =- 12, 840
Ext OSM Sas sea ccs t's a Seid wend passcoc Colon Haivdene.--s.e- 11, 274
Breckenridge Mountaim.-.-.-|.....-_----.----- Calne Wheeler ...-.. -- 7,418
Mama h Bra’ 2). 2. .ee =. - Markagunt Pla- | Utah ....| Powell ........- 11,178
teau.
ISPD NDS IEG RIK She pee eee | ae eel etter Witahi eee ie owelle e-mees oi 5, 392
airalowecake ss so2.ck Sct 5 ct W. Humboldt... -.| Nev ....- RONG 22 = ce ceee 8, 387
MMII VOUMbAIM sects tess |2cces rcs cee = Seer INGWie eee Wiheéeler c= s.5- 9, 040
iotanleee a Wl Dee eee eee Royale =a Nev. <2: Wiheeleneee esa 11,735
‘CIC Eon eee @ortezere ores Nev -.--- RON Ge oc je ene n 8, 035
Crain) 12h) ee eee ees Cortezicee. case INGW eee: King Soot scssice 7,754
Me OplaGa Ken eae cosas ttt | scose -c bcos eee N. M.....| Wheeler .......- 9, 390
Cedar Mountains 2222 52225622) 2.2..62225%% SoTL ING vaomeae MEM oo oui == 6, 500
CenimaliRealke. 22 .sc-cs-2--- JOPHRNG) co55c0 ce Wryoe.-- King Bocas cisies ae 8, 774
Cerro Gordo Peak .--.....:::| Grapevine .----. ING Viren cme Wheeler -.---..- 9, 432
Wlramanr Peake as es... os kSSs Sania ee GOlOwsaae Wheeler ..--.. -- 12, 248
ChatayaPeak.csoce ees acu Pahite 2+ seer Nevesiee: |} Kang is225.. 520. 7,766
rhadelwbeale 25.2 ese ose; Raft River.---.: ietioe \kine..<. 2. 20.28 6, 700
Playton’s Peak Jie woscse. .--- Wahsatch .....- Giese ale ania eee Sea Se 11, 889
BEC ONC mae. 2. | 262 Je ee Nea Wheeler -.-.---- 12, 690
Wonejos Peak..castauebcs..-- (east: 255 4eeeeee Calee eis. Wheeler .....-.- 2, 565
Gianej0S Pealon)cieeecis .--- Sam Juan -:-bsu. Golo; -...| Hayden-<2:.%--- 13, 183
@ortez Peako2 2 sseeeeis = --- Cortezicceses A SeeNGNTL 3. == King =. Sete. 8, 363
Grigsy Head -.-.........-.--| Pine Valley - =... Itai. -..| Powell .-...--. 8, 250
Cub. MiGmirbaim seers 2 ott: Pront22 22 eeeee Colow =. piiatyderes. + cos] Osos
Pucamones Peale doewegits.-.|..cces sciebe aaeere Gals... Wheeler.-<2-. =. 8, 529
Snorno Verde Pealueeves ua, .| dah seeees ooeee Colo. -.-- Wheeler....---- 12, 305
My alwony Peak fe Swe son <2 Cortezmaes eee. IN@V2s--- King 5-0 swmcieon | eee
Mount Dalton ...........---| Sevier Plateau ..| Utah ....| Powell .--..-.-- 10, 480

466 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.
MOUNTAIN PEAKS AND RANGES—Continued.
Cordilleras of North America—Continued.
State or . Alti-
Name. Range. Territory. Authority. dailen
Feet.

Mount Delano............-... Prshiar e255 5505 Utah*-..| Powell) 2-22 ee 12, 159
Mount Dellenbaugh ...-..-...- Shiwits Plateau | Utah ....| Powell .......-. 6, 650
Del Norte Peak..---..----.-- San Juan ......- Colo....-| Wheeler .......-| 13,084
ERASE 2,000 to

Diamond: Range. 2222. J cols sees eet Nev. 0.1 king ease eee oe
y valley.
Dunn’s Peak 222k. 8e-ceeicee leeseeeeiee ee eticene Colo...-. Wheeler -----.5- 13, 502
Halesh ealcnee seis asst Eont|eees-ce eee Colo..... Hayden. ..--..-- 8, 440
Eagle River Peak.-........<. Park Sys 3k4t Colo....- Hayden: —s2fsee 12, 648

: 5, 0

BeantRanees.o ceg aspen tree ee teneemece sees Nev ..--. Kang 2202 cose ; above

ase.
sblizabeth Peak tas sometimes! Geena ee ee et ees Wh die sode Wheeler 2222 eee 12, 491
Mount Bilen 23222222 ee | elenty see a ita =.) "Powells. eeeee 11, 389
Mount Ellsworth ........---.| Henry ..-..---.. Witah ===) "Powelly= 2522 ees= 8, 280
HSCODAS Peds sscn weenie se fails eae cae wee Ries ING Wheeler ..-.-..- 8, 278
Hscudillaaeeake so oacewe ais ce ells & oe oie ee lateneiatetel| Sees wee ‘Wheeler ....-..- 10, 691
Euclid Peak..-.-...--------- Fountain Head) Nev ....-| King .-....5...- 7,725
Hills.
Eugene Peale. 2) .2..-.----| Hugsene..s2s-. Neve eee. | Kone eee 7,548
Ra VeWs Peas... 66.-- | LOARO seme oes Neves enes King =o. ape 8, 199
Farnum’s Peak ..-.-...-..--- IKON eeeero soe Colo2 ~~.) Hayden) 2 sees 11, 400
Fish Lake Mountain. ......-.| Unkapagu ..-.--. Utahns. -| Powell 222 sssees 11, 578
Freeman’s Peak ....---..-...| Front 22... -... Colo.....| Hayden ..-.... --| 11,600
GUSHUIM ose eee col Ske b ess San Juan...-..-- Colo. .--. Wheeler ......-. 13, 190
GubsonbPenkisrscfss bike esi oe ees boat ae ee Colo....- Wheeler -.--.... 138, 729
Galison/s | CLest sede. seca cece es Unkapagu ...-.-. Utah .-..| Powell 222. cpee 11, 000
Cilacienmibeikes sc. ccc ese Bronteeeehieee ee: Colo. ..-. | Hayden! 2: s22es 12, 654
GllacienrPealksee oc Sue coe ki So ee aye Colo. .- Wheeler .-...---. 13, 360
Globe Peak......-.--..--..-- Moyabermceneseres Nev .. Wiheeler s2sseeee 11, 237
Golden Peak :-.......----.-- rontieeee. eases Colo....-| Hayden -.----.... 9, 650
GosimtesPeale <2. so 25. on sels Ga bee eee ee IN@V.- 2. | Kine Soccer 10, 491
GrandsPealkes es. o ee cece ee ==) OQ UO Pi aieee ce) NCI) sarap a) TNC) Ong ee eerie 8, 307
Guin Mountain. 2- --. ...2:.2 Prontieesen sess Colo. ....| Wheeler ....---. 11, 589
Gniggvebeakisfeo.i co. Je cac2.2|22e0 ae aeeeee eee Cal's... Wheeler ..---.-- 11, 723
elcome eo. 25 Sas). s eis | On eee Nev =| RG eee 11, 298
Heber Mountain. ........-.--| Wahsatch ...-.. ital 2: anager 10, 138
Eelmethbeakst2s. 2-22 22 a latapeseeee Colo. Hayden \-- seas 12, 042
Hermano Peak. .....-.--.----| La Plata ....--. Colo..... Hayden ......-- 9,014
Hesperu’s Peak......-.---.--| La Plata...--..- Colo....-| Hayden ..--.... 13, 159
Mount Hilgard ......-...--.- Unkapagu ..--... Utah ....| Powell .-------- 11, 453
Mount Hillers ......-.--.-... Henry. 22e25se-2 Utah -.--| Powell -........ 10, 645
Mount Horebs =. Sos 220. 1. eis ee ee re (Wiialnase = ine. eee 7, 831

Humphrey’s Peak (Mount San
FMAM GISEO) wierccnyee Sos 2254|2. Leer ACH) Mea Wheeler -. .----- 12, 562
ehunieanmewbealaceces tc -.6 35] .cn0 See eee eae Wolo: :22:) Wheeler -2 2252 13, 565
ThenpaheMounitaims =. 2 -)-5 22. -|\0 <2) e seer cies Never 222: Kone 2.) sce dee
ity) [eGR Re se ahd oobooo boos EIKO Ee Sososoac- News t2:2| Ming =....22 eee 11, 337
Jemes i Mounbainises-Se cee. -|-.osls cee cee eee NGM. 2 3.2 Wheeler: = <2eee 9, 534
emns Peake: wetaeeeeiee se c< os |asaw celery ose euweee N. M.---- Wheeler..... -..- 8, 569
Joes Peake: see eee eal eld oe Seo eee Galea ies: Wheeler... ==: =. 9, 712
Karparowitz Peak. ...--.-.-.| Karparowitz....| Utah ....} Powell .--.--.-- 9, 095
Katharine’s Peak .......----. Pahvanteesesees Utah ....| Powell -....-.--.-| 9,902
ae
Kenosha Cones ..--.--..----- Promb) 2.28 see Colo..--.| Hayden ....---. i on
d

Kit Carson’s Peak ....--..... Sangre de Cristo | Colo. ...- Hayden ..--..,-- 14, 100
Walk enRealkees seco sememermemeliameteiciciclclera re ateretae NeMess52 Wheeler ......-- 12, 405
; 3,000 to

DuakesRange. 23.0 eyeae oe) aes bees Ue hee Nevense=: King so. 2 aes | aa

GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS.

MOUNTAIN PEAKS AND RANGES—Continued.

Cordilleras of North America—Continued.

Piiion Range

No. 3.]
Name. Range.
Wakeside Mountains! s222 122. |$islo.... ste tee le
ap Monbe beak — 25-125 4---| Uinta... ...-
aneslings -Pedkccaogce ess tso-\-4ss5s2ses0 + sees
Ile, “GD ECE SRS Gers oe ee ae
ewaston’ Peak --.. -.--.-2--. Oquirches 2-2
Little Creek Peak ...........| Markagunt Plat.
Wee redic- -- on. )-namer co -- Uinkaret ...... -
Mone iC One: ---/-55s,4-.060 6+. - San Juan -...-..
TL GING) LECH et are ene ra Wahsatch ......
Lookout Mountain -.-.--...-.}| Gosiute ---22.-2-
Lost Park Mountain--....-.. Mromiby 22 2cscreses
MereoieiPeako. 2. ssc. -,.0-62- Seetoya -.-.-.--
' Mahogany Peak -......-.-.--. Boras SS ors ser siarets
Metlawarbeale 20.2 2. 2s... Coastiene esate
Marmot Peaks. 220 bsee. ole. Pathe Stee yee
Marysvale Peak -.......----. Sevier Plateau..
Mount Marvine...--.-....-.- Unkapagu ......
Matinango Peak....--...-.... Darya eee ee
hile CHeliilein, IEC kees ei aes Se [ee ea ee
Meadow Mountain...---...... Sierra Nevada -
lwieia'ls Peel <j Ges see SSoseeeel ipo SoSeeeeocsesoSe
Midget Crest ......---..---.. husharescsenes
MoleenePeak 2.2... ---»------ Blkowsssos. See
Monmnoe, Pealkesss. 22.022. ee: Sevier Plateau --
Moumbi: Moses 222 222.2... Fish Creek..----
Musinia Peak -..-.........-.} Musinia Plateau.
Naemmienhor beak o:2) Jou. Soc}.2 258. -oscse cd:
INainmle’s| Peaks: 222 22.2.2. Seetoyaics.- 2:22
Nein O MOUNTAIN. 25a2% 22-26-2275. ss cee Secs
New York Mountain .----.--- Inyo ssses eee
GrodeleNitoReak.. 28. .2s-|-2-- 5.2555. = 6
Olancha Peak <-:-2 /.22----.. Sierra Nevada
Old Bony Mountain.----.-... Coasttecssct see
OmiberVOuntaims o-- 2+ s2-5--|-2--s0- cee s cece
Oquitrh Mountains ......---.|---. ------ -----. -
| (Omiilbenks: 123 55a SA ee eee ee aeeeocr ice
Grmsby, Peak. =. 22. <5 s2-0-:-- Virginia ......-.
Osctord’ Peak, ...... .22.-=)--- - iPeqnope--see=ee
Dn crise) 12 Ge fee Se ee ee eee
Pausupp) Ranve i... =. /.----|--s-05 ------ --<5
NGESONMANCC ences... o-- = |'-s-nce--5-- sane
alefapeeak.s sleet ce cetih so el COAST .-15 rashes
Pass Mountain .---...------.. Muga Gaoeas coo
SOTA Leake see ene eee oe oo. | CATTISO sce oo
Peavine Mountain -.......-.. Virginia ..---.--.
leoin@ EGR (aon UR eh eee. 5 en
Mom Pennele; 22222222... Jal ba eeaeees boc
obeRea le. 2 ase ese ee Ombe Gases
Pine Valley Mountain-..---.-. Pine Valley -....

State or

Territory. Authority.
Witalpese| Kon ows sae ee
Utah? =. |iinoes se eee
IN Mia tee Wheeler ..---...
Colozt=: Wheeler .... ....
Utah ....| Wheeler .... -...
Utah aes) Rowell: sae
Utah ....| Powell et
Colors=; || Hayden-2-osce-
Utah ....| King - ait
ING eee Kang) = asso
Colonie. Havdenicose0 <2
Neviesees KG Oa creas
INGwaeee Kamla 2 = Se neguey
Calieaes: Wheeler ......--
Colo¥3-2- | Haydent 4552-5 4:
Utahte ss] trowelles s-es6- =
Utahes: 5) Powells 2452222
INN oe eoall Waoeeligie Wee eae
Colos=24; Wiheeler 22552. 2:
Galen. Wheeler ....----
Colosas=4 Wheeler ......-.
Witaliasss Rowell sane:
Ney . J... LiGin? ase Selene
Utah Powelleseo se. 3 =
Utah ..:2} Wheeler .._.....
(itaihrs 222" Powell seo) =
NS Me asae Wheeler ....-.--
INeves Karon see os
JNMGVAS Ben Rowellte ven 22.
Neves sal wineelen 22. = 2.
Ne Mess? Wheeler ........
Calera Wheeler ...--- ?
Calter = Wiheeler™=- =. -.-
Nye sa2 ala ee aS eee
Nevis 325- LiGhae a eseorsaecer
Nee so Wheeler... ...---
NGI Boon | Mnia Sap oeeas
INGA? 2S 5a) Liye ee eee
Colo. ....| Wheeler .... - (a2
INGEN? AG Ske || A ecine e Ae
New 222: Ramone ss eames
Caltrans Wheeler .-.---- --
Colo..... iciyden: 22. -----
Np Miaces Eaten =...) .---
EY geaee BU) eee ese
Nevens-- Kain ose <tc
(Oiahhs2s-\"Powell) .... 2...
Utah ....| Wheeler ...--. --
igh, .--| Powell =2.554-2
Nev ..-.-. HGWNE joao ccc:

467

Alti-
tude,

Feet.
6, 500,
average
12, 892
8, 950
11, 654
10, 623
9, 971
7,950
12, 761
11, 295
9, 645
11, 800
8, 167 ©
9, 241
2, 320
11, 600
10, 359
11,598
8, 845
13, 842
11, 734
13, 393
11, 414
7, 339
11, 240
8, 725
10, 764

468

BULLETIN UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL

SURVEY.

MOUNTAIN PEAKS AND RANGES—Continued.

Cordilleras of North America—Continued.

Name.

Range.

Pintado Peak

Pinto) Peakts 2 s2.cen-senle= = PUL OM sie/ve is soe
Placer Mountain =. 6222 2225/22 S22 222222. ce2
Platte Pulpit: 222-2 S222... 222 Prony sess .ess.22
Poston Reaksss5. .s2--eesses Toyaibe +4222.
Prospect Hill. .22-22 222.2... Hrontess2ees foes
Prospect Beakess.. see. se seenn| meee cas sses aah
Provo Peano. see So. coces Wahsatch ..----
Ptarmigan VPealke, 220 2u2052222| Park 2222225.2%'¢
AVato RAVER AAMC eS = eee nee cate = sas oleae
Railroad Peak. -----. 22+. -.-. Cortez s22= 5252 2.
Raven’s Nest Peak.....-..-..- Pinon 223332462
RedsPeals 2. oc.cee eee fos o) Parks 228552 25
Rhyolite Peak~.....-2.222-< =: Hrontpessea2 2 ses
Roebert/stPeale ese ee ves. cac Pin ons = sess
Rose Mountain ...-...-----.. Owiyheersssssse2

Round Mountain
San Antonio Peak --

Sierra Nevada ..

San Antonio Mountain. .---.. Sierra Nevada .--
Sandvameakacnes UE Ee canal eee ose saeeeae
San Fernando Peak.-..-.-..... Coast ss.cee
Sanmrdtan! Needless seaeeies </\os|||temieciesesene sete
SanwMateo Peak 22 ee ects s 3 pamicwreiels cosa aerate
Sante Fé Peak. .----.- aE AS ED PRES
Sanuailé Baldy Peak «coe 5 ol icpese en seecleees
Somieay Jamiiscssssace4seues|| LNKDN Gsees5 550
Seetoya 1 BXeEN heeleapetaes mitt at Seetoya- .----...-
Shoshone Peak .-....--..2--- Shoshone -..-.-.--.
ren@ameil IReH sSoeces seeees coc Carriso ---.-.--.
rimmel IHeGi/ Sees ueosee co 5456 = Havillah ....-..-
Slomal Bute 2s\2e cece serene Hayden Park -..
ciigsia, Peak 202 se cco: ee Serene d
Spanish Peak (west) Sse se ct Sangre de Cristo.
Spamish) Peak--.25: 2-2-2. ss: Virgi HME eee siee
Spruce Mountain ..........-. Pequop Buea
Sirarebeas pes. =a mec mnia W. Humboldt-..
MET SPC AIK 2's a: in ain. ie cintein'n)|/s eee ee ene
Slomyeealceo-. Sess 5 32-052 Shoshone Mesa
Stormy (Peak, ..--.. gis 0-/-/-.2- Bron .s293s262
SHES) (PHC NS Seen ss ere eae Battlet.a24550603
Sues ene ER eee eee eee Bronh .sssss0s20%
Sumdaynheak ee os ecko oi] bas coon
Sunday eRealks 55.5 eke caja) oe eerste
Mitzi) Iemic see 6 bade Goce a56e Sangre de Cristo
“it OreNGHinS) IReAie = Coe po decedes||peeees seeccd sec
Warossma edie =. =e \-) = Pahwte ieee aee
Pamryalil® Cals Saas nie sete ls. .- Frontesceeeoeeee
Mount; Parlor cess eecinse l= = .| .-s secrete sae
‘Nelescope Peale 42 seeees.|. Telescope Paes
Penabo Peak: —= 3-2. aise = Cortez 62 se5 eee
Terrace Mountains. -2--2. ----|.--2..-----+:-2-6:
Terrell’s Ridge .-..-..----- ..| Unkapagu ..----

Menllaweeaks sees see TAY aC DAR GA eR PUT TSR

Tétons
Mount Thomas

Thousand Lake Mountain

Thunder Butte

Thunder Peak . -

Sangre de Cristo-
Sierra Blanea ---

State or ‘
Territory. Authority.
Colo-..... Hayden .->---.-
Nev .. King’. Soa
N. ---| Wheeler...... ..
Colo..... Hayden .. 2.22.
Nev? 5222 Wheeler ...--...
Colo..... Hayden .--_.---
Colo....: Wheeler ....-..-
Utah ..:.| Wheeler...-..--
Colo. ..-- Hayden ...--.--
Idaho Aging Ree eae
NGy 22222 Kane) so 222s eeeee
INév) 25255 (ane ee sees
Colonss=* Hayden ...-..-.-
Colo: :22:) Hayden 23253222
INOviesa: Kino 22a eee
INGA, 6 a5e5 Keno = 223s eee
Colo....-| Wheeler ...-.. ..
Calis se sa: Wheeler ....-..-
NOM? 2222\(Wheeleri222225
N. M .-..| Wheeler ..--...-
Cal eas a Wheeler ...-..--
Colo..... Hayden ..-.-...
N. M ....| Wheeler ..--

N. M ....| Wheeler ........
N. M ....| Wheeler ......-..

Colos 7-2. |)Hayden -eeeae es
Nei ci. - King). oo. ieee
Ney; ==. = 2) KOM) - 2 aeeeeer
AT IZ eee Wheeler .......-
INGWielecl King .o-cieaee aes
Colocess- Hayden ........
Colo. .... Wheeler ..-.-...
Colo..-.- Wheeler ....-...
IN@Vi see | ONG" ere seer
Nev) 32-4 kame S2 e ees
Nev: 2ivn-s) Kang se
Colo Wheeler ...--..-
Nev: <20- King. ..222522=52
Colo. .....-.| Hayden ...22528
Nev King: - 2.2555. 5 558
Colo... Hayden ...--..--
Calis! Wheeler ..---.-.
N. M ....| Wheeler ......--
N. M ....| Wheeler ...... ..
N. M ....| Wheeler ..---. --
Nev: ..-- UG eSeSs Gs
Colo..... Hayden Peres Be
INeEMee |) Wheeler 4.50 aame
Ney ..--.| Wheeler........
ING = S505 Kan 2) eee
Witaheees | Kins ease
Utah...) Powell .-.-2. ..-
N. M ....| Wheeler ....-...
Colo. ...- Wheeler,.-52.22
Colo. ....| Wheeler ......-.
Utah ....| Powell ....-.-.-
Colo. ...- ‘Hayden eee
N. M ...-| Wheeler...2.:-:

[ Vol. V.

No. 3.] GANNETT’S ADDITIONAL LISTS OF ELEVATIONS. 469

MOUNTAIN PEAKS AND RANGES—Continued.

Cordilleras of North America—Continued.

State or F Alti-
Name. Range. Territory. Authority. ee.

Z Feet.
Timpanogos Mountain ..-.... Wahsatch ....-. Cheb yee Rares Ses eee 11, 957
MEMMmBeL CAG sciences ec [ete papain Siew ic oe = ATA oe Wheeler -.-... .. 7,364
Pita lle hae aly its Ne es |e OE i Pe (Ohia es Wheeler ...--. -- 7, 022
BROCE Cas 5.050.502 wrens Oquienh{eeesee se Utah |...) Wheeler :.-... 10, 396
firesprlenmanos Peake so.) oo) oo ee cece cee - N. M Wiheeler 2222-7 7,251
Pirimenenapee awe el! ote eee EEL) ee ING Vinee ites lem aes ace 13, 681
inimibyp ed. 2550 o.e ects Montezuma. "Nev ---~.) Kane 22 2) aeie ste neo
Hirouplesome Peak - 22. .).25--.|..0... 22.2.2 202% Colozee=: Hayden’ 2222-2. 11, 500
ipeuasmned ke sesso cote NS Nee Wheeler sh) ce ee 13, 750
2,500 to

CPT REG Pues Se Se a nee Neva eeeet errors sees peal
Mera teetmpatl....-.-/...: Uinkaret Plateau| Utah ....| Powell ........- 8 187
tind ton ee Sa Wahsateh ...... Witte ls Kau one cece 11, 560
Uncompahgre Peak......-.-. ‘Shin diwehn &oassce Colos=- Wheeler ...-..-- 14, 408
Wipriyer Peak:.<-....-...---.- Wllkoges = aceene NOW. == aI esac alanine oe 620
IDG PORE cote SeSQ COS SEO Rese! Cee eee eae Coloz=55:| Wheeler 22. 2-)- 10, 152
WD 1am a es ares Wahsatch ..... Utah ees.) meme e ee se reso 8, 067
Wie pred == ac cs--- 2 =5-- Bl ait6.. 1s o2 252 || COLO tose. |tayOenl (Sa. 9, 884
MeHaGOVRede 2c. — 40 -.5--.---- Sangre de Cristo.| Colo. ..-. Hayden) )-2o2. -- 12,800
MTT Eee) ke ae Tg GS Sa oe Sone Witalhyeser sowie sma se) 8, 000
NemsimiapPeaikr 3.20.2. e. eee IMO Sassoo ban. Colox222- iMiavd ene =<.-- 10, 600
\Venlkeaih (CREST) GS Ca eae eae eee ea ee Colo. ....| Wheeler ..-.-... 13, 971
WO MMTNMASMING TON... .25 cic |ssccee sec. - 25 Caleaoeee Wheeler ......-.| 10,802
Mer cObapbealkees ss e506 tcc locecscasee eos eect Caley s ce Wiheeler.2 3.2.2: 11, 261
MyeneuybiPeal .._..-...--6: Grapevine ..-.... Nev) = 522. INS SSonQ ogee 8, 528
WinalenPeakaes os... sec. soe. IBLOnbyssseeoeee Colo. ...-. Hiaydentele so 13, 104
Diiiinetocembeakger esc ss. wc |.sccice <sestes sae Colo=<=--)|) Haydeni=. 7-2 --- 11, 493
Whine Granite Mountain .....|-..-2. .----.2--s- Calhessss|pWiheeleree =. sas. 7, 045
Whitney’s Peak (sic)..--.-.-- Sierra Nevada ..| Cal..---. Wiheelere==a-- 2. 14, 448
Winnemucca Peak. ....-----. sanocs cesses ccon|| NOW sence Kan pee sees. Jel) (62600

Passes in the Cordilleras.

MES EMMMCME es nteoc= Sess acces] ETOnt .-.. 2.2.2) Coloma. Wihteelen aes =-25| 1d o+2co
JUROR a0 Go eee Parle ssce5s-eee Colo- ==... Wheeler’.:-.....- 11, 445
ibaa OMe soe 5 5600 SSS Se ne Eee cs aha CologeesaiWwiheclerss”scs 2. 11, 606
Bre@kennidgena.-)\s--s-.- ses ese Sehbooon wee ce Coloma MWnGClOne ns 75 -)-- 11, 503
(CHIOM pe aco me oceeCeee neers San Bernardino -| Cal..--.. Wheeler .-....-- 4,195
CemaGordol ss 432 .2o55% cess Sierra Nevada ..| Cal....-. Wheeler ....-.-.- 8, 874
(CINCIC TRIS AGE ease ee sa ae voces cle eee COLOP asa I NMHC OLOIN. c= 22... 9, 994
AoE UO REC Mme eee wie ais s|\s2eis ce occicte sabes Colozeee= Wheeler ........ 9, 654
IS TSS) ee ee IPinonheeseedssae INGWieee ee One Tete: oes lt. 8, 028
REOEPIOae alt cheass cee cee} IBTON sss == eee Colo..... Wheeler .... ..-- 11,770
TEAGOOE. SC OSS Ont Ce Ean eee oe Coloss-se Wheeler .2 22... 12, 263
POS Cleese sevens Se cceic oc- os Parks j2otececeee Coloze.-- Wheeler .....--- 11,517
Lineman), CREA d AE Sahont eee eee sie ese c Coloza--- NWiheelor 2: =|. c=. 9, 803
IWGS Gos ep eeceet aCe aaa Moanovasseetaeee WAY 6 aoal WG Se eee 6, 672
Gale: Oreck: ciecccccs e=2-e 5 | Sawatch........ Colo... ..}| Wheeler ........ 12, 226
Wone’s Canon 2252.2. 5-.-.. - Sangre de Cristo | Colo. ....| Wheeler .--.-.-. 8, 402
MEK Gy’ Seize se cie/ce == 2505 Pahute es sseenee INGA? Soi Se) at ORR BS eae ace 5, 592
NSC (TINIE RS gamed cece Soe e EEE CEE ee eae Has —e Colo. -. =: Wheeler .... .-.- 13, 308
WON Caine ae cicoe cee ee ees. = Sangre de Cristo | Colo-..-. Wheeler ..-. .... 9, 787
gh OTN 4-3. selon eee. oan Pinonyssseeseeeee ING\ Ae eeae LEGIT) acs ccdse 6, 533
Gis Seysiciains ce scisuaeeee woes = Sangre de Crisio | Colo. -.... Wheeler .....:=5. 9, 848

470

BULLETIN UNITED

STATES GEOLOGICAL

MOUNTAIN PEAKS AND RANGES—Continued.
Passes in the Cordilleras—Continued.

Name.

wee wwe ee ee ee eee eee wees

San Gorgonio-----2.---2.-2-..
Sangre de Cristo
Spring Valley
Sunset Gap
oh ILE We Yrs ee peep aE ed eT a
Tennessee x 25) oe oe eee
Trout Creek
Twin Creek
VAS USD Stas eee No cee eee deters
Washington
Weston’s

wees eee e cones
eee eee ee ee weces

wees ce ee es cee eee =

eres cee ees seeece &

Range.

Sangre de Cristo
W. Humboldt -.--

eee eee coe =

ee i or

ecrcee et wees

SURVEY.

State or i
Territory. Authority.
Colo. .... | Wheeler ......-.
Cale thes Wheeler ......--
Coloze=s: Wheeler .... --
IN@Wie ose Kong) 2-5 eeeee
Ariz ....| Wheeler ........
N.M ....| Wheeler ........
Color ees. Wheeler .....--.
Colo. .... Wheeler ......--
Colo.....| Wheeler ......--
Colozeee- Wheeler .......-
ATiz, £2>-| Wiheelerecessees
Colozes-- Wheeler .....--.

[ Vol. V.

Art. XXHI.—Gemeric Arrangement of the Bees allied
to Melissodes amd Anthophora.

By W. H. Patton.

The object of the present paper is to bring to light a number of char-
acters either unemployed hitherto by English writers or entirely new,
to describe several new generic types, and to relieve the American cata-
logue of a part of the confusion which has been caused by the recent
description of a multitude of species without regard to their affinities
or generic position.

The genera here treated may be divided into two groups, to which the
names Hucerw and Anthophore may be applied. Plistotrichia Morawitz,
an Algerian genus said to resemble Tetralonia, does not appear to have
been sufficiently well described to have its position determined. The
Brazilian genus Moneca Lepel. et Serv., with the inner spur of the pos-
terior tibiz serrate (‘‘ visiblement dentée en scie”), appears to be related
to Aneyloscelis rather than to Melissodes. All Hucere and Anthophoree
examined by me have both spurs of the posterior tibia, as well as the

spur of the intermediate tibie, channelled above and with both the edges
finely eae

EUCERZ.

Paraglosse as long as the iabial palpi, setaceous, ciliate on one side;
labial palpi wing-margined, the first joint the longest, the third joint
not continuous with the second; maxillary palpi with the basal joint
appressed to the maxilla and incrassate, the second joint attached ob-
liquely, the maxillary palpi not distinctly flattened. Border of the
labrum not thickened or deflexed. Ocelli in a line or curve. Wings
uniformly pubescent, the limb finely punctured; stigma small; marginal
cell lanceolate, not appendiculate; origin of the first recurrent nervure
beyond the origin of the cubitus. Posterior tibize with an enclosure at
the base in both sexes. In the male the antenne elongate and the
clypeus more or less yellow.

A. Two submarginal cells.
EUCERA Scop.

Maxillary palpi six-jointed.
There exists an undescribed genus, closely allied to Eucera, having

only four joints in the maxillary palpi. ai

472 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.¥.

4

B. Three submarginal cells, the third longer than broad, and much
narrowed towards the marginal.

MELISSODES Latr.

Type: elissodes rustica (Say) Smith.

Maxillary palpi four-jointed, the fourth joint often minute; first joint
of the labial palpi twice as long as the second; labrum rounded ante-
riorly and either notched, sinuate, truncate (in some males), or entire
(bimaculata $2); elypeus rarely elevated (desponsa); mandibles entire
at the tip (in ¢ desponsa notched); antenne of the male as long as the
thorax (texana) or longer; inner claw of the posterior tarsi of the male
longer than the outer claw and its tooth often smaller (in desponsa the
claws alike); claws of the four posterior tarsi in the female armed with
a Short, stout tooth which is nearly parallel to the claw; two apical seg-
ments of the male abdomen armed with lateral teeth; enclosure on the
seventh segment of the male of moderate width, notched on each side
just before the tip; externo-medial nervure of the anterior wings ob-
liquely, not abruptly, bent back just beyond the origin of the first re-
current nervure; basal lobe of the posterior wings extending nearly to
the apex of the submedial cell; scopa of the posterior legs in the female
long, dense, and plumose or matted.

he female of this genus may be easily distinguished by the great
size of the pollen-brush, which somewhat resembles that of Diadasia.

TETRALONIA Spin.

Syn. Macrocera Latr. from Spin. MSS. (nec Meigen).
Type: Macrocera antennata (Latr.).

Maxillary palpi five-jointed ; mandibles entire at the tip. It is proba-
ble that the genus presents the following characters also: bend of the
externo-medial nervure not abrupt; basal lobe of posterior wings ex-
tending to the middle of the submedial cell; scopa on posterior tibie
in the female long and dense ; labrum notched.

Latreille, who first described Tetralonia (under the preoccupied name
Macrocera), states that the maxillary palpi are five-jointed.* A new
name becomes necessary for those species with six joints in the maxil-
lary palpi, notwithstanding that both Lepeletier and Smith have given
the latter character to Tetralonia; for Spinola, in changing the name
Macrocera to Tetralonia, gave no description of the genus, but adopted
it from Latreille as it stood.

* But in the Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland; Observ. de Zool. ct @ An. Comp. vol. i,
p. 283 (1811), Latreille mentions the genus Macrocera with the single species J.
antennata Spin., and gives the following generie characters: ‘‘Palpes maxillaires
wayant que cing articles distincts; le sixt’me presque nue ou peu apparent. (Trois
cellules sous-marginales.)” In the Hneycl. Meth. (1825), the genus is quoted from La-
treille’s Nouv. Diction. @hist. nat. 2° édit.

No. 3.) PATTON ON CERTAIN BEES. 473

XENOGLOSSA Smith.

Type: X. fulva Smith, C. H. B. M. ii, 315; pl. vii, f. 8, 9; pl. xii, f. 7 maxilla, f.8 wing.

In Smith’s description of Xenoglossa there are only two characters
which do not apply to the genus Melissodes as well—the five-jointed
maxillary palpi and the loose scopa of the posterior tibize. The descrip-
tion and figure of the antennz may mean anything or nothing, and the
statement that the claws are “ bifid” is, as his figure shows, incorrect. As
pruinosa agrees with the description in all essential points, there ought
to be no doubt of its belonging to the genus. Yet, as Iam unacquainted
with the type of the genus, it is with some hesitation that I have referred
pruinosa to Xenoglossa.

XENOGLOSSA PRUINOSA.
Macrocera pruinosa Say, Bost. Jour. N. H. i, 405.

This species presents the following generic characters. Maxillary palpt
Jivejointed, second and third joints subequal, fourth and fifth joints sub-
equal and together equal in length to the third, the fifth joint slender;
first joint of the labial palpi little longer than the second ; labrum trans-
verse quadrate, notched in the middle; clypeus elevated; mandibles
of the female entire, of the male bidentate at the tip; antenne of the
male reaching to the base of the abdomen; posterior tarsal claws of the
male alike; tarsal claws of the female armed with a slender and straight
tooth, which stands free from the claw; apical segments of the male
abdomen unarmed, enclosure on the seventh segment broad; externo-
medial nervure not abruptly bent back just beyond the origin of the
first recurrent nervure; basal. lobe of the posterior wings extending
nearly to the apex of the submedial cell; scopa of the posterior legs in the
Jemale long, thin, and finely plumose.

The loose scopa seems particularly adapted to retain the large, spiny
globes which form the pollen of the pumpkin. In the blossoms of this
plant these bees delight to revel.

SYNHALONIA RD. g. (cbv4 ddwvia).
Syn. Macrocera Lepel. (nec Latr.).
Syn. Zetralonia Smith (nee Spin.).
Type: S. fulvitarsis.

Maxillary palpi sicjointed; first joint of the labial palpi twice as long
as the second; clypeus elevated (little elevated in albata) ; labrum trans-
verse quadrate, notched in the middle; antenne of the male greatly
lengthened; tip of the mandibles slightly notched or bidentate (acerba
and edwardsii excepted?); apical segments of the male abdomen not
dentate (or in honesta and albata the sixth segment armed with a small
tooth), the enclosure on the seventh segment narrow ; claws of the pos-
terior tarsi of the male alike (excepting in edwardsii, which has the inner
claw longer than the outer, but its tooth of the same length as in the
outer claw); claws of the four posterior tarsi in the female armed with a
short and stout tooth, which curves away from the claw; externo- medial

474. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

nervure of the fore wing bent abruptly back just beyond the origin of
the first recurrent nervure; basal lobe of the posterior wings extending
only to the middle of the submedial cell; scopa of the posterior legs of the
female short, dense, and not conspicuously plumose.

SYNHALONIA FULVITARSIS.
3, Melissodes fulvitarsts Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 196.

?, Length 12™™, Black, the mandibles sometimes with a testaceous
spot near the tip, clypeus with the punctures distinct; the pubescence
of the head black, a tuft on the vertex ochraceous, the thorax above
and the first segment of the abdomen clothed with ochraceous pubes-
cence, the second segment with a more or less distinct band of pale
pubescence, tip of the abdomen fuscous; legs black, anterior tarsi pice-
ous towards the tip, the puhescence beneath fuscous, the pubescence on
the intermediate tibiz externally tinged with fulvous, the intermediate
tarsi pale piceous, clothed with fulvous pubescence, posterior tibie, ex-
cept at base, and the posterior tarsi testaceous and clothed with bright
fulvous pubescence.—Como, Wyoming; 8. W. Williston.

SYNHALONIA SPECIOSA.
9 , Melissodes speciosa Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 198.

SYNHALONIA FRATER.
$ , Melissodes frater Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 197.

SYNHALONIA HONESTA.

S, Melissodes honesta Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iy, p. 279.

SYNHALONIA ACERBA.

©, Melissodes acerba Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. vii, p. 210.

This may be the 2 of edwardsii.

SYNHALONIA EDWARDSII.
3, Melissodes Edwardsii Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 195.

SYNHALONIA INTRUDENS.
3, Melissodes intrudens Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. yii, p. 225.

SYNHALONIA ALBATA.
$ Q, Melissodes albata Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. iv, p. 281.

S. albata differs from the other species in many particulars and should
form a distinct section of the genus. The clypeus is little elevated, the
three apical joints of the maxillary palpi form a subfusiform mass equal
in length to the third joint, the fifth and sixth joints being minute, the
mandibles in both sexes are entire at the tip, the tooth of the claws of
the four posterior tarsi in the female is straight and of moderate length,
the externo-medial nervure is not so abruptly bent in the female as in
the male, and the basal lobe of the posterior wings is as long as the sub-
medial cell. sais

No. 3.) PATTON ON CERTAIN BEES. AT5

ANTHOPHORE.

2

Paraglosse shorter than the first joint of the labial palpi, lanceolate,
not pubescent; maxillary palpi with the basal joint free from the max-
illa, in a line with the second joint and not incrassate. Labrum with a

deflexed and thickened margin (Habropoda excepted), the margin not
notched. Antenne of the male not elongated (Habropoda excepted).
Submarginal cells three.

The European genera Saropoda Latr., with five-jointed maxillary palpi
according to Latreille, or with four-jointed maxillary palpi according to
Smith, and Melliturga Latr., with six-jointed maxillary palpi, differ from

the genera here treated in having the third joint of the labial palpi con-
tinuous with the second joint. In the other genera the maxillary palpi
are six-jointed.

A. Ocelli in a line or curve; clypeus of the male not colored. Max-
illary palpi flattened; basal joints of labial palpi not wing-margined.
Pubescence of legs conspicuously plumose. Stigma present; marginal
cell lanceolate; third submarginal cell longer than broad and much
narrowed towards the marginal; origin of the first recurrent nervure
beyond the origin of the cubital nervure. Pubescence of the wings
continuous; limb of the wing not traversed by distinct lines free of
punctures representing the continuation of the cubital and externo-
medial nervures. Basal lobe of the posterior wings extending beyond.
the middle (Hmphor) or to the apex of the submedial cell.

DIADASIA n. g. (d:d-daceia).

Type: D. enavata.

9, Head small, narrower than the thorax; clypeus little elevated;
ocelli in a line; labrum with its anterior border slightly angular, ele-
vated and forming aslight tooth in the middle, the edge deflexed. Man-
dibles arising close to the eyes, unarmed. Probe8cis not elongate.
Maxillary palpi somewhat flattened, joints two and three each nearly
twice as long as the first joint, the apical joints diminishing in length.
Labial palpi with the first joint longer than the second. . Enclosure at
the base of the posterior tibie well marked; the legs with long and
dense pubescence forming the scopa; tarsal claws swollen. Anterior
wings with the stigma of moderate size; the marginal cell lanceolate,
the tip pointed but not appendiculate; second submarginal cell quad-
rate, receiving the first recurrent nervure near the apex; third submar-.
ginal cell much narrowed towards the marg inal; limb of the wing mod-
erately punctured; externo-medial nervure eatupily bent just beyond
the origin of the first recurrent nervure; anal lobe of the posterior wings
equalling the submedial cell in lesrifstith The Jateral impressed lines of
the abdominal segments indistinct; areaon the sixth segment narrow;
venter with long mid dense pnbegeaiee!

6, Antenne little longer ac in the female. Labrum with the de-

Bull. v, 3——10 .

476 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

flexed edge broader and the anterior border scarcely angulated. . Legs
stout, but not unusually long; enclosure at base of posterior tibiz not
ee pulvillus of the usual size; tooth of the claws of the four poste-
rior aie considerably shorter than the blunt claw. Pubescence on the
posterior legs dense, and as long as in Syllonia 2. -Upper surface as well
as the under surface of the abdomen with long and dense pubescence.

DIADASIA ENAVATA.
Melissodes enavata Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iv, p. 280, 9.
Melissodes ? ursina Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iv, p. 281, ¢.
Melissodes ? densa Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iv, p. 282, ¢.
DIADASIA AUSTRALIS.
Melissodes australis Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 214, ¢ 9.
DIADASIA DIMINUTA.
Melissodes diminuta Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 215, ¢.

EMPHOR 0. g. (2) + gap).

Type: Emphor bombiformis.

: Melissodes bombiformis Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 219, g¢ 9.

&, Clypeus' little elevated; ocelli in a curved line; labrum trans-
verse quadrate, the sides slightly rounded out, the anterior border form-
ing a slightly elevated ridge, the edge deflexed to form a distinct face
at right angles to the upper face, the corners not angulated. Mandibles
arising close to the eyes, unarmed, suddenly curved near the base.
Proboscis not lengthened; maxillary palpi flattened, the apiéal joints
more slender, the first, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints subequal, the second
and third each twice as long as each of the others, the second joint
with a fringe of hairs beneath near the tip; the two basal joints of the
labial palpi equal in length. Antenne reaching to the tegule. Posterior
iegs unusually long, the femora swollen, enclosure at base of tibiz not
defined, pulvillus unusually small, being minute. The pubescence of the
jegs short. Anterior wings with the stigma narrow and elongate; the
marginal cell lanceolate, with a distinct straight appendiculation ; sec-
ond submarginal cell pentagonal, narrowed towards the marginal, not
pointed at the base, but the sides symmetrical, the recurrent nervure
received in the middle; third submarginal cell longer than broad, nar-
rowed nearly one-half towards the marginal; limb of the wing coarsely
punctured ; externo-medial nervure very abruptly bent; anal lobe of
the posterior wings extending beyond the middle, but not to the apex, of
the submedial cell. Lateral impressed lines of the abdominal segments
indistinet; no area on the apical segment; pubescence of the abdomen

short and velvety.

ae g. (dvteyvia).
Tie: Entechnia taur ea.
Anthophora taurea Say, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. i, p. 410, ¢ 9.
2, Clypeus elevated; ocelli ina curved line; labrum quadrate, the
canine margin slizhela rounded out and roughened, both the lateral

*

No. 3] PATTON ON CERTAIN BEES. 477

and anterior edges abruptly deflexed, the inferior corners forming a
prominent angle; mandibles arising close to the eyes, unarmed, sud-
‘denly curved near the base. Proboscis when folded extending to the
base of the abdomen, slender; maxillary palpi flattened, first and second
joints equal, third and fourth a little shorter and nearly equal, fifth not
one-half as long as the fourth, sixth minute and much narrower than the
fifth, third and fourth joints with a dense fringe of long fine pubescence
on the lower edge; basal joints of the labial palpi slender, with a narrow
membranous margin, first joint ciliate and not half the length of the
second joint. An oval enclosure on the base of the posterior tibiz ; the
scopa long and loose; pulvillus of the usual size. Stigma of the anterior
wings small; marginal cell lanceolate, not appendiculate; second sub-
marginal cell quadrate, the recurrent nervure received between the
middle and the apex; third submarginal cell twice as long as broad,
narrowed one-half towards the marginal; limb of the wing moderately
punctured; externo-medial nervure abruptly bent; anai lobe of the
posterior wings equalling the submedial cell in length. The lateral line
on the abdominal segments slightly impressed; disk of the sixth seg-
ment with a glabrous, elevated area of a subtriangular form, the sides
of the apical portion of the area being parallel and the apex obtuse; on
each side of the tip of this area the apical segment armed with an erect,
recurved spine; ventral segment fringed with long loose pubescence.

$, The ciliation on the third and fourth joints of the maxillary palpi
very short and not conspicuous. Antenne no longer than in the female.
Enclosure at the base of the posterior tibiz not distinct; posterior legs
elongate, the femora swollen, the pubescence short. Apical segment of
the abdomen with no glabrous area and the tip not armed; pubescence
of the abdomen short.

WB. Clypeus elevated; ocelli in a triangle; clypeus of the male mostly
yellow. Maxillary palpi not flattened; basal joints of the labial palpi
broadly wing-margined, the first joint the longest. Pubescence of legs
not conspicuously plumose. Stigma obsolete; marginal cell not pointed
at apex, not greatly elongated; third submarginal cell not longer than
broad and not much narrowed towards the marginal ; origin of the first
recurrent nervure opposite the origin of the cubital nervure. Pubes-
cence of the wings confined to patches upon the basal or costal portions,
and deciduous ; limb of the wing coarsely punctured, and traversed by
distinct lines free of punctures representing the continuation of the cu-
bital and externo-medial nervures. Basal lobe of the posterior wings not
attaining the middle of the submedial cell.

; HABROPODA Smith.
Type: H. ezonata Smith.

Smith distinguished this genus from Anthophora by the following
characters: the shorter labium, the proportions of the palpi [but accord-
ing to his description of the palpi the two genera do not differ], the
longer antenne of the male, the first recurrent nervure uniting with the

"

A78 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

second transverse cubital nervure, the third submarginal cell narrowed
towards the marginal; and by the following characters represented in
his figures: the marginal cell longer, and not appendiculate. His figure
shows that in regard to the first character he was mistaken, for he had
not extended the labium. The second character also should be rejected,
as the proportionate length of the joints in the maxillary palpi varies
specifically in Anthophora, and this cannot be considered a generic
character. The species floridana and miserabilis differ from both Antho-
phora and Smith’s description of Habropoda in the joints of the maxillary
palpi, the third joint being little shorter than the second, the succeeding
joints slender and each but a little shorter than the one preceding it,
and the apical joint not “minute,” but, like the fifth joint, slender and
slightly narrowed towards the base. In all the other characters, Antho-
phora floridana Smith agrees with Habropoda, and I refer it tothat genus:
but some of the characters require modification. Some species of An-
thophora (simillima Cress. and montana Cress.) have the third submar-
ginal cell very slightly narrowed towards the marginal; in floridana,
however, the third submarginal is narrowed fully one-third towards the
marginal. In floridana, the first recurrent nervure is usually received
just within the second submarginal cell, but sometimes unites with the
transverse nervure ; the marginal cell extends as far beyond the third
submarginal cell upon the marginal vein as the latter extends beyond
the stigma. The antennez of floridana ¢ are nearly as long as the tho-
rax. In Clisodon terminalis usually, and in some species of Anthophora
rarely, the appendiculation of the marginal cell is obsolete.

The following generic characters taken from floridana may be added:
second submarginal cell quadrate, not pointed at the base. or, when the
first recurrent nervure falls short of the tip of the second submarginal
cell, very slightly pointed ; mandibles very unequally bidentate; labrum
with the anterior margin rounded and not thickened nor deflexed, the
_sides curved downwards continuously with the anterior margin, thus
giving to the upper face a subtriangular form; last abdominal segment
of the female broad and with a broad triangular enclosure on the disk,
last segment of the male with a smooth unenclosed area on the disk.
The unpointed tip of the female abdomen gives to this genus a facies
distinct from that of Anthophora.

In the female of Anthophora simillima Cress. ? (but not in the male of
A. simillima!), the anterior margin of the labrum is rounded out as much
as in the male (but not the female) of floridana, but the edge is thickened
and the upper face is quadrate. The male of Anthophora abrupta Say
has the labrum of a form peculiarly unlike that of any other species and
unlike that of the female; it is transverse and with the auterior border
broadly emarginate, the emargination occupied by an obliquely deflexed
lobe, which is rounded out anteriorly and is entirely covered with a dense
tuft of erect pubescence.
American type: HABROPODA FLORIDANA.

Anthophora floridana Smith, C. H. B. M. ii, 339.

No. 3.] PATTON ON CERTAIN BEES. 479

HABROPODA MISERABILTIS.
Anthophora miserabilis Cress., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1878, p. 191.

To the genus Habropoda belong also (to judge from such characters
. . pe ° ye
as are given in the specific descriptions) Pluto Dours, aurulentocaudata
Dours, melanopyrrha Dours, mucida Cress., and Morrison Cress.

ANTHOPHORA Latr.

Type of Westwood: A. retusa (Linn.).

Labrum with a transverse and narrowly deflexed or thickened anterior
margin; the sides of the labrum curved downward, the axes of the
curves parallel and giving to the upper face a quadrate form. Man-
dibles simple or bidentate at the apex. Maxillary palpi with the second
joint two or three times as long as the basal joint, the following joints
much shorter and successively decreasing in length, the sixth joint
slender and pointed. Antenne of the male reaching to the tegule.
Marginal cell extending beyond the third submarginal no more than the
length of the latter, obliquely appendiculate at the apex. Second sub-
marginal cell pentagonal, pointed at the base, the recurrent nervure
received near the middle; third submarginal cell not narrowed towards
the marginal. Enclosure at the base of the posterior tibiz in the female
large and rounded. Disk of last abdominal segment variable, but not
broad as in Habropoda.

CLISODON n. g. (ziets + ddd),

Type: Clisodon terminalis.
Anthophora terminalis Cress., Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. ii, p. 292.

Mandibles in both sexes tridentate, the tip having a tooth beneath as
well as above, the central tooth the longest. Area at the base of the
posterior tibize of the female sharply defined and its tip narrowed and
elongate. Otherwiseasin Anthophora. The disk of the sixth abdominal
segment has a narrow smooth area in the female; in the male the apical
segment is furcate or terminates in two flattened lobes, and there is no
distinct area at the base of the posterior tibie. The fifth and sixth joints
- of the maxillary palpa are equal in length in the male, but in the female
the sixth joint is only one-half as long as the fifth. The second trans-
verse submedial nervure forms a continuous curve with the bent portion
of the externo-medial nervure.

Anthophora furcata (Panz.) closely resembles terminalis and may be
related, but the mandibles have been described as bidentate.

ai akviel fe

ys cigs’

iS H soley ah

My

end oath

‘ si bebieeal gv
uh oe sito | ‘
he ‘hp
ne ied Fy
Weel feinrlog:
§ re
rn

one he eee ee oe a . ry ah en a
a KS cg a Dae UE ‘ane ae Na hu BI ried ie bets Loko

; at aN oF
is iit 7 aR

Article XXIV.—Annotated List of the Birds of
Michigan.

By Dr. Morris Gibbs.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

KALAMAZOO, MICHIGAN, October 1, 1879.

Sir: In compliance with your invitation of June 25, 1879, I have the honor to trans-
mit herewith an ‘Annotated List of the Birds of Michigan.”

This catalogue includes, with few exceptions, those species only which. are well
established as occurring in this State; among them being many of rare or casual
appearance, or never before catalogued as birds of Michigan, the evidence of the cap-
ture of which in the State is presented. Although not to be regarded as complete, the
list nevertheless gives upward of 300 species, among them being some sixty not here-
tofore accredited to Michigan.

This State has unfortunately received less attention from ornithologists than the
interest which attaches to its peculiar avifauna would seem to invite; there being but
few lists, and no systematic work, devoted to the subject. The State Geological Report,
1839, is said to contain a synopsis of Michigan birds by Dr. A. Sager; and alist of 212
species was published in 1853 by Mr. Charles Fox. The State Geological Report for 1860
contains a list of Michigan birds by Dr. M. Miles, giving 203 species and varieties.
Mr. A. H. Boies’s list, published in 1875, and containing 211 species, only professes to
represent the ornithology of the southern part of the lower peninsula. Mr. Adolphe
B. Covert’s list of 1878, with 244 species, likewise relates only to the birds of the lower
peninsula, and omits some species now well ascertained to occur. Mr. W. H. Hughes
has also published an annotated list in the ‘ Valley Naturalist” of Saint Louis, Mo.,
No. 3, 1878, and subsequent issues of that paper.

This catalogue is mainly the result of my own observations, but I am indebted to
others, in addition to the above-named sources of information, for many valuable facts;
and I take pleasure in acknowledging such obligation to the Hon..D. Darwin Hughes,
and C. W. Gunn, esq., of Grand Rapids; to Jerome Trombly, esq., of Petersburg; and
to Dr. H. A. Atkins, of Locke.

Special attention is paid in this list to the local distribution of thes species within the
State, to their migrations, and breeding. The data given in these regards rest upon
accurate and reliable observations.

Hoping that this contribution to our knowledge of the avifauna of Michigan may
meet with your approval,

Iam, Sir, &c.,

MORRIS GIBBS.
Dr. ELLIOTT Cougs, U. S. A.,
Secretary U. S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D. C.
481

482 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.
TURDIDZ.

TURDUS MIGRATORIUS. Robin.—Very abundant; found in all parts
of the State; breeds; winter resident some seasons.

‘TURDUS MUSTELINUS. Wood Thrush.—Very abundant in spring and
summer; breeds.

TURDUS PALLASI. Hermit Thrush.—Common in some localities; eggs
secured May, 1879, in 43° N. Lat.

TURDUS SWAINSONI. Olive-backed Thrush.—Abundant summer so-
journer; found breeding from 42° to 44° N. Lat.

TURDUS FUSCESCENS. Wilson’s Thrush—Common summer resident;
breeds.

MIMUS POLYGLOTTUS. Mocking-bird.—Accidental visitor.

MIMUS CAROLINENSIS. Cat-bird.—Very abundant summer resident;
breeds in nearly all parts of the lower peninsula.

HARPORHYNCHUS RUFUS. Brown Thrush.—Very common summer
resident; breeds in all half-cleared populated localities in the lower

peninsula.
SAXICOLIDZ5.

SIALIA SIALIS. astern Bluebird.—Abundant from Mareh to N ovem-
ber; breeds.

SYLVIIDZ.

REGULUS CALENDULA. Ruby-crowned Kinglet—Abundant in spring
and fall.

REGULUS SATRAPA. Golden-crowned Kinglet—Very common during
the spring and fall migrations; ‘summer resident ; breeds ”—according
to Mr. A. H. Boies’s “ Cataloatie of the Birds ascertamed to occur in
Southern Michigan,” 1875.

POLIOPTILA C@RULEA. Blue-gray Gnatcatcher.—Summer resident ;
breeds plentifully south of 44° N. Lat.

PARID Zi.

LOPHOPHANES BICOLOR. Tufted Titmouse.—Accidental visitor.
PARUS ATRICAPILLUS. Black-capped Chickadee.—Very common resi-
dent; breeds.
PARUS CAROLINENSIS. Not rare some seasons in the southern part
of the State.
SITTIDA.

SITTA CAROLINENSIS. White-bellied Nuthatch—Common resident;
breeds.
SITTA CANADENSIS. Red-bellied Nuthatch—Common resident; breeds.

CERTHIID.A.

CERTHIA FAMILIARIS. Brown Creeper.—Resident; breeds.

" No. 3.] GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. 483

« TROGLODYTID 4%.

THRYOTHORUS LUDOYVICIANUS. Carolina Wren.—Rare summer resi-
dent. ;

TURYOTHORUS BEWICKI. Béwick’s Wren.—Rare; only a few taken
in spring.

'TROGLODYTES DOMESTICA (Bartr.). House Wren.—Abundant sum-
mer resident; breeds.

ANORTHURA TROGLODYTES HYEMALIS. Winter Wren.—Very com-
mon in spring, summer, and fall; occasionally taken in winter; breeds.

TELMATODYTES PALUSTRIS. Long-billed Marsh Wren.—Commonsum
mer sojourner; breeds.

CISTOTHORUS STELLARIS. Short-billed Marsh Wren.—Summer resi-

dent; not rare; breeds.
ALAUDIDA.

EREMOPHILA ALPESTRIS. Horned Lark.—Resident; breeds abun-
dantly.
MOTACILLID A.

ANTHUS LUDOVICIANUS. Tit Lark.—Common; transient.

SYLVICOLID.

MNIOTILTA VARIA. Black and White Creeper—Common summer resi-
dent; breeds.

PARULA AMERICANA. Blue Yellow-backed Warbler.—Summer resi-
dent; common in spring and fall.

PROTONOTARIA CITRZA. Prothonotary Warbler.—Rare straggler.

HELMITHERUS VERMIVORUS. Worm-eating Warbler— Breeds,”
according to Mr. A. H. Boies’s “Catalogue of the Birds ascertained to
occur in Southern Michigan,” 1875.

HELMINTHOPHAGA PINUS. Blue-winged Yellow Warbler—Summer
sojourner.

HELMINTHOPHAGA CHRYSOPTERA. Blue Golden-winged Warbler.—
Common summer resident; breeds.

HELMINTHOPHAGA RUFICAPILLA. Nashville Warbler—Summer so-
journer ; breeds.

HELMINTHOPHAGA CELATA. Orange-crowned Warbler.—Transient 5
rare.

HELMINTHOPHAGA PEREGRINA. Tennessee Warbler.—Transient;
common.

HELMINTHOPHAGA LEUCOBRONCHIALIS. White-throated Warbler.—
One specimen, taken by Mr. W. A. Gunn, May, 1879, in Lat. 43° N. [*]
~ [* Type of H. gunnii, Gibbs, Daily Democrat (newspaper of Grand Rapids, Mich.), of
June 1, 1879. (See Purdie, Bull. Nuttall Club, iv, July, 1879, p. 185; and a “Note on
the Helminthophaga gunnii Gibbs,” by R. Ridgway, tom. cit., pp. 233, 234. Mr.
Purdie’s identification of the supposed new species was confirmed by Mr. Ridgway’s
examination of the type-specimen).—E. C.]

484 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ({[Vol.V. °

DENDR@CA zSTIVA. Yellow Warbler.—Summer sojourner; breeds
abundantly north to 44° Lat.

DENDR@CA VIRENS. Black-throated Green Warbler.—A bundant sum-
mer resident; breeds north of 43° in pine lands.

DENDR@CA CHRULESCENS. Black-throated Blue Warbler—Common
summer resident; one nest found June, 1878, 43° N., by Mr. C. W. Gunn.

DENDR@CA CHRULEA. Cerulean Warbler.—Not rare; breeds south
of 42° N.

DENDRG@CA CORONATA. Yellow-rumped Warbler.— Exceedingly
abundant during the migrations; probably breeds, as it is frequently
taken during the summer months.

DENDRGECA BLACKBURNLE. Blackburnian. Warbler.—Very common; ©
a few remain during summer; breeds north of 43°.

DENDRGECA STRIATA. Black-poll Warbler—Common migrant.

DENDRGCA CASTANEA.—Bay-breasted Warbler. —Transient ; common
in fall.

DENDRG@CA PENNSYLVANICA. Chestnut-sided Warbler.—Exceedingly
abundant summer resident; breeds plentifully north to 43°.

DENDR@CA MACULOSA. Black and Yellow Warbler.—Very abun-
dant migrant; occasionally taken in summer,

DENDR@CA DISCOLOR. Prairie Warbler.—Common migrant; se-
cured one set of eggs May, 1879, in Lat. 43° N.

DENDRGCA DOMINICA ALBILORA. White-browed Warbler.—Not rare;
breeds south of Lat. 42°.

DENDR@CA KIRTLANDI. Kirtland’’s Warbler.—Rare straggler.

-DENDR@CA PALMARUM. Yellow Red-poll Warbler.—Common mi-
grant.

DENDRG@CA PINUS. Pine Warbier.—Abundant summer sojourner;
breeds north to 43°.

PERISSOGLOSSA TIGRINA. Cape May Warbler.—Transient; common
some seasons.

SIURUS AURICAPILLUS. Golden-crowned Thrush.—Common summer
resident ; breeds.

SIURUS NavIuS. Water Thrush.—Not a rare summer sojourner ;
breeds.

SIURUS MOTACILLA. Large-billed Water Thrnsh—Exceedingly abun-
dant south of Lat. 45°; breeds.
OPORORNIS AGILIS. Connecticut Warbler—Several specimens taken

in May, 1879. a

OPORORNIS FORMOSUS. Kentucky Warbler.—Rare ; one taken in the
spring of 1872. } on .

GEOTHLYPIS TRICHAS. Maryland Yellow - throat.— Very abundant
from May to September ; breeds plentifully south of Lat. 43°.

GEOTHLYPIS PHILADELPHIA. Mourning Warbler.—Quite a common
summer sojourner in certain localities; breeds in Lat. 48°; edge of pinery.

No. 3.] GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN., 485

ICTERIA VIRENS. Long-tailed Chat.—Rare accidental visitor; found
breeding twice by Mr. Jerome Trombley in 42° Lat.

MYIODIOCTES MITRATUS. Hooded Flycatcher.—One of our most com-
mon Warblers; breeds plentifully south of 43° Lat.

MYIODIOCTES PUSILLUS. Green Black-capped Flycatcher—Common
migrant.

MYIODIOCTES CANADENSIS. Canadian Flycatcher—Abundant sum-
mer resident ; breeds.

SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA. Ledstart.—Exceedingly abundant from
April to September; breeds plentifully.

TANAGRID A.

PYRANGARUBRA. Scarlet Tanager.—Very common summer resident ;
breeds.
PYRANGA ZSTIVA. Summer Red-bird.—Rare accidental visitor; taken

once in Lat. 43°,
HIRUNDINID 2. |

HIRUNDO HORREORUM. Barn Swallow.—Abundant summer resi-
dent; breeds.

TRIDOPROCNE BICOLOR. White-bellied Swallow—Abundant from
March to September; breeds in both peninsulas.

PETROCHELIDON LUNIFRONS. Cliff Swallow.—Common summer so-
journer ; breeds.

CoTYLE RIPARIA. Bank Swallow.—Abundant summer resident ;
breeds in nearly all parts of the State.

STELGIDOPTERYX SERRIPENNIS. Rough-winged Swallow.—Common
summer sojourner; breeds.

PROGNE PURPUREA. Purple Martin—Abundant from April to Sep-
tember; breeds in populated districts.

AMPELIDA.

AMPELIS GARRULUS. Bohemian Waxwing.—Irregular winter visi-
tant.
AMPELIS CEDRORUM. Cedar Bird.—Abundant resident; breeds.

VIREONIDA.

VIREO OLIVACEUS. Red-eyed Vireo.—Very common summer resident;
breeds.
VIREO PHILADELPHICUS. Brotherly-love Vireo.—Rare migrant.
VIREO GILVUS. Warbling Vireo.—Common summer sojourner; breeds.
VIREO FLAVIFRONS. Yellow-throated Vireo.—A bundant summer res-
ident; breeds.
VIREO SOLITARIUS. Blue-headed Vireo— Common; transient.
VIREO NOVEBORACENSIS. White-eyed Vireo.—Scarce summer so-
journer; breeds.

486 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.
LANIIDA.

LANIUS BOREALIS. Great Northern Shrike-—Winter resident; has
been found breeding.

LANIUS LUDOVICIANUS.. Loggerhead Shrike-—Typical species. Rare;
breeds.

LANIUS. LUDOVICIANUS EXCUBITORIDES. White-rumped Shrike.—
Abundant from March to October ; breeds.

FRINGILLIDA.

HESPERIPHONA VESPERTINA. Evening Grosbeak.—Common winter
resident some years; remained in Kalamazoo County, in Lat. 42° 20’ N.,
from November 20, 1878, to May 6, 1879.

PINICOLA ENUCLEATOR. Pine Grosbeak.—Irregular winter visitant.

CARPODACUS PURPUREUS. Purple Finch. — Abundant; probably
breeds; occasionally taken in winter.

CURVIROSTRA LEUCOPTERA. White-winged Cross-bill.—Common
some winters; irregular migrant.

CURVIROSTRA AMERICANA. Red or Common Cross-bill_—Migrant ;
very common some seasons; breeds.

ANGIOTHUS LINARIA. Lesser Red-poll._trregular winter visitant ;
common some seasons; sometimes remains till May.

JEGIOTHUS LINARIA HOLBOLLI. One specimen taken March, 1878,
in Lat. 42° 20’, determined by Mr. Ridgway to be this form.

AHGIOTHUS EXILIPES. American Mealy Red-poll.—Rare winter visitant.

CHRYSOMITRIS PINUS. Pine Linnet.—Irregular winter visitant.

CHRYSOMITRIS TRISTIS. Yellow Bird.—Abundant resident.

PLECTROPHANES NIVALIS. Snow Bunting.—Irregular winter visitant.

PLECTROPHANES LAPPONICUS. Lapland Long-spur.—Generally a
transient visitor from the nese occasionally spends the winter south
of 43°.

PASSERCULUS SAVANNA. Savannah Sparrow.—Migratory generally;
some breed south of 43°, according to A. H. Boies.

POGCETES GRAMINEUS. Bay-winged Bunting.—Common summer
sojourner; breeds.

COTURNICULUS PASSERINUS. Yellow-winged Sparrow.—Summer res-
ident; breeds.

AMMODROMUS CAUDACUTUS NELSONI. Sharp-tailed Finch.—Rare;
only two specimens observed, both taken by Mr. William Ely, October,
1878, in Lat. 42° 20’ N.

MELOSPIZA LINCOLNI. JLincolu’s Finch.—Rather scarce; secured
two specimens, May, 1875, in Lat. 42° 20’ N.

MELOSPIZA PALUSTRIS. Swamp Sparrow.—Rather common summer
resident.

MELOSPIZA MELODA. Song Sparrow.—Two varieties; very abundant
‘from March to November; breeds.

No. 3.] GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. 487

JUNCO HYEMALIS.. Black. Snowbird.—Winter resident south of 43°;
summer resident in various parts of State; breeds plentifully in northern
part of lower peninsula.

JUNCO OREGONUS. Oregon Snowbird.—Accidental visitor; rare.

SPIZELLA MONTICOLA. Tree Sparrow.—Winter resident; abundant.

SPIZELLA SOCIALIS. Chipping Sparrow.—Abundant from April to
October; breeds.

SPIZELLA PUSILLA. Field Sparrow.—Exceedingly common from
April to October; breeds plentifully south of 43° N. Lat.

ZONOTRICHIA ALBICOLLIS. White-throated Sparrow.—Abundant mi-
grant.

ZONOTRICHIA LEUCOPHRYS. White-crowned Sparrow.—Transient ;
common spring and autumn.

CHONDESTES GRAMMICA. Lark Finch—Common summer sojourner
in some localities; probably breeds, as it has been taken repeatedly
during the breeding season in Van Buren County.

PASSER DOMESTICUS. Dnglish Sparrow.—Very abundant in many
of our principal cities and villages; resident; breeds.

PASSERELLA ILIACA. Fox Sparrow.—Migrant; common spring and
autumn.

EUSPIZA AMERICANA. Black-throated Bunting.—Very abundant sum-
mer resident; breeds plentifully south of 43° N. Lat.

GONIAPHEA LUDOVICIANA. Rose-breasted Grosbeak.—Very abundant
summer sojourner; breeds.

GONIAPHEA MELANOCEPHALA. Black-headed Grosbeak. Very rare.

CYANOSPIZA CYANEA. Indigo-bird.—Exceedingly abundant summer
resident; breeds plentifully north to 43°.

CARDINALIS VIRGINIANUS. Cardinal Red-bird—A few specimens
taken in southern part of State; accidental visitor.

PIPILO ERYTHROPHTHALMUS. Towhee Bunting—Abundant summer
sojourner; breeds; taken from February to November; one set of four
fresh eggs secured August 10, 1879.

ICTERID4.

DOLICHONYX ORYZIVORUS. Bobolink.—Very common summer resi-
dent; breeds.

MoLOTHRUS ATER. Cowbird.—Abundant from March to September;
breeds. 7

AGELAUS PHaNICEUS. Red-winged Blackbird.—Exceedingly abun-
dant during spring, summer, and autumn; breeds.

XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS. Yellow-headed Blackbird.—
Occasionally taken in southwestern portion of the State; probably
breeds, as a great number do in Northwestern Indiana.

STURNELLA MAGNA. Field Lark.—Abundant summer resident; oc-
casionally remains the entire season; breeds plentifully in nearly all
parts of lower peninsula, in meadows.

488 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

STURNELLA MAGNA NEGLECTA.—Not a rare visitor in Lat. 43° N.

ICTERUS SPURIUS. Orchard Oriole. ee summer sojourner;
breeds plentifully south of Lat. 43° N.

ICTERUS BALTIMORE. Baltimore Oriole.—Resident in nearly all parts
of lower peninsula from May to August; breeds plentifully.

SCOLECOPHAGUS FERRUGINEUS. fusty Grackle—Transient; very
common during spring and autumn; probably breeds.

QUISCALUS PURPUREUS NEUS. Purple Grackle-—Abundant sum-
mer sojourner; breeds in large numbers.

CORVIDZE.

CORVUS CORAX. Raven.—Quite common previous to 1868; one taken
in 1873; has nearly disappeared since the advent of the crows.

CORVUS FRUGIVORUS (Bartr.). Crow.—Exceedingly common; breeds;
resident in some southern sections. Scarcely ever seen ten years ago.

CYANURUS CRISTATUS. Blue Jay.—Abundant resident in all parts
of the State; breeds from April to July.

PERISOREUS CANADENSIS. Canada Jay.—Found in both peninsulas;
occasional winter visitant to southern boundary of State; found breeding.

TYRANNIDZ.

TYRANNUS CAROLINENSIS. King-bird.—Abundant summer sojourner;
breeds plentifully in nearly the whole lower peninsula.

MYIARCHUS CRINITUS. Great-crested Flycatcher—A generally dis-
tributed species; abundant in spring and summer; breeds.

SAYORNIS SAYUS. Say’s Flycatcher —Named here on the authority of
a single specimen captured at Grosse Isle, as given by Fox, in 1853,

SAYORNIS FUSCUS. Pewee.—Common summer resident; breeds.

_CONTOPUS BOREALIS. Olive-sided Flycatcher—Not common, but

taken in all parts of the State; probably breeds, as numbers were seen
in August in Lat. 45° 20’.

CONTOPUS VIRENS. Wood Pewee—An abundant and generally dis-
tributed summer resident; breeds plentifully.

EMPIDONAX ACADICUS. Small Green-crested Flycatcher.—Very abun-
dant in spring and summer; breeds south of Lat. 43° N. abundantly.

EMPIDONAX TRAILLI. Traill’s Flycatcher—Common summer resident
in some portions of lower peninsula; breeds.

EMPIDONAX MINIMUS. Least Flycatcher.—Abundant from Ea to
September; breeds.

EMPIDONAX. FLAVIVENTRIS. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. — Taken
throughout the lower peninsula; probably breeds; quite rare in some
localities; summer resident i in Lat. 45° 20’ N.

No. 3.] GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. 489
CAPRIMULGIDZA.

ANTROSTOMUS VOCIFERUS. Whippoorwill_—LExceedingly abundant
summer resident; breeds plentifully south of Lat. 44°.

CHORDILES VIRGINIANUS. Night-hawk.—Very common from May to
September; breeds plentifully in lower peninsula.

CYPSELID A.

CHATURA PELAGICA. Chimney Swift—Very abundant summer res-
ident; breeds.

TROCHILIDZ.

TROCHILUS COLUBRIS. Ruby-throated Humming-bird. — Abundant
from May 10 to September 20; breeds.

ALCEDINID Zi.

CERYLE ALCYON. Belted Kingfisher—Very abundant summer so-
journer; breeds.

CUCULIDZ.

CoccYyGUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS. Black-billed Cuckoo. — Common

summer resident; breeds.
CoccyGUS AMERICANUS. Yellow-billed Cuckoo.—Not a common sum-
mer resident; breeds.
PICIDA.

HYLOTOMUS PILEATUS. Pileated, or Black Woodpecker.—Once com-
mon throughout the State; only found now in deep woods; breeds ?

PICUS VILLOSUS. Hairy Woodpecker.—Common resident; breeds.

PICUS PUBESCENS. Downy Woodpecker.—Common resident; breeds.

PICOIDES ARCTICUS. Black-backed Woodpecker.—A specimen secured
by Mr. Jas. H. Dewing, Lat. 44° N.; rare.

PICOIDES AMERICANUS. Banded Woodpecker.—Entered in this list
on the authority of A. B. Covert.

_SPHYRAPICUS VARIUS. Yellow-bellied Woodpecker—Very abundant
in spring migration ; some remain during summer. <A. H. Boies gives
this species as a resident (Catalogue of the Birds ascertained to occur in
Southern Michigan, 1875).

CENTURUS CAROLINUS. Red-bellied Woodpecker.—Abundant resident;
breeds.
_ MELANERPES ERYTHROCEPHALUS. Red-headed Woodpecker: —Com-
mon summer resident; breeds; irregular winter resident.

COLAPTES AURATUS. Golden-winged Woodpecker.—Common resident
in nearly all parts of lower peninsula; breeds plentifully.

490 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

STRIGIDA. |

STRIX FLAMMEA AMERICANA. Barn Owl.—Rather rare resident.

BUBO VIRGINIANUS. Great Horned Owl.—Common resident; breeds;
two varieties taken.

Scops Asi1o. Screech Owl.—Common resident; breeds.

OTUS VULGARIS WILSONIANUS. Long-eared Owl.—Common resident;
breeds.

BRACHYOTUS PALUSTRIS. Short-eared Owl.—Resident; breeds.

SYRNIUM CINEREUM. Great Gray Owl.—Rather rare resident; prob-
ably breeds.

SYRNIUM NEBULOSUM. Barred Owl.—Very common resident; breeds.

NYCTEA NIVEA. Snowy Owl.—Rather common winter resident, south
to the southern boundary of the State; probably breeds.

SURNIA ULULA HUDSONICA. Rare winter visitor.

NYCTALE ACADICA. Acadian Owl.—Rather common in some local-
ities; breeds.

FALCONIDA.

CIRCUS CYANEUS HUDSONIUS. Marsh Harrier.—Abundant summer
resident; breeds.

IcTINIA SUBCGERULEA (Bartr.). Mississippi Kite—Recorded on the
authority of a single specimen taken in Cass County ; preserved.

ELANUS GLAUCUS (Bartr.). Black-shouldered Kite.—A rare summer
resident, according to Dr. H. A. Atkins.

ELANOIDES FORFICATUS. Swallow-tailed Kite—Placed in the list of
Michigan birds by Hon. D. D. Hughes, Ornithology of Michigan, MSS.

ACCIPITER FUSCUS. Sharp-shinned Hawk.—Common summer resi-
dent; breeds.

ACCIPITER COOPERI. Cooper’s Hawk.—Very abundant summer resi-
dent; breeds.

ASTUR ATRICAPILLUS. Goshawk.— Irregular visitant; more fre-
quently taken in winter; more common in northern part of the State,
where it probably breeds.

FALCO SACER. Jerfalecon.—Said to have been taken in the State in
winter.

FALco comMUNIS. Duck Hawk.—Irregular visitor; several taken.

FALCO COLUMBARIUS. Pigeon Hawk.—Not acommon species; breeds.

FALCO SPARVERIUS. Sparrow Hawk.—Abundant summer resident ;
a generally distributed species ; breeds. .

BUTEO BOREALIS. Red-tailed Buzzard.—Very common from March
to November; resident some seasons; breeds plentifully.

BUTEO LINEATUS. Led-shouldered Buzzard.—Common summer so-
journer; breeds; resident in some localities.

BUTEO SWAINSONI. Swainson’s Buzzard.—Placed in this list on the
authority of a specimen taken in Genesee County, Lat. 43°, now in the
Flint Scientific Institute.

‘

No. 3.) . GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. AOL

‘BUTEO PENNSYLVANICUS. Broad-winged Buzzard.—Rather rare ;
breeds; I secured two eggs from a nest in May, 1875.

ARCHIBUTEO LAGOPUS SANCTI-JOHANNIS.—Probably a resident;
more common in winter; breeds in Ingham County, according to Dr.
Atkins.

PANDION HALIAETUS. Osprey.—Summer resident; breeds.

AQUILA CHRYSAETUS. Golden Hagle—Two authentic captures.

HALIABTUS LEUCOCEPHALUS. Bald Eagle—Not rare; breeds in
Wexford County, Lat. 40° N., according to Mr. James H. Dewing.

CATHARTID.
CATHARTES AURA. Turkey Buzzard.—Once common ; now quite rare-
COLUMBIDZ.

ECTOPISTES MACRURUS (Linn., 1758). Wild Pigeon.—Exceedingly
common some seasons; irregular migrant; occasionally taken in win-
ter; breeds sparingly in all parts of the State; breeds in the northern
part of the lower peninsula from 44° to 45° 30’ in immense numbers each
season.

ZEN ZDURA CAROLINENSIS. Mourning Dove.—Exceedingly abundant..
in spring, summer, and autumn; breeds plentifully; occasionally remains.
during the winter months.

MELEAGRIDZE.

MELEAGRIS GALLOPAVO. Turkey.—Once a common resident in all!
parts of the State; still common in some localities; breeds.

TETRAONID AS.

TETRAO CANADENSIS. Canada Grouse—Common near Mackinaw,
according to Hon. D. D. Hughes.

CUPIDONIA CUPIDO. Prairie Hen.—Common resident; breeds.

BONASA UMBELLUS. Siuffled Grouse-—Very common resident; breeds..
Specimens differ in the character of the tail-bands.

LAGOPUS ALBUS. Willow Ptarmigan.—Taken in upper peninsula,
according to H. R. Schoolcraft, in 1834, near Saint Mary’s Straits; his-
torical sketches before Lyceum of New York City.

ORTYX VIRGINIANA. Quail—Common resident; breeds.

CHARADRIDA.

SQUATAROLA HELVETICA. Black-bellied Plover.—Migrant; not com-
mon.

CHARADRIUS FULVUS VIRGINICUS.—Very abundant migrant.

ANGIALITIS VOCIFERA. Killdeer Plover—Common from March to.
November ; breeds.

ANGIALITIS SEMIPALMATA. Ring-neck.—Abundant migrant; summer
sojourner in Lat. 45° N,

Bull. ‘v,3-—11

492 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol v.

ZABGIALITIS MELODA. Piping Plover.—Quite common in some portions |
of the State; migrant.

HAMATOPODID AL.
STREPSILAS INTERPRES. Turnstone.—Migrant ;- not rare.
RECURVIROSTRID A.

HIMANTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS. Stilt.—Rare; transient.
PHALAROPID ZA.

STEGANOPUS WILSONI. Wilson’s Phalarope-—Common during spring
migrations; a few remain during summer; breeds.
LOBIPES HYPERBOREUS. Northern Phalarope.—Rare visitor.

SCOLOPACID Zs.

PHILOHELA MINOR. American Woodcock—Common from March to
November; a generally distributed species ; breeds.

GALLINAGO WILSONI. American Snipe—Common during spring and
autumn; a few remain during summer; found breeding in Saint Joseph
County, 42°, by Mr. Eugene Beerstecher.

MACRORHAMPHUS GRISEUS. Sed-breasted Snipe-—Migrant; not rare
in spring.

MICROPALMA HIMANTOPUS. Stilt Sandpiper.—Not rare some seasons
near large bodies of water.

EREUNETES PUSILLUS. Semipalmated Sandpiper.—Common migrant.

TRINGA MINUTILLA. Least Sandpiper.—Very common in spring and
autumn; some remain during summer; breeds.

TRINGA MACULATA. Grass Snipe-——Very common migrant.

TRINGABONAPARTI. White-rumped Sandpiper.—Not common; sum-
mer sojourner in 45° 20’ N.

TRINGA ALPINA AMERICANA. Red-backed Sandpiper—Migrant ; not
eommon; a few taken in spring.

et SUBARQUATA. Curlew Sandpiper.—Rare visitor; one taken
in 1870, according to Hon. D. D. Hughes, Ornithology of Michigan, MSS.

TRINGA CANUTUS. ed-breasted Sandpiper.—Rare migrant.

CALIDRIS ARENARIA. Sanderling—Common on the shores of the —
great lakes; migrant.

LIMOSA FEDOA. Great Marbled Godwit.—Taken occasionally near De-
troit and along the edges of the great lakes; migrant.

LIMOSA HZMASTICA. Hudsonian Godwit.—Two specimens secured.

_ TOTANUS SEMIPALMATUS. Willet—Rare migrant; two specimensin |
the colleetion of C. W. Gunn, Grand Rapids.

ToTANUS MELANOLEUCUS. Greater Yellow-shanks.— Common mi-
grant.

TOTANUS FLAVIPES. Lesser Yellow-shanks.---Abundant migrant.

No. 3.] GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. 493

TOTANUS SOLITARIUS. Solitary Tattler—Common; breeds; taken
from 42° to 45° 20’ N. Lat.; never gregarious.

TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS. Spotted Sandpiper.—Very abundant from
April to October ; breeds plentifully south of 439.

ACTITURUS BARTRAMIUS. Field Plover.— Very common summer
resident; breeds.

TRYNGITHS RUFESCENS. ' Buff breasted Sandpiper.—Rare migTant;
Shot two September 17, 1875.

NUMENIUS LONGIROSTRIS. Long-billed Curlew.—Not arare migrant.

NUMENIUS HUDSONICUS. Hudsonian Curlew. —Rare ; ; only two taken
to my knowledge.

NUMENIUS BOREALIS. EHsquimaux Curlew.—One specimen, taken by
Benjamin Syke, Nov., 1879.

ARDEID 45.

ARDEA HERODIAS. Great Blue Heron.—A generally distributed and
common summer resident; breeds in large colonies.

HERODIAS EGRETTA. White Heron—Occasionally taken south of
Lat. 43° ; rare summer visitor. |

GARZETTA CANDIDISSIMA. Snowy Heron.—Summer sojourner ; prob-
ably breeds.

FLORIDA C@RULEA. Little Blue Heron.—Rare accidental visitor.

BUTORIDES VIRESCENS. Green Heron.—Common in spring and sum-
mer; breeds.

NYCTIARDEA GRISEA NA:VIA.—Common summer resident in some
localities; breeds.

NYCTHERODIUS VIOLACEUS. Yellow-crowned Night Heron.—Rare
Strageler.

BOTAURUS LENTIGINOSUS. Stake-driver—Common resident; breeds.

ARDETTA EXILIS. Least Bittern—Common summer sojourner ;
breeds. |

GRUIDA.

GRUS AMERICANA. White or Whooping Crane.—Accidental visitor.
GRUS CANADENSIS. Sandhill Crane—“ Common summer resident” in
Monroe County, Lat. 42°, according to Mr. J erome Trombley ; has been
found breeding.
RALLIDA.

RALLUS CREPITANS. Clapper fail.—Rare, accidental visitor.

RALLUS ELEGANS. King Rail—Not a rare summer Sojourner; said
to breed.

RALLUS VIRGINIANUS. Virginia fail Very common; a well-dis-
tributed species; breeds plentifully south of 43°.

PORZANA CAROLINA. Carolina Rail. —Very common from May to Sep-
tember; breeds.

PORZANA NOVEBORACENSIS. Yellow Rail.—Rather rare; occasion-
ally taken in spring; probabl: breeds.

494 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V,

GALLINULA GALEATA. Florida Gallinule—Common summer resi-
dent; breeds.
FULICA AMERICANA. Coot.—Common summer sojourner; breeds.

ANATID 4.

CYGNUS BUCCINATOR. Trumpeter Swan.—Entered, as a transient
visitor, on the authority of Mr. A. H. Boies’s “Catalogue of the Birds
ascer ed to occur in Southern Michigan.”

CYGNUS AMERICANUS. Whistling Swan.—Not rare during the migra-
tions; one remained during the summer in the vicinity of Long Lake,
in Lat. 42° 20’.

ANSER ALBIFRONS GAMBELI. American White-fronted Goose.—Tran-
sient; rare.

ANSER HYPERBOREUS. Snow Goose.—Common migrant.

BRANTA BERNICLA. Brant Goose—Common migrant.

BRANTA CANADENSIS. Canada Goose.—Common in spring and
autumn; breeds.

' ANAS BOSCHAS. Mallard.—Exceedingly abundant summer resident;
breeds.

ANAS OBSCURA. Black Duck.—Common in migration; a few are
said to remain during the breeding season.

DaFitA AcuTA. Pintail—Migrant; not rare.

CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS. Gadwall.—Rare spring and autumn
visitor.

MARECA AMERICANA. American Widgeon.—Common migrant.

NETTION CAROLINENSIS. Green-winged Teal—Common spring and
fall; a few breed.

QUERQUEDULA DISCORS. Blue-winged Teal.—Common migrant.

SPATULA CLYPEATA. WShoveller.—Not a rare migrant.

AIX SPONSA. Wood Duck.—Very common summer resident; breeds
plentifully in certain localities.

FULIGULA MARILA. Big Black-head.—Common migrant.

FULIGULA AFFINIS. Little Black-head.—Transient; our most com-
mon duck.

FULIGULA COLLARIS. Ring-necked Duck.—Not a rare transient.

FULIGULA FERINA AMERICANA. Sed-head.—Not rare spring and
fall.

FULIGULA VALLISNERIA. Canvas-back.—Migrant; common on the
great lakes.

BUCEPHALA CLANGULA. Golden Hye—Common; transient.

BUCEPHALA ALBEOLA. Buffle-head.—Exceedingly abundant spring

and fall; probably breeds.
HARELDA GLACIALIS. Long-tailed Duck.—Rather rare; facie.
CAMPTOLZMUS LABRADORIUS. Labrador, or Pied Duck.—One speci-
men taken at Delhi, Mich., April, 1872. (See “Forest and Stream,” vi,
May 4, 1876, p. 197.) .

No. 3.] GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. A495

_SOMATERIA MOLLISSDMIA (var. 2). Hider Duck.—Occasionally seen on
Lake Superior.

CHDEMIA AMERICANA. American Black Scoter.—Rare accidental vis-
itor.

CEDEMIA FUSCA. Velvet Scoter—Migrant; one taken.

HISTRIONICUS TORQUATUS. Harlequin ae —Given as a “winter
visitant to Lake Michigan,” on the authority of Dr. Velie, in Ridgway’s
** Catalogue of the Birds ascertained to occur in Illinois.”

ERISMATURA RUBIDA. Ruddy Duck.—Exceedingly common during
spring and fall.

MERGUS MERGANSER. Goosander.—Common during the mi ierations ; ;
some pass the summer in the northern part of the lower peninsula,
according to C. W. Gunn.

MERGUS SERRATOR. Red-breasted Merganser.—Rather rare; ; transient.

MERGUS CUCULLATUS. Hooded Merganser.—Abundant shane

SULID Zi.

SULA BASSANA. Common Gannet.—Occasionally taken on the great

lakes.
PELECANID.

PELECANUS TRACHYRHYNCHUS. American White Pelican.—T wo spec-
imens shot in St. Joseph County, and now in the collection of Mr.
Adolph Beerstecher.

GRACULIDA.

?GRACULUS CARBO. Common Cormorant.—An occasional visitor.
GRACULUS DILOPHUS. Double-crested Cormorant.—Migrant; common

at times.
LARID 2A.

Larus eiaucus. Ice Gull—oOccasionally taken.

LARUS ARGENTATUS. Herring Gull._Very common migrant; prob-
ably breeds in northern peninsula.
- LARuS MARINUS. Black-backed Gull.— Winter visitant on Lake Mich-
igan” (Dr. Velie), Ridgway’s List of Birds of Illinois, 1874.

LARUS DELAWARENSIS. . Ring-billed Gull_——Common migrant.

LARUS TRIDACTYLUS. Kittiwake Gull—Rare accidental visitor.

LARUS ATRICILLA. Laughing Gull—Very abundant on the great
lakes; probably breeds in the northern peninsula.

LARUS FRANKLINI. Franklin’s Rosy Gull—Not rare on Lake Mich-
igan during winter and spring.
_ LARUS PHILADELPHIA. Bonaparte’s Gull—Rather common during
spring; some remain during the summer months.

STERNA CASPIA. Caspian Tern.—Rare accidental visitor; occasion-
ally: taken on Lake Michigan in winter.

STERNA REGIA. Royal Tern—Rare summer visitant; occasionally
taken on Lake Michigan during late spring.

496 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

STERNA ANGLICA. Marsh Tern.—Not a rare summer visitant to the
great lakes; common on shores of Lake Michigan some seasons.

SrTrERNA HIRUNDO. Wilson’s Tern.—Common migrant; probably
breeds. .

STERNA FORSTERI. Forster's Tern—Summer sojourner.

STERNA MACRURA. Arctic Tern.—Not a common migrant.

STERNA PARADISZA. Roseate Tern.—Occasional visitor.

STERNA SUPERCILIARIS ANTILLARUM. Least Tern.—‘A common
- migrant” according to one authority; rather to be doubted.

HYDROCHELIDON LARIFORMIS. Black or Short-tailed Tern.—Very
common in spring and summer; breeds.

COLYMBID Ai.

COLYMBUS TORQUATUS. Loon.—Exceedingly common spring, sum-
mer, and autumn; breeds plentifully; some remain during winter in
mild seasons.

COLYMBUS ARCTICUS. Black-throated Diver.—Occasionally taken on
Lake Michigan in early winter. }

COLYMBUS SEPTENTRIONALIS. Red-throated Diver—Very abundant
on our rivers during some winters; migrates north in April.

PODICIPID i.

PODICEPS GRISEIGENA HOLBOLLI. ed-necked Grebe.—Very rare;
transient.

PopIcEPs corNuTUS. Horned Grebe.—Migrant; common in fall.

PODILYMBUS PODICEPS. Carolina Grebe-—Common summer resident;

breeds.
ALCID A.

UTAMANIA TORDA. Razor-billed Auk.—Irregular visitor to northern
peninsula. :

PRATERCULA ARCTICA. Common Puffin.—Rare straggler.
URIA GRYLLE. Black Guillemot.—Not rare in northern peninsula
occasional seasons.

LOMVIA TROILE. Murre.—Occasionally taken on Lake Superior.

List of Species liable to oceur in Michigan.

1. Vireo belli. Bell’s Vireo. Common in Illinois.

2. Plectrophanes pictus. Painted Bunting. Taken in Illinois.

3. Plectrophanes maccowni. Maccown’s Bunting. Taken in Illinois.

4, Ammodromus henslowi. Henslow’s Bunting. Summer sojourner in
Tilinois.

5. Spizella pallida. Clay-colored Sparrow. Summer sojourner in I]-
linois.

6. Pediccetes phasianellus. Sharp-tailed Grouse. Taken in Northern
Illinois.

ee a ae

No. 3.1 GIBBS ON THE BIRDS OF MICHIGAN. 497

7. Aigialitis wilsonia. Wilson’s Plover. Taken in Ohio.

8. Phalaropus fulicarius. Red-bellied Phalarope. Taken in North-
ern Illinois.

9. Tringa bairdt. Baird’s Sandpiper. Transient in Illinois.

10. Tringa maritima. Purple Sandpiper. Common on shores of Lake
Michigan in Illinois.

11. Recurvirostra americana. Avocet. Taken in Illinois and New
York.

12. Numenius borealis. Esquimaux Curlew. Transient in Illinois.

13. Anser cerulescens. White-headed Goose. Transient in Illinois.

14. Podiceps auritus. Tared Grebe. Taken in winter in Illinois.

sopnioeot

2

ek eros

Art. XXV.—The Coleoptera of the Alpime Rocky
Mountain Regions.—Part Ii.*

By John L. LeConte, M. D.

I.—INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

The following important contribution to our knowledge of the Coleop-
tera of the high mountains of Colorado is based upon a collection made
by Mr. E. A. Schwarz during a short visit to Garland, La Veta, and
' Veta Pass, Col., and Alamosa, on the Rio Grande, during the months
of June and July, 1878.

Though the time of exploration was very short, the well-known skill
and industry of Mr. Schwarz have enabled him to greatly increase the
materials at our disposal for the investigation of the distribution of
_ Coleoptera in the interior of the continent.

It is needless for me on the present occasion to analyze the contents
of the list here given as I have done in my first memoir (Bull. IV, 447),
since I have there exposed fully my views concerning the manner in
which such an investigation should be made, and the kind of inferences
which may be legitimately drawn from it, when it is based upon sufii-
cient large collections.

I postpone this labor the more cheerfully, because the growing sense
of the importance of the results to be derived from the careful collection
of the smaller, and probably more permanent forms of animals, with
reference to their habits and geographical distribution, convinces me
that a more enlightened policy may perhaps soon be adopted, in the
great geographical and geological surveys under the direction of gov-
ernment officials, by which investigators may be furnished with properly
collected materials from regions which it is not in the power of citizens
unprotected by a strong guard to visit; or which are so distant and
inaccessible that they cannot be visited by persons of ordinary resources,
however zealous in scientific labor.

- It is proper, however, that I should here mention the most important
additions to our fauna which are made known in this memoir. They
are—

Bembidium rubiginosum, n. sp., a brown species, of quite different type
from any heretofore found in North America.

* Part I. appeared in this Bulletin, Vol. IV, No. 2, Art. XX, pp. 447-480, May
1878.— Eb. 499

500 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

Three species (?) of Gyrophena, probably of the group Encephalus, not
before known on this continent.

Deliphrum expansum, n. sp. Very similar to the European D. tectum.

Siagonium punctatum, known. before only in Hastern America.

Pseudopsis obliterata, n. sp., remarkable by the indistinet elevated
ridges.

Hydnobius, four species, apparently parallel with the European forms.

Euthia; with table of four species from Western America. The
genus is not, however, unrepresented in the Eastern region.

Emphylus americanus, n. sp. Genus not before represented.

Hypocoprus formicetorum. Apparently not different from the European
species.

Gastrallus marginipennis, n. sp. Genus not before represented.

Phymatodes maculicollis. Known only from Lake Superior.

Callimus chalybeus. Extends from California.

Hleodes ; five species extend to a great altitude.

Lacconotus pinicola Horn. The second species of this singular genus.

Scolytide. A comparatively large number (19) of species.

I have intercalated a few species from Idaho and Wyoming, which I
owe to the kindness of Mr. O. Reinecke, of Buffalo.

The following abbreviations are used in the list: V. P.; Veta Pass.
L. V.; La Veta. G.; Garland. A.; Alamosa. The altitude of La Veta
is 7,000, that of Garland 8,000, and that of Alamosa about 7,600 feet
above the level of the sea. The higher altitudes of Veta Pass are given
in the list.

The outline figures of the four species of Huthia described on p. 513,
were kindly drawn for me by Dr. G. H. Horn, and exhibit the specific
differences in a very characteristic manner.

Il.—LIST OF COLEOPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. E. A.SCHWARZ,
IN THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS, AT AN ELEVATION OF 6,000
FEET AND UPWARD.

Cicindela purpurea. YV. P., 9,400. Metabletus americanus. G., V. P., 9,400.
Cicindela Willistoni,n. sp. 507. Como, Wy, | Axinopalpus californicus. G.

Omophron americanum. L. V. Cymindis laticollis. V. P., 9,300.
Elaphrus riparius. G., A. Calathus ingratus. V.P., 9,400-10,000.
Trachypachys inermis. V. P., 9,300. Calathus mollis. V.P., 9,200.

Notiophilus Hardyi. V. P., 9,400-10,000. | Platynus cupripennis. A.
Notiophilus sibiricus. V. P., 9,000-9,500. | Platynus sordens (fuscescens Chd.). G.

Nebria obliqua. G., L. V. Pasimachus elongatus. L. V. a

. Nebria obtusa. Evarthrus incisus. L. V.
Nebria purpurata. Atlanta, Idaho. Pterostichus longulus. G., V. P., 9,200.
Dyschirius truncatus. G. Pterostichus convexicollis. A.
Dyschirius eneolus. G., A. Pterostichus orinomum. G.
Dyschirius montanus, n. sp. 507. G., A. | Amara sp. differs from erratica by base of
Schizogenius Sallei? L. V. antenne testaceous. A.
Apristus subsuleatus. L. Y. Amara interstitialis. V. P., 9,400.

Blechrus linearis. G. Amara terrestris. Y. P., 9,400.

No. 3.)

Amara remotestriata. V. P., 9,400.

Amara diffinis. V. P., 9,200.

Chlenius sericeus. A.

Chlenius pensylvanicus. A.

Brachylobus lithophilus. G.

Cratacanthus dubius. L. V.

Agonoderus pallipes. L. V.

Bradycellus rupestris. A.

Anisodactylus baltimorensis. A.

Bradycellus cognatus. G.

Bradycellus nigrellus. L. V.

Harpalus amputatus. A. G.

Harpalus carbonatus. V.P., 9,200-9,400.

Harpalus ellipsis. G., V. P., 9,400.

Harpalus pleuriticus. A.

Harpalus clandestinus. G.

Harpalus, near somnolentus or fallax. A.

Harpalus basilaris. A.

Harpalus alienus, n. sp. 508. V. P., 9,400.

Harpalus montanus.

Harpalus oblitus. G., V. P., 9,500.

Patrobus longicornis. G., L. V.

Trechus micans. G.

Bembidium bifossulatum. A.,G., L. V.

Bembidium longulum. G., L. V.

Bembidium transversale. G., L. V.

Bembidium stabile, n. sp. 508. TVs

Bembidium bimaculatum. G.

Bembidium, n. sp., near postremum. V.
P., 9,400.

Bembidium lucidum. G., L. V., V. P.,
9,400.

Bembidium gelidum. G., L. V., V. P.,
9,200.

-Bembidium umbratum. G.

Bembidium cordatum. YV. P., 9,400.

Bembidium arcuatum. G.

Bembidium eneicolle. G.

‘Bembidium nigripes. Everywhere, 7,000-
9,500.

Bembidium rapidum. G., V. P., 9,400.

Bembidium versicolor. A., G.

Bembidium pictum. G., L. V.

Bembidium crurale. G.

Bembidium preecinctum, n. sp.

Bembidium rubiginosum, n. sp.
V. P., 9,400.

Bembidium acutifrons, n. sp.
WViewkyen9, 200.

Bembidium connivens. L. V.

Bembidium axillare. V. P., 9,350.

Tachys nanus. Y. P., 9,400.

Tachys incurvus. L. Y.

Haliplus cribrarius. G., 8,300.

Haliplus ruficollis De Geer (not Dej., as
printed in Crotch, Ch. List). A., G.

509. A.
508. G.,

509. A,

LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA.

501

Hydroporus affinis. G.

Hydroporus obscurellus. <A.

Hydroporus inequalis. G.

Hydroporus,3 sp. A.

Hydroporus sellatus. A.

Hydroporus striatellus. G., A.

Hydroporus griseostriatus. <A.

Hydroporus, n. sp. G.

Hydroporus, n. sp. V. P., 9,350.

Laccophilus decipiens. A.

Acilius fraternus. <A.

Gaurodytes Lecontei? Differs in being
less oval and more parallel. A.

Gaurodytes tristis. G.

Gaurodytes obliteratus. Como, Wy.

Gaurodytes parallelus. G., L. Y.
Gyrinus, n. sp. A.

Gyrinus borealis. <A.
Helophorus lacustris. G., A.

Helophorus oblongus. G., A. V. P., 9,500.
Helophorus lineatus (small form). G.
Ochthebius cribricollis. G.
Ochthebius Holmbergi. <A‘, G.
Ochthebius diseretus Lec. var.

9,200-9, 400.
Hydrena, n. sp.?

10,000.
Tropisternus sp. G.
Berosus striatus. G.
Laccobius agilis. G.
Philhydrus diffusus.
Hydrobius fuscipes. G., V. P., 9,550.
Hydrobius scabrosus. YV. P., 9,350.
Hydrobius feminalis Lec. Como, Wy.
Hydrobius subcupreus. G., L. V.
Cercyon, not named; a common northern

species. G.,L.V., V. P., 9,200.
Ptenidium evanescens. G.
Ptilium,n.sp. G.

Vv. P,,

Everywhere, 7,000-

A., G.

Trichopteryx, very near Haldemanni. G.,
Vi. Re 200;

Trichopteryx, near Haldemanni. V. P.,
9,200.

Trichopteryx, very near californica. .G.,

Vinten un 00s
Ocalea sp. V. P., 11,000.
Homalota4sp. G.
Homalota plana. _G., V. P., 9,400.
Homalota fungi. V. P., 9,200.

Homalota sp. V. P., 11,000.
Homalota sp. G., L. V., V. P., 9,000
Homalota sp. G., V. P., 9.200.
Homalota sp. V. Spe 9, 200- 11,000.
Homalota sp. G., v. P. , 9,400.
Homalota sp. V. P., 9, 200-11, 000.
Homalota sp. VY. P., 11,000.

502

Homalota lividipennis. L. V.

Homalota sp.. G., V. P., 9,200.

?Homalota sp. Y. P., 9,000.

?Homalota sp. V. P., 9,000.

?Homalota sp. Y. P., 9,200,

?Homalota sp. L. V.

Placusa sp. G., V. P., 9,400.

Echidnoglossa sp. Y. P., 9,300-10,000.

Tachyusa sp. L. V.

Tachyusa sp. Y. P., 9,200.

Tachyusa sp. G., L. VY.

Tachyusa sp. Y. P., 9,300-9,500.

Tachyusa sp. G.

?Myrmedonia. L. VY.

Aleochara bimaculata.? G.

Aleocharasp. Everywhere, 7,000-11,200.

Dasyglossa prospera. G., V. P.,9,200-9,400.

Oxypoda, 2 sp. V. P., 9,200-11,000.

?Oxypoda sp. L. Y.

Mylleena, found also in California. L. V.,
Vie. (9,200;

Gyrophena (Encephalus) sp. G.

Gyrophena(Encephalus) sp. VY. P.,9,200,

Gyrophena (Encephalus) sp. G.

Hypocyptus nigritulus, n. sp. 510.
Y. P., 9,200.

Tachinus repandus. G., L. V.

Tachinus agilis. V. P., 9,400.

Tachinus parallelus, small dark specimen.
Weresnlt 200:

G.,

Tachyporus chrysomelinus. A. G., L. VY.
Tachyporus nanus. A.
Tachyporus brunneus. JV. P., 9,400.

Bolitobius pygmeus. G., V. P., 9,200.
Bolitobius intrusus. Y. P., 9,400.
Bryoporus rufescens, var. rubidus. V.P.,
9,400.
Mycetoporus lepidus (very large). G.
Mycetoporus consors. G.
Mycetoporus tenuis var.
11,000.
Mycetoporus americanus. G., V.P., 9,200,
Heterothops fumigatus. G.
Quedius speleus. G., V. P., 9,200.
Quedius prostans Horn. G., V. P., 9,400.

G.,V. P., 9,200-

Quedius hyperboreus. G., V. P., 9,200.
Quedius levigatus. V. P., 9,400.
Quedius molochinus. YV. P., 9,200.

Quedius molochinus, small var. V. P.,
11,000, on snow-fields.

Philonthus debilis. G., V. P., 9,400.

Philonthus, n.sp. A.

Philonthus, n.sp. L. V.

Philonthus, n.sp. G.

Philonthus nigritulus. G., V. P., 9,200.

Philonthus sp. G.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Philonthus, near cinerascens.

[Vol. V.

Philonthus, n. sp., found also in California.
Guy. Va

A similar
species (perhaps the same) occurs in
California. G.,L. V.

Xantholinus cephalus. YV.P., 9,400.

Xantholinus obseurus. A.

Lathrobium punctulatum. A.

Lathrobium tenue. A.

Lathrobium collare. A.

Scopzus, 3sp.. V.P., 9,400.

Lithocharis?. G.

Dianous nitidulus. G.

Stenus sp. G.

Stenus sp. A.

Stenus sp. V.P.,9,400, G.

Stenussp. A.,G.

Stenus morio Gray. A.,G., V. P., 9,200.

Stenus alpicola Fano. G., V.P., 9,400.

Stenus tarsalis Ljung. A.,G., V. P., 9,400.

Bledius, n. sp., differs from armatus by
hind angles of prothorax obtuse, dis-
tinct. G., V. P., 9,200.

Bledius, n. sp., like sinuatus, but thorax

larger and less punctured. G.
Bledius, n. sp., prothorax less punctured
than in confusus. G.
Bledius, n.sp. G. |
Bledius, n.sp., near rubiginosus. G.
Platystethus americanus. G., L. VY.
Oxytelus fuscipennis. VY. P., 9,200.
Oxytelus, n. sp. G., L. V.
Oxytelus nitidulus. G., L. V., V. P., 9,400.
Apocellus sphericollis. G.
Trogophleus sp. V. P., 9,400.
Trogophleus memnonius. A.
Trogophleus, 4sp. G.
Trogophleus sp. V. P., 9,200.
Trogophleus corticinus Grav. G., V. P.,
9,200.
Geodromicus plagiatus (ovipennis Lec.).
V. P., 9,200-9,400. )
Lesteva fusconigra. V. P., 9,400-11,000.
Olophrum marginatum. Y. P., 9,200.
Olophrum, n.sp.? V. P., 9,000.
Deliphrum expansum, n.sp. 510. V. P.,
11,000.
Orobanus simulator. V. P., 9,400.
Micredus Austinianus. V.P., 9,400.
Omalium foraminosum. V. P., 9,200.
Omalium planum. G., V. P., 9,400.
Omalium pusillum. VY. P., 9,400.
Anthobium, n. sp. V. P., 9,000-11,500,
Megarthrus sinuatocollis (dngulicollis
Mikl.). V. P., 9,200-11,000,
Siagonium punctatum. Y. P., 9,400.

No. 3.] LE CONTE ON
Pseudopsis suleata. G., V.P. , 9,200.
Pseudopsis obliterata, n.sp. 511. L. V.
Micropepluslaticollis. V.P.,9,200-11,000.
Bryaxis albionica. G., V. P., 9,200.
Catops brunnipennis. L. V.
Colon, n. sp., found also in Middle States.
Gee b.7-9 4003."
Colon, n.sp. V. P., 11,000.
Colon dentatus. V. P., 9,200.
Colon clayatus? V. P., 11,000.
Hydnobius obtusus, n.sp. 511.
9,200.
Tlydnobius longidens, n. sp. 511. G.
Hydnobius curvidens,n.sp. 511. L.V.,G.
Hydnobius pumilus, n. sp. 511. V. P.,
9,200.
Anisotoma, allied to collaris.
9,400.
Anisotoma, n.sp. V. P., 9,200.
Anisotoma, n.sp. V. P., 9,400.
? Cyrtusa sp. V. P., 9,200.
Liodes globosa. Y. P., 11,000.
Agathidium, u.sp. One specimen found
by Crotch in Vancouver. YV. P., 9,400.
Agathidium angulare. V. P., 11,000.

G.,VeP.,

Gs tvRP),

Agathidium, n. sp.? perhaps @ of dif-

forme. G.
Agathidium effluens. G.
Calyptomerus oblongulus.
11,000.
Clambus vulneratus, n.sp. 512. G.
Clambus gibbulus. G.
Scydmienus, n.sp. G.
Scydmenus, n.sp. G., V. P., 9,000.
Euthia longula, n.sp. 513. G.
Orthoperus, n.sp. G.
Orthoperus,scutellaris. G.
Sacium lugubre. G., V. P., 9,200-11,000.
Sacium biguttatum, n. sp. G., V. P.,
9,200-11,000.
Tae (Stephostethus), sp. G., L. V.,
Wies0.200.
aera (Eniemus), near laticollis.
V. P., 9,400.
Corticaria, n.sp. G.
Corticaria, near serricollis. G.
Corticaria serricollis. G., V. P., 9,400.
Corticaria, n.sp. G.
Corticaria, n.sp. V. P., 9,400.
Corticaria deleta. G., V. P., 9,200.
Corticaria, nearscissa. A., G., V. P., 9,400.
Corticaria scissa. G., V. P., 9,200-11,000.
Corticariaexpansa. G.,V.P.,9,200-11,000.
' Corticaria, n.sp. V. P., 9,400.
Corticaria angularis. G.
Corticaria, n. sp. L. V., V. P., 9,200.

V. P., 9,200-

G.,

ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA.

503

Corticaria pumila. G.

Corticaria, n.sp. G., V. P., 9,200.
Dermestes fasciatus. L. V.
Perimegatoma cylindricum (Atirby). G., A.
Anthrenus scrophulariz v. lepidus. G.

Mycetina morosa. Y. P., 9,400.

Triplax californica. L. V.

Antherophagus convexulus. 512. G.

Eimphylus americanus, n.sp. 513. V.P.,
11,500.

Cryptophagus, 4 sp. G., V. P., 9,200-
11,000, L. V.

Paramecosoma dentatum. G., V. P.,
10,000.

Atomaria, 7 sp. G., V. P., 9,200-9,400.

Hypocoprus formicetorum? G.

Pediacus fuscus. A.

Pediacus depressus.

Lemophleus, n. sp. V. P., 9,400.

Dendrophagus glaber. V. P., 9,400.

Lyctus planicollis? V. P., 9,400.

Rhizophagus scalpturatus. V. P., 9,400.

Monotoma fulvipes. G.

Nemosoma cylindricum. V. P., 9,400.

Brachypterus urtiex. L. V., G.

Epurea Erichsonii? larger than usual.
V. P., 9,400.

Epurea truncatella. V. P., 9,000-9,400.

Epurea linearis. V. P., 9,200-9,400.

Epurea ovata Horn. G.

Omosita discoidea. V. P., 9,200.

Meligethes ruficornis. G., L. V.

Meligethes seminulum. Li Mier Sey A Pe
9,000-10,000.

Ips conned: var. vittatus. V. P., 9,400.

Phalacrus dispar, n.sp. 513. V. P., 9,400.

Phalacrus seriatus. G.

Phalacrus penicellatus. G.

Phalacrus simplex. A., G.

Olibrus apicalis. L. V., G.

Hippodamia convergens. G., V. P., 9,000.

Hippodamia 13-punctata. G.

Hippodamia Lecontei. G., L. V.

Hippodamia parenthesis. DAes # ores Vier eyes
9,400.

Anisosticta episcopalis. G.

Coccinella 9-notata and var. transversalis.
Everywhere, 7,000-11,£00.

Coccinella trifasciata. L. V., V. P., 9,400.

Adalia frigida. G., V. P., 9,000.

Harmonia picta. G., V. P., 9,300.

Anatis subvittata. G., V. P., 9,400.

Psyllobora 20-maculata. L. V., G.

Eixochomus marginipennis, var. «thiops.
G.;'V.P., 9,400.

Brachyacantha ursina.

V. P., 9,200.

G., L. V.

504

Hyperaspis, near lateralis. G.

Hyperaspidius trimaculatus. A.,G., L.V.

Scymnus coniferarum. G., V. P., 10,500.

Seymnus, n. sp. G.

Scymnus Phelpsii. G.

Scymnus ceryicalis? G.

Seymuus lacustris. G., V. P., 9,000.

Secymnuus, n. sp. G.

Scymnus, n. sp. G.

Scymnus, n. sp., nearconiferarum. V. P.,
9,400-11,000.

Georyssus pusillus. G.

Byrrhus geminatus. VY. P., 9,400.

Byrrhus americanus. YV. P., 9,200.

Syncalypta grisea, n. sp. 514. G.

Limnichus montanus, n. sp. 515. L. V.

Helichus striatus. G., L. V., V. P., 9,400.

Elmis corpulentus. Y. P., 9,400.

Heterocerus substriatus? A., G.

Hister perplexus. A.

Platysoma punctigerum. V. P., 9,400.

Paromalus debilis, n. sp. 516. V. P.,
9,400.

Saprinus oregonensis. G., A.

Saprinus fimbriatus. G., A.

Saprinus fraternus. G.

Teretrius americanus. V. P., 9,000, L. V.

Plegaderus Sayi. V. P., 9,400.

Canthon praticola. G.

Aphodius torpidus Horn. A.

Aphodius hyperboreus, form omissus. Prob-
ably a good species, distinguished by the
triple strie. G.

Aphodius vittatus. G.

Aphodius, n. sp., near pectoralis. G.

Aphodius alternatus. A., G.

Aphodius bidens Lee. G.

Aphodius cruentatus Lec. V. P., 9,400.

Aphodius explanatus Lec. G.

Aphodius coloradensis. G.

4égialia lacustris. G., L. V., V. P., 9,200.

AXgialia rufa Lec. V. P., 9,200.

Odontzus obesus. V. P., 9,400.

Dichelonycha Backii. G., V. P., 9,400.

Dichelonycha suleata. G., V. P., 9,100.

Serica, n. sp. G.

Diplotaxis brevicollis.

Lachnosterna cephalica.

Trichius assimilis. L. V.

Trachykele Lecontei. G.

Melanophila longipes. G.

Melanophila Drummondi. G.

Agrilus politus. A., G., V.P., 9,400.

Adelocera profusa. G.

Cardiophorus luridipes. G.

Cardiophorus, n. sp. G.

Gey Viet 93400.
Atlanta, Idaho.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[Vol. Vv.

Cryptohypnus bicolor. V. P., 9,200.

Cryptohypnus, near tumescens. V. P.,
9,400.

Cryptobypnus, n. sp. G.

Cryptohypnus,n. sp. G.

Cryptohypnus gentilis. A., G.

Elater, n. sp.,near Behrensii._ V. P.,11,500.

Elater pheenicopterus.
Drasterius, n. sp. <A.
Agriotes, n. sp. V. P., 9,400.
Dolopius lateralis Hsch. G.
Limonius, n.sp. G., V. P., 9,400.
Corymbites inflatus, form glaucus.
V. P., 9,400.
Corymbites carbo. V. P., 9,400.
Corymbites eripennis, form tinctus, V.P.,
9,200. ,
Corymbites triundulatus. G.
Corymbites metallicus. G., V. P., 9,200-
9,400.
Corymbites conjungens. Atlanta, Idaho.
Corymbites merens. G., V. P., 9,400.
Cenia sanguinipennis. L. V.
Dictyoptera ruficollis Lec. G.

V. P., 9,200.

G.,

Photinus corruscus, form lacustris. G.,
V. P., 9,400:
Podabrus lateralis. G., V. P., 9,200-11,500.

Podabrus lateralis? var. V.P.,9,200. —
Telephorus, n. sp. L. V., V. P., 9,200.
Telephorus fraxini. G., L. V.
Telephorus, n. sp. G.

Silis, n. sp. G.

Malthodes, n. sp. V. P., 9,200-9,400.
Malthodes, n. sp. L. V.

Malthodes, n. sp. L. VY.

Collops, n. sp., near hirtellus. A. .

Collops eximius? var. A., G., L. VY.
Collops bipunctatus. A., G., L. V.
Collops vittatus. A., G.

Collops, n. sp.? or var. of vittatus. A.

Malachius montanus Lec. A., L. V., G.

Pseudebaeus obscurus, n. sp. 516. G.

Attalus morulus. <A., G.

Attalus basalis. G.

Dasytes hudsonicus.
11,600.

Listrus, n. sp. G., V. P., 9,200.

Listrus, n. sp., found also in Utah. G.

Trichodes ornatus. G., V. P., 9,400.

Clerus nigrifrons. G., V. P., 9,400.

Clerus undatulus. YV. P., 9,200-11,500.

Hydnocera subfasciata. G., L. V., A.

Corynetes violaceus. G., L. V.

Ernobius tristis, n. sp. 516. Viney TaN

Ernobius gracilis, n. sp. 516. G.

Gastrallus marginipennis, n. sp.

G., V. P., 9,200-

517. G

No. 3.]

Xyletinus fucatus. YV. P., 9,400.

Dinoderus substriatus. G., V. P., 9,400.

Asemum moestum. Y. P., 9,400.

Criocephalus productus. V. P., 9,400, G.

Phymatodes maculhicollis. G.

Callimus chalybzus. G.

Phymatodes dimidiatus. V. P., 9,400.

Batyle ignicollis. L. V., G.

Xylotrechus annosus. G.

Neoclytus albofasciatus, var. G.

Atimia confusa. G.

Rhagium lineatum. V. P., 9,200.

Acmeops longicornis. G., V. P., 9,000-
9,400.

Acmezops proteus, form gibbula. G., V. P.,
9,400,

Acmeops pratensis. V.P., 9,200-11,000.

Gaurotes Cressoni. V. P., 9,000.

Leptura subargentata. V. P., 9,200-9,500.

Leptura sanguinea. V. P., 9,400.

Acmeops ligata, var. V. P., 9,000.

Pogonocherus mixtus var. simplex Lec.
V.-P.;-9,000.

Bruchus discoideus. L. V.

Bruchus amicus. L. V., G., V. P., 9,400.

Bruchus seminulum. G.

Denacia magnifica. A.’

Donacia pyritosa. G.

Orsodachna Childreni.
11,500.

Zeugophoraabnormis. V.P.,9,400-11,000.

Syneta ferruginea. V. P., 11,500.

Lema trilineata. L. V.

Coscinoptera vittigera. A.,G., L. V.

Cryptocephalus 4-maculatus, Say, Suffr.
Cae Me

Cryptocephalus, n. sp. L. V., G.

Cryptocephalus auratus. L. V.

Pachybrachys, n. sp. L. V., G.

Pachybrachys, n. sp. V. P., 9,300.

Pachybrachys atomarius. A., G., L. V.

Pachybrachys, n.sp. G., V. P., 9,200.

Adoxus vitis. G., V. P., 9,000-11,500,

Colaspis tristis. L. V.

Chrysomela exclamationis. L. V.

Chrysomela multipunctata. A., L. V.

Prasocuris phellandrii. V. P., 11,500.

Lina scripta, var. V. P., 9,400.

Plagiodera, n.sp.? G.

Plagiodera oviformis. V. P., 9,400.

Luperus meraca. L. V.

Luperus varipes. V. P., 9,200-9,300.

Luperus nigrocyaneus, n. sp. 517. V. P.,

9,200.
Adimonia extérna. V. P., 11,500.

Galleruca salicis. L. VY.

G., V. P., 9,000-

LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA.

505

Galleruca decora. G.

Monoxia debilis. G., L. V., V. P., 9,000.
Trirhabda convergens. G., L. V.
Disonycha punctigera. L. V.
Graptodera foliacea. G., L. V., V. P., 9,400.
Graptodera punctipennis. L. V.
Graptodera, nearinerata. A., V.P.,9,200.
Graptodera torquata. V. P., 9,400-10,000.
Longitarsus, 2 sp. L.V.

Batophila? n.sp. L. V., V.P., 9,400.
Batophila cerina. G., A., V. P., 9,400-

11,500.
Phyllotreta vittata Fabr. A., G.
Phyllotreta robusta. <A., G.

Phyllotreta albionica. L. V. (Cheyenne).
Phyllotreta, id. form texana Crotch. Every-
where, 7,000-11,500.
Dibolia aerea. V. P., 9,000.
Systena mitis. L. V.
Crepidodera helxines. G.
Epitrix cucumeris. L. VY.
Epitrix hirtipennis, var.
Mantura floridana. A.
Chetocnema rudis. Y. P., 9,400.
Chetocnema irregularis. V. P., 9,400, G.
Cheetocnema cylindrica. G.
Chetocnema protensa. G., L. V., V. P.,
9,200.
Cheetoenema cribrifrons, n. sp. 518 A.
Chetocnema opacula. A., G.
Chetocnema subviridis. L. V., A., G., V.
P., 9,200. \
‘Chetocnema pulicaria. A.
Chetocnema eeneola, n.sp. 518. G.
Psylliodes lacustris. G.
Blepharida rhois. L. V.

laesVi

Coptocycla aurichaleea. L. V.
Odontota collaris. L. V.
Coniontis ovata. V. P., 9,400.

Coniontis obesa. G., V. P., 11,500.

Eleodes tricostata. L.V.,G., V. P., 9,400.

Eleodes carbonaria. G. ~

Eleodes nigrina. V. P., 9,200.

Eleodes extricata. G., V. P., 9,200-11,500.

Eleodes pimelioides. G.

Emmenastus acutus. G.

Blapstinus vestitus. G., V. P., 9,200.

Blapstinus pratensis, var. A., G.

Blapstinus mestus, A., V. P., 9,200.

Hypophleus parallelus. V. P., 9,400.

Helops montanus, n. sp. 518. G., V. P.,
9,400.

Corphyra Lewisii. G., L. V., V.P., 9,400.

Notoxusanchora. G., L. V., A.,V. P., 9,200.

Notoxus serratus. G.

Notoxus bifasciatus. G.

506

Anthicus, n.sp. G.

Anthicus punctulatus? smaller than the
Californian specimens. L. V., G.

Anthicus cervinus? var. A., G.

Canifa pallipes. L. V.

Tetratoma concolor, n. sp. 519. V. P., 9,200.

Scotochroa basalis. G.

Pentaria, near trifasciata. L. V.
Anaspis rufa. L. V., V. P., 9,000.
Anaspis nigra. G., V. P., 9,400.
Anaspis atra. G.

Mordella scutellaris. G.
Mordellistena fuseata. L. V.
Mordellistena pustulata. TV, Ge

Mordellistena angusta. V. P.,9,000-9,400.

Mordellistena unicolor. L. V., G.

Mordellistena morula. G., V. P., 9,400.

Mordellistena emula. L. V.

Epicauta pensylvanica. V. P., 9,200.

Epicauta maculata. L. V., G., V. P.,
9,200.

Cantharis viridana. V.P., 9,400.

Cantharis sphericollis. G.

Nemognatha apicalis. Atlanta, Idaho.

Lacconotus pinicola Horn. V. P., 9,200-
9,400.

Salpingus, sp. G., V.P., 9,400.

Rhinomacer comptus. V.P., 9,200-9,400.

Auletes subceruleus. V.P., 9,200.
Rhynchites glastinus. L.V., V.P.,9,000.
Rhynchites bicolor. L. V.

Aragnomus griseus. G.

Rhypodes brevicollis. G.

Diamimus subsericeus. G.

Thricolepisinornata. G.,V.P., 9,000-9,400.

Peritaxia rugicollis. G., V. P., 9,400.

Orimodema protracta Horn. YV.P., 9,300.

Scythropus, n.sp. G.

Pandeleteius hilaris. L. V.

Sitones tibialis. Everywhere, 7,000-11,500.

Trichalophus planirestris. V. P., 9,200.

Lepidophorus, n. sp.? G., V.P., 9, 200.

Lepyrus geminatus. G.

Listronotus latiusculus? A.

Listronotus neyadicus? Atlanta, Idaho.

Macrops vitticollis Kirby. A., G., V. P.,
9,400.

Macrops solutus. A.

Pissodes costatus. YV. P., 9,200-9,400.

Lixus musculus. lL. V.

Procas, n. sp. (picipest Lec.). V.P., 9,400.

Grypidius brunnirostris. G., V. P., 9,200.

Grypidius Equiseti, var.? G.

Dorytomus mucidus. L. V.

Dorytomus hispidus. G.

Dorytomus luridus. G.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[Vol. V.

Dorytomus squamosus. G. \

Desmoris, sp.? L. V.

Desmoris, n. sp. G.

Smicronyx tychioides. L.Y.

Smicronyx vestitus. L. V.

Phyllotrox nubifer. YV. P., 9,200.

Endalus ovalis. A., G.

Endalus, near eratus.

Bagous, n. sp. G.

Bagous californicus: A.

Lixellus filiformis. <A.

Anthonomus rufipennis. G.

Anthonomus squamosus. L. Y.

Anthonomus,n.sp. G., L. V., V.P., 11,500.

Anthonomus canus. G., V.P., 9,200.

Acalyptus ephippiatus. A.,G., L. V.

Proctorus decipiens. L. V., G.

Orchestes niger. L. V.,G., V. P., 9,200.

Orchestes rufipes. L. V., G., V. P., 9,200-

Tychius tectus. G. i

Magdalis Lecontei. G.,V. P., 9,400-11,000.

Magdalis gentilis. G., V. P., 9,200-11,500.

Magdalis, near hispoides. G., V. P.,9,000-
11,000.

Magdalis inconspicua. A.

Nanophyes pallidulus. A.

Copturus nanulus. G.

Copturus adspersus. lL. V. \

Celiodes curtus. L. V.

Ceuthorhynchus decipiens.
9,400.

Ceuthorhynchus sericans. A.,
9,200-9, 400.

Ceuthorhynchus, n. sp., near rape. G.

Ceuthorhynchus pusillus. A., G.

Pelonomus squamosus. G.

Rhinoncus pyrrhopus. Atlanta, Idaho.

Pseudobaris angusta. A.

Pseudobaris, near nigrans. A.

ANG

Cave &.,

Gia,

Onychobaris subtonsa. L. V.
Baris striata. IL. V.
Balaninus uniformis. L. VY.

Sphenophorus Ulkei Horn (variolatus
Lee.). A., G.
Cryphalus macronatus,
9,300.

n. sp. 519. V. P.,

Pityophthorus deletus, n. sp. 519. G.,
V. P., 9,000-9,400.
Pityophthorus nitidulus. G., V. P., 9,000-

9,400.

Piigapsinonns fossifrons Lec. Gt Naeneees
9,000.

Pityophthorus cariniceps Lec. V. P., 9,300.

Pityophthorus (Gnathotrichus) retusus.
V. P., 9,400.

Pityophthorus celatus. V. P., 9,400.

No. 3.] LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 507

Xyloterus bivittatus. G. Phloeotribus puberulus, n. sp. 520. V.P.,
Tomicus plastographus. Y. P., 9,400. 9,400.

Tomicus rectus. V.P., 9,400. Phloeosinus serratus? orn.sp. G.
Tomicus latidens,?. V. P., 9,400. Hylastus longus. G., V. P., 9,400.
Scolytus unispinosus. YV. P., 9,200. Hylurgops rugipennis. V. P., 9,400.
Dendroctonus terebrans, form validus. G. | Allandrus bifasciatus. G.

Dendroctonus similis var.?. G. Brachytarsus alternatus. L. V.

Hylesinus sericeus. G. Apion, 3sp. G.,L. Y., V. P.
III.— DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

CICINDELA WILLISTONI.—Of the usual dull bronzed brown above,
with green and bluish reflexions in the impressions of the prothorax,
not shining; beneath metallic blue and green, clothed with erect coarse
white hair, except at the middle of the ventral segments. Labrum white,
with narrow black margin, transverse, sinuate in front, with an acute
tooth at the middle; base of mandibles white; labial palpi testaceous,
last joint black. Head as rough as in the allied species, longitudinally
rugose near the eyes, and more finely upon the front, which is blue and
green, and not hairy. Prothorax as rugose as in C. formosa; sides
slightly rounded only in front, not or scarcely narrowed behind; base
less cylindrical than in the allied species; impressions deep, sides with
coarse erect white hair. Elytra rather strongly punctured, with a broad
lobed white margin and refracted wide white band, the descending por-
tion of which is long, and hooked very near to the terminal lunule;
humeral lunule not at all oblique; bead of side margin dark metallic;
apex rounded and alike in both sexes, scarcely perceptibly serrate;
sutural spine small. Length, 10.5-14™™.

Lake Como, Wyoming Territory; found in abundance. on alkaline
mud by Mr. S. W. Williston, of Yale College Scientific Expedition.

g Prothorax very slightly narrower behind the middle; sides of elytra
not dilated; left mandible slightly and very obtusely angulated on the
outer edge, near the tip.

2 Prothorax flatter and wider at the base than in the ¢; sides of elytra
distinctly though but slightly dilated just in front of the middle; mandi-
bles alike, not angulated near the tip, but regularly rounded.

This might be readily taken for a race of formosa, latesignata, or
fulgida, with which it agrees in having the outer edge of the mandibles.
acute, as well as in general characters and appearance. Nevertheless
it differs from fulgida by less smooth and shining upper surface, and
from all of the three by the pattern of the markings, which do not per-
ceptibly vary, and by the sexual characters. It shows in the latter a
tendency towards repanda, hirticollis, &c., but in those species the balance
of specific distinctions is preserved by the mandibles being more slender,
much more prolonged at the tip, and destitute of the acute slightly ex-
planate external edge seen in the formosa group.

DYSCHIBIUS MONTANUS.— Elongate, brownish black, with brassy reflex-
ion; antenne and legs brown. HEpistoma truncate, with angles promi-
Bull. v, 3——12

508 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

nent; front with a transverse impression interrupted at the middle, so
as to.form a very small crest. Prothorax less shining, not longer than
wide, slightly narrowed in front; sides distinctly margined; anterior
transverse impression rugose. Elytra cylindrical, strice nearly complete,
not coarsely punctured, punctures obsolete toward the tip; third inter-
space without dorsal punctures; basal puncture large at base of first
and second strive; marginal stria not extending along the base. Front
tibiz with two small teeth on outer edge; terminal digitation slightly
curved; apical spur longer, much curved. Length, 2.8™™.

Garland, Colo. Seems to resemble D. curvispinus Putz, which is un-
known to me, but differs by darker color and by head without deep
transverse impression; differs from D. pumilus Dej. (D. dentiger and
falciger Lec.) by more elongate form, less shining thorax, and less
strongly punctured elytral striae. The form is almost as slender as D.
jiliformis Lee.

HARPALUS ALIENUS.—Resembles greatly in appearance Anisodactylus
nigrita, black shining, antenne, palpi, and front tarsi piceo-rufous. Pro-
thorax nearly twice as wide as long, emarginate in front, truncate and
finely margined at base; sides rounded, hind angles obtuse rounded at
tip; side margin depressed and punctulate, wider toward the base,
where it is confluent with the basal impressions, which are large, shallow,
and punctulate; dorsal line fine. Elytra (é) shining, striz deep, inter-
spaces flat, dorsal puncture distinct; ventral segments without acces-
sory punctures or setze; middle of first and second segments punctulate.
Length, 12™™. 7

Veta Pass, one $; a very distinct species, unlike any other in our
fauna, known to me.

BEMBIDIUM STABILE.—Depressed, greenish black; antennz brown,
base, palpi, and legs testaceous. Prothorax scarcely wider than long,
somewhat narrowed behind; sides strongly margined, rounded, subsinu-
ate near the basal angles, which are rectangular and feebly carinate;
basal impressions deep, sparsely punctured; dorsal line deep. Elytra
with 6 rather finely punctured strie, gradually shorter, and obliterated
behind; dorsal punctures on third stria; marginal stria and groove
entire, punctures very few. Length, 6-7™™.

La Veta, Colo.; found also in San Diego County, Cal., by Mr. O. N.
Sanford. This species is related to B. striola, but is much larger; the
sides of the prothorax are less sinuate, the hind angles much less promi-
nent, and, finally, the apex of the elytra is not pale. As nothing allied
to this species has occurred in the more northern regions, I am disposed
to regard it as one of the preglacial survivals of the tertiary fauna.

BEMBIDIUM RUBIGINOSUM.—Piceo-rufous, with a slight metallic
reflexion; frontal impressions normal, not very deep; eyes rather large.
Prothorax quadrate, a little wider than long, slightly narrowed behind,

No. 3.] LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 509

truncate at base, and nearly so at apex; front angles not prominent,
sides moderately rounded, oblique, and not sinuate behind; hind angles
slightly obtuse, not rounded, finely carinate; dorsal line entire, trans-
verse impressions deep, basal impressions square, deep. Elytra with
strie entire, finely punctured to beyond the middle; outer ones feebly
impressed ; dorsal punctures 2, connected with the third stria. Length,
3mm,

Garland, Colo., one specimen. A peculiar and easily recognized
species, resembling a small Bradycellus.

BEMBIDIUM ACUTIFRONS.—Black. Head with deep frontal impressions
converging at apex. Prothorax wider in front than long; sides slightly
rounded, strongly narrowed, and subsinuate behind; hind angles rect-
angular, carinated, dorsal line strong, posterior transverse impression
and basal impressions deep. Elytra with 7 punctured striz, outer ones
gradually shorter and weaker; dorsal punctures upon the third inter-
space. Length, 3™™,

Alamosa, Colo., one specimen. Allied to anguliferum and connivens,
but the sides of the prothorax are much less sinuate near the base, the
hind angles less prominent, and the legs and elytra are entirely black.

BEMBIDIUM PRACINCTUM.—Black shining, elytra finely alutaceous.
Head with long oblique impressions, converging but not meeting in
front. Prothorax transverse, strongly margined on the sides, much
narrower and constricted at base, hind angles small, rectangular, cari-
nate, basal impressions deep, transverse impressions deep, the hind one
with a row of punctures, dorsal line fine. Elytra elongate-oval with
extremely fine, almost obliterated striz of small punctures, marginal
stria and groove deep, entire, marginal punctures few, dorsal punctures
2, small, connected with the 3rd stria. Length, 3™™.

Alamosa, Colo., one specimen. Allied to B. 4-maculatum, but is en-
tirely black.

A faunal memoir on the Coleoptera of California has been delayed for
more material, and this seems therefore a favorable opportunity for
' making known the following remarkable species from that region.

BEMBIDIUM TIGRINUM.—Testaceous, occiput, middle of apex and
base of prothorax and cloud-like spots on elytra dusky. Depressed ;
frontal impressions broad, deep, parallel. Prothorax wider than long,
widest at middle, scarcely emarginate at apex, nearly truncate at base,
sides moderately rounded and. strongly margined, base a little narrower
than apex, angles slightly obtuse not rounded, and not carinate ; dorsal
line fine, posterior transverse impression deep, feebly punctulate, basal
impressions broad, shallow. Elytra with entire deep impunctured
striae, somewhat less impressed behind and at the sides; dorsal punc-
tures 2, large, situated near the 2nd stria; the dusky markings -are
connected near the suture as far as the 4th stria, and consist of three

510 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

parts: a basal ‘group, a transverse band about the middle, and a pos-
terior cloud. The under surface is clouded with dusky. Length, 6™.

One specimen from the southern part of California, collected by Mr.
Hardy, and kindly given me by Dr. D. Sharp.

OCHTHEBIUS DISCRETUS Lee., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, 379.—A form
of this species was found by Mr. Schwarz at Veta Pass which differs
from the Californian specimens by the prothorax less coarsely punctured
and the elytral striz less deep.

GYROPHZNA (ENCEPHALUS).—Three specimens of three distinct spe-
cies, which seem referable to this group, were found by Mr. Schwarz
at Garland. As many species of Gyrophena are still undeseribed, I
prefer letting these remain so until a general synopsis can be prepared.

HYPOCYPTUS NIGRITULUS.—Broader than long, convex, thinly pu-
bescent with fine gray hairs, antenne and legs entirely black, hind
angles of prothorax nearly rectangular, not rounded. Length, 0.67.

Veta Pass. Differs from H. Crotchit Horn, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. vi, 86,
by the color being entirely black, and hind angles of prothorax not
rounded.

MYCETOPORUS TENUIS? var.—The specimens from Veta Pass dif-
fer from the Lake Superior ones described by Dr. Horn, Tr. Am. Ent.
Soc. vi, 122, by darker color, and by the antenne somewhat more
‘thickened seloriially:

DELIPHRUM EXPANSUM.—Broad, depressed, narrower in front, pice-
ous shining. Head sparsely finely punctured, with short oblique occi-
pital lines, at the hind end of which, and almost on the neck, are the
ocelli. Prothorax twice as wide as long, rounded on the sides, which
are finely margined and slightly impressed and explanate behind the
middle; front angles much rounded, hind angles obtuse, base finely
margined; disc rather finely punctured with an obsolete impressed dor-
sal line, and a slight basal fovea. Elytra twice as long as the prothorax,
wider behind, truncate at tip, sutural angle rectangular; punctured,
and indistinetly striate. Abdomen smooth. Tibiz distinctly spinulose,
joints 1-2 of hind tarsi but slightly elongated, 5th nearly as long as the
others united. Antenne thickened externally, 4th joint nearly rounded,
shorter than 3d, smaller than 5th, Length, 4™™.

Veta Pass, Colo. The antenne are nearly as in Lathrimeum, but the
tibiz are distinctly spinulose, and the exposed part of the abdomen 1S

as long as the elytra.

OLOPHRUM MARGINATUM (Kirby), Fauna Bor. Am. iv, 89, &e. (vide
synon. Fauvel, Notice Entom. Staphyl. Am. du Nord, 80).—Veta Pass,
Colo. One specimen differs in having the sides of the prothorax very
distinctly sinuate near the base, while in two specimens from Aiaska

No. 3.] ‘LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. — 511

the sinuation is very slight. It is possibly a distinct species allied to
the European alpinum, but 1 am unwilling to base a description upon a
single specimen without farther comparisons.

PSEUDOPSIS OBLITERATA.—Depressed, piceous opague. Head with-
out elevations. Prothorax transversely oval, sides broadly flattened,
dise with four slightly elevated ill-defined costae. Elytra with two ob-
solete discoidal cost, and:a more distinct submarginal one; margin
acute. Abdomen paler at tip. Antenne and legs ferruginous.
Length,, 2™™..

La Veta, Colo.; rare. I found also one specimen in the Gila Valley
in 1851.

HYDNOBIUS LONGIDENS.—Elongate-oval, convex, dark rufo-testace-
ous shining, head finely sparsely punctured, prothorax more distinctly
punctured, finely margined at the base. Elytra punctured in slightly
confused rows, sutural stria impressed. Length, 2.5™™.

é Hind thighs with a large acute compressed tooth, the distal margin
of which runs perpendicularly from the knee joint.

Garland; one ¢. There is no specific difference in form, color or sculp-
ture between this and the following species, except in the pesition of
the tooth of the hind femora, and I have therefore confined myself to
that character to prevent needless repetition.

HYDNOBIUS CURVIDENS.—Hind thighs of the ¢ with a large com-
pressed tooth about one-third from the distal end; the outer margin of
which forms a concave are of a circle to the knee joint. Length, 2.2™>.

La Veta, Colo.; one ¢. |

HYDNOBIUS PUMILUS.—Much smaller, testaceous, elytra more finely
punctured than usual, and with extremely fine distant transverse lines.
Hind thighs of the ¢ broadly and obtusely dilated near the tip; the
distal margin of the tooth thus fornred is oblique, and the apex is
slightly cuspidate. Length, 1.2-1.5™™.

Veta Pass, Colo.; one ¢. San Mateo, Cal.; one ?. The punctures
of the elytra are smaller than usual, and nearly obliterated towards
the tip.

HYDNOBIUS OBTUSUS.—Dark rufo-testaceous, shining, elytra as usual
with strive of large punctures; punctures of interspaces smaller and
less numerous. Hind thighs of ¢ broader and more compressed than
in the 2, not toothed, but only obtusely rounded on the lower margin.
Length, 2.5™™.
Garland, Colo.; both sexes; occurs also in British Columbia.
The following species are extra-linmital.

HYDNOBIUS LONGULUS.—More elongate than the others, oval, con-
vex, rufo-testaceous, shining, elytra with the striz composed of smaller

512 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

punctures than usual, those of the interspaces of the same size as those _
of the striz, but less close. Hind thighs of ¢ dilated at the extremity
into a very large tooth, acute at tip, the distal margin of which is oblique
and the proximal concave in an are of acirele. Length, 2.8™™.
California, Oregon, and British Columbia. Easily known by its more
elongate form.

HYDNOBIUS LATIDENS.—Rufo-testaceous, shining, of usual form; strize
composed of finer punctures, less deep near the tip; interspaces with
distant, fine transverse lines. Hind thighs of the ¢ strongly dilated into
a wide tooth, the distal margin of which is oblique and feebly concave to
the knee, the proximal margin straight from the apex to the base of the
thigh ; apex of the tooth obtuse, but slightly prominent. Length, pt

Anticosti; Mr. W. Couper. Similar to H: pumilus, but the elytral
punctures are less obliterated behind, and the tooth of the hind thighs
is much larger; the thighs are also less punctured.

The hind thighs are not toothed in three specimens of H. substriatus
Lec. in my collections, and I am therefore unable to place the species
properly. Itis quite possible that H. curvidens above described is the
corresponding ¢.

In Hydnobius Matthewsti Crotch (Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 1874, 74.), I per-
ceive no differences in the four specimens in my collection, except that
in the two larger ones the spurs of the front tibize are-very unequal (<3),
and in the other two they are nearly equal.

CLAMBUS VULNERATUS.—Oval, convex, black shining, not densely
ut distinctly pubescent with yellowish hair. Elytra with a large trans-
verse red spot about the middle, which is wider near the suture; antennz
and legs testaceous. Length, 1™.
Garland, Colo.; one specimen.

SACIUM BIGUTTATUM.—Elongate, black, very finely pubescent. Pro-
thorax not wider at base thanits length, sides and apex strongly mar-
gined, diaphanous in front for nearly one-third of the length. Elytra each
with a rounded red spot a little behind the middle, and half way from
the suture to the side. Under surface and legs black. Length, 1.6™™,

Veta Pass, Colo. Of the same size and form as L. lugubre and
obscurum, but the prothorax is rather longer, and the elytral spot dis-
tinguishes it at first sight.

ANTHEROPHAGUS CONVEXULUS.—Elongate-oblong, fuscous, antenne,
legs, part of under surface and elytra rufo-testaceous, finely punctulate,
clothed with extremely fine pubescence. Prothorax transverse, not
wider at base, sides nearly straight and parallel, obsoletely angulated
about the middle; hind angles somewhat obtuse, not rounded, base finely
margined, foyeate each side. Length, 3.2™™.

Le Conte, New Spec. Coleopt. (Smiths. 8vo), 1, 71.

No. 3.] LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 513

Garland, Colo. In the hind angles of the prothorax being nearly
rectangular, and the pubescence very fine, this species approaches
(according to description) A. sutwralis Maklin, from Alaska, but the
color of the latter is said to be black, with the margin of the elytra, the
front part of the suture, the antenne and the legs rufo-testaceous.
These differences may possibly not be specific, since the type from Lake
Superior and a specimen from Santa Barbara, Cal., are uniform rufo-
testaceous. ;

EMPHYLUS AMERICANUS.—Oblong, ‘dark ferrugineous, scarcely per-
ceptibly pubescent, nearly uniformly punctured ; punctures towards the
tips of the elytra smaller and less impressed. Length, 2.8™™,

Veta Pass; one specimen found in an ant’s nest. This insect resem-
bles altogether the figure of the European JZ. glaber (as given by DuVal,
Gen. Col. Europe, ii, pl. 51, f. 252), but the elytra are very distinctly
punctured, and not obsoletely as described by Erichson.

PHALACRUS DISPAR.—Rounded oval, convex, above black-brown,
shining, elytra with faint, ill-defined rows of fine punctures, interspaces
sparsely punctulate, sutural stria not impressed. Antenne, legs, and
under surface ferruginous. Length, 3™™.

Veta Pass. As large as P. penicillatus, and easily known by the
sutural stria not being impressed.

EUTHIA LONGULA.—Elongate, rufo-testaceous, antenne and legs yel-
low, elytra from the first third nearly to the tip darker; pubescence sparse
and rather coarse. Head with two large shallow fovere. Prothorax
longer than wide, not narrowed in front, slightly rounded on the sides,
marked with a transverse impressed line near the base; upon this line
are situated two large punctures each side, and a smaller one at the
middle. Elytra sparsely punctulate. Length, 1™™.

Garland, Colo.; one specimen. The species are very rare, but the
genus is distributed widely over the continent. There are four species
in my collection, which may be tabulated thus:

Elytra finely punctulate; prothorax with a transverse line near the base ..--- aM: 2.
Eyurakedisyin ehly punetiured sss, Se Ll Se ee ese colon.
2. Prothorax a little wider than long, with a short discoidal line; basal line not ex-

tending to the sides, basal fovex large; piceous, antennz and legs yellow.. .scitula.
Prothorax as long as wide, basal line strong, basal punctures 3, the middle one small,

the outer ones near the angles, elongate...---.----. ..---- e2-- secon e noone impressa.
Prothorax longer than wide, basal line fine, basal punctures 5, the intermediate one
SHIT NG eRe ee SOE LEE NG Obes Sag tct Sh SURRY GY ash Ue eee eee ele longula.

HE. ScITuLA, Maeklin, is a little larger than the other species; black,
with antenne and legs yellow. It is easily distinguished by the short
slightly impressed dorsal line. Alaska and Lake Superior.

EUTHIA IMPRESSA.—Dark rufo-testaceous, shining, sparsely pubes-
cent. Head convex, smooth, vertex with two small fovee. Prothorax

“514A BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. ¥.

smooth, a little longer than wide, rounded on the sides, narrowed near
the tip; disc convex, with a deep transverse line near the base, upon which
is a small medial puncture; near the hind
angle each side is a small elongate fovea.
Elytra convex, scarcely perceptibly punctu-
late. Length, 1™™.

Lake Tahoe, California; two specimens,

i. COLON, Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. ii,
131.—Elongate, ferruginous, shining, clothed
with short sparse coarse yellowish pubes-
cence. Head punctulate, feebly impressed.
Prothorax a little wider than long, rounded
on the sides, slightly narrower in front than
at the base, which is finely margined at the
middle, but without transverse impressed
line; the disc is punctulate, the two large
basal punctures are confluent, and the mid-
dle one is smaller. Elytra distinctly punc-
tured. Length, 1™.

Arizona and San Diego County, California.
ya rt Two specimens were found by Mr. O. N. San-

ford, one of which he has kindly placed in
my collection.

1. E. scitula. 2. E. colon.
3. E. longula. 4. E. impressa.

SYNCALYPTA GRISEA.—Ovate convex, more pointed behind, black,
densely clothed with brownish gray scales, and but slightly mottled ;
bristles rather long, and clavate as usual. Length, 2.5.

Garland, Colo.; one specimen. Much less robust than S. strigosa.
The sides of the elytra are parallel from the base to beyond the middle.
The form of S. echinata is regularly oval, and the bristles are larger and
more numerous. 8S. albonatata is of the same form as S. echinata, but is
conspicuously marked with white spots, and the bristles are shorter and
fewer..

LIMNICHUS MONTANUS.—Elongate-oval, more obtuse in front than
behind, convex, black, imperceptibly punctulate, thinly clothed with
fine short whitish hair. Body beneath shining, prosternum sparsely
punctured, deeply channelled for three-fourths its length; metasternum
sparsely and finely punctured, finely channelled for nearly its whole
length. Hind cox coarsely punctured. Ventral segments. sparsely
punctulate; last segment densely punctulate, not impressed. Length,
a

La Veta, Colo.; one specimen. Our species may be thus tabulated:
Table of Species of LIMNICHUS.

Body beneath densely and coarsely punctured......---.---------------.------ @

Body beneath finely, in part sparsely punctured ..-.....-.--..----..----.-----s 34

No. 3.) ° LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 515

2. Prosternum widely and deeply grooved, metasternum with a nearly obsolete
line; last ventral segment not impressed; oval, greenish bronzed, pubescence

brownish cray. 27. | Wastern America .. -<-oe5--<3 .-0~ o 550-56 smoa- I. punctatus.
Smaller and more elongate, pubescence above brownish, mottled with silvery

Matte. howe. r San bermaramo. Cal. css. oseo ste sce cee sects 2. nebulosus, n. sp.
Pree SOCyanetodun cs mmnmmere wuss Ula Chics a tected. 2anmre sete wigter times! cies mine ose cae 4&
adyubeneanhopague”s: ase tay. Heese oshy) etek eh ee Saks sees yok tet Z

4. Abdomen densely and finely punctured; last ventral slightly impressed, with
a patch of longer hair visible in well-preserved specimens; metasternum very

coarsely, punctured, slichbly impressed. 2.6 22-2 noe son-p nncinien ween sticic 3S
Abdomen sparsely and finely punctured, last ventral without patch of hair;
metasternum more sparsely punctured, prosternum nearly impunctured ...--.. 6

5. Oval, pubescence above slightly mottled; prosternal groove very deep, ex-
tending nearly to the front margin; metasternum finely channelled: 2-2.5™™.

Texas; Colo.}. Cals -2see'.'. sess te Poea bit ay CASES pac COME aE omen Be. analis, D. Sp.
Like analis, but smaller and broader, less rounded at each end, puibescence above
slehily mottled. .22™. | Sousherm States ooo eee lee eee a= onina nen 4. ater.

G. Black, elytra faintly punctulate, pubescence gray (nearly abraded); metaster-

num channelled for nearly its whole length. 2™™. Veta Pass, Colo. ..3. montanus, n. sp.
Smaller, black-bronzed, elytra strongly punctured, metasternum channelled for

half the length, sparsely but more coarsely punctured. 1.8"™. Califor-

TENE 3c See ARE MEE SE ECS CT are a ee np a es a eee 6. californicus, 0. sp.
Smaller, ovate, pointed before and behind, black; metasternum channelled for

half the length, strongly and coarsely punctured; abdomen finely not densely

punctured, last joint convex feebly punctulate, not impressed. 1.4™™.

ORES Sapte eee et ls Womens Bani 2 feed Seimicpe mee siniacie <= aialeninines 4. nitidulus.
7. Pubescence rather coarse, elytra one, punctured, prosternum deeply

channelled. 1.2-1.4™™, Texas; Cal...........-.-----.-------- 8» lutrochinus, n. sp.
Pubescerce fine, elytra feebly Sian: prosternal channel deeper and

broader behind. 1.2™™. Georgia; Florida ...-.,....-...--2 2+ -- 200-5 ee OVALS,

The bibliography 1 is as follows:

1. L. punctatus Lee. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila. , 1854, 116; olivaceus Lee. ibid. ; 2-2.5™™.
Middle and Western States.

4. L. ater Lee. ibid. 117; obscurus Lec. ibid. 116; 2-2.5™". Middle and Southern
States.

7. L. nitidulus Lec. ibid. 117; 1.75™™, Southern States.

9. L. ovatus Lec. ibid.; 1.5™™. Southern States.
The new species are easily récognized by the characters given above

without farther description.

PAROMALUS DEBILIS.—Oval subconvex, black, shining, finely punc-
tured. Head finely punctulate. Elytra without sutural stria; there are
two short oblique faintly impressed striz at the base, and two others
more feebly impressed, visible near the margin behind the middle.
Prosternum without strive; mesosternum margined only at the sides.
Length, 2™".

Veta Pass; one specimen. Of the same size and form as P. difjcilis
Horn, but much more finely puactured, and with no sutural stria.

PSEUDEBUS OBSCURUS.—Black, with a leaden pruinose lustre from
extremely fine pubescence. First joint of antenne, knees, tibie, and
tarsi tinged with testaceous. Prothorax transverse oval, broadly trun-

516 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

cate in front. Elytra more elongate than usual, but little wider than
the prothorax (in 2), not perceptibly punctured. Length, 2™™.

Garland, Colo.; one pair. The tips of the elytra in the ¢ are con-
torted as usual, and yellow; the ventral segments are entirely black,
the last is broadly and deeply emarginate at tip, and not suleate. Dif-
fers from P. pusillus by the legs not being yellow, and probably by the
sexual characters, though my ¢ specimen of the latter is not in good
condition.

ERNOBIUS TRISTIS.—( ¢) Elongate, black, shining, finely and scarcely
perceptibly pubescent, finely scabrous-punctate. Eyes moderate in size,
but very convex. Antenne half as long as the body, slender, 2d joint
stouter than 3d; 3d, 5th and 7th a little longer than the 4th, 6th, and
8th; 9th as long as the 5 preceding united, 10th a little shorter, 11th as
long as the 9th. Prothorax twice as wide as long, much rounded on the
sides, which are strongly margined. Elytra finely margined. Length,
3.0™™,
Veta Pass; one ¢.

ERNOBIUS GRACILIS.—Elongate, rufo-testaceous, less shining, finely
pubescent, densely scabrous-punctulate. Eyes moderate in size, very
convex. Antenne half the length of the body, rather stout, joints 3-S
nearly equal in length, 5th-8th wider than 3d and 4th; 9th as long as
the 5 preceding united, 10th and 11th each as long as the 9th. Pro-
thorax more than twice as wide as long, sides very much rounded and
widely margined, concavity of the margin extending along the base to
_a basal fovea, where it becomes narrower. Elytra convex finely mar-
gined. Length, 3.72™. ’
Garland, Colo.; one ¢. These two species are quite different from
those tabulated by me in Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 1865, 224. |
The following species from other districts may be described with ad-
vantage on the present occasion :

PRNOBIUS LUTEIPENNIS.—Less elongate, piceous, not shining, finely
pubescent, elytra dirty .reddish yellow, finely punctured and slightly
scabrous. Head and prothorax opaque, densely and finely scabrous.
Kyes convex, smaller in ? than g; antennz 2d joint stout, not much
longer than thick; 3d slender, longer than 4th; 4-8 gradually shorter,
but not wider; 9-11 varying, as below, according to sex. Prothorax
twice as wide as long, narrowed in front, sides moderately rounded,
finely margined. Tibiz and tarsi testaceous. Length, 2.5-3"™.

Massachusetts, on pine boughs; one pair kindly given me by Mr.
Frederick Blanchard; found also at White Fish Point, Lake Superior,
by Mr. H.G. Hubbard. The antennez of the ¢ are more than 4 as long
as the body, and the joints 9-11 are long and narrow, each being as
long as the 1st-Sth united. In the 2 the same joints are wider and —
each equal in length to the 4th-8th united. This is allied to H. tenuicor-

No. 3.) LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 517

mis Lee. loe. cit. 225, but quite different by the larger, more distinctly
scabrous prothorax, and different color.
The last named species was also found by Mr. Blanchard on Pinus
rigida. The ? differs from the ¢ by the smaller eyes and less elongate
9-11 joints of antenne, which, however, are not as stout as in JZ.
luteipennis.

ERNOBIUS FILICORNIS.—Elon gate, piceous, head and prothorax nearly
opaque, finely punctulate, scabrous, finely pubescent; eyes (¢) large,
convex, antenne very slender, 2d joint stouter, and a little shorter than
the 3d, which is slender; 4th-8th short, 9th as long as the 4th-8th
united, 10th and 11th each as long as the 9th. Prothorax transverse,
sides narrowly margined. Elytra strongly but finely punctured, shin-
ing, sparsely pubescent, with very short prostrate hairs proceeding from
each puncture, giving a pruinose appearance. Len eth, 2",

Medford, Mass.; one 3. Mr. E. P. Austin.

GASTRALLUS MARGINIPENNIS.—Cylindrical, piceous, not perceptibly
punctulate, clothed with extremely fine sericeous gray pubescence, an-
tenn and legs testaceous. Prothorax uniformly convex in front, hind
angles obliquely explanate. Elytra with one marginal stria, which is
fainter near the middle and obliterated near the tip. Length, 1.5-2™7,

Garland, Colo.; several specimens. This is the first recognition of
the genus in our fauna.

LUPERUS NIGROCYANEUS.—Black or blue black, shining, antennz
and legs piceous, base of the former testaceous, front tibiz and tarsi
tinged with same color. Prothorax about as long as wide, moderately
rounded and finely margined on the sides, slightly narrowed in front,
nearly smooth without vague transverse impression. Elytra a little
wider than the prothorax, punctulate. Antenne with 3d joint longer
than 2d but shorter than 4th. Length, 3.3-4.3™",

Veta Pass. In the ¢ the 5th ventral is smooth at the middle and
feebly impressed transversely; the last dorsal is obtusely triangular and
hollow beneath at the tip. Resembles L. cyanellus Lee., but the anten-
ne and legs are dark, and the sides of the prothorax are more rounded,
especially near the base.

CH @TOCNEMA CRIBRIFRONS. — Hlongate-oval, convex, coppery
bronze rather shining. Head sparsely punctured, front with a few
very large punctures. Prothorax transverse, slightly narrowed in front,
rounded on the sides, punctured. Elytra with striz composed of large
punctures, interspaces flat, smooth. Ventral segments, Ist, 2d, and 3d
nearly smooth at the sides; 4th and 5th Sparsely deeply punctured.
Antenne brown, outer joints piceous. Legs partly brown. Length,
arth,

~ Alamosa, Colo.; one specimen. Of nearly the same form as C. pro-

518 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

tensa Lee., but quite different by the coarse sparse punctures of the
front, and the nearly smooth 1-3 ventral segments. The seutellar stria
is less elongated.

CHATOCNEMA ANEOLA.—Elongate-oval, convex, dull bronze, some-
what shining. Head impunctured, subopaque. Prothorax transverse,
scarcely narrowed in front, broadly rounded on the sides, finely margined
at the base, punctulate, with a basal row of large punctures interrupted
- at the middle for about 4 the width. Elytra but little wider than pro-
thorax, striz finely and closely punctured, interspaces indistinctly
punctulate, slightly convex. Antennae, tibiz and tarsi testaceous, outer
joints of the former dusky. Last two ventral segments, more deeply
punctured than the others.. Length, 1.5".

Garland, Colo. Similar to opacula, but differs by the head less opaque,
and the prothorax more finely punctured, as well as by the deeper and
more finely punctured elytral striz.

HELOPS MONTANUS.—Elongate-oblong, convex, black shining, with
brassy lustre. Head rather densely punctured, transverse impression
broad, eyes small, convex. Prothorax one-half wider than long, punct-
ured, sides rounded, margin narrowly reflexed, base distinctly margined,
front angles broadly rounded, hind angles obtuse slightly rounded.
Elytra elongate-oval very convex, but little wider than the prothorax,
rather strongly margined at the sides, striz fine, scarcely punctured;
interspaces flat, slightly rugose and punctulate. Scutel finely punctured.
Beneath punctured, flanks of prothorax densely not coarsely aciculate.
Antenne extending beyond the base of the prothorax, outer joints not
’ compressed. Length, 6.5"".

Veta Pass. The tarsi are scarcely dilated in any of the specimens L
have examined. This species is allied to convexulus Lec., but the pro-
thorax is of a different form, with distinctly defined hind angles.

TETRATOMA CONCOLOR.—Elongate-oval, convex, finely and sparsely
pubescent, piceous shining, with a reddish tinge, base of antenne and
legs yellowish brown. Head more finely punctured. Prothorax and
elytra equally punctured; the former transverse, narrower in front,
rounded on the sides, which are narrowly margined; base margined like ©
the sides, with a large puncture half way between the middle and the
basal angles, which are obtuse and rounded. Length, 4°"...

Veta Pass.

CRYPHALUS MUCRONATUS.— Elongate, cylindrical, black, opaque, cov- |
ered with fine pruinose pubescence, and with scattered short, stout white
bristles. Prothorax rounded on the sides, not longer than wide, obliquely
rounded at the tip, which is mucronate on the margin with two approx-
imate curved spines; surface in front of the middle with scattered acute
tubercles. Llytra with striz not impressed, composed of quadrate shal-
low punctures. Length, 1.4™™,

No. 3.] -LE CONTE ON ROCKY MOUNTAIN COLEOPTERA. 519

Veta Pass; one specimen. Resembles closely the European C. tilic,
but is larger and more elongate, with the sides of the prothorax more
rounded. The sutures of the antennal club are straight.

_XYLOCLEPTES CUCURBIT&.—Slender, cylindrical, black, rather shin-
ing, villous with long, sparse, fine, erect yellow hairs. Head finely granu-
late, flat. Prothorax longer than wide, oval, very slightly wider behind,
densely punctato-granulate, granules flat. Elytra densely and coarsely
rugosely punctured; punctures arranged slightly in rows, declivity ob-
lique, not retuse or sharply defined. Antenne and legs ferruginous.
Length, 2>™.

Utah, on wild gourd; sent to me by Dr. H. A. Hagen. The antennal
club on the outer face has a smooth oval spot at the base; the sutures
are indistinct and nearly concentric with the sides and distal end of this
spot, as in the European YX. bispinus, to which, otherwise, this and_X. deci-
piens Lec. bear no resemblance.

PITYOPHTHORUS DELETUS.—Cylindrical, slender, shining black or
brown, nearly glabrous, with a few fine hairs near the sides and upon
the prothorax; head sparsely fringed with long hairs, front flat, sparsely
punctured. Prothorax not wider than long, a little wider behind,
sparsely punctured, with a few distant acute reclinate tubercles arranged
in transverse rows; two are upon the apical margin. Elytra with very
fine, nearly effaced rows of small punctures more distinct near the base;
declivity smooth retuse, impressed near the suture. Antenne and legs
ferruginous. Length, 12™™,

Veta Pass, Colo. Five specimens examined show no. sexual differ-
ences, and are probably all females. This species may be placed near
annectens Lec. Pr. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, 622, from Florida, but is quite
different, and easily recognized by the characters given above.

SCOLYTUS UNISPINOSUS.—I refer to this Oregon species, heretofore
represented by but two 3, a 2 found at Veta Pass, which differs by the
head moderately convex and punctured, and the compressed spine of
the ventral declivity replaced by a short compressed tubercle at the
apical margin of the second segment. The specimen referred to by me
from Lake Superior (Pr. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, 626) as probably belong-
ing to this species, has the tubercle on the face of the second ventral
segment not compressed and not extending to the apical margin. Itis,
perhaps, a different species, but in the absence of ¢ specimens cannot
be properly described.

* PHL@OTRIBUS PUBERULUS.— Cylindrical, black, nearly opaque,
clothed with fine erect yellowish pubescence ; base of antennz and tarsi
piceous. Head sparsely finely punctured; front nearly smooth, shining,
broadly concave, with two small acute cusps on the epistoma. Protho-
rax wider than long, sides oblique slightly rounded, coarsely punctured,

520 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

dorsal line obsolete, visible only near the middle. Elytra with shallow
strie, formed of quadrate punctures, interspaces somewhat elevated,
not wider than the strie, with the hairs arranged in rows. Length,
2.5mm,

Veta Pass; one specimen. This species resembles in appearance
Hylesinus opaculus, but is quite different in characters. The joints of the
antenne are less prolonged than in the other species, so that the club
becomes elongate-oval, and as long asthe remaining joints united.

e)

Poa ee Ley

ey Aion
blgee = ir hea oe

ont TH oti:

Paris
Wire
Grae ars

Cot \ ait
Ry
Leary

INTHRIOR.

BULLETIN

OF

THE UNITED STATES

%

ROLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY

OF

, ~-———
VOLUME V..-..-NUMBER 4.

WASHINGTON:
NMENT PR

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
OF THE TERRITORIES.

VOLUME V. 1879. NUMBER 4.

Art. XXVI.—Third Instalment of American Orni-
thological Bibliography.

By Dr. Elliott Cowes, U. 8. A.

The Appendix to the Birds of the Colorado Valley (pp. 567[1]-784[218]),
which gives the titles of ‘“‘Faunal Publications” relating to North
America, is to be considered as the jirst instalment of this work.

_ The second instalment occupies pp. 239-330 of this Bulletin, this Vol.,
No. 2, and similarly gives the titles of ‘‘ Faunal Publications”, being
those relating to the rest of America.

These two instalments represent all that I am at present prepared to
publish of titles of this kind, ¢. e., in “regional” Ornithology.

This present, third instalment consists of an entirely different set of
titles, namely, those belonging to the “systematic” department of the
whole Bibliography.

In this department come the titles of all publications treating of par-
ticular species, genera, or families of Birds, sytematically arranged by
Families, in chronological order under each family, with alphabetization
of authors’ names under each date. The lot of titles herewith presented,
however, are only those that relate to American species. Of those fam-
ilies which are exclusively American, as, for example, Mniotiltida, Icte-
ride, Tanagride, Trochilide, ete., | give, of course, all the titles in my
possession; but of those families which are more cosmopolitan, as the
Turdide or Fringillide, I select only the titles relating to American spe-
cies; and of extra-limital families no titles whatever are given. Such
is the ostensible scope of the present instalment; but I actually give
many titles relating to extra-limital species, when the close relationship
of such species makes it desirable, or when the insertion of a few. such
additional titles enables me to present all those that I possess of certain
families.

The three instalments together represent a nearly complete Bibliog-

Bull. vy, 4——1 . 521

522 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

raphy of Ornithology so far as America is concerned. They are pub-
lished in this manner in advance of the whole work for several reasons—
among others, both to render immediately available certain departments
of the Bibliography which are practically completed, and to invite criti-
cism and suggestions for the bettering of the work. I am satisfied that,
if 1 can come anywhere near the standard I have set for myself, I shall
have done a very useful thing; and I beg those who are interested in

rey

the accomplishment of this undertaking to inform me of any defects
they may perceive. In only one particular would I deprecate criticism
at present—and this is respecting the arrangement of the titles; for the
scheme of the work cannot be fairly appreciated until the whole is pub-
lished, including the several contemplated Indexes.

The portions of the Bibliography now before the public suffice for an
estimate of its plan and purpose; but I may add that nothing has yet
appeared of several other important departments, such as those of
‘General and Miscellaneous” publications, of publications in “Anatomy
and Physiology”, of publications relating to “Birds in Domestication
or Captivity”, etc. It is not my intention, however, to print any more
of the work at present, the American departments being the only ones
sufficiently perfected to warrant their leaving my hands. But mean-
while I am making manuscript for the rest as rapidly and as continu-
ously as possible.

NoTA BENE: It being absolutely necessary, in this part of the work, to have some
fixed standard (no matter what one) for the grouping of species and genera into fam-
iiies, and for the sequence of the families, I have adopted as most convenient the
arrangement of Gray’s HAND-LIST, as far as the Passeres are concerned—the limitations
of the families in other orders being sufficiently nearly agreed upon by ornithologists.
For Passerine families, then, the titles have been assorted strictly and exactly according to

the composition and sequence of those groups in the work just mentioned. i
A

Hirundinidz.

{Here only titles additional to those given in ‘‘ Birds of the Colorado Valley’, pp. 378-389, 396-401, q.v.J

1769. LaxMann, E. Hirundo daurica, area temporali rnbra, Uropygio luteo rufes-
cente. < Kéngl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Acad. Handl., xxx, 1769, pp. 209-213, pl. vii.

1774. WuiITE, G. Account of the House Martin, or Martlet. < Philos. Trans., lxiv,
pt. 1, 1774, pp. 196-201.

Habits of Chelidon urbica.

This celebrated memoir is curiously misquoted in Carus and Engelmann, Bibl. Zool., 11, 1861,
p- 1375, as if referring to the mammal Mustela foina, known as the ‘‘Marten”. Gill and Coues
perpetuate the blunder in Monogrs. N. A. Rodentia, 1877, App., p. 1005, by transcription of
the title into their Bibl. of VN. A. Mammals. Coues exaggerated it in his Fur-bearing Ani-
mals, 1877, p. 77, by making out Mustela foina to have been instituted by Gilbert White, as
above! The funny mistake is shown up by Alston, P. Z. S., 1879, p.469. The title is correctly
cited by Cones in Birds Colorado Valley, 1878, p. 396; as it is also by Giebel, Thes. Orn., p.
145.—It is hard to teach some people to verify quotations!

On the same page of Carus and Engelmann, 6 lines higher up, oceurs a no less singular
mistake: John Hunter’s account of the ‘‘Free Martin” (a local name for cattle with a certain
malformation) being cited as if relating to some species of Mustela. Again, on p. 1345, same
work, a paper on the anatomy “of a male Otter’, Lutrce maris (in the genitive), is allocated
with Enhydris, as if it were Lutre maris, ‘of a Sea Otter”.

1789. CaRtson, G.v. Anmiirkningar om Svalor. < Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad, Nyt Handl.,
x, 1789, pp. 315-317.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—HIRUNDINIDZ. 523

1809. REEVE, H. An| Essay | on | the Torpidity | of | Animals. | By Henry Reeve,
M. D. | Member of the Royal College of Physicians of | London, and Fellow

of the Linnzean Society. | — | [Quotation.] | — | London: | Printed for Long-
man, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, | Paternoster Row, | by Richard Taylor & Co.
Shoe Lane. | —| 1809. 1vol. 8vo. pp. ili-viii, 1-152.

P. 39. ‘‘Here a curious question arises respecting the disappearance of birds.’’ And the
author goes on to discuss the alleged hibernation of Swallows. Cf. Philos. Mag., xxxv, 1810,
p. 241.

1813. ForsTER, T. Observations | on the | Brvmal Retreat | of the Swallow. | — | To
which is annexed | a copiovs Index | to many passages relating to this bird, |
in the works of ancient and modern authors. | — | By | Thomas Forster, F.
L. 8. | Author of | “Researches about atmospheric Phaenomena,” etc. | — |
Third edition, corrected and enlarged. | — | London: | Printed by J. Moyes,
Greville Street, Hatton Garden; | for Thomas Underwood, 32, Fleet Street, |
and 40 West Smithfield. | — | #813. 8vo. pp.i-xiv, 1-46.

See other editions, of 1814 and 1817.

1814. Forster, T. Observations | on the | brvmal retreat | of the | Swallow. | — | To
which is annexed | a copiovs index | to many passages relating to this bird, |
in the works of ancient and modern authors. | — | By Thomas Forster,

_F.L.S8. | Author of [etc.] | —| Fourth Edition, corrected and enlarged. |
[This Edition is not published separately.] | 1814. < The Pamphleteer, iv,
1814, pp. 431-462.

This and two others are the only editions I have been able to lay hands on, of this rather
notable paper; as stated in the title, the present edition is not issued separately. I give eds.
of 1813 and 1817, and find another quoted of 1817. In the present, the author alludes to three
earlier editions. ‘The treatise in its present shape seems to be materially modified, with anew
preface ; besides which, it consists of the original (?) preface, pp. 433-438, observations, etc.,
439-454, appendix, 455-459, giving first and latest appearance of Swallows near London for
several years; and of index, 460-462, of passages relating to history of the Swallow in various
works, ancient and modern, and the names of Swallows in many different languages. (He
derives Swallow, as usual, from A. 8. swelgan, to swallow, and says the Greek ‘‘is supposed
to have come either from xetAy Sovety quod scil. labia agitet, vel quod xetAcow ade labiis canit”’
—in which he differs from other authority. The latin supposititious derivation, ab herendo,
from the adhesive nests, seems to me very far-fetched.) Cf. Birds Col. Vall., i, 1878, pp.
369-371.

1816? Anon. The | Swallows: | or, | Observations & Reflections | upon | Their Late
Assemblage | at Rotherham, | and their | subsequent departure. | — | [Quo-
tation, 4 lines.] | — | Albion Press: | Printed and Sold by T. Crookes, Rother-
ham; | sold also by [ete.3 lines]. [n.d.1816?] lvol. 16mo. pp. i—viii, 9-38.

Anonymous: preface dated Clifton Cottage, Dec. 1815.—A sermon by a clergyman to his
parishioners, on the wisdom and goodness of God as illustrated by the habits of Hirundinide.

1817. ForsTER, T. Observations | on the | Brvmal Retreat | of the | Swallow; |
with | a copiovs reference | to passages relating | to this subject, | in differ-

ent authors. |— | By Thomas Forster, F.L.S. | [ete.] | — | Fifth Edition.
| —| London: | Printed by J. Moyes, Greville Street; | for Thomas and
George Underwood, | 32, Fleet street. | — | 1817. 8vo. pp. i-xiv, 1-46.

Substantially the same as, if not identical with, the 4th ed., published in The Pamphleteer,
iv, 1814, pp. 431-462, q. v. ;
‘“‘T do not mean to say that swallows may not have occasionally been found under water; for

it is well known that they have; . . . but I should certainly attribute their being found in
such situations to mere accident; . . . they have sometimes been taken out of the water,
in winter, in a torpid state, . . . they have likewise been found concealed in the crevices

of rocks, in holes in old decayed trees, in old ruined towers, and under the thatch of houses.”

1823? STEINMULLER, J. R. [Sur ’Hirundo rupestris.] < Neue Alpina, i, p. 530.
Not seen. :
1824, AUDUBON, J. J. [Note on the Hirundo fulva.] < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,i,
pt. 1, 1824, pp. 163-166.
Forms part of the article by DeWitt Clinton, loc. cit., q. v.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vot. V.

1824. DEFRANCE, —. Notice sur le vol des hirondelles de cheminée. < Féruss. Bull.,
2¢ sect., i, 1824, p. 183.
1825. L[Esson], [R.] P. Faits et observations relatives 4 la résidence permanente

1826.

1828.

1830.

1830.

1831.

1835.

1835.

1836.

1845.

1845.
1846.

1846.

1846.

1848.

des Hirondelles dans les Etats-Unis; par John Audubon. < Féruss, Bull., 2°
sect., vii, 1825, p. 109.
Résumé des Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., i, 1824, pp. 166-168.

LeEss[ON, R. P.] Sur l’Hirundo fulva de Vieillot, avee quelques remarques sur
les oiseaux de ce genre; par Dewitt Clinton. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
ix, 1826, pp. 232, 233.

Extrait des Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., i, 1824,-pp. 156-166.

ANON. Faits concernant Vhibernation de ’Hirondelle de cheminée (Hirundo
rustica); par le Rév. Colin Smith... < Féruss Bull., 2° sect., xiv, 1828, pp.
117, 118.

Précis, tiré du Edinb. New Philos. Journ., juillet-sept., 1827, pp. 231-234.

ANON. Tableau sur l’arrivée et le départ des hirondelles de la Grande-Bre-

tagne; par W. F. Bree. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xxii, 1830, pp. 118, 119.
Extrait de Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, mars, 1829, pp. 16-20.

‘¢PHILOCHELIDON.” On the wanton Destruction of Swallows. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 35-38.

““G. M.” The Swallow and the Stoat. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p.
146.

Attack by Hirundo rustica upon a Stoat.

. BREE, W. T. Effects of the Swallow Tick (Hippobosca Hirundinis L.) on the

Swallow Tribe (Hirundines.) < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,v, 1832, p. 677.
‘J. D[ENSON?].” Intrepidity of the Swallow [Hirundo rustica]. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 84.
“J.C.” Swallow (Hirundo rustica) [in confinement]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 270, 271.

. CHAMBERLAIN, R. D. A Swallow accidentally fettered into the Nest in which

it had been reared, and hence detained from accompanying other Swallows
in their Departure in Autumn from Britain: one of its Parents had stayed to
attend it. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 515.

Morris, B. R. Birds of the Swallow Kind: Means conducive to the keeping
of them alive in Britain through the Winter. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii,
1835, p. 572.

Morris, B. R. Earliest and Latest Dates of seeing the Swallow in Britain.
<_Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p, 572.

A model article—shorter than its title!

Tuk, A. Swallows, an extended String is used as a perch by certain. < Low-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 107.

Harpy, J. Superstition respecting the Martin (Hirundo urbica). < Zoologist,
1845, p. 870.

Horne, C. Do Swallows eat the Honey-bee? < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1137.
CLrBBORN, B. Ornithological Note. [OnCotyleriparia?] < Zoologist, iv, 1846,
pp. 1368, 1369.

THIENEMANN, F. A. L. Meine Schwalbe. < Rhea, i, 1846, pp. 98-103.
Aus dem Leben.
TURNER, W. Anecdote of confidence in the Swallow. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p,
1551. :
Hussey, A. Swallows, and a Plea on their Behalf. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p.
2303. : ;

No. 4.) ‘COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—HIRUNDINIDA. 525

1849. SrricKLaNp, H. E. Hirundo albigularis [n. sp.]. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1349,
jie gis jolla aye
1850. ALLAN. W. Anecdote of Martins (Hirundo [Chelidon] urbica). < Zoologist, viii,
1850, pp. 2824, 2825.
1850. [SUNDEVALL, C. J.J] Svalornas hibernation. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad.
Férhandl. for ar 1849, 1850, pp. 181-185.
1850. WAKEFIELD, R. On the Cruelty of Swallow Shooting. < Zoologist, viii, 1850,
p. 2952.
1851. [Ascuan, N. N.] Om svalans hibernation. < Gfvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad.
Foérhandl. for dv 1850, 1851, pp. 6,7.
1851. [GriLL, G.] Om svalans hibernation. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. For-
handl. for ar 1850, 1851, pp. 7,8.
1851. Harper. J. O. Death of Martins [Chelidon urbica] and Swallows [Hirundo
rustica, in Norwich]. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 2988.
1851. [ JARDINE, W. ] “Birds of Western Africa. <_Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, p. 141.
Consisting only of a description of Hirundo gordoni, sp. n.
1851. MarrHEews, A. Display of Parental Affection by Martins [Chelidon urbica].
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3173, 3174.
1851. [SUNDEVALL, C. J.] Om svalans hibernation. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad-
Férhandl. for ar 1850, 1851, pp. 8-11.
1852. Harris, G. Anecdote of the House Martin, (Hirundo [Chelidon] urbica).
< Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3512, 3513.
1853. Cassin, J. Catalogue | ofthe | Hirundinide | in the Collection of | the Academy
of Natural Sciences | of Philadelphia. < Published with the Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., vol. vi; dated July 1, 1853; not paged; also, separately, 8vo, one
signature, 8 foll.
1253. Ropp, E. H. Supposed Occurrence of the Rufous Swallow (Hirundo rufula)
near Penzance. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3753.
1854. Moore, F. Notice of a New Indian Swallow [ Delichon (g. n.) nipalensis Hodgs. ].
< P. Z. S., xxii, 1854, p. 104, pl. (Aves) 1xiii.
1254. SuNDEVALL, ©. J. Om Svyalans hibernation. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad.
Férhandl. for dr 1853, 1854, pp. 135-140.
1855. Briaes, J. J. Note on the destruction of Swallows, &c., by the severity of the
weather [in Derbyshire, Engl., May, 1855]. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4808,
4809.
1855. Lown, E. J. Singular Mortality amongst the Swallow Tribe. < Canad. Journ.,
iii, 1855, p. 388.
1855. Moore, F. Notice of a [lately] New Indian Swallow. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
2d ser., XVi. pp. 225, 226.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 25, 1854, p. 104, pl. (Aves) 63 (Delichon nipalensis Hodgs.).
. 1856. AscHNER, T. [Ueber eine weisse Schwalbe.] < Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, vi,
1856, p. 76.
1856. HAprInLp, H. W. Anecdote of Swallows. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5204.
1856. HeELLMANN, A. Beitrag zur Ptilographie und Anatomie der Hirundo rustica.
<J. f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 360-370.
1858. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Two New Species of the Family Hirundinide. <P.
Z. S., XXVi, July 13, 1858, pp. 355, 356.
Atticora pileata, p. 355; Chelidon cashmeriensis, p. 356.
1859. GouLD, J. Descriptions of Two [lately] New Species of the Family Hirundi-
nide. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iii, 1859, p. 77.
From P. Z. S., July 13, 1858, pp. 355, 356, q. v.

526

1860.

1861.

1862.

1863.
1863.

1863.
1865.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.
1867.
1867.

1867.

1869.
1870.

1870.

1870.

1870,

1870.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. : (Vol. V.

HADFIELD, H. Note on the Barn Swallow of Jamaica (Hirundo americana).
< Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6975, 6976.

FRAUENFELD, G. v. Dritter Beitrag zur Fauna Dalmatiens, nebst einer orni
thologischen Notiz. < Verh. (Abhandl.) k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xi, 1861, pp.
97-110.

Ornithologische Notiz tiber Hirundo [Ohelidon] urbica, pp. 108-110, fig. .

ANDRAEA, V. Sinologisch-zoologische Notizen. < Zool. Gart., iii, 1862, pp.

178-130.
No. III. Die Schwalben (Hirundinide).—Gedicht.
GurRNEY, J. H. [Note on Hirundo monteiri.] < Ibis, v, 1863, pp. 116, 117.

MoaeripGr, M. W. [On the habits of Hirundo rupestris.] «<< Ibis, v, 1863,
pp. 233-235.

SaviLue, 8. P. A Swallow turning Pirate. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8824.

Devis, C. W. Note on the Swallow[’s mode of feeding on wing]. < Zoologist,
xxiii, 1865, p. 9729.

Gurney, J. H., Jr. [Occurrence of Hirundo riocouri at Teesmouth, July 6,
1866.] < Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, p. 423.

Afterward ascertained to have been H. rustica: ef. Ibis, 1875, p. 519.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of-Six New Species of Birds of the Families
Hirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann. Lye. Nat.
Hist. New York, viii, 1866, pp. 400-405.

Hirundo equitorialis, p. 400 (Ecuador).
Lezour, G. A. Swallow Stones. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 523.
‘‘Calcareous opercula of some species of Turbo” found in Swallows’ nests, and their use as
‘eye-stones’.

STEVENSON, H. Effects of Cold on the House Martin [Chelidon urbica]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 269, 270.

CuarK-Krennepy, A. Swallows [Hirundo rustica] and Martins [Chelidon
urbica] dying from Cold. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, p. 1015.

HaRrtTING, J. E. An Inquiry into the Nature and Properties of the Swallow-stone
and Swallow’s-herb. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 744-747.

LONGFELLOW, [H. W.] Swallow-stones (see Zool. 8. 8. 523). < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ii, 1867, p. 561.

Quotation from ‘Evangeline’.

. Moor, E.C. Swallows [Hirundo rustica] and Martins [Chelidon urbica] picked

up dead at Aldeburgh. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 990.

} Huauss, D. D. Sagacity of the Purple Martin [Progne subis]. < Am. Nat.

iii, 1869, p. 554.

SHarPE, R. B. [On Hirundo nigrita as type of a new genus, Waldenia. }
Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, p. 461.

Anon. Der moderne Bau des Nestes unserer Hanusschwalbe [Chelidon urbica].
< Aus der Natur, lii, oder n. F., xl, 1870, pp. 413-415.

Anon. Unsere Schwalben. < Aus der Natur, liii, oder n. F., xli, 1870, pp.
566, 567.
Ueber den Bau des Nestes.
MatTHew, M.A. Swallow taking a Fly from a Horse. < Zoologist, 2d ser., V,
1870, p. 2307.
Poucuet, A. Transformation des nids de Vhirondelle de fenétre (Hirundo [Cheli-
don] urbica Lin.) < Compt. Rend., lxx, 7 mars 1870, pp. 492-496.
Cf. Birds of the Colorado Valley, i, 1878, p. 450.
SHarpr, R. B. On the Hirundinide of the Ethiopian Region. < P. Z. 8.,May
12, 1870, pp. 286-322.
38 species and 7 genera are treated very fully under two subfamilies, Psalidoprocnine, 1

gen., 4 spp., and Hirundinine, 6 genn., 34 spp. Characters, synonymy, distribution, are pre-
sented, with some account of habits and much criticism. <Atticora obscura Temm, is identi-

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—HIRUNDINIDZ. 527

1870.

1871.

1872.

1873.
1873.

1874.
1874.
1874.

1874.
1875.
1875.
1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1877.

1877.

1877.

SHARPE, R. B.—Coutinued.
fied with Psalidoprocne holomelena, juv., and Hirundo alfredi (Zool. Rec., v, p. 81) with
Petrochelidon spilodera (Sund., Of. Sv. Ak., 1850, p. 108). A table of the geographical distri-
bution is added, in which an attempt is made to divide the region naturally into five sub-
regions—the Abyssinian, Mozambican, Cape, Guinean, and Madagascarian.

Hupson, W. H. [Twelfth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres. ]
< P. Z. 8S., 1871, pp. 326-329.
Treats of the Hirundinide of that country.

WHITAKER, J., JR. Swallows roosting on Rushes. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,
1872, p. 3314.

“TL. W.L.” Rambling Martins. < Forest and Stream, i, Noy. 6, 1873, p. 198.

ScuacuT, H. Ein ornithologisches Riithsel. < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1873, pp. 235,
236.

| ANON, [Nesting of Swallows.] < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 390.
Carey, C. B. Song of the Swallow. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4156, 4157.

CorBIn, G. B. Swallows roosting on Rushes. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p.
4035.

“TRANSIT.” [Instance of co-operation in nest-building among Swallows. ]
< Forest and Stream, ii, April 2, 1874, p. 123.

GuRNEY, J.H. [The supposed Hirundo “‘savigni” shot at Teesmouth, Durham,
(ef. Ibis, 1866, 423), was really, H. rustica.] < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, p. 519.

Hatcu, T. E. Instinct and Reason. < Rod and Gun, vi, Sept. 25, 1875, p. 388.
Sagacity of Barn Swallows.
INGERSOLL, E. The Biography of a Bird [Cotyle riparia]. < Pop. Sci. Monthly,
July, 1875, pp. 315-320, 1 illust.
INGERSOLL, E. The Biography of a Bird [Cotyleriparia]. < Rod and Gun, vii,
Noy. 6, 1875, p. 91.
From Popular Science Monthly for July, 1875, pp. 315-320.
Cours, E. Notable Change of Habit of the Bank Swallow [i. e., of Stelgidop-
teryx serripennis]. < Am. Nat., x, No. 6, 1876, pp. 372, 373.
Erroneous information from R. Haymond; the species being Stelgidopteryx serripennis. .
Cougs, E. Peculiar Nesting-Site of the Bank Swallow [i. e., of Stelgidop-
teryx serripennis]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 4, Nov., 1876, p. 96.
‘“‘Cotyle riparia”, fide R. Haymond ; afterward proved to be Stelgidopteryx serripennis.
Haymonp, R. Note on the Bank Swallow [i.e., Stelgidopteryx Te Ee
< Field and Forest, i, No. 11, Apr., 1876, p. 88.

Ripa@way, R. ‘The Bank Swallow” [Stelgidopteryx serripennis] again.
< Am. Nat., x, No. 8, 1876, pp. 493, 494.
Correction of error in tom. cit., p. 372.
STERLING, E. Birds’ Nests. < Rod and Gun, viii, July 8, 1876, p. 233.
Breeding habits of Hirwndinide along Lake Erie.

Van FLEET, W. Notes on the [habits of the] Rough-winged Swallow (Hi-
rundo [Stelgidopteryx] serripennis), in Pennsylvania. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, i, No. 1, 1876, pp. 9-11.

Cours, E. Letterson Ornithology. No. 11.—Swallows [Hirundinide]. < The
Chicago Field, Jan. 6, 1877, p. 331, figg. 2.

An imaginative piece, aah figs. of Headal of Tachycineta bicolor and Petrochelidon lunifrons.

Cours, E. To the Swallow. < Am. Sportsman, Feb. 3, 1877.

Reprinted from The Chicago Field, Jan. 6, 1877, without the cuts.

[Scorr, W. E. D.] Do Birds Hybernate? < The Country, i, Nov. 24, 1877, p.

5d. See pp. 133, 165.

Asking further carenaation concerning a paragraph quoted from the Popular Science
Monthly, alleging hibernation of Swallows in Michigan.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

[ABBorT, L. 8.] Hibernation of Birds. < The Country, i, Jan. 19, 1878, p.
165. See pp. 55, 133, 181.

Invalidating the evidence of hibernation of Swallows given tom. cit., p. 55. ;

. ANON. Curious, If True. < Forest and Stream, x, June 20, 1878, p. 379.

Account of a horseman attacked and injured by troops of Swallows in Virginia.—Copied
from Springfield (Mass.) Union, June 10, 1878.
Anon. The Purple Martin. (Progne Purpuria.) < Journ. of Sci. (Toledo, Ohio),
n.s., i, No. 6, Sept., 1878, cut.

Popular account, with a figure.

. ANON. Bank Swallow [Cotyle riparia]—natural size. < Journ. of Sci. (Toledo,

Ohio), n. s., i, No. 6, Sept., 1878, suppl. sheet, fig., no text.
Anon. The Barn Sparrow [sic]. (Hirundo Horreorum.) <Journ. of Sci. (To-
ledo, Ohio), 2d ser., i, No. 9, Dec., 1878, cut.
Popular biography, with a figure.
Cours, E. The Eave, Cliff, or Crescent Swallow (Petrochelidon lunifrons).
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iti, No. 3, July, 1878, pp. 105-112.

Biographical sketch, ‘‘by permission, from advance sheets of the ‘Birds of the Colorado
Valley’, vol. i.”

. [Iv@Eersoxt, E.] Hibernation of Birds, again. < The Country, i, Jan. 5, 1878,

p. 133. See pp. 55, 165.
Critical notice of alleged torpidity of Swallows in Maine and Michigan.
SMITH, EVERETY. Notes on the Hibernation of Birds. < The Country, i, Jan.
26, 1878, p. 181. See pp. 55, 133, 165.

8. TROTTER, S. Description of a Hybrid (Hirundo horreori-lunifrons) between two

North American Swallows. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878,
pp. 135, 136.

The first instance of hybridity in this family reported in this country. The specimen has
since been examined by E. Coues, J. A. Allen, and others, who agree that there is no ques-
tion that it is a hybrid between Hirundo horreorum and Petrochelidon lunifrons.

. ANON. Rough winged Swallow (Hirundo serripennis.) < Journ, of Sci. (To-

ledo, Ohio), 2d ser., i, No. 10, Jan., 1879, cut.
Popular biography, with a figure.
ANON. Migrations of Swallows. < The Chicago Field, xii, No. 13, Noy. 8, 1879,
p. 199.
Touching also on their alleged hibernation.
BOARDMAN, G. A. Interesting Note on Albinism [in Hirundo horreorum].
< Forest and Stream, xiii, Aug. 7, 1879, p. 525.
With a note on melanism in Turdus migratorius.
BRYANT, WALTER E. Clift-swallows [Petrochelidon lunifrons] and their Para-
sites. < Science News, i, No. 9, Mar. 1, 1879, p. 144.
Srannis, J. A. The Rough-winged Swallow [Stelgidopteryx serripennis] in
Connecticut. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 119.
[Witiarp, 8. L.] [Laying of Cotyle riparia in nest of Ceryle aleyon.] < The
Oélogist, iv, No. 11, June, 1879, p. 86.

No. 4.) COUER’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CCREBID&. 529

Coerebidz.

1838. BONAPARTE, C. L. Di un Uccello messicano fin ad ora non conosciuto [Agrilo-
rhinus sittaceus]. <( Nuov. Ann. delle Scienze Nat. Bologna, i, 1838, pp. 407, 408.
Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.
1840. FRAsER, L. [On some new Species of the Genus Agrilorhinus.] <P. Z. S.,
Vili, Feb. 25, 1840, pp. 22, 23.
A. bonapartei, A. humeratis, A. olivaceus, p. 22; A. personatus, p. 23.
1840. FrasER, L. [On some lately new Species of Agrilorhinus.] < Annals of Nat.
Hist., vi, 1840, pp. 304-306.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 25, 1840, pp. 22, 23, q. v.
1843. LAFRESNAYE.[F.] DE. G.Conirostre. Conirostrum. D’Orb.et Lafr. < Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1-4, pl. 35.
Pl. 35, C. albifrons, Lafr., R. Z., 1842, p.301.—En suite, une liste descriptive des cing espéces
dont & sa connaissance se compose ce petit groupe de Guitguits. q
1846. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Essai @une monographie du genre Diglossa, Wagler,
G.-B. [sic] Gray, Gen. of birds, p. 28. < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846, pp.
317-320.
11 espéces.—D. similis, D. mystacalis, D. brunneiventris (Des Murs), p. 318; D. aterrima,
p. 319, spp. nn.
1847. HARTLAUB,G. Notice sur me nouvelle espece du genre Cereba [nitida], Vieil-
lot. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, p. 84.
1850. STRICKLAND, H. E. Cereba nitida, Hartlaub. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1850, p.
147, pl. lxvi.
1851. Sciarer, P. L.. I[V.—On the genus Dacnis, Cuvier, with description of a new
Species. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 105-110.
6 spp. systematically treated. D. cerebicolor, }. 106, sp. n.
1851. StrickLAND, H. E. On an hitherto unnamed species of Dacnis [melanotis].
<Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 15, 16.
With synonymy of this and D. cayana.
1852. GiRAUD, J.P., JR. Description of anew Species of Helinai [sic ;—H. brevipennis].
< Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, v, 1852, p. 40, pl. iii, fig. 1.
Read Oct. 8, 1850.—(It is a species of Dacnis, near speciosa Max.)
1852. ScLATER, P. L. X.—On certain species of Dacnis. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852,
pp. 101, 102, pl. xciii.
D. speciosa Maxim., pl. xciii, fig. 1; D. plwmbea (Lath.). The second fig. of the pl. is D.
cceerebicolor (Scl.).
1254. SctatTER, P. L. On two New Species of Dacnis, and on the General Arrange-
ment of the Genus. <P. Z. S., xxii, Nov. 28, 1854, pp. 251, 252.
Daenis hartlaubi, D. egregia, p.251, spp.nn. List of 9 spp. of the genus. (See especially
Ibis, 1863, pp. 311-317.)
1856. ScLATER, P. L. On two New Species of Dacnis, and on the General Arrange-
ment of the Genus. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvii, 1856, pp. 62, 63.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 28, 1854, pp. 251, 252, q. v.
1860. [ANON.] [Notiz iiber Arbelorhina cerulea Cab.] < Zool. Gart., i, 1860, p. 144.
1863. ScLATER, P. L. Synopsis of the known Species of Dacnis. < Ibis, v, 1863, pp.
| 311-317, pl. vii. '
12 spp.—A general account of the genus, including synonyiny, diagnosis, and habitat of the
species; none new. Theplaterepresents D. venusta Lawr. (Ct. Cont. Orn., 1851, p. 106 et seq.;
P. Z. 8., 1854, pp. 251, 252.) D. hartlaubi Scl., P. Z. S., 1854, p. 251, is a Calliste.
1864. Cassin, J. Notes of an Examination of the Birds of the Subfamily Coerebine.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvi, 1864, pp. 265-275.
7 genn. (with numerous subgenn)., 44 spp.—Cyanodacnis, p. 268; Polidacnis, p. 269; Budae-
nis, Atdeodacniz, p. 270; Hemidacnis, p. 271: Tephrodiglossa, p. 273; Pyrrhodiglossa, Oyano-
diglossa, Mclanodiglossa. p. 274, subgenn. nn. Chlorophanes ccerulescens, C. melanops, p. 269,
subspp. nn. The matter is descriptive and critical’ with some synonymy.

530 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

1864. LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Caere-
bide, Tanagride, Icteride, and Scolopacide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
xvi, 1864, pp. 106-108. ;

Dacnis ultramarina, p. 106.

1870. SUNDEVaALL, C.J. Ofversigt af sliigtet Certhiola. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-
Akad. Forhandl. for dr 1869, 1870, pp. 619-625.

I. Speculo alarum albo ornate. a) Uropygio pure flavo. 1. jflaveola, 2.? bairdii, 3. S:ti
Thome, 4. ex Minas Geraes, 5. luteola, 6. major, 7. columbiana, 8. minor. b) Plaga uropy-
gii virescente, indefinita. 9. bartholemica, 10. portoricensis, 11. mexicana, 12. peruviana. II.
Speculo alari nullo. a) Plaga uropygii virescente, indefinita. 13. ex insula S:t Croix, 14.
dominicana, 15. chloropyga, 16.2 guianensis, 17. majuscula, 18. albigula, 19.2 bahamensis. 6)
Plaga uropygii lata, definita, pure flava. 20. minima.

1871. Frnscu,O. Monographie der Gattung Certhiola. < Verh. (Abh.) k.-k. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, xxi, 1871, pp. 739-790, pl. iv.

This is a very complete and workmanlike monograph, in which, after general considerations
and an account of the genus, the ten species recognized by the author are treated at full
length, with copious synonymy, description, and criticism. Finsch recognizes CC. bahamensis,
flaveola, portoricensis, bartholemica, luteola, clusiae (vy. Wiirt., sp. n.), mexicana, chloropyga, do-
minicana, martinicana, as valid, with O. minor Bp., Muscicapa melanoxantha Sparrm., and
Oerthia trochlea Sparrm., as dubious, and adds a note on Certhiola caboti Bd. MS. A map
shows the geographical distribution of the species.

1871. [SaussuRE, H. pE.] Les Diglosas [Cerebide]. < La Naturaleza, ii, 1871, pp.
28, 29.
Sobre las costumbres.
1873. BERLEPSCH, H. [Arten des Genus Dacnis.] <J. f. O., 1873, pp. 68-70.

5 subgenn., 12 spp.

1873. CaBANIS, J. [Ueber Xenodacnis parina, gen. sp. n., des Berliner Museums, von
C. Jelski in Peru entdeckt.] < J. f. O., 1873, pp. 311, 312, pl. iv, f. 1, 2.

1875. SciaTEeR, P. L. Synopsis of the Species of the Subfamily Diglossmex. < Ibis,
3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 204-221, pll. iv, v.

Chars., syns., hab., and criticism of 15 spp. Diglossa, 1 sp. Diglossopsis. Pl. iv, Diglossa pec-
toralis; pl. v, D. albilateralis 5 Q.

1878. ANON. Poaching Birds. < The Country, ii, June 1, 1878, p. 89.
Ingenuity of Certhiole, etc., in procuring food. From Nature.

$a"

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANABATIDZ. 531

™

Anabatidz.

[The genus Sitta is ranged in this family by Gray, and I give all the titles I possess relating to it.]

1819-21? LICHTENSTEIN, H. Ueber die Gattung Dendrocolaptes. <Abhandl. Berlin.
Akad., 1818-19, Phys. Klasse, pp. 197-210; 1820-21, pp. 258-266, pll.

Ihave not seen this, the original edition of the memoir, which, however, reappears in a
manner in Isis, 1824, pp. 615-619, q. v.

1824. LicHTENSTEIN, H. [Ueber die Gattung Dendrocolaptes.] < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg.
viii, 1824, pp. 613-619.

Auszug aus Abh.k. Acad. Wiss. Berlin fiir die Jahre 1818 und 1819, pp. 197-210. In dem
Bande fiir 1820 und 1821 lieferte der Verfasser eine Fortsetzung. D, decwmanus, squamatus,
bivittatus, erythacus, spp.nun.—Der Verfasser ordnet nun 18 Arten, mit Synonymik, Diag-
nostik und Lokale.

1829. BreE, W. T. Nuthatch. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 243, fig. 69.

On the habits of Sitta europea.

1829. ‘“‘H. S.” On the Manners of the Nuthatch [Sitta europea]. By H.S8. With
a Note by W. Swainson, F. R.8., &c. <JLoudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, pp.
328-330, figg. 162, 163.

1831. Bre, W. T. The Nuthatch [Sitta europza] in the Neighbourhood of Bedford.
<Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 275.

1831. Waitt, W. H. The Nuthatch (Sitta europa.) <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv,
1831, pp. 465, 466.
Habits and nidification.
1832. ‘‘ J. DL ENSON?].” The Nuthatch, Sitta europa, L. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
v, 1832, p. 591.
1832. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Anabate. Anabates. Temm. <Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2°
année, 1832, classe ii, notice viii, pl. 8.
Anabates aradoides, pl. viii, sp. n.
1832. NEwMAN, E. The Nuthatch (Sitta europa L.) is resident throughout the Year
[in various parts of England]. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 488,
fig. 97, with notes by ‘‘J. D[enson?].”, pp. 488, 489, and ‘‘J. M.”, p. 489.
1833. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur le Fourmilier a long Bee. Cuy. Gal. du Muséum.
<Guér. Mag. de Zool., 3° année, 1833, classe ii, notice x, pl. x.
Myothera longirostris Cuv. = Thamnophilus caudacutus V. = Myothera caudacuta Lafr.,
pl. 10. (The species belongs to the genus Sclerurus.)
1833. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Picucule. Dendrocolaptes. Herm. P.rubigineux. D. ru-
biginosus. De Lafresnaye. <Guér. Mag. de Zool., 3° année, 1833, classe ii,
notice xvi, pl. xvi.

1833. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Picucule. Dendrocolaptes. Herm. P.a bec encoin. D.
cuneatus. Licht. Catal.p.17. <Guér. Mag. de Zool., 3° année, 1833, classe ii,
notice xvii, pl. xvii.

1837. SELBY], P. J. Sitta europea [in Cornwall]. <Mag. of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837,

p. 103.
1838. SteMUSzZOWA-PieTrRUSKI, S. K. v. Nutzen der Spechtmeise (Sitta europa),
durch die Vertilgung der Borkenkifer beobachtet . . . <Arch. f. Naturg.,

1838, (1), p. 48.

1842. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] De. G. Acanthisitte. Acanthisitta. De Lafr. <Guér. Mag.
de Zool., 2° séx., année 1842, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 27.
Acanthisitta g. nu. = Acanthisa (tenuirostris), Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 242.

1843. ATKINSON, J. C. Note on the Habits of the Nuthatch [Sitta europea]. <Zo-
ologist, i, 1843, pp. 213-215.

532 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vou. V.-

1843. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. G. Picucule. Dendrocolaptes. Cuvier. P.a taches tri-
angulaires. D. triangularis. De Lafr., Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 134. <Guér. Mag.
de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1,2, pl. 32

1843. Ross, H. J. [Occurrence of Sitta europea at Kaipariah.] <P. Z. S., xi, 184°,
p- 122.

1844, LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G. Dendrocolaptes. D. Perrotii. Lafresnaye. < Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1844, Oiseaux, pp. 1,2, pl. 54.
Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 80.
1846. MosLEy, O. Remarks on the Nuthatch [Sitta europea]. <Zoologist, iv, 1846,
pp. 1498, 1499.

1847. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. [Notice du genre Dendrocolaptes, 4 propos de la mono-
eraphie dont il nous donne Vavertissement.] <Revue Zoologique, x, 1847,
pp. 209-211.

1849. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Monographie du genre Dendrocolaptes. <Rev. et Mag.
Zool., i, 1849, pp. 328-331.
Ici seulement l’apereu général du sujet. Voir op. cit., ii, 1850, et ili, 1851.
1850. [JARDINE, W.] Synallaxis flammulatus, Jard. [n. sp.] <Jard. Contrib. Orn.,
1850, p. 82, pl. lvi.

1850-51. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Essai @’une monographie du genre Picucule (Buffon),
Dendrocolaptes (Hermann, Illiger), devenu aujourd’hui la sous-famille Den-
drocolaptine (Gray, Genera of birds), de la famille Certhiade de Swains.
<Rev. ct Mag. Zool., ii; 1850, pp. 95-104, 145-154, 275-285, 369-388, 417—426,
588-598 ; iii, 1851, pp. 145-147, pl. 4, 317-329, 465-470, 590, 591.

Dendrocolaptes, 6 esp. D. simpliciceps, p. 100; D. devillei, p. 102, spp. nn.—Picolaptes, 11 esp,
P. lineaticeps, p. 277, sp. n.—Xiphorhynchus, 5 esp. X. procurvoides, p. 376, sp. n.—Nasica, 14
esp. NN. guttatoides, p. 387; N. beauperthuysii, p. 419; N. dorbignyanus, p. 420, spp. nn. ?—Sitta-
somus, 4esp. S. amazonus, p. 590, sp. n. ?—Glyphorhynchus, 1 esp.—Dendroplea, 2 esp.—Den-
drocolaptes temminckti, p. 145, pl. 4.—Dendrocops, ll esp. D. tyranninus, p. 328; D. meru-
loides, p. 467, spp. nn.—Dendrexetastes. 1 esp.

1851. Eyron, T. C. Description of some New Species and a New Genus of Dendroco-
laptine. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 75-77.

Dendrocolaptes muitistrigatus, Picolaptes validirostris, p.75; P. atripes, Dendrexetastes (g. 0.)
capitoides, p. 76.

1851. Eyron, T. C. Descriptions of two New Species of Synalaxis [sic]. <Jard.
Contrib. Orn., 1851, p. 159, pl. Ixxxi*.

S. olivacens [sic], S. modestus.

1852. Eyron, T. C. Remarks on Dendrocolaptine, with descriptions of Two New
Genera and Species. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, pp. 21-26.

Drymornis, Dendrornis, p. 23, genn. nn. Dendrocops olivaceus, p. 25; Picolaptes notatus,
p. 26, spp. nn.

1853. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges Ornithologiques. <Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v
Noy., 1853, pp. 490-493.

Sur lAnabates squamiger, type d’un nouveau genre Anabasitta, p. 49%.

1853. SctaTeR, P. L, On a new species of Dendrocolaptes [eytoni]. <P. Z. S., xxi,
1853, pp. 68, 69, pl. (Aves) lvii.

1855. ScLATER, P. L. Ona [lately] new species of Dendrocolaptes [eytoni]. <Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xv, 1855, pp. 223, 224.

From P. Z. S., 1853, pp. 68, 69.

1856. ScLaTER, P. L. On some New or Imperfectly-known Species of Synallaxis.

° <P. Z.S., xxiv, 1856, pp. 97-99.

3spp. &. epini, S. caniceps, p. 98, spp. nn. The third sp. is S. 72 ficapila V.

1857. AnrrnoRI, O. Einige Bemerkungen iiber das Nest von Sitta syriaca. <WNau-
mannia, vii, 1857, pp. 429-431.

1857. HaprirLp, H. W. Note on the European Nuthatch (Sitta europxa). <Zoolo-
gist, xv, 1857, pp. 5684, 5685.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY— ANABATID®. 533

1857. SctaTER, P. L. On some New or Imperfectly-known Species of Synallaxis.
<Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, pp. 179-181.
From P. Z. 8., April 22, 1856, pp. 97-99, q- v.
1857. SciaTer, P. L. Further Additions to the List of Birds received in Collections
from Bogota, < P. ZS., xxv, 1857, pp. 15-20.
The article is a briefly annotated list of 52 spp., among which two new Anabatide are
described, namely, Anabates striaticollis and Sclerurus brunneus, p. 17.
1857. ScLaTER, P. L. On two [lately] new Species of Birds from Bogota. < Ann
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, p. 472.
Anabates striaticollis, Sclerurus brunneus, the descriptions of which are here extracted
from a paper of wider scope in P. Z. S., Jan. 27, 1857, pp. 15-20.
1859. PELZELN, A. v. Ueber neue Arten der Gattungen Synallaxis, Anabates und
Xenops in der Kaiserlichen ornithologischen Sammlung, nebst Ausziigen aus
J. Natterer’s nachgelassenen Notizen iiber die von ihm in Brasilien gesam-
melten Arten der Furnarine und Synallaxine. <Sitzwngsber. der Wien. Akad.,
math.-nat. Classe, xxxiv, 1859, pp. 99-134.
Not seen.
1859. SCLATER, P. L. On some New Species of Synallaxis, and on the Geographical
Distribution of the Genus. <P. Z. S., xxvii, 1859, pp. 191-197.
S. pudica, S. stictothoraz, S. scutata, p.191,spp.nn. List of 41 spp., with localities, and men-
tion of 18 others.
1859. ScLaTER, P. L. Ona [lately] new species of Synallaxis [antisiensis] from the
Republic of Ecuador. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iii, 1859, p. 448.
From P. Z. S., Noy. 9, 1858, p. 457, where the species is named among others in a paper of
more extended scope.
1860. Herne, F. Beschreibung eines neuen Riesen-Baumhackers (Xiphocolaptes
[fortis] Less.). <J. 7. O., viii, 1860, pp. 185, 186.
1860. RernHarDT, J. Notitsom Slegten Malacurus Rehb. og de dertil hérende Arter.
<Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjobenharvn 1859, 1860, pp. 103-105.
M. rufifrons (Tl.), M. obsoletus, sp. n., p. 105, WM. striaticeps (d’Orb. et Lafr.) og M. ruber
(Vieill.).
1860. ScxaTER, P. L. On some [lately] New Species of Synallaxis. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, p. 332.
From P. Z. S., May 10, 1859, pp. 191-197, q. v.
1861. Krtrer, T. Ueber Sitta syriaca in Griechenland. <J. f. O., ix, 1861, pp.
129-132.

1863. NewTon, A. Ona New Bird from the Island of Madagascar [Hypherpes (n.
g.) corallirostris]. <P. Z. S., xxxi, 1863, p. 85, pl. xiii.
1864. Puiippl, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. De las Alondras [se. Anabatide] Chilenas.
< Anal. Univ. Chile, xxv, Set. de 1864, pp. 409-418.
A subtitle of a paper of more extended scope.—Six species are treated, among which Cer-
thilauda frobeni, p. 411; C. isabellina, p. 412; and Geobamon fasciatus, p. 415, are described as
new. The matter reappears in a German version in Arch. f. Naturg., 1865, Bd. i, pp. 58-73, q. v.

1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-
grid, Dendrocolaptide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann.

Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 126-135.
The Dendrocolaptide= Anabatide here described are Philydor rufobrunneus, p. 127; Ana-

bazenops lineatus, p. 127; Margarornis rubiginosa, M. STU, p. 128; M. brunneicauda (pro-
band.), p. 130.
1865. Puteri, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Die Lerchen [sc. Anabatidwe] Chiles.
<Arch. f. Naturg., 1865, Bd. i, pp. 58-73.
A subtitle of a paper having a more extended scope.—The birds treated are not Larks, or
Alaudide, to which they have some superficial resemblance, but Anabatide of Gray’s ar-
; rangement. They are six in number, namely: Geositta cunicularia (V.) Bp., Certhilauda fro-
beni P. & L., p. 62; C. isabellina P. & L., p. 63; Geobamon rujipennis Burm., G. fasciata P.
&L., p. 68; Certhilauda nigrofasciata Lafr. Cf. Zool. Rec. for 1865, pp. 102, 103.—The article
originally appeared in Spanish in Anal. Univ. Chile, xxv, 1864, pp. 409-418, q. v.

534 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1865. ScLaTER, P. L. Notes on Kriiper’s Nuthatch and on the other known Species
of the Genus Sitta. <Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 306-311, pl. vii.

12 spp., with critical, descriptive, and geographical annotation. The pl. represents S.
krueperi (cf. P. Z. S., 1864, p. 433). SS. aculeata Cass. is disallowed.

1866. SCLATER, P. L. Note on the Genus Geobates of Swainson. <P. Z.8., Apr. 24,
1866, pp. 204, 205, pl. xxi.

The only known species, Anthus pecilopterus Max., Beitr., ii, p. 633, which — Geobates

brevicauda Sw., An. in Menag., 1838, p. 322, is described and figured, with extracts from

Natterer’s MS. concerning it, under the name of Geobates pecilopterus. Geobamon rujipen-
nis Burm. (J. f. O., 1860, p. 465) ‘‘seems to be somewhat allied”.

1867. Moor, A. C. Nesting of the Nuthatch [Sitta europea]. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,
li, 1867, pp. 559, 560.

1868. CiirTon, Lord. Nuthatch in Ireland [Sitta europea]. <Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1868, p. 1134.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and SaLvin, O. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the
Families Dendrocolaptide, Strigide, and Columbide. <P. Z. S., xxxvi,
1868, pp. 53-60, pl. v, woodcce.
Dendrocincla ruficens, p. 54; Dendrocolaptes puncticollis, p. 54, pl. v, woode.; synopses of
these genera.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and Savin, O. Descriptions of New or Little-known American,
Birds of the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhamphide, Bucconide, and Strigide.
<P. Z. S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 322-329.
Oxyrhamphus frater, p. 326, sp. n.
1869. ScLaTER, P. L. On Two new Species of Synallaxine. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869,

pp. 636, 637, pl. xlix.
Synallaxis curtata, p. 636, pl. fig. 1; Leptasthenura andicola, p. 636, pl. fig. 2

1869. ScLatER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of Six New Species of American
Birds of the Families Tanagride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariidz, Tyrannide,
and Scolopacide. <P. Z. S8., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 416-420, pl. xxvii.
Synallaxis arequipe, p. 417.

1870. GurNEy, J. H. Nest of a Nuthatch [Sitta sii <Zoologist, 2d ser., v,
1870, p. 2224.

1871. Bonn, F. Singular nesting of the Nuthatch [Sitta europa] at East Grinstead,
Sussex. <Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2850, 2851.

1871. ScLaTER, P. L. Remarks on some. Species of Dendrocolaptide in the Collection
of the Smithsonian Institution. <P. Z. S., xxxix, 1871, pp. 85, 86.
Critical observations on Synalazis candi, Anabates ochrolemus, A. montanus (both of
which are referred to Philydor), and Dendrocolaptes chuncotambo (=Dendrornis ocellata). :

1872. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Icterus
and Synallaxis. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1872, pp. 184-186.
The Anabatoid is S. maculata, p. 186, from Tumbe, Peru.

1872. Meypr, R. Ueber den Nestbau des Kleibers oder der Spechtmeise. (Sitta cae-
sia Wolf.). <Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, pp. 238-241.

1874. ScLaterR, P. L. On the Species of the Genus Synallaxis of the Family Dendro-
colaptide. <P. Z. S., xlii, 1874, pp. 2-28, pll. ii; iui, iv.
Very full. Bibliographical summary. Synonymy, diagnosis, and criticism. 58 spp. +4
spp. doubtful, in 2 sections, rectric. 10 or 12.—S. hypospodia, S. subpudica, p. 10; S. hudsoni,
p. 25, spp. nn.—Pl. ii, f. 1, S. stictothoraz; f. 2, S. scutata. Pl. iii, f. 1, S. kollari; f. 2, S.
candwi. P. iv, f. 1, S. suberistata; f. 2, S. hyposticta.

1874. SctaTeR, P. L. Descriptions of three new Species of the Genus Synallaxis.
<P. Z. S., xiii, 1874, pp. 445-447, pl. lviii.
8. ee aaaniies p. 445, pl. lviii, f. 1; = graminicada J elski, MS., p. 446, pl. f. 2; S. virgata
Jelski, MS., p. 446.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANABATIDA, 535

1876. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 8.—Nuthatches [Sitta]. <The Chicago
Field, Dec. 16, 1876, figg. 2.
General account of the North American species, with figg. of the heads of S. carolinensis
and of S. pygmeea.
1878. Harpy, Manty. Nesting Habits of the Red-bellied Nuthatch [Sitta cana-
densis]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 196.
Good original observations on a subject none too well known before.
1879. DowsEr, W. B. The White-bellied Nuthatch [Sitta carolinensis] concealing
Food. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 61.

1879. [ WILLARD, S. L.] [Field] Notes on Sitta canadensis. < The Odlogist, v, No. 2,
Aug., 1879, p. 15.

1879. [WILLaRD, 8. L.] Nest of the White-bellied Nuthatch (Sitta carolinensis). -
< The Oélogist, iv, No. 9, Apr., 1879, p. 65. ’

536

1782.

1805.

1831.

1832.

1832.
1832.
1832.

1832.

1832.

1847,

1847.

1852.

1852.

1862.

1863.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. Vv.

Certhiide.

Gérz,G. F. Beytrag zur Naturgeschichte des Mauerspechts. Certhia [ Ticho-
droma] muraria Linn. < Der Naturforscher, xvii, 1782, pp. 40-44,

BaRTRAM, W. Description of an American species of Certhia, or Creeper.
<Philadelphia Med. Phys. Journ., i, 1805, (pt. 2), pp. 103-106.

Not seen: title from Roy. Soc. Cat.

Wuitr, W. H. The Tree Creeper (Certhia familiaris). <Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 473, 474. 5

BREE, W. T. The Tree Creeper (Certhia familiaris L.) a Winter Resident [in
England]. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 489, with note by “J. DY:
pp. 489, 490.

‘“M.P.” The Creeper (Certhia familiaris L.) [resident in Great Britain]. <Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 738.

NEwMaN, E. The Creeper (Certhia familiaris.) <Zoudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v,
1832, p. 204.

“T. G.” The Creeper (Certhia. familiaris) resident, not migratory, in Lan-
cashire. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., y, 1832, p. 204.

“T. G.” The Creeper (Certhia familiaris L.) it is, and not the Nuthatch (Sitta
europea L.), which associates with the Titmouse in winter, in Lancashire.
<Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 737,738.

TURNER, H. The Creeper (Certhia familiaris. ) <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v,
1832, p. 204, with note by “J. D.”, pp. 204, 205.

Gray, G. R. On two new Genera of Certhine. <P. Z. S., xv, 1847, pp. 6,72.

Oaulodromus gracei, gen. sp. n., p. 6, Darjeeling. Salpornis, g. n., p. 7, type Certhia spilo-
nota Franklin, P. Z. §., 1831, 121, Behar.

Gray, G.R. On two [lately] new Genera of Certhinie. <dnn. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
xix, 1847, pp. 351-353.

From P. Z. S., Feb. 23, 1847, pp. 6,7, q. v.
Barty, [J. B.] Notice supplémentaire sur le Grimpereau Costa [Certhia
cost]. < Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Savoie, janv. 1852, pp. — -—.
Pas vue moi-méme.
GERBE, Z. Notice sur la Certhia Coste, Bailly, (Grimpereau Costa). < Ren.
et Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., iv, avril, 1852, pp. 162- “2, pl. 8:
Sous-titre de ses Mélanges Zoologiques, 1. ec. pp. 161-174 et suiy. L’auteur constate que cette

espéce est réellement distincte de la C. familiaris. La planche, de sept figures, donne les
caractéres des deux espéces.

- KONIG-WARTHAUSEN, R. vy. Zur Naturgeschichte des Mauerliiufers, Tichodroma

muraria Illig. <J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 43-45.

. SUNDEVALL, C. J. Notiz iiber Certhia Costae. <J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 60, 61.
. BreuM, [C. L.] [Ueber die Baumliiufer (Certhia).] <Nawmannia, vi, 1856,

pp. 356-362.

. Bren, C. L. Einige Bemerkungen iiber die europdischen Baumliiufer, Cer-

thia L. <Allgem. deutsche naturh. Zeitung, nu. F., Ba. ili, 1857, pp. 99-106.
e

Nicht mir znganglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.

- ALSTON, E. R. Attachment of the Creeper (Certhia familiaris) to its Nest and

Eggs. <Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6891.

Brunton, T. Nesting of the Tree Creeper [Certhia familiaris]. <Zoologist,
xx, 1862, p. 8162.

BRIDGER, C. Nests of the Creeper [Certhia familiavis]. <Zoologist, xxi, 1863
p. 8720.

bs

No. 4

1864

1865

J COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CERTHIIDA, 537

. Cricuton, A. W. Habits of the Creeper [Certhiafamiliaris]. <Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9111.
. GIRTANNER, A. [Notizen tiber Tichodroma phenicoptera.] < Verh. St. Gallen,
Naturf. Gesell., 1865, pp. 63, 64.
Nicht mir selbst zugiénglich.

1865. GIRTANNER, A. [Mauerliiufer (Tichodroma phcenicoptera) in Gefangenschaft. ]
<Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, pp. 72, 73.
1865. Hamurn, C. E. Ona Habit of Certhia americana supposed to have been hitherto

1867.

1868.

1869.

1873.

1874.

1879.

1879,

1879

unnoticed by Authors. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x, Dec., 1865, p. 80.
Dropping down on wing to reascend by creeping—a well-known and characteristic trait.
GouLp, J. On the Australian Genus Climacteris, with a Description of a New
Species. <P. Z. S., xxxv, 1867, pp. 975-977.
List of 7 spp. (scandens, rufa, erythrops,-melanota, melanura, lewcopheea, and pyrrhonota
(sp. n. p. 976)), with remarks on habits and geographical distribution.
GIRTANNER, A. [Einiges iiber die Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der Mauerliiufer
(Tichodroma muraria).] <Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, pp. 110, 111.
GIRTANNER, A. Ueber den Alpen-Mauerliiufer, Tichodroma pheenicoptera, .. .
<Zool. Gart., x, 1869, pp. 317-319.
Further notes; cf. op. cit., vi, p. 72; ix, 1863, p. 110.
Brooks, W. E. Notes on the Certhiine of India. < Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal,
xiii, pt. 2, 1873, pp. 255-257.
Treats of 5spp. OC. himalayana, O. hodgsoni, C. nipalensis, OC. stoliczke, sp. u., p. 256, OC.
mandellit, sp. 0., p. 256.
BARRINGTON, R. M. Peculiar Position in Feet of Certhia familiaris. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3998.

. [Satvin, O.] [Note of Discovery of ten MS. letters of White of Selbourne, 1790-

1793.] < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 521, 522.
A letter shows that Tichodroma muraria once occurred in Norfolk, and the editor enlarges
on the subject. Cf. Merrett, Pinax, 1667, p. 177.

. Cougs, E. Letterson Ornithology. No. 2.—The American Tree-Creeper[Certhia

familiaris]. < The Chicago Field, Aug. 12, 1876, fig.
Biography of the bird, with a figure, from advance sheets of Birds of the Colorado Valley.

. BacG, E. Nesting of Certhia familiaris. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3,

July, 1879, p. 183.

. Brewer, T. M. The American Brown Creeper [Certhia familiaris]. < Bull.

Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 87-90.
Chiefly relating to the nidification of the species, compiled from various sources.
Brewster, W. Breeding Habits of the American Brown Creeper (Certhia
familiaris americana). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 199-
209.
A well-written account, from original observations; decidedly the best article upon the sub-
ject we have.
[WittarpD, 8. L.] Habits of Young Brown Creepers [Certhia familiaris],
< The Oblogist, v, No.1, July, 1879, p. 8.
. [Wrrtarp, 8. L.] Habits of young Brown Creepers [Certhia familiaris].
< The Temperance Vidette (Texas newspaper), Sept. 20, 1879.

Bully —2

538 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [V0l.¥.

Pteroptochidz.

\

1832. GEOFFROY StT.-HmatrR#, Istp. Rhinomie. Rhinomya. Is. Geoff. < Guér. Mag.

de Zool., 2° sér., année 1832, classe ii, Oiseaux, notice iii, pl. iii.
Rhinomya lanceolata d’Orb. et Isid. Geoffr., gen. sp. n.

1836. GouLD, J. [Scytalopus (g.n.) fuscus, 8. albogularis, spp. nn.] <P, Z.8.,

Aug. 9, 1836, pp. 89, 90.
The genus and species are established in an untitled paper, which also describes certain
Troglodytide.
1837. GouLp, J. [On Seytalopus.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Journ., x, 1837, p. 295.
From P. Z. S., Aug. 9, 1836, pp. 89, 90, g. v.

1838, GouLp, J. [Ueber die Gattung Scytalopus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, pp.
199, 200.

Aus den P. Z. S., 1836, pp. 89, 90, g. v.

1841. Lesson, R. P. Revision des Espéces d’Oiseaux du Genre Megalonyx. < Actes
Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, xii, 1841, pp. 187-197.

Pas yu moi-méme: le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus & Engel.

1842. GEOFFROY ST.-HILAIRE, Isip. [Rhinomya lanceolata.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxv,
1842, p. 51. $

Aus Guér. Mag. de Zool., Bd. ii, 1832.

1844, LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G. Merulaxis. Lesson. (Fam. Formicaride.—s.-Fam,
Rhinomine.) < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1844, Oiseaux, pp. 1-6,
pl. 53. ft

Pl. 53, Merulaxis orthonyx Lafr., R. Z., 1843, p. 131.

1851. [JARDINE, W.] Scytalopus, Gould, 1836. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 115-
118, pll. Ixxvi-lxxviii.

Descriptions of, and remarks on, 4 spp. Pl. lxxvi, f. 1, 8. undulatus ; f. 2, S. albiventris.
Pl. Ixxvii, S. fusecus. Pl. lxxviii, S. albogularis.

1851. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Observations on the Genus Seytalopus. < Jard. Con-
trib. Orn., 1851, pp. 145-150.

17 spp., referred to the genus Merulaxis Less. WM. fuscoides, p. 149, sp. n.

1857. LANDBECK, L. Pteroptochos albifronsn. sp. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1857, (1), pp.
273-275.

1864. Puiurerr, R. A., and LanpBECK, L. [Pteroptochus castaneus, sp. n.] < Anal.
Univ. Chile, xxy., Sept., 1864, p. 408.
A separate sub-head of a paper of much more extended scope.
1865. Paruiprt, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. [Pteroptochos castaneus.] < Arch. f. Na-
turg., 1861, (1), p. 56.
A separate sub-head of a paper of much more extended scope. The orig. deser. is in Anal.
Univ. Chile, xxv, 1864, p. 408.
1874. SctaTER, P. L. On the Neotropical Species of the omy Pteroptochide.
< Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 189-206, pl. viii.
History of ie group in brief; systematic, synonymatic, diagnostic synopsis, with com-
ment, of 19 spp., referred to 8 genera; tabular view of their distribution. The pl. represents
Rhinocrypta fulva.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROGLODYTIDA. 539

1832.

1838.

1844.

1846.

1846.

1847.

1847.

1847.

1848.

1848

Trogiodytide.

“T. G.” Materials composing the Nest of the common Brown Wren (Anorthura
communis Rennie). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 738-740, with
note by ‘‘J. D.”, pp. 740, 741. ‘

. GARDINER, W. The Materials of the Nest of the Common Wren (Troglodytes

vulgaris). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 523.
. JENNINGS, J. Structure of the Nest of the Common Brown Wren [Anorthura
communis]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 172, 173.

. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur le genre Grimpic (Picolaptes, Lesson.). < Guér. Mag.

de Zool., 5° sér., année 1835, classe ii, notices xlvi, xlvii, pll. xlvi, xlvii.
P. scolopaceus (Spix), pl. 46. P. brunneicapillus, sp. n., pl. 47.

. “8. D. W.” A Nest of the Wren (Anorthtra) built within that of the Chimney

Swallow. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 617, 618.

5. AUDUBON, J. J. Ueber das Vorkommen der nordamerikanischen Schliipfer

(Troglodytes). < Arch. f. Naturg., ii, (1), 1886, p. 312.

7 spp. aus dessen Ornith. Biogr., ii, p. 452.

. Gout, J. [Exhibition of Birds allied to the European Wren, with characters

of new species.] <P. Z. S., iv, 1836, pp. 88-90.
Troglodytes magellanicus, p. 88; T. leucogastra, T. guttatus, p. 89; Scytalopus (g. n.) fuscus,
p. 89; S. albogularis, p. 90, spp. nn. (See Pteroptochide, 1836, 1837, 1838.)
GouxpD, J. Ueber verschiedene Zaunkénige (Wren) [Troglodytide und Pterop-
tochidw]. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, pp. 199, 200.
Auszug aus Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, 1836, pp. 88-90, qg. v.
Hastam, 8. H. Anecdote of the Common Wren [Troglodytes europeus]. < Zo-
ologist, ii, 1844, p. 564.
LAFRESNAYE, F.*DE. Mélanges ornithologiques. < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846,
pp. 91-94. i
Sur le genre Campylorhynchus de Spix (1824), Picolaptes Lesson (1830).—O. zonatoides, p.
92; C. pallescens, C. unicolor, p. 93, spp. DD. ; avec une liste de 11 espéces de ce genre.
LAFRESNAYE, F. pr. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Campylorhynche
[Campylorhynchus unicoloroides] de la Bolivie. < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846,
pp. 316, 317.
Cazot, S., Jr. [Troglodytes albinucha, sp. n.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
li, Nov. 17, 1847, pp. 258, 259.
This is the orig. descr. of the species, not formally titled, but simply given at conclusion of
a paper the full title of which willbe found under Laridw. (See 1848, Canor, 8., JR., bis.)
GARNIER, —. [Nid du Troglodyte vulgaire contenant sept petits encore sans
plumes, le 16 Décembre 1846.] < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci. Paris, xxiv, 1847,
p. 79.
GARNIER, —. Nidification du troglodyte (Troglodyta vulgaris) en hiver.
< Arch. des Sci. Phys. et Nat., iv, 1847, p. 222.
Extrait des Comptes Rendus del Acad. Sct. Paris, 18 janvier 1847.
Cazgor, S., JR. Troglodytes albinucha, a new species of Wren. < Am. Journ.
Sei., 2d ser., vi, 1848, p. 137.
Here given as a sub-head of a more extended title, from Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, Nov.
17, 1847, pp. 257-259; but it is properly citable as aseparate article, as it was in the original.
. Cazor, S., Jr. A Comparison between Sterna Cantiaca, Gm., of Europe, and
Sterna Acuflayida, Nobis, hitherto considered identical with S. cantiaca, and
a description of a new species of Wren [Troglodytesalbinucha]. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ii, 1848, pp. 364, 365.
From Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, Nov.17, 1847, pp. 257-259.—The editor here combines |
two originally distinct articles in one formally titled paper.

540

1850.
1851.
1851.

1852.

1856.

1857.

1857,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

[KirTLAND, J. P.] A Rare Bird [Thryothorus ludovicianus, in Ohio]. < The
Family Visitor, i, No. 52, p. 412.

BREE, C.R. Nesting of the Wren (Troglodytes vulgaris). < Zoologist, ix, 1851.
pp. 3146, 3147. — :

Norman, A. M. Nesting of the Wren (Troglodytes vulgaris). < Zoologist, ix,
1851, pp. 3207, 3208.

BoEenicK, O. v. [Troglodytes parvulus nistend.] < Nawmannia, ii, Heft iii,
1852, pp. 81-84.

. Scnacu, F. [Fortpflanzung von Troglodytes domestica.] <Naumannia, ii,

Heft ii, 1852, p. 123.

54. Topias, R. Beitrige zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte des Zaunkénigs, Troglodytes

parvulus, Koch. <J.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 281-284.

. SCLATER, P. L. Characters of an apparently undescribed bird belonging to the

genus Campylorhynchus [humilis], of Spix, with remarks upon other Species
of the same group. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, 1856, pp. 263-265.
Synopsis of 13 spp.
SciaTER, P. L. Note on Buglodytes albicilius, Bp. < P. Z.S., xxiv, 1856, p. 97.
Identified with Furnarius griseus Sw., An. in Menag., p. 325, which is the type of Heleo-'
dytes Cab.
BEALE, 8. C.T. Note on the Common Wren [Troglodytes vulgaris]. < Zoolo-
gist, xv, 1857, p. 5516.
ScLATER, P.L. Note on Buglodytes albicilius, Bp. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d
ser., Xix, 1857, p. 179.
From P. Z. S., April 22, 1856, p. 97, q. v.

1857, p. 5791.

. Fiscuer, J. C. H. Der fardische Zaunkoénig, Troglodyt¢s borealis, n. sp. < J.

f. O., ix, 1861, pp. 14-16, Taf. “i” (i. e. ii).

Die Tafel stellt den Vogel mit seinen Hiern dar. Fig. 2, Eier von 7. ewropeeus.

. FiscHer, J. C. H. Ueber den fardischen Zaunkénig, Troglodytes borealis.

<J. f. O., ix, 1861, pp. 431-433, Taf. ii (izrthiimlich mit ‘‘i” bezeichnet).

. BROCKHOLES, J. F. Food of the Wren [Anorthura troglodytes]. < Zoologist,

xx, 1862, p. 7935.

. DouBLEeDAY, H. Food of the Wren [Anorthura troglodytes]. < Zoologist, xx,

1862, p. 7881.

. DouBLEDAY, H. Food of the Wren [Anorthura troglodytes]. < Zoologist, xx,

1862, p. 7999.

. SAVILLE, 8. P. Further Notes on the Common Wren [ Anorthura troglodytes].

< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7999, 8000.

. TRINTHAMMER, W. H. Ein Curiosum in Betreff einer Nistweise [ Anorthura

troglodytes]. < J. f. O., x, 1862, pp. 223, 224.

. Brown, W. Wren’s [Anorthura troglodytes] Nest. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p.

9466.

. NEAVE, E. Early Wren’s [Anorthura troglodytes] Nest [27 Dec.]. < Zoologist,

Xxili, 1865, p. 9539.

. Hitt, M.S. The House Wren. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869, 49.

Note on the mischievousness of Troglodytes aédon [= domestica Bartr.].

. Murton, J. Pugnacity of the Wren [Anorthura troglodytes]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1644, 1645.

. SCLATER, P. L. Description of a new Species of Mexican Wren [Thryothorus

nisorius]. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 591, 592, pl. xlv.

. SmiTH, R. B. Nesting of the Wren [Troglodytes vulgaris]. < Zoologist, xv,

ty a eget

a an Cy eae ee

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROGLODYTIDZ. 541

1870. CORDEAUX, J. Common Wren [Anorthura troglodytes] at Spurn Point. <Zool-
ogist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2407.
1870. MCLAUGHLIN, W. J. House Wrens. < Am. Nat., iii, 1870, p. 614.
Note on the nidification of Zroglodytes aédon [= domestica Bartr.].
1871. Tuck, J.G. Wren’s [Anorthura troglodytes] Nest on a Pulpit. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2641.
1872. Gizycx1, —. [Troglodytes parvulus im Kifig nistend.] <J. f. 0., xx, 1872,
[Os Bile
1873. T[RIPPE], T. M. Occurrence of the Rock Wren [Salpinctes obsoletus] in Iowa.
<dm. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 566.
1871. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Troglo-
dytide and Tyrannide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, pp. 233-236.
The Troglodyte here described is Catherpes sumichrasti, p. 233, from Vera Cruz, Mexico.
1874. ANON. Value of the Wren. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 250.

1874. WALDEN, Lord. [Proposes for Troglodytes punctatus Blyth nec Brehm, the
name of T. formosus.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, p. 91.

1875. RipGway,R. Description of a New Wren [Thryothorus ludovicianus var. mia-
mensis ] from Eastern Florida. < Am. Nat.,ix, No. 8, Aug.. 1875, pp. 469, 470.

1875. SWINHOE, R. [On the identity of Troglodytes alascensis Baird with T. fumi-
gatus Temm.] < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 143, 144.

1876. ABBoTT, C. C. Bewick’s Wren (Thryothorus Bewicki). < Am. Nat., x, No. 4,
1876, pp. 237, 238.

Note of its considerable numbers in New Jersey.

1876. CoopER, J. G. Nesting Habits of the Californian House Wren (Troglodytes
aédon var. parkmanni). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. iv, Nov., 1876, pp.
79-81.

1876. Cours, E. [Bewick’s Wren, Thryothorus bewicki, breeding in Virginia. ]
<Am. Nat., x, No. 1, 1876, p. 48.

1876. Cours. E. Tarsal Envelope in Campylorhynchus and allied genera. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 2, July, 1876, pp. 50, 51.

Verifying the statements of 8. F. Baird (Rev. Am. Birds, 1864, p. 109) respecting the tarsal
envelope of Salpinctes, and extending observations to Campylorhynchus, finding that in
the latter “‘the lateral plates, but especially the outer one, are broken up into a series of con-
spicuous scutella; and that Oatherpes shows a tendency, not so fully expressed, to similar
division of the tarsal envelope”. In the tarsus of aspecies of Thamnophilus, a typical Formi-
carian, “the plates are divided behind, and the general structure is substantially the same as
in, Salpinetes”. The question of the systematic position of these genera is thus raised.
“These points may not suffice for the summary dismissal of the genera under consideration
from the Troglodytide, but they go to show that their position in that family is not assured.”

1876. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 5.—Marsh Wrens [Cistothorus stel-
laris and Telmatodytes palustris]. <The Chicago Field, Nov. 18, 1876, figg. 2.
Popular biographical notices of these two species, with figures of their heads.
1876. Minot, H. D. The Great Carolina Wren [Thryothorus ludovicianus] in Massa-
chusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876, p. 76.
1877. ALLEN, J. A. Nest and Eggsof the Alaskan Wren [Anorthura troglodytes alas-
censis]. <Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 82.

1877. Dury, C. Fecundity of the Carolina Wren (Thryothorus ludovicianus). < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, p. 50.

1877. FrazER, A. W. Persistency at Nest-Building in a House Wren leenlode
domestica Bartr.]. <Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 78.

1877. [ScoTtT, W. E. D.] Notes on Habits of the Long-billed Marsh Wrens [Telma-
todytes palustris]. <The Country, i, Nov. 17, 1877, p. 43.

542

1878.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

BREWER, T. M. The Carolina Wren [Thryothorus ludovicianus] in Massachu-
setts. <Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 193.

Kine, F. H. The Winter Wren [Anorthura troglodytes hyemalis] breeding in

Southern New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 194,

195.

RioGway, R. Description of a new Wren [Thryothorus felix, 8. lawrencii]
from the Tres Marias Islands. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan.,
1878, pp. 10, 11.

. BICKNELL, E. P. The Carolina Wren [Thryothorus ludovicianus] breeding in

New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 183, 184.

. DEANE, R. Breeding of the Winter Wren [Anorthura troglodytes hyemalis] at

Houlton, M[ainje. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, 1879, pp. 37-39,
Three cases fully described. 4
DEANE, R. The Great Carolina Wren [Thryothorus ludovicianus] breeding on
Long Island, N. Y. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 184.
Purpikz, H. A. The Great Carolina Wren [Thryothorus ludovicianus] in Con-
necticut. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 61.

}
;
i
t

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LUSCINIIDA. 543

Lusciniidz.
[Includes Sawicola, Sialia, and Regulus.]

1834. Coucu, J. The Habits of the Wheatear (Motacilla [Saxicola] Cinanthe).
<Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 466, 467.

1846. REECE, G. Singular variety of the Wheatear (Motacilla [Saxicola] Ginanthe).
<Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1496.

1848. Hussry, A. Note on the Wheatears (Sylvia [Saxicola] Gnanthe). <Zoologist,
vi, 1848, p. 2298.

1849. THorNcrort, T. Arrival of the Wheatear (Sylvia [Saxicola] Ginanthe) at
Brighton. <Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2412.
1850. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on a [albinotic] Variety of the Wheatear (Sylvia [Saxi-
cola] Gnanthe). <Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2923.
1850. [KirTLaNnpD, J. P.] The Blue Bird [Sialia sialis]. <The Family Visitor, i, No.7,
1850, p. 55.
Popular account.

1858. GouLD, J. [Exhibition of a specimen of the American Regulus calendula shot
on Loch Lomondside by Dr. Dewar.] <P. Z. S., xxvi, 1858, p. 290.

1862. CoupER, W. Occurrence of the Stone Chat (Saxicola cnanthe, Bechst.) at
Beauport, near Quebec. <(Canad. Nat. § Geol., vii, 1862, p. 319.

1862. Morr, A. G. Early Arrival of the Wheatear [Saxicola cnanthe, Mar. Ty a8
Bembridge]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7998.

1863. SaviLLE, 8. P. A Word forthe Stonechat [Saxicola cnanthe]. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8819.

1863. SaxBy, H. Two Wheatears [Saxicola cnanthe] Nests together. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, pp. 8719, 8720.

1864. Dutrron, J. Wheatear [Saxicola enanthe] near Eastbourne in March. < Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9041.

1864. HartinG, J. E. Wheatears [Saxicola cnanthe] in March. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9108.

1864. Hanviz-Brown, J. A. Early Appearance of the Wheatear [Saxicola cnanthe].
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9108.

1864. Pampiin, W. Wheatears[Saxicola cnanthe] in March [in North Wales]. < Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9041.

1865. GuNN, T. E. The Stonechat [Saxicola ecnanthe] and Winchat [S. rubetra]
Winter Residents in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9455, 9456.
1869. FisH, W. C. The Blue-bird [Sialia sialis]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, pp. 667, 668.

Dates of its appearance on the coast of Massachusetts.

1869. HatpEMAN, 8. 8. Citation of Authorities. <(Am. Nat., iii, 1869, p. 159.
Claims the name Sialia sialis, usually accredited to S. F. Baird.
1869. INGERSOLL, E. Variation in Bluebirds’ [Sialia sialis] Eggs. <Am. Nat., iii, 1869,
pp. 391, 392.
White eggs of this species.
1869. Wonror, T. W. Variety of the Wheatear [Saxicola enanthe]. <Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1918.

544A BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, [Vol. v.

1870. ALLEN, J. A. The Ruby-crowned Kinglet [Regulus calendula]. <Am. Nat., iv,
1870, p. 04.
With reference to possession of scarlet on the crown by 2 of this species.

1870. Cours, E. The Ruby-crowned Wren [Regulus calendula]. <Am. Nat., iv,
1870, p. 316.
Replies to J. A. Allen (tom. cit., 54) that this species 2 is ‘‘ruby-crowned” like the ¢.
1870. Datt, W. H. The Ruby Crowned Kinglet [Regulus calendula]. <Am. Nat.,
iv, 1870, pp. 376, 377.

Note on Regulus calendula ¢, and on certain Anatine.

1870. GATCOMBE, J. Early Appearance of the Wheatear [Saxicola enanthe]. <Z-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2100.

1871. TrRistrRaAM, H. B. Notes on Sylviads. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., viii,
1871, pp. 28, 29.

Treats of 4 spp.—Phyllopneuste major, p. 29, sp. n.

1871. TRISTRAM, H. B. [Critical notes on certain Sylviide.] <Lbis, 3d ser., i, 1871,
pp. 109, 110.

Phyllopneuste schwartzi Radde= P. viridanus Blyth= Abrornis tenwiceps Hodgs.—P. evers-
manni Midd. = P. sylvicultrix Swinh., which latter stands, unless, as is probable, it— P. bore-
alis Blas.—P. eversmanni Bp. is totally distinct, and =icterina Eversm.—Of three species con-
founded under the name of P. fuscatus Blyth, one=P. siberica Midd.; another is P. maackii
Schr. ; the third is not determined.

1874. ABBoTT, C. C. The Kinglets [Regulus] of New Jersey. < 4m. Nat., viii, 1874,
pp. 364, 365.

Field-notes on Regulus satrapa and R. calendula.

1874. BREweER, T. M. The Kinglets [Regulus] in New Jersey. <(Am. Nat., viii, 1874,
pp. 502-503.

Controversial; ref. to C. C. Abbott, tom. cit., 364.

1874. BLANFORD, W. T., and Dresser, H. E. Monograph of the Genus Saxicola,
Bechstein. <P. Z. 8., xlii, 1874, pp. 213-241, pll. xxxvi-xxxix, woodee.

A very timely and desirable article. The genus includes Dromolcea and Campicola, 69
current spp. reduced to 37. S. griseiceps, p. 233, pl. xxxvii, f. 3; S. diluta, p. 234, pl. xxxix,
f.1, spp. nn. A nearly complete synonymy, representing numerous important rectifications,
with full description and habitat of all the spp. PI. 36, f. 1, 8. botte: f. 2, 8S. heuglini; pl.
xxxvii, f. 1, 2, S. lewecomelena; pl. xxxviii, f. 1, S. pollux; f. 2, 8. castor; pl. xxxix, f. 2, S.
schlegeli.

1876. GiLLMAN, H. The Bluebird [Sialia sialis] feeding on Ampelopsis. <_dAm. Nat., x,
No. 9, 1876, p. 556.

1876. INGERSOLL, E. Our present Knowledge of the Nidification of the American
Kinglets [Regulus]. <Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. iv, Nov., 1876, pp.77-79.

1877. CLirron, —. [Letter on the two distinct races of Saxicola cnanthe found in
England.] <Jbis, 4th ser., i, Apr., 1877, pp. 256, 257.

1877. COLLETT, R. On Phylloscopus borealis and its Occurrence in Norway. <P. Z.
S., 1877, pp. 43-47.

1877. [CoukEs, E.] The Song that the Bluebird [Sialia sialis] sings. < Harper's New
Monthly Mag., May, 1877, p. 891.
Poem. Reprinted in The Country, Dec. 1, 1877, and elsewhere.
1877. INGERSOLL, E. Our present Knowledge of the Nidification of the American
Kinglets [Regulus]. < Forest and Stream, viii, Feb. 22, 1877, p. 33.
Reprinted from Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 4, Nov., 1876, pp. 77-79.
1877. [INGERSOLL, E.] Our present Knowledge of the Nidification of the American
Kinglets [Regulus]. <Odlogist, ii, No. 11, 1877, pp. 75, 76.
From Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 4, Noy., 1876, pp. 77-79.
1877. MrruHan, T. The Bluebird [Sialia sialis] and Holly berries. <Proc. Phila.
Acad. Nat. Sci., 1877, p. 129.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LUSCINUDA. 545

1877. SEEBOHM, H. On the Phylloscopi or Willow-Warblers. <Jbis, 4th ser.,i, Jan.,
1877, pp. 66-108. a‘

This is an important monography, treating of 32 spp. in due form, with copious synonymy,
full description, geographical distribution, and critical comment.—These species are divided
into the following sections: Acanthopneuste with 13 spp.; Phylloscopus proper with 15 spp.,
and Reguloides with 5 spp.; each of the former two subgenera being further analyzed into spe-
cies of two groups, by pattern of coloration.—The American Phyllopneuste kennicottii Baird
is referred to Phylloscopus borealis (Blas. =eversmanni Midd. nec Bp.).—Phylloscopus gaetkei,
p. 92, sp. nu. (=major Tristr. 1871, nec Forst. 1817).

1877. ‘‘ VERD Mont ABROAD.” Blue Birds [Sialia sialis].—New Haven [Conn. ], Dec.
19th. <Forest and Stream, ix, Dec. 27, 1877, p. 397.

1878. EARLE, C. F. Sialia [sialis]: The story of a [captive] bluebird. < Forest and
Stream, xi, Novy. 28, 1878, p. 339.

1878. [Scorr, W. E. D.] Blue-Birds [Sialia sialis]. <The Country, i, March 16, 1878,
p- 292.

1879. BREWER, T, M. Nest and Eggs of the Golden Crowned Kinglet (Regulus sat-
rapa). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 96-99.

Description of eggs from ‘‘an unknown nest’’, inferred to belong to this species, found by
H. Merrill near Bangor, Me. ; argument with the author of “ Birds of the Colorado Valley”
respecting general character of the nest; attention called by J. C. Merrill to the overlooked
illustration of the egg in J. f. O., 1856, p. 33, pl. 1, f. 8; attention called by J. A. Allen to
overlooked account of nest in Minot’s B. New Engl., p. 56.

1879. BRYANT, W. E. The Arctic Bluebird [Sialia arctica] near San Francisco. < Sci-
ence News, i, No. 9, Mar. 1, 1879, p. 144.

1879. Morris, R. H. <A white Bluebird [Sialia sialis]. < Forest and Stream, xiii,
Sept. 4, 1879, p. 605.

1879. ‘‘OBSERVER.” A strange nesting place [of Sialia sialis—in a cannon]. < Forest
and Stream, xii, July 17, 1879, p. 464.

546

1845.

1846.

1850.

1850.

1851.

1852.

1855.

1856.

1856.

1856.

1856.

1857.

.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Paridz.

Harris, E. Description of a new species of Parus [septentrionalis] from the
Upper Missouri. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, 1845, pp. 300, 301.

Harris, E. Description of a [lately] new species of Parus [septentrionalis ]
from the Upper Missouri. < Ann. Wag. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1846, pp. 452-454,

From Proc. Acad. Phila., ii, 1845, pp. 300, 301.

Bonaparte, C. L. Sur deux espéces nouvelles de Paride. < Compt. Rend. de
V Acad. Sci., xxxi, Sept., 1850, pp. 478, 479.

Psaltriparus (g. n.) personatus (Westerm.), Lophophanes wollweberi (Westerm. ), Dp. 478. Cal-
lacanthis, g.n., (type Carduelis burtoni Gould), p. 479. Voyez t. ¢., p. 539.

Cassin, J. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera Parus, Linn. ;

<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, Oct., 1850, pp. 103-—, pll. i, ii.

The article is of much more extended scope than Paridw. and I give the full title else-
where; but here occur the original descriptions of Parus annexus [=Lophophanes woll-
webert], p. 103, pl.i, and of Parus [Lophophanes] atricristatus, p. 103, pl. ii.

WESTERMAN, G. F. Beschrijving van twee nieuwe Soorten van Meezen. <Biy-
drag tot de Dierk., i. Deel, derde Aflevering, 1851, pp. 15, 16, met eene Plaat,

I. Parus (Lophophanes) wollweberi, p. 15, met eene Afbeelding ; habitatin Mexico. I. Psal-
tria personata, p. 16, met eene Afbeelding van het Wijfje en Mannetje; habitat in Mexico,
(= Parus melanotis Hartl., R. Z., 1844, 216).

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera Coni-
rostrum [ornatum],... < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v, 1852, pp. 112-117,
pl.v. (Read Apr. 28, 1851.)

Here occurs, in a paper of wider scope, the orig. descr. of Conirostrum ornatum, p. 112, pl.
y, f. 1, = Aegitha‘us flaviceps Sund.= Paroides f. sive Auriparus f. Baird. The title will be
found in full in the North American part of this Bibliography.

SciaTER, P. L. On the Genus Culicivora of Swainson, and its component Species.
<P. Z. 8., Jan. 9, 1855, pp. 11, 12.

Culicivora Sw., Zool. Journ. 1827, type Muscicapa stenura Temm., also embraces WV. cerulea
Wils., thus including birds of different families. Cabanis separated them, rightly, but left
Culicivora for MW. cerulea, proposing Hapalura for M. stenwra. But Hapalura is thus strictly
synonymous with Culicivora, and anew name is required for the genus of which evrulea is
typical. Hence Polioptila, g.n., p.11.—The author treats of four spp. of the genus, PP. ceru-
lea, dumicola, leucogastra, and bilinzata. ‘

Fatio-BEaumont, J. ‘‘S. [i. e.G.]” Bemerkungen iiber die Gruppe der Grau-
Meisen. Mésanges grises—Pari cinerei. <Nawmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 160-163.

P. borealis, P. atricapillus ; P. alpestris, sp. n., p. 161.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Chor-
deiles, Swainson, and Polioptila, Sclater. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,
vi, 1856, pp. 165-169.

Polioptila melanura, p. 168.

ScLaTER, P. L. On the Genus Culicivora of Swainson, and its component Species.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1856, pp. 68-70.

Not seen: from P. Z. S., 1865, pp. 11, 12, g. v.

SciaTeR, P. L. Note on Psaltria flaviceps, a third American Species of the Pa-
rine Genus Psaltria. <P. Z. §., xxiv, 1856, pp. 37, 38.

The bird which had been described by Sundevall as Aegithalus flaviceps (Foglar fran Nord-
éstra Afrika, Ofvers. K. Vet. Ac. Forh.., vii, 1850, p. 129) is here referred to the genus Psat-

tria ; and the Conirostrum ornatum of TLamncuias (Ann. Lye. N. ¥., v, 1851, p. 112, pl. 5, f.1) is.

shown to be synonymous therewith.
ScLaTerR, P. L. Note on Psaltria flaviceps, a third American Species of the Pa-

rine Genus Psaltria. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, pp. 92, aa
From P. Z. §., March 11, 1856, pp. 37, 38, qg. v.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PARIDZ. HAT

1857. ScuatTerR, P. L. On Parus meridionalis and some other species mentioned in the
Catalogue of Birds collected by M. Sallé in Southern Mexico. <P. Z.S., xxv,
1857, pp. 81, 82.
Maintaining the distinctness of the species named from P. atricapillus.
1865. Bryant, H. Description of a New Variety of Parus [hudsonicus var. littoralis]
from Yarmouth, Nova Scotia. <(Proc Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 1865, pp. 368,
369.
1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Paride,
Vireonide, Tyrannide, and Trochilide, with a note on Myiarchus Pana-
mensis. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 37-39.
Polioptila plumbiceps, p. 37; from Venezuela.
1867. Tripper, T. M. The Chickadee [Parus atricapillus]. < Am. Nat., i, 1867, pp.
584-587.
Biographical, with special reference to the nesting and eggs.
1875. WILDER, HARVEY. The Chickadees [Parus atricapillus]. <St. Nicholas Mag.,
ii, 1875, pp. 79-81, one illust.
Popular account.
1876. Cotes, C. E. _The Blue-gray Gnatecatcher. (Polioptila cerulea.) < The Odlo-
gist, 1, No. 4, —, 1876, p. 31.
1876. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 3.—The Blue-gray Gnatecatcher [ Poli-
optila coerulea]. < The Chicago Field, Aug. 26, 1876, figure.

a Biography of.the bird, from advance sheets of Birds we the Colorado Valley, with an original
gure.

‘1876. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 10.—Titmice, Tomtits or Chicadees
[Paride]. < The Chicago Field, Dec. 30, 1876, figg. 2.

Popular account of North American species, with figg. of the heads of Parus montanus and
of Lophophanes bicolor.

1878. BELDING, L. Nesting-Habits of Parus montanus. <(Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,
iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 102, 103.

1878. BrEweER, T. M. The Blue-gray Gnatcatcher (Polioptila cerulea) in Massa-
chusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, pp. 146, 147.

Being the second known instance of its occurrence in that State, the first having been re-

corded in op. tom. cit., p. 45.

1878. Cooppr, W. A. Notes on the breeding habits of Hutton’s Vireo (Vireo huttoni)
and the Gray Titmouse (Lophophanes inornatus), with a description of their
Nests and Eggs. <Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 68, 69.

1878. DEANE, R. The Blue-gray Gnatcatcher (Polioptila coerulea) in Massachusetts.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 45.
1879. [ALpRICcH, C.] The Chickadee [Parus atricapillus]. < Hamilton Freeman (news-
paper of Webster City, Iowa), of Feb. 26, 1879.
Popular account of habits.
1879. HensHaw, H. W. Nest and Eggs of the Gray Titmouse (Lophophanes inor-
natus). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 182, 183.
1879. INGERSOLL, [E.] Nest and Eggs of the Tufted Titmouse [Lophophanes bi-
color]. < The Odlogist, v, No.2, Aug., 1879, p. 10.
Quoted from his Nests and Eggs of American Birds, Part I, p. 44.
1879. INGERSOLL, E. Nest and Eggs of the Blue-gray Gnatcatcher [Polioptila
cerulea].. < The Odlogisi, iv, No. 11, June, 1879, p. 86.
Quoted from his Nests and Hggs of American Birds, Part II, p. 41.
1879. Lanapon, F. W. Albinism in the Tufted Titmouse [Lophophanes bicolor].
<Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 116.

548 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

Chamezeidze.

1847. GAMBEL, W. Chamea, new genus of Birds allied to Parus. < Am. Journ. S¢i.,
iv, Sept., 1847, p. 286.
This, though the first special title on the subject, does not cover the original description of
Chameea, g. u., which occurs in a paper entitled ‘‘ Remarks on the Birds observed in Upper
California”, Proc. Phila. Acad., iii, Feb., 1847, p. 154. The genus also reappears in a trans-
lation of this paper, ,, Ueber die in Oberkalifornien beobachteten Vogel", in Arch. f. Naturg.,
1848, Bd. i, p. 102. The species, C. fasciata, was first described as Parus fasciatus in Proc.
Phila. Acad., ii, Aug., 1845, p. 265; and was figured in Journ. Phila. Acad., 2d ser., i, pt. i,
Dec., 1847, p. 34, pl. viii, f. 3.

1847. GAMBEL, W. Chamea, anew genus of Birds allied to Parus. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., xx, 1847, pp. 441, 442.
From Am. Journ. Sci., iv, Sept. 1847 p. 286.

No. 4] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MNIOTILTIDA. 5A9

Mniotiltids.

1818, RAFINESQUE, C.S. Further Account of Discoveries in Natural History, in the
Western States,... <Amer. Monthly Mag., iv, 1818, pp. 39-42.

No other bird-matter than Rimamphus citrinus, g. sp. n., p.41, (Cf. Hartl., R. Z. viii, 1845,

p. 343; Baird, B. N. A., 1858, p. 264. See also Journ. de Phys., Ixxxviii 1819, p. 418, where the
genus and species reappears, along with Helnitheros migratorius, g. sp. n.)

1840. TOWNSEND, J. K. Description of a New Species of Sylvia [tolmeei], from the
Columbia River. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, 1839, pp. 149, 150. (Read
Apr. 2, 1839; vol. not pub. till 1840.)

1840. TOWNSEND, J. K. Note on Sylvia Tolmei. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii,
1839, p. 159. (Read Sept. 10, 1839; vol. pub. 1840.)

Claims priority for the name over that of S. macgillivrayi Aud., Orn. Biog., v. 1839, p.75;
but actual priority of publication is with the latter. (See Baird, B. N. A., 1858, p. 245.)

1842. Lets, G.C. [Note on Parus leucotis, Giraud.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i,
1842, p. 140.

Identified as Setofaga (sic) rubra. The bird is the Cardellina (Ergaticus) rubra of late
authors.

1842. StorRER, D. H. [Note on Sylvia formosa.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., i,
1842, p. 55.

1844. McCuttoca, T. On the importance of habit as a guide to accuracy in Syste-
matical arrangement, illustrated in the instance of the Sylvia petechia [Den-
drecea palmarum Baird} of Wilson, and all subsequent writers. < Journ. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, pt. tv, 1844, pp. 406-410.

Taking habit as his guide, makes the bird out to bea Seiwrus. The article is in effect an
argument against the importance of habit asa guide to classification, unless checked by inves-
tigation of physical characters.

1845. CaBor, S., JR. [Occurrence of Silvia agilis at Brookline, Mass.] <(Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1845, 63.

1845. HaRTLAUB, G. Notes ornithologiques. < Kevue Zoologique, viii, 1845, pp. 342,
343.
1. Sous la description de Rimamphus citrinus de Rafinesque (Am. Month. Mag., iv, 1818, p.
41; Journ. de Phys., \xxxvili, 1&19, p. 418) l'anteur croit reconnaitre la Motacilla [Dendreca]
estiva des auteurs; et par conséquent le genre Rhimamphus serait identique avec Sylvicola,
Sw., 1827.—2. Helmitheros migratorius Raf. (loc. cit) estdeclaré par Rafinesque méme comme
identique avec la Sylvia vermivora de Latham, pour laquelle Swainson et Audubon ont eréé
les genres Vermivora (1827) et Helinaia (1839): et ’auteur croit devoir réclamer la priorité en
faveur de Rafinesaue.

1852. BarrpD, S. F. Description of a new Species of Sylvicola [kirtlandi]. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v, 1852, pp. 217, 218, pl. vi.

1855. BRYANT, H. [Notice of the occurrence in Massachusetts, in January, of Sylvi-
cola coronata and 8. parus.| <(Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, p. 142.

1855. GUNDLACH, J. Description of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Sylvicola
[pityophila] Swainson. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vi, 1855, pp. 160, 161.

1856. BREWER, T. M. [Observations on a nest of the Nashville Warbler (Vermivora
rubricapilla) discovered by Mr. George Wells, at Lynn, Mass. With remarks
on nests and eggs of other New England Sylvicolide.} < Proc. Bost. Soc, Nat.
Hist., vi, 1856, pp. 4-6.

1859. BREWER, T.M. [On the Distribution and Habits of the Summer Yellow-bird,
Dendreea estiva.] ~< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1859, pp. 21, 22.
With special reference to the building of ‘‘two-story” nests by tkis species, to obviate
incubation of egg of Molothrus pecoris.

550

1860.

1861.

1865.

1865.

1866.

1867.

1868.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.

BULLETIN UNITED. STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

[KirxpaTrick, J.] Kirtland’s Warbler [Dendreca kirtlandi]. < Ohio Farmer
(newspaper), vol. ix, No. 23, June 9, 1860, p. 179.

A specimen of this rare bird was shot a short time ago, near the ‘‘old river bed”, Cleveland,
by Mr. Durby, of University Heights. It was identified by R. K. Winslow, preserved and
mounted by him; and proved to be afemale. Until now there was but one specimen of this
bird known, that obtained by Dr. Kirtland, now in the collection of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion at Washington. It was first described by Baird in the Annals of the New York Lyceum
(1852), and afterward in Cassin’s Illustrations. The present specimen is more lead-colored
on the upper parts than Cassin’s figure. Mr. Winslow informs us that Wm. Case, Esq., once
shot a specimen, but it was so badly injured as to be unfit for preserving.

VeNNoR, H.G. A short review of the Sylviade or Wood-Warblers found in the
vicinity of Montreal. < Canad. Nat. and Geol., vi, Oct., 1861, pp. 349-362.

Descriptions, compiled, and some accounts of habits.

ScLaTER, P. L. Note on two rare Species of the American genus Dettiresea,
< Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 87-89, and p. 237.

Critical remarks on 4 closely allied species—D. virens, occidentalis, townsendi, and chryso-
paria, with a synonymatic and diagnostic list of them. D. niveiventris Salv., P. Z. S., 1863,
p. 187, pl. xxiv, f. 2, is referred to occidentalis. Cf. tom. cit., p. 237, for correction of an error
respecting D. chrysoparia.

ScLaTmR, P. L. Ona New Species of the Genus Basileuterus of Cabanis, with
a Synopsis of the known Species of the Genus. < P. Z. S., xxxiii, 1865, pp.
282-286, pll. ix, x

Diagnostic and synonymatic list of 15 spp., exclusive of Myiothlypis nigricristata and Bu-

thlypis lachrymosa. B. mesoleucus, p. 286, pl. ix, f.1, sp. n. Pl. ix, fig. 2, B. cinereicollis; pl.
x, f. 1, B. semicervinus; pl. x, f. 2, B. wropygialis.

BENVENUTI, E. [Descrizione di una nuova specie di Dendroica (picciolii) del
Brasile.] < Annali R. Mus. Fisica e Storia Nat. di Firenze per il 1865, nuova
serie, i, 1866, p. 207.

The description occurs in an article of wider scope, describing four new Trochilide, with a

note on Birds of Tuscany. The full title is given elsewhere.

BREWER, T. M. [Remarks on the Wood-Warblers (Dendrece) of North
America.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xi, 1867, pp. 139, 140.

TrIPPE, T. M. The Warblers [Sylvicolide]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, pp. 169-183.
Biographical notes on various North American species.
BOARDMAN, G. A. Tennessee Warbler [Helminthophaga peregrina]. < Am.
Nat., ii, 1869, p. 222.
Very common at Milltown, Maine.
Jackson, T. H. The Worm-eating Warbler [Helmitherus vermivorus]. < Am.
Nat., iii, 1869, p. 556.
Note on the nest and eggs.
Purpiz, H. A. [Notice of the Capture of Helminthophaga peregrina in Newton,
Mass.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1869, p. 93.
Purpig, H. A. Tennessee Warbler [Helminthophaga peregrina]. < Am. Nat.,
iii, 1869, p. 31.
Note on its geographical distribution.
Purpir, H. A. Golden-winged Warbler [Helminthophaga chrysoptera]. pal
Nat., iii, 1869, p. 497.
On its local distribution and breeding.
TripPE, T. M. The Tennessee Warbler [Helminthophaga peeeosnea < Am.
Nat., iii, 1869, p. 496.
On its local distribution.
SuNDEVALL, C. J. Ofversigt af fogelsliigtet Dendroeca. < Ofvers. Kongl. Ve-
tensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for dr 1869, 1870, pp. 605-618.
Div. I. Flavovirides. 1. aestiva. 2. petechia, a) bartholemica, b) crucianca, c) barbadensis, a)
cubana, e) jamaicensis, f) gallapagensis, g) peruviana, h) aequatoralis? i) panamensis?, var.
mn. 32e0a. Il. Stigmatopterce: 4. olivacea, 5. caerulescens. Il. Albifasciate. 6. nigrescens.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MNIOTILTIDA. 551

1870. SuNDEVALL, C. J.—Continued.
7. townsendi. 8. chrysopareia. 9. occidentalis. 10. virens. 11. blackburniw. 12. graciae. 13.
dominica. 14. pityophila. 15. icterocephala. 16. pinus. 17% montana. 18. coronata. 19.
auduboni. 20. castanea. 21. striata. 22. caerulea. 23. adelaide. 24. maculosa. IV. Acuti-
yostres. 25. discolor. 26. palmarum. 27. tigrina.—Necnon, auctori ignotae, 28. pharetra. 29.
kirtlandi. 30. carbonata.—Adjectis descriptionibus, synonymis, locis, observationibusque.

1872. Brewer, T. M. [On the appearance of Oporornis agilis in Massachusetts. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1872, pp. 3, 4.

1872. Brewer,T.M. [Note of the breeding of Dendreeca coronata in Maine. ] < Proce.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1872, p. 4.

1872. Brewer, T..M. [On the abundance of Dendreca castanea in Wisconsin and

Massachusetts in 1872.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1872, pp. 192, 193.
1872. Brewer. T. M. [On the movements of Dendreeca castanea.] < Ibis, 3d ser.,
li, 1872, p. 334. .
1872. Cours, E. Nest and Eggs of Helminthophaga lucie. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p.
493.
Discovered by C. Bendire in Arizona; ef. Coues, B. C. V., 1878, p. 221.
1872. RipGway, R. On the Occurrence of Setophaga picta in Arizona. < Am. Nat.,
vi, 1872, p. 436.
1872. Satvin, O. Remarks on the Mniotiltine Genus Geothlypis. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii,
1872, pp. 147-152.
General commentary: differentiation of 8 spp.; details of their geographical distribution
and migration.—G. chiriquensis, p. 148, new form of G. eguinoncetialis.
1874. BREwsTER, W. A New Species of North American Warbler [Helminthophaga
leucobronchialis]. < Am. Sportsman, v, Oct. 17, 1874, p. 33.

1874. Herrick, H. Description of a new species of Helminthophaga [lawrencii].
< Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1874, p. 220, pl. 15.

1874. “Sigma Pur.” A bird not to be imposed upon. < Forest and Stream, iii, Sept.
10, 1874, p. 68.
Device of Dendreca estiva to escape infliction of the egg of Molothrus ater.
1874. Stark, A.C. The Chestnut-sided Warbler [Dendreeca pennsylvanica]. <Am.
Nat., viii, 1874, p. 756.
Breeding in West Virginia.
1875. ALLEN, J. A. Influence of Elevation and Latitude upon the Distribution of
Species. < Am. Nat., ix, No. 3, Mar., 1875, pp. 181, 182.
With special reference to Dendreca pennsylwanica.
1875. Brewster, W. Habits of the Mourning Warbler (Geothlypis philadelphia).
< Rod and Gun, vi, Apr. 24, 1875, p. 50.
Observations made in Maine: read before Nutt. Ornith. Club, April 3, 1875.
1875. Finscu, O. Notes on Phenicomanes iora, Sharpe, and Abrornis atricapilla,
Blyth. < P. Z. S., Dec. 7, 1875, pp. 640, 641.
The ‘‘Abrornis” described from ‘‘China” (Ibis, 1870, p. 169) is no other than the North
American Myiodioctes pusillus (Wils.).
1875. Fisuer, A. K. Oporornis formosus breeding in Eastern New York. < Am. Nat.,
ix, No. 10, Oct., 1875, p. 573.
1875. JorDAN, D. 8. Dendroica dominica in Indiana. < Am. Nat., ix, No. 5, May,
1875, p. 313.
With note on Siurus ludovicianus in Wisconsin.
1875. Minot, H. D. Nesting of the Prairie Warbler [Dendreca discolor] in New
Hampshire. < Am. Nat., ix, No. 9, Sept., 1875, p. 520.

1875. Ripeway, R. Nesting of the Worm-eating Warbler [Helmitherus vermivorus].
<Sield and Forest,i, No. 2, July, 1875, pp. 10-12.

1875. W[1LL4RD], S. L. Eggs and Nest of Black-Throated Green Warbler [Dendreca
virens.] < OGlogist, i, 1875, pp. 2,3.

552

1875.
1875.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1877.

1877.

1877.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

[ WILLARD, S. L.]. Warblers’ [Sylvicolidz] Nests. < Odlogist, i, 1875, p. 35.
[WiLLarD, 8. L.]. The Yellow Warbler [Dendreca estiva] and its Enemy
[Molothrus ater]. < Odlogist, i, 1875, p. 43.

BREWSTER, W. Description of a [lately] new species of Helminthophaga [leu-
cobronchialis]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 1, Apr., 1876, pp. 172, pl. 1.

The first notice of this species was in the American Sportsman, v, Oct. 17, 1874, pp. 33.

BREWSTER, W. Capture of the Orange-crowned Warbler [Helminthophaga
celata] in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Orntth. Club, i, No. iv, Novy., 1876, pp.
94, 95.

ErNEsT, H. Warblers of the Western Reserve [Ohio]. < Forest and Stream,
vi, June 15, 1876, p. 300.

Thirty-one species, with remarks.

JONES, C.M. On the breeding of the Black-throated Blue Warbler (Dendreca
cerulescens) in Connecticut. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 1, 1876, pp.
11-13.

Ripeway, R. Notes on the Genus Helminthophaga. < Ibis, 3d ser., vi, Apr.,
1876, pp. 166-171.

Critical discrimination of 10 spp. of the genus, with geographical distribution, and remarks
on H. lawrenciit and H. leucobronchialis. The former is suggested as possibly a hybrid be-
tween pinus and chrysoptera.

Ripgway, R. On Geographical Variation in Dendreca palmarum. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, 1, No. iv, Noy., 1876, pp. 81-87.

D. palmarum subsp. n. hypochrysea, p. 84. The two supposed subspecies are very fully
described.

SALVIN, O. Dendreeca chrysoparia. (The Yellow-cheeked Warbler.) < Row-
ley’s Ornith. Mise., part iii, Jan., 1876, pp. 181-184, plate.

Complete history of the species to date, with a beautiful colored plate of 3 figures. Cf.
Purdie, Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, 1878, p. 60, and Coues, ibid.

WARREN, J. Nesting of the Golden-winged Warbler (Helminthophaga chry-
soptera), in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 1, 1876, pp. 6-8.

BREWER, T.M. [Letter on the Nest and Eggs of Dendreeca auduboni.} < Ibis,
Ath ser., i, July, 1877, pp. 394, 395.

Fully describing specimens from Summit County, Colorado.

BREwstTeER, W. The Black-and-Yellow Warbler (Dendreca maculosa), < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, Jan., 1877, pp. 1-7.

Full account of habits.

BREWSTER, W. The Yellow-throated Warbler (Déndreca dominica). < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1877, pp. 102-106.

Very full account of its habits, with special reference toits breeding. Cf. op. cit., 1878, p. 43.

. BoupWIN, G. Yellow-pool [i. e., poll] wood-warbler (Dendreca estiva).

<orest and Stream, viii, Apr. 5, 1877, p. 129.
Habits as observed at Philadelphia.

. CouEs, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 16 [bis]—The American Warblers.—

Family Sylvicolide. < The Chicago Field, Dec. 15, 1877, p. 284, fig.

Popular account, with fig. of Dendreca virens.

. Frazar, A. M. Audubon’s Warbler [Dendreca auduboni] in Massachusetts.

< Bult. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, p. 27.

. Herrick, H. Capture of a second specimen of Helminthophaga lawrencei.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, pp. 19, 20.

. Maynarp, C. J. Nesting Habits of the Worm-eating Warbler (Helmintherus

vermivorus). < Qdlogist, iii, No. 3, 1877, pp. 19, 20.

. NutTer, F. H. MRed-Bellied Nut-Hatch (Sitta Canadensis) nesting on the

Ground (?). < Am. Nat., xi, No. 9, 1877, pp. 565, 566.
Afterward shown to be probably Myiodioctes canadensis.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MNIOTILTID®. 553

1877. SmitH, G. Stuart. Nesting of the Maryland Yellow-throat [Geothlypis tri-
chas]. < O@logist, iii, No. 10, p.77; fig. in No. 11, p. 87.
1877. TROTTER, S. Capture of a Second Specimen of Helminthophaga leucobronchi-
alis. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.3, July, 1877, pp. 79, 80.
1877. TRoTTER, 8. On Helminthophaga leucobronchialis (Brewster). < Proc. Phila.
Acad. Nat. Sci., 1877, p. 292.
Discovery of a third specimen, longtime in the Mus. Acad. Phila.
1878. BREWSTER, W. Note on Dendreeca dominica. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii,
No.1, Jan., 1878. p. 43.
Correction of Brewster, op. cit., Oct., 1876, pp. 102-106.
1878. BrREwsTER, W. The White-Throated Warbler (Helminthophaga leucobronchi-
alis) in Connecticut. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 99.
1878. BREwsTER, W. The Prothonotary Warbler (Protonotaria citrea). < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 153-162.
An extended biographical sketch, well-written, interesting, and perfectly reliable.
1878. BREwsTER, W. Capture of a Fifth Specimen of the White-throated Warbler
(Helninthophaga leucobronchialis). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.4,
Oct., 1878, pp. 199, 200.
At Suffolk, Conn., July 3, 1875, by E. I. Shores.
1878. Burt, J.A. [Capture of Kirtiand’s warbler (Dendreea kirtlandi) at Cleveland,
Ohio.] < The Country, ii, June 1, 1878, p. 89.

1878. Comtins, W. L. Tragic Fate of a Summer Warbler [Dendreca estiva].
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 197.
Noosed and killed by a thread from her unfinished nest.

1878. Cours, E. Nest and Eggs of Helminthophaga pinus. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 194.
Notes on two nests secured by 8S: N. Rhoads near West Chester, Pa.

1878. DEANE, R. The Blue-winged Yellow Warbler (Helminthophaga pinus) in
Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.4, Oct., 1878, p. 188.
The second record of its occurrence in the State, where it had recently been denied by T.
M. Brewer, though long since recorded as a Massachusetts bird, and the original specimen
preserved (cf. Proc. Bost. Soc., vi, p. 386).

1878. [Ernst,H.] Another Kirtland Warbler [Dendreca kirtlandi]. < Forest and
F Stream, x, June 20, 1878, p. 379.
Supposed ‘third instance” (really about the eighth) of its capture in U. S.; this time near
Cleveland, Ohio. See above, 1878, BUEL, J. A.
1878. Fisher, A. K. The Kentucky Warbler (Oporornis formosus) at Sing Sing,
N.Y. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp..191, 192.
“There must have been at least sixteen individuals here, and undoubtedly four nests.”
1878. INGERSOLL, E. Nesting Habits of the Black-and-White Creeper (Mniotilta
varia). < Odlogist, iv, No. 1, Mar., 1878, pp. 1, 2.
1878. Murpocu, J. Report of the Second Capture of the Orange-crowned Warbler
(Helminthophaga celata) in New Hampshire. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii,
No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 96, 97.
1878. NuttTEr, F.H. Nesting Habits of the Canada Flycatcher [Myiodioctes cana-
densis(?)]. <( Amer. Nat., xii, No. 6, June, 1878, p. 397.
Referring to a set of eggs tormerly (op. cit., xi, p. 565) referred to ‘‘Sitta canadensis?” now
doubtfully identified as above.
1878. PuRDIE, H. A. Capture of the Yellow-throated Warbler [Dendreca dominica]
in Massachusetts, and Notes on other Rare Massachusetts Birds. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 146.

The remainder of the paragraph speaks of Railus elegans and Anser hyperboreus in the same
State.

Bull. yates

554

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879
1879.
1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

SALVIN, O. A Synopsis of the Genus Setophaga. <Ibis, 4th ser., ii, No. 7,
July, 1878, pp. 302-321, pll. vii, viii.

A carefully-wrought article, giving synonymy, diagnosis, habitat, and criticism of 15 spp.

The genus reads Setophaga Sw., 1827=Sylvania Nutt., 1832 nec 1840; with Huthlypis Cab.,
1850, as a subgenus, based on #. lachrymosa, and Myioborus Baird, 1865, as a subgenus, cover-

. ing 13 spp. (all the rest except S. ruticilla).

The species recognized are S. ruticilla, S. (M.) picta, miniata, aurantiaca, verticalis, melano-
cephala, brunneiceps, castaneocapilla, chrysops (sp. u., p. 314, pl. vii, f.2=jlaveola Kaup nec
Lafr.), ornata, ruficoronata (pl. vii, f. 1), bairdi, sp. n., p. 317, pl. viii, f. 1=rujicoronata Scl.
Salv. Bd. nec Kaup), albifrons (pl. viii, f. 2), torqguata, and S. (#.) lacrymosa.—Note on Seto-
phaga multicolor Bp.

TROTTER,S. A Third Specimen of Helminthophaga leucobronchialis. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 44, 45.
See Trotter, Pr. Phila. Acad., 1877, p. 299,
ALLEN, J. A. Nest and Eggs of the Cerulean Warbler Eentinese ccerulea |.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,iv, No.1, Jan., 1879, pp. 25-27.
Fully describing three nests and eggs of this sncaiek: ‘Tetatetore not satisfactorily known,

Audubon’s account being ‘‘evidently erroneous in nearly every particular’, and the only
other one, Brewer's, being very discrepant.

. BREWER, T.M. The Eggs of the Redstart (Setophaga ruticilla). < Bull. Nutt.

Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 118.

Cory, C.B. Capture of Kirtland’s Warbler (Dendreca kirtlandi) in the Bahama
Islands. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 118.

C[Lours], E. [Note on the fourth known specimen of Dendreeca chrysoparia. ]
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 60.

CovuEs, E. Note on Dendreeca townsendi. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2,
Apr., 1879, p. 117.

Observations on habits, by W. A. Cooper.

DEANE, R. Occurrence of the Western Variety of the Yellow Red-poll Warbler
[Dendreeca palmarum hypochrysea] in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, No.1, Jan. 1879, p. 60.

Correction, tom. cit., p. 186.

. DEANE, R. Additional Capture of the Cerulean Warbler [Dendreca cerulea |

in New England. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 185.

. DEANE, R. Correction [respecting Dendreca palmarum hypochrysea, this Bull.,

iv, p. 60]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 186.

. FisHer, A.K. Helminthophaga leucobronchialis in New York. < Bull. Nutt.

Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct.,. 1879, p. 234.

. Gipss, M. A New Bird [Helminthophaga gunnii]. < Daily Morning Democrat

(Grand Rapids, Mich.), xvi, No. 224, June 1, 1879.
Taken in Ottawa County, Mich., May 25, 1879; subsequently identified with H. leucobron-
chialis ; cf. Bull. Nutt. Club, iv, 1879, pp. 185 and 282.

. JEFFRIES, J. A. The Yellow-rumped Warbler (Dendreca coronata) wintering

in Swampscott, Mass. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 118.

. KEPPEL, R. J. Nesting Habits of the American Redstart. (Setophaga-ruti-

cilla.) < The Journ. of Sci. (Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser., ii, No.7, Sept., 1279.

. Lanepon, F. W. Nesting of the Kentucky Warbler (Oporornis formosa) in

Ohio. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 236, 237.
With full description of the nest and eggs.

. Newton, [A.] [Remarks on Exhibition of rare Sylvicolide trom Jamaica. ]

<P. Z. S., June 17, 1879, pp. 552, 553.

Dendroca iuveln Gosse, and Helinaia swainsoni Aud. '!—According to Agassiz the name
of the latter genus should be written Helonea. |

NicHoL[A]s, GEO. LAWRENCE. Migration of Some Warblers Through Summit,
N.J., During the Last Spring. < Forest and Stream, xii, July 17, 1879, p. 464.

Notes on arrivals and departures of 18 spp.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MNIOTILTID&. 559

1879. PurpiE, H. A. Record of Additional Specimens of the White-throated Warbler
(Helminthophaga leucobronchialis). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3,
July, 1879, pp. 184, 185.
Three, in addition to five before known, with presumptive identification of H. gunniti Gibbs
(Daily Democrat, newspaper of Grand Rapids, Mich., June 1, 1879) as still another.
1879. Purpin, H. A. Another Kirtland’s Warbler (Dendreca kirtlandi). < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 185, 186.
Making the ninth known specimen, all of which are here recorded.
1879. RATHBUN, S. F., and Wrieut, F. S. Hooded Warbler [Myiodioctes mitratus]
in Western New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp.
116, 117.
1879. Rwoaps, 8.N. Helminthophaga pinus, Oporornis formosa, and Mniotilta varia
breeding in Pennsylvania. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879,
pp. 234, 235.
1879. RipGway, R. Note on Helminthophaga gunnii, Gibbs. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp, 233, 234.
Its identification with H. leucobranchialis, upon examination of the type-specimen.
1879. TROTTER, S. Some Light on the History of a Rare Bird [Helminthophaga leuco-
bronchialis]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 59.
Note of the third specimen known, being one shot by J. G. Bell, at Rockland, N. Y., so
long ago as 1832.
1879. WHEATON, J. M. Kirtland’s Warbler [Dendreca kirtlandi] again in Gee

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 58.
Record of two specimens, ond perhaps 6t a third, additional to those before known.

556 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.’¥.

Motacillidz.

1814. Nimsson, S. Analecta Ornithologica. Pars I. Motacillas Scanenses sistens.
Pres. Sy. Nilsson, Resp. A. A. Retzius, Lundensis. Lundae 1814. 4to. pp.
16.—Resp. C. G. Retzius, Lundens. cont. pp. 17-30, m. tabb. 2.

Non mihi obvia.—Pars I1., vide sub Charadriidis, hujusce bibliographie.

1827. FaBrr, F. [Anthus rupestris.] < Tidssk. for Naturvid., No. 13, 1827, p. 58.
Not seen. Cf. Isis, 1827, p.1028; Férwss. Bull., xv, 1828, p. 392.

1827. FaBER, F. Ueber Anthusrupestris. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xx, 1827, pp. 1028, 1029.
Nebst Nachtrag von Heinr. Lichtenstein, p. 1029.

1827. TratLt, [T. S.] Tit-Lark [Anthus pratensis] caught at Sea. < Edinb. New
Philos. Journ., ii, 1827, p. 393.

1828. FaBer, [F.] Sur Anthus rupestris, nouvelle espéce; par M. Haber.
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xv, 1828, p. 392.

Tidssk. for Naturvid., 1827, No. 13, p.-58; Isis, 1827, p. 1028.

1828. GLoGER, C. W. L. Wegen Anthus rupestris und A. aquaticus. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxi, 1828, p. 693, 694

“Verel. Isis, 1827, s. 597, folg. Nebst Nachtrag von Heinr. Lichtenstein.

1831. Gourcy-DrorrauMonT, F. (Graf von). Etwas tber das verschiedene Farben-
kleid der Motacilla Feldegg Michahelles, oder der in Dalmatien vorkom-
menden Motacilla melanocephala Lichtenstein, von Felix, Grafen von Gourey-
Droitaumont, eingesandt von Brehm. Z irsie Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831, pp. 70i-

705.
Nebst Nachschrift von C. L. Brehm.
1831. MICHAHELLES, Dr. —. Nachtragliche Bemerkung zu Motacilla Feldegg mihi.

Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831, p. 403.

1832. GouLp, J. [On a New Species of Wagtail, Motacilla neglecta.] <P.Z.8., ii
1832, pp. 129, 130.

1832. “‘Ornts.” The Pipit Lark distinct from the Meadow te or Titlark. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 287, 288.

1832. ‘‘ScoLopax RUSTICOLA.” The Spring, or Yellow, Wagtail (Motacilla [ Budytes]
flava). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 288.

1832. ‘‘ScoLOPAX RUSTICOLA.” The Pied Waagtail (Motacilla lotor Renu M. alba
Linn.). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 288, 289.

1834. Bore, J.F. Anthus Richardi. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, pp. 385, 386.

1834. “‘T. G.” On the Habits and Note of the Grey Wagtail [Motacilla boarula], and
on the Note of the Spring Wagtail [Budytes flava]. < Loudon’s ae: Nat.
Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 577-579.

1835. GouLp, [J.] Viele Exemplare von 2 Végeln, die unter dem Namen Motacilla
flava verwechselt wurden. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxviii, 1835, p. 432.

Motacilla neglecta. Of. P. Z. S., 1832, p. 129.

1836. Hoy, J.D. A Notice of the Fact of the Capture of an Individual of the Grey- —
headed Yellow Wagtail (Motacilla neglecta Gould), at Stoke Nayland, Suf

: folk. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 362.

1837. EpiITortaL. Motacilla neglecta Gould [in Suffolk]. < Mag. of Zool. and Bot.,

i, 1837, p. 200.

1837. GouLp, J. [Motacilla leucopsis, sp. n. from India.] <P. Z.8., v, 1837, p. 78.

1837. GouLp, J. [Remarks on the Common British Wagtail (Motacilla yarrelli,
sp.n.).] <P. Z. S., v, 1837, pp. 73, 74, 78.

No. 4:] COUES’S ORNITH: BIBLIOGRAPHY—MOTACIULIDA, 5D7

1837. GOULD, J . Observations on some Species of the Genus: Motacilla of Linnazus.

< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 459-461.
Discrimination of UM. flava, yarrelli, and lugubris.

1837. Hancock, A. Motacilla neglecta[in England]. < Mag. of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837,
p. 491.

1841. Mummery, S. Anthus Richardi [in England]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1841, p. 398.

1841. YARRELL, W. [Exhibition of a British Specimen of Motacilla alba.] <P.Z.S.,
ix, 1841, pp. 46, 47.

1841. YARRELL, W. Motacilla alba of Linneus. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1841, p.
390.

1842, Mummery, 8S. Anthus Richardi [in the Isle of Thanet]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., viii, 1842, p. 396.

1843. ATKINSON, J. C. Observations on previous [ Zool., i, 136 and 230] notes on the
Grey Wagtail [Motacilla boarula]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 358-360.

1843. GREENWOOD, A. Note on the occurrence of Richard’s Pipit [ Anthus richardi]
in Cornwall. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 190.

1843: HEPPENSTALL, J: Note on the Grey Wagtail [Motacilla boarula]. < Zoologist,
i, 1843, p. 140.

1843. Homuanp, A. Enquiry respecting a Wagtail [Motacilla boarula. With note
in answer by H. Doubleday]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 136, 137.

1843. Knox, A. E. Note on the Pied Wagtail [Motacilla yarrelli]. < Zoologist, i,
1843, p. 190.

1843. NicHorESON, C. Note on the Grey Wagtail [Motacilla boarula]. < Zoologist, i,
1843, pp. 230-233.

1843. TRATHAN, J. J. Note on the appearance of the Continental White Wagtail
(Motacilla alba) at Falmouth. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 188.

1844. ANon. Note on a singular locality for a Wagtail’s Nest. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
p. #26.

1844. Bonn, F. Note on Anthus petrosus (Montagu). < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 447.

1844. Brices, J.J. Remarks wpon [the habits of] the Tree Pipit [Anthus arboreus].
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 658.

1844. CornisuH, J. Notes on the Habits of the Wagtail [ Motacilla yarrelli]. < Zoolo-
gist, 11, 1844, pp. 566-568.

1844. Harpy, J. Note on a singular habit of the Grey Wagtail [Motacilla boarula ].
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 568.

1844. Hore, W.S. Note on Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,

. 496.

1844. Te ton, A. Note on [the habits of ] Wagtails [Motacilla yarrelli, M. boarula].
< Goologist, ii, 1844, p. 764.

1844. SLADEN, E. H. M. Note on the Grey Wagtail (Motacilla boarula). < Zoologist,
ii, 1844, p. 763.

1844. TRATHAN, J. J. Correction of a previous [ Zool., 188] note on the Pied Wagtail
[Motacilla yarrelli]. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, p. 452.

1845. DeBy, J. Habits of the White Wagtail (Motacilla ait Lin.). < Zoologist, 111,
1845, pp. 940, 941.

1845. SUNDEVALL, [C. J.] Varietet af Motacilla alba [M. yarrelli]. < Ofvers. Kongl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for dr 1844, 1845, pp. 161, 162.

1845. WEBSTER, T. Occurrence of Anthus aquaticus at Fleetwood. < Zoologist, iii,
1845, p.- 1023

558

1846.
1846.
1846.
1848.
1848.
1848,
1848.

1849.

1849.
1850.
1851.
1851.
1851.

1851.

1852.

1852.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1854.

1854.

1854.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Bop, T. J. Occurrence of Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] near Neweastle.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1210, 1211.

FrERE, H.T. Occurrence of Anthus arboreus in February [at Aylsham]. < Zo-
ologist, iv, 1846, p. 1210.

PLOMLEY, F. Frequent occurrence of the White Wagiail [Motacilla alba] in
Kent. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1497.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the White Wagtail (Motacilla alba) near Penzance.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2143.

Ropp, E. H. Frequent Occurrence of the Continental White Wagtail [Mota-
cilla alba] near Penzance. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2143, 2144.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Gray-headed Wagtail (Motacilla neglecta) near
Penzance. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2144.

Wess, J. S. Occurrence of the White Wagtail (Motacilla alba) near Moule
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2229.

THIENEMANN, F. A. L. Uber einige Arten des Geschlechts Pieper, Anthus.
Bechst. < Rhea, Heft ii, 1849, pp. 171-175.

Anthus pensyluanicus, A. cervinus, A. richardi betrettend.

THORNCROFT, T. Early Arrival of the Tree Pipit (Anthus arboreus) [at Shore-
ham]. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2415.

Ropp, E. H. Note on the Pied Wagtail (Motacilla Yarrellii). < Zoologist, viii,
1850, p. 2651.

ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Gray-headed Wagtail (Motacilla neglecta) at
Eastbourne, Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3145.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Richard’s Pipit (Anthus Richardi) at the Scilly
Isles. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3300.

SmitH, J. Occurrence of the Gray-headed Wagtail (Motacilla neglecta) at
Great Yarmouth. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3174.

ZANDER, H. D. F. Einiges iiber die Abiinderungen der Motacilla alba, L. und
des Budytes flavus, Cuv. < Nawmannia, i, Heft iii, 1851, pp. 9-21.

Kritisches; Beschreibungen.—Fiir Bemerkungen und Zusiatze, vergl. Nawm., Heft iv, 1854,
pp. 24-30.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Continental White Wagtail [Motacilla alba]
near Penzance. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3453.

STRICKLAND, H. E. VIII.—On Parus ignotus, Gm. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852,
pp. 44-45.
Identified by Sundevall with Anthus pratensis.
BoRRER, W.,JR. Occurrence of the Continental White Wagtail (Motacilla alba,
Linn.) in Sussex. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3908. .
LanFossi, P. Sulla motacilla alba ed altre affini. < Bianconi’s Repert. Ital.
Stor. Nat., i, 1853, pp. 1,2, No. 1. .
From Comment. dell’ Ateneo di Brescia, 1848-50, p. 148.—Latin transl. of the title and article
follows.
Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Gray-headed Wagtail (Motacilla neglecta) near
Penzance. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3919.
BaLpamus, E. Bemerkungen und Zusitze [an Zander’s Artikel iiber die euro-
piaischen Pieper, Anthus, in Naum., iii, 1851, pp. 9-21]. < Nawmannia, Heftiv,
1854, pp. 24-30.
BorRER, W., JR. Occurrence of the Continental White Wagtail (Motacilla
alba) in Saeee < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4408.
GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the occurrence of the Gray-headed Wagtail (Motacilla
neglecta) at Lowestoft. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4440.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MOTACILLIDA. 559

1854. ZANDER, H.[D. F.] Ueber die europiiischen Pieper [Anthus]. (Beil. nr. 8.
zum Protokol d. siebensten ornith.-versamml. zu Halberstadt.) < Nawman-
nia, Heft iv, 1854, pp. 1-24.

8 Arten, monographisch bearbeitet. ;

1854. ZANDER, H.[D. F.] Kurze Uebersicht der europiiischen Pieper, Anthus Bechst.
(Anhang x. zu Berichte iiber die vii. Jahresversammlung der deutschen Orni-
thologen-Gesellschaft.) <J. f. O., i, 1853, Extraheft (1854), pp. 60-65.

Behandelt 8 Arten, nebst Synonymik, Kritik, Beschreibungen und geogr. Verbreitung.

1856. BrREHM, [C. L.] [Ueber die Pieper (Anthus).] < Nawmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 337-
349.

1857. BrreuM, [C.] L. Die Mauser und die daraus hervorgehende Verfirbung der
Bach- und Schafstelzen. <J. f. O., v, 1857, pp. 25-35.

Treats very fully of the various pyimages of Motacilla alba and Budytes flava. ;

1857. Carrer, 8. Abundance of Wagtails [Motacilla yarrelli, in England]. < Zo-
ologist, xv, 1857, p. 5517.

1857. Grocer, C.W.L. Anfrage, betretfend Anthus aquaticus var. rupestris. < Nau-
mannia, vii, 1857, Hft. ii, pp. 74-76.

1857. GosTLine, W. Wagetail’s Nest in a Scarlet Geranium. <Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp.
5789, 5790.

1857. HapDrIELD, H. W. Great abundance of the Pied Wagtail (Motacilla Yarrellii),
&ce. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5363.

1857. JAckEL, J. [Anthus pratensis mit zwei K6pfen.] < Naumannia, vii, 1857, p.
190.

Fide Sev. Weinhart, ann. 1693.

1857. KASERMANN, C. Einige Beobachtungen iiber Anthus aquaticus. < Naumannia,
Vil, 1857, pp. 138-140. ;

1857. SMURTHW AITE, H. Change of Plumage in Motacilla alba. < Zoologist, xv, 1857,
p- 5592.

1858. GouLp, J. [Exhibition of British specimens of Motacilla flava, Ray, and note
from Mr. Thirtle of Lowestoft, on its occurrence in that part of England. ]
KIP, Gyo, seas these Os Wee Chek

1858. GouULD, J. [Remarks on Exhibition of British specimens of Motacilla flava. ]
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., i, 1858, pp. 441, 442.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 9, 1858, pp. 77, 78. ‘
1858. JAGER, C. Motacilla sulphurea Bechst. < Naumannia, viii, 1858, p. 507.

1858. SMURTHWAITE, H. Motacilla [Anthus] campestrisand M. boarula. < Zoologist,
Xvi, 1858, p. 6239. a

1858. ZANDER, H. [D. F.] Die zweifelhaften Arten der europiischen Motacillen.
< Naumannia, viii, 1858, pp. 238-243.

1859. PAssLER, W. Die Species-Dignitiéit des :Anthus cervinus. < J. f. O., vii, 1859,
pp. 464-469.
Elaborately discussed.
1861. Cavary, J. [Letter on the occurrence of Budytes cinereocapillus at Kafr
Dowar, near Alexandria.] < Jbis, iii, 1861, p. 210.
1862. Botte, C. Anthus Berthelotii, eine neue Pieperart. < J. f. O., x, 1862, pp.
307-360,
1862. Botte, C. Surl’Anthus des Canaries reconnu comme espéce nouvelle et nommé
Anthus berthelotii. < Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. pie pl. xii.
Synonymie, description st biographie.
1863. Harcourt, E. V. [Letter on Anthus DeuEnClotit, Bolle.] < Ibis, v, 1863, pp.
230-233.

1863. Kerr, J. A Note on Pipits[Anthus]. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8822.

560 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

1865. RANsoN, J. Singular Nesting Place of the Pied Wagtail [Motacilla yarrelli].
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8844, 8845.
1863. ROwWLEY,G.D. Notice of the Occurrence of the Tawny Pipit (Anthus rufescens)
in Great Britain. < Ibis, v, 1863, pp. 37-39.
1863. SaxBy, H. L. Gray Wagtail (Motacilla boarula) an Antumn Visitor to Shet:
land. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8819, 8820.
1864. Pratt, J. Water Pipit [Anthus aquaticus] near Brighton. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, pp. 9279, 9280.
With contrasted characters of A. spinoletta and A. aquaticus.
1864. RowLry, G. D. Anthus campestris or A. rufescens at Brighton. < Zoologist,
Xxii, 1864, pp. 9327, 9328.
1864. SCHWAITZER, F. Motacilla sulphurea Bechst. in der Provinz Posen. Lh ha On
xli, 1864, p. 143.
1864. STEVENSON, H. Rock Pipit [Anthus rupestris] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxii,
‘1864, p. 9109. ,
Of. particularly Tbis, 1865, pp. 237, 238. :
1865. ALtuM, B. Unsere Bachstelzen. <J. f. O., xiii, 1865, pp. 245-248.
Zur Lebensweise von Motacilla alba, I. boarula, Budytes flava.
1865. GouLp, J. [Anthus ‘“‘spinoletta” (?) at Brighton, England.] < Ibis, 2d ser.,
1, 1865, pp. 114-116.
Of. particularly Ibis, 1865, pp. 237, 238.
1865. MaTHEws, G. F. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] at Braunton Burrows.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1855, p. 9456.
1865. [Newron, A.] [On species of Anthus killed in England; ef. Ibis, 1865, p. 116;
Zool., p. 9109.] < Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp.'237, 238.
1865. RowLry, G. D. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] at Brighton. -< Zoologist,
XXili, 1865, pp. 9466, 9467.
1865. ScLaTER, P. L. [Remarks on Exhibition of a specimen of Anthus spinoletta,
from the collection of the Bishop of Oxford.] <P. Z. 8., xxxiii, 1865, p. 60.
1866. BouLTON, W. W. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] in Ceylon. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, p. 32.
1866. MAcHIN, W. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] obtained in Leadenhall Market.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1865, p. 269. ;
1866. WHARTON, C. B. [Motacilla sulphtrea breeding in North Wales; ef. I bis, 1865,
123; and Yarr. B. B., i, 434.] < Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 323, 324.
1867. BOND, F. Water Pipit [Anthus aquaticus] at Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, p. 792.
1867. BREE, C. R. Habits of the Rock Pipit [Anthus rupestris]. < Zoologist, 2a ser.,
li, 1867, p. 792.
1867. DoBriE, N. F. Pied Wagtails [Motacilla yarrelli] near Hornsea in January.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 634.
1867. GuNN, T. E. Grayheaded Wagtail [Motacilla neglecta] near Norwich. < Zool-
ogist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 824.
1867. Ranson, J. Pied Wagtail [Motacilla yarrelli] wintering in North Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 875.
1867. SHoRTO, J., Jk. Pied Wagtails [Motacilla yarrelli] in January. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 704.
1867. STEVENSON, H. The Rock Pipit [Anthus rupestris] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d
Ser., ii, 1867, p. 876.
1867. West, E. Does the Yellow Wagtail [Budytes flava] always Migrate. < Zool-
ogist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 705. ‘

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MOTACILLID A. 561

1867. WHARTON, C. B. Rock Pipit [Anthus rupestris] inland. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
' ii, 1867, p. 558.

1868. GATCOMBE, J. Vinous-breasted Pipit [Anthus spinoletta] near Plymouth.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1254.

1868. GoRDON, C. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] at-Dover. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
lii, 1868, p. 1458.

1868. Ropp, E. H. The Tawny Pipit and Richard’s Pipit at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ili, 1868, p. 1458.

1868. RowLey, G.D. Richard’s Pipit at Brighton: The Tawny Pipit. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1479.

1869. ANON. Ray’s Wagtail [Budytes rayi] at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
p. 1847.

1869. MarHew, G. F. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi] near Barnstable. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1561.

1869. RowLey, G. D. [Exhibition of some British-killed Pipits (Anthus aquaticus
and A. obseurus)]. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, p. 249.

1869. RowLry, G. D. The Water and Rock Pipits. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,

pp. 1682, 1683.

1869. Wonror, T. W. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus Richardi] at Brighton. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1513.

1869. Wonror, T.W. Dwarf Meadow Pipit. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1561.

1869. Wonror, T.W. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1683.

1869. Wonror, T.W. Meadow Pipit. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1683.

~ 1869. Wonror, T.W. Tawny Pipit near Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p.
1918.

1870. Boynton, T. The Pennsylvania Pipit [Anthus ludovicianus], &c., at Bridling-
ton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2021, 2022.

1870. BREE, C. R. Anthus ludovicianus vel Anthus rufescens? < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vy, 1870, pp. 2100, 2101.
Contends for its being the former.

1870. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Grayheaded Wagtail [Motacilla neglecta] at Gateshead.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2382, 2383.

1870. Harris, J. W. Wagtailin pure White Plumage. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
p. 2100.

1870. Reexs, H. The Pipit [‘‘Anthus ludovicianus” = A. campestris] shot at Brid-
lington. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2067, 2068.

1870. Rickarps, M.S. C. Vinous-breasted Pipit on the Banks of Severn. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2222.

1870. Rickarps, M. S. C. Grayheaded Wagtail [Motacilla neglecta] near Clifton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2306.

1870. Rrckarps, M.8.C. Grayheaded Wagtails [Motacilla neglecta] near Clevedon.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2222.

1870. STEVENSON, H. Richard’s Pipit [Anthus richardi, near Yarmouth]. < Zool-
ogist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2066, 2067.

1870. SwINHOE, R. On the Pied Wagtails of China, Part I [II]. <P. Z.S., xxxviii,
1870, pp. 120-124, woode. ; pp. 129, 130.

A synopsis, with descriptions and figures of the head, of the China species of Motacilla,

7in number; 3 (MW. felix, p. 121, MW. francisi, p.123, and M. frontata, p. 129) being new, and a
race of the first-named being described as var. sechuensis.

1870. WaLDEN, Lord. [Letter relating to Indian Motacille.] < Ibis, 2d ser., viy
1870, pp. 293, 294.

562
~ 1870.

1870.
1871.

1871.

1877.

1877.
1877
1878.
1878.

1878.

BUBEE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Watson, J. Grayheaded Wagtail [Motacilla neglecta] breeding near Cae
head. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2343, 2344.

WATSON, J. Nesting of Motacilla flava. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2406.

GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Nesting of the Grayheaded Wagtail [Motacilla neglecta] '

near Neweastle. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2483.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Grayheaded Wagtail [Motacilla neglecta] at Brighton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2639.

. Rickarps, M. 8. C. White Wagtail [Motacilla alba] at Northam Burrows.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2608.

72. GURNEY, J. H. [Albinotic] Variety of the Rock Pipit [Anthus rupestris].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2943.

. Hume, A.O. The Wagtails of India. No.1. Stray Feathers, pp. 26-31.

Refers to Motacilla dukhunensis, M. personata, and others of the ‘‘pied” group. I have
not seen this article.

. ALLEN, J. A. [Field note on] The Missouri Skylark [Neocorys spraguei].. <dm.

Nat., vii, 1873, p. 745.

. DousLEepay, H. [Note on habits of] Ray’s Wagtail. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,

1873, p. 3490.

. GarcomBsr, J. A Four-legged Rock Lark [Anthus ‘petrosus”]. < Am. Nat.,

vu, 1873, pp. 311, 312.

. Hupson, W.H. Notes on the Habits of the Pipit [Anthus correndera] of the

Argentine Republic. < P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 771,772.

. WHARTON, C. B. Ray’s Wagtail in Hertfordshire in the Winter. < Zoologist,

Qd ser., viii, 1873, p. 3455.

. WHARTON, C. B. Ray’s Wagtail. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3526.

Cf. Zool. 2d ser., p. 3490.

. INGERSOLL, E. Discovery of the Water Thrush’s [Siurus ludovicianus] Nest

in New England. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 238-239.

. Rowxey, G. D. The Tawny Pipit [ Anthus UELETEONS | at Brighton. < Zoologist,

2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3832.

. REINHARDT, J. Motacilla yarrelliiskudtiJylland. < Vidensk. Meddel. Naturh.

Foren. Kjgbenhavn for Aaret 1876, pp. 203-206.

. Brooks, W. E. A few Observations on some Species of Anthus and Budytes.

< Ibis, 4th ser., i, Apr., 1877, pp.- 206-209.
Anthus neglectus Brooks= A. blakistoni Swinhoe, P. Z. S., 1863, p. 90. Budytes taivanus
Swinhoe, Lbis, 1870, p. 346, a good species.
Cougs, E. Corrections of Nomenclature in the Genus Siurus. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, pp. 29-33.

“Seiurus’’ to be written Siwrus. 1. S. auricapillus. 2. S. nevius (Bodd.)=S. novebora.

censis (Gm.). 2. S. motacilla (Vieill.) =S. ludovicianus (Aud.). Full synonymy of these

species.
SEEBOHM, H. [Anthus seebohmi Digssee = gustavi Swinh., _P. Lise Lire p.
90.] < Tbis, 4th ser., i, Jan., 1877, pp. 128, 129.

. TWEEDDaLE, Marquis of. [Note on the occurrence of Anthus ¢ Hen! in Celebes. |

< Ibis, 4th ser., i, Apr., 1877, p. 258.

BaLLou, W. H. ads! billed Water Thrush [Siurus motacilla, the nest and

eggs of]. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 4, June, 1878, p. 27.
Brewer, T.M. The Titlark (Anthus ludovicianus) in Massachusetts in June.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 194.
BREWSTER, W. Nesting of the Large-billed Water-Thrush (Siurus motacilla
_[Vieill.] Bp.). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, pp. 183-135.
Reliable observations on a little-known subject, giving 2 full account of several nests and

eggs.

ee

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MOTACILLIDA. 563

1878. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 17—The Aquatic Wood-Wagtail, or
New York Water Thrush.. (Siurus nevius.) < The Chicago Field, Feb. 2, 1878.
From advance sheets of ‘‘ Birds of the Colorado Valley.”
1878. CovEeRT, A.B. Nesting of the Large-billed Water Thrush (Siurus ludovicianus).
< The Odlogist, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 10, 11.
Full account from observations made in Michigan.
1878. Gray, A. F. Abnormal Bird’s Eggs [of Siurus auricapillus]. < Forest and
Stream, xi, Aug. 8, 1878, p. 2.
1878. HomeyeER, E.F.v. Beitrige zur Gattung Budytes. < J. f.0., Apr., 1878, pp.
126, 131.

1878. NICHOLSON, F. On an apparently new Species of American Pipit [Anthus
peruvianus]. <P. Z. S., Apr. 2, 1878, pp. 390, 391.

Syn. A. rufus, 8S. & S., P. Z. S., 1868, p. 173; A. chit, Tacz., P. Z. S., 1874, p. 506.

1878. ScLaTER, P. L. Preliminary Remarks on the Neotropical Pipits [Anthus].
< Ibis, 4th ser., ii, No. 7, July, 1878, pp. 356-367, figg. 1-3, pl. x.

The species here recognized and described with synonymy are: 1. Anthus bogotensis, p. 5875

fig. 1, wing and foot. 2. A.chii. p. 359. 3. A. rufus, p. 360. 4. A.correndera, p. 362. 5. A.
furcatus, p. 364, f.2. 6. A. nattereri, sp.n., p. 366, f. 3 (head and foot), pl. x (whole bird).
The latter is A. correndera of Pelz., Orn. Bras., p. 69, nec Vieill.

1879. CouEs, E. Coues on the Nest and Eggs of the Water Thrush (Siurus nevius).
< The Oélogist, iv, Mar., 1879, p. 57.
Extracted from ‘‘ Birds of the Colorado Valley,” pt. i, 1878, pp. 305, 306.

564

1826.

1828.

1843.

1843.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1845.

1848.
1848.

1848.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Turdid2.

NauMANN, J. F. Unerhértes Vorkommen eines auslandschen Vogels [Turdus.

minor Gm. aus Nordamerika] in der Mitte von Deutschland. < Oken’s Isis,
Jahre. x, 1826, pp. 520, 521.

NAUMANN, [J.F.] Note sur Apparition extraordinaire du Turdus minor [Gm.,
de ’Amérique septentrionale] en Allemagne; par Neumann. . . < Feéruss.
Bull., 2° sect., xiii, 1828, p. 357.

Extraite de U’Isis, 1826, pp. 520,521.

. Cox, J.C. [Notice of a living Mocking-bird (Turdus polyglottus, Linn.) in his

possession]. <P. Z. S., 1, 1833, p. 114.

. GouLD, J. [Descriptions of three new Species of Orpheus (O. trifasciatus, O.

melanotis, O. parvulus) from the Galapagos.] <P. Z. 8,, 1837, p-27.

. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Note sur une espéce nouvelle du genre Moqueur, Or-

pheus [longirostris]. < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, pp. 54, 55.

. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. G. Moqueur. Orpheus. Swainson. M. a long bee. O.

longirostris. Lafresnaye. < Guér. May. de Zool., 2°sér., année 1839; Ois., pp.
1-4, pl. 1.

Décrit pour la premiére fois dans la Rev. Zool.) i, 1838, p. 54.—En suite, une liste de dix
espéces du genre Moqueur (Mimus 4- Harporhynchus).

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur un petit groupe d’oiseaux des Antilles. < Revue Zool-
ogique, vi, 1843, pp. 66-68.

Ramphocinelus (g.n.), p.66; R. tremulus, R. gutturalis, pp. 67, spp. nn.
Cf. P. Z. S., 1855, p. 2183—R. tremulus considered probably = Stenorhynchus ruficauda
Gould, P. Z. S., 1835 (Cinclocerthia).

Lesson, R. P. Note sur le genre d’oiseau appelé Ramphocinclus. < Revue
Zoologique, vi, 1843, pp. 325-327.

BREWER, T. M. [Facts tending to clear up the confusion and errors in the his-
tory of the Hermit Thrush (Turdus solitarius, Wils.)] < Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., i, 1844, pp. 190, 191.

Chars. of 3 spp.—WMerula wilsonti—T. fuscescens Steph.; M. solitaria=T. pallasi Cab.;
MM. olivacea sp. n. = T. swainsoni Cab., p. 191. The name “‘olivacea”, moreover, is preoceu-
pied in the genus.

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Réponse de M. F.de Lafresnaye aux observations de M.
Lesson, sur son genre Ramphocinclus, insérées dans cette Revue, 1843, page
325. < Revue Zoologique, viii, 1844, pp. 43-46.

Au sujet du genre l’Herminierus, Less., MS. :

LAFRESNAYE, [F. DE]. Ueber Orpheus longirostris [u. s. w.]. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 409.

Auszug aus Guér. Mag. de Zool., 1839.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur le Fournier Rosalbin, Furnarius roseus Lesson,
Illustrations de zoologie. < Revue Zoologique, viii, 1845,-pp. 10, 11.

Noting the inaccuracy of the plate, especially as regards the form of the bill, giving the

_ habitat of the bird as Colombia, not Brazil, and discussing the position of the species among

the Furnarians. The article is the fifth of the ‘‘ Mélanges Ornithologiques.”

CaBot,S., JR. [Occurrence of Turdus nevius in New Jersey.] < Proc. Bost.

Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1848, p. 17.

Desy, J. Note on the occurrence of Turdus minor of Latham, in Belgium.

<Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 1966-1968.

(JARDINE, W.] Turdus xanthoscelus, Jardine [sp. n., from Tobago]. < Jard.
Contrib. Orn., 1848, p. 14, pl. i.

a ai sh tata cise sine

No.4.)

1849,

1850.

1850.

1850.

1850.
1851.
1851.

1851.

1852.
1852.
1852.

1852.

1853.

- 1854.

1855.

1856.

.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TURDID&. 565

Homeyer, E. F. v. Uber die Gattung Turdus. < Rhea, Heft ii, 1849, pp. 144-
159.

21 Arten, monographisch bearbeitet, nebst Synonymik, Kennzeichen, Aufenthalt und Be-
merkungen. TT. varius, lwnulatus, auroreus, pallasii, wilsonii, swainsoni, viscivorus, hodgsont
(sp. 1., p. 150), musicus, pallens, werneri, iliacus, naumanni, fuseatus, rujicollis, atrigularis, sidi-
ricus, pilaris, migratorius, merula, und torquatus.

HartLaus, [G.] Description Vune nouvelle espece de Turdus [aurantiirostris ]
de Venezuela. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1850, p. 158.

HarTLavus, G. Note upon Turdus vulpinus, Hartl. <P. Z. S., xviii, 1850, p.
276, pl. (Aves) Xxxii.

Décrit comme espéce nouvelle dans la Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, p. 276, provenant de
Caraccas; c’est une synonyme de Furnarius roscus, Less. Ill. Zool., pl. 5; ¢’est-a-dire, de Rho-
dinocichla rosea. :

Kaup, J. [J.] Ueber die Bedeckung der Fusswurzel des Turdus migratorius.
< Arch. f. Naturg., 1850 (1), pp. 42, 43, pl. ii, fig. i-v.

Shows the gradual transition with age from the scutellation to the booting of the tarsus.

NAUMANN, J. F. Kritische Bemerkungen tiber einige in Deutschland seltene
‘Drosselarten. < Naumannia, i, Heft iii, 1850, pp. 1-12.

CorpEAUX, W. H. Occurrence of the Mocking Bird of America (Turdus [Mi-
mus] polyglottus) in the County of Kent. <Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3277.

[JARDINE, W.] Turdus aurantiirostris, Hartlaub. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1251,
p. 80, pl. Ixxii.

NauMANN, J.F. Vorliufige Anzeige der seit c. 30 und einigen Jahren in Deutsch-
land vorgekommenen, friiher hier nicht bemerkten oder iibersehenen fremden
Drossel-Arten, welche in naturgetrenen Abbildungen und Beschreibungen fiir
die niichsten Supplement-Hefte zu meiner Naturgesch. d. Vogel Deutschlands
ausfiihrlicher dargestellt werden sollen. <Naumannia, i, Heft iv, 1851, pp.
1-9.

CaBaANnis, J. [Das Vorkommen von Turdus migratorius in‘ Deutschland, Dec.
1851—ohne Zweifel durch Siberia.] <Naumannia, ii, Heft ii, 1852, pp. 122, 128.

HarTLavus, G. Sur une nouvelle espéce du genre Melanotis [M. hypoleucus],
‘Bonap. (Consp., p. 276). <Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, 1852, p. 460.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Mimus melanopterus [n. sp.]. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New
York, v, 1852, pp. 35, 36, pl. ii. (Read Apr. 16, 1849.)

LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds, of the Genera Toxo-
stoma [Le Contei, p. 121] Wagler,... < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,
v, 1852, pp. 121-123. (Read Sept. 8, 1851.)

Other spp. here described are a Tyrannula and a Plectrophanes: title is to be found in full
in N. Am. part of this Bibl. F

CaBanis, J. Turdus migratorius, Lin. als Gast in Deutschland. <J. f. O., i,
1853, pp. 67-69. ;

Gleichfalls iiber das Vorkommen der genannten Arten und 7. pallasi in Helgoland.

GOULD, J. Description of a New Bird from Guatemala, forming the type of a
new Genus [Malacocichla dryas]. <P. Z. S., xxii, Noy. 28, 1854, pp. 285,
286, pl. (Aves) 1Xxv.

SciaTer, P. L. Note on the Genus Legriocinclus, Lesson, and its synonyms.
<P. Z. S8., xxiii, 1855, pp. 212-214.

Legriocinclus Less., 1847—=Ramphocinelus Lafr., 1843 = Cinclocerthia Gray, 1840 —Steno-
rhynchus Gould, 1835 (preoceupied): these, with Herminierus Less. and Cinclops Bp., 1854,
proposed to be reduced to one group, or at all events to be placed in close juxtaposition.
There is also important criticism on the species concerned.

GouLp, J. Description of a New Bird from Guatemala, forming the type of a
New Genus [Malacocichla dryas]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvii, 1856,
pp. 78, 79.

From P. Z. S., Novy. 28, 1854, pp. 285, 286.

1859.
1860.

1861.

1861.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1865.

1865.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

. SCLATER, P. L. Note on the Genus Legriocinclus, Lesson, and its synonyms.

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xviii, 1856, pp. 341-343.
From P. Z. §., Nov. 27, 1855, pp. 212-214, q. v.

. [Brzuines, E.] On the Robin, or Migratory Thrush (Turdus migratorious [sic ]).

< Canad.. Nat. and Geol., i, 1856, pp. 142-146.

Compiled description and account of distribution and habits, mainly from Wilson.

. GouLtp, A. A. [On the Food of the American Robin (Turdus migratorius, Linn. ). ]

< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1858, p. 403.

. TREADWELL, D. [Detailed account of the feeding and growth of the American

Robin (Turdus migratorius, Linn.).] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1858,
pp. 396-399.

. SCLATER, P. L. A Synopsis of the Thrushes (Turdide) of the New World. < P.

Z. S., XXVii, June 28, 1859, pp. 321-347. ‘
Sketch of the group and tables of geographical distribution of Turdus. Systematic synony-
matic and diagnostic synopsis, with critical annotation of the species: Catharus, 7; Turdus,
39; Cichlerminia, 1; Margarops, 3; Galeoscoptes, 3; Melanoptila, 1; Melanotis, 2; Rhampho-
cinclus, 1; Cinclocerthia, 2; Harporhynchus, 6; Oreoscoptes, 1; Mimus, 20.—Catharus oceiden-
talis, p. 323; Turdus pinicola, p. 334; spp.nn. It isan important revision of the whole subject,
which should be consulted preparatory to any study of this group.
ScLaTER, P.L. On anew species of Catharus [occidentalis]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (3), iv, 1859, p. 400.
From P. Z. S., June 28, 1859, p. 323.
Bryant, H. [Note on Turdus minimus Lafr.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vii, 1860, pp. 226, 227.
This untitled article also describes Vireo bogotensis, sp. n., p. 227.
ScLATER, P.L. Remarks on the Geographical Distribution of the Genus Turdus.
< Ibis, 1861, 11, pp. 277-283, pl. viii.
Palaearctic 16. Indian 15 (7. schlegelii, sp. n., p. —), Aethiopian 9, Australian 5, Nearctic
12, Neotropical 27. Pl. viii represents 7. fulviventris.
TREADWELL, [D.] On the Feeding and Growth of the American Robin [Turdus
migratorius]. < Rep. Com’r of Patents for 1860, Agric., 1861, pp. 88, 89.

JENKS, J. W. P. [Report upon the habits of the Robin, Turdus migratorius. ]

< Seventeenth Ann. Rep. Ohio State Board of Agric., 1862, pp. 288-291.
Very full results of investigation upon the food of this species—one of the best contributions

upon this particular subject extant.

Sacc, Dr. [Einiges iiber Turdus polyglottus in Gefangenschaft.] < Zool.
Gart., iii, 1862, p. 215.

CHIAPELLA, C. [Histoire détaillée du Merle moqueur, Mimus polyglottus. ]
< Journal de Bordeaux, du 22 décembre 1863.

Pas vue moi-méme.

Hirt, k. Notes on the Mimide of Jamaica. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv,
1863, pp. 304, 305.

Descriptions; field-notes of habits.

Putnam, F. W. [Nesting of Turdus migratorius on the ground, and on a beam
connected with the moving machinery of a Saya < Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., ix, 1863, p. 248.

Scutier, A. Spottvégel (Turdus polyglottus). < Zool. Gart., iv, 1863, p. 256.

Dessen Nahrung, in Gefangenschaft.

BryAnT, H. Remarks on the Genus Galeoscoptes, Cabanis, with the Charac-
ters of two new Genera, and a Description of Turdus plumbeus Lin. < Proe.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 1865, pp. 369-372.

Mimokitta, Mimocichla (Scl., 1859).

CHIAPELLA, C. La Merle moqueur [Mimus polyglottus], éducations faites a

Bordeaux. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2 sér., ii, 1865, pp. 466-473.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TURDID. 567

1865. CHIAPELLA, C. Der amerikanische Spottvogel [Mimus polyglottus] und seine
Zucht in Bordeaux. < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, pp. 424-426.
Auszug aus d. Bull. Soc. d@ Acclim., 8 aot 1865, pp. 466-473.
1866. McKay, A. W. On the Turdus migratorius. < Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. for
1865, 1866 (AZise. Conm.), p. 90.
A few desultory observations, not entirely correct. :
1867. MANGER, —. [Die Katzendrossel (Mimus carolinensis) in Gefangenschaft. ]
< Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 191, 192.
1868. ALLEN, J.A. The ‘Dwarf Thrush” [‘‘Turdus nanus”] again. < Am. Nat.,
li, 1868, pp. 488, 489.
Identifies the supposed Massachusetts example (tom. cit., p. 218) with T. olivaceus, and con-
siders the supposed Pennsylvania one (fom. cit., p. 380) to be not distinct from 7. pallast.
1268. ‘‘A.P.R.” The Robin [Turdus mig*atorius] at Fault. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868,
Bt p. 217.
Failure of the bird’s attempts to build a nest under the eaves of a barn.
i868. GarLick, T. Migrations of Birds [i.e., of Turdus migratorius]. <( Am. Nat.,
li, 1868, p. 492.
Reappearance, at Cleveland, Ohio, for five successive years, of an albino of this species.

1868. HuGues,D.D. Albino Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p.
490.

1868. Jacqurur,D.H. The Mocking Bird [Mimus polyglottus]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868,
p: 215.
Brief note on its singing in winter, and on its breeding.
1868. Samunts, H.A. The Dwarf Thrush [Turdus nanus] in Massachusetts. < Am.
Nat., ii, 1868, p. 218.
Cf. Allen, tom. cit., pp. 488, 489.
1868. Trippr, T.M. The DwarfThrush [Turdusnanus]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p. 380.
Its supposed occurrence in New Jersey (ef. Allen, tom. cit., pp. 488, 489).
1869. [‘*A.P.R.”] The Robin [Turdus migratorius] at Fault. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1604.
From ‘American Naturalist,’ June, 1868, p. 217.
1869. Bren, C.R. American Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1644.

1869. LINDEN, C. Albino Robins [Turdus migratorius]. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869, p. 279.
Two cases, Buffalo, N. Y. .
1869. Maynarp, C.J. The Dwarf Thrush [Turdus nanus] again. < Am. Nat., ii,
1869, pp. 662, 663.
The supposed Massachusetts example reaffirmed to be Z. swainsoni; from which, also, T.
alicic is decided to be not distinct.
1869. Ripeway, R. Notices of certain obscurely known species of American Birds.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxi, June, 1869, pp. 125-135, 9 woodcce.
I.—The North American Wood Thrushes, Hylocichla, pp. 127-129. Treating of 7 spp.
The article also treats of species of II. Pyranga, and of ILI. Quiscalus.
1871. ANON. The Mocking-bird [Mimus polyglottus]. < Appleton’s Journ., v, Feb.,
1871, p. 230.
Becoming intoxicated by freely partaking of berries of the pride-of-China tree.
1871. ANon. Der peruanische Spottvogel [ ]. < Aus der Natur,
lv, oder n. F., xiii, 1871, p. 80.
1871. BOARDMAN, G. A. Mocking Bird [Mimus polyglottus] in Maine. < Am. Nat.,
v, L871, p. 121.
1872. CABANIS, J. [Turdus auroreus Pall.=T.nevius Gm.] <J. f. 0., xx, 1872,
p. 157.
1872. CousEs, E. Ornithological Query. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 47.

Whether certain partial albino Turdus migratorius were not offspring of a perfect albino
and a normal individual.

568 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolV.

1872. Cours, E. The Nest, Eggs and Breeding Habits of Harporhynchus crissalis.
< Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 370-371.

1872. Drew, 8. A. L. Reason or Instinct in the Robin [Turdus migratorius]? < Bi
Nat., -vi, 1872, p. 52.

Gisetvations on the nesting.

1873. Cours, E. Some United States Birds, New to Science, and other Things Orni-
thological. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 321-331, figg. 63-70.

Peucea carpalis, p. 322; Himenene bendirei, p. 330, spp. nn. ; and, among “‘ other things
ornithological”, a SEAS monography of Harporhynchus, with fioures of the heads of six spp.
of that genus.

1873. ScLaTER, P.L. [Notice of a New Work on oetionn Birds.] <P. Z.S8., 1873,
p. 554.

Notice of the Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium.—Turdus subcinereus, P. Z. S., 1866, p.
320 = Colluricincla rufiventris, of Australia. Cnipolegus sp. of Cat. A. B., p. 203=Chasiem-
pis sandwichensis.

1874. Boyce, C[AROLINE]. The Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874,
pp. 203-208.

Field notes on Turdus migratorius.

1874. Boyce, CARoLInE. Usefulness of the Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Pop.
Sci. Monthly, Nov., 1874, p. 124.

1874. BREWER, T. M. ees on the species of Turdus of the subgenus fa) TELLS ]
< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1874, p. 115.

Critical; 8 spp. recognized.

1874. CaBanis, J. [Identitit von Turdus apicalis Hartl. und Margarops montanus
(Lafr.).] < J. f. O., 1874, pp. 350, 351.

1874. WiLson, RosertT. The Mocking-bird [Mimus polyglottus]. < Appleton’s
Journ., xi, June, 1874, p. 776.

History of the bird woven into a novelette.

1875. ABBotr, C.C. Notes on’ Habits of certain Thrushes [in New Jersey]. < Rod
and Gun, vi, May 8, 1875, p. 86.
Read before Nutt. Ornith. Club, April, 25, 1875.

1875. ANoNn. [Mimus carolinensis and other garden birds.] < Rod and Gun, vi, July
3, 1875, p. 215.

1875. Coorrer, J. G. Notes on Californian Thrushes [of the subgenus Hylocichla].
< Am. Nat., ix, No. 2, Feb., 1875, pp. 114-116.

1875. GREENWOOD, E.C. Occurrence of the Mocking-Bird [Mimus polyglottus] in
Massachusetts. < Am. Sportsman, v, 1874-5, Mar. 13, p. 370.

Note added by R. Deane to the effect that this specimen, which was exhibited to the
Nuttall Ornithological Club, was the fourth taken near Boston, within a few months.

1875-76. INGERSOLL, E. The Nesting of [certain Turdide of North] American Birds.
I[-IV.]. < Forest and Stream, v, Dec. 16, 1875, p. 291; Dec. 23, 1875, p. 308;
Dee. 30, 1875, p. 323; Jan. 13, 1876, p. 356.
I. Turdus migratorius. II. Turdus nevius. T1. Turdus mustelinus. IV. Turdus pallasi.

1876. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 1.—The Oregon Robin [Turdus ne-
vius]. < The Chicago Field, June 24, 1876, fig.

Account of habits, with a figure of the head’

This series of ‘‘Letters”, each with its own subhead, runs through several issues of the
paper, as follows:—No. 1, June 24, 1876; No. 2, Aug. 12, 1876; No. 3, Aug. 26, 1876; No. 4, |
Oct. 7, 1876; No. 5, Noy. 18, 1876; No. 6, Dec. 2, 1876; No. 7, Dec. 9, 1876; No. 8, Dec. 16, 1876;
No. 9, Dec. 23, 1876; No. 10, Dec. 30, 1876; No. 11, Jan. 6, 1877; No. 12, Jan. 13, 1877; No. 13,
Feb. 13, 1877; No. 13 [bis=14], Mar. 17, 1877; No. 15, July 14, 1877; No. 16, July 21, 1877;
No. 16 bis, Dec. 15, 1877; No. 17, Feb. 2, 1878; No. 18, June 29, 1878; No. 19, Apr. 26, 1879;
No. 20, May 10, 1879; No. 21, May 17, 1879; No. 22, May 24, 1879; No. 23, June 9, 1879; No.
24, June 14, 1879; No. 25, June 21, 1879; No. 26, June 28, 1879; No. 27, July 5, 1879; No. 28,
July 12, 1879; No. 29, July 19, 1879; No. 30, July 26, 1879.—They give popular accounts of ~
various North American Birds, in certain cases from advance sheets of the ‘‘Birds of the Col-
orado Valley,” and are for the most part illustrated with original woodeut figures. They are
cited in this Bibliography collectively by the major head under ‘‘ North America”, and also
individually by minor heads under the several families to which they respectively pertain.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TURDIDA. 569

1876. Cours, E. Letterson Ornithology. No. 7.—The Catbird [Mimus carolinensis].
< The Chicago Field, Dec. 9, 1876, fig.
Biographical, from advance sheets of the Birds of the Colorado Valley.
1876. GRay, A. F. Strange nesting places [of Turdus migratorius]. < Forest and
Stream, vi, July 6, 1876, p. 355.
1876. HarTInG,J.E. [Turdus migratorius in England.] < The(London) Field, Dec.
23, 1876, p. —.
Not seen.
1876. [INGERSOLL, E.] The Crissal Thrasher [Harporhynchus crissalis]. < Forest
and Stream, vii, Oct. 12, 1876, p. 148.

Quotations from letters from Capt. Charles Bendire, concerning breeding habits of the spe-
cies in Arizona.

1876. Morris, R.T. <A Plea for the Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Forest and Stream,
vi, June 29, 1876, p, 337.

1876. RaGSDALE, G. H. Late appearance of the Mocking-bird [Mimus polyglottus, in
Cooke Co., Texas]. < Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 20, 1876, p. 372.

1876. WOOLDRIDGE, G. Mocking-bird [Mimus polyglottus]food. < Forest and Stream,
vii, Oct. 5,1876, p. 132.
A Cat Whipped by Robins [Turdus migratorius]. < Rod and Gun, vii,
Feb. 5, 1876, p. 294.
1877. Baitey, H. B. Occurrence for the first time in England of the Robin (Turdus
migratorius). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1877, p. 110.
Prepared from Harting’s articles, The Field, Dec 23, 1876, and the Zoologist, Jan., 1877.
1877. BOARDMAN, G. A. Melanosis [in Turdus migratorius]. < Forest and Stream,
ix. Sept. 6, 1877, p. 86.
1877. [YouNG, Rawuines.] Song of the Mocking Bird [described and analyzed].
< Forest and Stream, ix, Aug. 16, 1877, p. 24.
1877. Hartine, J. E. [Turdus migratorius in England.] < Zoologist. —, Jan., 1877,
p. —.
Not seen.
1877. INGERSOLL, E. The Domestic Life of the Brown Thrasher [Harporhynchus
rufus]. < Forest and Stream, viii, Apr. 12, 1877, p. 145.
An original and complete account.
1877. Ripeway, R. On Geographical Variation in Turdus migratorius. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, Jan., 1877, pp. 8, 9.
Turdus propinquus, subsp. n., p. 9.
1877. TREAT, Mrs.M. Our Mocking-bird [Mimus polyglottus]. < Forest and Stream,
vili, Mar. 29, 1877, pp. 112, 113.
1878. ALLEN, J. A. Persistency in Nest-building by a Pair of City Robins [Turdus
migratorius]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 103, 104.
1878. ANoN. [Ingenuity of Turdus migratorius.] < Zhe Country, ii, May 18, 1878,
p. 57.
1878. Bra, F. E. L. Birds’ Nests in Unusual Places. < Forest and Stream, x, Mar.
21, 1878, p. 118.
Nest of Turdus migratorius on the ground.
1878. BREWER, T. M. Wilson’s Thrush [Turdus fuscescens], with Spotted Eggs and
nesting on a Tree. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct.,°1878, p. 193.
1878, CouEs, E. Melanism of Turdus migratorius. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.
1, Jan., 1878, pp. 47, 48.
1878. DEANE, R. Deadly Combat between an Albino Robin [Turdus migratorius] and
aMole. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 104.

Covering a narrative of the occurrence from Miss Maria L. Audubon, granddaughter of J.J.

Bull. v, 4-4

1876.

570
1878.

1878.

1878.

1879.

_ 1879.

1879,

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Fisuer, A. K. Robins’ [Turdus migratorius] Eggs, Spotted. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 97.

Huyuer, A. I. A Case of Instinct [of Turdus migratorius]. < Science News, i,
No. 2, Novy. 15, 1878, p. 32. 5

Gray, A. F. Robin [Turdus migratorius] Nesting Upon the Ground. < Forest
and Stream, ix, Jan. 31, 1878, p. 489.

. [GRINNALL, G. B.] An Albino Thrush [Turdus pallasi]. < Forest and Stream,

x, Feb. 28, 1878, p. 55.

. INGERSOLL, E. The nesting habits of rare ‘American thrushes [ Harporhynehus].

< The London Field, li, Apr. 20, 1878, p. 453.

Treating all the United States species of the genus excepting H. rufus.

8. LAWRENCE, G. N. Characters of a supposed new Species of South-American

Thrush [Turdus brunneus]. < Ibis, 4thser., ii, Jan., 1878, p. 57, pl. i.

N. B. There is more than one Turdus brunneus of earlier authors. The present belongs
to the section of the genus including 7. leucomelas, albiventris, &c. If a proper Turdus, stet
TURDUS LAWRENCH, nobis, hoc loco, species renovata.

8. Lyrn, D. A. The Robin’s [Turdus migratorius] Food. < Am. Nat., xii, No. 7,

July, 1878, pp. 448-453.
Detailed account of the enormous quantity and variety of food consumed by a captive Robin.
READ, M.C. Variations in Robins’ [Turdus migratorius] Nests. < Science News,
i, No. 2, Noy. 15, 1878, p. 32.
TURNER, H. W. Nesting of the Robin [Turdus migratorius] on the Ground.
< Am. Nat., xii, No. 1, 1878, p. 53.

. ALLEN, J. A. Odd Behavior of a Robin [Turdus migratorius] and a Yellow

Warbler. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 178-182.
The curious case given by Miss O. C. Coolidge is here amplified, with account of similar
doings of Dendreca estiva.

. ANON. Nesting of Swainson’s Thrush (Turdus swainsoni). < The Odlogist, iv,

No. 12, summer, 1879 (an extra number), pp. 93-95, cut.
In Herkimer County, N. Y. Extended original observations, with cut of nest and eggs.
BOARDMAN,G.A. Interesting Note on Albinism. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Aug.
7, 1879, p. 525.

Note on albino Hirundo horreorum, and on melanotice Turdus migratorius.

. Cougs, E. Le Conte’s Thrasher (Harporhynchus lecontii). < The Oélogist, iv,

No. 12, summer, 1879 (extra number), pp. 99, 100.
Quoted from the Birds of the Colorado Valley, pt. i, 1878, p. 72.

[Cooripee, MissO.C.] A Robin’s [Turdus migratorius] Persistency. <( Water-
town (N. Y.) Daily Times, May 24, 1879.

In tapping for several days at a window. See full account of the same case, and another
instance of the same behavior in the case of Dendreca estiva, Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Olub., iv,
1879, p. 178.

HensHAaw, H. W. Remarks upon Turdus pallasi and its Varieties. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 134-139.

Carefully distinguishing 7. nanus and T. auduboni from T. pallasi proper.

Hormes, Mary E. Another Lesson from the Robin [Turdus migratorius].
< Science News, i, No. 10, Mar. 15, 1879, pp. 155, 156.

Referring to M. C. Read’s article of similar title (tom. cit., pp. 117, 118), the writer gives her —

own experiences with a Robin in captivity.

HOLZAPPEL, J. [Occupation by Turdus mustelinus of a nest of Cardinalis vir- —

ginianus|] < The Oélogist, vy, No.1, July, 1879, p. 3.

[INGERSOLL, E.] Nest and Eggs of the Texas Thrasher (Harporhynchus rufus {
var. longirostris.) < The Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, pp. 75, 76, pl. (not num- —

bered), fig. 3.
Editorial extracts from the published observations of G. B. Sennett and J. C. Merrill.

er eS et Sg ee

No.4. J

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.
1879.

1879,

1879.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TURDID&. 571

*‘TssAQuENA.” Are Robins [Turdus migratorius] Topers? < Forest and Stream,
xili, Sept. 18, 1879, p. 646.
Further discussion from tom. cit., p.554. The writer considers that the birds gorge them-
selves with the China berries and become helpless from this cause.
Lockwoop,8. Rob: A Bird Biography [Turdus migratorius]. < Am. Nat., xiii,
No. 4, Apr., 1879, pp. 359-366.
Very fall and entertaining account of the habits of a pet Robin.
Lum,S.K. Notes on the Thrushes [Turdide] of Washington Territory. < Am. -
Nat., xiii, No. 10, Oct., 1879, pp. 629-632.
Field-notes on the habits and local distribution of various species.
RAGSDALE, G. H. Olive-backed Thrush (Turdus swainsoni) in Texas. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 116.
READ, M.C. A new Lesson from the Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Science
News, i, No. 8, Feb. 15, 1879, pp. 117, 118.
With reference to the migrations of the bird.
SENNETT, G.B. The Curve-billed Thrush (Harporhynchus curvirostris), its Nest
and Eggs. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May,1879, pp. 74, 75, pl. —, f. 2.
From advance sheets of the paper in Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., v, No. 2, Sept.
6, 1879.
Sr. Cuair,[J.W.] St. Clair on the Robin [Turdus migratorius]. < Forest and
Stream, xiii, Oct. 30; 1879, p. 765.
StTapLes, E.F. Odd. < Forest and Stream, xii, June 12, 1879, p. 385.
A Robin (7. migratorius) with the voice of a Whip-poor-will.
T[AYLOR], N. A. Are Robins [Turdus migratorius] Topers? < Forest and Stream,
xiii, Aug. 14,1879, p.544. (See p. 646.)
Denying statement in Forest and Stream by J. W. St. Clair (tom. cit., p. 765) that Robins are
intoxicated by feeding on the berries of the China tree (Melia azedarach).
W. B. A Few Questions Discussed. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Sept. 11, 1879, p.

625. (See pp. 544, 646, 765.)
Slightly ornithological. Explains apparent ‘‘intoxication” of Robins by stating that they
become choked by a China berry of unusual size.

572 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.'V.

\

Hydrobatidz.

1816. V[IEILLOT, L. P.]. Aguassiére, Hydrobata. < Now. Dict. @ Hist. Nat., i, 1816,
pp. 219, 220.
Hydrobata albicollis, g. sp. n., p. 219. (Hydrobata also in Analyse, 1816. Not Hydrobates,
Boie, 1822.) Antedated by Cinclus Bechst, Naturg. Vg. Deutschl., iii, 1802, p.808. The latter
name is now in almost universal employ. (Not Cinelus Gray, G.of B., iii, 549, ex Moehr.,
1752, which = Strepsilas Lliger, 1811.)
1829. THompson, T. Birds presented to the Hull Literary and Philosophical Society.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 301, 302. ,
A note on Sternus cinclus (Cinclus aquaticus), which the writer conceives should be written
S. “‘cinetus”’, because he can make nothing of the word cinelus!
1832. ‘‘SUBSCRIBER.” The Term Cinclus, as the Epithet in the Name of the Species
of Bird called Sturnus Cinclus. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 734.

1833. Fak, V. Bidrag till Strémstarens [Cinclus aquaticus] Natural-Historia.
< Tidsk. f. Jdgare 0. Naturf., ii, 1833, pp. 671-673.

1834. Bonaparte, C. L. [Cinclus unicolor=C. pallasii.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii,
1834, p. 813.
Auszug aus Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, p.—.
1834. “T.G.” The Water Ouzel [Cinclus aquaticus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vii, 1834, pp. 540-542.
1834. “Trro.” The Water Ouzel [Cinclus aquaticus]; its Song and Nest. < Lou-
dows Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 542, 543.

1835. Morris, F. O. Notices of the Affinities, Habits, and certain Localities of the
Dipper (Cinclus aquéticus). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 374-376.

1835. WATERTON, C. The Dipper [Cinclus aquaticus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
viii, 1835, pp. 514-516.
Controversy with F. O. Morris (op. cit., p. 375) respecting the queer notion that Waterton
had, that birds do not oil their feathers.
1844. JERDON, A. Notes on [the habits of Cinclus aquaticus] the Dipper. < Zoolo-
gist, ii, 1844, p. 450.
1847. ANON. Habits of the Water-Ouzel [Cinclus aquaticus]. <Zoologist, vy, 1847,
p. 1875.
From ‘ Wild Sports in the Highlands,’ p. 198.
1849. OLANS, J. Note on the Water Ouzel (Cinclus aquaticus). <Zoologist, vii, 1849,
p. 2526.
1856. BREHM, [C.] L. Ueber die Wasserschwatzer, Cinclus, Bechst. < Nawmannia,
vi, 1856, pp. 178-189.
Beschreibung, Aufenthalt, Betragen, Nahrung, Fortpflanzung, Feinde, Jagd und Fang, Nut-
zen. 6spp.—O. aquaticus, C. medius, O. meridionalis, C. peregrinus, O. septentrionalis, O.
melanogaster.
1856. Coucnu, J. Particulars of some of the Habits of the Dipper (Cinclus aquaticus).
< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5250, 5251.
1856. GLoGER, C.W.L. Was den Wasserschwatzer [Cinclus aquaticus] stellenweise
ganz vertreibt und die Gebirgs-Bachstelze [Motacilla] ebenda selten macht.
<_J.f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 502-504.
1856. STEVENSON, H. Note on the Common Dipper (Cinclus aquaticus) near Nor-
wich. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5061.
1857. MaTtHEews, M.A. Velocity of the Flight of the Water Ouzel [Cinclus aquaticus; —
over 20 miles an hour.] < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5791.

1867.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—HYDROBATIDA. 573

. STEVENSON, H. Inquiry respecting the Plumage of the Common Dipper [Cin-

clus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5751.

. Krnanan, J.R. On the subaqueous habits of the Water Ouzel (Cinclus aquati-

cus). < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), v, 1858, pp. 91-94.

. BREHM, [C.] L. Etwas iiber das koénigl. zoologische Museum zu Dresden.

<J.f. 0., vii, 1859, pp. 470, 471.

Cinclus leucogaster brachycercus, C. l. macrourus, subspp. un., p. 471, Siberia.

. GouLp, J. On two New Species of Cinclus [C. cashmeriensis, C. sordidus].

< P. Z. 8., xxvii, 1859, pp. 493, 494.

. SMURTHWAITE, H. Curious Situation for a Dipper’s [Cinclus aquaticus] Nest.

< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6561.

. GOULD, J. On two New Species of Cinelus. < dnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v,

1860, p. 502.
From P. Z. S., Dee. 13, 1859, pp. 493, 494, q. v.
Homeyer, A. v. Ein Moment aus dem Leben eines Wasserschwitzerpaares
[Cinclus aquaticus]. < J. f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 301, 302.

. SAxBy, H.L. Food of the Dipper (Cinelus aquaticus). < Zoologist, xxi, 1863,

p. 8631.

. AtsToN, E.R. Habits of the Water Ouzel [Cinclus aquaticus]. < Zoologist,

xxiii, 1865, pp. 9432, 9433.

. Crisp, E. On the Anatomy and Habits of the Water-Ousel (Cinclus aquaticus).

Proce. Zool. Soc., 1865, pp. 49-52.

This is an important and interesting contribution to the subject.

. Crisp, E. On the Anatomy and Habits of the Water-Ousel (Cinelus aquaticus).

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xvi, 1865, pp. 49-52.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 10, 1865, pp. 49-52, qg. v.

. FEILDEN, H.W. Nesting of the Dipper [Cinclus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, pp. 755, 756.

. Harriavus, G. [The original description of Cinclus leucogaster Eversm. be-

lieved to have been published in that part of the “‘ Addenda ad Zoographiam
Rosso-Asiaticam” of which the whole edition was destroyed by fire excepting
a very few copies.| < Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, p. 383.

. Ropp, E.H. Nesting of the Dipper [Cinclus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

i, 1866, pp. 268, 269.

. TRISTRAM, H.B. [The Cinclus which breeds in the Pyrenees is C. melanogaster. ]

< Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, pp. 466, 467.

. SALVIN, O. [Note on Cinclus leucogaster Eversm.] < Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, pp.

382, 383.
With reference to the publication of the name in Tchihatchef’s Voy. Scient. dans V Altar
Orient., 1845, p. 442. Cf. Ibis, 1867, pp. 118 and 383.

Satvry,O. On the Genus Cinclus. < Ibis, 2d ser., 1867, iii, pp. 109-122, pl. ii.
This article is facile princeps among those treating of the present family, and remains the
leading authority. The species and races are handled upon philosophical principles which
were not usually applied to the solution of such questions at that date, and treated with
synonymy, description, habitat, and much critical comment. Thirteen forms of the genus
are recognized, arranged in five main stems, with four more ‘‘representative ” branches, and
four ‘‘local” twigs. These are: AQUATICUS, with races (aquaticus), albicollis, and melanogas-
ter, and cashmiriensis and leucogaster as representative species; SORDIDUS, alone; PALLASI,
with (pallasi), marila, and asiaticus as races; MEXICANUS, with ardesiacus (p. 121, pl. ii, sp. 0.)
as its representative species; and LEUCOCEPHALUS with leuconotus as its representative.
‘““We thus have five well-marked forms of Cinclus :—1. Cinclus aquaticus, which consists of
three constant but nearly allied local races [1, aquaticus, 2, albicollis, 3, melanogaster] and
two more distinct representative species [4, cashmiriensis, 5, lewcogaster], all occupying dif-
ferent geographical areas; 2. [6] Oinclus sordidus, which seems to stand alone; 3. Cinclus
pallasi, represented by three distinguishable races |7, pallasi, 8, marila, 9, astaticus| occupy-
ing distinct districts; 4, Oinclus mexicanus, which is represented by two forms [10, mezt-

574 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1867. SaLvin, O.—Continued.

canus, 11, ardesiacus]; and 5. Cinelus leucocephalus, also represented by two members [12,
leucocephalus, 13 leuconotus],—the total number of recognizable species being thirteen.”
Reviewing the whole literature of the family, I make out the following list of nominal
species, in alphabetical order, with the references :—
albicollis (HyproBaTa), Vieill., Nouv. Dict., i, 1816, p.219-....-.-.- S. Eur., LEBANON.
albivemtris (CINCLUS AQUATICUS var.), Hempr. & Ehrenb., ‘‘Symb. Phys., 1820-25,
Aves, fol. bb.”=albicollis.
americanus (CINCLUsS), Sw., Fn. Bor.-Am., ii, 1831, p. 173 = mexicanus Sw.
aquaticus (CINCLUs), Bechst., Naturg. Vég.Deutschl., iii, 1802, p. 808... CENT. EUROPE.
aquaticus (CINCLUS), Tristr., Ibis, 1864, p. 486— albicollis V.

_ ardesiacus (CINCLUs), Salv., Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, p. 121, pl.ii--..--....--. VERAGUA.
asiaticus (CINCLUS), Sw., Fn. Bor.-Am., ii, 1831, p.174 ..----..--.-- HIMALAYAN ASIA,
bicolor (HyproparTa), Vieill., 2
brachycercus (CINCLUS LEUCOGASTER var.), Brehm, J. f. O., 1859, p. 471—=leucogaster.
cashmeriensis (CINCLUS), Gould, P. Z. S., 1859, p. 494 ..--..-...------.---.-- THIBET.
cinclus (STURNUS), Linn., Syst. Nat., i, 1766, p. 290 = melanogaster, Br.
einclus (STURNUS), Gm., Syst. Nat., i, 1788, p. 803 —=aquaticus x.
cinclus var.(STURNUS), Pall., Zoog. R.-A., i, 1831, p. 426—leuwcogaster ?
cinclus (HypropaTa), LZ. Adams, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 489 cashmiriensis.
europzus (CINCLUs), Steph., Shaw’s G. Z., x, 1817, p. 313 =aquaticus x.
gularis (TuRDUS), Lath., Ind. Orn. Suppl., 1802, pl. xl = aquaticus x. '
leucocephalus (CIncLUs), Tschudi, Arch. f. Naturg., 1844, (1), p. 279..--.--.--- PERU.
leucocephalus (CINCcLUs), Lajfr., Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 68=leuconotus.
leucogaster (CINCLUS), Eversm., ‘‘ Add. ad Zoog.R.-A.”; ‘‘ Tchihatcheff’s Voy., 1845,

p14427; (ef. Lbis; 1867, pp. 17) 118) 382383) seen nee eae eee eee eee eee SIBERIA.
lenconotus, Sci:, P. Z. 8: 185%; p. 2742-22 22024 -ccaee ssa escn ees e eee eee EcuAbDorR,
macrourus (CINCLUS LEUCOGASTER var.), Brehm, J. f.O., 1859, p 471=Tleucogaster.
maculatus (CiNcLUs), Hodgs., ‘‘ Zool. Misc., 1844, pp. 83, 73” =asiaticus.
marila (HyDROBATA), Swinh., ‘‘J. N. China Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 1859”; Ibis, 1860,

PAST acacia tits Vea See eaek aie wee Le ee FORMOSA.
medius (CINCLUS), Brehm, Naum., vi, 1856, 185 — aquaticus.
melanogaster (CINCLUS), Brehm, Lehrb. Eur. Vég., i, 1823, p. 289 ....... N. EUROPE.
meridionalis (CINcLUs), Brehm, Naum., vi, 1856, p. 186 = albicollis.
mexicanus (CINCLUS), Sw., Philos. Mag., i, 1827, p.368...........-......N. AMERICA.
mortoni (CINCLUS), Towns., Narr., 1839, p. 337 = mexicanus.
Ppallasii (CivcLus), Temm., Man., i, 1820, p.177; iii, 1835; p. 107 ---.-- E. ASIA, JAPAN,

pallasii (CINcLUs), Bp., Ann Lye. N. Y., ii, 1826, p. 439 = mezicanus.

pallasi (CincLus), Gould, ‘‘Cent. B., pl. 24” =asiaticus Sw.

pallasi (CINcLUs), Swinh., Ibis, iv, 1863, p.272—=marila Swinh.

peregrinus (CINCLUS), Brehm., Naum., vi, 1856, p. 187 = melanogaster.
rufipectoralis (CINcLUs), Brehm, Naum., vi, 1856, p. 186 = albicollis.

rufiventris (CINCLUS AQUATICUS var.), Hempr. & Ehrenb., ‘‘Symb. Phys., 1820-25,”

p. —, =albicollis.
rupestris (CINcLUS), Brehm, Naum., vi, 1856, p. ——albicollis.
septentrionalis (CINCLUS), Brehm, Lebrb. Eur. V6g., i, 1823, p. 287 =melanogaster Br.
sordidus (CINCLUS) Gould, P. Z.S., 1859, p. 494 ...-.------2-------------00--2- THIBET.

tenuirostris (CINCLUs), ‘‘ Gould,” Bp., Consp. Av., i, 1850, p. 252—=asiaticus Sw.
townsendii (CINCLUs), ‘‘Azwd.,” Towns., Narr., 1839, p. 340 = mezxicanus.
unicolor (CINCLUS), Bp., Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, p. 52—= mexicanus.
1870. GouLp, J. [Remarks on exhibition of some English specimens of Water-ouzels
(Cinclus aquaticus).] <P. Z. 8., xxxviii, 1870, p. 384.
1871. GuRNEy, J. H., Jr. Dipper [Cinclus aquaticus] at Rye and Bridlington,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2848.
1874. Couxs, [E.] The Dipper [Cinclus mexicanus]. < Am. Sportsman, 1874, p.
97, fig.
Figure and brief notice,
1878, [Fitcu, E. H.] The Water Ouzel or American Dipper. (Cinclus mexicanus.)
< The Journ. of Sci., (Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser., No. 8, Novy., 1878, fig.
Popular biography of the bird, with a cut.
1878. Muir, J. The Humming-Bird [i. e., Cinclus mexicanus!] of the California Water-
Falls. <Scribner’s Monthly Mag., vol. xv, Feb., 1878, No. 4, pp. 545-554, figs.

Popular, with pretty but marvellous cuts.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FORMICARIIDA. 575

Formicartidz.

1792. ScHRANK, F. v. Pauta. Beschreibung eines seltnen Vogels aus der Gattung
der Wiirger [Lanius surinamensis]. < Abh. einer Privatgesell. von Naturf. und
Oekon. Oberdeutschl., 18*** Theil, 1792, pp. 95, 98, pl. vi.
Not seen—nor do I know that it belongs here. But there are no Laniide in Surinam, and
I presume that some Formicarian is meant. Of. Meyer’s Zool. Annalen, i, 1794, pp. 56, 137.
1825. Lesson, R. P. Sur deux nouveaux genres d’oiseaux, Formicivora et Drymo-
phila, ...; par W. Swainson.... <Jéruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, pp.
410-411. a
Extr. du Zool. Journ., ii, No. 6, Juin, 1825, pp. 145-154. :
1825. SucH, G. Descriptions of some new Brazilian species of the family Laniadz
[i.e., Formicariide]. < Zool. Journ., i, 1825, pp. 554-559, pll. suppl. 5-8.
Thamnophilus swainsonti, p. 556, pl. 5; LT. maculatus, p. 557, pl. 6; T. vigorsit, p. 557, pl. 7, 8;
TL. leachtt, p. 588; T. rujficeps, Drymophila variegata, p. 559.
1825. Swainson, W. The characters and descriptions of seven Birds belonging to
the genus Thamnophilus. < Zool. Jowrn., ii, 1825, pp. 84-93.
f. bicolor, p. 86; T. cinnamomeus, p. 87; T. fasciatus, p. 88; T. torquatus, p. 89: T. naevius,
p. 90, vars. ambiguus and pileatus, p. 91; T. ferrugineus, p. 92.
1825. Swainson, W. On two new Genera of Birds, Formicivora and Drymophila,
with Descriptions of several species. < Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 145-154.

F. (p. 145) maculata, p. 147; F. nigricollis, p. 147; F. brevicauda, p. 148; D. (p. 149) leuco-

pus, p. 150; D. longipes, D. trifasciata, p.152; D. atra, p. 153.
1826. Less[on, R. P.]. Caractéres et description de divers Oiseaux du genre Thamno-
philus; par W. Swainson. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2&sec., vii, 1826, p. 108, 109.
Extrait du Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, No. 5, p. 84-93.
1826. Less[on, R. P.]. Description de quelques espéces inédites de la famille des
Laniade [i. e., Formicariide], provenant du Brésil; par George Such... .
< Féruss, Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, p. 245, 246.
Extrait du Zool. Journ., i, No. 4, Janvier 1825, p. 554-559.
1830. SucH, G. Neue brasilische Laniaden [i. e., Formicariide]. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxiii, 1830, pp. 827-829.
Aus der Zool. Jowrn., i, Nr. iv, 1825, pp. 554-559, q. v.
1830. Swainson, W. Zwey neue Végel, Formicivora und Drymophila. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 845, 846.
Aus der Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 145-154, q. v.
1830. Swarnson, W. Charactere mehrerer Thamnophili. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii,
1830, pp. 840, 841.
Aus der Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 84-93, g. v.
1835. MEéNETRIES, E. Monographie de la Famille des Myiotherinae ot sont décrites
les espéces qui ornent le musée de Académie Impériale des Sciences. < Mém.
de V Acad. Impér. Sci. St.-Pétersb., vi sér., vol. iii, pte. ii, (Sci. Nat., i), 1835, pp.
443-543, pll. 1-15.

Myioturdus rex, p. 462. M. ochroleucus, p. 464. M. marginatus, p.465, pl. 1. M. tetema, p.
466. M. umbretta, p. 468. WM. tinniens, 469. M. palikowr, sp. renom., p. 470. M. lineatus, p.
471. Myrmotheranematura, M. longipes, p.474. M. thamnophiloides, p.475. M. gularis, p.476,
pl. 2, f. 2. M. axillaris, p. 478. M. unicolor, sp. n., p. 480, pl. 2, f.1. Formicivora nigricollis,
p. 482, pl. 3, f. 1,2. F. duluze, sp. n., p. 484, pl. 5, f.2. F. pileata, p. 485. F. rujimarginata,
p. 487. F. ferruginea, p. 488. F. loricata, p. 490, pl. 4, f.1,2. F. strigilata, p. 493. F. macu-
lata, p. 494, pl. 5, f.1. F. malura, p. 496. F. rufa, pl. 9, f.1. F. caerulescens, p. 499, pl. 6, f.
1,2. F. melanaria, sp. n., p. 500, pl. 7, f.c. F. alapi, p. 502. F. domicella, p. 503, pl. 7, f. 1, 2,
and b. F.atra,p.505. F. maura, sp.n., p. 506, pl. 7, f.a. F. ardesiaca, p.507. F. melanura,
sp.n., p. 508, pl. 8, f. 1,2. #. capistrata, p. 509 (Asiatic!). F. melanothoraa, p. 510 (Asiatic!).
F. pyrrhogenys, p. 511 (Asiatic!). F. epilepidota, grammiceps, p. 512 (Asiatic!). IT. lewcophrys,

576 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V:

1835, MéNETRINs, E.—Continned.

p. 513 (Asiatic!). F. gularis, p. 514 (Asiatic!). Leptorhynchus (g. n., p. 515) guttatus, sp. n., p.
516, pl. 10, f.1. Z. striolatus, p. 517, pl. 10, f. 2. Oxypyga (g. n., p. 519) scansor, sp. n., p. 520.
pl. 11 [= Selerurus Sw.., 1827 — Anabatide]. Malacorhynchus (g. n., p. 522) cristatellus, sp. n.,
p. 523, pl. 12 [= Verulazis Less:, 1830— Pteroptochide]. M. rhynolophus, p. 524. M. albi-
ventris, sp. n., p. 525, pl. 13,62. UM. spelunce, sp. n., p. 527, pl. 13, f.1. MM. chilensis, sp.
renom., p. 527. WW. indigoticus, p. 529. Conopophaga leucotis, p. 532. @. dorsalis, sp. n:, p.
533, pl. 14,f.2. 4. vulgaris, sp. renom., p. 534, pl. 14, f-1. ©. nigrogenys, p. 536, pl. 15, f. 1.
O. melanogaster, sp. n., p. 937, pl. 15, f. 2. C. naevia, p. 538.

1839. Lesson, R.P. Révision de la famille des Fourmilliers (Myiotheridez). < Revue
Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 135, 136.

1839. Lesson, R.P. Cadre spécifique des oiseaux de la famille des Myiothéres. < Re-
vue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 225, 226.

31 genres.

1840. BONAPARTE, C. L. Catalogue d’Oiseau du Mexique et du Pérou. < Rev. Zool.,

ili, 1840, pp. 19, 20.
This is not the catalogue itself, but merely editorial notice of Bonaparte’s lately new genus

Scolopacinus, P. Z. S., 1837, p, 119.

1840. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Réponse de M. de La Fresnaye aux réflexions ornitho-
logiques de M. Lesson. < Revue Zoologique, iii, 1840, pp, 130-132.

1840, Lesson, R. P. Réflexions ornithologiques. < Revue Zoologique, iti, 1840, pp.
97, 98.

Au sujet du genre Ramphoceenus Vieill.

1842. LAFRESNAYE, F, pE. [Ueber Myothera longirostris s. caudacuta.] < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxv, 1842, p. 56;
Auszug aus d. Guér. Mag. Zool., Bd. iii, 1833, pl. 10.
WV. B. This title is misplaced. It should be on p. 531, antea, (Anabatide).

1845. HARTLAUB, G. Notes ornithologiques. < Rev. Zool., viii, 1845, pp. 342, 343.
Sur le genre Myrmornis, établi par J. Hermann (Lab. Afin. Anim., p. 188), en 1783; il
serait donc contemporain avec Formicarius Bodd., 1783.

1849. STRICKLAND, H. E. Holocnemis nevius, Gmelin. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849,
p. 34, pl. xviii.

1853. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853,
pp. 337-340.

§1. La diagnostique de cing espéces du genre Thamnophilus,—TT. neevius, coerulescens. ma-
culatus, atripileus et tenuipunctatus (sp. n., p. 239). § 2. Sur Voiseau de Paradis émeraude,
(Paradisea apoda).

1854. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Subfamily
Formicarine. <P. Z. &., Xxii, 1854, pp. 253-255, pll. (Aves) Lxx—bexiv. :

Myrmeciza leucaspis, p. 253, pl. lxx; MW. margaritata, p. 253, pl. lxxi; Hypoenemis melano-
leema, p. 254, pl. lxxii, f. 2; H. melanosticta, p. 254, pl. xxiii; Formicivora caudata, p. 254, pl.
lxxiv; Pithys erythrophrys, p. 255, pl. xxii, f. 1, spp. nn.

1855. ScLaTER, P. L. Characters of six new species of the genus Thamnophilus.
<P. Z. 8., xxiii, 1855, pp. 18, 19, pll. (Aves) Ixxix-Ixxxii.

T. transandeanus, T. leucauchen, pl. lxxiv, T. albinuchalis, p. 18; T. melanonotus, pl. xxx,

T. nigrocinereus, pl. \xxxi, T. coestus, pl. Ixxxii, p. 19.

1855. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of some new Species of Ant-Thrushes (Formica-
riine) from Santa Fé di Bogota. < P. Z. S., xxiii, 1855, pp. 88-90, pl]. (Aves)
X¢lV—X¢vViil.

Grallaria hypoleuca, p. 88: G. modesta, pl. xciv; COhameeza mollissima, pl. xev; Formicivora
callinota, pl. xevi, p. 89; Dysithamnus semicinereus, pl. xevii; Pyriglena tyrannina, pl. xeviii,
p. 90. ;

1855. ScLaTeR, P. L. A Draft Arrangement of the Genus Thamnophilus. < Edin-
burgh New Philos. Journ., new series, i, 1855, pp. 226-249.

Systematic, spnonymatic, descriptive synopsis of 39 spp., with critical comment, introduced
by list of 14 doubtful species which have been referred to the genus. . ventralis, p. 244, sp.
n. Other lately new spp. were descr. by the writer, P. Z. S., Jan., 1855, pp. 18, 19, g. v.

.

No. 4.} COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FORMICARIID&. 577

1855. SchaTER, P.L. A | Draft Arrangement | of the | Genus Thamnophilus, | (Vieil-

lot.) | By | Philip Lutley Sclater, M. A., F. Z. 8. | — | (From the Edinburgh
New Philosophical Journal, New Series, April 1855.) | — {| Edinburgh: | printed
by Neill and Company. | — | MDCCCLV. 1vol. 8vo. pp. 26.

Treating 39 spp. with synonymy, description, criticism, &c., after a general consideration
of the Bush-shrikes, real or nominal.

1856. SctaTeR, P. L. Descriptions of some new Species of Ant-Thrushes (Formica-
riine) from Santa Fé di Bogota. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), xviii, 1856, pp.
57-59.
From P. Z. S., June 12, 1855, pp. 88-90, g. v.
1856. SctaTeR, P. L. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Subfamily
Formicarine. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvii, 1856, pp. 63-65.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 28, 1854, pp. 253-255, q. v.

1856. ScLaTER, P. L. Characters of six new Species of the genus Thamnophilus.
_ <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., Xvil, 1856, pp. 360-362.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 23, 1855, pp. 18, 19, g. v.

1857. SctaTER, P. L. Characters of some apparently New Species of American Ant-
Thrushes. < P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 46-48.

Formicarius trivittatus, p. 46; Conopophaga castaneiceps, Hypocnemis elegans, p.47; Myr-
meciza hemimelena, Formicivora hematonota, p. 48.

1857. SctaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Twelve New or Little-known Species of the
South American Family Formicariide. <P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 129-133,
pl. (Aves) ¢xxvi.

Grallaria ferrugineipectus, G. loricata, p. 129; Hypocnemis melanopogon, Formicivora nve-
lena, F. urosticta (pl., f.1), p. 180; F. brevicauda, F. hauawelli (pl., f. 2), F. cinerascens, p. 131;

Herpsilochmus pectoralis, Dysithamnus xanthopterus, p. 132; Thamnophilus melanothoraz, T.
melanoceps, p. 133, spp. nn.

1857. SctaTER, P. L. Characters of some apparently New Species of American Ant-
Thrushes. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, pp. 376-378.
From P. Z. S., Mar. 10, 1857, pp. 46-48, q. v.
1857. SctaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Twelve New or Little-known Species of the
South American Family Formicariide. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx,
1857, pp. 462-467.
From P. Z. 8., June 23, 1857, pp. 129-138, g. v.

1858. ScLtaTER, P. L. Descriptions of new species of Ant-wrens (Formicivorinae).
<Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858, pp. 372-374.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 27, 1858.

1858. SctaTEeR, P. L: Synopsis of the American Ant-birds (Formicariide). Part I.
Containing the Thamnophiline. <P. Z. S8., xxvi, 1858, pp. 202-224, pll.
(Aves) cxxxix, exl; Part II. Containing the Formicivorine or Ant-Wrens
< tom. cit., pp. 232-254, pll. (Aves) exli, exlii; Part III. Containing the Third
Subfamily Formicariine, or Ant-Thrushes < tom. cit., pp. 272-289, pl. (Aves)
exliii.

Very full synonymy, characters, and distribution of all the species, with list of 22 spp. not
recognized by the author. Thamnophilus amazonicus, p. 214, pl. cxxxix; Pyrgiptila, n. g.,
p. 220; Myrmotherula (g. n.) multostriata, p. 234, pl. exli; Formicivora erythrocerea, p. 240, pl.
exlii; Oercomacra (n. g., p. 244) nigricans, p. 245; Pyriglena maculicauda, p. 247; Hypocnemis
schistacea, p. 252; Gymnocichla, n. g., p. 274; Myrmelastes (g. n., p. 274) plumbeus, p. 274, pl.
exliii; M. nigerrimus, p. 275; Grallaricula, g. n., p. 283, figg., spp. nn.

1858. ScraTeR, P. L. On Two Species of Ant-birds in the Collection of the Derby
Museum, at Liverpool. < P. Z.S., xxvi, 1858, pp. 540, 541.

Myrmeciza exsul, p. 540, sp. n. The other is Dysithamnus olivaceus.

1859. ScLaTER, P. L. On Two Species of Ant-birds in the Collection of the Derby

Museum, at Liverpool. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iv, 1859, p. 151.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 23, 1858, pp. 540, 541, q. v.

578 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLUGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1859. ScLaTER, P. L. On two new species of American Ant-Thrushes. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iv, 1859, p. 239.
From P. Z. S., May 11, 1858, pp. 274, 275—extracted from his full paper there, pp. 272-289, g. v.
1860. LawRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Myiar-
chus and Phlogopsis. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1860, pp. 284-286.
M. panamensis, p. 284; Ph. McLeannani, p. 285.
1865. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-
gride, Dendrocolaptid, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 126-135.
The Formicarians here described are Dysithamnus striaticeps, p. 130; D. rujwentris, p. 131;
Myrmotherula albigula, p. 131; Myrmeciza stictoptera, p. 132.
1866. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Families
Hirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann. Lye. Nat.
Hist. New York, viii, 1866, pp. 400-405.
The Formicarian is Thamnophilus leucopygus, p. 401, Panama.
1868. SciaTER, P. L. Descriptions of some New or little-known Species of Formi-
carians. <P. Z, S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 571-575, pl. xliii, woode. :
Thamnophilus nigriceps, Neoctantes (n. g.) niger, p. 571, woodc.; Hypocnemis hypoxantha
(pl. xliii), Heterocnemis simplex, p. 573; Conopophaga gutturalis, p. 574, spp. nn., with list of 37
spp. of the family. In the author’s collection 178 species of the family were represented by
381 specimens.
1869. SciaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of Six New Species of American
Birds of the Families Tanagride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, Tyran-
nid, and Scolopacide. <P. Z S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 416-420,
The Formicarians are Gymnocichla chiroleuca, p. 417, and Grallaria princeps, p. 418; with
a list of six spp. of the latter genus.
1872. CaBANIS, J. [Die Thamnophilen-Gattung Diallectes, nebst 2 neuen Arten (D.
semifasciatus, D. granadensis)#] <J. f. O., xx, 1872, pp. 233, 234.

1874, PELZELN, A.v. [Letter relating to “‘ Pithys rufigula Bodd” (ef. This, 1873, 113);
= Pheornis obscura (Gm.).] < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, Oct., 1874, pp. 461, 462.

1877. ScLaTER, P.L. Description of two new Ant-birds of the Genus Grallaria, with
a List of the known Species of the Genus. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, Oct., 1877, pp.
437-451, pll. Vili, 1x.

Many important additions to the group as given by him in P. Z. S., 1858, pp. 202, 232, 272;
see also P. Z. S., 1868, p. 571. In 1842, Lafresnaye had given 9 spp.: in 1873, in the Nomen- °
clator Av. Neotrop., the author and Salvin gave 20. Here are 27 spp.; among them G. haplo-
nota, p. 442, Venezuela, and G. flavotineta, p. 445, pl. ix, Antioquia, spp. nn. G. rujiceps
figured on pl. viii. These are all treated with synonymy, diagnosis, habitat, and comment:
they are divided into 4 sections—@rallaric squamigerce, reges, uniformes, flammulate. The
genus is made to cover the following names: Myioturdus and Myiotrichus Boie, Calobathris
and Codonistris Gloger, (Handb. u. Hilfsb. d. Nat., 1842, pp. 304 and 303), and Hypsibemon Cab.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TYRANNIDZ. 579

Tyrannide.

1817. GEorrRoy SaIntT-Himarre, Er. Description d’un oiseau du Brésil, sous le nom
de Tyran Roi. < Mém. du Mus. @ Hist. Nat., iii, 1817, pp. 275-278,

Le Tyran huppé de Cayenne, pl. enlum., 289, devenu aujourd’hui la Muscivora regia (Gmn.)
ou coronata (Miull.).

1821. MaxImMILianN, —. Ueber den Fliegenfanger mit verticalen Schwanz-Federn.
yy Muscicapa Alector. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. vy, 1821, pp. 647-649.
Alectrurus tricolor, Vieill. Gal. Ois., p. 132.
1824. THUNBERG, C. P. De Genere Megarhyncho. Pres. C. P. Thunberg, Resp. O. A.
Scherstrém, Gestr. Hels. Upsalez, 1824. 4°. pp.6.
Opus ipsud nunquam vidi. Confer quod de hac parum cognita dissertatione edidit F.
Heine, J. f. O., 1859, pp. 337-346.
1826. Swarnson, W. On the Tyrant Shrikes [Tyrannide] of America. < Quart.
Journ. Sci. Lit. and Arts, Roy. Inst., xx, 1826, pp. 267-285. (Féruss. Bull., 2°
sect. xiii, 1828, pp. 433-485. Isis, 1833, pp. 935, 936.)

Not seen.
1828. Lesson, [R.P.] Sur les Pie-Griéches tyrans [Tyrannide] de Amérique; par
William Swainson.... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiii, 1828, pp. 433-435.

Précis de cette monographie: Hdinb. Journ. Sci., No. 40, pp. 267-285.

Swatnson, [W.] Swainson uber die Tyrannen-Wirger in America. < Oken’s
Isis, Jahrg. 1833, pp. 935, 936.
Auszug aus d. Quart. Journ. Sci. Roy. Inst., xx, 1826, pp. 267-285.
Diagnostik von 18 Arten Tyrannus: TT. sulphuratus, pitangua, audax, crinitus, calcaratus n.,
crassirostris n., vociferans n., intrepidus, griseus, crudelisn., leucotis n., cinereus, rufescens n.?,
ambulans n., nengeta Marc., savana, longipennis n.
1837. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Observations sur le Roitelet omnicolor, et sur le méla-
nisme ou la yariété noire chez les Oiseaux de proie. (Mém. Soc. Acad. de Fa-
laise, 1835.) < L’ Institut, v, No. 217, 1837, pp. 230, 231.

Pas vues m6i-méme; le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelm.—Voir Isis, 1837, pp. 842,
843. (Regulus omnicolor Vieill.=R. azare Licht. = Cyanotis azare Gray.)

1833

1837. LA FRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Regulus unicolor [sc. omnicolor] aus Brasilien.
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 842, 843.
Auszug aus: L’ Institut, 1837, Nr. 217.

1843. BarrD, W. M., and BarrD, S. F. Descriptions of two Species, supposed to be
_new, of the Genus Tyrannula Swainson, found in Cumberland County, Penn-
sylvania. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, 1843, pp. 283-286.
T. flaviventris, p. 283; T. minima, p. 284.—This is the first scientific paper ever published
by S. F. Baird.
1844. BarrD, W.M., and Barrp, S. F. Descriptions of two species, supposed to be
new, of the genus Tyrannula, (Swainson, ) found in Cumberland County, Penn.
< Sillim. Am. Journ. Sci., xlvi, 1844, pp. 273-276.
T. flaviventris, T. minima; already described, Proc. Phila. Acad., i, 1843, pp. 283-286.
1844. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques. [iii.] < Revue Zoologique,
vii, 1844, pp. 321-325.
Sur le Tyrannus monachus du docteur Hartlaub.
1844. LAFRESNAYE, F.pE. Sur une nouvelle espéce d’oiseau de la Nouvelle Grenade
décrite par M. Hartlaub sous le nom de Vireo versicolor, dans la Revue de
1843, P.289. < Revue Zoologique, vii, 1844, pp. 46, 47.
Considérée comme appartenant au genre Pachyrhynchus Sw., Pachyramphus Gray. Note
sur l’adoption par M. Hartlaub du genre Myiobius Gray.
1844. [LAPRESNAYE, F. DE.] G. Conophaga. Vieill. C.ruficeps Lafr. < Guér. Mag.
de Zool., 2° ser., année 1844, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 51.
Todirostrum ruficeps, Lafr., R. Z., 1848, p. 291 (Huscarthmus).

580 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. = [Vol V.

1846. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Essai d’une monographie du genre Todirostre de Lesson
(Traité dornit.). < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846, pp. 360-365.
13 esp.; Todirostrum flavifrons, T. plumbeiceps, 361; T. furcatum, T. palpebrosum, p. 362;
T. spiciferum, T. squameecrista, p. 363, spp. nn.
1847. GAMBEL, W. [Exhibition of an albino specimen of the Wood Pewee (Musci-
capa (i. é., Contopus) virens.)] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1847, p. 278..
1848. LarrRESNAYE, I. DE. Sur les genres Attila, Lesson, et Dasycephala Swainson.
< Revue Zoologique, xi, 1848, pp. 39-48.
Attila, 6spp. A. flammulatus, p. 47, sp.n.
1849. [ JARDINE, W.] Taenioptera alpina, Jardine [n.sp.]. <Jard. Contrib. Orn.,
i 1849, p. 47, pl. xxi.
1850. STRICKLAND, H. E. Elenia iin. Strickland [sp. n.]. < Jard. Contrib.
Orn., 1850, p. 121, pl. Lxiii.

1851. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur deux nouvelles espéces de Tyrans d’Amérique. < Rev.
et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 470-476.
Saurophagus rujipennis, p. 471; Scaphorhynchus mexicanus, p. 473.
1851. ScLaTER, P. L. Ontwonew species of Birds of the genus Txnioptera. <P.Z.S.,
xix, 1851, pp. 193, 194, pll. (Aves) xli, xlii.
T. erythropygia, pl. xli, T. striaticollis, pl. xlii; p. 193.
1852. LAWRENCE,G. N. Description of a new species of Tyrannus [cassini]. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v, 1852, pp. 39, 40, pl. iii, fig.2. (Read June 3, 1850.)

1852. LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds, of the Genera .. . Ty-
rannula [cinerascens, p. 121] Swainson, ... < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,
v, 1852, pp. 121-123. (Read Sept. 8,.1851.)
Other spp. here deser. are a Toxostoma and a Plectrophanes: title is to be found in full in
N. Am. part of this Bibl.
1852, STRICKLAND, H. E. V.—On Two Species of Todirostrum. < Jard. Contrib.
Orn., 1852, pp. 41, 42, pl. Ixxxv.
T. granadense Hartl., ?—T. multicolor, sp. n.
1853. DEs Murs, O. Notice sur les Lanius pitangua et sulphuratus de Linné. < Rev.
et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 3-8.
L. pitangua L. (P. E. 212) = Scaphirhynchus pitangua Strick]. L. Peo aide Gm. (P. £.
249 et 296) = Saurophagus sulphuratus Sw. Cf. op. cit., p. 63.
1853. Kaup, J. [J.] Uebersicht des Genus Cnipolegus, Boie. <J. f. O., i, 1853, pp.
29, 30. ;
Behandelt 5 Arten, nebst Synonymik und Artkennzeichen. Cf. J. f. O., 1859, pp. 329-337,
1853. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. [Note sur V’article de M. Des Murs (R.M. Z., Jan., 1853,
: p.3,) sur les Lanius pitangua et sulphuratus de Linné.] < Rev. et Mag. de
Zool., v, 1853, pp. 63, 64.

1853. SCLATER, P.L. On two new species of Birds of the genus Tenioptera. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xii, 1853, pp. 213, 214.
From P. Z. 8., sais 10, 1851, pp. 193, 194.
1855. ScLaTER, P. L. Ona New Species of the Genus Todirostrum of Tesaon [T.
nigriceps.] <P. Z. S., xxiii, 1855, pp. 66, 67, pl. (Aves) Ixxxiv.
With synopsis of 5 other Sasbie The second figure of the plate is T. spiciferum.
1856. SCLATER, P.L. On a New Species of the Genus Todirostrum of Lesson. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvii, 1856, p. 428.
From P. Z. §., March 27, 1855, pp. 66, 67.
1857. SCLATER, P.L. On Three New Species of the genus Todirostrum. <P. Z. S.,
xxv, 1857, pp. 82-84, pl. (Aves) exxy.
Todirostrum calopterum, p. 82; TL. capitale, T. exile, p. 83. List of 16 other spp. known to
him, and of 6 more which rest on other good authority.
1857. SctaTER, P. L. On Three New Species of the genus Todirostrum. < Amn.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, pp. 382, 383.
From P. Z. 8., May 12, 1857, pp. 82-84.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TYRANNIDZ. 581

1857. SciaTpr, P. L. Description of a new species of Pachyrhamphus [albo-griseus].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, p. 398.
From P. Z. S., April 28, 1857, p. 78.—N. B. This title should be under Cotingide, p. 590.
1857. SctaTeR, P. L. Ona [lately] new Genus of Birds from Mexico. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, p. 470.
From P. Z. S., July 14, 1857, p. 203; the bird is Camptostoma imberbe, the description of
which is extracted to form a special paper, from a paper of wider scope, occupying pp. 201-
207 of the P. Z. S.
1858. Bryant, H. [Remarks on the Habits of Muscicapa (i. e., Empidonax) acadica
and M. flaviventris.] <( Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1858, p. 430.

1858. SctaTER, P. L. Ona new species of Platyrhynchus [Coronatus] from the Rio
Napo, in the Republic of Ecuador. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858,
p. 316.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 26, 1858, p. 71.
1859. HEINE, F. Eine wenig bekannte Dissertation Thunberg’s ,, De genere Megar-
hyncho.‘‘ < J. f. O., vii, 1859, pp. 237-346.
Very complete commentary. The chars. of Thunberg’s 8 spp. are reproduced, followed by
a bibliography of the genus and of VW. pitangua, M. chrysocephalus and M. mexicanus.
1859. Heine, F. Das Genus Cnipolegus Boie. <J. f. O., vil, 1859, pp. 329-337,
Full synopsis of 6 spp. C. anthracinus, ‘‘Cab.” p. 334, sp.n. Cf. J. f. O., 1853, pp. 29, 30.
1859. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of New Species of the American family Tyran-
nide. < P. Z. S., xxvii, 1859, pp. 40-46.
Attila citriniventris, p. 40, with synopsis of 7 spp. of the genus; Myiodynastes luteiventris
Bp., Myiod. nobilis, p. 42, with list of 6 spp. of Myiodynastes ; Contopus mesoleucus, C. sordid-
ulus, p. 43, with list of 6 spp. of Contopus ; Mitrephorus pheeocercus, p. 44; Pyrocephalus mexi-
canus, p. 45; Blainia placens, Mionectes assimilis, p. 46.
1859. ScLaTER, P. L. A List of the Tyrant-birds [Tyrannide] of Mexico, with de-
scription of some new species. < Ibis, i, 1859, pp. 436-445, pl. xiv.
Classification and position of the group; synonymatic and geographical synopsis of 43 spp.
Empidonax brachytarsus, p. 441; Cyclorhynchus cinereiceps, p. 448; Todirostrum schistacei-
ceps, spp. un. Pl. represents Camptostoma imberbe (tig. 1), and Mitrephorus pheeocercus (fig. 2).
1860. ScuaTER, P. L. Description of a New Tyrant-bird of the genus Elainea [E.
Tiisii] from the Island of Saint Thomas, West Indies. < P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860,
pp. 313, 314.

1860. ScLtaiER, P. L. Description of a New Tyrant-bird of the genus Elainea [E.
riisii], from the Island of Saint Thomas, West Indies. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
3d ser., vi, 1860, pp. 439, 440.

From P. Z. S., June 12, 1860, pp. 313, 314.

1860. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of New Species of the American Family Tyran-

nide. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d. ser., v, 1860, pp. 422-424.
From P. Z. 8., Jan. 25, 1859, pp. 40-46, g. v. J
1861. HEINE, F. Ueber Myiozetetes icterophrysn. sp. < J. f. O., ix, 1861, pp. 197, 198.

1861. Puivieri, [R. A.], and LanDBE[C]kK, [L.] [Noticias sobre cuatro especies del
jémero Pepoaza d’Orb. (Agriornis Gould), i sobre el modo de vivir de las dos
especies chilenas de Dasycephala.] < Anal. Univ. Chile, xix, Noy., 1861, pp.
— -652.

The above is a putting together of two subheads of a paper of wider scope, describing yari-
ous new Peruvian birds, among them Dasycephala albicauda, p 618. The title is introduced
here on account of its special bearing on Tyrannide.

1861. SctatTerR, P. L. Index generis Elaine ex familia Tyrannidarum additis nova-
rum specierum diagnosibus. < P. Z. 8., xxix, 1861, pp. 406-408, pl. xli.

Index Elaine generis 17 specierun, adjectis synonymis, locis. H. semipagana, p. 406; Z#.
pallatange (tab. lxi); #. subplacens, p. 407; #. implacens, p. 408, spp. nn.

1862. ScLaTER, P. L. On Two New Species of Tyrant-birds from Ecuador. < P. Z.
S., xxx, 1862, p. 113.

Ochthoéca citrinifrons, Mecocerculus gratiosus.

582

1862.

1864.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1868.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. {Vol. V.

ScLaTER, P. L. On Two New Species of Tyrant-birds from Eeuador. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., x, 1862, p. 313.
From P. Z. §., Mar. 25, 1862, p. 113, q. v.

Puiuipri, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. De las Muscisaxicolas Sud-Americanas.
< Anal. Univ. Chile, xxv, Set. de 1864, pp. 418-439.

This is a subhead of an article of more extended ‘scope. It appears in German in Arch. f.
Naturg., 1865, Bd. i, pp. 74-106, g. v. The authors treat of 15 spp. of the genus, among which
M. cinerea, p. 422; M. rubricapilla, p. 429; M. flavivertex, p. 434; and M. nigricans, p. 436,
are described as new. (Cf. Cab., J. f. O., 1860, p. 249, note; Scl., Ibis, 1865, p. 59.

. Bryant, H. [Remarks on the occurrence of Tyrannus verticalis at ‘‘ Plymp-

ton,” Me. (i. e., Pembroke, Me.), in October.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
x, 1865, p. 96.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Paride,
Vireonide, Tyrannide, and Trochilide, with a note on Myiarchus Panamensis.
< Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 37-39.

Myiarchus venezuelensis, p. 38.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-
gride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann.
Tye. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 126-135.

The Tyrannines here described are Empidonax flavescens, p. 133, and Contopus lugubris,
p. 134,

PHILIPPI, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Monographie der siidamerikanischen Mus-
cisaxicolinen. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1865, Bd. i, pp. 74-106.

This is a subtitle ofan article of more extended scope, which originally appeared in Spanish
in Anales Univ. Chile, xxv, 1864, pp. 418-439, g.v. The 15 species treated are MM. albifrons,
cinerea, maculirostris, mentalis, rubricapilla, rufiventris, flavivertex, nigrifrons, striaticeps,
Frontalis, capistrata, brunnea, flavinucha, albilora, albimentwm.

Among them are four species from the Cordilleras of Chili not described by previous authors,

namely: M. cinerea, p. 80; WM. rubricapilla, p. 90; MW. flavivertex, p. 98; and MW. nigrifrons, p.

101.—Cf. Ibis, 1866, pp. 56-59, and Zool. Rec. for 1865, pp. 106, 107.

BURMEISTER, H. [Extract from a letter relating to certain Tyrannide of Bue-
nos Ayres.| < P. Z. S., xxxiv, 1866, p. 2.

List of ten or twelve species.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Families
Hirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide and Trochilide. < Ann. Lyc. Nat.
Hist. New York, viii, 1866, pp. 400-405.

The Tyrant is Hmpidonax pectoralis, p. 402, Panama.

SciaTER, P. L. Note on the Species of the genus Muscisaxicola. < Ibis, 2d
ser., 11,1866, pp. 56-59.

With special reference to those described by Philippi and Landbeck (Arch. Naturg., 1865,
pp. 74-109), making some important criticisms, and giving the diagnoses of 9 species of the
genus. .

Capanis, J. Neue’ Arten der siidamerikanischen Gattung Empidochanes, im
Berliner Museum. <Jd. f. O., xvi, 1868, pp. 194-196.

#. eulert, p. 195; E. altirostris, E. argentinus, p. 196.

Hupson, W. H. [Extract from a Letter respecting Lichenops perspicillatus. ]
<P. Z. §., Xxxvii, 1869, pp. 432, 433.

Ripeway, R. A True Story of a Pet Bird. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 309-312.

Account of the habits of Tyrannus verticalis in semi-domestication.

SciaTER, P. L. Note on the species of the Genus Hirundinea, belonging to
the family Tyrannide. < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 195-198, pl. v.

Synonymatic, diagnostic, critical; 3 spp. are discriminated: H. ferruginea (Gm.), H. belli-
cosa (V.) and H. rupestris (Max.). Pl. v, fig. 1, H. bellicosa ; fig. 2, H. ferruginea; fig. 3, H.
rupestris.

ScLATER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of Six New Species of American
Birds of the Families Tanagridx, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariidx, Tyrannide,
and Scolopacide. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 416-420.

The new Tyrant is Contopus ochraceus, p. 419.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TYRANNIDZ. 583

1870. ScLATER, P. L. Descriptions of three apparently new Species of Tyrant-birds
of the Genus Elainea, with Remarks on other known Species. <P. Z. S.,
XXxXVili, 1870, pp. 831-835, woodcce.

Elainea gigas, p. 831, fig. 1, p. 832; H. fallax, p. 832, fig. 2, is 833 ; EH. pudica, p. 833, fig. 3,
p. 834. With synopsis of 16 spp. of the genus.

1871. LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of New Species of Birds of the Families Troglo-
dytide and Tyrannide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, pp. 233-236.
The Tyrannines here described are: Myiozetetes grandis, p. 234, Tumbes, Peru; Empidonax
atrirostris, p. 234, Venezuela? ; and Myiarchus yucatanensis, p. 235, Yucatan (= M. mexicanus
Lawr., Ann. Lye. N. Y., ix, p. 202, nec Kamp).

1871. ScLaTEeR, P. L. Notes on the Types of Tyrannula mexicana of Kaup and Tyran-
nula barbirostris of Swainson. < P. Z. S., xxxix, 1871, pp. 84, 85.
1. T. mexicana, Kaup, P. Z. S., 1851, 51= Myiarchus cooperi Bd., B. N. A., 1858; M. mexi-
canus Bd.=WM. cinerascens Lawr.—2. Tyrannula barbirostris Sw., Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 367,
is West Indian, not Mexican, and = Blacicus tristis of Gosse.

1871. ScLaTER, P. L. Remarks on the Species of the Genera Myiozetetes and Cono-
pias, belonging to the family Tyrannide. < P. Z. 8., xxxix, 1871, pp. 751-756.
8 spp. of Myiozetetes, 3 of Conopias, the former quite fully treated.

1872. AppoTt, C.C. Occurrence of the Scissor-tail Flycatcher [Milvulus forficatus]
in New Jersey. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 367.

1872. BREWER, T. M. [Occurrence of Empidonax pusillus in Wisconsin.] < Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xiv, 1872, pp. 303, 304.

1872. CouEs, E. Occurrence of Couch’s Flycatcher [Tyrannus melancholicus couchi]
in the United States. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 493.

1872. Cours, E. Studies of the Tyrannide.—Part I. Revision of the Species of Myi-
archus. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxiv,. 1872, pp. 56-81.

No more published.—Monographic; giving synonymy and characters of 9spp. and 6 subspp.,
with much criticism. The author enters at some length into the general characters of tho
group, laying down several formal propositions applicable to the case, as well as the arbitrary
rules which may govern one in the distinguishing between species, varieties, and synonyms.

“With Myiarchus are united Kaupornis, Blacicus, and Myionaz. Five supposed species
are unknown to the author, who gives the history and synonymy of the remaining nine :—
1. M. validus; 2. M. crinitus, with three varieties, a. crinitus, B. irritabilis—erythrocercus,
Sel. & Salv. (Zool. Rec., iii, p. 83), mexicanus and yucatanensis, Lawr., y. cooperi (Zool. Rec.,
Vili, p. 58); 3. UW. cinerascens ; 4. MW. tyrannulus=panamensis and venezuelensis, Lawr. (Zool.
Rec., ii, p. 107); 5. M. pheocephalus; 6. M. lawrenciti=rufimarginatus, and nigricapillus,
Cab.; 7. Wl. nigriceps ; 8. M. stolidus, with three varieties, a. stolidus = dominicensis, Bryant,
8. pheebe=lucaysiensis and bahamensis, Bryant, y. antillarum ; 9. M. tristis.” (From Zool.
Rec.)

1872. Hupson, W.H. Notes on the Habits of the Churinche (Pyrocephalus rubineus).
<P. Z. S., Nov. 5, 1872, pp. 808-810.

An interesting biography.

1872. Lockwoop, 8. The Kingbird [Tyrannus carolinensis] and Bee Martin. < Am.
Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 769, 770.

Occupation by Tyrannus carolinensis of a nest of Progne subis.
1872. ScLatEeR, P. L. [Exhibition of a Nest of the Tijereta (Milvulus tyrannus), con-
taining eggs of Molothrus bonariensis.] <P. Z. S., 1872, pp. 862, 863.
1873. A[LLEN], J. A. Revision of the American or Tyrant Flycatchers. < Am. Nat.,
vii, 1873, pp. 35-38.
Extended review of E. Coues’s ‘‘Studies of the Tyrannidx, Part I” (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct.
Phila., 1872, pp. 56-81).
1873. BENDIRE, C. Nest, Eggs and Breeding Habits of the Vermilion Flycatcher (Py-
rocephalus rubineus var. Mexicanus). <( Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 170,171.

1873. Gentry, T. G. Observations on Nests of Sayornis fuscus. < Proc. Acad. Nat
Sci. Phila., xxv, 1873, pp. 292-294.
An extended account of deviations from the usual style of nest-building.

584 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. ¥.

1873. HERSEY, J. L. Bees and Kingbirds [Tyrannus carolinensis]. < Am. Nat., vii,
1873, p. 434.

Note from the American Bee Journal, to the effect that Tyrannus carolinensis eats bees.

1873. HERSEY, J. L. Bees and King Birds [Tyrannus carolinensis]. < Am. Sports-
man, ii, 1873, p. 166; see also ébid., iii, 1873, p. 51.
From American Bee Journal ; Tyrannus carolinensis eats the drone hive-bees.
1873. MERRIAM, C. H. The Olive-sided Flycatcher [Contopus borealis, in New York].
<Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 750.
Notes on habits; continued, op. cit., viii, 1874, p. 309.

1873. ScLaTEeR, P. L. Note on the Genus Ornithion of Hartlaub. EZ Sete,
pp. 576-578.

Synopsis of 4 spp. of this genus, with which Camptostoma Scl. and Myiopatis Cab. are con-
sidered synonymous. See especially Lawrence, Ibis, 1876, p. 497.
1874. BREWER, T.M. The Olive-sided Fly Catcher[Contopus borealis]. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 198.
Denies the allegation that it is a ‘‘rare” species in New England.

1874. Cabot, J. E. The Olive-sided Flycatcher [Contopus borealis]. < Am. Nat.,
vill, 1874, p. 240.
Memorandum of the original discovery of the speceis in Massachusetts.
1874. DEANE, R. Olive-sided Flycatcher [Contopus borealis]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874,
pp. 308-309.
Field-notes.

1874. Eprroriat. [Alleged occurrence of Tyrannus dominicensis on Long Island. ]
< Forest and Stream, ii, July 23, 1874, p. 373.

1874. HALL, F.W. The Mycharchus [i. e. , Myiarchus] crinitus. < Forest and Stream,
iii, Dec. 3, 1874, p. 261.

1874. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds of the Families
Tanagride and Tyrannide. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, July, 1874, pp.

70-72.
The Tyrannine here described is Myiarchus Jlammulatus, p. 71, from Tehuantepec, Mexico.
1874. Merriam, C.H. The Olive-sided Flycatcher [Contopus borealis]. < Am. Nat.,
vili, 1874, p. 309. |
Further (op. cit., vii, 1873, 750) field-notes. |
1874. Morris, R. T. The Crested Fly-catcher [Myiarchus crinitus]. < Forest and
Stream, ii, May 14, 1874, p. 213. |
1875, Barrp, 8. F. [Note of the occurrence of Tyrannus verticalis in Maryland, near
Washington, D. C.] < Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst. Sor 1874, 1875, p. 32.
The original notice of the occurrence. The capture was made by P. L. Jouy; see his Cata-

logue of the Birds of the District of Columbia, in Field and Forest, ii, No. 9, 1877, pp. 154-156,
and No. 10, 1877, pp. 178-181. .

1876. “BRIDGEPORT.” Cats vs. Birds. < Rod and Gun, vii, Feb. 19, 1876, p. 329.

King-birds whipping a cat. Compare p. 294.

1876. HENSHAW, H. W. On two Empidonaces, traillii and acadicus. < Bull. Nutt. —
Ornith. Club, i, No. 1; Apr., 1876, pp. 14-17. 7]
With special reference to differences in their geographical distribution, nests, and eggs.
. The subject is well handled, and the author’s remarks have been established by later experi-
ences.

S. F. Baird was the first to fix the species of our smaller Flycatchers with any satisfactory
degree of precision. This he did in 1858; since which time, no material modification has been’
established among the N. Am. species of Empidonaz. The history, however, of the habits of
these birds, especially of their geographical distribution, nesting, and eggs, has been much
inyolved. Little reliance can be placed on the accounts given by Wilson, Nuttall and Au-
dubon ; and even since 1858, there have been several mistakes made in the writings of Allen,
Brewer and Coues, with reference to the distribution of acadicus in New England, and to the ~
nests and eggs of all four of the eastern species. Late papers in the Nuttall Bulletin, how-—
ever, have at length cleared up the confusion; and no one should presume to write on the
habits of birds of this genus without consulting the present paper by Henshaw, and the sey- ;
eral others in the Nuttall Bulletin by Purdie, Osborne, Batchelder and Coues, cited beyond in
this bibliography. }

a

No. 4.)

1876.

1876.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1878.

1878.

1878.
1878.
1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TYRANNIDZ. 585:

LAWRENCE, G. N. Note on Muscipeta incanescens, Wied. < Ibis, 3d ser., vi,
Oct., 1876, pp. 497, 498.
Wied’s type, now in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York, examined and found to be very dif-.
ferent from Ornithion imberbe, which Sclater (P. Z. S., 1873, p. 576) had united with it.
Purpin, H. A. The Nest and Eggs of Traill’s flycatcher [Empidonax trailli],
as observed in Maine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876, pp.
75, 76.

“G.G. H., Jr.” The great crested flycatcher. Myiarchus crinitus—Calamis
[i. e., Cabanis]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Aug. 23, 1877, p. 44.
Observations on nidification.

“GuYON” [ ]. Migration of Kingbirds [Tyrannus carolinensis].
< Forest and Stream, viii, May 17, 1877, p. 224.
Jupson, EK. Z. C. A Plea for the King Bird [Tyrannus carolinensis]. < Forest

and Stream, ix, Aug. 9, 1877, p. 5.
Protection afforded to farm-yard by Tyrannus carolinensis through its enmity to hawks.
[ScLaTER, P. L., and Satyin, O.] Lawrence on a new Pitangus [gabbii].
< Ibis, 4th ser.,i, Oct., 1877, p. 481.
Notice of the paper in Am. Lyc. N. Y., xi, Nov., 1876, pp. 288-290.
Waits, W. H. King Birds [Tyrannus carolinensis] and Bees. < Forest and
Stream, ix, Oct. 4, 1877, p. 186.
Kingbirds insatiable devourers of honey-bees.
ALLEN, J.A. Late Capture of the Yellow-bellied Flycatcher [Empidonax flavi-
ventris] in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878,
pp. 101, 102.

ANON. The fork-tailed fly-catcher. Milvulus Tyrannus (L.) Bp. < Familiar
Science and Fanciers’ Journ., 1 (new series), Feb., 1878, p.30. Tllustrated.

[Fircu, E. H.] The Wood Pewee [Contopus virens]. < The Journ. of Sci.

(Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser., i, No.2, May, 1878; cut.
Popular biography, with a figure.

INGERSOLL, E. The Linnean Society. < The Country, i, Apr., 20, 1878, p. 371,
See vol. ii, p. 9.

Secretary’s report of meeting; many facts concerning nidification of Tyrannide.

INGERSOLL, E. Linnean Society. < The Country, ii, Apr. 27, 1878, p. 9. .

Report of meeting, and letter from H. A. Purdie concerning breeding of Empidonaz trailli.

[INGERSOLL, E.] Linnean Society. < Forest and Stream, x, Apr. 25, 1878, p.
216. See p. 255.

Report of proceedings, and letter from H. A. Purdie in regard to breeding of Hmpidonax
traili.

MERRILL, J. C. The Occurrence of Myiarchus ecrinitus var. erythrocercus,
Sclat., at Fort Brown, Texas. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878,
p. 99, 100.

With an editorial note respecting priority of the discovery; and a note by T. M. Brewer
on the eggs of the same bird.

NIcHOLAS, G. L. Perseverance of Pewees [(Sayornis fuscus) in nest-building ].
< Forest and Stream, xi, Dec. 12, 1878, p. 379.

Nest of a pair of Sayornis fuscus rebuilt seven times in the same place in one season.
OsBORNE, 8. D. The Nesting of the Yellow-bellied Flycatcher (Empidonax
flaviventris). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 187, 188.

Confirming H. A. Purdie’s description, op. tom. cit., pp. 166-168, both as to situation and
structure of the nest, and as to the eggs being spotted.

PrckuaM, B. J. Nesting of Contopus virens. < The Odlogist, iv, No.5, July,
1878, p. 34, _ :

Purpi£, H. A. Trail’s Flycatcher [Empidonax trailli]. < Foresi and Stream, x,
May 9, 1878, p. 255. See p. 216.

Bull. v, 4——5

586 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1878. PurDIE, H. A. The Nest and Eggs of the Yellow-bellied Flycatcher (Empi-
donax flaviventris). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp.
166-168.

Important, being a careful description of an authentic nest and eggs. Much error and un-
certainty had prevailed on this subject, even among the leading writers. Both Brewer and
Coues had stated the eggs to be white, whereas they are well spotted.

1878. SCLATER, [P.L.] [Remarks on Exhibition of the type of Dicrurus marginatus
Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 46,—Muscipipra vetula Licht.] <P. Z. 8., Mar. 19,
1878, p. 339.

1879, A[LLEN], J. A. Brewer on the Nests and Eggs of Empidonaces. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 232.
Notice of the paper in Proc. Nat. Mus., ii, Apr., 1879, pp. 1-10.
1879. ANON. . Nest and Eggs of Empidonax trailii. < The Oélogist, iv, No. 11, June,
1879, pp, 85, 86.
1879. BATCHELDER, C. F. Nesting of the Yellow-bellied Flycatcher (Empidonax
' flaviventris. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 241, 242.
Two cases detailed, with full description of the nests and eggs.
187Y. BREWER, T.M. Notes on the Nests and Eggs of the eight North American
Species of Empidonaces. < Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., ii, Apr. 29, 1879, pp. 1-10.
Measurements of all the specimens in the National Museum, in the Coll. I. M. B., and a
few others, with descriptions of these, and of various nests. Eggs of EF. minimus, obseurus,
and hammondi normally white, unmarked; of EZ. flaviventris normally spotted, sometimes
unmarked; of H. trailli, acadicus, pusillus, and dificilis normally strongly marked.
1879. [CouEs, E.] The Nest of Empidonax minimus. < Temperance Vidette (news-
paper of Terrell, Texas), Nov. 1, 1879.
Quoted from his Birds of the Northwest, 1874, p. 255. y
1879. CUNNINGHAM, 8. Nest of the Great-crested Flycatcher [Myiarchus crinitus].
‘ < The Odlogist, iv, No. 8, Mar., 1879, p. 59.
1879. [GRINNELL, G. B.] Nests and Eggs of the Genus Empidonax. < Forest and
Stream, xii, July 10, 1879, p. 444.
Notice of Dr. T. M. Brewer's paper on The Nests and Eggs of the Eight North American
Species of Hmpidonaces in Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus., ii, 1879, pp. 1-10.
1879. Haywarp, R. <A Spotted Egg of Empidonax minimus. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, p. 124.
Identification of the specimen attested by W. Brewster.
1879. OSBORNE, S. D. Another Nest of the Yellow-bellied Flycatcher (Empidonax fla-
viventris). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 240, 241.

1879. Ripaway, R. Descriptions of New Species and Races of American Birds, in-
cluding a Synopsis of the Genus Tyrannus, Cuvier. < Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
i, 1878 (pub. May, 1879), pp. 466-486.

I. The greater part of the paper is occupied with this excellent monography of Tyrannus,
in which the following species are recognized and fully treated, with synonymy, diagnosis,
habitat, and criticism: TT. magnirostris, rostratus, dominicensis, carolinensis, crassirostris,
melancholicus (8. couchi, y. satrapa), albigularis, apolites, niveigularis, verticalis, vociferans,
luggeri (n. sp., p. 481), and aurantio-atrocristatus.—L1. Lichenops perspicillatus, 8. andinus,
p. 483; Dacnis pulcherrima, B. aureinucha, p. 484; Parus rufescens, B. neglectus, p. 485, sub-
app. nn.

No.4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—AMPELIDA. 587

Ampelidz.

[Norr.—Nearly all my titles on the genus Ampelis were given in B. Ool. Vall., i, 1878, pp.
453-459; and are not here reproduced. The family, as constituted by Gray, includes Myia-
destes and Phainopepla. |
1834. Hearne, J. [Letter on various Zoological Subjects relating to the Island of
Hayti.] <P. Z. S., ii, 1834, p. 25.
Note of a bird called the ‘Musicien’ (Myiadestes elizabeth).
1835. TREVELYAN, W.C. The Bohemian Waxwing, or Chatterer [Ampelis garrulus],
living in a State of Domestication in England. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Vili, 1835, pp. 511, 512.
1835. TURNER, H. The Bohemian Waxwing, or Chatterer [Ampelis garrulus], .
<_Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 511.
1835. Anon. The Bohemian Waxwing, or Chatterer [Ampelis garrulus] (p.511.); the
Appendages to its Wings vary in Number in different Individuals: an instance
of this. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 615.
From The Carlisle Journal, January, 1835.
1840. CLARKE, C. [Notes, contained in a letter, relating to a Bird called in Cuba
‘The Musician’.] < P.Z.8., viii, 1840, pp. 153, 154.
1845. LAFRESNAYE, F.pE. Sur le Ptilogonys nitens de Swainson, Hypotyme luisant,
nob. < Revue Zoologique, viii, 1845, pp. 451, 452.
: This note forms a part of one of the instalments of the ‘‘ Mélanges Ornithologiques”’.
1858. SciaTEeR, P. L. Note on the Genus Cichlopsis of Cabanis. <P. Z. 8S., xxvi,
1858, pp. 541-543.
Rectification of synonymy of C. leucogonys.—Phainopepla, g.n., p. 543.
1861. Herperc, P. V.- Sidensvandsen [Ampelis garrulus]. < Tidssk. Pop. Fremst,
af Naturv., 2° rekke, iii, 1861, pp. 297-301.
1866. “THe OLD BusuMAN.” The Waxwing [Ampelis garrulus], the Pine Grosbeak.
and the Crossbills. < The Intellectual Observer, ix, 1866, pp. 345-352.
Interesting field-notes on the first named of these species.
1870. ALLEN, J. A. ,,Fugle efterstrebte af Frger.“‘ < Tiddsk. for Pop. Fremst. Naturv.
; 4e ser., li, 1870, p. 80.
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1868, p. —.
1876. [INGERSOLL, E.] The Bohemian Waxwing [Ampelis garrulus]. < Forest and
Stream, vi, Apr. 13, 1876, p. 148.
Observations in Minnesota of P. L. Hatch and Thos. S. Roberts.
1877. Lamp, W.F. Nest and Eggs of Townsend’s Flycatcher [Myiadestes townsendi].
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p.77, 78.
1877. RowLEy,G.D. Phainoptila melanoxantha, Salvin. Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt. x,
Oct., 1877, pp. 439-442, pl. xxix.
This lately-described species is figured, with copy of the original article, and additional
matter from A. Boucard. :
1877. Satvin, O. Description of a New Genus and Species of Oscines from Costa
Rica [Phainoptila melanoxantha]. <P. Z. §., Apr. 17, 1877, p. 367.
Provisionally placed near Ptilogonys, in Ampelide.

588 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Cotingidz.

1769. VosMAER, A. Description | d’une belle | Grive d’Amerique [Cotinga cayana],
| nommée | Quereiva, | Qui vient du | Bresil, | Et se conserve dans le Cabinet
de | son altesse Sérénissime | Monseigneur le Prince d’Orange et de Nassau, |
Stadhouder He’re’ditaire, Gouverneur, Capi- | taine Ge’ne’ral et Amiral des Pro-
vinces-Unies | des Pais-Bas, &c. &c. &c. | Par | A. Vosmaer, | Directeur des
Cabinets d’Histoire Naturelle & de Curiosités de S. A. S., Membre de |
VAcademie Impériale, & Correspondant de ’Académie Royal des Sciences de
Paris. | A Amsterdam, | Chez Pierre Meijer, M. DCC. LXIX. 4to. pp.7. pl.

The bird here described is the Ootinga cayanensis of Brisson, ii, p. 344, pl. 34, f. 3, the Quere-
wa Buff. P. HK. 624—= Ampelis cayana L.

1769. VosmaErR, A. Description | du | Coq-des-Roches | Americain [Rupicola ecro-
cea], | Oiseau | dune merveilleuse beauté, trés peu connu encore; apporté
de | Surinam, | Pour le Cabinet de | son altesse Sérénissime | Monseigneur le
Prince d’Orange et de Nassau, | Stadhouder He’re’ditaire, Gouverneur, Capi-
| taine Ge’ne’ral et Amiral des Provinces-Unies | des Pais-Bas, &c. &c. &ce. |
Par | A. Vosmaer, | Directeur des Cabinets d’Histoire Naturelle & de Curi-
osités de S. A.S., Membre de | ’Académie Impériale, & Correspondent de
VAcadémie Royal des Sciences de Paris. | A Amsterdam, | Chez Pierre Meijer,
| M. DCC. LXIX. 4to. pp. 7, pl.

The bird here described is the Oocg de Roche Buff. P. E. 39; Rupicola Briss. iv, p. 437, pl.
34, f.1= Pipra rupicola L.

1823. THUNBERG, C. P. Description dun nouveau genre d’oiseaux [Cotinga].
< Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, vi, 1823, pp. 175-179.

Pas vue moi-méme: le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelm.

1823. THUNBERG, C.P. Ampelis, cujus novas species pres. C. P. Thunberg p. p., resp.
O. Fr. Tullberg, Smol. Upsaliz. 1823. 4to. pp. 4, 6.

Libellus haud mihi obvius.

1825. Swainson, W. On the genus Psaris of M. Cuvier, with an Account of two new
Species. < Zool. Jowrn., ii, 1825, pp. 354-357.

Ps. cristatus, p. 255; Ps. niger, p. 356, spp. nn.

1826. DEsmM...stT. [DrEsMAREST, A.G.] Description d@’un nouveau genre d’oiseaux
découvert dans le Brésil et nommé Cotinga, par C. P. Thunberg.
< Feéruss. Bull., 2° sec., vii, 1826, p. 248.

Meém. de la Soc. Imp. des Sci. de Moscou, vi, p. 175.

1826. Lesson, [R.P.] Sur le genre Psaris de M. Cuvier, avec la description de deux
espéces nouvelles; par William Swainson... . < Féruss. Bull., 2° sec., viii,
1826, pp. 442, 443.

Extrait du Zool. Journ., ii, No 7, 1825, pp. 354-357,¢. v.
1826. SeLBy, P.J. An Account of a new or fifth Species of the Genus Psaris [eryth-
rogenys], Cuv. < Zool. Journ., ii, 1826, pp. 483, 484.

1827. Lesson, R. P. Description d’une espéce nouvelle du genre Psaris, de M.

Cuvier; par P.J.Selby. .. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xii, 1827, p. 267.
< Ps. erythrogenys, Selby; Zool. Journ., ti, 1826, p. 483.

1828. SrLtBy, P. J. Neue Gattung Psaris Cuv.,... < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828,

pp. 9438, 944.
Uebers. aus d. Zool. Journ., ii, 1826, pp. 483, 484; Ps. erythrogenys.
1830. Swarnson,[W.] Ueber die Sippe Psaris Cuv. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, p.

1038.
Uebers. aus d. Zool. Jour., Bd. ii, Nr. vii, Oct., 1825, pp. 354-357.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COTINGID. 589

1830. WAGLER, J. Revisio generis Pipra. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 926-943.
PP. ignicapilia, lanceolata, p. 931; aurantia, p.935; auricapilla, p. 934; perspicillata, p. 935;
tyranulus (sic), p. 940, spp. nn.—Expositio specierum 33, synonymis, descriptionibus et patriis
redactarum, pp. 926-941.—Expositio brevior reliquarum specierum 17.
1832, CHILDREN, [J. G.] [On specimens of the Phytotoma bloxhami, Childr., col
lected by Mr. Cuming in Chili.] < Proce. Comm. Sci. and Corr. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
pt. ii, 1832, p. 3.

1832. LAFRESNAYE, F,.DE. Phytotome. Phytotoma, Molina, Daudin, ete. < Gué.
Mag. de-Zool., 2° année, classe ii, notice v, pl. v.
Esquisse monographique sur ce genre. Pl. v, Phytotoma rutila V.
1835. CHILDREN, [J.G.] [Phytotoma bloxhami.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd, xxviii, 1835, p.

365.
Aus P. Z. S., 1832, p. 3.

1838. Eypoux, [F.] et GERVAIS, [P.] Sur quelques particularités anatomiques du
Phytotoma rara de Molina. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 8° année, 1838, classe ii,
notice Ixxxvi, pp. 1-4, pl. Ixxxvi.

1839. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. G. Cotinga. Ampelis. Lin. C. a plumes en lamelles.
Ampelis lamellipennis. De Lafr. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1839,
Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 9.

C’est une Cotinga, du sous genre Xipholena Glog.
own’ > \p: >

1841. ParzuDAKI, C. Manakin nouveau [Pipra candei], découvert par M. De Maus-
sion Candé. < Revue Zoologique, iv, 1841, p. 306.

1842, LAFRESNAYE, F.pE. [Ueber Phytotoma.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxv, 1842, p.51.
Aus d. Mag. de Zool., Jahrg. ii, 1832, Klasse ii, Artikel v, Taf. 5.

1843. Drs Murs, O. Notice sur le genre ornithologique rupicola ou coq de roche et
considérations oologiques. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux,
pp. 1-10, pl. 37.
Pl. 37, Vceuf de Rupicola peruviana.

1343. GoupoT, J. Note sur le nidification du Rupicola peruviana et de Eurypyga
phalenoides. < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, pp. 1,2.

1843, Goupbot, J. Observations sur lorganisation et les habitudes du coq de roche
péruvien (Pipra peruviana, Lath.), et du caurale (Ardea helias, Lin.). < Gué.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, pp. 1-4, pll. 37, 38.
Pl. 37, ceuf du Rupicola peruviana ; pl. 38, euf del Lurypga phalenoides.

1843, LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G.Cotinga. Ampelis. L. C.a croissant. C.arcuata.

De Lafresn. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 40.
Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 98. (Pyrrhorhynchus, Lafr., 1849.)

1843. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G.Cotinga. Ampelis. L. C.apoitrine dor. A. aureo-
pectus. De Lafr.. < Guér Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2,
pl.39.

Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 68. (Huchlornis De Fil., 1846.)

1843. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G. Manakin. Pipra. Linné. M.chrysoptére. P. chrys-
optera. De Lafr. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2¢ sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2,
pl. 44.

i. Z. 1848, p.97. (Masius Bp., 1850.)

1843, PARZUDAKI, [C.] G.Manakin. Pipra.Linné. M.de Candé. Pipra Candei.

Parzudaki. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. pl. 45,
Revue Zool., iv, 1841, p.306. (Chiromacheris Cab., 1847.)

1844. Eypoux, [F.] and Gervais, [P.] Anatomisches iiber Phytotoma. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 405.

Aus Guér. Mag. de Zool., Jahrg. viii, 1838, Klasse ii, Notiz 86, taf. 86.

1847. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. Sur le Ptilochloris arcuatus (Lanius arcuatus Cuy.), et
les autres espéces du genre. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 182-185.

590 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1847. PARZUDAKI, C. Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Iodopleurus [lege
Iodopleura] [d’Isabelle; sic; c’est-a-dire isabelle] (Lesson). < Revue Zoolo-
gique, x, 1847, p. 186.
Stet Iodopleura isabelle.
1848. [JARDINE, W.] Tityra surinama, Dine ete, < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1848, p. 62,
_ pl. x1.

1849. HaRTLAUB, G. Note monographique sur le sous-genre Pyrrhorhynchus. < Rev.
et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, pp. 493-494, pl. 14, f. 1.
Cing espéces. ‘Aner formosa, sp.n., pl. 14, f. 1.
1850. ScHomMBURGK, R. Rupicola aurantia (Cuv.) < Nawmannia, i, Heft ii, 1850,
pp. 34-38.
Ein physioiogisch. Beitrag.
1850. WaLiacn, A.R. Onthe Umbrella Bird (Cephalopterus ornatus), ‘‘ Veramimbé,”
L.G. <P. Z. S., xviii, 1850, pp. 206, 207.
Description, habits, and distribution of this species; structure of the crest.
1851. WaLLacre, A. R. On the Umbrella Bird (Cephalopterus ornatus), ‘‘ Veram-
imbé,” L.G. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii, 1851, pp. 428-430.
From P. Z. S., 1850, pp. 206, 207.
1851. SctaterR, P.L. V.—On a new species of Manakin [Pipra flavicollis]. < Jard.
Contrib. Orn., 1851, p. 143.

1852. CorNALIA, E. On a New Species of the Family of Ampelidze [Euchlornis
selateri]. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, p. 133, pl. ci.

1852. DEVILLE, E., et ScLaTER, [P. L.]. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Co-
tinga [porphyrolema] provenant de Vexpédition de MM. de Castelnau et
Deville dans Amérique du Sud. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, 1852, pp. 226, 227.

1853. CoRNALIA, E. Note sur une nouvelle espéce du Genre nehiouet [selateri].
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 104-109, pl. 4.
E. sclateri, p. 107, pl. 4. Notice historique et critique du genre. Tableau synoptique des
espéces. i

1854. CorNaLia, HE. Note sur une nouvelle espéce du genre Euchlornis [sclateri].
< Bianconi’s Repert. Ital. Stor. Nat., 11, 1854, p. 55.
Extrait de la Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1853, p. 107, pl. 4.

1857. GouLp, J. Descriptions of three new and very beautiful species of Birds, from
Guatemala [Cotinga amabilis] and from the Island of Lombock. <P. Z.S.,
xxv, 1857, pp. 64, 65, pl. (Aves) cexxiii.
Cotinga amabilis, p. 64, pl. cxxiii; Haleyon fulgidus, Pitta concinna, p. 65.
1857. GouLp, J. Descriptions of three new and very beautiful species of Birds, from
Guatemala and from the Island of Lombock. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d
ser., xx, 1857, pp. 380, 381.
From P. Z. S., April 28, 1857, pp. 64, 65, g. v.
1857. SCLATER, P.L. Review of the species of the South American Sub-family Tity-
rine. <P. Z. S., 1857, pp. 67-80, 2 woodce.
The subfamily is composed of the two genera Tityra and Pachyrhamphus, the former with
6, and the latter with 16 spp. With Yityra are considered synonymous Psaris, Cuy., 1817, and
Erator, Kaup, 1851. With Pachyrhamphus Gray, 1838 (vice Pachrhynchus, Spix, 1824) are
considered synonymous Bathmidurus, Cab., 1847, Chloropsaris, Kaup, 1851, and Platypsaris
and Callopsaris Bp., 1854.—The species are treated with synonymy, diagnosis, habitat and
critical commentary. Wood-cuts show the wing- Pes ENS of each genus. Pachyrhamphus
albogriseus, p. 78, sp. n.
1857. ScLaTER, P.L. Description of a new species of Pachyrhamphus [albo-griseus].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, p. 398.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 28, 1857, Dp. 78.
1859. GouLD J. On the Members of the Genus Rupicola, and whether there be Two
or more Species. < P. Z. S., xxvii, 1859, pp. 99, 100.
R. sanguinolenta, p. 100, sp. n.

No. 4.]

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1861.

1861.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1865.

1866.

1866.

1867.

1869.

1870.

1872.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COTINGIDA. 591

Crisp, E. [Exhibition of specimens of the Cock of the Rock (Rupicola crocea) ].
<P. Z. 8., xxviii, 1860, p. 98.

GouLpD, J. On the Members of the Genus Rupicola, and whether there be Two
or more Species. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, p. 62.
From P. Z. S8., Feb. 8, 1859, pp. 99, 100.
SciaTer, P. L. Description of a New Species of Manakin [Pipra heterocerca]
from Northern Brazil. <P. Z. S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 312, 313.

ScuaTER, P. L. Description of a New Species of Manakin [Pipra heterocerca ]
from Northern Brazil. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860, pp. 488, 439.

From P. Z. S., June 12, 1860, pp. 312, 313.

Eyton, T. C. Note on the Anatomy of Cephalopterus penduliger. < Ibis, iii,
1861, pp. 57, 58.

SciaTer, P. L. On a New Species of Bird of the Genus Lipaugus of Boié | L.
subalaris]. <P. Z. S.. xxix, 1861, pp. 209-212.

With synopsis of 9 spp. of the genus, arranged in the 3 sections of Lathria, Lipaugus, and
Aulia. (N.B. nomen generis Lipaugus nec Lipangus scribendum, scil. Acirety deficere, avy
splendor.)

SciaTeR, P. L. Note on Pipra deliciosa. < Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 175-178, pl. vi.

Referred to genus Machceropterus ; synonymatic synopsis of 4 spp. of this genus; and re-
print from P. Z. 8. of his remarks on its wing-structure.

SciaTER, P. L. On a New Species of Bird of the Genus Lipangus of Boié.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., x, 1862, p. 80.

From P. Z. S., May 28, 1861, pp. 209-212.

ScLaTER, P. L. On a New Species of the Genus Pipra |leucorrhoa] from New
Grenada. < P. Z. S., xxxi, 1863, pp. 63, 64, pl. x.

SALVIN, O. Note on the Costa-Rican Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus tricaruncu-
latus, Verreaux) and its allies. < Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 90-95, pl. iii.

With synonymatic and diagnostic synopsis of the 4 known spp. of the genus. The species
named is figured.

SciaTER, P. L. Note on the Distribution of the Species of Chasmorhynchus.
< Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 406, 407.

Corrects some previous erroneously assigned localities; compares the distribution of the
genus with that of Galbula viridis and its allies. Four species are treated. Of. Intellectual
Observer, Jan., 1867, pp. 401-408, on the same subject.

ANON. Der Glockenvogel [Chasmorhynchus nudicollis]. < Aus der Natur,
XXXvili, oder n. F., xxvi, 1866, p. 783.

Grosstentheils nach Watertons ,, Wanderungen ‘‘ mitgetheilt.

SciaTER, P. L. The Bell-Birds [Chasmorhynchus] of America. < The Intellec-
tual Observer, x, 1867, pp. 401-408, 1 col. pl., one woodcut.

A popular account of these singular birds. The plate illustrates C. nudicollis.

SciaTER, P. L. [Note on Chasmorhynchus variegatus in British Guiana. ]
< Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, p. 462.

Anon. Der Glockenvogel [Chasmorhynchus carunculatus]. < dus der Natur,
lii, oder n. F., x1, 1870, p. 352.

ZORN, J. [Hine Siesta am Irura.] < Westerm. illustr. deutsche Monatshafte,
Juni, 1872, pp. —-—, fig.

Fig. of Cephalopterus ornatus.

ScLaATER, P. lL. Revision of the Species of the Cotingine Genus Pipreola. <Jbis,
Ath ser., ii, Apr., 1878, pp. 164-173, pl. vi.

Monography of 9 spp. regarded as ‘‘ firmly established”, with notice of two doubtful ones,
one of these being P. chlorolepidota, on which Swainson originally established the genus.
Euchlorornis Cab. & H., 1859, or Euchlornis Filippi, Mus. Med., 1847, = Pyrorhynchus Bp.,
1854, or Pyrrhorhynchus Lafr., 1849, = Pipreola Sw., 1888. The nine spp. are riefferi, mela-
nolema, viridis, formosa, frontalis (pl. vi), sclateri, aureipectus, jucunda, elegans; none new.

592 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Vireonide.

1843. [LAFRESNAYE, F. DE.] G. Cyclarhis. Cyclarhis. Swainson. (Fam. Laniadae.)
Gen. Laniagra, d’Orb. et Lafr. Tangara, Buff.. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér.,
année 1843, Ois., pp. 1-4, pl. 33.

Pl. 33, C. nigrirostris Lafr. (R. Z., 1842, p. 133). Liste des trois espéces composant le genre.

1851. Cassin, J. Sketch of the Birds composing the genera Vireo, Vieillot, and Vireo-
sylvia, Bonaparte, with a List of the previously known and descriptions of
three new species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1851, pp. 149-154, pll.
364 555

Vireo, 5spp.; V. huttoni, p. 150, pl. x, f.1, sp. n.; Vireosylvia, 6 spp.; V. flavoviridis, p. 152,
pl. xi; V. philadelphica, p. 153, pl. x, f. 2, spp. nn.

1851. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur l’oiseau nommé par Brisson Tangara de Saint-Do-
mingue, Tanagra Dominicensis, Tanagra Dominica, par Linné, figuré par Buf-
fon, pl, enl. 156, f. 2, et dont Vieillot a fait son genre Esclave (Dulus), sous le
nom de Dulus palmarum. < fev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 583-590.

1851. STRICKLAND, H.E. On the Type of the genus Dulus, Vieill. < Jard. Contrib.
Orn., 1851, pp. 103, 104.
Tanagra dominica L., nec Turdus palmarum L. Cf. Lafr., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851,
pp. 583-590. (See Gray’s Handlist, Nos. 5827 and 7025.)
1852. Lyman, T. [On the Breeding of the Yellow-breasted Chat (Icteria viridis) in
New England.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, 1852, p. 167.
1852. WoopHOUSE,S. W. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera Vireo
[atricapilla, p. 60], Vieill., and Zonotrichia, Swains. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., vi, 1852, pp. 60, 61.
1853. LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Ortyx
Stephens, Sterna Linn., and Icteria [longicauda, p. 4] Vieillot. < Ann. Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. Y., vi, 1853, pp. 1-4.
1857. BREWER, T. M. [On the characters, habits and distribution of Vireosylvia phi-
ladelphica of Cassin.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1857, pp. 108-111.
Including a letter from Th. Kumlein, of Wisconsin.
_ 1860. Bryant, H. [Vireo bogotensis, sp.n.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1860, p.
227.
The description occurs in an untitled article which also treats of Turdus minimus Lafr.
1863. LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Vireon-
ide and Rallide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 106, 107.
Vireo atripennis, p.106, Sombrero. See especially Baird, Rev. Amer. Birds, p. 330.
1864. Brown, E. Occurrence of the Redeyed Flycatcher [ Vireo olivaccus] in England.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 8965-8967.
Extracted from the ‘‘ Natural History of Tutbury”’, p. 385.
2864, HADFIELD, H. Notes on the Redeyed Flycatcher [Vireo olivaceus]. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9020, 9021.
4865. LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Paride,
Vireonide, Tyrannide, and Trochilide, with a note on Myiarchus Panamen-
sis. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 37-39.
Hylophilus acuticaudus, p. 37, Venezuela.
41870. BREE, C. R. The Red-eyed Flycatcher [Vireo olivaceus]. < The London Field,
May 14, 1870.
The writer contends that the Vireo captured in England, as described and figured by Mos-

ley in Nat. Hist. Tutbury (pl. 6), is V. altiloqwus, not V. olivaceus! A note from ‘B” ap-
pended suggests that the bird may be Hrythrosterna parva !!

No. 4.)

1874.

1875.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—VIREONIDA. 593

SHarpg, R. B. On a new Genus and Species of Bird from the West Indies.
<P. Z. S., xlii, 1874, pp. 427, 428, woodce. pl. liv.

Phenicomanes iora. Considered related to Phenicophilus, and referred with the latter to
Vireonide rather than Tanagride@. But it proved to be an Tora; see P. Z. S., 1875, p. 640.
Finscu, O. Notes on Phenicomanes iora, Sharpe, and Abrornis atri-capilla,

Blyth. < P.Z.S., Dec. 7, 1875, pp. 640-641.
Former (P. Z. S., 1874, p. 427) is Tora lafresnayet Hartl., R. Z., 1844, p. 401!

. Deane, R. The Philadelphia Vireo [V. philadelphicus] in New England.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876, p. 74.

Summary of its recorded occurrences there.

. [InGERsOLL, E.] A Peculiar Bird’s Nest [Vireo noveborecensis]. < Forest and

Stream, vi, May 4, 1876, p. 197.

. Fox, W. H. Capture of the Philadelphia Vireo [V. philadelphicus] in New

Hampshire. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 78.

. BATCHELDER, C. F. Spurious Primaries in the Red-eyed Vireo [Vireo oliva-

ceus]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 97, 98.
The writer has apparently measured the quill from the carpal joint, giving dimensions much
above those of the exposed portion of the feather.
Cooprrer, W. A. Notes on the breeding habits of Hutton’s Vireo (Vireo huttoni)
and the Gray Titmouse (Lophophanes inornatus), with a description of their
Nests and Eggs. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club., iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 68, 69.

. Couzs, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 18.—-The Yellow-breasted Chat [Icteria

virens]. < The Chicago Field, June 29, 1878.
From advance sheets of ‘‘ Birds of the Colorado Valley.”
SaLvin, O. Note on the Type of Malaconotus leucotis, Swainson. < Ibis, 4th
ser., li, No. 8, Oct., 1878, pp. 443-445, pl. xi. i
Swainson’s species (An. Menag., 1838, p. 481) is identified with Vireolanius icterophrys of
Bonaparte, CO. R., xxxviii, 1853, p. 380.—Note on V. dubusi Verr.

. BREweER, T. M. Vireo gilvus and Vireo flavifrons in Northern New England.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club., iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 237.

. BREWSTER, W. Notes upon the Distribution, Habits, and Nesting of the Black-

capped Vireo (Vireo atricapillus). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr.,
1879, pp. 99-103.
Being the whole history of the species to date, with very full descriptions of nest and eggs.
Covuzs, E. Note on the Black-capped Greenlet, Vireo atricapillus of Wood-
house. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club., iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 193, 194, pl.i.
A perfunctory editorial, written up to the very pretty colored plate, which illustrates a pair
of the birds with their nest.
DEANE, R. Vireo atricapillus in Texas. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1,
Jan., 1879, pp. 58, 59.
The first fresh advices of the species for many years.

594

1781.

1824.

1824.

1826.

* 1829.
1829.
1829.

~ 1830.

1831.

1832.

1835.

1837.

1839.
1839.

1839.

1843.

1843.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Laniide.

TENGMAILM, P. G. Anmarkningar Vid Lanius Collurio, en liten Rof-fogel.
< Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., ii, 1781, pp. 98-104.
“Veckoskr. f. Lik. 0. Naturf. 2:dra B:det. [1781], 280-281” (v. Friesen).
SEYFFERTITZ, [A.] v. Beobachtungen iiber den Wiirger, Lanius, Linn. aus
Briefen des Herrn Freiherrn y. Seyffertitz mit dessen eigenen Worten.
<_ Ornis, Heft i, 1824, pp. 54-79.

Swainson, W. An Inquiry into the natural Affinities of the Laniade, or
Shrikes; preceded by some Observations on the present State of Ornithology
in this Country. < Zool. Journ., i, 1824, pp. 289-307,

Lesson, R. P. Recherches sur les rapports naturéls des Laniane on Pies-
griéches, . . .; par William Swainson. .. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826,
p. 107, 108.

Extrait du Zool. Jowrn., i, Oct., 1824, pp. 289-307.

“A.N.” Peculiar Smell of the Greater Shrike [Lanius excubitor]. < Loudon’s

Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 484.

A[uDuBON], J. J. [Note on the manner in which the Shrike (Lanius excu-
bitor) seizes its prey.] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, p. 93.

Farrar, W. A Pair of Butcher Birds (Lanius Collurio, m.et-f.?). < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 484.

Swainson, W. Untersuchung uber die natfrlichen Verwandtschaften der

Laniade oder Wiirger. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. Xxili, 1830, pp. 419, 420.
Auszug aus d. Zool. Journ., i, Oct., 1824, pp. 289-307.

Hoy, J. D. Observations on the British Species of Shrikes [Laniide], their
Habits, Nidification, &c. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 341-344.
‘‘SOMERSETENSIS.” The Butcher Bird (Lanius Collurio). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., v, 1832, pp. 281, 282.

Note of its habits.

BiytH, EK. Notice of a yery remarkable Individual of the Common Shrike
(Lanius Collurio Lin.), with some Observations on this Species of Shrike.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 364-371.

? in male plumage.—The following observations are extended and miscellaneous. Edi-
torial note,’ pp. 371, 372.

Gray, G.R. Description of a new Subgenus, and some Remarks on Birds be-
longing to the Family Laniade. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 487-
490, fig. 61.

Chaunonotus, p.487; Hapalophus, p. 489, genn. nn.

Lesson, R. P. Révision de la Famille des Pies-griéches. <_Revue Zoologique,
1i, 1839, pp. 133, 134.

Lesson, [R.P.] Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Pie-griéche tuée 4 Oran,
(Lanius algeriensis). < Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 134, 135.

Lesson, R, P. Cadre spécifique des oiseaux de la famille des Laniadées.
< Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 197-199,

46 genres.

DovuBLEeDAY, H. Note on the Grey Shrike, (Lanius Excubitor). < Zoologist, —

i, 1843, p. 40.

. PA : : :
Hartiavus, [G.] [Sur une Pie-grieche trouvée en Gréce (Lanius nubicus ©

Licht.).] < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, p. 159.

(titted nous ie

No. 4.}

1843.
1843.

1844.
1844.
1844.
1845.
1845.
1847,
(1849.
1849,
1849.
1849.
1849.
1849.
1849.
1849.
1849.
1850.

1850.

1850

1850

1850

1850

1851

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LANIIDZ. 595

HEWeETT, W. Note on the Shrike [Lanius collurio]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 352.

JORDAN, W.R.H. Note on the Red-backed Shrike, (Lanius collurio). < Zool-
ogist, 1, 1843, p. 40,

BURLINGHAM, D.C. Note on the occurrence of the Grey Shrike [Lanius excubi-
tor] at Lynn. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 444.

HEPPENSTALL, J. Note onthe great grey Shrike [Lanius excubitor]. < Zool-
ogist, 11, 1844, p. 656.

SPENCER, J.B. Note on the capture of the Great Grey Shrike [Lanius excu-
bitor, in Britain]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 761.

Hormge, F. Habits of the Grey and Red-backed Shrikes. < Zoologist, iii, 1845,
pp. 1135, 1136.

NorMan,G. Occurrence of the great grey-backed Shrike [Lanius excubitor]
near Hull. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1023.

Hunter, C. B. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at
Downham. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1637.

BorrER, W., JR. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor]
near Shoreham. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2386.

BREE, C.R. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in Suf-
folk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2412.

Durr, J. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius Excubitor) near
Bishop’s Auckland. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2386.

Luxis,J. W. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) at
Heacham, Norfolk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2411, 2412.

MILNER, W.M.E. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius Excubitor)
near York. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2452.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Woodchat (Lanius rufus) at Scilly. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, pp. 2620, 2621.

SmitH,J. Occurrence of the American Greater Northern Shrike (Lanius bore-
alis) near Aberdeen. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2495.

Smiru,J. Error in describing the American Shrike [Lanius borealis]. < Zool-
ogist, vii, 1849, p. 2567.

Unwin, W.C. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near
Lewes. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2452, 2453.

Bonp,F. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius Excubitor) near Lon-
don. Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2698.

ELiman, J. B. Singular Variety of the Red-backed Shrike (Lanius collurio),
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2698.

GaRTH, J. C. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) near
Bedale. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2649.

GARTH, J.C. Occurrence of the Greater Northern Shrike (Lanius borealis) near
Knaresborough. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2649.

. Tomss, R. F. Occurrence of the [‘‘]Greater Northern Shrike[”’] [%. e., Lanius

excubitorides] in Warwickshire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2650, 2661 [ef.
Zool., 2734].

Tomgss, R. F. Description of Lanius Excubitorides, a new British Shrike; and
Correction of an Error [Zool., 2650] respecting Lanius borealis. < Zoologist,
Vili, 1850, pp. 2734, 2735, fig.

CaSsIN, J. Descriptions of new species of birds of the family Laniadz, speci-
mens of which are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1851, pp. 244-246.

Lanius pallidirostris, p. 244; L. pallens, Laniarius quadricolor, p. 245; Dryoscopus sublac-
teus, D. atrialatus, p. 246.

596 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1851. STRANGEWAYES, R. The Red-backed Shrike, (Lanius Collurio). < Zoologist, ,
ix, 1851, p. 3207.

1852. Buxton, T. F., JR. Occurrence of the Great Ash-coloured Shrike [Lanius excu-
bitor] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3475.

1852. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at
Hailsham. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3388.

1852. VIERTHALER, R. [Lanius kiek.] < Nauwmannia, Bad. ii, Heft ii, 1852, p. 57.

1853. BONAPARTE, C. L. Monographie des Laniens. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853,
pp. 292-295, 432-441.

La synonymie, la patrie et les caractéres de 42 espéces des Laniens, traitées d’aprés la ma-
niére de son Conspectus. Lanius cephalomelus, p. 486; L. schwaneri, p. 437 ; Enneoctonus nilo-
ticus, p. 439; Sigmodus rujiventris, p. 441.

1853. GURNEY, J. H. Note on the Red-backed Shrike [Lanius rufus] destroying Small
Birds. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3981, 3922.
1853. Topias, R. [Ueber Nester und Eier von Lanius rufus.] < Nawmannia, iii,
1853, pp. 335, 336.
1354. BreHM,C. L. Der grosse Wiirger (Lanius excubitor Lin. ) und einige seiner Ver-
Saullo: <J.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 143-148.
Characters of L. rapax Brhm, L. excubitor, L. ludovicianus, L. mexicanus Brhm., 0. sp., p.
, 145; LD. assimilis A. & E. Brhm., L. leuconotus A. & E. Brhm.
1854. PARTRIDGE, H. T. Carnivorous Propensity of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius
excubitor]. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4251.
1856. DimzEL, C. E. Kampf eines Dorndrehers [Lanius spinitorquus] mit einer Ei-
dechse. < J. f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 84, 85.
Nachschrift von Dr. Giosen
1857. Cassin, J. Notes on the North American species of Archibuteo and Lanius, and
description of a new species of Toucan, of the genus Selenidera, Gould. < Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., ix, 1857, pp. 211-214.

In so far as Lanius is concerned, this paper gives a monographic sketch of the (too many)
species recognized as North American by the author, these being no fewer than seven in
number. Later authors have not succeeded in establishing more than two of these as valid.

1857. Crisp, E. [On a nest found in Suffolk, supposed to be that of Lanius excubitor. ]
<P. Z. S., xxv, 1857, pp. 219, 220.

1857. HADFIELD, H. W. Note on the Woodchat Shrike (Lanius rufus). < Zoologist,
xv, 1857, p. 5685.

1857. [WHATELY, R.] The Song of the Butcher-bird [Lanius collurio]. < Nat. Hist.
iev., iv, 1857, pp. 57, 58.

1857. WILSON, J. J. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near
Leeds. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5362, 5363.

1858. FARREN, W.,JR. The Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) in Cambridgeshire.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 5958.

1858. HOMEYER, A. vy. Ueber die verschiedene Fiarbung der Eier des Lanius collurio.
Lin. <J.f. O., vi, 1858, pp. 323, 324.

1858. PASSLER, W. Ueber die verschiedene Fiarbung der Eier des Lanius collurio.

; <J. f. O., vi, 1858, pp. 43-46.

1859. EDWARD, T. Occurrence of the Great Ash-coloured Shrike (Lanius excubitor) in ~
Banttshire. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6491, 6492.

1859. HawkER, W. H. [Letter on supposed nest and eggs of Lanius excubitor. ]
< Tbis, i, 1859, pp. 330, 331.

1860. EDwaRD, T. Occurrence of the Great Ashcoloured Shrike (Lanius excubitor) in
Aberdeenshire. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6807, 6808.

1860. Epwarp, T. Capture of an Ashcoloured Shrike (Lanius Excubitor) at Sea.
< Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 723

No. 41] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LANIIDE 597

4

1860. GoRDON, G. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) at Forres,
N. B. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6860.

1860. SAVILLE, 8. P. Occurrence of the Great Ashcoloured Shrike (Lanius excubitor)
in Cambridgeshire. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6808.

1860. SAVILLE, 8S. P. Another Occurrence of the Ashcoloured Shrike [Lanius excubi-
tor] in Cambridgeshire. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6808.

1862. DuTron, J. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at Jeving-
ton, Sussex. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7881.

1863. ATKINSON, J.C. Shrike and Yellowhammer. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8484.

The former impaling the latter.

1863. HArTING, J. E. Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) near Newmarket. < Zo-
ologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8444.

1863. MaTrHEews, M.A. Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) near Taunton. < Zo-
ologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8444.

1863. Morris, W. The Great Gray Shrike (Lanius Excubitor) at Leyton Marsh.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8325.

1864. GorDON, G. Redbacked Shrike, or Butcher Bird [Lanius rufus], in Forfarshire.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9360.

1864. GuNN, T. E. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near Norwich. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p, 9104.

1865. BouLton, W. W. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near Beverley. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9418.

1865. GUNN, T. E. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in Suffolk. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, p. 9455.

1865. HopeKInson, J. B. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at Preston. < Zo-
ologist, Xxiii, 1865, p. 9418.

1866. HarviE-Brown, J. A. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in Stirlingshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 143.

1866. DuTToN, J. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at Pevensey. < Zoologist,

2d ser., i, 1866, p. 96.

1866. HARRISON, H. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near Rochdale. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 31.

1866. Homrymr, A. v. Lanius collurio als Miusefainger. < J. f. O., xiv, 1866, p. 71.

1866. Smiru, A. C. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in Wiltshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 308.

1866. TscHusi, V.v. Auch ein Lanius collurio als Mausefanger. <J. f. O., xiv, 1866,

pp. 212, 213.
Tom. cit., p. 71.

1867. HoaG, J. Zoological Notes [on Lanius excubitor]. < Nat. Hist. Trans. North-
umb. and Durh., i, 1867, pp. 232, 233.

1867. JENKINSON, J. H. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
li, 1867, pp. 555-557.

Descriptions of and comments on some specimens.

1867. JENKINSON, J. H. Our Gray Shrikes. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 605, 606.

1867. Ropp, E. H. The two Great Gray British Shrikes. <( Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867,
p. 555. ;

1867. Ropp, E. H. The Lesser Gray Shrike (Lanius minor) a British Bird. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 703.

1868. MULLER, Karu. Beobachtung eines Lanius excubitor. < J. f. 0., xvi, 1868, pp.
178-182

Lebensweise,

598 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Ve

1868. WALDEN, Viscount. Note on Lanius melanthes, Swinhoe, and on Lanius cepha-
lomelas, Bp. < Ibis, 1868, 2d ser.,iv, pp. 68-71.
The former = L. fuscatus Less.; the latter = L. nasutus Scop. :
1869. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Woodchat in Kent in 1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
pp. 1863, 1864:
1869. GepNEY, H. 8. The Loggerhead Shrike [Lanius ludovicianus]. < Am. Nat.,
ili, 1869, pp. 159, 160.
Note on its habits.
1869. Gunn, T. E. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1513.

1869. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at Dover. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p..1513.

1869. Stupps, C. E. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at Henley-on-Thames.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1560.
1869. WALDEN, Viscount. [On Japanese species of Lanius.] < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869,
p. 242.
1870. Cours, E. Om Tornskadernes Vane at spidde Insekter forteller den ameri-
kanske Ornithologo Elliot[t] Coues folgende: < Tidssk. for Populere Fremst.
af Naturvidensk., 4th ser., ii, 1870, p. 480.
Habits of Loniius ludovicianus : from Poe, Bost. Soc. N. H., xii, 1868, pp. 112, 113.
1870. DressER, H. E., and SHARPE, R. B. Notes on Lanius excubitor and its Allies.
<P. Z. S., xxxvili, 1870, pp. 590-600.
A synoptical table of nine closely allied species is given, and their geographical distribution
shown. L. meridionalis, p. 594; L. minor, p. 599, spp. nn. (L. mollis, Eversm., is accident-
ally omitted, ef. Ann. NV. H., (4), xvii, p. 78.) k
1870. SrevENsoN, H. Lesser Gray Shrike [Lanius collurio] in Norfolk. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2139.
1871. Boyrs, F. Great Gray Shrikes [Lanius excubitor] in East Yorkshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2482, 2483.
1871. Harpinc, H. J. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, p. 2439.
The manner in which it strikes its prey.
1871. Hocker, J. Ueber die verschiedene Firbung der Eier yon Lanius minor. <J.
f. O., xix, 1871, p. 464.
The variation in color, as in other species of the genus, depends on the age of the female.
1871. Hotrorp, C. E. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] at Ware. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2607.
1871. Rickarps, M.S. C. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near Clifton. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2726.
1871. Rosson, 8. E. Redbacked Shrike breeding near Wastwater. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2805.
1871. Saxpy, H. L. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in Shetland. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2561.
1872. ANN, A. F. [Der grosse Wiirger (Lanius excubitor).] < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872,
p. 89.
1872. Boyss, F. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] in East Yorkshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vil, 1872, p. 3064.
-1872. Gunn, T. E. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near Yarmouth. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3323.

1872. Locxwoop, 8. The Great Northern Shrike [Lanius borealis] and the English
Sparrows. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 236, 237.

Lanius borealis feeding on Passer domesticus.

No.4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LANIIDA. 599

1873. CaBanis, J. [Ueber zwei fiir die europadische Ornis neue Wiirger, Lanius major
Pall. und L. homeyeri n. sp., und iiber L. sphenocercus n. sp. aus China. ]
<J. f. O., 1873, pp. 75,76 (und folg.).

1873. FREYBURG, Baron Vv. Der rothriickige Wiirger, Lanius collurio. < Zool. Gart.,
xiv, 1873, p. 474.

1873. HERBERT, W. H. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor] near Newbury. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3489.

1873. Purpin, H. A. Collurio ludovicianus [in Massachusetts]. < Am. Nat., vii,
1873, p. 115.
1873. Triper, T. M. The White-rumped Shrike [Lanius excubitorides]. _< Am.
Nat., vii, 1873, p. 497.
Note on the close relationship of this supposed species to C. ludovicianus.
1873. WHITAKER, J., JR. Great Gray Shrike [Lanius excubitor, at Lambly]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., Vili, 1873, p. 3489.
1874. CABANIS, J. [Ueber Lanius excubitor und verwandte Arten und iiber ,,Abarten
im Allgemeinen“]. J.f. O., 1874, pp. 233-237.
1874. ‘“‘R. P. C.” Notes on the Butcher bird—Collyris [i.e., Lanius] borealis.
< Forest and Stream, i, Jan. 29, 1874, p. 391.
1875. Maynarp, C.J. The Loggerhead Shrike (Lanius ludovicianus) in Mass[achu-
setts]. <( Am. Sportsman, v, 1874-5, Feb. 13, p. 313.
1875. ScHaLow, H. [Uber die geographische Verbreitung des Pallas’schen Wiirgers
(Lanius major).] < Ber. iiber d. xxi. Vers. d. deut. Orn.-Ges., 1875, pp. 13, 14.
1876. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 6.—The Shrike, or Butcher Bird
[Lanius borealis]. < The Chicago Field, Dec. 2, 1876, fig.
Brief biography of the species, with cut of the head. .
1876. Witson, T. J. The Butcher-bird in New York. < forest and Stream, vii, Oct.
12, 1876, p. 148.
Lanius ludovicianus asserted to breed in New York State, and Z. borealis supposed to.
1877. ANon. Butcher-Birds [(Lanius borealis), as enemies of the English sparrows].
< fod and Gun, ix, Feb. 10, 1877, p. 291.
1877. “F. L. R.” The Butcher Bird Once More [Lanius ludovicianus]. < Forest
and Stream, viii, Mar. 1, 1877, p. 49.
1877. “J. F.” The Shrike [in Indiana]. < Forest and Stream, vii, Jan. 25, 1877, p. 388.
1877. Kryrs, F. H. The Butcher-Bird [(Lanius borealis) eating its prey alive].
< Forest and Stream, viii, Feb. 15, 1877, p. 17.
1877. ScHaLow, H. [Letter on a species of Lanius.] < Jbis, 4th ser., i, July, 1879,
p. 398.
Maintaining the distinction of L. pheenicuroides Severtz. from L. isabellinus H.& E. Cf.
tom. cit., p. 164.
1878. Cours, E. History of the Shrike’s names. < Science News, i, No. 1, Nov. 1, 1878,
pp. 15, 16.
Quoted from his Birds of the Colorado Valley, pt. i, 1878, pp. 540-542.
1878. Eaton, D.H. Nesting of the White-rumped Shrike (Collurio excubitoroides).
< O6logist, iv, No. 1, Mar., 1878, p. 2, 3.
A good account of the subject, from original observations made in New York State.
1878. ScuaLow, H. Das Subgenus Collurio Bp. < J. f. O., Apr., 1878, pp. 133-156.

1879, Baae, E.,. JR. The Loggerhead Shrike [Lanius Indovicianus] in Central New
York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 237.

1879, BREWER, T. M. The Loggerhead Shrike (Collurio ludovicianus) breeding in
Northern New England. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 119.

600

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

BREWER, T.M. The Great Northern Shrike [Lanius borealis] in New England.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, pp. 120, 121.

Controversial, arising from his mistaken reading of a passage in the ‘‘ Birds of the Colorado
Valley,” the author of which appends a note pointing out the blunder.

[GRINNELL, G. B.] Habits of the Butcher Bird [Lanius borealis]. < Forest

and Stream, xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 684.
Notice of D. M. Marshall’s contribution to the Journal of Science. /

DEANE, R. Capture of the Loggerhead Shrike [Lanius ludovicianus] in New
Hampshire. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 119, 120.

LANGDON, F.W. The White-rumped and Loggerhead Shrikes [Lanius ludoyi-
cianus, et var. excubitorides] in Ohio. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.2,
Apr., 1879, p. 120.

MarsHALL, D.M. Notes on the Habits of the Great Northern Shrike [Lanius
borealis]. < The Journal of Science (newspaper of Toledo, Ohio), n.s., ii, No.
6, Aug., 1879, cut.

Popular account of habits, with a cut.

MARSHALL, D.M. [Notes on the Habits of the Great Northern Shrike (Lanius
borealis).] < The Oologist, ¥, No. 2, Aug., 1879, p. 16.

Quoted with editorial comment from The Journal of Science (Toledo, Ohio), Aug., 1879.

Purpif, H. A. The Loggerhead Shrike [Lanius ludovicianus] breeding in
Maine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 186, 187.

Purpiz,H.A. Nesting of the Great Northern and Loggerhead Shrikes in Maine.
< Forest and Stream, xii, Apr. 3, 1879, p. 166.

Interesting note on the breeding of Lanius ludovicianus in Maine.
Purvis, H.A. The Loggerhead Shrike [ Lanius ludovicianus]in Maine. < for-

est and Stream, xii, May 8, 1879, p. 265.
Correcting statement in Forest and Stream, above cited, that Lanius borealis breeds in
Maine, and showing that probably ZL. ludovicianus, only, occurs there in summer.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CORVID&. 601

Corvide.

1805. BARTRAM, W. Anecdotesof the American Crow. < Philadelphia Med. and Phys.
Journ., i., 1805, pp. 89-95; Nicholson’s Journ., xii, 1805, pp. 194-198.

Not seen; title from Roy. Soc. Cat.

1818. Orp, G. An Account of the Florida Jay, of Bartram [Garrulus cerulescens ].
< Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, 1818, pp. 345-347,

1829. Hint, W.H. The Young of the Raven [Corvus corax]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., 11, 1829, p. 403.

1833. D[ENSON?], J. A Magpie the Tips of whose Mandibles crossed each other in
the manner the Sides of the Letter x do. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1833, pp. 517, 518. ;

1835. G[EOrFROY]S[vT. Hiarre, Ismp.]. Pie. Pica. Cuv. P.a moustaches blanches.
P. mystacalis. G.S. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 5° année, 1835, classe ii, notice
YSouhy, breech

Bolivia (Cyanocoraz).

1836. GopMaAN, J. D. American | Natural History. | By | John D. Godman, M. D. | To
which is added | his last work, | the Rambles of a Naturalist, | with | a bio-
graphical sketch of the author. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | — | Third
edition. | — | Philadelphia: | published by Hogan & Thompson. | — | 1836.
2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, ener. title-p., pp. i-xxvi (biographical sketch), 11. (dedi-
cation), pp. v-xiv (preface and introduction), pp. 15-345. Vol. II, ener. title-
p., pp. 1-337. Plates in both vols.

Dr. Godman was born at Annapolis, Md., Dec. 20, 1794, and died Apr. 17, 1830. His prin-
cipal work, ‘‘American Natural History,” is devoted to Mammals, as is well known. The
original edition, in 3 vols. 8vo., was published, vols. i, ii, 1826, Philadelphia, H. C. Carey and
I. Lea, and vol. iii, 1828, Philadelphia, Carey, Lea, and Carey. This was reissued in 1831, Phila-
delphia, Stoddart and Atherton, without alteration, doubtless from the original plates. In
1836 appeared the third edition, as here cited, in two vols.; substantially the same as the ori-
ginal, as to main text, but with biographical sketch prefixed to vol. i, and the ‘‘ Rambles”
affixed to vol. ii. This third edition was reissued in 1860, Philadelphia, Uriah Hunt and Son,
apparently without alteration, though with new title-page. I have handled all four of these
issues.

The *‘Rambles” are an incomplete series of sketches, composed by the author on his death-
bed, and appeared first in a weekly journal published in Philadelphia; but I have never been
able to see the original articles. They were first added to this 1836 edition of the ‘* Natural
History,” and reappear in the 1860 reissue. Nos. xxii of the ‘‘ Rambles,” pp. 325-337 of both
the 1836 and the 1860 editions, are devoted to the natural history of Corvus americanus; and
these sketches are, upon the whole, the best account we possess of the habits and traits of
the bird.

1836. WaTERTON, C. Notes on the Habits of the Magpie [Corvus pica]. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 225-229.

1842. LAFRESNAYE,[F.]DE. G. Pie. Pica. Cuvier. P.deSan-Blas. P.San-Blasiana.
De Lafresn. (Geai de San-Blas, Néboux, Rey. zool., 1840, pp.290 et 323.)
< Guér. May. de Zool., 2° séx., année 1842, oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 28.

1843. CaBot,S.,JR. [Corvus vociferus, sp. n., from Yueatan.] < Proe Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., i, 1845, p. 155.

1843. H[Ewitr], W. Note on the Habits of the Raven [Corvus corax]. < Zoologist.

i, 1843, pp. 215-219. ‘

1843. H[ewitr], W. Additional Note on the Raven [Corvus corax]. < Zoologist, i,

1843, pp. 305, 306.

1843. Hewitt, W. Note on Magpies, Jays and Crows [Corvidie]. < Zoologist, i, 1843,
pp. 350, 351.

Bull. v, 4 6.

602 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1845. ANON. Ferocity of a Magpie [Corvus pica]. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1072.
From Lancaster Gazette, June 21, 1845.
1845. CaBoT,S., Jr. [Remarks on exhibition of a specimen of Pica melanoleuca from
Michigan.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1845, pp. 73, 74.
Critical comparison with the European bird. i
1845. STRicKLAND, H.E. On Cyanocitta, a proposed new genus of Garruline, and
on C. superciliosa, a new species of Blue Jay, hitherto confounded with C.
ultramarina, Bonap. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv, 1845, pp. 260, 261.

The type of the new genus Cyanocitta is expressly stated to be Garrulus cristatus (Linn.);
wrongly given by most American writers as G. superciliosa=G. californicus.—G. ecristatus is
wrongly given by G. R. Gray and others as the type of Swainson’s genus Cyanwrus, 1831, upon
the assumption that the first species mentioned by an author under a genus must be consid-
ered his type of that genus. But Swainson himself says that cristatus, etc., are aberrant
members of his genus Cyanurus. Therefore, Cyanurus Sw., 1831, is a synonym of Cyanoco-
raz Boie, 1826, leaving Cyanocitta Strickl., 1845, to stand for the crested blue jays of America
typified by O. cristatus, stelleri, etc.—See P. Z. S., 1876, p. 268, note. :

1845. SrrickLAND, H.E. Further Notice respecting Cyanocitta superciliosa, a sup-
posed new Species of Blue Jay. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv, 1845, pp. 342, 343.

Identified with Garrulus californicus Vig.

1846. AGassiz, L. [Corvus lugubris, sp. n.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1846,
p. 188.

1846. HucuEs, E.J.R. Habit of the Raven [Corvus corax]. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p.
1366.

1847. Acassiz, L. On the Moose and Carabou and on the American Raven [Corvus

lugubris]. < Am. Journ. Sci., iii, 1847, p. 436.
From Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1846, p. 187.

1847. Acassiz,L. On the Moose and Carabou, and on the American Raven [Corvus

lugubris]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 1847, p. 142.
From Am. Journ. Sci., 1847, p. 486.

1848. Cassin, J. Descriptions of two new Species of the Genus Cyanocorax [C,
harrissii, C. concolor], Boie, of which specimens are in the Collection of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila.,
iv, 1848, pp. 26, 27. j

1848. PratTeR,T. Anecdote of a Magpie (Corvuspica). < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2146.

1849. CagBot, S., Jr. [On the specific distinctness of Corvus americanus and Corvus
corone.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 111, 1849, pp. 104, 105.

1849. Ettman, J.B. A Gamekeeper’s Stratagem. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2494.

Singular method of attracting magpies,—by cries of a tortured hedgehog.

1849. SrRICKLAND, H.E. Cyanocorax nanus, Dubus.? < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849, p.
122, pl. xxxiil.

Provisionally named C. pwmilio, sp.n.

1850. Anon. A Magpie’s delicate attention to its Mistress. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p.
2953. ;

From Literary Gazette, Oct. 12, 1850.

1850. BonaPpaRTH, C.L. On the Garruline Birds, or Jays; with Descriptions of new
species. <P. Z. S., xviii, 1850, pp. 79-85, pl. (Aves) xvii.

This paper requires close attention to catch its drift. The author’s ‘‘ Napoleonic” tendency
to transfer, substitute, and otherwise interfere with the genera of other authors, to suit his
own notions, is here seen at about its worst: and this abuse of generic nomenclature in Gar-
ruline has provoked endless confusion.

Gray’s Lophocitta, 1840, vice Platylophus Sw., is applied (p. 79) to Gurrulus histrionicus
Miill., and Corvus galericulatus Cuv.

Garrulus lidthi, p. 80, pl.17, is a new species; other species of Garrulus treated are G.
lanceolatus Vig., glandarius V., japonicus Schl., krynickii Kalen., melanocephalus Bonelli,
brandti Eversm., and bispecularis Vig. >

Cyanogarrulus Bp., p. 83, is “dismembered” from Cyanocorax Boie, 1826, for CO. cristatus,
etc., becoming thus exactly synonymous with Cyanocitta Strickl., 1845.

No.4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CORVID. 603

1850. BoNAPARTR, C. L.—Continued.

Cyanocorax Boie is “‘restricted”’ to such species as C0. azureus and violaceus.

Xanthura Bp., p. 83, is proposed for Corvus peruvianus.

Cissilopha Bp., p.83, is applied to C. sanblasiana. a

Cyanurus Sw., 1831, is ‘‘transferred” to such species as Pica bullockit Wagl., and P. colliet
Vig.—Cyanurus dairi, Cyanurus cubo, p. 84, are new species.

Calocitta is applied to ‘‘red-billed, long-tailed, blue magpies.”’

Cyanocephalus wiedi Bp., ‘‘ 1842”, occurs on p. 85; but only the generic name Cyanocephalus
appeared in 1842. Gymnolkitta (g. n., ‘‘ Max.”) occurs in the same paragraph.

Cyanopica Bp., p. 85, with species C. melanocephala (Wagl.) cyaneus (Pall.) and cooki Bp.,
1849.

Streptocitta Bp. and Gazola Bp. are respectively proposed to be applied to Pica albicollis V.,
and Corvus caledonicus.

1850. C. Fragments from my note-book.—A bird breathing through its wing.
Family Visitor, i, 1859, p. 32.

A blue jay with its wing broken, was brought to me to stuff. . . . Wishing to kill it with-
out injuring its skin or disarranging its feathers, I attempted to strangle it by compressing
its neck firmly so that the windpipe was entirely closed, and in this manner I held it several
minutes without its presenting any appearance of suffocation or inconvenience, and its thorax
contracted and expanded regularly. Putting it down on the floor it hopped off into a corner,
screaming and scolding as usual. I was sadly puzzled to account for this, till at length I
thought of its wing; and on examining it I found the long bone (humerus) broken, and
through this it breathed. After I stopped up this orifice and compressed the windpipe again,
it was suffocated ina few moments. . . . Cleveland, Ohio, Jan. 19, 1850.

1850. CuRTLER,M. Ferocity of the Magpie (Pica caudata). < Zoologist, viii, 1850,
pp. 2799, 2800.

1850. Mc’Intosu, J. Longevity of a Magpie (Pica caudata). < Zoologist, viii, 1850,
p. 2824.

1851. BEADLES, H. “Anecdotes of a Raven [Corvus corax]. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp.
3033, 3034.

1851. BONAPARTE, C.L. On the Garruline Birds, or Jays; with Descriptions of new
species. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., vii, 1851, pp. 412-419.

From P. Z. S., Apr. 12, 1850, pp. 79-86, g. v.

1853. BERNSTEIN, H.A. De | Anatomia Corvorvm. | Pars prima. | Osteologia. | — |
Dissertatio | Inavgvralis zootomica | qvam | consensv et avetoritate | gratiosi
Medicorvm ordinis Vratislaviensis | pro | svmmis in Medicina et Chirvrgia
honoribvs | rite | capessendis | die XVI. M. Novembris A. MDCCCLIII |
Hora IX | palam defendet | avctor | Henricvs Agathon Bernstein. |— |. . .
| —| Vratislaviae, | typis Grassii Barthii et Soc. (W. Friedrich). 1 vol. 8vo,
pp. i-vi, 1-64 +11.

1854. JAMES, G. P. R. The Raven [Corvus corax]. < Harper’s Monthly Mag., viii,
1854, pp. 463-470.

Anecdotes of its behavior in England. :

1855. BERGE, F. [Ueber die Eier von Corvus corax.] < Nawmannia, 1855, p. 110.

1855. FUHLROTT, [C.] [Varietit der gemeinen Elster, Corvus pica, L.] < Nauwman-
~ nia, 1855, pp. 398-400.

1855. Kaup,J.[J.] Einige Worte iiber die systematische Stellung der Familie der
Raben, Corvide. (Anh. iii. zu Bericht iiber d. viii. Jahresvers. d. deut. Orn.-
Gesell.) <J. f. O., 1854, Extrahheft (1855), pp. xlvii-lvi, pl. ii, f. 10.

The family is divided into 5 subfamilies, each of 5 lesser groups (some not yet discovered).
The diagrammatic illustration of the author's views’ is a pentagon (family), pointed with 5
lesser pentagons (subfamilies), rayed into stars by the 25 (actual or theoretical) minor groups.
The quinary notion is also indicated in his arrangement of allied families.

1856. MAXIMILIAN. Ueber die nordamerikanische Elster, (Pica hudsonica Bonap.)
<J. f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 197-204.

Elaborate description, with reference to its supposed distinction from P. melanoleuca ; but

some of the alleged differences have been disproved, and none of them have been established.

604 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vou V.

1857. SmirH,R.B. Raven Paring [sic] with Crow. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5680,
5681.

1858. BREHM,[C.] L. Die langgeschwinzte Elster, Pica caudata Ray. < J. f. O., vi,
1858, pp. 173-176. :

‘‘ Zerfallt nach meiner Ueberzeugung in folgende Arten:” P. leuconotus Brmwn., P. vulgaris
auct., P. melanotos nob., P. mauritanica Bp.

1859. SCHLEGEL, H. Notice sur le Genre Corvus. < Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, I.
Deel, 2A Aflevering, 1859, pp. 1-16, avec trois planches, dont une quadru-
VOU, I UD, 2h

This ‘‘notice” is in fact a monograph of the genus; on the whole, the most reliable and
satisfactory one we have. The author’s well-known extreme conservatism perhaps never ap-
peared to better advantage than in this case, of a genus of which the rather numerous species
are colored so uniformly, and at the same time present so much variation in size and shape.
Numberless nominal species are here laid, and the residuum may be considered a safe basis
for further study of the genus; for it is extremely unlikely that there are fewer good species
than this author allows. Two, OC. advena and C. senea, are figured in colors; while of most of
the rest, the heads are shown of life size on the black ‘‘ quadruple plate”’ (really two double
plates, land 1b). Here is the list of them all, with the references both to the pages and to the
plates, as the publication is not in every library :—

0. crassirostris, cafer, p.1; scapulatus, pectoralis, p. 2; advena (sp. n., pl. ii), cornia, p. 3;
splendens, coraa (pl i, f.1,2),p.4; japonensis (pl. i, f. 3,4), eulminatus (pl.i,f.7), p.7; corone
(pl. i, f. 11, 12), coronoides (pl. i, f.13), wmbrinus (pl.i, f.14), p. 8; macrorhynchus (pl. i, f. 5, 6),
orru (pl.i, f.9, 10), brevipennis (sp. u., pl.i, f. 8), p.9; senex (pl. iii), americanus, p.10; solitarius
(pl. i, £17). mexicanus (pl.i, f. 25), frugilegus (pl.i, f. 18), p. 11; capensis (pl. i, f.19), minor (pl.
i, £20) validissimus (sp.n., pl.i, f. 21), p. 12; validus (pl.i, f. 22), enca (pl.i, f. 23), p.18; viola-
ceus (pl. i, f. 24), ossifragus (pl. i, f. 27), leucognaphalus (pl. 1, f. 28), p. 14; afinis (pl. 1, f. 26),
monedula, p.15; dauuricus, neglectus (sp.u.), p.16. Cf. Ibis, 1860, pp. 189-191.

1860. ANon. The Magpie Nesting in Confinement. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp.
6920, 6921.

1860. GopMaAN, J. D. American | Natural History | By John D. Godman, M.D. | To
which is added | his last work, | The Rambles of a Naturalist, | with a bio-
graphical sketch of the author. | In two volumes. Vol. II. | — | Third edi-
tion. | — | Philadelphia: | Uriah Hunt & Son, | 62 North Fourth street. | 1860.
8vo. pp. 337.

This is merely a reissue of the 2 vol. 3d ed. of 1836, which see. The articles on Corvus amert-
canus occupy the same pages, 325-337, of vol. il.

1860. HIN, F, Ueber die Gattung Cyanocorax Boie. <J. f. O., viii, 1360, pp. 113-
118.

Systematic synopsis, with diagnoses, synonyms, ete., of 8 spp.—@. sclateri, C. wroleueus,
p. 115; G. intermedius, p. 116, spp. nn. Argurocetta, g. n., p. 117, type Corvus cyanoleucus
Wied.

1862, BarcLtay, W. L. Three Ravens [Corvus corax] feeding on a dead Hare at
Higham. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7932.

1862. Brer, W. T. Gathering of Magpies. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7846.

1862. BREE, C. R. Notes about Magpies. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8162-8164.

1862. Gipson, B. Large Flocks of Magpies. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7881.

1862. HaprieLp, H. Corvus americanus: Corvus corone of Wilson. < Zoologist, xx,
1862, p. 8282.

Differences from C. corone of Europe.
1862. HaprisLp, H. Gatherings of Magpies. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7931, 7932.
1862. TuHompson, T. Gathering of Magpies. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7846.
1863. Bren, C. R. Magpies Breeding in Confinement. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8632.

1864. Cox, C. J. Defence of the Magpie and Rook. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 8952-
8954. f

13864. Mortimer, T. Domesticated Magpies. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8885.

1864. Water, H. Eine Rabenkrihe mit Kreuzschnabelbildung. < Zool. Gart., v,
1864, pp. 283-286, fige.

1866.

1866.
1866.

1867.

1868.
1868.

1868.

1868.

1869.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CORVID&. 605

5. ANON. Grosse Antipathie des Raben [Corvus corax] gegen den Habicnu. < Aus.

der Natur., XXxXi oder xix, 1865, p. 1860.

. Durron, J. Destructive Propensities of the Raven [Corvus corax]. < Zoolo-

gist, XNili, pp. 9562, 9563.

. GOBYNARI, —. Ein alter Rabe [Corvus corax]. < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, p. 278.
. Rey, E. [Zucht der Elstervégel (Pica melanoleuca).] < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865,

pp. 187-189.

. Durron, J. Raven [Corvus corax] Nesting in a Cucumber-frame. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 32.

Maruew, M. A. An ancient Raven [Corvus corax]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1866, p. 270.

Nour, J. F. Ein getiiuschter Rabe. < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, p. 39.

WILLEMOES-SuHM, R.v. Briitende Elsteralbinos[ Pica caudata]. < Zool. Gart.,
vi, 1866, pp. 76, 77.

. BeckwiTn, R. G. Magpie with Yellow Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp.

826, 827. :
Supposes the bird’s bill colored with yolk of egg.
Harvi5-Brown, J. A. Magpie with a Yellow Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, pp. 877, 878.
Fears no satistactory conclusion can be reached.
Hakvie-Brown, J. A. Magpie with a Yellow Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, pp. 706, 707.
A living bird of this kind observed in Scotland. Very interesting, in its bearing on Pica
nuttalli.

. Matuew, G.F. Magpie with Yellow Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 1016.

Another case,—a similar bird observed in Devonshire.
Newton, A. Magpie with a Yellow Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 757.
Makes the obvious comparison with Pica nuttalli. The editor, E. Newman, supposes the
bird to be Pica nuttalli.

. Newton, A. Magpie with a Yellow Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 913.

Pertinent observation: *‘Causes which in America have produced a permanent race of
magpies having yellow bills may in Europe have produced a single example having the same
peculiarity.” :

SCHLEGEL, H. Coraces. < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 9° livr., 1867, pp. 1-150.

‘*La famille des Coraces comprena les sous-familles des Corvi, Paradisee et Coraciz.”’ (!)

‘““The author in this portion of his Catalogue groups together a most heterogeneous assem-
plage of birds. Corvide, Paradiseide, Oriolide, Sturnide, but worst of all, Coractide, so that
it is almost impossible to give here a clear account of them. The Corvide, in which we
include the author’s genera Corvus, Nucifraga, Pica, Cyanocorax, Picathartes, Pyrrhocorax,
Garrulus, Cissa, Glaucopis, Chalybeeus, Cracticus, and Lycorax, appear to be represented in
the Leyden Museum by 685 mounted specimens belonging to 116 species . . .” (Zool. Rec.,
1867, p. 112.) Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 111.

Dutton, J. Rook with a crossed Beak. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1459.

Enpicorr, W. E. Remarkable flight of Crows [Corvus americanus]. < Am.
Nat., ii, 1868, p. 381.
Nearly 100,000, estimated, passing over a point in Maryland, U.5S., between 4 and 6 p. m.,
in April.
Hoxtr, W. [Extract from a letter containing observations on the habits of!
Cyanurus cristatus.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xi, 1868, p. 284.
NAauMAN, C.H. Is the Crow [Corvus americanus] a Bird of Prey? < Am. Nat.,
ii, 1868, p. 491.
Cf. tom. cit., 664. Note of a crow seizing and carrying off a chicken, more accipitrino.
Anon. La Corneille [Corvus americanus] est-elle un oiseau de proie? < Natu-
raliste Canadien, 1, 1869, p. 194.
* Affirmé.

606

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.
1870.
1871.

1871.

1871.

1872.

1872.

1872.
1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.
1873,

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vou. V.

Barroo.r, J. H. Is the Crow [Corvus americanus] a Bird of Prey? <Am.
Nat., ii, 1869, p. 664.
Other (cf. tom. cit., 491) instances of the crow seizing and carrying off chickens, like a hawk.
Brewer, T.M. [Remarks on exhibition of four unspotted eggs of Corvus ameri-
canus.] < Proce. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1869, pp. 138, 139.

Ratuvon, 8. 8. The Crow [Corvus americanus] a Bird of Prey. < Am. Nat.,
iii, 1869, pp. 102, 103.

The raptorial propensities of Corvus americanus confirmed.

Brewer, T. M. TheBlue Jay Family. < Atlantic Monthly, Apr., 1870, pp. 480-485.

Hamet, E. D. Cream-coloured Magpie. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2344.

Cours, E. The Long-crested Jay [Cyanurus macrolophus]. < Am. Nat., v,
1871, pp. 770-775, fig. 134.

Extended biography of Cyanwrus macrolophus.

Horner, C. [Destruction of young lambs by] Magpies. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,
1871, pp. 2483, 2484.

Liuper, W. Uéber die Raben Neu-Vorpommerns und Riigens. < Mitth. a. d.
naturw. Ver. v. Neu-Vorp. u. Riig., iii, 1871, pp. 40-52.

9 spp.

Cours, E. Observations on Picicorvus columbianus. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872,
pp. 52-59.
Extended biographical sketch; synonymy, ete.
Cours, E. Contribution to the History of the Blue Crow [Gymnokitta cyano-
cephala] of America. < Ibis, ii, 1872, pp. 152-158.
Synonymy, description, and biography.
FRIEDEL, E. Kriihen als Nussdiebe. < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, p. 94.
ALLEN, J. A. Crows and Ravens. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 743, 744.

On the local distribution of Corvus coraz and CO. americanus, with reference to tom. cit., p. 693.

BARRETT, M. On the Migration of Certain Animals as Influenced by Civiliza-
tion. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 693-695.

Chiefly on the local dispersion of Corvus corax and O. americanus.

BaRrETT, M. On the Migration of Certain Animals as influenced by Civiliza-
tion. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 86.

Disappearance of Corvus corax from Minnesota, and immigration of 0. americanus.
GizycKl1, G. Vv. Biographie meiner Elster. < J. f. 0., 1873, pp. 35-45.
[SaLvin, O.] [Reference to the original notice of the Genus Cyanocephalus

Bp.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, p. 108.
Bonaparte proposed the genus Oyanocephalus in 1842, in his Oss. Stat. Zool. Hur. Vert. 1840-
41, p. 17; and named the species by implication, O. wiedi; but the word ‘‘ wiedi” does not actu-
ally occur there. I have verified Mr. Salvin’s reference. ry
ANON. [EDITORIAL,] Possibly a new bird from Oregon. < orest and Stream,
iil, Sept. 10, 1874, p. 68.
Concluded to be Picicorvus columbianus ; see ibid., p. 84.

Dusois, A. Remarques Morphologiques sur les Espéces du Sous-genre Xan-
thoura. < Bull. Acad. Toy. de Belgique, 2° sér, xxxviii, 1574, pp. —-—, fig.
(carte).

L’auteur constate que ce sous-genre ne comprend réellement qu'une seule espéce, treés-varia-
ble suivant la position géographique qu’occupent les individus qui la composent, de la mani-
ére suivante: Cyanocorax yneas, Bolivie, Pérou, repub. de PEquateur; a, eyanodorsalis (var.
n.), Nouvelle-Grenada centrale et méridionale; 6, eyanovapilla, nord de la Nouy.-Grenade
jusqwau Guatémala; y, ceruleocephala (var. n.), Vénézuéla; 5, luwuosa, Mexique, Texas.

Kerr, W. J. Ravens [Corvus corax] Nesting in North Wales. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, p. 4156.
Ler, A., Miss. Jim Crow. < St. Nicholas Mag., i, 1874, pp. 647-649, figs. 1-9.

Amusing account of a pet Corsus americanus.

No. 4.]

1874.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876,

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1877.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CORVID&. 607

Tripper, T. M. The White-necked Raven [Corvus eryptoleucus, field note on].
< Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 429, 4380.

. ANON. A variegated Crow [Corvus americanus, albinistic]. < Forest and

Stream, iii, Web. 4, 1875,p. 405.

I

Cours, E. [On the nest and eggs of Gymnokitta cyanocephala.] < Ibis, 3d
ser., Vv, 1875, pp. 270-—.

[Prercr, G.] A white Crow [Corvus americanus]. < lorest and Stream, v, Sept.
23, 1875, p. 100.

[Pirrcr, G.]. Rara Avis [albinistic Corvus americanus]. < Rod and Gun, vi,
Sept. 25, 1875, p. 386.

ANON. Mathematical Faculty of Crows. < Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 4, 1876, p. 363.

Anecdote, from ‘t Portland Advertiser.”

Anon. A Thievish Crow [Corvus americanus]. < Rod and Gun, viii, July 22,
1876, p. 269.
From the New Bedford, Mass., ‘‘Mereury.” Oorvus americanus preying upon fledglings of
Robins. i
ANON. [Caterpillars’ eggs in stomach of Corvus americanus. ] < Rod and Gun,
viii, July 15, 1876, p. 250. .

Benvirn, C. Notes on the Breeding Habits of Clarke’s Crow (Picicorvus colum-
bianus), with an Account of its Nest and Kegs. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i,
No. 2, July, 1876, pp. 44, 45.

[Covrs, E.] [Anecdote of the intelligence of a Crow (Corvus ossifragus). |
< New York Independent, Noy. 23, 1876.

A tame bird of this kind, kept in a yard where there was a tub of water containing small
fish, snails, etc., for stocking an aquarium, used to alight upon the brim of the tub, and drop
bread-crumbs into the water to attract the fish; which it seized as they rose to the surface,
and devoured.

Frazar, A. M. Intelligence of a Crow [Corvus americanus]. < Bull. Nutt. .
Ormith. Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876, p. 76.

“J. 1.” Crows [Corvus americanus] despoiling heronries. < Morest and Stream,
vil, Sept. 14, 1876, p. 84.

Morris, R.T. Charges against the Crow [Corvus americanus]. < Forest and
Stream, vi; July 27, 1876, p. 401.

Reip, P. Blue Jay [Cyanurus cristatus]. < Rod and Gun, vii, Feb. 12, 1876,
p. 369.

Scnock, 0. D? Charges against the Crow [Corvus americanus]. < Forest and
Stream, vii, Aug. 17, 1876, p. 20.

SciatTer, P. L., and Satvin, O. Notes on some of the Blue Crows of America,
< P.Z.8., Feb. 15, 1876, pp. 268-272.
Oyanocitta germana, }. 270, Belize, Piten, Merida, sp.n.; O. armillata, y. quindiuna, p. 272,
Cordillera of Quindiu, var. n.
Critical notes on Oyanocitta argentigula, O. sanblasiana, CO. beecheti, 0. germana (p. 270, sp. 1.),
0. jolyeu Bp., CO. armillata, G. R. Gr., of which last are given as subspecies meridana, p. 271,
bogotana, p. 272, and quindiuna (subsp. n.), p. 272.—Oyanocorax ortoni, Lawr. = O. mystacalis,
Geoffr.—Special note on the type of the genus Oyanocitta, which is O. cristatus.
Wesster, N. B. Crows [Corvus americanus] seeking Water. < Mield and Lorest,
vol. ii, No. 4, Oct., 1876, p. 65.

By pecking into watermelons.
Cours, I. Letters on Ornithology. No. 15.—Curious Crows [Picicorvus ¢o-
lumbianus and Gymnokitta eyanocephala]. < The Chicago Field, July 14,
+ 1877, 2 figg.

Popular notices of these species, with, figures of their heads.

608

1877.

1877.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1815.

1825.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

[INGERSOLL, E.] Crows[Corvus americanus]. < Rod and Gun, ix, Jan. 27, 1877,
p. 266.
From ‘‘ New York Tribune.”
MILLER, H. The Crow [Corvus americanus]. < Lod and Gun, ix, Feb. 24, 1877,
p. 329.
Observations upon habits, capability, and utility.

. TENNEY,S. The Raven [Corvus carnivorus] and the Sooty Tern [Sterna fuligi-

nosa ]in Williamstown, Massachusetts. < Am. Nat., xi, No. 4, Apr., 1877, p. 243.

. EaGie, C. H. The Fish Crow (Corvus ossifragus, Wils.), on Long Island.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, p. 47.
With editorial note by J. A. Allen.

. HENSHAW, H.W. Nest and Eggs of the Blue Crow (Gymnokitta cyanocephala),

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, pp. 112-115.
Also on the general habits of the bird. Cf. Ibis, 1875, p. 270.
[Quay, T.R.] Crimes of the Crow [Corvus americanus]. < Forest and Stream,
x, May 2, 1878, p. 236.
Opinion that the bird is rather injurious than beneficial to the agriculturist.
[WiLLarD,8.L.] The Jay of the North; Canada Jay [Perisoreus canadensis].
< The Ovlogist, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 14, 15.
Compiled account of the habits of the bird.

. [WILLARD,S.L.] Utility of the Crow [Corvus americanus]. < The Odlogist,

iv, No. 5, July, 1878, p. 38.

. WILY, 8. B. Nesting of the Canada Jay [Perisoreus canadensis]. < The Odlogist,

iv, No. 4, June, 1573, p. 27.

. BREweER, T. M. The Rocky Mountain Whiskey-Jack (Perisoreus canadensis

eapitalis). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 239, 240.
On the nest and eggs of this bird, both of which are fully described.

. [CorprEs, H.] The Crow [Corvus americanus] arraigned. < Forest amd Stream,

Xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 684.

. [CovuEs, E.] The Long Crested Jay-Bird [Cyanurus macrolophus]. < Hamit-

ton Freeman (uewspaper of Webster City, lowa), Apr. 9, 1879.
Editorial reprint, with comment, of the account of that species in ‘‘ Birds of ate North-
west,” 1874, pp. 216-218.

. Fraac, W. The Blue Jay [Cyanurus cristatus] in the East. < Forest and

Stream, xiii, Dec. 18, 1879, p. 907. °

. [GRINNELL,G.B.] Crows [Coryus americanus]in Caucus. < Forest and Stream,

July 24, 1879, p. 485.
Great flight of crows near Harper’s Ferry, Va.
[HaRRIMAN, M. C.] Corvus corax in New Hampshire. < Forest and Stream,
xii, Mar. 13, 1879, p. 106.
Notice of capture of this species near the town of Warner, N. H.
ZeREGA, L. A. Capture of a Fish Crow (Corvus ossifragus) near Seabright,
Monmouth County, New Jersey. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct.;
1879, p. 239.

Addenda to Corvide.

CLINTON, DE Witt. An Introductory Discourse delivered on the 4th of May,
1814. < Trans. Lit. and Philos. Soc. New York, i, 1815, pp. 21-184. > Note T,
p. 129.

Note T, to this discourse, is on the American Raven, Corvus coran.

Bonaparte, C. [L.] Descriptions of two new species of Mexican Birds.

< Journ. ‘Aces Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1825, pp. 387-390.

‘
At p. 387, Corvus ultramarinus ; the other is an Icterus.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ICTERIDA. 609

Icteridz.

1815, CLINTON, DE Wirt. An Introductory Discourse delivered on the 4th of May,
1814. < Trans. Lit. and Philos. Soc. N. Y., i, 1815, pp. 21-184. > Note 8, pp.
125-128.

Note S, appended to this discourse, treats of the plumages and migrations of the Bobolink,
Dolichonyz oryzivorus.

1818. ORD, G. Observations on two species of the genus Gracula [G. quiscala, G.
barita] of Latham. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, 1818, pp. 253-260.

A critical article, distinguishing the Boat-tailed Grackle ( Quiscalus major V.) from the
Purple Grackle (Q. purpureus).

1819. LICHTENSTEIN, K.M.H. Ueber die Gattung Gracula aus der Familie der Kri-
henvogel (Coraces). < Abhandl. der Berlin. Akad., aus d. Jahren 1816-17 , 1819,
Phys. Classe, pp. 143-154. (Vorgelesen den 18. Juli 1816.)

This is the original; there is another edition in Isis, 1824, pp. 402-406, q. v-

The “genus” Gracula of this author is very extensive, including birds of several of the
families recognized by modern ornithologists, among them the Icteride.

The species of Gracula treated are the following :—Gracula religiosa, p. 148; G. calva, p.
148; G. tristis, p. 148; G. pagodarwm, p. 148; G. cristatella, p- 149: G. carunculata, p. 149,
with several others of doubtful character.—The author then proceeds to treat the other Lin-
nean “ Gracule”, i. e., Icteride, as follows :—Quiscala purpurea, ‘‘n. sp”., p. 151 (but Bartram
had called it Gracula purpurea in 1791!); Q. fulgida, n. sp., p. 151; Q. navieularis, n. sp., p.
151; Q. saularis, p. 151; Q. jamaicensis, p. —-. :

1824. LICHTENSTEIN, K.M.H. Dissertation sur le genre Martin ou Mainate (Gracula) ;
par Lichtenstein. . . < Féruss, Bull., <¢ sect., ii, 1824, p. 294.

Extraite des Abhand. Konigl. Acad. Wiss. Berlin pour les années 1816 et 1817, pp. 143-154.

1824, LICHTENSTEIN, K.M.H. [Abhandlung iiber Gracula. Auszug aus Abh. Kénig1.
Akad. Wiss. Berlin aus d. Jahren 1816-17, 1819, SS. 145-154.] < Oken’s Isis,
Jahre. vili, 1824, pp. 402-406.

Die Charaktere der verwandten Sippen, Corvus, Coracias, Paradisea, Gracula. Die reinen
Gracule sind folgende sechs: religiosa, calva, tristis, pagodarum, ecristatella, carunculata, p.
403. Zweifelhaft bleiben; G. grisea Daud., GG. gingiiniana, malabarica, icterops Lath., G.
longirostra Pall.—GG. strepera, tibicen und varia Shaw bilden besser eine eigene Sippe den
Racken nahe.—G. cayennensis Gm. und G. picoides Shaw hat Hermann als Dendrocoluptes
aufgestellt. Die andern Gracule von Linné stellt der Verfasser als Quiscala aut: Q. pur-
purea—G. quiscala Lath.; Q. fulgida Licht. = Sturnus quiscala Daud. ; Q. navicularis ; Q.
saularis ; @. jamaicensis = Sturnus jamaicensis Daud.

1825. BONAPARTE, C.[L.] Descriptions of two new species of Mexican Birds. <Journ.
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., iv, 1295, op. 887-390:

At p. 389, Icterus melanicterus ; the other is a Corvus.

1825. Vicors,N.A. On the genus Icterus Briss. < Zool. Jowrn., ii, 1825, pp. 182-197,

pll. suppl. 9, 10.

This, the second instalment of the series of articles entitled ‘‘Sketches on Ornithology; or,”
&c., treats of the family Icteride as now understood. Here occur the descriptions of Xan-
thornus chrysopterus, sp.n., p. 190, pl. 9, and of Leistes (¢. n., p. 191) suchii, sp. n., p. 192, pl. 10.
(Féruss. Bull., viii, 1826, pp. 111-113; Isis, 1830, 1013-1018.)

1826. BONAPARTE, C. [L.] On the distinction of two species of Icterus, hitherto con-
founded under the specific name of Icterocephalus. <_ Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., V, 1826, pp. 222-225.

Icterus xanthocephalus, n. sp., p. 223. :

1826. Lesson, [R.P.] Esquisses ornithologiques, ete., etc. Du genre Icterus de Bris-

son; par N.A.Vigors. . . < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., viii, 1826, pp. 111-113.
Zool. Journ., ii, No. 6, 1825, pp. 182-197.

610

1827.

1830.

1836.

1837.

1839.

1843.

1843.

1844,

1847.

1847.

1848,

1850.

1852.

1852.

1853.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Lesson, R.P. Sur les distinctions a établir entre deux espéces d’Icterus, jusqu’a
ce jour confondues sous le nom spécifique d’Icterocephalus; par Ch. Bona-

parte. . . < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xii, 1827, pp. 266, 267.
Journ. Acad. Phila., vi, 1826, pp. 222-225.

Vicors,N.A. Ornithologischen Skizzen, Fortsetzung. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii,

pp. 1013-1018.
Uebersetzt aus d. Zool. Journ., vol. ii, Nro. vi, 1825, pp. 182-197.

Orb, G. Observations on the Cow Bunting [Molothrus ater] of the United

States of America. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 57-71.
On its oviposition, parasitism, &c.

BREWER, T. M. Remarks on the positions assumed by George Ord, Esq., in
relation to the cow black-bird, (Icterus agripennis [i.e., Molothrus ater]) in
Loudon’s Magazine for February, 1836. < Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., i, pt. iv,
1837, pp. 418-435. (Read July 6, 1836.)

“Teterus agripennis” is a name of the Bobolink (Dolichonyx oryzivorus), not of the species
treated in this paper.

Linstey, J.H. Notice of Vespertilio pruinosus and Icterus [Ageleus] Phoeni-
ceus. <Sillim. Am. Journ. Sci., xxxvii, 1839, pp. 195, 196.

On the carnivorous habits of the Blackbird. ;

CaBorT, §., JR. [Oriolus musicus, sp. n., from Yucatan.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., i, 1843, p. 155.

This is an Icterus, supposed to be the same as that figured by Cassin in Journ. Phila. Acad.,
li, 1848, pl. 17 (giraudii).

GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the occurrence of the red-winged Icterus [Ageleus
pheniceus] near Norwich. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 317.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. <G.Icterus. Briss. I. guttulatus. Lafresn. < Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1844, Oiseaux, pp. 1-4, pl. 52.

- Icterus mentalis Lafr., R. Z., 1842, p. 136. :

Cassin, J. Descriptions of three new species of the genus Icterus (Briss. ; )
specimens of which are in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1847, pp. 332-334.

I. maculi-alatus, I. auricapillus, p. 332; I. giraudit, p. 333.

TARRAGON, [L.] DE. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Grasicme [Cassicus
pyrohypogaster], et note sur le Macronix Amelia. < Revue Zoologique, x,
1847, pp. 252, 253.

Cassin, J. Description of three new species of the genus Icterus, (Briss. );
specimens of which are in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, pt. ii, Aug., 1848, art. xi, pp.
137, 138, pll. xvi, xvii.

I. maculi-alatus, p. 137, pl. xvi, f.1; I. auricapillus, p. 137, pl. xvi, f.2; I. giraudii, p. 138,
pl. xvii. Described the year previous in Proc. Phila. Acad., iii, pp. 332-334.

STRICKLAND, H. E. Xanthornus prosthemelas, Strickland [sp.n.]. <Jard.

Contrib. Ornith., 1850, p. 120, pl. Ixii.

LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera. . . and
Xanthornus [affinis],.. . < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,v, 1852, pp. HA
pl.v. (Read Apr. 28, 1851.)

Here oceurs, in a paper of wider scope, full title of which is in the N. Am. nae of this Bibl.,
the orig. descr. of the above sp., p. 113. i

[Reap, M.C.] Cow Blackbird [Molothrus ater]. < The Family Visitor, vol. iii,
1852, p. 68.

A popular article, giving numerous species in the nests of which eggs of the Cae have
been found.

Anon. ‘Could’nt! Cos he Sung so!” < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3982.

From Clinton (U.S.) Courant. Note of a young person’s inability to throw a stone at Doli-
chonyx oryzivorus, for the reason stated in the title. :

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ICTERIDA, 611

1854. GLocEr, C.W.L. Das geschlechtliche Verhiiltniss bei den nicht selbst briiten-
den Végeln. <J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 137-143.
The general relations of parasitic‘birds illustrated in the case of Molothrus ater.
1856. [Brtines, E.] On the Bob-link or Rice-Bird, (Dolichonyx orzivora [sic].)
< Canad. Nat. and Geol., i, June, 1856, pp. 233-237.

1861. ScLatTer, P. L. [Exhibition of a Specimen of the American Meadow-Starling
(Sturnella magna) shot in Suffolk, England. ] <P. Z.8., xxix, 1861, p. 30.

1861. ScLaTErR, P.L.. Notice of the occurrence of the American Meadow-Starling (Stur-
nella ludoviciana [magna]) in England. < Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 176-180. :
Concludes with observations on the genus and a synopsis of 5 spp., namely: ludoviciana,
neglecta, hippocrepis (Cuba), mexicana (Mexico), p. 179, and meridionalis (South America), p.
179—the two last being new.
1864, JEFFERY, W., Jr. The Redwinged Starling [Ageleus pheeniceus] in Sussex.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8951.

1865. JESsE,W. Redwinged Starling [Ageleus pheeniceus] near Liphook. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxili, 1865, p. 9782.

1865. SuimeR, H. [On asupposed new Species of Icterus from Illinois (=I. spurius). ]
< Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, ii, pt. ii, 1865, pp. 260, 261.

1866. Cassin, J. A Study of the Icteride. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xviii, 1866,
pp. 10-25. (Continued ibid., pp. 403-417, and op. cit., 1867, pp. 45-74.)

Agelaine: 7 genn., 46 spp.—Macroagelaius; p. 13; Agelaioides, p. 15; Erythropsar, p. 17;
Oallothrus, p. 18; Cyanothrus, p. 19, subgg. nun. Dolichonyx fuscipennis, p. 16; Molothrus ca-
banisti, p. 22; WM. rufo-axillaris, p. 23, spp. nn.

1866. Cassin, J. A Second Study of the Icterid. < Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , xviii,
1866, pp. 403-417. (Continued from ibid., pp. 10-25; continued, op. cit., 1867,
pp. 45-74.) : :

Quiscaline: 5 genn., 28 spp.—Holoquiscalus, p. 404; Megaquiscalus, p. 409; Huphagus,
Dives, p. 413; Idiopsar, p. 414, gg. nn. Quiscalus gundlachii, Q. brachypterus, p. 406: Q.
mexicanus, p. 408; Q. rectirostris, p. 409; Idiopsar brachyurus, p. 414, spp. nn.

1866. EDwarp, T. Redwinged Starling (Sturnus predatorius [Agelzeus pheeniceus ])
in Scotland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 310.

1866. Monk, T. J. Redwinged Starling [Ageleus pheniceus] at Brighton. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 229.

1867. Cassin, J. A Third Study of the Icteride. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xix,
1867, pp. 45-74. (Continued from ibid., pp. 403-407, and op. cit., 1866, pp.
10-25.)

Icterine, more monographically treated than the other groups were in previous ‘‘ Studies.”
Huopsar, p. 47; Andriopsar, p. 49; Ateleopsar, p. 53; Oassiculoides, p. 54; Poliopsar, p. 55;
Melanopsar, p. 56; Icterioides, p. 60; Melanophantes, Aporophantes, p. 63, genn. nn. Icterus
graysonti, p. 48; Icterus sclateri, p. 49; Icterus salvinii, p. 41; I. grace-anne, p. 52; Cassicug
melanurus, p. 66, spp. nn. Cf. Ibis, 1868, p. 115.

Mr. Cassin’s ‘‘Studies” were protracted and faithful, representing our leading monograph
of this family, notwithstanding that the author pushed his generic subdivision so far, and
described in some cases very slight geographical modifications as distinct species. It was
one of his last works, as this hand paused Jan. 10, 1869.

1867. Jussr, W. Redwinged Starling [Ageleus pheeniceus] near Liphook. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 913.

1868. BRewsTER, W. A variety of the Blackbird [Ageleeus pheniceus]. < Am. Nat.,
li, 1868, pp. 217, 218.

Marked with orange on the breast.

1868. “F. W.” The Crow Blackbird [Quiscalus versicolor] a Robber. < Am. Nat.,
ii, Aug., 1868, p. 326.

Note on breeding, and on stealing the material from other birds’ nests.

1868. Jackson, T.H. The Cow-bunting [Molothrus ater]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p, 490.

Its eggs found in nests of Sayornis fuscus, Empidonax acadicus, Icteria viridis, and Pyranga
rubra. \

612 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1868. McLauGuuin, W. J. The Yellow-headed Blackbird (Xanthocephalus icteroce-
phalus Baird). < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, pp. 493, 494.

Biographical note from Centralia, Kansas, with editorial note on geographical distribution.

1869. Kepney, H.S8. The Cow Bunting [Molothrus ater]. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869, p. 550.

Plural eggs of Molothrus ater in nests of Zonotrichia leucophrys and Contopus virens.

1869. [‘‘F. W.”] The Crow Blackbird [Quiscalus versicolor] a Robber. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1603, 1604.

From ‘American Naturalist,’ Aug., 1868, p. 326.

1869. RipGway. R. Notices of certain obscurely known species of American Birds.
e < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxi, 1869, pp. 125-135, woodcee.

Ill. The Smaller Quiscali of the United States, pp. 133-135, fige. 1-3; 3 spp.—Q. cneus,
sp. n., p. 134, f. 2.

The article also treats of species of I. Hylocichla and I. Pyranga. (See under Turdide and
Tanagride.)

1869. STERNBERG, C. Zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte des Viehstaares, Molobrus seri-
ceus (Licht.). <J.f. 0., xvii, 1869, pp. 125-136.

Mit Bemerkungen vom Herausgeber.

1869. [STERNBERG, C.] Fortpflanzung des Viehstaares (Molobrus sericius [lege seri-
ceus]). <( dus der Natur, xlix, oder n. F., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 595-597.

Nach C. Sternberg’s Artikel in J. f. O., 1869, pp. 125-136, mitgetheilt.

1869. Tripper, T. M. The Cow Blackbird [Molothrus ater]. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869, pp.
291-294. k

An extended notice of the habits of this species, with special reference to the birds in the
nests of which its eggs have been found.

1870. Cours, E. The Cow Bird [Molothrus ater]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 58.

Inquires whether the eggs of Molothrus ater vary in any way connected with the character
of the eggs of different birds selected as foster parents, with reference to A. Newton’s ob-
servations to this effect-in case of Cuculus canorus.

1870. Cours, E. The Natural History of Quiscalus major. < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870,
pp. 367-378.

A full acconnt of the habits of the bird as observed by the writer at Fort Macon, North
Carolina.

1870. Howe, R. Blackbirds [Icteride]in Winter. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 52.

Molothrus ater and Scolecophagus ferrugineus in Tioga Co., N. Y.

1870. SAuSSURE, H. DE. Los Tordos [Icteride]. < La Naturaleza, i, 1870, pp. 352-
358, ‘

Sobre las costumbres. ‘‘Con esta nombre [tordo] designaron los Espaiioles un grupo inte-
resante de aves americanas, por tener algunas de sus especies semejanza en cuanto al color,
con los terdos de Europa [Sturnidz?], de los que sin embargo son de géneros enteramente
distintos.”

1871. Brewer, T.M. [Remarks on exhibition of a nest of Icterus baltimore.] < Proce.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1871, pp. 411, 412.

1871. Coures, E. The Yellow-bheaded Blackbird [Xanthocephalus icterocephalus].
< Am. Nat.. v, 1871, pp. 195-200, with a fig.

Extended biography of this species, with allusions to various other birds observed in Kansas.

1871. Cours, E. Bullock’s Oriole [Icterus bullocki]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, pp. 678-682,

fig. 120.
Extended biography.
1871. Cours, E. Singular albino [of Dolichonyx oryzivorus]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871,
p. 733. ;

1871. Gittman, H. Albino Swamp Blackbird [Ageleus pheniceus]. < Am. Nat., v,
1871, p. 251.

1871. Newman, E. On the Occurrence of the American Meadow Lark (Alauda [Stur-
nella] magna of Wilson) in Great Britain. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp.
2557-2560.

No. 4.) » COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ICTERID&. 613

1872.
1872.
1872.

1872,

1872.

1872.
1873.
1873.

1873.

1873.

1874.
1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1875:

1875.

Barcena, M. Apuntes para la ornitologia Mexicana.—Costumbres del Quiscalus
macrourus. < La Natwraleza, ii, 1872, pp. 203-207.

Brewer, T.M. [Note on the North American Forms of Quiscalus.] < Proce.
Goston Soc. Nat. Hist., xiv, 1872, p. 205.

HALDEMAN, 8.8. Note of Icterus baltimore [written in musical notation].
< Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 234.

Horrz, L. Ueber Molobrus-Kier, zu Cantagallo in Brasilien von Herrn C.
Kuler gesammelt. <J.f. O., 1872, pp. 193-201, pl. 1, fig. i.

In continuation of the subject from op. cit., 1870, pp. 15-19. The species are not given.
Kegs are figured, pl. 1, f. a-e.

. Kepnry, H.§. Occurrence of the Orchard Oriole [Icterus spurius] in South

Carolina. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 49-51.

With observations on its habits.

. LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Icterus

and Synallaxis. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1872, pp. 184-186.
Icterus formosus, p. 184 (Tehuantepec).
Lockwoop, 8. The Baltimore Oriole [Icterus baltimore] and Carpenter-Bee.
< Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 721-724.
Popular account of the manner in which the bird feeds upon Xylocopa carolina.
S€LaTer, P.L. [Exhibition of a nest of the Tijereta (Milvulus Tyrannus) con-
taining eges of Molothrus bonariensis.] < P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 862.
CaABANIS, J. [Ueber Ostinops angustifrons Spix, O. atrovirens d’Orb., und O.
atrocastaneus, n.sp.] <J.f..0., 1873, pp. 308, 309.
Fouiks, O. D. The Red-winged Blackbird [Ageleus pheeniceus]. < Am.
Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 92.
NEWMAN, E. Molothrus sericeus in Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p.
3411.
Presumed to have escaped from confinement.
OrtToN, J. Meadow Lark [Sturnella magna] with Four Legs. < Am. Nat.,
vii, 1873, p. 175.
“D.8.” <A Semi-domesticated Blackbird. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 28.
““E.S.B.” The Western lark—Strunella Neglecta [i.e., Sturnella magna, var.
neglecta]. < Forest and Stream, ii, Apr. 9, 1874, p. 134.
Hupson, W.H. Notes on the Procreant Instincts of the three Species of Molo-
thrus found in Buenos Ayres. <P. Z.S., xlii, 1874, pp. 153-174,
An extended and interesting article, giving much information, with suggestive deductions.
JENKS, J.W.P. Instinct or Reason. < Am. Sportsman, v, Dec. 5, 1874, p. 145.
Sagacity of Orioles (Icterus baltimore) in giving extra support to their nest after experience

had proved that its fastenings were weak; also, departure from type of architecture to meet
an emergency in the case of the Boat-tailed Grakle (Quiscalus major).

MaynarD, C. J. Orchard Oriole (Icterus spurius). < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874,
p. 155.
Occurring at Ipswich, Mass., and breeding at West Meriden, Conn.
Mesenan,T. [Frugivorous] Habits of the Orchard Oriole [Icterus spurius].
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxvi, 1874, p. 84.
ScLaTER, P.L. On Centropsar, an apparently new Form of the Family Icter-
ide. <P.Z.S., xlii, Mar. 3, 1874, pp. 175, 176, pl. xxvi, woodce.
Centropsar mirus (sane mirabile dictu!), g.sp.n.; cf. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 380.

Barry, J. H. Natural [history] researches in the Sierras. < Rod and Gun, vi,
June 5, 1875, p. 146.

Song and characteristics of Stwrnella magna var. neglecta.
Cours, E. Albino Black-bird [Xanthocephalus icterocephalus]. < Rod and
Gun, vi, Apr. 10, 1875, p. 24.

614 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1875. ‘‘C.S.W.” [INGERSOLL, E.] [Information as to the different birds in whose
nests Molothrus ater has been observed -to lay.] < Forest and Stream, v, Dec.
16, 1875, p. 292.

1875. Davis, F. J. The Rusty Blackbird. (S[colecophagus]. ferrugineus.) < Oélo-
gist, i, pt. 5, 1875, pp. 37, 38, with figure.
1875. Dugpots, A. Descriptions de quelques Oiseaux Nouveaux. < Bull. Acad. Roy..
Belgique, 2° sév., xl, No. 12, Dec., 1875, pp. 13-17.
Only seen separate.— Of Icteride there are here described: Icterus virescens, p. 15, Mexico;
Teterus xanthornus var. dubusii, p.16, Panama; and I. x. var. marginalis, p.17, Panama. The
article also describes Cyanocitta yucatanica, sp.n., p. 13. :
1875. F[REEMAN], C. M. The Baltimore Oriole [Icterus baltimore]. < Oologist, i,
1875, p. 46.
1875. ScLaATER, P. L. [Remarks on exhibition of the typical specimen of Centropsar
mirus.] < P. Z.S., June 1, 1875, p. 330.
Genus fictitum; avis artefacta, capite Icteri (auduboni?), cauda Agelwi phenicei, pedibus
Eremophile alpestris,instructa. Cf. J. f. O., xxii, 1874, p. 458.
1875. Anon. A Word for the Birds [Icteride]. < Rod and Gun, vi, Sept. 11, 1875, p.
364,
Reprint from Boston ‘‘ Advertiser’? concerning utility of Blackbirds in destroying army
worms.
1876. FowLer, H.G. Asylumsofthe Cow-bird [Molothrus ater]. < Forest an@Stream,
vii, Aug. 10, 1876, p. 4.
List of birds in whose nests eggs of this species have been found; to which is added editorial
[INGERSOLL, E.] note.
1876. ‘‘“Franxk.” Black Birds [Icteride of New York State]. < Rod and Gun, viii,
July 15, 1876, p. 244.

1876. INGERSOLL, E. A Summer Bird [Icterus baltimore]. < Harper’s New Monthly
Mag., Viti, p. 574-578; illustration of nest. '

1876. RAGSDALE,G.H. Nesting of the Hooded Oriole [Icterus cucullatus] in Cooke +
County, Texas. < Odlogist, ii, No. 8, 1876, p. 57.
1876. Anon. A Golden Robin [Icterus baltimore]. < Rod and Gun, viii, Aug. 19,
1876, p. 325.
Successful amputation of wild oriole’s leg. From ‘‘ Boston Post”. 4
1877. BREWER, T. M. [Remark on the eggs of Molothrus bonariensis.] < Proce.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xix, 1877, p. 76.

1877. W[ILLcox], J. Crow Blackbirds [Quiscalus versicolor] eat fish. < Forest and
Stream, viii, Apr. 5, 1877, p. 129. ‘

1877. MERRILL, J.C. Notes on [the habits of] Molothrus eneus, Wagl. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1877, pp. 85-87.

1877. RAGSDALE, G. H. The Nesting of the Hooded Oriole [Icterus cucullatus] in
Cooke Co., Texas. < Forest and Stream,vii, Feb. 1, 1877, p. 404.
From Qoélogist, ii, 1876, p. 57. .
1877. Wittcox, J. On the [fish-eating] Habits of Quiscalus purpureus. < Proc. Phila.
Acad. Nat. Sci., 1877, p. 38.
1878. Baitny,T.S. That Nondescript Egg. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 4. June, 1878, p. 25.

Decided to be that of Quiscalus purpureus. The article also gives an account of a hybrid
between Gallus bankivi var. and Numida meleagris. .

1878. Bairry,T.S. A Stray Egg. < The Oélogist, iv, No. 3, May, 1878, p. 19.
. Of Molothrus ater, in nest of Spizella pusilla.
1878. BarBer, E.A. Ornithological Notes. < Am. Nat., xii, No. 7, July, 1878, pp.
477, 478. ;
On peculiarities in oviposition of Molothrus ater and Sturnella magna.
1878. [WiLLarD, 8. L.] Flocking of Quiscalus purpureus. < The Odlogist, iv, No.2,
Apr., 1878, p. 15.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ICTERIDZ. 615

1878. [Wittarp,S.L.] The Cow-bird [Molothrus ater] a Polygamist. < The Odlo-
gist, iv, No. 1, Mar., 1878, p. 7.
1878. [Wittarp,8.L.] A Nondescript Ege. The Odlogist, May, 1878, pp. 17-19.
Supposed to be the produce of Turdus migratorius x Quiscalus purpureus !
1879. BrewsrR, T.M. The Cow-Blackbird of Texas and Arizona (Molothrus obscurus).
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 123.
Dr. J.C. Merrill’s correction of ‘‘a grave error” of the writer’s respecting the eggs of this
bird.
1879. [CHapman, W. L.] Albinos [Scolecophagus cyanocephalus?]. < orest and
Stream, xiii, Dec. 18, 1879, p. 907.
1879. DuGaks, E. [Flocking of Molothrus ater (var. obscurus?).] < The Odlogist, iv,
No. 10, May, 1879, p. 84.
Quoted from a letter to the Smithsonian Institution, published by S. F. Baird in Harper's
Weekly: refers to a certain flight supposed to have been 12,000 yards in length, six yards
wide, and probably over a yard deep, estimated to contain 9 or 10,000,000 individuals.
1879. Epirori1aL. [Eges of Molothrus ater in Nests of Turdus migratorius and Quis-
calus versicolor.] < The Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, pp. 78, 79.
Two untitled paragraphs, from Rev. J. Walton and C. W. Strumberg, with editorial com-
ment.
1879. Gray, A.F. Albino Bobolink [Dolichonyx oryzivorus]. < Science News,i, No.
19, Aug. 1, 1878, p. 304.
1879. INGERSOLL, E. Breeding Habits of the Hooded Oriole [Icterus cucullatus].
< The Odlogist, iv, No.7, Feb., 1879, pp. 49, 50.
From advance sheets of his ‘‘ Nests and Eggs of American Birds.”
1879. INGERSOLL, E. Breeding Habits of obscure American Birds. The Hooded Ori-
ole [Icterus cucullatus]. < The Field (London), liv, No. 1,394, Sept. 13, 1879,

p. 374.
1879. RaTHBun, F.R. Golden Bird of Silver Song [i. e., Icterus baltimore]. < Auburn
. (NW. Y.) Daily Advertiser, May 21, 1879.

Popular account of habits.
1879. SENNETT,G.B. The Great-tailed Grackle (Quiscalus macrurus). < The Odlo-
gist, iv, No.7, Feb., 1879, pp. 53, 54.
Quoted from his paper in Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., iv, No. 1, 1878, pp. 1-66;
relating to the habits of the bird as observed in Texas.
1879. [WILLARD,S.L.] Two Nests of Icterus baltimore. < The Odlogist, iv, No.6,
Jan., 1879, p. 42.

1879. [WiLLARD, S. L.] [Eggs of Molothrus ater in nest of Turdus migratorius. ]
< The Oblogist, iv, No. 9, Apr., 1879, p. 65.

616

1777.

1792.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [You V.

Tanagrid2.

ANoN. Description d’un nouveau Gros-bee de la Guiane. < Obs. sur la Phys.
(Rozier), x, 1777, pp. 244, 245.
Pas vue moi-méme.—N’est-ce pas la Loxia erythromelas Gm., c’est-a-dire, Pitylus erythro-
melas ?
Bosc, L. Tanagra humeralis. < Journ. d Hist. Nat., ti, 1792, pp. 179, 180.
Not seen.—I do not know that this comes under Tanagride as now understood.

1805-18—. Desmarest, A. G. Histoire Naturelle | des | Tanagras, | des Manakins

1826.

1827.

1831.

1833.

1833.

1834.

et des Todiers, | par Anselme-Gaétan Desmarest; | Avec figures imprimées
en couleur, Vapres les dessins de Mademoiselle | Pauline de Courcelles, éléve
de Barraband. | — | Paris, | Garnery, Rue de Seine; | Delachaussée, Rue de
Temple, N.° 37. | XIII.=1805. gr. folio, not paged, 72 pll. not numbered.

Published in 12 livraisons, 1805 being the date of the first. The plates, by Mlle. de Cour-
celles (whom Temminck afterward knew very well as Mme. Knip), are very fine ; Desmarest’s
letterpress is not specially noteworthy. The work, however, is ‘classic’. By some fantasy,
or marvellous oversight, in punishment for which the work ought to be banished from good
society, not only is the text unpaged, but also are the plates unnumbered. The only clue by
which they can be cited is the indirect avis servant de table at the end. According to this,
the following is the order of the plates: 1. Tanagra tatao. 2. Motacilia velia. 3, 4. Tanagra
tricolor. 5. T. mexicana. 6, 7. T. gyrola. 8, 9. T. punctata. 10. T. cayana. 11. T. peruvi-
ana. 12, 13, 14. T. gularis. 15, 16. T. episcopa. 17,18. T. archepiscopus, nob. 19,20. Pipra
musica. 21, 22, 23. Tanagra violacea. 24, 25. T. chlorotica. 26. T. cayenensis. 27. Buphonia
olivacea, nob. 28,29. Tanagrabrasilia. 30,31. Tanagrajacapa. 32,33. T. mississipensis (sic).
34. T. rubra. 35, 36,37. T. olivacea Gm.!!! 38, 39, 40. 7. silens Lath. 41. 7. pileata. 42. 7.
atra. 43. T. magna. 44. T. guinanensis. 45, 46. T. nigerrima. 47, 48, 49. T. cristata. 59,
51, 52,55. Pipra pareola. 54,55, 56,57. P. awreola. 58. P. guttwrosa,nob. 50. P. lewcocapilla.
60, 61. P. erythrocephala. 62-64. P. serena. 63-65. P. gutturalis. 66. P.albifrons. 67. Todus
viridis. 68. T. cinereus. 69. T. griseus,nob. 70. T. maculatus, nob. 71. T. sylvia,nob. 72. T.
platyrynchos (sic). All these, except those marked nob. and one of Latham, are ascribed to
Gmelin; but the identification, in some cases, is very wild.—The genera Huphonia and
Ramphocelus are new.

Swarnson, W. A Monograph of the genus Tachyphonus, a group of Birds be-
longing to the Tanagre L. < Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. Arts Roy. Inst., xx, 1826,
pp. 60-69. (Féruss. Bull., 2e sect., xi, 1827, pp. 111-113.)

Not seen in this form; there is an edition in Isis, 1833, pp. 934, 935.

Lesson, [R. P.] Monographie du genre Tachyphonus, . . .; par William Swain-

son. ... <Méruss. Bull., 2e sect., xi, 1827, pp. 111-113.

Précis de cet ouvrage.

. Lunp, P. W. De genere Enphones presertim de singulari canalis intestinalis

structuré in hocce avium genere, auctore Dr. P.W. Lund. 8vo. Haynize, 1529.
Not seen.—Cf. Froriep’s Notizen, 1830, No. 573; Férussac’s Bull., 2° sect., xxii, 1830, p. 121.
Anon. De genere Euphones, praesertim de singulari canalis intestinalis struc-
tura in hocce avium genere, auct. Dr. P. W. Lund. Haynie ap. Brummer.
29. 8. 32. tab. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831, pp. 733, 734.
Uebersicht und Auszug.
BONAPARTE, C. L. Ueber einen nenen Ramphocelus [passerinii] aus Cuba.
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvi, Jahre. 1833, p. 755.
Swainson, W. Monographie von Tachyphonus. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. 1333,
pp. 934, 935.
Auszugaus d. Quart. Journ. Sci. Roy. Inst., xx, 1826, pp. 60-69. Diagnostik von 9 Arten.
SUNDEVALL, C. J. Nagra arter af Fogelsligtet Euphone. < Kongl. Svensk.
Vetensk.-Acad. Handl. for 1833, 1834, pp. 308-312, pll. 10, 11.
E. ened, p. 309, pl. 11, f.4; H. xanthogaster, p. 310, pl. 10, f.1; E. chlorotica, y. 310, pl. 10
f. 2,3; #. aurora, p. 312, pl. 11, f. 5. : : :

‘

No. 4.)

18365.

1837.

1838.
1838.

1839.

1839.

1839.
1840.

1841.

1841.
“1841.

1841.

1842.

1843.

1845.

1843.

1844.

1844

\

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TANAGRIDZ. ROU

JAMESON, R. [Tanagra nigricephala, n. sp.] < L’Institut, iii, 1835, p. 316.

Not seen.—This is the Jamaican Spindalis (Jard., 1837) nigricephala ; see Jard. & Selby,
Iu. Orn., pl. 9; Des Murs, Ie. Orn., pl. 40; Gosse, Ill. B. Jam., pl. 56.

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Notice sur le groupe des Tangaras Rhamphocéles et sur
toutes les espéces qui le composent, et description @’une nouvelle espéce de
cette division. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 7° année, 1837, classe ii, noticé lxxxi,
pp. 1-4, pl. Ixxxi.

Six espéces de cette division. Pl. 81, Rhamphocelus dimidiatus, sp. n.

Bonaparte, C. L. Nouvelle espece Voiseau du genre Rhamphocéle [Rhampho-
celus icteronotus]. < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, p.8

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Nouvelle espece d’oiseau du genre Rhamphocéle [Rham-
phocelus luciani]. < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, p 54.

DuBUs DE GHISIGNIES, VY. B. Description Vun Tanagra nouveau [T. lunulata].
< Bull. Acad. Bruxelles, vi, 1839, p. 439, pl. (L’Inst., vii, No. 310, 1839, p. 428.)

Not seen. .

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. G. Tangara. Tanagra. Linné. (Groupe des Rhampho-
céles, Rhamphocelus.) T. (Rh.) de Lucien. T. (Rh.) Luciani. Lafresn.
< Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1839, Ois., pp. 1,2, pl.2

TRUDEAU, J. Description of the White-winged Tanager, (Pyranga leucoptera. )
< Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, 1839, p. 160.

PASSERINI, [C.] [Note sur la propagation de la Paroaria cucullata en Europe. |
< Revue Zoologique, iii, 1840, p. 28.

BOIssONNEAU, —. G. Tangara. Tanagra. Linné. (Groupe des Tangaras Eu-
phones.) T. de Vassor. TT. vassorii. Boissonneau. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2°
sér., année 1841, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 23.

Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 4.

HartLaus, [G.] Description dune nouvelle espéce du genre Tangara [T. iri-
dina]. < Revue de Zoologique, iv, 1841, p. 305.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. [Tangara iridina Hartl.—Tanagra velia Vieill.] < Re-
vue Zoologique, iv, 1841, pp. 365-367.

PASSERINI, C. Notizie | sulla moltiplicazione in‘ Firenze negli anni 1837. 1838.
1839 | dell’ Uccello Americano | Paroaria cucullata | chiamato volgarmeute
Cardinale | Lette in Pisa | alla sezione di Zoologia della prima riunione degli
Scienziati Italiani | il 7 Ottobre 1839 | da Carlo ese aa | [ee., 10 linie]
| — | Firenze | tipografia Pezzati| 1841 folio. pp.8,1pl.

La tavola colorata, dei cinque figure, mostra gl’ uccelli (il maschio e la femmina), il miceal
ilnido, el’ uova. Cf. Rev. Zool., v, 1842, pp. 280, 281.
LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur quelquesOiseaux. < Revue Zoologique, v, 1842, pp. 69, 70.
Certhiparus, g. n., p. 69; Pyranga divittata, sp. n., p. 70.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G. Tangara. Tanagra. L. T. (Aglaia) de Parzudaki.
T. (Aglaia) Parzudaki. Lafr. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Ois.,
pp.. 1,2, pl. 41.

Kev. Zool., 1843, p. 97.

[LAFRESNAYE, F. DE.] G. Tangara. Tanagra. L. T. (Euphone) de prétre.
T. (Euphonia) Pretrei. De Latr. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843,
Ois., pp. 1, 2, pl. 42.

[LAFRESNAYE, F. DE.] G. Tangara. Tanagra. L. T. (Aglaia) vert noiret. T.
(Aglaia) nigroviridis. De Lafr. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° séx., année 1843, Ois.,
pp. 1,2; pl. 43.

Rh. Z., 1843, pp. 97 and 69.

BUCKLER, C. Note on theoccurrence of the Red-breasted Tanager [Rampho-

_ pis purpureus], near Cheltenham. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 444,

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. G. Lamprotes. Swainson. LL. albo-cristatus. De Lafres-
naye. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2 sér., année 1844, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 50.
Bull. v, 4 7

618 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolY.

1849.

1850.

1851.

1851.

1851

. Caso, S., Jr. [Pyranga roseo-gularis, sp.n.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
ii, 1846, p. 187.

- CABOT, S., JR. Description of Pyranga roseo-gularis, (Rose-throated Tanager. )
< Journ. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, pt. iii, 1846, p. 416.

. LAFRESNAYE, F. bE. Sur une nouvelle espéce d’Euphone (Euphonia [cinerea]).
<_ Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846, pp. 277, 278. .

» LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur le Ramphocelus Iecteronotus du prince Bonaparte.
< Revue Zoologique, ix, 1446, pp. 365-370. ;

Avec synopsis de 10 esp. du genre. :
. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. Sur Je Lanion huppé, Lanio cristatus de Vieillot, et sur

une nouvelle espéce du genre,Lanion. < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846, pp. 202-206.
Synopsis de six espéces—Lanio aurantius, p. 204, sp. n.

. CABOT, S., JR. Pyranga roseo-gularis, a new species from Yucatan. < Am.

Journ. Sci., iii, 1847, pp. 436, 437.
From Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec., 1846, p. 187.

. Cabot, 8., JR. Pyranga roseo-gularis, a new species from Yucatan. < Ann,

Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 1847, p. 143.
From Am..Jouwrn. Sei., 1847, p. 437.

. Hartiavs,[G.] [Rectification de la synonymie de Tanagra zenoides Lafr. ]

< Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 417, 418.

. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur les Tanagras gyrola Gmel. (Rouverdin Vieillot) et
Zena Gmel. (Bahamensis Brisson) et quelques espéces voisines faciles a con-
fondre avec elles. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 275-281.

. Cassin, J. Description of a new Tanagra [nigro-aurita], in the Collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., iv, 1848, pp. 85, 86.

[JARDINE, W. ] Tanagra cana, Swainson. <Jard. Contrib. Ornith., 1849, p. ile),
pl. xvi.

Setater, P. L. [Description of Calliste chrysonota, sp.n.] < Jard. Contrib.
Ornith., 1850, p. 50, pl. li.

BONAPARTE, C.L. Note sur les Tangaras, leurs affinités, et descriptions d’es-
peces nouvelles. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci. , Xxx, 1851, pp. 76-83.
Calliste bourcieri, CO. phoenicotis, O. icterocephala, OC. guttulata, p. 76: Tanagrella rujigula, p.
77; Callospiza boliviana, p. 80, spp. nn. ‘
The paper is substantially the same (though with some modification) as one in R. UM. Z. of

same date (see next title). It is full of mishaps, many of which were exposed by Sclater,
Jard. Contr. Orn., 1851, pp. 93-96.

BONAPARTE, C. L. Note sur les Tangaras, leurs affinités et descriptions d’es-
peces nouvelles. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, Mar., 1851, pp. 129-145 ; Apr.,
1851, pp. 168-180.

Calliparvea (g. 1.) boureieri, C. phoenicotis, Chrysothraupis icterocephala, p. 129; Ixothraupis
(g-n.) guttulata, Tanagrella rufigula, p. 130, spp.nn.; Chalcothrawpis, g. n., p. 13. L'auteur
donne encore plusieures rectitications relatives aux espéces de la famille et 5 leur synonyniie.
Procnias, 2esp. Piproeida, 2 esp. Iodoplewra, 5 esp. DBuphone, 13 esp.; EB. brevirostris, H.
pumila, ». 136, spp. un. Pyrrhuphonia (g.n., ). 137), 2 esp. Chlorophonia (2. u., p. 137), 3 esp.
Cyanophonia (g.n., p. 138), 2 esp. Calliste, 8 esp.. Latao (@.n., p. 141), 7 esp. Chrysothraupis,
llesp. Ixothraupis, 3 esp. Chaleothraupis, 7 esp. Callospiza, 4 esp.: C. boliviana, sp.n., p.
169; Tanagra, 8 esp. Dubusia gigas, sp. n., p. 171; Lachyphonus, 10 esp.; ZT. beauperthuyi, —
p. 175, sp. n. Pheenicothraupis, 2 esp. Lanio, Lamprotes, Sericossypha, Fyranga, Rampho-
celus; Dulus ; D. poliocephalus, p. 178, sp. n. Enfin, description dune Alouette a’ Afrique!
Alauda cinnamomea, p. 179, sp. .—Voir Jard. Contr. Orn., 1851, pp. 93-96. F

. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur Voiseau hominé par Brisson Tangara de Saint-Do-
mingue, Tanagra Dominicensis, Tanagra Dominica, par Linné, figuré par Buf-
fon, pl, enl. 156, f. 2, et dont Vieillot a fait son genre Esclave (Dulus), sous le
nom de Dulus palmaruin. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 583-590.

There is a curious ‘‘snag” here. Gf, Strickl., Jard. Contr. Orn., 1851, pp. 103,104. See
Gray’s Handlist, Nos. 5827 and 7025.

No 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TANAGRID&. 619

1851. ScLaTER, P. L. On Some New Species of Calliste. <Jard. Contrib. Ornith.,
1851, pp. 21-25, pl. lxix.
O. virescens, p. 22, pl. lxix,f.1; O. xanthogastra, p.23; O. chrysophrys, p. 24, pl. Ixix, f.2;
with chars. of C. punctata, Linn. 4
1851. ScLaTER, P.L. I. Remarks on Prince Canino’s Note, ‘‘Sur les Tangaras,” in
the Revue et Magazine de Zoologie, March and April, 1851. < Jard. Con-
trib. Ornith., 1851, pp. 93-96.
Rectifications of synonymy, &c.

1851. ScLaTEeR, P-L. II. On the Genus Tanagrella. <Jard. Contrib. Ornith., 1851,
pp, 97, 98, pl. Lexiv.
3spp. The pl. represents T. calophrys.

1851. ScLATER, P.L. III. On the genus Chlorochrysa, Bp. < Jard. Contrib. Ornith.,
1851, pp. 99-101, pl. bexiii.
2spp. PI. lxxiii, up. fig., O. calliparcea ; low. fig., O. pheenicotis.

1851. SciaTER, P.L. Synopsis of the Tanagrine genus Calliste, with Descriptions of
New Species. < Jard. Contrib. Ornith., 1851, pp. 49-73, pl. Ixx.

48 spp., divided in 8 groups.: C. lewcotis, p. 58, O. castaneoventris, OC. ruficapilla, p.61; O.
castanonota, p. 63, O. lunigera, p. 65, pl. Lxx, f. 2, O. lamprotis, p. 65, spp.nn. The other fig. of
pl. Ixx is C. icterocephala Bp.

1851. ScLtaTEeR, P. L. Synopsis of the genus Euphonia, with descriptions of New
species. < Jard. Contrib. Ornith., 1851, pp. 81-92, pl. Ixxv.

23 spp. + 3 doubtful. #.melanura, p.86; E.pyrrhophrys, p. 89, pl. xxv, f. 2, spp.nn. The
other fig. of same pl. is #. nigricollis.

1851. STRICKLAND, H. E. On two New Species of Euphonia, Desm., allied to E. chlo-
rotica. < Jard. Contrib. Ornith., 1851, pp. 71-73.
EE. trinitatis, EL. strietifrons, p. 72, with synopsis of 5 spp. of the genus.
1851. STRICKLAND, H.E. On the Type of the genus Dulus, Vieill. < Jard. Contrib. °
Ornith., 1851, pp. 103, 104.
Tanagra domimica L., nec Turdus palmarum L. Cf. Laér., Rev. Mag. Zool., iii, 1851, pp.
583-590.
1852. STRICKLAND, H.E. Description of Iidosornis dubusia (Bon.). < Jard. Contrib.
Ornith., 1852, pp. 127, 128, pl. xciv.
With important bibliographical criticism. The pl. is marked ‘‘ Pecilornis rufivertex.”’
1853. LAFRESNAYE, F.DE. [Arremon mystacalis Scl.= A. albifrenatus Boiss. et Lafr. ]
< fev. et Mag. de Zool.,.v, 1853, pp. 62, 63.

1853. LAFRESNAYE, F.pDE. Sur le genre Ramphocelus, Desm. et trois nouvelles espé-
; ces qui lui appartiennent. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 241-246.
Le genre doit étre naturellement subdivisé en deux sections, d’aprés la forme du bec.:
I. Ramph. macrognathi (11 spp.). I. R. mierognathi (5spp.). R. magnirostris, R. venezue-
lensis, p. 243; I. aterimus, p. 244.
1854. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges Ornithologiques. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi,
1854, pp. 205-209.
The article relates chiefly to the ‘‘subgenus” Chrysothraupis, i.e., Oalliste, pp. 205-208. O.
selattert, (sic) p. 207, sp. n. :
1854. SctaTER, P. L. Characters of some New or imperfectly-described Species of
Tanagers. <P. Z. S., xxii, 1854, pp. 95-98, pll. (Aves), Ixiv, Ixv.
Arremon axillaris, Ramphocelus dorsalis Bp. Mss., Buthraupis chloronota, pl. xiv, p. 97;
Euphonia concinna, pl. xv, f.2; BH. hirundinacea, pl. \xv, f. 1, p. 98.
1854. ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Two New Tanagers in the British Museum.
<IP. Z. S8., XXii, 1854, pp. 157, 158, pll. (Aves) Ixviii, Ixix.
Chlorospingus melanotis, p. 157, pl. xviii; Tachyphonus xanthopygius, p. 158, pl. lxix.
1854. ScLaATER, P. L. Description of a new Tanager of the Genus Calliste [C.
venusta]. < P.Z. S., xxii, 1854, p. 248.

1854. ScraTmr, P. L. © Description of a second species of the Genus Procnias [P.
occidentalis]. <P. Z. S., xxii, 1854, p. 249.

620

1854.

1854.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1856.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

ScLaTEeR, P.L. On anew species of Tanager [Phcenicothraupis gutturalis] in
the British Museum. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xiii, pp. 24, 25.
Phenicothraupis gutturalis, p. 25; with synopsis of 3 spp. of the genus.
SciaTerR, P.L. Tanagrarum | Catalogus Speciticus, | auctore | Philippo Lutley
Sclater, A. M. | Soc. Zool. Lond. Socio. | Basingstoke, | 1854. 1 vol. Svo. pp. 16.
Exhibens nomina generum 41, specierum circ. 240, adjectis cuique auctore et patria, necnon
annotationibus 15 ad calcem opusculi.

ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of four new or little-known Tanagers. <P. Z. S.,
XXiii, 1855, pp. 83-85, pl. (Aves) Ixxxix—xcii.
Arremon eryturorhyncivus, p. 85, pl. lxxxix; Tachyphonus xaarthopygius, p. 88, pl. xe; Tana-
gra notabitis, ‘‘ Jardine,” p. 84, pl. xci; Saltator arremonops, ‘‘ Jardine,” p. 84, pl. xcii.
SciaTeR, P. L. Description of a newly discovered Tanager of the Genus
Buarremon [leucopterus]. < P. Z. S., xxiii, 1855, p. 214, pl. (Aves) erx.
SciaTER, P.L. Characters of two New Species of Tanagers. [Dubusia auri-
crissa, Iridornis porphyrocephala. pl.cx.] <P. Z.8., xxiii, 1855, pp. 227, 228,
pl. (Aves) ex.
ScLaTEeR, P. L. Characters of some New or imperfectly-described Species of
Tanagers. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvi, 1855, pp. 140-143.
From P. Z. S., Mar. 28, 1854, pp. 95-98, g. v.
ScLiaTER, P.L. Description of a new Tanager of the Genus Calliste [venusta].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvi, 1855, p. 150.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 14, 1854, p. 248.
ScLaTER, P. L. Descriptions of Two New Tanagers in the British Museum.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvi, 1855, pp. 377, 378.
From P. Z. 8., July 25, 1854, pp. 157, 158, q. v.

. SctaTeER, P.L. Description of a second species of the genus Procnias [occiden-

talis]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,2d ser., xvi, 1855, pl. 380.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 14, 1854, p. 249.

. SCLATER, P.L. Note on the Zoological Appendix to the ‘Report of the U.S.

Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere,’ and on the Geo-
graphic Range and Distribution of the Tanagrine Genera Calliste and Eupho-
nia. < P. Z.8., xxiv, 1856, pp. 18, 19.

The *‘ Note” refers to a probable mistake in the work named respecting the alleged Chilian
habitat of Oalliste cyaneicollis, CO. gyroloides, and Buphonia rufiventris ; states that the 0.
“larvata” figured on pl. 18, f. 2, is not that species, but C. thalassina. The article concludes
with a tabular exhibit of the geographical distribution of 48 spp. of the genus Calliste.

SciaTER, P.L. Synopsis Avium Tanagrinarum.—A descriptive Catalogue of the
known Species of Tanagers. < P. Z. 8., xxiv, 1856, pp. 64-94, 108-132, 230-281.
40 genn., 272 spp. Mueh synonymy and critical commentary. Ohlorospingus flaviventris,
p. 91; Nemosia guirina, N. insignis, p. 110; N. auricollis, p.111; Ramphocelus unicolor, p. 128;
Calliste vieilloti, p. 257; C. cyanescens, p. 260; Euphonia fulvicrissa, p. 276; E. crassirostris,

p. 277, spp. nn.

. ScLaTER, P. L. Synopsis Avium Tanagrinarum. | A Descriptive Catalogue | of

the known | Species of Tanagers. | By | Philip Lutley Sclater, M. A., F.Z.S.,
&c. | —| [From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, | April 8, 1856.]
| — | London: | printed by Taylor and 08 ancis. | Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
| 1856. lvol. 8vo. pp. 127.

Treating 272 spp. under 40 genera, with synonymy, diagnosis, habitat, and criticism.

. SCLATER, P.L. On a New Tanager of the Genus Calliste [ruta <A hneh

S., XXiv, 1856, p. 311.

. SCLATER, P.L. Description of-.a newly discovered Tanager of the genus Buar-

remon [leucopterus]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,2d ser., xviii, 1856, pp. 350,351.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 27, 1855, p. 214.

. ScLATER, P.L. Characters of Two New Species of Tanagers. < Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., 2d ser., xviii, 1856, pp. 418, 419.
From P. Z. S., Dec. 11, 1855, pp. 227, 228, g. v.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TANAGRID&. 621

1856. ScLarerR, P. L. Descriptions of four new or little-known Tanagers. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvii, 1856, pp. 515-517.
From P. Z. S., May 22, 1855, pp. 83-85.
1857. ScLaterR,P.L. Descriptions of some New Species of Tanagers.. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, p. 272.
From P. Z. S., May 13, 1856.
1857. Sctarer, P. L. Description of a New Tanager of the genus Euphonia [E.
gouldi]. <P. Z,S., xxv, 1857, p. 66, pl. (Aves) exxiv.

1857. Sctarer, P. L. Description of a new Tanager [Euphonia gouldi]. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, pp. 319, 320.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 28, 1857, p. 66.
1857. ScuaTEeR,P.L. A | Monograph | of | the Birds forming | the Tanagrine Genus
Calliste; | illustrated by | coloured plates of all the known species. | By Philip
Lutley Sclater, M. A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford; | Fellow of the
Zoological and Linnean Societies of London; Correspondent | of the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; Hon. Member of | the German
Ornithological Society ; Member of the British and | American Associations for
the advancement of Science, ete. | [Publisher’s monogram. ] | London: | John
Van Voorst, Paternoster: Row. | MDCCCLVII. | 1 vol. 8vo. Map as frontis-
piece, pp. xviii, 104, pll. col’d xlv.
Letter-press general, relating to each one of 52 spp., introduced by an essay on the genus,
which includes schema generum tanagrinorum, et callistarum schema geographicum. The
pls. arenot numbered ; 2ecording to the text they are :—PI. i, f.1, tatao, p.1; i, f. 2, eeelicolor, p. 3;
ii, yeni, p. 5; iii, tricolor, p. 7; iv, fastuosa, p. 9; v, festiva, p. 11; vi, eyaneiventris, p. 13; vii,
thoraciea, p. 15; viii, schranki, p. 17; ix, punctata, p. 19; x, guttata, p. 21; xi, zanthogastra,
p. 23; xii. graminea, p: 25; xiii, rufigularis, p. 27; xiv, f. 2, aurulenta, p. 29; xiv, f. 1, sela-
teri, p. 31: xv, pulehra, p. 33; xvi, arthusi, p. 35; xvii, ie ee p. 37; xviil, vitriolina,
p. 39; xix, cayana, p. 41; xx, cucullata, p. 45; xxi, flava, S, 9,p. 47; Xx, pretiosa, p. 49;
xxiii, melanonota, J, 2, p.51: xxiv, eyanoptera, p. 53; xxv, gyrola, p. 55; xxvi, gyroloides, p.
57; xxvii, desmaresti, p. 59; xxviii, brasiliensis, p.61; xxix, flaviventris, p. 63; xxx, doliviana,
p. 67; xxxi, atricerulea, p. 69; xxxii, rusicervia, p. 71; xxxiii, atricapilla, 3, 9, p. 73; xxxiv,
argentea, p. 75; XXXv, cyanescens, p. 79; xxxvi, larvata, p. 81; XXXVii, nigricincta, p. 85;
: XXXviil, cyaneicollis, p. 87; xxxix, labradorides, p. 89; xl, rujigenis, p. 91: xi, parzudakit, p.
93; xlii, lunigera, p. 95; xliii, chrysotis, p. 97; xliv, f. 1, zanthocephala, p. 99; xliv, f. 2, ve-
nusta, p- 101; xlv, inornata, p. 103.—cyanolema, p. 43; vieilloti, p. 65; nigriviridis, p. 77;
Francescae, p. 83, are not figured. For additions, see Ibis, 1863, pp. 450-452.
1858. Cassin, J. Description of a New Tanager [Calliste lavinia] from the Isthmus
of Darien, and note on Selenidera Spectabilis, Cassin. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sev.
Phila., x, 1858, pp. 177, 178.
1858. ScLaTER,P.L. Description of a New Tanager of the Genus Kuphonia [gouldi].
(P. Z.S., April 28, 1857.) <J.f. O., vi, 1858, ps73.
Uebersetzt, nebst Anmerk. d. Herausgebers.
1858. ScuatTeR, P.L. On some New or little-known Species of Tanagers from the Col-
lection of M. Verreaux of Paris. < P. Z S.,xxvi, 1858, pp. 293, 294.
5 spp.—Ohlorospingus castaneicollis, p. 293; Calliste eyanotis, p. 294, spp. nn.
185°. SctaTpr,P.L. On two New Species of Tanagers from the Collection of M. Ver-
reaux of Paris. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858, pp. 472, 473.
From P. Z. S., June 8, 1858, pp. 293, 294, qg. v.
1858. ScraTER,P.L. On Euchetes coccineus, a new genus of Birds. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858, p. 494.
From P. Z. S§., Jan. 26, 1858, pp. 73, 74; there forming part of an article of wider scope.
1859. Dupots, C.F. Description et figure d’une nouvelle espéce d’Euphonia hevane
dorsalis]. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xi, 1859, pp. 49, 50, pl. 2.

1860. JarpINE, W. [Euphonia cyanodorsalis Dubois=E, occipitalis, 9, P. Z. S, 1856-
270.) < Ibis, ii, 1860, p. 103. \

1863. Savin, O. On a New Species of Calliste [dowii] from Costa Rica <P. Z.S&.,
xxxi, 1863, pp. 168, 169.

622

1863.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.
1865.

1868.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.

1870.

1870.

itey/il.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V..

SciaterR, P.L. List of recent Additions to the Genus Calliste. < bis, y, 1263,
pp. 450-452, pl. xii.

5 spp. added to the 52 of his well-known monograph (1857); none new; O. dowii figured,
pl. xii. : F

LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-
gride, Cuculide, and Trochilidx, with a Note on Panterpe insignis. < dunn.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., viii, 1864, pp. 41-46.

The Tanagers here described are Saltator fulviventris, p. 41, Paraguay; Tachyphonus tibi-
olis, p. 41, Costa Rica; and 7. napensis, p. 42, Rio Napo.

Ltotaup,[A.] Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Tachyphonus [albi-
specularis]. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xvi, 1864, pp. 129, 130. :

SaLvin, O. On a New Species of Calliste [dowii] from Costa Rica. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiii, 1864, pp. 104, 105.

From P. Z. §., May 12, 1863, pp. t

Bittot, E. Education des Cardinaux gris a téte rouge [ Paroariacucullata].
< Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° séx., ii, 1865, pp. 463-465.

Cassin, J. On some Conirostral Birds from Costa Rica in the Collection of the
Smithsonian Institution. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 169-172.

The article treats of 22 sp. of Fringillide and Tanagride ; the new species described are
three of the latter family, namely: Arremon rujidorsalis, Buarremon crassirostris, p. 170;
Euphonia annee, p. 172.

LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-
gride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicaride, Tyrannid, and Trochilide. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 126-135.

Buarrremon ocai, p. 126.

Scumipt, Max. Fortpflanzung des grauen Kardinals [Paroaria cucullata].
< Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, pp. 12-16.

ScLaTER, P.L. Description of a new Species of Tanager of the genus Iridornis
[reinhardti]. < Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 495, 496, pl. xi.

SciaTer, P.L. On arecently discovered Tanager of the genus Calliste. <Lbis,
2d ser., iv, 1868, pp. 71, 72, pl. iii.

C. sclateri Cab. nec Less. ;= C. cabanisi Scl., sp. renom.

LINDEN, E. Zur Ehrenrettung des grauen Kardinals [Paroaria cucullata].
< Zool. Gart., x, 1869, pp. 376-378. ;
RipGway, Rk. Notices of certain obscurely known Species of American Birds.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxi, June, 1869, pp. 125-135, woodee.
Il. On the uniformly red species of Pyranga (6 spp.), pp. 129-133. P. cooperi, sp. n., p. 130,
fig. The article also treats of species of I., Hylocichla and I11., Quiscalus.

SCLATER, P. L., and Sauvyy, O. Descriptions of Six New Species of American
Birds of the Families Tanagride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, Tyrannide,
and Scolopacide. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 416-420, pl. xxviii.

The new Tanager is Calliste florida, p. 416, pl. xxviii.

ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of three new Species of Tanagers

from Veragua. <P. Z. S., XXxvii, 1869, pp. 439, 440, pll. xxxi, xxxii.
Buthraupis arceei, p. 439, pl. xxxi; Tachyphonus chrysomelas, p. 440, pl. xxxii; Chlorospingus
punetulatus, p. 440.

ALLEN, J.A. Summer Red Bird [Pyranga eestiva]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 56.
Its occurrence at Amherst, Mass., U.S. A.
CaBanis, J. Ueber eine neue brasilische Nemosie oder Wald-Tangare, Nemosia
Rourei nov. spec. <J.f. 0., xviii, 1870, pp. 459, 460 (pl.i,in Jahrg. 1871).
Scumipt, Max. Fortpflanzung des grauen Kardinals (Paroaria cucullata).
< Zool. Gart., xi, 1870, pp. 335-341.
ORTON, J. Correction [of a misstatement respecting Euphonia elegantissima,
Am. Nat., iv,714]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 378.
'

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TANAGRIDZ. 623

1873. Breum, A. [Singvermogen der Euphonia.] <d.f. 0., xxi, 1873, pp.7 dias
1873. Satvapori,T. Descrizione di una nuova specie del genere Euphonia [meso-
chrysa]. < Atti della Reale Accad. delle Sci. di Torino, viii, 1873, p. 198.

1873. ScuaTER, P.L. Note on the Pyranga roseogularis of Cabot. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii,
1873, pp. 125, 126, pl. 111.
The colored plate, drawn by R. Ridgway, represents this beautiful species.
1874. Duzors, A. Remarque sur la variabilité de certaines especes du genre Calliste.
< Bull. Acad. Roy. des Sci. de Belgique, 2° sév., xxxviii, July, 1874, pp. 124-—.
Pas yu moi-méme.
1874. LAwRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds of the Families
Tanagride and Tyrannidee. < Am. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, July, 1874, pp.
70-72.
The Tanagrine here described is Phenicothraupis cristatus, p. 70, from Bogota.
1875. ScLaTER, P.L. Remarks on the species of the Tanagrine Genus Chlorochrysa.
< Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 464-467, pl. x.
3 spp.—Characters, synonomys, ete. Pl. x, C. nitidissima.
1876. SctaTER, P.L. Description of anew Tanager of the Genus Calliste [melanotis],
and Remarks on other recently discovered Species. < Ibis, 3d ser., vi, Oct.,
1876, pp. 407-410, pl. xii.
C. melanotis, p. 408, pl. xi, fig: 1, from Rio Napo, Ecuador = C. cyanotis Sel., Ibis, 1863, p.
451.—P1. xi, f. 2, CG. eyanotis.—Criticisms on various other species. Cf. Ibis, 1863, p. 450, and
1868, p. 71. f : :
1877. Prizetn, A.v. Description of a new Species of Calliste, andofa ... <Jbis,
4th ser., i, 1877, pp. 337-339. '
_ The Tanager here named is Calliste albertine, p. 337, from Brazil (Natterer).
1878. Brewer, T.M. [Occurrence of Pyranga ludoviciana in Winter in Boston, Mass. ]
< Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Apr., 1878, pp. 204-206.
Statement occurring in an untitled letter on other subjects.
1878. BrewER,T.M. Rare Visitors. < Forest and Stream, x, March 14, 1878, p. 94,
Pyranga ludoviciana at Lynn, Mass., Jan. 20. i :
1878. IncERSoLt, E. Dr. Coues’s Idea of a Tanager. < The Country, i, Mar. 23, 1878,
p. 310.
Extract from ‘The Birds of the Colorado Valley”, pt. i, p. 352, with a note as to circum-
stances of its publication.
1878. Satvapor1,T. [Identity of Euphonia chalcopasta 8. & 8. with E. mesochrysa
Salvad.] < Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Apr., 1878, p. 200.

1879. ANoN. Comparative Scarcity of the Scarlet Tanager [Pyranga rubra, in New
York]. < The Oélogist, iv. No. 11, June, 1879, p. 92.

624 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Fringillidz.
(With Emberizide. )

1740. Linnazus, C. Doctor Carl Linnei Beskrifning pa Sné-Sparfven. < Kongl. Svensk.
Vetensk.- Akad. Handl., i, 1740, pp. 368-374, tab. i, figg. 9-11.

This, which Ihave not seen, is the original description of the subsequent Emberiza nivalis
L. (Plectrophanes nivalis). (Vol. i, for 1839-40, was pub. 1841.)

1743. Linnaus, C. Beskrifning pa Sno-sparfwen. < Kongl. Swensk. Wetens. Acad.
Handl., i (1740), 1743, pp. 362-368, pl. i, figg. 9-11.

This is simply the original description of Hmberiza nivalis in the later edition of the Ist vol.
of the Handlingar.

1749? Linna&Us, C. Beschreibung eines Schneesperlings. < Abhandl. d. Schwed.
Akad. auf d. Jahr. 1740, 1749? pp. 134-141, taf. i, fige. 9-11.

This, which I have not seen, is the same description of the subsequent Emberiza nivalis
in the German version (Kiistner) of the Handlingar.

1749? Sunpius, P. B.C. D. | Surinamensia Grilliana |L. . .]| curiosis examinanda
sistit | Alumnus Oxenstiernianus | Petrus Sundius Nie. fil. | Stockholmiensis.
| In audit. Carol. Maj. d. xviii Janii | Anni MDCCXLIIX [sic] | H. A. M.C.
| — | Holmize, | Typis Laurentii Salvii. | sm. 4to, 1.p.1., pp. 1-24, 1 pl.

Classis II, Aves, p.10. Solum de Emberize specie tractatur, Passer caeruleofuscus, Sloane,
Jam. ii, p. 311.

1750. Linnzus, C. En Indianisk Sparf. Eller Fringilla capite eruleo, dorso viridi,
abdomine fulvo. < Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Acad. Handl., xi, 1750, pp. 278-280,
pl. vii. fie. 1.

This is the original description of the subsequent Emberiza ciris L. (= Cyanospiza ciris
Baird), erroneously considered as a bird of India.

1750. Linn®us, C. Beschreibune cines indianischen Sperlings, Fringilla, eapite cae-
ruleo, dorso viridi, abdomine fulvo. < Abhandl. d. Schwed. Akad. anf a. Jahr
1750, pp. 287, 283.

The same description of the subsequent Emberiza ciris L. (Cyanospiza ciris Bd.) in the Ger-
man version of the Handlingar. Bay ;

1757. SCHONBERG, A. Anmirkningar Om Svyanska Papegojan, Loxia [enucleator],
linea alarum duplici alba. Fann. Sv. N.176. < Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Acad.
Handl., xviii, 1757, pp. 139-143. ;

1757. SCHGNBERG, A. Anmerkungen iiber den schwedischen Papagey (Loxia [enu-
cleator]). < Abhandl. d. Schwed. Akad., auf d. Jahr. 1757, pp. 132-135.

The German version, not seen by me, of the original Swedish.

1773. ANON. Le Pie-eriéche noire de la Caroline [ Pipilo erythrophthalmus}]. <Journ.
Observ. de Phys., ii, 1773, pp. 570, 571.

Not seen: the article is anonymous, nor have I been able to discover the author; whoever
he may be, he is not ‘‘ Le Piegriche”’ whom Giebel invented in his Bibliography, p. 139.

1774, GUNTHER, D. F.C. Vorliufige Nachricht von dem sehr seltenen Nest und den
Hyern des Kreuzvogels, oder des Krummsehnabels [Loxia curvirostra]. <Der
Naturforscher, ii, 1774, pp. 66-75.

1778. Orro, —. Abhandlun g von den Abarten der Kreutzschnabel [ Loxia curvirostra],
nebst einigen Anmerkungen iiber die Anordnung der Thitre. < Der Natur-
forscher, xii, 1778, pp. 92-99.

1785-1787. KuHN,—. Vondem Kriinitz oder Krumschnabel (Loxia curvirostra,). < Der
Naturforscher, xxi, 1785, p. 197 ;, xxii, 1787, p. 142.

1796. Totman, T. Account of the Crossbill Bird [Loxia curvirostra americana].
< The Rural Magazine; or, Vermont Repository, vol. ii, 1796, p. 475.

Seen only in the reprint, by R. Deane, Bull. Nutt. Olub, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1876, p. 11i, The
breeding of the species in winter is recorded: “they lay their eggs and hatch their young in
the middle of winter.”

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 625

1797. OsBECK, P. Beskrifning p& Knorsniifven (Loxia curvirostra) och dess lefnadssatt.
< Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Nya Handl., xviii, 1797, pp. 298-303.

1822. GREEN, J. Fragments relating to the history of Animals. <Sillim. Am. Journ.
Sci., iv, 1822, pp. 309-312.

Under special subhead ‘‘Blue-Yellow Bird.—Fringilla tristis”, the writer gives a curioug
supposed case of a specimen of Ohrysomitris tristis which was dark ‘ indigo” in places where
the bird is normally yellow; retaining the black pileum and wing-bars.

1925. BonapartE, C. [L.] Description of a new Species of South American Fringilla
[F. xanthoroa]. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1825, pp. 350, 351.

1825. Cooper, W. Description of a new species of Grosbeak [Fringilla vespertina, p.
220], inhabiting the Northwestern Territory of the United States. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, i, pt. ii, 1825, pp. 219-222. (Read Jan. 10, 1825. )

This is the original description of the species, from the Schooleraft specimen, Saute Ste.
Marie, Michigan, Apr., 1823.

1826, CoopreR, W. Description of a new Species of Grosbeak [Fringilla vespertina, p.
136], inhabiting the North-western Territory of the United States. < Thom-
son’s Ann. of Philos., new ser., xi, 1826, pp. 134-136.

Reproduced from Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, i, 1825, pp. 219-222.

1826. Less[on, R.P.] Description d’une espece nouvelle de Gros-bee [ Fringilla vesper-
tina, Coop.], ete., habitant le territoire N.-O. des Etats-Unis; par William
Cooper. ... < Féruss, Bull., 2¢ sect., vii, 1826, p. 110.

Extraite des Annales du Lycée d’ Hist. Nat. de New- York, 1, 1825, pp. 219-222.

1826. Luss[on, R.P.] Description dune nouvelle espece de Fringilla [xanthorea ] d@
PAmérique méridionale; par Charles Bonaparte. ... <Féruss. Bull. , 2° sect.,
vii, 1826, p. 249.

Extraite du Journ. Acad. Phila., iv, 1825, pp. 350, 351.

1826. SeLBy,P.J. Description of the Plectrophanes [Centrophanes] Lapponica; a
Species lately discovered in the British Islands. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, pt. i,
1826, pp. 156-160, pl. i.

With synonymy, criticism, and notes of habits.
1827. BreHM,[C.L.] Eine neue Art Kreuzschnabel mitlen in Deutschland [Cruci-
rostra bifasciata]. < Ornis, Heft iti, 1827, pp. 77-93.

1327. BreuM,C.L. Etwas tiber die Kreuzschnabel von Brehm. < Chen’s Isis, B1. xx,
1827, pp. 704-724.

Crucirostra pityopsittacus, C. subpityopsittacus, ». 705; 9. media, p 710; O zinetorum, C.
bifasciata, p. 714; O. taenioptera. p. 716; O. lewcoptera, p 720.

1827. GLoGER,C. [W.L.] Ueber den weisbindigen Kreazschnabel—Loxia taeniop-
tera—als eigene Art. < Ok:n’s Isis, Bd. xx, 1527, pp. 411-418.

1527. GLoGer, C.[W. L.] Nech etwas tiber Loxia taenioptera. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xx,
1827, p. 419, 420.

1827. Lesson, R.P. Description d’une espéce nouvelle de gros-bec [Fringilla vesper-
tina, Coop.], habitant la partie no:d-onest des Ktats-Unis; par William Coo-
per. ... < Féruss, Bull, 2% sect., xii, 1827, pp. 267, 268.

Tiré des Annal. de Philos., xi, 1826, pp. 134-136.

1828. [GLoGER, C. W.L.] Sur le Bec croisé & bandes blanches (Loxia tenioptera),
nouvelle espéce: par Constantin Gloger. ... < Féruas. Bull., 2° sect., xiv,
1828, pp. 116, 117.

Tiré de Isis, xx, 1827, pp. 411-418.

1828. L[urory,S.G.] Sur les Bees-Croisés (Loxia); par Brehm. ... < Féruss. Bull.,

2° sect., Xiv, 1828, pp. 259, 260.
Tiré de 1’ Isis, xx, 1827, p. 704-724.

1828. [SELBy,P.J.] Description du Plectrophanes [Centrophanes] lapponica, Meyer;
espece nouvelle pour la Faune Brittanique, av. fig.; par P. J. Selby esq.
< Féruss. Bull., 2¢ sect., xiii, 1828, p. 243.

Tiré des Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xv, pp. 156-160.

1828.

1829.

1829.

1882.

1832.

1853.
1833.

1834.
“1834.

1834.

"4835.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

. SELBY, P.J. Beschreibung der Plectrophanes lapponica, kirzlich in Brittanien

entdeckt. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 1163, 1164.
Uebersetzt aus d. Linn. Trans., Bd. xv, T. 1, 1826, pp. 156-160.
S...s. [Srraus, —.] Nouvelle espece de Bec croisé d’Allemagne; par le
méme [i. e., C.L. Brehm]. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiv, 1828, p. 260.
Crucirostra bifasciata—Ornis, 1827, Heft 3, pp. 77-98.
ANON. The Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829,
p. 394. *
GLocER, C.[W.L.] Zur Naturgeschichte des weissbindigen Kreuzschnabels,
Loxia tenioptera. < Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur., xiv, pt. ii, 1829, pp.
919-942.

Not seen by me: title from Carus and Engelmann.

. “JW.” Flocks of Crossbills [Loxia curvirostra] near Worcester. < Loudon’s

Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 268.

. YARRELL, W. On the structure of the Beak and its muscles in the Crossbill,

(Loxia curvirostra.) < Zool. Jown., iv, 1829, pp. 459-464, pl. xiv, fige. 1-7.

. BreuM,C.L. Noch einige Beobachtungen tber den zweybindigen Kreuzschna-

bel, Crucirostra bifasciata. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 110-112.

. GLoGcER, C.[W.L.] Sur Vhistoire naturelle du Bee croisé 4 bandes blanches.

(Loxia tcenioptera); par Constantin Gloger. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
Xxii, 1830, pp. 125,126. :
Extrait des Nov. Ach Acad. Nat. Cur., xiv, 1829, pt. ii, pp. 919-924.

. K[UHN, —.] Sur les Becs-croisés de Russie. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xxv,

1831, pp. 353, 354.
Tiré du nouv. Magas. d’ Hist. Nat., etc., de Moscou, février 1829.

Cooper, W. Neue Gattung Kernbeisser [Fringilla sso <_ Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxv, 1832, p: 1073.

Auszug aus d. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New-York, i, 1825, pp. 219-222.
GREEN, J. Fragmente zur Naturgeschichte. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 1042.
Aus d. Amer. Journ. Sci., iv, 1822, pp. 309-312, q. v. :

Ciarkn, W.B. A Bird’s [Plectrophanes nivalis] Nest in the Skull of an Esqui-

maux. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 154.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 524.

CLrarke, W B. A Snow Bunting’s [Plectrophanes nivalis] Nest not in the

Skull of an Esquimanx. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 524.
Cf. tem. cit.. p. 154.

Bork. J. EF. Ea:beriza [i. ¢., Centrophanes] lapponica Linn. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XXV1, 1832, p. 36

GERVaIS,[P.] Moineau. Fringilla. Linné. M. de Gay. F. Gayi. Eydoux et
Gervais. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 4° année, 1834, classe ii, notice xxiii, pl. Xxili.

“J.O” The Pectrophanes [ Ceutrophanes] lapponica has been captured, along
with Larks, near Preston, Lancashire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vil, 1834,
pp. 56, 57.

GARDINER, W. Particulars on a caged Pair of Siskins’, or Aberdevines’, build-
ing Nests and rearing a pair of young Siskins in Confinement and a State-
ment of the Fact that the Siskin, wild, has bred about Dundee. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. IHist., viii, 1835, pp. 372-374,

5. GERvaIs, [P.] Moineau. Fringilla. L. Vieill. M. de Cuba. F. Cuba. Ger-

vais. < Guér Mag. de Zool., 5° année, 1835, classe ii, notice xliv, pl. xliv.

. BRown, J. 8S. The Crossbill (Loxia curyirostra). SES Mag. Nat. Bats

ix, 1836, p. 202.

; Morris, F.O. Facts on the Habits and personal Characteristics of the Crossbill

(Loxia curvirostra Temm.). <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 413-416.

No. 4.1, COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 627

1837.

1839.

1839,

1840.

1841,

1842,

1842.

1842.

1842.

CLARKE, J. Notes on, and Notices of, the Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra Linn. ).
< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist.,i, 1837, pp. 164-167.

Habits, nidification, and manners in captivity.

. Darwin, C. [Remarks upon the Habits of Birds of the Genera Geospiza, Cama-

rhynchus, Cactornis, and Certhidea.] < P. Z. 8., v, 1837, p. 49.

. GOULD, J. [Remarks on a group of Ground Finches from Mr. Darwin’s Collee-

tion, with characters of the New Species.] < P. Z.S., v, 1837, pp. 4-7.
Geospiza magnirostris, G. strenua, G. fortis, G. nebulosa, G. fuliginosa, p.5; G. dentirostris,
G. parvula, G. dubia, Camarhynchus psittacula, C. crassirostris, p.6; Cactornis scandens. C.
assimilis, Certhidea alivacea, p.7, genn. et spp. nn.
A very notable paper, first describing the remarkable Fringillide of the Galapagos. See
Darwin’s remarks on them, ibid. p. 49.

. S[ELBy],P.J. Loxia curvirostra [in Britain]. < Mag.of Zool. and Bot., i,

1837, pp. 103, 104.

. Brytu, E. [Remarks on the Plumage and progressive Changes of the Cross-

bill and Linnet.] < P.Z.S., vi, 1838, p. 115.

. Bry, E. Plumage of the Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra]. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat.

Hist., ii, pp. 451, 452.

. Brown, J. Breeding of the Crossbill [Loxia curyirostra] in Gloucestershire.

< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, p. 310.

. CHARLESWORTH, E. [Exhibition of the Nest and Eggs of the Crossbill (Loxia

curvirostra).] < P. Z.S8., vii, 1839, p. 60.

. CLARKE, J. Young of Loxia curvirostra, Temm. (Crossbill.) < Charlesw. Mag.

Vat. Hist., iii, 1839, p. 565.
In Britain.

Lone, H. L. Notice of the discovery of the Nests and Eggs of the common
Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra], near Farnham, Surrey. With additional Re-
marks by Mr. Yarrell. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 236-239.

Lone, H.L. Breeding of the Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra] in Surrey. < Char-
lesw. Mag. Nat, Hist., iii, 1839, p. 311.

YARRELL, W. Exhibition of the Snow-Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis, in per-
fect summer plumage, shot in England]. < P. Z.S., viii, 1840, p. 59.

[LAFRESNAYE, F.DE.] G. Passerine. Passerina. Vieillot. §8.-G. Spiza. Bona-
parte. P.(Spiza) de Leclancher. P. (spiza) Leclancherii. De Lafr. < Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1841, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 22.

Rev. Zool., 1840, p.260.—En suite de la description specifique, une liste synonymatique de
cing espéces du sousgenre Spiza. :

Branpt, J. F. Note sur les espéces de Loxia (bec croisé) de la Faune de Russie.
< Bull. Scientif. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., ix, 1842, p. 288.

1. DL. eurvirostra ; 2. L. pityopsittacus; 3. L. leucoptera.

BRANDT, J.F. Remarques sur le Passer arctous de Pallas, comme étant vrais-
emblablement le type de trois différentes espéces d’oiseaux. < Bull. Scientif.
Acad. Imp. Sci. St.- Pétersb., x, for Nov. 26, 1841, pub. 1842, pp. 251-253.

Fringilla (Linaria) gebleri, p.251=P. arctous, var. a. F. (L.) brunneonucha, p.252—P. a.
var. 8. F. (L.) griseonucha, p. 252—=P.a. var.y. Each one of Pallas’s three varieties of Passer
arctous is thus provided with a new name; butas Brandt afterward saw that the word arctous
itself must stand for one of them, he consequently (Bulletin of Feb. 3, 1848, p. 27) transferred
his term gebleri to au entirely different bird.

LAFRESNAYE, [F*.] DE. G. Catamblyrhynque. Catamblyrhynchus. De Lafres-
naye. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sév., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 34.

Pl. 34, O. diadema Lafr., BR. Z., 1842, p. 301, Bogota.

SUNDEVALL, C.J. Om systematiska fordelningen af Passeres (Fringilla, Loxia
och Emberiza L.). < Forh. Skand. Naturf. 0. Lik., iii, 1842, pp. 691, 692.

Not seen.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Yol. V.

3. GREGORY, — DE. [Note relative aux essais pour acclimater Cardinalis virgini-

anus en France.] < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, p. 127.

3. Hastam, S. H. Note on the occurrence of the Lark Bunting cen

lapponica] near Milnthorpe. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 316.

243. HePpPENSTALL, J. Note on the Lesser Redpoll [ #giothus linaria]. < Zoologist,

1844.

1, 1845, p. 395.

Jorpan, W. R. H. Note on the Crossbill, Cuoxia curvirostra) [in Devon].
< Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 39.

JERDON, A. Note on the ocenrrence of the White-winged Crossbill [Loxia
leucoptera] in Scotland, < Zoologisi, 1, 1843, pp. 221, 222.

3. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. G.Gros-bee. Coccothraustes. Cuv. (G. @uimaee Swain-

son. S.-G. Piezorina. De laf.) G. cendré. C. cinerea. De Lafr. < Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 30.
A peculiar form of the Fringillide from the Galapagos Islands.

3. Lewcock, J. Notes on the Crossbill’s [Loxia curvirostra] breeding in the Holt

Forest [Hampshire]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 189.

3. WILLOUGHBY, 8. Note on the Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis]. < Zool-

ogist, 1, 1845, p. 352.

. BELL, R. J. Note on the oceurrence of the Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes

nivalis] at Derby. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 569.

. BONAPARTE, C.L. Genus novum Fringillinarum [ Bustamantia (capitaurea sp.
: g Cap

n.)]. <Nuov. Ann. Seienze Nat. Bologna, 2d ser.,i, May, 1844, pp. 397-399.
The genus and species, described as new from Bogota, are synonymous with Catamblyrhyn-
chus diadema Lafr., R. Z., 1842, p. 301.
Branpt, J. F. Ueber die Gattungen von Loxia in Russland. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxyii, 1844, p. 134.
From Bull. Sei. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., Bd. ix, 1841, p. 288.

. Branpt,J.F. Bemerkungen tber Passer arctous Pallas, welcher wahrschein-

lich der Typus von 3 verschiedenen Gattungen ist. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxyii,
1844, pp. 135-137.

Bull. Sci. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., Bd. x, auf d. J. 1841, 1842, pp. 251-253, q. v. Fringilla
(Linaria) gebleri, F. (L.) brunneonucha, F. (L.) griseonucha.

. Warp, J. F. Ueber das Vorkommen yon Pyrrhula enucleator ee Newyork.

< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 118.
* Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., iv, p.51.—Vergl. 1848, Warp, J. F.

+. BoRRER, W.,JR. Occurrence of the Lapland Bunting (Plectrophanes [Centro-

-phanes] Lapponica), near Brighton, Sussex. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 825.

5. Crark, H. Occurrence of the Pine Grosbeak [Pinicola enucleator] near Roch-

dale. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1025.

5. Firron, E. [B.] [Note on the White-winged Crossbill (Loxia leueoptera). ]

< P.Z.S., xiii, 1845, p. 91.

5, Frrron, E. B. Occurrence of the White-winged Crossbill [Loxia Jleucoptera]

at Exmouth. < Zoologist, iti, 1845, p. 1190.

.

5. Frern, H.T. Occurrence of the Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] near

Aylsham. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1191.

5. SUNDEVALL,[C. J.] Korsniibbens [Loxia curvirostra] fortplantning. < Ofvers.

Kong!. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl. for dr 1845, pp. 131, 132.

}. BELL, R.J. Occurrence of the White-winged Crossbill [Loxia leucoptera] at

Derby, Noy. 21st, 1845. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1247, 1248.

>. CHARLESWORTH, [E.] [Nest vom Kreuzschnabel, vom Gipfel einer Fichte. ]

< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxix, 1846, p. 618.
P. Z. S., vii, Mar., 1889, p. 60.

No.4.), COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 629

1846. Cooprr, J. Occurrence of the White-winged Crossbill [Loxia leucoptera] near
Carlisle. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1551.
1846. GarTH,J. Occurrence of the Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra] at Knaresborough.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1367.
1846. HuNTER,C. B. Nesting of the Lesser Redpoll [#giothus linaria] in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1497.
1846. HuntEr,C.B. Occurrence of the White-winged Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra]
near Thetford. <. Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1498.
1846. Newton, A. On Redpolls [Aigiothus linaria] staying at Thetford throughout
the summer. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1497, 1498.
1846. SmeLys-LonGcoHames, E.pE. Notice sur les Becs-croisés leucoptere et bifascié.
< Bull. Acad. Belgique, xiii, i, 1846, pp. 324-336; VInstitut, xiv, No. 660, 1346,
pp. 290, 291.
Pas vue moi-méme.
1846. SUNDEVALL, [C. J.] Loxia bifasciata Br. < Ofvers. Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-
Akad. Forhandl. for ar 1846, pp. 37-40.
“Efter nagra underrattelser om Bindel korsnaibbens forekomst, lemnar f6rf. en 6fversigt
af de hittills kiinda 5 arterna af sl. Loxia.”—y. Friesen, Ofv. Sver. Orn. Litt., 1860, 34.
Hittills kinner man foljande arter af slagtet Loxia: L. pityopsittacus, L. curvirostra, L.
fusca V.[=L. americana Wils.], L. Cifasciata, L. leucoptera.
1847. Hopa@xrinson, J. B. Occurrence of the White-winged Crossbill [Loxia curvi-
_ rostra] in Cumberland. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1638.
1848. JoHNnsoNn, F.W. Extreme abundance of the Mealy Redpoll (Fringilla[ 4giothus]
canescens) near Ipswich. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2064.
1848. Newman, E. Proposed alteration of Name in the European White-winged
Crossbill, and Occurrence of the American White-winged Crossbill [Loxia
leucoptera] in England. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2300,

1848. Newton, A. Note on the Mealy Redpoll (Fringilla [Aigiothus] canescens),
&c. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2144, 2145.

1848 (prior to). Warp, J.F. Notice of the Appearance of the Pine Grosbeak, PYyrr-
hula Enucleator, in the Environs of New-York [in winter of 1836-7]. < dunn.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, iv, 1848, pp. 51, 52. (Read Dec. 19, 1836. Whole
vol. dated 1848. )

This article must have appeared in 1844 or earlier, as it is noticed in the Jsis of that year.

The date given is that of the completed vol. of the Annals.

1849, Bren,C.R. Occurrence of the Two-barred Crossbill (Loxia bifasciata) in Sut-
folk. <Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2419. ;

1849. Cater, W.E. Arrival of the Snow Bunting (Emberiza [Plectrophanes] nivalis)
[in Britain]. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2415,

1849. Durr,J. The Crossbili (Loxia curvirostra) nesting in Durham. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, pp. 2526, 2527.

1849. ErtmaAn, J.B. Occurrence of the Hawtinch (Loxia coccothraustes) and Cross-
bill (L. curvirostra) at Rye. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2418.

1849. HuLKker,J.W. Occurrence of the Snow Bunting (Emberiza [Plectrophanes] ni-
valis) near Deal. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2388.

1849, [JaARDINE, W.] Phrygilus unicolor, Tschudi. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849, p. 46,
plsexexc

1849. Marris, R. Occurrence of the Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra] at Wisbeach. < Zo-
ologist, vii, 1849, p. 2527.

1849. [THIENEMANN, F. A. L.] Der weissbindige Kreuzschnabel. < Rhea, Heft. ii,
1849, pp. 165-171.

Behandelt Lozia pityopsittacus, curvirostra, und leucoptera, mit kurzer Beschreibung und
Aussmessungen einiger Exemplare der drei Formen.

630 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. - [Vol-V.

1850. Amucrst, F.K. Enquiry respecting a [British] Bird’s Nest [4giothus linaria?
see Zool., 3027]. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2967.

1650. BONAPARTE, C. L., and SCHLEGEL, H. Monographie | des | Loxiens | par | Ch. L.

Bonaparte | et | H. Schlegel. | — | Ouvrage | accompagné de 54 planches colo-
riées, | lithographiées | @aprés les Tain | de | M. Biideker | et autres natu-
ralistes | — | Leiden et Diisseldorf, | chez | Arnz & Comp. | 1850. 1vol. 4to.

3p. ll (title, dedication); pp.i-—xviii, 1-55, pll. color. 54.

Descriptive and general account of 41 spp., introduced by a commentary on the inter-rela-
tions of Fringillide. The ‘“‘Loxiens” are divided into 5 groups, Losxiacee, Montifringillacee,
and Linotacew.—Oriturus, Melanodera, p. ii; Lophospiza, Phonipara, p. iii; Pyrrholoxia, Oy-
anoloxia, p. vi; Chaunoproctus, p. xiv, appear to be new generic names of Bonaparte’ Ss MIRAE
Loxia Pranic eaenes 2, 3, 4,5, L. curvirostra et vars.; 6, L. americana; 7, L. himalayana ;
8, L. bifasciata; 9, 10, L. leucoptera; 11, 12 NOnrutns enucleator ; 13, OC. subhimachalus ; 14,
Carpodacus erythrinus ; 15, C. purpureus; 16, 17, C. frontalis; 18, OC. sinaiticus ; 19, 20, @.
roseus; 21, O. rhodoehrous ; 22, C. ise ee 23, C. thura, p. 21, n. sp.; 24, C. sophia, p, 22,
n. sp.; 25, C. rhodochlamys ; 26. C. rubicilla; 27, 28, C. puniceus ; 29, Pyrrha saturata ; 30, 31,
Lrythrospiza phenicoptera ; 32, H. obsoleta ; 33, B. githaginea ; 34, 35, Uragus sincere. 36,
U. sanguinolentus ; 37, 38, Chaunoproctus papa; 39, 40, Hematospisa sipahi ; 41, Montifrin-
gilla griseinucha ; 42, I. brunneinucha ; 43, MW. tephrocotis; 44, 45, W. arctoa; 46, M. nivalis ;
47, Fringalauda nemoricola ; 48, Linota cannabina ; 49, L. fringillirostris, n. sp., p. 45; 50, Z.
montium ; 51, Acanthis canescens ; 52, A. linaria ; 53, A. hollbolli; 54, A. rufescens.

The introductory matter of this work is unmistakably ‘‘ Napoleonic”; the text is apparently
from the hand of the more conservative and trustworthy author.—There is a reprint of the
“Introduction” in Jard. Contr. Orn., 1851, pp. 27-47—though one issue of this matter might
have been considered amply sufficient.

1s50. [KirtLanp, J.P.] Birds of Winter. < The Family Visitor,i, No. 8, 1850, p. —.
Noting occurrence of certain Fringillide in Ohio at that season. ,
1#50. [KirTLAND, J.P.] Pine Linnet—Linaria pinus. < The Family Visitor, i, No. 18,
1850, p. 140. See also No. 19, p. 148, and No. 21, p. 164.
Biographical sketch of the species as observed in Ohio.
1550. [KiRTLAND, J. P.] White-headed Sparrow [Zonotrichia leucophrys]. < The
. Family Visitor, i, No. 19, 1850, p.148. See also No. 21, p. 164.

1850. Lanross!, P. Sovra l’ albinismo e melanismo di una Loxia curvirostra e di una
Fringilla cisalpina, e sull’ Emberiza rustica Pall. < Giorn. dell’ Ital. R. Istit.
Lombardo, ii, 1850, pp. 111-113.

Non veduto per me.

1£50. NewMAN, E. Occurrence of the Parrot Grossbill (Loxia pityopsittacus) near
London. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2770.

1851. BREweER,T.M. [On the occurrence of the Pine Grosbeak (Strobilophaga enu- .
cleator) and other Fringillide, in the neighbourhood of East Bethel, Vt. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, 1851, pp. 42, 43.

1651. Hewitson, W.C. Remarkable Bird’s [giothus linaria?] Nest. < Zoologist,
ix, 1851, p. 3027.

Cf. Zool., 2967.
1851. [Jarprxe, W.] Monographie des Loxiens. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 27-47.
Note introducing a reprint of the introduction of this work.

1851. Lanrossi, P. Sopra varie Fringille appartenenti al sottogenere Linaria de

Brehm. < Giorn. dell’ Ital. R. Istit. Lombardo, new ser., iii, 1851, pp. 95-109.
Non veduto per me.

1851. Newron, A. Occurrence of the Parrot Crossbill [Loxia pityopsittacus] in Suf-
folk and Norfolk. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3145.

1852. BELL, J. On the Pipilo Oregonus [n.sp.] as distinguished from the Pipilo
Areticus of Swainson. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v, 1852, pp. 6-8. (Read
Nov. 27, 1848.)

1852. BrEE,C.R. Note on the Common Red-poll (Linota [ Zgiothus] linaria). < Zo-
ologist, x, 1852, pp..36511, 3512.

Wo. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 631

1852. ELriman,J.b. Note on the Snow Bunting (Emberiza [Plectrophanes] nivalis).
< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3329. :
1852. McCatu,G. A. Note on Carpodacus frontalis, (Say,) with description of a new

species [C. familiaris] of the same genus, from Santa Fé, New Mexico.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, 1852, p. 61.

1852. VERREAUX, J. Description @une nouvelle espece Woiseau du genre Calli-
rhynehus [devronis]. < Rev. et Mag. de Zodl., iv, 1852, pp. 314-316.

Described from Guayaquil.

1852. LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera ... Em-
bernagra [rufivirgata], ... < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v, 1852, pp. 112-
117, pl. 5.. (Read Apr. 28, 1851.)
Here oceurs, in a paper of wider scope, full title of which is the N. Amer. part of this Bidi.,
the orig. deser. of the above sp., p. 112, pl. 5, f. 2.

1852. LAWRRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds, of the genera .
Plectrophanes {|McCownii, p. 122] Meyer. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Wo Si
1852, pp. 121-123. (Read Sept. 8, 1851.)
Other spp. here described are a Toxostoma and a Tyrannula: title is to be found in full in
the N. Am. part of this Bibl.

1852. WoopuHousE,S. W. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera Vireo,
Vieill., and Zonotrichia [cassinii, p. 60], Swains. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., vi, 1252, pp. 60, 61.

This is the Peuceea cassini of later authors.

1852. WoopnouseE,S.W. Description of a new Snow Finch of the genus Struthus
[caniceps], Boie. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, 1852, pp. 202, 203.

1853. BresM, [C.] L. Die Kreuzschniibel. Crucirostra, Cuv. < Naumannia, iii, 1853,
pp. 178-208, 241-256 ; pl. —, figg. 1-20.

I. Loxia pityopsittacus: 1, C. major, f.1; 2, C. pityopsittacus, f. 2; 3, C. subpityopsittacus, f.
3; 4, C. brachyrhynchos, f. 4; 5, C. pseudopityopsittacus, f.5; 6, C. intercedens, f. 6. II. Loxia
curvirostra: 1, O. montana, f.9; 2, 0. paradoxa, ft. 7; 3, C. media, f.8; 4, C. macrorhynchos, f.
“8”; 5, C. pinetorum, f.11. ILI. Crucirostra minuta: C. minor, f.12. IV. Crucirostra rubri-
fasciata ; 1, C. rubrifasciata, f. 13; 2, C. erythroptera, f. 14. V. Orucirostre albifasciate : 1,
C. trifasciata, f.15; 2, C. bifasciata, f.16; C. tenioptera, f. 17; 4, O. orientalis, f.18; 5, O. assi-
milis, f.19; 6, C. leucoptera, f. 20.

In this paper Brehm is very thoroughly himself, carrying out his peculiar views to their
logical extreme. All these ‘species,’ real or Brehmian, some of which are here described as
new, are very claborately treated: and the plate, from nature by J. F. Naumann, is valuable
as showing how complete is the graduation in size of bill from the largest to the smallest.
Among the twenty ‘‘species” here treated, some five or six might be held worthy of recogni-
tion by many ornithologists.

1853. Bécx, —. Ausfallen der Mauser bei einem Vogel [Centrophanes lapponica ] in
der Gefangenschaft. <J.f. O.,1, 1853, pp. 207.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 383.
1854. Cassin, J. [Remarks on abundance of Loxia leucoptera in the vicinity of
Philadelphia, winter of 1853-4.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, 1854, pp.
203, 204.
1854. Lanrossi, P. Sopra varie fringille appartenenti al sottogenere Linaria di Brehm,
< Bianconi’s Repert. Ital. Stor. Nat., ii, 1854, pp. 24-27.
Estratto Giorn. delle’ I. R. Istit. Lombardo di Scienze, ec., t. iii, pp. 95-109, Milano, 1851.
1854. LANross!I, P. Sovra Valbinismo e melanismi (una varieta della Loxia curvi-
rostra ete. < Bianconi’s Repert. [tal. Stor. Nat., ii, 1854, pp. 9, 10.
Giorn. I. R. Istit. Lombardo di Scienze, ec., t.ii, Milano, 1850, p. 111.

1854. Rosrerrs, A. Occurrence of the Crossbill [ Loxia curvirostra] near Scarborough.
< Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4329, 4330. :

1855. Boxip, T.J. Occurrence of Crossbills [Loxia curvirostra] in Northumberland
and Durham. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4871.

632

1855.

1859.

1855.

1855.

1858.

1857.

1857.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

Botiy, C. Der Hakengimpel, Pyrrhula Enucleator, Temm. in Amerika. <Nau-
mannia, 1855, pp. 424-427.

Aus dem Englischen yon Audubon.

Bonaparte, C. L. [Remarques sur un opuscule de M. le vicomte Dubus de
Ghisignies, sur douze espéces inédites de Passereaux chanteurs.] < Compt.
Rend. de V Acad. Sci., x1, 1855, pp. 356, 454, 455.

Note: Kieneria, g.n., p. 356, type ‘‘ex-Pipilo rujipilea.”

CorTLe, T. Coccothraustes vespertina.—Evening Grosbeak. < Canad. Journ.,
1ii, 1855, p. 287.

Historical and descriptive—oceurrence of the species in Canada.

DEHNE, A. Loxia leucoptera Gmel. und Loxia bifasciata Brehm. < Allg.
deutsche naturh. Zeitung, n. F., i, 1855, p. 439.

Nebst Nachschrift von Reichenbach, p. 440.—Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.

GLoGER,C.W.L. Die Liebe zu gliinzenden Gegenstiinden, [u.s.w.]. <JAf.0.,,
111, 1855, pp. 76-79.

As instanced by Audubon in the case of Guiraca cerulea, ete.

NorMAN, G. Occurrence of large Flocks of Crossbills [ Loxia.curvirostra] near

Hull. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4808.

. STEVENSON, H. The Lapland Bunting (Plectrophanes [Centrophanes] lap-

ponica,) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4631.
Boip, T. J. Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra] breeding in the North of England.
< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5159, 5160.
BrenM, C.L. Etwas tiber die Leinzeisige, Linaria, Briss. < Naumannia, vi,
1856, pp. 173-177.
1) Von rothbriistigen, ZL. longirostris, tenuirostris, holbollit, alnorum, agrorum, betularum et

macrorhynchus. 2) Von weissbriistigen, D. borealis, robusta, rufescens, dubia, canigularis,
assimilis, leuconotus, septentrionalis, Jlavirostris, pusilla.

56. SmirH, J. A. [Note on Agiothus canescens in the vicinity of Edinburgh. ]

< Hdinb. New Philos. Journ., new Ser., 1ii, 1856, p. 350.

. [Brtuines, E.] On the Natural History of the Rosignol or Song Sparrow,

Fringilla [Melospiza] melodia. < Canad. Nat. and Geol., ii, 1857, pp. 47-52.

With chars. and synon., copied from Audubon, of 4 spp. of Canadian Fringillide.

Bonaparte, C. L. Observations sur diverges espéces (’Emberiziens et répar-
tition en genres de cette Sous-famille de Passereaux chanteurs conirostres.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ix, 1857, pp. 160-166, pl. 7.

La sous-famille se trouve limitée aux genres Cynchramus, Plectrophanes, Centrophanes,
Onychospina, Hypocenter, Fringillaria, Hortulanus, Schenicla, Eimberiza, Buscarla (type E.
pusilla Pall.). L’objet principal de ce mémoire est Willustrer la figure d’un jeune male de
Buscarla pityornis (pl. 7—‘‘ Emberiza scotata” par une evreur de gravure—voir ‘‘errata,” p.
209.) :

. DURBAN, W.S.M. Notice of the Occurrence of the Pine Grosbeak [Pinicola

enucleator ] and Bohemian Chatterer, near Montreal. <_ Canad. Nat., i, Jan.,
1857, pp. 465-472, woode.
Lanrossi, P. Intorno ai Crocieri a doppia fascia [Loxia bifasciata]. < Giorn.
del? Ital. R. Istit. Lombardo, new ser., ix, 1857, pp. 117-127.
Non veduto per me.
Barrp, 8. F. [Ammodromus samuelis, anew Sparrow from California.] <Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1858, pp. 379, 380.

Cassin, J. [Occurrence of Hesperiphona vespertina in Northern Ilinois. ]
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 191.

DovusLepay, H. Plectrophanes nivalis [habits of]. < Zoolvgist, xvi, 1858, pp.
6093, 6094.

HADFIELD, H. W. Emberiza [Plectrophanes] nivalis [habits of]. < Zoologist,
Xvi, 1858, pp. 6239, 6240.

No.4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLIDA. 633

1858. Matrunws, M. A. [Note on habits of] Emberiza [Plectrophanes] nivalis.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp, 6207, 6208.

1858. SmurTHWaITE,H. Occurrence of Crossbills [Loxia curyirostra] in Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6309.

1859. ANON. Occurrence of the Parrot Crossbill (Loxia pityopsittacus) near Brighton.
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6329.
1859. BLakIsTON, T. Scraps from the Far West. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6318-
6325, 6373-6376.
Remarks on birds observed in British America between York Factory and Carleton House,
and as such only properly citable in another connection; noted here for the detailed account
of Hesperiphona vespertina which the paper includes.

1859. Brewer, T. M.. [Note on the occurrence of Coturniculus henslowi in Massachu-
setts.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1859, pp. 74, 75.

Corrects his erroneous statement, tom. cit., p. 21, that Peucea estivalis had been found
in Massachusetts. t

1859. GouLp, J. [Exhibition of Crithagra brasiliensis shot in England (probably
escaped).] <P. Z.S., xxvii, 1859, p. 100.

1859. Grayson, A. J. The Crimson-necked or House Finch [Carpodacus frontalis].
< The Hesperian (San Francisco, Cal.), ii, Mar., 1859, pp: 7——, with pl. of ¢
and 9°.

Not seen.

1859. Rogurs, H. Occurrence of the Snow Bunting (Emberiza [Plectrophanes] ni-

valis) in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6780.

1859. WHEELER, E.S. [Remarks on exhibition of male and female specimens of
Ammodromus henslowi, with nest and eges.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vii, 1859, p. 137.
1860. GLoGErR,C.W.L. Die Heimath des weissbindigen Kreuzschnabels in iuropa.
<J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 397, 398.
“ Loxia leucoptera ! taenioptera, bifasciata.”
1860. KirTLanp, J. P. [Occurrence of Hesperiphona vespertina in Ohio.] < Ohio
Farmer, March 24, 1860, vol. ix, p. —.
The original ascription of the species to Ohio; but it had been got in that State im 1847.
1860. ScunerR, J. Die Kreuzschniibel [Loxia curvirostra]. Legende. <J.f.0.,
Vili, 1850, pp. 471, 472.
Gedicht.
1260. Puiippi, R. A. Ueber zwei vermuthlich neue Chilenischen Enten und iiber
Fringilla barbata Mol. < Arehf. f. Naturg., 1860, (1), pp. 24-28.
Anas iopareia, p. 24. Erismatura vittata, p. 26. Synonymik von Ohrysomitris barbata.
1861, Botte, C. Ueber den californischen Hausfinken, Carpodacus familiaris McCall.
<J.f. O., ix, 1861, pp. 141-147.
Ins Deutsche iibertragen von Dr. C. Bolle aus Cass. Ill. B. Cal. Texas, Heft 3, 1853, fig. xiii.
1861. Couns, E. A Monograph of the Genus Agiothus, with descriptions of new Spe-
cies. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., xiii, 1861, pp. 373-390.
This is an attempt, not entirely successful, to fix the species ot this difficult genus, with
synonymy, description, and criticism. The author recognizes seven species: 2. rostratus
(Sp. n., p. 878, Greenland), canescens, exilipes (sp. n., p. 385, Arctic America), linaria, fuscescens
(Coues, described as Sp. n., in op. tom. cit., p. 222, Labrador), rufescens, and holbélli. The last
two are given as doubtfully distinct from linaria. (42. fuscescens has since been shown to be
the dark midsummer plumage of linaria, and rostratus to bear the same relation to the large
Greenland form. 2. exilipes has been usually accepted as a good species, and of late acered-
ited also to boreal continental parts of the old world.) Cf. This, 1862, p. 187.
1861. GLocER,C.W.L. Richtige Ansicht eines nordischen Zoologen [Liljeborg] iiber
die Firbung der mannlichen Kreuzschniibel [Loxia curvirostra]. <J.f.0.,
ix, 1861, p. 78.
Joule Wo de ts

634 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1861. ScLaTrER, P. L. Ona New Species of Finch, of the Genus Syealis [chrysops],
from Mexico. < P. Z.S., xxix, 1861, pp. 376, 377.
1861. W[HEATON],J.M. Bird Talk. < Iield Notes, vol. i, No. 20, May 18, 1861, p. 153.
Occurrence of various birds, especially Chondestes grammica, in Ohio.
1862. Brrer, C. R. Occurrence of the Parrot Crossbill [Loxia pityopsittacus] near
Colchester. <c Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8032, 8033.
1862. CaBANIS, J. ZurSynonymie einiger Pipilo-Arten. <J.f. 0., x, 1862, pp. 473, 474.
Pipilo crissalis, fuscus, rutilus, maculatus. .
1862. Couper, W. Occurrence of the Blue Grosbeak (Guiraca coerulea, Swainson) at
Mille Vaches, Lower St. Lawrence. < Canad. Nat. and Geol., vii, 1862, p. 319.
1862. Guisr, W. V. Parrot Crossbill [Loxia pityopsittacus] at Cheltenham. 5
gist, XX, 1862, p. 7344.

1862. HaprinLp,H. Of the change of Plumage in the Crossbills [Loxia spp. ] and Pine
Grosbeak [Pinicola enucleator]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8033, 8034.
1862. HaprieLp,H. Occurrence of the Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra] in England.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7931.
1862. ScLaTER, P.L. On a new’Species of Finch, of the Genus Syealis [chrysops],
from Mexico. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ix, 1862, p. 340.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 26, 1861, pp. 376, 377.
1862. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Lapland Bunting [Centrophanes lapponiea ]
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8032.
1862. TyRER, R., Jr. Occurrence of the Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra] near Eye. < Zo-
ologist, Xx, 1362, p. 7881:
1862. VERRILL, A. EH. Description of a Species of Passerella [obscura], supposed to
be new, from Anticosti. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 1862, pp. 143-146.
It has not proven to be distinct from P. iliaca.
1862. WHEELWRIGHT,[H.] On the Change of Plumage in the Crossbills [Loxia spp. ]
and Pine Grosheak [ Pinicola enucleator]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8001, 2002.
1863. BiytTu, E. Note on the Genus Pyrrhula. < Tbis, v, 1863, pp. 440-442, pl. x
Sketch of bibliography of the genus, and list of 7 spp. held to compose it. P. erythacus
Blyth (Ibis, 1862, p. 389) is figured, pl. x.
1863. BiyTH, E. Parrot Crossbill and Common Crossbill supposed one species. < Zo-
ologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8327, 8328.
1863. Cours, Kk. Additional Remarks on the North American Hgiothi. < Proc, Acad.
Nat. Sei. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 40, 41.
Recognizing American representatives of the forms known in Europe as 2. holbolli end
Al. rufescens. For the monograph to which these remarks are additional, see op. cit., 1861, pp.
373-390. :
1863. HARTLAUB,G. Ueber Pipilo virescens n.sp. < J. f. O., xi, 1863, pp. 228, 229.
A note of the editor’s says that Tanagra melanops and Fringilla scutata Licht., Mus. Berol.,
are both this species. ;
1863. Hucker?,T. Parrot Crossbills [Loxia pityopsittacus}] at Brandon. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxi, 1863, p. 8845.
1863. MaTHEws,G.F. Snow Bunting [ Plectrophanes nivalis] near Barnstaple. < Zo-
ologist, ¥x1, 1863, p. 8845.
1863. SaxBy,H.L. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] in June. < Zoologist, xxi,
* 1863, p. 8680. ;

1863. WHEELWRIGHT, H. Change of Plumage in the Crossbills [Loxia cnryirostra].
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8492.

1864. BLaAkE-KNox, H. Nesting of the Lesser Redpole [ Mgiothus linaria] at Dalkey.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8884.

1864. HAMILTON, J. Lesser Redpole’s [ Agiothus linaria] Nest near Chester. < Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9210.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 635

1864. Homeryer, A.v. Notiz zu Crucirostra balearica. <(J. f. O., xii, 1864, p. 224.
1864. Raker, T. B. Lesser Redpoles’ [Agiothus linaria] Nests near Birmingham.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864. p. 9248.
1864. Rrexs, H. Pine Grosbeak [Pinicola enucleator] at Thruxton. < Zoologist,
Xxii, 1864, p. 9023.
1864. Ropp, E.H. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] in Summer Plumage near
Penzanze. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1864, p. 9109.
1864. ScuwaitzerR, F. Corythus enucleator (Cuv. ex L.) in der Provinz Posen. <J.
f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 239, 240.
1864. SmirH, C.H. Crossbills in Bedfordshire. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9110.
1865. Cassin, J. An Examination of the Birds of the genus Chrysomitris in the
Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 89-94.
1é6spp. Pyrrhomitris, Melanomitris, p. 91; Pseudomitris, p. 93, subgenn.nn. Ch. bryantin,
p. 91, sp. n.
1865. JESSE, W., JR. Ornithological Notes [on food of zagiothus linaria]. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9562.
1865. Lamprecut, A. [Ueber epileptische Anfille von Loxia cardinalis.] < Zool.
Gart., vi, 1865, pp. 228, 229.
1865. WHarton, C. B. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at the Kingsbury
Reservoir. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9539.
1866. ALTuM, B. Kreuzschniibelzugin Westphalen. < J. f. O., xiv, 1866, pp. 286, 287.
1866. DuTTon, J. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at Beachy Head., < Zoolo-
/ gist, 2d ser.,i, 1866, p. 522.
1866. ScumipT, Max. [Die Fortpflanzung des griinen Kardinals (Gubernatrix crista-
tella) in Gefangenschaft.] < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 342-345.
1866. StupsBs,C.E. Crossbills at Henley-on-Thames. <Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 523.
7

. CABANIS, J. Ueber die systematische Stellung von Sylvia concolor Orb. als
Typus einer neuen Gattung Xenospingus. <J. f. 0., xv, 1867, pp. 347-349.
1867. CookE, N. Lapland Bunting [Centrophanes leppontvall, in Laneashire. <Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., li, 1867, pp. 558, 559.
1867. DuTTon, J. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at Eastbourne. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 792.
1867. GopERICH, —. Crossbill at Ripon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 1867, p. 793.
1867. Hetimann, A. Zur Frage iiber die Entstehung der Fichtenabsprunge. < Zool.
Gart., vili, 1867, pp. 350, 351.
Loxia curvirostra exonerated. Cf. tom. cit., pp. 12, 79, 476.
1867. Jkcxer, [A. J.] Schaarenweises Auftreten des Fichtenkreuzschnabels im Jahre
1866. < Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, p.79.
Cf. tom. cit., pp. 12, 350, 476.
1867. KeNNEDy, A. C. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at Hunstanton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 559.
1867. MatHrew, G.F. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at Sea. < Zoologist,
2d ser., li, 1867, p. 559.
1867. Résr, A. Sind die Eichhérnchen allein, oder auch Végel, namentlich die Kreuz-
schniibel, bei der Entstehung der sogenannten ,,Fichtenabspriinge“ bethei-
ligt? <Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 12-17.
Loxia curvirostra fonnd not guilty of damaging the shoots of fir-trees. Cf. tom. cit., pp. 79,
350, 476.
1867, Rise, A. Noch einmal die Frage iiber Entstehung der sogenannten ,,Fichten-
abspriinge“‘. < Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 476-480.
Loxia curvirostra. Cf. tom. cit., pp. 12,79, 350.

636 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vou. V.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1868.
1868.
1868.

1868.

1868.

1868

1868

1868

1869

Sacc, Dr. [Hier des Cardinals (Fringilla cardinalis).] < Zool. Gart., viii, 1867,
pp. 440, 441.

SaMuELS, E.A. Eggs of the Indigo Bird [Cyanospiza cyanea]. < Am. Nat., i,
1867, p. 435.
Note on the occasional spotting of the eggs of this species.

Scrater, P.L. [Exhibition of Mexican Birds, and Characters of a New Species
of Zonotrichia (boucardi).] < P. Z.S., xxxyv, 1867, pp. 1, 2, pl.i.

WErIR, J.J. Lapland Bunting [Centrophanes lapponica] at Lewisham. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., li, 1867, p. 705.

Weir, J.J. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] on Blackheath. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 705.

ANON. Common Crossbill in Surrey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1376.
ANON. Migration of Crossbills. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1377.

BLAKE-KNOX, H. The Crossbill breeding successfully in County Kildare. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, pp. 1133, 1134.

BLAKE-KNOX, H. Whitewinged Crossbill [Loxia leucoptera] in the County
Dublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1376.

BLAKE-KNOX, H. Crossbill in Ireland in 1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1868, p.
1377.

. Bruun, T.A. Der Kreuzschniibel (Loxia curvirostra). < Zool. Gart., ix, 1368,
p. 250.
Um St. Gerold. .
. Bruun, T. A. Ungewohnlich zahlreiches Erscheinen des Fichtenkreuzschnabels
in Vorarlberg. < Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, p. 118.
. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at Hastings.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1132.

. Hammonn, W.O. Crossbill at Wingham. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1376.

. Mésrtus, Dr. [Kiefernpapageien (Loxia pityopsittacus) bei Kiel am 11. Juli
1868.] < Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, p. 284.

. NorMAN, G. Nesting of the Crossbill. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 111, 1868, p. 1255.

. Ropp, E.H. Common Crossbill in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, pp.
1376, 1377.
. Ropp, E.H. Crossbills at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1320.

. SALVADORI,T. Description of a New Species of the Genus Leucosticte [| gisli-
olii]. < P.Z.8., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 579, 580, pl. xliv.
L. gigliolit, p. 579, pl. xliv, with list of 7 spp. of the genus.
. SCLATER, P. L., and SALVIN,O. Descriptions of New or little-known American
Birds of the Families Fringillide, [ete.] < P. Z.8., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 322-329.
The full paper comes under the Neotropical (Faunal) department of this Bibliography. It
is cited here also, because it relates so largely to the Fringillide. With Peucea notosticta,
sp. n., p. 322, S. Mexico, is given a synopsis of 5 spp. of Peucwea.—Zonotrichia quinquestriata,
p. 323, sp. n., Mexico.—With Pyrgisoma cabanisi, sp. renom., p. 324, and P. kieneri Bp., is
given a synopsis of 5 spp. of that genus.
. Trippe,T.M. Singular variety of the Field Sparrow [Spizella pusilla]. < dm.
Nat., i, 1868, pp. 614, 615.
Partial albino.

. WaLkeER,T.C. Crossbills at Leicester. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iti, 1868, pp. 1421,
1422.

. Ancus, W.C. On the Occurrence of the Whitethroated Sparrow (Zonotrichia

albicollis) in Aberdeenshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1547-1549.
Cf. P. Z. S., 1870, p. 52.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLIDA. 637

1869. CLirron, Lord. Goldfinch, Mealy Redpole and Lesser Redpole in Kent. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1600.

1869. Cours, E. On Variation in the Genus Mgiothus. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
xxi, 1869, pp. 180-189.

Discusses the climatic and other causes operative in this case, endeavoring to fix the limits
of individual and geographical variation in its bearing upon the determination of the species
of the genus. The article is supplementary to the author’s monograph of the genus, in the
same Proceedings, 1861, pp. 373-390, q. v.

1868. GunN, T.E. Crossbillsin Surrey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1721.

1869. GuNN,T.E. Cirl Buntings and Crossbills in Devonshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1721.

1869. LAWRENCE, G.N. Description of Seven New Species of American Birds from
various localities, with a note on Zonotrichia melanotis. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., Dec., 1868, pp. 359-362. (Pub. 1869.)

1869. Le Morne, J.M. Le Cardinal. < Naturaliste Canadien, i, 1869, pp. 225-231.

Biographique.

1869. MAYNARD, C. J. Capture of the Centronyx Bairdii [i. e., of Passerculus prin-
ceps] at Ipswich [Mass.]. < Am. Nat., ili, 1859, pp. 554, 555.

1869. MULLER, K. Beobachtung iiber Ernihrung von Loxia taenioptera. <J.f. 0.,
xvil, 16569, pp. 105, 106.

1869. ScHacut, H. Ungewéhnliches, zahlreiches Auftreten der Kreuzschnabel im
Sommer 1866 [in mehreren Gegenden Deutschlands]. < Zool. Gart., x, 1869,
pp. 31, 382. :

1869. SkinNER, A. Crossbills near Faversham. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1561.

1869. Smira, C. Common Crossbill near Taunton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p.
1514.

1869. THuRN, E. F. 1m. Painted Bunting in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1865.

1869. Wonror, T.W. The Redpole building in Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1801.

1869. Wonror, T.W. Crossbills in Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1561.

1870. ABBoTT, C. C. Song of the Song-sparrow [Melospiza melodia]. < Am. Nat.,
iv, 1870, p. 378.

1870. Atcotr, W.P. Albino Snow Bird [Junco hyemalis]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 376.

1870. ANON. Be-mired Crossbills. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2383.
From the ‘Lynn Advertiser,’ Oct. 15, 1870.

1870. Bonp, F. Lapland Bunting [Centrophanes lapponica] near London. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2061.

1870. Bonp, F. Correction of an Error [respecting Centrophanes lapponica]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2022.

1870. “C.F. W., Jun.” Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] in Middlesex. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2407.
From The (London) Field, Novy. 12.
1870. NauMANN,C.H. Oological. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 442.

Fruitless incubation for 3 weeks of an egg of Numida meleagris by Cardinalis virginianus,
and variation in number of eggs of the latter bird.

1870. Newton, A. [Exhibition of a skin of the North-American Zonotrichia albicol-
lis shot in Secotland.] <P. Z. S.,xxxviii, 1870, p. 52.
This is the case previously reported by W. C. Angus, Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1547-1549,
Another case of the same occurrence is subsequently noticed, with a colored figure, by G. D.
Rowley, in Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt. v, 1876, pp. 75, 76, pl. xlvi, f. 3.

638

1870.
1870.
1870.

1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

1872.
1872.
1872.
1872.

1872.

1872.
1872,

1872.

1872.

1872.

1873.

1873.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

NewrTon, A. On the Northern Range of the Lesser Redpoll. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2223.

RickarDs, M.8.C. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] on the Severn Bank.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2140.

Watts, H.M. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis] at Aldeburgh. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1981.

CaBANIS, J. [Notiz tiber die Gattung Pyrrhula und die in Sibirien vorkommen-
den Arten.] < J. f. O., xix, 1871, pp. 316-319.

Diagnostic synopsis of 9spp. Cf. Ibis, 1871, p. 232; J. f. O., p. 315.

Gurney, J.H. Early Occurrence of the Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis]
in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2849.

JONES, J.M. Cardinal Grosbeak [Cardinalis virginianus]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871,
p. 176.

At Halifax, Nova Scotia, Jan. 31, 1871.

ScLaTer, P.L. A Revision of the Species of the Fringilline Genus Spermophila,
< Ibis, 3d ser., i, 1871, pp. 1-23, pll. i, ii.

Very complete; analysis, synonymy, diagnosis, habitat of 24 spp. known to the author, with
critical commentary; 11 other spp. similarly treated; remarks on geographical distribution
of the genus. Pl. i, f. 1,2, S. nigrorufa, J,9; fig. 3, S. pileata. Pl. ti, f. 1,2, S. awrita; f. 3,
S. ocellata.

Boyes, F. [On the usual resorts of the] Lesser Redpoll. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vil, 1872, p. 3313.

CaBaNis, J. [Ueber Pyrrhula cassini und P. cineracea n. sp. aus Sibirien.] <d.
f. O., Xx, 1872, pp. 315, 316.

HvGet, A. v. Redpole Breeding in Lancashire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,
pp. 3147, 3148.

Lracu, H.R. Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis, Sept. 20, 1872, between
Hunstanton and Thornham]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3313.

MAYNARD, C.J. A New Species of Passerculus [princeps] from Eastern Magsa-
chusetts. <( Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 637, 638.
P. princeps, n. sp., the same formerly supposed to be Centronyx bairdii (ef. op. cit., iii, 513,
554, 631; vi, 307). With a note on Thalasseus havelli= Sterna forsteri.
NICHOLSON, F. Lesser Redpoll and Twite. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3235.

Porritt,G.T. Redpoll breeding at Huddersfield. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,
p. 3235.

RipGway,R. On the Occurrence of a Near Relative of Aigiothus flavirostris
[var. brewsteri, n. v.] at Waltham, Mass. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 433, 434,

Row ey,G.D. [Remarks on exhibition of a specimen of Zonotrichia albicol-
lis, taken near Brighton.] <P. Z. S., June 4, 1872, p. 681.
For a previous occurrence of this species in Great Britain, cf. P. Z. S., 1870, p. 52. For fur-
ther notice of the present case, cf. Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt. v, 1876, p. 75, pl. xlvi, f. 3.

Sc~atER, P.L. A Revision of the Species of the Fringilline Genus Sycalis.

Of the 20 species assigned to the genus in Gray’s ‘Hand-list,’ the author has not seen 2; the
remaining 18 are merged in 10, the diagnostic characters, synonymy, and distribution of which
are given. One receives a new name (Sycalis pelzelni, p.42). PI. ii, f. 1, S. chrysops; f. 2, S.
lutea. PI. iii, S. aureiventris, 3,2.

“AIKEN, C. E.” [t. ¢., RiDGway, R.—cf. Bull. Essex Inst., v, 1873, p.190.] A New
Species of Sparrow [Centronyx ochrocephalus, Aiken]. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873,
pp. 236, 237.

Afterward determined to be OC. bairdi.

B[arrD],S8.F. Note on Cassin’s Pyrrhula [P. cassini, Bd.]. < Am. Nat., vii,
1873, p. 239.

With reference to Cabanis’s recent remarks: cf. J. f. O., 1871, p. 318; 1872, p. 315; 1873,
p. 314.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLIDZ. 639

1373. Brewer, T.M. [Exhibition of a pair of Plectrophanes maccowni from ‘“ Cali-
fornia,” i. e., Colorado.] < Proc. Boston. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1873, p. 311.

1873. CABANIS, J. [Berichtigungen iiber Pyrrhula cineracea und P. cassini.] <J. f/f.
O., 1873, pp. 314, 315.
Cf. J. f. O., 1871, p. 318; 1872, p. 315.
1873. Couns, E. Notice of a Rare Bird [Coturniculus lecontii]. < Am. Nat., vii,
1873, pp. 748, 749.
Rediscovery of the species, in Dakota; amended description of adult and young; notice of
habits.

1873. Epwarpbs, W.H. Snowbird [Junco hyemalis, breeding on Graylock Mountain].
< Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 745,

1873. Fiscuer,J. v. Fortschreitender Albinismus. < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1873, pp. 115,
116.
Cannabina linota, Plectrophanes nivalis.
1873. Marrs, H.H. The Rose-breasted Grosbeak (Guiraca ludoviciana). <Am. Nat.,

vii, 1873, p. 493.
A field-note on the destruction of Doryphora 10-lineata by this species.

1873. ScHacut,H. Cardinal (Cardinalis virginianus) und Kirschkernbeisser (Lox,
coccothraustes). < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1873, p. 355.

1873. Scorr, D.[W.] Centronyx ‘ ochrocephalus,” Aiken. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp.
564, 565.
Validity of this species denied.—Harporhynchus bendirii considered probably the same ag
H. curvirostris var. palmert.

1873. TenNEY,S. The Black Snowbird [Junco hyemalis] breeds in the Graylock
Range. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 634.

1873. Tripre,T.M. The Painted Bunting [Plectrophanes pictus]. < Am. Nat., vii,
1873, p. 500.
A field-note.
1874. Barty, J.H. Eggs and nest of the Yellow bird [Chrysomitris tristis]. < Forest
and Stream, ii, April 16, 1874, p. 149.

1874. BREWSTER, W. Spizella breweri(?) in Massachusetts. < dm. Nat., viii, 1874,
pp. 356, 367.

1874. CorBIN,G.B. Lesser Redpoll and Siskin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4034.

1874. CLARK-KENNEDY, A.W.M. On the Occurrence of Emberiza [Plectrophanes]
nivalis in full Summer Plumage [in Great Britain]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, p. 3914.

1874. Cours, E. New Variety of the Blue Grosbeak [Goniaphea coerulea var. eu-
rhyncha, Mexico]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, p. 563.

1874. Cours, E. The Snow-Bird [Junco hyemalis]asaSparrow. < Field and Stream
(newspaper of Chicago, Ill.), Apr. 4, 1874.

With reference to its coming under the provisions of a game-law.
1874. DyBowsk1, B. Notiz iiber die Ostsibirischen Pyrrhula-Arten. <J. f. O.,
1874, pp. 39-45, pl. i.
Pl.i, P. cineracea.—P. coccinea.

1874. GUNN, T. E. Lesser Redpoll breeding near Norwich. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, pp. 4117, 4118.

1874. Hanr, P.B. Beobachtungen der Fortpflanzung des Fichten-Kreuzschnabels im
Winter 1871/72 und 1872/73. <Verh. (Abh.) k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxiv.
1874, pp. 211-216.

640

1874.

1874.
1874,

1874.
1874.
1874.
1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.
1875.
1875.

1875.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. {Vol. V..

HENSHAW, H.W. Synopsis of the Genus Junco. < Rep. Ornith. Specs. Coll. in
1871, 1872 and 1873 (Expl. W. 100 Merid. 8vo. Washington, 1874), pp. 113,
114.

Scarcely citable as a separate article, as it occurs in a report having a much wider scope.
It is well, however, to thus call attention to this one among several essays on this perplexing
genus.

Kerr, W.J. Crossbills in Denbighshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4156.

NaTion, W. On the Habits of Spermophila simplex. < P. Z.S., xlii, 1874, pp.
329, 330.

Newton, A. The Lesser Redpoll not in Spitsbergen. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, pp. 3880, 3881.

Ripeway, R. Description of a new bird [Leucosticte atrata] from Colorado.
< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 241.

SWINHOE, R. [Note on the species of Pyrrhula from the Kurile Islands and
Japan.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 463, 464.

ALLEN, J. A. [Note on Ammodromus candacutus var. nelsoni, n. var., from TIli-
nois.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1875, pp. 292-294.

?
‘“BEVERLY, FRED.” [i.e., F. A. OBER.] The pine grosbeak—(Pinicola Cana-
densis) [i.¢.,enucleator]. < Forest and Stream, iv, Mar. 4, 1875, p. 54.

. [CoUPER, W.] Ornithological Curiosity. < Montreal Herald (newspaper) of

Mar. 30, 1875.

Notices nest of Lowxia leucoptera, containing nearly fledged young, in the snow.

. CRITTENDEN, G. W. [Pinicola enucleator in Massachusetts.] < Forest and

Stream, iv, Feb. 18, 1875, p.23. See also vol. iii, p. 389.

. H6pFNER, P. Briefliche Mittheilungen [iiber den Hakengimpel (Pinicola enu-

cleator)]. < Ber. wher d. xxi. Vers. d. deut. Orn.-Ges., 1875, pp. 101-103.

do. “L.W.L.” The pine bullfinch [Pinicola enucleator]. < Forest and Stream, iii,

Feb. 4, 1875, p. 405. See vol. iv, p. 22.

. MayNnarp, C. J. A New Species of Finch [Ammodromus melanoleucus] from

Florida. < Am. Sportsman, v, Jan. 16, 1875, p. 248.
This is the bird before described by R. Ridgway (Bull. Essex Inst., v, Dec., 1873, p. 198) as
A. maritimus var. nigrescens.

Ripeway,R. A Monograph of the Genus Leucosticte, Swainson; or, Gray-
crowned Purple Finches. < Bull. U. 8S. Geol. Surv., 2d ser., No. 2, May 14, 1875,
- pp. 53-82.

History—Bibliography—Material examined—Discussion of races and varieties—Geographi-
cal Distribution—Habits. Then the species monographed are: L. atrata, L. tephrocotis, L. t.
vars. littoralis and griseinucha, L. australis, L. brunneinucha.

The article is very complete, entering fully into the characters of all these forms of the
genus. It became the occasion of a protracted discussion between the author and J. A. Allen:
ef. Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., ii, 1876, pp. 345-350; Field and Forest, ii, 1876, pp.
37-43, and 76-79.

S[ENNETT], G.B. Albino Linnet [M#giothus linaria]. < Forest and Stream, iv,
May 13, 1875, p. 215.

Sint, J. M. B. The Western Nonpareil [Cyanospiza versicolor] in Michigan.
<Am. Nat., ix, No. 12, 1875, p. 665.

ANON. Pine Grosbeaks [Pinicola enucleator]. < Forest and Stream, iv, Apr. 15,
1875, p. 149. [Reprinted from Meadville (Pa.) ‘‘ Republican.” ]

Anon. The Confined Purple Finch [Carpodacus purpureus]. < Odlogist, i,
1875, p. 5.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPILY—FRINGILLID&. 641

1876, ALLEN, J. A. Sexual, Individual, and Geographical Variation in Leucosticte
tephrocotis. < Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., ii, No. 4, July, 1876, pp. 345-350.
Treating the puzzling genus from the reverse of Ridgway’s perspective, and reaching dif-
ferent results. Cf. op. cit., 2d ser., No. 2, May 14, 1875, pp. 53-82; Field and Forest, ii, 1876,
pp. 37-43, 76-79.
1876. AuLEN,J.A. Sexual Variation in the Genus Leucosticte. < Field and Forest,
ii, No. 5, Nov., 1876, pp. 76-79.
Rejoinder to Ridgway’s reply (Field and Forest, ii, 1876, pp. 37-43) to Allen’s critique (Bull.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., ii. 1876, pp. 345-350) of Ridgway’s monograph (Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Terr., 2d ser., No. 2, May 14, 1876, pp. 53-82), claiming that the main point at issue has been sub-
stantially conceded by Mr. Ridgway.
1876. BicKNELL, E.A. The Crossbill [Loxia curvirostra var. americana] breeding at
_ Riverdale, N.Y. < Am. Nat., x, No. 4, 1876, p. 237.

1876. BREWSTER, W. The Ipswich Sparrow [Passerculus princeps] in New Bruns-
wick. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 2, July, 1876, p. 52.

1876. BurRouGHS, J. Notes from Our Correspondents. < Forest and Stream, v, Jan.
13, 1876, p. 356.

Pinicola enucleator on the Hudson in winter.

1876: C[ours], E. Breeding Range of the Snow-Bird [Junco hyemalis]. <Am. Nat.,
x, No. 2, Feb., 1876, pp. 114, 115.

On mountains in Southwestern Virginia.
1876. GittMAN, H. Protective Resemblance in the Yellow-Bird [Chrysomitris tris-
tis]. < Am. Nat., x, No. 2, 1876, pp. 115, 116.

Color of the birds assimilating with that of flowers of Verbascum thapsus.

1876. HENSHAW, H. W. Genus Junco, Wagler. Synopsis of the genus. < Rep.
Geogr. and Geol. Expl. and Surv. West 100th Meridian (4to, Washington, “1875”
= 1876), vol. v, chap. 11, pp. 264-273.

Scarcely citable as a separate article, as it is part of the general report on the Ornithology
of the Survey. It is well, however, thus to call attention to one of several essays on this
genus, especially as some of the colored plates illustrate the species. The author recognizes
the following forms of the genus:—A. J. hyemalis, with var. aikeni. B. J. oregonus, with
var. annectens. C. J. cinereus, with vars. alticola, dorsalis, and caniceps.—P1. viii, J. annec-
tens. Pl. ix, J. dorsalis. Pl. x, J. cinereus.

1876. [INGERSOLL, E.] Pine finch. < Forest and Stream, vii, Oct. 12, 1876, p. 147.
Inquiry whether Chrysomitris spinus of Europe does not regularly visit New Brunswick
during midwinter.

1876. Ripeway,R. “Sexual, Individual and Geographical Variation” in the Genus
Leucosticte. < Field and Forest, ii, No. 3, Sept., 1876, pp. 37-43.

Continuation of the discussion with Mr. J. A. Allen of the much-vexed question respecting
the species of this genus :—See Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., No. 2, May 14, 1875, and op. cit.,
yol. ii, No. 4, July, 1876, pp. 345-350. In the present paper the author goes further into the
subject, and concludes that he has ‘‘no hesitation” in asserting the distinct North American
species of the genus to be L. griseinucha Brandt, L. tephrocotis Sw., L. atrata hidgw., and L.
australis Allen. ‘The article is somewhat controversial. Cf. Ibis, 1878, p. 104.

1876. Rowiny,G.D. Zonotrichia albicollis, Bonap. (The American White-throated
Sparrow.) < Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt. v, Oct., 1876, pp. 75, 76, pl. xlvi,f. 3.

Captured near Brighton, England, 22d Mar., 1872.—A previous occurrence of the same spe-
cies in Great Britain, in Scotland, is recorded by Newton, P. Z. S., 1870, p. 52, and by Rob.
Gray, B. of West Scotland, p. 138, plate. This was taken 17th Aug., 1867, and in Mar., 1868,
a notice of the occurrence was communicated by Mr. Angus to the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Glasgow,
and a description with a plate was afterwards published in the Proceedings of that Society.

1876. Scott, D. [W.] The proper specific name of the Song Sparrow. < Am. Nat.,
x, No. 1, Jan., 1876, pp. 17, 18. :

Melospiza fasciata ex Fringilla fasciata Gm.; synonymy given. (See Bd., B. N. A., 1858, p.
477.)

1877. BatLEy,H.B. Occurrence of Le Conte’s Bunting (Coturniculus lecontei Bon.)
in Iowa. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, pp. 26, 27.

642

1877.

1877.

1878.
1878.
1878.
1878.

1878
1878.

1878.

1878.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

BaiLey, H.B. Occurrence of Passerculus princeps in New York. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 78, 79. ‘

. Brewer,T.M. A New Bird [Centrophanes ornata] to Massachusetts. < Bull.

Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 78.

. BRewsrer, W. Northern Range of the Sharp-tailed Finch (Ammodromus cau-

dacutus). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, p. 28.

. BREWSTER, W Twoundescribed nests of California Birds. < Bull. Nutt, Ornith.

Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, pp. 37, 38.

Oarpodacus purpureus var. californicus, Peuceea rujiceps.

. Coats, H. K. MacCown’s Longspur [Rhynchophanes maccowni] in Illinois.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.2, Apr., 1877, p. 52.

7. Coats, H.K. Junco oregonus in Illinois. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3,

July, 1877, p. 82.
. Covert, A.B. Nesting of the rose-breasted grosbeak, (Goniaphea ludoviciana).
< Forest and Stream, viii, April 12, 1877, p. 145.

A variety of eggs with ground color white instead of green.

. Harvin-Brown, J. A. Aigiothus exilipes in Europe. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,

ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, pp. 51, 52.

. [INGERSOLL, E.] [Calamospiza bicolor reported from,Ipswich, Mass.] <The

Country, i, Dec. 27, 1877, p. 115.

. INGERSOLL, E. The Song Sparrows of North America. <The (London) Field,

1, Noy. 10, 1877, p. 544.
Elaborate and original biography of Melospiza meloda.

. LENGERKE, J. v. [Early arrival of Plectrophanes nivalis in New Jersey. ]

< The Country, i, Dec. 29, 1877, p.115. See p. 79.

. RAGSDALE, G. H. Plectrophanes Lapponicus[Centrophanes lapponica] in Texas.

< Oologist, 11, No. 11, pp. 79, 80.

. Ripeway, R. Mrs. Maxwell’s Colorado Micon Additional Notes. < Field |
and Forest, iii, No.1, July, 1877, p. 11.
Supplementary to a more general article, ending at op. cit., vol. ii, p. 214; these “additional
notes” relating entirely to unusually colored specimens of Junco caniceps anil J. annectens.
SciaTer, P.L. Note on the South-American Song-Sparrows. < Jbis, 4th ser.,
i, Jan., 1877, pp. 46-48, pl. i.
Remarks on Zonotrichia pileata, Z. canicapilla (p.1, f.1), and Z. strigiceps (pl. 1, f. 2).

ALLEN, J.A. The Lark-Bunting (Calamospiza bicolor)in Massachusetts. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 48.

ALLEN, J. A. Rufous-headed Sparrow (Peuciea ruficeps) in Texas. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 188, 189.

Auten, J.A. The Snow-Bird [Junco hyemalis] in Summer on Mount Wachu-
sett [Mass.]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 192.

Anon. Birds ote ?] Hatched in February. es Forest and Stream, x, Mar.
7, 1878, p.75

. ANON. Nesting of Crossbills.] < Forest and Stream, x, Apr. 4, 1878, p. 156.

BaaeG, E., Jz. Lincoln’s Finch (Melospiza lincolni) breeding in Hamilton
County, N.Y. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 197, 198.
Brewer, T.M. [Occurrence of Centrophanes ornata in Massachusetts. ] < Proe.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xix, for May, 1877, pub. Jan., 1878, pp. 239, 240.
Specimen in the Museum of the Society, shot by C. W. Townsend, July 28, 1878, near Mag:
nolia. Cf. Bull. Nutt. Ornith.. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 78.
BREWER, T. M. [Occurrence of Centrophanes lapponica in Massachusetts. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. for Oct. 3, 1877, xix, pub. Feb., 1878, p. 257.
Specimen shot in Swampscott, May 1, 1877.

No. 4.]

1878.

1875.

1878.
1878.
- 1878.
1878.
1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.
1878.

1878.
1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 643

Brewer, T. M. [Occurrence of Ammodromus maritimus in Massachusetts. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xix, for Dec. 6, 1877, pub. Feb., 1878, p. 260.
BREWER,T.M. [Letter relating to the Nest and Eggs of Zonotrichia coronata. ]
< Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Jan., 1878, pp. 117, 118.
Fully described, as being the first authentic specimen known.
BREWER,T.M. The Black-throated Bunting (Euspiza americana) [nesting in
Massachusetts]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 190, 191.

Brewer, T.M. The White-crowned Sparrow [Zonotrichia leucophrys] breed-
ing in Vermont. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 195.

BREWER, T.M. Notes on Junco caniceps and the closely allied Forms. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 72-75.

Brewer,T.M. The Seaside Finch (Ammodramus maritimus) in Kastern Mas-
sachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, p. 48.

BREWER,T.M. Nest and Eggs of Zonotrichia coronata. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 42, 43.
BREWER,T.M. Song of Hepburn’s Finch (Leucosticte littoralis, Baird). < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iti, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 189, 190.
Observations of C. Bendire in Oregon.
Brown,N.C. The Sharp-tailed Finch (Ammodramus caudacutus) in Maine.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 98, 99.

‘‘CARNIFEX, JOHN” (pseudon.). Some Western Sparrows. < The Country (news-
paper of N. Y.), July 20, 1878.
Treating of species of Plectrophanes, Passerculus bairdi, Calamospiza bicolor, etc.
Cooper, W. A. Notes on the breeding habits of Carpodacus purpureus var. cali-
fornicus, with a Description of its Nest and Eggs. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,
iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 8-10.
Cours, E. Note on Passerculus bairdi and P. princeps. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iti, No.1, Jan., 1878, pp. 1-3, pl. i.
Perfunctory letter-press for the plate; but gives complete synonymy of the two species, the
former of which is figured on the colored plate.
Cougs, E. Pipilo erythrophthalmus with Spotted Scapulars. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 41, 42.
With editorial note by J. A. Allen.
Covert, A. B. Rare Birds [in Michigan]. < Science News, i, No.4, Dec. 15,
1878, p. 64.
Junco oregonus, J. caniceps, and others. 2
DEANE, R. Coturniculus henslowi in New Hampshire. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, p. 39.
“Ek. C. M.” A Cardinal Grosbeak [Cardinalis virginianus] in Central Park,
< Forest and Stream, x, Apr. 4, 1878, p. 156.

[Fircu, E. H.] The Field Sparrow. (Spizella Pusilla.) < The Journ. of Sci.
(Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser. i, No.7, Oct., 1878, cut.
Popular biography, with a figure. :
GENTRY, [T.G.] The Rose-breasted Grosbeak [Goniaphea ludoviciana]. <The
Oologist, iv, No. 4, June, 1878, p. 30.
Notes on the habits of the bird.
HensHaw, H.W. On the Species of the genus Passerella. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iti, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 3-7.
Reduces them all to subspecies of P. iliaca. .
INGERSOLL, E. Breeding habits of the Goldfinch [Chrysomitris tristis]. < Tor-
est and Stream, x, July 11, 1878, p. 442.

Jones, J.M. Cardinal Grosbeak [Cardinalis virginianus] in Nova Scotia in
Winter. < Forest and Stream, x, May 16, 1878, p. 275.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol, V.

. Kocu, E.G. Breeding of the Snow bird [Junco hyemalis] in Pennsylvania.

< Forest and Stream, x, July 4, 1878, p. 422.

8. LAWRENCE, N.T. The Ipswich Sparrow (Passerculus “cfiewers) on Long Island,

N.Y. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 102.

75. Merriam, C.H. Breeding of the Pine Linnet [Chrysomitris pinus] in Northern

1878.

New York. < Forest and Stream, x, July 18, 1878, p. 463.

Giving a full account, from original GisuneAH OR
Moran,G.H. Breeding Snow-Birds [Junco hyemalis]. < Forest and Stream,
xi, Oct. 17, 1878, p. 222.

In mountains of North Carolina and Georgia.

. “M[prRIAM?],C.H.” Winter Range of the American Goldfinch [Chrysomitris

tristis]. < Forest and Stream, x, May 30, 1878, p. 319.
Northward to Warner, N. H.

8. NicHouas,G.W. [Northern Range of Cardinalis virginianus.] < The Country,

i, Feb. 23, 1878, p. 244.

8. Purpin,H.A. The Lark-Finch (Chondestes grammaca) again in Massachusetts.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 44.
Cf. Proc. Hssex Inst., i, 1856, p. 224.

8. Purpir, H.A. The Black-throated Bunting (Euspiza americana) nesting in

Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, p. 55.

°. RAGSDALE, G.H. The Painted Lark Bunting (Plectrophanes pictus) in Texas.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 92.

8. Ripeway, R. Eastward range [to Washington, D. C.] of Chondestes grammaca.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, 1878, pp. 43, 44.

. [ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin,O.] Ridgway on the genus Leucosticte. < Ibis,

Ath ser., ii, Jan., 1878, p. 104.
Notice of the paper in Field and Forest, ii, 1876, pp. 37-43.

. S[TERLING], E. An Explanation wanted [of gravel in a Song Sparrow’s nest].

< Forest and Stream, xi, Dec. 19, 1878, p. 400.

8. STOCKWELL, G. A. An early Bird indeed. < Am. Nat., xii, No. 6, June, 1878,

p. 399. \

Spizella socialis nesting Mar. 21 in Michigan.

. [WILLARD,S.L.] Reflections upon the Habits of the Purple Finch [Carpoda-

cus purpureus]. < The Odlogist, iv, No.2, Apr., 1878, pp. 13, 14.

. [ WILLARD, S.L.] Studies on Certain Fringillide.—The Grass Finch [ Pocecetes

gramineus]. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 4, June, 1878, p. 31.
Notes on the habits of the bird.

3. [WILLARD, 8. L.] Studies on Certain Fringillide.—The Tree Sparrow [Spizella

monticola]. < The Odlogist, iv, No.5, July, 1878, pp. 37, 38.

8. WILLISTON, S.W. A Foster-Father. < Forest and Stream, xi, Aug. 8, 1878, p. 2.

Tame Cardinalis virginianus rearing orioles in his cage.

. ALLEN, J,A. The Evening Grosbeak [Hesperiphona vespertina] in New Mex-

ico. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 237.

. ATkins, H. A. The Snowbird (Junco hyemalis) in Southern Michigan in Sum-

mer. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 238.

. BREWER, T.M. The Sharp-tailed Finch—Ammodromus caudacutus,—its Nest,

and Eggs. < The Oélogist, iv, No.6, Jan., 1879, pp. 41, 42.
Very full account.

. BREWER, T.M. A Word in Defence. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.3, July,

1879, pp. 191, 192.

Merely controversial, with E. Coues, with respect to the position of Hesperiphona vesper-
tina in the List of the Birds of New England, published by the latter in 1868, occasioned by. ©
a remark made in ‘‘The History of the Evening Grosbeak,” tom. cit., p. 75. An editorial
note appended states that the person in mention declines to reply.

‘No.4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FRINGILLID&. 645

1879. BREWSTER, W. Notes on the Habits and Distribution of the Rufous-crowned
Sparrow (Peucea ruficeps). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1379,
pp. 47, 48.

From the observations of C. A. Allen of Nicasio, Cal.

1879. Capy, W. B. Curious Death of a Bird [Spizella socialis]. < Science News, i,
No. 15, June 1, 1879, p. 240.

Strangled by a thread from the nest.

1879. Cours, E. Southward Range of Centrophanes lapponica. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
_ Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 238.

Fort Smith, Arkansas.

1879. Cours, E. Nest and Eggs of the Clay-colored Bunting [Spizella pallida].
< The Odlogist, iv, No.7, Feb., 1879, p. 50.

Quoted from the ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest.”

1879. Cours, KE. Nest and Eggs of the Chestnut-collared Bunting [Plectrophanes or-
natus]. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, p. 79.

Quoted from “‘ Birds of the Northwest.”

1879. Cours, E. History of the Evening Grosbeak [Hesperiphona vespertina].
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 65-75.

By permission, from advance MS. of Birds of the Colorado Valley, Part Il. Very fullon
the geographical distribution and habits of the species, as well as its appearance in previous
literature of the subject, the record of which is given, together with a copious synonymy.

1879. [Couks, E.] nest and Eggs of the Chestnut-collared Bunting [Plectrophanes
ornatus]. < The Temperance Vidette (newspaper of Terrell, Texas) of Sept.
20, 1879.

Quoted from The Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, p. 79.

1879. Davis, F.J. Yellow-winged Sparrow [Coturniculus passerinus]. < The Odlo-
gist, iv, No. 6, Jan., 1879, p. 47.

Notes on the nest and eggs of this species.

1879. DEANE, R. Record of the Breeding of Crossbills [Loxia curvirostra americana ]
in Northern Vermont in 1796. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1379,
pp. 121, 122.

Interesting record respecting Loxia curvirostra americana, from ‘The Rural Magazine;
or, Vermont Repository,’’ vol. ii, 1796, p. 475, by Thomas Tolman.

1879. DEANE, R. Nesting of the Black-throated Bunting (Euspiza americana) in
Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, pp. 122, 123.

1879, HENSHAW, H.W. Melospiza meloda and its Allies. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,
iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 155-160.

A very full discussion of the intricate forms of this stock, distinguishing 8 varieties: WM.
meloda, fallax, heermanni, samuelis, mexicana, gattata, rufina, and insignis.

1879, JEFFRIES, W. A. igiothus exilipes in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, p. 121.

1879. JEFFRIES, W. A. The Ipswich Sparrow (Passerculus princeps, Maynard).
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 103-106.

Treated as not specifically distinct from P. savanna.

1879, PEARSALL, R.F. Notes on the Purple Finch [Carpodacus purpureus]. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 122.

1879. PECKHAM, B.J. [Nesting of Pipilo erythrophthalmus off the Ground.] < The
Oélogist, iv, No. 6, Jan., 1879, p. 43.

1879. RAGSDALE,G.H. Song of Cassin’s Finch [Peucea cassini]. < Science News, i,
No. 9, Mar. 1, 1879, pp. 134, 135.

1879. RAGSDALE, G. H. Pensile Nests of the Painted Bunting [Cyanospiza ciris].
< Science News, i, No. 17, July 1, 1879, p. 272. .

1879. RAGSDALE,G.H. Nesting of the Snowbird [Junco hyemalis] in Eastern Ten-
nessee. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 238, 239.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

. Rmeway,R. Ona new species of Peucea [illinoensis] from Southern Illinois

and Central Texas. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 218-229,
Extended critical comparison with its allies, and G. H. Ragsdaie’s notes on its habits.

‘9. Ripeway, R. [Letter on Peucea illinoensis.] < Temperance Vidette (Texas

newspaper), Oct. 11, 1879.

. Ripeway, Rk. Henslow’s Bunting (Coturniculus henslowi) near Washington.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 238.

. Roperts, T.8. Note on Hesperiphona vespertina. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,

iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 237, 238.
The lateness (May 19) of its departure in the spring from Minnesota, where it winters.

. Sabin, W.W. [Nesting of Pipilo erythrophthalmus off the Ground.] < The

Oblogist, iv, No. 6, Jan., 1879, p. 43.

. SMiTH,G.S[TuarT]. Nesting of the Black-throated Bunting (Euspiza ameri-

cana) < The Oblogist, iv, No. 8, Mar., 1879, pp. 58, 59.

. SmituH,G.S[TuUART]. Nesting of the Sharp-tailed Finch (Ammodromus cauda-

eutus). < The Odlogist, iv, No.9, Apr., 1879, pp. 66, 67.

From original observations in Massachusetts.

. [Witrarp, S. L.] Studies on Certain Fringillide.—The Savannah Sparrow

[Passerculus savanna]. < The Odlogist, v, No. 2, Aug., 1879, p. 14.

. (WILLARD, 8S. L.] Studies on Certain Fringillide.—The White-throated Spar-

row [Zonotrichia albicollis]. < The Oblogist, iv, No. 9, Apr., 1879, p. 71.

. [WILLARD,S.L.] Studies on Certain Fringillide.—The Black Snow Bird [Junco

hyemalis]. < The Oélogist, iv, No. 11, June, 1879, p. 90.

. [WitLarp,8.L.?] Nest and Eggs of Carpodacus purpureus. < Temperance Vi-

dette (newspaper of Terrill, Texas), Nov. 22, 1879.
Copied from The Odlogist.

. W[rtirams, Mrs. J.] The Potato Bug Bird [i. e., Goniaphea Iudoviciana].

< Forest and Stream, xiii, Nov. 20, 1879, p. 827.

In the issue of the same paper of Dec. 18, 1879, appeared letters from ‘‘M.” [A. C. McEHI-
wrath], T. S. Roberts, and S. A. Forbes identifying the bird referred to by Mrs. Williams as
above, and testifying to its usefulness in destroying Doryphora 10-lineata, The same impor-
tant fact had been noticed by W. H. Mapes, Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 493.

No. 4.]

1778.

1778.

1814.

1835.

1836.

1838.

1839.

1843.

1844.

1844.

1845.

1846.

1846.

1847.

1850.

1851.

1851.

1852.

1854.

1854.

a

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALAUDID&. 647

Alaudide.

Patias, P.S. Den Mongoliska Liirkan (Alauda mongolica), en rar Fogel fran
Ostra Sibirien, funnen och beskrifven af P. 8. Pallas. < Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-
Akad. Héindl., 1778, pp. 201-203, pl. vii, f. 2.

PALLAs, P. 8. Die Mongolische Lerche, Alauda mongolica. < Abhandl. d.
Schwed. Akad., x1, f. 1778, pp. 193-195, pl. —.

Not seen.

Lerster, J. P. Die kurzzehige Lerche (Alauda brachydactyla). < Ann. d.
Wetter. Ges. f. d. ges. Naturk., iii, 1814, pp. 357-359, pl. —.

Not seen. :

GARDINER, W. Some Skylarks [Alauda arvensis] were Singing on the Wing on
Sept. 27. 1834. in Scotland. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 614.

LAFRESNAYE,. F. pe. Alouette. Alauda. Lin. Certhilauda. Swainson.—Sirli.
Lesson. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 6° année, 1836, classe ii, notices lviii, lix, pp.
1-8, pll. lviii, lix.

Alauda albo-fasciata, p. 3= Certhilauda a., pl. 58.—A. rufo-palliata, p. 4—= Certhilauda r.,
pl. 59.—Sur les Alouettes & long bec de l’'Amérique méridionale, pp. 6, 7; monographie de six
espéces.

Syxrs,[W.H.] [On the Calandra Lark.] < P. Z.S., vi, 1838, pp. 113, 114.

Made type of Londra, g. n., with remarks on its affinities.

WATERHOUSE, G.R. [Description of a New Species of Lark from China (Alauda
sinensis).] <P. Z.S., vii, 1839, pp. 60, 61.

Brown, E. Enquiry.—Does the Female Sky-lark [Alauda arvensis] ever sing?
< Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 219.

Briees, J.J. Remarks upon [the habits of] the Skylark [Alauda arvensisls
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 657, 658.

FIsHER, W.R. Note on the migration of Larks [Alauda arvensis] at Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, ti, 1844, p. 452.

STREATFIELD, J. F. Anecdote of a Lark’s Nest. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1065,”
4. €., 1075.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Crested Lark (Alauda cristata), near Penzance.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1497.

WATERHOUSE, [G. R.] [Eine Lerche aus China, Alauda sinensis.] < Oken’s
Tsis, Bd. xxxix, 1846, p. 618.

P. Z. S., vii, 1839, p. 60.

SLtapEN, E.H.M. Supposed New British Lark [ Alanda isabellina, sp.n.] << Zo-
ologist, v, 1847, p. 1697.

Situ, J. Occurrence of the Wood Lark (Alauda arborea) in Scotland. < Zo-
ologist, vill, 1850, pp. 2849-2851. .

GurNry,J.H. Occurrence of the Shore Lark (Alauda [Eremophila] alpestris)
near Yarmouth. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 2985.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Continental Crested Lark near Penzance. < Zo-
ologist, ix, 1851, p. 3033.

Powys, T.L. The Shore Lark (Alauda [Eremophila] alpestris) breeding in Dev-
onshire. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3707.

Auuis,T.H. Occurrence of the Shore Lark (Alauda [Eremophila] alpestris) in
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4251, 4252.

GorGas, J. Importation of Sky-larks [Alauda arvensis, in the United States].
< Rep. Comm. Patents for 1853, Agric., 1854, pp. 70, 71.

648

1854.

1858.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.¥.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Short-toed Lark (Alauda brachydactyla) at
Scilly. < Zeologist, xii, 1854, p. 4477.

. HFLLMANN, A. Otocorys [Eremophila] alpestris bei Gotha erlegt. <J.f.0.,

iii, 1855, p. 181.

- OLPH-GALLIARD, L. [Die Feldlerche, Alauda arvensis, setzt sich auf Baume. ]

< Naumannia, 1855, p. 215.

. BreoM,[C.L.] [Ueber die Ammerlerchen (Melanocorypha).] < Naumannia,

vi, 1856, pp. 374-376.

1. M. calandra, a) albigularis, b) megarhynchos, c) subealandra 3 2. semitorquata ; 3. rufes-
cens. Auch zeigt d. Verf. 2 kurzzehige Lerchenarten vor, Calandrella ferrunginea [sic] A.
Brhm., und C. brachyptera.

BreHM,[C.] L. Etwas iiber die Haubenlerchen, Galerita, Boje. (Alanda cris-
tata, L., et undata, L.) < Nauwmannia, viii, 1858, pp. 204-213.

1. Galerita cristata nigricans, G. c. major, G. c. vulgaris, G.c. pagorum, G. c. viarum, G. ¢.
karinthiaca, G. c. pallida, G. ec. planorum, G. e. gallica, G. c. tenuirostris, G. c. augustistriata,
G. c. maculata, G. ¢. altirostris, G. c. undata, G.c. rufescens. 2. G. abyssinica. 3. G. flava,
G. f. tenuirostris, G. f. crassirostris. 4. G. lutea. 5. G@. theklae.

. SCHILLING, H. Ueber das Vorkommen von Alauda [Eremophila] alpestris in

Pommern. < Naumannia, viii, 1858, pp. 60-63.

. SWINHOE, R. Description of the small Chinese Lark [Alauda ccelivox, Swinh. ].

< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6723-6727.

1860. LocHrn,—. Description de deux nouvelles espéces d’Alouettes découvertes dans
le Sahara algérien par le commandant Loche, directeur du muséum Vhistoire
naturelle d’Alger. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xii, 1860, pp. 148-151, pl. 11.

Calandrella reboudia, p. 149, pl. xi, f. 1; Galerida randoni, p. 150, pl. xi, f. 2—les deux dé-
crites en 1858 par Loche, Cat. Mamm. et Ois. de V Algérie, pp. 83-85.
1861 [Harris,8.D.] Note. < Field Notes, i, No. 12, Mar. 23, 1861, p. 92.

1861.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1864.

Introduction of Alauda arvensis in Ohio in 1851.

Vian, J. Notice sur l’Alouette pispolette, Alauda pispoletta, Pall. et Bp., et sur
YAlouette, Alauda brachydactyla, Temm. , Calandrella brachydactyla, Bp.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xiii, 1861, pp. 346-353.

BARTLETT, J.P. Occurrence of the Short-toed Lark (Alauda brachydactyla) and
other rare Birds in Hampshire. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7930, 7931.

SaxsBy,H.L. Notes upon the Migration and Song of the Skylark [Alauda ar-
vensis]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8281.

STEVENSON, H. [Letter on occurrence of Eremophila alpestris in N orfolk, Eng-
land.]_ < bis, iv, 1862, pp. 189, 190.

STEVENSON, H. [Letter on another (Ibis, iv, 189) oceurrence of Eremophila al-
pestris in Norfolk, England]. < Ibis, iv, 1862, p. 303.

STEVENSON, H. Another [Zool., 1845, 7931] Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris]
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8090, 8091.

Drs Murs,O. Note sur les espéces du genre Pyrrhulanda et leur uf. < Rev.
et Mag. de Zool., xv, 1863, pp. 209-212.

GATCOMBE, J. Occurrence of the Calandra Lark [Alauda calandra] in Devon.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8768.

NEWMAN, H.W. Skylarks [Alauda arvensis] congregating in October [in Eng-
land.] < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8326.

REICHENBACH, L. Friihes [8 Feb., 1861] Nisten der Feldlerche, Alanda arven-
sis. <J. f. O., 1863, xi, p. 155.

Roperts, A.W. The Shore Lark (Alauda [ Eremophila] alpestris) near Lowes-
toft. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8446.

Tyrer, R., Jr. A Yellow Skylark [Alauda arvensis]. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
p. 8950.

No. 4.]

1865.

1865.

1865.

1866.

1866.

1870

1870

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALAUDIDZ. 649

EEpDLE, T. Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] near London. < Zoologist, XXxiii,
1865, p. 9782.

GURNEY, J.H. Noteon a Deformity in the Bill of a Sky Lark [Alauda arven-
sis]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9467. .
Ramsay, E.P. Note on the Nidification of Mirafra horsfieldi. <P. Z.8., Nov.
28, 1865, pp. 689, 690.
ANON. FoodofLarks. < The Intellectual Observer, viii, 1866, p.480. (From Proc.
Roy. Soc., No. 78.)
Regards grass the chief food in winter.
Watkins, M.G. The Sky Lark [Alauda arvensis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
p. 498.
Quotation from Milton’s L’ Allegro.

. Bonn, F. Wood Lark at Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 792.
. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Young Lark feeding other young ones. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., 11, 1867, p. 949.

. CLIFTON, Lord. Wood Lark in Kent. < Goologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 705.
. JEFFREY, W.,JR. Wood Lark in West Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867,

p. 756.

. Rowtey,G.D. Shore Larks [Eremophila alpestris] in Suffolk. < Zoologist,

2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 560.

. West, E. Black Sky Lark [Alauda arvensis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p.

705.

. CLIFTON, Lord. Wood Lark [at Kton]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1182.
. Dutron, J. White Lark [Alauda arvensis] near Eastbourne. < Zoologist, 2d

Ser., 111, 1868, p. 1132.

. HensmMANn, H.P. Longevity [21 years] of a Caged Lark. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

iii, 1868, p. 1254.

. GORDON, C. Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] in Captivity. < Zoologist, 2d

Ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1513, 1514.

. GuNN,T.E. White Sky Lark [Alanda arvensis] in Confinement. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1599.

. GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Calandra Lark near Exeter. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,

p. 1599.

- Bonn, F. Siberian Lark at Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2022.
- Borrer, W. Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] near Weymouth. < Zoologist,

2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2101.

. Boyes, F. Shore Larks [Eremophila alpestris] in East Yorkshire. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2101.

. GuNN, T.E. Buff Variety of Skylark [Alauda arvensis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

v, 1870, p. 2101.

- Monk, T.J. Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] near Newhaven. < Zoologist,

2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2140.

NEWMAN, E. Shore Larks [Eremophila alpestris] near London. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2406, 2407.

Ramsny, k.G.W. Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] at St. Andrews. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2022.

. Ramsey, R.G.W. Shore Larks [Eremophila alpestris] near Dunbar. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2101.
Row ey, G. D. Correction of an Error [Zool.s. s. 1984; Alauda sibirica].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2066.
Bull. v, 4 9

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

. BoyEs, F. Migration of Larks in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d, ser., 1871,

pp. 2639, 2640.

. Moor, E.C. White Larks. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2640, 2641.
. SHARPE, R.B. On the Alauda bimaculata of Ménétriés. < Am. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

Ath ser., viii, 1871, pp. 179-181.

2. ANON. Sky Larks [Alauda arvensis] breeding in an Aviary. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vii, 1872, p. 3186.

2. Hume, A.O. The Skylarks of India. < Stray Feathers, i, pp. 38-41.

All the Indian species of Alauda are referred to A. arvensis and A. malabarica. The latter
includes A. gulgula, A. malabarica (vera), A. triborhyncha, as subspecies, each with a separate
habitat, as well as a fourth from the central provinces, to which no name is given. (Cf. Ibis,
1873, pp. 221, 222.)—Not seen: title and comment from Zool. Rec.

3. CorBIN,G.B. Migration of the Sky Lark [Alauda arvensis]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vill, 1873, p. 3647.

3. GrEGSON, C.S. [Albinotic and Melanotic] Varieties of the Skylark [Alauda

arvensis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3412.

3. Homeyer, E.F.v. Monographische Beitriige iiber einige Gruppen der Lerchen

(Alaudide). < J. f. O., 1873, pp. 186-209.

Genn. Hierapterhina, Melanocorypha, Pallasia, n. g., p. 190, Alauda, Calandrella (0. immacu-
lata Brhm. MSS., sp.n., 194), Calandritis (0. heinei, sp.n., p. 197), Ammomanes, Ohorys, Gale-
rita (G. microcristata, sp.n., p. 64); 23 Arten. Cf. Zool. Rec., x, p. 64.

. HoMEYER, E.F.v. Notiz itiber Calandritis heinei Nob. <J./f. 0., 1873, pp. 420,

426,

. Lizrorp, Lord. [Occurrence of Calandrella reboudia near Seville, Spain. < Ibis,

3d ser., iii, 1873, p. 98.

. BurrouaGus, J. Mellow England. < Sceribner’s Monthly, vol. viii, 1874, pp. 559-

o71.
Contains short account of English skylark, notes upon its possible introduction into the
United States, and a comparison of the singing of English and American birds.

. Rorr,G.T. Early Nesting of Sky Lark [Alauda arvensis, in Suffolk]. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4054.

5. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 4.—The Horned or Shore Lark [Ere-

mophila alpestris]. << The Chicago Field, Oct. 7, 1876, fig.
On the habits of this species.

. INGERSOLL, E. [Inquiry as to introduction of English] Sky Larks [into the U.

S.J]. < Forest and Stream, viii, Mar. 8, 1877, p.65. See p. 129.

. WiLLicoTT, W. What becomes of our foreign song-birds. < Forest and Stream,

vili, Apr. 5, 1377, p. 129.

Reply to question asked by E. Ingersoll (p. 65) concerning skylarks introduced from Eng-
land to U. S., stating that acclimatization was attempted, several years previous, but none
were now known to survive.

. ALLEN, J.A. Early Nesting of the Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] near In-

dianapolis, Ind. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 189.
Young were well grown April 24. (The bird has been known to nest in the N. W. States
before the snow was off the ground.)

8. Davis, F.J. Nesting of the Horned Lark (Eremopila [sic] cornuta) in Central

New York. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 9, cut.

. Howry, J.M. Breeding of the Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] in Western

New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 40.

. JONES, H.T. Breeding of the Shore Lark [Eremophila alpestris] in Western

New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 189. ;
Quite common near Rochester, N. Y.; nest with incubated eggs June 6. (Cf. op. tom. cit.,
p. 40, and loc. cit.)

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PICID&. 651

Picide.

1701. [M&ry, J.] De rebus ad Historiam Animalium pertinentibus. < Reg. Scient.
Acad. Hist. Paris (Duhamel ed.), i, 1701, pp. 380-385, fig.
De structura Picilingue. Ann. 1695.
1716. WALLER, R. A Description of that curious Natural Machine, the Wood-Peckers
Tongue, &c. < Philos. Trans., xxix, 1716, pp. 509-522, tab. i, figg. 1-9.
Remarkably complete and pertinent, for the time. The writer also takes occasion to criti-
cize and review various authors who had written upon the same subject.
1730. Hire, [P.] DELA. Explication mécanique du mouvement de la langue du Pi-
vert. < Mém. de UV Acad. Roy. des Sciences Paris, ix, 1730, pp. 238-240, fig.

1733. Méry, J. Observations sur les mouvemens de la langue du Piver [Picus].
< Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. pour Vannée 1709, 1733, pp. 85-91, pl. 3.

1740. Linnzus,C. Carl Linnei Beskrifning pi en ny Fogel: Picus pedibus tridac-
tylis. < Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., i, 1740, pp. 222-224.

1742. MiéRy, [J.] Observations on the motions of the tongue of the wood-pecker.
<_ Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Acad., for 1709, English Abridgment, iii, anne pp-
183-190, pl. iii, figs. 1-3.

1743. Linnzus,C. Beskrifning pien ny Fogel: Picus pedibus tridactylis. < Kongl.
Swensk. Wetens. Acad. Handl.,i (1740), 1743, pp. 214-216.

1803. DAuUDIN, F.M. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Pic trouvée a Porto-Rico.
< Ann. du Mus. d Hist. Nat., ii, 1803, pp. 285, 286, pl. 51.

Picus portoricensis, p. 286, pl. 51.

1821. Swainson, W. Observations on the Genus Picus of Linnzus, with Descriptions
of two New Species from the Interior of Brazil. < Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist.
Soc., 111, 1821, pp. 288-293.

Read Mar., 1820. P. chrysosternus, p. 289; P. braziliensis, p. 291.

1824. BERTHOLD, A. A. Einigen Notizen aus der Anatomie und Physiologie des Spechtes
im Allgemeinen, des Grasspechtes (Picus viridis) aber insbesondere. < Oken’s
Isis, Jahrg. viii, 1824, pp. 555-558.

1826. Less[on, R. P.] Observations sur le genre Picus de Linnzus, et description de
deux espéces nouvelles de ’intérieur du Brésil, . . . par William Swainson. . .
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sec., vii, 1826, pp. 250, 251.

Mem. of the Werneriaw Soc., iii, 1821, p. 288.

1832. GouLp, J. [Ona New Species of Woodpecker, Picus imperialis.] <P. Comm.

Sei. Z. S., 11, 1832, pp. 139, 140.
“California”. the alleged locality, is incorrect.

1833. GouLp, J. [Characters of a New Species of Woodpecker (Picus flavinucha). ]
<CGRaZa Sst, 1833) p. 120!

1835. GOULD, J. Neuer Specht [Picus imperialis], aus Californien in der Nahe von
Mexico; grosser als alle andern. < Oken’s Isis, 1835, p. 433.

Aus d. P. Comm. Sci. Z. S., 1832, p. 189.

1837. TRUDEAU, J. Description of a New Species of Woodpecker [Picus auduboni].
<_ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, 1837, pp. 404-406.

1840. BOISSONNEAU,—. Nouvelle aaa du genre Pic [Picus rivolii]. < Rev. Zool.,
1ii, 1840, pp. 36, 37.

1843, LAFRESNAYE,[F.] pr. G.Pic. Picus. Linn. P. de Magellan. P. magellani-
cus 9 (King. in the Zool. journ., 1827, p. 430). P. jubatus de Lafr., Rev. zool.,
1841, p.242. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1843, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 31.

1844. CaBoT,8.,JR. [Picus dubius, P. parvus, P. yucatanensis (p. 164), spp. nn. from
Yucatan.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat., i, 1844, pp. 164, 165.

652

1844.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1847.

1848.

1849.
1849.

1849.

1850.

1850.

1851.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Kersster, K. Beitraege zur Naturgeschichte der Spechte. < Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat.
Moscou, xvii, pt. i, 1844, pp. 285-362, pll. x-xili, nebst Karte. (Auch separatab-
druckt, 8°, Riga, 1844, pp. 80, 4 Taf.)

ite Abtheil. Osteologie, pll. x, xi. 2te Abth. Ueber die Befiederung der Spechte, nebst eini-
gen Bemerkungen iiber die Birzeldriise, die Schleimdriisen, und der Zungenapparat, pll. xii,

LAFRESNAYE, F, DE. Surla genre Picumne, de Temminck, pl. coloriées. < Rev.
Zool., vili, 1845, pp. 1-10.

A subhead of the Mélanges Ornithologiques. This is an important piece of monography,
making many criticisms and rectifications. Nine species are recognized: P. cayennensis (ex
Briss.), sp. n., P. temminckii (=P. exilis Temm.), sp. n., P. ewilis Licht. (= P. lichtensteinii,
sp. n.), P. bugfonii (ex Pl. Enl. 786, f. 1), sp. n., p.6; P. pygmeeus (Licht.), P. albo-squamatus
@Orb. & Lafr.), P. olivaceus, Lafr., P. cinnamomius Lafr., P. d’ Orbignyanus Lafr,, p. 7.
These species are ranged in four sections according to their coloration.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Rectications [sic] et additions 4 la monographie du
Genre Picumnus. < Rev. Zool., viii, 1845, p. 111.

Voir tom. cit., pp. 1-11.

MALHERBE, A. Notice sur quelques espéces de Pies de Brésil. < Mém. de lu Soc.
Roy. de Liége, ii, 1846, pp. 65-70.

Pas vue moi-méme; j’ai tiré le titre de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

MALHERBE, A. Description de trois espéces nouvelles du genre Picus, Linné.
< Rev. Zool., viii, 1845, pp. 373-377,

P. (Leuconotopicus) stricklandi, p. 373; P. (L.) jardinii, p. 374; P. (L.) numidicus, p. 375.

MALHERBE, A. Description de sept especes nouvelles du genre Picus, Linné.
< Rev. Zool., viii, 1845, pp. 399-406.

P. (Chloropicus) pyrrhogaster, 399; P. (Brachypternopicus) rubropygialis, P. (Chloropicus)
kirkii, p. 400; P. (C.) rufoviridis, p. 401; P. (C.) xanthoderus, p. 402; P. (Chrysoptilopicus)
smithii, p. 403; P. (Brachypternopicus) chrysonotus, p. 404.

GAMBEL, W. [Note on atridactyle woodpecker from Georgia, like P. pubescens. ] —
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 111, 1847, p. 278.

Same as subsequently deseribed by W. L. Jones under name of P. lecontet.

Jones, W.L. Description of a new Species of Woodpecker [Picus Le Contei].
< Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, iv, 1848, pp. 489, 490, pl. xvii. (Read Mar. 13,
1847. ) .

It proved to be P. pubescens accidentally lacking one toe. Meanwhile, however, Bona-
parte distinguished himself by making a new geuns Tridactylia for it (Cons. Zygod., 1854, 8).

Birp, W.F.W. The New British Woodpecker [Picus villosus; cf. Zool. 2496]
killed in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2527, 2528.

Hiaerns, E.T. Occurrence of a supposed new British Woodpecker [Picus vil-
losus; cf. Zool. 2527] near Whitby. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2496, 2497.

MALHERBE, A. Description de quelques nouvelles espéces de Picinées (Picus,
Linn.). < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, pp. 529-544.

Picus wilsonit, P. temminckii, p. 529; P. mitchellii, p. 530; P. cinereiqula, p. 531; Dendropi-
cos hartlaubii, p. 532; D. lafresnayi, p.533; Celeopicos smaragdinicollis, Phaiopicos blythii, p.
584; P. jerdonit, p. 535; Mesopicos desmuri, p. 537; MW. cecilii, p. 588: Chloropicas guerini, p.
539; Chrysopicos cailliautii, p. 540: Geopicos campestroides, p. 541; Zebrapicus pucherani,
Melampicos jflavigula, p. 542.

MALHERBE, A. Description de quelques espéces de Picinées; (Genus Picus,
Linn). < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ii, 1850, pp. 154-158.

Chloropicos isidori, p. 154; Chrysopicos atricolbis, p. 156, spp. nn.

MALHERBE, A. Nouvelle Classification des Picinées ou Pics, devant seryir de
base 4 une Monographie de ces Oiseaux Grimpeurs, accompagnée de planches
peintes. Metz. Impr. de Lamont. July 1850. 8vo. pp. 56.

Pas vue moi-méme. Extraite des Mém. de Acad. Nat. de Metz.—Voir la revue de l’ou-
vrage par M. H. E. Strickland, inserée dans les Contrib. Ornith. de Jardine, 1851, pp. 17-20. —

BrrpD, W.F.W. Note on the Figure [Zool., 2986] of the Hairy Woodpecker (Pi
cus villosus). < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3034, 3035.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PICIDA. | 653

1851. Newman, E. Description of the Hairy Woodpecker [Picus villosus], chietiy
copied from Wilson’s ‘American Ornithology.’ < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 2985-
2988, fig.

1851. S[TRICKLAND], H.E. Nouvelle Classification des Picinées ou Pies, ... par M.
Alfred Malherbe. 8vo. Metz, July, 1850. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 17-20.

Short critical review, with a concordance of Malherbe’s generic names.

1852. MALHERBE, A. Description de nouvelles espéces de Picide. < Rev. et Mag. de
Zool., iv, 1852, pp. 550-555.
Ohloropicos caroli, p.550; Geopicos chrysoides, p. 553.

1853. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the genera Melanerpes Swain-
son, and Lanius Linneus. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., ii, pt. iii,
Jan., 1853, art. xxiv, pp. 257, 258, pll. xxii, xxiii.

Deser. orig. Pr. Phila. Acad., v, 1850-51, pp. 106, 244, 245.—P1. xxii, Melanerpes albolarvatus,
before described as Leuconerpes albolarvatus, Pr. Phila. Acad, v, 1850, p. 106. Pl. xxiii, f. 1,
Lanius pallidirostris ; f.2, L. pallens.

1854. LAFRESNAYE,F.pE. Sur une nouvelle espéce du genre Picumnus, Temminck.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, pp. 208, 209.

A sub-head of an article entitled ‘‘Mélanges Ornithologiques,” ibid., pp. 205-209; the re-
mainder of the article relating chiefly to Chrysothraupis (i. e., Calliste). The new Picumnus
is P. squamulatus, p. 208. :

1854. MALHERBE, A. Nouvelles espéces de Picidae. < J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 171, 172.

P. nataliae, p.171; P. cabanisi, p. 172.

1854. MALHERBE, A. Description dune nouvelle espéce [Indopicus carlotta] de la
famille des Picide (Picus Linn.). < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854, pp. 379, 380.

1854-5. Murray, A. On a curious habit of a Californian Woodpecker (Melanerpes
formicivorus). < Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc., i, 1854, pp. 1-—; 1855, pp. 18-—.
Not seen: the above title is probably not literally correct.
1855. ANON. Melanerpes formicivorus (Swainson). < Hdinb. New Philos. Jown., new
ser., 1, 1855, pp. 376, 377.
Containing an extract on its nut-storing habits, from Cassin’s ‘‘Birds of California and
Texas.”
1855. Murray, A. On acurious habit [storing acorns in holes in bark] stated to have
been observed in one of the Woodpeckers [ Melanerpes formicivorus] in Cali-
fornia. < Hdinb. New Philos. Jowrn., new serx., i, 1855, pp. 363-364.

1855. PUCHERAN,—. Note sur le Picus atrothorax Less. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2?
sér., vii, 1855, pp. 21, 22.
Ce n’est qu'une synonyme de Picus varius L. (Sphyrapicus varius de Baird).
1856. ANTINORI,O. Picus cruentatus, Antinori, n.sp. < Nawmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 411-
A414, Taf.

1856. [BILLinGs, E.] On the Species of Woodpeckers observed in the vicinity of the
City of Ottawa [Canada]. < Canad. Nat. and Geol., i, 1856, pp. 176-189.
Eleven spp.—Various compiled accounts.
1856. BURMEISTER, H. Ueber die brasilianischen Spechte [Picidie]. < Abhandl. Na-
turf. Gesellsch. zw Halle, Bd. iii, Jahrg. 1555, 1856, Sitzungsber., pp. 31, 32.
Nicht mir selbst zugénglich.—Titel aus Carns and Engelmann.
1856. WEINLAND, D.F. Observations on a new genus of Tenioides [(Liga punctata),
from the small intestine of Picus auratus]. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi,
1856, pp. 59-63.
1857. GADAMER, [H.] Picus tridactylus [in Westgothland briitend]. < Naumannia,
vii, 1857, Heft i, p. 86. :
1858. Bottr,C. Merkwiirdige Wintermagazine zweier Spechte Nordwest-amerikas.

Nach Cassin und de Saussure mitgetheilt. <J.f. O., vi, 1858, pp. 316-323.
Colaptes rubricatus, Melanerpes formicivorus.

654 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1858. Bripers, T. Notes on Californian Birds. With Remarks by P. L. Sclater.
P. Z.8., xxvi, 1858, pp. 1-3, pl. (Aves) cxxxi.
Picus rubrigularis Scl., p. 2, pl. 131, sp. n. [= P. williamsonti, Newb., P. R. R. Rep., vi, part
iv, 1857, p. 89, pl. 34, up. fig., no descr. =P. thyroideus Cass., 7}.

1858. [CaBANIS, J.] Dendromus meriani keine Species, sondern ein Artefact. <J.f.

O., vi, 1858, p. 416. “
1858. MALHERBE, A. Monographie des Picidés [u.s.w.] < Naumannia, viii, 1858, pp.
360-363.
Prospectus.

1858. ScLaTER, P.L. Description of a new species of Woodpecker [ Melanerpes rubri-
gularis] discovered by Mr. Thomas Bridges in Northern California. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., 1, 1858, p. 127.

Cf. P. Z. S., 1858, p. 2.

1859. MarsH,G.S. Occurrence of the Goldenwinged Woodpecker [Colaptes auratus]
in England. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6327.

1859. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Note on anew British Woodpecker [ Picus pubescens].
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6444.

1860. CLirrorp, E. A. [On Sphyrapicus varius.] < Prairie Farmer, April, 1860, and
fig. in a subsequent No. of this newspaper.

1860. G[UERIN]-M[ENEVILLE]. Monographie des Picidés. ... par Alfred Malherbe

< fev. et Mag. de Zool., xii, 1860, pp. 85-87.

1860. REINHARDT, J. En Bemerkning om den Berettigelse, hvormed Picus tridacty-
lus er anfort i Fortegnelsen paa de i Danmark trufne Fugle. < Vidensk. Med-
del. Naturhist. Foren. Kj¢benhavn for Aaret, 1859, 1860, pp. 97-102.

1860. ScLaTER, P.L. On anew Species of Bird (Chloronerpes sanguinolentus). < Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860, p. 80.
From P. Z. §., Jan. 25, 1859.

1861-62. MALHERBE, A. Monographie | des | Picidées | ou Histoire Naturelle | des |
Picidés, Picumninés, Yunginés ou Torcols | comprenant | daus la premiére
partie, | L’origin mythologique, les meeurs, les migrations, ’anatomie, la phy-
siologie, la répartition géographique, | les divers systemes de classification de
ces oiseaux grimpeurs zygodactyles, ainsi qu’un | dictionnaire alphabétique
des auteurs et des ouvrages cités par abréviation ; | dans la deuxieme partie,
| Lia synonymie, la description en latin et en frangais, histoire de chaque
espéce, ainsi qu’un | dictionnaire alphabétique et synonymique latin de toutes

les espéces; | par | Alf. Malherbe | [etc.,6 lignes.] | — | Texte [Planches]—
Vol. I [-IV] | Metz—1861 [1862] | — ! Typographie de Jules Verronnais, Imn-

primeur de la Société | @ Histoire Naturelle de la Moselle | 4 vols. folio. (2
vols. texte, 2 vols. pll. color.) Texte, Vol. I, 1861, 1 p.1., pp. i-lxx (+ 6 I. in-
terpol.), 1-214. Texte, Vol. II, 1862, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-325. Planches, Vol. III,
1861, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8, pll. i-lx. Planches, Vol. IV, 1862, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-6, pll.
lxi-cxxi.
1861. TReMBLY, J. B. The old time birds. < Field Notes (newspaper, Columbus,
Ohio), i, No. 9, Mar. 2, 1851, p. 65.
Note of the continuance of Hylatomus pileatus in N. W. Ohio.
1861. WinPKEN, C.F. Zur Naturgeschichte der Melanerpes melanopogon Licht. aus
Californien. < Bericht iiber d. xiii. Versamml. der deutsch. Ornith. Gesellsch.,
Apr,, 1861, pp. 94-—.
This article, which I have seen, though the above title is taken at second hand, refers to
the habit the bird has of storing up acorns.
1862. LapHaM,I. A. [Letter on the habits of Sphyrapicus varius.] < Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 1862, pp. 55, 56.
1863. Bouvzé, T.T. [Remarks on the injury done to a house by Sphyrapicus varius. ]
<_ Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 1853, pp. 248, 249.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PICIDA. 655

1663. CaBANIS, J., and Heinr, F. Museum Heineanum. | — | Verzeichniss | der |
; ornithologischen Sammlung | des | Oberamtmann | Ferdinand Heine | aut |
Gut St. Burchard | vor Halberstadt. | Mit kritischen Anmerkungen und Be-
schreibung fast | siimmtlicher bekannten Arten systematisch bearbeitet | yon

| Dr. Jean Cabanis, | erstem Custos der kéniglichen zoologischen Sammlung

in Berlin | und | Ferdinand Heine, | Stud. philos. | — | IV. Theil, | die | Klet-
tervégel | enthaltend. | Heft 2: Spechte [Picidze]. | — | Halberstadt, 1363. |
In Commission der Frantz’schen Buchandluneg (G. Loose). 8vo. Titel, pp.
1-180.

Auch unter dem Halbtitel: Museum | Ornithologicum | Heineanum. | — |
Pars LY. | Scausores. | — | Sectio II. | Picide.

Die neuen genera und species dieser Arbeit sind folgende: Pipiseus, Nannopipo, p.9; Crau-
giscus, p. 10; Picumnus lepidotus, p. 14; P. azarae, p. 20; Dendrocoptes, p.41; Liopipo, p. 44;
Dendrotypes, p. 46; D. nesiotes, p. 49; Xylurgus, p. 50; X. subrusinus, p. 50; Xylocopus, p. 51;

* Baeopipo, p. 54; Dryobates homorus, p. 65; Threnopipo, p. 70; Cactocraugus, p. 72; Dictyo-
pipo, Xenocraugus, p. 74; Cladoscopus, p. 80: Scapaneus, p. 90; Cniparchus, p. 98; Ipoeran-
tor, p.99; Phloeotomus, p. 102; Thriponax, p. 105; T. jerdoni, p. 105: Xylolepes, p. 108; Le-
pocestes, p. 110; Ipophilus, p. 113; Ipoctonus (Heine, 1860) lepidus, p. 118; Thripias, p-121;
Ipagrus, p. 123; Ipopatis, p. 129 (Stictocraugus Heine, 1860): Cnipotheres, p. 131; Campono-
mus, p. 137; Phaeonerpes reichenbachi, p. 141; Campias, p. 145; C. agilis, p. 147; C. sedulus,
p. 153; C. hilaris, p. 154; Craugasus, p. 157; Chrysoptilus punctipennis, p. 163; Geciniscus,
p. 174.

Most of these genera are useless and burdensome synonyms, resulting from the authors’
purism in rejecting prior names not ‘‘classical”’ in form—a practice totally indefensible, unless
in exceptional cases. :

The original scope of the Mus. Hein., as begun by Cabanis alone in 1850, was much enlarged
in later parts by Cabanis & Heine. Thus, Theil IV. (Scansores), of which this Heft 2 con-
sists of the Picide, amounts to a monography of the several families treated. Elaborate
Latin descriptions of all the species in the collection are given, with a copious synonymy of
each; and many other species are also as fully treated in German, in the foot-notes, which
latter form a running commentary, especially full in synonymy and in criticism of the lite-
rary infelicities of previous writers who misspelled or misformed their generic names. The
authors are careful to express their surprise at these ‘‘ barbarisms” with the note of exclama-
tion, and, what is more to the point, to give the etymology of the many new names they are
pleased to invent for themselves. Cf. Tbis, 1865, p. 101.

1863. Cassin, J. Notes on the Picide, with descriptions of new and little known spe-
cies. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 194-204, 322-328.

61 spp. critically treated. Pieus orizabe, P. vagatus, p. 196; Polipicus (g.un., p. 196) elliotit ;
Campethera vestita, p. 197; Chrysopicus malherbet, p. 198; Campenhilus bairdii, p. 322, spp. nn.;
Campethera chrysura, var. lineata, p. 327, n. var.

1863. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new and little known species of Birds of the family
Picide in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
<_ Journ. dead. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, pl. iv, Nov., 1863, art. x, pp. 457-461, pll.
li-lii.

Pl. li, f. 1, Polipicus elliotit (descr. orig. Proc. Acad., 1863, 197); f. 2, Campethera vestita
descr. orig. l. c.); f. 3, Ohrysopicus malherbet (descr. orig. l. c., 198). Pl. lii, f. 1, Picus vaga-
tus (deser. orig. l. c., 196); fig. 2, Celeus mentalis (descr. orig. op. cit., 1860, 13).

1863. [LarHam, I. A.] The Sapsucker [Sphyrapicus varius]. < Zoologist, xxi, 1303,
pp. 8767, 8768.

From Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 1862, p. 55.

1865. Bryant, H. Remarks on Sphyropicus varius Linn. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., x, 1865, pp. 93-95.

Description of hyoid apparatus, in comparison with that of Picus villosus and Colaptes aue
ratus, and conclusions drawn as to peculiar habits of the bird.

1865. Hoy, P. R. The Sapsuck [Sphyrapicus varius]. < Trans. Illinois State Agric.
Soc. for 1861-4, v, 1865, pp. 730-734, pl.

Habits, food, and peculiarities of hyoid apparatus. Treats also of other Picide, etc.

1866. Jackson, C. T. [Notes on the Habit of Melanerpes formicivorus of hoarding
acorns.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 1866, p. 227.

656. BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1866. Lorp, J. K. North Western Woodpeckers. < The Intellectual Observer, ix, 1366,
pp. 321-333, 1 col. pl.
Pl. of Picus albolarvatus, 3,9.

1866. SUNDEVALL, C. J. Conspectum Avium Picinarum | edidit | Carolus J. Sunde-
_ vall | Custos Musei Zool. Stockholmiensis. | — | Stockholmiz 1866. | Samson
& Wallin. 1vol. 8vo. pp. i-xiv, 1-116.

Premonenda, pp. iii-vi; Index Operis Malherbei, pp. vii-xii; Distributio Picorum geogra-
phica, pp. xii-xiv; Conspectus Picorum, pp. 1-3; Pici species, pp. 4-94.—Picumnus, pp. 95-
106.—Iynx, pp. 107-109.—Nomina et synonyma specialia Picorum, exclusis Picumnis et Iyngi-
bus, pp. 110-115. Synopsis subgenerum Pici, pp. 115, 116.

Pici species adprobatae 254: incertee et spurie 24, Picumni species 28. Tyngis species 4.

Synopsis subdivisionum generis Pici: Series I, Angusticolles, 1) Principales, 2) Squamicipites,
3) Parvicaudati, 4) Auricipites. Series U, Seeurirostres, 5) Nigrovarii, 6) Intermedii, 7) Pas-
serini, 8) Fulviscapi, 9) Menstrui, 10) Fuscorubidi, 11) Debilipedes, 12) Subvirides. Series III,
Ligonirostres, 13) Dominicani, 14) Ni igropicti, 15) Albofasciati, 16) Guttiventres, 17) Mesospili,
18) Flavinuchales, 19) Virides, 20) Ohrysuri, 21) Aratores, 22) Canipilei, 23) Rivoli, 24) Aurati,
25) Flavifasciati, 26) Campestres. Series IV, Nudinares, 27) Sultanei, 28) Auropalliati, 29)
Fulvicristati, 30) Acutirostres.

Picumni genus in tribus 5 divisum: 1) Picumni enormes, 2) normales, 3) subnormales, 4)
abnormes, 5) innormales.

Iyngis generis divisiones desunt. .

Species omnes Picinarum auctori obvize optime describuntur, characteribus specierum efi
subspecierum datis, adjectisque synonymis, auctorum citationibus, locis, et notis variis; et
suum ¢cuique proprium locum in serie analytica adhibet auctor.

Picorum species nove sequentes in hoc opere descripte: P. canifrons, p. 26; P. hedenborgii
=P. murinus Sund., 1850, nee Malh., 1845), p.31; P. rubidus (= reichenbachi Mus. Hein. nec
Malh.), p. 35; P. albipes, p.37; P. scotochlorus, p.48; P. imberbis (= Matherbei Cass. 1863, nec

Gray), p. 194; P. submexicanus (= meaicanoides Lafr.), p. 72; P.: Jlavilumbis, p. 74; P. pho-
lidotus (=mentalis Cass. nec Temm.), p. 87; P. squamigularis, p. 89.

Picorum subspecies nove ut Sequuntur: P. (rubricollis) occidentalis, p. 6; P. (lineatus) ocei-
dentaiis, p. 8; P. (canente) orientalis et occidentalis, p. 11; P. (villosus) major, medius, minor,
p. 16; P. (minor) borealis, p. 26: P. (varius) occidentalis. p. 34: P. (goertan) occidentalis, p. 46;
P. (ehrysurus) occidentalis et meridionalis, p. 64; P. aurato-mexicanus, p. 72: P. (sultaneus)
major, indica, p. 79; minor, p. 80; P. ( javanensis) major, minor, p. 83.

Picumnorum species nove: P. micromegas, p. 95: P. asterias, p. 97; P. spilogaster, p. 100;
P. guttifer, p. 101; P. squamifer, p. 102; P. sagittatus, p. 103; P. nebulosus, p. 103.

Tynges nove null, sed Iyngis torquille form nove septemtrionalis et meridionalis de-
seribuntur p. 108.

Specierum Picorum cognitarum 254 sunt American 132, Europzo-Asiaticz 90, Africze pro-
price 32.

Inter species Pici incertz et spurie sunt 15 dubiz, 2 defectu partium non agnite, 3 aliorum
generum Pico confuse, 4 arte composite.

“ This useful publication consists of a masterly digest of M. Malherbe’s great *Monogra-
phie des Picidées,’ published at Metz between 1859 and 1862. Each species is fully described,
references being made to the works in which it is figured (when such is the case), and its
habitat stated. Excellent indices are also added. The Picide are divided into three genera
only . . . —a very different treatment of the family from that of most modern authors. We
think it needless to indicate the precise limits of the smaller groups of species, or their rela-
tion to the too numerous so-called genera which have been lately instituted; for the work
is one which must be consulted by any one working up the family, and its last pages contain
a concise synopsis of their contents. . . The whole of this careful work is in Latin.” (Zool.
Rec., iti, p. 77). Of. also Ibis, 1866, pp. 415, 416.

1868. BERENDT, C. H. Report of Explorations in Central America. < ( Twenty-sec-
ond) Ann. Rep. Smith. Inst. (for 1867 ), 1868, pp. 420-426.
Allusion to habits of a Woodpecker.

1868. Krpzim, W. K. The Golden-winged Woodpecker [Colaptes auratus]. < Am,
Nat., ii, 1868, p. 382.
Laying of 33 eggs by one pair, upon repeated spoliation of their nest.
1868, —_____.. - Saftsugende Trepikkere. & Tidssk. Pop. Frems. af Naturv., 3°.
Rekke, v, 1868, pp. 345-347.

“Sap-sucking Woodpeckers.”

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PICID A. 657

1869. Barry, W. E. The Woodpecker [Picus pubescens] and Sheldrake [Mergus sp. ].
<Am. Nat., ii, 1869, pp. 660-662.
Biographical notes.
1869. FowLer, A. The Golden-winged Woodpecker [Colaptes auratus]. <Am. Nat.,
iii, 1869, pp. 422-427. '
Account of the habits of this species and of Picus pubescens.
1869. SaussuRE, H. DE. Los Picos [Picide]. < La Naturaleza, i, 1869, pp. 129-133.
Traducido por D. Jesus Sanchez. Sobre las costumbres del ‘ Oolaptes rubricatus” {t. €.,
Melanerpes formicivorus ?).
1871. Stroop, L. J. Habits of the Red-headed Woodpecker [Melanerpes erythro-
cephalus]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1871, p. 692.
Twenty-two individuals consecutively destroyed while trying to nest in a church-steeple.

1872. CaBants, J. [Ueber Centurus polygrammus.] <J. f. O., xx, 1872, pp. 157, 158.

1872. GarRoD, A.H. Note on some of the Cranial Peculiarities of the Woodpeckers.
< Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 357-360, woode.
With special reference to the presence of a bone believed to be the vomer, absence of which
had been asserted. The bone he mentions is situated between the palatals.
1872. THompson, J. M. The Sapsucker [Centurus carolinus]. < Appleton’s Journ.,
vill, Dec., 1872, p. 631. ;
1873. TrippE, T. M. The Golden-winged Woodpecker [Colaptes auratus]. < Am.
Nat., vii, 1873, p. 498.
Red feathers in the black cheek-patches of a male of this species from New J ersey.

1873. WuitE,C.A. Woodpeckers [Melanerpes erythrocephalus] Tapping Sugar Trees.
< Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 496.
Observed to tap sound Acer saccharinum, for the purpose, apparently, of feeding on the sap.
1874. FERNALD,C.H. The Red-headed Woodpecker in Maine ( Melanerpes erythro-
cephalus Sw.). < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 437, 438.
1876. BREWSTER, W. [Habits of] the Yellow-bellied woodpecker (Sphyrapicus va-
rius). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, N6. 3, Sept., 1876, pp. 63-70.
1876. Herrick,H. Notes from Our Correspondents. < Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 13,
1876, p. 356.
Melanerpes erythrocephalus revisiting Northern New Jersey.
1876. [INGuRSOLL, E.] A provident woodpecker (Melanerpes formicivorus), < Forest
and Stream, vii, Sept. 7, 1876, p. 68. :
1576. [NEwcomp, R. L.] Notes from Our Correspondents. < Forest and Stream, v,
Jan. 13, 1876, p. 356.
Deformity in tongue of Oolaptes auratus.
1876. Satvin,O. [Exhibition of piece of trunk of a pine tree from Guatemala per-
forated by Melanerpes formicivorus.] <P. Z.S., May 2, 1876, p. 414.

1877. ALDRICH,C. The Red-Headed Woodpecker [Melanerpes erythrocephalus] Car-
nivorus. < Am. Nat., xi, No.5, May, 1877, p. 308.

1877. “Arrow.” The Red-Headed Woodpecker as an Egg-Sucker. < Forest and
Stream, Nov. 8, 1877, p. 266.

1877. BoupWin,G. Red-Headed Woodpeckers [ Melanerpes erythrocephalus ]. < For-
est and Stream, viii, July 26, 1877, p. 420.

1877. CaLvIN,S. On Changes of Habit among Woodpeckers. <Am., Nat., xi, No. 8,
Aug., 1877, pp. 471, 472.

1877. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 12. —Woodpeckers [Picide]. < The

Chicago Field, Jan. 13, 1877, p. 348, figg. 6. :

General account of various North Amigcican species, with original figures of the heads of

Picus villosus, Sphyrapicus thyroideus, 3,2, Melanerpes torquatus, M. formicivorus, and Oo-
laptes auratus.

658

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.
1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Voi. V.

. Lyn, D.A. Notes on the Breeding habits of the Golden-winged Woodpecker

[Colaptes auratus]. < Am. Nat., xi, No. 12, Dec., 1877, pp. 747-750.
Very close observation. Note by E. Coues, on the molestation of this large bird by English
Sparrows (Passer domesticus).

. [Scorr, W.E.D.| Migration of Woodpeckers [Picide]. < The Country, i, Noy.

10, 1877,p. 31

. AtpRICH, C. Red-headed Woodpecker [Melanerpes erythrocephalus] eating

Grasshoppers. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 189.
Communicated by E. Cloues]. The birds caught Caloptenus spretus on open prairie, half
a mile from timber.
ANon. [Death of a woodpecker by fixing its bill in a piece of wood.] < The
Country, i, March 9, 1878, p. 261.
BalLey, H.B. Some New Traits for the Red-headed Woodpecker [Melanerpes
erythrocephalus). < Bull. Nutt Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 97.
Their storing grasshoppers in cracks of wood.
B[REWER],T.M. Picoides Arcticus. < Vorest and Stream, xi, Oct. 31, 1878, Dp.
259. See p. 300.
Correcting misstatement on p. 239.
“TN.” Fly-catching woodpeckers. < The Country, i, Feb. 9, 1878, p. 213.
MerriAM,C.H. Nesting of the Banded Three-toed Woodpecker (Picoides ameri-
canus) in Northern New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878,
p. 200.
‘“Witn.” The Woodpecker [Melanerpes erythrocephalus] as a Flycatcher.
< Forest and Stream, ix, Jan. 17, 1878, p. 451.
ALDRICH, C. Habits of the Red-headed Woodpecker [Melanerpes erythrocepha-
lus]. < Am. Nat., xiii, No. 8, Aug., 1879, p. 522.
With special reference to the grasshopper-eating proclivities of the bird.
CALVIN, 8. On Changes of Habit among Woodpeckers [Picidwe]. < The Oélo-
gist, iv, No. 11, June, 1879, pp. 91, 92.
From Am. Nat., xi, No. 8, p. 471.
Hoyt, B. F. Nesting under Difficulties [in the case of Colaptes auratus].
< Science News, i, No. 17, July 1, 1879, p. 272
Interesting note of the finding of ‘‘six young flickers (Colaptes auratus) in a hole which their
parents had dug in the hard dry earth of a perpendicular river bank. This hole was about
six inches deep and contained no grass or lining of any kind.”
LinDAHL, J. Some New Points in the Construction of the Tongues of Wood-
peckers [Picide]. < Am. Nat., xiii, No. 1, Jan., 1879, pp. 43, 44, fig.
In Gecinus viridis the cornua of the hyoid bone extend far into the nasal cavity of the upper
mandible. Asymmetry of the hyoid cornua in other species (but this is well known).
Maynarp, C.J. The Food of Woodpeckers [Picidee]. < Scientific Parmer (Bos-
ton), iv, No. 4, Apr., 1879, pp. 50, 51, 2 cuts.
The figures illustrate bark bored by Melanerpes formicivorus to insert acorns, and the stom-
ach of Colaptes auratus.

. Raaspae, G.H. Lewis Woodpecker [Asyndesmus torquatus ]in Middle Texas.

< Temperance Vedetle (Terrell, Tex.), Aug. 2, 1879.

. RAGSDALE, G. H. Centurus aurifrons. Science News, i, No. 20, Aug. 15, 1879
? } co) 7

p. 320.

On its local distribution in Texas.

. RaGsDALE, G.H. Centurus aurifrons. < Temperance Vedette (newspaper ot Ter-

rell, Texas), Sept. 13, 1879. ‘

From Science News. On the local distribution of the species in Texas.

. RaAGSDALD, G. H. Lewis’ Woodpecker [ Asyndesmus torquatus] in Middle Texas,

Z Science News, i, No. 15, May 1, 1879, p. 208.

. SMITH, Q. C. Woodpeckers and Road-runners [ Geococcyx caltformenmce

< Temperance Vedette (newspaper of Terrell, Texas), Noy. 1, 1879.

, Wintte, E.D. Pileated Woodpecker [Hylotomus pileatus]in Canada. < For-

est and Stream, xiii, Jan. 1, 1879, p. 946.

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID&. 659

Trochilidz.

1671. [WinTHROp, J.] A further Accompt of the Stellar Fish; formerly described in
Numb. 57, p. 1153; with the Addition of some other Curiosities, < Philos.
Trans., vi, 1671, pp. 2221-2224.

P. 2223, description of nest and eggs of the bird subsequently known as Trochilus colubris ;
nest weighed 24 grains; one egg about 5 grains, the other 34 grains.

1693. Grew,N. The Description of the American Tomineius, or Humming Bird, com-
municated by Nehemiah Grew, M. D. and Fellow of the Royal Society. < Phi-
los. Trans., Xvii, 1693, pp. 760, 761.

Description by Mr. Hamersly, of Coventry; vague and general, but pointing to the bird

afterward known as Trochilus colubris.
1693. GRew,N. A Query put by Dr. N. Grew, concerning the food of the Humming
Bird; occasioned by the Description of it in the Transactions. Numb. 200.
< Philos. Trans., xvii, 1693, p. 815.
Whether it be juice of flowers, or small insects. The question was thus opened very early.
1698. BULLIVANT, B. Part of a Letter from Mr. Benjamin Bullivant, at Boston, in
New England; to Mr. James Petiver, Apothecary, and Fellow of the Royal
Society, in London. Concerning some Natural Observations he had made in
those Parts. < Philos. Trans., xx, 1698, pp. 167, 168.

Feeding a ‘‘Hum-bird” (7. e., Trochilus colubris) in captivity with honey.

1777, —————. Description d’un Oiseau-Mouche. < Obs. et Wém. sur la Phys. (Ro-
zier, ) ix, 1777, pp. 466, 467, fig.

Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré de Carus and Engelmann.

1778. Bapier,—. Sur la nourriture des Colibris [Trochilidee]. < Obs. et Mém. sur la
Phys., Xi, 1778, pp. 32, 33.
Not seen.
1802. AUDEBERT, J. B., and VieILLoT, L. P. Histoire | Naturelle | et Générale | des
Colibris, | Oiseaux-Mouches, | Jacamars et Promerops; | [mut. mut.] | Par J.
B. Audebert et L. P. Vieillot. | — | A Paris, | chez Desray, Libraire, Rue
Hautefeuille, No 36. | An XI==1802. | [De Vimprimerie de Crapelet.] gr.
folio. 2vols. Vol. I, 2.1L, pp. i-x, 1-128, pll. 1-70; pp. 1-8, pll. 1-6; pp. 1-
28, pll.1-9. Vol. II, 2 p.1l., pp. 1-128, pll. 1-88; pp. 1-40, pll. 1-16.
Contents of Vol. I.

Oiseaux dorés | ou | a reflets métalliques. | — | Tome Premier. | 1 leaf,
backed with Crapelet’s imprint.

Title-page of Voi. I, as above, 1 leaf, backed biank.

Advertisement, pp.i-viii. List of subscribers, pp.ix,x. Preface, pp. 1-4.

Histoire Naturelle des Colibris et des Oiseaux-Mouches, pp. 5-128, pll. 1-70.

Histoire Naturelle | des Jacamars. | Par L. P. Vieillot. | pp. 1-3, pll. 1-6.

Histoire Naturelle | des Promerops. | Par L. P. Vieillot, Naturaliste-Voya-
geur. | pp. 1-22, pll. 1-9. :

Table générale des matiéres [pour les Colibris, les Jacamars et les Prome-
rops], pp. 23-28.

Contents of Vol. II.

Oiseaux dorés | ou | a reflets métalliques. | — | Tome second. | 1 leat, backed
with Crapeiet’s imprint.

Title page of Vol. II, as follows: | Histoire Naturelle | et Générale | des
Grimpereaux | et | des Oiseaux de Paradis. | Par J. B. Audebert et L. P. Vieil-
lot. | | A Paris, | chez Desray, Libraire, Rue Hautefeuille, No 36. | An
XI = 1802. | 1 leaf, backed blank.

Histoire Naturelle des Grimpereaux Soui-Mangas. pp. 1-68, pll. 1-41.

Histoire Naturelle des Grimpereaux Guit-guits. pp. 69-84, pll. 42-51.

Histoire Naturelle des Grimpereaux Héoro-taires. pp. 85-106, pll. 52-71,

660

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V

1802. AUDEBERT, J. B., and VIEILLOT, L. P.—Continued.

Histoire Naturelle des Grimpereaux. pp. 107-128, pll. 72-88.
Histoire Naturelle | des | Oiseaux de Paradis. | pp. 1-34, pll. 1-16.
Table générale des matiéres. pp. 35-40.

The composition of the whole work is not evident at first sight. As consisting of two yols.
folio, the general title is simply OISEAUX DORES OU A REFLETS METALLIQUES, by Audebert and
Vieillot, and such is the preliminary half-title printed on the first leaf of each vol.

But the full title-page of Vol. I is as above given. It includes the Colibris and Oiseaux-
Mouches (= Trochilide), by both authors; then the Jacamars (Galbulide) by Vieillot, separa-
tely paged and half-titled, plates separately numbered , then the Promerops (Uptipide, Prome-
ropide, etc.) by Vieillot, also half-titled, separately paged, and the plates separately numbered.
The vol. closes with a table of contents of the whole, continuously paged with Promerops.

Vol. I1 is still more composite as to the birds treated, but has only two paginations and
two numerations of plates. The preliminary title is Oiseaux dorés, etc., as before, Vol. I.
The full-page title is as given above under ‘‘Contents”; but the ‘‘Grimperaux” of the full
title are subdivided by a sort of chapter-headings into ‘‘Grimpereaux Soui-Mangas”’,
‘Grimpereaux Guit-guits”, ‘‘Grimpereaux Héoro-taires”, and ‘‘Grimpereaux”; continu-
ously paged, their plates continuously numbered. Then the “ Oiseaux de Paradis” are half-
titled, separately paged, and their plates separately numbered. The vol. closes with a table
of contents of the whole, continuously paged with Oiseaux de Paradis.

The ‘‘Grimpereaux’’ are a most miscellaneous lot of birds, about equal to the Linnzan
Oerthia; including Meliphagide, Ocerebide, Sylvicolide, Dendrocolaptide, etc. The Paradise
birds are less composite, but still include others than the Paradiseide of modern authors.

The work is said to have been published in 32 livraisons, the dates of which are unknown
tome. The date above given is that of the title-page of each vol., being the completion of the
work. There are said to be actually 192 plates, though the ostensible series is 70 + 6+-9-+-88
+16=189. The edition is said to have been of 200 copies. There are said to have been also 100
copies printed on vellum, and 10 copies printed with gold instead of black ink. In the copy
examined, in the Libr. Phila. Acad., the names on the plates are all in gold.

Fortunately or otherwise, no scientific nomenclature is used in this luxurious work. It
should be used in connection with Vieillot’s article ‘Colibri’ in Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., vii,
1817, which see.

1804. Barton, B.S. Facts relative to the Food of the Humming-Bird [Trochilus co-

lubris]. < Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ., parti, vol. i, 1804, pp. 83, 89.

“__ that the Trochilus does actually subsist, in part, upon the different species of insects.”

1817. V[1e1LLor, L. P.] Colibri, Trochilus; Lath. < Nouv. Dict. @ Hist. Nat., vii,

1817, pp. 340-376, pll. B 38, B 19.

In Audebert and Vieillot’s ouvrage de Inxe, Oiseaux dorés ou a reflets metalliques, which
was completed in 1802, no scientific names are given to the Hummers and other glittering
birds so beautifully depicted; but in the present article, Vieillot names many species in due
form, with references te the plates of the Ois. dor., as follows:—T. caudacutus, V., p. 347; T.
multicolor, Lath., p. 347; L.azar, V., p. 347; 7. superciliosus, Lath., p. 347 (pll. 17, 18 of Oie.
Dor.); T. fuscus, V.,p. 348; T. galeritus, Lath., p. 348; 7. cinereus, Lath., p. 348 (pl. 5 of O. D.) ;
T. leucurus, Lath., p. 848; 7. nigricollis, V., p. 349; L. fulvifrons, Lath., p. 349; LT. flavifrons,
Lath., p. 349; 7. granetinus, Lath., p.350 (pl. 4 of O. D.); T. awrulentus, Audeb., p. 350 (pl. 12,
13 of O. D.); T. elegans, Audeb., p. 351 (pl. 14 of O. D.); TL. pectoratis, Lath., p. 351; T. para
diseus, Lath., p. 352; J. cristatellus, Lath., p. 352; Z. hirsutus, p.352 (pl. 20 of O. D.); T. thaw
mantias, Lath., p.353; T. mango, Lath., p. 353 (pl. 7 of O. D.); L. mango, var., p.353; LT. quad
ricolor, V.,p.353; J’. viridis, V., p. 354 (pl. 41 of O. D.); TP. torquatus, Lath., p.354; 7. atrica-
pillus, V.,p.354; T. polytmus, Lath., p. 355 (pl. 47 of O. D.); T. pella, Lath., p. 355 (pl. 2, 3 of
O.D.); T. exilis, Lath., p.356; T. atrigaster, V., p. 356 (pl. 65 of O. D.):; T. punctatus, Lath., p.
357 (pl. 8 of O. D.); T. viridis, V. [not viridis of p. 354], p.357 (pl. 15 of O. D.); TL. brasiliensis,
Lath., p. 357 (pl. 19 of O. D.); T. holosericeus, Lath., p. 357 (pl. 6 of O. D.); LT. violaceus, Lath., p.
358; T. punctulatus, Lath., p.358; T. amethystinus, Lath., p.358; T. albirostris, V., p. 359 (pl. 45
of O. D.); T. serrirosiris, V., p. 859; T. cinereus, V.,p. 359; ZT. mellivorus, Lath., p. 360 (pil. 22,
23, 24 of O. D.); T. obscurus, Lath., p. 361; T. splendidus, V.,p.361; T. owrissia, Lath., p. 361;
T. carbunculus, Lath., p.361 (pl. 5 of O. D.); TZ. ceruleus, V., p. 361 (pl. 40 of O. D.); T. macu-
latus, V., p.361 (pl. 44 of O. D.); 1. ruficollis, V., p. 362; T. leucogaster, Lath., p. 363 (pl. 43 of
O. D.); T. metlisugus, Lath., p.363 (pl. 39 of O. D.) ; T. maximus, Lath., p. 364; 7. ornatus, Lath.,
p. 364 (pl. 49 of 0. D.); T. cristatus, Lath., p. 365; 7. pileatus, Lath., p. 365 (pl. 63 of O. D.); T.
latipennis, Lath., p. 365 (pl. 21 of O. D.); T. longirostris, V., p. 366 (pl. 59 of O. D.); T. macrou-
rus, Lath., p. 366; T. forjicatus, Lath., p. 366 (pl. 60 of O. D.) ; T. magnijicus, V., p. 367; T. marmo-
ratus, V.,p.367; T. maugeeus, V., p. 368 (pl. 37 of O. D.) ; T. awritus, Lath., p. 368 (pl. 25, 26 of O.
D.): T. minimus, Lath., p. 369: 7. ruber, Lath., p. 369: 7. cyanurus V., p. 369; T. glawcopis,

No. 4.

] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDZ. 661

1817. V[1erLLor], L. P.—Continued.

1822.

1824.

1824.

1827.

1828.

1828.

1829.

1829.

1829.

1829.

1829.

1829.

Lath., p. 370; T. rujiewudatus, V., p. 370 (pli. 27, 28 of O. D.); T. platurus, Lath., p. 370 (pl. ‘* 98”
of O. D.); T. colubris, Lath., p. 371 (pll. 31, 32,33 of O. D.); ZT. rubineus, Lath., p. 371; 7. mo-
schitus, Lath., p. 372 (pl. 55 of O.D.); T. saphirinus, Lath., p. 373 (pll. 35, 57, 58 of O. D.); Te
bicolor, Lath., p. 373 (pl. 36 of O. D.); T. collaris, Lath., p. 374 (pli. 61, 62 of O. D.); T. lewcocroe
taphus, V., p. 374; T. eyanocephalus, Lath., p. 375; T. viridissinvus, var., p.375 (pl. 40 of O. D.);
T. guianensis, Lath., p. 375; T. furcatus, Lath., p. 376 (pl. 34 of O. D.). The article acquires
consequence from thus furnishing a technical nomenclature to the Oiseaux Dorés. Most, if
not all, of the species marked ‘‘V.” are technically new. Many of the rest, attributed to La-
tham, are really Gmelinian, Linnean, or other names.—See 1802, AUDEBERT and VIEILLOT.

MAXIMILIAN, —. Ueber die Nahrung der Fliegenvégel (Trochilus) [Trochilide].
< Oken’s Isis, Jahre. vi, 1822, pp. 470-472.

BULLOCK, [W.] Ueber Colibris. < Fror. Notiz., ix, No. 183, 1824, pp. 100-104.
Nicht mir selbst zugaénglich—Titel aus C.u. KE. Bibl. Aus dessen ,, Six Months’ Residence
in Mexico ‘* (London, 1824).

“WiLson,—. Note sur l’anatomie de ’Oiseau-mouche. < Bull. Sc. Médic., —,
1824, pp. 9- —.
Not seen—title from Giebel.
Voret,—. W. Bullock tiber die Colibri’s. (Aus dessen: Six Month’s Residence
in Mexico etc. London 1824.) < Ornis, Heft iii, 1827, pp. 98-111.
[Lesson, R. P.] Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches; par R. P. Lesson.
... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xv, 1828, pp. 303, 304.
Extrait du Prospectus de cet ouvrage.
RENNIE, J. Nahrung des Colibri. < Fror. Notiz., xxiii, No. 488, 1828, p. 54.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich—Titel aus Carus u. Engelmann.
Anon. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux mouches, par Lesson. Paris chez A. Ber-
trand. 29, er. 8; libr.1,2; pl.illum. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, p.735.
ANON. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches; par M. R. P. Lesson.
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xvii, 1829, pp. 123, 124.

ANON. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches; par R.P. Lesson, ... < Fé-
russ. Bull., 2° sect., xvi, 1829, pp. 281, 282.
ANON. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches: par R.P. Lesson. ... < Fé-

russ. Bull., 2° sect., xix, 1829, pp. 352, 353.

ANON. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches, etc.; par M.R.P. Lesson, .. .
Feéruss. Bull., 2° sect., xvi, 1829, pp. 462, 463.
This and the four preceding anonymous titles of similar character are simply notices of
the livraisons of the work as they successively appeared; some of them are sign€d ‘‘D.”

Lesson. R. P. Histoire Naturelle | des | Oiseaux-Mouches, | ouvrage orné de
planches | dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | et dédié | AS. A.R.
Mademoiselle; | Par R. P. Lesson, | [ete., 8 lignes. | [Quotation.] | — | Paris.
| Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde du capi-
taine Duperrey, | Rue Hautefeuille, N°23. | Nodate. (1829.) 8vo. pp. i-xlvj,
1-223; pll. color. 1-85, +. 48 bis (86 plates in all).

Published in 17 livraisons, beginning Jan. 1829; and ending Sept., 1829. This is the orig-
inal series of Lesson’s illustrations of Humming-birds, from which the two succeeding
ones and Index Général are to be carefully distinguished. pp. i-xlvj, title, dedication, adver-
tisement (latter dated 10 janvier 1829). and tableau des espéces décrites et figurées dans cette
histoire naturelle (mai 1829) ; 1-223, the regular text; to this belongs the original series of 1-85
(86) plates. This set of plates and accompanying text is citable as one work under the above
title, commonly called ‘‘Oiseaux-Mouches.” The work is found bound in 1 vol., text and
plates; or in 2 vols., one of letter-press, the other of plates; or text bound with that of Les-
son’s two other series of Hummers, the ‘‘Colibris” and the ‘‘ Trochilidées.” The plates are
either plain or colored; or both, in duplicate sets. Compare the other titles given beyond, at
1880-31, and 1832, same author.

The Trochilide figured and described in this work are:—Plate 1. Ornismya petasophora, p.
37. 2, O. superba, p. 40. 3, O. tristis, p. 43. 4, O. rivolii, p. 48. 5, O. cyanopogon, p. dU. 6,
O. cora, p. 52. 7,8, U. chrysolopha, p. 55. 9, O. arsennii, p. 60. 10,11, O. aurita, p. 63. 12, 13,

662 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1829. Lesson, R. P.—Continued.
O. amazili, p. 67. 14, O. sephaniodes, p. 69. 15, O. heteropygia, p. 72. 16, O. nattererii, p. 75.
17, O. cephalatra, p.78. 18, O. furcata, p. 82. 19, O. vesper, p. 85. 20, O. temminckii, p. 88.
21, 22, O. mellivora, p. 90. 23, 24, O. delalandi, p. 95, 25, O. hirundinacea, p.98. 26, O. langs-
dor fit, p. 102. 27, 28, O. sapho, p. 205. 29, 30, O. mesoleuca, p. 110. 31, 32, O. cristata, p. 113.
33, O. simplex, p. 119. 34, O. simplex, p. 121. 35. Oampylopterus ensipennis, p. 124. 36, Tro-
chilus faleatus, p.126. 37, T. recurvirostris, p. 129. 38, 39, T. lugubris, p. 132. 40, Ornismya
platura, p. 186. 41, O. ornata, p. 139. 42, 43, O. strwmaria, p. 143. 44, 45, 46, O. rubinea,
p. 146. 47, O. amethystina. 48, 48 bis, O. colubris, p. 151. 49, 50, O. bicolor, p. 161. 51,
O. audeberti, p. 164. 52, 53, 54, O. moschita, p. 166. 55, 56,57, O. sapphirina, p. 172. 58, 59, O.
glaucopis, p. 175. 60, O. viridis, p. 178. 61, O. erythronotos, p.181. 62, O. tephrocephalus, p.
182. 63, O. albicollis, p. 184. 64, O. vieillotii, p. 186. 65, O. prasina, p. 188. 66, 67, O. 3asiN, D.
190. 68, 69, O. maugei, p. 194. 70, O. swainsonii, p. 197. 71, O. cyanea, p. 199. 72, Trochilus
multicolor, p. 201. 73, Ornismya waglerii, p. 203. 74, O. anna, p. 205. 75, O. viridissima, p.
207. 76, O. albiventris. p. 209. 77, O. brevirostris, p. 211. 78, O. albirostris, p. 212. 79, O.
minima, p. 213. 80, O. clementie, p. 216. 81, generic characters. 82, 83, 84, 85, nests. The
Tableau des espéces records 58 spp., all under ‘‘ Ornismya,” nob., p. x, but rearranged under
the “tribes” Cynanthus Sw., p. xj; Phethornis Sw., p. xviij; Platurus, nob., p. xxij ;-Lam-
pornis Sw., p. xxiij; Lophornis, nob., p. xxvij; Camphylopterus Sw.: to which 58 spp. there
are added (Sept., 1829) O. clemencie, which was figured pl. 80, but omitted from the Tableau, and
O. cyanocephalus, nob., p. xlv. Nearly all these species are described as if new—Lesson even
giving them new specific names when he quotes older ones, a common practice with this author.

1629. Lyon, Capt. Extract of a Letter from Capt. Lyon, R.N., Corr. Memb. Z.S., &c.,
to a Friend in England, dated Gongo Soco, Brazil, 17th March, 1829. < Zool,
Journ., Vv, 1829, pp. 1, 2, figs. 1, 2.
Relating to the nidification of a species of Humming-bird, which increased the capacity of
the nest with the growth of the young.

1829. RENNIE, J. Food of the Humming bird. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, pp.
301,572.

1630. ANoNn. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux Mouches; par R. P. Lesson... < Fé
russ, Bull., 2° sect., xxi, 1830, pp. 142 and 320.

1830. [Lesson, R.P.] Histoire naturelle des Colibris, suivie d’un supplément A VHis-
toire naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches; par R. P. Lesson. ... < Féruss. Bull.,
2 sect., xxii, 1830, pp. 323-325.
Prospectus.

1830-31. Lesson, R. P. Histoire Naturelle | des Colibris, j suivie | @’un supplément | a
Vhistoire naturelle | des | Oiseaux-Mouches ; | ouvrage orné de planches | des-
sinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | et dédié | A M. le Baron Cuvier.
| Par R. P. Lesson. | [Quotation, 9 lignes. ] | — | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Li-
bgaire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde du capitaine Duperrey, | Rue
Hautefeuille, N° 23. | No date. (1830-31.) 8vo. pp. i-x, 1-196; pll. 1-25, 12
bis, 13 bis (Colibris), 1-39 (Suppl. Ois.-Mouches) = 66 plates in all.

Published in 13? livraisons, monthly or thereabouts, each of 5 or 6 plates and accompanying
letter-press, beginning Oct., 1830, and ending Dec., 1831. This is the second series of Les-

\ son's Hummers, consisting of ‘‘Colibris” and ‘“‘Supplément Oiseaux-Mouches,” the twe por-
tions of this work being continuously paged, but the two sets of plates being separately
enumerated: pp. i-x, title, dedication, and preface; pp. 1-90, text of Colibris; pp. 91-192,
text of Suppl. Ois.-Mouch.; pp. 193-196, Indexes to each ; pll. 1-25, 12 bis, 18 bis, for Colibris,
pll. 1-89 for Suppl. Ois.-Mouches. The text of this work is citable as “Col. et Suppl. Ois.-
Mouch.,” but in citing the plates, it must be specified which series is meant. Compare same
author at 1829 and 1832.

The following are figured and described in ‘“‘Colibris:’’—Pl. 1, Ramphodon (g. n.) macu-
latum, p.18. 2,3, 4, 5, Trochilus pella, pp. 21, 27, 31,33. 6,7, T. superciliosus, pp. 35,38. 8, 7.
squalidus, p. 40. 9, T. rufigaster, p. 43. 10, 7. auratus, p. 46. 11, 7. viridis, p. 50. 12, 12 bis,
T. gramineus, pp. 52, 56. 18,13 bis, 14, 7. mango, pp. 58, 62, 64. 15, LT. nitidus, p. 66. 16, 17,
18, 19, T. aurulentus, pp. 68, 71, 73, 74. 20, 7. holosericeus, p. 76. 21, T. hirsutus. 22, T. lew-
curus. 23, T. simplex, p. $6. 24, T. prevostii, p. 87. 25, Détails anatomiques et caractéres des
Colibris.

In the ‘‘Suppl. Ois.-Mouches” are described and figured the following :—Pl. 1, Ornismya du-
pontii, p. 100. 2, O. audenetii, p. 102. 3, O. anais, p. 104. 4, O. chrysura, p.107. 5, O. sepha-
nioides, p. 109. 6, O. simplex, p. 111. 7, O. anna. 8, O. clemencie, p. 115. 9, 10, O. eyano-
pogon, pp. 117, 119. 11, 12, 13, O. sasin, pp. 121, 123, 124. 14, O. tricolor, p.125. 15, O. pampa,

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA. 663

1830-31. Lusson, R. P.—Continued.
p. 127. 16, O. langsdorfii, p. 129. 17, 18, O. cyanocephala, pp. 132, 134. 19, O. delalandii, p.
136. 20, 21, 22, O. amethystina, pp. 138, 141, 142. 23, O. cyanea, p. 143. 24, O. avocetta, p. 145.
25, O. eriphile, p. 148. 26, O. wiedti, p. 150. 27, O. arsennti, p. 152. 28, 29, O. arsenoe, pp.
154, 156. 30, O. oenone, p. 157. 31, O. platwra, p. 159. 32, O. chrysolopha, p. 162. 33, O. su-
perba, p. 164. 34, O. recurvirostris, p. 166. 35, O. nuna, p. 169. 36, O. dumerilit, p. 172. 37,
38, O. canivetii, pp. 174, 177. 39, O. hirwndinaeea, p. 179.

1830. LoppieErs,[G.] [Cephallepis, g.n.] <P. Z.S.,i, 1830, p. 12.

1830. SCHIEDE, —, and DEPPE,—. Humming Bird and Insects at a great height on
the Volcano of Orizaba. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., viii, 1830, pp. 203, 204.

1830. Vieors, N. A. [Characters of a New Species of Humming-bird, Trochilus lod-
digesii Gould.] <P. Z.8., i, 1830, p. 12.

1831. ANon. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches, par R. P. Lesson. ... < F¢-
russ. Bull., 2° sect., xxiv, 1831, pp. 200-202.

This is simply one of the many notices of Lesson’s works on Hummers which appeared in
this Bulletin during the progress of the publication.

- 1831. ANon. Histoire naturelle des Colibris, ...; par R. P. Lesson. ... < Fé-
russ. Bull., 2° sect., xxiv, 1831, p. 202.

1831. ANoNn. Histoire naturelle des Colibris,...j; par R. P. Lesson. ... < Fé
russ. Bull., 2° sect., xxv, 1831, pp. 118, 119.

1831. ANon. Les Trochilidées ou les Colibris, et les Oiseaux-Mouches; par R.-P. Les-
son. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xxvi, 1831, pp. 77-79.

Prospectus.
1831. Lyon, Capt. [Ueber das Nest der Colibri.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831, p. 714.
Auszug aus den Zool. Journ., Bd. v, No. xvii, 1829, pp. 1, 2.

1831. Vicors, N. A. [Remarks on exhibition of several species of Humming-bivrds. }
< Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, p. 62.

From P. Z. S., i, Dec. 14, 1830, p. 12, g. v. for an n. sp.

1882. Lesson, R. P. Les | Trochilidées | ou | les Colibris | et | lesOiseaux-Mouches, |
suivis Vun Index Général, | dans lequel sont décrites et classées méthodique-
ment toutes les races | et espéces du genre Trochilus. | Ouvrage orné de
planches | dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | par R. P. Lesson.
| Splendet ut sol. | Marcgrave. | — | Paris. |] Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | édi-
teur du voyage autour du monde par le Capitaine Duperrey, | rue Haute-
feuille, n° 23. | No date. (1832.) 8vo. pp. i-iv, 1-171, i-xlij (Index Gén-
éral), pll. 1-66.

The Index separately titled as well as paged, thus: Index | Général et Sy-

noptique des oiseaux | du | Genre Trochilus, | Par R. P. Lesson. | — | Paris.
| Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde par le capi-
taine Duperrey, | rue Hautefeuille, ne 23. | — | M DCCC XXXII. 8vo. pp.

i-xliij.

Published in 13? livraisons, monthly or thereabouts, each of 5 plates and accompanying let-
ter-press. The ‘‘Colibris” was finished in Dec., 1831, and the preface to the ‘‘ Trochilidées"’
is dated 1831; but probably nothing appeared until 1832, which latter is the date of comple-
tion of the work, on the title of the Index Général. Compare same author, at 1829 and 1830-31.

In this, the third and last series of Lesson’s Hummers, are described and figured :—Plate 1,
O. colubris. p.1. 2, Troch. longuemareus, p. 15. 3, 7. mazeppa, p. 18. 4, O. cristata, p. 20.
5, T. buffonii, p. 31. 6, O. vesper, p. 33. 7, O. viridissima, p. 35. 8, 9, 10, 11, O. vieillotii, pp.
37, 41, 44,46. 12, O. petasophora, p. 48. 13, T. davidianus, p. 50. 14, O. sapphirina, p. 53. 15,
O. moschita, p. 55. 16,17, O. bicolor, pp. 58,60. 18, 7. bourcieri, p. 62. 19, T. intermedius, p.
65. 20, 21, 7. pella, pp. 68, 70. 22, O. cyanea, p. 72. 23, O. avocetta, p. 74. 24, O. ornata, p.
77. 25, 26, 27, O. amethystoides, pp. 79, 81, 83. 28, 29, O. orthura, pp. 85, 88. 30, nid de J ois.-
mouche Améthyste, avec son euf., p. 90. 31, 7. ewrynome, p. 91. 32, O. albiventer, p. 94. 33,
O. viridis, p. 96. 34, O. superba, p. 99. 35, O. langsdorfii, p. 101. 36, O. gouldii, p. 103. 27,
O. underwoodii, p. 105. 38, O. kingii, p. 107. 39, 40, O. cora, pp. 109,111. 41, O. delalandii,
p. 113. 42, O. atala, p. 115. 43, O. sasin, p. 117. 44, O. guy, p. 119. 45, O. mesoleuca, p. 122,
46, 47, T. eusipennis, pp. 124, 127. 48, O. vesper, p. 129. 49, O. sapho, p. 131. 50, TZ. stokesii,
p. 185. 51, 7. loddigesti, p. 138. 52, O. amethystina, p. 140. 53, O. coeligena, p. 141. 54, O.

664 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VoLv.

1832. Lesson, R. P.—Continued.

‘ viridis, p. 144. 55, 56, Ramphodon anais, pp. 146, 148. 57, Ornismya ! anais, p. 151. 58, O.
cristata (nid), p. 153. 59, O. petasophora, p. 154. 60, O. tricolor, p. 156. 61, O. nattererti, p.
158. . 62, T. longuemareus, p. 160. 63, 64, O. montana, pp. 161, 163. 65, O. kieneri, p. 165. 66,
O. swainsonii, p. 167.

In the Index Général, 1832, the 110 spp. treated in all three of Lesson’s series of Hummers
are rearranged systematically, according to the author’s classification, in 27 ‘‘races” and
sundry ‘‘tribes,” with short characters and synonymy. Lesbia Less., p. xvij; Celigena Less.,
p. Xviij.

These three books may be found bound in different Ways: generally, with text of all three
together, and plates in three separate vols. Index Général belongs to ‘‘ Trochilidées,” as per
title of the latter, but is separately titled and paged. There are in the whole series 86 —- 66 +
66=218 plates, but only about 110 species are treated. There are both plain and colored
issues of the plates—both together, in the copy examined.

These three books are hard to get the hang of; the titles are so curiously mixed up that
there is endless confusion in citing them, especially zt second-hand. The three separate
series are perfectly distinct works, bibliographically speaking, yet represent a single mono-
graph of the Hummers, with titles enough alike to be contusing, yet not different enough to
be distinctive until they are studied out. The following summary may therefore be useful:

LEss., *‘ Ois..Mouch.”, pp. i-xlvj, 1-233, pli. 1-48, 48 bis., 49-85 (86 plates). Date, 1829.

Less., *‘ Colibris et Suppl. Ois.-Mouch.”, pp. i-x, 1-196 (Oolibris, pp. 1-90; Suppl. 0.-M.,
pp. 91-192). Colibris, pll. 1-12, 12 bis, 13 bis, 14-25, Suppl. O.-I., pll. 1-39 (66 plates in
the two series). Date, 1830-’31.

LEss., * Trochilidées,”’ pp. i-iv, 1-171, pll. 1-66. Date, 1832.

Index Général, pp. i-xliij, no plates. Date, i832.

Lesson’s work on the Hummers is notable as one of the earliest extensive monographies
of this extraordinary family of birds, being only preceded by that of Audebert and Vieillot.
It treats, however, of only about one-third of the species now known, and its claims as a con-
tribution to science are. not of the highest. The plates are finely finished, being good work
of this French kind, and when colored become very pretty pictures; but the technic of the
work, as already hinted, is of moderate merit. Many new species and several new genera are
named, and various species are renamed even when the author knew and cited their prior
designations—a reprehensible habit which Lesson not seldom indulged.

It appears from Rev. Zool., iii, 1840, p. 71, that Lesson intended to publish a fourth vol.; but
it remained ined.

1832. LoppieEs, G. [Characters of Four New Species of Humming-birds trom Pop-
ayan, in the Collection of John Gould.] <P. Z. S., 11, 1832, pp.'6, 7.

Trochilus tyrianthinus, p.6; T. eurypterus, T. Jlavescens, T. gouldii, p.7.

1832. Loppigrs, G. [Exhibition and characters of several Humming Birds from
Popayan.] < Philos. Mag., xi, 1832, p. 461.

From P. Z. 8., Jan. 10, 1832, pp. 6, 7, q. v.

1832. WATERTON, C. Humming-birds. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. , Vv, 1832, pp.
473-476.

Miscellaneous notes of habits.

1832. WATERTON, C. The Green Humming-bird. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832,
pp. 675, 676.

1832. WuiTsE, A. Ueber Colibris, < Fror. Notiz., xxxv, No. 750, 1832, pp. 20-23.

Nicht mir selbst zugiinglich—Titel aus Car. und Eng.

1833. JARDINE, W. The | Naturalists’ Library. | Ornithology. | Vol. I [II]. | Hum-
ming-Birds. | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | FOR. S. BE. FILS. &e. &ee |
Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, and Sterling and Kenney; | Longman, Rees,
Orme, Brown, Green, and | Longman, London; | and W. Curry, Jun. and Co.
Dublin. | — | 1833. 2vols. 16mo. Vol. I: a green half-cover-title, 1 leaf; a
notice, 1 leaf; advts., pp. 1-6; half-title, 1 leaf; portrait of Linnzus; engr.
col’d title, backed blank; full title as above, backed with W. Ballantyne &
Co.’s imprint; contents, pp. isi; blank, p. iv; advt., pp. 1-10; half-title to
memoir of Linnzus, pp. 11,12; memoir of Linneus, pp. 13-48; regular text
of Humming-birds, pp. 49-147, with pll. col’d 1-34; advts., pp. 1-32 and pp.
1-8. Vol. I, not handled by me.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA. 665

1833. JARDINE, W.—Continued. i
“The Naturalists’ Library,’ which reached about 40 vols. through several years, was
started in 1833 with Jardine’s ‘‘ Humming-Birds,” in 2 vols. The above is the full title and
collation of the original issue, in cheap binding and loaded with adyts., differ ng materially
from the later reissue, when the many vols. were systematically rearranged, Mammals first,
then Birds, &e. In the final rearrangement, these two Humming-Bird vols. become ‘*‘ Hum-
ming-Birds.—Part I [I1]”’, and form Vols. VI, VII. The main text, and the plates, are iden-
tical in any issues; but the titles and the furnishings differ. (Compare next title.)
“The Naturalists’ Library”? was a publisher’s enterprise; but the weight of the editor’s
name, the excellence of the text, and the beauty of the plates, rendered it a very notable
work, of no less scientific merit than popular interest and usefulness.

1833. JARDINE, W. ‘The | Naturalist’s Library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine,

Bart., | F. R. 8. E., F. L. S., ete., ete., | Vol. VI [VII]. | — | Ornithology. |
Humming Birds.—Part I [II]. | By the Editor. | —| Edinburgh: | W. H

Lizars, [ete.] n.d. [1833.] 2 vols. 16mo. Vol. VI: portrait of Linneus;
eng. col’d title; other title; contents, 2 leaves; pp. i-xxwxii, 25-191, euts, pll.
col’d 1-34. Vol. VII: portrait of Pennant; eng. col’d title; other title; con-
tents, 2 leaves; pp. 1-192, cuts, pll. col’d, 1-30. :

Being Vols. I, IJ, of the original issue. The date here given is that of the original issue;
I do not know exactly when the reissue was made. On the systematic rearrangement of the
many vols. of the series, the Hummers, originally Vols. I and II, became ** Humming-Birds,
Part I [11],” and then formed Vols. VI, VII, of the rearranged series. (Compare last title.)

These two vols. contain memoirs of Linnwus (Vol. VI) and of Pennant (Vol. VII), and other-
wise consist of a monograph of Trochilide ; the text by Jardine, the illustrations by Lizars.

Vol. VI: Ramphodon neevius, pl.1; Troch. avocetta, pl.2; T.recurvirostris, pl. 3; T. rusigas-
ter, pl.4; 7. colubris, pl. 5; T. anna, pl. 6; T. cyaneus, pl.7; T. prasina, pl.8; TL. quadricolor,
pl.9; 7. delalandii, pl. 10; 7. moschitus, pl.11: T. Pe eTenartian pl. 12; 7. petasophorus, pl. 13
T. seutatus, pl. 14; T. ornatus, pls. 15,16; T. audenetii, pl.17; 7. chalybeus, pl.18; 7. magnifier
pls. 19, 20; 7. cornutus, pls. 21, 22; T. furcatus, pl. 23; T. vesper, pl. 24; T. cora, pl. 25; T. du-
pontii, pl. 26; T. enicwrus, ik 27; TL. saphirinus, pl. 28; TL. leweotis, pl. 29; T. Sie us, pl.
30; 7. multicolor, pl. 31; T. gramineus, pls. 32, 33; T. latipennis, pl. 34 (name Campylopterus
latipennis on pl.).

Vol. VIII: 7. thalassinus, pls. 1,2 (fT. auris on pl.); 7. gigas, pl. 3; T. coelegena, pl. 4; T. stok-
esti, pl.5; LT. loddigesii, pl. 6; T. delalandii, 2, pl. 7: V. orthura, pl. 8; T. amethystoides, pl. 9
(LT. amethystina on pl.); TT. rubineus, montana, no pl.; 7. langsdor fii, pl.10; T. rufus, pl. 11;
T. gouldii, pl.12; T. tricolor, pl.13; T. lucifer, pl. 14 (2. cyanopogon on pl.); L. petasophorus, pl.
15; ZT. wagleri. pl. 16; TT. bicolor, maugerii, glaucopis, ceruleus, swainsonii, erythronotus,
eyanogenys, atala, no pl.; T. mesoleucus, pl.17; TT. scuamosus, albicollis, superbus, no pl.: T.
rivolti, pl.18; T. buffonti, pl.19; T. mango, pl. 20; TT. viridis, holosericeus, leucurus, aurulen-
tus, hypopheus, no pl.; TL. polytmus, pl. 21; T. underwoodii, pl. 22; T. sparganurus, pl. 23; T.
nuna, no pl.; LT. pella, pls. 24, 25; T. Sn sereannnN pls. 26,27; T. eurynome, pl. 28; T. guy, T. in-
termedius, bourcieri, squatidus, longuemareus, riujfigaster, Aas aipans no pl.; 7. hirsutus, pl. 29;
T. mazeppa, no pl.; T. swainsoni, pl. 30. The synopsis, which follows, is briefly synonymatic
and descriptive, adopting Swainson’s five subfamilies. This series of illustrations, coming
after Lesson’s works on the same subject, furnish a valuable check on the species so indis-
criminately described as new by the latter, to the great prejudice of others, especially Vieillot,

1833. La Luave, P. pE. [Memoria sobre algunas especies nuevas del género Tro-
chilus.] < Registro Trimestre, vol. ii—ntim.5, Enero de 1833, pp. 39-50.
T. cohuatl, p.47; T. xicotencal, p.48; T. tzacatl, p.48; T. papantzin, p.48; T. topiltzin, p. 49.
This article has no title, and appears to be little known. I commend it to notice, as con-
taining descriptions of five new Hummers, the names of which, given in due Linnean form,
doubtless antedate others now in general employ.

1833. ScurErBERS, C.v. [Neue Arten von Trochilus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvi, 1833,
pp. 334, 535.

,, Regierungs-Rath von Schreibers aus Wien legte eine Probe des yon ihm beabsichtigten,
gemeinschaftlich mit den osterreichischen Naturforschern herausgegebenden Werkes vor,
worinn die von den Oesterreichern in Brasilien neu entdeckten Thiere beschrieben und abge-
bildet werden sollen. Dieselbe besteht in dem ersten Hefte des ornithologischen Theiles,
welcher die Beschreibung und Abbildung zweyer neuer Trochilus-Arten enthalt, die er dem
K6nige und der Kéniginn von Ungarn zu Ehren Trochilus regis und Trochilus reginae nent,
und fiihret den Titel: Collectanea ad faunam Brasiliae.*

Bull. v, 4 10

666 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Pol. V.

1833. SCHREIBERS, C. v. Caroli a Schreibers | Museorum Regio-Caesareo-Aulicorum
ex Hist. Nat. Praefecti etc., | Collectanea | ad | Faunam Brasiliae. | — | Nova
Genera et Species animalium, | a naturae scrutatoribus Caes. Austriacis in Bra-
silia collectorum, | descripta et iconibus illustrata. | — | Fasciculus I. | — |
Viennae. | Impensis Editoris. | 1833. Folio. Cover-title, other title, pp. 1-4,
oll Ue:
No more published.—The above is the cover-title of the publication as a whole, of which
the present piece is Fasciculus I. To this theré is special title as follows: Collectanea | ad

Ornithologiam Brasiliae. | —| Beytrage zur Vogelkunde Brasiliens. | —| Neue Arten yon
Blumenspechten, Colibri; | beschrieben | von | Karl von Schreibers. | —- | Wien. | Auf Kos-

ten des Herausgebers. | MDCCCXXXIII. [Gedruckt bey Anton Strauss’s sel. Witwe. ]

The 4 pages of text are deyoted to the description of two new species of Trochilide, viz:
T. regis, p.1, pl.1,f.1 and 1 a; and T. regine, p.3, pl.i, f.2. Besides these, the Plate gives—
fig. a, T. ornatus; f.b., 7. magnijicus; f. ¢., T. strumarius.

There is no other ornithological matter. Cf. Isis, 1833, pp. 534, 535.

1834. BARNES, Mrs. —. [Note on the rearing of a species of Humming-bird (Melli-
suga humilis?)] <P. Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 33.

1834. GuILpIne, L. Facts on Hnmming-Birds, their Food, the Manner in which they
take it, and on their Habits; with Directions for preserving the Eggs of
Humming-Birds, and the Forms of the Bodies of Spiders, and Pupe and
Larvie of Insects. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 569-573.

1834. Vicors, N. A. [Trochilus loddigesii.] <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, p. 814.

Auszug aus Philos. Mag., 1x, 1831, p. 62.

1835. BARNES, [ Mrs. —.] [Colibri aus Jamaica.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p.
1026.

Auszug aus den P. Z. S., ii, 1834, p. 33.

1835. GERVAIS, [P.] Oiseaux-mouches. Ornismya. Less. < Guér. Mag. de Zool.,
5° année, 1835, class ii, notices xli, xlii, pll. xli, xlii.

O. ricordii, Gery., pll. xli, xlii, n. sp.

1835. GERVAIS, [P.] Oiseau-mouche. Ornismya. O. cinnamomon. O. cinnamo-
meus. Gervais. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 5° année, 1835, classe ii, notice xliii, pl. ~
xlii.

1835, GUILDING, L. Ueber die Nahrung des Colibris. < ror. Notiz., xliti, No. 930,
1835, pp. 71, 72.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich. Titel aus Carus und Englm. Aus dessen ,, Facts on Hum-
ming-Birds,“‘ u.s. w., in Loudon’s Mag. Nut. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 569-573. .

1835. LoppicEs, G. [Vier Arten der Trochilide.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835,
pp. 367,368.

Auszug aus den P. Z. S., ii, 1832, pp. 6, 7, q. v-

1837. ANON. Lesson’s Werke tiber die Colibri. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, p. 94.

1837. CHAMBERS, R. [On the Habits and Geographical Distribution of Humming-
Bese! Ze 18.0 V, 1 8od- ods

Merely 4 note of a paper read.

1837. CHAMBERS, R. Observations on the Humming-Bird. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat.
Hist.,.1, 1837, pp. 592-596, fig.70. (Auch in: Froriep’s Notizen, iv, No. 84, 1837,
pp. 289-292. )

“These remarks are only those of an ardent admirer of nature, not of an ornithologist.”

1838. GEOFFROY SaInt-Hixarre, [Istp.] Note sur Vostéologie des Oiseaux-Monches,
envoyée de Liége. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., vi, 1838, pp. 880-883.

1°. Unité de plan et modifications dans les détails de V’appareil hyoidien.—2°. Unité de
plan et modifications dans les details de l'appareil sternal chez les Oiseaux-mouches, et les
grands voiliers, les Frégates. 3

1838. GEOFFROY SaInt-HivaireE, [Is1p.] [Note sur ’Ostéologie des Oiseaux-mouches. ]
< Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, p. 99.

Extraite des Comptes Rend. dV Acad. Sci. Paris, vi, 1838, pp. 880-883, q. v.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDZ. 667

1838. Lesson, [R.] P. Espéces nouvelles Voiseaux mouches. < Revue Zoologique, i,
1838, pp. 314, 315.
12 espéces, dont quelqu’unes récemment déecrites: Ornismya arsine, O. fanny, O. vesper,
O. nuna, O. vestita, O. helianthea, p. 314; O. parzudhaki (sic), O. zemes, O. lumachella, O. rhami,
O. senex, Trochilus mais, p. 315.
1839. BOISSONNEAU, —. Nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches de Santa-Fé de Bogota
< Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839; pp. 354-356.
Ornismya temminckit, O. ensifera, O. microrhyncha, p. 354; O. pauline, O. heteropogon, p. 355.
Toutes les espéces ici décrites sont figurées, Guér. Mag. de Zool., 1840, pll. 12-16, q. v.
1839. Bourcier, J. Description de quelques espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux-Mouches.
< Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 294, 295.
Ornismy costae, O. allardi, p.294; O. jourdanii, p. 295.
1859. CHAMBERS,[R.] Ueber die Lebensart und die geographische Verbreitung der
Colibri. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, p. 144.
P. Z. 8., London, Marz 28, 1837, p. 37.
1839. LATTRE, — DE, and LEsson, [R.P.] Oiseaux-Mouches nouveaux ou trés-rares,
découverts par M. De Lattre dans son voyage en Amérique et décrits par MM.
De Lattre et Lesson. < Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 13-20.
Ornysmia (sic) campylopterus, De L., p.14; O.lessonii, De L., p.15; O.heloisa, Less. et Del..,
p.15; O. abeillei, Less. et DeL., p. 16; O. henrica, Less. et De L., O. phoebé, Less. et DeL.., p.
17; O. De Lattrei, Less., p.19; Trochilus pretrei, Less. et DeL., T. eliza, Less. et DeL., p. 20,

spp. nn.

1840. BoOISsONNEAU, —. G. Oiseau-mouche. Ornismya. Lesson. [mut.mut.] < Guér.
Mag. de Zool.,2° sér., année 1840, Oiseaux, pp. 1, 2, 1, 2,1, 2, 1, 2,1, 2, pll. 12, 13,
14, 15, 16.

O. heteropogon, pl. 12; O. pauline, pl. 13; O. temminekii, pl. 14; O. ensifera, pl. 15; O. mi-
crorhynch2, pl. 16. Toutes les espéces déja décrites, Rev. Zool., 1839, pp. 354, 355, q. v.

1840. BourcierR, J. Descriptions et figures de trois especes nouvelles d’Oiseau-

Mouches. < Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. W Agric. de Lyon, iii, 1840, pp. 225-228, 5 pl.
Not seen—title from C. & E, Bibl.

1840. BourcreR,[J.] Oiseau-Mouche nouveau [Ornismya heliordor]. < Revue Zoolo-
gique, iii, 1840, p. 275.

1840. Fraser, L. [Characters of new Species of Humming-birds.] <P. Z. 8., viii,
1840, pp. 14-19.

Trochilus exortis, p. 14; T. cupreoventris, T. uropygialis, T. coruscus, p. 15; T. brachyrhyn-
chus, T. derbianus, T. aurcogaster, Lodd. MSS., p. 16; 7. fuscicaudatus, T. cyanopterus, Lodd.
MSS., 7. gibsont Lodd. MSS., p.17; 7. angustipennis, T. parvirostris, T. flavicaudatus, T. me-
lanogenys, T. tyrianthinus, Lodd. MSS., p. 18.

1840. Fraser, L. [Characters.of new Species of Trochilide.] < Annals of Nat. Hist.,
vi, 1840, pp. 151-155.

From P. Z. S., Feb. 11, 1840, pp. 14-19, q. v.

1840. Lesson, [R. P.] Oiseaux-mouches rares ou nouveaux, communiqués par MM.
Longuemare et Parzudaki, faisant partie du t. IV inédit de Vhistoire natu-
relle des Oiseaux-mouches de M. Lesson. < Revue Zoologique, iii, 1840, pp.
71-74.

13 spp-—Ornismya pouchetti, O. sylphia, Campylopterus rufus, spp. nn. ?

1841. BourcreR, J. Description de Vadulte de ’Ornysmia Bonapartei. < Revue Zo-
ologique, iv, 1841, p. 177.

1641. LONGUEMARE, G. DE. Oiseau-mouche nouveau [Ornismya Clarisse]. < Revue
Zoologique, iv, 1841, p. 306.

Fig. Guér. Mag. de Zool., 1842, pl. 26.

1842. BourcieR, J. Descriptions de quelques espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux-Mouches.
< Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. W Agric. de Lyon, v, 1842, pp. 307-310, 4 pll.

Pas vues moi-méme—le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

1642. Bourcier, J. Descriptions de quelques espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux-Mouches,.
< Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. @ Agric. de Lyon, v, 1842, pp. 344, 345, 3 pill.

Pas vues moi-méme—le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

668

1842.

1842.

1842.

1843.

1843.

1843.

1843.

1843,

1843.
1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.
1845.

1846.

1846.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

BourciER, J. Description de trois espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux-mouches. < Re-

vue Zoologique, Vv, 1842, pp. 373, 374.
Ornismya aline, O. julie, O. mulsant, p. 373.

DUBUS DE GHISIGNIES, V. B. Diagnoses spécifiques de trois espéces nouyellés
d’Oiseanx-Mouches de la Colombie. < Bull. Acad. Bruxelles, ix, i, 1842, pp.
524-526.

Pas vues moi-méme—le titre est tiré Carus et Engelmann.

LONGUEMARE, G. DE. G. Oiseau-mouche. Ornismia. Cuvier. O. M. Clarisse.
O. Clarisse. De Longuemare. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sé&r., année 1839, Ois-
eaux, pp. 1, 2, pl. 26.

Descr. orig. Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 306.

BourctgR, [J.] Description de deux nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches ae

Colombie. < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, p. 2.
Ornismya colombica, O. poortmani.

Bourcigr, [J.] Oiseaux Mouches nouveaux oumalconnus. < Revue Zoologique,
vi, 1843, pp. 70-73.

Trochilus prunellei, p. 70; T. cupripennis, T. anthophilus, p. 71; TL. guimeti, T. gucrini, T.
barroti, p. 72.

BourcibR, J. Oiseaux-mouches nouveaux. < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, yp. 99-
104. {

Trochilus prevostii, p. 99; T. cyanifrons, T. goudoti, p. 100; T. chrysogaster, T. cyanotus, T.
geofroyi, p. 101; T. leadbeateri, p. 102; TL. fallax, T. rieferi, T. viridigaster, p. 103.

BouRcIER, J. Descriptions de quelques esptces nouvelles d’Oiseaux-Mouches.

< Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. @ Agric. de Lyon, vi, 1843, pp. 36-49,.6 pll.
Pas vues moi-méme—le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

BourcigER, J., and MULSANT, E. Descriptions et figures de plusieurs espéces
nouvelles d’Oiseaux-mouches. < Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. d@ Agric. de Lyon, vi, 1843,
pp. 36-49.

Pas vues moi-méme—le titre ci-dessus tiré du Roy. Soc. Cat.

3. LATTRE,[A.]DE. Description d’un Oiseau-Mouche nouveau, Ornismya Helenae.

< Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, p. 133.
L’Echo du monde savant.
LoppiaEs, G. [Onsome Species of Humming Birds.] <P. Z.8., xi, 1843, p. 122.
Brief but pointed rectification of synonymy of 9 spp. of Ornismya.
CaBor, §., JR. [Remarks on exhibition of Ornismia (sic) canivetii.] < Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1845, p. 55.

CagoT, 8., Jk. [Trochilus yucatanensis, sp.n.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
ii, 1845, pp. 74, 75 i
G[UERIN-]M[ENEVILLE, F. E.] [Note sur les] Descriptions et figures de plusi-
eurs espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux-mouches, par MM. J. Bourcier et EZ. Mulsant

[ Ann. des Sci., vi, 1843]. < Revue Zoologique, viii, 1845, pp. 343, 344.

PARZUDAKI, [E.] Nouvelle espéce d’oiseau mouche [ Ornysmia (sic) isaacsonil }.
< Revue Zoologique, viii, 1845, p. 95.

PARZUDAKI, [E.] Nouvelle espéce d’Oiseau-Mouche [Ornysmia (sic) lindenit].
< Revue Zoologique, viii, 1845, p. 253.

BourcikErR, J. Description de nouvelles espéces de Trochilidées. < Revue Zo-
ologique, ix, 1846, pp. 312-314.
' Prochilus adde, p. 312; T. turnerii, T. lwmachellus, p. 313.

BourcikR, J. Description de vingt espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches. < Revue Zo-
ologique, ix, 1846, pp. 314-316, pl. 3, 4.
Tel est le titre d’un mémoire que cet ornithologiste et M. Mulsant ont inséré dans les Ann.
Soc. Roy. d’Agr. de Lyon. Ici s6 trouvent seulement les descriptions de deux espéces—Z.
conversit, p. 314, pl. 3; T. vietorie, p. 315, pl. 4—suivies d’un liste des autres.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID&. 669

1846. BourcrEr, J., and MULSANT, E. Descriptions de vingt espéces nouvelles @Oi-
seaux-Mouches. < Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. UW Agric. de Lyon, ix, 1846, pp. 313-332,
3 pli. d /
Not seen—title from E. & C.
1846. GouLp, J. [Descriptions of three New Species of the Family of Trochilidie. }
<P. Z. S., xiv, 1846, pp. 44, 45.
Trochilus coruscans, p. 44; T. flabelliferus, T. strophianus, p. 45.
1846. GouLp, J. On twenty [i. e., seventeen] New Species of Trochiiide or Humming
Birds. < P. Z.S., xiv, 1846, pp. 85-90.
T. pyra, T. smaragdinus, p. 85; LT. gracilis, T. (ocreatus, g.n.) rufocaligatus, T. ligonicaudus,
p. 86; 7. cuprica:.da, 7. eneocauda, T. violifer, p. 87; T. cyanopectus, T. wurescens, T. fulvwen-
tris, p.88; T. nigrofasciata, T. rujficeps, T. inornata, T. regulus, p. 89; TL. hypoleucus, T. hispidus,
p. 90: cf. tom. cit., pp. 44, 45, for the three others.
1246. GouLp, J. [On three new species of Trochilide.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii,
1846, pp. 129, 130.
From P. Z. S., May 12, 1846, pp. 44, 45, q. v.
1846. GouLp, J. On twenty [i.e., seventeen] new species of Trochilida or Humming
Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1846, pp. 419-425.
From P. Z. 8., Sept. 22, 1846, pp. 85-90, q. v.
1846. GULLIVER, G. [Note on the Size of the Blood-Corpuscles of Birds, with Measure-
ments by Dr. Davy of the Blood-Corpuscles of some Fishes and of a Humming-
Bird.] <P. Z.S., 1846, pp. 26-28.
Corpuscles of Hummer 1-2666th x 1-4000th of an inch; long diameter of nucleus very nearly
1-4000th. Temperature about 105°.

1846. Latrre, A. DE, and Bourcier, J. Description de quinze espéces nouvelles de
Trochilidées, faisant partie des collections rapportées par M. Ad. De Lattre,
dont les précédentes excursions ont déja enrichi plusieurs branches de Vhis-
toire naturelle, et provenent de Vintérieur du Pérou, des républiques de
VEquateur, de la Nouvelle-Grenade et de Visthme de Panama. < Revue Zo-
ologique, ix, 1846, pp. 305-312.

Trochilus chimborazo, T. wilsoni, p. 305; T. musquera, T. derbyi, p. 306; T. grayt, T. lutetio,
p. 367; 7. edward, T. williami, p. 308; TL. herrani, T. saul, p. 309; T. cuvierti, T. fannyi, p. 310;
TP. saucerottei. T. labrador, T. mocoa, p. 311.

1847. Bourcier, J. Description de quinze espéces de Trochilidées du cabinet de M.
Loddiges. <P. Z.S., xv, 1847, pp. 42-47.

T. mirabilis, T. aquila, p. 42; T. millerii, T. schreibersii, 7. matthewsti, p. 43; T. watertonit
(all from Lodd. MSS.), 7. evelyn, p. 44; T. johanne, T. conradit, T. yarrelli, p.45; T. spencet,
L. ruckeri, T. doubledayi, ». 46; T. mitchellii, T. norrisii, p. 47, spp. nn.

1847. Bourcrer, J. Description de quinze especes de Trochilidées du cabinet de M.

Loddiges. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 258-261.
Extraite des Proc. Soc. Zool. de Londres, 1847, pp. 42-47, g. v.

1847. Bourcier, J. Description de deux espéces nouvelles de Trochilidées. < P. Z.

S., xv, 1847, p. 48.

Trochilus caroli, 7. georgine.

.

1847. Bourcigr, J. Description de deux espéces nouvelles de Trochilidées. < Revue
Zoologique, X, 1847, pp. 260, 261.
Extraite des Proc. Soc. Zool. Londres, 1847, p. 48, q. v.
1847. BourctER, J. Description des nouvelles espéces de Trochilidées. < Revue Zo-
ologique, x, 1847, pp. 401, 402.
Extraite des Ann. Soc. Roy. de Lyon, t. x.
1847. Bourcrer, J., and MuLsant, E. Description dune espéece nouvelle d’Oiseau-
Mouche. < Ann. Sc. Phys. Soc. @ Agric. de Lyon, x, 1847, p. 136.
Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré de la Bibl, de Car. et Englm,
1847. BourctErR, J., and MuLSANT, E. Description de trois espéces nouvelles d’Oi-

seaux-Mouches. < Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. d@ Agric. de Lyon, x, 1847, pp. 623, 624, 1 pl.
Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Car, et Englm.

670

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

1847-48. GouLp, J. Drafts for an arrangement of the Trochilidw, [&c.—the rest of

the title is modified in succeeding Parts.] < P. Z. S., xv, 1847, pp. 7-11, 16, 17,
30, 31, 94-96; xvi, 1848, pp. 11-14.

Synopsis of Petasphora; P. iolata, sp. n., p. 9; Oreotrochilus, g.n.; O. leucopleurus, O. me-
lanogaster, spp. nn , p. 10, with synopsis of the genus; TZ. calliope, sp.n., p. 11. Synopsis of
Eriopus, n. g., p. 16; Cometes, n. g.; C. phaon, sp. n., p. 31: Metallura, Doryfera, genn. n2.,
pp. 94, 95; D. violifrons, Lophornis regine, spp. nu., p. 95: Trochilus eeeruleogaster, sp. D., p-
96. In 1848: Helianthea eos, g. sp. n., p. 11; Aglaeactis cawmatonotus, Heliangelus mavors,
genn. spp. nn., p. 12; Thalurania viridipectus, gen. sp. n.; Campylopterus obscurus, sp- L.,
p. 13; Trochilus caligatus, sp. u.; Oxypogon, g. n., p. 14.

1847-48. GouLD, J. Drafts for anew arrangement of the Trochilide [etc., mut. mut. ].

1848.

1848,

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix, 1847, pp. 401-405, 408, 409, 421, 422; xx, 1847, pp.
283-285 ; 2d ser., ii, 1848, pp. 62-66.
From P. Z. S.. 1847-48, q. v.

BOURCIER, J., and MULSANT, [E.] Descriptions de quelques nouvelles especes
@Oiseaux-Mouches. < Revue Zoologique, xi, 1848, pp. 269-275.

Trochilus cephalus, p. 269; T. castelnaudii, p. 270; T. pucherani, p. 271; T. josephine, T. de-
villet, p. 272; T. phaeton. T. amaryllis, p. 273; T. eucharis, T. alice, p. 274.

GossxE, P.H. Ueber das langgeschwinzte Colibri auf Jamaica. < ror. Notiz.,

3 Reihe, vi, No. 121, 1848, pp. 167-169.
Nicht mir selbst zugiinglich—Titel aus Carus u. Engelmann.

BourciER, J., and Muusant, E. [Trochilus pichincha, n. sp.] < Mém. Acad.
Lyon, ii, 1849, pp. 427, 428.

Pas vumoi-méme. Titre tiré de C. & EH.

BourciER, J., and Mutsant, E. Description d’une nouvelie espéce d’Oiseau-
Mouche [Trochilus pichincha]. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., i, Dee., 1849,
pp. 625, 626.

Lué 4.l’Acad. des Sc., etc., de Lyon, le 17 juillet 1849.

Goss, P. H. Descriptions of two new Birds from Jamaica. < Ann. Nat. Hist.,
2d ser., iii, 1849, pp. 257-259.

Trochilus maria, p. 258; Elania (sic) cotta, p. 257.

GOULD, J. Description of Two New Species with the characters of a New Ge-
nus of Trochilide. < P. Z. S., xvii, 1849, pp. 95, 96.

Heliodoxa (g.n., p. 95) jacula, p. 96; Briopus simplex, p. 96.

1849-61. GOULD, J. A Monograph | of | The Trochilidi, | or | Family of Humming-

Birds. | By | John Gould, F. R.8., | [ete., 8 lines.] | In Five Volumes. | Vol.
I[-V]. | London: | printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet
Street. | Published by the Author, 26 Charlotte Street, Bedford Square. |
[1849-]1861. | [The author reserves to himself the right of translation. ] | Five
vols. folio. Vol. I, title 1 1., dedication 1 1., list of plates 11., pp. i-exxviii
(list of subscribers, preface, introduction, ete.), with unnumbered pll. 1-41,
and unpaged folios accompanying them, Vol. II, title 1 1., list of plates 11.,
with unnumbered pll. 42-116, and unpaged folios accompanying them. Vol.
III, title 1 1., list of plates 1 1., with pll. 117-203, and unpaged folios accom-
panying them. Vol. IV, title 1 1., list of plates 1 1., with pll. 264-283, and
unpaged folios accompanying them. Vol. V, title 11., list of plates 11., with
pli. 284-360, and unpaged folios accompanying.

The above is the permanent title, furnished on the completion of the work, with the colla-
tion of the five vols. in which it is designed that the 25 parts in which the work was pub-
lished be bound. The cover-title is a little different, as follows :—

A | Monograph | of the | Trochilidz | or | Humming Birds. | Dedicated with permission to -
| Her Royal Highness, The Princess Royal of England. | By | John Gould, F. R.S., &c. | —|
Part I[-XXV]. | —| Contents. | [mut. mut.] | London: | published by the author, . . . [mut.
mut.] | [Price Three Guineas.] j June 1st, 1849 [-September Ist, 1861]. Part I, June 1st, 1849,
15 pll. and text. Part II, Nov. 1st, 1851, 15 pll. and text. Part III, May Ist, 1852. 15 pll. and
text. PartIV, Oct, 1st, 1852, 15 pll. and text. Part V, May 1st, 1853,15 pll. and text. Part VI,
Oct. Ist, 1853, 15 pil. and text. Part VII, May 1st. 1854, 15 pll. and text. Part VIII, Oct. 1st,
1854, 15 pll. and text. Part IX, May Ist, 1855, 15 pll. and text. Part X, Sept. 1st, 1855, 15

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID&. 671

1849-61. GouLp, J.—Continued.

pll. and text. Part XI, May 1st, 1856, 15 pll. and text. Part XII, Sept. Ist, 1856, 15 pll. and
text. Part XIII, May Ist, 1857, 15 pll. and text. Part XIV, Sept. Ist, 1857, 15 pll. and text.
Part XV, May Ist, 1858, 15 pll. and text. Part XVI, Sept. Ist, 1858, 15 pll. and text. Part
XVII, May Ist, 1859, 15 pl. andtext. Part XVIII, Sept. 1st, 1859, 15 pll. (of 16 spp.) and
text. Part XIX, May Ist, 1860, 15 pll. and text. Part XX, Sept. 1st, 1860, 15 pll. and text.
Part XXI, May Ist, 1861, 15 pll. and text. Part XXII, July Ist, 1861, 15 pll.and text. Part
XXII, Sept 1st, 1861, 15 pll. and text. Part XXIV, Sept. Ist, 1861, 15 pll. and text.
Part XXV, no pll., 5 titles for 5 vols, 1 dedication, pp. i-cxxviii, being List of Subscribers,
Preface, Introduction, Explanation of Abbreviations and Lists of Generic and Specific names,
with 5 ll. of Lists of Plates, one for each vol.—Im all, 360 unnumbered plates, and about or
exactly as many unpaged folios of text, plus the titles, etc., furnished with Part XXV.

The unnumbered plates and unpaged folios of text are designed to be rearranged in making
up the five volumes in a systematic sequence given in the ‘‘ Introduction ”’; this and the lists of
plates being the only clue to the citation of the plates by number. Each of the vols. is
dated ‘1861” on the permanent title-page ; but each vol. consists of plates and text published
in other years, the appearance of the plates having been according to no systematic arrange-
ment of the genera and species. To preserve dates of publication of the plates, I first give a
list of the species according to their appearance in the successive Parts, and then quote the
Plates by their numbers in the made-up volumes, according to the sequence indicated in the
Introduction.

Part J, June Ist, 1849.—Trochilus polytmus, Oreotrochilus estelle, O. leucopleurus, O.
adelz, Phaéthornis eurynome, P. eremita, Pterophanes temminckii, Docimastes ensiferus,
Spathura underwoodi, S. peruana, S. rufocaligata, Oxypogon guerini, O. lindeni, Tryphena
duponti, Augastes scutatus. (15 spp.)

Part II, Nov. 1st, 1851.—Topaza pella, T. pyra, Oreotrochilus chimborazo, O. pichincha,
Eutoxeres aquila, E. condamini, Glaucis ruckeri, Calothorax helisdori, C. mulsanti, Florisuga
mellivora, F. flabellifera, F. atra, Augastes lumachellus, Phaethornis griseogularis, Mellisuga
minima. (15 spp.)

Part III, May 1st, 1852.—Eustephanus galeritus, Cynanthus cyanurus, C. smaragdicaudus,
Grypus nevius, Selasphorus rufus, S. scintilla, S. platycercus, Eriocnemis simplex, Campy-
lopterus rufus, C. hyperythrus, Hylocharis cyaneus, H. sapphirinus, Lophornis chalybeus,
Calothorax yarrelli, Thaumatias chionurus. (15 spp.)

Part IV, Oct. 1st, 1852.—Thaumastura enicura, Cometes sparganurus, C. phaon, Rampho-
micron microrhyncha, R. stanleyi, R. heteropogon, R. ruficeps, R. herrani, Phaethornis guy,
P. yaruqui, P. syrmatophorus, P. hispidus, P. pygmeus, Threnetes leucurus, T. antoniee.
(15 spp.)

Part V, May 1st, 1853.—Heliotrypha viola, Petasphora anais, P. iolata, P. cyanotis, P. tha-
lassina, P. serrirostris, P. coruscans, P. delphinz, Heliomaster longirostris, H. constanti, H.
pinicola, H. angele, H. mesoleucus, Chlorostilbon prasinus, Phaéthornis bourcieri. (15 spp.

Part VI, Oct. 1st, 1853.—Eupetomena hirundinacea, Clytolema rubinea, Urosticte benjamini,
Doritera ludoviciz, D. johanne, Heliothrix auritus, H. auriculatus, H. barroti, Eriocnemis
cupreiveutris, E. mosquera, E. luciani, Schistes geoffroyi, S. albogularis, Aphantochroa cir-
rhochloris, Phaéthornis intermedius. (15 spp.)

Part VII, May 1st, 1854.—Lesbia amaryllis, Calothorax micrurus, Eustephanus fernanden-
sis, E. stokesi, Gouldia langsdorfii, G. popelairi, G. conversi, Bourcieria torquata, B. fulgidi-
gula, B. inca, Phaéthornis pretrei, P. augusti, P. anthophilus, Hypuroptila buttoni, H. ceru-
leogaster. (15 spp.)

Parr VIII, Oct. 1st, 1854.—Diphogena (sic) iris, Selasphorus? heloisz, Cephalepis delalandi,
C. loddigesi, Helianthea typica, H. bonapartei, Myiabeillia typica, Panoplites jardini, P.
matthewsi, P. flavescens, Ceeligena typica, C. purpurea, Eriocnemis lugens, Delattria henrici,
Phaéthornis striigularis. (15 spp.)

Parr IX, May Ist, 1855.—Heliangelus clarisse, H. strophianus, H. amethysticollis, H.
spencei, H. mavors, Patagona gigas, Thaumatias brevirostris, T. affinis, Cyanomyia quadri-
color, Delattria clemenciz, D. vividipallens, Leucippus chionogaster, Adelomyia melano-
genys, A. floriceps, Glaucis dohrni. (15 spp.)

PakT X, Sept. 1st, 1855.—Lophornis ornatus, L. gouldi, L. magnificus, L. regulus, L. regine,

* L. helenz, Helianthea eos, H. violifera, Eriocnemis aureliw, Campylopterus delattrei, C.
pampa, Gouldia letitie, Phaethornis philippi, Leucochloris albicollis, Adelomyia? castanei-
ventris. (15 spp.)

Pant XI, May Ist, 1856.—Kugenia imperatrix, Heliactin cornuta, Avocettula recurvirostris,
Avocettinus eurypterus, Calypte anne, C. helen, C. cost, Rhodopis vespera, Lamprolaima
rhami, Cyanomyia cyanocephala, Coeligena wilsoni, Glaucis hirsuta, Thalurania watertoni,
T. glaucopis, Adelomyia inornata. (15 spp.)

Parr XII, Sept. 1st, 1856.—Agleactis cupripennis, A. pamela, Thaumatias albiveutris, T.
linnei, Chrysolampis moschitus, Calothorax fanny, Eugenes fulgens, Lesbia gouldi, Campy-

672

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1849-61. GouLp, J.—Continued. mie

lopterus lazulus, C. cuvieri, Urochroa bougueri, Lampornis mango, Leucippus fallax, Calli-
phlox amethystina, Saucerottia cyanifrons. (15 spp.)

Pant XI, May 1st, 1857-—Thaumastura elize, T. core, Lafresnaya flavivauda, L. gayi,
Helianthea lutetie, Ionolaima schreibersi, Circe latirostris, Agleactis castelnaui, Ortho-
rhynchus cristatus, O. exilis, Amazilia pristina, A. cerviniventris, A. corallirostris, Chlo-
rostibon auriceps, Thalurania wagleri. (15 spp.)

Part XIV, Sept. Ist, 1857.—Calothorax cyanopogon, C. calliope, C. rosx, Trochilus alexan-
divi, Eulampis jugularis, E. holosericeus, E. chlorolemus, Campylopterus ensipennis, Coeli-
gena prunelli, Eucephala cerulea, E. grayi, Eupherusa eximia, Klais guimeti, Phaethornis
Jonguemarus, P. adolphi. (15 spp.)

Part XV, May 1st, 1858.—Erioenemis derbianus, E. nigrivestis, E. isaaecsoni, Trochilus
colubris, Phacthornis obscura, P. viridicaudata, Lampornis gramineus, L. porphyrurus, L.
veraguensis, L, aurulentus, L. prevosti, Cometes? glyceria, Heliopiedica meclanotis, Erythro-
nota edwardi, E. niveiventris. (15 spp.)

Part XVI, Sept. Ist, 1858.—Phaiolaima rubinoides, Heliodoxa jacula, Discura longicauda,
Phaéthornis superciliosus, P. cephalus, Sternoclyta cyaneipectus, Thalurania fureata, T. co-
lumbica, T. venusta, T. eriphile, 1. verticeps, Microchera albocoronata, Chrysobronchus
virescens, C. virdicaudus, Chrysuronia clicizw. (15 spp.)

Part XVII, May Ist, 1859.—Metallura enpreicauda, M. zneicauda, M. tyrianthina, M. sma-
ragdinicollis, M. williami, Eriocnemis vestitus, E. alinze, Heliothrix phainoleina, H. purpu-
reiceps, Campylopterus villavicencis, Clhrysuronia cenone, C. humboldti, C. josephine, Spo-
radinus elegans, Phaéthornis amaura. (15 spp.)

Part XVILIT, Sept. Ist, 1859.—Ionolaima frontalis, Bourcicria conradi, Juliamyia typica, Da-
mophila amabilis, Spathura melananthera, Oreotrochilus melanogaster, Thaumatias leuco-
gaster, IT. chionopectus, I’. milleri, Amazilia Dumerili, A. leucophea, A. cyanura, Hylocha-
ris lactea, Phaéthornis oseryi, P. nigricinctus, P. episcopus. (16 spp. on 15 pill.)

Part XIX, May Ist, 1860.—Spathura cissiura, Calothorax pulehra, Heliotrypha parzudaki,
Chlorostilbon caniveti, Phaiolaima aequatorialis, Sapphironia coudoti, S. ceruleogularis,
Campylopterus latipeunis, C. obscurus, Chrysuronia chrysura, Thaumatias caudidus, Ery-
thronota antiqua, Calliphlox mitchelli, Amazilia riefferi, A. devillei. (15 spp.)

Pant XX, Sept. Ist. 1460.—Lophornis verreauxi, Lesbia eucharis, L. mma, L. gracilis,
Heliodoxa leadbeateri, H. otero, Cyanomyia francie, C. violiceps, C. cyanocollis, Chlorostilbon
alicia, C. poortmani, C. atala, Amazilia viridigaster, Circe doubledayi, Sporadinus riccordi.
(15 spp.)

Part XXI, May Ist, 1861.—Clytolema? aurescens, Heliopedica xantusi, Thalurania reful-
gens, T. nigrofasciata, T. tschudii, Oreopyra leucaspis, Calothorax evelyne, C. jourdani,
Aphantochroa gularis, Eviocnemis squamata, E. godini, Panterpe insignis, Lampornis viri-
dis, Heliodoxa jamesoni, Chlorostilbon angustipennis. (15 spp.)

Part XXII, July 1st, 1861.—Chlorostilbon phaéthon, C. osberti, Pheoptila sordida, Thau-
wmatias viridiceps, Amazilia beryllina, A. ocai, Hypuroptila urochrysia, Cometis? caroli,
Erythronota sophw, Eucephala ceruleo-lavata, E. smaragdo-cerulea, E. chlorocephala, E. hy-
pocyanea, Grypus spixi, Glaucis melanura. (15 spp.)

Par? XXII, Sept. 1st, 1861.—Loddigesia mirabilis, Schistes personatus, Evioenemis (orbig-

. nyi, Thaumatias nitidifrons, Amazilia alticola, A. yucatanensis, A. castanciventris, Ramphomi-

cron vulcani, Diphlogena aurora, Selasphorus floresii, Campylopterus roberti, Metallura
primolinus, Phaethornis fraterculus, P. zonura, Krythronota saucerottei. (15 spp.)

Pan? XXIV, Sept. Ist, 1861.—Lophornis dellattrei, Threnctes cervinicanda, Glaucis fraseri,
G. aftinis, G. mazeppa, G. lanceolota, Erythronota felicia, E.? elegans, Calothorax decoratus,

Lamphornis virginalis, Adelomyia maculata, Orthorhynchus ornatus, Smaragdochrysis iri- -

descens, Sporadinus maugei, Phlogophilus hemileucurus. (15 spp-)

Par? XXYV, Sept. 1st, 1861.—No plates.

(Above names, copied as printed on covers, may not be literally the same as engraved on
each plate.—To the 361 spp. figured in these parts, others are added in Part XXV, without
plates; these are given in the systematic enumeration beyond.)

The sytematic enumeration of the species by plates, according to the make-up of the five
volumes, is as follows (the asterisk indicates Gould’s genera and species, whether here new or
not; a page given instead of a plate signifies that the species is an unfigured one published in
Part XXV, 1861) :—

Vou. I., with the paged letter-press, &c., and pil. 1-4].—Grypus nevius, pl.1; spixi, 2;
Entoxeres aquila,3; condaminei. 4: Glaucis hirsuta, 5; mazeppa, 6; aftinis, 7; “lanceolata, 8;
“melanura, 9; dohrni, 10; ruckeri, 11; *fraseri, 12; *“Threnetes leucurus, 13; *cervinicauda, 14;
antoniw, 15; Phaéthornis curynome, 16; malaris, 17; consobrina (p. xl): *fratercula, 18; longi-
rostris, 19; *syrmatophora, 20: *boliviana (p. xl); philippi, 21; *hispida, 22; oseryi, 23; an-
thophila, 24; bourcieri, 25; guyi, 26; emilia (p. xli); yaruqiu, 27 ; superciliosa, 28; augusti, 29;
squalida [=intermedius on pl.], 30; Pygmornis longuemari [—Phacthornis longuemarus of pl.],

.

No. 4.)

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA. 673

1849-61. GouLD, J.—Continued.

31; amaura [=Phacthornis on pl.], 82; aspasize [= Phaéth. *viridicaudata on pl.], 33; *zo-
nura |= Phaéthornis on pl.], 34; adolphi [= Phaéth. on pl.], 35; *griseogularis [— Phaethor-
nis on pl.J, 36; *striigularis [= Phaethornis on pl.], 37; idaliew [—Phaethornis *obscura on
pl.J, 38; nigricincta [—Phaeth. on pl.J, 39, f. 1; *episcopus [=Phaethornis on pl.]J, 39, f. 2;
rufiventris (p. xliv): *eremita [=Phaeth. on pl.], 40; pygmeus [= Phaethornis on pl.], 41.

Vor. II, pll. 42-116.—*Eupetomena macrura [E. hirundinacea on pl.], 42; Sphenoproctus |=
Campylopterus ct pl.] pampa, 43; curvipennis (p. xlv); Campylopterus lazulus, 44; hemileu-
curus [=delattrei on pl.],45; ensipennis, 46; splendens, 47, up. fig. ; villavicencis, 47, low. fig. ;
latipennis, 48; *eequatérialis (p. xlvii) ; *obscurus, 49; rufus, 50; hyperythrus, 51; *Phaeochro
{Campylopterus on pl.] envieri, 52; roberti, 53; *Aphantochroa cirrhochloris, 54; *gularis, 55;
Dolerisea [= Leucippus on pl.) fallax, 56; *cervina (p. xlviii) ; *Urochroa bougueri, 57; *Ster-
noclyta cyancipectus, 58; *Eugenes fulgens, 59; Cocligena [— Delattria on pl.] clemenciz, 60;
Lamprolaema rhami, 61; Delattria henrici, 62; viridipallens, 63; *Hcliopedica melanotis, 64 ;
xantusi, 65; Topaza pella, 66; pyra, 67; *Oreotrochilus chimborazo, 68; pichincha, 69; estellz,
70; “leucopleurus, 71; *melanogaster, 72; adelae, 73; Lampornis mango, 74; *iridescens (p.
lili) ; prevosti, 75; *veraguensis, 76; gramineus, 77; viridis, 78; 2urulentus, 79; virginalis, 80 ;
porphyrurus, 81; Ewampis jugularis, 82; holosericeus, 83; chlorolemus, 84; *longirostris (p.
ly); Lafresnaya flavicaudata, 85; gayi, 86; saulee (p.lv); *Doryfera johanne, 87; ludovicix,
€8; *rectirostris (p.lvi); Chalybura [=Hypuroptila on pl.], 89; *urochrysia [= Hypuroptila
on pl.j, 90; *czruleogastra [= Hypuroptila on pl.J, 91; *isaure (p. lvii) ; *lolema frontalis, 92 ;
echreibersi, 93; *Heliodoxa *jacula, 94; jamesoni, 95; Leadbeatera otero, 96; *splendens ().
lvili); grata, 97; Aithurus [= Trochilus on pl.] polytmus, 98; *Thalurania glaucopis, 99; wa-
tertoni, 100; furcata, 101; *furcatoides (p. 1x); forficata (p. 1x); *refulgens, 102; *tschudii,
103; *nigrofasciata, 104; *venusta, 105; columbica, 106; *verticeps, 107; fannie (p. 1x); eri-
phyle, 108; wagleri, 109; *Panoplites jardini, 110; flavescens, 111; matthewsi, 112; Florisuga
mellivora, 113; *flabellifera, 114; *atra,115; *Microchera *albocoronata, 116.

Vou. III, pli, 117-203.—Lophornis ornatus, 117; gouldi, 118; magnificus, 119; *regulus, 120;
*Jophotes (p. Ixiii) ; delattrei, 121; *reginiw, 122; helene, 123; Polemistria [= Lophornis on pl.]
chalybea, 124; verreauxi [= Lophornis on pl.}, 126; Discura longicauda, 126; Prymnacantha
{= Gouldia on pl.] popelairi, 127; Gouldia langsdorfhi, 128: conversi, 129; letitie, 130; Trochi-
lus colubris, 131; alexandvi, 132; Mellisuga minima, 133; *Calypte costa, 134: anne, 135; hele-
nae, 1386; Selasphorus rufus, 1387; *scintilla, 138; floresii, 139; platycercus, 140; Atthis heloise,
141; *Stellula [Calothorax on pl.] *calliope, 142; Calothorax eyanopogon, 143; *pulcher, 144;
*Acestrura [= Calothorax on pl.] mulsanti, 145; *decorata [= Calothorax on pl.], 146; heliodori
{=Calothorax on pl.], 147; *micrura [= Calothorax on pl.J, 148; Chetocercus [=Calothorax
on pl.] ros, 149; jourdani [= Calothorax on pl.], 150; Myrtis [—Calothorax on pl.] fanni, 151;
yarrelli f=Calothorax on pl.}, 152; Thaumastura core, 153; Rhodopis vespera, 154; Doricha
clizee, 155; evelyn, 156; enicura, 157; *Tryphaena duponti, 158: Calliphlox amethystina, 159 ;
amethystoides (p. Ixx); mitchelli, 160; *Loddigesia *mirabilis, 161: *Spathura underwoodi,
162; melananthera, 163; *peruana, 164; *rufocaligata, 165; *cissiura, 166; Lesbia gouldi, 167 ;
*gracilis, 168; nuna, 169; amaryllis, 170; eucharis, 171; Cynanthus cyanurus, 172; *caelestis
(p. Ixxii): mocoa [=*smaragdicaudus on pl.], 173; *Cometes sparganurus, 174; *phaon, 175;
glyceria, 176; caroli, 177; *Pterophanes temminckii, 178; *Agleactis cupripennis, 179; aequa-
torialis (p. lxxiv); *parvula (p. lxxiv); *caumatonotus (p. 1xxiv); castelnaudi, 180; pamele,
181; *Oxypogon guerini, 182; lindeni, 183; Ramphomicron heteropogon, 184; stanleyi, 185;
*yuleani, 186; herrani, 187; *ruficeps, 188; microrhynchum, 189; *Urosticte benjamini, 190;
*Metallura *cupreicauda, 191; *aencicanda, 192; williami, 193; primolii, 194; tyrianthina, 195.
*quitensis (p. Ixxvii); smaragdinicollis, 196; Adclomyia inornata, 197; melanogenys, 198;
maculata, 199; Avocettinus eurypterus, 200; Avocettula recurvirostris, 201; Anthocephala
|= Adelomyia on pl.} floriceps, 202; castaneiventris [= Adelomyia on pl.]J, 203.

Vou. IV, pli. 204-283.—Chrysolampis moschitus, 204; Orthorhynchus cristatus, 205; *ornatus,
206; exilis, 207; Cephalepis delalandi, 208; *loddigesi, 209; Klais guimeti, 210; Myiabeillia
typica, 211; Heliactin cornuta, 212; Heliothvix aurita, 213; anriculata, 214; *phainolema, 215;
barroti [-=purpureiceps on pl.], 216; *violifrons [=barroti on pl.], 217; Schistes geoffroyi,
218; *personata, 219; *albigularis, 220; *Augastes scutatus, 221; lumachellus, 222; Petaso-
phora serrivostris, 223; anais, 224; *iolata, 225; *coruscans, 226; thalassina, 227; cyanotis, 228 ;
adelphinae, 229; Polytmus [—Chrysobronchus on pl.] virescens, 230; viridissimus [= Chry-
sobrouchus viridicaudus on pl.j, 231; Patagona gigas, 232; *Docimastes ensiferus, 233; *Eu-
genia imperatrix, 234; *Helanthea typica, 235; bonapartei, 236; *eos, 237; lutetize, 238; *violi-

. fera, 239; *Heliotrypha parzudaki, 240; *viola, 241; *Heliangelus clarisse, 242; *strophianus,

243; spencei, 244; amethysticollis, 245; *mavors, 246; *Diphlogenia *iris, 247; *aurora, 248;
*Clytolema rubinea, 249; *aurescens, 250; Bourciera torquata, 251; “fulgidigula, 252; insecti-
vora (p. xe); conradi, 253; “inca, 254; Lampropygia cocligena [Cocligena typica on pl.J, 255;
*boliviana (p. xc); purpurea [Cocligena on pl.J, 256; pruncllei [Cocligena on pl.], 257; wilsoni,
258; Heliomaster longirostris, 259; stuartee (p. xci); sclateri (p. xcii); *pallidiceps (p. xcii) ;

674 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

1849-61. GouLp, J.—Continued.
constanti, 260; leocadiz [*pinicola on pl.], 261; Lepidolarynx {Heliomaster on pl.| mesolec cus,
262; Calliperidia [Heliomaster on pl.] angele, 263; *Oreopyra *leucaspis, 264; Eustephanus
galeritus, 265; stokesi, 266; fernandensis, 267; Pheolema rubinoides, 268; *quatorialis,
269; Eriocnemis cupreiventris, 270 and 271 [latter being E. *simplex]; isaacsoni, 272; luciani,
273; mosquera, 274; vestita, 275; nigrivestis, 276; godini, 277; d’orbignyi, 278; derbiana,
279: aline, 280; *squamata, 281; *lugens, 282; aureliae, 283.

Vou. V, pll. 284-360.—Cyanomyia quadricolor, 284; *violiceps, 285; cyanocephala, 286; *gua-
temalensis (p. xcvi) ; franciee, 287; *cyanicollis, 288; *Hemistilbon *ocai, 289; norrisi (p. xevii) ;
Leucippus chionogaster, 290; Leucochloris albicollis, 291; Thaumatias candidus, 292: *chio-
nopectus, 293; leucogaster, 294; *viridiceps, 295; milleri, 296; nitidifrons, 297; *caeruleiceps
(p. xeviii) ; brevirostris, 298; *affinis, 299; *chionurus, 300; albiventris, 301; linnzi, 302; *fu-
viatilis (p. xcix) ; *apicalis (p. xeix) ; *maculicaudus (p. xcix) ; Amazilia pristina, 303; *alticola
304; dumerili, 305; leucophza, 306; Pyrrhophena cinnamomea [= Amazilia corallirostris on
pl.],307; yucatanensis [= Amazilia on pl.J, 308; *“cerviniventris [—Amazilia on pl.J, 309;
*castaneiventris [— Amazilia on pl.], 310; riefferi [= Amazilia on pl.], 311; beryllina [= Ama-
zilia on pl.],312; devillei [= Amazilia on pl.J, 313; viridigaster [= Amazilia on pl.J, 314;
iodura (p. ci); *cyanura [= Amazilia on pl.], 315; Erythronota antiqua, 316; feliciz, 317;
edwardi, 318; *nigriventris, 319; *elegans, 320; Saucerottia typica [Erythronota saucerottei
en. pl.],321; sophie [= Erythronota on pl.], 322; warszewiezi (p. ciii); Hemithylaca [= Sau-
cerottia on pl.] cyanifrons, 323 ; *Eupherusa eximia, 324; Chrysuronia cenone, 325; josephinae,
326; neera (p. civ); *ceruleicapilla (p. civ); humboldti, 327; eliciae, 328; chrysura, 329; Eu-
cephala grayi, 330; *smaragdo-cerulea, 331; chlorocephala, 332; *caruleo-lavata, 333; *scapu-
lata (p. ev); *hypocyanea, 334; caerulea, 335; cyanogenys (p. cv); Panterpe insignis, 336;
Juliamyia typica, 337; feliciana (p. cvi); *Circe latirostris, 338; doubledayi, 339; *Pheoptila
Asordida, 340; *zonura (p. cvii) ; Damophila *amabilis, 341; Hylocharis sapphirina, 342; lactea,
348; cyanea, 344; Sapphironia goudoti, 345; *czruleigularis, 346; Sporadinus elegans, 347;
ricordi, 348; maugzi, 349; Chlorolampis [Chlorostilbon on pl.] *auriceps, 350; caniveti [Chlo-
rostilbon on pl.j, 351; osberti [Chlorostilbon on pl.], 352; salvini (p. cix); *Chlorostilbon
augustipennis, 353; haeberlini (p. cx) ; phaéthon, 354; aureiventris (p. cx); prasinus, 355; *ig-
neus (p. exi) ; atala, 356; daphne (p. exi); “peruanus (p. exi); *napensis (p. exi); *brevicau-
datus (p. exi); chrysogaster (p. exi); assimilis (p. exii) ; nitens (p. exii); Panychlora [Chloro-
stilbon on pl.] alice, 357; euchloris (p. exii) ; stenura (p. exiil) ; poortmani (Chlorostilbon on
pl.], 358; *Smaragdochrysis *iridescens, 359; *Phlogophilus *hemileucurus, 360.

(Note.—The above list being drawn up by turning the pages of the Introduction, the aster-
isk may be misplaced in some instances, if the author has omitted to place his name after his
own genera and species, or has placed it after any names for which he is the authority only in
as far as the combination of the generic with the specific term is concerned. I haye preferred
to take this list rather than that of the plates alone, as this represents the final views of the
author, and gives many species not figured; the species here catalogued being 416 in number,
while the plates number 360. In many cases the generic, and sometimes the specific, names
are here different from those printed in the body of the work and engraved on the plates; but
all these discrepancies I have taken due note of in the brackets.)

1849. [JARDINE, W.] Oreotrochilus jamesonii [n. sp.], Jardine. October, 1849.
< Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849, p. 67, pl. xiii.
See also note, Contrib. for 1850, p. 27.
1849. ParzuDAKI, [E.] Description et figure d’une [récemment] nouvelle espéce
@Oiseau-Mouche de la République de Venezuela. < ev. ef Mag. de Zool., i,
1849, pp. 273, 274, pl. 8.
Ornysmia (sic) lindeniti, Parz.; R. Z., 1845, p. 253.
1849. SauLé, A. [Description dune nouvelle espéce d’Oiseau-Mouche (Ornismia (sic)
catharine).] < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, p. 498.

1850. BonaparTE, C. L. Note sur les Trochilidés. < Compt. Rend. de Acad. Sct.
Paris, xxx, 1850, pp. 379-383.
Lafresnaya, Delattria, Bourciera, Saucerottia, Loddigiornis, Gouldic, sont des genres nou-
veaux ou récemment décrits (1849).
1850. Bonaparte, C.L. Note sur les Trochilidés. < Rev. ct Mag. de Zool., ii, 1850,
pp. 243-245. !
Extraite des Comptes Rendus del’ Acad. des Sc. de Paris, séance du 1¢t ayril 1850, q. v.
1850. GouLD. J. On six new species of Humming Birds. < P. Z.S., xviii, 1850, pp.
162-164.

Trochilus scintilla, T. ehionura, p.162; T. venusta, T. coeruleogularis, T. castaneoventris, p.
163; T. niveoventer, p. 164.

No. 4.J COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY— TROCHILIDA. 675

1850.

1850.

1851.

1851.

1851.

1851.

1852.

1852,

1852.

1852.

[JARDINE, W.] ‘Trochilus allardi, Boure. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1850, p.81, and
p. 151, pl. lv.
| JARDINE, W.] Ornithology of Quito. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1850, pp. 1-3.

The piece consists of notices of 8 spp. of Trochilide.

ANON. Ueber die Verbreitung der Colibris. < Fror. Tagsb., no. 339 (Zool. Bd.,
ii), 1351, p. 120.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

Bourcier, J. Note sur onze espéces nouvelles de Trochilidées. < Compt.
Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xxxii, 1851, pp. 186-188.

Trochilus bougueri, T. godini, p.186; TT. condamini, yaruqui, pichincha, stomleyi, benjamini,
jardini, villaviscensis, jamesoni, duchassaini, p.187, recueillies par lui en 1849 et ’50 dans la
République de 1’ Equateur.—Note sur ce sujet par M. Isid. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, p. 188.

BourcIER, J. Note sur onze espéces nouvelles de Trochilidées. < Rev. et Mag.
de Zool., iii, Feb., 1851, pp. 96-98.
Extraite des Comptes Rendus del’ Acad. des Sc. de Paris—séance du 10 février, 1851, g. v.
BOuRCIER, J., and MuLtsANT, E. Description d’une nouvelle espéce d’Oiseau-
Mouche [Trochilus stanleyi]. < Ann. Se. Phy. Soc. d’ Agric. de Lyon, nouy.
sér., Ui, 1851, pp. 199-203. (Aussi séparément, 8vo, pp. 5.)
Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

. GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, Isip. [Note sur les onze espéces nouvelles de Tro-

chilidées de M. Bourcier.] < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xxxii, 1851, p. 158.

. GOULD, J. On some new species of Trochilide. < P.Z.S., xix, 1851, pp. 115,

116.

Trochilus (—?) amabilis, Phaéthornis griseogularis, p. 115.

. GOULD, J. On six new species of Humming Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d

ser., viii, 1851, pp. 341-343.
From P. Z. S., June 25, 1850, pp. 162-164, g. v.

. GOULD, J. Description of Three New Species of Humming-Birds. < Jard.

Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 139, 140.
Phaethornis syrmatophora, p.139; Schistes aibogadtie Hriopus lugens, p. 140.

. [JARDINE, W.] ‘Trochilus (Thalurania) verticeps, Gould. [n. sp.] < Jard.

Contrib. Orn., 1851, p. 79, pl. Ixxi.

. [JARDINE, W.] Trochilus (Spathura) melananthera, Jardine. < Jard. Contrib.

Orn., 1851, pp. 111, 112, pl. Ixxx.

. JERRARD, P., and BAILEY, F.W.N. The Humming Bird Keepsake. A Book of

Bird Beauty. The Birds painted among Nests and Flowers by Paul Jerrard.
The Poetry by F. W. N. Bailey, written expressly for this work. London:
P. Jerrard. 1851. 4to.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

BouRCIER, J., and Muusant, E. Description d’une nouvelle espéce d’Oiseau-
Mouche. < Ann. Se. Phys. Soc. d Agric. de Lyon, nowy. ser., iv, 1852, pp. 139-144.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

DEVILLE, E. Observations faites en Amérique sur les meurs de différentes
espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches, suivies de quelque notes anatomiques et de mceurs
sur l’Hoazin, le Caurale et la Savacou. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, 1852, pp.
208-226, pl. 9.

Sur les meeurs de dix espéces du genre Ornismyia; sur |’ Opisthocomus cristatus (pl. 9),
VEurypyga helias et la Cancroma cochlearia.

GOULD, J. Descriptions of Three New Species of Humming Birds. < Jard.
Contrib. Orn. , 1852, pp. 135-137.

Rainins nOmboR ni vuleant, p. 135, Bolivia; Bourcieria inca, p. 136, Babar Trochilus (——})
wuriceps, p. 137, Mexico.

GOULD, J. On the genus Thalurania. < P. Z. 8., xx, 1852, pp. 8, 9.

List of 11 spp., with their habitats; T. refulgens, p. 9, sp. n.

676 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. — [Vol.V.

1852. Martin, W.C.L. A | General History | of | Humming-Birds, | or the | Tro-
chilidz : | with especial reference to the | collection of J. Gould, EF. R.S., &c.
| now exhibiting in the | Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. | By |
W.C. L. Martin, | late one of the Scientific Officers of the Zoological | Society
of London. | — | London: | H. G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1852.
1 vol. sm. 16mo. pp. i-vii, 1 1., pp. 1-232, frontisp. and pll. col’d, 1-3, 3 *, 4-14.

T also find this work cited ag ‘‘12mo., 1853"; but this may not indicate a different edition.
The work seems to have been designed as asort of continuation of, or supplement to, the Hum-
ming-birds of Jardine’s Naturalist's Library ; and it was in fact afterward made one of the
vols. of that notable collection. I have handled the vol. both as a separate work and as one
of the Nat. Libr. ; the title and collation are identical, excepting that the date is carefully
erased in the Nat. Libr. binding. When found in this connection there is absolutely nothing
to show what vol. of the series it is intended for.—Omitting the unnumbered vol. called
“General History of Man,” it would make Vol. XLI of the Nat. Libr.; counting the Gen.
ist. of Man as one, it would be Vol. XLII; there being 40 vols. of the series without either
of these two.—But the copy examined is stamped on the back ‘‘ Hummingbirds, Vol. IIL”;
going by this token, the work makes Vol. VII bis of the Bird Series, the two Waa Hun-

- ming-bird volumes being respectively Vols. VI and VIL.

It is a modest treatise of much merit, as the author’s name would lead us to anticipate,
The arrangement of the genera is according to Bonaparte. Some 175 spp. altogether are
ireated, and, on the 15 (not 14) colored plates and the frontispiece are figured the following :

Frontisp., Docimastes ensiferus. Pl.1, Petasophora inlata; 2, Heliothrix auritus; 3, Cam-
pylopterus obscurus; 3*, Topaza pyra; 4, Bourciera torquata; 5, Aglewactis cupreipennis; 6,
Helianthea eos; 7, Chrysuronia enone; 8, Heliangelus mavors; 9, Oreotrochilus chiwiborazo ;
10, Ramphomicron heteropogon ; 11, Oxypogon lindent ; 12, Spathura underwoodii; 13, Eriopy.
cupreiwentris ; 14, Gouldia converst.

1853. Bourcrier, J. Nouvelle espece du genre Metallura [primolinus], Gould. < Ren.
et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 295. 296.

185v. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Five New Species of Humming Birds. <P. Z.&.,
xxi, 1853, pp. 61, 62.
Heliantheq, iris, H. aurora, Heliangelus viola, Trochilus (——?%) cyanocollis, p. 61; T.(— 2)
Jiortceps, p. 62.
1953. GOULD, J. Observations on the Nests of Humming Birds [Trochilide]. < P.
Z. S., XXi, 1853, p. 100.

18523. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Two New Species of Humming Birds from Peru.
< P. Z. 8., xxi, 1853, p. 109.

Spathura cissiura, Calothorax micrurus.

1853. GouLp, J. On some new species of Trochilide. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser.,
xi, 1853, pp. 466, 467.
From P. Z. §., Mar. 25, 1851, pp. 115, 116, g. v.

1853. Mtnrer, W. Abwesenheit der Furcula am Skelet eines Trochilus. < Zeitschr.
gesammt. Naturwiss., i, 1853, p. 18.

Not seen—title from Giebel.

1853. VERREAUX, J., and VERREAUX, E. Note du genre Lophornis Ch. Bp.—Lophornis
Verreauxii Boure. < Rev. ef Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, p. 193, pl. 6.

1854. Bonaparts, C.L. Talleau [sic] des Oiseaux-Mouches. < Kev. et Mag. de Zool.,
vi, Mai, 1854, pp. 248-257. (Aussi séparément, Paris, Racon, 1854; 8vo, pp. 12.)

Conspectus Trochilorum: 80 genres, 322 espéces: ‘‘le squelette de mes études sur les Oi-
seaux-Mouches.” Les noms seulement, sans descriptions.

The year 1854 was a sad one for the Hummers. Two deadly assaults were made upon the
literature of the family, by Bonaparte in France, and by Reichenbach in Germany; with the
result of making confusion worse confounded in the generic nomenclature. Both these au-
thors opened the flood-gates, and fairly inundated the subject with numberless new names,
few of which were needed, none of which were characterized with regard for proprieties, and
some of which duplicated cach other. What with these authors’ extravagancies, and the
still further loosening of the reins of judicious moderation in the hands of Mulsant in 1866
and subsequently, the Hummers were probably as badly abused as any family of birds what-
ever. They have been fairly overwhelmed with a mass of synonymy. There are to-day
scarcely fewer genera of Hummers than species; and, if we count the different application

No. 4.] COUFS’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA. 677

1854, BONAPARTE, C. L. “Goathiued:
of the same name by different authors and tho varying orthography of names, Pere are actu-
ally more generic names than there are species in this family!

IT regard Bonaparte’s services to the science of Ornithology to have ceased in 1850. The
sum total of his after contributions to the subject, to the time when death cut short his
schemes, is not only a worthless but a pernicious aggregate. In his latter years, Bonaparte
simply played chess with birds, with himself for king: le roi s'amuse! Scheme followed
scheme, tableau tableau, conspectus conspectus, with perpetual changes, incessant coining
of new names, often in mere sport—it was nothing but turning a kaleidoscope. It may have
been fun for him, but it was death to the subject. Besides his pedantries and his pleasant-
ries, he had two very bad habits, neither of them any better than atrick, by which he juggled
other authors out of the way to make room for himself. Under a thin pretence of making due
grace to his peers, he would take their names, inyest them with a new significance, and place
“Bp.” after such names in their new association; and then bestow a new name upon the
genus thus deprived of its rightful designation—xilling two birds with one stone. Again,
he usually took a specific name for a generic one, and to the species thus left nameless he
would give a new name—scoring two for himself again. When, as sometimes happened, these
two tricks fell together, he was enabled to write *‘ Bp.” four times where it should not once
have appeared. Add to all this that he was utterly regardless of orthography—often wrote
the same name in different ways—quoted others’ names so carelessly as to make them look
like new names—renamed the same thing often in mere forgetfulness—made genera in joke,
for a chance for a pun, or to compliment a friend—and let the most slovenly printing pass—
with all this, I say, we have 1 state of things that is a disgrace to himself, a scandal to sci-
ence, and only to be adequately characterized by the word abominable.

The present article may stand in illustration of the justness of my censure. It is one of
four in which within as few years Bonaparte disarranged the Hummers. There is his article
in the Consp. Av. 1849; one in the Compt. Rend. 1850; one in the Ann. Sc. Nat. 1854; and
the present. He calls it only ‘‘the skeleton” of his studies; we may wonder what it would
be if filled out. Itis a mere list of the names of 80 genera and 322 species. It is impossible
for any one who has not made a special study of the Hummers to tell which are here new
names and which are not. Many are here used for the first time, and many ethers. both of
his own and of others’, are used in such novel application, or are so differently spelled, that
they become de jure new names. I give the following list, being those that have “Bp.” atter
them :—

Myjiaetina, Doleromyia, Leucippus, Orthornis, Guyornis, p. 249. Pygmornis, p. 250. Lead-
beatera, Heliomastes, Ornithomyia, Bourcieria, p. 251. Celigena, Lafresnaya, Chrysobron-
chus, Heliotryppha (sic; Gould), Hriocnemys (sic; Reich.), p. 252. Ramphomieron, Myia-
beillia, Adelomyia, Florisuga, Delattria, p. 253. Cyanomyia, Amazilius, Chrysuronia, p. 254.
Saucerottia, Sporadinus, Thaumantias, Juliamyia, p. 255. Sapphironia, Avocettinus, Cepha-
lepis (sic; Lodd.), Loddiggiornis, Diseura, p. 256. Thaumastura, Lophorinus, Gouldia,
Gouldomyia, p. 257.

It is directly pertinent to the subject of Bonaparte’s abuse of names in this family to refer
to his other schemes, which are not formally citable in this part of my Bibliography.

In the Ann. Se. Nat., 4th ser., i, 1854, Bonaparte has inserted one of his perpetual conspectus,
embracing Trochilide. Here he is not only at the tricks I have exposed, but commits an
ultra-Napoleonic piece of fatuity: namely, citing a number of names as if Reichenbach’s,
which the latter never published (see Elliot, Class. and Syn. Troch., 1879, p. 133). Conse-
quently the reproach of them falls upon Bonaparte. Such are Aline, Wosqueria, Luciania,
Derbomyia, etc.

Bonaparte was seldom thoughtful enough of the convenience of others to indicate whether
a “Bp.” name was newly proposed or not; and it is consequently not easy for any one to
decide upon the original reference to be given in such cases. Thus, in his ‘* Note sur les
Trochilidés,” in Comp. Rend. (vide supra, 1850), he has a number of names; nd I notice that
Mr. Elliot quotes this place and date as the original reference to them. Most if not all of
them, however, occur in his Consp. Av. of date 1849.

As the latter is a general work which does not come in this portion of my Bibliography, I
will here give alist of the Bp. genera in it—being those which Gray correctly attributes to
‘*Bp. 1849” in his Handlist :—

Phaétornis (= Phaethornis, Sw.), p. 67; Lafresnayu, Doryfera (= Dorifera, Gld.), p. 68;
Oolibri, Heliotrix (= Heliothryx, Boie), p. 69; Delattria, Leadbeatera, Heliomaster, p. 70; C Pe
ligena (ex. Less), Leucippus, Bourcieria, Florisuga, p. 73; Avocettinus, Chrysuronia, p. 75;
Saucerottia, Amazilius, p. 77; Thaumatias, p. 78; Ramphomicron, p. 79; Sephanoides (ex.
Less.), p. 82; Cephalepis (ex. Lodd.), p. 83; Discosura, p.84; Thawmastura, p. 85; Gouldia, p. 86.

1854. Bourcier, J. Nouvelle espéce du genre Hylocharis [chlorocephalus], Boie.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854, pp. 457, 458.

678
1854.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1855.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Volv.

GouLp, J. Description of a New Species of Humming Bird, from Que [ Thre-
netes cervinicauda]. <P. Z. 8., 1854, xxii, p. 109.

Goutp, J. Onthe Genus Thularania. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xiii, 1854,
pp. 228, 229.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 13, 1852, pp. 8, 9, g. v.
GouLp, J. On a New Species of Cometes [mossia]; a Genus of Humming-Birds.
< Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1853, xxiii, 1854 (Misc. Comm.), p. 68.
Not described here. (See Athen., 24th Sept., 1853.)

REICHENBACH, L. Aufziihlung der Colibris oder Trochilideen in ihrer wahren
natiirlichen Verwandtschaft, nebst Schliissel ihrer Synonymik. <J. f. 0.,
1853, Hatrah., Marz, 1854, besondere Beilage, pp. 1-24.

General remarks; Tabular view of Genera under 16 subfamilies of 4 groups; Criticism of
generic names; List of Species; Synonymatic key to the same: New Species, as follows :—
Ooeligena warszewizti, C. sagitta, Chlorestes maculicollis, C. euchloris, p. 23; Lesbia gorgo,
Steganura spatuligera, S. remigera, Amazilia leucophoea, p. 24.

I regret to perceive that either Mr. Elliot or myself is mistaken respecting the date of this
paper, the former having uniformly cited the many new genera of Reichenbach’s as or 1853.
Gray gives them correctly, as of 1854. The paper is a special supplement to the extra num-
ber of the J.f. O. for 1853; but the Extraheft dates 1854. Moreover, Cabanis, the editor, who
surely should know, gives the exact date as March, 1854. The article was presented to the
seventh annual meeting of the German Ornithological Society, held at Halberstadt, July 11—
14, 1853.

It is curious that Reichenbach and Bonaparte twice crossed each other’s paths in their
coining of many new nemes for the Hummers. The portions of the Av. Syst. Nat. of the
former, and of the Consp. Av. of the latter, which contain the Trochilide, both date 1849.
Again, in 1854, both brought forward numberless new names. In the former case I do not
know with which author lies actual priority; in the latter, Reichenbach takes precedence,
Bonaparte’s article having appeared in May, 1854.

If the reader will refer to my remarks upon Bonaparte’s article of 1854, he will be prepared
for no very favorable judgment of mine respecting the present paper of Reichenbach’s. Of
the immense number of new generic names which the German author here inflicts upon the
Trochilide it cannot be that many are either necessary or desirable; many are mere syno-
nyms, and none whatever are characterized. Not a few, however, take precedence over
those of Bonaparte. I give the following list of the names which are Reichenbach’s—most of
which are here new, though some were proposed by him in 1849—there being no distinction
made between them.

Avocettula, p. 6; Damophila, Ohlorestes, Smaragditis, p. 7; Iiccordia, Discura, Steganura,
Tilmatura, p.8; Chrysolampis, Sappho, Eriocnemis, Engyete, Threptria, Phemonoé, Hemi-
stephania, Phaiolaima, Ionolaima, Lamprolaima, p.9; Agyrtria, Uranomitra, Leucochloris,
Chalybura, Cyanophaia, Eucephala, Cyanochloris, p.10; Margarochrysis, Boissonneaua, Platy-
stylopterus, Floresia, Sericotes, Pampa, Saepiopterus, Prognornis, p.11; Mulsantia, Bellatriz,
Heliactinia, Popelairia, Rhamphomicron (ex. Bp.), Parzudakia, le US, Anactoria, Dio-
tima, Atthis, Doricha, Rhodopis, Oalliperidia, p.12; Myrtis, Archilochus, Lipidolaryna, Klais,
Baucis, Telesiella, Praxilla, Petasophora, p.12; Hustephanus, Eremita, Ptyonornis, Ametror-
nis, Thawmaste, p.14; Hutoxeres, p. 15.

. ANoN. [Review of parts vii, viii of Gould’s Trochilide.] < Nat. Hist. Rev.,

li, 1855, pp. 3-8.

55. GOULD, J. On two New Species of Humming Birds. < P. Z. 8., xxiii, 1855, pp.

86, 87
Heliothrix purpureiceps, p. 87, Popayan; H. phainolema, p. 87, Rio Napo.

. GouLb, J. On anew Genus and Species of Trochilide [Eugenia imperatrix]

from Eeuador. < P. Z. 8., xxiii, 1855, p. 192.

. GOULD, J. Descriptions of Five New Species of Humming Birds. < Ann. Mag,

Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xv, 1855, pp. 146, 147.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 12, 1853, pp. 61, 62, qg. v.

. GouLD, J. Observations on the Nests of Humming Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., 2d ser., xv, 1855, pp. 157, 158.
From P. Z. 8., July 26, 1853, p. 100.
GouLp, J. Description of a New Species of Humming Bird, from Quijos. < Ann,

Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvi, 1855, pp. 278, 279.
From P. Z. §., May 9, 1854, p. 109.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID. 679

1855. GouLp, J. Descriptions of two new Species of Humming Birds, from Peru.

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., vx, 1855, pp. 318, 319.
From P. Z. 8., Nov. 22, 1853, p. 109.

1855, LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of a New Species of the Humming Bird of the

: Genus Mellisuga Brisson [M. albo-coronata], with a note on Trochilus aquila
Bourcier. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vi, 1855, pp. 187-142, pl. iv.

1855. REICHENBACH, L. Trochilinarum Enumeratio ex affinitate naturali reciproca
prima ducta provisoria. Leipzig. J. Hofmeister. 1855. 8vo.

Not seen.

1856. Apams, H.G. Humming Birds described and illustrated ; with an introductory
sketch of their structure, plumage, habits, haunts, ete. By H. G. Adams.
With 8 coloured plates. London: Groombridge. 1856, 1 vol. 8vo. pp.
104, pll. 8.

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann, Bibl. (Young Naturalist’s Library.)

1856. Bourcrer, J. Description Vune espéce nouvellement connue d’Oiseau-mouche
du genre Pyemornis [amaura] (Conspectus Trochilorum, prince Ch. Bona-
parte), famille des Trochilidés, sousfam. 175 Pheetorninés. < Mev. et Mag. de
Zool., viii, 1856, pp. 552, 553.

1856. BourcrmR, J., and MuLsant, EK. [Trochilus idaliv, T. aspasie, spp. nn. |
< Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyon, uu. 8.,ii1, 1856, pp. 187-189.

Pas vu moi-méme—le titre est tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

1856. GouLp, J. On two New Species of Humming Birds belonging to the genus
Amazilius., < P. Z. S., xxiv, 1856, pp. 150, 151.

A. cerviniventris, p. 150, Cordova; A. castaneiventris, p. 150, Bogota.

1856, GOULD, J. On a new genus and species of Trochilide [Eugenia imperatrix]
from Ecuador. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., 1856, pp. 270, 271.

From P. Z. S., Novy. 18, 1855, p. 192.

1856. GouLD, J. On two new Species of Humming Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2
ser., xvii, 1856, pp. 518, 519.

From P. Z, S., June 12, 1855, pp. 86, 87, qg. v.

1857. ANoN. The Canadian Humming Bird [Trochilus colubris]. < Canad. Journ.,
i, 1857, pp. 382, 383.

Note of Gould’s carrying them toward England.

1857. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Three New Species of the Genus Phaéthornis, Fam-
ily Trochilide. < P.Z.8., xxv, 1857, pp. 14, 15.

Phacthornis viridicaudatn, P. episcopus, P. obscura, p. 14.

1857. GouLp, J. On two New Species of Humming Birds belonging to the genus

Amazilius. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, p. 352.
From P. Z. 8., June 10, 1856, pp. 150, 151, g. v.

1857. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Three New Species of the Genus Phaéthornis, Fam-

ily Trochilide. < Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, pp. 493, 494.
From P. Z. 8., Jan. 27, 1857, pp. 14, 15, g. v.

1858. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Seven New Species of Humming Birds.
< Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vi, 1858, pp. 258-264.

Phethornis moorei, p. 258; Ph. villosus, p. 259; Ph. atrimentalis, Ph. nigricinctus, p. 260;
Glaucis afinis, p. 261; Campylopterus splendens, p. 262; Ionolaima frontalis, p. 263.

1858. S[Timpson], W. Humming Bird of the U. States. < Am. Journ. Sci., xxv, 1858,

pp. 294, 295. -
T. colubris.—From Ann. Mag. N. H., 2d ser., xx, p. 520.

1859. Bourciger, J.,and Mutsant, E. [Lophornis verreauxi.] < Ann. Se. Phys. Soc.

@ Agric. de Lyon, tii, 1859, p. 364. j
Not seen—title from Giebel. (Some mistake here?)

1859. GOULD, J. Descriptions of four new Species of Humming-birds from Mexico.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iv, 1859, pp. 96-98.

Amazilia ocai, p. 96, Xalapa; Oalothorax pulchra, Cyanomyia violiceps, O.? sordida, p. 97
Oaxaca.

680 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOROGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1859. H[incks], W. A monograph of the Trochilid, or Humming Birds. < Canad.
Journ., iv, 1858, pp. 47-50.

Review of portions of Gould’s work.

1859. JAMESON, W., and FRASER, L. Notes on some of the Humming-birds of Eeua-
dor figured in Mr. Gould’s Monograph. < bis, i, 1859, pp. 399, 400.
Brief field-notes on 9 spp. ~ Ms
1860. Bryant, H. [Note on Trochilus bahamensis.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vii, 1850, p. 317.
1860. CABANIS, J., and HEINE, F. Museum Heineanum.... III. Theil, die Sehrill-
vogel... Halberstadt, 1860. > Fam. Trochilide, pp. 1-81.

Though scarcely citable as a separate article, I notice this portion of the Mus. Hein. here
for the many new names of Hummers it gives, as follows:—Dolerisca, p.6; Pygmornis rujiven-
tris (for rufigaster V.), p. 7; Toxoteuches, p. 11; Sphenoproctus, p. 11; Loxopterus, p. 13; Oro-
trochilus (for Oreotrochilus Gould), p. 15; Chrysolampis reichenbachi, p. 31; Thalurania for-
jicata (for furcatoides Gould), p. 24; Sporadicus, p. 25; Agyrtria niveipectus (for chionopectus
Gld.), p. 33; Pyrrhophena, p. 35; P. suavis, p. 36; Hemithylaca, p. 37; H. hofmanni, p. 38;
HA. warscewiczi, p. 38; Uranomitra lessoni, p. 41; Chrysurisca, p. 42; Panterpe, p. 43; P.
insignis, p. 43; Chlorolampis, p. 47; C. salvini, p. 48; C. smaragdina, p. 48; Prasitis, p. 49;
Pauychlora, p. 46; P. aurata, p. 50; P. stenura, p. 50; Aitthurus, p. 50; Entuma, p. 51; Spar-
ganura, p. 52; Psalidoprymna, p. 52; Heliomaster sclateri, p. 54; Cephalolepis (for Cephallepis
Lodd.), p. 61; Polemistria, p. 68; Prymnacantha, p. 64; Urolampra, p. 68: U. chloropogon, p.
68; Agaclyta, p. 70; A. aequitorialis, p. 70; Adelisca, p. 72; Anthocephala, p. 72; Heliotryphon
(for Heliotrypha), p. 74: Streblorhamphus, p. 76: Opisthoprora, p. 76; Hypermetra, p. 80.

The high character of this publication is too well known to require comment here. These
authors offer a notable contrast to some who could be named, and who would sutter by com-
parison, in the great care they take for the correct and precise orthography of words accord-
ing to their classical etymology. Many of the above new names, in fact, have their origin in
the practice of these authors to discard altogether, or at least to emend, any name not clas-
sical in form. Commendable as is this care in the coining of new words, it is perhaps going
to an extreme to reject all words, otherwise unobjectionable, which are not formed in the
same manner.

1860. GouLD, J. Descriptions of twenty-two New Species of Humming Birds, < P.
Z.8., X¥Xviil, 1860, pp. 304-312.

Grypus spixi, Glaucis melanura, p. 304; Phaéthornis zonura, Augasma smaragdineum, p.
305; Hucephala ceruleo-lavata, E. hypocyanea, p. 306; Erythronota? elegans, Thaumatias virid-
iceps, T. ceeruleiceps, p. 307; T. nitidifrons, Chlorostilbon melanorhynchus, C. acuticwudus, p. 308;
C. osberti, Calothorax decoratus, Amazilia alticola, p. 309; Phlogophilus (g. nu.) hemileucurus,
Calliphlox? iridescens, Aphantochroa? gularis, p. 310; Eriocnemis squamata, Schistes person-
atus, p. 311; Thalurania tschudii, Oreopyra leucaspis, p. 312.

1860. GouLD, J. Descriptions of twenty-two New Species of Humming-Birds. << Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860, pp. 301-309.

From P. Z. S., Tne 12, 1860, pp- 304-312, q. v.

1860. LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of three new species of Hume of the
Genera Heliomaster, Amazilia, and Mellisuga. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New:
York, vii, Apr., 1860, pp. 107-111.

H. stuarte, p.107, Bogota; A. xaniusti, p. 109, Cape St. Lucas; MW. merrittii, p.110, Veragua.

[The “ Mellisuga merrittii” = Klais guimeti. |

1860. LAWRENCE, G.N. Description of a New Species of Bird of the genus Phaeton,
also of a New Species of Humming Bird of the Genus Heliopaedica. < Ann.
Lye. N. Y., vii, Apr., 1860, pp. 142-145.

The Hummer is named H. castaneocauda, p. 145; it is from Cape St. Lucas, and is the same: -
as Amazilia xantustit. Id. ibid., p. 109.

1860. Oca, R. M. Dk. The Mexican Humming-Birds. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
xii, 1860, pp. 47, 48, 80, 81, 551-553.

Descriptions of, and field notes on, 4 spp.in three separate papers: No. 1, Campylopterus-
delattrei; No. 2, Cyanomyia cyanocephala; No. 3, Campylopterus pampa and Thawnastura.
elize. (Title of Nos. 2 and 3 modified to ‘‘The Hummingbirds of Mexico”’.)

1860. Satvrn,O. Notes on the Humming-birds of Guatemala. < Ibis, ii, 1360, pp.
259-272.

More or less extended biographical notes on 23 spp., with remarks upon several oilers.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID&. 681

1861. BREwER, T.M. [Remarks on exhibition of two nests of Trochilus colubris. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1861, p. 426.

1861. Grorroy, L. DE. Note sur les Trochilidées, (Oiseaux-Mouches—Tominejas) de
la Nouvelle Grenade.—Par Mr. L. de Geofroy, Secrétaire de la Légation de
France & Bogoté. <( Contribuciones de Colombia a las Ciencias i a las Artes pub-
licadas con la cooperacion de la Sociedad de Naturalistas Neo-Granadinos, por £.
Uricoechea, Ano Segundo, 1861, pp. 1-16 (8vo, Bogota, imprenta de El Mosaico ;
Londres, Triibner & Co).

The piece of the ‘‘Contribuciones”’ handled consists only of the above cover-title and of
Geofroy’s article, which treats briefly of 64 spp., mostly with reference to their habits, &e.
The list is dressed after Bonaparte’s, with Gould’s names also, when different, and with the
native appellations; the whole preceded by some general considerations.

Cf. Ibis, 1862, p. 188. ;

1861. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Two New Species of Humming-Bird, belonging to
the Genus Hypuroptila. < P. Z.S8., xxix, 1861, pp. 198, 199.

H. urochrysa, p.198; H.isaure, p.199.

1861. GouLp, J. Descriptions of Two New Species of Humming-Birds belonging to
the Genus Hypuroptila. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., viii, 1861, pp. 268, 269.

From P. Z. S., May 14, 1861, pp. 198, 199, qg. v.

1861. GouLpD, J. An | Introduction | to | The Trochilide, | or | Family of Humming-
birds. | By John Gould, F. R.S., &c. &c. | London: | printed for the author, |
by Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet street. | 1861. 8yo. 4 p.1l., pp.
i-iv, 1-216.

Synonymatic list, with primary reference to the pll. of the folio work, habitat, and miscella-
neous Critical and biographical comment on the 416 spp.and 123 genn. presented. Species
given without a reference are: Phaethornis boliviana, p. 42; Hulampis longirostris, p. 69;
Dorifera rectirostris, p.71; (Stellula, p.90;) Cynanthus ceelestis, p. 102; Metallura quitensis, p.
112 (deser. nulla); Cyanomyia guatemalensis, p. 148; (Hemistilbon, p. 149;) Chrysuronia
ceruleicapilla, p. 165 (descr. nulla); Circe, p. 168; Pheeoptila, p. 169; Bucephala scapulata., p.
166; Pheoptila zonura, p. 170; Chlorostilbon igneus, p. 176; C. peruanus, C. napensis, p. 177;
C. brevicaudatus.

1662. ANON. Die Kolibris. < dus der Natur., xix, oder n. F. vii, Jan.-Miirz 1862, pp.

Not seen.
1862. Crisp, E. On some points relating to the Anatomy of the Humming-bird (Tro-
chilus colubris). < P. Z. S., xxx, 1862, pp. 208-210.
1862. GouLD, J. [Exhibition and Description of two New Species of Humming-birds
from Ecuador, of a New Fregilus from the Himalayas, and of a new Prion. ]
< P.Z.8S., Apr. 8, 1862, pp. 124, 125.
The Hummers named are Heliothria longirostris and Aphantochroa hyposticta, p. 124.
1862. GouLD, J. [On new Trochilide, a new Fregilus, and a new Prion.] < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., x, 1862, pp. 315-317.
From P. Z. S., April 8, 1862, pp. 124, 125, q. v.
1862. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Families
Charadride, Trochilidze, and Caprimulgide. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,
vii, Feb., 1862, pp. 455-460)
The Trochilide here described are Thalurania lucie, p. 456, and Uhlorostilbon insularis, p.
457, both from the Tres Marias Isls. ; Trochilus aurigularis, p. 458, loc. ignot.; Sapphironia
luminosa, p. 458, N. Granada.
1863. BENVENUTI, H. Description de quatre nouvelles espéces de la famille des Tro-
chilide, provenant de la Nouvelle-Grenade et d’une nouvelle Sylvia du Brésil.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xv, 1863, pp. 206-208.
Polytmus cecilice, Mellisuga judith, M. salvadoriit, M. ridolfii, Sylvia picciolii, p. 207.—Tra-
duction fran¢. d’un opuscule, petit in-4° de 16 pages, Florence, impr. royale, 1863. Voir le
titre ci-dessous, 1866, BENVENUTI, E.
1863. Crisp, E. On some Points relating to the Anatomy of the Humming-bird (Tro-
chilus colubris). <( Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xii, 1863, pp. 70-72.
From P. Z. S., June 24, 1862, pp. 208-210. e
Bull. v, 4——11

682

1863.

1863.

1863.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1866.

1866.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Gossre, P. H. The Humming Bird’s Tongue. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8485,
8486, fige. 1, 2.

GouLp, J. Ona New Genus of Humming Birds [Androdon aequatorialis, sp. n. ].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xii, 1863, pp. 246, 247.

HEINE, F. Trochilidica. < J.f. O., Xi, 1863, pp. 173-217.
An extended and elaborate critical review.—Dnophera, p. 175; Aspasta, p. 179; Polyplancta,
p. 182; Hranna, p. 187; Eratina, p. 190; Polyerata, p. 194; Eratopis, p. 191; Hrasmia, p. 191;
Cloanges, p. 200; Polyonymus, p. 206; Thaumatoéssa, p. 209; Tricholopha, p. 209; Polyaenm, p.
215, genn. nn. Thalurania subfurcata, p. 181; Agyrtria terpna, p. 184; A. compsa, p. 185 5
Hemithylaca braccata, p. 193; Ohlorostilbon egregius, p. 197; Lesbio, margarethe, p. 213;
Docimastes schliephackei, p. 215, spp. nn. :

3. WALLACE, A. R. Who are the Humming Bird’s Relations ? < Zoologist, xxi,

1863, pp. 8486-8491.

Cupselidac, not Nectariniide.

. BURMEISTER, H. Sobre los Picaflores descriptos por D. Felix de Azara. < An-

ales del Mus. Publ. de Buenos Aires, i, Entrega primera, 1864, pp. 67-70.

This is the original form of the paper; see the German paper of same date. Cf, Ibis, 1865,
p. 935; P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 467. See 1867, BURMEIsTER, H.

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-

grid, Cuculide, and Trochilidz, with a Note on Panterpe insignis. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1864, pp. 41-46.

The Trochilide here described are Urochrou leucura, p. 43, Ecuador; Urosticte TUPICTISEO,,
p. 44, Ecuador; and Ramphomicron olivaceus, p. 44, Bolivia. :

BURMEISTER, H. [Extract from a letter concerning Heliomaster angele. ] <OPs
Z. 8., 1865, pp. 466, 467.

BURMEISTER, H. Ueber die von Azara beschriebenen Kolibri-Arten. <J.f. 0.,
X1ii, 1865, pp. 225-229. Nachtrag dazu, J. f. O., 1866, pp. 88-90.

Azara’s No, 289= Agyrtria albiventris; Nos. 290, 291—= Hylocharis rujicollis ; Nos. 292, 293,
294 — H. bicolor (lege flavifrons) ; Nos. 295, 296 = Lampornis mango ; No. 298, unbestimmtbar ;
Nos. 297, 299—= H»liomaster angelae. (Vergl. Zool. Ree. a. d. J. 1865, p. 100; Ibis, 1865, p. 535 ;
P. Z. S., 1865, p. 467.)

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of news vecies of Birds of the Families Paridze
) I ] )

Vireonidie, Tyrannide, and Trochilide, with a Note on Myiarchus panamensis.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Xvii, Jan , 1865, pp. 37-39.

The Hummers here described are Chalybura ceneicauda, p. 38, Venezuela ; C. carnioli and
Panychlora parvirostris, p. 39, Costa Rica.

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Tana-
) I a

grid, Dendrocolaptide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 1865, pp. 126-135.
The Hummer here described is Eupherusa niveicauda, p. 134.
ScnaTer, P. L. [Exhibition of specimens of Heliomaster angele, with notes.
thereupon by Prof. Burmeister. ] < P.Z.8., xxxiii, 1865, pp. 466, 467.

BENVENUTI, E. Descrizione di quattro nuove specie della famiglia dei Trochil-
idi provenienti dalla Nuova Granata e di una nuova specie di Dendroica del
Brasile con Vaggiunta di una nota riguardante la Fauna Toseana. < Annaili
Rk. Museo di Fisica e Storia Nat. di Firenze per il, 1855, nuoya serie, i, 1866, pp. 197-
209.

Polytmus (Campylopterus) ceciliae, p. 202; Mellisuga (Panaplites) judith, p. 203; M. (Oynan-
thus) salvadorii, p. 204; VM. (Hrioenemis) ridolfli, p. 205; Dendroica picciolit, p. 207.

This is the title as taken direct from the Annali for 1865, dated 1866; but the article must
have appeared, in substance at least, with the names of all these new species, as early as 1863,
being noticed in French in the Rev. et Mag. de Zool. of that year, xv, pp. 206-208; where it is
described as a sm. 4to of 16 pp., Florence, 1863. I have nov seen it in that form, nor of such
date.—Compare same author, 1863. (See especially Ibis, 1876, pp. 5-11.)

BURMEISTER, H. Ueber die von Azara beschriebenen Kolibri-Arten. Nachtrag
LJ. f. O., 1865, pp. 225-229]. <J.f. O., 1866, pp. 88-90.

No. 4.] COUES'S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID&. 683

1866. LAWRENCE, G. N. Characters of Seven New Species of Birds from Central and
South America, with a Note on Thaumatias chionurus. < Ann, Lyc. Nat. Hist.
New York, viii, 1866, pp. 344-350.
Besides the Hummer mentioned in the text there are described as new Phethornis cussinii,
p. 347, and Hupherusa cupreiceps, p. 348.

1866. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Families
Hirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, and Trochilide. < Ann. Lye. Nat.

Hist. New York, viii, 1866, pp. 400-405.
The Hummers here described are Heliodoxa henryi, p. 402, Costa Rica; Thawmatias viridi-

caudus, p. 404, Buenaventuru; Amazilia (Pyrrhophena) graysoni, p. 404, Tres Mariag Isl-
ands. Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 247.

1866. MULSANT, E., VERREAUX, J., and VERREAUX, E. Essai Wune Classification
Méthodique des Trochilidées ou Oiseaux-Mouches. < Mém. Soc. Imp. des Sci.
Nat. de Cherbourg, xii, 1866, pp. 152-240. (Separate, 8vo, Paris, 1866, pp. 98.)

Not seen.—Cf. Ibis, 1867, pp. 126-129; and especially Zool. Rec. for 1866, pp. 83-85, from

_ which I took title and comment, before I handled the separate, which see (next title).

This work is designed to furnish an analytical arrangement of the family, and to charac-
terize the several groups composing it. The Trochilide are primarily divided into two tribes,
the Trochiliens and the Ornismiens, distinguished by characters drawn from the upper man-
dible. The Trochiliens form two sections, each of them with several branches, and the branch
“Leucoliares” being further subdivided; and the Ornismiens similarly contain two divisions,
each subdivided. The whole are arranged in 70 genera, including 29 subgenera, so great a
reduction of the 123 genera recognized by Gould, in 1861, that ‘‘ we should be inclined to look
upon Prof. Mulsant’s arrangement as an improvement, but for the belief that his reduction
in their number seems to be obtained in some cases by totally ignoring certain of his prede-
cessor’s divisions, while, on the other hand, the use of so many groups larger than genera
deprives the present work of a very desirable simplicity ; but the fact, which is highly cred-
itable to him, remains to be mentioned that characters which are more or less definite are
assigned to each group of species, whether larger than a genus or less, named or unnamed.”
11 new genera and 13 new subgenera are proposed; others are used in a sense very different
from that attributed to them by Gould. There is great liberty taken with the spelling. 370
Spp. are enumerated, among them 4 new ones without description—a most reprehensible prac-
tice. The work is announced as merely the precursor of a larger one on the same subject.

Leucolia, p.31; Ariana, p.36; Euclosia, p. 63; Callidice, p.65; Hrebenna, p. 66; Bellona, D.
75; Paphosia, p.75; Telamon, p.75; Uralia, p. 81; Amathusia, p. 85; Zephyritis, p.87, are new
genera; and Dyrinia, Hgolia, Elvira, Emilia, Bupogonus, Galenia, Hatia, Manilia, Meso-
phila, Momus, Osalia, Philodice, and Polymnia are new subgenera. Amazilia lessoni, p. 35
=A. pristina of Gould; Diphlogena (Helianthea) lessoni, p. 61.=Lampropygia celigena +
L. boliviana of Gould; Bellona hectoris, p. 75 = Orthorhynchus ornatus of Gould; Zephyritis
(Calypte) elvirce, p. 88= Calypte helene of Gould.

1866. MULSANT, E., VERREAUX, J., and VERREAUX, E. Essai | d’une | Classification
Méthodique | des | Trochilidées | ou | Oiseaux-Mouches, | par E. Mulsant, |
Sous-Bibliothécaire de la ville de Lyon, Professeur d’histoire naturelle au
Lycée, | Président de la Société linnéene, ete., | et | Jules Verreaux, | Attaché

au Muséum histoire naturelle de Paris, | Edouard Verreaux, | Marchand-nat-

om aac Ff. Savy, Libraire, Deyrolle, .
uraliste. hina | Paris, | Rue Hautefeuille, 24, | Rue de la Monnaie, 19, |. Verreaux,

Place Royale, 9.| [1866.] 1vol. 8vo. pp.98.
Extrait des Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, t. xii,
k 1866. Cherbourg, Imp. Bedelfontaine et Syffert.
1866. ScLaTER, P, L. [Exhibition of some specimens of Eustephanus fernandensis
and E. stokesi.] <P. Z.S.,xxxiv, 1866, pp. 556, 557.
Including extracts from a letter by E. L. Landbeck on the Zrochilidee of Juan Fernandez.
1867. BURMEISTER, H. Suplemento 4 las noticias sobre los Picaflores de d. Félix de
Azara. < Anal. Mus. Publ. Buenos Aires, i, Entrega segunda, 1867, p. 86 (tiltima
pagina).
“La ultima pagina de la primera Entrega debe suprimirse por estar reimpressa en la se-
gunda Entrega.” This ‘‘suplemento” is therefore on the last page (86) of Entrega i, 1864;
but only appeared with Entrega ii, 1867. See 1864, BURMEISTER, H. ;
1867. LawRENcz,G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Trochilide. < Ann. Lye. Nat.
Hist. New York, viii, May, 1867, pp. 483-485,

Doricha bryante, p. 483; Oreopyra venusta, p. 484; O. cinereicauda, p. 485; all three from
Costa Rica.

684 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Ve

1868

1868.

1868.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

. GOULD, J. Descriptions of two new species of Humming-Birds. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 4th ser., i, 1868, pp. 322, 323.

Hriocnemis smaragdinipectus, p. 322, Keuador; Gouldia melanosternon, p. 323, Peru.

GOULD, J. On some additional species of Eutoxeres. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Ath ser., i, 1868, pp. 455-457.

Hutoxeres heterura, p. 457, sp. n., from Central Ecuador, and EH. salvini, p. 457, sp. n., from
Veragua and Costa Rica.
. Mituineton, L. A. An albino Humming-Bird [Trochilus colubris?]. < Am.
Nat., ii, 1868, p. 110.

. Miniineton, L. A. An Albino Humming Bird [Trochilus colubris?]. _< Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 111, 1868, p. 1343.

From the ‘‘ American Naturalist,” April, 1868.

SALVIN, O. [On the probable identity of Heliomaster spectabilis Lawr. (cf. Ibis,
1866, 115) with Eugenes fulgens.] < Ibis, 2d ser., iv, 1868, p. 251.

Broce, —. El Péjaro-mosca [Trochilus]. < La Naturaleza, i, 1869, pp. 61-
ID.

Traducido y anotado por D. Jesus Sanchez. ‘‘La primera noticia acerca de estas aves data
del afio 1558, y se encuentra en ‘Las singularidades de la Francia antdrtica’ (Brasil)”.

GOULD, J. Description of a New Genus and Species of the Family Trochilide.
<P. Z.S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 295, 296.

Oreonympha nobilis, p. 295, Tinta, Peru.

GOULD, J. Descriptions of five new species of birds from Queensland, Aus-
tralia; and a new Humming-bird from the Bahamas. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
4th ser., iv, Aug., 1869, pp. 108-112.

Not seen.—The Hummer is Doricha lyrura, p. 112; from Inagua, Dr. H. Bryant.

A[LLEN], J. A. [Identification of a specimen of Trochilus colubris.] < Am.
Nat., iv, 1870, p. 576.

Barrp, 8. F. Agency of Humming-birds in fertilizing Plants. < Harpers New
Monthly Mag., x1, 1870, p. 940.

Evuiot, D.G. Description of a new Species of Humming-bird of the Genus
Chrysolampis [chlorolema]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vi, 1870, p. 346.

GouLD, J. [Remarks on a Collection of Humming-birds made by Mr. Buckley
in Ecuador, and Descriptions of two new Species.] < P. Z. 8., xxxviii, 1870,
pp. 803, 804.

Chetocercus bombus, Thalurania hypochiora, p. 804, both from Citado, Ecuador; with list
of 30 spp.

. GOULD, J. On a supposed new Species of Humming-bird [Eustephanus ley-

boldij from the Juan-Fernandez Group of Islands. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
4th ser., vi, 1570, p. 406.

EvuioT, D. G. Descriptions of two new Species of Humming-birds belonging to
the Genera Eupherusa and Cyanomyia. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th sev., viii,
1871, pp. 266, 267.

Ei. poliocerca, p..266, Putla, Mexico; @. viridifrons, p. 266, Mexico.

. GOULD, J. Descriptions of six new Humming-Birds. < P. Z. S., xxxix, 1871,
pp. 503-505.

Helianthea osculans, Heliangelus squamigularis, p. 503; Heliomaster albicrissa, Lesbia chlo.
rura, p. 504; Hriocnemis russata, Polytmus leucorrhous, p. 505.

GOULD, J. On a new Species of Humming-bird belonging to the Genus Spa-
thura [solstitialis]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., viii, 1871, pp. 61, 62.

Jounson, L. The Humming Bird [Trochilus colubris]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871,
pp. 309, 310,

Notes of nidification at Bradford, Massachusetts. :

LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of three New Species of American Birds, with a

Note on Eugenes spectabilis. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 1871, pp. 137-140.
The specific validity of Eugenes speetabilis reaffirmed. ’

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID &. 685

1872. ExLtioT, D. G. Description of a supposed new Species of Humming Bird of the
Genus Eriocnemis. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 293-295.

EB. dyselius, p. 294; list of 14 spp. of the genus.

1872. ELuioT, D.G. The Humming-birds of the West Indies. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872,
pp. 345-357.

General characteristics of the trochilidine Ornis; synonymatic and critically annotated
synopsis of 18 spp., with tabular view of their distribution in each of the islands.

1872. GOULD, J. Descriptions of two new Species of Humming-Birds. < Ann. Mag,
Nat. Hist., 4th ser., ix, 1872, pp. 195, 196.

Heliangelus micraster, Chlorostilbon pumilus, p. 195.

1872. GOULD, J. Description of three new Species of Humming-birds. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 4th ser., x, 1872, pp. 452, 453.

Toleema whitelyana, Adelomyia chlorospila, p. 452; A. cervina, p. 453.

1873. ANON. The Ruby-throated Humming Bird [Trochilus colubris]. < Am. Sports-
man, 111, 1873, p.54. See also p. 251.

1873. ANoN. A Humming-bird Fight. < Kingston [N. Y.] Freeman, Sept. 5th, 1873.

Between two individuals of Trochilus colubris. Quoted in Am. Sportsm., ii, 1873, p. 187.

1873? BoucarpD, A. Notes sur quelques Trochilidés. 8vo. pp. 16.

Presentées 3 la Société linnéene de Lyon, les 10 février 1873 et séances suivantes.

1873. GOULD, J. Ona new Genus and Species [Hylonympha macrocerca] of the Fam-
ily Trochilide. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., xii, 1873, p. 429.

1873-77. MuLsant, E., and VERREAUX, E. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches ou
Colibris constituant la famille des Trochilidés. Par E. Mulsant et feu Edou-
ard Verreaux. Ouvrage publiée par la Société Linnéene de Lyon. Paris.
1873-77. Avols. 4to. Pub. par livr.

I have only seen the first two livraisons, and therefore cannot give the full title and colla-
tion of this great work.—Vol. I, Livr. 1, 2, 1873; 3, 4, 1874: pp. i-vi, 1-343, pll. xv. Vol. IL
Livr. 1, 2, 1875; 3, 4, 1876. Vol. III, Livr. 1, 2, 1876; 3,4, —? Vol. IV, Livr. 1-4,—? It is
said to have been completed in 1877. Cf. Ibis, 1874, pp. 453, 454.

1873. SALVIN, O., and Exiot, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The genus Phae-
thornis. < Ibis, 3d ser., 111, 1873, pp. 1-14.

In this and subsequent papers of the same character, forming in effect a series, but with
modified caption, the synonymy, distribution, and diagnoses are very elaborately treated,
with much critical commentary, and lists of specimens examined. The present article treats
in such manner of 14 spp. of the genus named.

1873. SALVIN, O., and ExiioT, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genera Pygmor-
nis, Glaucis, and Threnetes. < Jbis, 3d ser., iii, 1872, pp. 269, 279.

Pygmornis, 8 spp.; Glaucis, 1 sp.; Threnetes, 4 spp.

1873. SALVIN, O., and ELLIOT, D. G. On two Species of Trochilide of the Genus
Lophornis. < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 279, 280.

L. gouldi; L. stictolophus (= reginae Gould, nec Schreibers), p. 280, sp. renom.

1873. SALVIN, O., and EvtioT, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genus Thalu-
rania. < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 353-361.

11 spp., with 2 others not known to the authors.

1873. WuHITELY, H. Notes on Humming-birds collected in High Peru. <P. Z.&.,
1873, pp. 187-191.

Field-notes on 17 spp. For later notes see tom. cit., p. 784, and op. cit., 1874, p. 675.

1873. WuitTreLy, H. Additional Notes on Humming-birds collected in High Peru.
<OP1Z.S., 1873, p. 784.

Field-notes on 5spp. For other notes see tom. cit., p. 187, and op. cit., 1874, p. 675.

1874. Extiot, D. G. Description of an apparently new Species of Bird belonging to
the Family Trochilide, of the Genus Eucephala. < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp.
87-89.

E. subcaerulea, sp.n. List of 9 spp. of the genus.

1874. ANON. The Pugnacity of the Humming Bird. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p.
251. See also Vol. II, 1873, p. 187.

686 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1874. Exvii01, D. G. Remarks on some Typical Specimens of the Trochilide, with a
Description of one new Genus. < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 261-264.

A. von Pelzeln’s types from the Vienna Museum. Ptoehoptera, p. 261, gen. n., based on Tha-
lurania iolema Pelz. The other species remarked upon are Cephalepis beekit, p. 262; Argyr-
tria meliphila, p. 263; A. media, p. 263; and Thalurania lerchi.

1874. Extiot, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genus Helianthus. < Ibis, 3d
ser., iv, 1874, pp. 330-335. ;

8 spp. critically treated.

1874. ““H. A.” The Humming Bird [Trochilus colubris] and her Nest. < dm. Sporis-
man, iii, 1874, p. 381.

Bird protected its nest during a storm by leaves temporarily fastened above it.

1874-75. Oca, R.M.pDE. Ensayo ornitologico de la familia Trochilid o sea de los Co-
libries o Chupamirtos de Mexico. < La Naturaleza, iii, 1874, pp. 15-31, 59-66,
99-106; iii, 1875, pp. 159-167, 203-211, 299-304; 12 laminas.
Also separate, 1 vol., 4to, Mexico, 1875, q. v.
1874, PartrinvGr, Jl.H. Humming-Birds. < Pop. Sci. Monthly, July, 1874, pp. 277-
287, figg. 1-5.
General popular account. e
1874, ‘““ReapEeR.” A Tame Humming Bird [Trochilus colubris]. < (Am. Sportsman,
iv, 1874, p. 75.
1874. S[cLaTER], P. L. [List of seven species of Trochilide procured by Mr. H.
Whitely in High Peru.] < P.Z.S., Dec. 1, 1874, p. 676.

Merely a foot-note to one of Mr. Whitely’s articles on Peruvian Trochilide.

1874, ViLLADA, M. M. Troquilideos [Trochilidae] del valle de México—su desecrip-
cion y sinonimia adoptada por el profesor Jhon [sic] Gould, con algunas notas
sobre sus costumbres. < La Naturaleza, ii, 1874, pp. 339-369, pl. 1.

1874, WHITELY, H. Further Notes on Humming-birds collected in High Peru. < P,
Z. S., Dec. 1, 1874, pp. 675, 676.

On the habits of Lesbia nuna, Acestrura mulsanti, Orconympha nobilis, and Bourcieria wnea.
Note by P. L. S{clater] giving list of seven spp. collected by Mr. Whitely in High Pern.
For Mr. Whitcly’s earlier notes see P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 187 and 784.

1875. ExuiotT, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genera Chlorostilbon and Pany-
chlora. < Ibis, 3d ser., v, Apr., 1875, pp. 149-172.

Monographic ; much criticism, synonymy, &c. Chlorostilbon, 8 spp. Panychlora, 3 spp.

1875? BoucarD, A. Notes sur les Trochilidés du Mexique. 8vo. pp. 16.

' Présentées 4 la Société linnéene de Lyon, le 11 janvier, 1875.—P. 14, Liste générale des Tro-
chilidés du Mexique; p.15, Errata de ses premiéres notes (1873).

1875. MuLsant, E. Catalogue des Oiseaux-Mouches ou Colibris. Lyons, Paris and
London. 1875. 8vo. pp. 32.

Not seen. According to the Zool. Rec., a number of new generic names occur in this list,
some but not all of which were afterward characterized in the same anthor’s Hist. Nat. des
Ois.-Mouches, then in course of publication. They are as follows: Alsosia, p.17; Amalsia, p.
29; Aurinia, p. 27; Calligenia, p. 20; Dialia, p.27; Hudosia, p. 20; Hudosia (bis), p. 32; Bngyete,
p. 21; Hupogonus, p. 26; Helymus, p. 23; Himalia, p. 28; Himelia,p.7; Hypolia, p. 17; Idas,
p. 27; Lavinia, p. 24; Leucaria, p.29; Lisoria, p.11; Methon, p.7; Myrmia, p. 32; Mytinia, p-
28; Nania, p. 21; Niche, p. 21; Nodalia, p. 28; Peratus, p. 23; Pholoe, p. 22; Polyplaneta, p.
17; Saturia, p. 21; Sericotes, p. 15; Timolia, p. 23; Tricholopha, p. 27.

1875. Oca, R.M. DE. Ensayo ornitoldgico | de los | Troquilideos 6 Colibries de Méx-
ico | por Rafael Montes De Oca | Miembro de la Sociedad Mexicana de Historia
Natural, Profesor de Dibujo, | Pintura en Cristal, é idiomas | publicado | con
la proteccion del Ministerio de Fomento | Inter folia frvetys | Mexico | im-
prenta de Ignacio Escalente, | Bajos de San Agustin num. 1. | — | 1875. 1 vol.
Ato. 2p. ll. (title and dedication), pp. 1-58 (text), 1 1. (index); portrait of
author (frontisp.), and 46 fige. col’d on 12 pll. (Separate from La Natural-
ezd, iii, 1874-5.)

Introduccion, pp. 1-4; idea general de dichas aves y uso que hacan de sus plumas los antig-

_ 0s Méxicanos, pp. 5, 6; descripcion de los Colibries que se encuentran en México (48 espe-
cies), pp. 6-58; Indice, pp. 59, 60.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILID&. 687

1876. COOPER, J. G. Early Nesting of the Anna Humming-Bird [Calypte anna].
< Am. Nat., x, No.1, Jan., 1876, pp. 48-50.

1876. Extiot, D. G. Remarks on some Type Specimens of Trochilidx from the Mu-
seums of Neuchatel and Florence. < Ibis, 3d ser., vi, No. xxi, Jan., 1876, pp.
5-11.
Bourcieria insectivora (Tschudi). Heliodoxa leadbeatert (Bourc.). Leucippus leucogaster
(Tschudi) —Mollisuga judith, Benv. = Panoplites flavescens. M. salvadorti, Benv.= Cynan-
thus cyanurus 2. WM. ridoljii, Benv. = Hriocnemis vestita 2.
1876. ELiioT, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genus Lampropygia. < Ibis,
3d ser., vi, Jan., 1876, pp. 54-60.
Critical notes on 7 spp. LL. columbiana, p. 57, sp. n.
1876. ExxioT, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genera Cyanomyia and Helio-
trypha. < Ibis, 3d ser., vi, July, 1876, pp. 311-319.
Of the former 7 and of the latter 3 spp. are distinguished, with synonymy and criticism.
1876. ELiior, D. G. Notes on the Trochilide. The Genera Heliothrix, Calliphlox,
Catharma[g.n.], and Petasophora. <Jbis, 3d ser., vi, Oct., 1876, pp. 394-407.
Heliothrix, 3 spp.; Calliphlox,2spp.; Catharma, 1 sp.; Petasophora, 6 spp.; with synonymy,
diagnosis, and criticism.
1877, BEaL, W. J. Fertilization of Flowers by Birds [i.e., by Trochilus colubris].
< Am. Nut., xi, No. 12, Dec., 1877, p. 754.

1877. Boupwin, G. The ruby-throated humming bird [Trochilus colubris]. < Forest
and Stream, viii, June 7, 1877, p. 280.

Account of the nidification.

1877. Evuiot, D. G. Review of the Specimens of Trochilide in the Paris Museum,
brought by D’Orbigny from South America. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, 1877, pp.
133-142.

D’Orbigny’s were among the most important of the earlier collections of these difficult
birds, and the present paper, drawn up from their examination, is specially valuable. Com-
paratively few of the species, described as new by D’Orb. and Lafr., stand, most being pro-
vided with earlier names by Vieillot, Lesson, etc. Thawmatias neglectus, sp.n., p. 140=
Ornismya bicolor D’Orb. & Lafr. Upwards of 30 spp. are accounted for.

1877. Exuior, D.G. [Amazilia lucida, sp.n.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th sev., xx,
1877, pp. 404 —- —.

Not seen. Cf. Ibis, 1878, p. 113. i

1877. ExwiotT, D. G. Remarks on Selasphorus alleni, Henshaw. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club., ii, No. 4, Oct., 1877, pp. 97-102. 2 figs.

Contends that S. alleni is the true S. rufus Gm., and names S. henshawi (p. 102) what Hen-
shaw had considered to be S. rufus. Cf. op. cit., iii, 1878, p. 11.

1877. HeNsHAW, H.W. Description of a new species of Humming-Bird from Cali-
fornia. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club., ii, No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 53-58, 2 figs.

Selasphorus allent, p. 53, compared at much length with §. platycercus.

1877. Hensuaw, H.W. Notes on the Habits of the Green-backed California Hum-
ming Bird. Selasphorus Alleni, (Henshaw). < Field and Forest, iii, No. 6,
Dec., 1877, pp. 95-98.

1877. LAWRENCE, G. N. Note on Doricha enicura (Vieill). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1877, p. 108, 109.

The so-called ‘‘ Doricha ynicura (Vieill.),” which had been ascribed to the U.S., proves to
have been Calothorax lucifer (Sw.) 2. See Henshaw, Amer. Sportsm., v, Feb. 20, 1875, p.
328, and Rep. Hxpl. W. 100th Merid., Vol. V, p. 381.

1877. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions o. New Species of Birds of the Families Tro-
chilide and Tetraonidee. < Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., i, Dec., 1877, pp. 50-d2.

Sporadinus bracet, p. 50, Bahamas; Orthorhynchus emigrans, p. 51, Venezuela; Oyrtonys
sumichrasti, p. 51, Tehuantepec. (Cf. Ibis, 1878, p. 468.)

1877. MERRILL, J. C. A Humming Bird [Amazilia cerviniventris] new to the Fauna
of the United States. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, Jan., 1877, p. 26.

688

1877,

1877,

1878.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879,

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

MULSANT, E. Description @une espece nouvelle de Trochilidé. < Ann. Soc.
Linn. Lyon, Oct. 12, 1877, pp. — - —.
Not seen. Avrinia (g. nu.) boucardi, p. —, Costa Rica. Cf. Ibis, 1878, p. 469.
SALVvApDoRI, T. Description ofa... andofa new Humming-bird of the Genus.
Heliangelus. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, July, 1877, pp. 337-339.
The Hummer here described is Heliangelus tuczanowskii, p. 338, from Bogota (Minsberg).

. [ScLaTER, P. L., and SALvin, O.] Mulsant’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-

Mouches.’ < Ibis, 4th ser.,i, Apr., 1877, p. 244.
Review of parts of that work. Cf. Ibis, 1875, p. 51¢.

. ALLEN, C. A. An Albino Anna Humming-Bird [Calypte anna]. < Bull. Nutt.

Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 192, 193.

. Cougs, E. Nest and Eggs of Selasphorus platycercus. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.

Club, i, No.2, Apr., 1878, p. 95.

Communicated by E. A. Barber.

ELLioT, D. G. Notes on the Trochilida. The Genus Thaumatias. < Ibis, 4th
ser., li, Jan., 1878, pp. 35-53.

One of the most extensive and important of this writer’s numerous critical reviews of
Hummers, analyzing and describing no fewer than 21 spp. which he considers to belong
here, among them TZ. nigricauda, p. 47, and T. nitidicauda, p. 48, spp.nn. The author considers
.that these birds should be called by Reichenbach’s name of Argyrtria; a view from which
the editors dissent.

EvuiotT, D. G. Description of a new Species of Humming-bird, from Mr. Gould’s
Collection, belonging to the Genus Jolema [luminosa Gould MS.]. < bis,
4th ser., ii, No.6, Apr., 1878, p. 188.

. HensHaw, H. W. Additional Remarks on Selasphorus alleni. < Bull. Nutt.

Ornith. Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, pp. 11-15.
Defends and re-establishes his original position respecting S. rufus and S. allent. Cf. op. cit.,
1877, pp. 53 and 97.
Ripeway, R. On a new Humming Bird (Atthis ellioti) from Guatemala.
< Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., i, 1878, pp. 8-10, 2 figg.
The new species is carefully compared with its nearest relative, A. heloisw, the characters
and synonymy of which are also given; and both are figured in outline in the cuts.

. A[LLEN], J. A. Elliot’s Synopsis of the Trochilide. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,

iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 230-232.

Review of that work.

BatiLou, W. H. A Hummer’s [Trochilus colubris] Meal. < Am. Nat., xiii, No.
2, Feb., 1879, p. 127.

Lapping sirup ‘‘as a dog would lap water.”

Burrovueus, J. Does the Humming-Bird [Trochilus colubris] sing? < Science
News, i, No.5, Jan. 1, 1879, p.89.

Answered affirmatively by ‘‘an intelligent Vermont lady.”

Dati, W. H. On the Use of the generic Name Gouldia in Zoology. < P.Z.S.,
Feb. 4, 1879, pp. 131, 132.

Not available in Ornithology, being preoccupied in Conchology. Another genus of Trochi-
lide, Halia M. & V.,isin like case. Doryfera is antedated by Doryphora. (Glaucus Bruch,
Laride, and Gnathodon Jardine, Colwmbide, both also preoccupied in mollusks.)

Evuiot, D. G. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | —317#— | A | Classi-
fication | and | Synopsis of the Trochilidw. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, F. R.
S.E., Etc. | — | Washington City: | published by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. | [March, 1879.] 4to. cover-title, pp. i-xii, 1-277, figg. 1-127. (Form-
ing a part of Vol. xxiii of the Smiths. Contr. Knowl.)

The above is the cover-title; the regular title is the same, excepting the words “‘ [March,
1879.]”, in place of which is ‘‘[ Accepted for publication, January, 1878.]”. Printed at Phila-
delphia, by Collins. Title and preface, pp. i-vi; contents, pp. vii-xii; main text, pp. 1-248,
with 127 figures. Appendix: key to the 120 genera, pp. 249-256. Index of 120 genera adopted,
pp. 257, 258; index of 339 generic names mentioned, pp. 259-262; index of 426 species adopted,
pp. 263, 268; index of 880 specific names mentioned, pp. 269-277. Apr., 187 top. 8; July,

N

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDZ. 689

J
1879. Extior, D. G.—Continued. !
1878, to p. 40; Aug., 1878, to p. 80; Sept., 1878, to p. 136; Oct., 1878, to p. 144; Nov., 1878, to
p. 160; Dec., 1878, to p. 208; Jan., 1879, to p. 248; appendix and furnishings, March, 1879.

This great work treats formally of the genera and species of the family, giving extensive
synonymy, description, habitat, and general comment in nearly every case. It is evidently
prepared with care, by one exceptionally familiar with a subject so fascinating and so pecu-
liarly difficult as is that of the present family. It is a monograph in a high sense of that
term, and one which places the matter in a state more satisfactory than that in which it had
been left by Gould and other leading specialists.

The author recognizes 120 genera in this family, making a very judicious reduction in num-
ber from the 339! generic names mentioned in the work ; no fewer than 219 being reduced to
synonyms. In like conservative manner, the species regarded as valid are 426 in number, ou%
of 880 nominal ones which the author accounts for, leaving 454, or more than half, as syno-
nyms. Such treatment as this is prima facie evidence of the merit of the author’s work and
trustworthiness of his results; for a similar reduction of nominal species is the usual result of
a critical study of the current lists of species and genera in nearly every group in ornithology.
There is a running commentary through the work on the systematic position and relations
of the generic forms; and analyses of the species of each genus, greatly facilitating their de-
termination. s

Nearly all the genera, at least, and some of the leading specific forms, are illustrated by out-
line figures of head, wing, and tail, showing details of external form. There are 127 such
figures, or, on an average, a little more than one to each genus treated.

The author’s previous study of this group may be inferred from the list of 15 papers, either
by himself alone or in joint authorship with Salvin, published in the Ibis, 1872-1878 (see above
for these). ‘hese papers discuss, more at length than the present Synopsis does, the occa-
sion for many of the author’s conclusions, particularly in the matter of nomenclature and
synonymy.

New names proposed are: Floricola, p. 82, Callipharus, p. 211, and Tache, p. 284, genn. mn. ;
Petasophora rubrigularis, p. 51, and Bourcieria assimilis, p. 78, spp. nn. .

Extracts from the Preface will further elucidate the plan and seope of the work:—“ In the
following Synopsis I have given every species of Humming-bird known to me, that in my
opinion is entitled to a separate rank, and even of these, it is possible that future information
will compel us to place some of them among the synonymes of others. Although the Family
contains a certain number of groups, composed of species having more or less relationship
with each other, [have not seen my way very clear to the recognition of any subfamilies as has
been done by other writers. ... Inthe present Synopsis, the recognition of genera has been
earried to the farthest limit that seemed practicable, and in every case it has been attempted to
give structural characters for the genera which have been acknowledged. ... The arrange-
menthere given of the species composing this Family is, lam aware, very different from all those
heretofore proposed. It is not, however, the result of guess or imagination, but has been
arrived at by a careful comparison of the different species themselves, for of the 426 acknowl
edged as distinct in this Synopsis, about 380 are continued in the great collection, by the assist-
ance of which this book has been written, and of the remaining ones, with but few exceptions,
T have carefully examined the types. ... In the present work, both Genera and Species
have been critically examined, and it has been found necessary to make some important and
very unexpected changes, especially in the first of these divisions; but it is believed that in
every instance a satisfactory explanation is given for thus deviating from the course, which,
when judged by the law of priority, had been ascertained to be incorrect, although perhaps

sanctioned in some degree by custom. ... The synonymy is that which, in the majority
of cases, refers to a passage in the work cited, that gives some desirable information regard-.
ing the species. ... The chief exceptions to this are the lists of Bonaparte and Reichen-

pach, which, on account of the many genera first proposed in them, could not be passed over.
The value of synonymy has not been deemed to consist in its great length.—The same may
be said of the descriptions of the species. Usually one of a genus has been pretty thoroughly
described, but I haye thought it best, in the majority of cases, to give simply the differences _
that may exist in allied species, ... The asterisk, placed before the names of certain spe-
cies indicates that it [%. ¢., the species in mention] is not contained in my collection.
The drawings which illustrate the generic characters, are with few exceptions. all made from
specimens contained in my collection.” And I may add, as the author omits to do so, that
that they were all drawn by Mr. R. Ridgway.

This ‘Classification and Synopsis of the Trochilide” is likely to supplant previous mono-
graphs as the leading authority on the subject.

1879. ScLaTER, P. L. [Thaumasius taczanowskii, g. sp. n.,Peru.] <P. Z. S., Feb.

18, 1879, pp. 145, 146. i

The genus Zhawmasius, though intended as an emendation of Thawmatias, is in effect a
new genus: see Ibis, 1879, p. 451.

690 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. v.

1879. [ScLatrR, P. L., and SALVIN, O.] Elliot’s Classification of the Trochilide.
< Ibis, 4th ser., iii, Oct., 1879, pp. 479, 480.
Notice of the work.

ADDENDUM TO TROCHILID A.

Trochilidine literature is extensive, and most of it is “special’’—that is, represented by books and
papers exclusively devoted to this group of birds. Hummers are very peculiar birds, and their study
may almost be said to form a particular department of ornithology—in fact, the word ‘‘ Prochilidist”

has been coined to designate those who pay special attention to this branch of the science; and there
are few ornithologists who, however great their general acquirements, can be considered experts in this
study. As the plan of this Bibliography, consequently, permits an exceptionally complete exposition
of Trochilidine literature, certain points which appear upon consideration of the whole subject may
not improperly be here noted, as preliminary to the list of the genera of Hummingbirds with which
this Addendum concludes.

Hummers were of course unknown to the ancients, whose Tpoxtros or trochilus is believed to have
been one of the Plovers (Charadriide). Misled by the false analogy of small size, slender bill, and
glittering plumage, some comparatively modern authors have confounded these exclusively Americau
birds with certain Old World forms, as the Cinnyride for instance. But as arule the Trochilidw have
been recognized as one of the most perfectly circumscribed sroups in ornithology. The literature of
the subject dates back to the “‘ heroic age’’; the first mention of any bird of this family is said to have
been made in 1558, and can scarcely have been earlier. Scattered notices of such birds appeared in
various works relating to America during the remainder of the xvi. and the whole of the xvii. century;
but it was not until toward the close of the latter that special papers upon the subject appeared; the
oldest one Which I have seen dating 1693, when Hamersly* described the ‘‘ American Tomineius” in
the Philos. Trans. The xviii. century gave us almost nothing of this kind; but notices multiplied in
various historical, geographical, and narrative works relating to America; while during the latter half
of this century—that is to say, in the Linnean period—several formal accounts of Trochilidce formed a
part of the systematic treatises on ornithology ; notably, those of Linnzus, Brisson, Buffon, Gmelin, and
Latham; but the sum is small, and the substance meagre, of all that was learned of the birds prior to
1800.

In 1758, when Linnus applied his system consistently to birds, in the x. ed. of the Syst. Nat., he
used the classic word Trochilus for a genus coextensive with the modern family Trochilide, and eata-
logued 18 species, mostly based upon descriptions or figures furnished by Seba, Brown, Sloane, Catesby,
Edwards, Clusius, and Albin; with references also to the Mus. Ad. Fy. In the xii. ed., 1766, this number
was increased to 22, with many additional references, as to Marcgraye, Willughby, Ray, and especially
Brisson.

In 1760, the last-named famous ornithologist gave us what may be deemed the first extended, or in
any sense ‘‘monographic” account of Trochilide. Studiously collating the already numerous notices
scattered through works of the character I have mentioned, as well as through the illustrated and
other natural history treatises of his predecessors in ornithology, he was enabled to describe with his
customary elaboration no fewer than 36 species, and to present a copious bibliography. He also made
the first tenable genera of Hummers after Trochilus, dividing the whole family into two groups, Polyt-
mus and Mellisuga—one containing large species with curved bills, the other small species with straight
bills. In this action of Brisson’s we see the origin of the curious fashion which so long endured
among French writers—that of distinguishing ‘‘Colibris” from ‘‘Oiseaux-mouches” among Trochilide.
Tt is also notable as the starting-point of a generic subdivision of the group which was destined at
length to reach the farcical and scandalous extreme of some 350 genera for few more than 400 known
species.

In 1779, Bufton adopted the same two divisions of ‘‘Colibris” and “ Oiseaux-mouches, ” presenting 19

‘ species of the former, and 24 of the latter group; a total of 43 Trochilide. If we except the mere
naming and describing of some additional species by Gmelin and Latham, nearly all that had been
learned of the birds up to the close of the last century was reflected in the works of these two famous
French authors.

In 1788, the industrious but indiscriminate and incompetent compiler of the xiii. ed. of the Syst. Nat.
produced a total of 65 species of Trochilus. None were described except at second-hand, but to many
of them binomial names were first affixed. Two years afterward 65 species of Trochilus were recorded
in the Ind. Orn. of Latham.+ .

We are thus brought, by the stepping-stones, of but few works requiring special mention here, to
the opening of the xix. century, which saw Audebert and Vieillot's luxurious work, Ois. Dorés;
perhaps the first ornithological work which undertook to reproduce metallic reflections of plumage.
The feathery Ivis of these exquisite creatures is always fascinating, and there are no more favorable
subjects for glittering plates. The work, indeed, was not exclusively a monograph of the Hummers,

* By a clerical error, and my own oversight, this paper stands accredited to Dr. Grew. Winthrop’s
earlier (1671) paper in the same Trans. does not relate exclusively to the Hummingbird.
+ The viii. vol., 1812, of Shaww’s Gen. Zool., gave 70 species of Trochilus.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA. 691

but the Histotre Naturelle des Colibris et des Oiseaua-mouches formed a large part of the undertaking.
Scientific names were not used in the Ois. Dor.; but a technical nomenclature of the subjects of the
work was furnished by Vieillot in 1817.
The first great illustrated work on Hummers exclusively was Lesson’s, published in parts, from 1829
to 1832, the parts being afterward grouped in three separately titled volumes. This author described

and figured in colors upward of 100 (about 110) species, many of which were actually new, and to many
" more of which new names were given. A very few genera, additional to or in place of Brisson’s, had
meanwhile been proposed; but Lesson was the first to introduce any considerable number of new
generic names. Many of those, however, which Gray and others have since cited as generic, were
certainly not used or intended as such by Lesson, being simply vernacular designations of certain
“tribes” and “‘races” among which he distributed the Zrochilide: such words as ‘“‘Bleuets”’ and
“Queues étroites”, for example. French authors were (and I think many of them still are) such
sinners in spelling, that it is not always easy to say what words of theirs they would have us take as
technical. Possessing a copious and voluble vocabulary, largely supplemented by gesture-speech, or
shrug-language, and violating in their articulation the usual powers of written characters, they not only
acquired a trick of Gallicizing technical words, but they also cultivated a characteristic habit of rising
superior to orthography. If Vieillot could write Cripsirina for Oryptorhina without flinching, we
need not wonder that Lesson invented Ornismya, which he defended as against Ornithomyia, or that
some of his successors reached the height of Ornysmia!

The Hummers have always been objects of study peculiarly agreeable to French ornithologists.
Their daintiness, so to speak, seems to suit the national genius. French literature, therefore, figures
in the written history. of these birds to an-extent greater than that observable in any other family of
birds. About the time we have reached, however, several English names became prominent in the
present connection: as those of Swainson, Vigors, Loddiges, and especially Jardine—for Gould had not
then begun the work which was afterward to identify his name with Trochilidine literature. Swain-
son had already classified the Hummers as a part of his general scheme, describing some new species
and establishing certain genera. In 1833, and thus upon the heels of Lesson’s memoirs, Sir William
Jardine prepared his monography, to the valuable and agreeable text of which Lizars contributed
beautiful illustrations. The home of the Hummers was heard from the same year in La Llave’s Memo-
ria; and Schreibers’s Collectanea of same date consisted only of these birds. From this time until the
beginning of Gould’s great work in 1849 appeared no monographic treatise on Trochilide. But the
period was one of great activity, among both English and French writers; the accumulation of mate-
rial was rapid and incessant, and many papers of these years described new genera and species, though
too often hastily and inadequately. In England, Gould and Fraser were busy with their materials.
In France, the writings of Lesson continued ; Bourcier became prominent in the number of his papers;
while Boissoneau, De Lattre, Gervais, Longuemare and others made their respective contributions.
This was the period of accumulation rather than of elaboration; numberless new names were intro-
duced, but among them were many synonyms, both generic and specific ; little or no systematic revi-
sion of the subject being effected, unless Gould’s Draft Arrangement, the precursor of his Monograph,
be considered of such character.

The thirteen years, 1849-61, during which Gould’s work was pending, marked the next period in the
history of the subject. The preparation of this great work held its author, already recognized as the
leading Trochilidist, to his subject; and the appearance of successive parts served as a continual stime
ulus to others to move in the same direction. The author published many papers describing cursorily
new objects about to be depicted in his magnificent folios ; and several French ornithologists, notably
Bourcier and Mulsant, were little behind him in this respect. The period was also marked by the
appearance in England of Martin’s General History, in some sense a continuation of Jardine’s work.
It was furthermore characterized by the malignant epidemic which we may call the genus-itch;
which broke out simultaneously in 1849, from two foci of contagion, in France and in Germany, and
proved disastrous in the extreme. The infection reappeared in an aggravated form in 1854, and Tro-
chilidine literature has never entirely recovered from its effect.

Many genera of Hummers, notably Swainson’s, Lesson’s, and Gould’s, had been found acceptable,
and, indeed, necessary; but the most embarrassing results attended the steps of some authors who
coined names on the glancing of a feather in this beautiful group of birds. As just stated, serious diti-
culty began in 1849, in those parts of Bonaparte’s Conspectus and of Reichenbach’s Systema which treat
of Lrochilide ; and in 1854 each of these authors increased it immeasurably, the one in bis Tableau, the
other in his Aufzéhlung. But I have on previous pages sufficiently commented upon this matter.

The completion of Gould’s splendid monument closed this period of accumulation. The subject had
grown rapidly, and had become unmanageable. Some authors had simply amused themselves in ‘* play-
ing chess” with the names of Hummers, and many had pressed forward with new species upon insuf-
ficient examination of known material, or inadequate regard for what others had published. The fog
of synonymy had completely enveloped the subject. It was hazardous to enter it, and it seemed almost
hopeless to attempt to lift it. The Monograph represented, therefore, rather a broad and secure basis
for future investigation than any final accomplishment. It gave a series of 360 colored plates of about
as many species, real or nominal, with accompanying descriptive letter-press; other species added in
the Introduction raising the total to 416, referred to 123 genera. But many new names, generic and
Specific, were still to see the light; many others were to sink into synonymy ; the nomenclature was

STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

692 UNITED
till shifting ; in short, studious and judicious systematic revision of the whole subject was impera-
tively demanded. If Gould’s work made this necessity apparent, it also immeasurably contributed to
the desired result.

Previous to this Gouldian period American writers did next to nothing for the special literature of
the family; but during this time, and subsequently, many new species were described by Lawrence.
In 1860, and therefore just before the period closed, Germany brought a fascicle of the Musewm Heine-
anum to bear upon the subject, many new genera, and some new species being described by Cabanis
and Heine. In 1863, the Trochilidica of the last-named author appeared in the J. f. O., with a similar
result. In 1866, MM. Mulsant and Verreaux’s Essai d’une Olassijication Méthodique appeared as the
precursor of a more elaborate work then contemplated, containing fresh accessions to the number of
genera with which the family was destined to be burdened, and a rearrangement of the whole group.
This decade, 1861-70, saw also a fair number of minor papers, calling, however, for no special remark
here. It represented flood-tide in the mere describing of species, and their rearrangement in futile
genera; the ebb necessarily followed.

The state of the case at that moment was faithfully reflected in Gray’s Handlist. This catalogued
469 species, real or nominal, distributed in 163 genera or subgenera, and carrying a load of synonymy
amounting in the aggregate to perhaps 800 specific and 300 generic names. ‘This, it will be remem-
bered, is irrespective of the endless combinations of generic and specific names, which, were they
counted, might represent a total of several thousand binomial names which have been imposed upon a
family of birds consisting of few more than 400 known species, conveniently referable to about one-
fourth as many modern genera!

Such a state of things as this inevitably tended toward a healthy reaction; and during the last de-
cade, the accessions of new names have been fairly offset by the reduction of others to synonyms. It
is true that the Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaua-Mouches of MM. Mulsant and Verreaux, and M. Mul-
sant’s Oatalogue—these being among the most notable publications of this period—can scarcely be
regarded as tending in this direction, viewing the many additional new names which they present.
Having seen neither of these treatises, I cannot judge of their claims to be considered as advancing or
improving the science. But it cannot be doubted that the patient and faithful study which Messrs. D.
G. Elliot and O. Salvin have of late applied to the amelioration of Trochilidine affairs has done much
toward the needed reform. These skilful ornithologists have published numerous papers reviewing
different groups of Hummers, under the most advantageous circumstances as regards handling mate-
rial and examining literature; and their criticisms have been of the greatest service, not only in
defining genera and species, but in sifting synonymy and settling nomenclature. Mr. Elliot’s labors
have borne their final fruit in his Olassification and Synopsis of the Trochilide. However qualified a
success the experts may conclude this performance to be, it is certainly a great boon to the working
ornithologist, and a faithful reflection of the present state of our knowledge respecting the exquisite
creatures to the elucidation of whose history it is devoted.

With this rapid glance at the origin, progress, and present state of Trochilidine literature, I pass to
an alphabetical Index of the Genera of Trochilide, the preparation of which has given me no little trou-
ble. I shall not regret the drudgery, however, if the list of names shall seem to bear out and justify
the remarks in which I have indulged on this point, and be of any practical use to the working orni-
thologist. I have taken great pains to make the list complete and accurate, having personally made
or verified very nearly every reference, excepting those of Mulsant and Verreaux’s Histoire Naturelle,
and Mulsant’s Catalogue.

BULLETIN

Index Generum Trochilidarwm.

o

Aheillia Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 79 (in text).
Acestrura GOULD, 1861: ZIntrod., 8vo,p.91. [p, 72.
Adelisca Can. and Herne, 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Adelomyia Br., 1854: Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 253.
Agaclyta Can. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Agapeta HEINE, 1863: J. f. O., p. 178. [p. 70.
Aglaeactis GouLp, 1848: P. Z. S.,p.12. _ [p. 69.
Aglaiactis Can. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Agyrtria Rricu., 1855: Troch. Enwm., p. 7.
Agyrtria Reicu., ‘‘1854.” [p. 50.
Aithurus Cab. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Aline ‘‘Retcu.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Sc. Nat., p. 137.
Alosia Muts., 1875: Cat. Ois.-Mouches, p. 17.
Amalasia MULS., 1875: Oat. Ois.-Mouches, p. 29.
Amalusia MUL&, 1877: Hist. O.-M., iv, p. 15.
Amathusia Mots. and VERR., 1866: Olass. Troch.,
Amazilia Ruicn., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xxxix. [p. 85.
Amazilicens Br., 1850: Compt. Rend., p. 382.
Amazilis Lrss., 1832: Ind. Gén. Troch., p. xxvii.
Amazillis Sci. and SALY., 1859.

Amazilius Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 77.

AmetrornisS REIcH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 14.

Amizilis Gray.

Anactoria REIcH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 12.

Anais ‘‘Bp., 1854.” (Ubi?)

Androdon GOULD, 1863: Ann. Mag. N. H., 2d ser.,
xii,p. 246.

Anisoterus MULS. and VERR., 1873: Hist. Nat. O.-
M., i, p. 72.

Anthocephala Cas. and Hrin., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
iii, p. 72.

Anthracothorax Bors, 1831: Isis, p. 545.

Aphantochroa GoutLp, 1853: Monog., pt. vi.

Archilochus ReEIcu., 1855: Troch. Enum., p. 10.

Ariana MULS. and VERR., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 36.

Arinia Muts., 1877: Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, Oct,

Aspasta HEIN., 163: J. f. O., p. 179. (1877, p. —.

Atthis Reicu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 12.

Augasma GouLp, ‘‘ MS.”

Augaste MuLs. and VERR., 1866.

No. 4.)

Augastes GouLD, 1851: Monog., pt. ii.

Aurinia Mouts., 1875: Cat. Ois.-Mouches, p. 27.
Avocetta AGAss. (nec BrISss.).

Avocettes Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.
Ayvocettina Muts. and VrERR., 1866.

Avocettinus Br., 1854: R. WM. Z., p. 256, nec 1849.
Avocettinus Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 75.
Avocettula Rricu., 1849: Syst. Av. Nat., pl. xxxix.

Basilenna Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein.., iii,

Basilina Reicu., ‘‘ 1849.”

Basilinna Born, 1831: Isis, p. 546.

Baucis Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 13.

Bellatrix Boir, 1831: Isis, p. 544.

Bellona Muts. and Vrrr., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 75.

Bleuets Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.

Boissoneaua ReEIcH., Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus.
Hein., iii, p. 74.

Boissonneaua ReEIcH., 1854: Aufz. Ool., p. 11.

Bourcieria Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 78.

Caeligena Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 73.

Callidice Muts. and VERR., 1866: Class Troch., p. 65.
Calligenia Muus., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 20.
Calliperidia Rrtcu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 12.
Callipharus ELLio7, 1879: Class. Troch., p. 211.
Calliphiox Botr, 1831: Isis, p. 544.

Callopistria ‘‘ Rrrcu.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Se. Nat.,
Callothorax Br., 1854: R. M.Z., p.257. —_[p. 187.
Calothorax Gray, 1840: Cat. G.of B.,p.13. .
Calothorax Gray, 1848: G.of B.,i, p. 110.
Calothorax REIcH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 13.
Calypte GOULD, 1856: Monogr., pt. xi.
Campylopterus Sw., 1827: Zool. Jowrn., p. 358.
Catharma ELLiot, 1876: Ibis, p. 400.

Cephalepis Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 83.
Cephallepis Lopp., 1830: P. Z. 8., p. 12. {p. 61.
Cephalolepis Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Cheetocercus GRAY, 1853: Cat. G. of B., p. 22.
Chalcostigma Rericu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 12.
Chalybura Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 10.
Chloanges HEIn., 1863: J. 7. O., p. 200.

Chlorestes REicH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p.7.
Chilorolampis Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Chlorostilbon GOULD, 1853: Monog., pt.v. [p. 47.
Chlorostilbon Br., 1854: R. WM. Z., p. 255.
Chrysobronchus Br., 1854: R. WM. Z., p. 252.
Chrysolampis Bors, 1831: Isis, p. 546.
Chrysomirus MULs., 1875: Cat., p. 13.

Chrysures LEss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —. [p. 42.
Chrysurisca Cas. and HEIn., 1860: Mus. Hein., iti,
Chrysuronia Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 75.
Chrysurus Bp., 1850: Compt. Rend., p. 382.

Circe GOULD, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 168.

Clotho Muts., 1875: Cat. 0.-M., p. 9.

Clytolema GOULD, 1853: Monoy., pt. vi.

Celigena Less., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. xviij.
Celigena Br., 1854: R. WM. Z., p. 252.

Coeligena TscHunt, 1844: Fn. Perw., p. 39, nec LESS.
Colibri Sprx, 1824: Av. Bras., p. 80.

Colibri Br., 1849: Oonsp. Av.,i, p. 69.

Colibris PELz., 1856.

Colubris REIcH., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl.

Cometes GOULD, 1847: P. Z. S., p. 31.

Conradinia REIcH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 10.

Cora ‘‘REIcH.”’, Be., 1854: Ann. Sct. Nat., p. 188.
Corinnes Less,, 1882: Ind. Géne, p. —.

[p. 44, nec Born. |

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA.

|

693

Crinis Muts., 1873: Hist. Nat., i, p.178.

| Culampis Less., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. vii.

Cyanochloris Rricu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 10.

| Cyanomyia Br., 1854: R. M. Z., p. 254.

Cyanophaia Reicu., 1854: Awfz. Col.,p.10. [p.138.

| Cyanopogon ‘‘Rricu.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Sci. Nat.,
| Cynanthus Sw., 1827: Zool. Jowrn., p. 357.

Cynanthus Luss., 1829: Tabl. O.-M., p. xi.
Cynanthus Boir, 1831: Jsis, p. 547.
Cynanthus Sw., 1837: Class. B., ii, p. 330.
Cynanthus Tscuunt, 1844: Consp., p. 36.
Cynanthus Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 81.

| Damophila REtcu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p.7.

Delattria Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 70. [p. 137.

| Delphinella ‘“‘Rricu.”, Br., 1854; Ann. Sci. Nat.,

Derbomyia ‘‘ReicH.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Sci. Nat.,
Derbyomyia GRAY, 1855. [p. 187.
Dialia Muts., 1875: Cat. Ois.-Mowch., p. 27.
Diotima REIcH., 1854: Aufz. Ool., p. 12.
Diphlogz#na Goutp, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 133.
Diphogena GouLp, 1854: Monog., pt. viii.
Discosura Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 84.

Discura Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 8.

| Dnophera Hew., 1863: J. f. O., p. 175.
| Docimaster Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 74.

Docimastes, Goun, 1849: Monog., pt. i.
Dolerisca Cas. and HEI., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii, p. 6.
Doleromyia Bp., 1854: R. M, Z., p. 249.

| Dolicha HEIn., 1863: ‘J. 7. O., p. 208.”

Doricha ReEIcH., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 12.

| Dorifera Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 68.
| Doryfera GouLp, 1847: P. Z. S., p. 95.

{p. 77.
Doryphora Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Dyrinia Mvuts. and VERR., 1866: Class. Troch.,p. 88.

Egolia Muts. and VERR., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 86.
Elisa ‘“‘ Rercu.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Sci. Nat., p. 138.

| Elvira Muts. and VerR., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 32.

Elvira Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 9.

Emeraudes Luss. 1832.

Emilia Muts. and Verr., 1866: Class Troch., p. 41.
Endoxa HEIn., 1868: J. f. O., p. 179.

Engyete REIcH., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 9.

Entima Cas. and Hemw., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii, p. 51.
Epherusa Mvuts. and VERR., 1866.

Eranna HEIN., 1863: J. f. O., p. 187.

Krasmia Hew., 1863: J. 7. O., p. 191.

Eratina HErIn., 1863: J. f. O., p. 190.

Eratopis Hrrn., 1863: J. f. O., p. 191.

Erebenna Mots. and VeERR., 1866, Class Troch.,
Eremita Reicu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 14. [p. 66.
Eriocnemis REIcH., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl,
Eriocnemys Bpr., 1854: R. MW. Z., p. 252.

Eriona Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 28.

Eriopus Goutp, 1847: P. Z. S., p. 16.
Erythronota Gout, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 160.
Eucephala Reicn., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 10.
Euclosia Muts. and VeErr., 1866: Class. Troch.,
Eudosia Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 20. [p. 63.

‘Eudosia (bis), Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-W., p. 32,

Eugenes GouLp, 1856: Monog., pt. xii.
Eugenia GOULD, 1855: P. Z. S., p. 192.
Eulampis Bors, 1831: Isis, p. 547.

Eulidia, Muts., 1877: Hist. Nat., iv, p. 114.
Eupetomena Goutp, 1853: Monog., pt. vi.
Eupherusa Goutp, 1857: Monog., pt. xiv.

694

Eupogonus Mvts. and Verr., 1866: Class. Troch., |
p- 72.

Bustephanus Reicu., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl.

Kutoxeres Rrron., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl.

Fioresia Reicn., 1854: Auwfz. Ool., p. 11.
Fioricola Evrior, 1879: Class. and Syn. Troch.,
Plorisuga Br. 1849: Consp. Av., p. 73. {p. 82,

Galenia Mucs. and VERR., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 47.
Gilaucis Bor, 1831: Isis, p. 545.

cilaucopes Less., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.
(iaucopis BunM., 1856: Th. Bras., ii, p. 333.
Gouldia Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 86.
Gouldomyia Bv., 1854: BR. MW. Z., p. 257.

Grypus SPrx, 1824: Avy. Nov., p. 79.

Guimetia “‘Reicu.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Se. Nat.,
Guyornis Br., 1854: R. W. Z., p. 249. [p. 187.

Halia Murs. and Vern., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 61.
Heliactin Bor, 1831: Tsis, p. 546.

Heliactinia Reicn., 1849: Syst. Nat., pl. —.
Heliactinus Burm., 1856: Th. Bras., ii, p. 356.
Heliangelus Govutp, 1848: P. Z. §., p. 12.
Helianthea Govzp, 1848: P. Z. S., p. 11.
Heliodoxa Gouxp, 1849: P. Z. S., p. 95.

Heliodoxa Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 9.
Hetiomaster Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 70.
Hesiomastes Bp. 1854: 2. MW. Z., p. 251.
Heliopedica Goup, 1858: Monog., pt. xv.
Heliopedica Sci. and Saty., ‘'1859.”’

Heliothrix Srrickz., “1841.”

Heliothrys Gray, “1840”: List G. of B., p.14.
Heliothryx Born, 1831: Isis, p. 547.

Heliotrypha Goutp, 1853: Monoy., pt. v.
Heliotryphon Can. and Hern, 1860: Mus. Hein.,
Heliotryppha Br., 1854: R. VW. Z., p. 252. [iii, p. 60.
Helymus MuLs., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 23.
Hemistephania Reicn., 1854: Awfz. Ool., p. 9.
Hemistilbon GouLp, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 149.
Hemithylaca Caz. and HuIn., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Himelia MuLs., 1875: Cat. 0.-I., p.7. [p. 37.
Homophania REtcu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 10.
Homophania Cap. and Hutn., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
Huppés Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén. [iii, p. 79.
Hylocharis Bom, 1831: Isis, p. 546.

Hylocharis Gray, 1848: ‘‘Gen. of B., i, p. 114.”
Hylonympha Goup, 1873, Ann. Mag. N. H., xii,
Hylocharis Br., 1854: R. WL Z., p. 255. [p. 429.
Hypermetra Cau. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
Hypochrysia ReIcu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 9. [p. 80.
Hypolia Muts., 1875, Oat. O.-IL., p. 17.
Hypophania Reicn., 1854: Avwfz. Ool., p. 11.
Hypuroptila Gouxp, 1854: Monog., pt. vii.

Tache Ev1iot, 1879: Class and Syn. Troch., p. 234.
Edas MULS., 1875: Cat. Ois.-Mouch., p. 27.
lolama GOuLD, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 73.
Jonolzma GOULD, 1857: Monog., pt. xiii.
Jonolaima Ruicu., 1854: Awfz. Ool., p. 9.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

Jacobines Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.
Juliamyia Br., 1854: R. MW. Z., p. 255.

Kampylopterus Sprx. -
Klais Ruicu., 1854; Aufz. Col., p. 13.

Lafresnaya Br., 1849: Oonsp. Av., p. 68.

[Vol. V.

Lampornis Sw., 1827: Philos. Mag.,i, p. 423.
Lampornis Luss., 1829: Tabl. 0.-., p. xxiii.
Lampornis Rercu., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xxxix.
Lampraster Tacz., 1874: P. Z. S8., p. 140.
Lamprolema GouLp, 1861.
Lamprolaima ReErcu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 9.
Lampropogon Bp., 1854: R. WZ, p. 252.
Lampropygia REICH., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 10.
Lamprurus Rercn., 1854: Avw/z. Col., p. 12.
Lavania MutLs., 1875: Cat. Ois.-Mouch., p. 24.
Lavinia MuLs., 1877: Hist. O.-I., iii, 106.
Leadheatera Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p.70. *
Leobia MULs., 1876: Hist. O.-M.. iii, p. 297.
Lepidopyga Reicu., 1855: ‘‘Troch. Enum., Die
Lepidolarynx ReIcH., 1854: Avfz. Col., p. 13.
Lepidopyga Retcu., 1855: Troch. Enum., p. 7.
Lepidoria Muts. and VERR., 1866: Olass Troch.,
Lepidololopha Retcu., 1854”. [p. 61.
Lesbia Luss., 1832: Ind. @én., p. xvij.
Lesbia Bp., 1854: R. Wf. Z., p. 252, nec Less.
Lesbia Caz. and Hrin., 1860: Mus. Hein., nec Less.
Leucaria Muts., 1875: Cat. Ois.-Mouch., p. 31.
Leucippus Br., 1849: Consp. Av., Dp. 73.
Leucochloris Rricu., 1854: Avfz. Col., p. 10.
Leucodora Muts., 1873: Hist. O.-M,, i, p. 309.
Leucolia Mus. and Verrr., 1866: Class. Troch.,
Lisoria Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 11. [p. 31.
Loddigesia Gouxp, ‘1850”’. [p. 381.”
Loddigiornis Br., “1850: Compt. Rend., 1850,
Loddiggiornis Br., 1854: R. IL Z., p. 256.
Lophorinus Br., 1854: R. Mf. Z., p. 257.
Lophornis Luss., 1829: TaBl. Ois.-Mouch., p. xxvii.
Lophornis Tscnunt, 1844: Fp. Peru., p. 39, nec LESs.
Loxopterus Cas. and Hxm., 1860: Mus. Hein.., iii,
p. 13.
Luciania ‘‘REIcH.”, Br., 1854: ‘Ann. Sei. Nat.,
Lucifer REIcH., 1849: Syst. Nat., p. xxxix. [p. 137.
Lucifers Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p.—.
Lumachellus Br., ‘‘1854.”

Manilia Muts. and Verr., 1866: Olass. Troch., p. 86.
Margarochrysis REIcn., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 11.
Marsyas MULs., 1875: Cat. 0.-M,, p.13.
Mellisuga Briss., 1760: Orn., iii, p. 694.
Mellisuga Boin, 1831: Tsis, p. 545.

Mellisuga Gray, ‘'1841.”

Mellisuga Gray, 1848: @. of B.,i, p.112.
Mellisuga, Muts. and Vrrr., 1866.

Merion MUts., 1875: Hist. Nat., ii, p. 92.
Mesophila Muts. and Vrrr., 1866: Olass. Droch.,
Metallura GouLp, 1847: P. Z. S., p. 94. {p. 17.
Metallura Br., 1854, nee Goutp.

Methon Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M, p.7.

Microchera GouLp, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 82.
Milornis MuLs., 1873: Hist. Nat.,i, p. 77.

Momus Muts. and Vierr., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 19.
Mosqueria ‘‘Reicu.”, Br., 1854: Ann. Sei. Nat.,
Mulsantia ReIcu., 1854: Aufz. Ool., p.12. [p. 187.
Myiabeillia Be., 1854: R. MW. Z., p. 253.
Myiabellia ‘‘ Sct.”

Myiaetina Br., 1854: Ie. M. Z., p. 249.

Myiornis Acass. (emend. from Ormismya).
Myletes Muts., 1878: Hist. Nat., i, p. 284.

Myrmia Muts., 1875: Oat. 0.-M., p. 32.

Myrtes Caz. and Hem., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii, p. 59.
Myrtis Rrica., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 13.

Mythinia Muts., 1876: Hist. Nat. O.-I, iii, p. 235.

No. 4.]

Mytinia Muts., 1875: Oat. Ois.-Mouch., p. 28.

Nania Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 21.
Niche Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M,, p. 21.
Nodalia Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-M., p. 23.

Ocreatus GouLn, 1846: P. Z.8., p. 86. [p- 76.
Opisthoprora Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Oreonympha Gou.p, 1869: P. Z. S., p. 295.
Oreopyra GOuLD, 1860: P. Z. S8., p. 312.
Oreotrochilus GouLn, 1847: P. Z. S., p. 10.
Oriotrochilus Reicu., 1849. [p- 91.
Ornismya Muts. and Verr., 1866: Class. Troch.,
Ornismya Less., 1829: Zabl. O.-M., p. x.
Ornismyia of some.

Ornithomyia Br., 1854: R. M. Z., p. 251.
Ornithomya LEss., 1832.

Ornysmia of some Frenchmen. [p. 15.
Orotrochilus Cas. and HEIN, 1860: Mus. Hein.., iii,
Orthorhynchus Cuv., ‘‘1799-1800.”
Orthorhynchus ILt., 1811: Prod., p. 209.
Orthorhynchus BurM., 1856: Thier. Bras.
Orthornis Br., 1854: R. W. Z., p. 249.

Osalia Murs. and VerR, 1866: Olass. Troch., p. 92.
Oxypogon GouLp, 1848: P. Z. S., p. 14.

Pampa Reicu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 11.

Panoplites GouLp, 1854: Monog., pt. viii, October.

Panichlora Muts. and Vurr. [p. 43.

Panterpe Cas. and Hutn., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,

Panychlora Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
p. 49.

Paphosia Muus. and VeRR., 1866: Olass. Troch.,

Parzudakia Reicn., 1854: Aufz. Col., p.12. [p. 75.

Patagona Gray, 1840: List G. of B., p.18.
Patagons Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.
Peratus Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-I, p. 23.

* Petasophora Gray, 1840: List G. of B., p. 13.
Petasophorus MuLs. and ViERrrR., 1866.
Pheochroa GOuLp, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 55.
Pheoleema Br., 1854.

Pheoptila GOULD, 1861: Introd., p. 169.
Phaéthornis Sw., 1831: Fn. Bor.-Am., ii, p. 322.
Phaétornis Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 67.
Pheetornis GRAy, 1848.

Phaiolaima REIcu., 1854: Aufz. Ool., p.9.
Phemonoé REIcH., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 9.
Phethornis Sw., 1827: Zool. Journ., p. 357.
Pheetornis Less., 1832: Ind. Gén. Troch., p. xiv.
Pheetornis Tscuunt, 1844: Consp., p. 37.
Philodice Murs. and VERR., 1866: Class. Troch.,
Phiogophilus GouLp, 1860: P. Z. S., p. 310.
Pholoe Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-I,, p. 22.
Phrethornis Born, 1831: Isis, p. 548.

Pilonia MULS., 1876: Hist. Nat.," iii, p. 4.
Placophorus Muts., 1873: Hist. Nat., i, p. 137.
Platurus Less., 1829: Tabi. O.-M., p. xxij.
Platystylopterus Reicn., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 11.
Polemistria Caz, and Hetn., 1860: Mus. Hein. iii,
Polyena HEIN., 1863: J. f. O., p. 215. [p. 63.
Polyerata HEIN., 1863: J. f. O., p. 194.

Pelymnia Muts. and Verr., 1866: Class Troch.,
Polyonymus HEIN., 1863: J.f. O., p. 206. [p. 91.
Polyplancta Hrin., 1863: J. f. O., p. 182.
Polythmus Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén. Troch., p. xvi.
Polythmus Lxss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. xvi.

Polytmus VIE£IL1., 1807. f

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROCHILIDA.

[pe 86.

695

Polytmus Gray, 1849: List G. of B., p.—.
Polytmus Reicu., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xxxix.
Polytmus Briss., 1760: Orn., iii, p. 666. [p. 123,
Polyxemus Muts., 1877: Hist. Nat. O.-I, iv,
Popelairia Retcu., 1854: Avwfz. Col., p. 12.
Prasites GRAY: Ubi?
Prasitis Can. and HEmn., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii, p. 49.
Praxilla Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 13.
Prognornis Reicn., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 11.
Prymnacantha Cas. and HErIn., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
iii, p. 64.
Psalidoprymna Caz. and Het., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
Pterophanes Goutp, 1849: Monog., pt.i. [iii, p. 72.
Ptochoptera Exxiot, 1874: Tbis, p. 261.
Ptyonornis Retcu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 14.
Pygmornis Bp., 1854: R. M. Z., p. 250.
Pygornis Muts.and VERR.,1866: Olass.Troch.,p.18.
Pyrrhophena Cas. and Hem., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
iii, p. 35.

Queues-etroites Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. xxi.

Ramphodon LEss., 1830: Hist. Nat. Col., p. 18.
Ramphomicron Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p, 79.
Rhamphodon Less.

Rhamphomicron auct. [iii, p. 70.
Rhamphomicrus Cas. and HEIN.,1860: Mus. Hein.
Rhodopis Retcu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 12.
Riccordia ReicH., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 10.

Rubis LEss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p.—.

Szpiopterus Rricu., 1854: Awfz. Ool., p. 11.

Saphos Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.

Sapphironia Br., 1854: R. W. Z., p. 256.

Sapphironia ‘‘Goutp, 1861”.

Sapphironia Br., 1854: R. MW. Z., p. 256.

Saphirs Less., 1832: Ind. Gén., p.—.

Sappho Reicu., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl.

Saturia MUuLs., 1875: Cat. O.-I., p. 21.

Saucerottia Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 77.

Schistes GOULD, 1851: Jard. Cont. Orn., p. 140.

Selasopheruss Reicu., 1855: Troch. Enum., p. 11.

Selasphorus Sw., 1831: &n. Bor.-Am., ii, p. 496.

Selosphorus Bp., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 82.

Séphaniodes Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. xxix.

Sephanoides Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 82.

Sericotes REICcH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 11.

Smaragdites Luss., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. xxix.

Smaragdites Mus. and VERR., 1866.

Smaragdites Bors, 1831: Isis, p. 547.

Smaragdites Ruicu., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl.

Smaragdites Bor, 1831: Isis, p. 547.

Smaragditis Reicu., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 7.

Smaragdochrysis GOULD.,1861: Introd.,8vo, p. 161.

Sparganura Can. and Huin., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,

Spathura Goup, 1849: Monog., pt. i. [p. 52.

Sphenoproctus Can. and HuInN., 1860: Mus. Hein.,
iii, p. 11.

Sporadicus Can. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii.

Sporadinus Br., 1854: R. MW. Z., p. 255.

Steganura REICH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 8.

Steganurus ReIcu., 1849: Syst. Av., pl. xl.

Stellula GouLD, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 90.

Stellura Muts. and Verr., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 88

Sternoclyta Goutp, 1858: Monog., pt. xvi.

Stokesiella Br., “1854.”

Stokosiella Br., 1854: ‘‘ ann. Sci. Nat., p. 138.”

596

Streblorhamphus, Cas. and H&IN.,
Strophiclemmns GouLp, “1853”.

BULLETIN UNITED

1860: Mus.
[Hein., iii, p. 76.

Telamon Muts. and Vrrr., 1866: Class. Troch.,
Telaphorus Muts., 1874: Hist. Nat., i, p. 257. [p.75.
Telesiella ReIcH., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 13.
Telesilla Can. and HEI., 1860: Mus. Hein., p. 27.
Thalucania Bounc., 1856.

Thalurania GOULD, 1848: P. Z. S., p. 13.
Thaiuronia Gray, 1849.

Thaumantias Br., 1854: 2. W. Z., p. 255.
Thaumasius Sciav., 1879: P. Z. 8., p. 145.
Thaumaste Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. 14.

. Thaumastura Br., 1849: Consp. Av.,p.85. [1849.
Thaumastura Bre., 1850: Compt. Rend., p. 383, nec
Thaumatias Br., 1850: Compt. Rend., xxx, p. 382.
Thaumatias Br., 1849: Consp. Av., p. 78.
Thaumatias GouLp, 1861: Introd., 8vo, p. 151.
Thaumatessa HEIN., 1863: J. f. O., p. 209.
Tholucania HarRtt., 1857: Arch. f. Nat., p. 49.
Threuetes, GouLD, 1853: Monog., pt. iv.

STATES

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vot. V.
Threptria Reicn., 1854: Awfz. Col., p. 9.
Tilmatura Reicn., 1854: Awfz. Col., p.8.

Timolia Muus., 1875: Cat. O0.-I., p. 23.

Topaza Gmay, 1840: List G. of B., p. 12.

Topazes LEss., 1832: Ind. “én., p. —.
Toxoteuches Cap. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Tricholopha Hxtn., 1863: J. f. O., p. 209. [p. 11.
Trochilus Less., 1766: S. NV.,i, p. 189.

Tryphena Gout, 1849: Monog., pt. i.

Ulysses Muts., 1875: Cat. O.-1L., p. 12.

Uralia Mus. and Verr., 1866: Class. Troch., p. 81.
Urania ‘‘ Firz.”’ (jide Gray).

Uranomitra Reicu., 1854: Aufz. Col., p. ‘10.
Urochroa GouLp, 1856: Monog., pt. xii.
Urolampra Cas. and HEIN., 1860: Mus. Hein., iii,
Urosticte GouLD, 1853: Monog., pt. vi. [p. 68.

Vestipes Less., 1832: Ind. Gén., p. —.

Zephyritis Muts. and Verr., 1866: Class. Troch.,
Zodalia Muts., 1876: Hist. Nat., iii, p.281. [p. 87.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CYPSELID&. 697

Cypselidz.

1793. BRuyN, 8. J. A Letter on the Retreat of Swallows [Chetura pelagica], and
the Torpid State of certain Animals, in Winter, <_ Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts and
Sci., 11, 1793, pp. 96-99.
This is the earliest notice I have seen of the now well-known fact that immense collections
‘of the bones, feathers, and excrement of Swifts are occasionally found in hollow trees to
which the birds have been wont to resort by thousands for a series of years. A late anony-
mous writer (very well known to me, however,) in the W. Y. Independent of Oct. 7, 1875, has
a paragraph on the subject, in which he seems inclined to believe that our Chimney Swift
may not impossibly hybernate in such retreats. See also 1853, THOMPSON, Z.
1817. 8. B. D. To the editors of the American Monthly Magazine. < Am. Month.
Mag., ii, 1817, p. 32.
On the débris of Chetura pelagica in hollow trees.
1817. Woop, J. [On the débris of Chetura pelagica in hollow trees.] < Am. Month.
Mag.,i, 1817, p. 292.
1826. JENNER, —. . Annual return of migrating Birds to the same spot. < Sillim. Am.
. Journ. Sci., x, 1826, p. 192.
From Brewster's Journal.
1839. TOWNSEND, J. K. Description of a New Species of Cypceelus [Cypcelus vauxii]
from the Columbia River. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, 1839, p. 148.
Citators of this bird’s name may observe that Townsend did not call it Cypselus vauxi.
1841. Jounson, H. Chetura ruficollis [n. sp.]; Cayenne. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vii, 1841, p. 351. i
1845. Brypeus, H. J. J. Description of a supposed new Swift. < Zoologist, iii, 1845,
aoao:

From Jamaica Not named.

1848. STREUBEL, A. B. Die Cypseliden des Berliner Museums. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xli,

1848, pp. 348-373.
Monographisch bearbeitet.—C. parvus (Licht.), p. 351; C. caffer (Licht.), p. 352; C. abes-

synicus, p. 354, sp. n. Pseudoprocne, g. n., p. 357. Hemiprocne torquata, p. 342, sp. n.; H.
temminckii, p. 368, sp. n.; H. fumigatus, Natt. MS., sp. n., p. 366. Oypseloides, g. D., p. 366;
Salangana, g. n., p. 368; Chelidonia, g. n., p. 870; Hemiprocne Sucivora, p. 369.

1853. THomMpsoNn, Z. [Remarks on exhibition of a mass of débris of Chetura pelagica
from interior of a ‘Swallow tree” in Vermont.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., iv, 1853, p. 299.

1857. KENNERLY, C. B. R. Description of a new Species of Cypselus [C. borealis]
collected on the North Western Boundary Survey, Archibald Campbell, Esq.,
Commissioner. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ix, 1867, pp. 202, 203.

1863. SALVIN, O. [Panyptila sancti jerome, sp. n.] < Ibis, v, 1863, p. 239.

; Cf. Panyptila sancti hieronymt, P. Z. S., 1863, p. 190, pl. 23.
1863. ScLaTER, P. L. On the American Spine-tailed Swifts of the Genus Chetura.
— <P.Z.S., xxvi, 1863, pp. 98-102, pl. xiv, fig. 1.

Synonymatic and diagnostic synopsis, with criticism, of 8spp. O. cinireiventris is figured.

1865. ScLaTER, P. L. Notes on the genera and species of Cypselide. < P. Z. 8., 1865,
pp. 593-617, five. 1-10, pll. xxxiii, xxiv.

This notable article opens with an account of the structure of the sternum and digits in
various species of the family, illustrated with ten figures. The family is divided into two
subfamilies, Cypseline and Cheturine, the former having the tarsi feathered, and the ratio
of the phalanges abnormal; the latter with the opposite of. these characters. The species of

Cypselince are all referred to the two genera Cypselus and Panyptila, the latter exclusively
American. The Oheturine are divided into four genera, Chetura, Cypseloides, Collocalia,

Bully et

698

1865.

1865.

1867.

1869.

1873.
1874,

1874.

1875.
1877.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

x

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Vol. ¥.

Sciater, P. L.—Continued.
and Dendrochelidon. Forty-eight species, two of them new, are reviewed, with synonymy,
diagnosis, habitat, and criticism, as follows :—

CYpPsELIN®’. I. Cypselus. A. Old World. a. Fork-tailed. 1. C. melba. 2. CO. equatori-
alis. 3. C. apus. 4. C. pacificus. 5. C.leuconyx. 6. 0. unicolor. 7. C. caffer. 8. 0. parvua.
9. CO. batassiensis. 10. C. infumatus, sp. n., p. 602, Borneo. b. Even-tailed. 11. C. subfur-
satus. 12. C. afinis. B. New World (Tachornis). 13. O. pheenicobius. 14. O. squamatus (pl.
33). 15. CG. andicola. 16. C. montivagus. Il. Panyptila. 1. P. cayanensis. 2. P. sancti-
hieronymi. 3. P. melanoleuca. CumruRINe. III. Chetura. A. Majores. a. Asiatic (Hi-
rundinapus). 1. C. caudacuta. 2. C. gigantea. . American (Hemiprocne). 3. OC. semicol-
laris. 4. C. biscutata, sp. n., p. 609, pl. 34 (e Natt. MS., Brazil). 5. C. zonaris. B. Minores.
a. American. 6. OC. pelasgia. 7. C.vauati. 8. C. poliura. 9. C. cinereiventris. 10. C. spini-
cauda. 11. C.rutila. b. African. 12. C. sabini. 13. C. cassini. c. Asiatic. 14. C. sylvatica.
15. C.coracina. IV. Cypseloides. 1. O. senew. 2. C. fumigatus. 3. C. niger. 4. O. borealis.
V. Collocalia: merely a list of 6 spp., after Wallace. VI. Dendrochelidon. 1. D. mystacea.
2. D. wallacii. 3. D. klecho. 4. D. coronata. 5. D.comata.

SciaTeER, P. L. [Letter relating to various Cypselide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865,
pp. 234, 235.

SciaTER, P. L. Bemerkungen tiber die Genera und Species der Cypseliden.
Aus den ,, Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, June 27, 1865 ‘‘
iibersetzt. <J.f. O., xv, 1867, pp. 112-141.

Fow er, A. The Chimney Swallow [Chetura pelagica]. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869,
pp. 8-13.

Account of its habits.

Sears, J. H. Chimney Swallow [Chetura pelagica]; Change in Place of Nest-
ing. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 751, 752.

Merriam, C. H. The Chimney Swift [Chetura pelagica]; Change in Place of
Nesting. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 367, 368.

Satvin, O. [On the breeding of Panyptila sancti-hieronymi at San Geronimo,
Guatemala; ete.] < Ibis, 3d ser.,iv, Apr., 1874, p. 188.

Not seen.

Anon. [On the possible hybernation of Chetura pelagica in hollow trees. ]
<N. Y. Independent, Oct. 7, 1875.

Gray, A. F. Chimney Swallow. Chimney Swift. Chetura pelagica.—Baird.
< Forest and Stream, ix, Nov. 8, 1877, p. 215.

[Fircn, E.H.]. The Swifts [Cypselide]. Journ. of Sci. (Toledo, Ohio), n. s., i,
No. 1, Apr., 1878, cut.

Characters of two subfamilies, Cypseline and Cheturine ; figure of Panyptila saxatilis.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of a New Species of Cypselide, of the Genus
Chaetura [dominicana]. < Ann. New York Acad. Sci., i, No.8, 1878, pp. 255,
256. (Read Nov. 11, 1877.)

Anon. Nest of the Chimney Swift (Chetura pelasgia). < The Odlogist, v,
No. 2, Aug., 1879, pp. 9, 10, cut.

Very good original observations, illustrated with a figure of the nest and eggs.

MERRIAM,[C.H.] How the Chimney Swallows [Chetura pelagica] did Congre-
gate. < The Odlogist, v, No. 1, July, 1879, pp. 6,7.

Quoted from his ‘‘ Review of the Birds of Connecticut” in Trans. Conn. Acad., iv, 1877, p. 59.

No. 4.1 COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CAPRIMULGIDA. 699

Caprimulgidez.

1817. HumsBotpr, A. v. Sur le Steatornis [caripensis], nouveau genre d’Oiseau noc-
turne. < Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom, 1817, pp. 51, 52.
Pas vu moi-méme—le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.
1818. HumBoupt, A. v. [Ueber einen Nachtvogel Guacharo genannt (d. h., Stea-
tornis caripensis).] < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. ii, 1818, p. 411.
Aus d. Verh. Acad. Wiss. Paris, 1817.
1831. Sw[arnson, W.] The pectinated Claw of the Goatsucker. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 275, 176.
Smiles at the simplicity of J. Rennie in supposing the comb useful in removing insect
parasites.
1831. ANON. The Night Hawk [Chordeiles virginianus]. < D.J. Browne’s The Nat-
uralist, i, No. x, Oct., 1831, pp. 301-309.
' Chiefly compiled fom Wilson. The article continues with a simnien notice of the Whip-
poorwill, Antrostomus vociferus.

1831. ANON. The Whip-poor-will [Antrostomus vociferus] and Night Hawk [Chor-
deiles virginianus]. < D.J. Browne’s The Naturalist, i, No. xi, Nov., 1831, pp.
334, 335.

Determining that these are really two distinct species.

1832. WATERTON, C. Answer to the Question at p. 603 [tom. cit.] on the Nightjar’s
[Caprimulgus europzus] transporting its Eggs, as suggested by Audubon’s
declaration of the Carolina Goatsucker’s [ Antrostomus carolinensis] so doing.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 726, 727.

1834. L’Herminier, [F.] Mémoire sur le Guacharo (Steatornis caripensis (Hum-
boldt)). < Nouv. Ann. du Mus. @ Hist. Nat., iii, 1834, pp. 321-331, pl. 15.

Planche coloriée, in-fol., grosseur nat.—Rapport: L’Inst., ii, 1834, No. 74, p. 330.

1834. MATHEWS, A. Information on the Habits of a Species of Caprimulgus (or of
some closely allied Genus) which inhabits the Neighbourhood of Lima. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 633, 634. With Note by the Editor, pp. 634-
637.

1835. Don, D. The Species of Caprimtilgus which inhabits the Neighbourhood of Lima,
noticed by Mr. Matthews in [op. cit.] VII. 633., and technically described in
635., is, doubtless, the C. americanus of Wilson’s “‘American Ornithology,”
vol. V. t. 40. fig. 1. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 470.

Which it doubtless is not.

1836. L’HERMINIER, [F.] Note additionelle au mémoire sur le Guacharo de la caverne
de Caripe (Steatornis Caripensis. Humb.) < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., ii,
1836, pp. 67-71.

1836. L’HeERMINIER, F. Note sur le Guacharo de la caverne de Caripe (Steatornis
caripensis Humb.). < Ann. Sci. Nat., 2° sér., Zool., vi, pp. 60-64.

Not seen—this vol. missing from the set of the Ann. handled. Paper said to be also in
Fror. Nat., Ba. 1, No. 1082, 1836, pp. 49-51.

1836. RouLin, —. Existence du guacharo [Steatornis caripensis] dans la province
de Bogota. <Oompt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., ii, 1836, pp. 94-96.

Extraite d’une lettre. (ZL’Inst., iv, No. 168, 1836, pp. 241, 242; Ann. Sct. Nat., 2° sér., vi, 1836,
pp. 115-117.)

1838. GouLp, J. Icones Avium, | or | Figures and Descriptions | of | new and inter-
esting Species of Birds | from various parts of the World. | By | John Gould,
F.L.8., &c. | Forming | a supplement | to his previous works. | — | Part II.
|—| NonopeanT of the Caprimulgide, | Part I. | [Contents.] | London: |
printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Pub-

700 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1838. GouLp, J.—Continued.
lished by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | August, 1838. folio,
8 plates, unnumbered, each with a sheet of letterpress, unpaged.
Part I contained 10 plates of miscellaneous birds. The present Part begins a monograph
which was abandoned. Only these two parts of ‘“‘Icones Avium” appeared.
This beginning of a monograph of the Caprimulgide contains: 1. Amblypterus anomalus.
2. Nyctidromus derbianus. 3. Semeiophorus (Macrodipteryx ?) vexillarius. 4. Lyncornis cerv-
iniceps. 5. Lyncornis macrotis. 6. Lyncornistemminckii. 7. Batrachostomus (Gould, g. n.?)
auritus. 8. Nyctibius pectoralis.
1838. SAINT-VINCENT, Bory DE. Sur Vexistence du Guacharo (Steatornis [cari-
pensis]), a Vile dela Trinité. < Compt. Rend. del Acad. Sci., vii, 1838, pp. 474-478.
D’aprés une lettre de M. Hautessier. Avec des renseignements sur les meeurs' de l’oiseau.
1839. HAUTESsIER, St. Cyr. Notice historique sur existence du Guacharo [Steator-
nis caripensis] qui a été découvert dans les cavernes des: Bouches a la Trini-
dad. < Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xi, 1839, pp. 98-—.
Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré de Giebel.
1839. HauTessier, [St. Cyr.] [Ueber Steatornis caripensis, mit Nest und Eyern,
aus Trinidad.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, pp. 382, 383.
L’ Institut, Nr. 249, 1838, p. 326.
1842. LAFRESNAYE, [F. DE.] Ueber die Caprimulgiden. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxv,
1842, p. 219.
Mag. de Zool., Bd. iii, 1837.
1842. MuELLER, J. Anatomische Bemerkungen iiber den Quacharo, Steatornis cari-
pensis vy. Humb. < Miiller’s Arch. Anat. Phys.,ix, 1842, pp. 1-11, pl. 1.
Gelesen in d. k. Akad. Wiss. zu Berlin am 13. Mail841. Berlin. Monatsb., 1841, pp. 172-
179; L’Inst., ix, No. 408, 1841, p. 357.
1843. Des Murs, O. Considérations oologiques sur le genre (oiseaux nommeé Gua-
charo. (Steatornis de Humbold [sic]). < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, pp. 33-37.

1844. FuncK, N. Notice sur leSteatornis caripensis. < Bull. Acad. Bruxelles, xi, 1344,
pp. 371-377.
DL’ Institut, xiii, 1845, No. 598, pp. 216, 217.
Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann. La notice se trouve
aussi inserée dans |’ Isis d’Oken, 1848, q. v.

1846. GouLp, J. [On a new species of Nyctibius (bracteatus).] <P. Z.8., xiv, 1846,

p.1.
1846. GouLp, J. [Nyctibius bracteatus.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1846, p. 476.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 13, 1846, p. 1.
1846. L’Herminter, [F.] Ueber Steatornis caripensis in der Provinz Cumana.
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxix, 1846, p. 552.
Nouv. Ann: Mus. d’ Hist. Nat., Tom. iii, 1834, pp. 321-331, pl. 15. ;
1846. RercHENBACH, [L.]. Neuer Caprimulgusin Ungarn. < Allgemein. Naturh. Zei-
tung, 1846, pp. 269-—. :
Not seen. Said to contain a list of the known species of Caprimulgidw. Chordeiles wie-
derspergti, Sp. 1., p. —.
1848, Cazot, S., JR. [On a species of Chordeiles from Surinam (C. labeculatus ?) ]
< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1848, pp. 55, 56.

1848. Funck, N. Ueber den Guacharo (Steatornis caripensis). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xli,
1848, pp. 1018, 1019. :
Auszug aus d. Bull. Acad. Roy. Brucelles, xi, 1844, pp. 371-377.
1849. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new species of birds of the Family Caprimulgide,
specimens of which are in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1849, pp. 286-239.
Hydropsalis limbatus, p. 236; H. segmentatus, Antrostomus serico-caudatis (sic), p. 238.
1849, L’/HerMinieEr, [F.] Notes sur la classification méthodique du Guacharo (Stea-
tornis[caripensis]), ... < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xii, (2° sér., 1), 1849, pp. 321-
328.

No. a COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPILY—-CAPRIMULGIDA. 701

1850. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Family Caprimulgide.
<_ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser, v, 1850, pp. 310-313.
From Proc. Phila. Acad., iv, 1849, pp. 236-239.
1851. Cassin, J. Catalogue | of the | Caprimulgide | in the collection of | the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences | of Philadelphia. Published with Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., v, Nov. 1, 1851, not paged. Alsoseparate, 8vo, one signature (foll. 8).
Synonymatic.

1851. Cassin, J. Notes of an examination of the Birds composing the family Capri-
mulgid, in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1851, pp. 175-190.

Stenopsis, p. 179; Lurocalis, p. 189, gg.nn. The ‘notes’ are a critical running commentary
on all the New World forms, with mention of all the species which had come under the writ-
er’s observation. An early, if not the first notice of the special subject at all to be called
eritical.

1852. Cassin, J. Monograph of the Birds composing the genera Hydropsalis, Wagler,
and Antrostomus, Nuttall. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, pt. ii, Jan. 1852,
art. xiv, pp. 113-124, pll. xiii, xiv.

Hydropsalis,6+1 spp. Pl. xiv gives sections of tail-feathers of H. limbatus, H. lyra, H.
segmentatus, H. psalurus. Antrostomus,6+2spp. Pl. xiii, A. serico-caudatus.

1854. Brewer, T. M. [Remark on exhibition of an egg of the Chuck-will’s-widow
(Antrostomus carolinensis).] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1854, p. 56.

1858. Boe, K. Drei Ziegenmelker [Caprimulgidse] Nordamerikas. < Naumannia,
Vili, 1858, pp. 150-163.

Aus dem Englischen des Audubon—Caprimulgus [Antrostomus] carolinensis, C. [ A.] vocif-
erus, C. (Chordeiles] virginianus.

1860. HADFIELD, H. Note on the Piramidigs of Jamaica (Chordeiles). < Zoologist,
xviii, 1860, p. 6976.

1860. PHiiipri, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Beschreibung zweier neuen Chilenischen
Vogel aus den Geschlechtern Procellaria und Caprimulgus. < Arch. f. Naturg.,
1860, (1), pp. 279-284.

Caprimulgus andinus, p. 270; Thalassidroma segetht, p. 282.

1861. GouLp, J. Description of a New Species of the Family Caprimulgide [Chor-
deiles? pusillus]. < P. Z.S., xxix, 1861, p. 182.

1861. GouLD, J. Description of a New Species of the Family Caprimulgide. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d. sexv., viii, 1861, p. 262.

From P.Z. S., April 23, 1861, p. 182.

1861. Puiiipri, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Descripcion de una nueva especie de pajaros
del jénero Chotacabra o Caprimulgus [andinus, p. 31]. < Anales Univ. Chile,
xviii, Enero 1861, pp. 29-33.

1865. PELZELN, A.v. Ueber zwei neue Caprimulgiden aus Brasilien. < Verhandl. d.
k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. zu Wien, xv, 1865, Abhandl., pp. 985-988.

Hydropsalis ypaneme (Natt.) und H. pallescens (Natt.).

1866. PELZELN,A.v. Zwei neue Caprimulgiden aus Brasilien. <J.f. O., xiv, 1866, pp.
46-49.

Aus Verh. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xv, 1865, Abhandl., pp. 985-988. _ Hydropsalis ypanemee,
H. pallescens.

1866. ScLaTER, P.L. Notes on the American Caprimulgide. < P. Z.S8.,xxxiv, 1866,
pp. 123-145, pll. xiii, xiv, woodec.

This is the most important paper on the special subject, being a monographic sketch of the
group, with reference to classification as based upon anatomical structure, to geographical
distribution, and to the determination of the genera and species. After referring to the
leading authorities upon the subject, the writer remarks upon the whole family and its geo-
graphical distribution, and proposes to divide it into two sections, readily distinguished by
the structure of the feet. In one of the these, Caprimulgine proper, the outer digit has only
four phalanges, and the claw of the third or middle digit is pectinated; while in the other

the same claw is not peculiar, and the fourth digit has the usual number of phalanges, five.
The sternum also offers important characters, as was shown by Blanchard. (Ann. du Mus.

702 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1866. ScLaTeER, P. L.—Continued.
xi, 1859, pp. 104-108.) The anatomical characters in mention are figured in the woodcuts, pp.
124-126. Podargus and allied forms, such as Nyctibius, may require to be separated as a dis-
tinct family. The Caprimulgide are divided upon the foregoing considerations into 3 sub-
families: 1, Podargine (Podargus, Batrachostomus, gotheles, Nyctibius); 2, Steatornithine
(single genus); 3, Caprimulgine, (a) Glabrirostres (Podager, Lwrocalis, Chordiles, Lyncornis,
Eurystopodus), and (b) Setirostres (Caprimulgus, Scotornis, Macrodipteryx, Antrostomus,
Stenopsis, Hydropsalis, Heleothreptus, Nyctidromus, Siphonorhis). The American forms are
treated in a synonymatic and diagnostic list of 42 spp., with critical and biographical remarks,
and a table of geographical distribution.—Stenopsis rusicerviz, sp. n., p. 140, pl. xiv; Antros-
tomus parvulus Gould, pl. xiii.
The paper is translated in J. f. O., 1867, pp. 252-278.

1866. ScLaTER, P.L. Additional Notes on the Caprimulgide. <P. Z.S., XXxiv, 1866,
pp. 581-590, pl. xlv, xlvi.
In continuation of P. Z. S., 1866, pp. 123-145, q. v. Anatomy of Podargus.—Antrostomus
ornatus, p. 586, pl. 45; S. langsdorji Pelz., S. platwra Pelz., p. 589, spp. nn. Pl. 46 represents
Antrostomus macubicaudus. Stenopsis leucwra (V.) renamed S. candicans Pelz., p. 588.

1867. ScLaTEeR, P.L. Bemerkungen iiber die amerikanischen Caprimulgiden. (Ueber-
setzt aus den P. Z.S., 27 Feb. 1866.) <J.f. 0., xv, 1867, pp. 252-278,

Vergleich d. Originalausgabe, 1. c., 1866.

1868. Moorz, N.B. Note on Chordeiles virginianus. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. , xii,
1868, p. 127.
Occurrence of a pebble “‘of considerable size” in its stomach.
1868. SaLvaport, T. Due nuove specie di uccelli della famiglia dei Caprimulgidi,
< Atti della Soc. Ital. di Sci. Naturali, xl, fase. iii, Sept. 16, 1868, pp. 447 -—.
Stenopsis macrorhyncha, Scotornis nigricans, both from South America. I cannot give the
pages, as I have only seen repaged oversheets. 8vo. pp. 4.

1868. ScLaTeR, P.L. [Exhibition of the egg of the Guacharo (Steatornis caripensis). ]
< P. Z.8., Xxxvi, 1868, pp. 73, 74.

1869. GOERING, A. Escursion a algunas cuevas hasta ahora no esploradas, (al sureste
de Caripe.) < Vargasia, nim. 5, 1869, pp. 124-128, con una ldmina.
Una visita 4 la célebre Cueva del Gudchero (Steatornis caripensis). Cf. Ibis, 1870.
1869. HEPBURN, J. [Identifies the ‘booming swallow” (ef. Ibis, 1867, 126) with Chor-
deiles virginianus.] < Ibis, v, 2d ser., 1869, pp. 126, 127.

1869. K6nIG-WaRTHAUSEN, R. Bemerkungen iiber die Fortpflanzung einiger Capri-
mulgiden. <J.f. O., xvi, 1868, pp. 361-388, pl. ii, f.3. (Publicirt 1869. )

The concluding Heft of the Journ. for 1868 was not published till May, 1869. Cf. Zool. Rec.
for 1868, p. 29; for 1869, 56.

The plate represents eggs of Stenopsis bifasciatus. :

The paper is an interesting one, with much on the literature of the subject, and very full
treatment of 28 spp., ‘According to the colour of the Eggs the birds may be arranged in four
groups—those laying (1) glossy eggs with a white ground, blotched with brownish. or bluish-
gray, (2) very glossy eggs with a greenish-white ground, spotted and streaked with greenish-
brown and gray, (3) dull and delicate eggs with a pale reddish cream-coloured or lively-flesh-
coloured ground marked with yellowish-red and violet-grey, and (4) unspotted eggs more or
less white. The first of these is the prevailing type, especially in. the northern hemisphere
and the temperate districts of the Old World; the second is the northern type of the New —
World; the third the southern type, especially in the New World, and the fourth the Poly-
nesian type, which is special for the Podargine and Steatornithine. The accounts of the
different species are given in much detail and with great apparent accuracy.” (Zool. Rec.,
1869, p. 57.)

1870. PELZELN, A. v. [Rectification of Zool. Record, v, p. 74, in respect of certain
Neotropical Caprimulgide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 296.

1871. “Farrrax.” The Notes of the Whipporwill [Antrostomus vociferus]. < Am.
Nat., v, 1871, pp. 438, 439.

1873. BREWER,T.M. Color of the Eggs of Caprimulgine. < Am. Nat., vii, July, 1873,
pp. 434, 435.
With reference to a statement made by E. Coues, tom. cit., p. 325.

Wo.4] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CAPRIMULGIDA. 703

1873. GARROD, A.H. On some Points in the Anatomy of Steatornis. < P. 7. S., June
3, 1878, pp. 526-535, fige. 1-4.

Relating almost entirely to the pterylosis (figured) and the anatomy of the soft parts, espe-
cially the digestive organs, trachea, carotid arteries and certain muscles, the skull being also
described and figured so far as to make it comparable with those in Huxley’s paper on the
classification of birds (P. Z. S., 1867). The article is an important one. The pterylosis more
closely resembles that of the Strigide than that of the Caprimulgid@, and the genus should
be made the type of a distinct family.

1873. Muriz, J. Fragmentary Notes on the Guacharo or Oil-Bird (Steatornis cari-
pensis). < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 81-84.

A ‘scrupulously exact’ description of the outside of the bird.

1873. Scorr, D. [W.] The North American Goatsuckers [Caprimulgidwa]. < Am.
Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 669-675.

Biographical notes, with analytical synopsis of the species.

1878. [Fircu, K. H.] The Whippoorwill. (Antrostomers Vocifereus [sic].) < The
Journ. of Sci. (Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser.,i, No. 4, July, 1878, suppl. sheet, cut.

Popular biography of the bird, with a figure.

1878. RocKWELL,C. A Tough Young Night Hawk [Chordeiles virginianus]. < Forest
and Stream, xi, Aug. 22, 1878, p. 46.

Chordeiles virginianus hatching from an egg which had been broken and “stirred up” by
the writer.

1879. [Fircu, E. H.] The Night Hawk [Chordeiles popetue]. < The Journ. of Sci.
(Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser.,i, No. 11, Feb. , 1879, cut.
Popular biography, with a figure.
1879. MaynarpD, C.J. Nest of the Chuck-will’s-widow [Antrostomus carolinensis].
< The Oélogist, v, No.1, July, 1879, p. 2.

704 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Ve

Todidz.

1833. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Sur le genre Todier, Todus. L. < Guér. Mag. de Zool.,
3° année, 1833, classe ii, notice xi, pl. xi.
Todus viridis Gm., pl. xi.
1842. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. [Ueber Todus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. XXXvV, 1842, p. 56.
Mag. de Zool., iii, 1833.
1847, LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques sur le Todier vert, Todus viri-
dis des auteurs. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 326-333.
4 spp.—TT. viridis, dominicensis, portoricensis, mexicanus.

1851. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques.—Sur une nouvelle espéce de
Todier (Todus [augustirostris]). < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 477-479,

1872. Muriz, J. On the skeleton of Todus, with Remarks as to its Allies. <UP Se
May 21, 1872, pp. 664-680, pl. lv, 20 fig.

Describes in great detail the skeleton of Todus viridis, and shows that the bird is a Coccy-
gomorph, its nearest living allies being the Momotide and Alcedinide, but having also Musci-
capine, Meropine, Galbuline, and Bucconine tendencies, as shown by its habits, food, and
other peculiarities.

“Tt may be presumed that Zodus comes of Halcyonine lineage, though its organization
places it in juxtaposition with the Motmots. It moreover offers structure so truly Passerine
as to mask its more direct allies; and such exterior points deceived the older naturalists or
were too strongly insisted upon.” A very elaborate and philosophical memoir.

1872. ScLaTER, P. L. Observations on the Systematic Position of the Genera Peltops,
Eurylemus, and Todus. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, Apr., 1872, pp. 177-180, fige. 1-4,

I. That Peltops should be referred to the family Muscicapide. I. That the Burylemidee
should be assigned to the order Passeres. IIT. That the Todide should be constituted a fam-
ily of Coceygomorphe, in the immediate neighbourhood of the Momotide.

1874, SHaRPE,R.B. On the Genus Todus. < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 344-355, pl. xiii.

Chronological summary of literature of the subject: synonymatic, descriptive, etc., synop-
sisof5spp. Todus pulcherrimus, p. 358, pl. xiii, £. 8, sp.n. PI. xiii, fige. 1,2, 7. subulatus.

ee

>No. 4.1 COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MOMOTIDZ. 7105

Momotidz.

1841. JARDINE, W. Hore Zoologice. No. III. On the History and Habits of the
Birds composing the Genus Prionites of Illiger. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1841, pp. 321-328, fige.

1841. Lesson, R. P. Description des Oiseaux du genre Momot Briss. < Actes Soc.
Linn. de Bordeaux, xii, 1841, pp. 187-—.
Pas yue moi-méme. Titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.
1843. CaBor, 8., JR. [Momotus yucatacensis, sp. n., from Yucatan.] < Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., i, 1843, p. 156.
This was subsequently identified with M. (Eumomota Scl. 1857) superciliaris Sandb.

1849. STRICKLAND, H. E. Momotus gularis, Lafresnaye. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849,
p. 33, pl. xvii.

1851. ScHoMBURGK, R. Prionites Momota, Ill. < Naumannia,i, Heft iv, 1851, pp. 21-
24.
Aus der Leben.

1853. ScLaTER, P. L. Notes sur deux novelles espéces du genre Momot (momotus).
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 489, 490.

Momotus semirufus, MW. subrufescens, p. 489.

1354. Gouxp, J. Description of a New Species of Momotus [castaneiceps]. <P. Z.
S., Xxii, 1854, p. 154.

1855. GouLD, J. Description of a New Species of Momotus. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
2d ser., Xvi, 1855, pp. 273, 274.
From P. Z. 8., July 25, 1854, p. 154.

1857. ScLATER, P. L. Review of the species of the Fissirostral Family Momotide.
< P.Z.8., xxv, 1857, pp. 248-260, pl. (Aves) exxviii.
4 genera, 17 spp., and 4 others doubtful. Huwmomota, p. 257, g.n. Momotus microstephanus,

MM. natterert, p. 251, spp.nn. A very complete account of the group. The pl. represents Pri-
onirhynchus carinatus.

1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Momotus. < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas., 4° livr., Juil., 1863, pp.
1-8.

The group here treated is made to consist of the Momotide and Todide of authors; there
are given 18 spp. of the single genus Momotus, and 2 of Todus.

1872. Muniz, J. Onthe Motmots [Momotid] and their Affinities. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii,
1872, pp. 383-412, pll. xiii-xv.

I. Skulland sternum of Momotus lessoni. II. Cranium, etc., of VM. brasiliensis. TI. Oste-
ology of M. rujicapillus. IV. Humomota superciliaris—skeleton generally. V. The alliances
of the Momotide osteologically considered. (These are with the Todide, the two families
constituting a section of Syndactyle birds proposed to be called Serratirostres.) VI. Com-
pendium of facts and opinions on the Motmots. VII. Conclusions derivative from data given.
Pils. xili-xv represent anatomical details and bills. .

‘Describes the skull and sternum of Momotus lessoni, and in detail the skeleton of Baryph-
thengus rujicapillus and Humomota superciliaris. A comparison is then made of the osteol-
ogy of the Momotide with that of the Todide, Coraciide, Meropide, Alcedinide, and other
families; and after a consideration of various facts as to habits, structure, and geographical
distribution, and of opinions as to their supposed affinities, arrives at the conclusion that the
four families just named best accord with the Momotide, and of them the Todide are most
akin. If itis necessary to group them more nearly, Mr. Blyth’s term ‘‘Serratirostres” (Mag.
Nat. Hist., new ser., ii, p. 422) may be used. Only four genera of Momotide (Momotus, Ba-
ryphthengus, Hylomanes and Ewmomotus) seem well established.” (Zool. Rec.)

1873. Satvin, O. On the Tail-Feathers of Momotus. < P. Z.S., 1873, pp. 429-433,
figg. 4.
Mode of formation of the ‘‘racket”; cf. Ibis, 1872, p. 383. The birds are stated to nibble
the feathers.

706 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY [ Vol. V.

1878. Garrop, A.H. On the Systematic Position of the Momotide. < P.Z.8..Jan.,
15, 1878, pp. 100-102, fige. A, B.

Cf. P. Z. S., 1874, p. 123: errors there made here corrected. Colic ceca absent; minute tuft

on oil-gland, or none. Such being the case, Momotide must be placed with the Piciformee

as defined by Garrod, instead of with Passeriformes. Momotide scarcely separable as a

family from Todide. A pterylographic peculiarity favors the reference of the family to Pici-
formes. Syrinx of Momatus lessoni figured, 2 views.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROGONIDA. T07

Trogonidz.

1832. La LLAVE, PABLO DE. Memoria sobre el Quetzaltototl, género nuevo de Aves
[Pharomachrus mocinno, g. sp. n.]. < Registro Trimestre (Mexico), i, nim. 1,
Enero de 1832, pp. 43-49.
1833. GouLD, J. [Description of the Female of Trogon pavoninus, [SIPES: pea Zs,
i, 1833, p. 107.
1834. GouLD, J. [Characters of three New Species of Trogon (T. erythrocephalus, T.
malabaricus, and T. elegans) in the Collection of the Society.] <P.Z.S., ii,
1834, pp. 25, 26.
1834. GouLD, J. [Description of Trogon pavoninus, 9.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos.
Mag., iv, 1834, pp. 59, 60.
From P. Z. S., Sept. 10, 1833, p. 107.
1835. GouLD, J. [Characters of several New Species of Trogon (Trogon resplendens,
T. ambiguus, T. citreolus).] <P. Z. S., iii, 1835, pp. 29, 30.
1835. GouLD, J. [On Trogonide.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Maq., vii, 1835, p. 226
From P. Z. §., Mar. 10, 1835, pp. 29-30.
1835. GouLD, [J.] Viele Végel. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp. 1024, 1025.
Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1834, p.25. Trogon erythrocephalus, T. malabaricus, T. elegans.
1836. GouLD, J. [Exhibition of Trogon resplendens and T.pavoninus.] < P.Z.S.,
iv, 1836, p. 12.
1837. BONAPARTE, C. L. [On the Habits of the Long-tailed Trogon (Trogon resplen-
dens, Gould). | < P.Z.8S., v, 1837, p. 101.
1837. GouLD,[J.] Ueber Trogon. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 121, 122.
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1835, p. 29. Trogon resplendens, T. ambiguus, T. citreolus.
1837. ORBIGNY, A. D’. Couroucou. Trogon. Linnee. Antisien. Antisianus. D’Orb.
< Guér. Mag. de Zool., 7° année, 1837, classe ii, notice Ixxxv, pl. Ixxxv.
1838. BiyTa, E. [Observations on the SULCTEL® of the Feet of the Trogonide. ]
< P.Z.8., vi, 1838, p. 20.
1838. BoNAaPARTE, C.L. Dell’ Uccello messicano Suonalt e dei Trogonidi cui apparti-
ente. < Nuovi Ann. Sci. Nat. Bologna, ii, 1838, pp. 5-12.
Trogon paradiseus, ‘‘nob.”, p. 6.—Caratteri della famiglia e della sottofamiglia, p. 8.—Carat-
teri di ciascuno dei cinque generi Trogon, Harpactes, Apaloderma, Temnurus, Calurus, p. 10.
1838? BONAPARTE, C.L. Dell’ Uccello Messicano | Quezalt | e dei Trogonidi | cui Ap-
partiene | di Carlo Luc. Bonaparte | principe di Musignano | Memoria estratta
| dal 7.° fase. dei nuovi annali delle Scienze Naturali |n.d. n.p. 8vo. pp. 10.

1838. BONAPARTE, C. L. Observations on the Long-tailed Trogon [T. paradiseus].
<.Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ti, 1838, pp. 229-231.
1838. GouLD, J. [Trogon resplendens et pavonicus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838,
p. 172.
Ausztige aus Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, 1886, p. 12.
1838. GouLp, J. A monograph of the Trogonids, or family of Trogons. London.
1838. 1 vol. imp. folio. pli. 38.
This is the date of completion of the orig. ed. of the monograph, a copy of which I have
yet to see. Nor can I now give dates of the 3 parts in which it appeared. There is a 2d ed.,
a very different publication, 1868-75, q. v.
1839. BONAPARTE, C.L. Ueber den mexicanischen Vogel Quezalt aus der Gruppe der
Trogoniden. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, pp. 611-614.
Uebersetz. aus Nuovi Annali delle Seienze naturali, Bologna ii, 1838, pp. 5-12.

1841. CLarKe,C. [Exhibition of Trogon temnura.] < P.Z.8S., ix, 1841, p.53.

708

1842.

1843.

1849.

1856.

1860.

1861.

1861.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

GOULD, J. On two new Species of Trogon and a new specics of Torean from
the Cordillerian Andes.. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, pp. 236-239.
Trogon personata, p. 237; T. auriceps, p. 238; Pteroglossus castaneorhynchus, p. 238.
LaTTre, A. DE. Note sur les murs du Couroucou Pavonin, et détails sur les
contrées qwil habite. < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, pp. 163-165.
L’Eicho du Monde Savant.

- GouLp, J. [Description of a new Trogon (T. puella).] < P.Z. S., Xili, 1845,

p. 18.

. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Mélanges ornithologiques sur le Trogon Xalapensis

(Couroucou de Xalapa), Brd. Dubus; Esquisses ornithologiques, 1° livrais.,
Pl. II, et sur les Couroucous en général. < Revué Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 180-
182.

DEVILLE, E., et DES Murs, O. Note sur une nouvelle espéce de Couroucou
(Trogon ramoniana), et sur le Trogon meridionalis. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i,
1849, pp. 331-333.

FRASER, L. [Exhibition of a number of Birds, from the collection of T. C.
Eyton, Esq.] <P. Z.S., xxiv, 1856, pp. 368, 369.

Trogon eytoni, Juida eytoni, spp. nn.

- GouLp, J. Description of a New Trogon and a New Odontophorus. < P.Z.S.,

xxiv, 1856, pp. 107, 108.
Trogon aurantiiventris, p.107; Odontophorus veraguensis, p. 107.

. Bocpanow, A. Note sur le pigment rouge des plumes du Calurus auriceps,

Gould. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ix, 1857, pp. 511-514.

. GouLD, J. Description of a new Trogon [aurantiiventris] and a new Odonto-

phorus [veragnensis]. < 4nn. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, pp. 110, 111.
From P. Z. S., May 13, 1856, pp. 107, 108.

SaLvIn, O. [Exhibition of the eggs of the Quesal (Pharomachrus paradiseus). ]
< P.Z.8., ¥xvili, 1860, p. 374.

La LLAVE, PABLO DE. Mémoires @ histoire naturelle du docteur D. Pablo de la
Llave, extraits du Registro trimestre publié & Mexico en 1832. < Rev. et Mag.
de Zool., xiii, 1861, pp. 23-33.

Contient une traduction Francaise, par A. Sallé, d’un mémoire sur le Quetzaltototl (Pharo-
machrus mocinno) par Seiior de la Llave, accompagnée des notes du traducteur. Voir 1832.
SALVIN, O. Quesal-shooting in Vera Paz. < Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 138-149.

Narrative of an expedition to procure Pharomachrus paradiseus.

186€-75. GOULD, J. A | Monograph | of | the Trogonide, | or | Family of Trogons. |

1671.

By | John Gould, F. R.S. &e. | — | London: | printed by Taylor and Francis,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the Author, 26 Charlotte Street,
Bedford Square. | [1868-] 1875. 1 vol. folio. pp. i-xx (title, dedication,
preface, introduction, synopsis); list of plates 1 leaf; pll. colored, 1-4, 4a,
5-46, each with a sheet or more of letterpress. Pub. in — Parts.

Orig. ed. pub. to 1838. This second edition is really a different publication; all the
plates being redrawn, and many more species being figured. Some of the plates are repro-
duced from the author’s Birds of Asia. They are as follows:

1. Pharomacrus mocinno. 2. P. antisianus. 3. P. fulgidus. 4, 4a. P. awriceps. 5. P. pa-
voninus. 6. Huptilotisneoxenus. 7. Trogonmexicanus. 8. T. ambiguus. 9. T. elegans. 10. Ff.
personatus. 11. T. puella. 12° T. aurantiiventris. 13. T. collaris. 14. T. atricollis. 15. T.
tenellus. 16. T. caligatus. 17. T. meridionalis. 18. T.ramonianus. 19. Z. variegatus. 20. T.
behni. 21. T. viridis. 22.7. chionurus. 23. T. bairdii. 24. T. awrantius. 25. T. surucura.
26. TL. citreolus. 27. T. melanocephalus. 28. T. clathratus. 29. T. melanurus. 30. F. macru-
vus. 31. T. massena. 32. Tmetotrogon roseigaster. 33. Prionotelus temnurus. 34. Hapalo-
derma narina. 35. H. constantia. 36. H. diardi. 37. H. hasumba. 38. H. fasciatus. 39.
Hardens. 40. H. davauceli. 41. H.rutilus. 42. H. hodgsoni. 43. H. erythrocephalus. 44.
H. reinwardti. 45. H. mackloti. 46. H. oreskios. Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 118.

La Liave, Paso pe. El] Pharomachrus mocinno su descripcion y fundamentos

de este género de aves. < La Naturaleza, ii, 1871, pp. 17, 18.
Apéndice al articulo anterior, ibid., pp. 14-16. _

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TROGONIDZ. 709

1871. SAUSSURE,-H. DE. Los Cuructis [Trogonide]. < La Naturaleza, ii, 1871, pp.

14-16.
Sobre las costumbres.

1872. BREWER, T. M. [Remarks on exhibition of Pharomachrus mocinno.] < Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1872, p. 152.

1874. TuRATI, Count, and SaLvaDorRI, T. Description of a New Trogon of the Genus
Pharomacrus [xanthogaster]. < P.Z. S., Nov. 17, 1874, p. 652.

1877. Boucarp, A. Notes on Pharomacrus costaricensis. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt.

xi, Nov., 1877, pp. 21-28.
Very full on the habits of the bird.

710

1846.

1852.

1863.

1868.

1868.

1868.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. Ve

Alcedinidze.

. THOMPSON, W. Occurrence of the Belted Kingfisher, Aleedo Aleyon, Lénn., in

Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1845, p. 430.

. NEwmMan, E. Occurrence of the Great Belted Kingfisher [Ceryle alcyon] in Ire-

land. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1212.

THompson, W. Additional note on the Belted Kingfisher, Alcedo Alcyon, Linn.,
obtained in Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1846, pp. 69, 70.

Cassin, J. Catalogue | of the | Halcyonide | in the collection of | the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences | of Philadelphia. < Published with the Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. vi; dated Nov.1,1852; not paged. Also separately, 8vo,
foll. 10.

Synonymatic.

SCHLEGEL, H. Alcedines. < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 3° livr., Mai, 1863, pp.
1-52.

The Kingfishers are all ranged in two genera, Alcedo and Dacelo, corresponding nearly with
the subfamilies of other authors; there being treated of the former 32 spp., and 46 of the latter,
represented by a total of 544 specimens in the Leyden Museum. A. picturata, p. 16; Dacelo
grayt, p. 37, spp. nn.

See same author at 1874.

Enpicott, W. E. The Belted Kingfisher [Ceryle aleyon]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868,
p. 218.

Note on the mode of nesting.

FOWLER, A. The Belted Kingfisher [Ceryle aleyon]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, pp.
403-405.

On the breeding-habits, nest and eggs.

Marcu, P. G. Kingfisher’s [Ceryle aleyon] Nest again [with reference to pre-
ceding accounts in the same Journal]. <( Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p. 490.

Description of two nests.

1868-71. SHARPE, R. B. A Monograph | of | the Alcedinidee: | or, | Family of King-

fishers. | By | R. B. Sharpe, F. L. S. &c., | Librarian to the Zoological Society
of London, Member of the German Ornithologists’ Society, &c., &c. | — |
Perque dies placidos hiberno tempore septem | Incubat aleyone pendentibus
zequore nidis. | Ovid, Met. xi. 745. | — | London: | published by the author.
| —| 1868-71. 1 vol. 4to. not paged, plates not numbered. Title, 1 1.;
dedication, 1 1.; contents, list of plates and introduction, pp. i-lxxii, with 1
plate of generic details and 1 map. Text, unpaged, 304 pp. Plates, unnum-
bered, 120. Index, pp. i-xii. List of subscribers, 1 page. Published in 15

parts, 1868-1871, as follows :— .

Part I, July 1, 1868; II, Oct. 1, 1868; II, Jan. 1, 1869; IV, Apr. 1, 1869; V, July 1, 1869;
VI, Oct. 6, 1869; VII, Jan. 1, 1870; VIII, Apr. 1, 1870; IX, July 1, 1870; K, XI, Oct. 1, 1870;
XII, Nov. 1, 1870; XIII, Dec. 1, 1870; XIV, XV, Jan. 1, 1871; the last containing the per-
manent title, introduction, and other furnishings.

According to the table of contents the pages and plates are citable as follows:

Aleedo ispida, p.1, pl.1; bengalensis, p. 11, pl.2; grandis, p. 19, pl. 3; malaccensis, p. 21, pl. 4;
asiatica, p. 23, pl.5; quadribrachys, p. 25, pl. 6; semitorquata, p. 27, pl. 7; ewryzona, p. 29, pl. 8;
beryllina, p. 31, pl.9. Corythornis vintzioides, p. 33, pl. 10; cristata, p. 35, pl. 11; ceeruleocephala,
p. 39, pl. 12. Alcyone azurea, p. 41, pl. 18; pulchra, p. 45, pl. 14; diemensis, p. 47 (no pl.) ; les-
soni, p. 49, pl. 15; afinis, p. 51, pl. 15; pusilla, p. 53, pl. 16; cyanopectus, p. 55,pl.17. Ceryle
guttata, p. 57, pl. 18; lugubris, p. 59 (no pl.); rudis, p. 61, pl. 19; maxima, p. 67, pl. 20; sharpii,
p. 71, pl. 21; torquata, p. 73, pl. 22; stellata, p. 77 (no pl.) ; alcyon, p. 79, pl. 23; amazonia, p. 83,
pl. 24; cabanisi, p. 87, pl. 25; americana, p. 89, pl. 26; inda, p. 91, pl. 27; superciliosa, p. 93, pl.
28. Pelargopsis melanorhyncha, p. 95, pl. 29; amauroptera, p. 97, pl. 30; lewcocupilla, p. 99, pl.
31; gouldi, p. 101, pl. 32; fraseri, p. 103, pl. 33; gurial, p. 105, pl, 34; malaccensis, p. 107 (no pl.) ;
burmanica, p. 109, pl. 35; floresiana, p. 111, pl. 36. Oeya philippensis, p. 113, pl. 37; solitaria,

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCEDINIDA. T11

1868-71. SHARPE, R. B.—Continued.

p. 115, pl. 38; melanura, p. 117, pl. 39; tridactyla, p. 119, pl. 40; rujidorsa, p. 121, pl. 41; sharpit,
p. 123, pl. 42; dillwynni, p. 125, pl. 43; cajeli, p. 127, pl. 44; wallacei, p. 129, pl. 45; lepida, p.
131, pl. 46; wropygialis, p. 133, pl. 47. Oeycopsis fallax, p. 135, pl. 48. Ispidina madagascart-
ensis, p. 137, pl. 49; leucogastra, p. 139, pl. 50; picta, p. 141, pl. 51; natalensis, p. 145, pl. 52;
ruficeps, p. 147, pl. 53; lecontet, p. 149, pl. 54. Syma torotoro, p. 151, pl. 55; flavirostris, p. 153,
pl. 56. Haleyon coromanda, p. 155, pl. 57; badia, p. 159, pl. 58; smyrnensis, p. 161, pl. 59; gu-
laris, p. 165, pl. 60; cyanoventris, p. 167, pl. 61; pileata, p. 169, pl. 62; erythrogastra, p. 171, pl.
63; semicaeruled, p. 173, pl. 64; albiventris, p. 177, pl. 65; orientalis, p. 181, pl. 66; chelicutensis,
p. 183, pl. 67; senegaloides, p. 157, pl. 68; cyanoleuca, p. 189, pl. 69; senegalensis, p. 191, pl. 70;
dryas, p. 193, pl. 71; malimbiea, p. 195, pl. 72; albieilla, p. 197, pl. 73; leweopygia, p. 199, pl. 74;
nigrocyaned, p. 201, pl. 75; lazuli, p. 203, pl. 76; diops, p. 205, pl.77; macleayt, p. 207, pl. 78; pyr-
rhopygia, p. 211, pl. 79; cinnamomina, p. 213, pl. 80; australasic, p. 215, pl. 81; lindsayi, p. 217,
pl. 82; concreta, p. 219, pl. 83; hombroni, p. 221, pl. 84; sacra, p. 223, pl. 85; juliae, p. 227, pl. 86;
chloris, p. 229, pl. 87; sordida, p. 233, pl. 88; forsterit, p. 235, pl. 89; vagans, p. 237, pl. 90; sancta,
p. 239, pl. 91; funebris, p. 243, pl.92. Todirhamphus veneratus, p. 245, pl. 93; recurvirostris, p.
247, pl. 94; tutus, p. 249, pl. 95. Carcineutes pulchellus, p. 251, pl. 96; melanops, p. 253, pl. 97.
Monachaicyon monachus, p. 255, pl. 98. Caridonax fulgidus, p. 257, pl. 99. Tanysiptera sylvia,
p. 259, pl. 100; doris, p. 263, pl. 101; emilie, p. 265, pl. 102; sabrina, p. 267, pl. 103; nympha, p.
269, pl. 104; ellioti, p. 271, pl. 105; hydrocharis, p. 273, pl. 106; acis, p. 275, pl. 107; margarethe,
p. 277, pl. 108; nais, p. 279, pl. 109; galeata, p. 281, pl. 110; riedeli, p. 283, pl. 111. Ducelo gigas,
p. 285, pl. 112; leacht, p. 289, pl. 113; eervina, p. 291, pl. 114; occidentalis, p. 293, pl. 115; gaudt-
chaudi, p. 295, pl. 116; tyro, p. 297, pl. 117. Cittura sanghirensis, p. 299, pl. 118 ; eyanotis, p. 301,
pl. 119. Melidora macrorhina, p. 303, pl. 120. ‘

Tn addition to these plates of species, there is one of generic details, 27 figures, and a map
of family relationships.

The introduction includes elaborate essays on the classification of the family, with diag-
noses of all the genera and species recognized, and on the geographical distribution, as well
as an important résumé of the literature of the subject. The family is divided into two sub-
families, Alcedinine, with 5 genera and 41 spp., and Dacelonine, with 14 genera and 84 spp.

The monograph is a model one; it at once became and remains the leading authority on the
subject, and forms the corner-stone of the author’s high reputation.

C£ Ibis, 1868, pp. 472, 473; 1869, pp. 215, 216; 1870, pp. 121, 122, 506, 507; J.f. O., 1870, pp. 377-
380; Am. Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 149, 150.

1869. Davis, H. The Kingfisher in Winter [Ceryle aicyon, in Minnesota]. < Am.
Nat., iii, 1859, p. 389.
1869. RipGway, R. The Belted Kingfisher [Ceryle aleyon] again. < Am. Nat., iii,
1869, pp. 53, 54.
Observations on the nidification of Ceryle aleyon, with reference to conflicting statements
in this journal.
1869. WitiiaMs, C. E. Nest of the Belted Kingfisher [Ceryle aleyon]. < Am. Nat.,
li, 1869, pp. 614, 615.
Note on two nests, with reference to discussion between W. Wood and W. E. Endicott.
1870. HuGues, D. D. The Kingfisher’s [Ceryle aleyon] Nest. < Am. Nat., iii, 1870,
‘ p. 616.
Notes on several nests of Ceryle aleyon.
1870. Finscu,O. R. B. Sharpe’s Monographie der Alcedinide. <J. f. O., xviii, 1870,
pp. 377-380.
1873. ABBotT,C.C. Feeding Habits of the Belted Kingfisher [Ceryle aleyon]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vill, 1873, pp. 3527, 3528.
From ‘ Nature,’ Mar. 13.
1873. ANON. Kingfishers and Fish. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 187.
Method in which Ceryle aleyon handles and swallows its prey discussed.
1873. BREED, KE. E. The Kingfisher [Ceryle aleyon]. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 634.
On the way in which its food is prepared for deglutition.
1874. SCHLEGEL, H. Revue de la Collection des Alcedines faisant partie du Musée
des Pays-Bas. < Mus. Nat. Hist. Pays-Bas, 11¢ livy., Juin, 1874, pp. 1-48.
See the original article, to which this is supplementary, 1863. \
1878. BICKNELL, E. P. [Migrations of Kingfisher (Ceryle aleyon).] < The Country,
1, Feb. 16, 1878, p. 229.

T12 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1878. Brown, N. C. [Late stay of Kingfisher (Ceryle aleyon) in New England.]
< The Country, i, Jan. 26, 1878, p. 181.
1878. Cours, E. Habits of the Kingfisher (Ceryle aleyon). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,
iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 92.
Fruit-eating: communicated by Mrs. Mary Treat.
1879. SHaw,C.J. The Belted King Fisher. (Ceryle Aleyon.) < Journ. of Sci. (Tol-
edo, Ohio), n. s., ti, No. 8, Dec., 1879.
Nesting habits.

Wo. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CAPITONIDA. 713

Capitonidz.
[In this family I give all the titles I possess. ]

1798. SPARRMAN, A. Bucco atro-flavus: Et nytt fogel species ifrin Sierra Liona,
beskrifvit. < Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad. Nya Handl., xix, 1798, pp. 305-307, pl. ix.

1836. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Barbion. Micropogon. Temm. B. soufré. B. sulphu-
ratus. Lafresn. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 6° année, 1836, classe ii, pp. 1-5, notice
Tbs, joll, Ise,
Pl. 60, Wicropogon sulphuratus.—En suite, une liste de sept espéces américaines, asiatiques
et africaines du genre.
1837. RUPPELL,[E.] A Notice of the Phytotoma tridactyla of Abyssinia. <P.Z.S.,
v, 1837, p. 50.
Proposes to call Pogonias brucei what had been named by Stanley Bucco saltii.

1842. HaRTLAuB, [G.] Description dune nouvelle espéce du genre Barbu [Bucco
malaccensis], suivie de la liste de toutes les espéces connues de ce genre.
< Revue Zoologique, v, 1842, pp. 336, 337.

27 espéces. .

DEVILLE, E., and Dis Murs, O. Notice sur le Barbu orangé de Pérou (Capito
Peruyianus); sur le Barbu de la Gnyane [sic] (C. erythrocephalus ou Cayan-
‘ensis) et sur une variété intermédiare ou espéce nouvelle (C. amazonicus ?).
< Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, pp. 161-176.

Petite monographie.
1849. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Description et figure @une [récemment] nouvelle espéce
d’Oiseau du genre Micropogon de Temminck. < Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, pp.
116, 117, pl. 4.
M. bourcieri, Lafr., R. Z., 1845, p. 179.
1849. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Description et figure dune [récemment] nouvelle espéce
d@ Oiseau du genre Micropogon de Temminck. < Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, pp.
176, 177, pl. 6.
M. hartlaubii, Lafr., R. Z., 1845, p. 180.
1850. [JARDINE, W.] Megalaima capistratus, Eyton [n. sp. ?]. < Jard. Contrib. Orn.,
1850, p. 29, pl. xlv.

1855. [JARDINE, W.] Tetragonops ramphastinus (Jardine). < Edinb. New Philos.
Journ., new ser., ii, 1855, p. 404.

1858. ScLaTer, P. L. Ona new species of Barbet from the Upper Amazon. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., i, 1858, p. 235.

From P. Z. 8., Nov. 24, 1857, p. 267. The new species is Hubucco auwrantiicollis, described
among other birds in a paper on Bates’s Upper Amazon collections.

1859. VERRAUX, J. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Barbu [Laimodon albiven-
tris] de Afrique occidentale. <P. Z. 8., xxvii, 1859, pp. 393-400, pl. (Aves)
elvii.

Suivie de indication synonymatique de 24 espéces africaines.

1861. ScLaTuR, P.L. On the American Barbets (Capitonide). I bis, 111, 1861, pp. 182-
190, pl. vi.

Synonymatic, diagnostic, and geographical synopsis of 12 spp. of Capito and 1 sp. of Tetrag-
onops (pl. vi), with critical remarks.

1862. SctaTER, P. L, Additional [Ibis, 1861, 182] Notes on the American Barbets.
< Lois; iv, 1862, pp. 1, 2, pl. i.

Capito maculicoronatus.

1864. ScLaTEeR, P.L. On anew Species of Tetragonops [frantzii]. Ibis, vi, 1864, pp.

371, 372, pl. x.

1865. Frantzius, A. vy. [Extract from a letter relating to Tetragonops frantzii. ]
< Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, p. 551.

Bull. v, 4——13

1849

°

714 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1865. Mitnre-Epwarps, A. Rapport sur quelques acquisitions nouvelles faites par la
galerie ornithologique du Muséum. < Nouv. Arch. du Mus. d@ Hist. Nat. de
Pari is, liv, 1865, Bull., pp. 75-78, pll. itimy.

Capito quinticolor Elliot, p, —, pl. iv, f. 1, N. Grenada; Buthraupis edwardsti Elliot, p, —
pl. iv, f.2, N. Grenada; Sitta villosa Verr., pl. v, f. 1, China.

1867. ScLATER, P. L. Barbets [Capitonide] and their Distribution. < Intellectual
Observer, Noy.. 1867, pp. 241-246, pl.
A popular account of the leading peculiarities of the family Capitonide, illustrated with a
plate representing Megalema asiatica.

1870. MarsHaLL, C. H.T., and MARSHALL,G.F.L. [Megalema humii,n.sp.] < bis,
2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 536-538.

1870. MARSHALL, C. H.T., and MARSHALL, G. F.L. Notes on the Classification of the
Capitonide. <P. Z, S., xxxvili, 1870, pp. 117-120, figg. 1-6.

The family is primarily divided into the three subfamilies Pogonorhynchine, Megalemine,
and Capitonine; the first represented in Africa and America, the second in Africa and Asia,
the third in Africa, Asia, and America. Several of the current genera are rearranged or
reorganized; Stactolema, g. n., p. 118, type Buccanodon anchiete, Bocage, Africa. The heads
of this species, of Barbatula leucolema, Xylobucco duchaillui, X. scolopacea, Trachyphonus
margaritatus, and 7. purpureus, are figured.

1870-71. MarsHat., C. H. T., and MaRSHALL,G.F.L. A Monograph of the Capitonidz
or Scansorial Barbets. ... London. 1870,1871. roy.8vo. Pub.in 9 parts.
Parts i-v, 1870; Parts vi-ix, 1871

Not seen.

According to the Zool. Rec., whence I take the title and comment herewith presented, Part
V contains the Preface and Introduction, the latter beginning with a dissertation on the
theory of evolution, which is followed by an account of the literature relating to the special
subject, to which succeeds a chapter on the classification and geographical distribution.

: The species figured are as follows:

Part I. Megalema virens, M. versicolor, M. henrict, Calorhamphus lathami, Tricholeema hir-
suta, Trachyphonus margaritatus, Capito maculicoronatus, C. aurovirens. Part II. Pogonor-
hynchus dubius, Tetragonops frantzii, Xylobucco duchaillu, Trachyphonus cafer, Capito bowr-
cieri, Megalema lineata, M. hodgsoni, M. flavifrons. Part Ill. Megalema zeylanica, VW.
caniceps, M. nuchalis, M. faber, M. australis, Xantholema rubricapilla, Stactolema anchieto,
Pogonorhynchus leucocephalus. Part 1V. Megalema viridis, M. asiatica, M. oorti, M. pheo-
striata, Trachyphonus gofini, T. purpuratus, 7. squamiceps, Barbatula leucotis. Part V. Megat-
ema chrysopogon, Xantholema heemacephala, Capito aurantiicollis, Psilopogon pyrolophus,
Calorhamphus fuliginosus, Pogonorhynchus abyssinicus, P. torquatus, P. bidentatus. Part
VI. Pogonorhynchus rolleti, P. diadematus, P. melanocephalus, Megalema inornata (Zool.
Rec., vii, p. 48), Gymnobucco bonapartii, Xantholema malabarica, Barbatula bilineata, B. atro-
flava, and Capito versicolor. Part VII. Xantholema rosea, Megalema javensis, M. mysiaco-
phonus, M. humii (Zool. Rec., vii, p. 43), and WV. franklini, Tetragonops rhamphastinus, Gymno-
bucco calvus, and Xylobucco scolopaceus. Part VII. Megalema armillaris, M. chrysopsis, I.
corvina, Pogonorhynchus vieilloti, P. leucomelas, Capito richardsoni, C. niger, and C. auratus.
Part IX. Pogonorhynchus melanopterus, P. undatus, Barbatula leucolema, B. pusilla, B. sub-
sulphurea, B. chrysocoma, B. uropygialis, Capito glaucogularis, C. quinticolor, Megalema,
legrandiertt, M. duvauceli, and M. cyanotis.

Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 505, 506; 1871, pp. 451, 452; and Zool. Rec. for 1870 and 1871.

1870. [Newron, A.] [Announcement of the Messrs. Marshall’s Monograph of the
Capitonide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 156.

"1870. SwrnHon, R. The Large Barbet [Megalema marshallorum n. sp.] of the Him-
alayas in want of a Name! < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vi, 1870, p. 348.

1872. MarsHALL, C. H. T., and MarsHaLL, G.F.L. [Note on the validity of Megalama
marshallorum.] < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, p. 327.

1873. Luoyp, J. H. On a new Species of Barbet [Megalema sykesi] from Western
India. < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 124, 125.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—BUCCONID Ai. 715

Bucconide.

1836. GOULD, J. [Characters of a new species of Tamatia (T. bicincta). ] <P.Z.S.,
iv, 1836, pp. 80, 81.

1845, LAFRESNAYE, F.. DE. Description de deux nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux. < Revue
Zoologique, viii, 1845, pp. 179, 180.

Micropogon bourcierii, p. 179; M. hartlaubi, p. 180.

1850. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Description et figure dune nouvelle espéce de Barbacou
[Monasa mystacalis]. < Rev. et Mag. Zool., ii, 1850, pp. 215, 216, pl. 3.

Avec la description d’une autre nouvelle espéce, M. axillaris, p. 216.

1851. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new Species of Birds of the genera Galbula and
Bucco, Briss., specimens of which are in the collection of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, Feb. 1851,
pp. 154, 155, pli. vii, viii.

The new Bucco here described and figured is B. ordii, p. 154, pl. viii, from Venezuela.

1853. ScLaTER, P.L. Descriptions of New Species of Bucconide. <P. Z, 8., xxi, 1853,
pp. 122-124, pll.1, li.

Bucco radiatus, p. 122, pl.1; B. striatipectus, Malacoptila Sulwogularis, M. substriata (pl. li),
M. aspersa, p. 423.

1854. ScLaTeR, P.L. A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser. , xiii, 1854, pp. 353-365, 474-484,

Very complete, giving synonymy, diagnosis, geographical distribution, and much critical
matter. Bucco, 15 spp.; Matlacoptila, 12 spp. ; Monasa, 4 spp.; Chelidoptera, 2 spp.

1854. ScLaTER, P. L. Synopsis | of | the Fissirostral Family | Bucconide, | accom-
panied by four coloured plates | of hitherto unfigured Species. | By | Philip
Lutley Sclater, M. A., F. Z. S., | Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford.
| — | Reprinted, with Additions, from the | Annals and Magazines of Nat-
ural History, | 2nd Series, 1854. | — | London: | Samuel Highley, 32 Fleet
‘Street. | 1854. 1-vol. 8vo. pp. 24, pll. 4.

In this excellent monograph the author, after reviewing the previous arrangements of the
group, especially insisting upon the separation of the family from the Scansorial Barbets or
Capitonide, and noting their restriction to tropical America, divides the species into four
genera: 1) Bucco with Tamatia, Ohaunornis and Cyphos as subgenera, 2) Malacoptila with
Nonnula as a subgenus, 3) Monasa, 4) Chelidoptera. Bueco has 15 spp., Malacoptila 12,
Monasa 4, Chelidoptera 2. These 33 species are carefully worked out, with all the synonomy
the author was able to discover (excepting that relating to Capito senilis Tschudi= Bueco
senilis Poeppig Ms.), diagnosis, habitats, and critical comment. The species figured are
Bucco rujicollis, pl. 1; B. bicinctus, pl. 2; B. lanceolatus, pl. 3; Ohelidoptera albipennis, pl. 4.
The name Wonnula Scl. is new or recently so. Several lately new species of Sclater’s were
described in the P. Z. 8. for Dec. 13, 1853.

1855. ScLaATER, P.L. Characters of some apparently New Species of Bucconide, ac-
companied by a geographical Table of the family. < P.Z.8., xxiii, 1855, pp.
193-196, pll. ev, evi.

Bucco hyperrhynchus, pl. cv; B. dysoni “Gray”, p.193; B. pulmentum Bp. et Verr. MSs.,
pl. evi; Monasa peruana Bp. et Verr. Mss., Bucco picatus, p. 194; Malacoptila nigrifusca, p.
195, spp.nn. 5 genera, 40 Spp.

1855. ScLaTsEr, P. L. Descriptions of New Species of Bucconidz. < Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., 2d ser., xv, 1855, pp. 292-294.
From P. Z. §., Dec. 13, 1853.

1856. ScLaTER, P. L. Characters of some apparently New Species of Bucconidz.

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,2a SseIr., XViil, 1856, pp. 260-263.
From P. Z. 8., Nov. 13, 1855.

1861. GIEBEL, C.G. Zur Osteologie der Gattung Monasa. < Zeitschr. f. d. gesammt.

Naturwiss., xviii, 1861, pp. 121-—.
Nicht mir selbst zugiinglich.

|
716 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1862. ScLaTER, P.L. On a New Species of Malacoptila [M. poliopsis] from Western
Ecuador. < P.Z.8.,xxx, 1862, pp. 86, 87, pl. viii.

1863. GorFIn, A. Buccoves. < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Jany., 1863, pp.
1-66; 3¢ livr., 1863, pp. 67-98.

The group ‘‘ Buccones”’ of this author, who may have caught a spirit of retrograde classifi-
cation from the Director of the Leyden Museum, consists of the two very distinct families of
Oapitonide and Bucconide,—the distinction between which, however, is recognized by the
primary division of the group into two, according as the rectrices are 10 (Capitonide) or 12
(Bucconide) in number; equivalent respectively to the ‘‘scansorial” and ‘‘fissirostral”’
Barbets. Of the former are treated 11 spp. of Pogonorhynchus, 34 of Megalaima, 1 Tetragon-
ops, 11 of Capito, and 1 Calorhamphus. Of the latter are given 11 spp. of Bucco, 4 of Mala-
coptila, 3 of Monasa, and 1 of Chelidoptera. The groups are, together, represented by 300
specimens in the Leyden Museum. Various species, not represented in the Collection, are
also treated in the foot-notes.

1868. ScLATER, P. L., and SALvin, O. Descriptions of New or Little-known American
Birds of the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhamphide, Bucconide, and Strigide.
< P.Z.S.,xxxvi, 1868, pp. 322-329, pl. xxix.

Monasa grandior, sp.n., p. 327.

No. 4.] - COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—GALBULIDA. 717

Galbulidz.

1768. VosMaAER, A. Description | d’un petit | Aleyon d@’Amerique, | d’une beauté ad-
mirable, | N’ayant presque point de queué, pourvi de deux doigts | de devant,
& de deux de derriére [ |; | Apporté de la Colonie Hollandoise,
nommée | Les Berbices ; | Et qui se conserve dans le Cabinet de | Son Altesse
Sérénissime | Monseigneur le Prince d’Orange et de Nassau, | Stadhouder He’-
re‘ditaire, Governeur, Capi- | taine Ge’ne’ral et Amiral des Provinces-Unies |
des Pais-Bas, &c. &c. &c. | Par | A. Vosmaer, | Directeur des Cabinets d’His-
toire Naturelle & de Curiosités de 8. A.8., Membre de | ’ Académie Impériale,
& Correspondant de l Académie Royale des Sciences de Paris. | A amsterdam,
| Chez Pierre Meijer, | MDCCLXVIII. 4to. pp.6, pl.1.

1768. VosMaER, A. Description | d’un | Aleyon d’Amerique, | & longue quené [

], | Ayant deux doigts de devant, & deux de derriére, | d’une espace
belle et rare, si ce n’est méme inconnué, | Apporté de la Colonie Hollandoise,
nommée | Les Berbices; | Et qui se conserve dans le Cabinet de | son Altesse
Sérénissime | Monseigneur le Prince d’Orange et de Nassau, | Stadhouder
He're/ditaire, Gouverneur, Capi- | taine Ge/ne‘ral et Amiral des Provinces-
Unies | des Pais-Bas, &c. &c. &c. | Par | A. Vosmaer, | Directeur des Cabinets
d’Histoire Naturelle & de Curiosités de S. A. S., Membre de | Académie
Impériale, et Correspondant de l’Académie Royale des Sciences de Paris. |
a Amsterdam, | Chez Pierre Meijer, |MDCCLXVIII. | 4to. pp.9, pl.1.

1851. CABANIS, [J.] Galbula. <Lrsch wnd Grub. Encyclop., erste Sect., lii, 1851, pp.
307-311.

A concise monograph of the family, treating the following genera and species :

I. GALBULA. 1, viridis; 2, viridicauda; 3, ruficauda; 4, rufoviridis, p. 308, sp. n.; 5, tom-
bacea; 6, albirostris; 7, cyanopogon, p. 309, sp.n.; 8, paradisea; 9, leucogastra; 10, albiventris;
11, albogularis; 12, lugubris. I. Cauax. 1, tridactylus. III. CAUEctas, p.310, g.n. 1, leu-
cotis. IV. LAMPROPTILA (vice Lamprotila Sw., 1837). 1, grandis; 2, boérsii.

1851. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new species of birds of the genera Galbula and
Buceo, Briss., specimens of which are in the collection of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1851, pp.
154, 155, pl. vii, viii.

.G. cyanicollis, p. 154, pl. vii, from Parad; B. ordit, p. 154, pl. viii.

1852. ScLaTER, P. L. VI.—Synopsis of the Genus Galbula. < Jard. Contrib. Orn.,
1852, pp. 29-33.

11 spp. G. maculicauda, p. 29; G. mornata, p. 32, spp. nn.

1852. SCLATER, P.L. VII.—On a new species of Galbula [G. melanogenia]. < Jard.
Contrib. Orn., 1852, p. 61, pl. xe.

1852. ScLaTER, P.L. VIII.—Further Remarks on the Galbulide. < Jard. Contrib.
Orn., 1832, pp. 93-95, pl. xe.
4 spp. of Galbula (G. melanogenia, pl. xc); notes on spp. of Jacamaralcyon, Galbaleyr-
hynchus, Jacamerops, Galbuloides.

1853. ScLATER, P. L. A Synopsis of the Galbulidw by Philip Lutley Sclater, M. A.,
F.Z.8. 8vo. pp.10, and cover.

Reprinted, with additions, from Jard. Contrib. Orn., for 1852. The author recognizes of
Galbula 11 spp., of Jacamaraleyon 2, of Jacamerops 2, of Galbuloides and Galbaleyrhynchus
each one. In using this synopsis the author’s later paper, P. Z. S., 1855, pp. 13-16, should be
consulted for some important rectifications.—The cover of this publication gives some valu-
able bibliographical data respecting that erratic publication, Jardine’s Oontrib. Orn. for
1848-52. It appears that the Contributions were begun in the middle of 1848, during which
year three parts appeared; in 1849, seven parts were published, forming a volume, with 27
plates; in 1850, seven parts, forming a volume, with 21 plates; in 1851, six parts, forming a
volume, with 14 plates; in 1852, seven parts, with 20 plates, forming a volume.

718 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1853. TRIsTRAM, H. B. Occurrence of the Jacamar (Galbula ruficauda) in Lincoln-
shire. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3906, 3907.
1855. ScLaTeR, P.L. Remarks on the Arrangement of the Jacamars (Galbulide),
with Descriptions of some New Species. < P. Z. §., xxiii, 1855, pp. 13-16, pl.
(Aves) lxxyii.
6 genn., 20 spp. Galbula fuscicapilla, p. 18, pl. lxxvii; Urogalba amazonum, p. 14; Brachy-
galba melanosternum, p. 15, spp.nn. Besides these new species the paper includes some im-

portant rectifications resulting from investigations made since the writer's ‘Synopsis’ of
1853 appeared, and a table of Geographical Distribution. The genus Galbuloides is eliminated

as probably fictitious.
1856. ScLaTER, P. L. Remarks on the Arrangement of the Jacamars (Galbulida),
with Descriptions of some New Species. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 24 Ser., Xvii,
1856, pp. 70-73.
From P. Z. §., Jan. 9, 1855, pp. 13-16

No. 4)

1773.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RHAMPHASTIDA. 719

Rhamphastidz.

——. Naturgeschichte des grossschnuablichten Pfeffervogels. < Berlin.
Samml., Bd. v, 1773, pp. 294-302.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

1795. SpaALowskI, J.J.A. Beschreibung und Abbildung der Ramphastos viridis und

momota L. < Neuere Abhandlungen der K. Bohmer. Gesellsch., ii, 1795, pp. 172=
178, 2 pl.
Not seen.

61803-1818.” LEVAILLANT, F. Histoire Naturelle | des Oiseaux de Paradis | et des

Rolliers, | suivie de celle des Toucans et des Barbus, | par | Frangois Lavail-
lant. | Tome premier [second; et un troisitéme (Promerops, Guépiers)]. |
: Denné le jeune, Libraire, rue Vivienne, n°. 10.
Longer ||) ems | Chez} Perlet, Libraire, rue de Tournon [mut. mut. }.
1806. [‘'1803-1818.”] 3vols. gr. in-fol. 196 planches coloriées et les dou-
bles en noir, savoir :—
[el ieil

Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis et des Rolliers, suivie de celle
des Toucans et des Barbus, [etce.] Vol. I. Faux titre, titre, pp. 1-153, i, ii,
pil. 1-56.

Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis. pp. 1-68, pll.1-24. [Parapt-
SEIDZ, etc. | ;

Histoire Naturelle des Rolliers et des Geais. pp. 69-116, pll. 25-39. [Co-
RACUDA, MOMOTIDZ, etc. ]

Histoire Naturelle des Geais. pp. 117-153, pll. 40-56. [Corvipa, CorTin-
GID, ete. ]

[ Vol. II. ]

Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis et des Rolliers, suivie de celle
des Toucans et des Barbus, [ete.] Vol. II. Faux titre, titre, pp. 1-133, i, ii, 1
feuillet, pll. 1-57.

Histoire Naturelle des Toucans. pp. 1-46, pll. 1-18. [RHAMPHASTID. ]

Histoire Naturelle des Barbus. pp. 47-106, pll. 19-46. [Capironip», Buc-
CONID&. |

Histoire Naturelle des Jacamars. pp. 107-126, pll. 47-54. [GALBULID&. ]

Additions aux articles des Barbus proprements dits. pp. 127-133, pll. 55-57.

[ Vol. III.]

Histoire Naturelle | des Promerops | et des Guépiers, | par | F. Levaillant, |
faisante suite | a celle des Oiseaux de Paradis, | par leméme. Faux titre,
1 feuillet; pp. 1-81, 1-67, 1-38, 39-52, i, ij., pl.

1¢e Partin. Histoire Naturelle des Promerops. pp. 1-81, pll. 1-32.

2eme PaRTIE. Histoire Naturelle des Guépiers. pp. 1-67, pll. 1-20. [MERo-
PID. |

3éme PARTIE. Histoire Naturelle des Couroucous, et des Touracous. . pp. 1-
38, pll.1-20. [TRoGoNIDa, MUSOPHAGID. ]

SUPPLEMENT aux différents genres d’oiseaux décrits dans les deux pre-
miers volumes. pp. 39-52, pll. A, AA, B, C, D, E, F, G, h, K, L.

The whole of this series of splendid monographs forms three large folio volumes, with
nearly 200 colored plates, duplicated in black. The titles of Vols. I and II are identical; the
title of the third is entirely changed, and does not show on its face that it is not of a different

work. The three, however, are uniform, and form parts of one work. It is, in fact, the con-
tinuation of Levaillant’s Hist. Nat. Ois. dev Amérique et des Indes (itself a supplement to the

720 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1803-1818 ” LevarLLant, F.—Continued.

Ois. de V Afrique), which was announced in 1801 to appear in parts, with 240 plates; only one
volume of that, however, came out, with 49 plates. That was, in effect, two monographs, of
the Bucerotide and Cotingide; and the present Iconography continues the same system of
monographing successive groups of birds; though, unfortunately, the author’s groups do not
correspond with any recognized modern families. P

Volume I is consecutively paged and the plates are continuously numbered throughout.
It has two Parts. The first is a monograph of Paradiseide, the second of Coractide, Momo-
tide, certain Corvide, etc.

Volume II, titled identically with Vol. I, and likewise with a continuous pagination and
consecutive numbering of plates throughout, has several monographs, of Rhamphastide,
Oapitonide, Bucconide, Galbulide, ete. re

Vol. IIT is less homogeneous. In the first place, the several memoirs are separately paged,
and their respective series of plates are separately enumerated. In the next place. it has
supplementary matter relating to the Subjects treated in the two preceding volumes—this
supplement being paged continuously with the last part of the main text, and its plates being
lettered instead of numbered. There are three “Parts” in this Volume:—1. Promerops (a
miscellaneous asso1tment, Certhia, ete.). 2. Meropide. 3. Trogonide and Musophagide.

I indicate thus the general bearing of the several treatises which compose this Iconography;
though, as already said, few if any of Levaillant’s groups correspond exactly with modern
families.

Owing to its extensive and varied composition the work is not an easy one to cite tersely ;
and itis to be found quoted in such various and loose fashion as to convey the impression
that there are as many distinct works as there are monographs in the single one. Figures
and descriptions had best be all cited by the leading words ‘‘OiIs. DE PARAD.”’, giving Vol. I,
I, IT, as the case may be, and in the instance of the last volume citing also name of the
monograph or supplement.

The date of the work is in endless question. I have never yet been able to fix it. The
date on the titles of all three of the volumes is the same, 1806; but the work appeared in
parts, during several years. According to Engelmann, there were 33 livraisons, running from
1803 to 1818; but he gives no sufticient particulars. The date is of less consequence, how-
ever, as the author uses no scientific names, and therefore raises no question of priority of
nomenclature.

The number of plates is ostensibly 56+. 57 + 32+ 20 + 20 + 11=196, but there may be some.

interpolations. Engelmann gives 198. I have not made the actual count.

1815. TRaILt, T.S. Some Observations on the Bill of the Toucan; in a Letter to the
Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., K.B. P.R.S. H.M.L.S. < Trans. Linn.
Soc., xi, pt. ii, 1815, pp. 288, 289.
Controverting the notion of its hollowness; noting its great vascularity, and probable use
as a delicate organ of smell. ;
1818. TRaiLL,T.S. Tukanschnabel, von Sf. [lege T.S.] Traill. < Oken’s Isis, J ahrg.,
ii, 1818, pp. 1921, 1922.
From Tr. Linn. Soc., xi, 1815, p. 288, g.v.

1820. SwaInson, W. Description of two new Birds of the genus Pteroglossus.

< Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. and Art, Roy. Inst., ix, 1820, pp. 266-268.
Not seen. The species are Pt, torquatus, p. —, and Pt. sulcatus, p.—.
1825. BRopERIP, W.J. Observations on the Manners of a live Toucan [Rhamphastos
erythrorhynchus], now exhibited in this country. < Zool. Journ., i, 1825, pp.
484-488; also p.591.

1825. Lesson, R.P. Observations sur les habitudes et la maniére de vivre d@’un Tou-
can qu’on montre actuellement en Angleterre; par W. J. Broderip. . . .
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, p. 413.
Zool. Journ., Janvier 1825, pp. 484-488.
1826. Vicors, N.A. On some species of the Ramphastide. < Zool. Journ., ii, 1826,
pp. 466-483, pl. suppl. 17.
This is a subhead of a much more extensive paper, entitled “Sketches in Ornithology ;”
&c., which runs through several vols. and years of the periodical cited.
Here occur the descriptions of Ramphastos ariel, p. 466, and Pteroglossus bitorquatus, p.
481, pl. 17, spp. nn., with much other matter relating to the family at large. (Féruss. Bull.,
x, 1827, pp. 155-157; Isis, 1830, pp. 1060-1065.)

No.4.) . COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RHAMPHASTID&. TaN

1827. Ac. DesmM—sT. Suite des Esquisses ornithologiques, ou Observations sur les
véritables affinités de quelques groupes @’oiseaux, par M[i. e., N]. A. Vigors.—
Sur quelques espéces de Ramphastidées. < Iéruss. Bull., 2° sect., x, 1827, pp.
155-157.

Zool. Journ., ii, 1826, pp. 466-483.

1827. ANON. Systema Avium. Auctor Dr. I. Wagler. Stuttgartiae apud Cotta.
1827. .8. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xx, 1827, pp. 864-873.

The peculiar plan of the work is illustrated by a transcript of Wagler’s treatment of the
genus Rhamphastos—14 spp.—nearly the whole of the present article being devoted to the
exhibit of that genus.

1828. BropEerip, W. J. Bemerkungen tiber das Betragen eines lebendigen Tukans
[Rhamphastos] in London. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 939, 940.

Uébers aus d. Zoological Journal, i, 1825, Bd. i, Nr. 47, pp. 484-488, 591.

1830. Vicors, N. A. Ornithologischen Skizzen. Ueber die Verwandtschaft einiger
grésserer Végelgruppen. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1060-1064.

Zoological Journal, Nro. viii, Januar 1826 (vol. ii), pp. 466-483. Ueber einige Arten der Ram-
phastiden.

1832. OwEN, R. [On the Anatomy of Ramphastos ariel, Vig.] < P.Z.S., ii, 1832, pp.
42-46.

1833-35. GouLD, J. A Monograph of the Ramphastide or Family of the Toucans.
London. Published by the Author. 1833-1835. folio. Pub. in 3 parts. 52
colored plates.

Not seen! There is a 2d ed. 1854, and Suppl. 1855, q. v. Thereis also a German version by
Sturm and Sturm, 1841-—-.

1833. GOULD, J. [Characters of a New Species of Toucan (Pteroglossus ulocomus). |
< P.Z.S.,1, 1833, p. 38.

1833. GouLD, J. [Characters of three New Species of Toucan (Rhamphastos and
Pteroglossus).] <P. Z.S.,i, 1833, pp. 69, 70.
| R. swainsonti, p. 69; R. culminatus, P. hypoglaucus, p. 70.
1833. GouLp, J. [Characters of a New Species of Toucan (Pteroglossus castanotis). |
GEA So, 1833: pp. 119; 120;
1834. Anon. A Monograph, ete.—Monographie des Toucans; par M. J. Gould, in-fol.,
Londres, 1833. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., 2° sér., i, 1834, p. 256.
L’annonce de l’ouvrage.
1834. GouLD, J. [Characters of the Genera and Species of the Family Rhamphas-
tide, Vig.] <P. Z.S., ii, 1834, pp. 72-79.
This is the most extensive and complete of the earlier notices of the family, treating in all
of 22 species.
1834. GouLp, J. [Characters of a New Species of Toucan (Pteroglossus hematopy-
gus).] < P.Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 147.
1835. GOULD, J. [Exhibition of a living Red-billed Toucan (Rhamphastos erythro-
rhynchus, Gmel.).] <P. Z.8., iii, 1835, p. 21.

1835. GOULD, J. [On-~a New Species of Toucan (Rhamphastide, Vig.—Aulacorhyn-
chus derbianus).] < P. Z.S., iii, 1835, p. 49.

1835. GOULD, J. [Characters of New Toucans and Aragaris (Rhamphastid), with a
Synoptic Table of the Species of the Family.] < P. Z.S., iti, 1835, pp. 156-160.
Rhamphastos citreopygus, R. osculans, p. 156; Pteroglossus pluricinctus, P. humboldti, P.
nattereri, P. reinwardtii, P. langsdorfit, p. 157; P. pavoninus, p. 158. With analytical diag-
nosis of the species of the family.
1835. GouLp, J. [On Rhamphastide.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., vii, 1835, pp.
64 and 228.
From P. Z.8., Dec. 9, 1834, and Apr. 14, 1835.
1835. GouLp, J. [Zeigt einen Toucan, mit merkwirdigen Federn auf dem Kopf,
u.8.w.] <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp. 523, 524.
P. Z.S., 1833, p. 38.

122 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1835. GouLD, J. Drey neue Végel [Rhamphastide]. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835,
pp. 535, 536.
From Z. P. S., 1833, pp. 69, 70.
1835. GouLp, J. Hin neuer Toucan [Pteroglossus castanotis], nahe yerwandt mit
Pteroglossus aracari et regalis. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 550.
= P. Z. S. London, 1833, p. 119. Beschreibung von Picus flavinucha folgt.
1835. GOULD, J. Rhamphastide Vig. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp. 1032-1038.
Uebersetzung: Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ii, 1834, pp. 72-79.
1835. GouLD, J. Ein neuer Toucan [Pteroglossus haematopygus], von Strickland
mitgetheilt aus Sidamerica. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 1060.

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., ii, 1834, p. 147. .
1835. OWEN, R. Anatomie von Ramphastos ariel Vig. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835,
pp. 373, 374.

Aus d. P. Z. 8., 1832, pp. 42-46.
1836. GouLD, J. Uebersicht der Rhamphastiden. < Arch. f. Naturg., ii, (1), 1836, pp.
307-311.
j Nach P. Z. §., 1835, p. 156, seg., mitgetheilt.
1837. GouLD, J. Ueber Ramphastiden. <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 188-191.
Uebersetzung: Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1835, pp. 156-160.
1837. GOULD, J. Ein neuer Toucan. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, p. 123.
Proc. Zool. Soc. of Lond., 1835, p. 49.
1837. NATTERER, J. [On a New Species of Aragari (Pteroglossus Gouldii).] <P. Z.
S., V, 1837, p. 44.
1837. EDITORIAL. A Monograph of the Family Ramphastide. By J. Gould, F.L.S.
Three parts, folio, 1833-36, London. <Mag. of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837, pp. 187-
192.
Extended review.
1839. WATERHOUSE, G. R. [Description of a New Species of Toucan (Pteroglossus
nigrirostris).] <P. Z.S., vii, 1839, pp. 111, 112.
1840. FRasER, L. [Exhibition of some specimens of the true Pteroglossus Azarae of
Wagler and Vieillot.] < P. Z.S., viii, 1840, pp. 60, 61. e

1841-4-. GouLD, J. (Hd. Sturm.) Monographie der Ramphastiden oder Tukanartigen
Vogel. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt, mit Zusiitzen und einigen neuen Arten
vermehrt von J. H.C. F. Sturm und J.W.Sturm. ... Niirnberg, 1841-4-.

This I have not seen, and can say little about. According to my information, it is in sm.
folio, and was published in Parts. Parts i-iii are cited as of 1841, 42; Part iv as of 1847 ;
there are said to be 5 Parts, each of ten colored lithographic plates and as many sheets of
letter-press. I should judge by the title that the work is much modified from the original.
See Isis, 1842, p. 235 ; 1843, p.558; 1848, p. 695.

1842. ANON. Gould’s Monographie der Ramphastiden, aus dem Englischen tibersetzt,
mit Zusitzen und einigen neuen Arten vermehrt von H. und G. Sturm.
Nurnberg, Pamerstrasse S. Nr. 709. Hft. II. 1841. Kl: Fol. T. 10. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxxv, 1842, pp. 235, 236.

1842. GouLD, J. On two new Species of Trogon and a new species of Toucan from ~
the Cordillierian Andes. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, pp. 236-239.

Pteroglossus castaneorhynchus, p. 238.

1843. ANoN. J. Gould’s Monographie der Ramphastiden oder tukanartigen Végel,
aus dem Englischen tibersetzt, mit Zusiitzen und einigen neuen Arten vermehrt
von Fr. u. W. Sturm. Nurnberg. Hft. III. 1842. Kl. Fol. S. 20. Taf. 10.
ul. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvi, 1843, p. 558, 550.

1843. GouLp, J. [On two New Species of Birds from the collection formed by Sir
Edward Belcher.] < P. Z.S., xi, 1843, pp. 15, 16.

Pteroglossus erythropygius, Pterocles personatus, p. 15, spp. nn. j

1843. GouLpD, J. [On an extensive Series of Toucans, with characters of two New
Species.] <P. Z.S., xi, 1843, pp. 147, 148.

Rhamphastos citreolemus, Pteroglossus pecilosternus, p. 147. spp. nn.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RHAMPHASTIDA. 123

1844. GouLD, J. [On two new species of Ramphastide.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
xiv, 1844, pp. 61, 62.
From P. Z. §., Dec. 12, 1843.

1848. ANON. J. Gould’s Monographie der Ramphastiden oder tukanartigen Vogel,
ibersetzt und mit Zusitzen und neuen Arten vermehrt von Fr. und W. Sturm,
Niirnberg bey den Verfassern 1847. Heft IV. KI. Fol. <_ Oken’s Isis, Bd. xli,
1848, p. 695.

- 1849. [MircHELL, D. W.] [Report of the purchase of a specimen of Rhamphastos
carinatus.] < P. Z.8., xvii, 1849, p. 94.

1853. GouLD, J. Description of a new species of Aulacorhamphus [ceruleogularis].
<IPGS: S65 Zeal Weiss} ny

1854. GouLp, J. A Monograph | of | the Ramphastid, | or | Family of the Toucans.
| By | John Gould, F.R.S., | [ete., 7 lines. ] | London: | printed by Taylor and
Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad
street, Golden Square. | 1854. 1 vol. folio. pp. 1-28 (title, &c., and intro-
duction); 51 colored plates with as many sheets of letter-press; 1 uncolored
plate (details) with 4 pp. of text.

This a second edition, ‘‘ with new drawings of the old species, and figures and descriptions
of no less than eighteen others”, making 51 in all. The original edition was published in
1833-35, containing 33 species. There is a supplement, 1855. There isa German version of
the orig. ed., 1841 seq.

The introduction gives a general account of the family, the species of which are so bril-
liantly illustrated in the colored plates. An additional plate, uncolored, with 4 pages of text,
represents anatomical observations. The plates are as follows:

1. R. toco; 2. R. carinatus; 3. R. brevicarinatus; 4. R. tocard; 5. R. ambiguus ; 6. R. eryth-
rorhynchus; 7. R.inca; 8. R. cuvieri; 9. R. citreoleemus ; 10. R. osculans; 11. R. culminatus ;

. 12. R. ariel; 13. R. vitellinus ; 14. R. discolorus. 15. Pieroglossus aracari; 16. P. wiedi; 17. P.

pluricinctus; 18. P. pecilosternus; 19. P. castanotis; 20. P. torquatus; 21. P. erythropygius ;

22. P. humboldti; 23. P. inscriptus; 24. P. viridis. 25. Beauharnasius ulocomus ; 26. B» bitor-

quatus; 27. B. sturmi; 28. B.azare; 29. B. Jlavirostris; 30. B. maric. 31. Selenidera maculi-

rostris; 32. 8. gouldi; 33. S.langsdorfi; 34. S. natterert; 35. 8. reinwardti; 36. S. piperivora.

37. Andigena laminirostris ; 38. A. hypoglaucus ; 39. A. nigrirostris; 40. A. cucullatus ; 41. A.

baillont; 42. Aulacoramphus sulcatus; 43. A. derbianus ; 44. A. castaneorhynchus; 45. A.

hematopygius ; 46. A. cceruleocinctus; 47. A. prasinus ; 48. A. wagleri; 49. A. albivittata ; 50,

A. atrogularis; 51. A. ceruleogularis.—Plate uncolored of details.

Grammarhynchus, g. n., p. 26.

1855. GOULD, J. Description of a New Species of Aulacorhamphus. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xv, 1855, pp. 390, 391.

From P. Z. §., Feb. 22, 1853, p. 45.

1857. Cassin, J. Notes on the North American Species of Archibuteo and Lanius,
and description of a new species of Toucan, of the genus Selenidera, Gould.
< Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , ix, 1857, pp. 211-214.

The new Toucan is named S. spectabilis, p. 214.

1858. Cassin, J. Description of a New Tanager from the Isthmus of Darien, and note
on Selenidera Spectabilis, Cassin. ‘<< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., x, 1858, pp.
177,178.

1858. Cassin, J. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the genera Selenidera,
Gould,and... < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, pt.i, Dec. 1858, pp. 5-8, pli.
i-iii.

Selenidera spectabilis, pl. i, originally described in Proc. Phila. Acad., 1857, p. 214.—(The
remainder of the paper relates to Numida and Phasidus, and the title will be found in full
under Numidide.)

1858. GOULD, J. [On a New Species of Toucan (Andigena spilorhynchus).] < P. Z.
S., xXvi, 1858, pp. 149, 150.

1858. GouLD, J. On a new species of Toucan. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 34 ser., li,

ee p. 388.
om P. Z, §., March 23, 1858.

724 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. LVol. V.

1865. ScumiptT, Max. [EHiniges tiber Ramphastos discolorus Gm.] < Zool. Gart., vy,
1865, pp. 267, 268.
1866. GOULD, J. Description of a New Species of Toucan belonging to the Genus
Aulacoramphus [A. cyanolemus]. < P. Z.S8., xxxiv, 1866, p. 24.
1867. Cassin, J. A Study of the Rhamphastide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xix,
1867, pp. 100-124.
Monographie. 5 genn., 64 spp. Burhynchus, p.102; Tucanus, p. 104; Ramphodryas, p. 106;
Baillonius, p. 114; Ramphastoides, p. 117, subgg. nn. No new species are described. Cf.
Zool. Rec., iv, 1867, p. 88.
1867. SCHMIDT, Max. [Einiges iiber Ramphastos im Gefangenschaft.] < Zool. Gart.,
viii, 1867.
1870. STEVENS, R.P. The Toucan’s Beak. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, pp. 622, 623.
On the adaptation and uses of the organ in Rhamphastide.
1871. Stevens, R.P. Tukanens Neb. < Tidssk. for populere Fremst. af Naturvidensk.,
4e ger., iii, 1871, p. 80.
» Spgresmaalet: i hvilket @jemed har Tukanen sit ejendommelige Neb. ‘‘
1876. GURNEY, J. H., Jk. Toucans in England in the Seventeenth Century. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4838, 4839.
Extracts from Plot’s Nat. Hist. Oxfordshire, 1677, and Leigh’s Nat. Hist. Lancashire, 1700.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIO@GRAPHY—CUCULIDA. 125

Cuculidz. |

[Notr.—The literature of this family is extensive, but much of it relates to Cuculus canorus alone, ot

1832.

1833.

1835.

1835.

1837,

1839.

1840.

1844.
1844.
1847.
1849,
1849.

1850.

1855.

is otherwise excluded from presentation here. ]

Kavp,J.[J.] Saurothera marginata. Eine neue Art aus Mexico. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxv, 1832, pp. 991, 992, pl. xxvi. :

Cawnpor, Lord. [Exhibition of a eeecvens carolinensis killed in Wales.] <P.
Z. 8., 1, 1833, p. 26.

Botta, P. E. Description du Saurothera californiana. < Now. Ann. du Mus.
@ Hist. Nat., iv, 1835, pp. 121-124, pl. (color.) 9.

THompson, W. [Coccygus americanus in Great Britain.] <P. Z. S., iii, 1835,
pp. 83, 84,

SwaInson, W. On the Natural History and Relations of the Family of Cuculidz

_ or Cuckoos, with a view to determine the series of their variation. < Mag.
of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837, pp. 213-225, 430-437.

It sufiices to remark of this article that it is quinarian.

JARDINE, W. Hore Zoologice. No. I. On the History and Habits of Croto-
phaga. < Ann. Nat. Hist., iv, 1839, pp. 160-171, figg. 1, 2.

JARDINE, W. Hore Zoologice. No.II. The History and Habits of Crotophaga
continued from page 171, by the Notes of Mr. Schomburgk on the Manners of
the Birds of Guiana. < Ann. Nat. Hist., iv, 1840, pp. 318-322.

JARDINE, W. Uber das Betragen der Kielschnabel (Keel-Bils, Crotophaga).
<_ Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 913-918.
Ann. Nat. Hist., iv, 1839, pp. 160-171, and 318-322.
Swatnson, W. Ueber die Naturgeschichte und die Verwandschaften der Cucu-
lidae. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 512, 513.
Mag. Zool. and Bot. Lond., Ba. i, Hft. iii, 1837, pp. 213-225, 430-437. ;
LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur le Saurothera vetula (Tacco Vieillard) de Vieillot.
< Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 353-360.
4esp. 8S. jamaicensis, p. 354; S. dominicensis, p. 355, Spp. nn.
VERREAUX, J., and DES Murs, O. Nouvelle espéce de Coucou [Cuculus ma-
crourus] se rapprochant du genre Piaya. < Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, p. 276
The species is identified by Gray with Dromococcyx phasianellus (Spix) of Brazil.
Gray, G. R. Description of a new species of the genus Cultrides [C. rufipen-
nis]. < P.Z.S., xvii, 1849, p. 63, (Aves) pl. x. :
From Mexico. (The genus is a synonym of Neomorphus Gloger, 1827:)
Gray, G. R. Description of a new species of the genus Cultrides [C. rufipen-

nis.}] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., v, 1850, p. 224.
From P. Z. §., Apr. 24, 1849, p. 63.

- STRICKLAND, H. E. On a new species of Coccyzus [C. pumilus] from Trinidad.

< Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, p. 28, pl. Ixxxii.

. GLOGER, C. W. L. Ein seltsamer Zug in der Fortpflanzung der amerikanischen

Kuckuke [Coceygus americanus]. <JS.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 219-232.
Mainly from Audubon and Nuttall.

. HartLaus, G. Beitriige zur exotischen Ornithologie. <J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp.

409-421,

Descriptions of various birds, with critical comment; and, in particular, a review of num-
erous species of Ouculide.

Jones, J. C. [Communication presenting a specimen of *Geococcyx (mexica-
nus?).] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, p. 258. ;

726 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolV.

1860. REINHARDT, J. Bemzerkninger om Redebygningen og Forplantningsforholdene
hos Crotophaga-Siegten. 8vo. pp.31.
Aftryk af Oversigt over det Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandlinger o. s. v., Januar 1860.

1862-63. CABANIS, J., and HEINE, F. Museum Heineanum. | — | Verzeichniss | der |
ornithologischen Sammlung | des | Oberamtmann | Ferdinand Heine | auf |
Gut St. Burchard | vor | Halberstadt. | Mit kritischen Anmerkungen und Bes-
chreibungen fast | simmtlicher Arten | systematisch bearbeitet | von Dr. Jean
Cabanis, | erstem Custos der kéniglichen zoologischen Sammlung in Berlin |
und | Ferdinand Heine, | Stud. philos. | — | IV. Theil, | die Klettervégel |
enthaltend. | Heft I: Kuckuke und Faulvégel. | — | Halberstadt, 1862-63. |
In Commission der Frantz’schen Buchhandlung (G. Loose). 8vo. 2 pals
pp. 1-229.

Auch unter d. Titel: Museum | Ornithologicum | Heineanum. | — | Pars IV. Scansores. |
Sectio I. | Cuculide. Argornithide.

The greater part of this Hett is occupied with the Cuculide (to p. 122), and these sheets
all date 1862. The rest consists of the Bucconide (pp. 123-128 in 1862, rest in 1863) to p. 153,
Trogonide to p. 212 (1863), and Galbulide to p. 229 (1863). The new names proposed are as
follows:

CUCULIDE (1862). Lamprococcyxz, p. 11; L. chrysochlorus, p. 11; Chaleococcyz, p. 15; Pen-
thoceryx, Wisocalius, p. 16; Cacangelus, p. 17; Cacomantis threnodes, p. 19; C. infaustus, Dp.
23; Heteroscenes, p.26; Hiracococcyx, p. 27; H. sparverinus, p. 28; Caliechthrus, p. 31; Cucu-
lus leptodetus, p. 34; C. canorinus, p.35; Eudynamis chinensis [sic—lege sinensis], p. 52; Oeuth-
mochares, p. 60; Rhopodytes, p. 61; Ethamphococcyx, p. 65; Glaucococcyx, p.71; Cochlothraus-
tes, p. 74; Coccygus nesioies, p. 78; Nesococcyx, p. 79; Pyrrhococcyx mesurus, p- 83; P. guian-
ensis, p. 85; P. pallescens, p. 86; Acentetus, p. 102; Centrococcyx, p. 109; CO. moluccensis, p.
113; Pyrrhocentor, p. 117; P. unirufus, p. 118; Nesocentor, p. 118.

BuccONDL# (1863—none new in 1862). Malacoptila aequatorialis, p. 134; IM. blacica, p. 137;
Nystalus, p. 139; Hypnelus, p. 143; Nothriscus, p. 146; Argicus, p. 148: Notharchus, p. 149.

TROGONIDH (1863). Pyrotrogon orrhophaeus, p. 156; Oreseius (= Oreskios, Bp.), p. 161; Tro-
gon virginalis, p. 173; T. propinquus, p. 175; Pothinus, p. 180; Aganus, p. 184; A. crissalis, p.
190; ? A. devillei, p. 191; Harpalophorus, p. 199; Troctes, p. 201; T. mesurus, p. 202; Tany-
peplus, p. 205; Leptwas, p. 206. ;

GALBULIDZ (1863). Brachycex, p.214; Uroces, p. 216; Caucalias, p. 218.

1863. Heine, F. Cuculidina. < J. f. 0., xi, 1865, pp. 349-358.

Lamprococcyx chrysites, L. resplendens, p. 350; Oacomantis dysonymus, C. querulus, Cuculus
telephonus, p. 352; Coccyzusa gracilis, p. 356, spp. nn.—Thamnias, p. 357 ; Eutroctes, p. 358, new
generic names in other groups.

1864. SCHLEGEL, H. Cuculi. Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 5° livr., 1864, pp. 1-86.

The Cuculi of this author are a superfamily group, consisting of the Indicatoride, Leptoso-
matide, Musophagide, Coliidee and Opisthocomide! of authors, besides the Cuculidcee proper.
Hach of these families is treated as if of a single genus, excepting the last-named, in which
the author allows several. The 122 species treated are represented in the collection by 842
specimens.

1864. ScLaTER, P. L. On the Species of the American genus Coccyzus. < P.Z.S.,
xxxil, 1864, pp. 119-122..

Synonymatic, diagnostic, and critical Synopsis of 8spp. . bairdi, p. 120, Sp. 0.

1864. SctaTER, P. L. Notes on the Species of Cuckoos of the Genus Neomorphus.
< P.Z.S., 1864, pp. 249, 250.

Diagnosis of two species.

1866. Scrarpr, P. L. Ona New American Cuckoo of the Genus Neomorphus [N. sal-
vini]. <P. Z.S8., xxxiy, 1866, pp. 59, 60, pl. v.
With synopsis of 3 spp.

1869. WaLDEN, Lord. On the Cuculidx described by Linneus and Gmelin, with a
sketch of the Genus Endynamis. < Ibis, 2d ser., vy, 1869, pp. 324-346, pl. x.
The author rightly holds that the old names must be either identified or disposed of. He
handles the subject critically and patiently, accounting for most of the names.
“Of the 22 Linnean species of Cuculus, 3 belong to other families, and 11 of the remaining
19 have been more or less satisfactorily identified, leaving 8 undetermined. Of these, 2 seem
to be beyond hope at present; but the names of the last 6 can, it is shown, be referred with-
out much fear of error to the species for which they were intended.. The 2 Linnean species

No. 4.}

1869.

1870.

1872.

1874.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1878.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CUCULIDZ. (2%

WALDEN, Lord—Continued.
of Crotophaga are identical. Gmelin named 24 species and 10 varieties of Cuculus in addition
to those given by Linnzeus, besides 2 species which belong to other families, 2 which really
are Cuckoos though placed in other genera, and 1 Crotophaga. Of these 29 only 9 can, from
one cause or another, retain Gmelin’s names. The genus Hudynamis is specially treated, 9
species. being recognized, one of which EH. ransomi, Bp. (Consp. Av.,i, p. 101) is figured.”
(Zool. Rec. for 1869, p. —.)

ScLaTER, P. L. Further [ef. P. Z.8., 1864, pp. 119. seq. ] Notes on the Cuckoos of
the Genus Cocecyzus. <P. Z. S., xxxviii, 1870, pp. 165-169.

Synonymatic and diagnostic synopsis of 8 spp., with critical commentary.

. Dresser, H. E. [Exhibition of a specimen of Coccyzus americanus found in

Great Britain.] < P.Z.S., xxxix, 18/1, p. 299.

2. ScLATER, P. L. [Remarks on Exhibition of a Skin of the Yellow-billed Cuckoo

(Coceyzus americanus) from Buenos Ayres.] < Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872,
p. 496.

2. SCLATER, P. L. [Remarks on Exhibition of a specimen of Coccyzus erythroph-

thalmus killed in Ireland.] < Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872, p. 681.

The same specimen formerly recorded (Zoologist, p. 2943) as O. americanus. The only other
instance of the occurrence of this bird in Europe is stated to be in Italy (Bolle, J. f. O., 1858,
p. 457; Selys-L., Ibis, 1870, p.452; Salvadori, Fn. Ital., 1871, p. 42).

BLAKE-KNnox, H. American Cuckoo [Coccygus erythrophthalmus] in Ireland.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2943.
Erroneously given as C. americanus: ef. P. Z. S., 1872, p. 681.
CLERMONT, Lord. Blackbilled American Cuckoo [Coceygus erythrophthalmus |]
in Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3022.

. CABANIS, J. [Coccygus euleri, n. sp. aus Brasilien.] <J.f. O., 1873, pp. 72, 73.
. Cours, E. Range of the Geococcyx californianus. < Am. Nat., vii, 1874, p. 751.

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Remarks on Neomorphus pucherani and its Allies. < Ibis,

3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 287-295.
Historical. Descriptive synopsis of 4 spp. of the genus.
ANoN. [The Road-runner—Geococcyx californianus.] < Am. Sportsman, iv,
1874, p. 395.

From San Luis Obispo, Cal., Tribune.

. Hupnut, J. O. The Paisano [Geococcyx californianus] not the Chiacalaca

[Ortalida sp.] < Field and Stream (newspaper of Chicago, Ill.), Apr. 4, 1874.

. Anon. The Bird Road-Runner [Geococeyx californianus.] < Rod and Gun,

vi, Sept. 25, 1875, p. 396.
Reprint from St. Helena, Cal., Star.
BENNER, F. Is the yellow-billed cuckoo parasitic? < Forest and Stream, Vv
Sept. 16, 1875, p. 83.

Duso!s, A. Note sur un Coccyzus tué en Belgique. < Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique,
Xxxix, Jan., 1875, pp. 9-11.

Pas vue moi-méme. Un individu du 0. americanus tué dans le Bois-de-Lessines, le 22 Oct
1874.

“Parvus.” American Cuckoo. < Rod and Gun, vii, May 1, 1875, p. 75.
Mere statement of fact that the American species make nests of their own.
CHAMBERS, V.T. The Chapparal Cock. < Am. Nat., x, No. 6, 1876, p. 373.
Request for information respecting food of Geococeyx californianus.
BENDIRE, C. Breeding habits of Geococcyx californianus. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 39.
JONES, J. M. Nesting of Cuckoo [(Coccygus erythrophthalmus) near Halifax,
N. S8.]. < Forest and Stream, xi, Oct. 10, 1878, p. 204.

728 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

1879. Brewer, T. M. Parasitic Birds [Cuculide]. < The Oélogist, iv, No. 11, June,
1879, p. 85.

1879. Bryant, W. E. Love-making in the Road-Runner [Geococcyx californianus].
< Science News, i, No.7, Feb. 1, 1879, p. 112.

1879. MILLER, Miss F. Strange Story of a California Bird [Geococcyx californianus],

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 109, 110.
Habits as observed in semi-domestication.

Mo. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSITTACIDA. 729

: | Psittacidz.

1733. DUVERNEY, J. G. Anatomie. < Hist.de VAcad. Roy. des Sci. de Paris pour
Vannée 1682, i, 1733, pp. 344, 345.
Sur le bec d’un Perroquet, p. 344.
1752. CeRati, Abbe. [Observation sur Page auquel peuvent parvenir les Perro-
quets. ] < Hist. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci: pour Vannée 1747, 1752, pp. 57, 58.
Une espéce de Cacatua—prés de cent-vingt années.

1753. ISNaRD, A.D. DE. [Observation sur up Perroquet qui pondit un uf en France. ]
< Hist. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. pour Vannée 1727, 1753, pp. 25, 26.

1801-05. LEVAILLANT, F. Histoire Naturelle | des Perroquets, | par Francois Levail-
lant. | — | Tome premier [second]. | [Monogram. } | A Paris, | Chez Levrault,
Schoell et C.e, rue de Seine S. G. | — | Strasbourg, de Vimprimerie de Le-
vrault. | An xii (1804). [1801-1805.] Pub. livy. I-XXIV, titled and paged for 2
vols. folio. Vol. I, half-title, title, dedication, preface, each 1 leaf. Text
pp. 1-135, 1 leaf (table); pll. col’d 1-71. Vol. II, half-title, title, each 1 leaf.
Text pp. 1-111; pll. 72-139.

This is the earliest of the great Parrot Monographs; a splendid work, worthy associate
of the others from the same celebrated source. The two volumes of 139 plates, describing
90 species of the family, were followed in 1837-38 by a third (supplementary) volume by
Bourjot St. Hilaire, with 111 plates of 88 species; to which a fourth vol. of 48 plates and
about as many species was added by De Souancé in 1857-58, these together making by far the
most extensive Iconography of the Parrots extant.

Itis to be always regretted, for Levaillant’s sake, that, while he described so carefully and
so brilliantly figured numberless species of birds, many of them before unknown, he did not
in any of his four great works use the system of nomenclature which would have entitled
him to full recognition. He is the real author of very many new species to which syste-
matic names were later applied by Viewllot and others, who consequently get all the per-
functory credit that should have gone to Levaillant. Buffon, Brisson and Levaillant are the
three great French names in ornithology which are not citable for species.

The beautiful plates of this work were drawn from nature, engraved and printed in colors
under the direction of Bouquet. The text (as is not very often the case with Iconographies
like this) is much more than a brief description of the objects represented, occupying usually
more than one leaf to a plate, and going into many particulars concerning the species of this
family. The whole work forms the corner-stone of the special literature of Psittacide.

1801. Morozzo, [C. L.] Letter from Count Morozzo to C. Lacepede, respecting a
Parrot hatched at Rome; together with some Observations on the duration
of the Life of these Birds. < Tilloch’s Philos. Mag., xii, 1801, pp. 235-246.

From Journ. de Physique, Ventose, An 10.

I. History of the laying and incubation of a pair of Brazilian Parrots. I. Their habits,
attachment, mode of rearing their young. III. Description of ¢, , and young (== Amazon
Parrot of Barrere, Fr. Equinoz., p. 144). IV. Instances of some Parrots which have laid in
Europe. V. Conjectures on the duration of the life of Parrots, including a table of the dura-
tion of incubation and life of several birds, and periods of gestation in several mammals, in
comparison with the duration of their life. : :

1802. Morozzo, [C. L.] Histoire @un Perroquet né & Rome, suivie de quelques
observations sur la durée de la vie des oiseaux. < Journ. de Phys., Chim., et
Hist. Nat., liv, 1802, pp. 180-193.

L’histoire de ces Perroquets, et celle de leur ponte et de leur incubation.—Leurs habitudes,
amours, et la maniére d’élever leurs petits.—Description de ces oiseaux.—Conjectures sur la
vie des perroquets, etc.; ‘‘j’en ai vu un moi-méme qui étoit depuis 75 ans dans la méme mai-
son.” Table de la durée de l’incubation, et de la vie de plusieurs oiseaux. i

1803. Morozzo,C.L. Relation De deux fétus produits par les mémes perroquets qui
dans Vannée 1801 ont donné un petit, 4 Rome. < Journ. de Phys., Chim., et
Hist. Nat. 1vi, 1803, pp. 347-350.

Bull. v, 414

130

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

1820. Kuni, H. H. Kuhl, Ph. Dr. Ac. C.L.C.N.C.S. | Conspectus Psittacorum. |

1821.

1821.

1822.

1823.

1823.

Cum specierum definitionibus, novarum descriptionibus, | synonymis et circa
patriain singularum naturalem | adversariis, | adjecto indice museorum, ubi
earum | artificiosae exuviae servantur. | Cum Tabulis III. aeneispictis. | [n. d.,
n.p.; Bonnae, 1820.] 1 vol. 4to. pp. 104, pl. iii.

Novis Actis Acad. Oces. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur., vol. x, pars i, 1820, pp. 4-104.

De speciebus 209 Psittacorum tractat auctor celeberrimus, quarum novas “circa 40, nus-
quam descriptas” continet monographia sua. Species signo tnotatas vidit ipse et sec. natu-
ram descripsit.

Species omnes ad genus Psittaci unicum relatz sunt, hoc genere in sect. yi. diviso, sc., 1,
Ara; 2, Convrvs (p. 4); 3, Psittacvla; 4, Psittacus ipse; 5, Kakadoe! (p. 11); 6, Probosciger
(p. 13).—I. Ara, A, colore coccineo, spp., 1-3; B, colore caeruleo, 4, 5; C, colore viridi, 6-10.
Il. Convrvs, A, Americani, 11-28; B, Africani, 29-33; C, Asiatici, 34-61; D, Australes, 62-92.
Ill. Psittacvla, A, Americani, 93-102; B, Africani, 103-105; C, Asiatici, 106-115; D, Australes,
116-119. IV. Psittacus, A, Americani, 120-144; B, Africani, 145-147; C, Asiatici, 148-150; D.
Australes, 151,152. V. Kakadoe, A, Indici, 158-156; B, Australes, 157-164. WI. Probosciger,
165, 166.—Psittaci patria incertae, 167-171.—Psittaci dubii, aut auctori incogniti, ab aliis de-
se1ipti, 172-209.

Species sequentes sané novas asterisco notavi; reliquee forsan prius descripte.

10. Psittacus illigeri, Temm. et Kuhl, p. 19 (=P. fuscatus, Mus. Berol, nomine inepto).
24. P. viridissimus, Temm. et Kuhl, p. 25. 63. P. platurus, Temm. et Kuhl, p. 43. 67. P.
*erythronotus, p. 45. P. *auriceps, p.46. 75. P.*chlorolepidotus, p.48. 77. P. *ultramarinus,
p.49. 78. P. *chrysostomus, p. 50, pl.i. 82. P. *spurius, p. 52. 84. P. *cyanomelas, p. 53.
86. P. icterotis, Temm. et Kuhl, p. 54. 90. P. *brownti, p. 56. 94. P. *st. thomae, p. 58. 104,
P. *swinderniamos, p. 62, pl. ti (‘‘swinderianus,” lapsu). 111. P. simplex, p. 66. 113. P. *ma-
eropterus, p. 67. 125. P. brachyurus, Temm. et Kuhl, p. 72. 127. P. *maaximilian, p. 72.
133. P. cyanotis, Temm. et Kuhl, p.77. 134. P. *erythrurus, p.77. 148. P. *spadiceocepha-
lua (!), p.84. 158. P. *tenuirostris, p. 88. 15.9 P. *eos, p. 88. 162. P. *temiméinkit (sic), p. 89.
164. P. *leachti, p.91, pl. iii. 166. P.*goliath, p. 92. 168. P. *bitorquatus, p. 92. 171. P. *fus-
cicollis, p. 95

12. P. auricapillus, ‘‘Licht.,” p. 20. 15. P. leucotis, ‘‘Licht.,” p. 21. 96. P. surdus, “Ill.,” p.
59. 97. P. melanonotus, ‘‘ Licht.,” p.59. 102. P. vulturinus, ‘‘Tll.,” p.62. 121. P. leucogaster,
SOU jos 70) : .

De Vaillanti opere ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets,”’ pp. 102-104.

Exemplum hujusce opusculi quod examinavi in Biblioth. Reip. Aimer. olim cl. Okeno d. d.
auctor, ut patet nota msc. ante titulum: ,, Herrn Hofrath Dr Oken vom V’ts.‘

Kuni, H. [Ausziige aus seinem Conspectus Psittacorum.] < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg.
y, 1821, pp. 951-962.

Die Originalausgabe ist enthalten in den Neue Verh. der Kaiserl.-Leop.-Carol. Acad., Bd. x.,
Abth. i, 1820, pp. 4-104; auch besonders gedruckt, 4to, Bonna:, 1820. Der obige Aufsatz
besteht nur aus einer Synopsis der Gattungen und einem Verzeichniss der Arten, nebst
einem Anhange des Herausgebers iiber die Levaillant’sche ,, Naturgeschichte der Papa-
geien. ‘‘

'‘TEMMINCK, C. J. Account of some new Species of Birds of the Genera Psittacus
and Columba, in the Museum of the Linnean Society. < Trans. Linn. Soc.,
xiii, pt.i, 1821, pp. 107-130.

Psittacus cookii, p. 111; P. solandri, p. 118; P. nasicus, p. 115; P. flavigaster, p. 116; P.
baueri, p.118; P. brownii, p.119; P. multicolor, p. 119; P. icterotis, p. 120; P. venustus, p. 121;
P. pulchellus, p.122. Columba dilopha, p. 124; C. magnifica, p. 125; C. leucomela, p. 126; OC.
scripta, p.127; C. humeralis, p. 128; O. phasianella, p.129. Memoir in French.

EDITORIAL. Notice regarding the History and Distribution of the genus Psitta-
cus or Parrot. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., vii, 1822, pp. 398-401.

DESM[AREST], A.[G.] Noticé sur les Aras Bleus nés en France, et acclimatés
dans le dép. du Calvados; par M. J.-V. Lamouroux.... < Féruss. Bull.,
2¢ sect., ii, 1823, pp. 451, 452.

Extraite des Mem. Soc. Linn. de Paris, ii, 1823?, pp. 155-162.

GABRIAC, MARQUIS DE. Notice Sur la Ponte faite 4 Paris par des Perruches

de Amérique méridionale, de Vespéce dite Pavouane, dans les mois de

juillet et daott de année 1822. < Mém du Mus. d Hist. Nat., x, 1823, pp.
309-313.

Addition 4 la notice précédente, par Geoffroy-St.-Hilaire, pp. 314-316.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSITTACIDA. T31

1823? Lamouroux, J. V.F. Notice Sur des aras bleus nés en France et acclimatés
dans le departement du Calvados. < Mém. Soc. Linn. de Paris, ii, 18237, pp.
155-162. ;

1823. V.-Y. Conspectus Psittacorum. ... Auct. H. Kuhl. < Péruss. Bull. , 2° sect.,
iv, 1823, p. 208, 209.

Revue de cet ouvrage.

e
D
=

<4. Desm[arest, A. G.] Description de quelques espéces d’oiseaux des genres Per-
roquet et Pigeon du Muséum de la Société linnéenne de Londres; par M. C. J.
Temminck. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sec., i, 1824, p. 278, 279.
Extr. des Trans. Linn. Soc., xiii, pt. i, p. 107.
1824. PAYRAUDEAU, B. C. Notice sur la ponte faite a Paris par des Perruches doe
VAmérique méridionale, de ’espéce dite Pavouane, dans les mois de juillet et
@aoit de Vannée 1822; par M. le Mis, de Gabriac,... < Féruss. Bull., 2°sect.,
Ti, 1824, p. 203.
Extraite des Mém. du Mus. @’ Hist. Nat., x, 1823, pp. 309-313.
1824-25. Vicors, N. A. Descriptions of some rare, interesting, or hitherto uncharac-
terized subjects of Zoology. < Zool. Journ., i, 1824, pp. 409-418, 526-542, pll. 13,
14,16; pll. suppl. 1-4; ii, 1825, pp. 234-241, pl. &.
Muscicapa lathami, p. 410, pl. 13, n. sp.; Anthus richardi, Vieill., p. 411, pl. 14; Psittacula
kuhhi, p. 412, pl. 16, n. sp.; Platycercus (g. n.?, p. 527) pacificus, Lath., pl. suppl.1; P. auriceps,
Kuhl, pl. 2; P. ulietanus, Lath., pl.3; Psittacus pyrhopterus, Lath., pl. 4; Vol. ii, Anthropoides
stanleyanus, p. 234, pl. 8. i
1825. [ANON.] Notice regarding the Breeding of the Peacock Parrot of South Amer-
ica [in confinement]. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., xii, 1825, pp. 184, 185.
From Bulletin Universel. Cf. Mém. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat., x, 1823, pp. 309-313, and Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., ii, 1824, p. 203.
1825. Vicors, N. A. On a new genus of Psittacide. < Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp.
387-390. :
This is a subhead, being part of the third instalment (pp. 368-405) of the series of papers
entitled “Sketches on Ornithology; or,” etc.

The new genus is Psittacara, p- 387; of which are described Ps. frontatus, p. 389, and Ps.
lichtensteinti, p. 390, spp. nn.

Féruss. Bull., ix, 1826, pp. 91, 92; Isis, 1830, pp. 1043-1045.
1826. Lesson, R.P. Sur un genre nouveau de la famille des Perroquets; par Vigors.
: < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., ix, 1826, p- 91, 92.
Psitiacara. Extrait du Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 357-390, q. v.
1826. Lesson, [R. P.] Description de quelques objets de zoologie rares, intéressans
ou mal décrits; par N. A. Vigors . . . < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, p. 105.
Zool. Journ., iv, Janv. 1825, p. 526.
1826. Lesson, R. P. Esquisses ornithologiques, ete.; observations sur le groupe des
Psittacide, et sur les Perroquets connus des anciens; par N. A. Vigors. .
< Feéruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, pp. 111, 112.
“Zool. Journ., avril 1825, p. 37.”
1827. Vicors,N.A. A Reply to some Observations in the ‘Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles,” upon the newly characterized groups of the Psittacide. < Zool.
Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 91-123.

1629. MIcHEL, —. Les Perroquets, | leur éducation physique et morale; | ouvrage |
dans lequel on établit des moyens pour les | guérir de leurs maladies. | Par
Michel, | Bachelier és-lettres, | ancien oiseleur du roi de Westphalie. | Paris. |
Audot, Libraire-Editeur, | rue des Magons-Sorbonne, Ne. 11. | 1829. 1 vol.
18mo. 2p. IL, pp. 1-146,11.

1829. TEMMINCK, C. J. Notice sur quelques espéces nouvelles d’oiseaux des genres
Psittacus et Columba dans le Muséum de la Société linnéenne par C. J. Tem-
minck, (Lin. transact. xiii. P. 1. p. 107.). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829,
pp. 1194-1209,

Le mémoire ici se trouve réproduit en entier, des Linn. Soc. Trans., 1821, q. v.

° 8

732

1830.

1830.

1830.

1831.

1832.

1832.

1834.

1835.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Vicors, N. A. Seltene Gegenstiinde aus der Zoologie [Papageyen aus Austra-
lien]. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 824, 825.
Aus der Zool. Journ., Vol. i, Nr. iv, 1825, p. 526.

Vicors, N. A. Ornithologische Skizzen. Fortsetzung. Ueber die den Alten
bekannten Papageyen. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 831-839.
Aus der Zool. Journ., Vol. ii, Nr. 5, April 1825, p. 37.

Vicors, N. A. Psittacara, neue Sippe der Psittaciden. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii,
1830, pp. 1043-1045.
Uebers. aus. d. Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 387-390.

BENNETT, E. T. Observations on the Hyacinthine Maccaw. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 211-213.
Technical and historical.

Lear, E. Illustrations | of | the family of | Psittacide, | or | Parrots: | the
ereatest part of them | species hitherto unfigured, | containing forty-two
lithographic plates, | drawn from life, and on stone, | By Edward Lear, A. L.
S. | — | London: | published by E. Lear, 61 Albany street, Regent’s Park.
| — | 1832. l1vol. folio. Title, list of subscribers, dedication, list of plates,

each 1 leaf; and 42 colored plates.

These plates are the most beautiful illustrations of Parrots, drawn with art as well as with
fidelity to nature. There is no text. The following is a list of the plates:

1. Psittucus badiceps. 2. Plyctolophus rosaceus. 3. P. galeritus. 4. P. sulphureus. 5. P.
leadbeateri. 6. Calyptorhynchus baudini. 7. Macrocercus aracanga. 8. M. ararauna. 9.
MW. hyacinthinus. 10. Psittacara patachonica. 11. P. leptorhyncha. 12. P. nana. 13. Nano-
des undulatus. 14, 15. Platycercus erythropterus. 16. P. tabuensis. 17. P. baueri. 18. P.
barnardi. 19. P. palliceps. 20. P. browniti. . 21, 22. P. pileatus. 28, 24. P. stamleyii. 25. P.
unicolor. 26. P. pacificus. 27. Palwornis nove-hollandie. 28. P. melanura. 29. P. antho-
peplus. 30. P. rosaceus. 31. P. columboides. 32. P. cucullatus. 33. P. torquatus. 34. Pris,
choglossus rubritorquis. 35. 7. matoni. 36. T. versicolor. 37. Lorius domicella. 38. Psittacula
kuhlii. 39. P. tarante. 40. P.torquata. 41. P. rubrifrons. 42. P. swinderiana.

WaGLER, [J.] Monographia | Psittacorum. | Auctor | [Joannes] Wagler. | [n.
d. n.p. Miinchen. 1832.] 4to. Halb-titel, 1 Blatt, Vorwort2 Blatter, pp.
469-750, Taf. illum. xxii-xxvil.

The pagination and also the numeration of the plates show this book to be a part of some-
thing else. It is extracted from the Denksch. Acad. Miinchen, i, 1832, without indication of
the fact. Wagler’s pieces mostly have some mechanical defect of date, title, pagination, or ~
other, showing either ignorance or negligence of the requirements of workmanlike printing.

Gedringter Ueberblick der Geschichte der Papageien, p. 469; Die Papageien der Alten, p-
470; Die Pap. Asiens, p. 474; Die Pap. Africa’s, p. 476; Die Pap. America’s, p. 478; Die Pap.
Australiens, p. 481. Gedringter Vergleich der Pap. mit dem Nagern und Einiges tber ihre
Stellung im natiirlichen Systeme, p. 483.—Conspectus systematicus generum et specierum ex
ordine Psittacorum, adjectis generum characteribus, pp. 489-505. Polytelis, p. 489; Nympht-
cus, Prioniturus, p. 490; Deroptyus, Huphema, p. 492; Oharmosyna, p. 493; Hos, Ooriphilus,
p. 494; Donvicella, Eclectus, Psittagodis, p. 495; Pionus, p. 497; Nasiterna, p. 498; Triclaria,
Sittace, p. 499; Tanygnathus, Coracopsis, p. 501; Dasyptilus, p.502; Corydon, Cacatua, p. 504;
Licmetis, Nestor, p. 505, are genera, apparently new, of Wagler’s. 7

Exposito specierum, pp. 506-697, gives the full description of the species, among which
are doubtless many new ones; but none are marked as such.

Characteres specierum ex ordine Psittacorum, pp. 698-738; Psittaci auctori dubii, pp. 739-
747; Index, pp. 748-750.

Pl. xxii, Helectus linnaei; xxiii, Psittacodis paragua; xxiv, f. 1, Pionus vulturinus, f. 2,
Sittace euops; xxv, Sittace pachyrhyncha; xxvi, Sittace glauca; xxvii, Calyptorhynchus stel-
latus.

Vicors,N.A. [Kein Gabelbein bei Psittacus, u.s.w.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii,
1834, p. 820. '
Auszug aus Philos, Mag., Bd. ix, 1831.

Pérrig, [E.] Psittacus cyanolyseos Mol. < Arch. f. Naturg., i, (1,) 1835, pp
87, 88. :
Of. Poeppig, Reise in Ohili, u. 8. w., i, 1835, p. 451.

No. 4.) COURS’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—-PSITTACID®. 133

1836. SeLBy, P. J. The | Naturalist’s Library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine,
Bart., | F.R.S. E., F. L. §., etc., ete. | Vol. X. | — | Ornithology. | Parrots. |
By Prideaux John Selby, Esq., | F. R. 8. E., F. L. S., M. W.S., ete., etc. | — |
Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, [ete.]. [Nodate. 1836.] lvol. sm. 12mo. Por-
trait of Bewick, eng. col’d title, other title, contents, each 1 leaf, pp. 7-219,
cuts, pll. col’d 1-30 (+ portrait and vignette = 32 pll.).

Being Vol. VI of general arrangement. Contains memoir of Bewick, likewise of D’Auben-
ton, and an account of Psittaci.

Pl. 1, Paleornis barrabandi ; 2, alexandri; 3, malaccensis. 4, Arara patagonica. 5, Micro-
cercus militaris ; 6, M. ararauna ; 7, M. aracanga. 8, Psittacara nobilis. 9, Psittacus festivus ;
10. Ps. erythacus. 11, Agapornis swinderianus. 12, Nestor hypopolius. 18, Plyctolophus lead-
veatert; 14, P. sulphureus. 15, Calyptorynchus stellatus. 16, Microglossus aterrimus. 17,
Dasyptilus pequetti. 18, Lorius domicillus. 19, Charmosyna papuensis. 20, Trichoglossus
swainsonti; 21, T. versicolor ; 22, T. pyrrhopterus. 23, Coriphilus kuhlii. 24, Psittaculus gal-
gulus. 25, Platycercus pennantit; 26, P. palliceps. -27, Nanodes venustus ; 28, N. undulatus.
29, Pezoporus formosus. 30, Nymphicus nove hollandice.

This is rather sketchy, an outline of the family, with figures of the leading types.

1836. Vicors, N. A. [Characters of two new Parrots (Psittacus augustus and P.
guildingii).] < P.Z.S.,iv, 1836, p. 80.

1836. WHITE, W. H. Facts on the Measure of the Length of Life of a Species of Par-
rot; with Suggestions for ascertaining the Average Period of Existence of
the whole Animal Creation; and an Anecdote of a Parrot. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 347-349.

1337-38. BourJorT St.-HiLarre, A. Hoistoire Naturelle | des Perroquets, | troisieme
volume | (supplémentaire), | pour faire suite aux deux volumes de Levail-
lant, | contenant les especes laissées inédites par cet auteur ou récemment
découvertes. | Ouvrage destiné | a compléter une monographie figurée de la
famille des Psittacidés, le texte renfermant la | classification, la synonymie,
et la description de chaque espéce; | suivi d’un index général des especes dé-
erites dans tont Vouvrage ; | par le docteur | Al. Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, | Pro-
fesseur du Zoologie au Collége Royale de Bourbon. | Les figures lithographiées
et coloriées avec soin | par | M. Werner, | Peintre attaché au Muséum d’His-
toire Naturelle. | — | Paris, | Chez F..G. Levrault, Libraire Editeur, rue de la
Harpe, n.° 81. | Strasbourg, | méme maison, rue des Juifs, n.° 33. | 1837-1838.
lvol. in-fol. grand jésus. pp. i-xlii (faux titre, titre, dédicace, préface, in-
troduction, index generalis Psittacorum, table, liste des auteurs); Planches
coloriées 111, avec le texte non paginé. Pub. par. livr. (29.)

Engelmann cites the work by a somewhat different title, beginning ‘‘ Collection des Perro-
quets”’, etc., and gives 1835-39 as dates of the appearance of 29 livraisons. Above title is
from a bound copy in Libr. Phila. Acad.; the wrappers of the parts not being preserved, I
cannot give their respective dates.

As expressly stated in the title, this Iconography is designed as a third (supplementary)
volume to Levaillant’s Histoire Nat. de Perroguets, 2 vols, 1801-5. A fourth companion vol-
ume was added to the series of illustrations in 1857-58, by De Souancé.

The plates of the present series are as follows :—PI. 1, Psittacus bengalensis ; 2, P. torquatus ;
3, 3 bis, P. colomboides ; 4, P. barrabandi; 5, P. melanurus; 6, P. rosaceus; 7, P. antho-
peplus ; 8, P. undulatus; 9, P. rujifrons; 10, P. chrysostomus; 11, 2’. auricomus ; 11 bis,
P. nove hollandie ; 12, P. cornutus ; 13, P. illigerti ; 14, P. glauca ; 15, P. glauca minor ; 16,
P. cobaltina (nob.); 17, P. caruleo-frontata ; 18, P. gouarouba; 19, P. patagonica; 20, P.
nanday ; 21, P. lepthorhinea (sic) ; 22, P. nobilis; 23, P. xanthoptera; 24, P. nana; 25, P.
tiviba ; 26, P. variegata melanura ; 27, P. perlata; 28, P. ninus; 29, P. flaviventris; 30, P.
icterotis ; 31, P. palliceps; 32, P. barnardi; 33, P. brownti; 34, P. viridis unicolor; 35, 35 bis,
P. erythropterus ; 36, P. pacijicus ; 37, P. nove zealandie ; 38, P. tabuencis ; 39, P. purpureo-
cephalus ; 40, P. coeruleo-barbatus (nob.); 41, P. dorso-cerulens (nob.); 42, 42 bis, P. awr-
capillus; 43, P. euteles; 44, 44 bis, P. iris; 45, P. aurifrons ; 46, P. placens (nob.); 47, P.
xanthopterigius (sic); 48. P. tout gutture luteo; 49, P. gregarius; 50, P. passerinus; 51, P.
seintillatus ; 52, P. versicolor ; 53. 53 bis, P. spatuliger; 54, P. flavirostris ; 55, 55 bis, 56,
P. mitratus; 57, P. cyanogaster ; 58, P. leucogaster ; 59, P. vulturinus; 60, P. senilis; 61, P.
meyert; 62, P. accipitrinus ; 63, P. augustus; 64, P. guildingti; 65, P. colombinus, 66, P.
pretret; 67, P. pecqueti; 68, P. novae zealandic ; 69, P. productus ; 70, P. funereus ; 71,71 bix

734 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Ve

1837-38. Boursor S1.-HiLarRe, A.—Continued. :

P. banksianus ; 72,72 bis, P. temminckit ; 73, P. baudinii ; 74, P. rosea ; 75, 75 bis, 75 ter, P.
rubrogaleata ; 76, P. tenuirostris ; 77, P.leadbeateri ; 78, P. rubrocristata (nob.); 79, P. sulfu-
reus major; 80, P. sulfureus minor ; 81, P minor philippinarum ; 82, P. albo-cristata ; 83, P.
interfringillacea ; 84, P. Florentis (nob.) Desmarestii ; 86, P. griseifrons (nob.) ; 87, P. rubri-
frons ; 88, P. cyano-pileata ; 89, P. Philippensis vel coula cissi ; 90, P. rubricollis vel pullaria
guienensis ; 91, P. roseicollis ; 92, P. malaccensis ; 93, P. huetii; 94, P. loxia ; 95, P. melano-
nota; 96, P. cana; 97, P. torquato-squamata; 98, P. swinderiana; 98, P. tarantae ; 100, P.
pygmeus.

There are some interpolations in this series; but not all those presented as such in the
table are actually present. Imake out 111 plates by actual count. They were executed by “
‘Werner.

The nomenclature is very lax, scarcely satisfying the requirements of a system. The
names in the text do not always correspond with those in the table, from which I have taken
the above list; and the author’s way of using names is difficult to make out, or see the point
of. Only French names are engraven on the plates. This laxity or carelessness is a serious
blemish upon an otherwise very praiseworthy and valuable monograph. ‘There is about a
leaf of text, descriptive, etc., to each plate.

“Many of the plates are original, others are copied from Spix, Temminck, or Lear; they
are executed on stone, and though inferior to the works of Gould and Lear, they are perhaps
the best ornithological lithographs which have issued from the French press. The text of
this work is prepared with considerable care, but the nomenclature wants precision, the latin
names being often wrongly spelled, and the principles of binomial nomenclature often departed
from. Thus the genus Paleornis is in one instance designated Psittacus, in another Psittacus
sagittifer, and in a third Conurus sagittifer, with the addition in each case of a specific name.”
(Strickl. Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1844, 1845, p. 198.)

1838. ANON. Disquisitiones anatomice Psittacorum, diss. inaug. auct. M. J. Thuet.
Turici, apud Orell. 1838. 4. 36. T.2. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, p. 231.

1838. THUET, M. J. Disquisitiones anatomice Psittacorum. Dissertatio Inauguralis.
Turici. Orellii, Fuesslini et Soc. 1838. 4to. pp. 36. pll.2.

Not seen.

1838. Vicors, N. A. [Psittacus augustus, Ps. guildingii.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi,
1838, p. 195.

Aus P. Z. S., iv, 1836.

1839. Rousseau, L. F. E. Note sur un nouvel os découvert dans la téte des Perro-
quets. < Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 352, 353,-pl. 2, figg. 3, 4, 5.

Désigné sous le nom de Vos Inter-carré-tympano-auditif.

1840. JACQUEMIN, [E.] [Sur un os observé par M. E. Rousseau dans la machoire des
Perroquets et décrit comme nouveau par cet anatomiste.] < Compt. Rend. de
? Acad. Sci., x, 1840, pp. 139, 140.

L’auteur sonpgonne que cet os n’est autre chose qu’une piéce qu’il a lui-méme indiqué dans
son Mémoire sur la Corneille.

1840. RoussEav, [L. F. E.] Sur un os nouvellement découyert dans la mAchoire des
perroquets. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., x, 1840, pp. 251, 252.

Voir C. R., tom. cit., p. 189.

N’est point, comme l’a supposé M. Jacquemin, une piece dépendante du systéme des ca-
naux aériens du squelette, mais une piece propre aux oiseaux du genre Psittacus.

1840. RoussEau, [l. F.] E. [Observations au sujet de ’os que Von trouve A la téte
des Perroquets.] < Revue Zoologique, iii, 1840, pp. 57-59.

Voir op. cit., ii, 1839, p. 352.

1842-55. Bream, C.L. Monographie | der | Papageien | oder | vollstindige Naturge-
schichte aller bis jetzt | bekannten Papageien mit getreuen und | ausgemalten
Abbildungen, | im Vereinemit andern Naturforschern | herausgegeben | von |
C. L. Brehm | Pfarrer zu Renthendorf, der Kaiserl. Leopoldinischen Akademie
Naturforscher und mehrerer gelehrten und | naturwissenschaftlichen Gessell-
schaften mit- oder Ehrenmitgliede. |— | Jena | August Schmid, | Paris |
Treuttel et Wiirtz, Rue de Lille No. 17. | 1842 [-1855]. folio. pub. in Parts.
1 Heft, 1842; 2 Heft, 1843; 3 Heft, 1845; 4 Heft, 1853; 5 Heft, 1852; 6 Heft,

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSITTACIDA. 735

1842-55. Brey, C. L.—Continued.
1953; 7 Heft, 1853; 8 Heft, 1853; 9 Heft, 1853; 10 Heft, 1854; 11 Heft, 1854;
12 Heft, 1854; 13 Heft, 1855; 14 Heft, 1855.

The copy examined of this work consists of 2 prel. pages (title and dedication), pp. 1-60 of
text, and 70 colored plates. It appears to be incomplete, the text breaking off abruptly in
the middle of a sentence on page 60, at species 34, already calling for plate 72; it has covers
of the 14 Hefte above indicated bound in at the end. The dates on these covers are mostly
in manuscript, presumably of some one who knows, but I cannot vouch for their accuracy ;
in fact, there seems to be some oversight, as the dates do not all follow consecutively the suc-
cessive issues of the Parts. The text consists of a general account of each species, chiefly
synonymatic, descriptive, and critical. The plates are as follows :—

Pl. 1, Psittacus macao ; 2, P. aracanga ; 3, P. tricolor ; 4, P. hyacynthinus ; 5, P. militaris.
6, Arara hyacinthiacus ; 7, A. ararawna ; 8, A. bujfonit (Brehm, page 6) ; 9, A. pumpureo-dor-
salis; 10, A. macawuanna ; 11, A. severus; 12, A. macrognathos ; 13 missing (= Anadorhyn-
chos maximiliani, see Arara hyacinthinus) ; 14, Aratinga carolinae-augustae ; 15, Arat. haemor-
rhous ; 15 bis, Arathinga chrysocephalus ; 16, Aratinga aurifrons ; 17, A. luteus sive garauba ;
18, f. 1, A. caizana, f. 2, A. ninus; 19, A. eyanogularis ; 20, A. aureus; 21, A. xanthopterus ;
92, A. acutirostris ; 23, A. flaviventer; 24, A. latus ; 25, A. fasciatus ; 26, A. melanunus (sic) ;
27, A. ‘‘guianensis” (so lettered, being A. nobilis of the text, p. 21); 28, A. guianensis ; 29, 30,
A. pertinaa ; 31, A. virescens ; 32, Psittaculus passerinus ; 33 (numbered 34 by mistake, see
text, p. 26), Ps. xanthopterygius ; 34, P. gregarius ; 35, P. tui; 36, P. swinderianus ; 37, Psit-
tacus xantops (sic); 38, P. columbinus ; 39, P. malachitaceus ; 40, P. pumilio ; 41, 42, P. pile.
atus, 3,9 (42 being P. diadeina of text, p. 33); 43, P. diadema (43 being senilis of text, p. 34) ;
44, P. senilis (44 being pulverulentus of text, p. 34); 45, P. pulverulentus ; 46, P. senilis ; 47, P.
accipitrinus ; 48, P. menstruus ; 49, P. cestivus (for estivus) ; 50, P. amazonieus ; 51, P. ama-
zoninus ; 52, P. melanocephalus ; 53, P. barabandi ; 54, P. bouqueti; 55, P, cyanotis ; 56, P.
aureus, Bechst., nec L.; 57, P. autumnalis ; 58, P. paradisi; 59, P. cervicalis ; 60, P. mascari-
nus; *61, P. menstrwus, 9; *62, P. senegalus ; *63, P. gramineus ; *64, P. melanocephalus ; *65,
P. geofrayt (sic); 66, P. erythacus (for erythacus) ; 67, P. domicella ; 68, P. cyanurus ; 69, P.
guebiensis ; 70, P. ochrupienus (sic). Those asterisked uncolored in copy examined. Text of
p. 60 calls for—Pl. 71, P. garrulus ; Pl. 72, P. unicolor ; these not found.

Since the above was written I have fortunately found a copy in the original cover-titles,
giving further particulars, as follows :—

Heft I, 1842, title, pp. 1-4, pll. 1-5; II, 1843, pp. 5-8, pll. 6-10; TI, 1845, pp. 9-12, pl. 11-15;
TV, 1853, pp. 13-16, pll. 16-20; V, 1852, pp. 17-20, pll. 21-25; VI, 1853, pp. 21-24, pll. 26-30; VI,
1853, pp. 25-28, pll. 31-35; VII, 1852, pp. 29-32, pll. 36-40; TX, 1853, pp. 33-36, pll. 41-45; X, 1854,
pp. 37-40, pll. 46-50; XT, 1854, pp. 41-44, pll. 51-55 ; XU, 1854, pp. 45-48, pll. 56-60; XIII, 1855, pp.
49-52, pll. 61-65; XIV, 1855, pp. 53-56, pll. 66-70.

Comparison of these two copies shows that there are in this work 14 perfect Parts, of pp.
56 and pll. 70; and also a 15th incompleted Part, raising the text to pp. 60, but apparently
lacking pll. 71 and 72, called for by the text.—I handled the bound copy in the Congressional
Libr., the other in the Libr. of the Phila. Acad.

1842. Kunimann, H. De absentia furculae in Psittaco pullario ct de regione ani-
malium vertebratorum humerali praecipue avium. Dissertatio inauguralis
medica. Auctore Henrico Kuhlmann. Kilix. 1842.

Haud mihi obvia.

1845. Des Murs, O. Notes sur une espéce de Perruche nouvelle. < Revue Zoologique,
viii, 1845, p. 449.

1846. ANoN.- The | Parrot-Keeper’s | Guide. | — | Comprising, | the Natural History
of | Macaws, Cockatoos, Parrots, Lories, | Parokeets, and Love-Birds; | with |
general observations on the best modes of treatment, | the diseases to which
they are subject, and | methods of cure, &c. | — | By an experienced dealer. |
[Figure.] | London: | Thomas Dean & Co. Threadneedle-Street. 1vol. 16mo.
[n.d. 1846.] pp. 48, 6 col’d pll., and other illustrations.

1847, LAFRESNAYE, F.pE. Quelques oiseaux nouveaux de Bolivie et de Nouvelle-
Grenade. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 65-76.
Les trois oiseaux ici décrits sont de la famille des Psittacidés—Ara rubro-genys, p. 65; A.
castaneifrons, p. 66; Pionus melanotis, p. 67.
1849. [JaRDINE, W.] Pionus gulielmi, Jardine [n. sp. ]. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849,
pp. 64, 65, pl. xxviii.

736 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. - [Vol V.

1849. VERREAUX, J., and DES Murs, O. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Perro-
quet [Pionus fuscicapillus]. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, p.58.

1850. BoNAPARTE, C.L. Nouvelles espéces ornithologiques _ < Compt. Rend. del Acad.
Sci., xxx, 1850, pp. 131-139, 291-295.

Premiére Partie, Perroquets (y comprise Lophornis (1. e., Diphyllodes) respublica, sp. n., p.

131, note; voir note, p. 291.—Paradiseidw). Conurus xanthogenius, p. 132; Barrabandius, p.

133; Trichoglossus forstent, p. 134; Ohalcopsitta (g. n., 1849) rubiginosa, p. 134; Hos cyano-

genia, E. semilarvata, Eclectus cornelia, p. 135; Psittacodis intermedius, Tanygnathus mulleri,

p. 136; Poiocephalus magnirostris, Geoffroyus cyanicollis, G. personatus, p. 137; Plyctolophus

parvulus, p. 139, sont des espéces nouy. ou récemment décrites.—Seconde Partie, Accipitres

(Cathartide, Vultuwridae, Gypaetide, Gypohieracide, Gypogeranide), point d’espéces nouvelles.

1850. BONAPARTE, C.L. Nouvelles espéces ornithologiques. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,

ii, 1850, pp. 124-127.
Extraites des Oompt. Rend. de Acad. des Sci. de Paris, séance du 11 février, 1850.—Apergu
général de l’ordre des Psittacidés; sept sous-familles.

1854. BONAPARTE, C. L. Tableau des Perroquets. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854,

pp. 145-158. ‘

§1. Critique sur les espéces décrites par MM. Masséna et De Souancé, R. M. Z., 1854, pp.
71-74; Graydidascalus, gen. n., p. 147. §2. Monographie du genre Pionus, pp. 148, 149; P.
corallinus, p. 149. §3. Conspectus Psittacorum, pp. 149-158; Cyanopsitta, Ararauna, Aracanga,
Rhyncopsitta, p. 149; Cyanoliseus, Nandayus, Heliopsitta, Eupsittula, Wicrostttace, Miropsitta,
p. 150; Tirica, Psittovius, Bvopsitta, @inochrus, p. 151; Pionopsitta, Belurus, p. 152; Prosopeia,
Purpureicephalus, Barnardius, Barrabandius, Cyanoramphus, p. 153; Poliopsitta, p. 154; Uro-
discus, Stavorinus, Holophus, p.155; Chalcopsitta, p. 156; Psitteuteles, Glossopsitta, p. 157, ‘‘Bp.”
—4 familles, 15 sous-familles, 78 genres, 316 espéces; les genres et les espéces introduits pour
la premiere fois (mais sans descriptions) se trouvent précédés d’un astérisque. Trichoglossus
massena, T. verreauxius, p. 157, spp. nB., avec descr.

This paper is conceived in the same fatuous spirit, and executed with the same disreputable
result, as that on the Trochilide, which I have criticised adversely in this Bibliography.

1854, MAssENA, —, and SOUANCE,[C.] DE. Description de quelques nouvelles espéces
WVoiseaux de la famille des Psittacidés. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854, pp.
71-74.

Ara auritorques, Conurus icterotis, C. rubrolarvatus, pt 71; CO. chrysogenys, C. callipterus, p.
72; C. devillei, C. moline, Psittacus selinoides, p. 73; Ps. cobaltinus, p.74. Cf. op. cit., 1854, pp.
146-148.

1855. Cassin, J. Description of new species of Psittacide, in the collection of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philada., iii, pt. 1i, Dec., 1855 (extra copies printed Nov., 1855), art. xii, pp.
153-156, pll. xii, xiii, xiv.

Ara auricollis, pl. xii (descr. orig. Proc. Acad., 1853, p. 372). Chrysotis viridigenalis, pl. xiii
(descr. orig. Proc. Acad., 1853, p. 371). Psittacula lineola, pl. xiv, f. 1 (descr. orig. Proc. Acad.,
1853, p. 372). Brotogeris aurifrons, n. sp., p. 155, pl. xiv, f. 2. Prioniturus flavicans (descr.
orig. Proc. Acad., 1853, p. 373) fig. nulla. Palaeornis gironiert Verr. (= P. viridicollis, descr.
orig. Proc. Acad., 1853, p. 373), fig. nulla.

1856. BLANCHARD, E. Des caractéres ostéologiques chez les Oiseaux de la famille
des Psittacides. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xliii, 1856, pp. 1097-1100.

Extrait par l’auteur.

1856. SOUANCEK, C.DE. Catalogue des perroquets de la collection du prince Masséna
d’Essling, duc de Rivoli, et observations sur quelques espéces nouvelles ou
peu connues de Psittacidés. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., viii, 1856, pp. 56-64, 152-
158, 208-226.

“Ne voulant, dans cet opuscule, considérer cet ordre d’Oiseaux que sous le point de vue

spécifique, nous laisserons de cdété toute idée de la classification générale, nous bornant a
suivre celle adoptée par S. A. le prince Ch. Bonaparte dans son Conspectus Psittacorum.”
(Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, pp. 145-158.)—Psittacara hahni, p. 58; P. chloroptera, P. maugei,
p. 59; Chrysotis chloronota, p. 153; C. coccineifrons, p. 154; Poeocephalus aubryanus, p. 216;
Loriculus regulus, p. 222; L. bonapartei, p. 222; Nestor esslingii, p. 223.—218 spp.

1856. Souanch, C. px. [Description dune nouvelle espéce de Perroquet, Myiopsitta
tigrina.] < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., viii, 1856, p. 144.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSITTACID A. 37

1857. BLANCHARD, E. Nouvelles observations sur les caractéres ostéologiques chez
les oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xliv,
1857, pp. 518-521.

1857. BLANCHARD, E. Nouvelles observations sur les caractéres ostéologiques chez
les Oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides. < fev. et Mag. de Zool., ix, 1857,

pp. 112, 118.
Résumé d’un travail lu 4 V’Acad. de Paris, séance du 9 mars 1857.

1857. BONAPARTE, C.L. Remarques du Prince Bonaparte & propos des observations
de M. Emile Blanchard sur les caractéres ostéologiques chez les Oiseaux de la
famille des Psittacides. < Compt. Rend. deV Acad. Sci., xliv, 1857, pp. 534-539,
Myiopsitta catherina, p. 538.

1857. BonaParTE, C.L. Remarques & propos des observations de M. E. Blanchard
Sur les caractéres ostéologiques chez les Oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ix, 1857, pp. 113-117.

” 1857. Bonaparte, C.L. Tableau des genres de Perroquets disposés en series parall-
eles. < Comp. Rend. de Acad. Sci., xliv, 1857, pp. 595-597.

1857. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ VON WIED. Ueber den Papagei von Nord-America. Psitta-
cus (Conurus) carolinensis, Lin. <J.f. 0., v, 1857, pp. 97-105.
Elaborate description and account of geographical distribution and habits.

1857. SciaTER, P.L. Notes on an unnamed Parrot [Chrysotis salleei] from the Island
of St. Domingo, now living in the Society’s Gardens; and on some other Species
of the same Family. < P. Z.8., xxv, 1857, pp. 224-226, pl. (Aves) exxvii.

1857. SOUANCE, C. DE. Descriptions de trois nouvelles espéces de Perroquets. < Rev.
et Mag. de Zool., ix, 1857, pp. 97, 98.

Conurus astec [sic], Pyrrhura hoematotis [sic], p. 97; Cyanoramphus malherbi, p. 98.

1857-58. Souancsé, C. DE. Iconographie | les | Perroquets | non figurés dans les pub-
lications de Levaillant et de M. Bourjot Saint-Hilaire par | M. Charles
de Souancé | avee la coopération de |S. A. le prince Bonaparte, et de M.
Emile Blanchard | — | Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets. | — | Paris | P.
Bertrand | Libraire-Kditeur | Rue de PArbre-sec, 22 | — | 1857 [1858]. 1 vol.
in fol. grand jésus. Faux titre, 1 feuillet; titre, 1 feuillet; introduction, 1
feuillet (2 pages); le Texte non paginé, 48 feuillets; et 48 Planches coloriées.
(Publiée par livr. i-xii, 1857, 1858.)

Levaillant a publié les figures et descriptions de 90 espéces de Perroquets, dans son Hist.
Nat. des Perrog., en deux vols. in-fol. 1801-1805. En 1837-38, M. Bourjot St.-Hilaire a repré-
senté 88 autres espéces, dans son ouvrage, rédigé sur le méme plan, Hist. Nat. des Perrogq.,
qui forme la suite ou le troisiéme vol. (supplémentaire) de l’Iconographie de Levaillant. Cette
Iconographie de M. de Souancé forme le quatriéme volume de U’ Hist. Nat. des Perroq. de Le-
vaillant et M. Bourjot St.-Hilaire. Elle contient les figures des espéces qui ne se trouvent
pas dans les trois volumes publiés par les deux auteurs, accompagnées d'une courte descrip-
tion, et.des détails anatomiques. L’auteur a trouvé les matérianx de son ouvrage d’abord
dans la riche collection de son oncle, le prince d@Essling, dans celle du Jardin des Plantes a
Paris, et dans les divers musées de France et de létranger.

Voici la liste des planches: Pl. I, f. 1, Anodorhynchus leari; f.2, A. glaucus. II. Sittace
primo. II, 8. rubrigenis. IV, Evopsitta acuticauda. V, Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha.
VI. Psittacara hahni. VI, Evopsitta euops. VIII, H.maugei. TX, Conurus petzii. X, C.
cactorum. XI, OC. chrysophrys. XII, C. aztec, 0. nanus. XIII, C. weddellii. XIV, Pyrr-
hura luciani. XV, P. moline. XVI, P. devillei. XVII, P. calliptera. XVIII, P. haema-
totis. XIX, Psittacara icterotis. XX, Hvopsitia wagleri. XXI, Evopsitta mitrata. XX,
Hi. erythrogenys. XXII, Bolborhynchus aymara. XXIV, f. 1, B. orbignesia; f.2, B. auri-
Frons. XXV, Pyrilia amazonina. XXVI, P. typica. XXVII, Chrysotis auripalliata.
XXVIII, C. poecilorhyncha. XXIX, GC. chloronota. XXX. @. albifrons. XXXI, O. viridi-
genalis. XXXII, O. diadema. XXXTH, O. hypochondrica. XXXIV, f. 1, Pionus siy; f. 2,
P. maximiliani. XXXV, P. chalcopterus. XXXVI, P. seniloides. XXXVI, Urochroma
purpurata, XXXVI, U. surda. XXXIX, Psittacula guianensis. XL, P. celestis. XLI,
P. conspicillata. XLII. P. cyanopygia. XLII, Palwornis schisticeps. XLIV, P. calthropc

738 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1857-58. Souanch, C. DE.—Continued.
XLV, Tanygnatus mulleri. XLVI, T.sumatranus. XLVI, Barnardius zonarius. XLVI,
(énumérée & tort LX XIX) Cyanoramphus matherbi.

(Notr.—Carus announces the work as of two parts: 1) His’. Nat., 1 vol., 8vo, to be pub. in
1859, and 2) Iconogr., 1 vol., fol. or 4to, with about 120 pll., in 30 monthly parts; but all I
know of the work is as above.)

1858. ScutaTER, P.L. Notes on an unnamed Parrot [Chrysotis sallzi] from the Island
of St. Domingo; and on some other Species of the same Family. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 3d ser., 1, 1858, pp. 223-226.

From P. Z. S., Nov. 10, 1857, pp. 224-226.

1858. ScLaTER, P.L. Verzeichniss der in den Garten der zoologischen Gesellschaft zu
London lebenden Papageien. < Naumannia, viii, 1858, pp. 201-204.
77 spp.
1859. ScLaTeR, P.L. Descriptions of two new Species of American Parrots. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iv, 1859, pp. 224-226.
Conurus holochlorus, p. 224; C. xantholemus, p.225. List of 9 Mexican spp. of the family.
1859. Gray, G. R. List | of the | Specimens of Birds | in | the collection | of the |
British Museum. | By G. R. Gray, F.L.S8., F. Z.8., ete. | Part III. Section II.
Psittacide. | Printed by order of the Trustees. | London: 1859. 1 vol. sm.
l2mo. 2p.ll., pp. 1-110, 1-8 (advts.).

This List catalogues the specimens of Parrots in the British Museum, exemplifying by
letters a, b, c, &c., the locality and source whence each has been derived. The scientific
value of the treatise rests in the extensive synonymy of the genera and species which is
given. Cf. Ibis, 1859, pp. 320, 321.

1859. WaALLaAck, A. R. Correction of an Important Error affecting the Classification
of the Psittacide. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iii, 1859, pp. 147, 148.

Domicella is brush-tongued, like Trichoglossus and Hos.

1860. BLANCHARD, KE. Observations sur le systéme dentaire chez les Oiseaux. < Compt.
Rend. de V Acad. Sci., 1, 1860, pp. 540-542,

Recherches sur divers Psittacides.

1862. FOrsTeR, A. [Scrophulése Driise eines Papageies (Psittacus amazonicus). ]
< Zool. Gart.. iii, 1862, p. 66.

1862. NevBeRT, W. Ueber Ziichtung von Eaves one in Deutschland. < Zool. Gart.,
ii, 1862, pp. 57-61, 76-78.

1863. FinscH, O. Naamlijst der in de Dianenenis levende Papagaaijen. < Nederl.
Tijdschr. voor de Dierk., 1863, pp. vi-xxiv.
Not seen.
1863. WEINLAND, D.F. Unsere Arara’s. < Zool. Gart., iv, 1863, pp. 244, 247, fige. 1-5,

1864. AUCAPITAINE, H. Longévité des Ferodtets: < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xvi, 1864,
pp. 409-411. \

1864. CABANIS, J. Eine neue Papageien-Art von Bogota, Conurus (Gnathosittaca)
Heinei. <J.f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 414-416.

1864. Sacc, Dr. [Begattung von Platycercus eximius. Neuer Amazon-Papagei.
Perroquet tapiré.] < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, p. 21.

1864. SCHLEGEL, H. Psittaci. < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 5° livr., 1864, pp. 1-166.
The Parrots, represented in the Leyden Museum by 1,204 specimens, referred by the author

to 259 spp., none of which are described as new, are here treated under 19 genera, among
them Amazona, Less.

There is a second article of similar character, 1874, g. v.

1864. ScumipT, Max. Das Federnagen der Papageien. < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, pp. 177-
181.

1864. ScLaTEeR, P.L. Characters of Three New American Parrots. < P. Z. S.,xxiv,
1864, pp. 297, 298, pl. xxiv.

Conurus iodagnater: Natt. mss., p. 298, pl. xxiv; Brotogerys ae sema, Natt. mss. p. 298;
Ohrysotis finschi, p. 298.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSITTACIDA. 739

1865. [ANon.] Langes Leben der Papageien. < Aus der Natur, xxxi, oder n. F., xix,
1865, pp. 175, 176.

1865. ScumipT, Max. Die Nachtheile eiserner Sitzstangen fiir Papageien. <A. f. 0.,
xiii, 1865, p. 354.

1865. SctaTeR, P.L. [Remarks on a rare Parrot (Chrysotis augusta) from Dominica. }
< P. Z.S8., Xxxiii, 1865, pp. 437, 438.

1866. Finscu, 0. Die geographische Verbreitung der Papageien. < Peterm. Geogr.
Miitheil., 1867 (pub. 1866), pp. 3-7 (mit einer Karte von A. Petermann).
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.
1866. Guyon,—. Des animaux disparus de la Martinique et de la Guadeloupe depuis
notre établissement dans ces iles. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., lxiii, 1866,
pp. 589-597.
Des Aras, des Perroquets et des Perruches.
1866. [Guyon, —.] Ueber die Thiere, die auf den Inseln Martinique und Guadeloupe
seit der Besitznahme durch die Franzosen verschwunden sind. < Aus der
Natur, xxxviii, oder n. F., xxvi, 1866, pp. 730, 733.
Auszug aus den Oompt. Rena, Lxili, 1866, pp. 589-597, gq. v.
1867. [Finscu, O.] Geographische Verbreitung der Papageien. < Aus der Natur,
Xxxix, oder n. F., xxvii, 1867, pp. 107-111.

1867-68. FinscH,O. Die Papageien, | monographisch bearbeitet | von | Otto Finsch,
| Conservator der zoologischen Sammlung der Gesellschaft ,, Museum “* zu
Bremen, friiher | Assistent am Reichs-Museum zu Leiden, correspondirendes
Mitglied der | Zoological Society zu London und anderer gelehrter Geseil-
schaften. | — | Erster Band. | Mit einer Karte und einer lithographirten Tafel.
| — | Leiden, E. J. Brill. | 1867.|. . . .| Zweiter Band. | Erste [zweite]
Haelfte. | Mit 5 nach der Natur lithographirten und colorirten Tafeln und |
Uebersichts-Tabellen zur Geographischen Verbreitung. | Leiden, E. J. Brill.
| 1868. 2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1867, pp. xii, 361-++1,1_map,1pl. Vol. II, 1868,
pp. Vii-+ 22, 996 +3, 5 pll. col’d, 1 table; this vol. published in 2 parts, con-
tinuously paged, same date.

Vol. I. Vorwort; Erklirungen; Allgem. Naturg. d. Papag. (Geschichtliches u. liter-
arischer Ueberblick—A eusseres Leben—V erbreitung—Geistesanlagen—Gestalt und ‘iussere
Werkzeuge—Federn—A natomie—Systematik); Specielle Naturg. d. Papag; Karte; Pl. I,
Scelet von Ps. erythacus und Schadel von Plect. sulfureus u. Euphema pulchella. Vol. I1.
Vorwort; Uebers.-Tabellen zur geogr. Verbreit.; Specielle Naturg. fortzetzt.; Anhang
(oepiose Arten, ete.); Pl. Il, Brotogerys epibeasillan = Pl. Ii, B. chrysosema ; Pl. 1V, Chrysotis
guatemale; Pl. V, Ooryllis exilis; Pl. VI, Domicella fuscata.—Bolborhynchus luchsii, ii, p.
121, sp. n.

Very complete. The first part general; historical and literary view of the subject; bibli,
ographical abstract; biographical account; geographical distribution, illustrated by maps
(pl. I); on the wit, external structure, pterylography and anatomy, and systematic arrange-
ment; list of genera and species. In the second part cach species is treated in great detail—
1 “family”; 5 subfamilies; 26 genera, 350+ 4 spp., besides 41 doubtful ones.

Cf. Zool. Rec., iv, 1867, pp. 838-85; v, 1868, pp. 69-70; Zool. Gart., 1867, pp. 318-320; Tbis,
2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 223-225.

1867. Nremeter, W. Zur Verfirbung von Conurus carolinensis. < Zool. Gart., viii,
1867, p. 268.

1867. Nott, F.C. Die Papageien, monographisch bearbeitet von Otto Finsch. Lei-

den, E. J. Brill 1867, ?
Review. —My copy of this title, I suspect, is defective: it looks to me like a title from Zool.

Gart., with the reference omitted through oversight; but I cannot verify.

1867. SCHLEGEL, F. Uebersicht der Papageien unserer zoologischen Girten. <Zool.
Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 32-34, 72-75.

1867. SCHLEGEL, F. Nachtrag zur Uebersicht der Papageien unserer zool. Giirten.
< Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 229-231.

Vergl. tom. cit., pp. 32-34, 72-75. Diese zwei Artikel geben ein Namen-Verzeichniss von
130 in verschiedenen zool. Garten in Europa lebenden Arten.

(40 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vou. ¥.

1867. ScLaTER, P. L. Notes upon some Parrots living in the [London Zoological]
Society’s Menagerie. < P. Z.S., Feb. 14, 1867, pp. 183-185, pl. xvi.
Comparative diagnoses of Ara ambigua and A. militaris. Plate of Lorius chlorocercus.
Critical remarks on various species of Cacatua.

1868. [Frvscu, O.] Papegoiernes geografiske Udbredning. < Tidssk. Pop. Frems. vf
Naturv., 3° rekke, v, 1868, pp. 340-345.

1868, [FrnscH, O.] Uebersichts-Tabellen zur geographischen Verbreitung der Papa-
geien. Abgeschlossen am 15. Juni 1868. [Von Dr. Otto Finsch. n.d. n.p.
1868.] 8vo. 11 unpaged leaves.

This brochure, without author’s name, date, or place of publication, is apparently ex-
tracted from Finsch’s celebrated monograph. It gives in tabular form the distribution of
Psittacide under the six principal heads of America, Africa, Asia, East Indian regions,
Australia, and Polynesia.

1869. BARBOZA DU BocaGE, J. V. Museu Nacional de Lisboa | — | Secgao Zoologica
| — | Catalogo das Collecgdes Ornithologicas | — | Psittaci—Papagaios. | Ac-
cipitres—Aves de Rapina. | — | Junho de 1869 | [Arms.] | Lisboa | Imprensa

Nacional | 1869 8vo. pp. 62.

“| . . enceto agora a publicagao dos catalogos das collecgdes zoologicas do museu du Lis-
boa. Os primeiros que se péde levar 4 conclusao comprehendem duas ordens de aves, 0s
Psittacideos ou papagaios eas Aves derapina. Estes catalogos foram redigidos pelo sr. José
Augusto de Sousa, ... Os Psittacideos [pp. 7-28] constam de 204 especies e as Aves de ra-
pina de 223.”

1871. LAWRENCE, G. N. [Notes on Central American Psittacide, with reference to
O. Salvin’s paper, tom. cit.,p. 86 seq.] < bis, 3d ser., i, 1871, pp. 249-251.

1871. REINHARDT, J. [Note on the habitat of Ara macao, with reference to O. Sai-
vin’s paper, tom. cit., pp. 86-100.] < Ibis, 3d ser., i, 1871, p. 362.

1871. Rey, E. [Der Carolinenpapagei (Conurus carolinensis) in Gefangenschaft. ]
< Zool. Gart., xii, 1871, pp. 280-283.

1871. Savin, O. On the Psittacide of Central America. < Ibis, 3d ser., i, 1871, pp.
86-100, pl. iv.
Critical commentary, with special reference to geographical distribution, upon 27 spp. of
9 genn. Conuwrus jinschi, p. 91, pl. iv, sp.n. (Cf. Lawrence, tom. cit., pp. 249-251, and Rein-
hardt, ibid., p. 362.) :

1872. DopGr, N.S. A chapter on Parrots. < Appleton’s Journ., viii, Oct., 1872, p. 431.
1872. DorNER, H. Die Papageien-Ausstellung der zoologischen Garten zu Hamburg.
Hamburg. 1872. lvol. 8vo. pp. 48.
Short descriptions of 78 spp., living on exhibition—which, with the other matter of the
book, are apparently from O. Finsch’s monograph.
1872. Rey, E. [Ein- und Ausfliegen von Papageien, Conurus carolinensis.] < Zool.
Gart., xiii, 1872, pp. 123, 124.

1872. ScumipT, Max. Fortpflanzung des Ménchsittichs (Bolborhynchus monachus)
in Gefangenschaft. < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, pp. 257-264.
In the Zoological Garden at Frankfort.
1873. Finscu, O. On a new American Parrot, of the Genus Chrysotis [C. bodini].
<P. Z. 8., 1873, pp. 569, 570, pl. xlix.

1873. StRIcKER, W. Geschichtliche Mittheilungen iiber den Handel mit Papageien
und die Zihmung derselben in Europa bis zum Ende des Mittelalters. < Zool.
Gart., xiv, 1873, pp. 266, 267.

1874. CaBANIS, J. [Chrysotis canipalliata, sp. n.] < J.f. O., xxii, 1874, pp. 105, 106.

1874. CaBANIS, J. [Chrysotis panamensis, sp. n.] .<(d.f. O., xxii, 1874, p. 349.

1874. Finscu, O. On an apparently new Species of Parrot [Psittacula andicola] from
Eastern Peru. < P. Z.S., xlii, 1874, pp. 90, 91.

ones

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSITTACID A. TAl

1874, SCHLEGEL, H. Revue de la Collection des Perroquets (Psittaci) faisant partie
du Musée des Pays-Bas. < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 11° livr., Mai, 1874, pp.
1-84. j
In this review of the subject since 1864 (g. v.) are treated the specimens, now 2,237 in num-
ber, of the Leyden Collection. Psittacula diophthalma aruensis, p. 33. .
1874. ScLaTER, P. L. [Report on recent additions to the Society’s Menagerie.] < P.
Z. S., xiii, 1874, p. 206, pl. xxxiv.
Chrysotis jinschi, pl. xxxiv.
1874. WALDEN, Lord. A Reply to Mr. Allan Hume’s Review of ‘Die Papageien’ of
Dr. Otto Finsch, < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, pp. 270-299.
A terribly incisive castigation, delivered with an unfaltering hand—with how much justice,
readers of both articles may judge. :
1875. Finscu, O. Ueber drei neue Végelarten. <J.f. O., 1875, pp. 41i-—.
The article includes the description of Ohrysotis nattereri, p. —, from Brazil.
1875. ScLaTHR, P. L. On some rare Parrots living in the Society’s Gardens. CPI
S., Feb. 2, 1875, pp. 59, 62, figg. 1, 2, pll. x, xi.
Treating of Cacatua gofini, pl. x, and fig. 1 in text, C. sanguinea (fig. 2) and C. gymnopis ;
also, Chrysotis bouqueti, pl. xi, from Santa Lucia, and various South American species.
Whole series in the menagerie, 186 specimens of 115 spp.
1875. [ScLaTER, P. L.] [Addition of Chrysotis xantholora to the Society’s Menage-
rie.] < P.Z.S., Mar. 16, 1875, p. 157, pl. xxvi. |
1875. [ScLaTER, P. L.] [On additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March, 1875. ]
< P.Z.8., Apr. 20, 1875, pp. 316, 317.
Various birds, among them Chrysotis bouqueti (see P. Z. S., 1874, p. 323; 1875, p. 59, pl. xi),
from Santa Lucia, W. I.
1875. ScLaTER, P.L. [Report on additions to the Society’s Menagerie, with Remarks
on Chrysotis xantholora.] <P. Z.S., Mar. 16, 1875, pp. 156, 157, pl. xxvi.
The Parrot named is figured on the plate cited. There is no other bird matter.

1875. SELLER, W. J. A Talking Parrot. < Rod and Gun, vii, Dec. 18, 1875, p. 179.

1875. WickHAM, H. A. [Letter on the occurrence of Ara hyacinthina near Santarem,
Brazil.] <P. Z.8., Dec. 7, 1875, pp. 633, 634.

1876. Garrop, A. H. Notes on the Anatomy of certain Parrots. <P. Z.8., June 20,
1876, pp. 691, 692.

Brief observations on numerous species, some of them neotropical. ’
1876. GREGORY, J. A. A wonderful Parrot. < Forest and Stream, vii, Dec. 14, 1876,
p. 292.

1876. ScLaTER, [P.L.] [Aracouloni, sp.n.] < P.Z.S., Feb. 15, 1876, pp. 255, 256, fig.
Being Conurus illigeri, Tsch., Pn. Peru, Aves, p. 271, and in part Sittace maracana, Finsch,
Pap., i, p. 420.
1876. [NEwcoms, R.L.] A musical Parrot. < Forest and Stream, vii, Dec. 7, 1876, p.
276.

1877. Cours, E. Western Range [to Kansas and Colorado] of Conurus carolinensis.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, p. 50.
1877. GaRRoD, A.H. Note on the Absence or Presence of a Gall-bladder in the family
of the Parrots [Psittacide]. <P. Z. 8., Nov. 20, 1877, p. 793.
Present in Cacatua and its allies. Also, present in some Columbide. It had been denied
to both these families.
1877. SCLATER, P.L. On the American Parrots of the Genus Pionus. < Rowl. Orn.
MMisc., iii, pt. xi, Nov., 1877, pp. 5-10, pll. Ixxx, lxxxi.
P. corallinus, pl. 80; P. tumultuosus, pl. 81.
1878. BuRMEISTER, H. Notes on Conurus hilaris and other Parrots of the Argentine
, Republic. <P. Z.8., Jan. 15, 1878, pp. 75-77.

Extended account of a long-tailed Parrot (not named); correction of mistakes in Finsch’s
\ work respecting various Argentine and Brazilian species.

142 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vz

1878. [ScLaTER, P.L.] [On Addition of Ara spixi? to the Society’s Menagerie, in
November, 1878.] < P.Z.8., Dec. 3, 1878, p. 976, pl. Lxi.

1879. ANoN. New Facts about Parrots [Psittacide]. < Forest and Stream, Oct. 16,
1879, p. 737.
® Reprinted from Pittsburgh Leader.

1879. SctaTER, P. L. Remarks on some Parrots living in the Society’s Gardens.
< P.Z.S., Mar. 18, 1879, pp. 299-301, pl. xxviii.

The series consisted of 170 individuals of 98 spp., 6 of which are here remarked upon—2 spp.

of Brotogerys, 3 of Paleornis, and Caica xanthomera, which latter is figured.

1879. ScLaTuR, [P. L.] [Remarks on exhibition of Ara glauca from Corrientes. ]
<P. Z.8., June 17, 1879, p. 551.

No. 4.} COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—STRIGIDS. 743

Strigidz.

1822. EpMonsTon, L. Observations on the Snowy Owl, (Strix Nyctea, Linn. )
< Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc.,iv, pt. i, 1822, pp. 157-160.

Read Mar., 1822. Relating to its distribution and habits.

1826. Garnot, P. Observations sur le Chat-huant couleur de neige (Strix Nyctea)
par Laurence Edmonston. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sec., vii, 1826, pp. 106, 107.

Mem. Wernerian Soc., iv, 1822, pp. 157-160.

1829. Hpap, T. The Biscacho, or Coquimbo Owl (Strix cunicularia). < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, p. 285, fig. 150.

From Head's Rough Notes, p. 82.

1830. GEOFFROY SvT.-HILaIRE, IsIp. Remarques sur les caractéres et la classification
des Oiseaux de proie necturnes, et Description @’un genre nouveau sous le
nom de Phodilus. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., xxi, 1830, pp. 194-203.

Division de la famille en 2 sections—§ I. Hes genres chez leaquels il n’existe point de dis-
que autour de la face, 1° Noctua, 2° Bubo, 3° Phodilus, g. n., p. 199. §II. Ceux chez lesquels
le disque est complet ou presque complet, 1° Syrniwm, 2° Ulula, 3° Strix.—Chouette Calong,
Pl. Col. 318, = Stria badius, Horst. = Phodilus badius, p. 208.

1833. Hoy, J.D. The Short-eared Ow] (Strix brachyotus Lath.) breeds in the County
of Norfolk. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 150, 151.

1834. Bren, W. T. [On Shakespeare’s Notice of the Owl’s Manner of Flight. ]
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, p. 593.

1835. NEILL, P. The Snowy Owl (Strix nyctea), an Individual of, has been taken
alive at Orkney, and was alive on May 9. 1835, at Canonmills, near Edin-
burgh. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 508.

1837. Denny, H. [Letter on the occurrence of the Snowy Owl (Nyctea nivea) at
Selby, Yorkshire.] <P. Z. S., v, 1837, p. 45.

1838. Cazor, S. [JR.] Observations on the plumage of the Red and Mottled Owls

(Strix asio). < Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, pt. 1, 1838, pp. 126-128.

Supposing the difference to be due to age—S. an juv., S. asio ad. The true interpreta-
tion of the phenomenon (dichromatism, independent of age, sex, or season) was not made
until many years afterward.

1838. DENNY, H. Surnia Nyctea, Dumeril. < Mag. of Zool. and Bot., ii, 1838, p. 93.
Its occurrence Feb. 13, 1838, in Britain.
1838. THompson, W. On the Snowy Owl, Surnia nyctea, Dumeril. < Annals of Nat.
Hist., i, 1838, pp. 241-245.
Description, and habits in confinement.
1839. Lesson, R. P. Description d@’une nouvelle espéece de Syrnium [S. ocellatum].
< Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 289-290.
1839. MicHENER, E. A few Facts in relation to the Identity of the Red and Mottled
Owls, &c. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci: Phila., viii, 1839, pp. 53-56.
1839. THompson, W. Note on the Migration of the Snowy Owl, Surnia nyctea,
Dum. < Annals of Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 107-110.
1842, ApsorT, S. L. [On a specimen of Syrnium ¢inereum from Massachusetts. ]
<_ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, 1842, pp. 57, 58.
1843. GERARD, —. Chouette. < Dict. Nouv. d Hist. Nat., iii, p. 631.
Not seen. The article Chouette in this dictionary is specially mentioned by Wagner, a8
‘tone of the best of the ornithological articles contained in the present part.” The author
regards the commonly received genera as subgenera, and does not enter upon species.
1843. VAN BENEDEN, P. J. Note sur Voreille externe de quelques oiseaux de proie
nocturnes. < Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liége, i, 1843, pp. 121-124, pl. 3.

Pas vue moi-méme.

T44

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844,

1845.

1846.

1847.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1849.

1850.

1850.

4
BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ 7ol. V.

Cassin, J. [On the frequent occurrence of Strix nyctea in the vicinity of Phila-
delphia during the winter of 1843-4.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, 1844,
pp. 19, 20.

Fayrer, —. [Letter from, accompanied by two specimens of Strix nyctea. ]
< P.Z._S., xii, 1844, p. 19.

PucuEerAN, Dr. Considérations générales sur les oiseaux de proie nocturnes et
description de quelques espéces peu connues de cet ordre, de la collection du
musée de Paris. < Arch. du Mus. d Hist. Nat.,iv, 1844, pp. 311-343, pll. xxii—
XXIV.

Scops rutilus, p. 326, pl. 22 (Rev. Mag. Zool., 1849, p.29); Bubo madascariensis, p. 328, pl. xxiii
(Otus madag., Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Jour., ii, 1835, 316); Bubo magellanicus, auct., p.331; Otus
stygius, p. 336, pl. xxiv (Nyctalops stygius, Wagl., Isis, 1832, p. 1221); Syrniwm ocellatum, p. 339
(Less., FR. Z., ii, 1839, p. 289).

THompson, W. Ueber Surnia nyctea, geschossen in September 1837. in einem
Steinbruch in der Grafschaft Down. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 582,
583.

From Ann. Nat. Hist., 1838, p. 241.

THOMPSON, W. Ueber die Wanderung der Schnee-Eule Ca nyctea).
‘< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 748, 749.

Ann. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, p. 107.

LILLgEBORG, W. [Om Stryx nyctea.] < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl.
for dr 1844, 1845, p. 212, 213.

VaN BENEDEN, [P. J.] Ueber das aussere Ohr der Eulen. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxxix, 1846, p.157. ,

Meém. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege, Tom. i, pt. i, 1843, pp. 121-124, pl. 3.

Cazot, S., JR. [Occurrence of Syrnium cinereum in Vermont and Massachu-
setts.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1847, p. 206.

Cassin, J. Descriptions of Owls, presumed to be undescribed, specimens of
which are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1848, pp. 121-125.

Ephialtes sagittatus, p.121; E. watsonii, p.123; Syrniwm albogularis, S. virgatum, p. 124.

CuRTLER, M. Occurrence of the Short-eared Ow] (Strix brachyotus) near Wor-
cester. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2063.

Kaup, J.J. Uebersicht der Eulen (Strigidae). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xli, 1848, pp.
753-774.

Sceloglaux, Hieravoglaux, Spiloglaux, Microptynx, p. 768; Microglaux, Pholeoptynx, Taenio-
glaux, Pisorhina, Megascops, Acnemis, Ptilopsis, Pseudoscops, p. 169; Rhinostrix, Phasmap-
tyna, Pseudoptynz, Megastrix, p. 770; Pulsatria, p. 771.—Zusitze zu den Falconide, Isis, 1847,
616. (Vergl. 1851-52, u. 1859, Kaur, J.J.)

Cassin, J. Descriptions of Owls presumed to be undescribed. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 2d ser., iv, 1849, pp. 225-229.
From Proc. Acad. Phila., iv, 1848, pp. 121-125.

. PucHERAN, Dr. Observations sur les types peu connues du Musée de Paris.—

Rapaces nocturnes. < Mev. et Mag. de Zool.,i, 1849, pp. 17-28.
Types de MM. Vieillot et Lesson.

. Cassin, J. Descriptions of Owls, presumed to be new species, in the collection

of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., ii, pt. i, Nov., 1850, art. iv, pp. 51-54, pll. iii, iv, v.
Already described, Proc. Acad., iv, Dec., 1848, p. 124; iv, Feb., 1849, p. 157. Pl. iii, Syr-
nium virgatum ; pl. iv, 8. albogularis; pl. v, Nyctale harristt. See same author at 1852.
ELLMAN, J.B. Note on the Long and Short-eared Owls (Strix otus and brachy-
otos). < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2698.
Foorit, W. F. Occurrence of the Snowy Owl (Strix nyctea) in the north of
Scotland. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2923.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITA. BIBLIOGRAPIiY— STRIGIDA. 745

1850. GuRNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Snowy Owl (Strix nyctea) in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2765.
1850. GurNry, J. H. Occurrence of the Snowy Owl [Nyctea nivea] in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2765.
1851. Cassin, J. [Note on the Plumages of Ephialtes asio(Gm.).] < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., v, 1851, p. 236.
Specimens establishing the identity of #. nevia and £. asio.
1851-52. Kaup, J.J. Monograph of the Owls—Strigide, by T. T. [sic] Kaup. < Jard.
Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 119-130; 1852, pp. 103-122.
Of the same character as the author’s Monog. Faleonide. Many of the generic names are
now or lately new, but are not so indicated. See the original, Isis, 1848, pp. 753-774. There
is a later memoir by the same on the same, 1859, q. v.
1852. Cassin, J. Description of Owls presumed to be new species, specimens of which
are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
<_ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, pt. ii, Jan., 1852, art. xii, pp. 95-97, pl. xii.
Orig. descr. Proc. Acad., iv, 1848, pp. 121, 123.—PL. xii, f. 1, Hphialtes watsonii; f. 2, H. sagit-
tatus. See same author at 1850.
1852. GERBE, Z. Observations sur la Chouette Tengmalm (Strix Tengmalmi, Gmel.).
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, Avril, 1852, pp. 172-174.
Sous-titre de ses Mélanges Zoologiques, pp. 161-174 et suiv.
1852. Hoy, P. R. Descriptions of two species of Owls, presumed to be new, which
inhabit the State of Wisconsin. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, 1852, pp.
210) 211.
Nyctale kirtlandit, p. 210; Bubo subarcticus, p. 211. (Neither of these is new.)
1852. Kaur, [J. J.] [Notice of paper read by: ‘‘On the Classification of the Stri-
gid.” To be published in the Society’s Transactions.] < P. Z. 8., xx, 1852,
p. 88.
It appeared in 1859, gq. v.
1853. Couper, W. Naturalist’s Calendar, for November and December, Toronto, 1853.
< Canad. Journ., ii, 1853, pp. 124, 125.
Notice of Strix nyctea.
1854. GLogmr, C. W. L. Das Fische-Fangen der Schnee-Kule, Strix nyctea(!) L.,
beschrieben von Audubon. <_J./f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 378, 379.
Translation of passages in Orn. Biog., iv, pp. 436-438.
1854. GLoGER,C.W.L. Wine Schnee-Eule [Nyctea nivea] weit auf dem Meere; [u.s.
w.| <Jd.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 477, 478.
An extract from Audubon’s Orn. Biog., Vol. V, Appendix, pp. 382, 383, with remarks by the
translator.
1854. Grocer, C.W.L. Eine Warnigung von Seiten Andubon’s vor Tiuschungen [u.
s. w.]. <J.f. O.,1i, 1854, pp. 479, 480.
An extract from Audubon’s Orn. Biog., Vol. V, p. 386, with comments by the translator, re-
specting Strix nebulosa, etc.
1855. NEWMAN, E. Occurrence of the Snowy Owl [Nyctea nivea] in Aberdeenshire.
< Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4761.
1856. Brewer, T. M. [On the Short-eared Owl of North America (Brachyotus cas-
sinii, sp.n.).] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1856, p. 321.
This is, I think, Dr. Brewer's first and last appearance in the rdle of species-making, and
an entirely unsuccessful one.
1857. [BmLinGs, E.] On the Great Horned Owl, Bubo virginianus. < Canad. Nat.
and Geol., i, 1857, pp. 443-447, fie.

1857. [Brtines, E.] The Snowy Day Owl. SurniaNyctea. < Canad. Nat. and Geol.,
i, 1857, pp. 447-450.

1857. BisHor, N. H. The Burrowing Owl of South America. (Athene cunicularia.
Molina.) Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1857, pp. 204-206.
Habits.
Bull vases

746

1857.

1857.

1857.

1859.

1859.

1862.
1862.

1862.
— 1863.

1863.
1863.

1863.
1863.
1865.

1863.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

GADAMER,—. Strix nyctea. < Naumannia, vii, 1857, Heft i, pp. 84, 85.

GRAHAM, D. Snowy Owls [Strix nyctea] in the Western Islands. < Zoologist,
Xv, 1857, p. 5831.

H[incks],W. Canadian Strigide. < Canad. Journ., ii, 1857, pp. 219, 220.

Recapitulation of the species.

, Brum, [C.] L. Die Schleierkiuze. Strix, Lin. < Nawmannia, viii, 1858, pp.

214-220.

1. Strix fammea; a. obscura; b. vulgaris; c. adspersa; d. guttata. 2. S. margaritata. 3.
S. paradoxa Brm., p. 217. 4. S.splendens. 5. S. kirchhoffit, nob., p. 219. 6. S. maculata, nob.,
p. 220.

. BreuM,[C.] lL. Die Steinkiuze. Athene, Boje, Noctua, Cuy. (Strix psilodac-

tyla, L. Strix passerina, Gm., L. Strix noctua, Retz.) < Nawmannia, viii,
1858, pp. 221-230.

1. A. longicauda Brm., p. 221. 2. A. major Brm., p. 222. 3. A. passerina; a. psilodactyla ;
b. vulgaris ; ¢. leucophrys. 4. A. vidali, nob., p. 224. 5. A. indigena Brm., p. 226. 6. A. in-
tercedens Brm., p. 227. 7. A. meridionalis. 8. A. ferruginea, nob., p. 229.

Kaup, J. J. Monograph of the Strigide. < Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, pt. vi,
1859, art. xviii, pp. 201-260, pll. lvi, lvii (generic details of structure).

Dr. Kaup was specially occupied for some years with the birds of prey, publishing mean-
while numerous papers. Three of these are upon Strigide—Isis, 1848; Contr. Orn., 1851-52,
and the present one. He coined many new generic names for these birds, several of which
have proven available; but his work cannot be considered of great merit or utility, and would
be scarcely remembered were it not for the new genera proposed. His classification is hope-
lessly vitiated by his ‘quinarian’ freaks, and his way of working out species has the reverse ©
of felicitous result. I should not be disposed to take issue with any one who might go so far
as to consider the author in mention a magnificent failure.

XANTUS, J. Catalogue of Birds collected in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, Cali-
fornia, with a description of a new species of Syrnium [occidentale, p. 193].
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xi, 1859, pp. 189-193.

H[incxs],W. The Snowy Owl [in Canada]. < Canad. Journ., vii, 1862, p. 522.

PassMORE,S. To the Editor of the Leader. < Canad. Journ., vii, 1862, p. 523.

On Strix nyctea in Canada.
““Srrix.” To the Editor of the Leader. < Canad. Journ., vii, 1862, pp. 522-523.
On Strix nyctea in Canada.
Bouton, W.W. Occurrence of the Snowy Owl-in Sutherlandshire, and of the
Honey Buzzard in Inverness-shire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8765.

HADFIELD, H. Snowy Owl (Strix nyctea). < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8718, 8719.

PELZELN, A.V. Ueber vier von Natterer in Brasitien gesammelte noch unbe-
schriebene Vogelarten. < Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xiii, Oct. 10,
1863, pp. 1125-1130.

Syrnium superciliare, p. 1125 (Strix superciliaris on p. 1126); and three species of Tina-
mide.

SAVILLE,S.P. Note on the Shorteared Owl. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8818.

SaxBy, H.L. Notes on the Snowy Owl. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8633-8639.

SCHLEGEL, H. Oti < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Dée., 1862, pp. 1-30.
(Pub. 1863. )

Article dated Dec., 1862, and possibly out that year in loose sheets, but the whole livr. not
published till 1863.

This author’s ‘‘Oti,” or Eared Owls, include the genera Otus, Bubo, and Scops, there being
treated of the first 5, of the second 18, and of the third 10 spp., with certain subspp. of these
genera respectively. These species are represented in the Leyden Museum by 185 speci-
mens, of a synonymatic and descriptive list of which the article consists. Bubo orientalis
minor, p. 13; Scops zorca asiaticus et africanus, p. 20, subspp. nn.

SCHLEGEL, H. Striges < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Déc., 1862, pp. 1-46.
(Pub. 1863. )

Article dated Dec., 1862; possibly out in loose sheets that year; but the livr. not published
till 1863.

yo. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—STRIGIDA. TAT

1863. SCHLEGEL, H.—Continued.

The 264 specimens of ‘‘Striges” contained in the Leyden Museum are here treated, with
synonymy and description, as representing 6 spp. of Strix, 21 of Ulula, and 26 of Noctua.
Strix flammea americana, p. 4; Noctua hirsuta philippensis, p. 26; N. perlata capensis, p. 37,
subspp. nn.—The group is that of Owls without ear-tufts, as distinguished from the tufted
species, the latter being the ‘‘ Oti” of this author.

1803. WHEELWRIGHT, H. Notes on the Hawk Owl (Strix funerea), and Tengmalm’s
Owl (Strix Tengmalmi) as observed in Lapland. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp.
8442-8444,

1864. ARMISTEAD, J.J. The Shorteared Owl [Strix brachyotus] perching. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 8876.

1865. Lorp,J.K. The Pigmy Owl. Glaucidium gnoma, Wagler. ... < The Intel-
lectual Observer, vii, 1865, pp. 409-413.

1867. ELLIoT, D.G. Description of an apparently new species of Owl, of the Genus
Scops [S. kennicottii]. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xix, 1867, pp. 99, 100.

1867. Warp, H. Snowy Owl [in Caithness] and Honey Buzzard [in Coventry]. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 912. ;

1868. ALLEN, J.A. Notes on the Red and Mottled Owls [Scops asio]. < Am, Nat., ii,
1868, pp. 327-329.

The question discussed and their identity shown.

1868. ANON. Snowy Owl in Inverness-shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iti, 1868, p. 1457.

From the ‘Inverness Advertiser.’

1868. Power, A. The Mottled Owl [Scops asio]. <_ Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p. 109,

: Continues the controversy between himself and E. A. Samuels (op. cit., i, 1867, p. 496, and
ii, 1868, p. 47). :

1868. GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Snowy Owls in Shetland. < Zoologisi, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p.

1374.

1868. Harvis-Brown, J. A. Snowy Owl off the Scotch Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iii, p. 1058. f

1868. MaynarD,C.J. The Mottled Owl [Scops asio] in confinement. < Am. Nat.,
li, 1868, pp. 73-77.

Extended notice, with introductory note by E. A. Samuels.
1868. RatHvon, 8. 8. The Barn Owl [Strix pratincola] in Pennsylvania. < Am.
_ Nat., ii, 1868, p. 489.
Account of a nesting place at Lancaster, Pa.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and SALVIN, O. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the
Families Dendrocolaptide, Strigide, and Columbide. < P.Z. S., xxxvi, 1868,
pp. 53-60, pl. v, woodce.

The new Owls described are Syrniwm fulvescens, p. 58, and Scops barbarus, p. 56, woodcut;
and a synopsis of 7 spp. of the latter genus is also given.

1868. SCLATER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of New or Little-known American
Birds of the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhamphide, Bucconide, and Strigide.
<P. Z.S., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 322-329, pl. xxix.

The Owl described and figured is Gymnoglaua lawrencit, p. 328, pl. xxix; a synonymatic
. Synopsis of 3 spp. of this genus is also given.

1868. Woop, W. The Mottled Owl [Scops asio]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, pp. 370-374.
On the changes of plumage, and habits.

1868. WricHT,C. A Comical Owl [Glaucidium siju]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, pp. 420-

422.

Habits of an individual in confinement.

1869. BREWSTER, W. The Mottled Owl again. < Am, Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 334, 335.

Notes on the habits of Scops asio in captivity.
CANFIELD, C. 8. Habits of the Burrowing Owl of California [Athene cunicu-

laria]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1869, pp. 583-586.
Chiefly on the kind of association with Spermophilus beecheyi, and on the nesting,

1869

148

1869.
1869.

1869.
1869.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.
1871.

1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.
1871.

1872.

1872.

1872.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Ever, C. Notes on the Brazilian species of Strigide. <J. f. 0., xvii, 1869,
pp. 242-249.

Gunn, T.E. Early Nesting of the Barn Owl in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1721.

Hucet, A. DE. Snowy Owlin Ross-shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1863.

LinpEN, C.8. Nyctale albifrons [i.e., N. acadiea juv.]. <Am. Nat., iii, 1869,
p. 556.
Capture of an individual at Buffalo, New York.
Anon. Nos Hiboux. < Naturaliste Canadien, ii, 1870, pp. 197-206, pl. 1.
Sur les Strigide du Canada. Pl. I, Syrnium nebulosum (d’aprés Audub.).
Crirron, Lord. Supposed [entirely uncertain] Occurrence of the American
Mottled Owl [Scops] at Cobham, Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2138.

Cxirrron, Lord. Supposed Occurrence of Strix asio in Kenti. Ke Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2343.
Reafiirmed.
Gurney, J. H. Supposed Occurrence of the American Mottled Owl [Scops
asio]‘in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., V, 1870, p. 2221.
Leaves it open.
HaprFreLp, H. Supposed Occurrence of the American Mottled Owl [Scops
asio]in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2181.
Doubtful.
HapFietp, H. Supposed Occurrence of Strix asioin Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2382.
Criticises his lordship severely. Editor interferes to stay further proceedings.
Hawkins, H.S. [On the nesting of Nyctea nivea in Labrador. ] < Ibis, 2d
ser., vi, 1870, p. 298.

Srrepts, T. H. [On asymmetry in the skull of an owl.] < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 73.

Anon. Hiboux [se montrent trés communs a Quebec]. < Naturaliste Cana-
dien, iii, 1871, p. 25.

AsuBy, R. Snowy Owl in County Mayo. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2765.

Cuirton, Lord. Note on the alleged Identity of the American Red Owl [Scops
asio] with the Mottled Owl [Scops asio]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p.
2606.

Returns to the charge with a flank movement.

Coutetr, R. On the Asymmetry of the Skull in Strix tengmalmi. < P. Z. &.,
xxxvi, 1871, pp. 739-748, woodce.

HADFIELD, H. Mottled and Red Owl [Scops asio]. <Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
pp. 2680, 2681.

Flank movement ineffectual; charge resumed. Editor dismisses both belligerents forever.

KEssLer, G. Die Schnee-Eule [Nyctea nivea] auf Hiddens-Oee erlegt. <J.
f. O., xix, 1871, p. 224. ;

VerRILL, A. E. Occurrence of Kirtland’s Owl [Nyctale “albifrons,” i.e., N.
acadica juy.] in Maine. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 119.

Cotitert,R. Om Kraniets Assymetri hos Nyctala tengmalmi. < Vidensk. Selsk.
Forh. Christ., 1872, pp. 68-73, woodce.

Mainly a translation of his paper in P. Z. S., 1871, p. 739.

Couns, E. A New Bird [Glaucidium ferrugineum] to the United States. <Am.
Nat., vi, 1872, p. 370.

ELuioT, D.G. On Nyctale kirtlandi. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 48-52.

Identifies it with WN. tengmalmi; full synonymy and description. But ¢f. Ridgway, Am
Nat., 1872, pp. 283-285. "

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—STRIGIDZ. TAS

1872. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Snowy Owl at Southrepps, Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vii, 1872, p. 2912. 2
1872. Ripaway, R. Relationship of the American White-fronted Owl. < Am. Nat.,
vi, 1872, pp. 283-285.
Critical examination (with ref. to Elliot, Ibis, Jan., 1872) of N. albifrons, which is determ-
ined to be WV. acadica juv. Characters and synonyms of this species and NV. tengmalmi.
1872. WHITAKER, J., JR. Abundance of Shorteared Owls in Nottinghamshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2992.
1873. A[LLEN],J.A. The White-fronted Owl in Canada. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp.
427-429.
Maintains that this is Vyctale acadicajuv. _
1873. RipGway, R. Revision of the . . . and the Strigine Genus, Glaucidium.
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1873, pp. 73-106.
For full title and comment, see under FALCONID#, same date and author.
1873. WHITAKER, J., JR. Shorteared Owl in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
viii, 1873, p. 3489.
1874. Cours, E. Pet Owls [Bubovirginianus]. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 354.
1874. GRaTOR, A. Captive Owl fed by its Mate. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 213.
1874. GURNEY, J.H. Nidification of the Snowy Owl in Confinement. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, p. 4154. f
1874. Hupson, W. H. On the Habits of the Burrowing Owl (Pholeoptynx cunicu-
laria). < P.Z. 8S., xlii, 1874, pp. 308-311.
1874. Rip@way, R. Discovery of a Burrowing Owl in Florida. < Am. Sportsman,
iv, No. 14, July 4, 1874, p. 216, fig. 1.
Description of Speotyto cunicularia var. floridana, var. n., with account of habits. Remarks
i upon geographical distribution of American birds, and peculiarities of Florida in this respect.
1874. Ripeway, R. Two Rare Owls [Syrnium occidentale, Micrathene whitneyi]
from Arizona. < Am. Nat., vii, No. 4, Apr., 1874, pp. 239, 240.
The article includes a notice of Astwrina plagiata.
1875. ANON [EDITORIAL]. [Capture of Speotyto hypogea in New York City.]
< Forest and Stream, v, Aug. 12, 1875, p. 4.
1875. DEANE, R. Occurrence of the burrowing Owlin [ Newburyport, ] Massachusetts.
<. Rod and Gun, vi, May 15, 1875, p. 97.
Read before Nutt. Ornith. Club, May 6; notes also other rarities.
1875. GuRNEY, J. H. On the Snowy Owl [Nyctea nivea] nesting in Confinement.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Aug., 1875, p. 4573.
1875. GuRNEY, J. H. Further Note [Zool.,s.s., 4573] on the Young of the Snowy Owl
[Nyctea scandiaca ] hatched in Confinement. <Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Oct., 1875,
pp. 4663, 4664.
1875. GuRNEY, J.H. [On the breeding of Nyctea nivea in confinement.] < Ibis, 3d
ser., v, 1875, pp. 517, 518.
1875. “‘PeTEe.” The Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus) [attacks a dog]. < Rod
and Gun, vii, Dec. 11, 1875, p. 163.
1875. RipGway,R. More About the Florida Burrowing Owl [Speotyto cunicularia
var. floridanus]. < Rod and Gun, vi, Apr. 3, 1875, p.7. (See also Am. Sports-
man for July 4, 1874.)
1875. SHarpPeE, R.B. Contributions to a History of the Accipitres. The Genus Glau-
cidium. < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 35-59, pll. i, ii.
Elaborate, critical, with special reference to R. Ridgway’s paper on same subject (Pr.
Bost. Soc., xvi, 1873, pp. 91-106). 9spp. G. griseiceps, p. 41, pl. ii, f.2; G. ridgwayi, p. 58, spp.
nn. ; pl. i, G. gnoma; pl. ii, f.1, 4 pwmilum.
1875. SHarper, R.B. Contributions to a History of the Accipitres. The Genus Strix
of Linnaeus, and its Type. < Ibis, 3d ser., vy, 1875, pp. 324-328.
Strix is left for S. flammea. But see especially NEwTon, Ibis, 1876, pp. 94-104,

750 - BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. — [Vel v.

1875. SHARPE, R. B. Catalogue | of the | Striges, | or | Nocturnal Birds of Prey, | in
the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London:
| printed by order of the Trustees. | 1875. 1-vol. 8vo. pp. i—xii, 1-326, pll.
i-xv, and numberless cuts in text.

This is the second vol. of the new Catalogue of the Birds of the British Museum, entitled
as follows: Catalogue | of the | Birds | of the | British Museum. | Volume II. | London: |
printed by order of the Trustees. | 1875. It catalogues 1,090 specimens of Owls, of which
there are in the Museum 153 species, leaving 37 desiderata of the 190 spp. supposed to be
known. The plan of the work, as was that on the Falconide, which forms Vol. I, is much
more highly developed than was that of the old Brit. Mus. Catalogues, being in fact a con-
siderable monograph of the birds of which the work treats. The author 1egards the Striges
as an order, which he divides into two families, Bubonide and Strigidw, according to the
structure of the feet and sternum; the latter family containing only the genera Strix (‘Barn
Owls’) and Phodilus. The Bubonide are divided into the two subfamilies, Bubonine and
Syrniine, according to the structure of the ear-conch and facial disc. Analyses of all the
genera are given, and the species are very elaborately described, with extensive synonymy,
geographical distribution, and critical comment. Fourteen genera of Bubonine and three of
Syrniine are recognized. Analytical keys to the species, as well as to the genera, are pre-
sented. Whatever may be said of the author’s general attitude in classification, and in dis-
crimination of species, his work is obviously very carefully and faithfully done.

The following appear to be new names: Scops stictonotus, p. 54; S. rufipennis, p. 60; S.
bouruensis, p. 73; S. albiventris, p. 78; S. guatemale, p. 112; Syrniwm spilonotum (‘‘ Gray,
descr. nulla”’), p. 277.

The plates are as follows: I, Scotopelia bouviert. II, Bubo shelleyt. III, f.1, Scops capensis;
f. 2, 8. stictonotus. IV, f.1, S. malayanus; f.2, S. gymnopodus. V, S. magicus. VI, S. leuco-
spilus. VII, f. 1, S. morotensis; f. 2, 8. bowruensis. VIII, f. 1, S. albiventris; f. 2, S. menda-
nensis. IX, S. guatemale. X, S. hypogramma. XI, f. 1, Ninox hantu; f.2, N. ochracea.
XT, f.1, N. fusca; f.2, N.squamipila. XIU, f. 1, Glaucidiwm cobanense; f.2, G. tephronotum.
XIV, Strix flammea.

1875. ‘‘SproTyTO FLoRIDANUS.” Adventures of a Scientific Owl. < Am. Sportsman,
v, Mar. 27, 1875, p. 401.

Humorous history of Speotyto floridanus. The bird, confined in the Smithsonian Tovwer,
destroyed the type specimen Helminthophaga leucobronchialis; cf. Cours, B. C. V., pt. i,
1878, p. 213.

1875. ‘‘ WOLVERENE.” My Owl [Scops asio], etc. <(Am. Sportsman, v, 1875, Feb. 20,
p. 347.

1876. ANON. [Nyctea nivea unusually abundant at Boston.] < Forest and Stream,
vii, Nov. 23, 1876, p.245. (See p. 261.)

1876. ANON. [Nyctea nivea at Norfolk, Va., and in South Carolina.] < Forest and
Stream, vii, Dec. 7, 1876, p. 276. (See pp. 245, 261.)

1876. Borges, A.H. A Wary Owl [Nyctea nivea?]. < Rod and Gun, ix, Nov. 25, 1876,
p. 1Leg, 7

1876. “Cav.” The Snowy Owls [at Boston]. < Forest and Stream, vii, Nov. 30, 1876,
p. 261. (See p. 245. )

1876, CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Barn Owland Shrew. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876,
pp. 4922, 4923.

1876. DuNBAR,S.M. Bad Place for Owls. < Rod and Gun, ix, Nov. 25, 1876, p. 116.

Various species at Baldwinsville, N. Y.

1876. GATCOMBE, J. Occurrence of the Snowy Owl on Dartmoor. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4921, 4922. p

1876. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Claws of the Hawk Owl. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb.,
1876, p. 4795. ;

1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Barn Owl and Shrew. < Zoologist,2d ser., xi, Apr., 1875,
p. 4871. ;

1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Barn Owl and Rat. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p.
4871.

1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. On the Snowy Owl Nesting in Confinement. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, pp. 5041, 5042.

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—STRIGIDA. 751

1876. Howe, T. H. The Short-eared Owl [in Illinois]. < Forest and Stream, vii,
Nov. 30, 1876, p. 261. (See p. 342.)

1876. ‘‘J. B.S.” The Arctic Owl [Nyctea nivea?]. < Forest and Stream, vii, Nov. 16,

1876, p. 230.
1876. Mirrorp, R. Barn Owl and its Castings. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p.
4832.

Cf. op. cit., p. 4870.

1876. Mitrorp, R. Owl-pellets: Correction of an Error. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr.,
1876, p. 4870.
Cf. op. cit., p. 4832.

1876. Murray, H. B. Snowy Owl in County Fermanagh. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Apr., 1876, p. 4871.

1876. Newton, A. On the Assignation of a Type to Linnzan Genera, with especial
reference to the Genus Strix. < Ibis, 3d ser., vi, Jan., 1876, pp. 94-104.

The opinion expressed by the writer (Yarr. Br. B., 4th ed., i, p. 150) having been demurred
to by Salvin (Ibis, 1875, pp. 66, 67) and Sharpe (ibid., pp. 324-328), this occasion is taken to
reconsider the matter, and reiterate the views on nomenclature already expressed. It is an
important paper in its bearing on the general question, discussing certain principles touching
nomenclature at large, aside from the special case of Striz. The author has decided views
on the subject, and adheres to certain rules with such thorough consistency that he scarcely
provides for some emergencies which may arise, and appear to many persons to require
some elas‘icity of application of a principle he would make inflexible. He fortifies his posi-
tion with his usual cogency of argument and his conspicuous scholarly attainments.

Prof. Newton finds that, among the 78 genera of Linn. S. V., 1766, there are only 12 which
Linnus can be considered to have invented: Rhamphastos, Buceros, Procellaria, Diomedea,
Phaeton, Palamedea, Mycteria, Cancroma, Parra, Didus, Menura, Pipra. Ue doubts not
that had Linnzeus known our modern practice, he would have designated as the type of each
of his genera that species to which the name he adopted as generic had formerly been specif-
ically applied; this seeming so obvious that he wonders at G. R. Gray and others who invented
the arbitrary rule of selecting the first-named Linnean species as the type of the genus
under which it stands. He finds it curious that sofew Linnzean genera, such as Vultur, Falco
and Psittacus (and 9 others) had been used by pre-Linnzean writers in a generic sense. The
authors whence Linnzeus derived his genera are Gesner, Belon, Aldrovandus, Clusius, Johns-
ton, Brown, Barrére, Klein, Moechring, Brisson, and perhaps one or two others.

Following out his principle, the author determines the types of 56 Linnzan genera to be as
follows (to save space I simply couple the generic and specific terms): Strix stridula, Lanius
excubitor, Buphaga africana, Crotophaga ani, Corvus corax, Oriolus galbula, Paradisea apoda,
Bucco capensis, Cuculus canorus, Jynx torquilla, Picws martins, Sitta europzea, Alcedo ispida,
Merops apiaster, Upupa epops, Certhia familiaris, Trochilus colubris, Alca torda, Procellaria
pelagica, Diomedea exulans, Pelecanus onocrotalus, Plotus anhinga, Phaeton ethereus, Rhyn-
chops nigra, Sterna hirundo, Phoenicopterus ruber, Platalea leucorodia, Mycteria americana,
Oancroma cochlearia, Ardea cinerea, Tantalus loculator, Recurvirostra avocetta, Hamatopus
ostralegus, Fulica atra, Parra jacana, Rallus aquaticus, Psophia crepitans, Otis tarda, Struthio
camelus, Didus ineptus, Pavo cristatus, Meleagris gallopavo, Crax alector, Phasianus colchi-
cus, Numida meleagris, Alauda arvensis, Sturnus vulgaris, Turdus viscivorus, Ampelis garru-
lus, Loxia curvirostra, Tanagra tatao, Fringilla celebs, Muscicapa grisola, Pipra leucocilla,
Hirundo rustica, Caprimulgus europeus.

Out of those 56 genera, only Strix and three or four others have, from the author’s way of
regarding them, a type other than that commonly assigned to them.

The case of Strix is then elaborately discussed, and the author maintains, in summing his
answer to his critics,

‘‘(1) That the type, according to the modern notion, of the Linnzan genus Strix, is clearly
and indisputably S. stridula.

(2) That in subdividing a genus Brisson’s right to affix its original name to the portion of
it he chose is not affected by his exceptional position as regards specific names, and that the
type of his restricted genus Strix is also S. stridula.

‘*(3) That should ornithologists, in the teeth of the law, persist in disregarding this right,
there is a strong probability, which may at any moment become a certainty, of its being inde-
feasably established without reference to any exception whatever.”

1876. NicHotts, H. Abundance of the Shorteared Owl near Kingsbridge. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4831, 4832.

a2, BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1876. RipGway,R. The Genus Glaucidium. < Ibis, 3d ser.. vi, Jan., 1876, pp. 11-17,
pl.i.
Cf. Ridway, Proc. Bost. Soc., xvi, 1873, pp. 91-106, and Sharpe, Ibis, 3d ser., vy, Jan., 1875, pp.
35-39; the latter being areview ofthe former. ‘‘The present paper represents the conclusions
arrived at after a careful reconsideration of the subject, with much additional material, and the
benefit of Sharpe’s monograph, .. .” The author here allows GG. gnoma, jardini, nanwm,
ferrugineum, pumilum, and siju, all of which are analyzed, and several of which are described
at length, with synonymy. The plate gives G. jardini, in its two phases of coloration.
1876. [Satvin, O.] [Notice of Sharpe’s Catalogue of the Striges in the British
Museum.] < Ibis, 3d ser., vi, Apr., 1876, pp. 273, 274.
1876. SHARPE, R.B. On the Geographical Distributicn of Barn Owls. < Rowl. Orn.
Misc., pt. iv, May, 1875, pp. 269-298, 3 maps; pt. v, Oct., 1876, pp. 1-21.
In this article Mr. Sharpe goes much further into the subject of the distribution, local
names, etc., of Strix flammea and its allies, than he did in the Brit. Mus. Cat., ii, pp. 294-296,
where his general conclusions are stated. He divides the birds into the true Barn Owls and
the Grass Owls, of which latter two African and Asiatic species are known. Map I shows
the distribution of the different races of Strix flammea; Map II the ranges of S. nove hol-
landicw, S. tenebricosa, and S. castanops; Map III, of S. candida, S. capensis, and S. thomen-
sis—these three being the Grass Owls.

1876. SHARPE, R. B. [Remarks on Exhibition of a British-killed specimen of Surnia
ulula.] < P.Z.S., Apr. 4, 1876, pp. 334, 335.

1877. ANON. [Nyctea nivea on its southward migration invariably accompanied by
Ptarmigans.] < orest and Stream, viii, Feb. 22, 1877, p. 33.

1877. Brewer, T.M. A new Form of Surnia [ulula] to New England. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith.-Club, 11, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 78.

1877. CoaLE, H. K. Notes on [occurrences, etc., of] Nyctale acadica. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 83, 84.

1877. DEANE,R. Probable Breeding of the Acadian Owl (Nyctale acadica) in Massa-
chusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 84.

1877. Drann, R. Unusual abundance of the Snowy Owl (Nyctea scandiaca) in New
England. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, p. 9-11.

1877. FRAzAR, A. M. The Mottled Owl [Scops asio] as a Fisherman. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, 11, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 80.

1877. RAGSDALE, G. H. An Inquiry [concerning identity of supposed Speotyto cunic-
alaria var. hypogzea, Cs.]. < Forest and Stream, viii, Feb. 22, 1877, p. 33.

1877. “R. T. G.” [and Epiror]. <A tough owl [colliding with railway train].
< Forest and Stream, vii, Feb. 1, 1877, p. 405.

1877. [ScuaTER, P. L.] [Note on the abundance of Nyctea nivea in Europe and
America in the winter of 1876-77.] < P.Z.8S., Jan. 2, 1877, p. 1.

1877. [ScLaTER, P.L.] [On addition of a Mexican Eared Owl (Asio mexicanus) to
the Society’s Menagerie.] < P. 7. S8., Mar. 6, 1877, pp. 159, 160.
Important synonymatic note on the name here used.
1877. [SciaTsr, P. L., and SALVIN, O.] Irruption of Snowy Owls [ Nyctea nivea] from
the North. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, Jan., 1877, pp. 131, 132.
Occurring in the United States.
1878. ANoN. The Acadian Owl [Nyctale acadica]. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 5, July,
1878, p. 38. i
Note of its habits as observed in Central New York.

1878. ApBport,C.C. The barnowl. < The Country,i, Mar. 2, 1878, p. 260.

1878. ALLEN, C.A. The Pygmy Owl (Glaucidium californicum). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 193.
Note of habits. Mobbed by small birds.
1878. [Frrcu, E. H.] The Great Grey Owl. (Syrnium cinereum.) < The Journ. of
Sci. (Toledo, Ohio), 2d sor.,i, No. 5, Aug., 1878, cut.

Popular biography, with an excellent figure. .

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—STRIGIDA. 153

1878. JaspER, T. The Barred Owl (Syrnium nebulosum). < The Oblogist, iv, No. 3,
May, 1878, pp. 21, 22.

A notice of the habits of this species, from his ‘Birds of North America,’ Part 6.

1878. LAWRENCE,G.N. On the Members of the Genus Gymnoglaux. < Ibis, 4th ser.,
ii, Apr., 1878, pp. 184-187.

The author maintains ‘‘three well-marked species,’—nudipes Daud., from Porto Rico;
newtont Lawr., from St. Croix and St. Thomas; and lawrencei, S. and S., from Cuba,—which
are described and compared. Editors incline to differ.

1878. Ripaway, R. A Review of the American Species of the Genus Scops. < Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., i, 1878, pp. 85-117.

This is an elaborate article, in which the several American species are described at full
length and critically discussed, upon more material than appears to have been commanded
by previous writers. The six species recognized are thrown into three groups, according
to the feathering of the feet.—A, S. nudipes alone, with toes and lower half or more of
tarsus bare; B, with SS. brasilianus, barbarus, and jlammeolus, with toes alone, or merely
lower end of tarsus, completely naked; C, SS. asio and cooperi (n. sp., p. 116), with toes
strongly bristled, sometimes densely feathered, at base. S. nudipes stands alone, without
subspecies. Of 8S. brasilianus are recognized subspp. brasilianus, atricapillus, ustus, guate-
male, and cassini (subsp. n., p. 102). SS. barbarus and jlammeolus have no subspecies. Of
S. asio are recognized subspp. asio, maccalli, kennicotti, floridanus, and maxwellic. S. coo-
pert has no subspp. Besides these six distinct forms, with their several races, the author
treats S. trichopsis, Wagl., as a doubtful form. The descriptions given are very elaborate,
and the synonymy is copious. Cf. Ibis, 1879, p. 209.

1878. [Scorr, W. E.D.] [Attacks by Scops asioupon human beings.] < The Country,
i, Feb. 23, 1878, p. 245.

1878. [Scorr, W.E.D.] Winter Notes. Owls. < The Country, i, 1878, pp. 229, 244.

1878. “SUBSCRIBER.” [Attack upon a man by] Another Vicious Owl. < Forest and
Stream, x, Mar. 14, 1878, p. 95.

1878. WILLISTON, 8S. W. The Prairie Dog, Owl [Speotyto cunicularia hypogea] and
Rattlesnake. < Am. Nat., xii, No. 4, Apr., 1878, pp. 203-208;

1879. ANON. [CooPER, J.G.?] The Great Gray Owl [Syrnium cinereum]. < Pacific
Rural Press, xvii, No.1, Jan. 4, 1879, p. 9, fig.

Compiled account of the species, and a very good figure, from Baird, Brewer and Ridgway’s
Hist. N. A. Birds.

1879. BALLou, W. H. Does the Snowy Owl [Nyctea nivea] Breed in the United
States? < Am. Nat., xiii, No. 8, Aug., 1879, pp. 524, 525.

Asserting as a fact that the bird is seen along Lake Ontario throughout the year, and that
in the ‘‘ North Woods” of New York the writer once saw a young Snowy Owl not nearly full.
fledged.

1879. Cooper, W. A. Notes on the Breeding Habits of the California Pygmy Owl
(Glaucidium californicum), with a Description of its Eggs. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, pp. 86, 87.
Note by J. A. A[llen] refers to Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xix, 1877, p. 232, as the only pre-
vious account of the eggs of this species, based on the same specimens as here described.
1879. DEANE, R. Capture of a Third Specimen of the Flammulated Owl (Scops flam-
meola) in the United States, and first Description of its Nest. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 188.
1879. Hawes, C. A. Nesting of the Barred Owl (Syrnium nebulosum). < The Odlo-
gist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, pp. 77, 78.
From original observations made near Boston, Mass.
1879. Kine, M. B. A. A Family Arrangement [Bubo virginianus]. < Science News,
1, No. 16, June 15, 1879, p. 256.
Occurrence of five young, apparently of different ages, in one nest.
1879. [Woop,C.8.] Scopsflammeola. < Colorado Springs Gazette [daily newspaper],
Sept. 3, 1879.

First publication of the exhibition by C. E. Aiken of the fourth specimen of this species
known from the United States.

754 | BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Falconidz.

[Norre.—Among papers on Birds of Prey there are not a few relating to more than one of
the recognized families of this order. As I have no head under which to range articles on
Raptores in general, I bring under Falconide the titles relating to American Raptores, ex-
cepting those treating exclusively of Strigide or of Cathartide.)

1781. MeRREM, B. Anatomische Beschreibung des weissképfigen Adlers. < Ver-
mischte Abhandl. zur Thiergesch. Gottingen, —, 1781, pp. 145-—.

Not seen—the title from Giebel.

1784. Huser, [J.] Observations | sur le vol des | Oiseaux de Proie, | Par M. Huber,
de Genéve. | Accompagnées de figures, dessinées par VAuteur. | [Dessin. ] |
A Geneve, | Chez Paul Barde, Imprimeur-Libraire. | — | M. DCC. LXXXIV.
1vol. 4to in size and by signatures, 8vo type-bed, pp. 51, with 6 folded pll.

1784. OpMAN, S. Fiskljusens (Falconis Haliti) Hushallning och Historia. < Kongl.
Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., v, 1784, pp. 301-809.

1784. Opman, S. Falco albicilla, Svet. Hafs-6rn. < Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sc. Upsal., iv,
1784, pp. 225-238.

Not seen.

1798. CaRLson, G. v. Tal med Utkast till Falk-Sligtets [Falconidx] i synneérhet de
Svenska Arternas, Indelning och Beskrifning; hallet for K. Vet. Akad. vid
Praesidii nedliiggande d. 31 Jan. 1798 af Gust. v. Carlson. Stockholm. 1798.
8vo. pp. 30.

Not seen.

1798. Lyunen, S. I. Beskrifning pa Svarta Ornen, Falco Fulvus canadensis [ Aquila
chrysaétus], en ny Recriit for Fauna Svecica. < Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya
Handl., xix, 1798, pp. 235-240.

In Swedish and Latin.

1801-02. WacHTMEISTER, H. Férsék til Svenske Falk-Arters beskrifning och bestém-
mande. < Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., xxii, 1801, pp. 171-207; xxiii, 1802,
pp. 249-274.

FF, albicilla, fuluus, nevius?, haliaétus, lagopus, islandicus, gyrfalco, miluus, buteo, wpt-
vorus, eruginosus, rufus, pp. 171-207, 1801.—F F’. palumbarius, gallinarius, peregrinus, 2

1, subbuteo, tinnunculus, lithofalco, nisus, pp. 249-274, 1802.

1809. CuvimR, Frep. Du Pygargue et de Vorfraie, Falco pygargus et falco ossifra-
gus, Linneus. < Ann. du Mus. Hist. Nat., xiv, 1809, pp. 301-313.

Sur les noms que les anciens ont donné anx aigles dont ils ont parlé, et sur l’application de
ces noms aux espéces que nous connoissons—Comparaisons des descriptions que les anciens
ont donné—Le pygargue et lV’orfraie paroissent étre de la méme espéce, et ce dernier nom doit
étre conservé.

1810. Savieny, J.C. Systeme | des | Oiseaux | de VEgypte et de la Syrie, | présenté
a VAssemblée Générale de la Commission, | le 29 Aotit 1808, | Par Jules-César
Savigny, Membre de l'Institut de ’Egypte. | [Dessin.] | A Paris, | de ’im-
primerie Imperriale [sic]. | — | M.DCCC.X. Ivol. folio. pp. 1-54, 1-16.

Petite édition, revue par l’auteur, tirée 430 exemplaires. Extraite dela Deser. de V Egypte,
Partie Systématique, Oiseaux de V Egypte et de la Syrie. Exemplaire dans la Bibliotheque de
VAcad. des Sc. Nat. de la Philadelphie, inscrite ‘‘’ M. Latreille, comme un témoignage des
sentimens de l’auteur” (autographe de Vauteur), plus tard présentée 4 ? Académie par M.
le Dr. T. B. Wilson.

The copy of this extremely rare piece consists of 54+16 pages folio, including the two
titles. The full title is transcribed above. The prel. title is: Oiseaux | de /Hgypte et dela
Syrie. | —| Partie Systématique. | With it is bound 16 pages of ‘‘Observations,” half-titled as
follows: Observations | sur | le Systéme des Oiseaux | de Egypte et de la Syrie. | The 54
pages are extracted from the general work on Egypt, apparently for the purpose of follow-
ing them up with the ‘‘Observations.” These are in defense of the ‘‘Systéme,” which had
been critized in high places.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONID&. 155
1810. Saviany, J. C.—Continued.

The first order, Raptores, of Savigny’s System, appeared in 1809 in the first livraison of the
general work, and was intended to form part of a considerable treatise. It is here that we
find the several new generic names of Savigny’s for Birds of Prey. In this extract of 1810
the 17 genera which the author adopts are characterized on pp. 8, 9. They are as follows :—

VULTURES.—1. Gyps. 2. Hgypius. 3. Neophron. 4. Phene.

ACCIPITRES.—5. Aquila. 6. Haliwetus (observe the original orthography of this name).
7. Miluus. 8. Circus. 9. Dedalion. 10. Pandion. 11. Elanus. 12. Falco.

ULUL#.—13. Noctua. 14. Scops. 15. Bubo. 16. Syrnium. 17. Striz.

The species of these genera are given as follows; they include many new names :-—

1. Gyps vulgaris, p.11. 2. Hgypius niger, p. 14. 3. Neophron percnopterus, p. 16. Phene
ossifraga, p. 18; 9. P. gigantea, p. 20. 6. Aquila heliaca, p. 22; 7. A. fulva, p. 22; 8. A. me-
laneetos, p. 24. 9. Halicetus nisus, p. 26. 10. Milvus ictinus, p. 28; M. etolius, p. 29. 12.
Circus eruginosus, p. 30; 18. OC. rufus, p. 31; 14. C. gallinarius. 15. Dedalion palumbarius,
p. 33; 16. D. fringillarius, p. 34. 17. Pandion fluviatilis, p. 36. 18. Elanus cesius, p. 38.
19. Falco tinnunculus, p. 39; 20. F. smirillus ; 21. F. communis. 22. Noctua glaux. 23. Scops
ephialtes. 24. Bubo otus ; 25. B. ascalaphus. 26. Syrnium ululans. 27. Strix Jjlammea.

The text consists chiefly (besides brief characters of the species and genera) of a most
elaborate and erudite synonymy of the names applied to these birds by ancient and modern
authors.

The interesting copy handled is annotated in Savigny’s handwriting, and was formerly
presented by him to Latreille.

1818. WiLsoNn, J. Observations on some. Species of the Genus Falco of Linneus.
< Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., ii, pt. ii, 1818, pp. 569-617.
Read Feb., 1817.—An elaborate and carefully prepared criticism, not to be overlooked in
any study of the subject, in spite of errors now fully apparent.—Specitic distinction of Falco
JSulous and F. chrysaétus maintained. Identity of Falco albidus Gm. and F. variegatus with F.
apivorus.—Significance of the terms ‘‘ Haggard” and ‘‘Gentle” or “ Gentil.” —Discussion of
Falco gentilis, considered as ‘‘one of the numerous varieties of the ‘“Common Falcon.’’—On
Faleo palumbarius.—History of F. communig, to which FF. peregrinus, hornotinus, fuscus,
leucocephalus, albus, gibbosus, rubens, maculatus, and niger, all of Brisson, and perhaps some
other names, are considered referable.
1820. Kunt, H. [Gehirn einer] Aquila ossifraga (IV.). < Van Hasselt und Kuhl’s Beit.
zur Vergl. Anat., iite Abtheil., 1820, pp. 60, 61, pl. iv, f. 1-3, pl. v.
Pl. iv, f. 4-6, dasselbe des Psittacus aestivus.
1822. GREEN, J. Falco leucocephalus—Bald Eagle. < Sillim. Am. Journ. Sci., iv, 1822,
pp. 89, 90.
Note of capture of a specimen.
1823. SELBY, P. J. Some Observations on the Falco chrysaétos and F. fulvus of Au-
thors, proving the Identity of the two supposed species. < Mem. Wernerian
Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 428-433, fig. on p. 431.
With reference to J. Wilson’s article in the same Memoirs, 1823, g. v. The author makes
the point plain.

1823. WiLsoN, J. Remarks on the different Opinions entertained regarding the spe-
cific Distinction, or Identity, of the Ring-tailed and’Golden Eagles. < Mem.
Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 434-448,

“Notwithstanding the arguments which have been brought forward by Mr Seipy and

other competent judges,” the writer adheres to his opinion of their specific distinctness, and
supports his views at great length.

1624. [BrreuM, C. L.] Der nordische Seeadler. (Weisschwiinzige Seeadler. Bein-
brecher.) Aquila borealis, Brehm. (Aquila albicilla et ossifraga. Falco
albicilla et ossifragus, Linn.) < Ornis, Heft i, 1824, pp. 1-19.

1824. Vicors, N.A. Sketches in Ornithology; or, [ete.] < Zool. Journ., i, 1824, pp.

308-446; [ete.]

This is the first instalment of a series of articles under the above head, running through
several vols. and years of the periodical. It is subtitled: On the Groups of the Falconide.
(pp. 312-346.)

This portion treats of the Falconide, which are analyzed and classified upon the quinary
plan, being divided into 5 stirpes—Aceipitrina, Falconina, Buteonina, Milvina, Aquilina.
Further comment upon the article is therefore superfluous. Harpagus, g.n., p. 327.

T5E

1825.

1825.

1825.

1826.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Lesson, [R.] P. Quelques Observations sur les Falco chrysaetos et fulvus, qui
prouvent Videntité de ces deux espéces; par P.-J. Selby. ... < Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, pp. 96, 97.

Extrait des Mém. Wern. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 428-483, q. v.

. Lesson, [R.]P. Remarques sur diverses opinions émises sur la distinction spéci-

fique, ou sur Videntité des Aigles commun et doré; par James Wilson. .. .
< Feéruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, p. 97.
Extrait des Mém. Wern. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 434-448, q. v.

. Lesson, R. P. Esquisses ornithologiques, ou observations sur les rapports qui

existent dans un des groupes les plus nombreux en espgéces (oiseaux; par N.-
A. Vigors, jun... . <féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, pp. 406-408.
Extrait du Zoological Journal, i, Oct., 1824, pp. 308-446; cette partie des ‘‘Hsquisses”’ ren-
fermant la classification ‘‘ quinaire” des Falconidés.
Vicors, N.A. Ona new genus of Falconide [Gampsonyx swainsonii, sp. 0., p.
69]. < Zool. Journ., 11, No. 5, Apr., 1825, pp. 65-70.
A subhead, being part of the 2d instalment of. ‘‘Sketches in Ornithology; or,” ete. Cf.
Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, p. 106; Isis, 1830, pp. 839, 840.
Vieors, N.A. Onanew genus of Falconide [ Nauclerus riocourii, p. 386, sp. n. |.
< Zool. Journ., ii, No. 7, Oct., 1825, pp. 385-387.
A subhead, being part of the fourth instalment (pp. 368-405) of the series of papers entitled
‘‘Sketches on Ornithology; or,” ete. Cf. Féruss. Bull., ix, 1826, p. 91; Isis, 1830, pp. 1042, 1048.
Lesson, R.P. Esquisses ornithologiques, etc., sur un genre nouveau des Fal-
conide; par M.N.A. Vigors.... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, p. 106.

Gampsoniz (sic) swainsonti.—Zool. Journ., ti, No. 5, Avril, 1825, p. 65.

. Lesson, [R. P.] Sur un nouveau genre de la famille des Faucons; par Vig-

ors. ... < Feéruss. Bull., 2° segt., ix, 1826, p. 91.

Nauclerus riocourit.—Extrait du Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 385-387.

. AUDUBON, J.J. Notes on the Bird of Washington (Falco washingtoniana), or

Great American Sea Eagle (fig. 53). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., 1, 1829, pp.
115-120.

. JOHNSON, J. Vision of Birdsof Prey. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 473.

¥rom Medico-Chirurgical Review.

. “T.F.” An Arrangement of the different Species of Falcons found in Great

Britain. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, pp. 217-221, figg. 85-90.

14 spp., under 6 sections.

. BENNETT, [E.T.] [Polyborus? hypoleucus, sp.n.] <P. Z. S., Dee. 14, 1830,

p. 13.

. BREHM, C.L. Die grossen Adler mit befiederten Fissen von Brehm. < Oken’s

Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 96-106.
Aquila fulva, A. melanaetos, A. chrysaetos ‘‘Brehm”.

. Vicors, N. A. Gampsonyx [swainsonii], eine neue Sippe der Falconiden.

< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 839, 840.
Aus d. Zool. Jowrn., ii, 1825, p. 65.

. Vicors, N. A. Nauclerus [riocourii],.neue Sippe der Faleoniden. < Oken’s Isis,

Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1042, 1043.
Uebers. d. Zool. Jowrn., ii, 1825, p. 385.

. Anon. The Bald Eagle [Haliaétus leucocephalus]. <D. J. Browne’s The

Naturalist, i, No. xii, Dec., 1831, pp. 359-367.
Popular account, chiefly compiled from Wilson.

. AupuBoN, J.J. An account of the habits of the American Goshawk (Falco

palumbarius, Wils.). < Hdinb. Journ. Nat. Geogr. Sci., iii, 1831, pp. 145-147.

Not seen.

. BENNETT, [E.T.] [Remarks on two specimens of Polyborus hypoleucus which

had been living in the Society’s Garden.] < Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, pp. 63, 64.
From P. Z. S., Dec. 14, 1830, p. 138.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONID&. Tot

1831. BLACKWALL, J. On an undescribed Bird of the Family Falconide [Gampsonyx
holmiij. < Philos. Mag., x, 1831, pp. 264, 265.
1831. Hoy, J. D. Peregrine Faleon. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 146,
147.
Falco peregrinus at Thetford, England.
1832. [FRres, B. F.] Om Jagt-Falken [F. gyrfalco]. Med planche. < Tidsk. f. Jdgare
0. Naturf., i, 1832, pp. 352-363, med. kol. fig.
Not seen ?
1832. Hoy, J. D. The White-tailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] breeds in Captivity.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 278, 279.
1832. ‘J. M.” Great Harpy Eagle. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v. 1832, p. 452.
One said to have been sent from Mobile, Florida (7. e., Alabama), in Sept., 1828.
1832. R[AFINESQUE], C.S. Description of a new Eagle from South America, Aquila
dicronyx or Macarran Eagle. < Atlantic Jowr'n. and Friend of Knowl., i, No. 2,
1832, p. 63.

From Buenos Ayres; 3 feet long, expanse 9 feet, bill 4 inches, etc. Seen living in a collec-
tion. Thrasaéti?—or what?

1832. SODERBERG, C. Ornithologiska Bidrag. < Tidsk. f. Jégare o. Naturf., i, 1832,

pp. 114-117, fig.
Descr. Haliaéti albicille, 3 juv., cum fig.

1833. HoLMSTEDT, J. Underrittelse om en tam Hafsérn [Haliaétus albicilla]. <Tidsk.
f. Jagare o. Naturf., ii, 1833, p. 476.

1833. Hoy,J. D. Observations on the Iceland and Ger Falcons (Falco islandicus),
tending to show that these Birds are of two distinct Species. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 107-110.

1834. BENNETT, [E. T.] [Ueber Polyborus? hypoleucus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii,
1834, p. 815.
Auszug aus Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, p. 63.
1834. BLACKWALL, J. Neue Falke aus Brasilien [Gampsonyx holmii]. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, p. 830.
Aus Philos. Mag., Bd. ix, 1831, p. 264.
1834. “J.C.” Of the Forked-tail Kite. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, p. 511.
In Essex County, England. y
1834. LAFRESNAYE, F.DE. Cymindis. Cymindis. Cuvier. C. bec en hamegon. C.
hamatus. Illig., Temminck. (En livrée particuliére avant celle de l’adulte. )
< Guér. Mag. de Zool., 4° année, 1834, classe ii, notice xx, pl. xx.

1834. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Cymindis. Cymindis. Cuv. C. bee en croc. C. unci-
natus. Tem. col. 103, 104 et 115 (En livrée jusqu’alors non décrite.) < Guer.
Mag. de Zool., 4° année, classe ii, notice xxi, pl. xxi.

1834. LAFRESNAYE, F.DE. Cymindis. Cymindis. Cuvier. C.amanteau noir. Cuy.—
Petit autour de Cayenne. Butf.—Falco Cayennensis. L. Gmel. (Dans la livrée
qui précéde celle de Vadulte, qui est la Buse mantelée, Falco pallatus, Pr. Max.
Tem., col. 204; et le Cymindis busoide, C. buteonides. Lesson, Traité, p. 55.)
< Guér. Mag. de Zool., 4° année, 1834, classe ii, notice xxii, pl. xxii.

1836. ANon. A Falco [Pandion] Halietus L. shot near Oxford. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 597.

1836. DENNIS,G.E. The Osprey [Pandion haliaétus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix,
1836, pp. 202, 203.
Anecdote, from Morning Chronicle, Dec. 1, 1835.
1836. DugMorRE, H. [Note on Haliaétus albicilla in confinement.] <P. Z. S., iv,
18365, p. 49.

1836. TURNER, H. Sea Eagle (Aquila [Haliaétus] albicilla). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist. , ix, 1830, p. 203.
From Bury and Suffo%& Herald, Dec. 16, 1835.

158

1837.

1837.
1837.

1838.

1838.

1838.

1839.

1839.

1839.

1839.

1841.

1841.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Breum, C. L. Ueber das Betragen der mAnnlichen Raubvégel gegen ihr bré-
tendes Weibschen und die Jungen. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 367-874,

Versammlung der Naturforscher und Aerzte zu Jena am 18. September 1886.
Hamitton, H. [Letter announcing a donation of a Chilian Hagle.] <P.Z.S.,
v, 1837, p. 67.
YARRELL, W. [Exhibition of a Quill, filled with a species of Pediculus, from -
the wing of a Harpy Eagle (Thrasaétus harpya).] <P. Z.8., v, 1837, p. 127.

Hancock, J. Occurrence of Falco Islandicus in England. < Annals of Nat.
Hist. , 11, 1838, p. 159.

8. Hancock, J. Remarks on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons, showing that

they are distinct Species. < Annals of Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 241-250, joll xx.
Carefully distinguishing the two. This article is usually referred to with much respect for
its accuracy.

. Ropertson, C. [Letter on the capture of a Peregrine Falcon at sea.] <P.Z.

S., Vi, 1838) p. 77,

-. THOMPSON, W. Golden and Sea Eagle, Aquila chrysaétos and A. [Haliaétus]

albicilla [in Ireland]. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, p. 164.

Tompson, W. Bald Eagle, Haliaétus leucocephalus, Savig. < Charlesw. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ii, 1833, pp. 164, 165.
Note of habits.
TOWNSEND, T. Capture of the White-tailed Eagle, (Falco albicilla: Penn.
Mont. Halietus albicilla, Selby), on the Suffolk Coast, February 22nd, 1838.
< Charlesw. May. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 292, 293.

. DuGMorr, H. Capture of an Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] at Swaffham.

< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, p. 198.

- Hancock, J. Remarks on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. < Rep. Brit.

Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1838, vii, 1839 (Misc. Comm.), p. 106.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Nouvelle classification des oiseaux de proie ou rapaces.
< Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 193-196.
Te fam. Vulturide ; 1° sousfam. Didine, 2° Cathartine, 3° Vulturine, 4° Gypaetine ; IIe
fam. Falconide, avec 7 sousfamilles; IIe fam. Gypoaeranide.

Lesson, R.P. Tableau de la famille des oiseaux Accipitres (Raptores). < Revue
Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 132, 133.

T° sect., Diurnes, 4 fam. ; Ile sect., Nocturnes, 1 fam.

WEISSENBORN, W. Curious capture of a White-headed Eagle [ Haliaétus albi-
cilla]. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 197, 198.

WirGMann, A. F. A. Ueber den Seeadler (Falco [Haliaétus] albicilla).
< Preuss. Provinziabl., xxii, 1839, pp. 525-536.

Mir nicht zuginelich.

BrLany, J.C. A | Treatise | upon | Falconry. | In two parts. | By | James Cock-
burn Belany. | [Quotations, 7 lines. ] | Berwick-upon-Tweed :—printed for the
author, | 1841. lyol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, 1-278, 1-6; frontisp.

Part First. Containing Observations upon the Nature, Antiquity, and History of Falconry,
pp. 1-116.

Part Second. Containing Notices of the different Hawks used in British Hawking, the
Proper Method of Keeping, Training, and Flying the Birds, the Apparatus belonging to the
Art, &¢., pp. 117-277. i

Terms in Falconry, pp. 1-6.

JAMESON, R. On the Affinities of the Faleonidw. < Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist.,
i, 1841, pp. 307-324. (Auch in d. Isis, 1843, pp. 810-812. )

Not seen.

No.4.) | COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. 759

1841. SCHLEGEL, H. Abhandlungen | aus dem | Gebiete | der Zoologie und Vergleich-
enden Anatomie, | von | H. Schlegel. | — | 1 Heft. | — | Leiden, | A. Arnz &
Comp. | 1841. | Zu beziehen durch alle solide Buchhandlungen des In- und
Auslandes. vol. 4to. 2p.IlL., pp. 1-44, 1-12, 1-20,11., pll. i-xv.
This consists of 3 separately paged articles, the first two upon Cetacea, the third (perhaps
better citable separately) as follows: III. Beschreibung einiger neuen grossen Edelfalken,
aus Kuropa und dem Nordlichen Afrika, pp. 1-20, pll. x-xv.—Faleo feldeggii, p. 3, pll. x, xi, F.
tanypterus, Licht., p. 8, pll. xii, xiii—Fortzetzung: F. jugger, p. 13, pl. xv. Folgt schliesslich
eine Uebersicht aller bekannten grossen Edelfalken: A, Langswinzige Arten, 9 spp.—l. F.
candicans,Gm.; la, F.c.islandicus; 2, F. gyrfaleo; 3, F. subniger, Gr.; 4, F. mexicanus, Licht.
M. B., p. 15, sp. n.; 5, F. hypoleucos, Gould; 6, F. tanypterus, Licht.; 7, F. lanarius; 7a, F. 1.
alphanet, pl. xiv ; 7b, F. l. cervicalis, Licht. M. B., p. 17; 8, F. saeer; 9, F. juager. B, Kurz-
schwinzige Arten.—l, F. communis; la, F. ec. americanus, p.19; 1b, F. c. australis, p.19; 1c,
F. c. indicus; 1d, F.c. minor; 2, F. peregrinoides.
1841. YARRELL,[W.] [Hine Schwungfeder vom Harpy-Eagle (Harpyia destructor). ]
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxiv, 1841, p. 942, 943.
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Nov. 14, 1837, p. 127.
1842. HALDEMAN, S. 8. [Proposed Changes of Nomenclature of certain Genera. ]
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, 1842, pp. 187, 188.
Tn ornithology, one only—Anopaia, p. 188, g.n. = Harpyia, Cuv., preoccupied.
1842. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. Description d’un nouveau genre d’Oiseau de proie [ Har-
pyhalietus]. < Revue Zoologique, v, 1842, p. 173.

1842. Lesson, [R.P.] Nouveau Genre d’Oiseau de proie [Carnifex]. < Revue Zoolog-
ique, V, 1842, pp. 378-380.
L’ Echo du, Monde Savant, 9° année, p. 1081.
Ce nest qu’ une synonyme de Micrastur.
1843. EDMONSTON, T.,JR. Note on the capture of the Sea Eagle (Haliaétos albicilla)
in Shetland. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 36-39.

1843. HEPPENSTALL, J. The Osprey, (Pandion Haliaétos) | near Sheffield]. < Zoolo-
gist, 1, 1843, pp. 14, 15.
1843. JAMESON, R. Ueber die Verwandtschaften der Falconiden. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
Xxxvi, 1843, pp. 810-812.
Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist., 1841, p. 307.
1844, FRASER, L. [Description of three New Species of Birds.] <P. Z. S., Feb. 27,
1844, pp. 37, 38.
Among them “ Lagopus” ferrugineus, p. 37=Archibuteo ferrugineus (Licht.) from Mexico.
Very curiously, the two authors here concerned independently selected the same name for
the species. Lichtenstein has priority, having described his bird as Falco (Buteo) ferrugi-
neus from California in 1839 (Abhandl. Berlin. Akad. aus d. Jahre ‘838, p. 428.)
1844, FRAseR, L. [On three lately new Species of Birds.] <( Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
xiv, 1844, pp. 452, 453.
Lagopus ferrugineus, Psittacus Timneh, Plyctolophus citrino-cristatus. From P. Z. S., Feb,
27, 1844, pp. 37, 38, g. v.
1844. GERBE, Z. Note sur un OKuf d’Aigle, recueilli dans le département de l’Aube et
attribué avee doute a lAigle royal (Aquila chrysaetos).. < Revue Zoologique,
vil, 1844, pp. 440, 441.

1844. Gray, G. R. [List of Birds in the British Museum. Part I.—Raptores. Lon-
don: 1844. ]
This is the date of the orig. ed., the title of which I cannot give, having yet to see a copy.
There is a 2d ed., 1848, q. v.
1844. Hancock, J. Bemerkungen tiber den Unterschied des grén- und islandischen
Falken. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 668-671.
Ann. Nat. Hist., Bd. ii, No. x, 1838, pp. 241-250, q. v.
1844. Harpy, J. Quelques observations sur le Faucon pélerin, Falco peregrinus,
Linn., faites dans arrondissement de Dieppe. < Revue Zoologique, vii, 1844,
pp. 289-291.

760 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1844. Harris, E. [Exhibition of a specimen of Cymindis hamatus from Florida. ]
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ti, 1844, p. 65.

1844. MANSELL, T. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Farnham.
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 443.

1844. Newron, A. Note on the occurrence of the Sea Eagle [ Haliaétus albicilla] at
Elden, near Thetford. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 443.

1844. Norman, G. Note on the occurrence of the Rough-legged Buzzard [Archibuteo
lagopus] at Hull. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 491.

1845. Bartow,J.W. Occurrence of the Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] in Chesh-
ire. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1022.

1845. Botp,T. J. Occurrence of the Iceland Falcon [Falco islandicus] and Rough-
legged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in Northumberland. < Zoologist, 111,
1845, p. 935.
With quotation of more detailed statements from Morning Ohronicle, Feb. 6, 1845.

1845. Drs Murs, O. Notice sur le genre Aigle Aquila. < Revue Zoologique, vill, 1845,
pp. 271-274.

1845. Eprror1at. Falco islandicus [shot near the North Tyne]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., xv, 1845, pp. 213, 214.

1845. GurNEy,J.H. The supposed Chaunting Falcon [=Cireus cyaneus]. < Zoolo-
gist, ili, 1845, p. 1022.

1845. Kaup, J.J. Ueber Falken. Mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der im Museum
der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft aufgestellten Arten.
< Mus. Senckenb., Bd. iii, Heft iii, 1845, pp. 229-262.

This article, which I have not seen, appears to be the first of several by this author on the
same subject; it is noticed in Jsis, 1846, pp. 315, 316, and may be regarded as the forerunner
of the ,, Monographien der Genera der Falconide “‘ in Isis, 1847, pp. 39-80, 83-121, 161-212, 241—
283, 325-386, 954, 955; 1848, pp. 772-774; ‘‘ Monograph of the Falconide” in Jard. Contr. Orn.,
1849, pp. 68-121; 1850, pp. 51-80; and ,, Corrigirte Uebersicht der Faleonide,‘ in Arch. f.
Naturg., 1850, (i), pp. 27-41; gq. vv.—Im the course of these several publications many new
names are proposed, conferring some vitality upon a set of papers which would otherwise be
only consulted now from motives of curiosity by one desiring to know to what lengths the
quinarian craze may carryits victims. I give these new names, or many of them, under head
of the Isis article, 1847-48, g. v. See also same author at 1849-50, and 1850.

1845. LAFRESNAYE,[F.] DE. Sur le Falco isidori, Desmurs; Revue Zool. 1845, p. 175.
< Revue Zoologigie, viii, 1845, pp. 209-211.

1845. ROBERTSON, C. [Ueber Falco peregrinus.] < Oken’s Isis, xxxviii, 1845, p. 374.

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., vi, 1838, p. 77.

1845. Ross, F.W.L. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Devonshire.
< Zoologist, 111, 1845, p. 1190.

1845. SLADEN, E. Supposed occurrence of the Chanting Falcon [‘‘ Falco musicus”—
i.e., Cireus cyaneus] in Suffolk. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 935, 936.

From Kentish Gazette, Mar. 18, 1845.

1846. ANON. Ueber Falken mit besondere Berichtigung der im Museum der senken-
bergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft aufgestellten Arten yon Dr. Kaup,
Inpector des zoologischen Museums zu Darmstadt. (Museum senkenbergia-
num. III.) 1845. 4. 231-262. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxix, 1846, pp. 315, 316.

1846. HALLOWELL, E. On the Anatomy [Osteology] of Harpyia destructor, Cuv., or
Harpy Eagle of South America. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1846, pp.

84-88.
1846. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques. < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846,
pp. 124-133.

Sur les genres Aviceda (Swainson), Lophotes (Lesson), Lépidogenys (Gould), et sur deux
nouyelles espéces du genre Aviceda; A. verreauxti, p. 130; A. butéoides, p. 133.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDZ. 761

1846. THIENEMANN, F’.A.L. Kritische Revision der europiischenJagdfalken. < Rhea,
Heft i, 1846, pp. 44-98, pll. i, ii.
,, Vortrefiliche, die reiche Literatur des Gegenstandes kritisch bewdltegende Arbeit. ‘—
1, Falco gyrfalco, Alb. Mag., p. 50. 2, F. cyanopus, Gesn., p. 62, pll. 3, F. rubeus [sic], Alb.
Mag., p.72. 4. F. gentilis, p. 77.—F. subbuteo, p. 87; F. esalon, p. 89; F. sacer, p. 91.—A. F.
sacer. B. F. montanarius. C. Falcones lanarii. ;
1846. TyzeNHAvuz, C. Remarques sur les Aigles d’Europe. < Revue Zoologique, ix,
1846, pp. 322-326.
7 espéces, des genres Aquila et Haliagtus.
1846. WoLLEY, J. Occurrence of the Rough-legged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in
Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1247.

1847. ANON. Occurrence of the Golden Eagle [Aquila chrsyaétus] near Hungerford.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1695.

1847. Cassin, J. Description of a new rapacious Bird [Cymindis wilsonii] in the Mu-
seum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. <_ Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1847, pp. 199, 200.

1847. Cassin, J. Description of a new rapacious Bird in the Museum of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Am. Journ. Sci., iv, 1847, pp. 285, 286.
Cymindis wilsonii; from Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1847, p. 199.

1847. Cassin, J. Description of a new ra pacious Bird in the Museum of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < dnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 1847, p. 356.
Cymindis wilsonti ; from Am. Journ. Sci., Sept., 1847, p. 285.

1847. Cassin, J. Description of a new rapacious Bird in the Museum of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, pt. i,
Dec., 1847, pp. 21-23, pl. vii.
Cymnidis wilsonit, figured. Cf. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Apr., 1847, p. 199.
1847. Des Murs, O. Notice sur le Falco (Spizaetus) ornatus Daudin, et l’Harpya
(Spiz) braccata de Spix. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 315-326.
S. spiait, sp. n. propos., p. 325.

1847-48,. Kaup, J. J. Monographien der Genera der Falconidae. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xl, 1847, pp. 39-80, pll.i, ii; pp. 83-121, 161-212, 241-283, 325-386, 954, 955; xli,
1848, pp. 772-774.

Subfam. I. Falconine—Hierax, Tinnunculus, Harpagus, Falco, Jeracidea. 1. Milvinae—
Letinia, Nauclerus, Circus, Elanus, Milous. II. Accipitrine—Spizactus, Nisus, Geranospiza,
Aster, Asturina. IV. Aquiline—Aquila, Helotarsus, Circaétus, Pandion, Haliaetus. V.
Buteonine—Buteo, Pernis, Polyborus, Rostrhamus, Ibicter [sic].

Polihierax, p. 47; Poecilornis (Kaup, 1843), p. 49; Tichornis (Kaup, 1848), p. 51; Aesalon,
p. 59; Gennaia (Kaup, 1845), p. 69; Poecilopteryx, p. 86; Glaucopteryx, p. 99; Spilocircus, p.
101; Spizacircus, p. 103; Lophoictinia (1845), p. 113; Hydroictinia, p.114; Gypoictinia, p.114;
Lophaetus, p. 165; Spizaetus, p. 165; Pternura, p- 168; Hieraspiza, p.169; Tachyspiza, p. 172;
Scelospiza, p. 173; Urospiza, p. 180; Geranospiza (1846), p. 183; Lophospiza (1843), p. 187;
Leucospiza (1843), p. 197; Leucopternis, p. 210; Hieraetus, p. 243; Pteroaetus, p. 245; Ony-
chaetus (1843), p.245; Uroactus, p. 252; Circaetus, 256 ; Ictinowetus (1843), p. 275; Heteroaetus,
Pp. 278; Pontaetus, p. 279; Thalassaetus, p. 283; Tachytriorchis, p. 328; Poecilopternis, p. 329;
Ichthyoborus, p. 333; Regerhinus, p. 344; Odontriorchis, p. 346; Aetotriorchis, p. 358, are some
of Kaup’s new or lately new genera. See same author at 1845, 1849-50, and 1850.

Nachtrige und kritische Uebersichten der vorhandenen Synopsen, pp. 360-363, iiber Falco
concolor und F. eleonorae.—Systemat. Uebersicht, pp. 363-374. Uebersicht der Arten Azara’s,
pp. 374-376. Revision der von Vieillot in der Ency. Méth. aufgezahlten Falconide, pp. 376-
383. Erklarung der Abbild., pp. 384-386. Nachtrige und Correctionen, pp. 954, 955. Zu-
sditze (1848), pp. 772-174.

1847. Tscuup1, J. J. v. The Gyr-Falcon [sic; i.e., Milvago chimango]. < Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, p. 1806.
From “Travels in Pern”. Cf. Zool., 2018.
1848. Bowles, Admiral. [Letter from, announcing the presentation of three living
specimens of Haliaétus aguia (Temm.), and a male Condor, by Rear-Admiral
Sir George Seymour.] < P.Z.8., xvi, 1848, p. 112.
Bull, ve 4-16 |

7162 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1848. CARLETON, J. W. Natural History of the Hawk Tribe. Illustrated by A.
Henning. London: D. Bogue. 1848. 18mo. pp. 112.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

1848. Drs Murs, O. Complément de la notice sur la spécification distincte du Spi-
zaetus braccatus (Harpya braccata, Spix) d’avec le Spizaetus ornatus (Falco
ornatus, Daudin) et le Spizaetus tyrannus (Falco tyrannus,Temm.). <Kevue
Zoologique, xi, 1848, pp. 35-39.

1848. [Gray, G.R.] List | of the | Specimens of Birds | in | the collection | of the |
British Museum. | [By George Robert Gray.] | — | Second edition. | — | Part
I.—Accipitres. | Printed by order of the Trustees. |. London: 1848. 1 vol.
sm. 12mo. pp. i-viii, 1-120.

Orig. ed. 1844. This is the list of the Accipitres, 2d ed., giving an extensive synonymy of
each species and genus, and the localities whence were derived the specimens in the British
Museum; being one of the several partial lists, or lists of particular groups, which preceded
and led up to the same author’s famous Hand List.

1848. JoHnson, F. W. Occurrence of the Rough-legged Buzzard (Falco [Archibuteo ]
lagopus) in Suffolk. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2063.

1848. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur le Spizaétus tyrannus, Tem. < Revue Zoologique,
xi, 1848, pp. 154-138.

1849. BuRRouGuES, T.H. Occurrence of the Rough-legged Buzzard (Buteo [ Archi-
buteo] lagopus) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2452.

1349. Durr,J. Occurrence of the Osprey (Falco [Pandion] Halizeetus) near Bishop’s
Auckland. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2452.

1849. ELtiman, J. B. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] at Udimore,
Sussex. <( Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2346.

1849. ELLMAN, J. B. Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétos) near Rye. < Zoologist, vii,
1849, p. 2409. :

1849. GarTu, J. C. Occurrence of the White-tailed Eagle (Halizetus albicilla) in
Somersetshire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2409.

1849. HuLKke, J.W. White-tailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] at Deal. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, p. 2409.

1849-50. Kaup, [J. J.] Monograph of the Falconide, Systematically arranged by
Dr. T. T. [sic] Kaup. < Jard. Contrib. Ornith., 1849, pp. 68-121; 1850, pp.
51-80.

“Dr. Kaup has sent us his Monograph of the Falconide, translated by himself from that
Journal [Oken’s Isis] of 1847, as improved in 1848.”—ZHditor. The first article is occupied
with classificatory speculations of the most general character, relating not only to the pres-
ent subject but to birds in general; in the second portion of the paper the family is syste-
matically treated on the quinarian plan, and elaborated down to species. There is nothing
to show whether various of the author’s generic terms are really new in this paper, or
whether they had already been in print in the Jsis or elsewhere. The.latter is doubtless the
case.—See this author at 1845, 1849-50, and 1850.

1849. Knox, A.E. Capture of the Sea Eagle (Halizétos albicilla) in Sussex. <Zoolo-
gist, Vii, 1849, p. 2386.

1849. LAFRESNAYE, F.pDE. Mélanges ornithologiques. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, -

pp. 385-391.
Sur quelques synonymies nouvelles 4 appliquer 4 des espéces d’oiseaux de proie ancienne-

ment connues. Hypomorphnus leucurus, sp. D., p. 388.

1849. THORNCROFT, T. Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) at Beachy Head.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2494, 2495.

1850. BELL, T. Occurrence of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) at Selborne.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2764.

1850. Bop, T. J. Occurrence of the Osprey (Pandion Haliztus) in Northumberland.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2824.

ee es oD

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONID&. 763

1850.\ BONAPARTE, C. L. [Suite 4 nouvelles espéces ornithologiques.] < Rev. et Mag.
de Zool., ii, 1850, pp. 241-243.

Acad. des Se. de Paris, s6ance du 11 Mars. Raptores—quatre familles.

1850. BrruM, [C.] L. Einige Bemerkengen iiber europiiische und nordostafrikan-
ische Vogel und Beschreibung einiger neuen Vogelarten. < Nauwmannia, i,
Heft iii, 1850, pp. 22-31.

Vultur fuscus (nec Gm.!), p. 23; Aquila fuscicapilla, A. fusca, p. 24; A. wnicolor, p. 26; A.
Suscoatra, p. 27; A. subnaevia, p.30, ‘‘Brm.”

1850. Cassin, J. Descriptions of new species of the Genera Micrastur, .. .
< Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, pt.iv, Jan., 1850, art. xxiv, pp. 295-297, pll.
skal eisxalitl

Micrastur guerilla, heretofore described, here figured, pl. xl.

1850. CURTLER, M. Occurrence of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) near
Worcester. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2698.

1850. Durr,J. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] at Hartlepool. < Zo-
ologist, viii, 1850, p. 2764.

1850. [K1RTLAND, J.P.] The Eagle. < The Family Visitor, i, No. 2, 1850, p. 15.

On Aquila chrysaétus and Haliaétus leucocephalus in Ohio.

1850. Kaup, [J. J.] Corrigirte Uebersicht der Faleonide. < Arch. f. Naturg., xvi,
1850, (1), pp. 27-41.

Verzeichniss nebst Synonymik von 191 Arien—39 Falconine, 28 Milvine, 51 Accipitrine,
40 Aquiline, 33 Buteonine. Cypselopteryx, p. 31; Pterocircus, p. 32; Geranopus, p. 35, und
vielleicht andere genn. nn. Vergl. 1845, 1847-48, 1849-50, Kaup, J.J.

1850. Morris, B. R. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] shot near Market Weigh-
ton. < Zoologist, viii, 1250, p. 2648. —

1850. NEwMAN, E. Occurrence of the Osprey (Falco [Pandion] halizétos) near Col-
chester. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2764.

1850. Newman, E. Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus, in Scotland]. < Zoologist,
Vili, 1850, p. 2764.

1850. PUCHERAN, Dr. Etudes sur les types peu connus du Musée de Paris. < Rev. et
Mag. de Zool., ii, 1850, pp. 1-14, 81-94, 208-215.

Troisiéme article. Rapaces diurnes. A. Types de Cuvier. B. Types de Vieillot. C.
Types de Lesson.

1850. SmirH,C. J. Occurrence of the Osprey (Falco [Pandion] halixetos) at Tod-
dington, Bedfordshire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2967. :

1850. WEBB, G.J. Capture of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) near Marl-
borough. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2648.

1850. WENDENBURG, H. [Aquila (Haliaétus) albicilla am Eisleber See.] < Nau-
mannia, i, Heft ii, 1850, p. 100.

1851. Bond, F. Occurrence of the Iceland Falcon [Falco islandicus] in Rossshire.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3275, 3276.

1851. Buxton, T.F. Occurrence of the Gyrfalcon (Falco Gyrfalco) in Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, ix, 1851, p. 3028.

1851. CorpEsux, W. H. Occurrence of the Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétos) in
Herefordshire. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3027.

1851. ELLMAN, J.B. Occurrence of the Jer Falcon at Mayfield, Sussex. < Zoologist,
ix, 1851, p. 3233.

1851. GurNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3145.

1851. Harper, J. O. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3207.

1851. Kaup, J. [J.] Vertheidigung meines Systems der Falken und Eulen gegen den

Conspectus des Prinzen Ch. Bonaparte. Arch. f. Naturg., 1851, (1), pp. 75-114.

Kaup laborirt nach wie vor an der Monomanie der Fiinfzahl.

7164

1851.
1851.
1851.

1852.

1852.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1853.
1854.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

KENNER, T. Occurrence of the Roughlegged Buzzard (Buteo [Archibuteo]
lagopus) on Marlboro’ Downs. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3054.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] at the Land’s End.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3300.

Wess, G. J. Occurrence of Peregrine Falcons [Falco peregrinus] near Oxford.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3112.

Burton, R. F. Falconry | in the | Valley of the Indus. | By Richard F. Burton,
| Lieut. Bombay Army. | Author of “Goa and the Blue Mountains,” ete. |
[Monogram.] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | — | M. DCCC.
LII. 1ivol. 12mo. pp. i-xii, 211, pp. 1-107, frontisp. (by Wolf), and 3 pll.

Very entertaining narrative of his sport in India, ell written, and of excellent authority.
The writer is ‘‘convinced that the race of round or short-winged hawks has been unduly
depreciated, and that by selecting good birds and by careful training, excellent sport is to be
got out of them”—as one would readily believe, from seeing Wolf’s spirited ‘“Goshawk and
Gazelle”, or reading the author’s ‘‘A Day with the Shahbaz.” Cf. Zool., 1852, pp. 3569-3576.

Evans, J. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Derby. < Zool-
ogist, x, 1852, pp. 3474, 3475.

CassIN, J. Synopsis of the Species of Falconide which inhabit America north
of Mexico; with descriptions of [a] new species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct.
Phila., vi, 1853, pp. 450-453.

Synonymatic. Buteo bairdii, “Hoy”, p. 451.—Cont. with modified title, 1855, q. v.

GARDNER, J. Occurrence of the Osprey (Falco [Pandion] Halietus) at Wey-
bridge. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4072.

Des Murs, O. Description d’une nouvelle espace de Phalecobéne, Phalcobenus
carunculatus. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 154, 155.

Wess, G. J. The Osprey (Falco [Eandion Halietus) in Surrey. < Zoologist,
xi, 1853, p. 3753.

Botp, T. J. Rough-legged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] killed on the North
Tyne. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4251.

BonaPaRTE, C. L. [Tableau méthodique des Oiseaux rapaces.] < Compt.
Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xxxix, 1854, p. 230.
Présentation du mémoire. Voir R. I. Z., vi, 1854, pp. 530-544.

Bonaparte, C. L. Tableau des Oiseaux de proie. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi,
1854, pp. 530-544. 5
Seulement une liste méthodique des noms, 146 genres, 451 espéces. Les genres Lophogyps,
p. 530; Ohiquera, p.535; Smithiglaua, p. 544, sont indiqués comme nouvellement introduits.

. Hancock, J. Note on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. < Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., 2d ser., xiii, 1854, pp. 110-112.
Corroborative of his views of 1838, and rectificative of the description of F. groeniandicus.
Sraty, A. F. Occurrence of the Rough-legged Buzzard (Buteo [Archibuteo]
lagopus) and Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) in Cambridgeshire. < Zo-
ologist, xii, 1854, p. 4165.

Cassin, J. Notes on North American Falconide, with descriptions of new
Species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, 1855, pp. 277-284.
25 spp. Buteo calurus, B. elegans, p.281; B. oxypterus, p. 282, spp.nn. See 1853, CASSIN, J.
Fritscu, A. Bemerkungen tiber einige Falkenarten. <J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp.
266-270.
F. laniarius, F. communis, F. peregrinoides, F. eleonore, F. concolor, F. ardesiacus.
KsARBOLLING, [N.] Ueber die hochnordischen Edelfalken. < Naumannia, vy,
1855, pp. 489-493.
Falco groenlandicus, F. islandicus, F. gyrfalco.
KNEELAND, 8., JR. [Remarks on exhibition of a Golden or Ring-tailed Eagle
(Aquila chrysaétus).] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, pp. 272, 273.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDZ. 765

1855. PASSLER, W. Bemerkenswerthes in Bezug auf die Farbung der Raubyégel-_
Hier. <J.f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 209-214.

1) Hin und dasselbe Weibchen legt stets ahnliche, ja, ich méchte sagen, gleich gefirbte
Hier; und 2) Abinderungen, welche man bei einer Art findet, trifft man auch bei anderen
Arten." 4

1855. SCHLEGEL, H. [An der Frage iiber die Falken, besonders die Edelfalken. ]
< Vaumannia, v, 1855, pp. 251-254.

», Was Verzeichniss aller mir bekannten Arten ‘‘—40 spp.

1855. STRICKLAND, H. E. Ornithological Synonyms. | By the late Hugh Edwin Strick-
land, M.A.,| F.R.S., F.R.G.S., F.G.8., | Deputy Reader in Geology in
the University of Oxford, etc. | — | Edited by Mrs. Hugh E. Strickland | and
| Sir W. Jardine, Bart., F.R.S8.E., L.S., &e. | — | Vol. I. | Accipitres. | Lon-
don: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLY. lvol. 8vo. pp.
xlvi, 222.

An extensive but far from complete synonymy of 370-+3 spp., not entirely free from in-
accuracies, but prepared with great care, and of great practical utility. The list of works
quoted in the introduction is a convenient index to research. No second volume has ap-
peared.

1855. WALLENGREN, G. D. J. [Ueber Falco gyrfalco, islandicus, und candicans. ]
< Naumannia, v, 1855, pp. 247-249.

_ 1856. BreuM,[C.L.] [Einige Worte tiber die eigentlich europaischen Wanderfalken. |
< Naumannia, vi, 1856, pp. 326-332.

I. Aechte Wanderfalken: 1. F. peregrinus cornicum, F. per. abietinus, I. per. griseiventris,
F. per. leucogenys, p. 227; F. per. orientalis, subsp. nn. 2. F. barbarus. I. Uniichte Wan-
derfalken: 1. F. cervicalis, Mus. Berol., F. biarmicus Nob., p. 330; F. tanypterus Brm.., p. 331.

1856. BREweER,T.M. [Observations on the California Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo mon-
tanus).] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1856, pp. 385, 386.

1856. CooKr,M.C. Occurrence of the Peregrine Falcon [Falco communis] near Nor-
wich. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5058.

1856-57. MULuier, J.W.v. Der Jagdfalke und die Falkenbaize. < J. f. O.,iv, 1856,
pp. 497-502; v, 1857, pp. 169-174.

I. F.candicans. Il. Die Falkenbaize.

1856. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Sea Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla) in Nowe
< Zoolo a xiv, 1856, p. 4946.

1856. URBAN, W. 8. M.p’. Occurrence of the Whitetailed Eagle (Falco [ Haliaétus |
hi in Devonshire. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5096.

1856. VERREAUX, J. Notesurun Nouveau Genre | Urubitornis, de la Nouvelle Grenade |
des Oiseaux de Proie. < P. Z.8., xxiv, 1856, pp. 145, 146.

1857. BARRON, C. Occurrence of the Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] near
Haslar. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5426.

1857. Buasius, J. H. Aphorismen itiber Falken. < Naumannia, vii, 1857, pp. 223-264.

Sehr vollstandig.

1857. Buasius, J.H. Ueber die Wiehen Europa’s. < Naumannia, vii, 1857, pp. 307-324.

Behandelt Cirus aéruginosus, C. eyaneus, C. pallidus, C. cineraceus—4 Arten.

1857. Cassin, J. Notes on the North American species of Archibuteo and Lanius, and
description of a new species of Toucan, of the genus Selenidera, Gould.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ix, 1855, pp. 211-214.

The author recognizes 3 species of the genus Archibuteo, one of them being the previously’
little-known A. ferrugineus (Licht.).

1857. ERHARD, Dr. [Aquilafulva beim Horste,u.s.w.] < Nawmannia, vii, 1857, Hft.
i, pp. 87, 89.

1857. G[Rayson],A.J. The white breasted Squirrel Hawk.—(Buteo californica [sp.
n.].) < Hutchings’s California Magazine, Mar., 1857, pp. 393-396, fig.

Described as a new species under the aboyename. Itis the Archibuteo ferrugineus (Licht.)

or the Lagopus ferrugineus, Fraser. The article is mainly devoted to the habits of the bird,
but also gives a recognizable description and figure.

766
1857.

1858.

1858.
1858.
1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.

1858.
1858.

1858.

1858.

1859.
1859.

1859.

1859.

1859.

1859.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

MippenporrFr, [A.T.]v. [Falco peregrinus auf ebener Erde horstend.] < Nau-
mannia, vii, Heft ii, 1857, p. 181.

BreuM, A.E. Die Geieradler und ihr Leben. < WMittheil. aus der Werkstéilte der
Natur, 1 u. 2%: Heft, 1858.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.—,, In instructives und anziehender Weise schildert A. Brehm

, die Geieradler und ihr Leben‘; ... Die Subspecies werden gut beschrieben.** (Hartl.)

Cassin, J. [Occurrence of Falco polyagrus at Rock Island, Illinois, east of the
Mississippi River.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., x, 1858, p. 1.

Hocker, J. Ueber den Standort des Horstes der Kornweihe (Circus cyaneus).
< Naumannia, viii, 1858, pp. 505, 506.

JAGER, C. Aquila [Haliaétus] albicilla in der Wetterau. < Naumannia, viii,
1858, pp. 507, 508. :

PELZELN, A. Vv. Ueber Gold- und Steinadler. < Verh. d. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien,
viii, 1858, pp. — - —, Taf. i.
Pl.i, Aquila chrysaétos, Pall.
RICHARDSON, J. Occurrence of the Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] in
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6058.

SCHNELL, F.H. Der Taubenhabicht. Hine monographische Schilderung seines
Lebens in der Vogelwelt. < Jahrb. d. Vereins fiir Naturk. im Herzogth. Nassau,
Nr. 12, pp. 342-356.

Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.

ScLaTER, P. L. On some New or little-known Species of Accipitres, in the col-
lection of the Norwich Museum. < P. Z.S., xxvi, 1858, pp. 128-133.

Buteo zonocercus, p. 130; Syrniwm albitarse, Gray, p. 131; Scops usta, p. 132, spp.nn. Figured,
Tr. Z. S., 1859, g. v. Lists of spp. of Urubitinga, Syrnium, and Scops.

ScLaTER, P. L. Note on the Variation of the Form of the Upper Mandible in a

Rapacious Bird [ Urubitinga unicincta]. <P. Z.8., xxvi, 1858, p. 150, woodee.

SciaTEeR, P. L. Description of a new Species of the Genus Buteo Linligimeane
from Mexico. < P. Z.S., xxvi, 1858, p. 356.

SciaTeR, P. L. On some New or little-known species of Accipitres, in the Col-
lection of the Norwich Museum. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858, pp.
225-229.

From P. Z. S., Mar. 9, 1858, pp. 128-133, q. v.

ScLaTER, P. L. On the Variation of the Form of the Upper Mandible in a Ra-

pacious Bird. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858, pp. 163, fige. 2.
From P. Z. S., Mar. 23, 1858, p. 150.

CREWE, H. R. Occurrence of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) in Der-

byshire. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6779.

GovuLp, J. [Exhibition of all the known Species of the genus Elanus, with de-
scription of a New Species (E. hypoleucus). ] < P. Z. 8., xxvii, 1859, pp. 126, 127.

Hincks, W. The Family of Falconide. < Canad. Journ., iv, Nov., 1859, pp. 448—
449,
15 Canadian spp.

SciaTeR, P.L. Description of a new Species of the Genus Buteo [fuliginosus]

from Mexico. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iti, 1859, p. 78.
From P. Z. S., July 13, 1858, p. 356.

SciaTeR, P. L. On some New or little-known Species of Accipitres in the Col-
lection of the Norwich Museum. < Trans. Zool. Soc., iv, pt. vi, 1859, pp. 261-266,
pl. 59-61.

Descr. orig. P. Z. S., 1858, pp. 128-133, the species being here figured in colors.—PIl. 59, Buteo
zonocercus; pl. 60, Syrniwm albitarse; pl. 61, Scops usta. :

SciaTER, P. L. Description of a New Species of the genus Buteo (B. fuligi-
nosus) from Mexico. < Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, pt. vi, 1859. p. 267, pl. 62.

Descr. orig. P. Z. S., 1858, p. 356.

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. 767

1859. STEVENSON, H. A Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) killed by the Telegraph-
wires. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6779.

1860. CrEwr, H. H. Occurrence of the Osprey (Falco [Pandion] halizétus) in Der-
byshire. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6889.

1860. Durron, J. Whitetailed Eagle (Falco [Haliaétus] albicilla) near Eastbourne.
< Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6888, 6889.

1860. Dutton, J. Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) near Eastbourne. < Zoologist,
Xvili, 1860, p. 6889.

1860. EprroriaL. [J. Cassin’s Remarks on Ictinia, with editorial comment.] < Ibis,
ii, 1860, pp. 103, 104.
1860. GLoGER, C. W. L. Die gréssere Linge der Schwung- und Schwanzfedern bei
den jungen Adlern [u.s.w.]. <J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 209-211.
Aquila, Haliactus.
1860. GLoGcER, C. W. L. Der Seeadler [Haliaétus albicilla] auf dem Wasser. <J.f.
O., viii, 1860, pp. 470, 471.
Nilss. Sk. Fn. Fog., i, p. 61.
1860. OWEN, ROBERT. On the Habits of the Swallow-tailed Kite (Elanoides furcatus)
in Guatemala. < Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 240-243.

1860. PELZELN, A.vy. Zurnaheren Kenntniss des Morphnus guianensis(Daud.) <J.
f. O., Vili, 1860, pp. 337-340.

1860. Rosperts, A. Occurrence of the Osprey (Falco [Pandion] halizetus) at Sher-
burne. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7104.

1860. ScLatTER, P. L. On an undescribed Species of Hawk [Accipiter collaris, Kaup,
Mus. Brit.] from New Granada. < Ibis, 11, 1860, pp. 147-149, pl. vi.

1860. ScLtaTEeR, P.L. On the Eggs of Two Raptorial Birds from the Falkland Islands.
< Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 24-28, pl. i.
Pl. i, fig. 1, Milwago australis; fig. 2, Cathartes sp., wrongly identified as Wilvago australis ;
fig. 3, Buteo erythronotus. °
1860. TAyLoR, J. Note on Falco Islandicus and F. Grenlandicus. < Rep. Brit. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. for 1859, 1860 (Mise. Comm.), p. 158.
Confirming J. Hancock’s determination.
1860. Wizson, W. Occurrence of the Roughlegged Buzzard (Faleo [Archibuteo]
lagopus) at King’s Lynn. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6889.
1861. Bryant, H. Remarks on the variations of plumage in Buteo borealis, Auct.,
and Buteo harlani, Aud.? < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., viii, 1861, pp. 107-119.
Extended description snd criticism of the various current nominal species, which are to be
reduced to one or the other of these two. But the ‘‘ Buteo harlani Aud.?” of this paper is
not of Aud., being B. swainsoni Bp. Cf. Ibis, 1862, pp. 184, 185.
1861. SctaTER, P. L. Note on Milvago carunculatus and its allied species. < Ibis,
iii, 1861, pp. 19-23, pl. i.
. Full description from Des Murs’ Mss, ined., with critical observations on the genus.
1861. SctaTEeR, P. L. Ona rare Species of Hawk, of the Genus Accipiter [pectoralis]
from South America. < Jbis, iii, 1861, pp. 313, 314, pl. x.
1861. NorpMANN, A. v. Aquila Fulva L. (Goldadler) im Gefecht. < Zool. Gart., ii,
1861, p. 68. :
Bull. Soc. Imp. Natur. Moscou, 1860, p. 7.
1861. ORDE, J. W. P. [Letter on the breeding of Aquila chrysaétus in a fir-tree in
Perthshire.] < bis, iii, 1861, pp. 112, 113.
1861. OrDE,J.W.P. [Note on an Hierofalco shot Oct., 1860, on North Uist.] < Ibis,
iii, 1861, p. 415.
1862. Brastus, J. H. Uber die nordischen Jagdfalken [Hierofalco]. <J.f. 0., x,
1862, pp. 43-59.

An elaborate examination of the question, with extended descriptions of various forms.

768 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1862. CuENU, J. C.,and DesMurs,0O. La | Fauconnerie | Ancienne et Moderne | par |

J.C. Chenu et O. Des Murs | — | Supplément au tome deuxieme | des | Legons x
Elémentaires sur Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux | [Dessin.] | Paris | Librairie
L. Hachette et Ci | 77, Rue Saint-Germain, 77 | — | 1862. 1vol. in-12°, faux-

titre, titre, et pp. 1-176, fige. 1-45, + 7; exemplaires en couleur ou en noir.
Apergu historique, p. 1—Description des Faucons, p. 47, fige. 7-21—Kducation des Oiseaux
de vol, p. 797—Observations sur le vol des Oiseaux, p. 121—Liste alphabétique des termes de
Fauconnerie, p. 151.
1862, PELZELN, A.v. [On the habitat of Accipiter pectoralis (Brazil).] < Ibis, iv,
1862, p. 194.
1862-63. PELZELN, A. v. Uebersicht der Geier und Falken der kaislerlichen ornitho-
logischen Sammlung. < Verh. (Abh.)k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii, 1862, Abth.
li, pp. 123-192; xiii, 1863, pp. 585-636. i
Enthaltend das systematische Verzeichniss der in der Kaiserl. Ornith. Samml. aufbe-
wahrten Vulturide, Cathartide und Faleonide. Der Uebersicht ist im Allgemeinen das yon
G. R. Gray (in: G. of B. und List of G. of B., 1855) System zu Grunde gelegt, ohne jedoch
einzelne Abanderungen auszuschliessen. Am Schlusse hat der Verf. die reichen und werth-
vollen von Natterer wiihrend seiner Reise gemachten und in dem Cataloge (msc.) seiner
brasilischen Sammlung enthaltenen Notizen iiber die von ihm gesammelten Arten der hier
besprochenen Gruppen zusammengestellt.— Handscriftliche Notizen von J. Natterer, pp. 171-
191 (1862), 631-636 (1863).—Cf. Ibis, 1864, p. 123.
1862. Rorerts, A. Occurrence of the Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] near Drif-
field. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7880. - 7

1862. Savitz, S.P. Occurrence of the Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] in Cam-
bridgeshire. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7843.
1862. SCHLEGEL, H. Falcones <_ Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 1° livr. Aotit 1862, pp. 1-36.

Treats of 35 spp. and several subspp., all referred to the genus Falco ; constituting a synon-

ymatic and descriptive catalogue of the 337 specimens of Falconince in the Leyden Museum.
1862. SCHLEGEL, H. Aquilae < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 1° livr., Sept., 1862, pp. 1-24..

Treats of 20 species of “Eagles”, namely: 8 referred to the genus Aquila, 11 to Haliaétus,
and 1 to Pandion ; representing a synonymatic descriptive list of the 182 specimens con.
tained in the Leyden Museum.

1862. SCHLEGEL, H. Astures < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 1° livr., Sept., 1862, pp. 1-55.
The “Astures” of this author include Gypogeranus, which remarkable form is ranged in the
genus Astur itself!—a piece of ‘‘ conservatism” so extreme as to be justly reprehensible, and
to tend to bring the author's faculty of discernment into discredit—unless, indeed, he in-
tended by such course to satirize some of his contemporaries. Fifty-five species are treated,

of the three genera Spizaétus (9), Astur (18), and Nisus (27).—Nisus verreauxti, p. 37, sp. n.
1862. SCHLEGEL, H. Asturinae < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 1¢livr. , Sept., 1862, pp. 1-14.

Treating of 15 spp. of one genus, Asturina, represented by 52 specimens in the Leyden
Museum.

1862-63. SCHLEGEL, H. Buteones < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 1¢ livr., Aotit 1862, pp.
1-4; 2° livr., 1863, pp. 5-30.

Whole article dated Aug., 1862, and pp. 1-4 pub. that year; pp. 5-80, in livr. 2, not pub. as a
whole till 1863, though the loose signatures may have been out in 1862. The ‘‘ Buteones io
in number, are referred to the 2 genera Buteo (23) and Circwetus (8). A descriptive and synony-
matic list of 193 specimens in the Leyden Museum.—Buteo cabanisit, p. 11, sp.n.? Circaetus
bacha celebensis, p. 27, sp. n.? The series of articles on the Raptores continues in the 2¢ livr.,
1863 ; and there is a general review of the whole subject, of date 1873.

1862. ScLaTER, P. L. Note on Falco circumcinctus [P. Z. S. 1851, 42], a rare Bird of
Prey from South America. < Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 23-25, pl. ii.

Cf. Falco punctipennis, Burm., J. f. O., 1860, p. 242,

1863. Artis, T.H. The Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Bury St. Edmunds. < Zool-
ogist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8677, 8678.

1863. Baker, J. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Cambridgeshire. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8813.

1863. Baker, J. Marsh [Cireus ceruginosus ] and Montagu’s [Circus cineraceus] Har-
riers in Norfolk. < Zoologist, XXi, 1863, p. 8765.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDZ. 769

1863, BLAKE-KNOx, H. Marsh Harrier [Circus eruginosus], Peregrine Falcon [F.
peregrinus], Iceland Falcon [F. greenlandicus, see Zool. 8678], &c., in Ireland.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8523.

Notice, also, of Falco wsalon and Alca alle.

1863. Bopinus, Dr. [Tuberculose bei Raubvégeln, u.s.w.] < Zool. Gart., iv, 1863,
pp. 68-71.

1863. BouLtton, W. W. The Roughlegged Buzzard (Faleo [Archibuteo] lagopus) in
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8441.

1863. Dutton, J. Hen Harrier (Falco [Circus] cyaneus) at Eastbourne. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, p. 8484.

1863. Kent, R. The Roughlegged Buzzard (Falco [Archibuteo] lagopus) and Hen
Harrier (Falco [Circus] cyaneus) at enloumenlaga Park. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863,
p. 8442.

1863. Hartinc, J. E. Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus) at Haverfordwest.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8523.

1863. HarTING, J. E. The Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Uxbridge. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, p. 8813.

1863. HoMreyER, A.v. Kampf eines Seeadlers [ Haliaétus albicilla] mit einem Fuchse.
Mit Zusatz von Dr. Gloger. < J.f. O., xi, 1863, pp. 155-159.

1863. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ VON WIED. Ueber das vollkommene Gefieder des Morphnus
guianensis. < J. f. O., xi, 1863, pp. 1-3.

18683. PELZELN, A. v. Ueber die Farbung des Morphnus guianensis (Daud.) und M.
Harpyia (L.). <J.f. O., xi, 1863, pp. 121-132.

1863. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Hayle.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8841.

1863. Ropp, E.H. Marsh Harrier [Circus eruginosus] in the Scilly Isles. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, p. 8841.

1863. SAVILLE, 8S. P. Roughlegged Buzzard (Falco [Archibuteo] lagopus) in Cam-
bridgeshire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8441.

1863. SaxBy, H.L. Iceland Falcon (Falco islandicus) in Shetland. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8484,

1863. SaxBy, H. L. The Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Shetland. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8677.

1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Milvi < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays- Bas, 2¢ livr., Oct., 1862, pp. 1-12,
(Pub. 1863.)
This monograph is dated Oct., 1862, and the sheet may have been out that year, but the livr.
was not pub. as a whole until 1863.
Milwus (6), Elanoides (2), Elanus (6), Ictinia (2) =16 spp., represented by 79 specimens, a
list of which is given, with synonymy and description. Elanus intermedius, p. 7, sp. 0.

1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Pernes < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Nov., 1862, pp. 1-10.
(Pub. 1863.)

‘Memoir dated Nov., 1862, and the sheet may have been out that year; but this livraison
not pub. as a whole until 1863. Treats of Pernis (2), Baza (4), Macheirhamphus (1), Oymin-
dis (2) =9 spp., represented in the Leyden Museum by 43 specimens.

1863 ScHLEGEL, H. Polybori < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Nov., 1862, pp. 1-
10. (Pub. 1863.)
This memoir is dated Noy., 1862, and may have been out that year; but the livraison con-

taining it was not pub. till 1863. Treats of 5 spp of Polyborus and 4 of Tbicter (sic), repre-
sented by 28 specimens in the Leyden Museum.

770 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V-

1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Vultures < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Noy., 1862, pp.
1-12.

Article dated Nov., 1862, and may have been out that year, but the livr. not pub. till 1863.

The ‘‘ Vultures” of the author, whose classificatory instincts are anachronistic, tending
always to retrogression, include the very distinct group of Cathartide with the Old World
Vulturines.—There are here treated 6 spp. of Cathartide in the single genus Cathartes, with
2 of Neophron, 6 (including several subspp.) of Vultur, and 1 (with a subsp.) of Gypaétus ;
represented by 94 specimens in the Leyden Museum.

1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Circi < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., Dec., 1862, pp. 1-12.
(Pub. 1863.)

The article is dated Dec., 1862, and the signature (13) may have been distributed that year;
but the livr. was not pub. till 1863.

It treats of eleven spp. and one subsp. of the genus Circus, represented by 118 specimens in
the Leyden Museum, being a synonymatic and descriptive list thereof.

1863. [SCHLEGEL, H.] Aves Rapaces. RésuméGénéral. 31 Décembre 1862. < Mus.
Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 2° livr., 1863, 1 feuille.

A large loose folded sheet, not paged, issued with livr. 2°, giving a tabular view of the
author’s system of classification of the Rapaces, according to which the several articles are
recommended to be bound, viz: Ott (No. 11), Striges (No. 12), Faleones (No. 2), Circi (No. 18),
Aquile (No.3), Astures (No. 4), Asturince (No. 5), Buteones (No. 6), Wilvi (No.7), Pernes (No.
8), Polybori (No. 9), Vultures (No. 10).—Also noting additions to the collection, bringing the
total of species to 333, of specimens to 2,002.

1863. ScLATER, P.L. Note on the Occurrence of the European Sea-Eagle [Haliaétus
albicilla] in North America. <P. Z. 8., xxxi, 1863, pp. 251-253.

But cf. P. Z. S., 1865, p. 731.

1863. STEVENSON, H. The Roughlegged Buzzard (Buteo [Archibuteo] lagopus) on
the Norfolk Coast. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8325.

1863. WHFELWRIGHT, H. The Norwegian Jer-Falcon (Falco Jer-falco norvegicus of
Wooley, “‘rip-spenning,” Lap., ‘‘jagt falk,” Sw.). < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp.
8439-8441.

1863. WHEELWRIGHT, H. The Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus]. <Zoolo-
gist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8441, 8442. }

1864. ApoLpHI, R. [Haltung der Raubvégel.] < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, p. 21.

1864. ALLEN, J.A. Notes on the Habits and Distribution of the Duck Hawk; or
American Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus], in the Breeding Season, and
Description of the Eggs [from Mt. Tom, Mass.]. < Proc. Essex Inst., iv, 1864,
art. X, pp. 153-161.

1864. Anon. A Jerfalcon shot in the South of Scotland. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p.
8875.

1864. Buasius, R. Die Adler. (Beilage xi. zum Berichte iiber die xiv. Versamml.
der Deutsch. Ornith. Gesellsch.) <J. f. O., xi, 1863, besond. Beigabe, pp.
_ 76-106. (Pub. 1864.)
Full descriptions, with extensive tables of measurement, of 7 spp.

1864. Buasius, J. H. Zur Unterscheidung des Dunenkleides der Raubyégel. <Jd.f
O., xii, 1864, pp. 276-289.

a. Der untere Theil des Laufs ist mit Netztafeln besetzt, der obere befiedert (Falco, Bla-
nus, Pandion, Circaetos, Pernis). b. Der Lauf ist bis zur Zehenwurzel befiedert (Aquila,
Archibuteo). c. Die unteren Thiele des Laufs sind vorn mit umfassenden Quertafeln besetzt,
die oberen vorn befiedert (Buteo vulgaris, Haliaétus, Wiluus, Astur, Circus). Many specific
distinctions of European diurnal and nocturnal Raptores are also systematically drawn.

1864. Boutron, W. W. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Beverley. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 9207-9209.

1864. Bourton, W.W. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus ] at menace < Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9209.

1864, DurTon, J. Peregrine Falcons [Falco peregrinus] taken at Beachy Head and
Seaford Cliffs. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9209.

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDZ. T71

1864. GuNN, T.E. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] near Wymondham. <Zo-

ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9019.

1864. GuRNEY, J. H. A | Descriptive Catalogue | of | the Raptorial Birds | in the |

1864.

1864.

1864.
1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

Norfolk and Norwich Museum, | compiled and arranged | by | John Henry

Gurney. | — | Part One: | containing | Serpentarlldz, Polyboride, Vultur-
ide. | — | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | Norwich: Matchett
and Stevenson, Market-place. | 1864. 1 vol. roy. 8vo (4to by sigs.). pp.i-
vi, 7-90.

Mr. Gurney’s high name as an authority on Birds of Prey, and his accomplishments as a
writer, render anything he has to say upon this subject important and interesting.

Lists of 157 specimens, as well as. 30 species, are given, with very full particulars on geo-
graphical distribution, food, nidification, general habits, colors of soft parts, etc.—constitut-
ing a treatise, rather than a catalogue, of the highest authority. Cf. Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, p. 99.

HopeGkinson, J. B. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Preston. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8875.

HoMEYER, E. v. Raubvégelhorste [werden zu hiufig von den verschiedensten
Raubvégeln bewohnt]. <J.f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 218, 219.

Hussty,H. Eagles in the Highlands. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9206-9207.

LUNGERSHAUSEN, L. [Haltung der kleineren Raubvoégel.] < Zool. Gart.,v,
1864, pp. 265, 267.

Newton, A. Ootheca Wolleyana: | An illustrated Catalogue | of | the collec-
tions of Birds’ Eggs | formed by the late | John Wolley, Jun., M.A., F.Z.S. |

Part I. Accipitres. | — | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. |
M.DCCC.LXIV. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-viii, 1-180, with 1 1. of list of plates,
col’d pll. ix (eggs), and A-I (landscape, nests, &c.).

This work has been recognized as extremely accurate and reliable, the greatest possible
pains having been taken to secure these results by the distinguished editor, who moreover
based his work upon the collections and field-notes of one of the most conscientious and labo-
rious of naturalists, and an odlogist of large experience. The Catalogue enters upon great
detail in describing and illustrating the large series of the eggs of Accipitres collected by Mr.
Wolley, and in presenting the record of his experiences in the field. There are treated no
fewer than 55 species of the Western Palearctic region, with many colored figures of eggs,
and views of the nests, &c. Pl. I, Neophron perenopterus; LI-IV, Aquila chrysaetus; V,
VI, Pandion haliaétus; VIII, Falco gyrfaleo; 1X, figs. 1-4, Nyctale tengmalmi; 5-8, Surnia
ulula; 9-12, Syrnium lapponicum.

Pamplin, W. The Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in North Wales. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9039.

Pratt, H. The Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] at Shoreham. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 8875.

ROWLAND, W. H. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Savernake
Forrest. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9020.

SwinHoz, R. Natural-History Notes, aaa from Formosa. < Zoologist,
Xxii, 1864, pp. 9224-9229.

Only ornithological in a paragraph on Pandion.

ANON. Fiir Jagdfreunde. < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, p. 75.
Note on Falco islandieus and Haliaetus albicilla.
Bower, W. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Sussex. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, p. 9465.
BRUNTON, T. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] breeding on the Antrim
Coast. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9625.
BRYANT, H. Remarks on the Type of Buteo insignatus Cassin. < Proc. Bosion

Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 1865, pp. 90, 91.
Identified with B. swainsont.

172

1865.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V:

Cassin, J. Notes on Some New and little known Rapacious Birds. < Proe.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 2-5.
Polyborus audubonii, p. >, sp.n.; Sptlornisbacha; Haliaetus blagrus; Limnaatus ipesburtire
sp.n., p. 4; Otus stygius.

. CREWE, H.H. [On Pandion haliaétus, &c.] <Jbis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 113, 114.
. GRAVIL, H. Peregrine Falcon and Merlin at Epworth. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865,

p. 9538.

. MatHEw, M.A. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Exeter. < Zoologist, xxiii,

1865, p. 9847.
From Ezeter and Plymouth Gazette, Oct. 6, 1865.

5. NEwcoMe, E. C. [Buteo lineatus, shot Feb. 26, 1853, at Kingussie, Inverness-

shire, Scotland.] < Ibis, 2d ser.,i, 1865, p. 549.

5. Rocks, J. [On Pandion haliaétus breeding in Scotland; cf. Ibis, 1865, p. 9]

< Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, p. 360.

. ScLATER, P.L. Description of a New Necipiicine Bird [Leneapteees princeps |

from Costa Rica. < P.Z.S., May 9, 1865, pp. 429, 430, pl. xxiv.

5. ScLATER, P.L. [Correction of some previous remarks (P. Z.S., 1863, p. 251) on

the supposed occurrence of Haliaétus albicillain America.] <P. Z. S., Xxxiii,
1865, p. 731.

3. ANGuS, W. C. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] and Golden Eagle [Aquila chry-

saétus]| in Aberdeenshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 497.

. DitKE, C. W. [Letter on the occurrence of Falco gyrfalco near Farnham. |

<P. Z. 8., xxxiv, 1866, p. 2.

. GuNN, T.E. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., 1, 1866, p. 96..

. GUNN, T.E. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in Suffolk. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 142.

5. HARRISON, H. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] at Rostherne Mere. < Zoologist,

2d ser., i, 1866, p. 30.

. Harrison, H. Jerfaleon at Crosby Ravensworth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,

p. 30.

. Harrison, H. Jerfalcons near Biddulph. <Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 30, 31.
. Homeyer, A. v. Zwei Notizen iiber Falco peregrinus. < J. f. O., xiv, 1866,

p. 426.
Leb ensweise. :
HomMEYeER, A. Vv. Notiz iiber Aquila albicilla und Grus cinerea. < J. f. O., xiv,
1866, p. 426.
Kampf zwischen Seeadler und Kranich.
Kratzscu, H. Vortrag iiber die Raubvégel. < WMittheil. aus dem Osterlande,
xvii, pp. 204-210.
Mir nicht zuganglich.
Lane, C. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p.
495.
From the ‘‘ Field.”

. Matuew, M. A. Hen Harrier [Circus cyaneus] near Barnstaple. < Zoologist,

2d ser., i, 1866, p. 267.

. SCLATER, P. L. On a New Species of the Genus Accipiter [ventralis] from New

Granada. <P. Z. 8., May 8, 1866, pp. 302-304.
With a synonymatic and critically annotated list of nine American species of the genus.
Smitu,H.E. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in South Yorkshire,
< Zoologist, 2d ser.,1, 1866, p. 31.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. dia

1867. ANON. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Cork. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p.
912.
From the ‘‘ Field.”

1867. BEAL, W.J. Novel way of shooting Eagles [Haliaétus leucocephalus]. < Am.
Nat., i, 1867, p. 439.
On horse-back.
1867. BruHIN, P. T. A. Originelles Mittel gegen Raubvégel. < Zool. Gart., viii,
1867, pp. 238, 239.
1867. Cuirton, Lord. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1867, pp. 631, 632.
1867. Dutron, J. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] breeding at Beachy Head.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 791.
1867. Ewes, H. J. [On probable attack of Aquila chrysaétus upon Falco peregrinus. ]
< Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, pp. 143, 144.
1867. FEILDEN, H.W. Nesting of the Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 702.
1867. FEILDEN, H. W. Nesting of the Peregrine [Falcon, Falco peregrinus] in Stir-
* lingshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 790, 791.
1867. GunN, T. E. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, p. 823.
1867. GURNEY, J.H. [Commentary on various Raptores, mentioned in papers by S.
F. Baird, R. C. Beavan, and E. Newton, in Ibis, July, 1867.] < bis, 2d ser.,
lii, 1867, pp. 464-466.
1867. Harvir-Brown, J. A. Baldheaded Eagle [Haliaétus leucocephalus] in Achill.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 562, 563.
: The facts ‘‘can scarcely be considered conclusive.”
1867. Harvir-Brown, J. A. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in Dum-
friesshire. <( Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 604,605. ‘
1867. Homryer, A. v. Notizen tiber Falco peregrinus. < J. f. 0., xv, 1867, p. 143.
Lebensweise.
1867. Roperts,G. Nesting of the Peregrine [Falcon, Falco peregrinus] in Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 947, 948.
1868. FowtEr, A. The Osprey, or Fish Hawk [Pandion carolinensis]. < Am. Nat.,
li, 1868, pp. 192-195.
Biographical.
1868. GuNN, T. E. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, pp. 1176, 1177.
1868. GUNN, T. E. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] at Hareland: Parasitical
. Worms. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1217, 1218.
1868. GuRNEY, J. H. [Note on the breeding of Haliaétus albicilla in Mantchouria. ]
< Ibis, 2d ser., iv, 1868, pp. 129, 130.

1668. HaDFIELD, H. Diagnostics of the Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1057, 1058.
1868. HaLDEMANN, 8.8. The Eagle [Haliaétus spp.] a Fisher. < Am. Nat., i, 1868,

pp. 615, 616. lla

Haliaétus spp. fish for themselves, not being always despoilers of Pandion; etymology and
orthography of the generic name: Haliaétus, and less properly in science the poetic form
Halicetus, but never Halicetus.

1868. [HoMEYER, A. v.?] Kampf zwischen Adler und Fuchs. < Aus. der Natur,
xly, oder n. F., xxwxiii, 1868, p. 544.

1868. Ropp, E. H. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] near Truro. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1867, p. 1058.

(74

1869.

1869.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

BARBOZA DU BocaGE, J. V. Museu Nacional de Lisboa | — | Seceao Zoologica
| — | Catalogo das Collecgées Ornithologicas | — | Psittaci—Papagaios. | Ac-
cipitre—sAves de Rapina. | — | Junho de 1869. | [Arms.] | Lisboa | Imprensa
Nacional | 1869 8vo. pp. 62.

“ , . enceto agora a publicagao dos catalogos das collecgdes zoologicas do museu de
Lisboa. Os primeiros que se péde levar 4 conclusao comprehendem duas ordens de ayes, os
Psittacideos ou papagaios eas Aves de rapina. Estes catalogos foram redigidos pelo sr. José
Augusto de Sousa, .. . Os Psittacideos constam de 204 especies e as Aves de rapina [pp. 29-
62] de 223.” Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 134, 135.

. BREE, C. R. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Suffolk. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1558, 1559. .

. CLirton, Lord. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1598.

. GRAvIL, J. F., JR. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] at Epworth. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1569, p. 1559.

. Gravit, J. F., JR. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] at Epworth. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1559.

. Gravit, J. F., Jr. Hen Harrier [Circus cyaneus] at Epworth. < Zoologist, 2d.

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1560.

. GREGSON, C. S. The Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] breeding in Lanca-

shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1846.

. Gunn, T. E. Capture of an Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in the North Sea.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1512.

. GuNN, T. E. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in Suffolk. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1513.

. GuNN, T. E. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] and Merlin [F. zsalon] in

Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1513.

. GuNN, T. E. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] in Norfolk. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1598, 1599.

. GuNN, T. E. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,

1869, p. 1721.

. ~G. W. i.” [On a hawk catching an owl.] < Am. Nat., ii, 1869, p. 670.

Two sentences, stating the fact, and asking if it is a common thing.

. Hoy, P.R. [On the nidification of Cooper’s Hawk (Accipiter cooperi).] < Proce.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xii, 1869, pp. 396, 397.

. [NewrTon, A.] [Extracts from a letter from T. M. Brewer, relating to his mis-

take of an Egg for that of Faleo columbarius, &c. Cf. Ibis, 1868, p. 347.]
< Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 422, 423.

. SCLATER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Notes on the Species of the Genus Asturina.

<P. Z. 8., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 129-134.
Systematic synopsis of 7 spp., with synonymy, diagnosis, and criticism. A. rujicauda, p.
133, sp. n.
ScraTer, P. L., and Savin, O. Notes on the Species of the Genus Micrastur.
<P. Z. 8., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 364-369.
Synonymatic and diagnostic synopsis of 7 spp., with critical commentary.

. SKINNER, A. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] near Faversham.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1559.

. STEVENSON, H. Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1863.

. Wonror,T.W. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Sussex. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1512.

. Wonror, T.W. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] in Sussex. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1559.

No. 4.j

1869.

1869.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. (ies)

Wonror,T. W. Peregrine Falcon [Falco peregrinus] near Brighton. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1598.

Woop, W. [Habits of ] The Red-tailed Hawk [Buteo borealisij- < Am. Nat.,
iii, 1869, pp. 393-397.

Axsgort, C.C. The Marsh Harrier [Circus hudsonius]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870,
377.

ABBOTT, C.C. Curious Condtict of a chops Hawk [Accipiter fuscus ].
< Am. Nat., iv, 1870, pp. 439, 440.

Gathering and preparing grass for its nest.

ALLEN, J. A. What is the ‘Washington Eagle”? Lahn Nat., iv, 1870, pp.

524-527.

It is stated to be Haliaétus leucocephalus.

. ALLISON, T. Anecdote of the Sparrow-hawk [Falco sparverius]. < Am. Nat.,

iv, 1870, p. 53.

. BLAKE-KNOx, H. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in County Kerry. < Zoologist,

2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2406.

. BROOKE, V. [On the occurrence in Ireland of Astur atricapillus.] < Ibis, 2d

ser., vi, 1870, pp. 538, 539.

. CoLLeTE, J. R. The Osprey (Pandion haliaétus [carolinensis]). < Am. Nat.,

iv, 1870, p. 57.
A biographical note.

. Gunn, T.E. Hen Harrier [Circus cyaneus] in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,

1870, p. 1980.

. GUNN, T. E. MHarriers [Circus cyaneus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,

1870, p. 2382.

70, GURNEY, J.H. [Cireus ‘“‘hudsonius” of Ibis, 1868, p. 356—=C. melanoleucus. ]

< Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 444, 445.

. Hart, W.,and Son. Osprey [ Pandion haliaétus] at Poole. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

v, 1870, p. 2382.

. Haryie-Brown,J.A. [On sites of the nests of Falco peregrinus in Scotland. ]

< Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 297.

. Newton, A. [Exhibition of Skins of Falcons from Alaska, referred to F. island-

icus.] <P. Z.S., xxxviii, 1870, p. 384.

. Ripeway, R. A New Classification of the North American Falconide, with

Descriptions of Three New Species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxii, 1870,
pp. 138-150.

6 subfamilies. Pandion referred to Milvine.—Analytical tables of chars. of the groups,
genera, and most of the species. Onychotes, pp. 142,149, g.n.; O. gruberi, pp. 142,149; Falco
richardsonit, pp. 145,147; F. leucophrys, pp. 140, 147, spp.nn. Cf. Ibis, 1871, pp. 460, 461.

The classification is based chiefly on the characters afforded by the structure of the ‘‘super-
ciliary process of the lachrymal bone,” whether rudimentary and not visible from the outs
side, or whether developing a superciliary shield. The author later very materially modified
his views, upon further consideration of the general osteological structure of the family (cf.
Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv., 2d ser., No. 4, June 10, 1875, pp. 225-231, pll. xi-xviii).

Ropp, E. H. Iceland Falcon [Falco islandicus] in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, pp. 2017, 2018.

Ropp, E.H. The Iceland Jer Falcon [Falco islandicus] in Cornwall. < Zooloe
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2060.

Row ey,G. D. [Anecdote of a] Hen Harrier [Circus cyaneus]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2343.

STEARNS, W.A. The Pigeon Hawk [i.e., Falco sparverius, not Falco columba-
rius as supposed.] < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 439.
Note of breeding at Amherst, Mass., U.S. A. (ef. op. cit., v, p. 56.)

T716
1870.

1870.

1871.

1871.

1871.
1871.

1871.
1871.
1871.
1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.
1871.
1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.
1871.

1872.

1872.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. { Vol. V.

Woop, W. Falconry. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, pp. 74-82.
A short popular sketch of the subject, chiefly historical.
WoopMAN, W. The Nesting of the Fish Hawk [Pandion carolinensis.] <Am.
Nat., iv, 1870, pp. 559, 560.
Criticism of E. A. Samuels’s statement.
AgpBott, C. C. The Nest of the Pigeon Hawk [Falco columbarius.] < Am.
Nat., v, 1871, pp. 248-250.
Ref. to T. M. Brewer, tom. cit., p. 56, and W. A. Stearns, op. cit., iv, p. 439.
ALLEN, J.A. The Migration of Hawks. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 173.
Confirms W. Wood’s observations (op. cit., iv, pp. 759, 760).
Boyes, F. Marsh Harrier [Circus eruginosus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2847.

Boyes, F. Ospreys [Pandion haliaétus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2847.
BREWER,T.M. The [‘‘]Pigeon Hawk[”]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, pp. 56, 57.
Corrects misstatement of W. Stearns, op. cit., iv, p. 439.
BROOKE, A. B. Graylag Goose and American Goshawk [Astur atricapillus, in
Ireland]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2524, 2525.

CarEY, C. B. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Alderney, < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2866.

Gunn, T. E. Roughlegged Buzzard [Archibuteo lagopus] near Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2847.

HADFIELD H. [On he characters of the European and American] Roughlegged
Buzzard. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2764, 2765.

HOMEYER, E.F. von. Monographische Beitrige. I. Gennaja und Falco Kaup.
<_J. f. O., xix, 1871, pp. 39-56.
Commentary on what the writer considers the established species: FF. tanypterus, cervi-
calis, jugger; peregrinus, minor, calidus, peregrinator, melanogenys, peregrinoides.
Jarvis, W. The Duck Hawk [Falco communis, breeding in White Mountains.
of New Hampshire]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 662.
Newton, A. On certain species of Falconide, Tetraonide, and Anatide.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, pp. 94-100.
Discussing the Great Northern Thinon question, and recognizing three species ui can-
dicans, islandicus, gyrfalco, the comparative diagnoses of which are given.
REEKS, H. [Distinction of American and European] Hough eeeae Buzzard..
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2726.

Ropp, E.H. Marsh fommiee [ Circus eruginosus ] at St. Mary’s, Seales < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2847.

SAUNDERS, H [Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a series of Birds of the
genus Aquila.] <P. Z. 8., xxxvix, 1871, pp. 37-39.

SmirH, C. Marsh Harrier [Circus eruginosus] in Somersetshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2866, 2867.

StEaRNS, W. A. The Pigeon Hawk. Correction [of misstatement made by
writer, op. cit., iv, p. 439, the species being F. sparverius, not F. columba-
rius]. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 253.

Woop, W. The Game Falcons of New England. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, pp. 80-87.

Relates chiefly to Falco communis—hiographical, descriptive, etc.
Woop, W. Migration of Hawks. < Am. Nat., iv, 1871, pp. 759, 760.
Note on the large flights occasionally observed.

BUCKLEY, H. On some new or rare Birds’ Eggs. < P. Z.S., May 7, 1872, pp.

625, 626.
Falco polyagrus, Elanoides furcatus, Ictinia mississippiensis.

CaBANIS, J. [Gruppe der Wiirgfalken, Pnigohierax (n. g.) laniarius, jugger,

und mexicanus.] <J.f. O., xx, 1872, pp. 156, 157.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. TCG

1872, Carry, C. B. Another Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Guernsey.
< Zoologisé, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2911.

1872. Coucu, J. Foot of the Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2911.

1872. Dresser, H. E. [Remarks on exhibition of Skins of various Eagles (Aquila). ]
< P. Z. S., 1872, pp. 863-865.

1872. FEILDEN, H. W. Ospreys [Pandion haliaétus] in Hampshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vil, 1872, pp. 2991, 2992.

1872. Hapriecp, H. Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] in the Isle of Wight. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 33809-3311.

1872. Rickarps, M. 8. C. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Gloucester-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2991.
1872. Savin, O. A further Revision of the Genus Leucopternis, with a Description
of a new Species. < Ibis, 1872, pp. 239-243, pl. vill.
10 spp. Leucopternis plumbed, p. 240, pl. viii, sp. n.
1873. Anon. A battle in the air [between ‘“‘large brown eagles”]. < Forest and
Stream, i, Sept. 11, 1873, p. 71.

1873. ANON. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] near Rye. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
viii, 1873, p. 3411. ‘
_ From “Field,” Nov. 30.
1873. Beck, T. Peregrine [Falcon, Falco peregrinus]near Scarborough. < Zoologist,
2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3802.

1873. Botte, C. [Haliaétus albicilla in der Mark.] <J.f.0., 1873, p. 74.

1873. ‘‘FRED BEVERLY” [FRED. A. OBER]. The Peregrine Falcon (Falco anatum).
< Forest and Stream, i, Oct. 30, 1873, p. 181.

1873. GiuPin, J. B. On the Eagles of Nova Scotia. < Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Nat.
Sei., iii, pt. iii, 1872 (pub. 1873), pp. 202-208.
2 spp.—Aquila chrysetos [sic], Halieatus [sic] lewcocephalus.
1873. GILPIN, [J.] B. Variation in the Tarsal Envelope of the Bald Eagle [ Haliaétus
leucocephalus]. < Ann. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 429, 430.
With editorial note by E. Coues.
1873. GREEN, C. A. Sea Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Jersey. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vili, 1873, p. 3411.

1873. GURNEY, J. H., Jk. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] at Hempstead. < Zoologist,
2d ser., viil, 1873, pp. 3367, 3368.

1873. HerscuEtL, J. The Flight of the Eagle. < Forest and Stream, i, Sept. 18, 1873,
p. 85.

1873. Hoopss, B. A. Description of a new variety of Buteo [borealis var kriderii].
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xxv, 1873, pp. 238, 239, pl. 5.

1873. Hoops, B. A. [Description of a new species of hawk, Buteo borealis var.
kriderii.] < Forest and Stream, i, Oct. 16, 1873, p. 150.

1873. MaynarD, C. J. Blue Kite—Everglade Kite. So-for-fun-i-kar [Rostrhamus
sociabilis]. < Am. Sportsm., iii, 1873, p. 181.
Biography, from his ‘‘ Birds of Florida’’, 4to, Salem.
1873. NEwTOoN, A. On the Great Northern Falcons. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser.,
xii, 1873, pp. 485-487.

Protests against the ‘‘retrograde” opinion of R. B. Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 414-419; con-
firming that of J. Hancock, Ann. Mag., 2d ser., xiii, pp. 110-112, and Ann. N. H., ii, 1838, pp.
241-250.
1873. RipGway, R. Catalogue of the Ornithological Collection of the Boston Society
of Natural History. Part II. Falconide. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi,
1873, pp. 43-72.

Boll, y, 4-17

778

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1873. Ripeway, R.—Continued. '

Part I was A. Hyatt on Spheniscide, op. cit., xiv, p. 237.—A simple catalogue, with refer-
ence to the locality, when known, of each specimen, which is mentioned by the Society’s
number, the original number of the Lafresnaye Collection, when any, being also given; num-
bers of species according to Gray’s Hand List also affixed. Rhynchofalco, p. 46; Antenor, p.
63, nn. subgg. Cf. Coues, Am. Nat., 1874, pp. 541-546.

1873. Ripeway, R. Revision of the Falconine Genera, Micrastur, Geranospiza and

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1874.

1874,

Rupornis, and the Strigine Genus, Glaucidium. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
xvi, 1873, pp. 73-L06.

Published as an ‘‘ Appendix” to the author’s catalogue of the Falconide of the Boston So-
ciety, tom. cit., pp. 43-72. An elaborate article, with characters and synonymy of the genera
and species, analytical tables, etc., based upon examination of an unusually large series of
specimens. Micrastur, 5 spp.; Geranospiza, 2 spp.; Rupornis, 2 spp.; Glaucidium, 8 spp.;
besides several ‘‘varieties” of each of these genera excepting the first. There is much recti-
fication of synonymy according to the views of the writer, which are not in entire accord with
those of other authors. Cf. Coues, Am. Nat., 1874.

Glaucidium is treated on pp. 91-106. This is the first elaborate monograph of the genus,
and led to the subsequent revisions of the group by Mr. Sharpe (1875) and Mr. Ridgway (1876).
(See anted under Strigide.) The species allowed in this monograph are G. passerinwm var.
californicum (=G. gnoma). G. pumilum, G. lansbergii (==rufous phase of G. jardinii), G.
jardinii, G. ferrugineum, G.infuscatum (=G. ferrugineum), G. infuscatum var. gnoma (—G.
ferrugineum), G. nanum, and G. siju. G. lansbergii is described as new, (but has been deter-
mined to be the rufous phase of G. jardinii).—The rectifications here given in parenthesis are
derived from the author’s later study. ;

ScHLEGEL, H. Revue de la Collection des Oiseaux de Proie faisant partie du
Musée des Pays-Bas. < Mus. Nat. Hisl. Pays-Bas, 10° livr., Juillet 1873, pp. 1-
156. :

The author here reviews the whole subject; which he had previously gone over in 1862-3,
but has not apparently much to add to science, though noting the increase of the Museum.

Otus capensis major, p. 3; Noctua hirsuta minor, p. 24; Falco neglectus, p. 43; Astur hensti,
p. 62; Baza celebensis, p. 135, spp. nn.

SHARPE, R. B. On the Falco arcticus of Holb6ll, with Remarks on the changes
of Plumage in some other Accipitrine Birds. < P. Z, S., 1873, pp. 414-419, pl.
XXXIx. .

F. holboelli, p. 415, sp. n. The pl. shows changes of plumage in Falco, Cymindis, and Ac-
cipiter. Cf. especially Newton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii, 1873, pp. 485-487.

STEENSTRUP, J. Om de Merker, som Knoklerne i Fuglenes ophulkede Foder-
boller bere af Opholdet i Fuglenes Maver, samt om disse Merkers Betydning
for Geologien og Archzologien. < Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjoben-
hawn for Aaret 1872 (1873), pp. 211-236, pl. iv.

This is the full text of the article, a résumé of which, in French, is given in the same
volume, pp. 28-36, and also in Gerv. Journ. de Zool., iii, 1873, pp. 488-498.

STEENSTRUP, J. Sur les marques que portent les os contenus dans les pelotes
rejetées par les oiseaux de proie et sur importance de ces marques pour la
géologie et Varchéologie. < Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjébenhavn for
Aaret 1872 (1873), pp. 28-36, pl. iv.

STEENSTRUP, J. Sur les marques que portent les os contenus dans les pelotes
rejetées par les oiseaux de proie et sur l’importance de ces marques pour la
géologie et Varchéologie. <Gerv. Journ. de Zool., ii, 1873, pp. 488-498, pl. xx.

Analyse, faite par l’auteur, de son Mémoire inséré dans le Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Naturh.
Foren. i Kj¢benh. for Aaret 1872, 1873, p. 211-236, pl. iv.
Woop, W. The Game Falcons of New England. The Pigeon Hawk [Falco
columbarius]. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 340-345.
A biography of this species.
Anon. An Eagle’s struggle with a Girl. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873-4, p. 375.
Quoted from Jacksonville, Florida, Republican (newspaper). An eagle attacks a child 14
years old.
ANON. Singular Capture of an Eagle. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3953.

From Inverness Advertiser.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. GS,

1874. BARRINGTON, R. M. Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] at Powerscourt.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3952.

1874. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. An Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] carrying off Young
Chickens. < Zovlogist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3996, 3997.

1874. Cours, E. Habits and Characteristics of Swainson’s Buzzard [Buteo swain-
soni]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 282-287.
Extended description and biography.

1874. GuNN, T.E. Marsh Harrier [Circus eruginosus]in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, p. 4117.

1874. HADFIELD, H. Peregrines [Falco peregrinus] in the Isleof Wight. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4032, 4033.

1874. Harviz-Brown, J. A. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] carrying off Chickens.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4117.

1874. ‘“‘Nimrop.” [JARvis, W.] The Peregrine Falcon (Falco Peregrinus). < Am.
Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 323.

1874. Rurr,M.D. Fish-Hawks [Pandion carolinensis) and their Nests. < St. Nicho-
las Mag.,1, 1874, pp. 79-82, one illust.

1874. SHARPE, R.B. Catalogue | of the | Accipitres, | or | Diurnal Birds of Prey, | in
the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | Lon-
don: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1874. 1 vol. pp. i-xiv, 1-480, pll.
i-xiv, numberless cuts in text.

This is the first volume of the New British Museum Catalogue of Birds, the title of the
work as one of the series being: Catalogue | of the | Birds | of the | British Museum. | Volume
I. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1874. The scope of these new Catalogues
is greatly enlarged over that of previous ones, and much beyond the requirements of a mere
list: being, in fact, a series of monographs of the different groups treated. The present vol-
ume, like that on the Owls, is by Mr. Sharpe. It contains a very full account of all the known
species of Diurnal Birds of Prey, 377 in number, of which only about 25 are wanting in the
collection. Theése are elaborately described, with extensive synonymy, analytical keys to the
species and genera, &c. Many details of structure are illustrated by the woodcuts, and a
number of species are figured in colors. The total number of specimens handled is 2,466.

The author’s classification has been much criticised. He divides the Raptores into three
suborders, Falcones, Pandiones, and Striges. The Pandiones include only the two genera
‘Pandion and Polioaétus. The Falcones are made to consist of two families, Faleonide and
Vulturide. The latter include the Cathartide, certainly more different from Vultwride than
these are from Falconidw. The Falconide are divided into Polyborinw, Accipitrine, Buteo-
nine, Aquiline, Faleonine. Under the first of these subfamilies are ranged Cariama! and
Serpentarius. These birds are treated under 80 genera, of which the following 9 are new:
Lophogyps, p.15; Ginops, p. 25; Urotriorchis, p. 83; Hrythrocnema, p. 84; Heterospizias, p.
160; Buteola, p. 201; Lophotriorchis, p. 255; Henicopernis, p. 241; Microhierax, p. 366. The
following species are figured:

Pl. I. Gyps kolbi. I. f.1, Gnops falklandica; f. 2, GZ. urubitinga. I. Astur macrosceli-
des. IV. f.1, A. soloensis; f.2, A.cuculoides. V. A. wallacti. VI. f.1, A. toussenelii ; f. 2,
Accipiter hartlaubii. VII. f.1, Buteo plumipes; f. 2, Archibuteo strophiatus. VIII. Buteo
ferox. IX. Spilornis pallidus. X. f.1, Baza magnirostris; f.2, B. erythrothorax. XI, f.1, B.
sumatrensis; f. 2, B. cuculoides. XII. Faleo minor. XIII, Hierofaleo holbelli. XIV. f.1,
Cerchneis alopex; f. 2, C. zoniventris.

1874. SUNDEVALL, C. J. Fornyad Anordnung av Dagroofoglarna (Dispositio nova
Accipitrum Hemeroharpagorum). < Ofvers. af Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh.,
1874, pp. 21-29.

Not seen:—Plangus neogeus, p. 28.

1874. UNwin, W. H. On the Breeding of the Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétos) in
North-western India. < P. Z.8S., xlii, 1874, pp. 208-212.

1874. Woop, W. The Game Falcons of New England. The Sparrow Hawk [Falco
sparverius]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 266-270.

Biographical notice.

1875. ANoN. Hawking. < Rod and Gun, vi, Aug. 14, 1875, p. 294.

Reprint from the London Quarterly.

780 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1875. ANON. [Eagles in Pennsylvania.] < Rod and Gun,vi, Nov. 20, 1875, p. 124.

1875. ANON. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Northamptonshire. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875, p. 4337.
From The Field, Jan. 16, 1875.
1875. ‘‘AUDUBON” [ pseudon.]. Eagles [ Haliaétus leucocephalus] on the Susquehanna.
< Forest and Stream, v, Noy. 25, 1875, p. 243.

1875. AuDUBON, J.J. The Golden Eagle, Aquila chrysaetus, Linn. < The Oélogist, i,
1875, pp. 68, 69.
Quoted from his work.
1875. Buastus, W. [Ueber die nordischen Jagdfalken.] << Ber. iiber d. xxi. Vers. d.
deut. Orn.-Ges., 1875, pp. 17, 18.

1875. BoaRDMAN, G. A. [Haliaétus leucocephalus catching its own fish.] < Forest
and Stream, iv, Feb. 18, 1875, p. 22.

1875. “Bos.” Great Flight of Hawks. < Rod and Gun, vii, Oct. 2, 1875, p. 3.

1875. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Whitetailed Eagle [Haliaétus albicilla] in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Noy., 1875, p. 4690.

1875. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Suffolk. < Zoologist,
2d ser., x, Noy., 1875, p. 4690.

1875. CoRBIN,G. E. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in Hampshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
x, Nov., 1875, p. 4690.

1875. D[avis], F.J. Nest and Eggs of the Broad-winged Hawk. (Buteo pennsylva-
nicus.) < The Odlogist, i, 1875, p. 2.

1875. Dresser, H.E. Noteson Falco labradorus, Aud., Falco sacer, Forster, and Falco
spadiceus, Forster. < P. Z. S., Mar. 2, 1875, pp. 114-117.-

1. F. labradorus is distinguished as a good species. F. sacer is queried as a synonym of F. —
gyrfaleco. F. spadiceus, which Sharpe and Ridgway had each referred to Archibuteo sancti-
johannis, and of which Vieillot had made a Buteo spadiceus, is identified with Circus hudso-
nius.

1875. [Fircu, E.H.] The Swallow-tailed Kite. (Nauclerusforficatus.) < The Scien-
tific Monthly (Toledo, Ohio), i, No. ii, 1875, pp. 41-44, fig.

Popular account.

1875. G[Ray], A. F. [Haliaétus leucocephalus in Massachusetts.] < Forest and
Stream, iv, Feb. 18, 1875, p. 22.

1875-79. GURNEY, J. H. Notes on a ‘Catalogue of the Accipitres in the British Mu-
seum,’ by R. Bowdler Sharpe (1874). < Ibis, 3d ser., v, Jan., 1875, pp. 87-96;
Apr., 1875, pp. 221-236; July, 1875, pp. 353-370, pl. vi; Oct., 1875, pp. 468-484.—
vi, Jan., 1876, pp. 65-77, pl. iii; Apr., 1876, pp. 230-243; July, 1876, pp. 364-376;
Oct., 1876, pp. 467-493.—4th ser.,i, Apr., 1877, pp. 209-236; July, 1877, pp. 325-
333; Oct., 1877, pp. 418-437.—ii, Jan., 1878, pp. 84-102, pl. ii; Apr., 1878, pp.
145-164: July, 1878, pp. 352-356; Oct., 1878, pp. 451-466.—iii, Apr., 1879, pp.
71-84; July, 1879, pp. 330-341; Oct., 1879, pp. 464-470. (Continued in 1880.)
Accipiter ovampensis, 1875, pl. vi. Buteo hypospodius, 1876, pl. iii. Dryotriorchis specta-
bilis, 1878, pl. ii.
This is a very notable series of papers, forming a critical review of Mr. Sharpe’s work, from
a hand long specially practised in this department of ornithology. Containing as it does
many elaborate discussions of doubtful points and extended descriptions of specimens, as
well as other add itions to and corrections of Mr. Sharpe’s Catalogue, it is almost neces-
sarily to be consulted by any one using the work of the last-named author.
1875. HensHaw, H.W. Avi-Fauna—A Correction. < Rod and Gun, vi, Apr. 24, 1875,
5 Oh
. Capt. Bendire’s discovery of Urubitinga anthracina in Arizona.
1875. INGERSOLL, E. Eagles. < Forest and Stream, v, Nov. 4, 1875, p. 195.
Bald eagle reported as carrying away children and lambs in Pennsylvania.
1875. “J.H.D.” ‘Cave Aquilam.” < Rod and Gun, vi, May 8, 1875, p. 91.

“Large brown eagle” seizing ducks shot by gunners.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONID2. 781

1875. MaTHEW, M.A. Flight of a Male Peregrine at an old Male Hen Harrier. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, pp. 4296, 4297.

1875. ‘‘ NIMROD.” [JARVIS, W.] The Swallow-tailed hawk [Elanoides forficatus].
< Forest and Stream, v, Oct. 21, 1875, p. 163:
Merely descriptive of plumage and habit.

1875. “Nimrop.” [Jarvis, W.] [Haliaétus leucocephalus capturing its own fish. ]
< Forest and Stream, iii, Jan. 28, 1875, p. 389.

1875. Ripaway, R. The Sparrow hawk or American Kestrel [Tinnunculus sparve-
rius]. < Rod and Gun, vi, July 3, 1875, pp. 209 and 220.

1875. Rip@way, R. Notice of a very rare Hawk [Onychotes gruberi]. < Rod and
Gun, vi, May 1, 1875, p. 65.

1875. Ripaway, R. On Nisus cooperi (Bonaparte), and N. gundlachi (Lawrence).
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1875, pp. 78-88.
A very elaborate article, descriptive, synonymatic and critical, in which the distinction of
these two species is maintained. The synonymy is very copious.

1875. Ripaway,R. On the Buteonine Subgenus Craxirex, Gould. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sei. Phila., 1875, pp. 89-119.

Very complete treatment, with copious synonymy, exhaustive description, and much crit-
ical comment, of 6 spp.: Buteo (Craxirex) galapagoensis, poliosomus, erythronotus, albicauda-
tus, swainsoni, and pennsylvanicus, which are all the species the author allows to stand in this
particular group, distinguished from typical Buteo (type vulgaris) by having only three
instead of four outer primaries emarginate on their inner webs. Tachytriorchis and Poeci-
lopternis of Kaup are regarded as strictly synonymous. The group is considered peculiar to
America, four of the species being neotropical.

1875. Ripa@way, R. Outlines of a Natural Arrangement of the Falconide. < Bull.
U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 2d ser., No. 4, June 10, 1875, pp. 225-231, pl. xi-xviii.

Divided into Falconine and Buteonine: Falconine subdivided into Falcones, Polybori,
Micrastures, Herpetotheres. Cf. Ibis, 1875, pp. 498-500.

Compare same author, Pr. Phila. Acad., 1870, pp. 138-150. That former classification is
here very decidedly modified, upon broader consideration of the osteology of the family, with
special reference to characters afforded by the sternum and shoulder-girdle, many of the
features of which are illustrated on the plates.

1875. ‘‘RoaMER.” Eagles [Haliaétus leucocephalus]. < Forest and Stream, iv, Mar.
4, 1875, p. 55. :

1875. SHarPx, R. B. Contributions to a History of the Accipitres. Notes on Birds of
Prey in the Museum at the Jardin des Plantes and in the Collection of Mons. -
A. Bouvier. <JIbis, 3d ser., v, Apr., 1875, pp. 253-261.
Notes on 12 spp. MWMicrohierax sinensis (David, Mss.), p. 254; Syrnium davidi, p. 256; Glaus
cidium tephronotum, Scotopelia bouvieri, p. 260, spp. nn. List of 6 spp. of Carine, 28 spp. of
Ninox, 24 spp. of Glaucidiwm.

1875. WHITAKER, J. Peregrine Falcon in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., X,
July, 1875, p. 4537.

1875. WILLMOTT, C. Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] near Chatteris. < Zoologist,
2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, p. 4703.

1376. BARRINGTON, R.M. Golden Eagles trained to capture Wolves and Foxes.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5162. :

1876. Brewster, W. Winter habits of buzzard hawks. < Forest and Stream, vi,
Feb. 10; 1876, p. 3.

1876. BRownn, Montagu. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] near Birmingham. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4759.

1876. CaRTWRieHT, D.W. A plucky eagle. < Rod and Gun, viii, Apr. 22, 1876, p. 55.

Anecdote from ‘‘ Western Wild Animals.”

1876. CHARBONNIER, H. J. Greenland Falcon in Scotland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
June, 1876, p. 4954.

782

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

C[LaRKE], 8S. C. Fish hawks and eagles [in Florida]. < Forest and Stream,
vii, Dec. 7, 1876, p. 276. See vol. viii, p. 4.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Whitetailed Eagle in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Dec., 1876, p. 5178.

Concu, J. Greenland or Iceland Falcon in Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
June, 1876, pp. 4953, 4954. ;

Corr, W. J. Peregrine Falcons breeding on the Yorkshire Coast. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 5000.

CorDEAUX, J. Food of Peregrine, &c. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp.
4828, 4829.

Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No.9.—The Red-tailed Buzzard [Buteo
borealis] and other Hawks. < Chicago Field, vi, No. 19, Dec. 23, 1879, p. 301,
fig.

opulan notice of North American Falconide, with fig. of head of species named.

Dresser, H.E. Falcolabradorus. (Labrador Falcon.) <Rowl. Ornith. Misc.,
pt. ili, Jan., 1876, pp. 185-191, pll. xxiv, xv.

Maintaining the validity of this species in an extended article, illustrated with colored
figures of adult and young.

GuRNEY, J. H.,JR. Peregrine in the City of Norwich. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Feb., 1876, p. 4795.

GurRnEY, J.H., Jr. Notes on the Roughlegged Buzzard. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4829.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Plumage of the Roughlegged Buzzard. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4921.

GuRNEY,J.H.,Jr. Roughlegged Buzzard. <Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876,
p. 4921.

Gurney, J. H., Jk. Variety of the Sea Eagle. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July,
1876, p. 5000.

GuRNEY, J.H., Jr. Falco peregrinus in Egypt. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Aug., 1876,
p. 5041.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Sternum of the Peregrine Falcon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Sept., 1876, p. 5079.

HapDFIELD, H. Roughlegged Buzzard. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, pp.
4920, 4921.

“H.W.” The Red-tailed Hawk. < Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 6, 1876, p. 340.

[INGERSOLL, E.] American Falconide, etc. < Forest and Stream, vi, Apr. 13,
1876, p. 148.
Review of R. Ridgway’s papers in Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., ii, No. 2, 1876.
JacoB, E. Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] in County Waterford. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4759.

MatTHew, M. A. Archibuteo Sancti-Johannis. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr.,
1876, p. 4870.
Its possible occurrence in England.
MAYNARD, C. J. The Common Buzzard Hawk (Buteo vulgaris) of Europe in
North America. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,i, No.1, Apr., 1876, pp. 2-6.
But see tom. cit., No. 2, July, 1876, p. 32. \
McNicuHot, N. Iceland Falcon in Caithness. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, 1876, p.
4920. ‘
NEwMAN, E. The Eagles of Poetry and Prose. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Nov.,
1876, pp. 5133, 5136.
This posthumous fragment appears to haye been written with some idea that it should

form the commencement of a popular work to be entitled ‘ British Bird Biography ’—an idea
probably abandoned, as no continuation has been found.

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDA. 783

1876. Ramsay, E. P. Catalogue | of the | Australian Accipitres | or | Diurnal Birds
of Prey | inhabiting Australia, | in the | Collection of the Australian Museum |
at | Sidney, N.S. W. | By | E. Pierson Ramsay, F. L.8.,C.M. Z.8., &c., &e. |

Curator of the Museum, Sidney. | — | Sidney: | printed by order of the Min-
ister of Justice and Public Instruction. | — | 1876. pp. i-viii, 1 leaf, pp. 1-64,
1-3.

There is another title of this little brochure, according to which itis Part I of a Catalogue of
Australian Birds in the Museum. It is highly wrought for a catalogue—quite in the style of
the Brit. Mus. Catalogues, treating 27 spp. with description, synonymy, &c.—these being, in
fact, all the Diurnal Birds of Prey known to the author to inhabit Australia.

1876. RicHARDSON, W. Roughlegged Buzzard in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Jan., 1876, p. 4760. 0

1876. Ripaway, R. Regarding Buteo vulgaris in North America. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, i, No.2, July, 1876, pp. 32-39. ;

Critical discussion of the question, with special reference to tom. cit., No. 1, p. 2.

1876. Ripeway, R. Studies of the American Falconide. By Robert Ridgway. Mono-
graph of the Polybori. < Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Zerr., 2d ser., No.6, Feb. 8,
1876, pp. 451-473, pll. 22-26.

The genera of Polybori are recognized as Polyborus, Phalcobeenus, Milwvago, and Ibycter,
monography of the species of each of which is given, illustrated with details of form on the
5 plates. Polyborus lutosus, p. 459, sp.n.

1876. RipGway, R. Studies of the American Falconide. < Bull. U. S. Geol. and
Geogr. Surv. Terr., ti, No. 2, Apr. 1, 1876, pp. 91-182, pll. 30, 31.

In this, the third paper of the series (all published in this Bull.), numerous genera are
studied with care, the results of investigation constituting a monography of each one of
them. Nisus, pp. 91-181; Geranoaétus, pp. 131-133; Onychotes, pp. 134, 135; Herpetotheres, pp.
186-138, pll. 30-31, giving details of H. cachinnans; Heterospizias, pp. 139, 140; Buteogallus,
p. 141; Busarellus, pp. 142-144; Thrasaétus, pp. 145, 146; Morphnus, pp. 147-149; Gampsonyz,
pp. 150, 151; Leptodon, pp. 152-155; Regerhinus, pp. 156-160; Antenor, pp. 161-165; Spiziastur,
p. 166; Urubitinga, p. 167-173; Leucopternis, pp. 174-179; Elanoides, pp. 180-182. The descrip-
tions are elaborate, in most cases, and the synonymy is very copious.

1876. RipGway, R. Studies of the American Falconidae.—Monograph of the Genus
Micrastur. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Dec. 28, 1875, pp. 470-502, figg. 1-9.
(Pub. 1876.)

Elaborate treatment of 6 spp. of the genus, with copious synonymy, extended descriptions,
and critical comment; much also on the literature of the subject. The species recognized as
valid are 7 in number, viz: MW. melanoleucus, mirandollii, guerilla, zonothorax, ruficollis, pel-
zelmi, sp. n., p. 494, concentricus. Details of heads, feet, and wings are figured. The appendix,
pp. 500-502, gives biographical notes on JL. melanoleucus, by A. J. Grayson.—The author
afterward reviewed his work in bis, 1876, pp. 1-5, q.v. See also his original paper on the
genus, Proc. Bost. Soc., xvi, 1873, pp. 73-106.

1876. Ripgway, Rk. Second Thoughts on the Genus Micrastur. < Ibis, 3d ser., Jan.
1876, pp. 1-5.

Results of examination of the entire series of the smaller members of this genus in the
Mus. Salvin-Godman, modifying views before given in Proc. Bost. Soc., xvi, 1873, pp. 73-106,
and Proc. Phila. Acad., 1875 (pub. 1876), pp. 470-502, gq. vv. The spp. now admitted are UM.
melanoleucus, mirandollii, guerilla, zonothorax, ruficollis, pelzelni, and concentricus, all of
which are analyzed, with critical determinations of the names of old authors, and a special
description of I. pelzelni Ridgw.

1876. Rocker, J. Greenland Falcon in North Wales. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May,
1876, pp. 4919, 4920.

1876. Rowiny, G. D. Falconry. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., pt. iv, May, 1876, pp. 215-222,
pll. xxvit-xxix.

1876. [ScuaTeR, P.L.] [On Young Caracaras (Polyborus sp.) in remarkable plum-
age.| <P. Z. S., Apr. 4, 1876, p. 333, pl. xxv.

The species here left in doubt was afterward determined to be P. tharus, juv., in an ab-

normal phase of coloring. Cf. P. Z. S., 1878, pp. 230-232.

1876. ScLaTER, J. Plumage of the Roughlegged Buzzard. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
June, 1876, p. 4955.

784

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. { Vol. Vi

VeNNoR, H.G. Our Birds of Prey, | or the | Eagles, Hawks, and Owls | of |
Canada. | By | Henry G. Vennor, F.G.S. | Of the Geological Survey of Can-
ada. | With 30 Photographic Illustrations by Wm. Notman. | — | R. Worth-
ington, 750 Broadway, New York. | Montreal: | published by Dawson Brothers.
| — | 1876. 1vol. sm. 4to. pp. i-viii, 1-154, with 30 photog. pli.

An interesting and valuable treatise in so far as itis largely based upon original observa-
tions and personal experiences, though the technic of the work is decidedly behind the times.
The photographic illustrations must be regarded as an experiment not entirely successful,
being for the most part taken from very badly stuffed specimens.—Pl. 1, Duck Hawk. 2,
Pigeon Hawk. 3, Gyr Falcon. 4, same, dark variety. 5, Sparrow Hawk. 6,7, American
Goshawk, ad. and young. 8, Cooper’s Hawk. 9, Sharp-shinned Hawk. 10, Red-tailed Buz-
zard. 11, Red-shouldered Buzzard. 12, same, young. 13, Broad-winged Buzzard. 14, Rough-
legged Buzzard. 15, same, black variety. 16, Marsh Hawk. 17, Golden Eagle. 18 Bald
Kagle. 19, Osprey. 20, Great Horned Owl. 21, Screech Owl. 22, Long-eared Owl. 23,
Short-eared Owl. 24. Great Gray Owl. 25, Barred Owl. 26, Sparrow Owl. 27, Acadian
Owl. 28,29,Snowy Owl. 30, Hawk Owl.

WHITAKER, J. Kite, Hen Harrier and Hobby in Nottinghamshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4760.
WHITAKER, J. Roughlegged Buzzard at Rufford. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr.,
1876, p. 4870.
Woop, W. The game Falcons of New England: the Goshawk [Astur atrica-
pillus]. < Am. Nat., x, No. 3, 1876, pp. 132-135.
A good popular account of the habits of this species.

. YUILLE, 8. Hen Harrier in Northumberland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept.,

1876, p. 5079.

- A[LLEN], J. A. Ridgway’s “Studies of the American Falconide.” < Bull.

Nuit. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 70-73.
Extended review of several of Ridgway’s late papers on this subject, in Bull. U. S. Geol.
Surv. Terr., Proc. Phila. Acad., and Proc. Bost. Soc.

- Boupwiy, G. Peregrine falcon (Falco Peregrinus). < Forest and Stream, viii,

Apr. 19, 1877, p. 161.
Falco anatwm feeding upon the pigeons around St. Peter’s Church, Philadelphia.

. C[LARKE], S. C.,and “ Dom PEDRO” [Quay, T.R.]. ‘Does the Osprey ever take

dead fish?” < Forest and Stream, viii, Feb. 8, 1877, p. 4.
Letters detailing affirmative instances. See vol. vii, p. 276.
Cory, C. B. The Black Gyr-Faleon (Faleo sacer var. labradora) in Massa-
chusetts.. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, Jan., 1877, p. 27.

. CouEs,E. Eastward Range [to Illinois] of the Ferruginous Buzzard (Archi-

buteo ferrugineus). .< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, 1877, p. 26.
Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 13.—The Harrier [ Cireus hudsonius].
< The Chicago Field, Web. 3, 1877, fig.
Notice of habits, ete.
‘““Dom PepRo” [Quay,T.R.]. Does the Osprey [Pandion haliaétus] ever take
dead fish? < Forest and Stream, viii, May 17, 1877, p. 224.
“FLORIDA.” Audacity in Hawks. < Forest and Stream, viii, June 14, 1877, p.
300.
Gipps, R. M.W. A Rare Bird [Buteo harlani]. < The Naturalist and Fancier
(of Grand Rapids, Michigan), Ans. 1877, paste
Description, by R. Ridgway, of a specimen from Gainesville, Texas, Noy. 16, 1876.
HARRINGTON, B. J. A very rare bird [dark variety of gyrfalcon, in Montreal].
< Canadian Naturalist, viii, Apr., 1877, p. 249.
Murpocu, J. The Pigeon-Hawk (Falco columbarius) at Sea. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, p. 79.
RaGsDALE, G. H. Capture of Buteo harlani (Aud.) in Texas. <Forest and
Stream, ix, Aug. 16, 1877, p. 24.

No. 4.|

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCON IDA. 785
‘“ROAMER” [ ]. Does the Osprey Ever Take Dead Fish? < Forest
and Stream, vii, Jan. 11, 1877, p. 357.
“ROAMER” [ ]. Ospreys Taking Dead Fish. < Forest and Stream,
vili, June 14, 1877, p.300. See pp. 4, 113.
““ROAMER” [ ]. Ospreys taking dead fish. < Forest and Stream,

vili, Mar. 29, 1877, p.113. See p. 4, 224, 300.

[Scorr, W.E.D.] A Strange Flight of Hawks. < The Country, i, Dec. 8, 1877,
1d 7)

Brief remarks on the migratory habits of hawks, a propos of a contextual paragraph quoted.

. A[LLEN], J. A. Sharpe’s “Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum.”

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.2, Apr., 1878, pp. 77-79.

Review of the parts of the work (vols. i and ii) relating to Falconide and Strigide.

- ANON. The Bird of America [ Haliaétus leucocephalus]. <Mining and Scientific

Press (newspaper of San Francisco), xxxvii, No. 25, Dec. 21, 1878, p. 393.
A popular biographical sketch.
Anon. The Harpy Eagle (Harpya destructor). <The O6logist, iv, No. 4,
June, 1878, pp. 28-30.
Account of habits, quoted from Knight’s Museum of Animated Nature, i, p. 259.
[BenpirE, C.] Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus]. < Familiar Science and
Fancier’s Journ., new ser., v, Apr., 1878, p. 88.
Cowardly behavior in presence of danger to nest.
BREWSTER, W. Occurrence of a Second Specimen of Swainson’s Buzzard (Buteo
Swainsoni) in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iti, No.1, Jan., 1878,
pp. 39, 40.

. CouES, E. Swallow-tailed Kite [Elanoides forficatus] in Dakota in Winter.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 147.
Occurrence at Fort Sisseton, Dakota, during nearly the whole winter, according to obser-
vations of Dr. C. E. McChesney, U.S. A.

. INGERSOLL, E. [Report of discussion upon habits of eagles at] The Linnean

Society. < The Country, i, Apr. 13, 1878, p. 354.

. Goss, N.S. Breeding of the Duck Hawk [Faleo communis yar. anatum ] in

trees. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 32-34.

- GURNEY, J.H. Notes on a Specimen of Polyborus lately living in the Society’s

Gardens. < P.Z.S., Feb. 19, 1878, pp. 230-232.
The same individual as described and figured in P. Z. S., 1876, p. 333, pl. 25, here decided to
be P. tharus juv., in an abnormal phase of coloring.

. GURNEY, J.H. [Falco of Ibis, 1877, p. 149 and p. 397, from Socotra, proved to be

FP. peregrinus.] < Tbis, 4th ser., ii, July, 1878, p. 380.

. “JOHN.” [J. FowLeR.] An Epicurean Eagle. < Forest and Stream, x, May 30,

1878, p. 319.

Bald eagles feeding on lambs; four albino robins mating and building nests.

. Mearns, E. A. The Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] in the Hudson High-

lands. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 100, 101.

8. Mearns, E. A. The White-headed Eagles [Haliaétus leucocephalus] of the

Hudson Highlands. < Forest and Stream, x, July 4, 1878, p. 421; July 18,
1878, pp. 462, 463.

. MERRILL, J. C. Buteo Albi-Caudalus [sic]. < Forest and Stream, x, July 11,

1878, p. 443.

Notice of the capture of Buteo albocaudatus, new to the U. 8. Fauna, at Fort Brown, Texas.

OSWALD, F. L. The Home of the Harpy Eagle [Thrasaétus destructor]. <Am.
Nat., xii, No. 3, 1878, pp. 146-157.

Full account of the habits of Thrasattus destructor, as observed in Mexico. An interesting
article.

186

1878. |

1878.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

PENNOCK, C. J. Relaying of Hawks in the same Nest when robbed. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 41.

SrEaRNS, R. E. C. A Strange Flight of Hawks [in California]... < Am. Nat.,
xii, No.3, 1878, pp. 185, 186. .

Woop, W. The Birds of Connecticut. No. 4. White-headed Eagle: Bald
Eagle. Haliaétus leucocephalus (Linn.) Say. < Familiar Sci. and Fancier’s
Journ., Vv, No. 4, Apr., 1878, pp. 73-75.

Woop, W. The Birds of Connecticut. No.5. Fish Hawk: Osprey. Pandion
haliaétus, (Linn.) Sav. < Familiar Sci. and Fancier’s Journ.,v, No. 5, May,
1878, pp. 93, 94.

Anon. Notes on the Nesting Habits of the Sparrow Hawk (Falco Sparverius).
< The Oélogist, iv, No. 8, Mar., 1879, p. 58.

Anon. Nesting of Accipiter fuseus. < The Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, p. 76,
pl.—, f. 4.

Anon. The Caracara Eagle [Polyborus tharus auduboni]. < The Odlogist, iv,
No. 10, May, 1879, p. 83.

Compiled notice of its habits.

Anon. The Marsh Harrier (Circus hudsonius). < Temperance Vedette (news-
paper of Terrill, Texas), Nov. 22, 1879.

A few paragraphs on the habits of this species.

BoarpMAN, G. A. Capture of Two Escaped Prisoners. < Forest and Stream,
xili, Nov. 27, 1879, p. 848.

Notes shooting of specimen of Haliaétus leucocephalus with a steel trap attached to its leg,
and of ‘‘ gray duck” (? Chaulelasmus streperus) with a string tied to its leg.

BREWER, T. M. A Mistake Corrected. < Forest and Stream, Oct. 9, 1879.
Respecting date of first publication of Buteo albocaudatus as a bird of the United States, in
op. cit. of July 11, 1878, not in The Country of July 13, 1878.
Cougs, E. A Correction. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 242.
Of his mistake in proposing to substitute the name Buteo aquilinus for Falco borealis Gm.
Davis, F. J. Nesting of Buteo pennsylvanicus in a Hemlock Tree. < The
Oodlogist, iv, No. 7, Feb., 1879, p. 51.
[Fircu, E.H.] The Swallow-tailed Kite [Elanoides forficatus]. < The Journ.
of Sci. (Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser., i, No. 12, Mar., 1879, cut.
Popular biography, with a figure.
[GiLBERT, E.S8.] The Hawk’s Spiral Flight. < Science News, i, No. 11, Apr. 1,
1879, pp. 171, 172.
Digest of observations of C. Darwin and J. B. Holder.
GuRNEY, J. H. Note upon Three American Raptorial Birds apparently new to
Science. < Ibis, 4th ser., iii, Apr., 1879, pp. 171-178, pl. iii.
Micrastur amaurus, p. 173; Morphnus teniatus, p. 176, pl. 3; Buteo pecilochrous, p. 176.
[INGERSOLL, E.] [On the Breeding Habits of Buteo lineatus.] < Science News,
i, No. 9, Mar. 1, 1879, p. 138.
Editorial report of a meeting of the Linnean Society of New York, Jan. 25, 1879, giving
the observations of 8. D. Osborne on the subject.

. JOHNSON, F. E. Capture of the Golden Eagle [Aquila chrysaétus] at Graves-

end, L. I. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 189.
Purpin,H.A. MacFarlane’s Gerfalcon (Falco gyrfaleo sacer)in Maine. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 188, 189.
Sate, C. J. Early Nesting of Eagles. < Forest and Stream, xii, May 8, 1879, p.
265. :
Nest of Haliaétus lewcocephalus completed Jan. 20 in Virginia. -

. STEVENS, F. Nesting of Buteo zonocercus in New Mexico. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.

Clib, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 189.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FALCONIDZ. 187

1879. WARREN, B. H. Diurnal Rapacious Birds of Chester County [Pennsylvania].
< Daily Local News, vii, No. 154, May 16, 1879, 3 columns.
Treating of 15 spp. of Falconide.
1879. [VENNOR, H. G.] The Dark Gyr Falcon [Falco sacer labradorus]. < Forest
and Stream, xii, June 26, 1879, p. 406.
Notice of specimens in the writer’s collection.
1880. MarsHaALL, D. M. Notes on the Habits of the Bald Eagle. (Haliattus Leuco-
cephalus.) < Journ. of Sci. (Toledo, Ohio), n. s., iii, No. 2, Feb. 15, 1880, cut.

1880. Ripeway,R. Description of the adult plumage of Hierofalco gyrfalco obso-
letus. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, v, No. 2, Apr., 1880, pp. 92-95.

This is the dark American continental form of Gyr Falcon, named F. labradora by Audu-

bon, here identified with F. obsoletus Gm., and varietally distinguished from the other races.

188

1694.

1772.

1789.

180-.

1808.

1811.

1826.

1827.

. 1827.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. , [Vol. V.

Cathartidez.

SLOANE, H. An Account of a prodigiously large Feather of the Bird Cuntur,
brought from Chili and supposed to be a kind of Vultur; and of the Coffee-
Shrub. < Philos. Trans., xviii, 1694, pp. 61-64.

Quill of the bird afterward known as Sarcorhamphus gryphus.

——_——. Naturgeschichte des Geierkonigs [Sarcorhamphus papa]. < Berlin.

Samml., iv, 1772, pp. 173-179.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.

WaALBAUM, J.J. Vom dem Geyerkénig [Sarcorhamphus papa].—J.1. Der Kopf
des Geyerkénigs nach der Natur dargestellet und beschrieben. < Schriften
Berlin. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, ix, 1789, pp. 246-256, pl. 8.

GEOFFROY ST. HinarRE, EK. Observations sur le Vautour royal (Vultur [Sarcor-
hamphus] papa) dans premier age. < Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., iii, An xii (180-),
p- 189.

Pas vues moi-méme.

HuMBOLDT, A. Vv. Versuch einer Naturgeschichte des Condor (Vultur [Sarcor-
hamphus] gryphus L.). < Beob. aus d. Zool. u. Vergl. Anat.,2 Lief., 1808.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich. ‘

HUMBOLDT, A. DE. Essai sur l’Histoire Naturelle du Condor, ou du Vultur [Sar-
corhamphus]gryphus de Linné. < Recueil d Obs. Zool. Anat., i, 1811, pp. 26-45,
pl. viii, ix.

Lu & la premiére class de l'Institut de France, le 13 oct. 1806.

The miscellaneous work by Humboldt and Bonpland, entitled ‘‘Collections of Observations
in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,” etc., appeared in several languages and at different
dates. I have only seen a French version, ‘‘ Recueil d’Observations,” etc., the first vol. of
which, dated 1811, contains, among several distinct papers, one by Humboldt on the os hyoides
and larynx of birds, and one by the same on the Condor, as above given. The full title of the
works comes in a different department of this Bibliography.

AUDUBON, J.J. Account of the Habits of the Turkey Buzzard (VYultur [Cath-
artes] aura), particularly with the view of exploding the opinion generally
entertained of its extraordinary power of Smelling. < Hdinb. New Philos.
Journ., ii, 1826, pp. 172-184. (Fror. Not., xvii, No. 359, 1827, pp. 97-106.)

This very notable article opened a protracted discussion, in which the writer’s views met

with no little opposition and ridicule. The paper includes circumstantial recital of experi-
ments made, and general account of the habits of the bird.

. Head, F. A. Ueber die Stiirke und das zahe Leben der Condor’s [Sarcorham-

phus gryphus] Stidamerika’s. < Froriep’s Notizen, xv, No. 324, 1826, pp.
246-248.
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.

. AUDUBON, J. J. Account of the Carrion Crow, or Vultur [Cathartes] atratus.

< Edinb. Journ. Sci., vi, 1827, pp. 156-161. (ror. Not., xvij, No. 357, 1827, pp.
65, 70.) .
Extended notice of the habits of this species.
ANON. Living Condor [Sarcorhamphus gryphus] at Paris. < Philos. Mag.,i,
1827, p. 473.
PAYRAUDEAU, B.C. Notice sur les Couroumous ou Vautours de la Guiane; par
M. J.-A.-A. Noyer... . < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xii, 1827, pp. 129-131.
Précis: Annales Marit. et Colon, janv. et févr. 1826, p. 96.
Dovueuas, D. Observations on the Vultur [Cathartes] Californianus of Shaw.
< Zool. Journ., iv, 1828, pp. 328-330.
Description and account of habits.

Wo. 4.] COUHS’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CATHARTIDA. 789

1828. L[uRoTH], 8. G. Observations sur le Vultur [Cathartes] atratus; (par J. J.
Audubon.)... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiii, 1828, p. 239, 240.
Précis de ces observations, inserées dans Hdinb. Journ. Sci., jany., 1827, pp. 156-161.
1830. HARLAN, R. Notice of an Anatomical Peculiarity observed in the Structure of
the Condor of the Andes; (Vultur [Sarcorhamphus] gryphus, Linn.) < Trans.
Amer. Philos. Soc., 2d ser., iii, 1830, p. 466.
Merely a note on the digestive organs, the “ peculiarity” of which is not obvious.
1830. HumsBoupt, A.v. On the Lofty Flight of the Condor [Sarcorhamphus gryphus ].
< Edinb. New Philos. Journ., viii, 1830, pp. 142, 143.
From Tableaux de la Nature, ii, pp. 72-78.
1830. HUNTER, P. Powers of Smell ascribed to the Vulture [Cathartes aura].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, p. 449.
1831. DoueLas, D. Ueber Vultur [Cathartes] californianus Shaw. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxiv, 1831, pp. 110-112.
Aus d. Zool. Journ., iv, 1828, pp. 328-330.
1831. Less[on, R. P.] Note sur une particularité anatomique de la structure du Con-
dor (Vultur [Sarcorhamphus] gryphus, L.); par R. Harlan.... < Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., xxvii, 1831, pp. 188, 189.
Extraite des Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., 2° sér., iii, 1830, p. 466.
1832. AUDUBON, J. J. Lebensart von Vultur [Cathartes] aura (Turkey Buzzard).
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 687.
Auszug aus Edinb. New Philos. Journ., Bd. ii, 1826, Heft 3, p. 172-184.
Only a 4-line paragraph here. ;
1832. Lunp, [P. W.] Sur la conformation particuliére du Jabob cher l’Urubu (Pere-
nopterus [Cathartes] Jota Bonap.). <( Ann. des Sct. Nat., xxv, 1832, pp. 333-
336, pl.xi. (ror. Notizen, xxv, No. 750, 1832, pp. 17-20.)
1832. WATERTON, C. On the Faculty of Scent in the Vulture [Cathartes aura].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 233-241.
1833. Grant,R.E. [On the Cloaca of the female Condor (Sarcorhamphus gryphus). ]
< P. Z,_S.,1, 1833, p. 78.
1833. HUNTER, P. The Means by which the Vulture (Vultur [Cathartes] Aura L.)
traces its Food. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 83-88.
With extracts from Audubon’s article in the Hdinb. New Philos. Journ., ii, 1826, pp. 172-184.
1833. WATERTON, C. The Means by which the Turkey Buzzard (Vultur [Cathartes]
Aura L.) traces its Food. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 162, 163.
1833. WaATERTON,-C. Remarks on Mr. Audubon’s ‘‘Account of the Habits of the Tur-
key Buzzard (Vultur [Cathartes] Aura), particularly with the View of ex-
ploding the Opinion generally entertained of its extraordinary Powers of
Smelling.” < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 163-171.
Cf. Hdinb. New Philos. Journ., ii, 1826, pp. 172-184.
1834. GoURCY-DROITAUMONT, F. Einiges tber den Condor, oder Kuntur, Vultur
gryphus Linn., Sarcoramphus gryphus Dumeril. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii,
1834, pp. 407-411.
Nachsehrift von Brehm, pp. 411, 412.
1835. GRANT, [R. E.] Cloake eines weiblichen Condors [Sarcorhamphus gryphus].
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 537.
P. Z.8., i, 1833, p. 78.
1836. Mackay, R. [Letter on the habits of Sarcorhamphus papa.] <P. Z. 8., iv,
1836, p. 107.

1836. RENGGER, J. R. Notiz Uber die Aasvégel. < Arch. f. Naturg., ii, 1836, (1),
p. 104.
Aus dessen Reise nach Paraguay, 1835, p. 229.
1837. Mackay, R. [On the habits of Sarcorhamphuspapa.] < Lond. and Edinb. Phi-
los. Mag., x, 1837, pp. 479, 480.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 8, 1836, p. 107.

790

1837.

1838.

1838,

1844.

1845.

1846.
1846.

1847,

1847,

1847.

1847.

1848.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL’ SURVEY. [Vol.v.
Mackay, [R.] Sur les meeurs du Vultur [Sarcorhamphus] papal. < L’Insti-
tut, v, No. 218, 1837, p. 263.
Pas vu moi-méme: le titré de Carus et Engelmann. Article extr.des P. Z. S., 1836, p. 107.

. OweEN, Ricuarp. [Dissection of the Head of the Turkey Buzzard (Cathartes

aura) and that of the Common Turkey.] <P. Z.S., v, 1837, pp. 34, 35.

. Sects, W. [On the Habits of Cathartes aura. ] <P. Z. 8., V, 1837, pp. 33,34.
. SELLS, W., and OwEN, R. Extract from the “Proceedings of the Zoological

Society” relating to the Habits of the Vultur [Cathartes] Aura. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 638-641.

Mr. W. Sells’ paper, with R. Owen’s anatomical notes.

. Mackay, “L.” [i. ¢., R.] Ueber die Lebensart des Vultur [Sarcorhamphus]

papa. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, p. 207.
Ausztige aus Proceedings of the zoological society of London, iv, November 1836, p. 107.

. OWEN, Ricuarp. Dissection de la téte du Vultur [Cathartes] aura. < L’Inst-

tut, vi, No. 243, 1838, pp. 277, 278.
Pas vue moiméme. Extr. des P. Z. 8., 1837, pp. 34, 35.

ScHomBURGK, R. H. On the Habits of the King of the Vultures (Sarcorrham-
phus papa). < Annals of Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 255-260. (Fror. Notizen, Tb,
No. 195, 1838, pp. 289-293. )

Sets, W. [Sur les meurs du Vultur (Cathartes) aura.] <J/Institut, vi, No.
243, 1838, p. 277.

Pas vu moi-méme. Voir P. Z. S., 1837, pp. 33, 34.

. SELLS, W. Ueber das ‘Betragen von Vultur [Cathartes] aura. < Oken’s Isis,

Bd. xxxii, 1839, p. 143.
P.Z. 8S. London, Marz 14, 1837, pp. 33, 34.
ScnomBurGK, R. [H.] Ueber die Lebensart des Geyerkénigs (Sarcoramphus
papa). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 673, 674.
Ann. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 255-260.

Cassin, J. Description of a new Vulture [Cathartes burrovianus] in the Mu-
seum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., ii, 1845, p. 212. i

Anon. [Exhibition of a fetal Condor.] <P. Z.S., xiv, 1846, p. 44.

Anon. [Exhibition of a fceetal Condor.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1846, p.

129. :
rom P. Z. S., May 12, 1846.

Goss, P. H. John-Crow Vulture, (Turkey-buzzard, Wilson; Cathartes aura,
Vulture aura, Linn; Cathartes aura Illiger.) Ann. pl. 151. < Edinb. New
Philos. Journ., xliii, 1847, pp. 90-94,

Extract from ‘‘The Birds of Jamaica,” p.1. On its habits, especially with reference to
the senses of sight and smell.

Tscuupt, J. J. [v.] The Condor [Sarcorhamphus gryphus] of the Cordillera.
< Edinb. New Philos. Journ, xiii, 1847, pp. 387-389.

Extract from his ‘‘ Travels in Peru,” p. 300.

TscHupi, J.J. v. The Condor Mare net eryphus]. < Zoologist, v, 1847,
pp. 1772, 1773.

Extract from ‘‘ Travels in Peru.”

Tscuupt, J. J. [v.] Sur le condor [Sarcorhamphus gryphus] des cordilleres.
< Arch. des Sc. Phys. et Nat., vi, 1847, pp. 177, 178.

Voyages au Pérou, p. 300; Edinb. New Phil. Journ., avril 1847, pp. 387-389.

TowNsEND, J. K. Popular Monograph of the Accipitrine Birds of N[orth].
A[merica].—No. I [II]. < Lit. Rec. and Journ. Linn. Assoc. of Penna. College,
iv, 1848, pp. 249-255, 265-272,

Only these two Numbers of the ‘‘Monograph” appeared, consisting of extended general

accounts of Cathartes [Sarcorhamphus] gryphus, O. californianus, O. awra, and certain Fal-
conde. ;

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CATHARTIDZ. T91

1850. WyMAN, J. [Note on substances probably dropped by Cathartes aura during
fliight.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1850, p. 289.

1851. CasBot,S.,JR. [On the sense of smell in Vultures [Cathartide]. < Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, 1851, p. 118.

1853. Drs Murs, 0. Observations sur un nom spécifique: Catharte citadin, Lesson,
Vultur urbis incola, Riccord, Cathartes urbis incola, Lesson, omis jusqu’a ce
jour dans toutes les synonymies des espéces du genre Catharte. < Rev. et
Mag. de Zool., v, 1853, pp. 146-154.

1855. Taytor, A.S. Note on the Great Vulture of California (Cathartes vel Sarco-
ramphus Californianus). Communicated by J. H. Gurney, Esq. < Zoologist,
Xili, 1855, pp. 4632-4635.

1856. MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ VON WIED. Ueber den nordamerikanischen rothképfigen
Urubu, (Cathartes aura Audub. Bonap.). < J. f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 119-124.

Elaborate description, ete.

1857. Botte, C. Dercalifornische Condor, Sarcorhamphus californianus. < J. f.0.,
v, 1857, pp. 50-54.

Nach A. 8S. Taylor, aus dem Zoologist, 1855, pp. 4632-4635.

1859. EprroriaL. [Extract from an article in the San Francisco Herald, by A. 8.
Taylor, on Cathartes californianus. ] -< [bis,i, 1859, pp. 469, 470.

1859. Taytor, A. S. The egg and young of the California Condor [Cathartes cali-
fornianus]. < Hutchings’s Cal. Mag., ii1, 1859, pp. 537-—., fig.

Not seen.—Woodcut of young and egg. Also, the ‘‘ Great Condor of California,” p. 540.

1859-61. Taytor, A. S. The Great Condor of California (Cathartes californianus).
< Hutchings’s Cal. Mag., iv, July, 1859, pp. 17-—; Aug., 1861, pp. —-—,
with cut of the bird.

Not seen.

1860. ABBoTT,C.C. [The egg figured in Ibis, ii, 1860, pl.1, f.2, as that of Milvago
australis is ‘‘undoubtedly that of Cathartes aura.”] < Jbis, ii, 1860, p. 432.

1860. SctaTER, P.L. [Exhibition of the egg of the King Vulture (Gyparchus papa). ]
< P.Z.8., xxviii, 1860, pp. 193, 194.

1860. ScLaTER, P.L. Note on the Egg and Nestling of the Californian Vulture [Ca-
thartes californianus]. < [bis, ii, 1860, p. 278, pll. viii (egg), ix (nestling).

Cf. op. cit., 1859, p. 469.

1860. Tayztor, A. S. Notes on the Queleli, a rare Bird of Sonora; the King of the

Zopolites; and Bartram’s Vulture. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6798-6805.
Curious and in part mythical account of some Mexican species of Cathartide.

1866. ScLATER, P. L. [Notice of a specimen of the Californian Vulture (Cathartes
californianus) recently added to the Society’s Menagerie.] <P. Z. S8., xxxiv,
1866, p. 366.

1867. GuRNEY, J. H. [On the colored sclerotic ring of Cathartes californianus. }
< Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, p. 254.

1868. Barrp, 8.F. [Letter relating to a drawing of a young Cathartes californianus. |
<P. Z.8., xxxvi, 1868, pp. 183, 184, woode.

1869. SAUSSURE, H. DE. El Zopilote [Cathartes]. < La Naturaleza, i, 1869, pp. 17-26.

‘“Observaciones sobre las costumbres de las aves de México”’; articulo traducido del frances
por Don J. M. A., y anotado por D. Alfonso Herrera.

1869. HeRRERA, A. Adiciones al articulo el Zopilote [Cathartes]. < La Naturaleza,
i, 1869, pp. 51, 52.

Sobre las costumbres.
1870. “J.L.B.” Turkey Buzzard. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 375.
Note on Cathartes aura feeding upon Mephitis mephitica.

1870. NAuMAN, C.H. An Albino Turkey Buzzard (Cathartes aura Illig.)... <Am.

Nat., iv, 1870, p. 376.

Also, an albino Anas obscura.

192

1871.
1871.

1871.

1873.

1873.
1873.

1874.

1874.

1875.

1875.
1875.
1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Caton, J.D. Turkey Buzzard [Cathartes aura]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1871. p. 762.

Note on sense of smell in Cathartes aura.

Orton, J. On the Condors [Cathartide] and Humming-birds of the Equa-
torial Andes. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., viii, 1871, pp. 185-192.

Orton, J. The Vultures [Cathartide] and Humming Birds of Tropical Amer-
ica. < Canad. Nat. § Quart. Journ., n. s., v, 1871, pp. 357-360.
See Amer. Nat., v, Oct., 1871, pp. 619-626.

Caton, J.D. Sense of Smell in the Turkey Buzzard [Cathartes aura]. < Am.
Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 87.

Lyncu, W.F. A Condor Hunt. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 58.

SHARPE, R.B. Ona New Species of Turkey Vulture from the Falkland Islands,
and a New Genus of Old World Vultures. <( Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser.,
xi, Heb., 1873; pp. ———. .

Not seen.
Catharista falklandicas, p. 133; Pseudogyps, g.n., p. 133.

Corr, E. D. Annual Report | upon the | Geographical Explorations and Sur-
veys West of the | one hundredth meridian, | in California, Nevada, | Utah,
Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, | Wyoming, and Montana, | by George M.
Wheeler, | first lieutenant of Engineers, U.S. A.; | being | Appendix FF | of
the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1874. | — | Washington: |
Government Printing Office. | 1874. 8vo. pp.130, map.

Report of E. D. Cope, pp. 115-130.—Only ornithological in describing Cathartes wmbrosus,
n. sp. foss., p.130. (The species may prove to belong to some other group of Raptores.)

Couns, E. The Californian Vulture [Cathartes californianus]. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 160.
Mainly quoted from account of Alex. 8. Taylor, San Francisco Heral@, May 5, 1859.
ANON. Several mooted questions. < Forest and Stream, iv, Feb. 11, 1875, p. 5.
Cathartes aura in Vermont.
Anon. Eggs and Nest of the Condor [Sarcorhamphus gryphus]. < Odlogist, i,
1875, p. 66.

EaGuLe,C.H. Buzzards [Cathartide] in Maine. < Forest and Stream, iti, Jan.
14, 1875, p. 35%.

GuRNEY,J.H. [With reference to remarks on the races of the Condor, Ibis,
1875, p.91.] < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 269, 270.

HADFIELD, H. Instinct of Birds: Olfactory Power of the Vultures. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., x, Mar., 1875, pp. 4373-4376.
On the question of the comparative power of the senses of sight and smell, the former being
considered the one most employed in the search for food.
Mosss, J. T.C. Turkey Buzzards [Cathartes aura at Grand Menan Isl., Maine].
<_ Forest and Stream, v, Aug. 26, 1875, p. 36.
SLERLING, E. Queer fish, skunk and buzzards. < Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 4,
1876, p. 359.
Account of tame Cathartes aura.
[Couns, E.] Birds. < The Mirror (Baltimore, Md.), June 1, 1877.
Editorial extracts from the “Birds of the Northwest”, relating to certain North American
Falconide and Cathartide.
[Couus, E.] Birds. < The Mirror (Baltimore, Md.), July 1, 1877, p. 4.
Editorial extracts from the ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest”, relating to certain Oathartide.
[Covuss, E.] Birds. < The Mirror (Baltimore, Md.), Aug. 1, 1877, pp. 4, 5.
Biography of Cathartes aura, from ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest”’.
LANnGpon, F.W. Occurrence of the Black Vulture or Carrion Crow [Cathartes
atratus]in Ohio. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1877, p. 109.

Only record of such occurrence since Audubon’s.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CATHARTIDZ. 7193

‘1878. ANon. Vultures and Turkey Buzzards. < Forest and Stream, xi, Oct. 31, 1878,
p. 259.
Reprinted from ‘‘ Florida Star.” j
1878. Kirr, W. A Skunk eaten by Turkey-buzzards [Cathartes aura]. < Am. Nat.,
xii, No. 12, Dec., 1878, p. 821.

1878. Smiru, G. Stuart. The Condor [Sarcorhamphus gryphus]. < Odlogist, iv,
No. 5, July, 1878, pp. 39, 40.

Compiled account of habits.

1880. ANoN. The Condor [Sarcorhamphus eryphus]. < Temperance Vedette (news-
paper of Terrill, Texas), Mar. 20, 1880.

Popular notice, copied from

1880. RipGway, R. Notes on the American Vultures (Sarcorhamphide), with Special
Reference to their Generic Nomenclature. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, v, No. 2,
Apr., 1880, pp. 77-84. j

This is an attempt to fix the generic names, which, though comparatively few in number,
have been almost inextricably involved, through the conflicting usages of authors who hold
to different rules for the adoption of genera. By a kind of ‘‘process of elimination’’, the
author determines the following names, with their types: 1, Sarcorhamphus Dum., 1806, for
the Condor; 2, Gyparchus Gloger, 1842, for the King Vulture; 3, Pseudogryphus Ridgw., 1874,
for the Californian Vulture; 4, Cathartes Ill., 1811, for the Turkey Buzzard; 5, Oatharista
Vieill., 1816, for the Black Vulture. The synonyms of each of these are given, with the ref-
erences. Remarks.are made upon Sarcorhamphus equatorialis and S. gryphus, Pseudogry-
phus californianus, Oathartes burrovianus and O. pernigra.

Bull. v, 4 —18

+ hart

794 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Columbidz.

1735. Moors, J. Columbarium, ete..

Not seen.—This is the date of the orig. ed. of the famous work, which passed to many eds. ;
see the American, 1874. There is a verbatim reprint by W. B. Tegetmeier, London, 1879.
Cf. Ibis, 1879, p. 219.

““The chief interest of Moore’s ‘Columbarium’ consists in the careful descriptions of the
different races of the domestic Pigeon as they existed in 1735, enabling a comparison to be
made with those of the present day. The alterations produced by careful breeding, carried
on for 150 generations, can thus be traced.”

1759. Katm,P. Beskrifning pa de vilda Dufvor, Som somliga ar i sa otrolig stor myck-
enhet Komma til de Sédra Engelska nybyggen i Norra America. < Kongl.
Svensk. Vetensk.-Acad. Handl., xx, 1759, pp. 275-295.

The Ectopistes migratorius of authors.

1774. PortTaL,—. [Sur un Pigeon qui avoit deux anus; et sur un autre qui avoit une
double trachée-artére.] < Hist. de lV Acad Roy. des Sci. pour Vannée 1771, 1774,
p. 38.

1765. ANON. A | Treatise | on | Domestic Pigeons; | comprehending | [ete., 31
lines. ] | London: | Printed for and Sold by C. Barry, in Ingram Court, Fen-
church- | street. Sold likewise by P. Stevens, near Stationers Hall, Ludgate-
| street; A. Webley, Holborn; and J. Walters, Charing-Cross. | M. DCC LXV.
1 vol. pp.i-xvi, 1-144, frontisp., and 13 pll.

1806. CaVANILLEs, A.J. Natnral History of the domestic Pigeons of Spain, particu-
larly in the Proyince of Valentia. < Tilloch’s Philos. Mag., xxv, 1806, pp.
112-122.

From Bibliotheque Physico-Economique, No. 3, 1805. Classification, with summary charac-
ters of the various breeds, followed by an amplification of the same and general remarks on
habits, &c.

1808-11. TemMINCK, C.J. Histoire Naturelle | Générale f des Pigeons; | par C. J. Tem-
minck, | Directeur de Académie Royale des Sciences et des Arts de Harlem,
et Membre | de plusieurs Sociétés d’ Histoire Naturelle. | Avec figures en cou-_
leurs, | peintes par Mademoiselle Pauline de Courcelles, | gravées, imprimées-

et retouchées sous sa direction. | — | Paris, | Garnery, Rue de Seine, Ancien
Hotel Mirabeau. | — | 1808[-1811]. 1vol. folio. Prel. Title (Histoire Natu-

relle | des Pigeons | et des Gallinacés), 1 leaf; Temminck’s Dedication to the
King of Holiand, 1 leaf; Title, 1 leaf; Introduction, pp. i-x ; Temminck’s Dis-
course on Pigeons, pp. 7-22; Text, pp. 23-41, 1-128, 1-30; Index, pp. i-xvj;
Table, pp. i-iii; with 87 plates, in three series, 1-11; 1-25, 25 bis, 26-59;
1-16. [OR,]

1808-11. Knip, Madame. Les Pigeons, | par Madame Knip, | née Pauline de Cour-
celles, | premier peintre d’Histoire Naturelle | de S. M. ’Impératrice Reine
Marie-Louise. | Le texte par C. J. Temminck, | Directeur de Académie des
Sciences et des Arts de Harlem, etc. | [Monogram.] | A Paris, |

M” Knip, Auteur et Editeur, Rue de Sorbonne, Musée des Artistes. |
Chez} Garnery, Libraire, Rue de Seine, Hotel Mirabean, n° 6. |

— | De Vimprimerie de Mame. | M. DCCC XI. 1vol. folio. Prel. Title (Les

Pigeons), 1 leaf, Kpi~’s new Title, 1 leaf; Knip’s Discourse on Pigeons, pp.

1-14; Text, pp. 238-41, 1-128, 1-30; Table, pp. i-iii; with 87 plates, in three

series, 1-11; 1-25, 25 bis, 26-59; 1-16.

This work is one of the curiosities of literature. Owing to the cause eélébre between the
two ostensible authors, we have in effect the same work by two different authors, with two
different title-pages, above transcribed. By comparing the two preceding paragraphs, the
difference between the two forms of the work may be perceived.

The work was originally published in 15 livraisons, 1808-1811. At the 9th livraison, 1811,

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBIIOGRAPHY—COLUMBIDA:. 795

1808-11. TEMMINCK, C. J., or Knipe, Madame—Continued.

Madame Knip accomplished a piece of truly feminine finesse, by which she stole it from Tem-
minck. To do this, she changed the cover-title of the 9th and following livraisons, and made
sundry other alterations to suit her purpose. With the 15th livraison she furnished new title-

pages of the whole work, substituted a new Discours sur les Pigeons, and directed the binder
to suppress Temminck’s title-pages, his entire Introduction, his Index, and his Discours. To
account for the break in the pagination of the text between p. 23 and p.41, she even went so
far as to declare it was a typographical error. This was certainly a bold trick, regardless of
consequences. But no such piracy as seems to have suited the lady’s taste could hope to pass
without detection; and Temminck immediately published an indignant réclamation, expos-
ing and protesting against the fraud. What may have gone on under the surface would
doubtless be even more curious than what has transpired, but the historical facts are suffi-
ciently novel.

There is a unique copy of this work in the Library of the Philadelphia Academy, from the
Bibliotheque de J. B. Hazard, preserving all the original cover-titles, and giving some manu-
script notes explaining the whole affair. These I shall transcribe beyond.

The first eight livraisons appeared under the following cover-title, 1808-1810 :—

Histoire | Naturelle | des Pigeons. |—| [. . . ] Livraison. | —| A Paris, | chez Garnery,
Rue de Seine, Ancien Hétel Mirabeau. | —| De Vimprimerie de Mame Fréres, | Rue de Pos-
de-Fer, n° 14. | 1809 [1810].

Though the date on the title is 1808, that on livr. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 is 1809, and sti: none of
the work appeared before 1809. The date on livraisons 6, 7,8is1810. With the 9th livraison
Madame Knip stole the work, altering the cover-title to—

Les Pigeons, | par Madame Knip, | née Pauline de Courcelles, | Premier Peintre d’Histoire
Naturelle | de S. M. ’Impératrice Reine Marie-Lonise. | Le texte par C. J. Temminck, | Di-

recteur de ]’Académie des Sciences et des Arts de Harlem, etc. | —| [. . .] Livraison. Prix
40 franes. | — | Chaque livraison, accompagnée de son texte, est composée de six figures en

couleurs | d’aprés les dessins de Auteur, gravées, imprimées, et retouchées sous sa direc-

tion. | L’ Histoire Générale des Pigeons aura quinze livraisons formant un volume. | A Paris, |
M Knip, Auteur et Editeur, Rue de Sorbonne, Musée des Artistes.

Chez} Garnery, Rue de Seine, Hotel Mirabeau, n° 6.

primerie de Mame. | M. DCCC XI.

The unique copy examined is invaluable in enniainine Hazard’s msc. ‘‘ Notes Bibliogra-
phiques.”’ I think it advisable to publish these notes, as further explaining the transaction.
It is to be understood that this copy forms two volumes—one, Temminck’s, without the main
text, and with the plates uncolored, but with all the suppressed pieces of the work; the other,
Knip’s, with the substituted titles and discourse, the main text, and the plates colored. (The
plates were issued in two series, colored and plain.) The following is Hazard’s MS. :—

—| De Vim-

aa “NOTES
Bibliographiques sur l’exemplaire del’ Histoire Naturelle des Pigeons, que j’ai dans ma Bibli-
othéque.

““Cet exemplaire est unique, non seulement par les différentes piéces qu'il contient, qui l’ont
fait diviser en deux volumes; mais encore par la beauté des épreuves des doubles figures, et
par les portraits qui y ont été ajoutés.

“On sait que cet ouvrage a été rédigé, pour le texte, par MW. Temminck, et pour les figures,
par Mademoiselle Pauline de Courcelles, depuis Madame Knip ; que ce ne devait étre que la
premiére partie d’un ouvrage plus considérable (Histoire Générale des Pigeons et des Galli-
nacés), qui devait avoir trois volumes; que d’aprés les arrangemens particuliers des auteurs,
Madame Knip est demeurée proprietaire de louvrage des Pigeons; qu'elle y a fait des sup-
pressions et des additions pour ne conserver que ce qui était relatif aux Pigeons, et quwil n’y a
eu qu'un petit nombre d’exemplaires (douze) delivrés au Public, tels qu’ils étaient sortir des
mains de M. Temminck, Vaprés le plan général de louyrage; on trouvera ces détails dans la
réclamation de M. Temminck,

‘Voici la note des piéces qui composent les deux volumes.

“Jer Volume. [Temminck’s. ]

“Jo. Faux titre général de Youvrage Histoire Naturelle des Pigeons et des Gallinacés, au
verso est jointe une lettre autographe de Madame Knip, née Pauline de Cowrcelles, qui m’en-
voie les piéces qui ont été supprimées: un feuillet. [La lettre a été retirée plus tard.—E. C.]

“20, Réclamation de M. Temminck, contre Madame Knip, piéce manuscrite, extraite du
tome troisiéme de l’ Histoire Naturelle générale des Pigeons et des Gallinacés, en trois volumes
in-8°, 1813-1815: une feuille. ‘

‘30, Avis au Relieur sur les piéces & supprimer et 4 remplacer par d’autres: un feuillet.

“40, Faux titre général et titre de ’ouvrage. ... Ces titres ont été supprimés plus
tard: une feuille, 4 pages.

‘“‘50, Un trés beau portrait de Louis Napoleon, roi de Hollande, dessiné par Grégorius

196 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1808-11. TemMiInck, C. J., or Knre, Madame—Continued.
d’aprés la buste de Oasteillier, gravé par DL. O. EONS et auquel M. Temminck avait dédié son
ouyrage: un feuillet, 2 pages.

“go, Epitre dédicatoire de I. Temminck, au roi de Hollande, supprimée & tous les exem-
plaires, par l’auteur Ini-méme: un feuillet, 2 pages.

‘70, Introduction de M. Temminck, sur Vordre générale des Gallinacés; sur la derniére
page, est Vextrait du Rapport fait a VInstitut national, classe des sciences physiques et mathe-
matiques, par MM. Lacépéde et Cuvier, sur les figures coloriées de Mademoiselle Pauline de
Courcelles.. L’introduction étant générale a été supprimée dans Vhistoire des Pigeons: 10
pages.

“go Discours sur l’ordre des Pigeons: 16 pages. Ce discours, paginé 7-22, devait faire
suite aux 6 pages du titre et de 1’épitre dédicatoire; l’introduction qui le précéde y avait été
ajoutée aprés l’impression. I a aussi été supprimé et remplacé par un autre, extrait de
celui-ci, que l’on trouvera indiqué dans le volume suivant.

‘‘9o, 87 planches des Pigeons, figures noires, avant lalettre, exemplaire d’amateur; épreuves
que Madame Knip a bien voulu me choisir et sur lesquelles elle a mis, elle-méme, les noms
des Pigeons, au crayon. J’ai divisé les trois sections par des titres sépares: Les Colombars,
Les Colombes, Les Colombi-Gallines.

‘10°, Index (ornithologique): 16 pages. Cet Index a aussi été supprimé.

. ‘11°, Table: une feuille. Cet Table indiquant les piéces supprimées, a été suprimé aussi
et réimprimé pour le volume suivant.

‘1190, Enfin, j’ai conservé 4 ce volume, soit en téte, soit a la fin, les titres-enveloppes des
huit premiéres livraisons, qui portent le premier titre d’Histoire naturelle des Pigeons, sous
les dates 1809-1811. Ce n’est qu’a la neuviéme livraison que Madame Knip les a changés
ainsi qu’ils sont dans le second volume.

“oe Volume. [Knip’s.]

‘““Jo. Nouveau Faux-Titre, Les Pigeons, et Titre du volume . . .; un feuille, 4 pages.

‘90, Un trés beau portrait, en couleurs, de Marie-Louise, archiduchesse d’Autriche, Im-
pératrice de France, Reine d’Italie, dessiné d’aprés le buste de Bosio, par Durand Duclos,
gravé par LD. C. Ruotte: L’Ouvrage lui avait été présenté par Madame Knip, et avait valu &
cette derniere le titre du premier peintre d’Histoire Naturelle de Sa Majesté. Ce portrait a
été ajouté par moi.

“30, Le nouveau Discours sur Vordre des Pigeons, 14 pages; on trouve sur la quatorziéme
Vextrait du Rapport de l'Institut qui, dans le volume précédent, est 4 la suite de l’ Introduction
supprimée.

‘*40. Les 87 figures coloriées des Pigeons formant les trois séries, épreuves que Madame
Knip abien voulu me choisir, elle-méme; elles sont placées en face de leurs descriptions, dans
le texte.

“50. Le texte, commengant page 23, avec les Columbars, premiére division, et faisant suite
au Discours sur lVordre des Pigeons, du volume précédent, finit page 41; quelques erreurs
typographiques dans la pagination ont été corrigées avec soin, 4la plume. Le texte recom-
mence page 1, avec les Colombes, deuxiéme division, et se termine page 128. Il recommence
encore page 1, avec les Colombi-Gallines, troisiéme division, et finit page 30.

‘La différence de pagination du texte avec les piéces liminaires de ce volume, résultant du
piéce supprimée, du volume précédent, a été indiqué par Madame Knip comme une faute
d’impression, au verso du faux titre.

‘*6°, La table, qui a été réimprimée, et qui n’indique plus, en téte la Dédicace et 1’ Intro-
duction, et 4 la fin |’ Index ornithologique, qui ont été supprimés.

‘*70, J’ai conservé aussi, 4 ce volume, comme au précédent, soit en téte, soit 4 la fin, les
titres-enveloppes du livraison 94 15 et derniére, sous la date de 1811, qui différent de ceux
du précédent, par le titre nouveau, par plus d’étendue et plus d’ornemens typographiques.”’

The errors of pagination in the first set of pages, from 37 to 41, have been corrected so neatly
with the pen in this copy that I cannot make out what they were. The series of plates is
consecutive, 1 to 86, with 25 bis=87; but pl. xxxiii is wrongly numbered xxxi, and pl. xlvii
is numbered lxvii. The following is a list of the plates—those with the asterisk being Tem-
minck’s species :—

I. Colombars.—Pl. 1, 2, Columba militaris*; 3, O. australis ; 4, 0. psiiae 5, 6, O. aro-
matica ; 7, C. calua*; 8 9, O. abyssinica ; 10, 11, C. vernans.

II. Colombes.—Pl. 1, Columba spadicea ; 2, O. palumbus ; 3, 4, O. cenea; 5, O. arquatria*;
6, C. armillaris*; 7, O. littoralis*; 8, OC. chalcoptera; 9, OC. cristata*; 10, O. cariba; 11, C.
oenas; 12, O. livia; 13, O. lewcocephala; 14, O. speciosa; 15, O. portoricensis*; 16, O. guinea ;
17, O. madagascariensis ; 18, O. gymnoptalmos ; 19, O. francie; 20, O. rubricapilla; 21, O. au-
ricularis* ; 22, O. elegans* ; 23, O. cincta*; 24, O. rufina*; 25, 25 bis, C. awrita*; 26, O. javan-
tea ; 27, O. jambos; 28, 29, O. violacea*; 30, O. melanocephala; 31, O. larvata*; 32, O. holo-
sericea; 33, C. superba*; 34, 35, O. purpurata; 36, O. tympanistra*; 37, O. ccerulea*; 38 39,

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COLUMBIDZ. 197

1808-11. TrEmMMINCK, C. J., or Knipe, Madame—Continued. :

C. afra ; 40, C. bitorquata* ; 41, C. vinacea*; 42, C. turtur ; 43, C. tigrina*; 44, OC. risoria; 45,
C. cambayensis ; 46, C. alba*; 47, OC. malaccensis ; 48, 49, O. migratoria ; 50, C. carolinensis ;
51, C. dominicensis ; 52, C. maugeus* ; 53, 54, O. capensis ; 55, C. erythroptera ; 56, C. mys-
tacea*; 57, CO. godefrida*; 58, C. cinerea*; 59, OC. squamosa*.

III. Colombi-Gallines.—Pl. 1, Columba coronata ; 2, C. nicobarica; 3, C. cyanocephala ; 4,
OC. montana ; 5, 6, C. martinica ; 7, C. erythrotorax*; 8, 9, C. cruenta; 10, CO. frontalis*; 11
C. carunculata*; 12, O. talpacoti*; 13, 14, C. passerina ; 15, C. hottentota*; 16, C. minuta.

There is a continuation of this work, by Knip, text by Prévost, 1838-4, forming ostensibly
a second volume.

1813-15. Temminck,C.J. Histoire Naturelle Générale | des | Pigeons | et des | Galli-
nacés, | par | C. J. Temminck, | Chevalier de l’ordre Impérial de | la Réunion,
Directeur de la | Société des Sciences 4 Harlem, | et Membre de plusieurs |
sociétés (histoire naturelle. | Ouvrage en trois volumes. | Accompagné de |
Planches Anatomiques. | — | Tome Premier [Second, Troisisme]. | — | — | &
Amsterdam, | chez J. C. Sepp & Fils, | et 4 Paris, | chez C. Dufour, | 1813
[1815]. | 4 ’Imprimerie de H. O. Brouwer, heerenmarkt | No.5.4 Amsterdam.
3 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1, 1813, frontisp., pp. 1-499-+ 1p. Vol. II, 1813, pp. 1-477
+1p. Vol. III, 1815, 1 p.1., pp. 1-757 + 1 p., pll. i-xi.

The 1st vol. treats of the Pigeons, the other two of the Gallinacee (incl. Tinamide, etc.);
at end of 1st and 3d vol. is an “index”, or synopsis of the species treated, with characters,
synonymy, and habitat of each. The plates bound at end of 3d vol. pertain to vols. ii and iii;
the frontisp. of vol. ito the Columba. This is a very well known and ‘‘standard”’ treatise.

Vol. I is really the text of Temminck’s plates, Hist. Nat. Génér. des Pigeons, folio, Paris,
1808-1811 (for circumstances of the case see above). Columba militaris, p. 39; psittacea, p. 47;
aromatica var., p. 53: calva, p. 63; arquatriz, p. 93; armillaris, p. 97; littoralis, p. 99; cristata,
p. 108; picazuro, p. 111; maculosa, p. 113; gymnophtalmos (sic), p. 225; auricularis, p. 236;
elegans, p. 240; cincta, p. 243; rufina, p. 245; aurita, p. 247; violacea, p. 260; larvata, p. 267;
holosericea, p. 269; mystacea, p. 275; superba, p. 277; tympanistria, p. 287; cerulae (sic), p. 290;
geoffrow (sic), p. 297; cinerea, p. 299; bitorquata, p. 301; vinacea, p. 303; picturata, p. 315; tigrina,
p. 317; alba, p. 333; squamosa, p. 336; maugei, p. 363; erythroturax (sic), 405; carunculata, p.
415; talpacoti, p. 421; picut, p. 485; miniata, p. 460; brunnea, p. 475—‘‘ mihi”.

Vol. Il. Pavo cristatus primus, p. 27; Gallus sonneratii, p. 246; morio, p. 253; lanatus, p.
256; furcatus, p. 261; ecundatus (sic), primus, p. 267; macartneyi, p. 273; Phasianus colchicus
hybridus, p.319; torquatus primus, p. 326; satyrus, p. 349; Lophophorus refulgens, p. 355; Poly:
plectron chinquis, p.363; Argus giganteus, p. 410—‘“‘ mihi”.

Vol. Ill. Pauaxi galeata, p.1; Pauxi mitu, p.8; Crax rubra, p.21; C.carunculata, p. 44; Pe-
nelope parrakoud, p.85; Tetrao saliceti, p. 208; Pterocles arenarius, p. 240; Pt. bicinctus, p. 247;
Pt. quadricinetus, p. 252; Pt. setarius, p. 256; Pt. tachypetes, p. 274; Syrrhaptes pallasii, p. 282;
Perdix clamator, p. 298; adansonit, p. 305; longirostris, p. 323; thoracica, p.335; gularis, p. 401;
oculea, p. 408; dentata, p. 419; borealis, p. 436; sonnini, p.451; Coturnix perlata, p.470; austra-
lis, p. 474; teaxtilis, p.512; excalfactoria, p. 516; grisea, p. 523; nove guinee, p. 524; Cryptonia
(sic) coronatus, p. 526; rufus, p. 534; Tinamus rufescens, p.552; maculosus, p. 557; tao, p. 569;
undulatus, p. 582; adspersus, p. 585; obsoletus, p. 588; latawpa, p. 590; strigulosus, p. 594; nanus,
p. 600; Hemipodius nigrifrons, p. 610; pugnax, p. 612; nigricollis, p. 619; thoracicus, p. 622;
tachydromus, p. 626; maculosus, p. 631; fasciatus, p. 634, Turnix na tentottie p. 6836—‘‘mthi”’.

The majority of all the birds in these three volumes are thus described as new; a large
part of the rest are credited to Latham. Temminck’s names are barbarous in many cases,
most of those given in the French vernacular being horrid; but that has always been the
style with the French ornithologists.

Vol. III concludes with a statement from Temminck of the circumstances under which his
folio work on the Pigeons appeared—which is not only important as a bibliographical matter,
but delightful as a bit of gossip. In explanation both of the present publication and of the
folio work on the Pigeons, I here give the substance of his grievance as set forth by him:

The present work, says Temminck, was intended to appear in folio, with colored plates,
The first volume of the folio edition appeared at Paris in 1808 and was completed in 1811,
under the direction of Mlle. Pauline de Courcelles, afterward Madame Knip, a yery accom-
plished natural history artist, all of whose works attest her distinguished talents. This lady
was charged with the supervision of the engraving, 47 drawings having been made by her
from specimens of Pigeons in the Paris Museum, and 40 others copied by her from M. Prétre’s
designs, the latter made under Temminck’s supervision. The first livraison appeared in 1808,
with the same general title as the present edition; Mlle. de Courcelles being properly credited
with her part of the work in the following terms: ‘‘Aves figures en couleurs peintes par
Mademoiselle Pauline de Courcelles, gravées, imprimées et retouchées sous sa direction.”

798

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1813-15.‘ TEMMINCK, C. J.—Continued.

No sooner was the work completed than Madame Knip, ‘‘the ingrate”, saw fit to replace the
title with another in which she appeared as the author, her concoction being in the following
terms: ‘'.. . les Pigeons par Madame Knip, née Pauline de Courcelles, premiére peinire
histoire naturelle de S. M. lImpératrice et Reine. Le texte par C. J. Themminck [sic].—Se
vend 4 Paris, chez l’auteur, Rue Serbonne. Musée des Artistes.’’ She suppressed 40 pages of
text, which would have told against her, and did the same for the 16 double-column pages of
the Latin index. The work thus mutilated was presented to Queen Marie Louise, and secured
for Mad. Knip some favors her ambition had long coveted. Nevertheless, to keep Temminck
in the dark, the lady had the wit to send him some perfect copies, properly titled. It had
been agreed that he was to have eight copies; these eight, he says, and four others which
bear the date 1808 and have the Latin index, ‘‘sont les seuls approuvés par moi’’—whence 1
appears that there are only twelve perfect and authorized copies of the folio work extant!
The aggrieved author found out the artful woman’s trick when he went to Paris to publish
the part of the work relating to the Galline; but it was too late. He could obtain no redress;
the plot was backed up by royalty ; journalists refused his ‘‘réclamations”’, even his reply to
an article which the lady published—and which, I suppose, if I could lay my hands on it,
would tell quite another story. Such, in brief, is Temminck’s own version of the affair
which determined him to publish the present 8vo ed. For further particulars relating to the
folio work, see under that head, 1808-11.

1824. Borrarp, [P.] and Corsi, —. Les Pigeons | de | Voliere et de Colombier, | ou

| Histoire Naturelle et Monographie | des Pigeons domestiques, | renfermant
| la nomenclature et la description de toutes les races | et variétés con-
stantes connues jusqu’& ce jour; la | maniére d’établir des colombiers et
voliéres; d’élever, | soigner les pigeons, etc., etc. | Dédiée a son Altesse
Royale | Madame la Duchesse de Berry, | par MM. Boitard et Corbié. |
Avec vingt-cing figures de pigeons peints d’aprés nature. | A Paris, | Chez
Audot, Libraire-Editeur, rue de Macons-Sor- | bonne, n°. 11. |

Corbié, Oiselier de S. A. R. madame la duchesse | de Berry, quai de la Mégisserie, n°. 66. |
—|1824. lvol. 1p.1L, pp. i-viij, 1-240, pll. 1-25, + 1.

Histoire générale des pigeons— Origine des pigeons domestiques—Du croisement des races—
Nourriture—Accouplement—De la ponte et de lincubation—Des pigeonneaux—Du jeune
pigeon et de la connaissance des sexes—Maladies des pigeons—Du colombier—Manieére de
peupler le colombier—Soins 4 donner au colombier—De la colombier—Ustensiles—De la
voliére—Soins 4 donner a la voliére—Dégats et utilité des pigeons.

Partie 2°, Monographie des Pigeons de voliére.—Pigeons de la premiére-vingt-quatriéme
race.—Colombes tourterelles.—Tourterelle des bois, 4 collier, et blanche.

1825. DESM[ARE]sT,[A.G.] Les Pigeons de voliére et de Columbier, . . .; par MM.

Boitard et Corbie.... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., iv, 1825, pp. 258-260.

1827. AUDUBON, J. J. Notes on the Habits of the Wild Pigeon of America, Columba

19827.

1828.

1828.

[Ectopistes] migratoria. <Hdinb. Journ. Sci., vi, 1827, pp. 257-265. (Froriep’s
Notizen, xvii, 1827, col. 257-262.)
Read before the Roy. Soc. Edinb., Feb. 19, 1827.

L[urotH],S. G. Observations sur les habitudes du Pigeon sauvage d@ Amérique

(Columba [Ectopistes] migratoria); parJ.-J. Audubon. ... <Féruss. Bull.,
2 sect., xii, 1827, pp. 125, 126.
Précis, tiré de Edinb. Journ. of Science, vi, avril 1827, pp. 257-265.

Anon. Sur les Columba domestica, livia et Amaliae; par M. Brehm. ...

< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiv, 1828, pp. 260, 261.
Précis, tiré de U'Isis, xxi, 1828, pp. 136-141.

BreuM, C.L. Ueber Columba domestica, livia et Amaliae. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.

xxi, 1828, pp. 136-141.

1829. [EpiroriaL.] Notice respecting a Pigeon which continued to live two days

without Brain and upper part of Spinal Marrow. < Hdinb. New Philos.
Journ., vii, 1829, p. 372.

Note on M. Desportes’s communication to Acad. Sci. Paris.- *

1829. FLEMING,[J.] Description of the Passenger Pigeon [Ectopistes migratorius].

< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, p. 488.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH, BIBLIOGRAPHY—COLUMBIDA. 799

1829. “J. M.” Columba [Ectopistes] migratoria (the Wild Pigeon). < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 369, 370.
Quotations from the Rochester, N. Y., Genesee County Register, Dec., 1828; Susquehanna
County Register, May, 1829, and New York Med. and Phys. Journ., ii, p. 210.
1832. ANON. Mode of decoying Wild Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius] in New Eng-
land. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 452, 453.
From Silliman’s Journal.
1833. Hunt, J. [Note on the Breeding of the Passenger Pigeon (Ectopistes migra-
torius, Swains.), in the Society’s Menagerie.] < P.Z.8S., i, 1833, p. 10.
1835. ANON. Passenger Pigeon [ Kctopistes migratorius, at Baffin’s Bay, lat. 734° N. J.
< Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xx, 1835, p. 209.
From Jtoss’s Voyage.
1835, ANON. The Carrier-Pigeon. A Society of Pigeon Fanciers, at Ghent, give an
Annual Prize for the Best Carrier Pigeon. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii,

1835, p. 619.
1835. SELBy, P. J. The | Naturalist’s Library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine,
Bart., | F.R.S.E., F.L.8., ete., ete. | Vol. IX. | — | Ornithology. | Pigeons.

| By Prideaux John Selby, Esq., | F.R.S.E., F.L.8., M.W.S., ete., ete.
| — | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, [etc.] [1835.] 1 vol. sm. 12mo. Portrait
of Pliny, eng. col’d title, contents, 1 leaf, pp. 17-252, cuts, pll. 1-30 (+ por-
trait and vignette = 32 pll.).

Being Vol. V of the general arrangement. ‘‘The Pigeons, . .. arenow, inaccordance with
their true affinities, admitted into the order of the Rasores, or Gallinaceous Birds, of which
they form one of the five great groups or divisions, the other four being represented by the
Payonidx, Tetraonide, Struthionidee, and Cracide”—in spite of which opening, the book
continues well.—Pl. 1, Vinago aromatica; 2, V. oxyura; 3, Ptilinopus purpuratus; 4, P. mona-
chus; 5, P. cyanovirens; 6, Carpophaga (Selby, p. 112) magnifica; 7, C. oceanica; 8, Columba
phasianella; 9, C. spadicea; 10, C. dilopha; vignette, C. palwmbus; 11, C. enas; 12, C. livia;
13, var. tremula latecauda; 14, C. cucullata jacobina; 15, var. gutturosa subrubicunda; 16, O.
turcica; 17, Turtur risorius; 18, T.? lophotes; 19, Ectopistes migratoria; 20, H.? capensis; 21,
Phaps (Selby, p. 194) chaleoptera; 22. Chemepelia (sic) talpicoti (sic); 23, Peristera tympan-
istria; 24, P. jamaicensis (named rufaxilla on pl.); 25, P. martinica (named cuprea on pl.);
26, P. larvata; 27, Geophilus (Selby, p. 214) cyanocephalus; 28, G. carunculatus; 29, G: nico-
baricus; 30, Lophyrus coronatus. ‘‘ Miscellaneous observations on the rearing, feeding, and
management of domestic pigeons” concludes the volume.

1838-4-. Knipe, Madame, and Privost, F. Les Pigeons, | par Madame Knip, | née
Pauline de Courcelles, | le texte par Florent Prévost, | Aide Naturaliste et

Chef des Travaux Zoologiques au Muséum | d’Histoire Naturelle. | — | Tome

i M~e Knip, auteur des dessins, et éditeur,

pecond-s) = |= Haris, | Chez} Bellizard, Dufour et Ci, Libraires, Rue

Rue de Bac, N° 17.
de Verneuil, 1 bis.
56. [n.d. 1838-184-.] 1 vol. folio. Prel. title, 1 leaf; title, 1 leaf; table, 1
leaf (2 pages); text, pp.1-113. Plates, 1-60, colored.

This is ostensibly Vol. ILofthe Temminck-Knip work; but, appearing many years afterward,
with text by another person, it is in effect a different work altogether, though in continua-
tion of the same subject, and prepared in the same style. The volume examined in the Libr.
Phila. Acad. is bound uniform with Hazard’s unique copy of Temminck-Knip; but unfortu-
nately the cover-titles of the livraisons are not preserved, so that I cannot give the dates. It
stands announced for 15 livraisons of 4 plates each, and, according to Engelmann, livrs. 1-12
appeared 1838-43. |

The following is a list of the plates:

Pl. 1. Columba puella. 2. leucotis. 3. zoew. 4. porphyria. 5. hwmeralis. 6. reinwardtsit.
7. humilis. 8. cyanovirens. 9. rufigaster. 10. sieboldii. 11. gularis. 12. olax. 13. lophotes.
14. pulchella. 15. pinon. 16. janthina. 17. viridis. 18. denisea, 19. dilophus. 20. dussu-
miert. 21. perlata. 22. boliviana. 23. xanthura. 24. oceanica. 25. magnifica. 26. venusta.
27. gelastes. 28. leucomela. 29. radiata. 30. oxyura. 31. modesta. 32. aymera. 33. scripta.
34. rosacea. 35. picturata. 36. ruficeps. 37. capistrata. 38. capelleit. 39. picwi. 40. luctu-
osa. 41. macquarii. 42. superba. 43. lawrivora. 44. locutrix. 45. histrionica. 46. mana-
densts. 47. forsterti. 48. cruziana. 49. sphenura. 50. leuconota. 51. histrionica. 52. pha- |

| — | Typographie de Firmin Didot Freres, Rue Jacob,

800 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1838-4—. Knip, Madame, and Privost, F.—Continued.
sianella. 53. monacha. 54. hyogaster. 55. Colombigallina linearis. 56. Columba-mullerii.
57. rivolit (nobis). 58. plumifera. 59. nuna. 60. mayeri.
In the text the species are only given under their French vernacular names. But the
technical names are graven on the plates, and also given in the table.
1839. WEISSENBORN, [W.] [Letter relating to a Pigeon destitute of Organs of
Vision. < P.Z.S., vii, 1839, p. 175.
1840. HuntmR, J. Ona Secretion in the crop of breeding Pigeons, for the nourish-
ment of their young. < Obs. Anim. Gicon., Amer. ed., 1840, pp. 149-151.
Orig. ed., 1786.
1844, CaBoT, 8., Jk. [Note on Columba trudeaui.] < Proc. Host. Soc. Nat. Hist., i,
1844, p. 183.
1847. McCaLu.G. A. Description of a supposed new species of Columba [solitaria],
inhabiting Mexico, with some account of the habits of the Geococcyx viati-
cus, Wagler. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, July, 1847, pp, 233-235.
1847. McCaxu,G.A. Description of a supposed new species of Columba [solitaria ]
inhabiting Mexico. < Am. Journ. Sci., iv, 1847, p. 421.
From Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1847, p. 233.
1850. [KrRTLAND, J. P.] Wild Pigeon—Ectopistes migratoria. < The Family Visitor,

i, No. 17, 1850, p. 133.
1,285 netted one day near Circleville, Ohio.

1851. Eaton, J.M. Dedicated to the young and inexperienced fancier | of the Almond

Tumbler. | — | A | Treatise | on the art of | Breeding and Managing | the |
Almond Tumbler. |— | By John Matthews Eaton | — | [Quotation.] | — |
Published for the author, | 7, Islington Green, London. | — | 1851. 1 vol.

8vo. pp. i-vi, 7-49-+1 p. Followed by Notes on a treatise on the art of
breeding and managing the Almond Tumbler. By an old Fancier. pp. i—viii.

1851. HARTLAUB, ‘‘P.” [i. e., G.] Sur une nouvelle espéce de Colombe [Zenaida
. innotata] de Chili. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, p. 74.

1852. Eaton, J. M. Dedicated to the young and inexperienced Fancier | of tame,
domesticated, and fancy Pigeons. | — | A | treatise | on the art of | breeding
and managing | Tame, Domesticated, and Fancy Pigeons, | carefully compiled
from the best authors, with observations, containing | all that is necessary to
be known of tame, domesticated, and fancy pigeons. | — | By John Matthews
Eaton, | Author of the Almond Tumbler. | — | [Quotation.] | — | Published
for, and to be obtained of, the author, | 7 Islington Green, London. | — | 1852.
1 oe Bvo. pp. i-xxii, 23-88.

This is an annotated reprint of John Moore’s Columbarium (London, 1735), the full title-
page of which makes p. ix of the present tract, the preceding pp. being Eaton’s preliminary
matter. His annotations are in the form of foot-notes throughout the tract, sometimes occu-
pying the whole page, as pp. 59, 60, 61. Moore’s tract ends at p. 80, and Eaton’s concludes |
the vol. :

1852. Eaton, J. M. [Plates accompanying a treatise on Fancy Pigeons, by J. M. Eaton. ]
Ato and fol. size. London: published Dec. 8, 1852. 6 plates, colored.

No title-page; plates not numbered. 1, Almond Tumbler, 4to; 2, Black Mottle, 4to; 3,
Bald Head, 4to; 4, Beard, 4to; 5, Carrier, folio, folded. 6, Powter, folio, folded. I suppose
these plates belong to Eaton’s treatise of same date, g. v., but there is nothing to show this.

1852. WoopnoussE, 8S. W. Description of a new species of Ectopistes [marginella].
< Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, 1852, pp. 104, 105.

1854-55. BONAPARTE, C. L. Coup dil sur ordre des Pigeons. < Compt. Rend. de
VAcad. Sci., xxxix, 1854, pp. Be 1072-1078, 1102-1112; xl, 1855, pp. 15-24,

96-102, 205-215.
1854.—Phalacrotreron, p. 812; Butreron, Orocopus, p. 873; Osmotreron, p. 874; Leucotreron,
Thouarsitreron, Lamprotreron, p. 876; L. apicalis, p. 876; Oyanotreron, Ramphiculus, Jotreron,
Kurutreron, Omeotreron, p. 878; O. batilda, p. 878; Globicera, p. 1072; G. tarrali, G. sundevalli,

No. 4.)

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPIHY—COLUMBIDA. 801

1854-55. Bonaparte, C. L.—Continued.

G. rubricera, ‘‘Gray”’, p. 1073; Carpophaga chalybura, O. ochropygia, Ptilocolpa, p. 1074; Pt.
carola, Pt. grieseipectus, ‘‘Gray”, p. 1075; Ducula paulina, ‘‘Temm.”, D. basilica, ‘‘Temm.”,.
Hemiphaga, p. 1076; Myristicivora grisea, ‘‘Gray”’, p. 1078: Leucomeloena, Trocaza, Turtur-
oend, p.1104; Stictoenas dilloni, p.1105; Paluwmbeenas, p.1107; Columba (Chlorena) albilinea,
“Gray”, p. 1108; Chlorenas spilodera, ‘‘Gray”’, p. 1109; Crossophthalmus reichenbachi, p. 1110;
Macropygia doreya, p. 1111; WM. carteretia, Turacena, Reinwardtena typica, p. 1112.

1855.—Streptopelia, p. 17; Aplopelia, p. 18; Ohalcopelia, p.19; Chamaepelia granatina, C.
albivitta, C. trochila, C. amazilia, p. 21; Talpacotia, p. 22; Chamaepelia rufipennis, Gray, Ch.
godine, p. 22; Columbula p. 22; Metriopelia, M. gymnops, Gray, p. 23; WM. inornata, Gray, p.
24; Scardafella, S. inca, Uropelia, p.24; Zenaidura, Z. marginella, p. 96; Zenaida bimaculata,
“Gray”, Z. hypoleuca, Gray, Z. ruficauda, Gray, p. 97; Z. pentheria, Z. stenura, p.98; Leptoptila
verreauat, L. dubust, p.99; Geotrygon chrysia, p.100; G. bourciert, G. saphirina, p.101; Oscu-
latia, Starnoenas, p. 102; Pampusana, p. 207; Chalecophaps augusta, p. 209; Chrysauchena,
p. 210; Phapitreron amethystina, p. 214; Globicera microcera,. Ducula pistrinaria, p. 215.—
Tableau! p. 212. (Coup de théatre!! ‘A moi la cargaison” ! !!)

1854. BONAPARTE, C.L. Coup d’ceil sur les Pigeons. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854,

1854.

pp. 680, 681. .
Résumé de la commencement de la troisiéme partie de son ouvrage présenté 4 ]’Acad. de
Paris,séance du 11 déc. 1854.

DEspPorTEsS, K.H. Observation de longévité dun pigeon. < Ann. des Sci. Nat.,

4e sér., 11, 1854, pp. 249-254.

1855. GREENLEAF, P. H. Observations on the Flight of the American Passenger

1856.

1856.

_ Pigeon [ Ectopistes migratorius ], at Madison, Ind., March, 1855. < Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, pp. 181, 182.

[Bixtitines, E.] On the Pigeon, (Ectopistes Migratoria.) < Canad. Nat. and

Geol.,i, June, 1856, pp. 168-176.

Compilation from Wilson.

BONAPARTE, C. L. Additions et Corrections au Coup d’ceil sur Ordre des Pi-

geons, et 4 la partie correspondante dn Conspectus Avium. < Compt. Rend.
de V Acad. Sci., xliii, 1856, pp. 833-841, 942-949.

Thouarsitreron minor, Drepanoptila, p. 834; Ducula concolor, Paluwmbus excelsus, p. 836;
Trocaza bouvryi, p. 887; Columba eversmanni, p. 838. Voir 1854-55, méme auteur.

Bonaparte, C. L. Additions et corrections au Coup @cil sur Vordre des Pi-

geons et 4 la partie correspondante du Conspectus Avium. < Rev. et Mag. de
Zool., viii, 1856, p. 535, et pp. 538, 539.
Voici seulement la Note qui précéde ces additions, et la conclusion générale.

1857-58. BONAPARTE, C. L. Iconographie | des Pigeons | non figurés par M™e Knip

(Me Pauline de Courcelles) | dans les deux volumes de MM. Temminck et
Florent Prevost | par Charles-Lucien Bonaparte | — | Ouvrage servant d’illus-
tration a son | Histoire Naturelle des Pigeons | — | Paris | P. Bertrand, Li-
braire-Editeur | Rue de ¥Arbre-sec, 22 | 1857 [1858]. 1 vol. in-fol. grand jésus.
Faux titre, 1 feuillet; titre, 1 feuillet; table des matiéres, 1 feuillet; avis de

' Péditeur, 1 feuillet; lettre 4 Moquin-Tandon, 4 pages; Clavis systematis et
Conspectus generum, 6 pages; 55 planches coloriées renfermant 66 figures,
avec le texte non paginé, 59 feuillets. (Livraisons i—xii, 1857, 1858.)

‘La quatriéme livraison de notre Iconographie venait de paraitre, lorsque la mort a frappé
son savant auteur. I] n’y avait done que 20 planches de publiées; mais nous avions entre les
mains 35 lithographies prétes, dont plusieurs déja coloriées, et tous les dessins originaux,
approuvés par le Prince, qui avaient servi ou devaient servir de modéles au coloriage. Nous
avions aussi les descriptions correspondantes, les unes imprimées, les autres en cours
dépreuves. ... Nous nous sommes trouvé possesseur des éléments de plus de sept nou-
velles livraisons. Nous les avons publiées successivement, dans l’espace de dix mois... .
M. Moquin-Tandon a bien voulu revoir toutes les épreuves, texte et planches. Réunies aux
quatre preimiéres, ces livraisons composent un total de 55 planches, renfermant 66 figures.

Comme trois de nos planches renferment deux espéces, et que nous avons donné dans
la seconde livraison la Lettre & M. Moquin-Tandon, et dans la sixiéme le Olavis Systematis, le
Conspectus generum et le Conspectus geographicus, les figures se sont trouvées en ayance sur
les descriptions. Force a 6té dajouter, pour compléter louvrage, une douziéme livraison

802 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1857-58. BONAPARTE, C. L.—Continued.
sans Planches. Le nombre des Pigeons figurés dans cette Icongraphie s’éléve done 4 58.
. .. Nous ferons observer que les espéces publiées par le Prince Charles Bonaparte appar-
tiennent principalement aux premiers groupes de l’ordre des Pigeons, et forment aussi des
séries complétes, par example, celles des Tréronés et des Ptilopés.” (Avis de Véditeur, le 1°
juillet 1858.)

Owing to these circumstances the work is in fact an unfinished one. It was announced to
appear in 30 livraisons, of 150 plates (5 to a livraison). Only 12, however, were published—4
in 1857, and the remaining 8 from Sept., 1857, to July, 1858. The numbering of the plates is
with reference to the whole series of 150, only 55 of which appeared; and is consequently not
continuous. The 55 plates are accompanied by about as many sheets of letter-press. The
following is a list of them (I cannot separate them in sets according to livraisons, nor give
exact dates; but the first 20 appeared in 1857, livrs. 1-4, and the remainder in 1857 and 1858):

Pl. 1. Phalacrotreron delalandi; a, P. abyssinnica. 2. P.crasstrostris. 3. P. nudirostris ; a,
P.calva. 4. Sphenocercus apicaudus. 5. S.cantillans. 6. Treron curvirostra. 7. T. aromat-
ica. 8. T. nepalensis. 8. Crocopus viridifrons. 11. fig. 1, Osmotreron pompadora ; fig. 2, O.
malabarica. 12. O.malabarica. 13. O.vernans. 14. Ramphiculus occipitalis. 15. Lampro-
treron porphyrea. 16. Trerolema leclanohert. 17. Thouarsitreron leucocephala. 18. T. dia-
dema. 19. Ptilopus purpuratus. 20. P. flavicollis. 21. P.swainsoni. 22. fig. 1, P. clementi-
ne; fig. 2. P. mercieri. 23. P. roseicapillus. 24. fig. 1, P. ewingt; fig. 2, P.clementine. 25.
P.greyi. 26. P. marie. 28. Totreron viridis. 29. fig. 1, Kurutreron oopa; fig. 2, K. chiryso-
gaster. 31. Chrysceena luteovirens. 32. Pile it madagascariensis. 33. Serresius galeatus.
34. Globicera myristicivora. 35. G. pacifica. 36. G. microcera. 38. G.tarrali. 39. G. rubri-
cera. 40. G.sundevalli. 42. Carpophaga ee a. 45. CO. perspicillata. 51. Ptilocolpa gri-
seipectus. 57. Paluwmbus torquatus. 58. P. casiotis. 61. Dendrotreron hodgsoni. 62. Leuco-
melena norfolciensis. 69. Trocaza lawrivora. 70. T. bowvryti. 75. Columba rupestris. 102.

“a Turtur isabellinus. 116. Osculatia sapphirina. 119. Leptoptila jamaicensis. 121. Talpacotia
rufipennis. 125. fig. 1, Peristera cinerea; fig. 2, P. geoffroyi. 126. P. mondetoura. 133. Ze-
naida auriculata. 134. Z. hypoleuca. 140. Didunculus strigirostris.

The livraisons in which these plates and their accompanying text appeared may be seen by
the table of contents in the work. They were published not in the above order nor in any
other; nor did the sheets of text always appear with the plates to which they respectively
pertain. The text is very briefly descriptive of the subjects of the beautiful plates.

1857. BreuM, C. L. Die | Naturgeschichte und Zucht | der Tauben | oder vollstan-
dige Beschreibung aller europiiischen wilden und zah- | men Taubenarten und
ihrer Abiinderungen, ihrer Wohnorte | und Sitten, ihrer Nahrung and Fort-
pilanzung, ihrer Be- | handlung und Pflege, ihres Nutzens und Schadens, ihrer

| Feinde und Krankheiten. | — | Fiir Taubenziichter und Ornithologen | von |
Christian Ludwig Brehm, | [ete.] | — | Weimar, 1857. | Verlagund Druck von

Bernh. Friedr. Voight. 1vol. 8yo. 1p. 1., pp. i-xii, 1-177, +14 ll. advts.
Columbarum conspectus systematicus, pp. 7-13. The main part of the work is a complete
treatment of each species and variety of European and domesticated Pigeon. Many varietal
names of Brehm’s occur, some doubtless new here; but it is seldom desirable and never neces-
sary to cite his useless synonyms.
1858. [EpIToRIAL.] Unusual migration of Wild Pig eons [ Eetopistes migratorius ].
< Canad. Nat. and Geol., iii, 1858, pp. 150, 151°

1866. Wyman, J. [Account of the dissection of a young domestic pigeon.] < Proc,
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xi, 1866, pp. 24, 25.

1867. Hitt, R. Note on Geotrygon sylvatica, Gosse. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
xix, 1867, pp. 130, 131.
Habits; with suggested relation to Didus.
1867. NewMaAN, E. Notices of New Books. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 929-943.
Review of Tegetmeier’s ‘Pigeons, their Structure, Habits and Varieties.’

1867. TEGETMEIER, W. B. Pigeons, their Structure, Habits and Varieties. By W.
B. Tegetmeier, F.L.S. With Coloured Illustrations of the Varieties by Har-
rison Weir. London. Routledge. 1867. 8vo.

Not seen. Cf. Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 929-943. The many domesticated breeds of
Columba livia are very fully treated.

1868. Harris, E. D. The Structure, Flight and Habits of the different varieties of

the Domesticated Pigeon. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xi, 1868, pp. 355-360.

No.4.) ~ COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COLUMBID&. 803

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and SaLvin, O. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the
Families Dendrocolaptide, Strigid, and Columbide. <P. Z.S8., xxxvi, 1868,
pp. 53-60, pl. v, woodee. :

The new Pigeons are described as Leptoptila plumbeiceps and L. cerviniventris, p. 59, and a
synopsis of 8 spp. of the genus is given.

1868. Voir, —. Beobachtungen nach Abtragung der Hemisphiren des Grosshirns
bei Tauben. < Sitewngsb. Akad. Wissensch. Miinchen, ii, 1868, pp. 105-108.

Not seen.

1869. Voir, —. Observations sur Vablation des hémisphéres cérébraux des pigeons.
< Institut, No. 1828, 12 Jan., 1869; Ann. Sc. Nat., 5° sér., xi, pp. 90-92.

Not seen. :

1871. Satvaport, T. Nuove specie di Uccelli dei generi Criniger, Picus ed Homep-
tila Noy. Gen. < Atti della R. Acad. delle Scienze di Torino, vi, 1871, pp. 128-
182.

Homoptila decipiens, g. sp. n., p. 131, ex Brasilia.—Genus novum genere Leptoptile differt
tantum remige prima apicem versus minime attenuata.

1872. ANON. Wild Pigeon [ Ectopistes migratorius] roost in Maryland. < Am. Sports-
man, ii, 1872, p. 42.

From Baltimore Gazetée, Oct. 11, 1872.

1872. Barrp, 8. F. Restoration of excised brain in pigeons. < Harper’s New Month ly
Mag., xv, 1872, p. 632.

1873. ANON. Carrier Pigeons < Forest and Stream, i, Aug. 14, 1873, p.5.

Use of these birds by newspapers.

1873. SANCHEZ, J., and ViLLADA, M. M. Palomas viajeras [Ectopistes migratorius ].
< La Naturaleza, ii, 1873, pp. 250-255.

Nota sobre las que ultimamente han emigrado a México; emigracion, descripcion, costum-
bres. Con noticia por el Sr. Don Ant. del Castillo.

1873. SCHLEGEL, H. Aves Columbe. < Mus. Nat. Hist. Pays-Bas, 10¢ livr., mars,
1863, pp. 1-180.

This is one of the most extensive and elaborate monographs of the series. It treats of the
Columbide (including Didwnculus) under the following genera: Ptilopus, 48 spp.; Treron, 24
spp.; Columba, 11 spp.; Lepidoenas, 6 spp.; Stictoenas, 7 spp.; Janthoenas, 7 spp.; Chloro-
enas, 8 spp.; Carpophaga, 32 spp.; Macropygia, 9 spp.; Turtur, 25 spp.; Geopelia, 7 SpD.;
Peristera, 22 spp. ; Chalcophaps, 2 spp.; Melopelia,2spp.; Phaps,7 spp. ; Henicophaps, 1 sp.;
Phlegoenas, 3 spp.; Leptoptila, 13 spp.; Starnoenas, 9spp.; Didunculus, 1 sp.; Gourd, 2 spp. ;
Otidiphaps, 1 sp.; Caloenas, 1 sp. -

Piilopus neglectus, p. 7; P. cinctus lettiensis, p. 35. Columba palumbus himalayana, p. 66.
Chloroenas fallax, p. 80. Carpophaga geelvinkiana, p. 86; CO. luctuosa, p. 102. Macropygia
reinwardtii minor, p. 106; WM. turtur, p. 110; Turtur neglectus, p. 122; 7. fallax, 124; Peris-
tera lansbergti, p. 139, spp. nn.

1874, ANON. Carrier Pigeons [employed as news-transporters]. < Am. Sportsman, v,
Novy. 14, 1874, p. 99. ,

1874, ANON. Pigeon-catching. < Am. Sportsman, v, Oct. 10, 1374, p. 23.

Methods of netting Ectopistes migratorius ; quoted from Lewiston (Maine) Journal.

1874. ANoN. The Great Pigeon [Ectopistes migratorius] Roost of 1874. < Am.
Sportsman, iy, 1874, p. 275.

Quoted from New York World.

1874. ‘“A.G.D.” Passenger Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius]. < Am. Sportsman, iv,
1874, p. 298.

General discussion of breeding habits; and of decrease in numbers, supported by quota-
tions and statistics.

1874, ““F. P.” Nesting of Wild Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius, in Wisconsin].
< dm. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p.171. See also p. 194.

1874. GaRRoD, A. H. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Columbe. <P. Z.8.,
xii, 1874, pp. 249-259.

On the number of rectrices, and presence or absence of the oil-gland, the cceca, and the

ambiens muscle. Classification of the group on these points. Pterocles and Syrrhaptes are
included among Columbe.

804 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1874. Heppon, J. ‘Will pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius] play out? < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 362.
Great diminution in numbers of Hotopistes migratorius.
1874. “H. K.” The Wild Pigeon [Kctopistes migratorius]. <( Am. Sportsman, iv,
1874, p. 387. See also pp. 171, 194, 2435, 298, and 339.

1874. Moor, J. Columbarium; | or, | The Pigeon-House: | being | an introduction
| to a | Natural History | of | Tame Pigeons, | giving an | account of the sey-
eral species known in England, | with the method of breeding them, their |
distempers and cures. | — | [Quotation.] | — | By John Moore. | — | London:
| Printed for J. Wilford, behind the Chapter-House in St. Paul’s Church-
Yard. | 1735. | — | Reprinted by Jos. M. Wade, | Fanciers’ Journal Office,
Philadelphia, 1874. 1vol. 16mo. pp.i-x, 1-64-+7 ll. advts., many cuts.

‘*Moore’s work on Pigeons was, no doubt, the first, and is really the most important, work
ever written on this subject, ... ‘The work is out of print | very naturally—1735], and very
scarce, only two or three copies are known to be in existence at the present time.’

““. .. in May, 1874, we began its publication in the columns of the Fanciers’ Journal,
which circumstance has created a demand for this reprint in book form.

“The original work was not illustrated; and, in order to make it more valuable to young
fanciers, we have embellished it with a series of illustrations by that well-known artist, Mr. J.
W. Ludlow.” (Hzxtracts from American Publisher’s Preface.) :

There are many editions of the famous original, among them a literal reprint by Teget-
meier, 1879.

1874. Lincecum, G. The Nesting of Wild Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius]. < Am.
Sportsman, iv, 1874, p.194. See also pp. 171, 243, 298, 339, and 387.

Description of food and breeding habits.

1874. ‘‘M. T.” Passenger Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius]. < St. Nicholas Maq.,i,
1874, p. 15.

Migrations in Minnesota.

1874. Sears, J. H. Breeding of Wild Pigeon [Ectopistes migratorius, in Essex
County, Mass.]. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 155.

1875. Auix, E. Garrod (A.H.): Sur quelques points de Vanatomie des Colombés.
(Proceed. Zool. Soc. London, 1874, p. 249.) < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., —, 1875, pp-

Résumé Hels observations de M. Garrod, insérées dans les P. Z. S., 1874, pp. 249-259, q.v.

1875. ANon. A Pigeon EBiccopisbes migratorius] Roost. < Rod and Gum, vi, Oct. 8).
1875, p. 27.

1875. CARLETON, J. F. The breeding habits of pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius].
<_ Forest and Stream, iv, Aug. 5, 1875, p. 406.

1875. ““G.D.B.” The pigeon [Ectopistes migratorius] roost near Corning [N. Y.].
< Forest and Stream, iv, May 27, 1875, p. 252.

1876. ADams,J.W. Wild pigeons [ Ectopistes migratorius, yet numerous] in Massa-
chusetts. < Forest and Stream, vii, Sept. 28,1876, p.116. See pp. 104, 184.

1876. ANON. [W. M. TiLEsToN.] Protecting wild pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius].
< Forest and Stream, vii, Oct. 26,1876, p.184. See p. 104.

1876. ANON. Homing Pigeons [exported from France to New® York]. < Rod and
— Gun, viii, Aug. 19, 1876, p. 326.
Reprinted from ‘‘ L’Epervier.”
1876. GUNN, C.W. The Ectopistes migratoria, Sw. Wild Pigeon. < Odlogist, ii,
No. 4, 1876, p. 29, 30.
1876. [INGERSOLL, E.] The Protection of Wild Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius].
<_ Forest and Stream, vii, Sept. 21, 1876,.p.104. Seep.1e4. —
Comments and statistics on the progressive destruction of this species.
1876. OWEN, T. M. Wild Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius].. < Rod and Gun, viii,
Bee , 1876, p. 148.

Statistics as to capture of living and dead specimens of this species in Ohio and Michigan :
for shooting matches and market.

No.4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COLUMBID&. 805

1876. Rurp, P. Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius]—Food in Crop. < Rod and Gun,
vii, Jan. 8, 1876, p. 227. See also p. 277.
Explaining ‘‘rice” found in pigeon’s stomachs, supposed by Audubon and others to prove
enormous velocity of the bird’s flight.
1876. STERLING, E. Passenger Pigeons [Ectopistes migratorius] and Rice. < Rod
and Gun, vii, Jan. 29, 1876, p. 277.
Reply to Reid, concerning ‘‘rice in crops”, and velocity of flight. : See p. 227.
1876. “‘Tom Tramp.” A pigeon [Ectopistes migratorius] roost. < Rod and Gun, viii,
June 3, 1876, p. 149.
Breeding of, and statistics of capture and decrease of this species in Illinois.
1877. Cours, E. Melopelia leucoptera in Colorado. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii,
No. 3, July, 1877, p. 83.
1877. Cours, E. Leptoptila albifrons, a Pigeon new to the United States Fauna.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.3, July, 1877, pp. 82, 83.
Taken in Texas by G. B. Sennett. Soon afterward made type of a new genus, Mehmoptila,
Coues, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., iv, No. 1, 1878, p. 48 (= Engyptila, Sundev., Tentamen, 1872,
p. 156.)
1877. RowLry,G.D. Geotrygon costaricensis (Lawrence). < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii,
pt. xi, Nov., 1877, pp. 43-46, pl. Ixxxvii.
Copy of orig. descr. in Ann. N. Y. Lyc., ix, 1868, p. 186, with a colored fig. of the bird, and
notes by A. Boucard.
1878. Firor, V.M. Chamecepelia passerina. < Familiar Science and Fancier’s Journ.,
n.s., v, Apr., 1878, p. 86.
1878. GRINNELL, G. B. The Ground Dove (Chamepeleia passerina) in New York.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 147.
In New York City, Oct., 1862; specimen identified by J. W. Audubon; now first recorded.
1878. McL[ELLAN,I.] The Wild or Passenger Pigeon (Columba [Ectopistes] migra-
toria). < Forest and Stream, ix, Jan. 31, 1878, p. 488.

1878. OwENn, T. M. Among the Pigeons [ Ectopistes migratorius, in Ohio]. < Forest
and Stream, x, May 23, 1878, p. 297.
1878. RowLrey, G. D. Chlorcenas subvinacea. Lawrence. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii,
pt. xii, Jan., 1878, pp. 75,-76, pl. xci.
Copy of orig. descr. in Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., ix, Apr., 1868, p. 135, with colored plate,
and a note from A. Boucard.
1878. ROWLEY,G.D. Geotrygon rufiventris, Lawrence. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt.
xii, Jan., 1878, pp. 77, 78, pl. xcii.
Copy of orig. descr. in Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, 1875, with a colored plate, and note by
A. Boucard.
1878. Rowey, G. D. Leptoptila cassini, Lawrence. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt. xii,
Jan., 1878, pp. 79, 80, pl. xciii.
1878. STERLING, E. [Acorns of the black-jack oak as] Food of the Wild Pigeon
[Ectopistes migratorius]. < Forest and Stream, x, Mar. 14, 1878, p. 95.

1879. Knapp, H. Statement about the Wild Pigeon[Ectopistes migratorius]. < For-

est and Stream, xii, Mar. 27, 1879, p. 146.
: Taken from some Central New York newspaper, either Buffalo or Rochester, I think.

1879. McCQUILLEN, J. H. Recovery of all the Faculties in a Pigeon from which four-
fifths of the upper portion of the Cerebrum had been removed. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., Oct., 1878, (pub. 1879), pp. 342-346.

1879. THompson, F. J. Incubation [of Ectopistes migratorius] under Difficulties.
< Forest and Stream, xii, May 8, 1879, p. 265.

Account of its breeding, in March, in an open air aviary in the Cincinnati Zoological
Garden.

806 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VouV.

Cracidz.

1733. PeRRavuLT, C. Description anatomique de trois Cocqs Indiens [Cracide].
< Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, ii, pt. i, 1733, pp. 221-
231, pl. 33, 34.
Mitu-poranga of Maregrave. d
1757. PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung dreier indianischer Hiihner [Cra-
cide]. < Abhandl. Kénigl. Franzésich Akad., i, 1757, pp. 259- —.

Nicht mir selbst zugainglich: Titel aus Giebel. Uebers. d. Mém. de V Acad. Roy. Paris,
1666-1699, iii, pt. i, 1733, pp. 221-231.

1830. WAGLER, J. Revisio generis Penelope. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1530, pp. 1109-
1112.

Important: ‘‘may be regarded as the earliest scientific article (in a modern sense) upon
this subject.” Describes 18 spp., in three sections, A, B,C, corresponding exactly to the
genera Pipile, Penelope, and Ortalida. *‘His excellent diagnoses, materially assist us in
identifying Spix’s species.’ Seven new species are described, namely: P. pileata (Licht.,
M.B.), p.1109; P. purpurascens, p.1110; P. albiventris, P. ruficeps, p.1111; P. vetula, P. polio-
cephala, P. canicollis (after Azara), p. 1112. All these are considered valid by Sclater and
Salvin.

1831. ANON. Revue du genre Penélope; par M. Wagler. < Iéruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
xxiv, 1831, pp. 367, 368.

Ici se trouve seulement la description genérique, avec une énumération des espéces: tirée
de I’ Isis, 1830, pp. 1109-1112, q. v.

1831. YARRELL, W. [On the Trachee of Cracide.] <P. Z. S., i, 1831, pp. 33, 34.

Orax yarrelli, sp. n., p. 33, descr. nullA. See Bennett, Gard. and Menag. Zool. Soc., 1835,
p. 227, where first described, and figured.

1831. YARRELL,W. [On the Sterno-tracheal Muscles of Ourax mitu.] <VP. Z.&.,
i, 1831, p. 59. :

1833. Porter, R. T. [Letter relating to Cracide from Caracas.] <P. Z. 8., 1833,
p. 114.

1833. YARRELL, W. [On the Trachea of the Penelope Guan, Temm.] < P.Z.8.,i,
1833, p. 3.
1835. YARRELL, W. [Ueber die Luftrohre von Penelope Guan, Temm.} < Oken’s Isis,
1835, p. 517.
Nicht mir selbst zugénglich.—Aus d. P. Z. S., 1833, p. 3.
1836. HERON, R. [On the breeding of Curassows (Cracidz) in confinement at Stub-
ton.] < P.Z.S., iv, 1836, p. 1.
1836. HERON, Rk. [On the breeding of Curassows (Cracide) in Ugessiisseiu at Stub-
ton.|] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Magq., ix, 1836, p. 141.
From P. Z. §., Jan. 12, 1836, p. 1.
1838. Heron, R. Briiten von Crax rubra im letzten Sommer. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XxXxi, 1838, p. 168.
Aus d. P. Z. S., iv, 1836, p. 1.

1840. FremBiy, J. [Notice of forwarding of Penelope pileata to the Society.] <P.
Z. S., Vili, 1840, p. 131.

1842, Capot, 8., JR. [On the Paraqua Guan or Phasianus motmot.] < Proc. Boston
Soe. ae Hist., i, 1842, pp. 76, 77.

1846. Hron, R. [Note on the Genus Crax.] <P. Z.S., xiv, 1846, p. 67.

1848. [JARDINE, W.] Ortalida ruficauda, Jardine. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1848, pp.
16, 17, woode. pl. ii.
Anatomical.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CRACID&. 807

1848. [JARDINE, W.] Penelope cristata. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1848, pp. 16, 17, woode.
pl. viii. e
Anatomical.
1850. FRasER, L. On new Birds in the Collection at Knowsley. < P.Z.S., xviii,
1850, pp. 245, 246, pll. (Aves) xxv-xxix.
Paleornis derbianus, p. 245, pl. xxv; P. erythrogenys, p. 245, pl. xxvi; Craa alberti, p. 246,
pll. xxvii, xxviii; Penelope niger, p. 246, pl. xxix. On these Cracide, see P. Z. S., 1870, p. 509.
1854. Pommr, —. Sur les Hoccos et les Marails, extrait @une lettre addressée a M.
Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., i, 1854, pp. 139-143.
1854, BARTHELEMY-LAPOMMERAYE, —. Note sur Vacclimatation et domestication
du Hoeco [Crax alector]. < Bull. Soc. Acelim., i, 1854, pp. 123-126.

1854. BARTHELEMY-LAPOMMERAYE, —. Sur la reproduction du Hocco en France, ex-
trait d’une lettre addressée a M. Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire: Addition a la note
présentée 4 la Société zoologique d’Acclimatation dans la séance du 10 mars
1854. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., i, 1854, pp. 406-408.

1857. Martin, L. Das klimatische Abandern der grossen siid- und mittelamerikan-
ischen Hiihner-Arten [Crax, Urax, Penelope]. <J.f. 0., Vv, 1857, pp. 70-72.

1858. BARTHELEMY-LAPOMMERAYE, Sur la reproduction du Hocco lettre addressée
a M. le Président de la Société impériale zoologique d’acclimatation. < Bull.

Soc. Acclim., v, 1858, pp. 483, 484. :

1859. Lk Lone, J. Extrait de la lettre de M. Le Long, membre de la Société, an-
nongant le don de plusieurs oiseaux [Cracide]. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., vi, 1859,
p. 487.

1860. Gray, G. R. Synopsis of the Species of the Genus Penelope. < P.Z.S., xxviii,

1860, pp. 269-272.
14 spp. Diagnosis, synonymy, and habitat. P. nigricapilla, P. lichtensteinii, p. 269; P.

selatert, P. bridgesi, p. 270, spp. nn.

1860. SaLvIN, O. History of the Derbyan Mountain-Pheasant (Oreophasis derbi-
anus). < Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 248-253.

1860. ScraTER, P. L. [Exhibition of specimens of Oreophasis derbianus, from the
Volean de Fuego, Guatemala.] < P. Z..8., xxviii, 1860, p. 184.

1861. BARTHELEMY-LAPOMMERAYE, —. Ueber die Einfiihrung und Zihmung der
Hoecos [Cracide]. < Zool. Gart., ii, 1861, pp. 110-112.

1861. KrtGEr, A. [Ueber Penelope sp.] < Zool. Gart., ii, 1861, p. 133.

1851. PoMME, —. Ueber die Hoccos und Jakhiihner [Cracide]. < Zool. Gart., ii,
1861, pp. 163-165.

Bull. Soc. d’Acclim., i, 1854, pp. 139-143.

1862. BARTHGLEMY-LAPOMMERAYE, —. Notice sur ’6ducation du Hocco de la Guy-
ane (Crax globicera). < Bull. Soc. Acclim., ix, 1862, pp. 861-871.

1865. AQUARONE, P. Note sur V’éducation des Hoccos [Cracide]. < Bull. Soc. Ac-
clim., 2° sér., ii, 1865, pp. 449-462, fig.

1865. AQUARONE, P. Die Zucht der Hokkos [Cracide]. < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, pp.
428-430.

Ausziige aus d. Bull. Soc. d’Acelim., ii, 1865, pp. 449-462.

1866. AQUARONE, P. Notice complémentaire sur l’éducation des Hoccos [Cracide ].
Lettre addressée a M. le Directeur du Jardin d’Acclimatation du Bois de
Boulogne. < Bull. Soc, Acclim., 2¢ sér., iii, 1866, pp. 25-28.

1866. Gray, G. R. On a New Species of Penelope [greeyii], lately living in the So-
ciety’s Gardens. < P. Z.8., xxxiv, 1866, p. 206, pl. xxii.

1870. ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Synopsis of the Cracide. Ra MSi5 keSann
1870, pp. 504-544,

This is a very complete memoir, remaining to date the leading authority on the subject, as
. may be judged from the following synopsis:
§1. Introductory Remarks, p. 504: on the systematic position and relations of the family.

808 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1870. SCLATER,

P. L, and Sauvin, O.—Continued. ee

§2. Brief Chronological Account of the Writings of the Principal Authorities on the
Cracide, pp. 505-512: an analysis of the literature of the subject, noting principal articles in
works of wider scope, as well as special papers. Of this I give the following condensation:

1766.

Linn., Syst. Nat., i. Five species: Crax (g.n.) rubra, globicera, ; , and
Phasianus motmot.

1780 (about). Pl. Bnl. 86=Crax daubentoni; 125=C. globicera 9; 78= Pauxi galeata;

1783.
1784.
1786.

1788.

1790.
1811.
1815.

1823.
1825.

1828.
1830.
1831.
1832.
1833.

1835.

1841.
1844.

338 = Penelope marail.

BoppaeErt, Tabl. P. H. Phasianus katraka sp. n.—P. E. 146= Ortalida motmot.

JACQUIN, Beyt. Gesch. Vog. Crax cumanensis, pl. 19; C. pipile, pl. 11.

MERREM, Ic. Av., fase. 2dus, p. 40. Crax, L.; Penelope, g. n., type P. jacupema ;
Ortalida, g. n., type Phas. motmot, L. [On this name, see especially WHARTON,
Ibis, 1879, p. 450.] P.jacupema and P. leucolophos figured.

GMELIN, Syst. Nat. Penelope cristata, P. cwmanensis, P. marail, P. satyra (a Ceri-
ornis), P. vociferans, Phasianus parraka.

LaruaM, Ind. Orn. Crax galeata, n. sp.=C. pauai, L.

HUMBOLDT, Rec. Obs. Zool.,i, p.4. Phasianus garrulus sp. n. (= Ortalida garrula.)

TrMM., Pig. et Gall., vol. ii. Pauaxi, g.n.; Crax carunculata, Penelope obscura, P.
superciliaris, spp. nn.

TrMo.,; Pl. Col., livr. 26. Ourax—=Pauxi; O.mitu figured. |

Spix, Av. Bras., vol. ii. Crax fasciolata, urumutum, tomentosa, blumenbachit, globu-
losa, rubrirostris, tuberosa, Penelope jacuacu, jacucaca, jacutinga, jacupeba, jacu-
pemba, guttata, araucuan, described and figured.

Lesson, Man. Orn., vol.ii. Penelope aburri, Ortalida goudoti, Crax albini, spp. nn.

WAGLER, Revisio generis Penelope. [See the paper in this Bibliography, antea, 1830.]

Lesson, Zr. Orn. Mitu, g. n., p. 485. ;

WaAGLER, Isis. Salpiza, Chamaepetes, genn. nn. k

MAXIMILIAN, Beit. Naturg. Bras. Crax rubrirostris, Penelope superciliaris, P. leu-
coptera, P. araucuan.

BENNETT, Gard. and Menag. Zool. Soc. Descr. and figs. of 6 spp.; Crax yarrelli,
orig. descr., but see P. Z. S., 1831, p. 33. :

S@RIcKL., Ann. Nat. Hist., vii. Mitu, Less., changed to Mitua, p. 36.

GRAY, Gen.of B., iii. 3443 spp. of Cracide. Oreophasis derbyanus, g. sp. D., p-
485, pl. 121.

1844-46. TscHUDI, Fn. Peru. Crax temminckii, Penelope aspersa, P. rufiventris, spp. nn.

1846.

1847.
1850.
1852.
1856.

1856.
1858.
1858.
186-.

1866.

1867.

1867.
1869.

GRAY, J. E., Knowsley Menag. Four col’d pli. of Penelope superciliaris, P. pileata,
P. pipile, P. purpurascens. :

JARDINE, Ann. Nat. Hist. Ortalida ruficauda, sp.n.

FRASER, P.Z.S. Orax alberti, Penelope nigra, spp. nn.

REICHENBACH, Av. Syst. Nat. Penelops, Aburria, genn. nn.

BONAPARTE, Compt. Rend., Tableaux Gallinacés. Pipile (g. n.) argyrotes, Ortalida
montaguit, spp. nn.

BuRMEISTER, Syst. Uebers. Th. Bras., vol. iii. On P. nothicraz, g.n., p. 347.

PELZELN. Penelope cujubi, Natt. MS.

Bairp, Birds N. Amer. Ortalida maccallii, sp: n.

REICHENBACH, Vollst. Naturg. Tauben. Four new spp. of Craz, one n. sp. of Penelope
Crax divided into Crax, Mituporanga (g. n.), Crossolaryngus (g. n.), and Sphero
laryngus ; Penelopsis— Penelops, Reich., Av. Syst. Nat.; Penelopina, g. n.

Gray, P.Z. 8. Penelope greeyii, sp. n.

GRAY, Galline Br. Kus. Penelope jacquini, Ortalida superciliaris, O. bronzina, O
plumbeiceps, O. wagleri, O. cinereiceps, Crax sclateri, C. daubentont, spp. Dn. ,

SALvIN, P. Z. 8S. Chamaepetes unicolor, sp. n.

CaBanlis, J.f.O. Ortalida frantzii, sp. n.

§3. Synopsis of the species of Cracide@, pp.512-541. The 52 spp. known to the authors are
divided into 3 subfamilies: 1) Cracine, with 4 genera (Crax, Nothocrax, Pauxi, Mitua); 2)
Penelopine, with 7 genera (Stegnolema (g. n., p. 521), Penelope, Penelopina, Pipile, Aburria
Ohamepetes, Ortalida (O. ruficrissa, sp. n., p. 538) ); 3) Oreophasine, 1 g. sp.—The species are
elaborately worked up, with, copious synonymy, diagnosis, distribution, and criticism.

§ 4. Geographical Distribution of the Oracide, pp. 541-544. :

1871. BURMEISTER,[H.] [Extracts from a letter on Messrs. Sclater and Salvin’s Synop
sis of the Cracide (P. Z.8., 1870, p.504).] <(P.Z.8., xxxix, 1871, pp. 701, 702
Relating chiefly to the geographical distribution of certain species.
1871. SctaTEeR, P. L. [On additions to the Society’s Menagerie.] < P.Z.S., Xxxix,
1871, pp. 36, 37. ;

Pipile cumanensis.

No. 4.]

1872.
1873.

1874.

1875.

1877.

1877.

1878.

1879.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CRACIDA. 809

ANON. Les Marails. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sév., ix, 1872, p. 692.
SciaTgeR, P. L. [Notice of a paper on the Curassows (Cracide). ] CR Za Ss,
xli, 1873, p. 557.
SUMMERHAYES, W. [Letter on Curassows (Cracidz) met with in Venezuela. |
<P. Z.8., xiii, 1874, pp. 419, 420.
Funck, N. [Letter stating Pauxis galeata var. rubra, of Tr. Zool. Soc., ix, pl.
53, to be true P. galeata 9.] <P. Z.S., Nov. 16, 1875, p. 566.
GaDow,H. Anatomische Beschreibung der Hoccohtihner (Cracide Vig. ). <J.
Jf. O., Apr., 1877, pp. 181-190.
Row ey, G.D. [Note on the egg of Pauxis galeata.] < P.Z.S., Nov. 6, 1877,
p. 684.
SciaTeErR, [P. L.] [Notice of supplementary Memoir on the Cracide.] <P.Z.S.,
June 18, 1878, p. 656.
To be pub. in Trans. Zool. Soc.
REINHARDT, J. [Letter relating to Mitua salvini, Reinhardt, Vid. Medd. Nat.
For. i Kjébenh., Jan. 8, 1879.] <P. Z.S8.,Feb. 4, 1879, pp. 108, 109.
Remarks by Mr. Sclater agreeing to the validity of the curious species, and placing it next
to MU. tomentosa, with-the differential characters.

Bull. V; 419

810 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Meleagrididz.

1699. Frover, J. A Relation of two Monstrous Pigs, with the resemblance of Hu-
mane Faces, and two young Turkeys [Meleagris gallopavo] so by the
Breast. < Philos. Trans., xxi, 1699, pp. 431-435.

1781. PENNANT, T. An Account of the Turkey [Meleagris gallopavo]. < Philos.
Trans., \xxi, pt. i, 1781, pp. 67-81, pl. 111,
Very complete. The pl. represents a malformation of the leg.
1789, ODMANN, S. Om en Kalkontupp [Meleagris gallopavo], som utlegat Hénsagg.
< Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad. Nya Handl., x, 1789, pp. 236-238,
Anmirkning darvid af G. v. Carlson, ibid., p. 239.
1789. CaRLSoN, G. v. Anmirkning[om en Kalkontupp (Meleagris gallopavo), som
utlegat Hénsige]. < Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad. Nya Handl., x, 1879, p. 239.

1791. BARTRAM, W. [The Wild Turkey of the United States binomially named Mele-
agris occidentalis at p. 83, M. americanus at p. 290 bis.] < Trav. in Fla., ete.,
orig. ed., 1791, pp. 83 and 290 bis.

Though not properly citable as a separate article, I introduce this title to give the reference
to the original names and descriptions of the bird—the name UW. gallopavo L. being based
upon the domestic race, subsequently renamed M. mexicana by Gould.

1799. OpMann, [S.] Remarkable Instance of a Turkey Cock [Meleagris gallopavo]
hatching Eggs. < Tilloch’s Philos. Mag., iii, 1799, pp. 309, 310.

Af Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad. Nya Handl., x, 1789, pp. 236-238.

1805. [Barton, B. S.] [On the occurrence of two distinct species of Meleagris in
North America.] < Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ., part i, vol. ii, 1805, pp. 162,
163.

Referring to a memoir read before the Amer. Philos. Soc., in which the author shows that
there are two distinct species of Meleagris—one, the common domesticated Turkey, M. gallo-
pavo of Linneus, ‘which was altogether unknown in the countries of the old world before
the discovery of America”’; the other, ‘‘the common wild Turkey of the United States,” to
which the author of the memoir gives the name of Meleagris palawa, sp.n. After Bartram’s
notice of 1791, Barton’s is the earliest to decide upon the existence of two species.

1805. [Barron, B.S.] [On the food of the common wild Turkey of the United States,
Meleagris palawa.] < Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ., part i, vol. 11, 1805, pp.
163, 164.

1815. CLINTON, DE Witt. An Introductory Discourse delivered on the 4th of May,
1814. < Trans. Lit. and Philos. Soc. New York, i, 1815, pp. 21-184. > Note §S,
pp. 125-128.
Note 8, appended to the discourse, treats of the origin of the domestic Turkey, Meleagris
gakopavo.
1820. Cuvier,G. Description d’une nouvelle espece de dindon de la baie de Honduras.
(Meleagris ocellata. Cuv.) < Wém. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat., vi, 1820, pp. 1-4, pl.i.
La notice. de cette espéce se trouve reproduite dans les Ann. Génér. Sc. Phys., vii, 1820, pp.
145, 146; Brugnatelli, Giorn. di Fis., iv, Dec. 2, 1821, p. 164.
1826. BONAPARTE, C. L. Ueber den wilden Truthahn[ Meleagris americana]. < Fro-
riep’s Noiizen, xiii, No. 275, 1826, pp. 165-170.
Nicht mir scitoat auganglich: Titel aus Carus and Engelmann. mie einer Aus-
zug aus dessen Amer. Ornith.
1832. ANon. Turkeys [Meleagris gallopavo] eat Caterpillars which feed on Tobacco;
and Hogs eat the poisonous Root of Cassava (Janipha manihot). < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 472, 473.
1836. HitpRETH,S.P. [Wild Turkeys (Meleagris americana) in the Kanawha Valley,
Virginia.] <Sillim. Am. Journ, Sci., xxix, 1836, p. 85.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MELEAGRIDID A). Sil

1837. OWEN, RicHarD. [Dissection of the head of the Common Turkey (Meleagris
gallopavo).} <P. Z.S., v, 1837, pp. 34, 35.
With that of Cathartes aura.
1839. OWEN, RICHARD. ([Geruchsnerven des Truthuhns (Meleagris gallopavo). ]
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, p. 144.
Auszug aus d. P. Z. S., v, 1837, pp. 34, 35.

1842. Casort,S.,JR. [On Meleagris ocellata.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., i, 1842, pp.
73, 74, ae

1842. CagBoT,S.,JR. [Remarks on Meleagris gallopavo, etc.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., i, 1842, pp. 80, 81.

1842. CasorT,S.,JR. Observations on the characters and habits of the Ocellated Tur-
key, (Meleagris ocellata, Cuv.) < Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, pt. ii, 1842,
pp. 246-251.

1844. GERARD,—. Notice surles Dindons [Meleagris gallopavo]. Paris. 1844. 8vo.
pp. 12.

Pas‘vue moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

1848. FISHER, W.R. On the supposed Occurrence of Turkeys’ [Meleagris gallopavo]

Bones at Lough Gir. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2064, 2065.

1849. CHEVASSU, F. Nouvel art d’élever, de multiplier et d’engraisser les Dindons
[Meleagris gallopavo], contenant... Paris. Tissot. 1849. 18mo. pp. 36.
Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus & Engelmann.
1856. GouLD, J. Onanew Turkey, Meleagris mexicana. <P. Z. S., xxiv, 1856, pp.
61-63.
Subsequently determined to be the stock whence the domestic bird descended, and hence a
synonym of M. gallopavo Linn.

1856. GouLD, J. A newspecies of Turkey [Meleagris mexicana] from Mexico. < Am,
Journ. Sci., Xxii, 1856, p. 139.
From P. Z. S., 1856, pp. 61-63.
1856. [GouLp, J.] A new Species of Turkey [Meleagris mexicana] from Mexico.
< Edinb. New. Philos. Journ., n. s., iv, 1856, pp. 371, 372.
From Am. Journ. Sci., xxii, July, 1856, p. 139; this from P. Z. S., 1856, pp. 61-63.
1857. BRyaNT, H. [On the supposed new species of Turkey (Meleagris mexicana)
recently described by Mr. Gould.] < Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., vi, 1857, pp.
158, 159.

1857. [FRost, J.] Der Indianer und der wilde Truthahn [Meleagris americana].
< Interessante Abenteuer unter den Indianern, u.s.w., Phila., 1857, pp. 251-254.
Zur Lebensweise. :
1857. GouLD, J. On anew Turkey, Meleagris mexicana. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d
ser., Xix, 1857, pp. 107-110.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 8, 1856, pp. 61-63.

1857. LE Contz, J. Observations on the Wild Turkey, or Gallapavo sylvestris, of
Ray. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ix, 1857, pp. 179-181.
Distinction between wild and tame Turkeys in habits and physical characters.
1860. ScHmipT, Max. Nachrichten aus dem Zoologischen Garten [tiber Meleagris
gallopavo]. < Zool. Gart., i, 1860, pp. 87, 88.

1861. ScLATER, P.L. Note on the Ocellated Turkey [Meleagris ocellata] of Honduras.
<P. Z. S., xxix, 1861, pp. 402, 403, pl. xl.
1863, OEFELE, —,v. Zweckmissige Fiitterung und Haltung von Truthiihnern [Me-
leagris gallopavo]. <(Zool. Gart., iv, 1863, pp. 169-172.

1863. Sacc, Dr. Sur le Dindon (Meleagris gallopavo). < Bull. Soc. Acclim., x, 1863,
pp. 665- —.

812 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol, V.

1867. Barrp,S.F. The Origin of the Domestic Turkey [Meleagris gallopavo]. < Re-
port U. S. Agric. Dept. for 1866, 1867, pp. 288-290.
’ Held to be descended from the stock named UM. mexicana, by Gould, in 1856; the propasi-
tion being that there are two species in the United States.

1868. HoYNINGEN-HUENE, A. Notiziiber Meleagris gallopavo. <J. f. O., xvi, 1868,
p. 358.
Lebensweise.
1869. D[ELONDRE], A.A. Le Dindon huppé (Crested Turkey). < Bull. Soc.-Acclim.,
2¢ sér., Vi, 1869, pp. 727, 728.
Extrait de The Field, le 17 juillet 1869, p. 46.

1869. GuNN, T.E. Vitality of a Turkey [Meleagris gallopayo]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1722.

1870. RoGER, E. Reproduction des Dindons Sauvages d’Amérique en liberté. Lettre
adressée a M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., vii, 1870,
pp. 264-266.

18—-72. Extiot, D. G. A| Monograph | of the | Phasianide | or | Family of the
Pheasants. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | [etc.,7 lines.] | — | Volume I [II].
| — | [18—-] 1872: | published by the author, 27 West Thirty-third Street,
New York. | [Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, London, imp. text. H.
and N. Hanhart, imp. plates. J. Wolf,del. J. Smit, lith. J.D. White, pinx.]
Vol, I, 18—, Title, lleaf. Dedication, lleaf. List subscribers, preface, intro-
duction, explanation, list of plates, pp. i-xl. Plates i-xxix, xxix bis, xxx—
Xxxli, with one or more unpaged sheets of letter-press to each. Vol. II, 18—,
Title, 1 leaf. List of plates, 1 leaf. Plates i-xiii, xii bis, xiv—xlvii, with one
or more unpaged sheets of letter-press to each. (A few additional sheets of
subfamily characters in both vols.) Plates i, ii, plain: the rest colored. 81
platesinall. |

The work is not paged nor are the plates numbered: the only clue to the plates is the
printed list. This may be conceded to be the most superb, as it is also the most extensive,
of Mr. Elliot’s great Iconographies. Among the birds represented are some of the most
gorgeous objects in ornithology. The plates of Pavo muticus and Meleagris ocallata are in-
comparable except with some of the other splendid effects of Wolf’s art.

The Introduction goes quite fully into the history of the family, their geographical distri-
bution, etc. ;

Vol. I.—Plates 1, 2. Generic details. 3. Pavo cristatus. 4. P. nigripennis. 5. P. muticus.
6. Polyplectron thibetanum. 7. P. bicalearatum. 8. P.germaini. 9. P. emphanum. 10. P.
chaleurum. 11. Argus giganteus. 12. A. grayi. 13. Feathers of A. ocellatus and A. bipunc-
tatus. 14. Crossoptilon thibetanum. 15. O.drouyni. 16. C.mantchuricum. 17. C. auritum.
18. Lophophorus impeyanus. 19. L. lhuysi. 20. L. sclatert. 21. Tetraophasis obscurus. 22.
Ceriornis satyra. 23. C. melanocephala. 24. CO. temmincki. 25. C. caboti. 26. C. blythi.
27. Pucrasia macrolopha. 28. P. duvauceii. 29. P. xanthospila. 29 bis. O. darwini. 30.
Meleagris gallopavo. 31. M.mexicana. 32. M. ocellata.

Vol. IT.—Pl. 1. Phasianus shawi. 2. P.colchicus. 3. P.insignis. 4. P. mongolicus. 5. P.
torquatus. 6. P. formosanus. 7. P. decollatus. 8. P. elegans. 9. P. versicolor. 10. P. walli-
chit. 11. P. reevesi. 12. P. soemmeringi. 13. P. soemmeringi var. scintillans. 13 bis. Calo-
phasis ellioti. 14. Thawmalea amherstie. 15. T. picta. 16. T.obscura. 17. Hybrid.’ 18. Euv-
plocamus albocristatus. 19. H. melanotus. 20. H. horsfieldi. 21. H. nycthemerus. 22. #.
andersoni. 23. E.lineatus. 24. H. prelatus. 25. E.swinhoet. 26, H.ignitus. 27. H. nobilis.
38. E.erythrophthalmus. 29. E.pyronotus. 30. Ithaginis cruentus. 31. I. geoffroyi. 32. Gallus
ferrugineus. 33. G. lafayetti. 34. G. sonnerati. 35. G. varius. 36. Phasidus niger. 37.
Agelastes meleagrides. 38. Acryilium vulturinum. 39. Numida meleagris. 40. N. coronata.
41. N. mitrata. 42. N. ptilorhyncha. 43. N. granti. 44. N. verreauai. 45. N. cristata. 46.
N.pucherani. 47. N. plumifera.

It thus appoars that the Phasianide of this author include the African family Nwmidide,
and the American Meleagridide.

1872. ANon. The Wild Turkey [Meleagris americana]. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1872,
p. 10.

1873. ANON. [EDITORIAL.] The Wild Turkey [Meleagris americana]. < Forest and
Stream, i, Oct. 9, 1873, p. 137.

L’o, 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—MELEAGRIDIDZ. 813

1873. Caton, J. D. The Senses of Sight and Hearing in the wild Turkey [Meleagris
americana] and the common Deer. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 431.

1873. ‘‘OBSERVER.” Wild Turkeys [Meleagris americana, in Northern Maryland].
< Forest and Stream, i, Dee. 18, 1873, p. 290.

1875. ANON. [Der Truthahn (Meleagris gallopavo) als jagdbares Wild.] < Aus der
Natur, \xvi, oder n. F., liv, 1875, p. 267.

1875. ‘‘Bos Wuirr.” Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo [americana]). < Am.
Sportsman, v, Jan. 30, 1874-75, p. 279.

1875. HUBBARD, J. H. Wild Turkeys [Meleagris americana] Playing Out. < Rod
and Gun, vi, Apr. 24, 1874, p. 58.
Statistics of destruction of these birds in Michigan.
1875. JACKSON, J. B. 8. [Exhibition of a curiously malformed Sternum of Meleagris
gallopavo, presenting a cavity through which the intestine passed.] < Proce.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1875, p. 454.

1875. ‘‘ KEYSTONE, F.F. V.” Wild turkey [Meleagris americana] trapping and hunt-
ing. - < Forest and Stream, iv, Mar. 11, 1875, p. 67.

1876. [StocKWELL, G. A.] Game of Michigan. Wild Turkey.—Meleagris gallipayo
[i.e., americana], Meleagris mexicana. < Rod and Gun, ix, Nov. 4, 1876, p. 65.
Writing under the pseudonym ‘‘ARCHER,” this person ran a long course of literary im-
posture, chiefly on the game birds of America, in the columns of the Chicago Field, the Lon-
don Field, and doubtless elsewhere, until his gross plagiaries were at length exposed. None
of his writings that have come under my observation have the slightest claim to be regarded.
(See CouzEs, Chicago Field, Nov. 29, 1879, and ‘‘ArcHER,” ibid., Dec. 20, 1879.
1877. ANON. Hon. J. D. Caton’s Domesticated Wild Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo
americana). < Forest and Stream, ix, Oct. 18, 1877, p. 207.

1877. ANON. [EDITORIAL.] Domesticated Wild Turkeys [Meleagris americana].
< Forest and Stream, ix, Dee. 13, 1877, p. 366.

1877, ‘‘BoB WHITE.” Wild Turkeys [habits of Meleagris americana]. < Forest and
Stream, ix, Aug. 30,1877, p. 64.

1877. Caton, J. D. The Wild Turkey [Meleagris americana] and its Domestication.
< Am. Nat., xi, No. 6, 1877, pp. 321-330.

1878. ‘“‘W. H. R.” Birds towering [e. g., Wild Turkeys, Meleagris americana].
<Forest and Stream, x, May 2, 1878, p. 235.

1879. Cours, E. The Origin of the Turkey [Meleagris gallopavo]. < Forest and
Stream, xiii, Jan. 1, 1879, p. 947.
Chiefly on the early history of the Domestic Turkey in Europe, the origin of which species
is held to be the Mexican bird. The article includes copious extracts from Bennett's Gard.
and Menag. Zool. Soc. London.

814 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [VolV.

Tetraonide.

1729. RoBere, L. Diss. phys. de Lagopode gallinacea et congeneribus. Pres. L.
Roberg, Resp. M. Lithenius, W. Gothus. Upsalie. 1729. 4to. pp. 26.
Not seen.
1755. Epwarps, G. <A Letter to Mr. Peter Colluson, F. R.S. concerning the Pheasant
of Pensylvania, and the Otis Minor. < Philos. Trans. for 1754, xlviii, pt. il,
1755, pp. 499-503, pll. xv, xvi. ;
A fair account and figure of the Ruffed Grouse, subsequently the Tetrao wmbellus or Bo-
nasa umbellus of authors.
1774. BARRINGTON, D. Observations on the Lagopus or Ptarmigan. < Philos. Trans.
for 1773, \xiii, 1774, pp. 224-230.
‘General structure and relationships, and habits.
1776. Monty, L. Tvinne arter af Snéripan [Lagopus]. < Physiogn. Sdllsk. Handl.,
i, 1776, pp. 150-155.
Not seen.
1782. LAPEYROUSE,P.DE. Histoire naturelle du Lagopéde(Tetrao Lagopus). < Hist.
et Mém. de V Acad. de Toulouse, i, 1782, pp. 111-127.
Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann. :
1784? LAPEYROUSE,P.DE. Histoire Naturelle du Lagopéde. Toulouse. 1784? 4ito.
pp. 17.
Pas vue moi-méme.—Voir 1782, méme auteur.
1825. EDITORIAL. Winter Change of Colour of the Ptarmigan [Lagopus]. < Hdinb.
Philos, Journ., xiii, 1825, p. 390.
Note on Faber’s and Boie’s opinions.
1827. BONAPARTE, C.L. Notice of a nondescript Species of Grouse [Tetrao urophasi-
anus], from North America. < Zoological Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 212, 213.

1828. ANON. Notice sur une espéce non décrite de Coq de bruyére, habitant l’ Amér-
ique du Nord; par M. Charl. Luc. Bonaparte. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
Xiv, 1828, p. 117.
Extraite du Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 212, 213.
1828. Nixsson, S. Ripors 6msning af Klor. < Votensk.-Akad. Arsb. i Zool., 1828, pp.
104-106.
On Lagopus: not seen by me.
1828. Nizsson, S. Ripors fjiderémsning. < Vetensk.-Akad. Arsb. i Zool., 1828, pp.
106, 107.
On Lagopus: not seen by me.
1828. ScouLER, J. Account of the Tenia found in the Intestines of the Common
Grouse (Tetrao [Lagopus] scoticus). < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., vi, 1828, pp.
81-83.

1829. Doucgias, D. Observations on some Species of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx,
natives of North America; with Descriptions of Four new Species of the
former, and Two of the latter Genus. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xvi, pt. iii, 1829, pp.
133-149. (‘‘Read” Dec. 16, 1828; pub. in 1829, though whole vol. dates 1833.)

This paper is wrongly given in most bibliographies as dating 1833—obviously so, for it is
reprinted in 1829, and reviewed in Oken’s Isis and in Férussac’s Bull. in 1830. :

Tetrao urophasianus Bp., Zool. Journ,, iii, 1827, p. 212, fully deseribed, p. 133. YT. wrophas-
tanellus, p. 136; T. sabini, p. 187; T. franklinti, p. 139; TL. richardsonii, Sab. MS., p. 141.
Ortyx picta, p. 143; O. douglassti, Vig. MS., p. 145. There are given full accounts of the
habits of some of these species; with field-notes on various other N. A. Tetraonide.

Abstracts in Philos. Mag., v, 1829, pp. 73, 74; Edinb. New Philos. Journ., 1830, pp. 372-376;
Féruss. Bull., xx, 1830, pp. 326-331; Oken’s Isis, xxxiii, 1830, pp. 917-920.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TETRAONID&. 815

1829. DouGias, D. Observations on some species of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx,
natives of North America, with descriptions of four [lately] new species of
the former, and two of the latter genus. < Philos. Mag., v, 1829, pp. 73, 74.
From Trans. Linn. Soc., xvi, pt. iii, 1829, pp. 133-149, gq. v.
1830. BoNaPARTE, C. L. Ueber einen neuen Tetrao [urophasianus] aus Nordamerica.
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, p. 1160.
Aus d. Zool. Jowrn., iii, 1827, pp. 212, 213.
1830. Bonaparte, C. L. General Observations on the Birds of the Genus Tetrao;
with a Synopsis of the species hitherto known. < Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc.,
2d ser., iii, 1830, pp. 383-394.
3genn. Bonasia, 2spp.; Tetrao, 8 spp.; Lagopus, 3 spp.
1830. Doueias, D. Ueber einige nordamericanische Gattungen von Tetrao u. Ortyx.
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 917-920.
Uebersetzt aus d. Linn. Trans., xvi, pt. iii, 1829, pp. 133-149, q. v.
1830. [DoueLas, D.] Observations sur quelques especes des genres Tetrao et Ortyx,
de ’Amérique septentrionale. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xx, 1830, pp. 326-331.
Précis, par Lesson, de V’article inseré dans les Trans. Linn. Soc., xvi, pte. iii, 1829, pp. 133-
149, 7.v. Les descriptions des espéces nouvelles se trouvent reproduites ici.
1830. [Doueias, D.] Account of several New Species of Grouse (Tetrao) from North
America. < Hdinb. New Philos. Journ.,viii, 1830, pp. 372-376.
Anonymous article. See DouGLAs, D., 1829 and 1830.
1833. ANON. Rip-Jagt. [hag opus.] < Tidsk. f. Jégare och Naturf., Arg. li, 1883, pp.
641-657, fig.
Not seen.
1834, GRONLAND, C. Nagra ord om Fjell-Ripan [Lagopus]. < Tidsk. f. Jég. och Na-
turf., Arg. iii, 1834, pp. 850, 851. :
Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.
1836. ARAGO, —. Os servations sur la température des animaux par de trés grands
froids. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., 2° sér., v, 1836, pp. 375, 376.
Gelinotte noir d’ Amérique, Lagopéde des Saules.
1836. AUDUBON, J.J. Naturgeschichte des Cupido-Huhns (The Pinnated Grous, Te-
trao Cupido. L.) < Arch. f. Naturg., ii, 1836, (1), pp. 164-175.
Aus dessen Ornith. Biog., ii, p. 490, seq.
1836. Kocu, T. Beobachtungen tiber das Cupido-Huhn Tetrao Cupido L. (Prairie-
Henn, Ruster.) < Arch. f. Naturg., ii, 1836, (1), pp. 159-163.
Ich weiss nicht was es heissen soll, dass der Verf. ,, Henn, Ruster‘‘ sagt. Soll es veilleicht
», Hen, Rooster. ‘
1837. SKAIFE, J. Domestication of Grouse [Lagopus britannicus]. < Charlesw. Mag.
Nat. Hist., i, 1837, p. 608.
1839, CHARLTON, E. On Tetrao Rakelhahn. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1838, vii,
1839 (Mise. Comm.), p. 107.

Considered as a hybrid between T. wrogallus-and T. tetria.

1839. CHARLTON, [E.] [Tetrao Rakkelhan Temm. n’est qu’un hybride entre le La-
gopede Ptarmigan @ et le Coq de bruyére.] < Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, p. 154.

1846. Cazor,S.,JR. [Measurements of some of the internal organs of Tetrao cupido. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc, Nat. Hist., ii, 1846, p. 120.

1848. BLapon, J. Extremely large Red Grouse (Lagopus Scoticus). < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2023. :

1848. WiBsTER,T. Another extremely large Red Grouse (Lagopus Scoticus). <Zo-
ologist, vi, 1848, p. 2066.

1850. Jones, J. M. Food of the Red Grouse (Tetrao [Lagopus] Beopicns). < Zoolo-
gist, viii, 1850, p. 2652.

1854. Carre, L’ Abbe. [Note relative aux changements du plumage du Tetrao lago-
pus.] < fev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854, pp. 694-697.

816

1854.

1855.

1856.

1857.

1858,
1858.
1858.
1858.

1858.

1858.

* 1858.
1858.

1859.

1861.

1862.

1862.
1864,
1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

GLocER, C. W. L. Wie rasch hiihnerartige [e.g., Bonasa umbellus] Végel
sich im Schnee verbergen konnen. <J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 382, 383.
Nach Audubon’s Ornith. Biogr.
CasotT, 8.,JR. [On the distribution of Tetrao (Cupidonia) cupido and other spe-
cies of Grouse in New England.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, p. 154.

GLoGER,C.W.L. Wie oft mag das Alpen-Schneehuhn (Lagopus alpinus Nils. )
mausern. <J./f. O.,iv, 1856, pp. 461-464.

B[ILLriNGs], E. Notes on the Natural History of the Mountain of Montreal.
< Canad. Nat. and Geol., ii, 1857, pp. 92-101.

Only ornithological in giving an account of habits of Bonasa wmbellus.

ATKINSON, J.C. Contributions towards a Biography of the Red Grouse [Lago-
pus scoticus]. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6257-6264.

Bonp, F. The Red and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. <(Zoologist, xvi, 1858,
pp. 6264, 6265.

GouLp, J. Ona New Species of Ptarmigan [Lagopus hemileucurus]. <P.Z.S.,
Xxvi, 1858, pp. 354, 355.

Newman, E. The Red and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp. ]. < Zoologist, xvi
1858, p. 6264.

Norman, G. Is the Red Grouse [Lagopus scoticus] of Britain really distinct
from the Norwegian Willow Grouse? < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6209, 6210.

?

Norman, G. The Red Grouse and the Willow Grouse [considered identical].
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6242, 6243.
With note by E. Newman.

Norman, G. Red and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858,
p- 6266.

Smitu, A.C. The Red and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp. ]. < Zoologist, xvi,
1858, p. 6265.

GouLp, J. On a [lately] New Species of Ptarmigan [Lagopus hemileucurus].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iii, 1859, pp. 75-77.
From P. Z. S., July 18, 1858, pp. 354, 355.

SucCKLEY,G. Description of a new species of North American Grouse [Pedio-
cetes kennicottii]. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiii, 1861, pp. 361-368.
This is the boreal form of the genus, later identified by Elliot with the original Tetrao
phasianéllus, L.
Exuiot, D. G. Remarks on the Species composing the Genus Pediocaetes,
Baird. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiv, 1862, pp. 402-404.

Distinguishing the northern form, under name of P. phasianellus ex Linn., from the south-
ern, to which the name P. columbianus ex Ord is applied.

Woop, T.W. [Remarks on the peculiarities of the Habits of the Pinnated
Grouse (Tetrao [Cupidonia] cupido). ] <P. Z8., XXX, 1862, p.153

CoopsER, J. The Red Grouse and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 9045, 9046.

ELuioT, D.G. Prospectus of a Monograph of the Tetraonin, or Family of the
Grouse. < Am. Journ. Sci., XXXvii, 1864, pp. 437, 438.

ELLIOT, D.G. Remarks upon a proposed Arrangement of the Family of Grouse
and New Genera added. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , Xvi, 1864, p. 23.

Recognizing 9 genera of Tetraonine, of which Dendragapus and Falcipennis are named

as new; Faleipennis hartlaubii, sp. renom.

Norman, G. The Willow Grouse and Red Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. <Zoologist,
Xxii, 1564, pp. 9044, 9045.

ReEEks, H. The Willow Grouse and the Red Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. <Zoolo-
gist, Xxii, 1864, pp. 8955-8957.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TETRAONIDZ. 817

1864. Smiru, A.C. The Red Grouse and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9113, 9114.

1864-65. Exiiot, D.G. A | Monograph of the Tetraoninae, | or | Family of the Grouse.
| By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | [ete., 4 lines.] | New York: | published by the
Author, No. 27 West Thirty-third Street. [1864] 1865. | 1 vol. imp. folio.
Title, dedication, list of subscribers, preface, each 1 leaf; introduction, 4
leaves ; explanations, list of plates, each 1 leaf ; 27 unnumbered colored plates,
each with 1 sheet of letter-press, unpaged. Pub. in 5 parts.

The second of the author’s well-known series of magnificent monographs, succeeding that

of the Pittide. The work is modelled after the plan of Mr. Gould’s various folio publications.
It originally appeared in 5 parts—parts i, ii, 1864; iii-v, 1865. Twenty-three species are treated,
under 10 genera. The apparently new names proposed were previously established by the
author in the Proc. Phila. Acad., 1864, p. 23. Pl. 1, Bonasa wmbellus; 2, B. wmbelloides; ‘3
3, B. sabinei; 4, B. sylvestris; 5, Tetrao urogallus; 6, T. urogalloides; 7, Dendragapus obscurus;
8, D. richardsonti; 9, Canace canadensis; 10, C. Sranklinii; 11, Faleipennis hartloubi; 12, Ly-
rurus tetria; 13, Centrocercus urophasianus; 14, Pedieccetes (sic—lege Pedicecetes) columbianus;
15, P. phasianellus; 16, Cupidonia cupido; 17, 18, Lagopus albus; 19, L. scoticus; 20, L. persi-
cus; 21, 22, L. mutus; 23, L. rupestris; 24, L. hyperboreus; 25, LL. lewewrus; 26, 27 (marked
i, li), eggs of 17 species. The plates of Part I were Nos. 13, 7, 14, 10, 2, 25; of Pt. I,
3, 9, 12, 15, 4,19; Pt. III, 16, 5, 8, 20, 17, 18; Parts IV and V, published together, contained
the rest. The above numeration of the plates is according to a sheet of letter-press intro-
duced with the completion of the work, in 1865; the sequence indicated being different from
that in which they first appeared. The title is quoted from the made-up vol. Cf. Ibis, 1865,
pp. 228, 345; 1866, pp. 213, 214; Zool. Rec. for 1864 and for 1865.

1367. DouBLEDAy, H. The Willow Grouse and Red Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 707, 708.

1867. Norman, G. The Willow Grouse and Red Grouse [Lagopus spp.] perching.
< Goologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 607.

1867. Norman, G. Red Grouse and Willow Grouse [Lagopus spp.]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 11, 1867, p. 758.

1868. FowierR, A. The Ruffed Grouse [habits of Bonasa umbellus]. < Am. Nat.,
li, 1865, pp. 365-367.

1869. GRAINGER, J. B. White Partridges (? Ptarmigan) near Ganton, Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1951.

1869. RayMoND, R. On the drumming of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus].
<< Am. Nat., iii, 1869, p. 105.

Criticises and dissents from statements of a writer in Harper's Magazine for October, 1868,

on the mode of producing the peculiar sound made by this bird.

1869. Witson, J.G. Among the Prairie Chickens [Cupidonia cupido]. < Appleton’s
Journ., ii, Dec., 1869, p. 522.

1870. BELL, A. 8. Reported probable occurrence of the Ptarmigan [Lagopus sp. ] in
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2062.

1870. HartInG, J.E. Reported Occurrence of the Ptarmigan [Lagopus sp. ] in York-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2023.

1870. LuPEL, Oomte de. Acclimatation @un nouveau Gibier pris dans la classe des
Oiseaux; la petite Grousse d’Ecosse. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., vii, 1870, pp.
122-126.

1871. Jaycox, T. W. [Bonasa jobsii, n. sp.] < Cornell Era (newspaper of Ithaca,
INES) vee Dees oles 1. pe ee:

Cf. op. cit., Jan. 19, 1872; Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 172, 300, 303; Ibis, 1872, p. 191.

1871. Newton, A. [On the specific validity of Lagopus hemileucurus.] < Ibis, 3d

ser., 1, 1871, p. 249.

1871. NewTon, A. On certain species of Falconide, Tetraonide, and Anatide.
[Communicated by Mr. Coues.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., July 4, 1871,
" pp. 94-100.

The Tetraonide here noticed are species of Lagopus, which are critically discussed, pp. 96-
98, four European species being held to be distinct.

818

1872.

1872.

1872.

1872.

1872.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.
1873.
1873.
1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1874.

1874.

1874.

- 1874,

1874

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

[ALLEN, J.A.] Ornithological Blunders [Bonasa jobsii]. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872,
pp. 303, 304.
Ref. to op. cit., vi, 1872, p. 172, on Bonasa jobsti ; supplemented by editorial comments.
ANON. Grouse[Cupidonia cupido]-shooting in Iowa. < Am. Sportsman, ii,
1872, p. 34.
[Cougs, E.] An Ornithological Blunder [Bonasa jobsii]. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872,

pp. 172, 173.
Editorial publication of extracts from a letter relating to Bonasa jobsii, Jaycox, Cornell
Era, iv, Dec. 8, 1871, p. 182.

“Docwuir.” [SmirH, L. H.] Destruction of the Pinnated Grouse [Cupidonia

cupido]. < Am. Sportsman, ti, 1872, p.37. See also pp. 60, 84, 98, 116, 131, 151.

Discussion of laws applying to the shooting of Cupidonia cupido; and comparison of that
species with Bonasa wmbellus.

WILDER, B.G. The Last of ‘ Bonasa jobsii.” <c Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp.300-303.
Letters from 8S. F. Baird, E. Coues, and other contributions to the subject, with reference to
Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 172.
Anon. Grouse [ Lagopus sp.] Driving. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 134.
Extracted from Blackwood’s Magazine. Increase of Grouse on Yorkshire moors caused by
the custom of ‘‘driving”’.
Anon. The Partridge (Tetrao [Bonasa] umbellus). < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873,
p. 193.
“C.J.W.” Breeding Prairie Chickens [Cupidonia cupido]. < Am. Sportsman,
ii, 1873, p.182. See also p. 346.
Quoted from ‘‘ Poultry Bulletin”; domestication of this species deemed impracticable.
Cotter, R. [Bastard von Lagopus lapponicus x Tetrao tetrix.] < Bericht.
tiber d. xx. Versamml. d. deutschen Orn.-Ges., 1873, p. 27.

GOEBEL, H. Einige Worte iiber den Farbenwechsel des Lagopus albus. < J.
f. O., 1873, pp. 422-425.

[GRINNELL, G.B.] A Day with the Sage Grouse [Centrocercus urophasianus].
<_ Forest and Stream, i, Nov. 6, 1873, p. 196.

“OLD Hann.” [Pinnated Grouse (Cupidonia cupido) shooting in lowa.]
< Forest and Stream, i, Dec. 4, 1873, p. 268.

Rip@gway, Rk. The Grouse and Quails of North America. Discussed in relation
to their variation with habitat. < Forest and Stream, i, Dec. 18, 1873, pp. 289,
290.

“Vv.” A Rare case of Albinoism [in Cupidonia-cupido]. < Am. Sportsman, iii,
1873, p. 75.

Six out of a brood of fourteen having albinistic marks.

WuitE, J. Canadian Partridge [Canace canadensis]. < Am. Sportsman, ii,
1873, p.171. See also ensuing paragraph.

Instances of poisoning following the eating of the flesh of this species.

ANON. Importation of pinnated and ruffed grouse [Cupidonia cupido and
Bonasa umbellus] into England. < Forest and Stream, ii, April 16, 1874, p.
152. See also p. 233.

ANON. [EDITORIAL.] Prairie Fowl [Cupidonia cupido] in England. < Forest
and Stream, iti, Aug. 20, 1874, p.24. See Vol. ii, p. 408.

Failure to introduce them into England, and comments thereon.

Anon. The piunated grouse [Cupidonia cupido] in England. < Forest and
Stream, ii, Aug. 6, 1874, p.408. See Vol. iii, p. 24.

Failure of attempt to introduce them into England. :

BARBER, L. A Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] Hiding in Water. < Am. Sportsman,
iv, 1874, p. 203.

. Barry,J.H. The Dusky Grouse (Tetrao Obscnrus). < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874,

p. 342.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TETRAONID&. 819

1874. Batty, J. H. How the Rutfed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] drums. < dm.
Sportsman, iii, 1874, p.379. See also p. 322, and iv, pp. 7, 38.
Reply to Mr. Ridgway’s article on the same subject, p. 322. Maintains that the drumming
noise is made by striking together the exterior surfaces of the wings above the back.
1874. Batty, J. H. Has the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] Ceased to Fear the
Presence of Man? < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 38.
Reply to Wm. Brewster concerning timidity of Bonasa umbellus ; and maintaining the the-
ory advocated tbid., iii, p. 322.
1874. Batty, J. H. The White-tailed ptarmigan—Lagopus leucurus. < Forest and
Stream, i, Jan. 29, 1874, p. 390.

1874. Brewer, T. M. [Description of the Egg of Lagopus leucurus.] < Forest and
Stream, ii, Mar. 26, 1874, p. 103.

1874. BRewEr, T. M. Note on the Nesting and Eggs of Lagopus leucurus. < Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1874, pp. 348, 349.

MS. from T. M. Trippe; locality near Idaho Springs, Colorado; date June 28, 1873; altitude

1,000 feet above timber-line.
1874. BREWSTER, W. The Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] again. < Am. Sporis-
man, iv, 1874, p.74. See also p.7,
Reply to Mr. Batty (ibid., p. 38) in further explanation of drumming of Bonasa wmbellus.
1874. BREwstER, W. The Drumming of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus].
< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p.7.

Confirming observations recorded ibid., iii, p. 322, and controverting theory expressed
ibid., iii, p. 379. The present writer maintains that the drumming is produced by forcible
downward stroke of the wings. c

1874. “E. M. M.” Drumming of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < Am.
Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 28.

1874. ‘“‘CorPoRAL.” The Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < Am. Sportsman, iv,
1874, p. 108.

. 1874. FeRGuson,N. Introduction of Pinnated Grouse [Cupidonia cupido]. A Theory.
<Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 245. See also p. 182.
Suggestions as to introducing it into the Eastern States.
1874. H[arvey], M. The Ptarmigan [Lagopus spp.] of Newfoundland. < Forest
and Stream, ii, Aug. 6, 1874, p. 404.
General account of Lagopus albus and L. rupestris.
1874. ‘“‘Hi! ON!” The Sharp-tailed Grouse [Pedicecetes phasianellus]. <Am. Sports-
man, 111, 1874, p.231. See also pp. 267 and 315.
H[OLBERTON], W. C. Pinnated grouse [Cupidonia cupido] for New J ersey.
< Forest and Stream, ii, Apr. 9, 1874, p. 131.
_ Account of former abundance of this Grouse in New J ersey.
1874. “K.” Mountain Grouse [Canace obscurus]. < Am. Sportsman, v, Oct. 24, 1874,
p. 49.
1874. M[cELwraitTH, A?]. Pinnated Grouse—[Cupidonia] Cupido. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 83.
1874. ““R.H. B.” Habits of the Pinnated Grouse [Cupidonia cupido]. < Am. Sports-
man, 111, 1874, p. 346. See also p. 182.
1874. RipGway, R. Why and How does the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] drum.
< Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 322.
This article gave rise to an animated discussion, each part of which will be found cata-
logued under its own title, printed on p. 379 of Vol. ili, and pp. 3, 7, 28, 38, 74, and 108 of Vol. iv.
1874. RipGway, R. A remarkable peculiarity [slight muscularity of the gizzard] of
Centrocercus Urophasianus. < Am. Nat., Vili, 1874, p. 240.
1874. [SMITH, GREENE.] Pinnated Grouse (Prairie Hens [Cupidonia cupido)).
< Forest and Stream, ii, J uly 2, 1874, p. 324.

Experience with this species in confinement.

1874

820

1874.

1874.

1876.

1877.

1877.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

“VETERAN.” Thesage cock [Centrocercus urophasianus]. < Forest and Stream,
ii, Mar, 12, 1874, p. 66.

“VETERAN.” The blue grouse [Canace obscurus]. < Forest and Stream, ii, May
21, 1874, p. 230.

Circumstantial observations upon habits.

i. [Westcort, C.S.] Do pinnated grouse [ Cupidonia cupido] remain in ‘‘ packs”
) } g a8

all the season? < Forest and Stream, iii, Oct. 1, 1874, p. 116.
Affirmed.

. ANON. Pinnated grouse [Cupidonia cupido]in England. < Forest and Stream,

v, Aug. 12, 1875, p. 4.
Reprinted from ‘‘ Land and Water.”

. ANON. The sharp-tailed grouse—(Pedicecetes Phasianettus—Elliot). < Forest

and Stream, v, Oct. 7, 1875, p. 131.

. ANON. Sagacity of the Partridge[?]. < Rod and Gun, vi, Aug. 21, 1875, p.315. -
. ANON. Disease in grouse. < Rod and Gun, vi, Apr. 17, 1875, p. 41.

Quoted remarks of Andrew Wilson at Edinburgh University.

. ANON. [EDITORIAL.] Quail and pinnated grouse [introduced] in England.

<_ Forest and Stream, iv, Apr. 15, 1875, p. 153.

. B[anzs], J. De. The Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and Stream,

iv, May 13, 1875, p. 213.

Circumstantial biography.

. CarpE, B. F. 8. Singular boldness of a partridge [Bonasa umbellus]. < For-

est and Stream, v, Nov. 25, 1875, p. 243.

. “FRED.” Calling of pinnated grouse [Cupidonia cupido]. < Rod and Gun, vi,

June 19, 1875, p. 183.

. ‘“MorTIMER.” Grouse [Bonasa umbellus, acclimated] on StatenIsland. < For-

est and Stream, iv, Feb. 11, 1875, p. 11.

. ‘“RoaMER.” Cock grouse [Bonasa umbellus] protecting nests. < Forest and |

Stream, iv, July 1, 1875, p. 326.

. ANON. Early Nidification of Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus, April 29].

< Forest and Stream, vi, May 18, 1876, p. 233.

. CougEs, E. On the Breeding-habits, Nest, and Eggs, of the White-tailed Ptar-

migan (Lagopus leucurus). < Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr.,2d ser., No.5, Jan.
8, 1876, pp. 263-266.

From fresh material from Southern Colorado, here fully described.

. “Gipsny.” A Lucky partridge [Bonasa umbellus]. < Iorest and Stream, vi,

Feb. 10, 1876, p. 4.

. “J.” Self-protection in the grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and Stream, vi,

Aug. 3, 1876, p. 418.

. “PENOBSCOT.” [LiBBEY, D.S.] Winter Habits of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa

umbellus]. < Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 13, 1876, p. 356.

76. Scott, Davip. The Drumming of the Ruffed Grouse. (Bonasa umbellus.)

< Field and Forest, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1876, pp. 57-60.
The writer concludes in the hope of discovering, ‘‘ere long,” how and why it is done.
STANTON, W. Singular Incident. < Forest and Stream, vii, Nov. 9, 1876, p. 212.
Bonasa umbellus crashing through two windows and an intervening room.
ALpRicH, C. Destruction of Birds [Cupidonia cupido] by Telegraph Wires.
< Am. Nat., xi, No. 11, Nov., 1877, pp. 626, 687.
Referring to E. Coues’s observations on the subject at large, the writer instances Prairie
Chickens in further illustration of the fact.
ALDRICH, C. Destruction of Birds [Cupidonia cupido] by Telegraph Wires.
< The Country, i, Dec. 8, 1877, p. 79.
Reprinted from Am. Nat., Nov., 1877, pp. 686, 687.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TETRAONID&. 821

1877. ANON. [EpirorraL.] Are the Prairie Chickens [Cupidonia cupido] Going to
California? < Forest and Stream, ix, Dec. 27, 1877, p. 397.
Reported westward migration [later shown to be erroneous].
1877. ANON. Taming Prairie Chickens [Cupidonia cupido]. < Rod and Gun, ix, Mar.
17, 1877, p. 374.
Reprinted from “Canadian Gentleman.”
1877. ANON. Save the Prairie Chickens [C upidonia cupido]. < Rod and Gun, 1b,
Mar. 31, 1877, p. 409.
Reprinted from St. Paul (Minn.) ‘‘Pioneer-Press,”
1877. “AwauHsoose.” [RoBINsON, R. E.] A few words concerning ruffed grouse
[Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Dec. 6, 1877, p. 346.
1877. BREWSTER, W. An undescribed Hybrid between two North American Grouse.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 66-68.
Cupidonia cupido x Pedicecetes columbianus ; named O. cupidini-columbiana, p. 68.
1877. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 13 [bis—= 14].—[ Cupidonia cupido as
a destroyer of ] Grasshoppers. < The Chicago Field, Mar. 17, 1877, fig.
Urging the important services of this bird as one of the natural agencies by which Catop-
tenus spretus is held in check.
1877, [Eprrortau.] Frank Schley’s American Partridge and Pheasant Shooting.
< Rod and Gun, ix, Feb. 3, 1877, p. 279.
Review of above-mentioned work, published by Baughman Bros., Frederick, Md., 1877.
1877. INGERSOLL, E. Notes of the U. 8. Geological Survey—No. 1. < Forest and
Stream, viii, July 19, 1877, p. 407.
Observations upon Centrocercus urophasianus.
1877. LAWRENCE, G.N. A Note on Cupidonia cupido var. pallidicinctus, Ridgway.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, p. 52.
Recognizing this variety among the Prairie Chickens brought to Eastern market.
1877. Murpock, A. American Grouse. < Forest and Stream, ix, Aug. 23, 1877, p. 44.
Criticisms upon certain alleged habits.
1877. ‘‘Monon.” [LauRIE, J.] Cupidonia Cupido.—How the Prairie Chickens
Woo. < Forest and Stream, ix, Nov. 22, 1877, p. 307.
1877. ““PENoBscoT.” [LigBny, D.S.] Habits of the Ruffed Grouse [ Bonasa umbel-
lus]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Sept. 27, 1877, p. 143.
1877. S[mitH], J.T.B. The Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]—A Query. < Forest
and Stream, ix, Sept. 6, 1877, p. 85.
Female parent transporting her young.
1877, “Stony IsLanp.” Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] Shooting. < Rod and
Gun, ix, Feb. 10, 1877, p. 290.
1877. WiLLIamMs, W. H. An interesting question [respecting Bonasa umbellus].
< Forest and Stream, ix, Dee. 13, 1877, p. 366.
Is there a disparity in numbers between the sexes of Ruffed Grouse?
1878. ANON. Ruffed Grouse’s [Bonasa umbellus] Drumming. < Forest and Stream,
ix, Jan. 10, 1878, p. 430.
The operation not entirely confined to the pairing season.
1878. ANon. [EpiToRIAL.] Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] in Texas. < Forest
_ and Stream, x, May 9, 1878, p. 256.

1878. - Habits of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and Stream,
ix, Jan. 17, 1878, p. 450; Jan. 24, 1878, p. 469; x, Mar. 7, 1878, p. 76; Mar. 21, 1878,
196 LUZ
This head covers a series of letters from a dozen or more correspondents on the subject
of the habits of the Ruffed Grouse, with special reference to the ‘‘drumming” of that bird.
1878, [Discussion and correspondence relative to alleged] Prairie chickens

in California and Colorado. < Forest and Stream, x, May 23, 1878, p. 296.
See p. 175.

822

1878.

1878.

1878.

1578.

1878.

1878.

1878.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. Ve

‘ AWAHSOOSE.” [RoBINSON, R. E.] KEecentricities of the Ruffed Grouse
[Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and Stream, xi, Noy. 21, 1878, p. 321.

Coorrr, J. G. Californian Prairie Chickens. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii,
No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 96.

Being Pediccetes columbianus instead of the alleged Cupidonia cupido. There was a good
deal of newspaper matter on the subject about this time, ail founded in error, the supposed
P.ai:ie Chickens west of the Rocky Mountains being Sharp-tailed Grouse.

Cours, E. The Willow Grouse [Lagopus albus] in New York. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, p. 41.

[GRINNELL, G. B.] About our Grouse. < Forest and Stream, xi, Oct. 31, Nov.
7, 14, 21, and Dee. 5, 1878, pp. 259, 280, 299, 300, 319, 320, 360.

Notes on the habits of the less known Tetraonide of North America.

. HensHaw, H. W. Prairie chickens in Nevada. < Forest and Stream, x, Apr.

11, 1878, p.175. See p. 296.

Cupidonia cupido not extending its range westward.

5. ‘‘J.N.” A singular combat [between a male Tetrao canadensis and a dung-

hill Cock]. < Forest and Stream, x, Feb. 14, 1878, p. 18.

. NELSON, E. W. The Rock Ptarmigan (Lagopus rupestris) in the Aleutian

Islands. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.1, Jan., 1878, p. 38.

. NewTon,:A. [Remarks on Exhibition of a supposed hybrid between Lagopus

scoticus and L. mutus.] < P. Z.S., Nov. 5, 1878, p. 793.

. “PENOBSCOT.” [LIBBEY, D. 8.] Drumming of the Ruffed and Canada Grouse

[Bonasa umbellus, Canace canadensis].. < Forest and Stream, xi, Sept. 19,
1878, p. 131.

. ‘*RUFFED GROUSE.” Habits of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < For-

est and Stream, x, 1878, pp. 215, 274. See pp. 76, 117.
Letters also from ‘‘A wahsoose” (R. E. Robinson), and ‘‘ D. C. M.”
“SANGER.” Two Sides to the Question [of preponderance of males over females
in Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Jan. 31, 1878, p. 489.
‘““SnapsHot.” The Grouse Family [Tetraonide] of Oregon. < San Francisco
Chronicle, Jan. 20, 1878.
Biographical.
STEARNS, R.E.C. The Prairie Chicken in California. < Am. Nat., xii, No. 2,
1878, p. 124, 125.

Supposed to be Cupidonia—proved afterward to be Pediecetes.

. ANON. The Partridge fly. < Forest and Stream, xi, Jan. 9, 1879, p- 462.

Discussion by the editor, ‘‘Straight-bore”’ (Morton Robinson), andl C. H. Hope, of a parar
site of Bonasa wmbellus, supposed to belong to genus Hippobosea.

9, ANoN. The Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]: a semi-soliloquy. < The

Oologist, v, No. 1, July, 1879, p. 1.

Poem.

. BENDIRE, C. Notes on the Dusky Grouse (Canace obscurus). < The Odlogist,

iv, No. 12, summer 1879 (extra number), pp. 98, 99.
From his paper on Birds of Southeastern Oregon, in Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc.

. BEREWER], T.M. Not Pinnated Grouse. < Forest and Stream, xi, Jan. 2, 1879,

p. 441.
Denying that Owpidonia cupido has strayed to the Pacific Slope.

. BLyErs], W.N. The Sage Grouse [Centrocercus urophasianus]. < Forest and

Stream, xi, Jan. 2, 1879, p. 440.

. B[YErs],W.N. The Flesh of the Sage Grouse [Centrocercus urophasianus].

<Forest and Stream, xii, May 22, 1879, p. 307.
Reply to editorial comments on previous article on this topic, the writer protesting against
the manner in which the discussion of the question was closed.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—TETRAONIDA. 823

1879. CLARK, M.W. Domesticated Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus]. < Forest and
Stream, xii, May 29, 1879, p. 326.

1879. C[LARKE], 8. C. Habitat of Sharp-tailed Grouse [Pedicecetes phasianellus
columbianus]. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Oct. 9, 1879, p. 705.

1879. CREIGHTON, R. J. Exportation of Quail [i. e., Cupidonia eupido]. < Forest
and Stream, xii, Mar. 13, 1879, p. 120.
History of the lot of Pinnated Grouse shipped from Kansas to New Zealand.

1879. “Dingo.” Pinnated Grouse [Cupidonia cupido] for New Zealand. < Forest
and Stream, xii, Feb. 13, 1879, p. 31.
Notice of a Shi gions of 28 birds of this species for Wew Zealand.
1879. Durron, J.W. Drumming of the Canada Grouse [ Canace canadensis]. < For-
est and Stream, xiii, Nov. 20, 1879, p. 827.

1879. [GRINNELL,G. B.] Not Pinnated Grouse [Cupidonia cupido]. < Forest and
Stream, Xi, Jan. 2, 1879, p. 440.

Editorial remarks replying to statement of a correspondent that “prairie chickens”’ are
found in Nevada, pointing out the fact that evidence of the occurrence of Cupidonia cupido
so far west is still wanting.

1879. [GRINNELL, G. B.] Grouse [Cupidonia cupido] For New Zealand. < Forest
and Stream, xii, Mar. 13, 1879, p. 119.

1879. [GRINNELL, G. B.] Drumming of the Spruce Partridge ECanace canadensis ].
< Forest and Stream, xiii, Sept. 11, 1879, p. 625,

1879. Harpy, M. Notes on the Habits of the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus].
< The Temperance Vedette (newspaper of Terrell, Texas), Dee. 6, 1879.

Quoted from The Odlogist.

1879. R{icH], J.G. Drumming of the Canada Grouse [Canace canadensis]. < Forest
and Stream, xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 684.

1879. [Samurts, E. A.] Canada Gronse, Tetrao canadensis. Linnzeus. < Town
and Country (monthly newsp., Boston, Mass.), i, No. 10, Oct. , 1879, p. 1, fig.

A short notice, with a figure from the aabiow s ‘Birds of New Baelaal after Audubon.

1879. “Transir” [RicHarDs, —,] and ‘‘IncoG.” [GRINNELL, M.] The Flesh of the
Sage Grouse [Centrocercus urophasianus]. < Forest and Stream, xii, Mar. 6,
1879, p. 85.

Different opinions as to the gastronomic quality of this bird’s flesh.

1879. W[EBSTER], J. W. Destruction of Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] in Con-
necticut. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 684.

Destruction of the young of this species by the larvae of Olfersia americana, Leach.

1879. Wricut, M.M. How the Ruffed Grouse [Bonasa umbellus] Drums. < Town
and Country, the People’s Monthly Journal (Boston), i, No. 3, Mar., 1879,

The wings beat the air, but neither the body of the bird, nor the log, nor each other.

As may be seen from many of the foregoing titles, there was for a time considerable dis-
cussion in the sporting papers and elsewhere, respecting the mechanics and acoustics of this
remarkable operation ; and the same subject has often been taken up in general works which
have occasion to treat of the Ruffed Grouse. Opinions have been advanced: 1) That the out-
sides of the wings strike each other over the bird’s back; 2) that the insides of the wings
strike the bird’s body; 3) that the wings strike the log or other hard object on which the bird
stands; 4) that the wings beat the air with such rapidity as to produce the vibrations in
which the ‘‘drumming” sound consists. It would appear to be impossible that the peculiar
sound should be produced in any other than one of these four ways; and the balance of evi-
dence is in favor of the last named, as held by the present writer and others.

824 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Voi. ¥.

Perdicide.

1830. Vicors, N. A. [Observations on the Genus Ortyx, with characters of two New
Species—O. neoxents, O. affinis, p. 3.] < P. Z.8.,1, 1830, pp. 2-4.

1831. “J. C.” Notice of an Attempt to naturalise the Virginia Partridge [Ortyx
virginiana] in England. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 16-18, fig. 8.

1831. [EprTor1AL]. [Abstract of Mr. Vigor’s remarks on a Gallinaceous group
(Ortygine) of America which supplies in that continent the place of the
Quails of the Old World.] < Philos. Mag., ix, 1831, pp. 54, 55.

From P. Z. S., Nov. 4, 1830, pp. 2-4.

1832. LLAVE, P. DE LA. Sobre tres especies nuevas del género Tetrao [Ortygine].
< Registro Trimestre (Mexico), 1, nim. 2, Abril de 1832, pp. 141-145.

The genus Tetrao is here cquiwaleat to three modern genera of Ortygine or Odontopho-
rinw. None of the species here described as new is really so. Tetrao marmorata, p. 144, is
Dendrortyx macroura (Jard. and Selby); T. cristata, p. 144, is Callipepela squamata (Vig.);
and 7. guttata, p. 145, is Cyrtonyx massena (Less.) There is a French translation in #, UM.
Z., xiii, 1861, pp. 425-429. :

1833. D[ENsON], J. The Virginian Partridge [Ortyx virginiana]. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 153.

On its aunednetions in England.

1834. Vicors, [N. A.] Ueber-die Wachteln [Ortygine] der neuen Welt. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, p. 806.

Auszug aus Philos. Mag., Bd. ix, 1831, pp. 54, 55.

1836. GouLp, J. [Characters of « New Species of Ortyx (ocellatus) from Mexico. ]
< P.Z.S., iv, 1836, pp. 75, 76. ;

1837. GOULD, J. [Ona New Species of Ortyx (plumifera) from the collection of the
late Mr. David Douglas.] < P. Z.S., v, 1837, p. 42.

1839. GouLD, J. [Ortyx plumifera n. sp. aus Californien. |] < Oken’s Isis, Ba. XXxii,

1839, p. 145.
Aus P. Z.8., v, Apr. 11, 1837, p. 42.
1841. CONTRAINE, F. Observations surle Coninsonnini... < Bull. Acad. Bruxelles,

2° sér., viii, 1841, pp. 113-116.
Pas vues moi-méme.
1842. GouLp, J. [On various New Species of Ortyx.] < P.Z.S.,x, 1842, pp. 181-184.
O. nigrogularis, p.181; O.pectoralis, O. castanea, p. 182; O. stellata, p. 183.
1843. CaBorT, 8., JR. [On a species of Ortyx (nigrogularis) discovered by him in
Yucatan.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,i, 1843, p. 151.
Cf. Stephens’ Incidents of Travel in Yucatan, i, App., p. 474.
1843. GouLp, J. [Descriptions of Ortyx parvicristatus and O. marmoratus, spp. nn. ]
< P.Z.S., xi, 1843, pp. 106, 107.
1843. GouLp, J. Descriptions of four New Species of Ortyx. < P.Z. S., xi, 1843, pp.
132-134.
Ortyx leucophrys, p. 132; O. fasciatus, O. leucotis, p. 133; O. strophium, p. 134.
1843. GouLp, J. [New Species of Ortyx.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii, 1843, pp.
284-286.
From P. Z. S., Dec. 18, 1842.
1843. [REDACTEUR. | [Extrait @un article sur la Caille des Etats-Unis, Perdix bore-
alis Temm. (Ortyx virginiana), publié dans les Mémoires de la Soc. d’Agric. de
VAube, 1842.] < Revue Zoologique, vi, 1843, pp. 223, 224.

1844. Denny, H. Ortyx virginiana in Norfolk. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, pp.
405, 406.

No. 4] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY— PERDICIDE. 825

1845. Goutp, J. A Monograph of the Sub-family Odontophorine, or Partridges of
America. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1844, 1845 (Misc. Comm.), pp. 61, 62.
Here only a notice of the monograph, including an abstract of some points given respecting
the birds themselves.
1847. Abert, J. W. [On the Habits of Ortyx (Callipepla) squamata, Vigors, as ob-
served in New Mexico.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iti, 1847, pp. 221, 222.

1848. GAMBEL, W. Description of a new Mexican Quail -Ortyx thoracicus]. < Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1848, p.77.

1849. GaAMBEL, W. Description of a [lately] new Mexican Quail [Ortyx thoracicus].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., iii, 1849, pp. 317, 318.
From Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1848, p. 77. 4
1850. GouLp, J. A Monograph | of | The Odontophorine, | or | Partridges of America.
| By John Gould, F. R. S., | Lete., etce.] | London: | printed by Richard and
John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet street. | Published by the author, 20,
Broad street, Golden Square. | 1850. 1 vol. folio. pp.238 of introd., rest not
paged; pll. col’d 32.
7 genn., 35 spp., 32 of which are figured. Pl. 1, Ortyx virginianus ; IL, O. cubanensis ; III, O.
castaneus ; IV, O. nigrogularis ; V, O. pectoralis; VI, O. coyoleos; VII, Cyrtonya (n. 2.. p. 14)
massena; VIII, C. ocellatus; IX, Hussychortyx (n. g., p. 15) cristatus; X, H.leucotis; XI, E.
sonninis; (EH. afinis not fig.); XII, #. parvicristatus ; XIII, H. leucopogon; XIV, Philortyx
(n. g., p. 17) fasciatus; XV, Callipepla picta; XVI, C. californica; XVII, C.gambeli ; XVIII,
0. elegans; (C. deuglassi not fig.); XIX, O.squamata; XX, Dendrortyx (nu. g., p. 20) micrurus;
XXI, D. leucophrys; XXII, D. barbatus (‘‘Licht. Mus. B.”); XXIII, Odontophorus guia-
nensis; (O.marmoratus not fig.); XXIV, O. pachyrhynchus ; XXV, O. speciosus; X XVI, O.
dentatus; XX VII, O. stellatus; XXVIII, O. guttatus; X XIX, O. balliviani; XXX, O. colwm-
bianus ; XXXI, O. strophium; XXXII, O. lineolatus.
1850. Jonres, J. M. Note on the Californian Quail [Lophortyx californica]. < Zoolo-
gist, vill, 1850, p. 2852.
1850. REEVES, W. W. Occurrence of the Virginian Colin (Coturnix Marylandica
[Ortyx virginiana]) near Tunbridge Wells. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2700.
1850. REEvES,W.W. Occurrence of the Virginian Colin (Perdix Marylandica [ Ortyx
virginiana]) near Tunbridge Wells. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2771.
1853. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Ortyx
[texanus, p. 1] Stephens, Sterna Linn., and Icteria Vieillot. < Ann. Lyc. Nat.
Hist. N. Y., vi, 1853, pp. 1-4.
1854. Prevost, F. Note sur Vacclimatation du Colin houi [Ortyx virginiana] de
VAmérique du Nord. < Bull. Soc. Acclim.,i, 1854, pp. 247-251.
Avec une liste des Colins, Perdrix et Tétras susceptibles d’étre acclimatés comme gibiers.
1854. SAULNIER, —. Sur le Colin de Californie [Lophortyx californica] et sa repro-
duction, extrait d’une lettre addressée a M. le Président de la Société zoolog-
ique d’acclimatation. » << Bull. Soc. Acclim.,i, 1854, pp. 303-305, fig.
1855. COEFFIER,—. Le Colin houi [Ortyx virginiana] vulgairement nommé Perdrix
d’ Amérique, Extrait d’une lettre addressée 4 M. le comte d’Fprémesnil.
< Bull. Soc. Acclim., ii, 1855, pp. 143-146.
1856. GouLp, J. Description of a New Trogon and a New Odortcphor 1 [vera-
guensis, p.107]. <P. Z.S., xxiv, 1856, pp. 107, 108.
1857. WIEPKEN, C. F. Ein briitendes Minnchen von Callipepla [ Lophortyx ] califor-
nica. < Naumannia, vil, 1857, pp. 264-266.
1859. GouLp, J. Ona new species of Odontophorus [erythrops]. < P. Z. S., xxvii,
1859, pp. 98, 99.
1860. Extior, D.G. Description of a new species of Eupsychortyx [leucofrenatus].
< Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1860, pp. 106, 107, pl. iii.
1860. GouLD, J. On a [lately] new species of Odontophorus [erythrops]. < Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, p. 72.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 8, 1859, pp. 98, 99.

Bull. v, 4 20

$26 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1860. GouLp, J. Description of a New Species of American Partridge [Eupsychortyx
hypoleucus]. <P. Z.8., xxviii, 1860, pp. 62, 63.

1860. GouLD, J. Description of a [lately] New Species of American Partridge [Eup-
sychortyx hypoleucus]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860, p. 77.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 24, 1860, pp. 62, 63.

1860. GouLp, J. Description of a new Odontophorus [melanonotus]. <P. Z. S.,
XXvili, 1860, p. 382.
1860? VERREAUX, J. Description @une nouvelle espéce d’oiseau [Cyrtonyx sallaei].
< Arcana Naturae (Paris), i, 1860?, p. —, pl. iv.
Not seen.—The bird is named Cyrtonyx sallaei, and is from Mexico.

1861. LauRENCcE, A. Note sur Vacclimatation des Colins [Ortyx virginiana] en lib-
erté. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., viii, 1861, pp. 20-24.

1861. LLAVE, PABLE DE LA. Sur trois espéces nouvelles du genre Tetrao [Ortygine].
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xiii, 1861, pp. 425-429.
Extrait, traduit du Registro Trimestre, i, No. 2, Mexico, 1832, pp. 141-145.—Tetrao marmo-
rata (= Dendrortyx macroura), T. cristata (= Callipepla squamata), et T. guttata (= Cyrtonyx
massena). Voir 1832, méme auteur.

1861. GouLp, J. Description of a [lately] new Odontophorus[melanonotus]. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vii, 1861, p. 149.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 13, 1860, p. 382. i
1861. Newton, A. [Gives J. Reinhardt’s views on the Ortyges of St. Thomas. ]
< Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 114, 115.

1862. NewTon, A. [Remarks on exhibition of a Nest containing seventeen hatched-
out eggs of Ortyx virginiana.] <P. Z.8., xxx, 1862, p. 2.

1863. FREYBURG, Baron v. [Fortpflanzung der californischen Wachtel (Lophortyx
californica) in Gefangenschaft, u. s. w.] < Zool. Gart., iv, 1863, pp. 231, 232 ;
234-237.

1864. FREYBERG, Baron v. [Noch ein Wort iiber californische Wachteln (Lophortyx
californica).] < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, pp. 298, 299.

1864. LAURENCE, A. Reproduction des Colins de Californie [Lophortyx californica]
en liberté. Lettre adressée a M. le président de la Société impériale d’accli-
matation. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., i, 1864, pp. 402-407.

1865. BuUSsIERE DE NERCY, —. Note sur le Colin de Californie [Lophortyx califor-
nica] et son acclimatation en France. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., ii, 1865, pp.
637, 638.

1866. BUSSImRE DE NERCY,—. Note sur une épidémie qui a sévi sur le Colin de Cali-
fornie [Lophortyx californica]. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., iii, 1866, pp. 599-
602.

1866. BusstzRE DE NERCY, —. Bemerkung iiber das Feldhuhn [Lophortyx califor-
nica] von Californien und seine Acclimatisation in Frankreich. <Zool. Gart.,
vii, 1866, pp. 110, 111.

1866. Cours, E. Field Notes on Lophortyx gambeli. < Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 46-55.

A considerable biography of the species, from original observations in Arizona.
1866. [FREYBERG, — v.] [Ueber die Acclimatisation des kalifornischen Rebhuhns
(Lophortyx californica).] < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 269, 270.
Vergl. tom. cit., pp. 110, 111.

1868. STEPHENSON, J. W. Virginian Colin [Ortyx virginiana] at St. Mary’s Cray,
Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1059.

1869. Fowxer, A. The Virginia Partridge [Habits of Ortyx virginiana]. < Am.
Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 5385-539. =;

No. 4.

1869.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1874.
1874,
1874,

1874.

| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PLRDICID&. 827

GEOFFROY SaInT-HinarrE, A. Note sur les succes obtenus par MM. Louis
Coignet et Léon Hennecart dans la multiplication des Colins de Californie
[Lophortyx californica] en liberté. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., vi, 1869, pp.
509-514.

- GEOFFROY SaInT-Himarre, A. [Sur V’éclosion des Colins; réponse & M. De-

schamps.] < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2¢ sér., vi, 1869, pp. 707, 708.

[THorPE, T. B‘] Bob White [Ortyx virginiana]. < Harper's New Monthly
Mag., xxix, Sept., 1869, pp. 505-512, figs. 1-6.

An account of this species and its congeners.

- Witson, 8S. M. [Escaped] Californian Quail [Lophortyx californica] in Sus-

sex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2383, 2384.

FREYBERG, Baron v. Zichtung der nordamerikanischer Baumwachteln [Ortyx
virginiana]. < Zool. Gart., xii, 1871, pp. 90, 91.

WHITAKER, J., JR. [Escaped] Virginian Colin [Ortyx virginiana] in Notting-
hamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2994.

“AMATEUR.” Partridge vs. Quail. A Reply to Snap Shot. < Am. Sportsman,
ili, 1873, p. 106. See also ibid., p. 11.

Concerning vernacular name of Ortyx virginiana.

ANON. Quail catching in Syria. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 108.

ANON. [EDITORIAL.] Eastern quail [Ortyx virginiana] in California. < Am.
Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 87.

Success of attempt to acclimate Ortyx virginiana on the Pacific coast.

Anon. [EDITORIAL.] Take care of ‘“Bob White” [ Ortyx virginiana, in win-
ter]. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 73.

ANON. [EDITORIAL.] Suppression of Scent in Birds. < Scribner’s Monthly, vi,
1873, p. 760.

Quoted from Tegetmeier.

“Cypress, J.,. JR.” [W. P. Hawes], “HH”, and ‘FRANK FORESTER” [W. H.
HERBERT]. A Controversy concerning the genera and distinctions of Quail
and Partridge. <Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, pp. 98, 114, 130, 148, 162, 180.

This series of letters, in which much of the natural history of the Perdicide and Tetraon-
ide is brought out, was reprinted from the New York Mirror and the American Turf Register
and Sporting Magazine, to which they were addressed during 1840. _

It forms a part of the interminable floating literature which evidences the absolute impes-
sibility of teaching sportsmen at large whether a quail is a partridge, or whether a partridge
is a quail, or whether one or the other or neither of these is a pheasant, or whether—but I
forbear. The many titles bearing upon this subject will show how hopeless is the case. Sci-
entists have not seldom attempted to set sportsmen right, but have generally had to give
it up.

“Davin, JR.” The Partridge. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 135. See also p. 166.

Comparison of the European Perdix with American Ortyzx.

“E.E.E.” The California Partridge [Lophortyx californica]. < Am. Sports-
man, ii, 1873, p. 83.

Proposed acclimation of this species in the Eastern U.S.

ALLEN, J.M. Quail [Ortyx virginiana] eating pine-cone seeds. <Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p.171. -

Anon. [Ebirortau.] A name for the Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Am. Sports-
man, iii, 1874, p. 248.

Urges adoption of ‘‘bob-white” as a distinctive name of this species.

Awon. [EDITORIAL.] Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Bred and Breeding in the city.
< Forest and Stream, ii, June 18, 1874, p. 292.

_Anon. The California quail [Lophortyx californica]. < Forest and Stream, iii,
Aug. 27, 1874, p. 37. ; \ ;

=

82 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1874. ANON. Quail [Ortyx virginiana] food [and manner of feeding]. < Forest and
Stream, iii, Oct. 22, 1874, p. 164. f
. 1874. Cours, [E.] Compliments of Mr. & Mrs. Robert White. < Am. Sportsman, iv,
1874, p. 65.
Accompanying portraits of male and female Ortyx virginiana.
1874, “KK.” Do quail [Ortyx virginiana] eat chinch bugs? < Forest and Stream, i 25
Apr. 30, 1874, p. 180. ‘

1874. ““Homo.” [C. 8. WestcorT.] ‘Do quail [Ortyx virginiana] voluntarily
retain their scent.” < Forest and Stream, i, Jan. 29, 1874, p. 390.

The negative maintained.

1874. ‘‘PIONEER.” The scent question. < Forest and Stream, ii, Aug. 6, 1874, p. 405.

With respect to Lophortyx californica.

1874. ‘“‘Scorta.” Migration of 50) White [Ortyx virginiana]. < Am. Sportsman, iii,
1874, p. 290.

1874. TREETON, J. [Escaped] Virginian Quail [Ortyx virginiana] in Northampton-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3835. :

1874. “T.S.D.” Albino Bob White [Ortyx virginiana]. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874,

p. 283.

1874. WANMAKER, E.S. Do quai: [Ortyx virginiana] withhold their scent? ee
est and Stream, ii, Apr. 30, 1874, p.180. See p. 276.

Believes that a quiet, sitting bird would be readily overlooked by the dog; but that it ogi
not voluntarily retain its scent. Much correspondence between gunners precedes and fol-
lows for several months, little of which has any permanent value, or brings out any new
facts upon the subject.

1875. ANon. [Feeding habits of Ortyx virginiana]. < Rod and Gun, vi, July 3, 1875,
p. 215; Aug. 7, p. 281.

Reprint. See also pp. 330, 370.

1875. ANON. Fertile Albinos [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest and Stream, iv, Mar. 11,
1875, p. 69. :

Reprinted from St. Louis ‘‘ Republican”’, Mar. 3, 1875.

1875. Barnes, J.B. The Perdicide [of America]. < Forest and Stream, iii, Jan. 21,
1875, p. 372.

1875. Estey, T.H. White California quail [Lophortyx californica]. < Forest and
Stream, iv, Feb. 11, 1875, p. 5.

1875. EvEerRTS,M.G. An Open Letter [concerning the Migratory Quail (Coturnix
communis) of Europe, and the feasibility of its introduction into the United
States]. <( Am. Sportsman, v, Jan. 23, 1875, p. 264.

1875. GOLDsMITH, M. The migrating quail [Coturnix communis]. < Rod and Gun,

“vi, May 1, 1875, p. 65. ’
Habits, etc., in Europe; with reference to its introduction into America.

1875. H[OLBERTON], W. C. Quail [Ortyx virginiana, in winter]. < Forest and
Stream, iv, Feb. 18, 1875, p. 24.

1875. “Homo.” [C.S.WeEstcotr.] A new variety of quail [Ortyx hoopesii sp. n.].

.< Morest and Stream, v, Noy. 25, 1875, p. 243.

Hditorial note appended, stating it to be abnormal plumage of Ortyx virginiana.

1875. “J. K. O.” California Quail [Lophortyx californica, can probably be intro-
duced into Eastern States]. < Rod and Gun, vi, June 19, 1875, p. 187.

1875. ‘‘PROTECTOR.” How to raise quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest and Str eam,

ill, Jan. 7, 1878, p. 345, 4 cuts.

1875. ‘““Recapper.” [T.O.ABBOTT.] Protect the American Quail [Ortyx virgini-
ana}. <Am. Sportsman, v, Mar. 13, 1875, p.378. See also p. 346. :
1875. “T.C.A.” Protect the American Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. . < Am. Sports- ;
man, V, Feb. 20,1875, p.346. See also p. 378.

\

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

PERDICIDA. 829

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY

. ‘“Wankonza.” Dearth of Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Am. Sportsman, v,

Mar. 20, 1875, p. 394.

“AupHa.” The Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Question. < Rod and Gun, viii, Apr.
29, 1876, p. 67.
~ Scent concealed by crouching bird.

ANON. Migratory Quail [importation of Coturnix communis into the United
States]. < Forest and Stream, vi, Mar. 30, 1876, p. 115.

Anon. The Migration of the quail [Coturnix communis, at Malta]. < Kod and
Gun, viii, July 8, 1876, p. 231.
Quoted from London ‘‘ Times.”
ANON. [Hatuock,C.] [Success in] Taming quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < For-
est and Stream, vii, Oct. 5, 1876, p. 137.
. Quail [Ortyx virginiana], etc. < Rod and Gun, viii, Apr. 15, 1876,
p. 34.
Several letters upon the question of their withholding scent.

‘¢ ARKANSAS.” Quail [Ortyx virginiana, migratory or not?] < Rod and Gun,
vii, Feb. 12, 1876, p. 307.

BREWSTER, W. Can quail [Ortyx virginiana] withhold their scent? < Rod
and Gun, vii, Feb. 26, 1876, p. 344. .
Considers this power possessed by certain individual birds—not necessarily by all of cer-
tain bevies. _
“C.F.W.B.” Do Quail [Ortyx virginiana, withhold scent ?], ete. < Rod and
Gun, vili, May 13, 1876, p. 99.

Views of German sportsmen.

“‘CorDUROY”, and OTHERS. Can Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Withhold Their
Scent? < Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 25, 1876, p. 402.

“‘CorDUROY”’ denies the power, and thinks concealment and the state of the weather fur
nish an explanation. BLUNT, GEORGE W., says No; scent naturally does not leave the bird
while it remains quiet. ‘‘PERDIX CHICAGOENSIS” affirms it, as a conscious act by the bird,
which can control the escape of scent from its skin at certain times.

Couss, [E.] Dr. Coues upon Quail, ete. <Rodand Gun, viii, Apr. 1, 1876, p. 9.

Cannot voluntarily withhold scent; thatis to say, by any act of conscious volition. But

certain actions of the birds, without design, result in the retention of the effluvium—which
may algo be favored or hindered by certain surroundings, as state of the atmosphere.

“Harry.” Inthe Woods. < Rod and Gun, vii, Jan. 8, 1876, p. 226.
Comments upon article ‘‘ Bob-white” in Harper's New Monthly Magazine (xxxix, 1869, pp.
505-512, figs. 1-6), and additional notes on Ortyx virginiana.

[INGERSOLL, E.] Red-legged Partridges [imported into the United States].
< Forest and Stream, v, Feb. 3, 1876, p. 404. -

LINDEN, C. The Scent of Birds [Ortyx virginiana]. < Rod and Gun, viii, Apr.
_ 1, 1876, p. 6.

Discussion of the subject of withholding scent by quail.

Loupon, F. Can Quail [Ortyx virginiana] withhold their Scent? < Rod and
Gun, vii, Feb. 25, 1876, p. 339.
Believes they can.
“OLD GUNNER.” Quail [Ortyx virginiana], Guns, etc. < Rod and Gun, vii,
Feb. 26, 1876, p. 338.
Quail do at times withhold their scent; and certain bevies are marked by peculiar habits.
“READER.” Quails [Ortyx virginiana] Withholding Their Scent. < Rod and
Gun, vii, Mar. 11, 1876, p. 371.
Bird retains odor upon its feet by covering them the instant it alights so closely that air

cannot escape trom beneath the feathers; certain bevies inherit this particularly; and the
practice is specially observable in those bevies most assailed by hawks.

530

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.
1876.

1876.

1877.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

‘“‘Bop WHITE.” Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Withholding Scent. < Rod and
Gun, vii, Mar. 11, 1876, p. 371.
Facts showing its improbability. ;
‘‘RecApPER.” [T. C. ABBOTT.] Can quail [Ortyx virginiana] withhold their
scent? < Rod and Gun, vii, Feb. 12, 1876, p. 312.
Believes it is possible, and voluntary, but a peculiarity of some bevies more than of others.
This gave rise to much discussion, for which see pages 338, 339, 344, 370, 371, 386, 402, 496;
ibid., vii, pp. 2, 6, 9, 34, 67, 99, 184,.and the general conclusion reached was, that no volun-
tary retention of scent was possible; but that the quiet or activity, state of mind and age
of the bird—varying with different bevies—as well as atmospheric influences, affected the
condition of the scent to such an extent as sometimes to almost wholly obliterate it.
‘Rep-winG.” [A. I. HuyLer.] Quails [Ortyx virginiana] eat Skunk-cab-
bage [Symplocarpus feetidus] seeds. < Forest and Stream, vi, Apr. 6, 1876, p.
133.
Savin, O. On two additional Species of Central-American Odontophorine.
< Ibis, 3d ser., vi, July, 1876, pp. 379, 380.
Eupsychortyx leucotis, Gould, P. Z. S., 1843, p. 133, and Odontophorus cinetus, sp.D., p. 379.
“Spy.” Can Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Withhold Their Scent. < Rod and Gun,
vii, Feb. 26, 1876, p. 338.
Can withhold scent voluntarily, and doso when frightened. See p. 312.
TaGGaRT, D. Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Raising. < Forest and Stream, vii, Oct,
26, 1876, p. 179.
Reprinted from ‘‘ Fanciers’ Journal”.
[Tireston, W.M.] Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Shooting. < Forest and Stream.
vii, Noy. 16, 1876, p. 232. ry
Habits of Ortyx virginiana from a sportsman’s point of view.
“Tonic.” [?M. M. BENSCHOTER.] Can Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Withhold
their Scent? < Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 11, 1876, p. 370.
Answers in the negative, and supposes atmospheric conditions and other circumstances
to explain alleged retention.
“T. UMBELLUS.” Do quail [Ortyx virginiana, withhold their scent?] ete.
< Rod and Gun, viii, May 27, 1876, p. 134.

“VIRGINIA,” and OTHERS. Can Quail [ Ortyx virginiana] Withhold Their Scent?
< Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 18, 1876, p. 386.

‘“VIRGINIA”’ denies that a dog’s nose can be ‘‘so saturated with scent as that new birds are
not perceived”; thinks odor of pine needles disguises birds’ scent, but doubts whether it can
be retained. ‘‘ REX” considers that adult birds can withhold scent, by compressing their
feathers into an air-tight envelope of the body, through which no effluvium can pass from
the body. ‘‘RippLe” denies the power, and argues the case circumstantially at length.
‘“NORTHWEST” considers that the birds that escape the dog would all be found after a few
moments. ‘‘Dry Lanp” denies that they can withhold scent voluntarily, but that hiding
and other circumstances account for the retention.

“WOLVERINE.” Powder, Quail and McLellan. < Lod and Gun, vii, Mar. 25,
1876, p. 406.
Remarks upon withholding of scent, and ‘‘reasoning powers” of Ortyx virginiana.
ANON. [EDITORIAL.] [Successful acclimatation of Ortyx virginiana in Ne-
vada.] < Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 25, 1876, p. 407.
Younes, J.E. A pet quail [Ortyx virginiana] in New York [for nine years].

<_ Forest and Stream, vii, Oct. 19, 1876, p. 164.

“YuBA Dam”. Quail [Ortyx virginiana] Withholding Scent.. <Rod and Gun,
Apr. 1, 1876, p. 2.

If they do appear to withhold scent, it is owing to atmospheric conditions and density of
cover.

ALLIN, E. Treatment of Quail (Ortyx virginiana] in Confinement. < Forest
and Stream, viii, Feb. 15, 1877, p. 21.

ernne

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PERDICIDA. 831

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.
1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

Axion. An Albino Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest aud Stream, ix, Dec. 20,
1877, p. 381.

From ‘‘ Bucks County Gazette”.

ANON. Migrations of Quails [Ortyx virginiana]. <The Country, i, Dec. 15, 1877,
p. 91.

Letter condensed from ‘Scientific American ” concerning inability of this species to fly
across the Mississippi river near Natchez.

ANON. Migratory Quails [Coturnix communis] for Vermont. < Forest and
Stream, viii, June 28, 1877, p. 341.

Account from Rutland (Vt.) ‘‘Herald” of arrival of Quail from Sicily, to be acclimatized
by the Hon. M. G. Everts; and remarks on breeding native Quail in this country from the
Nashville (Tenn.) ‘‘ Rural Sun.”

Quail [Coturnix communis] at Sea. < Forest and Stream, ix, Novy. 22,
1877, p. 306. See pp. 327, 345.
Letters concerning their occurrence on Atlantic Coast.
Those Migratory quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest and Stream, ix,
Dec. 6, 1877, p. 345. See pp. 306, 327, 380, 397.

Letters from M.G. Everts, W. Hapgood, and ‘‘Staunch”, with editorial remarks, concern-
ing their colonization in Vermont.

Cougs, E. Quail [Coturnix communis] at Sea. < Forest and Stream, ix, Nov.
29, 1877, p. 327.

Information wanted concerning Quail mentioned on p. 306; distinctions between European

and American “Quail.”

[Covss, E.] Birds. < The Mirror (Baltimore, Md.), Oct. 1, 1877, p.10; Nov. 1,

1877, p. 5.
Notices of certain North American Perdicide, from his ‘‘Birds of the Northwest.”

Hapcoop, W.- Game birds of New England. European quail [Coturnix com-
munis]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Aug. 9, 1877, p. 10.
HARRINGTON, H. Can the Partridge [Ortyx virginiana] withhold his scent?
< Forest and Stream, ix, Nov. 22, 1877, p. 306.
Affirmed, through power of bird to compress its plumage, which is non-conducting of scent.
Hovueuton,G.H. Breeding season for quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest and
Stream, viii, July 26, 1377, p. 421.
LAWRENCE,G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Troch-
ilide and Tetraonide. < Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci.,i, Dec., 1877, pp. 50-52.
The gallinaceous bird here described is Cyrtonyx sumichrasti, p. 51, Sta Efigenia, Tehuan-
tepec.
Reavy, J.A. Those Quail [Coturnix communis] Not All Gone to Sea. < For-
est and Stream, ix, Dec. 27, 1877, p. 397.

Row.ey, G. D. Odontophorus cinctus (Salvin). < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt. xi,
Noy., 1877, pp. 39-41, pl. Ixxxi.
Copy of the orig. descr., with colored fig, of the bird, and notes on habits by A. Boucard.
[GRINNELL, M.] Save the Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest and Stream,
vii, Jan. 18, 1877, p. 376.
While suffering from rigors of winter.
VANDYKE,T.S. California Quail [Lophortyx californica] for the East. < Rod
and Gun, ix, Mar. 17,1877, p.71. See also p. 401.
Habits of Quail of Pacific Coast, and qualities fitting them for successful introduction into
the Eastern States.
“VERDE MONTE.” Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest and
Stream, viii, Aug. 2, 1877, p. 447.
Details of M. G. Everts’ successful introduction of them in Vermont.
Anon. Inability of American Quail [Ortyx virginiana] to Fly Across Wide
Rivers [doubted]. < Forest and Stream, x, Apr. 18, 1878, p.196. See pp. 255,
319,

832

1878.
1878.
1878.
1878.
1878.
1878.
1878.

1878.
1878.

1878.
1878.
1878.

1878.
1878.
1879.

1879.
1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Brown, F.C. Nesting of the Messina Quail [Coturnix communis, in Connecti-
cut and Massachusetts. |] < Forest and Stream, xi, Aug. 8, 1878, p.2. Seep. 56.

“OC. R.” Flight of Quail over Water [and sagacity in escape]. < Morest and
Stream, x, May 9, 1878, p. 255. See pp. 196, 319.

“Ek.” [Ortyx virginiana in Maine in December.] < The Country, i, Mar. 2,
1878, p. 261.

[EDITORIAL.| European quail [Coturnix communis] for [introduction into]
America. < The Country, ii, June 22, 1878, p. 132.

[EDITORIAL.] More European quails [Coturnix communis, imported for nat-
uralization]. < The Country, ii, July 6, 1878, p. 163.

E[uizny], M. G. Inability of our Quail [Ortyx virginiana] to Make Long
Flights. < Forest and Stream, x, May 30, 1878, p.319. See pp. 196, 255.
Everts, M. G. Successful breeding of the Messina quail (Coturnix communis)
in New England. < Forest and Stream, xi, Aug. 22, 1878, p. 56. See p. 2.

‘“‘GREENWOOD”. Wintering quail. < Forest and Stream, x, Feb. 28, 1878, p. 55.

INGERSOLL, E. American Quails [Ortyx virginiana] for English Preserves.
< The [London] Field, li, Feb. 9, 1878, p. 152.

Circumstantial history of the species, with remarks upon its adaptation to residence in

England.

“KENTUCKIAN.” [Successful] Domestication of Quail [Ortyx virginiana].
< Forest and Stream, xi, Oct. 3, 1878, p. 179.

MircHe., H. M. California mountain quail [Oreortyx picta, able to acclim-
atize in the Eastern States]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Jan. 3, 1878, p. 413.

[NEwBy, J.B.] Early nesting of Quail [Ortyx ‘arena, Jan. 20]. < Forest
and Stream, x, Feb. 7, 1878, p. 3.

“OrtTyx.” The migratory quail [Coturnix communis] at home. < Forest and
Stream, x, June 20, 1878, p. 379.

S[waInson], J. The Gray partridge (Perdix Cinerea) [suitable to introduce
into U.S.] < Forest and Stream, x, May 2, 1878, p.235. See p. 296.

ANON. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Jan.
1, 1879, p. 951.

ANON. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest and Stream, xii, Mar.
20, 1879, p. 126.

Encouraging report as to the success of the experiment of acclimatizing this species.
Anon. The California Quail [Lophortyx californica]. < Forest and Stream,

xiii, Dee. 11, 1879, p. 894.
Reprinted from San Francisco (Cal.) Bulletin.

The Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest and Stream, xiii,
Aug. 14, 1879, p. 544.

Reports from Maine (J. Wight [Wright]) and Canada (J. D. Nevin) of the nesting of the
recently imported ‘‘ migratory quail”; with brief editorial introduction.

The Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Vorest and Siream, xiii,
Dec. 25, 1879, p. 927.

A composite article, consisting of five letters from correspondents, H. P. Tobey, Carl F.
Brown, U.S. Consul at Messina, W. H. Williams, and ‘‘J. W.S.” ‘The information given is
encouraging to those interested in the successful acclimatization of this species.

Bacon, F. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest and Stream, xiii,
Oct. 16, 1879, p. 725.

Report of successful rearing of these birds in America from stock imported the previous
spring.

“BOBOLINK.” [E. G.Rock.] Habits of the Migratory Quail [Coturnix com-
munis.] < Forest and Stream, xi, Jan. 30, 1879, p. 522.
Compiled from different sources.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PERDICIDA. 833

1879. Bouon, J.T. Domestication of Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Lorest and Stream,
xii, May 8, 1879, p. 266.
Short account of raising of them with common fowls until they had attained their full size,
1879. Epitor, and OTHERS. Importation of Game Birds [Coturnix communis].
< Forest and Stream, xii, June 19, 1879, p. 390.
A made-up article, consisting of reports from various quarters of the success attending the
importation of the migratory Quail, with editorial introduction. The reports come from
Maine (James Wright), New Hampshire (‘‘Mont Clare”), Massachusetts (Horace P. Tobey),
New York (Arnold Stub, M. D., and C. H. Bitting), and Pennsylvania (H. Holdane, *‘Jot”’, and
Byron Cracroft). In all cases the birds arrived in good order and promised to do well.
1879. Epiror. To Breed Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Aug.
7, 1879, p. 525. .
1879. EpiTor. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < lorest and Stream, xiii,
Aug. 28, 1879, p. 585.
Proposed prohibition of netting these birds in Messina.
1879. ENGLERT, M., and Rousset, A. C. [Breeding of Ortyx virginiana in confine-
ment.|] < Forest and Stream, xii, Feb. 6, 1879, p. 6.

1879. HenrRy,S.H. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis] in New Jersey. < Forest
and Stream, xii, June 26, 1879, p. 412.

1879. LINDEN, C., [and Epiror.] New Protection for Quail [Ortyx virginiana].
< Forest and Stream, xii, Feb. 13, 1879, p. 31.
Proposed plan for protecting this species, with editorial comments.
1879. ‘“MILES”. Domestication of Quail [Ortyx virginiana]. < Forest and Stream,
xii, Aug. 7, 1879, p. 525.
1879.. [REYNOLDs, C. B.] The Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis].: < Forest and
Stream, xii, June 26, 1879, p. 412.
Brief remarks on the habits of the bird, to introduce woodcut taken from Morris’ British
Birds.
1879. R[ HODES], W., and Tosry, H. P. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis].
< Forest and Stream, xiii, Dee. 11, 1879, p. 891.
A query by W. R., and an answer by Mr. Tobey, giving some information as to the game
qualities of these birds.
1879. SAMUELS, E.A. The Virginia Partridge, or Common Quail. Ortyx virginianus
—Bonaparte. < Townand Country, People’s Monthly Journal (Boston, Mass.),
1, No. 3, Mar., 1879.
Extended popular account of habits.
1879. Tosry, H. P., and Brown, C. F. Importation of Migratory Quail [Coturnix
communis]. < Lorest and Stream, xii, Feb. 20, 1879, p. 52.
Letter from Mr. Tobey inclosing one from C. F. Brown, U.S. consul at Messina, giving
directions for obtaining these birds for importation to America.
1879. Topry,H.P. Importation of Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < forest
and Stream, xii, Mar. 13, 1879, p. 120.
Letter giving information in regard to importing these birds.
1879. Topry, H. P. Cost of Importing Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis].
< Forest and Stream, xii, Mar. 20, 1879, p. 126.
1879. VIBERT, P. Importation of European Partridge. < Forest and Stream, xii, June
26, 1879, p. 412.
Advocating it.
1879. WEST, MARK (? pseudonym). Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis]. < Forest
and Stream, xiii, Aug. 28, 1879, p. 585.
Observed near New Haven, Conn. ;
1879. WoopMAN, M.S. Migratory Quail [Coturnix communis] in New Hampshire.
< Forest and Stream, xii, June 26, 1879, p. 412.
Report of the progress of their acclimatation in that State.

834 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | ol.V.

Charadriidz.

1774. Ascanius, P. Beskrivelse over en Norsk Sneppe [Charadrius sp.] et stedyr
< Trondhjemske Vid. Selsk. Skr., v, 1774, p. 153.
Not seen: title from Carus and nectar
1807. GEOFFROY StT.-HILAIRE, [E.] Observations sur les habitudes attribuées par
Hérodote aux Crocodiles du Nil. < Ann. du Mus. @ Hist. Nat., 1x, 1807, pp.
373-387.

Sur le Trochilus des anciens, Charadrius egyptius, Hasselq., pp. 382-384.

1814. Niusson, S. Analecta Ornithologica. Pars II. Charadrios Syecize sistens.
Prees. Sv. Nilsson, Resp. J. M. Roselius, Gothob. Lunde. 1814. 4ot. pp.
31-42. :

Haud mihi obvia.—Pars I, vide sub Motacillidis, hujusce bibliographiz.

1825. Kaup, J. J. Beytrige zur Ornithologie. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. ix, 1825, pp. 1395,
1396 [i. e., 1375, 1376], pl. xiv.

Ueber die Gattungen Charadrius und Vanellus. C. semipalmatus, p. ‘‘1396” (é. @., 1376),

Taf. xiv (Kopf und Fuss).
1826. S[rTrau]s, —. Matériaux pour Ornithologie; par M. Kaup. ... < Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., viii, 1826, pp. 276, 277.
Extrait de l’Isis, 1825, p. ‘' 1395” =1375, pl. 14; sur les genres Charadrius et Vanellus.
1827. Grorrroy Sv.-Hinaire, [E.] Mémoire sur deux espéces d’aminaux nommés
Trochilus et Bdella par Hérodote, leur guerre, et la part qu’y prend le Croco-
dile. < Mém. du Mus. @ Hist. Nat., xv, 1827, pp. 459-474.

Examen du texte d’Hérodote 4 leur sujet—Confirmation des faits observés par cet histo.
rien—Sur le Trochilus (Pluvier des modernes)—Examen des services rendus par le Frochilus
au Crocodile, analogue 4 ceux du Todier au méme reptile 4 St.-Domingue—Considérations
sur les services réciproques que se rendent les animaux et inductions relatives aux pheno-
ménes de l’instinct.

1828. Grorrroy ST.-HiLatre, [E.] Ueber den Zustand der Naturgeschichte bey den
(alten und neuern) Aegyptiern, vorziiglich hinsichtlich des Crocodills. <Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 1076-1086.

Uebers. Rev. Encyc., mai 1828.—P. 1083, aes solte man vom Trochilus denken? ‘‘—Oha-
radrius egyptius Hasselq.

1828. Grorrroy St.-Hiaire, [K.] An account of the services which the little bird
called Trochilos [| Agialitis egyptius (Hasselq.)] renders to the Crocodile.
< Edinb. Journ. Sci., ix, 1828, pp. 68-72.

1829. Hawkins, T. A Species of Plover < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1329, p. 207.

1829. “J. B.” Food of the Lapwing [Vanellus cristatus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 113, 114. '

1829. ““M.” Food of the Lapwing [Vanellus cristatus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
i, 1829, p. 496.

1832. CLayTon, G. The Kentish Plover not a variety of the Ring Plover, or Dul-
willy, as it is asserted to be in Rennie’s Montagu’s Ornithological Dictionary.
<_ Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 80, 81.

1833. ““T.K.” A remarkable Variety of the Peewit [ Vanellus cristatus]. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 519.

1834. GouLp, J. [Characters of a New Species of Plover (Vanellus albiceps) col-
lected by Lieut. Allen in Western Africa.] < P. Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 45.

1835. [GOULD, J.] [Ueber Vanellus albiceps.] <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 1029,
From P. Z. S., 1834, p. 45.

No. 4.]

1835.

1835.
1836.

1837.

1839.

1843.

1843.
1843.
1843.

1844.
1844.

1845.
1845,
1846.
1847,
1848.

1848.
1848.

1848,
1848.

1848.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CHARADRIID2. $35

DousLepay, H. [Charadrius minor has been taken in Britain; Grounds of
Proof of the Correctness of Identifying the Birds so deemed as it.] < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 615-617.

STRICKLAND, A. |Charddrius minor; the Accuracy of deeming it a Bird of Brit-
ain questioned, with Reasons.] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 510.

YARRELL, W. [Breeding of Charadrius morinellus at Skiddaw, England. ] oS J2,
ES , 1v, 1836, pp. 1, 2.

L’HERMINIER, F. Edicnéme. Adicnemus, Temminck. E. Vocifer. 4. voci-
fer. L’Herminier. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 7° année, 1837, classe ii, notice lxxxiy,
pp. 1-6, pl. lxxxiv.

. HrysHam, T. C. Some Observations on the Habits of the Dottrel, (Chara-

drius [Eudromias] Morinellus, Linn.) made in Cumberland, during the Sum-
mer of 1835. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 295-304.
[GouLp; J.] Erythrogonys [cinctus, sp. n.] Gould. Neue Gattung der Wad-
vogel. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1839,-(1), p. 397.
From P. Z. S., 1837, p. 155, where it occurs as part of a paper describing many new Aus-
tralian birds.
Hewett, W. Note on the Golden Plover [Charadrius pulvialis]. < Zoologist,
1, 1843, pp. 362, 363.
On its breeding and other habits.
Hewett, W. Note on the Eggs of the Stone Curlew [CGidicnemus crepitans].
< Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 363.
Hewett, W. Note on the habits of the Dottrell [Eudromias morinellus]. < Zo-
ologist, 1, 1843, p. 363.
Ropp, E. H. Note on the early breeding of the Ring Plover [ Agialitis hiati-
cula, in the Scilly Islands]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 190.
FRaseR, L. [On Birds from Chile, and description of Leptopus mitchellii, g
sp.n.] <P.Z.8., xii, 1844, p. 157.
The genus Leptodactylus is proposed in event that Leptopus is preoccupied.
Hurry, W. C. Ueber Herodots Trochilus und Crocodil. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XXXVi, 1844, p. 889.
Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xxix, 1840, p. 197.
Poots, J. Occurrence of the Norfolk Plover [Gidicnemus crepitans] in Co.
Wexford. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 876.
Ropp, E. H. Norfolk Plover [Gidicnemus crepitans] wintering in Cornwall.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 876.
CHENNELL, F. A. Incubation of the Ringed Plover ( Aigialitis hiaticula). < Zo-
ologist, iv, 1846, p. 1212.
Hugues, E. J. R. Enquiry respecting the rearing of a Lapwing [Vanellus
eristatus]. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1872.
CLIBBORN, J. Enquiry respecting the Migration of Plovers (Charadrius pluvi-
alis and cinereus). << Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2023.
FisHER, W.R. Migration of Plovers[in England]. <Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2066,
GoaTLEY, T. Note on the Great Plover (Gidicnemus crepitans). < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, p. 2147.
GoaTLey, T. Migration of the Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). <Zoolo-
gist, vi, 1848, p. 2147.
Morris, B.R. Note on the Great Plover (dicnemus crepitans). < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, pp. 2146, 2147.

Ropp, E. H. Great Plover (Gdicnemus crepitans) wintering in Cornwall.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2023.

836

1852.
1852.
1852.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1854.
1855.
1855.
1858.
1858.
1858.
1860.
1862.

1862.

1862.

1863.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

. Poors, J. Peewit (Vanellus cristatus) destructive to the Wireworm. <Zoolo-

gist, vi, 1848, p. 2023.

. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Dotterel Plover (Charadrius Piao

morinellus) at and near Wisbech. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

. GartTu, J.C. Occurrence of the Little Ringed Plover (Charadrius minor [ Aigia-

litis curonica]) near Whixley. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2953.

. STRICKLAND, H. E. On the occurrence of Charadrius virginiacus, Borkh., at

Malta. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., v, 1850, pp. 40-42.

. Ettman, J.B. Occurrence of the Little Ringed Plover [ Aigialitis curonica | at

Shoreham, Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.

. JAGER, —. Beobachtung iiber den Gold-Regenpfeiffer. (Charadrius auratus

Suk.) < Mirttemb. Naturw. Jahreshefte, vii, Jahrg. 1851, p. 264.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.

PAssLER, W. [Aus der Leben von Charadrius minor (Agialitis curonica). ]
< Naumannia, ii, Heft i, 1852, pp. 95, 96.

Powys, T. L. Occurrence of the Ring Dotterel (Charadrius [Mgialitis] Hi-
aticula) near Oxford. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3476.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Kentish Plover [ #gialitis cantiana] near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3453.

GARLAND, J. Occurrence of the Dotterel (Charadrius [ Eudromias] Morinellus)
near Dorchester. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4053.

GurNry,J.H. Note on the occurrence in Sweden of Pluvianus Egyptius.
< Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4096.

IrBy, L.H. Occurrence of the Stone Curlew (Gidicnemus crepitans) near Thet-
ford. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3909.

WARREN, —. [Exhibition of Charadrius minor (Agialitis curonica) from Clon-
tarf Island.] < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Proc. Soc.), i, 1856, p. 34.

HARTLAUB, G. Ueber Chettusia crassirostris de Filippi. <J./f. O., ili, 1855,
p. 427.

LUBBERT, —. [Ein ungefahr acht Tage alter Gidicnemus crepitans.] <Nau-
mannia, 1855, p. 109.

GURNEY, J. H. Note on a Lapwing’s [Vanellus cristatus] Egg with Two
Yolks. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6144.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Great Plover [Gidicnemus crepitans] at Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6009.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Kentish Plover [ Aigialitis cantiana] near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6097.

GLoGER, C. W. L. Der Alpen-Regenpfeifer (Charadrius [Eudromias] morinel-
lus) auf dem Riesengebirge wieder vorhanden. <J.f. O., viii, 1860, p. 159.
Crewe, H.H. [Letters on the occurrence of Charadrius (Eudromias) morinellus

at Tringhoe, England.] < Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 390, 391.

SAVILLE, S. P. Occurrence of the Norfolk Plover [(Gidicnemus crepitans] in
Cambridgeshire, with a few Remarks upon its Habits. < Zoologist, xx, 1862,
pp. 8168, 8169.

SciaTEeR, P.L. Notice of the supposed occurrence of the American Kill-deer
Plover (gialites vociferus) in Great Britain. < Ibis, ivy 1862, pp. 275-277.

River Avon, in Apr., 1857. Table of 11 out of 38 North American Gralle which have been
found in Europe.

Saxsy, H.L. Colour of the Eggs of the Golden Plover [Charadsin pluvialis].
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8725

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CHARADRIID&. 837

1864. BouLton, W.W. Great Plover or Stone Curlew [Gidicnemus crepitans] near
Beverley. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9282, 9283.
1864. ComnpE, J.L. Note pour servir 4 Vhistoire des Oiseaux insectivores. < Lev.

Zool., 1864, pp. 5, 6.
On the diet of a bird belonging ‘‘a4 la famille des échassiers riverains du genre chevalier.”
Not seen; title from Zool. Rec.

1864. CorDEAUX, J. Gray Plover [Squatarola helvetica] on the Lincolnshire Coast.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9115.

1864. Hartine, J. E. The little Ringed Plover [ Aigialitis curonica] at Kingsbury,
Middlesex. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9283-9285.

1864. Norman, G. Eggs of the Thickknee Plover [Gidicnemus crepitans]. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 9114.

1864. ScHwaitzEeR, F. Charadrius [Eudromias] morinellus in der Provinz Posen.
< J. f. O., xii, 1864, p. 314.

1865. SCHLEGEL, H. Cursores. <( Mus. Nat. Hist. Pays-Bas, 17° livr., Mars 1865, pp.
1-80.

The ‘‘Cursores” of this author consist of four very distinct families, the Otidide, Glareo-
lide, Charadriide, and Hematopodide.

Of Otidide are described 18 spp., all referred to the single genus Otis.

Of Glareola are treated 5 spp., and of Cursorius 7 spp.

Strepsilas with 3 spp. and Hematopus with 6 spp.

The greater part of the memoir is of course devoted to the charadrian group, of which are
described 7 spp. of Gdicnemus, 21 of Charadrius, 4 of Morineltus, 3 of Pluvialis, 13 of Van-
nellus, and 9 of Lobivanellus.

The whole group is represented by a total of 750 specimens in the Leyden Museum.

1866. BrruM,A.E. Zur Naturgeschichte des weisschwanzigen Kiebitzes, (Chaetusia
[sic] leucura). J. f. O., xiv, 1866, pp. 386-388.

1866. Monk, T. J. Little Ringed Plover [| Agialitis curonica] near Lewes. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 229.

1866. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Stone Curlew or Great Plover [Gidicnemus
crepitans] at the Land’s End. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 34, 35.

1866. SHorTO, J., JR. Stone Curlew [Qdicnemus crepitans] near Dorchester.

. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 389.

1867. HERKLOTZ, O. Oedicnemus crepitans. < Verh. (Abh.) k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
Xvii, 1867, pp. 619-622.

: Lebensweise. ; i
1867. SHoRTO,J.,JR. Golden and Green Plovers (see Zool. S. S. 690). < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ii, 1867, p. 759.

1867. StupBs, C.E. Lapwings [Vanellus cristatus] at Henley-on-Thames. < Zoolo- -
gist, 2d ser., ii, 1867,,.p. 829.

1868. BLAKE-KNox,H. Thickkneed Plover [C@idicnemus crepitans] in the County of
Dublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1134.

1868. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Common Dotterel [Eudromias morinellus] at
the Lizard. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1423.

1869. CoRDEAUX,J. On the Variation in Colour of the Axillary Plume of the Golden
Plover [Charadrius pluvialis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1601, 1602.

1869. HartinG, J.B. [Exhibition of a skin of Anarhynchus frontalis.] <P. Z. S.,
XxXxvii, 1869, p. 360.
1869. HarTInG, J. E. On rare or little-known Limicole. [Part I.]. < Ibis, 2d ser.,
v, 1869, pp. 304-310, fig., and pl. viii.
This, the first instalment of a series of articles with above caption, without subhead, treats
monographically of Anarhynchus frontalis.

838

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1869-73. HartinG, J. E. Onrare or little-known Limicole. [Parts I-V.] < Ibis,

1870.

1870.

2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 304-310, fig. and pl. viii, 426-434, figg. and pl. xii; 2d ser.,
vi, 1870, pp. 201-213, pli. v, vi, 378-392; 3d ser., ili, 1873, pp. 260-269, pll. viii, ix.

An importaut series of papers, very full, and making many rectifications of synonymy and
other criticisms. They are divisible into parts, each one of which will be found entered in
this Bibliography under head of the family to which the birds treated in the successive
instalments respectively belong.—1869, pp. 304-310, treats of Anarhynchus frontalis (pl. 8);
1869, pp. 426-434, of Hurynorhynchus pygmeeus (pl. 12); 1870, pp. 201-218, of Hudromias asiat-
icus (pl. 5), H. veredus (pl. 6); 1870, pp. 378-392, of Agialitis geoffroyi, 4. mongolicus ; 1873,
pp. 260-269, Agialitis varius (pl. 8), A. sanctee helene, n. sp., p. 266 (pl. 9) =pecuarius ex St.
Helen4 auct. Thus all five papers, excepting the second, treat of Charadriidae.

59. HARTLAUB, G. On Anarhynchus [frontalis]. <P. 7. S.,xxxvii, 1869, pp. 433-

436,
History and characters of the genus; synonymy and description of the species.

. Horne, C. [On the habits of Lobivanellus goensis.] < Lbis, oH ser., v, 1869,

pp. 454-456.

. JARDINE, W. [Note on the bill of Anarhynchus frontalis.] < Ibis, 2d ser., v,

1869, pp. 461, 462.

. MatHew, M. A. Dotterel [Eudromias morinellus] near Weston. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1802.

. GURNEY, J.H.,Jr. Gray Plover [Squatarola helvetica] at Blakeney. <Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2384.

. Mostey, O. Golden Plover [Charadrius pluvialis] on the Dove. < Zoologist,

2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1981.

. Newton, A. [Exhibition of a Chick of Anarhynchus frontalis.] < P. Z. &.,

Xxxviil, 1870, pp. 673, 674, woodce.

. HaARTING, J. E. On rare o¢ little-known Limicole. [Part III.] < Ibis, 2d

ser., vi, 1870, pp. 201-213, pl. v, vi.
The third instalment of the series, continued from op. cit., v, 1869, p. 4384. It treats of Bu-
dromias asiaticus (pl. v), and #. veredus (pl. vi).
sana J. E. On rare or little-known Limicole. [Part IV.] < Tbis,2d
ser., vi, 1870, pp. 378-392.
ae fourth instalment of the series, continued from tom. cit., p. 218. It treats of Bpialitis
geofroyt and 4. mongolica.
SWINHOE, R. On the Plovers of the Genus Agialites found in China. < P. Za
S., Xxxvili, 1870, pp. 136-142, pl. xii.
8 spp. 4. hartingi, p. 136, pl. xii; 4. dealbatus, p. 138, spp. nn.

. HARVIE-BROwN, J. A. Ringed Plover [Agialitis hiaticula] breeding Tale

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2851.

. CHALK, W.J. Large Flock of Golden Plover [Charadrius pluvialis] at Bedford. |

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2806.

. Epwarpes, L. Ringed Plover [Agialitis hiaticula] breeding at a distance

from the Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi; 1871, p. 2770.

71. GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Dotterel [Charadrius morinellus] at Dungeness. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2851.

. HarTInG, J. E. Ringed Plover [ Agialitis hiaticula] breeding at a distance from

the Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2807.

. Mirrorp, R. Ring Dotterel breeding Inland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p.

2851

. Power, F.D. Dotterels [Kudromias morinellus] in Somersetshire. <Zoologist,

2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2441.

. OGDEN, J. A. Synopsis of the Genus Chettusia (Lobivanellus), with a Deserip-

tion of a New Species. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, pp. 194-196, pl. i.
A short, imperfect sketch, including 16 species, one being C. nivifrons, sp. n., from Fazo-
glou, p. 196. See especially Finsch, op. cit., 1872, p.32. .

No. 4.]

1871.
1872."

1872.

1872.

1873.
1873.

1873.

1873

1874.

1874,

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CHARADRUD&. 832

Ropp, E.H. Kentish Plover [Agialitis cantiana] near Penzance. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2806.

Angus, W.C. Ringed Plover [ Agialitis hiaticula] breeding at a distance from
the Coast. << Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2905, 2906.

Finscu, O. On Charadrius asiaticus and Ch. damarensis. < Ibis, 3d ser., ii,
1872, pp. 144-147.

Synonymatic and critical. The determinations differ from those of J. E. Harting, op. cit., 1870,
p. 206, g. v.

Fryscu, O. Remarks on the ‘‘Synopsis of the genus Chettusia (Lobivanellus),
with a description of a new Species by J. A.Ogden.” < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., xxiv, 1872, p. 32.

Chettusia nivifrons Ogd.—C. [Limnetes] crassirostris; and other rectifications, with addi-
tion of 8 species of the genus to those given by Ogden, op. cit., 1871, pp. 194-195, q. v.

CaBANIS, J. [Chettusia leucura bei Sarepta erlegt.] < J. f. O., 1873, p. 80.

DuRNFORD, H. Remarkable Posture of the Norfolk Plover [Gidicnemus crepi-
tans]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3693.

HarTineG, J. E. [Eudromias tenuirostris Hume = Aigialitis hartingi Swinh. =
Charadrius placidus Gray.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 324-327.

HaRrtTinG, J.E. On rare or little-known Limicole. [Part V.] < bis, 3d ser.,
iii, 1873, pp. 260-269, pll. viii, ix.

The fifth and concluding instalment of the series, continued from op. cit., 2d ser., vi, p. 392.

It treats of Agialitis varias (pl. viii), and of 4. sancte-helene, n. sp., p. 266, pl.ix Tho
latter is pecuarius auct. ex St. Helena.

HartTinG, J.E. On the Lapwing of Chili [Vanellus occidentalis, p. 451, sp. n. ].
<P. Z.S., lxii, 1874, pp. 449-452.

HartinG, J. E. On the Eggs of some little-known Limicole. < P.Z. S., xlii,
1874, pp. 454-460, pl. lx.
23 spp., of which the following are figured: fig. 1, Glareola lactea; 2, Pluvianus egyptius ;
3, Hoplopterus ventralis ; 4, Agialitis pecuarius; 5, H. tricollaris ; 6, A. falklandicus ; 7, #1.
collaris; 8, 4. rujicapillus; 9, 4. nigrifrons ; 10, Himantopus nove-zelandie ; 11, Anarhyn-
chus frontalis.

. DRESSER, H. E. [Occurrence of Charadrius fulvus (verus) in Great Britain. }

< Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 513, 514.

5. DRESSER, H. E. Notes on the Nest and Egg of Hypolais caligata and on the

Egg of Charadrius asiaticus, Pall., together with Remarks on the latter Spe-
cies and Charadrius veredus, Gould. < P. Z.8S., Feb. 16, 1875, pp. 97, 98.

The distinction of these two species of Charadrius maintained.

. HaRvisr-Brown, J.A. [On the Eggs of Anarhynchus frontalis described in P.

Z.S8., 1874, 454.] < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, p. 519.

. Boyss, F. Stone Curlew [Gidicnemus crepitans]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr.,

1876, p. 1882. :

. GURNEY, J.H., Je. Stone Curlew [CGidicnemus crepitans]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4801.

. GURNEY, J.H.,Jr. The Eye of the Little Ringed Plover [ Agialitis curonica].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4801.

. Ropp, E.H. Common Dotterel [EKudromias morinellus] near Penzance. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5125.

. WHEEEER, F. White Peewit [Vanellus cristatus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May,

1876, p. 4928.

. GaRROD, A. H. Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Genera

Thinocorus and Attagis. < P.Z.8., May 1, 1877, pp. 413-418, figg.
Nearest related to Cursorius and Glareola.
This does not come strictly under head of Charadriide; but I wish it to appear here.

840 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1877. Hower, M. A. The American golden plover [Charadrius fulvus virginicus. }
< Forest and Stream, viii, Mar. 1, 1877, p. 49.
Habits of the species.
1878. Eacir, C. H. Capture of Mgialitis meloda var. cireumcincta, Ridg., on Wong
Island. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 94.
1878. Garrop, A. H. On the trachea of Tantalus loculator and of Vanellus cayen-
nensis. <P. Z.8., May 21, 1878, pp. 625-629, figg. 1, 2
The parts named of each of these species are figured on the woodcuts in text.
1879. DuTcHER, W. Wilson’s Plover [Adgialitis wilsonia] on Long Island, N. Y.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 242.

No.4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CHIONIDIDA. | 841

Chionidide.

1836. BLAINVILLE, M. H. D. DE. Sur la place que doit occuper dans le systéme orni-
thologique le genre Chionis ou Bec-en-fourreau. < Comptes Rend. de UV Acad.
Sci., iii, 1836, pp. 155-164.
Pas vu moi-méme.
1836. BLAINVILLE, M. H. D. DE. Mémoire sur la place que doit occuper dans le sys-
teme ornithologique le genre Chionis ou Bec-en-fourreau. < Ann. des Sci. Nat.,
2 sér., vi, 1836, pp. 97-106.
This I have seen, and in fact have closely studied; but the title is taken at second-hand, and
may not be literally correct.

6 Various previous writers upon the subject had either passed over the systematic position
of Chionis as not determined, or, in attempting its determination, had in turn considered the
bird as grallatorial, natatorial, and gallinaceous, and had placed it in one or another of the
recognized families, or had made of it a distinct family. The present author, writing at a
time when only three specimens of Chionis alba were known to him to have existed, describes
briefly the external parts of this species, and in more detail the osteology, the material for the
study of the latter being an incomplete skeleton obtained through M. Baillon from M. P. E.
Botta, who also contributed some details of the visceral anatomy. Relying chiefly upon the
characters of the sternum in classification, M. De Blainville made the bird out to be an
échassier, closely related to Hematopus. The reasons for his conclusions are stated cate-
gorically in thirteen propositions on p. 106. The position here taken is defended with learn-
ing and ingenuity, and has been until recently very generally accepted without question.—Cf.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No.3, 1876, pp. 86-88.

1841. HartLaus,G. Nouveile espéce de Bec en fourreau (Chionis [minor]). < Revue
Zoologique, iv, 1841, pp. 5,6; v, 1842, pl. 2, figg. 2, 2a, 2b.
Cette espéce est devenue plus tard Je type du genre nouveau Chionarchus de MM. Kidder
et Coues, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., n°. 3, 1876, p. 116, g.v. lle a été figurée par M. G. R. Gray,
Gen. Birds.
1858. Eyton, T. C. Note on the Skeleton of the Sheath-bill (Chionis alba). <P. Z.
S., xXvi, 1858, pp. 99, 100.
Tnclines to place it with Glareola.
1858. Eyton, T: C. Note on the Skeleton of the Sheath-bill (Chionis alba). < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ii, 1858, p. 67.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 23, 1858, pp. 99, 100.
1869. CUNNINGHAM, R. 0. On Chionis alba. < Journ. Anat. and Physiol., Noy., 1869,
pp. 87-89, pl. vii.
A brief description, illustrated by figures, of the principal digestive organs, and larynx.

1870. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. On Chiaris [sic] alba. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for
1869, 1870, (Misc. Comm.), p. 111.
Anatomical notes on Ohionis alba.
1867. ScuaTeR, P. L. [Exhibition of a skin of Chionis minor.] <P. Z. 8., xxxv,
1867, p. 891.
. From the Crozet Islands, being that mentioned by E. L. Layard in Ibis, 1867, p. 458.
1871. Newton, A. [Egg of Chionis minor figured.] < P.Z.8., Jan. 17, 1871, p. 57, pl.
IMF tl Zo
Not properly citable as a separate article: the notice occurs in a paper entitled, “On some
New or Rare Birds’ Eggs”, running pp. 55-58, pl. iv, figg. 1-8 of the periodical in mention.
1876. Kipprer,J.H. Aninteresting Bird [Chionis minor]. < Popular Science Monthly,
viii, No. 48, Apr., 1876, pp. 657-665, figs. 1-3.
Popular account of the history, characters, and habits of this species.
1876. [Kipprer,J.H.] The Natural History of Kerguelen Island. < Am. Nat., x, No,
8, 1876, pp. 481-484.
Editorial, prepared from Dr. Kidder’s paner. Chionis minor the only bird treated.

Bull. v, 4 zal

842 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

1876. Kipprr, J. H., and Cours, E. A study of Chionis minor with reference to its
Structure and Systematic Position. < Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No.3, 1876, pp.
85-116.

After De Blainville’s original memoir of 1836 on the anatomy and taxonomy of 0. alba, this
article is the principal authority on the structure and systematic position of the family Chio-
nidide. The species studied is C. minor, not only fully endorsed as to its specific validity,
but raised to the rank of a separate genus (Chionarchus, g. n., p. 116). The taxonomic value
of the family is also raised to equivalency with the major groups indicated by Huxley by the
termination -morphe, under the style of Chionomorphe (p. 115).

The articie opens with a review of the literature of the whole subject, from Horster’s found-
ing of the genus Ohionis in 1788, to date, De Blainville’s paper being specially noted (pp.
85-90). The description of C. minor follows (pp. 91, 92); the anatomy of the same species
continues (pp. 92-107) with an account of the principal muscles and viscera, and a descrip-
tion of the whole skeleton. A ‘‘Statement of Conclusions deduced from the foregoing”’ con-
cludes the paper. De Blainville’s views of the near relationship of Ohionis to Haematopus are
criticized and dissented from. ‘‘In summing external characters, therefore, we see how
exactly Chionis stands between grallatorial and natatorial birds, retaining slight but per-
fectly distinct traces of several other types of structure” (p. 109). ‘‘ We thus find in Chionis
a connecting link, closing the narrow gap between the plovers and gulls of the present day.
In our opinion, this group represents the survivors of an ancestral type from which both
gulls and plovers have descended. And this opinion is strongly supported by the geograph-
ical isolation of its habitat, affording but few conditions favorable to variation” (p. 114).
Chionis being consequently not referable to either of the two superfamily groups between
which it stands, the group Chionomorphe is established for its reception, and defined—the
Chionomorphs ‘‘ constituting exactly the heretofore unrecognized link between the Charadrio-
morphs and Cecomorphs, nearer the latter than the former, and still nearer the common an-
cestral stock of both.” Of the two recognized species, 0. minor is decided to be ‘‘ undoubt-
edly nearest to the ancestral type,” and is therefore named Ohionarchus minor.

Other observations on Ohionis minor, by Dr. Kidder, are found ibid., p. 7; and in op. cit.,
No. 2, 1875, pp. 1-—; but these are not separate articles. I am under the impression that
one or more special papers on Ohionis appeared after 1876; but if so, i have not indexed the
periodicals in which they are contained.

No.4] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—H&MATOPODIDE. 843

Hzmatopodidz.

1773. ————. Beschreibung des Austernsammlers [ Hematopus ostralegus]. << Ber-
lin. Sammlgn., v, 1773, pp. 517-519.
Nicht mir selbst zugiinglich : Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.
1783. Orro, B. C. Der Steindreher [Tringa (Strepsilas) interpres]. < Abhandl. Na-
turf. Gesell. Halle, i, 1783, pp. 111-120.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.
1826. [Borr, F.] On the Plumage of the Oyster Catcher [ Hematopus ostralegus].
< Thomson’s Ann. Philos., new ser., xi, 1826, pp. 71, 72.
Editorial note of Boie’s observations.
1833. Evans, J. A puzzling Specimen of the Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus
L.). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 152, 153.
From Hereford Journal, Dec. 5, 1832.
1834. GLOATLEY], T. The Account of the Oyster Catcher [ Hematopus ostralegus].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 151, 152.
Cf. op. cit., vi, p. 151.
1846. CHENNELL, F. A. Occurrence of the Oyster-Catcher [Hzmatopus ostralegus]
inland. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1212.
1846. Hatt, T. Longevity of the Oyster Catcher [Hematopus ostralegus, xt. 30].
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1501.
1848. CaBoT, S., JR. [Comparison of the American and European Oyster-catcher
(Hematopus). ] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iii. 1848, pp. 43, 44.
The former was named H. palliatus by Temminck, Man. Orn.., ii, p. 532.
1848. CaBort,S., JR. American and European Oyster-catcher. < Am. Journ. Sci., vi,
1848, p. 433.
From Proc. Bost. Soc., iii, 1848, pp. 43, 44.
1849. CURTLER, M. Occurrence of the Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus) in
Worcestershire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2455.
1850. GartH, J.C. Turnstone [Strepsilas interpres] associating with Pigeons. < Zo-
ologist, viii, 1850, p. 2652.
1858. JAGER, C. [Hematopus ostralegus am Main.] < Naumannia, viii, 1858, p. 169.
1863. Saxpy, H. L. Green Variety of the Oystercatcher’s [Hematopus ostralegus]
Egg. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8725.
1864. NewMAN, H. W. Is the Turnstone [Strepsilas interpres ] near Flamborough and
Filey in July? < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9362, 9363.
1867. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Plumage of the Oystercatcher [Hematopus ostralegus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 607, 608.
1868. Harvis:Brown, J. A. Plumage of the Oystercatcher [ Hematopus ostralegus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1178.
1879. ““Mowircu.” Black Oyster Catcher [Hzmatopus niger]. < Forest and Stream,

xiii, No. 14, Nov. 6, 1879, p. 785.
Its occurrence in British Columbia.

844 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Scolopacid2.

1765. Str6mM, H. Beskrivelse voor en Norsk Strand sneppe, kaldet Fiére-pist [Tringa
sp.]. < Kong. Norske Vidensk.-Selsk. Skrift., iii, 1765, pp. 440-445.
Not seen.
1767. StrROM, H. [Beschreibung einer nordischen Strandschnepfe, Fidre-pist genannt
(Tringa sp.).] <(Drontheim. Ges. Schrift., iii, 1767, pp. 395-400.
Not seen. Transl. from Kong. Norske Vidensk.-Selsk. Skrift.,iii, 1765, pp. 440-445.
1794. Markwick, W. Additional Remarks on the Wood Sandpiper, Tringa [Totanus]
glareola. < Trans. Linn. Soc., ii, 1794, p. 325.
The original remarks are in a paper ‘On the migrations of certain Birds,” ete.. in Frans.
Linn. Soc., 1791, pp. 118-180, pl. xi. The species is here considered as a variety of T. ochropus
(written ocropus). See same view in Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 81, 82.
1794. [Markwick, W.] Ueber Linnés braungefleckten Strandlaufern, (Tringa [To-
tanus] Glareola.) < Meyer’s Zool. Annalen, i, 1794, pp. 331-383, pl. vi.
Auszug aus Trans. Linn. Soc., 1791, p. 128, pl. xi.
1805. VAUGHAN, J., and MILLIGAN, R. Facts and Observations relative to the North-
American Woodcock [Philohela minor]; < Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ.,
parti, vol. ii, 1805, pp. 68-70.
The behavior of the bird during the mating season.
1816. THUNBERG, C.P. Platalaea pygmea, vidare beskrifven, med figur. < Kongl.
Vetensk.-Acad. Handl., 1816, pp. 194-198, pl. vi.

1818, RAFINESQUE, C. 8. General Account of the Discoveries made in the Zoology
of the Western States. < Amer. Monthly Mag., iv, 1818, pp. 106, 107.
Page 106, Symphemia, g.n., named, nodescr. It is described, and its type named S. atlan-
tica, sp.n., in Jowrn. de Pine, Ixxxviii, 1819, p. 418.
1823. Kaup, [J. J.] Brehm’s Schnepfe, Scolopax Brehmii eae [sp.n.]. < Oken’s
Isis, Jahre. yii, 1823, p. 1147.

1823. Morrison, —. The Woodcock [Scolopaxrusticola]. <Hdinb. Philos. Journ., x,
1823, pp. 198, 199.
On the migration of this species.
1824. Straus, —. Mémoire sur le Scolopax Brehmii; par M. Kaup.. . . < Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., 1, 1824, p. 183.
Extrait de l’Isis, Bd. vii, 1823, p. 1147.
1825. [Morrison, —.] Sur la Bécasse [Scolopax rusticola]. <Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
vi, 1825, pp. 98, 99.
Extrait de ’ Hdinb. Philos. Jowrn., x, 1823, pp. 198, 199; sur les migrations de cet oiseau.
1825. Vicors, N. A. A description of a new Species of Scolopax [sabini] lately dis-
covered in the British Islands; ... < Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xiv, pt. iii,
1825, pp. 556-562, pl. xxi.
The paper is-of more extended scope, and the full title will be found in the Fourth (British)
Instalment of this Bibliography. The new Snipe is figured on the plate.
1825. Vicors, N. A. [Scolopax sabini.] < Philos. Mag., lxv, 1825, pp. 433-437.
This is only a catch-title, which I cannot verify at present printing. I had the full title,
but it is lost or mislaid. See preceding title.
1826. Less[on, R. P.]. Description dune nouvelle espéce de Scolopax [sabini], ©
découverte récemment dans les iles brittaniques, . . . < Féruss. Bull., 2°
sect., vii, 1826, pp. 250, 251.
Vigors, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xiv, pt. iii, 1825, pp. 556-562.
1828. [Eprror1au.] [Note on Yarrell’s Description of a Species of Tringa (Tryngites
rufescens) new to Europe.] < Philos. Mag., iv, 1828, p. 61.
See Trans. Linn. Soc., xvi, pt. tii, pub. 1829, pp. 109-118, pl. xi.

ican ii acne aie we

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH, BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. 845

1828. GRABA, C.T. Tringa longirostra [n.sp.]. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 107,
108.
1828. [GRABA, C. T.] Nouvelle espéce du genre Tringa [longirostra];... <Fé-
russ. Bull., 2° sect., xv, 1828, p. 393.
Extraite de l’Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 107, 108.
1829. ““A.C.R.” Scolopax Sabini. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 207.

Cf. op. cit., viii, 1835, p. 614.

1829, BREE, W.T. Breeding of Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] in England. <Lou-
dows Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 86, 87.

Including notices from the Coventry Mercury, June 1, 1828, the Aberdeen Chronicle, and the
Belfast Chronicle.

1829. Hitnt, W.H. The sound or call of some kind of Bird [Gallinago?]. <Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 100.
1829. HUNTER, P. Scolopax Sabini. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 288, 289.

Refers ‘‘ A.C. R.” (tom. cit., p. 207) to a figure in Bewick, p. 416, last edition.

1829. ‘““H.V.D.” Descriptive and Historical Notices of British Snipes. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 143-148, figg. 32-39.

4 spp. carefully discriminated. The modest author concludes his article thus: ‘‘It is by
such communications as the above, that in my opinion your Magazine may be rendered most
valuable.” —Cf. op. cit., iii, 1830, pp. 27-30, figg. 2-4. .

1829. “J. F.” The Bird [Gallinago] with a Sound like the Bleating of a Goat.
< Loudows Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 207.

2829. “J.G.C.” The Bird [Gallinago] with the Sound like the Bleating of a Goat.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 207.

1829. “J. M.” [Call and Answer of certain species of Scolopacide.] < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, p. 297, figg. 157, 158.

1829. “J. V.S8.” The Sound of a Bird [Gallinago] resembling the Bleating of a Goat.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p.-208.

1829. Vicors, N. A. Beschreibung einer neuen Gattung Scolopax [sabini] der brit-
tischen Inseln, ... < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 1107-1109.

Aus d. Trans. Linn. Soc., xiv, pt. iii, 1825, pp. 556-562, pl. xxi.

1829. YARRELL, W. Description of a Species of Tringa [Tryngites rufescens], killed
in Cambridgeshire, new to England and France. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xvi, pt.
iii, 1829, pp. 109-113, pl. xi. (Pt. iii pub. 1829; whole vol. dated 1833.)
With a list of 13 late additions to British ornithology. See 1828, EDITORIAL.

1829. ‘“YouR CONSTANT READER.” The Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major]. < Lou=
dows Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 302.
Mutilated note of the length of its bill.
1830. BREE, W.T. Distinction of Sex in the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, p. 147.
1830. Harvey, J. A. A Snipe of a novel Colour... < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
lii, 1830, pp. 436, 437.
1830. HAywarD, J. The Snipe’s Beak. . < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 449,
450.
1830. ‘‘S. T. P.” Supplement to the “Descriptive and Historical Notice of British
Snipes,” in the Seventh Number of the Magazine of Natural History. (Vol.
II. p. 143.) In a Letter to the Conductor. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii,
1830, pp. 27-30, figg. 2-4.
Macrorhamphus griseus and Gallinago sabinii. Cf. op. cit., ii, 1829, pp. 148-148, figg. 32-39.
1830. [YARRELL, W.] Beschreibung von Tringa [Tryngites] rufescens, in England .
vorgekommen, von W. Yarrell (Linn. transact. XVI. 1. 109. tb. II).
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 910-912.

846

1831.

1831.
1831.

1831.

1832.
1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1834.

1834.

1835.

1835.

. 1835.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

[BREE, W.T.] Caractere servant a distinguer les deux sexes de la bécasse ordi-
naire. (Scolopax rusticola); par W. F. Bree. < Féruss. Bull., 2° secti., xxiv,
1831, p. 368.

Extrait du Magaz. of Nat. Hist., iii, mars 1880, p. 147.
“A SUBSCRIBER.” The Snipe’s Beak. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat, Hist, iv, 1831, p. 383.
Its use.

Gray, J. E. [On Rhynchea capensis and R. picta, sp. n.] <P. Z_S., i, 1831,
p. 62.

Gray, [J. E.] [Remarks on exhibition of specimens of Rhynchea picta, lately
n. sp.] < Philos. Mag., x, 1831, pp. 56, 57.

From P. Z. S., Apr. 26, 1831, p. 62.

Mackenziz, F. [On the Breeding of Scolopax rusticola in Scotland.] <P. Z.

S., ii, 1832, pp. 133, 134.

[MackENnziIn, F.] The Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola L.) resides through the

Year, and breeds in Scotland. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 570.

SODERBERG, C. Nagra ord om dubbla Becassinen (Scolopax [Gallinago] ma-

jor). < Tidsk.. f. Jégare 0. Naturf.,i, 1832, pp. 177-181.
Not seen.

G[oaTLEy], T. Identity of the Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] and the
Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vy, 1852, pp.
81, 82.

WATERTON, C. The Woodcock [Scolopax rvsticola]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat
Hist., v, 1832, pp. 725-727.

On the mode of transporting its young.

D[enson], J. A tame Godwit [Limosa sp.] destroyed by a wild Raven.

< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 145.

DESJARDINS, J. [F.] [Abstract of the Third Report of the Proceedings of the
“ Société d’ Histoire Naturelle de VIsle Maurice.”] < P. Z.S.,i, 1833, p. 117.
Notice of the reading of a paper relating to Totanus glottis Cuv.
DouBLEDAY, E. Green Sandpiper (Totanus ochropus.) < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 149, 150. :

Exstr6Mm, C. U. Morkull [Scolopax rusticola]-Jagt. < Tidsk. f. Jéigare o. Na-
turf., ii, 1833, pp. 449-460, fig.
Not seen.
MACKENZIE, F. [On the breeding of Scolopax rusticola at Conan, Ross-shire. }
< Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., ii, 1833, pp. 68, 69.
From P. Z. S., July 24, 1832, pp. 133, 134.
“TG.” Sandpipers breed about Clitheroe, en GAS < Loudon s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 142, 149.

Berry, H. The Purre [Tringa cinclus] Breeds at Martin Mere, an extensive
Waterand Swamp in Lancashire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, p. 599.
Cf. op. cit., ix, 1836, pp. 326, 327. :
Gray, [J. E.] [Ueber Rhynchea picta.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, p. 826.
Auszug aus Philos. Mag., x, 1831, pp. 56, 57.
‘(A CONSTANT READER.” A Notice of an Unusual Individual of the Common
Woodcock (Sc6lopax rusticola L.), or of an Individual of a Distinct Species.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 612, 613.

BREE, W. T. [Date of the Appearance of the Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola)
in Inland Localities.] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 611, 612.

BreuM, C.L. Die Sumpfschnepfen. Telmatias Boje. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii,
1835, pp. 116-126.
11 Arten.—Z. brehmii, salicaria, stagnatilis, gallinago, septentrionalis, rivalis, faeroensis, bra-
chypus, lacustris, peregrina, .—T. salicaria, Artkennzeichen, Beschreibung, Zergliedez-
ung, Aufenthalt, Betragen, Nahrung, Fortpflanzung.—T. alticeps, p. 123.

a ee

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. 847

1835. Bream, C. L. Etvwas tiber die Waldschnepfen. Scolopax Linné, Cuvier, Boje,
Brehm. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp. 126, 127.
1835. GuUILDING, L. The Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] occasionally breeds in Brit-
ain. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 612.
1835. GuILDING, L. The Scdlopax Sabini (II. 207 [in reply to the query there].)
< Loudon’s May. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 614.
1835. MACKENZIE, F. Ueber das Briiten von Scolopax rusticola. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XXV1li, 1835, p. 482.
P. Z. S., 1832, pp. 133, 134; Philos. Mag., 1833, pp. 68, 69.
1835. PALLISER, F. [Early? Time of the Year for the Occurrence’of a Nest of Young
Woodcocks (Scolopax rusticola) in Britain.] <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii,
1835, p. 612.
1835. “T. G.” A Pair of a Species of Bird, presumed to be Sabine’s Snipe, (Scélopax
Sabini Vigors), shot in Lancashire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, ee
613, 614.
1836. ANON. The Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix,
1836, pp. 543, 544.
1836. HopGson, B. H. [On the Scolopacide of Nipal.] < P. Z.S., iv, 1836, pp. 7, 8.
Gallinago heterura, G. solitaria, G. nemoricola, p. 8, spp. nn.
1836. Hopeson, B. H. [On the Scolopacidee of Nipal.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos.
Journ., ix, 1836, pp. 143, 144.
From P. Z. S., Jan. 12, 1836, pp. 7, 8, g. v.
1836. Sammon, J. D. The Purre’s (Tringa Cinclus) Breeding at Martin Mere, Lan-
cashire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 326, 327,
: Cf. op. cit., vii, 1834, p. 599.
1836. WILLIAMSON, W. C. Nests of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in England.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1856, p. 543.
1836. YARRELL, W. [Occurrence of Macrorhamphus griseus near Carlisle, England. ]
< P.Z.8S., iv, 1836, pp. 1, 2.
1857. BiytH, E. The Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus, as a British Bird].
<_ Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 605, 606.
1837. EprrortaL. [Third occurrence in Britain of] Macrorampus [sic] griseus.
<_ Mag. of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837, p. 104.
1837. EDITORIAL. Tringa pectoralis, Buonap. [in Britain, near Yarmouth.] < Mag.
of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837, p. 200.
1837. ReaD, W. H. R. iyoedeock [Scolopax rusticola ] shot in July [in Britain].
< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, p. 52.
1837. SatmMon, J.D. New Tringa [platyrhyncha], shot near Yarmouth. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1857, p. 54.
1837. Skairn,J. Two Specimens of the Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] shot in
August [in Lancashire]. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, p.559.
1838. BuytH, E. Native Woodcocks. < Charlesw. Mag. Ni at. Hist., ti, 1838, p. 396.
1838. Hopeson, [B. H.] Ueber einige Scolopaciden aus Nipal. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxxi, 1838, p. 170.
inmates aus Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, 1836, p. 7, q. v.
1838. Hornscuucu, [C. F.], und SCHILLING, —. Ornithologische Beiteiae aus dem Zo-
ologischen Museum der Universitiit zu Greifswald. < Arch. f. Natur I, 1838,
(1), pp. 167-190.
1. Ueber Limosa meyeri Leisl. und Tinoen rufa Briss. Sehr vollstandig.
1838. ‘““W.L.” Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] breeding in Ross-shire. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 347, 348.
1839. Futter, A. E. [Letter relating to the Breeding of Woodcocks (Scolopax rusti-
cola) in Sussex.] < P. Z.S., vii, 1839, p. 111.

848 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1839. KurorGa,S. Zwei Beobachtungen von Knochenbriichen bei den Heerschnepfen
(Scolopax gallinago [Gallinago media]). < Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, xii,
1839, pp. 197-202, pl. xix.

1839. REINHARDT, J. Om Ynglepladsen for Tringa platyrhyncha. < Kr@yer’s Natur.
hist. Tidsk., 11, 1839, pp. 481, 432.

See Tidsk. for Naturvidensk, 5te Bind, p. 86.

1839. THompson, W. On the Breeding of the Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola, Linn.),

in Ireland. < Ann. Nat. Hist., ii, 1839, pp. 337-348.

1839. WitmMotT, E. E. Breeding of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in Englapa:
< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, p. 255.

1840. GuRNEyY, J. H. Red-breasted Snipe [Macrorhamphus griseus, near Yarmouth,
England]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1840, p. 236.

1841. PARKINSON, J. [Observations on the Habits of the Woodcock (Scolopax rus-
ticola) with relation to the exactness of its migrations.] < P. Z.8.,ix, 1841,
p. 79.

1841. RernnarpDT,[J.] Vonder Britestelle der Tringa platyrrhyncha. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxivy, 1841, p. 416, 417.
Krdyer’s Naturh. Zeitsch., Bd. ii, Heft 4, 1839, pp. 431, 432. Vergl. auch J. F. Naumann,
Arch. f. Naturg., 1838, Bd. i, pp. 361 folg.
1842. HaRTLAUB, G. Notice sur l’Eurinorhynchus pygmeus Bonaparte. < Revue
Zoologique, v, 1842, pp. 36-38, pl. 2, fig. 1.
Une petite monographie.
1842. PARKINSON, J. [Letter on the tendency of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]
to return to the same spot.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, p. 344.
From P. Z. S., Oct. 12, 1841, p. 79.
1843, ATKINSON, J. C. Notes on the Redshank [Totanus calidris]. < Zoologist, i,
1843, pp. 233-237, fig. ;
1843. BRown, E. Note on the more frequent occurrence of the Woodcock [Scolopax
rusticola, in Britain]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 249.
1843. FisHerR, W. R. Note on the occurrence of the Buff-breasted Sandpiper [Tryn-
gites rufescens] at Yarmouth. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 363.
1843. Fisher, W.R. Note on the Pigmy Curlew [Tringa subarquata] and Dunlin [T.
alpina]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 316.
1843. HEPPENSTALL, J. Note on [the habits of] Woodcocks, and Snipes EScolopanigaae
< Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 15.

1843. HEwETT, W. Anecdote of a Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola, in defense of her
young]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 362.

1843. JORDAN, R. C. R. Note on [the breeding of] the Common Snipe [Gallinago
media]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 362.

1843. Lewcock,J. Note onthe Woodcock’s [Scolopax rusticola] breeding in the Holt
Forest, Hampshire. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 189.

1843. [PARKINSON, J.] Note on the occurrence of a [partially albinotic Scolopax
rusticola] Woodcock near Torrington, for five successive years. < Zoologist,
i, 1843, pp. 30, 81.

From P. Z. §., 1841, p. 79. ,

1843. Ropp, E. H. Note on the occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper [Totanus cape

at Ponsanees < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 189.

1843. Ropp, E.H. Note on the occurrence of the Dusky Sandpiper [Totanus fuscus]
in Cornwall. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 363, 364.
1843. SELBY, [P. J.] Note on the occurrence of Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] at
Twizell House, in July, 1842. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 80.
From Annnal Address of the President of the Berwickshire Nat. Club, Sept. 28, 1842.

°

Tt Es

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. 849

1844. Austin, T. On the habits of the Godwit [Limosa sp.]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Xiv, 1844, pp. 382, 383.

1844, Bonp, F. Note on rare Waders [Tringa subarquata and Totanus glottis]
occurring at Kingsbury Reservoir. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, p. 767.

1844. HEPPENSTALL, J. Note on a Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist, ii,

1844, p. 667.

1844, Hussry, A. Note on the Food of the Snipe tribe [Scolopacide]. < Zoologist,
ii, 1844, p. 576.

1844. THompson, W. [Note on the breeding of the Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola)
in Ireland.] < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1843, xiii, 1844, (Misc. Comm.),
p. 71.
1844. THompson, W. Ueber das Britten von Scolopax rusticola in Irland. < Oken’s
Tsis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p.730.
Ann. Nat. Hist., Bd. ii, No. xi, 1839, pp. 337-348.
1845. CaBor, S., JR. [Occurrence of Scolopax noveboracensis (Macrorhamphus
; griseus) in Massachusetts.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1845, p. 46.
1845. Cooper, J. On the Noise made by the Snipe [Gallinago]. < Zoologist, iii,
1845, pp. 1192, 1193.
1845. EVERSMANN, E. Nachricht ueber eine noch unbeschriebene Sumpfschnepfe
-(Scolopax [hyemalis]) aus dem AltaiGebirges. < Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou,
Xviii, pt. i, 1845, pp. 257-262, pl. vi.
1345. FRERE,H.F. Flight of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist, 1845,
pp. 876, 877.
1845, Horne, C. A young Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] shot on Cairn Monarin.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1137. ;
1845. Knox, A. E. Occurrence of SDs Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] in Sussex.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1025.
1845. NEwrTon, A. Occurrence of the Spotted Redshank [Totanus fuscus] at Elden.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 877.
1846. COOPER, J. On the Noise made by the Snipe [Gallinago media]. < Zoologist,
iv, 1846, pp. 1552-1554.
1846. Davis, R., JR. Occurrence of Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] near Clonmel.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1500, 1501.
1846. FisHErR, W.R. Note on the Sound produced by the Common Snipe [Gallinago
media]. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1501.
1846. Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Buff-breasted Sandpiper (Tringa [Tryngites]
rufecens), at Penzance. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1500.
1846. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Tringa Schinzii [i. e., T. bonapartii] near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1554.
1846. Ross, W.F.L. Snipe [Gallinago gallinula] in captivity. < Zoologist, iv, 1846,
p. 1331.
1846. SctateR, P. L. Occurrence of Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] in Hamp-
shire. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1300.
1847. CoGswELL, C. A tame Snipe [Gallinago media]. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp.
1640, 1641.
1847. FreRE, H. T. Note on the Common Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] and
Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1876.
1847. SmitH, JAMES, Rev. Occurrence of the Bar-tailed Godwit [Limosa rufa] near
Banff. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1910.
1847. [Sr. Joun, C.] Migration of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. <Zoologist,

v, 1847, p. 1877.
From his ° Wild Sports in the Highlands.”

850 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1848. Botp, T. J. Occurrence of the Green Sandpiper (Totanus ochropus) at Cambo,
Northumberland. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2066.

1848. Cook, N. Description of a Sandpiper [Totanus glareola?] which was shot
near Bootle, in September, 1847. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2303, 2304.

1848. Fatconer, A. P. Woodcocks (Scolopax rusticola) drowned in crossing the
Channel. ee vi, 1848, pp. 2023, 2024.

1848. FisHpr, W. R. Enquiry respecting the Ege of the Greenshank ['Totanus glot-
tis]. < Zoolegist, vi, 1843, p. 2024.

1848. FisHpr, W.R. Egg of the Greenshank (Totanus Glottis). < Zoologist, vi, 1848,
pp. 2147, 2148.

1848. GoaTLEY, T. Nest of the Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola). < Zoologist, vi, 1848,
p. 2148.

1848. Hieerns, E. T. Occurrence of the Spotted Sandpiper (Totanus [Tringoides] —
macularius) in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2147.

1848. MinnerR, W.M.E. Egg of the Greenshank (Totanus SoU < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2066.

1848. Mi~ner, W. M. E. Egg of the Greenshank (Totanus glottis). < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2230.

1848. Newton, A. Woodcock’s (Scolopax rusticola) breeding in Norfolk. eee
gist, vi, 1848, p. 2148.

1848. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint (Tringa Temminckii) near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2259.

1848. ROUNDELL, H. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint [Tringa usu stel ot near
Oxford. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 1969.

1849. Durr, J. Occurrence of the Spotted Sandpiper (Totanus [Tringoides] macu-
larius) near Bishop’s Aukland. < Bologist, vil, 1849, p. 2499.

1849. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa melanura) on
Guyhirn Wash. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2499.

1849. ELtMaAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa rufa) in Decem-
ber, and the Landrail (Crex pratensis) in December and February [in Eng-
land]. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2419. :

1849. Ertman, J. B. Occurrence of the Little Stint (Tringa minuta) at Rye. < Zo-
logist, vii, 1849, p. 2529.

1849. Etitman, J. B. Occurrence of the Little Stint CTrings minuta) at Rye. < Zo-
ologist, vii, 1849, p. 2569.

1849. GuRNEY, J. H. [Supposed] Occurrence of the Pectoral Sandpiper (Tringa pec-
toralis) near Yarmouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2392.

Cf. Zoologist, p. 2568.

1849. GurRNEY, J.H. Correction of an Error respecting the Pectoral Sandpiper [Zool.,
p. 2392]. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2568.

1849. HANSELL, P. E. The Jack Snipe (Scolopax [Gallinago] gallinula) breeding
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.

1849. Hiaeins, E. T. Occurrence of the Spotted Sandpiper [Tringoides macularius]
near York. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.

1849. Hutker, J. W. Departure [from Deal] of the Snipe (Scolopax gallinago [Gal-
Teck media]) in 1849. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2421.

1849. J[ARDINE], W. Gallinago brehmi [shot at Jardine Hall]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 2d ser., iv, 1849, p. 382.

1849. MinnrrR, W.M.E. Occurrence of the Spotted Sandpiper (Totanus [Tringoides]
macularius) at Whitby. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2455, 2456.

4

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. 851

1849. Morris, B. R. Note on the Tail-feathers of the Green Sandpiper (Totanus ochro-
pus). < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2352.

1849. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint (Tringa Temminckii) near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2591.

1849, Tomrs, R. F. Occurrence of Scolopax [Gallinago] Brehmi in Scotland. < Zo-
ologist, vii, 1849, p. 2621.

1850. Bonp, F. Occurrence of Scolopax [Gallinago] Brehmi(?) near London. < Zo-
ologist, vill, 1850, pp. 2703, 2704.

1850. BrEHM, [C.] L. Ueber die europiischen Arten des Genus Calidris Llliger.
< Naumannia, i, Heft ii, 1850, pp. 66-69.

C. miilleri, p. 66, n. sp.; C. americana, OC. arenaria, O. grisea.

1850. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Great Snipe (Scolopax [Gallinago] major)
at Lewes. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2703.

1850. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa melanura) near
Wisbech. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

1850. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Whimbrel (Numenius Pheopus) at Sutton.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

1850. GREEN, I. Occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] at Wool-
wich. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

1850. Hiaeins, E. T. The Supposed. New Snipe EGallinase brehmi]. < Zoologist,
Vili, 1850, pp. 2800, 2801.

1850, HULKE, J. W. Occurrence of the Curlew Sandpiper (Tringa subarquata) and
Temminck’s Stint (Tringa Temminckii), &c., at Shingle End, near Deal.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2923, 2924.

1850. [JARDINE, W.] Scolopax brehmi. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1850, pp. 17, 18, pl. x1.

1850. Jones, J. M. The Snipe (Scolopax gallinago [Gallinago media]) in South
Lancashire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2771, 2772.

1850. SmirH, JAMES, fivv. Note on the [habits of the] Sanderling (Calidris arenaria).
< Loologist, viii, 1850, p. 2915.

1851. ELrtman, J. B. Occurrence of the Little Stint [Tringa minuta] at Pevensey,
Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279,

1851. ELimMan, J. B. Occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] at New-
haven, Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.

1851. ELLMAN, J.B. Occurrence of the Spotted Redshank [Totanus fuscus] at East-

bourne, Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.

1851. Eximan, J. B. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint [Tringa temmincki] at New-
haven, Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.

1851. HANSELL,P.E. The Great Snipe (Scolopax [Gallinago] major) breeding in Nor-
folk. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3175.

1851. Hussey, A. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] Breeding in Sussex. < Zoologist,
1x, 1851, pp. 2989, 2990.

1851. IrBy, L. H. Occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper (Totanus glareola) at Yar-
mouth. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3035.

1851. NEwMAN, E. White Specimen of the Knot [Tringa canutus]. < Zoologist, ix,
1851, p. 3116.

1851. Newton, E. Occurrence of the Spotted Redshank [Totanus fuscus] in Sufs
folk. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.

1851. RrEvrs, W.W. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] breeding in Sussex. < Zoolo«
gist, ix, 1851, pp. 3115, 3116.

1851. Ropp, E. H. Flight of Woodcocks facolopax rusticola] at the Land’s End.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3300.

852 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

18531

. Ropp, E. H. Occurence of the Little Stint (Tringa minuta) at Scilly. <Zo-
ologist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.
. ANON. Woodcock’s [Scolopax rusticola] Nest. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3579.
From the ‘‘ Sussex Express,” July 31, 1852.
. Bett, J.[G.] Observations on the Limosa Scolopacea of Say. < Ann. Lyc. Nat.
Hist. New York, v, 1852, pp. 1-3. (Read Oct. 9, 1848. Whole vol. pub. 1852.)
Renames it Scolopax longirostris, sp.n. See 1852, LAWRENCE, G. N.
. Betty, T. Occurrence of the Spotted Redshank (Totanus fuseus) at Selborne.
< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3330.

2, Birp, W. F. W. Instances of the Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola) breeding in

England. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3578, 3579.

2. BirytH, E. Illustrations of Indian Ornithology. II. Rhynchea bengalensis.

< Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, pp. 52, 53, pl. Ixxxix, f. 1, 2, 3.

. GURNEY, J. H. Note on the Sandpiper [Actiturus bartramius?] described by
Mr. Reid [Zool., p. 3330]. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3388.

2. Hawkins, R. W. Nesting of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in Stafford-

shire. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3579. °

. Irnpy, L. H. Occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper (Totanus glareola) at Yar-

mouth. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3504.

. Kaprick, [L. v.] Zur Naturgeschichte der Waldschnepfe, Scolopax rusticola,

L. < Naumannia, ii, Heft ii, 1852, pp. 79-81.

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Observations on the preceding Paper [i. e., Observations on

the Limosa Scolopacea of Say, by John Bell]. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New

York, v, 1852, pp. 4,5, pl.i. (Read Jan. 9, 1849. Whole vol. pub. 1852.)
Restores Say’s name, scolopacea, to the species named Scolopax longirostris by Bell, and re-

fers it to the genus Macror[{h]amphus. The species is here figured. See 1852, BELL, J. G.

2, LeeminG, J. G. Occurrence of the Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] at

Fleetwood. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3331.

. Levine, J.G. Occurrence of the Little Stint [Tringa minuta] at Fleetwood.

< Zooloyist, x, 1852, p. 3331.

. Norman, A. M. Occurrence of the Great Snipe (Scolopax [Gallinago] major)

at Botley. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3330.

. Pisster, W. Berichtigung [Naumannia, i, Heft ii, 1850, p. 50]. <Nawman-

nia, ii, Heft i, 1852, p. 95.
Dass nicht Totanus glareola, sondern 7. ochropus, auf Baumen niste.

2. PRALLE, W. A. E. Ueber das Meckern der Becassine, Scolopax gallinago [Gal-

linago media]. < Naumannia, ii, Heft i, 1852, pp. 24-26.

. Rew, H. Inquiry respecting a Species of Sandpiper [Actiturus bartramius? in

Great Britain; see Zool., p. 3388]. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3330, 3331.

2. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] at Land’s

End. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3454.

. WoopHousE, 8S. W. Description of a new species of Numineus [sic—N. occi-

dentalis] (Moehr.) < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, 1852, pp. 194, 195.

. Batpamus, E. [Die Waldschnepfe (Scolopax rusticola) ...] < Nawmannia,
iii, 1853, pp. 453, 454.

. Breer, C. R. Note on the abundance of Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] im par- |

ticular Localities. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3807.

. Buxton, E.C. Note on Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] nesting in Sutherland-—

shire, and carrying their Young in their Claws. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4017. —

. GARLAND, J. Note on the Woodcock, (Scolopax rusticola). < Zoologist, x1,
1853, p. 4124.

?

No. 4.]

1853.
1853.
/

1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1853.
1854.
1854.
1854.
1854.
1855.
1855.
1855.
1855.
1855.
1855.

1855.

1855.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDZ. 853

GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the occurrence of the Knot Sandpiper (Tringa cinerea)
on the Norfolk Coast, in the Summer Plumage. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3946.
Hawker, W. H. Note on Woodcocks’ [Scolopax rusticola] Nests in the Forest
of Bere, and in Highden Wood, Hants. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3909, 3910.
IrBy, L. H. Notes on the Habits of the Green Sandpiper, (Totanus ochropus).
< Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3988, 3989.

JOHNSON, J. Note on the abundance of Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola, near
Huddersfield]. << Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3909.

Kine, E. L. Occurrence of the Green Sandpiper (Totanus ochropus) near Lynn.
< Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3807.

Kyapp, W. Woodcock [Scolopax ee breeding in England. < Zoologist,
xi, 1853, p. 3754.
MattHews, A. [Critical] Remarks on Scolopax Delamotti. < Zoologist, xi,
1853, pp. 3729-3733. :
Newton, A. Note on the supposed Abundance of Woodcocks (Scolopax rusti-
cola) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3754, 3755.

PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] breeding in this
[England] country. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3910, 3911.

Ropp, EK. H. Unusually large Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist, xi,
1853, p. 3754

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint (Tringa Temminckii) near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4053.

TRISTRAM, H. B. Occurrence of the Great Snipe (Scolopax major) near Dur-
ham. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3911.

[BaLpamus, E.] [In Betreff der Waldschnepfe, Scolopax rusticula. . .]
< Naumannia, iv, 1854, pp. 395, 396.

Moret, A.G. Bartram’s Sandpiper [Actiturus bartramius] as a British Bird.
< Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4254, 4255.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the American Stint (Tringa pusilla [minutilla])
near Penzance. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4296-4298.

WESTERMAN, G. F. Beschrijving van Tringa [Prosobonia] leucoptera. < Bij-
drag. tot de Dierk., Deel i, Zesde Aflevering, pp. 51, 52, met eene Afbeelding.

AuTuM, B. Ueber das Meckern der Bekassine [Gallinago media]. < Nawman-
mid, 1855, pp. 362-371.

ATKINSON, J. C. Memorandum on the Habits of the Jack Snipe [Gallinago gal-
linula]. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4656-4660.

Boup, T. J. Occurrence of the Pectoral Sandpiper (Tringa pectoralis) on the
Coast of Northumberland. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4808.

Bop, T. J. Occurrence of the Ruff (Tringa [Machetes] pugnax 3) at Prest-
wick Carr, Northumberland. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4560.

Cooke, N. Occurrence of the Pigmy Curlew (Tringa subarquata) and Little
Stint (T. minuta) near Warrington. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4560.

GADAMER, [H.] 2. Zur Naturgeschichte des Numenius arquata. < Nawman-
nia, V, 1855, pp. 92-94.

Jicket, [A.J.] Berichtigung. < Nawmannia, 1855, pp. 112, 113.

Cf. L. Ziegler, Federwild-Jagd (Hannover, 1846), p. 174, iber das Meckern der Bekassine,
Scolopax gallinago [Gallinago media}.

. MULtuerR, — v. [Ueber Scolopax rusticula, major, gallinago, gallinula, und
Limicola pygmea.] < Nawmainnia, v, 1855, pp. 105-107.
NEWMAN, E. Remarkable Variety of the Woodcock [albinotic Scolopax rusti-

cola]. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4631.

854

1855.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] near Penzance.
<_ Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4895.

. Ropp, E. H. Supposed New Snipe. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4704.

Cf. Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7938.

. GLOGER, C. W. L. Auch der Uferliufer (Actitis hypoleuca) sitzt zuweilen auf

Biumen,... <d.f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 382, 384.

. HADFIELD, H. W. Gray Longbeak (Macrorhamphus griseus) [in the Isle of

Wight]. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5251.

. JACKEL, [A.] J. Noch ein Wort iiber das Schnurren der Becassine [Gallinago

media]. <J.f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 85-94.

. JACKEL, [A. J.] [Ueber Limicola pygmeza.] < Nawmannia, vi, 1856, p. 528.
. Ropp, E.H. Remarkable Flight of-Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoolo-

gist, xiv, 1856, pp. 4946, 4947.

. STEVENSON, H. Note on the Broadbilled Sandpiper Ces platyrhyncha] in

Norfolk. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5160.

. WALLENGREN, H. D. J. Berichtigung. < Naumannia, vi, 1856, p. 428.

Catoptrophorus semipalmatus betreffend.

. GADAMER, [H.] Noch einmal das Meckern der Bekassine [Gallinago media].

< Naumannia, vii, 1857, Heft i, pp. 83, 84.

. GRAHAM, D. The Great Snipe (Scolopax [Gallinago] major) shot near York.

< Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5833.

. HorrMann, J. Die Waldschnepfe [Scolopax rusticola] falzt und nistet zwei-

malim Jahr. < Naumannia, vii, 1857, Heft ii, pp. 79-82.

. JACKEL, [A.] J. Das Schnurren oder Mickern der Bekassine [ Gallinago media].

< Naumannia, vii, 1857, Heft i, pp. 21-33.

- MUNCHHAUSEN, B. v. [Scolopax rusticula in trockner Haide, ...] < Nau-

mannia, Vii, 1857, Heft ii, pp. 83, 84.

. NicHotis, H. The Buffbreasted Sandpiper (Tringa [Tryngites] raise and

Brown Snipe (Scolopax [Macrorhamphus] grisea) in Devonshire., < Zoolo-
gist, XV, 1857, p. 5791.

- Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint (Tringa Temminckii) at Scilly.

< Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5832.

- Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Brown Snipe (Scolopax [Macrorhamphus] gri-

sea) at Scilly. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5832, 5833.

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Great Snipe [Gallinago major] at Land’s End.

< Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5856.

. SALVIN, O. Note on the Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] killed in Norfolk.

< Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5593, 5594."

. Scuacu, C. F. Ueber das Meckern der Becassine [Gallinago media]. < Mit-

theil. aus d. Osterl., xiii, 1857, pp. 13-198.

Not seen—title stbe Carus and Engelmann.

. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of Sabine’s Snipe (Beolepex Galina Sabini) in

Norfolk. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5427, 5428.

. SteveNsON, H. Beautiful [albinotic] Variety of the Common Woodcock [Sco-

lepax rusticola]. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5365.

. TACZANOWSKY, —. [Gallinago major kore wie Machetes pugnax.] < Nau-

mannia, Vii, 1857, p. 182.

. Batpamus, E. Einige neue oder weniger bekannte Eier. < Naumannia, viii,

1858, pp. 252, 253, Taf. ii.
Totanus fuscus, fig. 1; T. glottis, f.2; Limicola pygmeed, f. 3.

. Buckiey, H. Occurrence of the Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] near Bir-

mingham. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6266.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDS. 855

1858. GADAMER, H. Das Balzen der Scolopax [Gallinago] major. <J.f. O., vi, 1858,
pp. 235-237. ;
1858. JAcKEL, [A. J.] Ueber das Schnurren der Bekassine [Gallinago media].
2 Renamer Vili, 1858, pp. 490-495,
1858. KONIG-WARTHAUSEN, R. [Eier von Numenius arquatus.] < Nawmannia, viii,
1858, pp. 508, 509.
1858. MevEs, W. On the Snipes’ ‘“neighing” or humming noise, and on its Tail-
fon The systematic value. < P. Z. §., xxvi, 1858, pp. 199-202, woodce.
Contains remarks by the translator, J. Wolley, Jr.
185%. Meves, W. On the Snipe’s “neighing” or humming noise and on its Tail-
feathers’ systematic value. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., 1858, pp. 303-306.
From P. Z. §., Apr. 13, 1858, pp. 199-202.
1858. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Broad-billed Sandpiper (Tringa platyrhynca
[sic]) for the third time in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6096.
1858. THOMPSON, W. Occurrence of the Pigmy Curlew [Tringa subarquata] at Wey-
mouth. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6244.
1859. Buxton, T. F. Woodcock’s [Scolopax rusticola] Nest in Norfolk. < Zoologist,
XVii, 1859, p. 6562.
1859. Gray,G.R. [Exhibition of a drawing of taney pectoralis.] <P. Z.S8., xxvii,
1859, p. 130.
1859. Hartiaus, G. Ueber Eurinorhynchus pygmaeus (Lin.) <Jd. f. O., vii, 1859,
pp. 325-329,
History, synonymy, description.
1859. MATHEWS, M. A. Notes on the Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] and Dunlin
[Tringa alpina]. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6728, 6729.
1860. BoRGGREVE, B. Auch ein Wort iiber das Meckern der Bekassine [Gallinago
media]. <J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 63-73.
Vergl. einige Boneveuiean mi diesem Aufsatze von Jackel, in diesem Journale, Jahrg. 1862,
‘S. 212 und folge.
1860. LipLsEBoRG, W. Notiziiber Linné’s Original-Exemplar der Platalea pygmaea.
(Anmerkung des Herausgebers.) <J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 299, 230.
Burynorhynchus pygmeus. Ct. J. f. O., 1860, p. 460.
1860. [Mzvus, W.?] En Notits om Bekkasinerne [Gallinago]. < Tidssk. Pop. Fremst.
af Naturv., 2en Rekke, ii, 1860, p. 444.
Cf. op. cit., iii, 1861, p. 302. See 1858, MrvEs, W.
1860. ParFitT, E. Snipes in Summer [in Bridgwater, England]. < Zoologist, xviii,
1860, p. 7172.
1860. PELZELN, A. v. Notiz iiber Linné’s Original-Exemplar der Platalea pygmaea,
<Jd.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 460, 461.
Hurynorhynchua pygmeus. Cf. J: f. O., 1860, p. 299.
1860. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Buffbreasted Sandpiper (Tringa [Tryngites]
rufescens) near the Land’s End. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860 , p. 7236.
1860. Savitiz, 8. P. Great Mortality amongst Woodcocks (Scolopax rusticola).
< Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6982.
1860. SAVILLE, S. P. Occurrence of the Whimbrel (Numenius phzopus) in Cam-
bridgeshire. < Zoologist, xviii, i860, p.7146.
1860. VERREAUX, J. P. Description @un Oiseau nouveau [Micropalama tacksan-
owskia]. < Kev. et Mag. de Zool., xii, 1860, pp. 206, 207, pl. xiv.
Later identified with Pseudoscolopaa semipalmatus.
1861. Brun, A. Nogle Bemzrkninger i Anledning af en Notits om Beccassinerne, i
dette Tidsskrifts 2det Bind for 1860. < Tidssk. Pop. Fremst. af Naturv., 2en

Rekke, iii, 1861, pp. 302-310, fig. p. 306.
Musical notation. Cf. op. cit., ii, 1860, p. 444.

856

1861.

1861.

1861.
1861.

1862.
1862.
1862.
1862.
1862.
1862.
1862.

1862.

BULLETIN. UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Cours, E. A Monograph of the Tringez of North America. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., xiii, 1861, pp. 170-205.

This paper becomes somewhat conspicuous in the literature of Scolopacide, owing to the
fact that we have no great monographs or iconographies in this family of birds. It is the
‘‘maiden”’ effort of a very youthful author, who appears to have been too timid and too inex-
perienced to do any very brilliant blundering. On this account we may perhaps justify Dr.
Sclater’s very generous mention of Mr. Coues’s as a ‘‘name new to ornithologists, but not
the less heartily welcome as that of a recruit to our ranks, who begins by fighting his first
fight well, and against a very hard subject’’ (Ibis, 1862, p. 84). We may add on our own
account that no material modification of the specific determinations of North American Sand-
pipers has since been made. Two or three additional species have since been ascertained to
inhabit this country; but otherwise, the species stand very nearly as Mr. Coues left them
twenty years ago. The following genera and specjes are treated, with synonymy, diagnosis,
description, habitat, and general criticism:

1. Micropalama himantopus (Bp.) Bd. 2. Hreunetes pusillus (L.) Cass. 3. Tringa canutus
L. 4. Calidris arenaria (L.) I. 5. Arquatella maritima (Brinn.) Bd. 6. Ancylocheilus sub-
arquata (Gild.) Kaup. 7. Pelidna americana (Cass.) Coues. (P. pacifica, Coues, n. sp.
prob., p.189.) 8. Aetodromas minutilla (V.) Coues. 9. Actodromas bairdii Coues, n. sp., p-
194. 10. Actodromas maculata (V.) Cass. 11. Actodromas (Heteropygia sive Delopygia, subg.
n., p- 190) bonapartei (Schl.) Cass. 12. Actodromas (Heteropygia) cooperi (Bd.) Coues. Three
species attributed to North America by other authors are noticed and discarded: Actodro-
mas minuta; A. temminckii; Limicola pygymea. The-new species, A. bairdi, has been con-
sidered invalid by Schlegel, who evidently knew nothing about it. The specific distinction
of Pelidna americana from P. alpina is very questionable, and not now generally conceded.

The Sandpipers ascribed to North America since the appearance of this monograph are
the following: 1. Hreunetes occidentalis Lawr., Pr. Phila. Acad., 1864, p. 107; doubtfully
distinct from ZH. pusillus. 2. Tringa ptilocnemis Coues, Elliott's Rep. Pribylov Islands, 4to,
1873, not paged; this is 7. crasirostris Dall, Am. Nat., viii, 1873, p. 635, and 7. gracilis Hart-
ing, P. Z. S,, 1874, p. 242, pl. 40. It has proved to be an Arquatella, and very near A. mari-
tima. 3. Arquatella couesi, Ridgw., Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Olub, v, 1880, p. 160.

No second second specimen of Tringa cooperi has ever come to light. The new species of
this paper, A. bairdii, has proved to be a very common bird of North and South America,
before confounded with bonapartii, from which it is utterly different. It may have had a
prior name. but-none such has been established. The suggested ‘‘ Pelidna pacifica” has
never been confirmed. The races of Hreunetes remarked upon have not since been recog-
nized and are doubtless invalid. Dr. Coues and some others have since adopted Vieillot’s
name, fuscicollis, for what is here called bonapartii ; but the applicability of the name to this
species seems doubtful.—W. S. '

“C. W.” Die Kampfhihne [Machetes pugnax, in Gefangenschaft]. .. .
< Zool. Gart., ti, 1861, p. 116.

GADAMER, H. Das Balzen von Scolopax rusticula. <J.f. O., ix, 1861, p. 217.

GLocEer, C. W. L. Das Balzen yon Scolopax rusticula betreffend. <J.f. 0.,
ix, 1861, pp. 289, 290.

Barciay, W. L. Occurrence of the Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] at
Leyton. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7939.

BiakE-Knox, H. The Common Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] a Diver.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8195, 8196.

BLAKIsTON, T. Occurrence of the Knot [Tringa canutus] in Lancashire in Au-
gust, and its Eastern Range. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8287.

Bonn, F. Note on Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabini]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7

8000.

Bonn, F. Jack Snipe [plumage of Gallinago gallinula]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862,.
p. 8000.

GATCOMBB, J. Variety of Snipe [Zool., p. 4704]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7938,.
7939. :

GATCOMBE, J. Note on Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii]. < Zoologist, xx,
1862, p. 8035.

GREEN, G. C. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] a Diver. < Zoologist,

xx, 1862, p. 8283.

No. 4.]

1862.

1862.
. 1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1862.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. 857

Harvin-Brown, J. A. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus]a Diver. < Zo-
ologist, xx, 1862, p. 8237.

Hous, W. Snipes’ Nests in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8169.

HorsFaLy, W. C. Occurrence of the Great Snipe [Gallinago major] near Mal-
ham; in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8196.

JACKEL, A. J. EHinige Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatze: ,,Auch ein Wort tiber
das Meckern der Bekassine von B. Borggreve‘‘ in diesem Journale, Jahrg.
1860,S. 63 ff. <J.f. O., x, 1862, pp. 212-223.

LEVEN, R. W. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] a Diver. < Zoologist,
xx, 1862, p. 8237.

Mawson, G. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] breeding near Keswick, Cumber-
land. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8196.

Ropp, E. H. [Occurrence of Gallinago sabinii in full plumage in Cornwall. ]
< P.%.8., xxx, 1862, p. 13.

Ropp, EK. H. Examination of a Specimen of Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii].
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7882, 7883.

Ropp, HE. H. Re-examination of Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii]. < Zoolo-
gist, Xx, 1862, p. 7938.

Ropp, E. H. - Correction of an Error [ Zool., p.7882, respecting Scolopax sabinii ].

< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7938.

Saxpy, H. L. Unusual Situation of a Sandpiper’s [Tringoides pepe reneusl
Nest. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8169.

Saxsy, H. L. Occurrence of the Curlew Sandpiper [Tinga subarquata] at
Rochester. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8237.

VIAN, J. Notice sur quelques jeunes Oiseaux d’Europe. < Kev. et Mag. de Zool.,
xiv, 1862, pp. 369-371, pl. 15, f. 1.

Limosa cinerea.

WAGNER, C. [Fang der Kampfhihne (Machetes pugnax).] < Zool. Gart., iii,
1862, pp. 173, 174.

BLAkE-Kwox, H. On the Diving of the Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus].
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8632, 8633.

BLAKkE-Kwnox, H. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] Diving. < Zoolo-
gist, XX1, 1863, pp. 8493, 8494.

Boutton, W. W. Jack Snipe [Gallinago gallinula] shot on the River Hull.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8770.

BouLtTon, W. W. Ruff (Machetes pugnax 3) shot near Beverley. < Zoologist,
Xxi, 1863, p. 8827.

Bouton, W. W. Occurrence of the Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] near
Beverley. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8771.

GRILL, J. W. Macht der Strandpfeiffer, Totanus hypoleucus Lin., immer eine
, Runde‘? <J.f. O., xi, 1863, pp. 159, 160.

HADFIELD, H. American Snipe [called Scolopax americanus; qu. Gallinago
wilsoni?]. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8446, 8447.
HADFIELD, H. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] a Diver. < Zoologist,

xxi, 1863, p. 8447.

HADFIELD, H. Common Snipe (Scolopax gallinago [Gallinago media]). < Zo-
ologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8494.

HADFIELD, H. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] a Diver. < Zoologisi,
xxi, 1803, pp. 8524-8526.

Harting, J. E. The Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] near Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8827, 8828.

Bull. v, 4 22,

858

1263.
1863.
1863.

1863.

1863.
1863.
1863.
1863.
1863.
1863.
1863.
1863.
1864.
1864.
1864,
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.

1864.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Harviz-Brown, J. A. Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] Diving. < Zoolo-
gist, xxi, 1863, p. 8770.

HorsFALL, W. C. Occurrence of the Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] near
Leeds. < Zoologist, xx, 1863, p. 8330.

LEVEN, R. H. The Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus] a Diver. < Zoologisi,
xxi, 1863, p. 8691.

NEwTOoN, A. On the Breeding of the Green Sandpiper (Helodromas ochropus).
<P. Z. 8., xxxi, 1863, pp. 529-532.

On trees, in Thrushes’ nests, ete.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Temminck’s Stint [Tringa temmincki] at Scilly.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863. p. 8827.

Ropp, E. H. The Spotted Redshank (Totanus fuscus) in Cornwall. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxi, 1863, p. 8827.

Rogers, H. Reeves [Machetes pugnax 2 ]in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, p. 8827.

Saxby, H. L. Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola) in Shetland. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8494. ‘

Saxby, H. L. Five Eggs in the Nest of a Common Snipe [Gallinago media].
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8691.

SaxBy, H.L. Redshank [Totanus calidris] breeding in Shetland. < Zoologist,
Xxi, 1863, p. 8725.

STEVENSON, H. Blacktailed Godwit (Limosa melanura) at Yarmouth. < Zo-
ologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8330.

SWINHOE, R. [Exhibition of a rare Wader, Pseudoscolopax semipalmatus. |
<P. Z.S., Xxxi, 1863, p. 181.

ARMISTEAD, J. J. Occurrence of the Little Stint [Tringa minuta] near Leeds.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9289.

Boutton, W. W. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] near Beverley. <Zoologisi,
Xxii, 1864, pp. 8890, 8891.

Boutton, W. W. Ruff and Reeve [Machetes pugnax g¢ Q] near Beverley.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9362.

Bourton, W.W. Knot [Tringa canutus] and Bartailed Godwit [ Limosa lap-
ponica], in Summer Plumage, at Filey. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9362.

BRUNTON, T. Early Breeding of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola, in Perth].
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9119.

CLARKE, J. A. Sanderling [Calidris arenaria] at Gravesend. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, pp. 9329, 9330.

CoORDEAUX, J. Note on the Whimbrel [ Numenius phzopus] on the Lincolnshire
Coast. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9115.

CORDEAUX, J. Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] and Dunlin [T. alpina]

on the Lincolnshire Coast. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9118.

CORDEAUX, J. Note on the Appearance of the Little Stint [Tringa minuta] in
the Humber. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9330.

Dutton, J. Bartram’s [Actiturus bartramius] and the Purple Sandpiper
[Tringa maritima] in Sussex. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9118.

GuNN, T.E. Ruff and Reeves [Machetes pugnax $ 9 Jin Norfolk. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9290.

Gunn, T. E. Occurrence of the Greenshank [Totanus glottis] near Norwich.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9290.

Harviz-Brown, J. A. Reeve [Machetes pugnax Q ] killed near Grangemouth. |

< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9118.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—-SCOLOPACID &. 859

1864. JEFFREY, W. Blacktailed Godwit [Limosa melanura] and Spotted Redshank
[Totanus fuscus] near Chichester. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9289.
1864. MaTHrws, M.A. Ruff [Machetes pugnax g |] at Weston-Super-Mare. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxii, 1864, p. 8961.
1864. Mryer, R. [Schneeweisse Waldschnepfe (Scolopax rusticola).] < Zool. Gart.,
v, 1864, p. 203.
1864. NEwTon, A. On the Breeding of the Green Sandpiper (Helodromas ochropus).
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9115-9118,
From P. Z. §., Dec. 8, 1863.
1864. Newton, A. On the Breeding of the Green Sandpiper (Helodromas ochropus).
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, pp. 221-224,
From P. Z. §., Dec. 8, 1863, pp. 529-532, q. v.
1864. PowER, W. H. Occurrence of the Ruff [Machetes pugnax] and Curlew Sand-
piper [Tringa subarquata] at Kingsbury Reservoir, Middlesex. < Zoologist,
XX1i, 1864, p. 9289,
1864. Rocers, H. Little Stint [Tringa minuta] in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist,
XxXii, 1864, p. 8891.
1865. ATKINSON, J. C. Young Snipes. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9793.
1865. BECKMANN, L.. Der Oberschnabel der Waldschnepfe [Scolopax rusticola].
< Zool. Gart., vi, 1865. pp. 130-133, figg. 4.
Power and mode of inflection. of the upper mandible. Cf. Zool. Ree., i, p. 93.
1865. BLakE-Knox, H. Malformation of a Snipe’s Beak. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, Pp.
9564.
1865. GuNN, T.E. Abundance of Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] in Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9468, 9469.
1865. GURNEY, J. H. Note on the Purple Sandpiper (Tringa maritima]. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9468.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 9541.
1365. HADFIELD, H. Plumage of the Ruff [Machetes pugnax g |]. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, pp. 9628, 9629. ;
1865. Hopeson, C. B. Snipe Nesting in Warwickshire. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p.
9628.
1865. Jessz, W. Snipe Nesting in Liphook. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9793.
1865. LUNEL, G. Note sur le Bécasseau platyrhynque, Tringa platyrhyncha, et de-
scription @’un caractére nouveau observé chez cet Oiseau. < Bull. Soc. Ornith,
Suisse, i, 1865, pp. 31-37, pl. i.
Not seen.—The new character is nudity of the chin.
1865. MATHEW, M. A. Abundance of Jack Snipe [Gallinago gallinula] during the
past Winter. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9564,
1865. MaTHEW, M. A. Snipe [Gallinago media, in England] in the middle of July.
< Zoologist, XXiil, 1865, p. 9733.
1865. MatHew, M. A. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola, in England] in July. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9733.
1865. MatHEwW, M. A. The Ruff [Machetes pugnax é | on the Northam Burrows,
North Devon. < Zoologisi, xxiii, 1865, p. 9848,
1865. PowEr, W. H. Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] at Kingsbury Reser-
VOLE Iie Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9848,
1865. Powrr, W. H. Temmiuck’s Stint [Tringa temmincki] near Rainham, Kent,
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9848,
1865. Pryor, M. R. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] near Thetford. < Zoologist,
Xxiii, 1865, p. 9564.

860

1865.

1865.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. , (Vl. V.

Ropp, E. H. Curlew Tringa [subarquata]; Change of Plumage. < Zoologist,
xxiii, 1865, pp. 9793, 9794.

Rovp, E.H. Ruffs and Reeves [Machetes pugnax ¢ 1 in Cornwall. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9564, 9565.

1864-65. SCHLEGEL, H. Scolopaces. < Mus. Nat. Hist. Pays-Bas, 5° livr., 1864, pp. 1-

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1867.

1867.

86; 6¢ livr., 1864, pp. 87-102; 7° livr., 1865, pp. 103-112.

The birds of this group are treated under the genera Scolopax (3 spp.), Gallinago (16), Rhyn-
chaea (2), Prosobenia (1), Limosa (8), Tringa (17), Phalaropus (3), Totanus (12), Actitis (4),
Numenius (10), Recurvirostra (3), and Himantopus (5)—rather an improvemeut upon the au-
thor’s custom of classifying, though we still miss some important genera. There are enu-
merated a total of 1,280 specimens in the Leyden Museum. Cf. Ibis, 1865, p. 533.

ANnGus, W.C. Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] in Aberdeenshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866. pp. 524, 525.

BISCHOFSHAUSEN, R.v. Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte der Waldschnepfe. (Sco- .
lopax rusticola.) < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 187-191.

BLAKE-Knox, H. The Buffbreasted Sandpiper [Tryngites rufescens | in Belfast.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 457,

BRookiNG-Rows, J. Large Snipe. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,i, 1866, p. 97.

Butimorx, W. K. On the Occurrence of Bartram’s Sandpiper [Actiturus bar-

tramius] near Falmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 37-40.
A notice of the same appeared in the London ‘Times’ of Nov. 14, 1865.

Durron, J. Purple Sandpiper [Tringa maritima] at Eastbourne. .< Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, p. 145.

GatcoMBE, J. The Purple Sandpiper [Tringa maritima, in Cornwall and De-
yon]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 96, 97.

From the London ‘ Field” of Jan. 13, 1866.

Gunn, T. E. Solitary Snipe [ Gallinago major] in Suffolk. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,
i, 1866, p. 40.

Harvis-Brown, J. A. Ruff nd ad pugnax g]near Grangemouth. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 524.

LeGcr, W. V. [On the nesting of Totanus calidris in Kent and Essex, se
land.] < Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 420, 421.

Lowe, J. Temminck’s Stint [Tringa temmincki] at King’s Lynn. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, p. 457.

Power, W. H. Temminck’s Stint [Tringa temmincki] at Rainham. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 311.

Power, W. H. Late Stay of the Snipe [Gallinago media, at Rainham]. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 311. .

Power, F. D. Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] at Kingsbury Reservoir.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 457.

Smun, A. H. Occurrence of the Purple Sandpiper [Tringa qiortitine at Shore-
ham. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 190.

Smiru, A. P. Hard Fate of a Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola, impaled on an
arrow-shaped weather-cock]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 271. 4

Wuarton, C. B. Whimbrel [Numenius phzopus] at the Kingsbury Reservoir. —

< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 271.

Aurum, B. Die Waldschnepfe [Scolopax rusticola]. Ein monographischer
Beitrag zur Jagdzoologie von Dr. Julius Hoffmann, Stuttgart, K, Thiene-_
mann’s Verlag. < J. f. O., xv, 1867, pp. 110-112.

Uebersicht. ;

ANON. Sneppereder i Treer. < Tidssk. Pop. Fremst. af Naturv., 3e Rekke, iv,
1867, p. 354.

Nidification of Totanus ochropus in trees. See 1863 and 1864, ReaeON A,

:
;
{
‘
a

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. $61

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

ANON. Singular Habit of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 635.
From the London ‘Field.’ Elevating and spreading the tail like a turkey.

Austin, H. Dunlins [Tringa alpina] at Kingsbury Reservoir. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1867, p. 829.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Greenshank [Totanus glottis] and Wood Sandpiper [To-
tanus glareola] near Aldeburgh. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 950.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] near Aldeburgh,
Suttolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 950.

CLaRK-KENNEDY, A. Pigmy Curlew [Tringa subarquata] at Aldeburgh. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 991.

HOFFMANN, J. Die Waldschnepfe [Scolopax rusticola]. Hin monographischer
Beitrag zur Jagdzoologie von Dr. Julius Hoffmann. Stuttgart. K. Thiene-

manw’s Verlag. 1867. 8vo. pp. 151.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.—Vergl. J. f. O., 1867, pp. 110-112; Zool. Gart., 1867, pp. 445-
448; Ibis, 1868, pp. 109, 110. Soll sehr vollstiindig und iiberaus gewissenhaft geschrieben
sein.—Enthalt gleichfalls Bemerkungen tiber Philohela minor.

JACKEL, [A. J.] Die Waldschnepfe [Scolopax rusticola]. Ein monograph-
ischer Beitrag zur Jagdzoologie yon Dr. Julius Hoffmann. ... < Zool.
Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 445-448.

Uebersicht.

JEssE, W. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] near Ingatestone, Essex.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 915.

PowER, F.D. Extraordinary Flock of Wood Sandpipers [Totanus glareola] at
Rainham, Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 991.

Power, W. H. Redshank [Totanus calidris] in Breeding Plumage in Janu-
ary. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 708.

Power, W.H. Early appearance of Jack Snipe [Gallinago gallinula, in Kent].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 1016, 1017.

SCHLOTTHAUBER, —. Numenius arcuatus mit monstrésem Schnabel lebend beo-
bachtet. <J.f. 0., xv, 1867, pp. 358-360.

SHorTo, J., JR. Great Snipe |Gallinago major] near Dorchester. < Zoologist,
2d ser., li, 1867, p. 608.

Apamson, C. M. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Devonshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1461.

ADAMSON, C. M. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major, in England]. < Zoologist,
Qd ser., iii, 1868, p. 1461.

Fyom the London ‘ Field.’

ADAMSON, C. M. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Hampshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1461.

Anon. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Wiltshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iti,
1868, p. 1461.

From the London ‘ Field.’

Bonp, F. Early Breeding of the Common Snipe [Gallinago media] in Sussex
in 1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1256.

CorDEAUX, J. Further Remarks on the Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus ]
breeding in North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1459.

Durron, J. Purple Sandpiper [Tringa maritima] near Beachy Head. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1868, p. 1098.

Gunn, T. E. White Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in the North of Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., 111, 1868, p. 1220.

Gunn, T. E. White Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]: Correction of an Error
[Zool., s. s., p. 1220]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1868, p. 1422.

862

1868.
1868.

1868.

1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.

1868.

1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.

1868.

1869.

1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.

1869.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

GURNEY, J. H. Fawn-coloured Snipe. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1459.
GuRNEY, J. H., Jk. Great Snipe [Gallinago major] near Christchurch. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., 11i, 1868, p. 1422.
Horrmann, W. J. The Jack-snipe [i.e., Tringoides macularius?]. < Am.
Nat., ii, 1868, pp. 216, 217.
On removal of the young by the 9 parent, in her beak, when disturbed.
“J. M. H.” Wilson’s Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p. 489.
On the frequent perching of this species in trees.
MatTuew, G. F. Blacktailed Godwit [Limosa melanura]in Devonshire. < Zo-
ologist,.2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1459.
MatuEew, G. F. Whimbrel [Numenius pheopus] in January. ma 2d
ser., 111, 1868, p. 1135.
MatTHEw,G.F. Solitary Snipes [Gallinago major] near Parracombe. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1461.
MatHew, M. A. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] on Dartmoor. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1460, 1461.
Moor, E.C. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] killed by Teleg graph-wires. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1220.
[Porr, W. A.] A Perching Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni]. < dm. Nat., ii, 1868,
p. 329.
An observation of W. A. Pope’s to this effect, from Land and Water, and American orni-
thologists’ attention called to the circumstance.
Powerit, A. P. E. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] on Salisbury Plain.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1461.
Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Greenshank [Totanus glottis] and Reeve [ Mach-
etes pugnax 9] atthe Land’s End. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1256.
Ropp, E. H. Spring Moulting of the Jack Snipe [Gallinago gallinula]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iti, 1868, p. 1220.
Ropp, KE. H. The Great Snipe [Gallinago major]: Number of Tail-feathers.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1482.
SHoRTO, J., JR. Jack Snipe [Gallinago gallinula, near Dorchester] in August.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iti, 1868, p. 1059.
SmiTH, CrciL. Blacktailed Godwit [Limosa melanura]in Somersetshire. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1178.
STEPHENSON, J. W. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Sussex. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1482.
Watson, W. Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868,
pp. 1422, 1423.
A query respecting the characters of the supposed species.
B[oarpMaNn], G. A. Perehing of Wilson’s Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni]. < Am.
Nat., iii, 1869, p. 222.
Confirms W. A. Pope’s observations on this habit of the bird, Am. Nat., ii, 1868, p. 329.
CasTLE, W. W. [Perching] Habits of Snipes [Gallinago wilsoni and Philohela
minor]. < Am. Nat., ii, 1869, p. 663.
Gunn, T. E. Purple Sandpiper [Tringa maritima] in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1722.
Gunn, T. E. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] near Norwich. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1722.
GuNN, T..E. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] on the Norfolk Coast.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1866.
Gunn, T. E. Greenshank [Totanus glottis] near Yarmouth. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1921.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACID A. 863

1869. GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Correction of an error: Parasite of Sabine’s Snipe [Galli-
hago sabinii]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iy, 1869, pp. 1562, 1563.
1869. GurNEY, J. H., Jr. Blacktailed Godwit [Limosa melanura] at Hickling.
< Aoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1802.
1869. Hart, W., and Son. Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] (?) at Christchurch.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1722.
1869, Harting, J. E. On rare or little-known Limicol. [Part II.] < bis, 2d ser.,
V, 1869, pp. 426-434, figg. and pl. xii.
Continued from tom. cit., p. 310. This second instalment of the series of articles treats
monographically of Hurynorhynchus pygmeus.
Parts I, ITI, IV, V, treat of various species of Charadriide, as stated in previous pages of
this Bibliography, where they are all duly entered. But in citing the whole series collect-
vely, as consisting of five papers, dating 1869-73 (see anted, p. 838), I have overlooked a sixth
paper, on Recurvirostra, 1874 (see posted, p. 875). Please make the necessary correction, in
ink, in your copy of this Bibliography.
1569. Rickarps, M. 8. C. Purple Sandpiper [Tringa maritima] at Weston-super-
Mare. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1645.
1869. Ropp, E. H. American Stint [Tringa minutilla] at Northam Burrows. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1920.
1869. RowLry, G. D. White Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
lv, 1869, p. 1645.
1869. SciaTER, P. L., and Satvin, O. Descriptions of Six New Species of American
_ Birds of the Families Tanagridx, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, Tyran-
nid, and Scolopacide. <P.Z.8., XXXVH, 1869, pp. 416-420.
The new Snipe is Gallinago imperialis, p. 419.
1869. TeMpPLER, R. B. A Buffcoloured Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1602.
1869. [THorPE, T. B.] The Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Harper’s New Monthly
Mag., xxxix, 1869, pp. 640-647, figs. 1-4,
Natural history and methods of capture.
1869. WarD, E. [Exhibition of a specimen of a melanotic variety of the Common
Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola). ] <P. Z.8., xxvii, 1869, p. 473.
1870. ANON. Weight of Snipe. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2069.
From the London ‘Field,’ Jan. 22, 1870.
1870. BLAKE-KNOx, H. Esquimaux Curlew [Numenius borealis] in Dublin Market.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2408, 2409.
1870. BLAKE-KNox, H. Ruff [Machetes pugnax ¢ jinDublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Vv,
1870, p. 2410.
1870. BRANDRETH, H. P. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] on the 19th of March Lat
Standish Rectory]. < Zoologist, 2d ser. , V, 1870, p. 2141.
1870. Browne, A. M. Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] near Aberyst-with.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2409.
1870. CaBants, J. [Ueber Bildung und Anzahl der seitlichen Steuerfedern bei Galli-
nago, und iiber G. heterocerca n. sp. ] <J.f. 0., xviii, 1870, pp. 235, 236.
1870. Cours, E. Foot-notes from a Page of Sand. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, pp. 297-303.
A popular account of tracks made on the sea-shore by Hreunetes pusillus, and how to iden-
tify them.

1870. GUNN, T. E. Ruff [Machetes pugnax ¢ jin Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
p. 2103.

1870. GuNN, T. E. Wood Sandpipers [Totanus glareola] and Greenshanks [Totanus
glottis] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2384.

1870. GuNN, T. E. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2384.

864 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Volv.

1870. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] and Godwit [ Limosa ——].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2345.
1870. HartinG, J. EK. [Exhibition of a specimen of Totanus fuscus.] <P. Z. S.,
Xxxviil, 1870, p. 221.
1870. Hartine, J. E. [Occurrence of Tringa bairdii, Coues, at Walvisch Bay, 8.
Africa, Oct. 24, 1863.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 151, 152.
1870. Horne, C. Jack Snipe [Gallinago gallinula] in a Norwood Garden. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2141.
1870. ‘J. W. D.” Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p.
2103.
From the ‘ Field.’
1870. Moor, E. C. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] at Hasketon. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2105.
1870. Rickarps, M.S. C. The American Stint [Tringa minutilla] at Northam Bur-
rows. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2025.
1870. Rickarps, M. 8. C. American Stint [Tringa minutilla, at Northam Burrows].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2385.
1870. Ropp, E. H. Blacktailed Godwit [Limosa egocephala] in Summer Plumage
at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2182.
1870. Ropp, E. H. British Sandpipers at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2345,
2346.
1870. Ropp, E. H. Pectoral Stint or Sandpiper [Tringa maculata] at Scilly. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2346.
1870. Ropp, E. H. [Another case of Tringa maculata] Pectoral Sandpiper at Scilly.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2346.
1870. Ropp, E. H. Buftbreasted Sandpiper [Tryngites rufescens] at Scilly. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2346.
1870. Ropp, E. H. Schinz’s Stint [Tringa bonapartii] at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser..
v, 1870, pp. 2384, 2385.
1870, he E. H. Schinz’s Stint [Tringa bonapartii] at the Lizard. < Zoologist, 2d
, v, 1870, p. 2409.
1870. Smer, A. H. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in inapaee < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
Vv; 13870, p. 2384.
1870. Smer, A. H. Little Stint [Tringa minuta], &c., near Leigh. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2385.
1870. SmirH, Cecit. Ruff [Machetes pugnax 3) in Somersetshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2103.
1870. SmrirH, Cectn. Schinz’s Sandpiper [Tringa bonapartii] in North Devon. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2409.
1870. SmirH, CeciL. Sternum of Schinz’s Sandpiper [Tringa bonapartii]. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2409.
1871. Bates, B. Schinz’s Sandpiper [Tringa bonapartii] at Eastbourne. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2442.
1871. BuakE-Knox, H. Little Stint [Tringa minuta] on the Dublin Coast. < Zoolo-
' gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2609.
1871. Brooke, V. [Remarks upon exhibition of a specimen of Numenius borealis
from Sthiec, Ireland.] < P. Z.S., xxxix, 1871, p. 299.:

1871. DESFONTAINES, G. La Ganga [Actiturus bartramius] de México. < La Natu-
raleza, ii, 1871, pp. 154-158.
Charactéres genéricos y especificos—costumbres y habitos.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACID&. 865

1871. FowLeR, A. Woodcocks and Moles. < Am. Nat., iv, 1871, pp. 761, 762.

1871.
1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

Philohela minor supposed to prevent the increase of Soricide.

FULLER, O. The Stilt Sandpiper [Micropalama himantopus] in Massachusetts.
< Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 727.

GUNN, T. E. Solitary Snipes [ Gallinago major]in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser. ji
vi, 1871, p. 2852.

GuNN, T. E. Ruffs and Reeves [Machetes pugnax ¢9]at Yarmouth. < Z-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2852.

GURNEY, J. H., Jk. The Wader at Whitby [i. e., Machetes pugnax, Zool., s. s.,
p. 2772.] < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2806.

Vanellus gregarius or Machetes pugnax? As will be seen by several titles below, the
“Whitby Wader” occasioned considerable correspondence before it was finally determined
to be Machetes pugnax. 3, juv.

GuRNEY, J. E., JR. Ruffs [Machetes pugnax g , at Romney Bay, near Lydd].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2852.

HarTING, J. E. [Remarks upon exhibition of a specimen of the so-called Sa-
bine’s Snipe.] < P. Z. 8., xxxix, 1871, p.39.

“ Gallinago sabinii” = G. gallinula, melanotic.

. HarTING, J. E. The Whitby Wader [Machetes pugnax]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi, 1871, pp. 2851, 2852.

- Leacu, H.R. Temminck’s Stint [Tringa temmincki] at Aldeburgh. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 2871.

. Mataew, M. A. Schinz’s Sandpiper [Tringa bonapartii] at Barnstaple.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2441, 2442.

. Mitrorp,R.H. Ruff and Reeve [Machetes pugnax g jin Middlesex. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2806.

. Newton, A. [Exhibition of some rare European Birds’ Eggs.] <P.Z.S.,

Xxxix, 1871, pp. 546, 547.

Calhidris arenaria remarked upon.

- Power, F.D. Ruff [Machetes pugnax ¢ ]in Middlesex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, p. 2852.

. RickarpDs, M.8.C. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] at Scilly. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2485.

. Rickarps, M.8.C. Pectoral Sandpiper [Tringa maculata] at. Braunton Bur-

rows. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2808, 2809.

. Rickarps, M.S.C. Greenshank [Totanus glottis] and Green Sandpiper [To-

tanus ochropus] near Barnstable. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2809, 2810.

. Rickarps, M.S.C. Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola] at Braunton Burrows.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2851.

- Ropp, E. H. Yellowshanked Sandpiper [Totanus flavipes} near Marazion.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2807, 2808.

. Ropp, E.H. Snipe-shooting at St. Mary’s, Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,

p. 2852.

. SEMPsON, M, Name of a Wader [i. e., Machetes pugnax]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi, 1871, p. 2772.

. Stupson, M. The Whitby Wader [Totanus bartramius? i. e., Machetes pugnax ].

< Goologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2870.

. SMITH, CECIL. Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola]in Somersetshire. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2441.

. TACZANOWSKI, L. Notiz iiber die ostsibirischen Numenius-Arten. <J.f. 0.,

xix, 1871, pp. 56-61.

NN. arquata, australis, nasicus.

866 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1871. TaczANOwskKI, L. Nachtrag zur Notiz [tom. cit. 56] tiber die ostsibirischen
Numenius-Arten. < J. f. O., xix, 1871, pp. 395, 396.

1871. Tuck, T. G. Blackwinged Stilt [i.e., Totanus calidris] near Bury St. Ed-
munds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2684.

See op. cit., vii, 1872, p. 3064, where identified as above.

1871. Tuck, T. G. Spotted Sandpiper [Tringoides macularius] near Bury St. Ed-
munds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2684.

1872. Bonn, F. The Whitby Wader [Machetes pugnax]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,
1872, p. 2905.

At length determined to be Machetes pugnaaz, 3, juv.

1872. Boyrs, F. Snipes [Gallinago sp.] ‘“‘Drumming” in Winter. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vii, 1872, p. 2994.

1872. CorBin, G. B. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] Breeding in the New Forest.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3260.

1872. DuRNFoRD, H. Sanderlings [Calidris arenaria] at the Mouth of the Mersey.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3149. ,

1872. FernpEN, H.W. Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] breeding in Wolmar Forest.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3188.

1872. FrinpeN, H. W. Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] in Scotland. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872. p. 3188.

1872. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Whimbrel [Numenius phzopus] near Stratford and Dun-
lin [Tringa alpina] near Leamington. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3273.

1872. HarTinG, J.E. Supposed Occurrence of Wilson’s Snipe in Cornwall [ Zool. s.s.,
3149]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3273, 3274.

It was only a var. of G. media. But an authentic instance of occurrence of G. wilsont in
England is here noted.

1872. Hiicet, A. v. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] breeding in the New Forest.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3236.

1872. Leacu, H. R. Sanderlings [Calidris arenaria] and Cockle [attached to its
foot]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3314.

1872. MatHEw, G. F. Greenshanks [Totanus glottis], &c., near Newton. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2945.

1872. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Snipe [Gallinago sp.] ‘“ Drumming” on the 2nd of
February. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2993, 2994.

1872. Rickarps, M.S. C. [Musky] Scent of Wood Sandpiper [Totanus glareola].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2945.

1872. Ropp, E. H. Wilson’s Snipe [i.e., Gallinago media] in Cornwall. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3149. ;

See ibid., p. 3273.

1872. STEVENS, S. Spotted Redshank [Totanus fuscus] near Arundel. <Zoologist, 2d
ser., vii, 1872, p. 3316.

1872. Tuck, T.G. Redshank [Totanus calidris] recorded [Zool. s. s., 2684] as Black-
winged Stilt. <Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3064.

1873. ANON. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] at Clapton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,
1873, p. 2529.

1873. Anon. [Manner of “boring” of Philohela minor.] < Forest and Stream, i, Nov.
27, 1873, p. 251.

1873. Buasitus, W. [Ueber Gallinago heterocerca Cab.] < Ber. tiber d. xx. Versamml.
d. Deutsch. Orn.-Ges., 1873, p. 11.

1873. Corsin, G. B. Whimbrel [Numenius pheopus] in the New Forest. < Zoolo- —
gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3651, 3652.

A

No. 4.]

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1873.
1873.
1873.
1873.

1873.

1873.
1873.
1874.
1874.

1874.

1874.

1874,

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACID&. 867

CORDEAUX, J. On the Migration and Habits of the Curlew Sandpiper (Tringa
subarquata, Giildenstaedt), < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3720-3722.

Dat, W.H. Addition to the Avi-fauna of North America. < Am. Nat., vii,
1873, pp. 634, 635.
Tringa ‘‘crassirostris”, [i.e., T. ptilocnemis Coues,] in the Aleutian Islands.
DurnrorD, H. Dark Variety of the Common Snipe [Gallinago media]. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3529.
Foutks, 0O.D. The Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1873,
p. 178.
Biography.
Harvie-Brown, J. A. Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata], Ruffs and
Reeves [Machetes pugnax, $ 9 , hear Falkirk], &c. <4oologist, 2d ser., viii,
1873, p. 3803.

Litrorp, Lord. [Occurrence of Numenius hudsonicus in the Coto de Dofiana,
Spain.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, p. 98.

“MASSACHUSETTS” and ‘“‘ BORER”. Where Woodcock [Philohela minor] moult.
<A. Sportsman, ii, 1873, p. 172. See also p. 178.

PRALLE, [W. A. E.] [Ueber Telmatias gallinula L.-Eier aus Hannover. ]
< Ber. iiber d. xx. Versamml. d. Deutsch. Orn.-Ges., 1873, pp. 5-7.

Roper, G.T. Nesting of the Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in Suffolk. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3616.
STOLKER, C. Die gemeine Sumpf- oder Heerschnepfe, Bekassine (Scolopax gal-
linago L.) in Gefangenschaft. < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1873, pp. 477, 478.
In ,, Ornithologische Beobachtungen, ‘ St. Gallen, 1873.
“WW. HE. H.” [Late breeding of Philohela minor. ] < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873,
p. 70.

WHITAKER, J., JR. Spotted Redshank [Totanus fuscus, in Beetwood Park].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3492.

“A.M.” Arrival of Woodcock [Philohela minor, at Fort Lee, New Jersey].
< Am. Sportsman, ii, 1874, p. 412.

ANON. [EDITORIAL.] The Searcity of Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest
and Stream, iii, Dec. 10, 1874, p. 277.

“A.W.” Woodcock [Philohela minor] Carrying their Young. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 139.

Nestlings supposed to attach themselves to parent. Compare iii, p. 379, and iv, pp. 10, 75,
92. It was about this time that the curious fact that the bird transports her young when in
danger began to be noticed in this country, though long known in case of Scolopax rusticola
(see Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4017). Wazious writers describe the manner in which they suppose
it to be done—not easy to determine, in the nature of the case. According to the most reli-
able observations, the bird holds the young one so closely to her abdomen, between her legs,
that the two appear as one body ; thus apparently giving rise to the supposition of “A. W.”
that the young ‘‘attach themselves to the parent.” A plate has lately been published (Zo-
ologist, 3d ser., iii, 1879, p. 433) figuring the European Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola) flying
with a young one in her claws, remote from her body, much as a hawk would carry a chicken.
But there is doubtless a difference in this respect ; for the text of the same article speaks of
another case in which the little one was held tightly to the body of the mother, between her
thighs, exactly as the American bird has been seen to do. The two species probably do not
differ from each other in the way they do it, though this may not be always exactly the same
in either.

Batty, J.H. Woodcock [Philohela minor] killing themselves. <Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 76.
BREWSTER, W. Love-Notes of the Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Am.

Sportsman, iv, 1874, p.19. See also pp. 41, 92.
Singing on the wing after sunset.

868

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.
1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.
1874.
1874.
1874.

1874,

1874.

1874.

1874.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Cougs, E. New Species of North American Bird [Tringa ptilocnemis]. <Am.
Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 500, 501.
Reproduction of the description of Tringa ptilocnemis, Coues, from H. W. Elliott's Rep.
Prybilov Tslands, 4to, 1873, App., not paged—the original being nearly inaccessible.
DurNForD, H. Malformation in Upper Mandible of a Redshank [Totanus
calidris]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3999, 4000.
“Dry LAanp.” Late woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream, iii,
Dec. 3, 1874, p. 267.
Philohela minor and Gallinago wilsoni at Salem, Mass., in December.
“BE.H.L.” Curious trick of a woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Am. Sportsman,
iii, 1874, p.379. See also iv, p. 10.
Parent woodcock carrying young in her beak.
HartinG, J. E. On a new Species of Tringa [Tringa gracilis] from Alaska.
< P.Z.S., xiii, 1874, pp. 242-244, pl. xl.
The pl. shows also bill, feet, and tail of 7. ajpina and T. crassirostris.—The species was
later identified with T. ptiloenemis, Coues.
“Homo.” [C.S8.Wexsrcott.] Upland Plover [Actiturus bartramius] Shooting.
< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 231.
“Homo.” [C. S. Westcotr.] The Summer moult of Woodcock [Philohela
minor]. < Forest and Stream, ii, March 19, 1874, p. 86.
“Homo.” [C. 8. Wesrcorr.] Woodcock [Philohela minor] and Woodcock
Shooting. < Forest and Stream, iii, Oct. 8, 1874, p. 131.

“Homo.” [C.S8. Wesrcotr.] Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni] and Snipe Shooting.
< Forest and Stream, iii, Oct. 22, 1874, p. 163.

“H. P.S.” Early Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p.
395.
At Troy, N. Y., March 7.
‘““PHILOHELA.” Woodcock [Philohela minor] in Boston [Boylston street].
<Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 91.

‘‘ HERBERT”. The Song of the Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 92.
Sings at evening (see p. 19) and carries young by clasping it between the thighs (see p. 75).
LAMBERTON, A.B. The American Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni]. < Am. Sportsman,
iv, 1874, p.99 and p.115. See p. 155.

Marnew,G.F. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus, in Great Britain]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4159.

PerssE, A. Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] in County Galway. < Zoologist,
2d ser.,ix, 1874, p. 3836.

Rosinson, E. White Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] in Ireland. < Zoologist,
2d ser.,ix, 1874, p. 3915.

RosBeErts, G., Epson, —, and NEwMAN, E. Communications and Extracts con-
cerning the Marsh Sandpiper (Totanus stagnatilis of Bechstein). < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4054-4056.

Ropp, E.H. Woodcocks [Scolopax rusticola] in the Scilly Isles. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4260.

“SrTTER.” Woodcock [Philohela minor] carrying their young. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 10.
Philohela minor carrying its young on its back in flight; also in its claws; confirming —
observation of ‘““E. H. L.”’, ibid:, ili, p. 379. See also,p. 139.

SHaw,J. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Lancashire. <@Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, p. 3836.
From ‘Field,’ Oct. 4, 18738.

No. 4.]

1874.

1874,

1874.
1874.

1874.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACID A. 869

‘““TIMBERDOODLE.” A Woodcock [Philohela minor] Out of Place. < dm.
Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 28.

“W.B.” German Sporting Notes. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 75.

Philohela minor carries its young, holding them with its claws, between its legs. Compare

iv, p. 10, and iii, p. 379.

WHITAKER, J. Bartailed Godwit [Limosa lapponica] in Nottinghamshire,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4199.

“Wine Note”. Ideas of a Georgia Sportsman [as to sounds made by Gallinago
wilsoni, while descending]. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 155.

Wrman,L. [Habits of Actiturus bartramius in Massachusetts.] < Forest and
Stream, i, Jan. 8, 1874, p. 342.

. ““Atrquis.” The Woodcock [Philohela minor] as a song bird. < Forest and

Stream, iv, June 3, 1875, p. 262.

. ANON. Artifices of the Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream, iv,

April 22, 1875, p. 167. See also p. 215.

. ANoN. [EpiroriaL.] Instinct in the Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest

and Stream, iv, June 10, 1875, p. 279.
Carrying young in its claws.
ANON. [TILesTON,W.M.] Tame Snipe. < Forest and Stream, v, Sept. 9, 1875,
p. 68.
Successful experiments in keeping Snipe in various parts of the world. |
ANon. [Epirort1aL.] The Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Rod and Gun, vi,
April 17, 1875, p. 40. See also p. 67.
Need of legislative protection. The volume contains frequent allusion to, and arguments
for, this measure, from various correspondents.
Anon. [EprroriaL.] [Characteristics and pseudonyms of Tringa maculata. ]
<_ fod and Gun, vi, April 17, 1875, p. 42.

DE Bangs, J. Habits of the Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream,
iv, March 25, 1875, p. 101.
Full biography, from observations in Western New Tad,

. “HE. E. E.” First Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni, at Elkton, Md.]. < Rod and Gun,

vi, Apr. 3, 1875, p. 10.

. “E.R.” Artifices of Woodcock [ Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream, iv,

July 1, 1875, p. 326. See also p. 127, 215.

. CoFFIN, C.E. Confidences of Woodcock [Philohela minor, on thenest]. < For-

est and Stream, v, Sept. 9, 1875, p.68. See also p. 4.

. “Guo. H.M.” Traits of Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream, iv,

May 13, 1875, p. 215. See pp. 167, 215.

. Gunn, T.E. Solitary Snipe [Gallinago major] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

x, Oct., 1875, pp. 4665, 4666.

. GUNN, T. E. Spotted Redshank [Totanus fuscus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., X, Oct., 1875, p. 4666.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jk. Green Sandpiper |Totanus ochropus] at Northrepps.

Sranlogiet 2d ser., x, Noy., 1875, p. 4697.

. HopGKINson, J. B. Brown Snipe near = DHBLDOR < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb.,

1875, p. 4341.

. INGERSOLL, E. Remarkable success in taming Woodcocks [Philohela minor].

< Forest and Stream, v, Dec. 2, 1875, p. 260.

. Liypen,C. Preservation of Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Rod and Gun, vi,

May 1, 1875, p.67. See also p. 40.
General natural history.
‘“RECAPPER.” [T. C. ABBoTT.] The American Woodcock [Philohela minor].
< Forest and Stream, iv, Apr. 1, 1875, p. 117.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

. WeEBsTER, F. S. Gallinago Wilsoni [at Troy, N. Y.]. < Forest and Stream, iv,

Mar. 18, 1875, p. 85.

. WHITAKER, J. Curlew [Numenius arquatus] in Nottinghamshire. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., x, Mar., 1875, p. 4382.

. [WittarD, 8S. L.] The American Woodcock, Philohela minor. < O6logist,i,

1875, p. 71.

. [WILLARD, S. L.] The Solitary Sandpiper. (Rhyacophilus solitarius.) < Odlo-

gist, 1, 1875, p. 45.

. ANON. Woodcock [Philohela minor] on her nest. < Forest and Stream, vi, May

25, 1876, p. 250, fig.

. BALFouR, T. G. Whimbrel [Numenius pheopus] in Wiltshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., x1, Noy., 1876, p. 5166.

. “B. L.” Woodcock [Philohela minor] in the South. < Rod and Gun, viii,

Sept. 16, 1876, p. 389.

. Boyes, F. Green Sandpipers [Totanus ochropus] near Beverley. < Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5168.

. Boyzs, F. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] migrating in July. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, Nov., 1876, pp. 5166, 5167.

. BREWSTER, W. Occurrence of the Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata] in

Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 2, July, 1876, pp. 51, 52.

. COOPER, J. Curious Habit of the Common Sandpiper [Tringoides hypoleucus].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, pp. 5125, 5126.

. CORDEAUX, J. Great Snipe [Gallinago major] in Perthshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5167.

. CouEs, E. European Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] Shot in Virginia. < Forest

and Stream, vi, Apr. 27, 1876, p. 180.
This and the next title refer to the same instance.

Covss, E. The European Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] shot in Virginia.
< Am. Nat., x, No. 6, June, 1876, p. 372.

Cougs, E. The Woodcock (Philohela minor). < Rod and Gun, viii, July 8,
1876, p. 227, fig.

From his “‘ Birds of the Northwest.” See also p. 260.

““Canonicus.” Nature and Habits of the Woodcock [{Philohela minor]. < Rod
and Gun, viii, May 20, 1876, p. 114, and May 27, 1876, p. 134. >

DRESSER, H.E. On anew Species of Broadbilled Sandpiper [Limicola sibirica].
<P. Z.8S., June 20, 1876, pp. 674, 675.

GATCOMBE, J. Great Snipe [Gallinago major] in Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5126. .

GURNEY, J.H., JR. Dunlins [Tringa alpina] Inland. <Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Feb., 1876, p. 4802.

GURNEY, J. H., JR. Woodcock’s [Scolopax rusticola] Mode of Carrying its
Young. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4844.

GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Bartailed Godwit [Limosa lapponica]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5046.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Woodcock [Scolopax rusticola] migrating in July. <Zo-—
ologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5083.

GuRNEY,J.H.,JR. The Redshank [Totanus calidris] at Northrepps. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5083.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] at Northrepps. .
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5083.

No. 4.]

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1877.

1878.

1878,

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDZ. 871

GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Green Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus] at Northrepps.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5125.

Harting, J. E. Bartram’s Sandpiper [Actiturus bartramius]. <Rod and Gun,
viii, Apr. 29, 1876, p. 71.

From London Field of Mar. 25, 1876.

Kerry, F. Knot [Tringa canutus] and Greon Sandpiper [Totanus ochropus]
at Aldeburgh. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5083.

MATHEW, G.F. Bartailed Godwit [Limosa lapponica]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Jan., 1876, p. 4764.

. “Rex.” [S8. J. Mitts.] Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Rod and Gun, viii,

July 22, 1876, p. 260.

Notes on spring voice of this species. See p. 22.

- Ropp, E.H. Sabine’s Snipe [Gallinago sabinii] near Penzance. < Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, pp. 4801, 4802.

- Ropp, E. H. Note on Sabine’s Snipe (Scolopax [Gallinago] Sabini). < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, pp. 5142-5145,
On its specific validity. -
[Scort, W. E.D.] A Key to our Shore Birds.—II. < Forest and Stream, Aug.
10, 1876.
This second instalment of an analysis, for the use of sportsmen, of the North American
Limicole, gives brief characters of all the Scolopacide.
“SNIPE.” Early Snipe. < fod and Gun, vii, Feb. 5, 1876, p. 290.

Gallinago wilsoni (2) at Baltimore Jan. 16.

- ANON. Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Rod and Gun, ix, Mar. 10, 1877, p. 360.

Its ability to endure much rigorous weather.

- B[Rackert, A. E.] Jack Snipe in Colorado. < Forest and Stream, ix, Dee. 27,

1877, p. 397.

“‘BOURGEOISE.” Woodcock [Philohela minor] a la Bourgeoise. < Forest and
Stream, viii, July 26, 1877, p. 421.

(Brewer, T. M.] The Nesting of the Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni, in southern
localities]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Dec. 27, 1877, p.397. See pp. 285, 326.

. BREWER, T. M. The Willet [Symphemia semipalmata, breeding along the

Atlantic coast of the United States]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Sept. 27, 1877,
p. 144.

. Hartine, J.E. [Remarks on Exhibition of a variety of the common Snipe,

Gallinago media.] < P.Z.8., June 19, 1877, p. 533.

Showing the so-called @. sabinit to be a melanism of this species.

. HUIDEKOPER, E. Breeding of Wilson Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni, at Meadville,

Pa.]. < Forest and Stream, ix, Nov. 29, 1877, p. 326. See p. 285.

- Hoyt, R. D. The Woodcock [Philohela minor, breeding] in Florida. < Forest

and Stream, viii, Apr. 5, 1877, p.129. See p. 82.

(Merriam, C. H.] Breeding of Wilson Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni]. < Forest
and Stream, ix, Nov. 5, 1877, p.285. See p. 326.
Report of its breeding in Connecticut; from his ‘‘ Review of the Birds of Connecticut,’ 1877,
p. 105.
SEVERANCE, J. A. Nomenclature [of Gallinago wilsoni corrected]. < Forest
and Stream, viii, Apr. 5, 1877, p. 128.

AspoTT, C.C. The English Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni] in New Jersey. < The
Country, i, Jan. 26, 1878, p. 180.
Breeding at Trenton, N. J.; specimens supposed to have been unable, through injury, to
go northward ; note appended by W. E. D. Scott, doubting this explanation.

“Ano.” Early Birds. < Forest and Stream, x, Apr. 25, 1878, p. 216.
Woodcock breeding at Painesville, Ohio, Apr. 7.

872 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1878. [APPLETON, G. L.] A Large Woodcock [weight nine ounces]. < Forest and
Stream, x, Mar. 14, 1878, p. 95.

It is not impossibie that this and some similar records of unusually large Woodcock shot

in the United States have actual reference to the European Scolopax rusticola.
1878. BREWER, T. M. The Stilt Sandpiper (Micropalama himantopus). < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iti, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 148.
Its frequent occurrence on Long Island, according to observations of G. N. Lawrence.
1878. Brewer, T. M. Eggs of the Solitary Sandpiper (Rhyacophilus solitarius Bp.).
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 197.

Important as being doubtless the first description of an authentic egg of this species. The
supposed egg had occasionally been reported before, but never with positive identification,
that of Tringoides macularius or Agialitis vocifera having been usually mistaken for it.

1878. BREWER, T. M. Notes on the Occurrence of Micropalama himantopus in New
England. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xix, for Oct. 3, 1877, pub. Jan. Feb.,
1878, pp. 252-256.

This is quite an extensive paper, giving the particulars of various occurrences.

1878. BRown, N.C. The Stilt Sandpiper (Micropalama himantopus) at Portland,
Maine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 102.

1878. [CHuUBB, J.] Early Snipe [Gallinago wilsoni, at Cleveland, Ohio]. < Forest
and Stream, x, Mar. 28, 1878, p. 135.

1878. Heap, J.F. Breeding of the Woodcock [ Philohela minor] in Georgia. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, 111, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 151. i

Communicated by E. C[oues]; comment by W. Brewster on its breeding in Florida.

1878. ‘““J.M.W.” Woodcock [Philohela minor] killed by Telegraph Wires. < Fami-
liar Sei. and Fanciers’ Journ., v, No. 5, May, 1878, p. 94.

1878. [WiLLaRD, 8. L.] ‘‘Tip-up” [Tringoides macularius]. < The Oélogist, iv,
No. 3, May, 1878, pp. 22, 23. ©

Notice of its habits, mostly quoted from Coues’s ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest.”

1878. Woop-Mason, J. On the Structure and Development of the Trachea in the
Indian Painted Snipe (Rhynchza capensis). < P. Z. S., June 18, 1878, pp.
745-751, figg. 1, 2, pl. xvii.

Peculiarly convoluted trachea in the 2. This sex offers reversal of secondary sexual cha-
racters and instincts—being larger and more richly colored than the ¢, having the trachea
tortuous instead of simple, deputing the duty of incubation to the ¢, and doing the courting”
business herself. The parts in mention are figured.

1879. BREweR, T. M. The Eggs of the Curlew Sandpiper (Tringa subarquata).
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 190.

Doubtless a mistake. In Ibis, 1879, p. 375, Dr. Brewer makes the same statements. H.
W. Feilden criticizes the statements in Ibis, 1879, p. 468; and the case is reviewed at length
by J. E. Harting, Zool., Mar., 1880, p. 104. The bird may have been Tringa canutus or Pha-
laropus fulicarius. Authentic eggs of Tringa subarquata continue to be unknown.

1879. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 19.—The Curlews [| Numenius spp. ] of
North America. < The Chicago Field, Apr. 26, 1879.

Matter rearranged from accounts of three species in “ Birds of the Northwest.”

1879. CoukEs, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 25.—The Solitary Tattler ; Wood Tat- —
tler. ‘Totanus Solitarius. < The Chicago Field, June 21, 1879.

From ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest.”’ :

1879. Cours, HE. Letters on Ornithology. No. 26.—Semipalmated Tattler, Willet,
Stone Snipe. (Totanus Semipalmatus.) < The Chicago Field, June 28, 1879.

From ‘Birds of the Northwest.”

1879. Cougs, EK. Letterson Ornithology. No. 27.—Bartramian Shndpiper or Tattler;
Upland Plover. Actiturus Bartramius. < The Chicago Field, July 5, 1879.

From ‘ Birds of the Northwest.”

1879.. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 28.—The Buff-Breasted Sandpiper..
Tryngites Rufescens. < The Chicago Field, July 12, 1879, p. 348.

From ‘‘Birds of the Northwest.”

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBILIOGRAPHY—SCOLOPACIDA. 873

1879. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 29.—The Great Marbled Godwit.
Limosa Fedoa. < The Chicago Field, July 19, 1879.
From ‘' Birds of the Northwest.”
1879. DEANE, R. Additional Captures of the Curlew Sandpiper [Tringa subarquata ]
in New England. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, p. 124.
Adding two to the three previously recorded.
1879. Dwieut, J.,Jr. The Stilt Sandpiper (Micropalama himantopus) on the New
Jersey Coast. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.1, Jan., 1879, p. 63.

1879. EpiroriaL. [F. SarTERTHWaITE.]- A Plea for Woodcock [Philohela minor].
< forest and Stream, xiii, Aug. 14, 1879, p. 550.

Against the shooting of this species during the summer months.

1879, Exizry, M. G., and Squire, G.R. Do Woodcock [Philohela minor] Breed Twice
a Year? < Forest and Stream, xii, July 10, 1879, p. 444.

Letters confirming the position taken by Geo. Bird Grinnell, that Woodcock do usually, in
the Middle States, rear two broods each season.

1879. [GRINNELL, G. B.] Woodcock [Philohela minor] Breed Twice. < Forest and
Stream, xii, May 1, 1879, p.250. |

Defence of statement that Woodcock usually rear two broods in a season, with some of the
observations on which this assertion is based.

1879. [Hartine, J. E.] On some little-known Habits of the Woodcock [Scolopax
rusticola]. < Zoologist, 3d ser., iii, Nov., 1879, pp. 453-440, pl. iii.

With special reference to the transportation of the young by the parent. The plate fig-
ures the parent flying with the young in her feet, away from the body, as a hawk would
carry its prey. The text bears this out, but other passages of the same article speak of the
young being pressed to the parent’s body, clasped between her legs. See 1874, “A. W.”

1879. J.C. H. Breeding of Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream, xii,
May 22, 1879, p. 307.

Notice of the killing, on the wing, of four young woodcock, Mar. 31, 1878, at Fayetteville.
N.C. (By typographical error, as noticed in the next issue of Forest and Stream, the note
above given was dated Fayetteville, N. Y.)

1879. “‘Portsa.” Are Woodcock [Philohela minor] Nocturnal? < Forest and Stream,
xi, Jan. 23, 1879, p. 502.

1879. Samurts, E. A. Wilson’s Snipe. Gallinago Wilsonii—(Bonaparte.) < Town
and Country (monthly newspaper of Boston, Mass. ), i, No. 4, Apr., 1879, cut.

An extended notice of the habits of this species, with sporting anecdote. Being No. 3 of a
series of papers entitled ‘‘Our Game Birds.”’

1879. SamurLs, E. A. The Woodcock. Philohela minor. < Town and Country
(monthly newspaper of Boston, Mass.), i, No.5, May, 1879, cut.
Popular biographical sketch. z
1879. S[TERLING], J. W. The Second Brood of Woodcock [Philohela minor]. <For-
est and Stream, xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 634.

1879. YounG,C.H. More White Woodcock [Philohela minor]. < Forest and Stream,
Apr. 10, 1879, p. 185.

Note.

In Ibis, Oct., 1879, p. 453, in an article not citable under Scolopacida, as it refers to various
other birds, H. T. Wharton has shown that the proper specific name of the European Wood-
cock is rusticula, not rusticola, though the latter is almost invariably used. Though aware
of this before these pages were printed, I preferred to use the latter in my brackets, as being
that which the authors themselves of the various papers did or would employ.

Bull. v, 4-—23

874

1835.

1835.

1835.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Recurvirostridz.

Du Bus DE GHISIGNIES, V. B. Description d’un nouveau genre d’Oiseaux de
Vordre des Echassiers [Leptorhynchus pectoralis, sp. n.]. < Bull. Acad.
Brus., ti, 1835, pp. 419, 420, pl. .

Pas vue moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Englemann.

Du Bus DE GHISIGNIES, V. B. Description d’un nouveau! genre d’Oiseaux de
Vordre des Kchassiers [Leptorhynchus pectoralis]. < L’Institut, iii, No. 103,
1835, p. 138.

Pas vue moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Englemann.

DuBus [DE GHISIGNIES, V. B.] lLeptorhynque. Leptorhynechus. Dubus.
Nouveau genre d’Oiseaux de Vordre des Kchassiers. < Guér. Mag. de Zool.,
5° année, 1835, classe ii, notice xly, pl. xlv.

Leptorhynchus pectoralis, nuper g. sp. n., pl. 45.—Mémoire presenté 4 Acad. Roy. de
Bruxelles, séance du 17 jany. 1835.

. DUMORTIER, —. [Rapport sur le mémoire intitulé: Description d’un nouveau

genre d’Oiseaux de Vordre des Echassiers (Leptorhynchus pectoralis). ]
< 1’ Institut, ti, 1835, pp. 72-74.

Pas yue moi-méme.

. GouLD, J. [Description of a New Species of Himantopus (Nove Zelandiz)

from New Zealand.] < P. Z. S., ix, 1841, p.8.

. FISHER, W.R. Note on the occurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta]

near Yarmouth. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 148.

. Du Bus [DE GuIsienizes, V.B.] Neuer Sumpfvogel, Leptorhynchus pectoralis

aus Neuholland. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 330, 331.
Aus d. Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruc«el., Bd. ii, 1835, q. v.

. MANSELL, T. Note on the occurrence of the Stilt Plover [Himantopus leuco-

cephalus?] in New South Wales. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 454.

3. Ross, F.W.L. Beak and Legs of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta]. < Zo-

ologist, 1ii, 1845, p. 1191.

. Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] at the Land’s

End. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1910.

. Benson, H. Occurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] near Rams-

gate. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2455.

. Durr, J. Occurrence of the Avocet (Recurvirostra avocetta) at the Tees

Mouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2591.

. Etiman, J. B. Occurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] in Romney

Marsh. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2455.

. Eximan, J.B. Occurrence of the Avocet (Avocetta recurvirostra) in Romney

Marsh. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2528, 2529.

. GuRNEY,J.H. Occurrence of the Avocet (Avocetta recurvirostra) near Lynn.

< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2455.

. Harper, J. O. Occurrence of the Avocet (Recurvirostra Avocetta) at Sand-

wich, in Kent. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 2980.

. Harper, J. O. Occurrence of the Avocet (Recurvirostra Avocetta) at Yar-

mouth. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3208.

. SELyS-LONGCHAMPS, E.DE. Note sur la famille des Recurvirostridées. < Bull,

de V Acad. Roy. de Bruselles, xviii, i, 1851, pp. 5-15.
Pas vue moi-méme: le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RECURVIROSTRIDZ&. 875

1851. SELYs-LoNGcHamps, E.DE. Note sur la famille des Recurvirostridées. <L’In-

stitut, xix, No. 913, 1851, p. 211.
Pas vue moi-méme.

1852. IrBy,L.H. Occurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] at Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3504.

1856. Foortir, W.F. Occurrence of the Avocet [ Recurvirostra avocetta] near New-
ark. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5251, 5252.

1856. Newman, E. Occurrence of the Stilt Plover (Himantopus mmelanopterus) at
Bosham, in Sussexy < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 4946.

1856. WOLLEY, G. Oceurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] in Notting-
hamshire. < Zoologist, Xiv, 1856, p. 5280.

1857, MaTTHEws,H. Occurrence of the Avocet (Recurvirostra avocetta) near New-
ark. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5364, 5365.

1858. GARDNER, J. Occurrence of the Avocet (Recurvirostra avocetta) in Kent.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 5921.

1859. JAGER, G. Herr Professor Dr. G. J ager bespricht die Lebensweise eines Exem-
plares von Recurvirostra avocetta. < Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, ix,
1859, pp. 98-101.

_ 1859. Knox, A. E. On the Habits of the Black-winged Stilt [Himantopus melanop-

terus ], as observed on its occurrence in Sussex. < bis, i, 1859, pp. 395-397.

1860. Knox, A. E. On the Habits of the Black-winged. Stilt [Himantopus melanop-
terus], as observed on its occurrence in Sussex. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp-
6979, 6980.
From Ibis, i, 1859, pp, 395-397.
1864. JEFFREY, W.,JR. Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] near Chichester. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864; p. 9211.
1867. HackeTTs, W. A. Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] in the County Cork.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 635.
From the ‘Field,’ Jan. 12.
1867. RamsEY,E.P. Note on the Eggs of the Australian Stilt-Plover (Himantopus
leucocephalus). <P.Z.S., xxxv, 1867, p. 600.
1867. THoMpson, W. Occurrence of the Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] near Wey-
mouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 759.
1868. TrisTRAM, H. B. [Questions distinctness of Recurvirostra sinensis from R.
avocetta.] < Ibis, 2d ser., iv, 1868, p. 133.
1869. Hart, W.,and Son. Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] at Portsmouth [England].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1562.
1870. FELDEN, H. W. [Additional (Ibis, 1870, 145) information on the breeding of
: Himantopus candidus.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 295.
1870. Hume, A. [O.] [On the breeding, nest, and eggs of the Indian Black-winged
Stilt, Himantopus candidus.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 145-147.
1871. GarcomBn, J. Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta] in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2810. :
1874. HartineG,J.E. Onrare or little-known Limicole. [Part VI.] < Ibis, 3d ser.,
iv, 1874, pp. 241-261, pl. ix. d
Treats very fully of the species of Recurvirostra, The pl. represents R. andina.
1875. BULLER, W.L. On the Genus Himantopus in New Zealand. < Trans. and Proc.
New Zealand Inst. for 1874, vii, 1875, pp. 220-224.
Treats of HH. leucocephalus, nove-zealandice, and albicollis, the latter sp. 0., p. 224.
875. GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Plumage of the Stilt [Himantopus candidus]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, p. 4697.
1876. WARREN, R. Avocet [Recurvirostra avocetta]in Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d SeT,,
xi, Jan., 1876, pp. 4764, 4765.

876

1758.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Vol. Ve

Phalaropodidz.

Epwarps,G. An Account of a new-discovered Species of the Snipe or Tringa
[i. e., Phalaropus fulicarius ]. < Philos. Trans. for 1757, 1, pt. i, 1758, pp. 255-

257, pl. vi.
«Grey Coot-footed Tringa” = Phalaropus fulicarius of later authors. The plate also illus-
trates the bill of the Red-necked Phalarope, Lobipes hyperboreus of systematists.

. Smumonps, T. W. Observations respecting a Species of Phalarope, and some

other rare British Birds. << Trans. Linn. Soc., viii, 1807, pp. 264-269.
Phalaropus williamsit, p. 264, sp. n. [It is Lobipes h SH TNOTIES: |

2, Aruis,T. Grey Phalarope[Phalaropus fulicarius, near York, England]. < Lou-

don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 589.

2, Coucn, J. The Grey Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius, in Great Britain ].

Loudon’s Mng. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 729, 730.

. JORDAN, W. R. Notes on the Gray Phalarope (Tringa lobata, Lin. [Phalaro-

pus fulicarius]). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 282.

3. ScouLER, J. Grey Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius, in Scotland]. < Loudon’s

Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 515.

. CoorEr, J. Occurrence of the Gray Te balieneyys [Phalaropus fulicarius] near

Preston. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1552.

in Norfolk. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1552.

. Murcn, E. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] near

Honiton. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1552.

Penzance. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1552.

. Beapues, J. N. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Pbalaropus fulicarius] at

Mitcheldean. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1697.

. Goatuey, T. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope (P. lobatus [Paalovepes fuli-

carius]), near Chipping Norton. < Zoologist,v, 1847, p. 1640.

. Hunter, C. B. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at

Wretham. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1640.

. Lewins, R. Occurrence of the Grey Phalarope (Phalaropus lobatus {fuli-

carius]) in Northumberland. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

bipes] hyperboreus) at Lewes. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3035,

. Gurney, 8., JR. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope (Phalaropus platy

chus. Penince aia) at Carshalton. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3331.

3. Hussry, A. Occurrence of the Red-necked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperhorens],

at Rottingdean. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 4096, 4097. :

54. Grocer, C. W. L. Das eigenthiimliche Briit-Verhaltniss der Wassertreter

(Phalaropus) und seine Analogie. <J.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 89-91. :

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Red- necked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus

near Penzance. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4526.

. Mizner, W. M. E. Red-necked Phalarope-[Lobipes hyperboreus] killed ne

York. <Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4441.

ev, re! Oe

. Gurney, J.H. Occurrence of the Red-necked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] _

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius ] near

SS

i

. Eximan, J. B. Occurrence of the Red- necked Phalarope (Phalaropus [Lo-

No. 4.)

1860.

1860.

1860.

1862.

, 1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

' 1864.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.
1866.

1866.

1867.

1867.

1867.
1867.
1868.

1869.

1869.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—FYHALAROPODIDA. 877

Dunn, J. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Ork-
ney. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6812.

Ropp, EH. H. Occurrence of the Red Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at
Seilly. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7236.

Wituiams, D. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope (Phalaropus platyrhynchus
[fulicarius]) at Swansea. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6891.

RoGerS, H. Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in the
Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8283.

DutTron, J. The Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Brighton. < Zo-
ologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8331.

JEFFERY, W., JR. The Rednecked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] near Chi-
chester. Si xxi, 1863, p. 8828.

KERR, J. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] near Greenock. < Zoologist
Xxi, 1863, p. 8828.

STEVENSON, H. The Gray Phalarope (Phalaropus platyrhynchus [fulicarius])
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8331.

OsBORNE, H., JR. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Caithness,
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8890.

BuakE-Knox, H. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Dublin Bay.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 500, 501.

Dutton, J. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Eastbourne. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 499.

Dutton, J. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Eastbourne, &e. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 525

Hesse, B. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Hackney Marshes.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 499.

Kirpy, H. T. M. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Mayfield. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 499.

MatTuew, M.A. Gray Phalarope [ Phalaropus fulicarius] at Weston-super-Mare
and at Budleigh Salterton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 499, 500.

Ropp, E. H. Red Lobefoot [Rednecked Phalarope] [Lobipes hyperboreus] at
Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 501.

Brackets in original title around the words ‘‘Rednecked Phalarope”’.

GUNN, T. E. The Gray Phalarope [ Phalaropus fulicarius] in Norfolk. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 1016.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jk. A Summary of the Occurrences [about 250 specimens] of
the Grey Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Great Britain during the Au-
tumn [Aug. 20-Oct. 8] of 1866. By J. H. Gurney, jun. London: 1867.
8vo. pamph. pp. 24, map.

Not seen.—Cf. Zoologist, s. s., pp. 917-919; Ibis, 1868, p. 101.

Hawker, T. A. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Shoreham. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 561, 562.

Matuew, M.A. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Barnstaple. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 562.

GuNN, T. E. Rednecked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] in Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1482.

GATCOMBE, J. Rednecked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] in the Neighbour-
hood of Plymouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1920.

Preston, T. A. Rednecked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] at Marlborough.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1951.

878

1869.
1870.
1870.
1870.

1870.

1870.
1870.
1870.

1870.

1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.
1871.
1873.
| 1873.
1873.
1874.
1874.
1874.
1875.

1876.

1876,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Wonror, T. W. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Sussex. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1920.

BLAKE-Knox, H. Gray Phalaropes [Phalaropus fulicarius] in County Dublin.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2410.

Browne, A. M. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Wales. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2410.

GoaTLeY, T. H. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] near Saublaenp tone
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2385.

HartTING, J. E. On the Immigration of the Gray Phalarope (Phalaropus fuli-
carius) and the Recent Occurrence of this Species in Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d
er., v, 1870, pp. 1972-1975.
Extracted from ‘The Field’ of Nov. 13, 1869.
MatHEw, M. A. Gray Phalaropes [Phalaropus fulicarius] in North Devon:
Moulting of Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2385, 2386.
MatTHew, M. A. Abundance of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2410.

SmirH, CEcIL. Gray Phalaropes [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Somerset. < Zoe
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2410.

SmiryH, CecrL. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Bishops Lydeard.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2385.

BALKWILL, F. H. Phalaropes [Phalaropus
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2442, 2443.

BrypGEs, H. J. J. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] at Boultibrook.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2852.

SmitH, Cecrz. Bird-batting. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2438.

Capture of Phalaropus fulicarius.

SmirH, CecIL. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] near Taunton. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2442.

Stupss, C.E. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] near Henleyeon -Thames.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2442.

Boyss, F. Rednecked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] in East Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3371.

CorBIN, G.B. Gray Phalarope [ Phalaropus fulicarius, on the meas coast]
and Pike. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3492.

Matuew, M. A. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Winter Plumage.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3454.

NorGate, F. Rednecked Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] at Salthouse, Nor-
folk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4159.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Cheshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., 1x, 1874, p. 4239.

Cioae, 8. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Cornwall. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4239.

WHITAKER, J. Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius] in Nottinghamshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875, p. 4342.

Af[iiEen],J.A. Field and BO < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876,
jo, 7s
Notice of this periodical, Vol. II, No. 1, the only ornithological article it contains being on
Steganopus wilsoni. See 1876, KuMLEIN, A. L.
GATCOMBE, J. Early Occurrence of the Gray Phalarope [Phalaropus fulicarius]
in Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, pp. 5083, 5084.

]in Plymouth Sound. < Zo-

No.4) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PHALAROPODIDE. 879

i876. KumLEIN, A.L. On the Habits of Steganopus wilsoni. < Field and Forest, ii,
No. 1, July, 1876, pp. 11, 12.

1876. NICHOLLS, R. P. Gray Pharalope [Phalaropus fulicarius] near Kingsbridge.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4802.

1877. NeLson, E. W. A Contribution to the Biography of Wilson’s Phalarope [Ste-
ganopus wilsoni]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, pp. 38-43.

Very full on its habits, especially on its breeding.

1878. Cours, E. The Northern Phalarope [Lobipes hyperboreus] in North Carolina.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, pp. 40, 41.

1878. MurDocH, J. Phalarope,—An Etymological Blunder. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, i111, No. 3, July, 1878, pp. 150, 151. “

Contends that the word should be written Phalaridopus, being from ¢adapis, gen. -iSos, ‘a
coot”, and mous, ‘‘foot”’, not the adj. dadapis, ‘ white”’, as ‘‘ Phalaropus” would seem to indi-
cate. ‘‘ Nevertheless,” as the writer, who has well taken his point, continues, ‘‘the name has
served so long as a distinguishing mark of the genus, that it would be by no means advisable
to attempt to make an exchange for the etymologically correct form”; especially as the form
‘“* Phalaropus”’ represents no very great degree of contraction. Moreover, as the writer does
not state, dadrapis, a coot, and fadapos, bright, white, shining, or otherwise conspicuous, are
etymologically the same, the former substantive being derived from the latter adjective and
having been applied to the bird because of its conspicuously colored bill; there being this ad-
ditional reason for not insisting upon the change. Brisson certainly invented ‘‘Phalaropus”
to mean ‘‘coot-footed,” but the ¢aAapa of the Greeks were any ornaments with which a thing
might be furnished, as the gems of a tiara, the studs of a helmet, the caparisons of a horse,
etc.; and ‘‘Phalaropus” is therefore not so far out of the way after all, for a bird whose feet
are remarkably ‘‘ ornamented” or appendaged.

1878. WILLIsTon, 8. W. On the adult male plumage of Wilson’s Phalarope. (Ste-
ganopus Wilsoni Sab.) < Trans. Kansas Acad. Science for 1877-8, vi, 1878, p. 39.

‘What has hitherto been considered the young plumage of this bird, has been confounded
with [that of] the adult male.” Description follows, with other remarks.

880

1840.

1848.

1849,

1861.

1867.

,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vot. V.

Heliornithidz.

BRANDT, J.F. Einige Bemerkungen iiber Podoa und ibr Verhaltniss zu Fulica,
Podiceps und den Steganopoden. < Mém. del Acad. St.-Péiersb., vi sér., v tome,
ii pte., Sc. Nat., iii, 1840, pp. 197-202, pll. xi, xii.
A subtitle, being the third part of his series entitled: Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Neer
Vogel u. s. w.—Podoa is associated with Fulica, in the order Natatores.
Gray,G.R. Description of a new species of Podica [P. personata]. <P.Z.S.,
xvi, 1848, p. 90.

Gray, G. R. Description of a new species of Podica [P. personata]. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., iii, 1649, pp. 311, 312.
From P. Z. S., June 13, 1848, p, 90.

GIEBEL, C.G. Ueber Podoa surinamensis. < Zeiisch. f. d. gesammi. Naturwiss.,
Xvili, 1861, pp. 424—-—.

Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.—Enthaltend anatomisches.

ScHLEGEL, H. Urinatores < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 9° livr., avril 1867, pp.
1-52.

This group, as made up by the author, consists of the five families Spheniscidw, Alcide,
Colymbide, Podicipide, and Heliornithide, of three of which only a single genus is admitted.
Spheniscus, 12 species.

In the Alcid@, with 3 genera, are treated of Alea, 9 spp.; Stmorhynchus, 6 spp.; Lunda, 3
spp. Colymbus, with3 spp. Podiceps, with12 spp. Heliornis, with 3 spp.

No .4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BEIBLIOGRAPHY—PARRIDA. 881

Parrid2.

1832. GEOFFROY St.-H1ILarReE, Istip. Jacana, Parra. Lin. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2°
année, 1832, classe ii, notice vi, pl. vi.
Parra albinuca [sic], pl. vi, sp. n.; Madagascar. [Metopodius.]

1856. ScLatTER, P.L. On the species of the American genus Parra. < P.Z.S., xxiv,
1856, pp. 282, 283.

The American birds of the genus Parra, with their Old World representatives of the genera
Metopodius, Hydralector, and Hydrophasianus, are considered to constitute a natural group
related to the Rallide, but remarkable for the extreme elongation of the toes. The article
is a synopsis of five spp., with synonymy, diagnosis, and habitat: 1, P. jacana, L. 2, P. in-
termedia, Bp., sp. D., p. 282, Venezuela. 3, P. melanopygia, sp. n., p. 283, New Grenada. 4,
P. hypomelena, Gr. & Mitch. 5, P. gymnostoma, Wagl.

1857. SCLATER, P.L. On the Species of the American genus Parra. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857, pp. 410, 411.
From P. Z. S., July 8, 1856, pp. 282, 283, q. v. ;
1864. GouLp, J. Description of the Egg of Parra gallinacea [Hydralector cristata].
< P.Z.S8S., Dec. 13, 1864, p. 661.
1865. GouLD, J. Description of the Egg of Parra gallinacea [Hydralector cristata].

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xvi, 1865, p. 70.
From P. Z. S., Dec. 13, 1864, p. 661.

882 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Rallidz.

{Including Gallinula, Fulica, Aramus, Notornis, Aphanapteryx, etc.]

1717. Limprecut, J. A. De Fulica recentiorum minore Gesneri. < Ephem. Acad.
Nat. Cur., Cent. 5 et 6, 1717, pp. 212-217.
Haud mihi cognitus: titulus e Caro et Engelm.
1721. HorrmMann, M. De Fulica dissecta. < Hphem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Cent. 9 et 10,
1721, App., pp. 469, 470.
Non mihiobvius: titulus e Caro et Engelm.
1734. PERRAULT, C. Description anatomique d’une Poule Sultane [Porphyrio].
< Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. ili, 1734, pp. 50-
57, pli. 11, 12. :
1744-50. HasseLquist, F. Fulica. Linnaei Syst. Nat. p. 28. < Acta Reg. Soc. Sci.
Upsal., v, 1744-50, pp. 22, 25.
Haud mihi obvia.
1757. PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung einer Sultanshenne [Porphyrio].
< Abhandl. Kénigl. Franzésisch. Akad., 11,1757, pp. 277-—.
Mir nicht zuginglich.—Teutsch. Ubers. d. Mém. del Acad. Paris, in, pt. iii, 1734, p. 50.
1813. LuunGu, S.I. En ny Fogel, Rallus Paykullii, beskrifven. < Kongl. Vetensk.
Acad. Handl., 1813, pp. 258-260, pl. v. Y

1817. Barton, B.S. Some Account of the Tantalus Ephouskyca [sp.n.], a rare Am-
erican Bird. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xii, pt. i, 1817, pp. 24-27, pl.i.
This is the ‘“‘Crying-bird” of Bartram, Trav. in Fla., ed. of 1791, p. 147, ‘‘ Tantalus pictus,”
ibid., p. 293= Aramus giganteus Bp.— A. pictus, Coues, Pr. Phila. Acad., 1875, p. 354.
1821. FLEMING, J. On the Water-Rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Mem. Wernerian Nat.
Hist. Soc., iii, 1821, pp. 174-182. (Read Noy., 1819.)
Notes a spine on the wing of Rallus aquaticus, and consequently associates the genus with
Parra and Palamedea. Monographie account of the species, followed by a synoptical view
of the British species of Rallus, Ortygometra, Gallinula, and Fulica.
1823. Morrison, —. Hybernation of the Corncrake-(Rallus Crex [Crex pratensis]).
< Hdinb. Philos. Journ., viii, 1823, pp. 414, 415.
Three individuals stated to have been found torpid in a heap of manure.
1829. ‘‘B.” Rallus aquaticus. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 302.
~ Complaint of the figure given, op. cit., i, p. 289.
1830. ANON. Spur on the wing of the Rallus Crex [Crex pratensis]. < Hdinb. New
Philos. Jowrn., viii, 1830, p. 204.
See above, 1821, FLEMING, J.
1831. BREHM,C.L. Die kleinen europdischen Rohrhihner [Porzana spp.]. -< Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831, pp. 705-710.
Gallinula minuta Br.; G. minutissima, Pethényi und Brehm. Vergleichung der G@. pusilla
und G. minutissima.
1832. “A.B.” A white Water-Rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
v, 1832, p. 384.
1832. ALLIS, T. Food of the Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus Linn.). < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 732. .
1832, ANON. The Gallinule (Gallinula chloropus Latham), a Percher, and excellent
for Food. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 381, 382.

1832. “A. R.Y.” The Gizzard of the Corncrake (Rallus crex L., Ortygometra crex
Fleming [Crex pratensis]). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 731, 732.

_—

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RALLID A. 883

1832. BLACKWALL, J. Descriptions of two Birds, hitherto uncharacterized, belonging
to the Genera Crex and Rallus. < Edinb. Journ. Sci., n. 8., vi, 1832, pp.
vighaizke

O. pygmea, p. 17, North America; Rallus bicolor, p. 78, Brazil? [The former is Porzana
jamaicensis. |

1832. Brrr, W. T. The Gallinule (Gallinula chloropus Latham) a Percher and good
for Food. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 730. With note by ‘J.
D[enson].”

1832. Dovaston, J. F. M. The Rallus Crex [Crex pratensis], or Corncrake. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 298, 299.
Characters of its gizzard.
1832. “E.P.T.” Is the Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus) migratory or not? <Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 397.
1882. G[oOaTLEY], T. Is the Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus Linn. ) migratory or not?
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 732, 733.
Yes.
1832. ‘“H.B.” The Waterhen (Gallinula chloropus Latham), when disturbed on its
Eges, covers them before it leaves them. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832,
p. 731.
1832. K[ Nox], T. The Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus, p.68.). <Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., v, 1832, p. 299.
Nature of its food.
1832. K[NOx],T. The Spotted Gallinule (Gallinula Porzana Latham [Porzana maru-
etta]). <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p.731.
1832. K[NOx], T. Does the Landrail or Corncrake (Ortygometra Crex Flem. [Crex
pratensis]) breed in the South of England? < Loudon’s' Mag. Nat. Hist., v,
1832, p. 732.
Yes.
1833. ‘‘Rusticus.” [NrwMan, E.] “The Daker” isa Name for the Corncrake [Crex
pratensis]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 279.
1834. “J.M.B.” A Second Brood of Waterhens adopted and catered for by the In-
dividuals of the First Brood. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 244,
245.

1835. BLACKWALL, J. Zwei neue Végel [Crex pygmza und Rallus bicolor]. <(Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 316.
Auszug aus Edinb. Journ. Sci., neue Folge, Bd. vi, 1832, pp. 77, 78.
1838. SmirH, J. Nest and Eggs of the Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus). < Annals of
Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, p. 78.
1841. BARTHELEMY [DE LA POMMERAYE], —. Note sur la Foulque caronculée
[Fulica carunculata]. < Revue Zoologique, iv, 1841, p. 307.

1841. Lers,G.C. [On the Nest and Eggs of Fulica americana and Anas discors. ]
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , 1, 1841, pp. 124, 125.
1842. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Description Wun [récemment] nouveau genre d’Oiseaux
[Gallirallus brachypterus]. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1842, Ois-
eaux, pp. 1-4, pl. 24.
Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 243.—[Ce n’est au’une synonyme du genre Ocydromus Wael. ]
1842. SrzeKorn, E. W. Ueber das ungewdhnlich zahlreiche Vorkommen des Crex
pratensis im Herbste 1841. < Jahresb. d. Ver. f. Naturk. in Cassel, vi, 1842, pp.
9-11,
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.
1843. Kipp, W. Enquiry respecting the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist,
i, 1843, pp. 148, 149.
1844, ATKINSON, J.C. Notes on [the habits of] the Moorhen | Gallinula chloropus],
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 497-499,

884 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vel V.

1844, ArKInson, J. C. Further Remarks on the Power of the Moorhens [Gallinula .
chloropus], &c. to keep the body submerged. <Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 756-761.

1844. Arxinson, J. Note on the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
p. 766.

1844, BARTLETT, J. P. Notes on the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, ii,
1844, p. 669.

1844. Des Murs, O. Notice et considérations oologiques sur la classification du genre
ornithologique Courlan ou Courliri (Buff.), pl. enlum., 848; Ardea, Gm.; Sco-
lopax, Lin. ; Numenius, Briss. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année 1844, Ois-

eaux, pp. 1-8, pll. 46, 47, 48.
Pl. 46, Oeuf du Courlan, Aramus scolopaceus. P1.47, Oeuf de la Grué commune Grus cine-
rea. Pl. 48, Oeuf du Numenius arcuatus. Voir 1846, méme auteur.

1844. FisHer, W. R. Note on the Migration of the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus].
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 766.

1844. FRERE, H. T. Note on the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
pp. 794, 795.

1844. Hussy, A. Note on [the habits of] the Water Rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zo-
ologist, ii, 1844, pp. 575, 576.

1844. SciaTER, P. L. Note on the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, 11,
1844, p. 669.

1844, ““W. H. S.” Notes on the Moorhen [Gallinula chloropus]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
pp. 667-669.

1845. ATKrNsoN, J. C. Corrections of the Rev. J. C. Atkinson’s Paper on the Moor-
hen [Gallinula chloropus] (Zool. 756). < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 877.

Merely literal, and of no consequence. :

1845. Bartow, T. W. Migration of the Water Rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist,
jii, 1845, p. 1025.

1845. Gu, T. Moorhen’s [Gallinula chloropus] power of keeping its body under
water. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 877.

1845. GoaTLEY, T. Migration of the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, iui,
1845, p. 876.

1845. GouLp, J. [Fulica australis, a new grallatorial Bird from Australia.] <P. Z.
8., xiii, 1845, pp. 2, 3. ;

1845. Gouin, J. [Fulica australis.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1845, p. 49.

From P. Z. S., Jan. 14, 1845, pp. 2, 3.

1845. Hussry, A. Migration of the Land-rail [Crex pratensis ]. <Zoologist, iii, 1845,
p. 876.

1845. ‘““W.H. S.” Further [Zool. 667] Notes on Moorhens [Gallinula chloropus].
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 877, 878.

1846. ATKINSON, J. C. Submergence of the Moorhen [Gallinula chloropus]. < Zo-
ologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1325-1327.

1846. Arkinson, J. C. Further [Zool. 1825] remarks on the submergence of Water-
birds. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1895-1398.

1846. Des Murs, O. Note rectificative d’un article inséré dans le Magasin de zoolo-
gie de 1844, 36° livraison, sur la classification du genre Courlan ou Courlihi,
Numenius guaranna [sic] (Briss.). < Revue Zoologique, ix, 1846, pp. 164-167.

Voir op. cit., 1844, pp. 1-8.

1846. Eyron, T. C. Description anatomique du courlan (Aramus scoiopaceus Bon.).
< Arch. des Sci. Phys. et Nat.,i, 1846, pp. 229, 230.

Résumé de la description, extrait des Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., janvier 1846.

1846. ““W. H. 8.” Note on the Water-rail [Rallus aquaticus]. < Zoologist, iv, 1846,
pp. 1299, 1300.

mee |

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RALLIDA. $85

1846. ““W. H. 8S.” Further Notes on the Moorhen [Gallinula chloropus], in reply to
Mr. Atkinson. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1369-1371.

1847, Birp, W. F. W. Capture of the Little Crake [Porzana minuta] in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1777.

1847. THompson, W. Occurrence of Baillon’s Crake (Crex [Porzana] Bailloni) in
Ireland. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1877.

From Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, p. 169.

1848. ELLMAN, J.B. Occurrence of the Little Crake (Crex pusilla [Porzana minuta])

at Seaford. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2148.

1848. JOHNSON, F. W. Variety of Moor-hen (Gallinula chloropus). < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2067.

1848. MANTELL, [G. A.] [On the localities whence were obtained the specimens of
i Notornis, etc., described by Owen, tom. cit., pp. 1-10.] <P. Z.8., Jan. 11,
1848, pp. 11, 12.
Scilicet, Dinornis, Palapteryx, Notornis, Nestor.
1848. MANTELL, [G. A.] Débris d’oiseaux fossiles de la Nouvelle-Zélande. < Arch.
des Sci. Phys. et Nat., vii, 1848, p. 337.
Geol. Soc. Lond., 2 et 23 février; Athanewm, 26 février et 11 mars, 1848.
1848. [MANTELL, G.A.] Notices of the Fossil Bones of the Ancient Birds of New Zea-
land, (in letters dated Jan. 19 and 26, 1848, from Dr. G. A. Mantell to the
Senior Editor.) < Am. Journ. Sci., 2d ser., v, No. 15, May, 1848, p. 431.

1848. [MANTELL, G. A.] On the Fossil Bones of the Ancient Birds of New Zealand,
(in letters, dated January 19 and 26, 1848, from Dr. G. A. Mantell to Professor
Silliman Senior.) < Hdinb. New Philos. Journ., xlv, 1848, pp. 196, 197.

* From Am. Journ. Sci., 2d ser., v, No. 15, May, 1848, p. 481.

1846. OWEN, R. On the remains of the gigantic and presumed extinct wingless or
terrestrial Birds of New Zealand (Dinornis and Palapteryx), with indications
of two other genera (Notornis [g. n.] and Nestor). < P. Z.S., Jan. 11, 1848,
pp. 1-10.

After discussing the Dinornithide at some length, the author describes g. n. Notornis, with-
out, however, naming the form specifically. It afterward became N. mantelli.

1848. OwEN, R. On the remains of the gigantic and presumed extinct wingless or

terrestrial Birds of New Zealand (Dinornis and Palapteryx), with indications
of two other genera (Notornis and Nestor). < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ii,
1848, pp. 53-62.
From P. Z. §., Jan. 11, 1848, pp. 1-10, g. v..

1849, Batkiz, W. B. The Landrail (Crex pratensis) remaining in England during
Winter. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2499.

1849. DEs Murs, O. Notice et Considérations oologiques sur le genre ornithologique
Poule-Sultane, Fulica Porphyrio (L.). <Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, pp. 439-444.

1849. HULKE, J. W. Moorhens [Gallinula chloropus] roosting in Trees. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, p. 2621.

1849. LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Mélanges ornithologiques. [Sur le genre Ocydromus. ]
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,i, 1849, pp. 433-439.
Y a-t-il réellement plusieurs espéces de ce genre (Gallirallus), ou n’a-t-on point regardé
comme telles de livrées d’4ge ou de sexe d’une seule espéce ?
1849. MANTELL, G. A. Sur des débris d’oiseaux fossiles recueillis 4 la Nouvelle-Zé-
lande. < Arch. des Se. Phys. et Nat. Genéve, x, 1849, pp. 77-79.
Extrait du Quart. Journ. Geolog. Soc., numéro d’aotit 1848, p. 225, sur les genres Dinornis,
Palapteryx, Aptornis, Notornis, et Nestor.
1849. MANTELL, G. A. On the Fossil Remains of Birds collected in various parts of
New Zealand by Mr. Walter Mantell, of Wellington. < Am. Journ. Sci.,2d
ser., vil, 1849, pp. 28-44.
From Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., London, No. 15, Aug., 1848. On the genera Dinornis, Pa-
lapteryx, Aptornis, Notornis, and Nestor.

* oer a

886 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1849. Morris, F.0. The Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus) roosting in Willow-trees.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2591, 2592.

1849. OWEN, R. On Dinornis (Part III.): containing a description of the Skull and
Beak of that Genus, and of the same characteristic parts of Palapteryx, and
of two other Genera of Birds, Notornis and Nestor, forming part of an exten-
sive series of Ornithic remains discovered by Mr. Walter Mantell, at Wain-
gongoro, North Island of New Zealand. < Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond., iii, pt. vi,
1849, pp. 345-378, pll. ;

Notornis mantelli, sp. n. ?

1849. WEDDERBURN, J. N. Occurrence of the Landrail (Crex pratensis) in Bermuda.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2591.

1850. BREE, W.T. Habits of the Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus). < Zoologist, viii,
1850, p. 2801.

1850. Bonaparte, C.L. [Présentation dune figure d’un Oiseau (le Notornis mantelli
@’Owen) trouvé vivant dans la Nouvelle-Zélande.] < Compt. Rend. de V Acad.
Sci., xxxi, 1850, p. 770.

1850. EprrortaLt. New Bird [Notornis mantelli] from New Zealand. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., vi, 1850, p. 398.

1850. Evans, A. On some of the Habits of the Waterhen (Gallinula chloropus).
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2704, 2705.

1850. GouLD, J. Remarks on Notornis Mantelli. <P. Z.S., xviii, 1850, pp. 212-214,
pl. (Aves) xxi.

The living bird is here described, with a-colored figure of the head, of natural size.

1850. Hopexinson, J.B. Variety of the Corn Crake (Crex pratensis). < Zoologist,
viii, 1850, p. 2772.

1850. MANTELL,G. A. Notice of the Discovery by Mr. Walter Mantell in the Middle
Island of New Zealand, of a living specimen of the Notornis [mantelli], a
Bird of the Rail family, allied to Brachypteryx, and hitherto unknown to
naturalists except in a fossil state. < P. Z. 8., xviii, 1850, pp. 209-212.

1851. HARPER, J. O. Carnivorous propensity of the Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus).
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 2990.

1851. HuLKE, J. W. Occurrence of Baillon’s Crake (Crex [Porzana] Baillonii) near
Deal. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3035.

1851. MANTELL,[G.A.} Sur un oiseau [Notornis mantelli] vivant de la Nouvelle-
Zélande qu’on avait cru n’exister qu’a état fossile. < Arch. des Sci. Phys. et
Nat. Genéve, xvi, 1851, pp. 73, 74.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov., 1850.

1851. MANTELL, G. A. Notice of the discovery by Walter Mantell, Esq., of Welling-
ton, in the Middle Island of New Zealand, of a living specimen of Notornis
[mantelli], a bird of the Rail Family, allied to Brachypteryx, and hitherto
known to naturalists only by its fossil remains. < Am. Journ. Sci., xi, 1851,
pp. 102-105.

1851-52. MANTELL,G.A. [Notizen iiber den lebenden Notornis mantelli.] <roriep’s
Tagsber., No. 296, 1851 (Zool., Bd. ii), pp. 57-59; No. 587 (Zool., Bd. iii), 1852,
pp. 97-101.

Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.

1851. VaRNHAM, W. Landrail [Crex pratensis] in February. < Zoologist, ix, 1851,
p. 3115. ‘

1852. GouLD, J. Remarks on Notornis Mantelli. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ix,
1852, pp. 234-236.

From Proce. Zool. Soc., Nov. 12, 1850, pp. 212-214, q. v.

1852. GouLp, J. Remarks on Notornis Mantellii. < Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, pt

li, 1852, pp. 73, 74, pl.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RALLID&. 887

1852. IrBy, L. H. Occurrence of the Little Crake (Crex pusilla [Porzana minuta])
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3477.

1852. MANTELL, G. A. Notice of the discovery of a living specimen of the Notornis

[mantelli]. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ix, 1852, pp. 231-234.
From Proc. Zool. Soc., Nov. 12, 1850.

1852. MANTELL,G.A. Notice of the Discovery by Mr. Walter Manitell in the Middle
Island of New Zealand, of a living specimen of the Notornis [mantelli], a Bird
of the Rail family, allied to Brachypteryx, and hitherto unknown to Natural-
ists, except in a Fossil state. < Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., iv, pt. ii, 1852, pp. 69-72.

1853. BONAPARTE, C. L. [Note sur une nouvelle espece de Foulque, Fulica cornuta. ]
< Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xxxvii, Dec. 19, 1853, p. 925.

L’oiseau plus tard nommé Lycornis (g.n.) cornuta, Bp., Ann. Sci. Nat., 4¢ ser., i, 1854, p. 46;
Oompt. Rend., xliii, p. 600.

1853. GuRNEY,J.H. Note ona Wingless Bird said to inhabit the Island of Tristan
@Acunha. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4017.

1853. WopzickI, C. Einige Worte gewissenhafter Beobachtungen iiber die Fort-
pilanzung des Rallus aquaticus, Lin. < Naumannia, iii, 1853, pp. 267-276.

1854. BRyANnT,H. [Remarks on Exhibition of the peculiarly formed Trachea of the
Courlan (Aramus scolopaceus [giganteus]).] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
v, 1854, pp. 20, 21.

1854. GLoGEeR, C.W.L, Das zweimalige Briiten der Gallinula chloropus. Kd ein (Oh
11, 1854, pp. 189-191.

Cf. op. cit., 1853, pp. 450, 451.

1854. GURNEY,S.,Jr. Waterhen [Gallinula chloropus] carrying her Young in her

: Feet. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4367.

1854. HARTLAUB,G. Kritische Revision der Gattung Fulica Lin. <J. f. 0.,i, 1853,
Extrah., (1854), pp. 73-89.

12 spp., very fully treated, with description, extended synonymy, distribution, and criticism.
F. stricklandi, p.75, sp.n.

1854. ParTRipGE, H. T. Extraordinary Propensity of a Moorhen [Gallinula chloro-
pus]. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4255.

1854. Powys, T.L. Note on the late abundance of the Spotted Crake (Crex porzana
[Porzana maruetta]). < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4165.

1854. TRIsTRAM, H.B. Occurrence of the Little Olivaceous Gallinule (Ortygometra
pusilla [Porzana minuta]) at Balbriggan. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4298, 4299.

1855. BaLpamus, [E.] [Notiz iiber Gallinula chloropus.] < Nawmannia, v, 1855, p.
413.

1855. Cassin, J. [Remarks on Exhibition of a specimen of Crex pratensis shot in
New Jersey.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1855, p. 265.

1856. BaLtpamus, E. [Fulica cristata. ] < Naumannia, vi, 1856, p. 424, Taf. —.
1856. HADFIELD, H. W. Note on the Spotted Crake (Crex Porzana [Porzana maru-
etta]). < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5064.
1856. HADFIELD, H. W. Little Crake (Crex pusilla [ Porzana minuta]) in the Isle of
E Man. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5280.
1856. ROEDERN, Graf. Ueber die Bier von Ortygometra pygmaea [Porzana minuta],
| < Vaumannia, vi, 1856, pp. 402-404.
1857. HoMEYER, A. v. Seltsames Nesterbauen der Gallinula chloropus. <J.f. O.,
v, 1857, pp. 373, 374.
1857. Ropp, E. H. The Land Rail (Gallinula crex [Crex pratensis]) in Scilly.
< Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5832.
1858. Purr, R. A. Kurze Beschreibung einer neuen Chilenischen Ralle [Rallus
ulignosus]. < -Arch. f. Naturg., 1858, (1), pp. 83, 84.

888

1858.
1858.

1858.

1858.

1859.
1859.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1863.

1863.
1863.
1863.

1863.

1863.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Baillon’s Crake (Gallinula [Porzana] Baillonii)
near the Land’s End. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6210.

Satmon, [J. D.] [Exhibition of Crex (Porzana) bailloni, and its Hgegs, from
Cambridgeshire.] <P. Z. S., ¥xvi, 1858, p. 560.

ScHLEGEL, H. H. Schlegel, iiber einige ausgestorbene riesige Vogel von den
maskarenischen Inseln, als Anhang zu seiner Geschichte der Dodo’s. (Mit-
theilungen der Kénigl. holliindischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Abtheil-
ung Naturkunde, Theil vii, Seite 116.) Aus dem Hollandischen tibersetzt von
Dr. Ed. v. Martens. <J.f. O., vi, 1858, pp. 367-381.

Nebst Bemerk. des Uebersetzers, pp. 379-381.

SMURTHWAITE, H. Occurrence of the Spotted Crake (Gallinula porzana [ Por-
zana maruetta]) near Richmond, Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6224.
Botte, C. Zur Oophagie der Rallen [Rallide]. <J.f. O., vii, 1859, pp. 237, 238.
Sraty, A. F. Occurrence of Baillon’s Crake [Porzana bailloni] and its Nesting

in England. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6329, 6330.

Newton, A. Description of a New Species of Water-Hen (Gallinula [pyrrhor-
rhoa, p. 19]) from the Island of Mauritius. <P. Z. S., xxix, 1861, pp. 18, 19.
Newton, A. Description of a [lately] New Species of Water-Hen (Gallinula
[pyrrhorrhoa]) from the Island of Mauritius. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,

vii, 1861, pp. 417, 418:
From P. Z. S., Jan. 8, 1861, pp. 18, 19.

Purierl, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Sobre las especies chilenas del jénero Tulica

[sic—lege Fulica]. < Anales Univ. Chile, xix, Octubre, 1861, pp. 501-510, 3 figs.
“Pylica” choloropoides, King; ‘‘T.” chilensis, Gray; “7.” rujfifrons, sp. n., p. 507.—3 figs.

. ScuaTeR, P.L. On the Island-hen of Tristan @’Acunha [Gallinula nesiotis, sp.

n.] <P.Z.S., xxix, 1861, pp. 260-263, pl. xxx.

. ScuaTER, P. L. On the Island-hen of Tristan aes [Gallinula nesiotis].

< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., viii, 1861, pp. 498-501, fige. 4.
From P. Z. S., June 11, 1861, pp. 260-263.
CoupPER, W. Occurrenee of the Yellow Rail (Porzana noveboracensis) in the
vicinity of Quebec. < Canad. Nat. and Geol., vii, 1862, p. 320.

LANDBECK, L. Ueber die chilenischen Wasserhiihner aus der Gattung Fulica,
Linn. < Arch. f. Naturg., 1862, (1), pp. 215-228.
Drei Arten—F. chloropoides, F. chilensis, F. rujifrons, Ph. and Landb. ; nebst Kennzeichen.
Uebersetzt aus d. Anales Univ. Chile, xix, Oct., 1861, pp. 501-510.
BeLamy, [J.C.] Observations sur les habitudes d’une poule @eau apprivoisée..
< Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., lvi; 1863, pp. 1104-1106.
BeLaMy,[J.C.] Observations sur les habitudes d’une poule d’eau apprivoisée.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xv, 1863, pp. 239, 240.
Extrait dune lettre lue 4 ? Acad. de Paris, séance du 8 juin 1863.
Dutton, J. The Little Crake (Gallinula pusilla [Porzana minuta]) in Peven-
sey Marshes. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8330.
Dutton, J. The Spotted Crake (Gallinula porzana [Porzana maruetta]) in-
Pevensey Marshes. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. $330. .
e
Huckett, T. Spotted Crakes [Porzana maruetta] in the Hackney Marshes.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8847.
LAWRENCE, G.N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Vireon-—
idee and Rallide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 106, 107. |
Two new Rails here described are Corethrura guatemalensis, p. 106, Guatemala (cf. Ibis, 1865, — |
p. 238); and Aramides axillaris, p. 107, New Granada. |
Matruews, M. A. Spotted Crake (Crex porzana [Porzana maruetta ]) near
Taunton. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8446. . |

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RALLIDA. 889

1863. SAVILLE, S.P. Occurrence of the Spotted Crake [ Porzana maruetta ] near Cam-
bridge. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8330.

1863. SaxBy, H. L. Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus) in Shetland. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8494. :

1864. ARMISTEAD, J.J. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta]in Hampshire. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxil, 1864, p. 8890.

1864. BLrake-Knox, H. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] in County Antrim and
Storm Petrel in Dublin Bay. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8890.

1864. Boutton, W.W. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] near Beverley. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 8890.

1864. BouLton, W. W. Spotted Rail [Porzana maruetta] near Beverley. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 8961.

1864. Boutron, W. W. Sternum of Little Crake [Porzana minuta] shot in Cam-
bridgeshire. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9285-9289.

1864. Gunn, T. E. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, Xxii,
1864, p. 9118.

1864. Mortimer, T. Abundance of the Corn Crake [Crex pratensis]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 8889, 8890.

1864. ScumipT, Max. [Section einer Sultanshiihn (Porphyrio).] < Zool. Gart., v,
1864, p. 224.

1864. Newman, E. The Purple Gallinule [Porphyrio hyacinthinus] in Scotland.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8961.

1864. Nott, C.F. Zur Nahrung der Fulica atra(L.). <J.f..0., xii, 1864, pp. 393, 394.
Aus d. Zettsch. d. zool. Gart. zu Frankf., v, S. 27.

1864. Nox, C. F. _Das Wasserhuhn [Fulica atra] auf dem Main. < Zool. Gart., v,

1864, p. 27. F
1864. SAVILLE, 8. P. Little Crake [Porzana minuta] in Cambridgeshire. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9118, 9119. ‘

1865. ARMISTEAD, J. J. Moorhen [Gallinula chloropus] perching in Trees. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxiii, 1865, p. 9540.

1865. Eyre, H.S. Carolina Crake [Porzana carolina] near Newbury. < Zoologist,
¥xiii, 1865, p. 9540.

1865. HARVIE-BRown, J. A. Water Rail [Rallus aquaticus] in Stirlingshire. < Z-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9468.

1865. KuTTER, —. Ein Beitrag zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte von Gallinula pusilla
[Porzana minuta]. <J.f. O., xiii, 1865, pp. 334-341.

1865. [NewtTon, A.] [On the identity of Corethrura guatemalensis Lawr. with C. -
rubra, P. Z. 8., 1860, p. 300.] < Ibis, 2d ser., i, 1865, p. 238,

1865. Newton, A. [Exhibition of a specimen of Porzana carolina shot Oct., 1864, on
the Kennett, near Newbury, England. < P. Z. S., xxxiii, 1865, p. 196.
1865-66. SCHLEGEL, H. Ralli < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas,7¢ livr., avril 1865, pp. 1-

76; 8 livr., 1866, pp. 77-80.
This memoir includes representatives of several families of other authors. Gruide, 12
spp. in the single genus Grus; Aramus,1 spp.; Rallus, 11 spp.; Aramides, 5; Rallina, 10;
Hypotenidia, 4; Crex, 6; Himantornis, 1; Porzana, 14; Gallinula, 14; Porphyrio, 8; Fulica,
5; Parra!, 8; Palamedea!, 3; Ocydromus, 2; Hurypyga!, 1.
1865. Stares, W. Purple Gallinule [Porphyrio hyacinthinus] in Hampshire. < Zo-
ologist, Xxili, 1865, p. 9418.
1866. LEGGE, W. V. Moorhens[Gallinula chloropus] perching in Trees. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, p. 145.
1866. OVEREND, J. Eggs of Baillon’s Crake [Porzana bailloni] at Great Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 389.
Bull. v, 4 24.

890 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. |Vol.v.

1866. RrEeKs, H. Purple Waterhen [Porphyrio hyacinthinus] near Southampton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 229.

1866. SHorTO, J. Moorhens [Gallinula chloropus] perching in Trees and faites on

. Pears. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 33, 34.

1867. FEILDEN, H. W. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] on Longridge. < Zoolo- -
gist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 1017.

1867. Harrison, J. W. D. Landrail in January [Crex pratensis, in Gloucestershire].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 636.

From the ‘‘ Field,” Jan. 19.

1867. Hawker, F. A. Purple Gallinule [Porphyrio hyacinthinus] in Hampshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 829.

1367. Mackay, D. [Letter on Notornis, and other New Zealand Birds.] < Ibis, 2d
ser., iii, 1867, pp. 144, 145.

1867. Mitnr-Epwarps, A. Mémoire sur une espéce éteinte du genre Fulica [new-
tonii], qui habitait autrefois ’Ile Maurice. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., 5° sér., viii,
1867, pp. 195-220, pl. 10-13.

Pl. 10, F. newtonii; 11, F. atra; 12, Porphyrio madagascarensis ; 13, Ocydromus australis.
Cf. Zool. Rec., iv, 1867, pp. 117, 118; Lbis, 1868, p. 482, note.

1867. ScLATER, P. L. Note on the Species of the Genus Tribonyx. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 3d ser., xx, 1867, pp. 122, 128.

1867. ScuaTER, P. L. [Gallinula pumila=G. minor=G. angulata.] < Ibis, 2d ser.,
iii, 1867, p. 254.

1868. Binnin, F. G. Scarcity of the Corn Crake [Crex pratensis, in Tadcastor].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1459.

1868. BLakE-KNox, H. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] in the County Dublin.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1458. :

1868. FRAUENFELD, G. v. Auffindung einer bisher unbekannten Abbildung des
Dronte und eines zweiten kurzfliigeligen wahrscheinlich von den Maskare-
nen stammenden Vogels. <J.f. O., xvi, 1868, pp. 138-140.

Aphanapteryx imperialis, g. sp. n.

1868. FRAUENFELD, G. v. Herr Georg Ritter von Frauenfeld berichtete iiber die Auf-
findung einer bisher unbekannten Abbildung des Dronte und eines zweiten
bisher unbeschriebenen fliigellosen Vogels, wahrscheinlich von den Maska-
renen. < Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xviii, 1868, p. 24.

Aphanapteryx imperialis.—The above is all there is of it.

1868, FRAUFNFELD, G. v. Neu aufgefundene Abbildung des Dronte und eines zwei-
ten kurzfliigeligen Vogels, wahrscheinlich des Poule rouge au bee de Bécasse
der Maskarenen in der Privatbibliothek S. M. des verstorbenen Kaisers Franz.
Erlautert von George Ritter von Frauenfeld. Mit 4 Tafeln. Wien: 1868.
imp. fol. pp.17.

Cf. especially Ibis, 1868, pp. 480-482; F.C. Noll, Zool. Gart., 1868, p. 282; A. Milne-Edwards,
Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 5° sér., x, pp. 325-346 ; Ibis, 1869, pp. 256-275; A. Newton, Zool. Kec., v,
p. 103. Contains full list of Dodo literature since Strickland’s account. Not seen by me.—
Cf. the original paper on Aphanaptery2z, J. f. O., 1868, pp. 138-140.

1868. Mitne-Epwarps, A. Mémoire sur une espéce éteinte du genre Fulica [new-
tonii], qui habitait autrefois Vile Maurice. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xvi,
30 mars 1868, pp. 646-650,

Tiré des Ann. Sci. Nat., 5° sér, viii, 1867, pp. 195-220, pll. 10-18, q. v.

1868. MitnE-Epwarps, A. Mémoire sur une espéce éteinte du genre ies Loge
toni], ... < Revue Zoologique, 1868, pp. 147-152.

Pas vu moi-méme.—Abrégé du mémoire inseré dans les Comptes Rendus, 1868, pp. 646, 650.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L., and SALyvin, O. Synopsis of the American Rails (Rallide).
< P.Z.S8., xxxvi, June 25, 1868, pp. 442-470, pl. xxxv, woodce. figg. 1-11.

_ A very complete memoir, treating of 48 spp. of 10 genera of 3 subfamilies, with synonymy,
diagnosis, geographical distribution, and criticism. To Ralline are assigned Rallus with 8

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY— RALLID&. 891

1868,

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.
1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.

1870.

ScLaTER, P. L., and SaALvriy, O.—Continued.
spp., Aramides with 7, Porzana with 18 (under the 7 subgenera Porzana, Rujirallus, Lateri-
rallus, Crybastus, Creciscus, Coturnicops, and Neocrex (subg. n., p. 450)), Crex and Thyrorhina
(g.n., p. 458) with leach. The Fulicine embrace 4 genera, Porphyrio and Porphyriops with
2spp. each, Gallinula with 1, and Fulica with 7. Heliornithine aro also included, with 1
sp.—Porzana levraudi, p. 452, pl. xxxv; P. castaneiceps, p. 453; P. hauawelli, p.453, spp. nn.
(p. 105, pl. 53 of Hxot. Ornith. quoted for the last named). The heads of several species
(Lhyrorhina, the Gallinules, and the Coots) are figured on the woodcuts.

Anon. Creamcoloured Moor Hen [Gallinula chloropus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1601.

BENNETTI,G. [Letter on Birds of Lord Howe’sIsland.] <P. Z.S., Nov. 11, 1869,
pp. 471, 472, pl. xxxv.
Among those mentioned, one (Ocydromus sylvestris, Scl., p. 472, pl. xxxv) is new.
FRAUENFELD, G. v. Ueber den Artnamen von Aphanapteryx. < Verh. (Abh.)
d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1869, pp. 761-764.
Not seen—title from Zool. Rec.
The author objects to the substitution of the name A. broeckii for A. imperialis.

. GuNN,T.E. Piebald Waterhen [Gallinula chloropus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,

1869, p. 1848.

GuNN,T.E. Abundance of Landrails [Crex pratensis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.. iv,
1869, p. 1920.

GuRNEY, J. H. [On a mode of capturing Ocydromus australis.] < Ibis, 2d
ser., v, 1869, p. 463.

By displaying a red cloth, which would attract the bird so that it might be taken by hand—
an account singularly coincident with that given by Hoffmann in the case of the Aphanap-
teryx, which Milne-Edwards determined to be near Ocydromus.

HADFIELD, H. Nest and Eggs of the Corn Crake [Crex pratensis]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869. pp. 1920, 1921.

HammMonD, W.O. Extraordinary Flight of Landrails [Crex pratensis]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1951.

MILNE-Epwarps, A. Observations sur les affinités zoologiques de l’Aphanap-
teryx espéce éteinte qui vivait encore 4 Vile Maurice au xviie siécle. < Ann.

Sci. Nat., 5° ser., x, 1869, pp. 325-346, pll. 15-18.
Not seen—title from Zool. Rec.

MILNE-Epwarps, A. Researches into the Zoological Affinities of the Bird
recently described by Herr von Frauenfeld under the name of Aphanapteryx
imperialis. < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 256-275, pl. vii, woodce. figg. 1-8.

Places it among Rallide. Identifies it with the bird figured by Pieter van den Broeck
(Voy. Mauritius, 1617, fig. 1), whichis Didus broeckti Schleg.

‘“‘This paper is distinct from another published in (Ann. Sc. Nat., 5¢ sér., x, pp. 325-346,
pls. 15-18) though, being written about the same time and the same materials, their similar-
ity is at first sight obvious, and the plate is the same in both after the facsimile in Ritter von
Frauenfeld’s work (Zool. Rec., v, p. 103); but this paper contains woodcuts, from Strickland’s
‘Dodo and its Kindred,’ of Van den Broecke’s and Herbert’s figures of the bird. By means
of the bones found in Mauritius by Mr. Edward Newton, the author makes out the affinities
of this extinct form, which, he says, should bear the name of A. broeckii (Schlegel), and holds
the place by the side of Ocydromus which that does to the more normal Rallide.”’—Zool. Rec.

SciaTER, P.L. [Characters of a new Species of Ocydromus (sylvestris), p. 472,
pl.xxxv.] <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869, pp. 472, 473, pl. xxxv.

WALKER, T.C. Curious position of Nest of Water Hen [Gallinula chloropus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1723.

Cours, E. The Clapper Rail [Rallus longirostris (crepitans)]. < Am. Nat.,
iii, 1870, pp. 600-607.

Account of the breeding and other habits, from original observations at Fort Macon, N. C.

REEKS, H. Land Rail [Crex pratensis] found alive in a Pea-rick in January.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2063, 2064,

892

1870.
1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.

1873.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vou. V.

Smity, C. Little Crake [Porzana minuta] in Somersetshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2386.

Boyes, F. Waterhen [Gallinula chloropus] submerging Hee < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2622, 2523.

Boyes, F. Is the Corn Crake [Crex pratensis] Polygamous? < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2869.

BreuM,A. E: Zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte des Purpurhuhus [Porphyrio
smaragnotus, Temm.] <J. f. O., xix, 1871, pp. 34-39.

In the Berlin Aquarium.

. JESSE, W. Early Nest of the Moorhen [Gallinula chloropus]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vi, 1871, p. 2771.

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds from Mexico, Central

America, and South America, with a Note on Rallus longirostris. <_Ann. Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. ¥., x, 1871, pp. 1-21.
The note on Rallus longirostris states that with this species R. crassirostris Lawr. from
Bahia agrees; it being apparently different from R. erepitans Gm.
LAWRENCE, G.N. [Maintains the validity of Porzana guatemalensis.] < Ibis,
3d ser., i, 1871, p. 370.

The editor maintains the contrary in a note appended.

. Leacu, H. R. The Landrail [Crex pratensis, near Harrow]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vii, 1872, p. 3112.

. HADFIELD, H. Baillon’s Crake [Porzana bailloni, in Isle of Man]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3272, 3273.

2. Matuew, M. A. Landrail [Crex pratensis] taking to Water. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vii, 1872, p. 3316.

2. Porrs, T. H. Notes on a New Species of Rail, Rallus pictus, Painted Rail.

< Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1871, iv, 1872, p. 202, 203.

. OWEN,R. [Letter on the Remains of Aptornis found in Glenmark Swamp, New

Zealand.] < P. Z.S., xl, 1872, p. 24.

2. RickarDs, M. 8. C. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] near Clifton. <Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vil, 1872, pp. 2945, 2946.

. WALDEN, Lord. Description of a new Species of Porzana [bicolor] from i

Himalayas. < Ann. Mag. Nai. Hist., 4th ser., ix, 1872, p. 47.

. WHITAKER, J., JR. Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta] near Nottingham.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1&72, p. 2946.

. ANON. Schlauheit einer Wasserhiihns. < Aus der Natur, lxii, oder n. F., 1, 1873,

pp. 267, 268.

. ANON. The Notornis a rara avis. < Forest and Stream, i, Sept. 25, 1873, p. 103.
. ANON. [EDITORIAL.] [Abundance of Coots (Fulica americana) on the Massa-

chusetts coast.] <( Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 57.

. Frnscu, O. Bemerkungen zu dem vorstehenden [d. h., Hutton tiber die Ocy-

dromus-Arten Neuseeland’s] Aufsatze tiber die Ocydromus Arten. <J.f. 0.,
xxi, 1873, pp. 401-404.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the [habits of the] Waterhen [Gallinula chloropus].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3580.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Waterhens [Gallinula chloropus] nesting in Trees. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3652.

. Hurron, F.W. On Rallus modestus of New Zealand. < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873,

pp. 349-352, woodce.
Maintaining its specific validity.

Hutton, F.W. [Note on Tribonyx mortigri.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 427,
428.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RALLIDZ. 893

1873. Hurron,F.W. Ueber die Arten der Gattung Ocydromus in Neuseeland. < J.
eg f. O., Xxi, 1873, pp. 398-401.
6 spp.—O. hectori, p. 399, O. finschii, spp. nn. Cf. op. cit., 1872, pp. 174-181.
1873. Newton, A. [Remarks on exhibition of an old engraving of a bird resembling
the ‘Géant’ of Leguat.] <P. Z.S., xli, 1873, pp. 194, 195.

1873. Satvin,O. Note on the Fulica alba of White. < Jbis, ili, 3d ser., 1873, p. 295,
pl. x.
Referred to genus Notornis ; cf. tom. cit., pp. 44, 45.
1873. TaTron, T.E. Waterhens [Gallinula chloropus] Nesting in Trees. <Zoologist,
2d ser., vili, 1873, p. 3692.

1874. ANoN. Astrange circumstance. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p.316. See also p.
364.
Note of finding a ‘‘rail’’ [Porzana carolina ?] in southern New Jersey on Noy. 20th.
1874. BREWER, T.M. Breeding Grounds of the Sora Rail [Porzana carolina]. <Am.
Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 339.
Correcting errors of ‘‘Homo” (ibid., July 18), defining breeding range of Porzana carolina,
and describing nest and eggs.

1874. “C.B.” Rail [Porzana carolina] in Winter. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 28.
At Whitehall, N. Y.,in February.
1874. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Baillon’s Crake ao bailloni] near Eastbourne.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4159.

1874. Corsin, G. B. [Note on the habits of the] Corn Crake [Crex pratensis].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3881.

1874. Cours, E. The Rails—Family Rallide. < Am. Sportsman, v, Oct. 31, 1874,
p. 65.
From his ‘ Birds of the Northwest.’
1874. DURNFORD, H. Note on the habits of the Water Rail [Rallus aquaticus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3881, 3882.
1874. ““Frienp or Doc AND GuN.” [JusTUS VON LENGERKE.] Least Water Rail
[Porzana jamaicensis]. < Am. Sportsman, v, Dec. 12, 1874, p. 171.
Occurrence at West Hoboken, N.J. .
1874. GuRNEY, J. H. Water Rail [Rallus aquaticus, captured by hand]. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4036. ¥
1874. ‘‘Homo.” [C.S. WestrcoTr.] Rail [Porzana carolina] Shooting on the Dela-
ware River. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 166.

1874. Hutron, F. W. Ona New Genus [Cabalus] of Rallide. < Trans. and Proce.
New Zealand Inst. for 1873, vi, 1874, pp. 108-110, pl. xx.

Cabalus, g. n., p. 108, proposed for Rallus modestus, Ibis, July, 1872, and op. cit., v, 1873, p.
223. See especially tom. cit., p. 124.

1874. Hutton, F.W. Notes on the New Zealand Wood-hens (Ocydromus). < Trans.
and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1873, vi, 1874, pp. 110-112.

Read before Wellington Philos. Soc., 22 Sept., 1873. 0. troglodytes, O. hectori, sp. n., p. 110,
0. australis, O. fuscus, O. finschi, sp.n., p. 111, O. earli; diagnosis of, and remarks on.

1874. “Jacopsrarr.” Sora [Porzana carolina] in May [in Central New York].
<_ Forest and Stream, ii, May 21, 1874, p. 230. See p. 261.

1874. KripeR,J. Rail[Porzana cara out of Season. <dAm. Sportsman, iii, 1873-
74, p. 364.

Reply to note on p. 316, ibid., concerning late stay of Porzana carolina.

1874. OL USTALET], E. Les anciens,oiseaux des iles Maseareignes I La poule d’eau
de Vile Maurice. < La Nature, 2° année, N°. 34, 24 janvier 1874, pp. 113-116,
dessin.

1874. PALMER, J.E. Baillon’s Crake [Porzana bailloni] near Huddersfield. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4159.

a

1874.

1874.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

. Pintny, J.B. Landrail [Crex pratensis] in January [in Great Britain]. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3953. S
ScHOMBURGK, R. [Communication from, containing an account of the nesting-
habits of Fulica australis]. < P. Z.S., xlii, 1874, p. 129.

Sucker, A. [pseudon.] [Occurrence of Porzana noveboracensis at Centralia,
Il.] < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 45.

“Sucker” is a local vulgarism for a native of Illinois, said to have originated from some
necessity early settlers were under of finding water in holes in the prairie so deep that they
were obliged, as it were, to suck it up in drinking. However apt or otherwise eligible the
slang pseudonyms of sporting writers may seem to them at the time when they “write
for the newspapers,’’ such nonsense wears a very unbecoming air when it comes to be set
forth formally in Bibliography.

Buiter, W.L. [On Rallus modestus.] < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for
1874, vii, 1875, Proc. Wellington Phil. Soc.,p. 511.

Prof. Newton’s determination of the validity of the species.

Corsin, G. B. Coot [Fulica atra] near Ringwood. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
May, 1875, pp. 4458, 4459.

“R.” Singular Freak of a Coot [Fulica americana]. < Horest and Stream, v,
Oct. 7, 1875, p. 131.

Ramsay, E. P. Description of the Eggs and Young of Rallina tricolor, from
Rockingham Bay. <P. Z. S8., Noy. 16, 1875, pp. 603, 604.

WHITMAN, G. P. The Purple Gallinule [Porphyrio martinica, in Eastern Mas-
sachusetts]. < Horest and Stream, iv, Apr. 22, 1875, p. 167.

WHITMAN, G.P. The Purple Gallinule [Porphyrio martinica, in Massachusetts ].
< Am. Nat., ix, No. 10, Oct., 1875, p. 573.

Boyzs, F. Is the Common Waterhen [Gallinula chloropus] Migratory or not?
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4845, 4846.
GaRRop, A. H. On the Anatomy of Aramus scolopaceus. < P. Z. S., Mar. 7,
1876, pp. 275-277, fige. 1-3. ;
Important; with special reference to the systematic position of the genus, which is con-
sidered to be most intimately related to Grus, 1 in view of many of its anatomical characters.
The skull is figured in three views.
[GERvaIs,P.] (A.H.) Garrod: Sur l’anatomie de ’Aramus scolopaceus. (Proc.
zo0ol. Soc. London, 1876, p. 275). < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., v, 1876, pp. 439, 440.
See last title. :
[GRINNELL, G. B.] A Word or two about some of our Rails [North American
Rallide]. < Forest and Stream, vii, Nov. 9, 1876, p. 212.
GuRNeEY, J. H., Jr. Little Crake [Porzana minuta] at Hastings. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5126.
GuRNEY, J. H.,Jr. Little Crake [Porzana minuta] at Hastings. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5167.

Hupson, W. H. Notes on the Rails [Rallide] of the Argentine Republic.
<P. Z.8., Jan. 18, 1876, pp. 102-109.
Very interesting, and including many notes on other birds of the same region, as Aramus,
Parra, Ibis, Milwago, and some Passeres.
JEFFREY, W., The Common Waterhen [Gallinula chloropus] Migratory. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, pp. 4882, 4883.

Matuew, G. F. Baillon’s Crake [Porzana bailloni] at Braunton Burrows,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4844, 4845.

Newman, E. White Spotted Crake [Porzana maruetta]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4845.

NicHouuis, R. P. Spotted Gallinule [Porzana maruetta] near Kingsbridge.
< Zooloyist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4763.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—RALLIDZ. 895

1876. Prior, C.M. Thirteen Eggs in a Moorhen’s [Gallinula chloropus] Nest. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 5006.
1876. Prior, C. M. Change of Plumage in the Moorhen [Gallinula chloropus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5084.
1876. “‘RECcAPPER.” [THOos. C. ABBOTT.] To Dr. Coues. < Rod and Gun, viii, June
24, 1876, p. 203.
Notes on Fulica americana observed at Trenton, N. J.
1876. [ScLaTER, P. L.] [Addition of Porzana notata to the Society’s Menagerie. ]
< P. Z.S., Feb. 15, 1876, p. 255. ;
1876. SwINHoEr, R. [Letter on Porzana exquisita, claiming the name.] < Ibis, 3d
ser., vi, Oct., 1876, pp. 507, 508.
See P. erythrothorax, J. f. O., 1873, p. 107; P. undulata, J. f. O., 1874, p, 383; Ann. Mag.
N. H., 4th ser., xii, Nov., 1873, p. 376; Ibis, 1876, p. —.
1877. Browne, F. C. Occurrence of the Black Rail [Porzana jamaicensis] in Massa-
chusetts [at Plymouth, in August, 1869]. < Forest and Stream, viii, Feb. 22,
1877, p. 33. Seep. 129.
1877. [Cours, E.] Birds. < The Mirror (Baltimore, Md.), Sept. 1, 1877.
Editorial extract from Birds of the Northwest, relating to Rallus virginianus.
1877. [Cours, E.] Communion with Birds. < The Temperance Vedette (Terrill, Texas),
Aug. 11, 1877.
Editorial extract from Birds of the Northwest, relating to Rallus virginianus.
1877. Curtis, T. D. The Occurrence of the Black Rail [Porzana jamaicensis] in Mas-
sachusetts [in Boston]. < Forest and Stream, viii, Apr. 5, 1877, p. 129. See
Pp. do. :
1877. Streets, T. H. Description of a new Moorben [Gallinula sandvicensis] from
the Hawaiian Islands. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, Jan.,1877, pp. 25-27, fig.

1878. Evans, R. D. [Porzana carolina] Caught at Sea. < Worest and Stream, x, Aug.
1, 1878, p. 503.
An individual captured 350 miles off the coast of Virginia.
1878. ScrarEer, [P. L.] [Exhibition of the probable type of Fulica gallinuloides
King, Zool. Journ., iv, p. 96=F. leucoptera Y., nec F. armillata (ef. P.Z.S.,
1868, p. 465; Exot. Orn., p. 115).] < P.Z.S8., Mar. 5, 1878, p. 291.
1879. “Arx Sponsa.” The Mud-hen of the West [Fulica americana]. < Forest and
Stream, xii, July 10, 1879, p. 444.
Habits of young of this species. p
1879. ‘“Byrne.” The ‘Mud Hen” of the West [Fulica americana]. < forest and
Stream, xii, Apr. 24, 1879, p. 226.
1879. CHuBB, H. E. Whose Mistake? < forest and Stream, xiii, Oct. 9, 1879, p. 705.
Refers to Porzana noveboracensis in Ohio.
1879. Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 23.—The American Coot.—(Fulica
Americana, Gm.) < The Chicago Field, June 9, 1879.
From the “‘ Birds of the Northwest.” ;
1879. DEANE, R. The Florida Gallinule [Gallinula galeata] in New England.
< Forest and Stream, xiii, Nov. 6, 1879, p. 785.
187-. ELLiot, D.G. The Genus Porphyrio andits Species. < Stray Feathers, —, 187-,
pp.—-—,1 pl.
1879. [F1rcu, PE. H.] The American Coot [Fulica americana]. < The Journ. of Sci.
(Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser., ii, No. 1, Apr., 1879, cut.
1879. [GRINNELL, G. B.] A Rare Rail [Porzana noveboracensis]. < Forest and
Stream, xiii, Sept. 18, 1879, p. 645. :
Captured in New Jersey.
1879. [GRINNELL, G. B.] The Florida Gallinule [Gallinula galeata] in Connecticut.
< Forest and Stream, xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 684.

896

1879.
1879.
1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

HOLBERTON, W. The Yellow-breasted Rail [Porzana noveboracensis]. < Lor-
est and Stream, xii, June 26, 1879, p. 405.
Capture of a specimen in Hackensack (N. J.) Meadows in Apr., 1879.
LINDEN, C. Note on Porzana noveboracensis. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Nov. 6,
1879, p. 785.
Capture of this species at Clinton, Iowa.
MERRILL, H. W. Rail [Porzana carolina] in Wisconsin. < Forest and Stream,
xiii, Noy. 20, 1879, p. 827.
Mentions also the ‘‘King rail” (? Rallus elegans) and some game birds.
“‘PreRDix.” The Common Gallinule [Gallinula galeata] in Illinois. < Forest
and Stream, xii, July 10, 1879, p. 444.

Rosinson, R. E. [Gallinula galeata] Unusualin Vermont. < Forest and Stream,
xii, May 15, 1879, p. 285.

Notice of capture of Florida Gallinule in Vermont, with extraordinary and no doubt incor-
rect statement that the ‘‘ Purple Gallinule” is common there.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—GRUIDZ. 897

Gruidez.

1701. DUVERNEY,G. J. De Physicis & Chemicis experimentis & historia animalium.
< Reg. Scient. Acad. Hist. Paris, Duhamel ed., i, 1701, pp. 251-255.
Gruis Africane dissectio, Ann. 1684.
1733. DUVERNEY, G. J. Observation sur la trachée-artére de la grue d’Afrique.
< Mém. dev Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, ii, 1733, p. 6.

1733. MéRY, J. Observation anatomique sur le coeur de l’Oiseau royal [Balearica pa-
vonina]. < Mém. del Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, i, 1733, p. 430.

1733. PERRAULT, C. Description anatomique de six Oiseaux appellez Demoiselles de
Numidie [Anthropoides virgo]. < Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666
jusq. 1699, iii, pt. ii, 1733, pp. 1-14, pll. 35, 36.

1734, PERRAULT, C. Description anatomique de deux Oiseaux royaux [ Balearica pa-
vonina]. < Mém. del Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. iii, 1734,
pp. 199-206, pl. 28, 29.

1757. PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung . . . [Anthropoides virgo]. < Ab-
handl. Konigl. Franzosisch. Akad., ii, 1757, pp. —-—.
Not seen. German transl. from Mém. del Acad. Paris, iii, pt. ii, 1733, p. 1.
1757, PERRAULT, C.” Anatomische Beschreibung zweier Konigsvoégel [ Balearica pavo-
nina]. < Abhandl. Konigl. Franzdsisch. Akad., ii, 1757, pp. 355-—.
Not seen—title from Giebel. Germ. trans. from Mém. del Acad. Paris, iii, pt. iii, 1734, p. 199.
1803. Froriep, [L. F. v.] Beschreibung und Abbildung des Riesen-Kranichs (Grus
gigantea [leucogeranus]). < Voig’’s Mag., vi, 1803, pp. 261-264, pl.
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.
1818. THUNBERG, C. P. Tetrapteryx capensis, ett nytt Fogelslagte. < Kongl.
Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1818, pp. 242-245, pl. viii.
This g. sp. un. is Anthropoides paradiseus (Licht.).
1824. SEYFFERTITZ,[A.] Vv. Merkwiirdige Beobachtungen tiber den grauen Kranich,
Grus cinerea, Bechst. von Herrn Freiherrn y. Seyffertitz, aus dessen Briefen
mit Beibehaltung seiner eigenen Worte. < Ornis, Heft i, 1824, pp. 79-110.
1825. ViGoRS, N. A. Descriptions of some rare, interesting, or hitherto uncharacter-
ized subjects of Zoology. <Zool. Journ., ii, No. 6, July, 1825, pp. 234-241, pl. 8.
This is the third article of a series with above major title; it is devoted, so far as ornith-
ology is concerned, to Anthropoides stanleyanus, sp. n., p. 234, pl. 8 [= paradiseus].
1826. Less[on, R. P.]. Description de quelques objets de zoologie, rares, interessans,
et jusqu’a présent mal caractérisés; par N. A. Vigors;... < féruss. Bull.,
2° sect., vii, 1826, p. 376.
Anthropoides stanleyanus [= paradiseus).
1826-27. Sryrrertitz, A.y. Merkwiirdige Beobachtungen des Herrn Freiherrn Anton
von Seyffertitz tiber den grauen Kranich, Grus cinerea, Bechst. < Ornis, Heft
ii, 1826, pp. 64-80; Heft iii, 1827, pp. 42-54.
1833. [ANoN.] Om en tam Trana [Grus cinerea]. < Tidsk. f. Jagare och Naturf., ii,
1833, pp. 569-571, 700.
Not seen.
1833. [BENNETT, E. T.] [Characters of two Species of Crowned Cranes from Africa. ]
<P.Z.8., pt. i, 1833, pp.118,119. (Oken’s Isis, 1835, col. 549-550. )
Two species of ‘‘ Anthropoides” (i. e., Balearica) are distinguished: A. pavonina from N.
and W. Africa, and A. regulorwm, of S. Africa; the latter being Grus regulorum Licht.
1833. Gray, [J. E.] [On the Crowned and Demoiselle Cranes.] < P. Z.8., i, 1838,
p. 119.

Restricting Balearica, Briss., to the former, and Anthropoides, V., to the latter.

898

1835.
1839.
1844.

1845.

1845.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

YARRELL, W. [Note on the trachea of the Stanley Crane (Anthropoides para-
diseus.] < P. Z. S., ili, 1835, p. 132.

READE, T. [Notice of forwarding of Anthropoides virgo to the Society.] <P.
ZG. S., Vii, 1839; p. 169.

Couper, J. H. [Note on the doubted epeciie character of Grus canadensis. |
< Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, 1844, p. 24.

SUNDEVALL, [C. J.] Samtidige Observationer [om Tranans (Grus cinerea
flyttning]. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl. for dr 1844, 1845, pp.
79, 80.

The date given for this and the next article is that of the made-up vol.—may be actually 1844.

SUNDEVALL, [C. J.] Om Tranans [Grus cinerea] flyttning. < Ofvers. Kongl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for ar 1844, 1845, pp. 167-171.

1849-55. ANDREWS, W. On the occurrence of the Crane (Grus cinerea) in Ireland.

1849.
1850.

1850.

1851.
1851.

1852.

1853.

1857.
1859.

1859.

1860.

< Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc., i, 1849-55, pp. 71-73.
Not seen—title from Roy. Soc. Cat. Actual date not ascertained.
WoLLeEY, J. Occurrence of the Common Crane [Gnas cinerea] in Shetland.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2352, 2353.

GuRNEY,J.H. Occurrence of the Crane (Grus cinerea) in Norfolk. <Zoologist,
viii, 1850, p. 2771.

[JARDINE, W.] Grus antigone. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1850, pp. 19-26 and 153,
pl. xii.
Observations on its eggs, habits, etc., chiefly from E. Blyth.
ELLMAN, J.B. Occurrence of the Crane [Grus cinerea] at Pevensey, Sussex.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3234.
TYZENHAUZ,[C.v.] Rectification du double emploi de la Grue & nuque blanche,
Grus leucauchen, Temm. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 577-579.
Bonsporrr, E. J. Symbol ad Anatomiam Comparatam Nervorum Animal-
ium Vertebratorum, ... II. Nervi cerebrales Gruis cineree Linn. < deta
Soc. Scient. Fennice, iti, 1852, pp. 591-624, pll. x, xa.
Bryant, H. [On the Sand-hill Crane (Grus canadensis).] < Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., iv, 1853, pp. 303-307.
Maintaining the distinctness of Grus canadensis from G. americana, and giving an account
of its habits as observed in Florida.

. Borrer, W., JR Occurrence of the Crane (Grus cinerea) in Sussex. < Zoolo-

gist, Xii, 1854, p. 4512.

. DupLEY, W. Description of a species of Crane [Grus hoyianus] found in Wis-

consin, presumed to be new. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, 1854, jp. 64.
Cf. Hartl., J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 336, 337.

5. HARTLAUB, G. Ueber Grus hoyianus Dudl. < J. f. O., iil, 1855, pp. 336, 337.

. GLOGER, C.W.L. Sollten die Kraniche [Grus cinerea] wohl eine besondere

Sommertracht haben? < J. f. O., iv, 1856, pp. 392-394.
Aus Nilsson’s Skand. Fn. Cf. J. f. O., 1857, p. 168.
HOMEYER, E.F.y. Zur Naturgeschichte des gemeinen Kranichs, Grus cinerea.
< J. f. O., Vv, 1857, pp. 168, 169.
Cf. op. cit., iv, 1856, p. 392.
Corrie, T. J. Grus americana and Grus canadensis: are they the same bird
in different stages of,growth? < Canad. Journ., iv, 1859, pp. 266-268.
Their distinctness maintained.
Sciater, P. L. [Exhibition of the eggs of Grus montignesia, Grus Viggo, Grus
cinerea, laid by birds in the Society’s Gardens.] <P. Z. S., xxvii, 1859, p. 353.

Meves, W. [Is there a paper by, on plumage of Grus cinerea?] < Oefv. K.
Vetensk.-Akad. Férh., xvii, 1860, p. 218.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH, BIBLIOGRAPHY—GRUIDZ. 899

1861. Bartierr, A. D. Notes on the Breeding and Rearing of the Chinese Crane
(Grus montignesia) in the Society’s Gardens. < P. Z.8., xxix, 1861, pp. 369,
370, pl. xxxv.

1862. BARTLETT, A. D. Notes on the Breeding and Rearing of the Chinese Crane
(Grus montignesia) in the Society’s Gardens. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,
1x, 1862, pp. 324-326.

From P. Z. S., Nov. 26, 1861, p. 369.

1862. CaBanis, J. Aufforderung zu Beobachtungen tiber die Wanderungen der Kra-
niche [Grus cinerea]. (Auszug aus einem Briefe des Prof. C. Sundevall in
Stockholm an Prof. W. Petersin Berlin.) <J./f. O., x, 1862, p. 134.

Mit Anmerkungen des Herausgebers.

1862. GLocER, C. W. L. Die rostig-braunen Riickenfedern des Kranichs [Grus cine-
rea]im Sommer. <J.f. O., x, 1862, pp. 1382, 133.

Aus Meves, Oefv. K. Vet.-Ahad. Forh., Arg. xvii, Nr. 4, 8. 218. ;

1862. NewMaN, E. Occurrence of the Crane [Grus cinerea] at Hartlepool. < Zo-
ologist, xx, 1862, p. 8005.

1863. ANON. The Numidian Crane [Anthropoides virgo] in Orkney. < Zoologist,

f xxi, 1863, p. 8692.

1863. GONZENBACH, J. G. Vv. Hinige Notizen iiber Grus cinerea. <J./f. O., x, 1863,
pp. 68-72.

Zur Lebensweise, mit besonderer Riicksicht an dessen Zug.
1863. Sacc, Dr. Sur les Grues [Gruide]. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., x, 1863, pp. 736-738.
Traitant de cing espéces apprivoisées.

1864. Homeyer, E.v. Ueber die Riickenfirbung des briitenden Kranichs [ Grus cine-
tea]. <dJ.f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 337-339.

Bemerkungen itiber Meve’s Artikel, Oefv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1860, pp. 218-—; J. f. O.,
1862, pp. 132, 183.

1865. Smirn, CEciL. Crane [Grus cinerea] at Stallford. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p.
9848.

1866. JERDON, T. C. The Common Crane [Grus cinerea] in India. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., i, 1866, pp. 346, 347.

From ‘ Birds of India,’ ii, p. 665.

1866. JERDON, T.C. The Demoiselle Crane [Anthropoides virgo] m India. < Zovolo-

gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 347.
From ‘ Birds of India,’ ii, p. 667.

1868. ScLATER, P.L. [Notices of recent additions to the Society’s Menagerie.] <P.
Z. S., XXXVi, 1868, pp. 566, 567.

Grus americana, with list of 12 spp. of Gruide.

1869. ANON. Crane [Grus cinerea] at Lynn. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1603.

1869. GoEBEL, H. Hinige Beobachtungen iiber den Kranich[Grus cinerea]zug. <J.
f. 0., xvii, 1869, pp. 193, 194.

1869. GuRNEY, J. H.,Jr. Crane [Grus cinerea] at Tewkesbury. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1803. :

1869. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Occurrences of the Crane [Grus poieres in 1869. < Zo-
ologist, 2d a , lv, 1869, pp. 1841, 1842.

1869. Hart, W. Crane [Grus cinerea] at Wareham. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p.
1803. '

1869. NicHoLts, H., Jr. Crane [Grus cinerea] on the Devon Coast. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Iv, 1869, p. 1866.

1869. Sisuow H. Cranes [Grus cinerea] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2dser., iv, 1869,
p. 1803.

1870. D[®LoNDRE], A. A. Des Grues [Gruidie ]. < Bull. Soc, Acclim., 2° séx., vii, 1870,

pp. 93, 94.
‘‘Land and Water,” 27 nov. 1869, p. 347.

-

1880.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

. SOUBIRAN, J. L. [Note sur les Grues (Gruidz) de Japon et de Chine.) < Bull.

Soc. Acclim., 2° séx., Vii, 1870, p. 250.

. GuRNEY, J. H. A Crane [Grus cinerea] seen in South Devon in 1869. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2683, 2684.

2, [F. W.] Den fireogtrediveaarige Trane [Grus cinerea]. < Tidssk. for popu-

lere Fremst. af Naturvidensk., iv ser., iv, 1872, p. 324.
Efter F. W.,i,,Svenska J deerroebraidets Nya Tidsskrift, ‘‘ 1867.

? thi

2. Gray, R[OBERT]. [Occurrence of Grus (Balearica) pavonina in Ayreshire, Scot-

land, Sept. 17, 1871.] < bis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 201, 202.

2. SCHLEGEL, H. De Witte Kraanvogel, Grus leucogeranus. < Jaarboekje van het

Kon. Zool. Genootsch. Nat. Art. Mag., 1872, pp. 173-175, pl.

Not seen?

74. Cours, E. The Cranes [Gruide] of America. < Forest and Stream, iii, Aug. 20,

1874, p. 20.
Popular sketch of the two then recognized North American species, Grus americana and
G. canadensis.

. “B.” Sandhill Cranes [Grus canadensis]. < Forest and Stream, iv, Mar. 25,

1875, p. 101.

. “SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAN.” A Feathered Hunter [Grus canadensis?]. <O6lo-

gist, 1, 1875, p. 61.

}. GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Notes on Cranes [Grus cinerea]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,

Mar., 1876, p. 4843.

. HERRIDGE, W. The Demoiselle Crane [Anthropoides virgo, as a British Bird].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4928.

3. Hinus, R. 8S. Cranes [Grus cinerea] near Inverness. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,

Jan., 1876, pp. 4763, 4764.

. ALLEN, J. A. Roberts on the Convolution of the Trachea in the Sandhill and

Whooping Cranes [Grus canadensis and G. americana]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, v, No. 3, July, 1880, pp. 179, 180.
Short notice of the paper in Am. Nat., xiv, 1880, pp. 108-114.

. Cours, E. Note on Grus fraterculus of Cassin. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, v,

No, 3, July, 1880, p. 188.

Stating that if the ‘‘Sand-hill” Crane of Arctic America be G. fraterculus, this is asynonym
of G. canadensis L. (Edw., pl. 133), and that another name, perhaps G. pratensis Bartr., should
be used for the common U. S$. bird.

Ripeway, R. The Little [sic] Brown Crane (Grus fraterculus, Cassin). < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, v, No. 3, July, 1880, pp. 187, 188.
Maintaining its distinctness from G. canadensis, and stating it to be the common Crane of

Arctic America, the writer gives the diagnoses and synonymy of the two supposed species.
See CouEs, ibid.

. Roperts, T. 8. The Convolution of the Trachea in the Sandhill and Whooping

Cranes [Grus canadensis and G, americana]. <( Am. Nat., xiv, No. 2, Feb.,
1880, pp. 108-114, figg. 1, 2.

Trachea of G. canadensis, before supposed simple, described as convoluted within the
sternum, as in &. americana, though to less extent (eight inches as against twenty-seven).
Figures of the parts in both species. Cf. Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, July, 1880, p. 179.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PSOPHIIDZ. 901

Psophiide. :

1768. VosmazR, A. Description | du | Trompette Americain [Psophia crepitans], |
Oiseau | trés-peu connu, doué d’une propriété singuliére; | Apporté de | Suri-
nam; | et | Se trouvant dans la Ménagerie, & dans le Cabinet de | Son Altesse
Sérénissime | Monseigneur le Prince d’ Orange et de Nassau, | Stadhouder He’-
re/ditaire, Gouverneur, Capi- | tain Ge'ne’ral et Amiral des Provinces-Unies |
des Pais-Bas, &c. &c. &c. | Par | A. Vosmaer, | Directeur des Cabinets d’His-
toire Naturelle & de Curiosités de 8. A.S., Membre de | ’Académie Impériale,
& Correspondant de Académie Royale des Sciences de Paris. | A Amsterdam,
| Chez Pierre Meijer, | MDCCLXVIII. 4to. pp. 8, pl. 1.

1824, EpiroriAL. The Trumpeter-Bird [Psophia crepitans], a true Ventriloquist.
< Hainb. Philos. Journ., xi, 1824, p. 417.
.1825. BLAINVILLE, H.[M. D.] DE. Note sur Vappareil sternal de ’Agami [Psophia
crepitans]. < Nouv. Bull. Sc. Soc. Philom., i, ii, Aodit 1825, pp. 126, 127. (Frori-
ep’s Notizen, xii, No. 244, 1825, pp. 17, 18.)
Not seen.
1825. BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. DE. Note sur V’appareil sternal de ’Agami (Psophia
Agami [crepitans]). <Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, pp. 405, 406.
Extrait du Bull. de la Soc. Philom., aott 1825, p. 126.
1826. TraIL[L], T. S. Observations on the Habits, Appearance, and Anatomical
Structure of the Bird named The Trumpeter, Psophia crepitans of Linneus,
Agami of Cuvier. < Mem. Wernerian Nat, Hist. Soc., v, pt. ii, 1826, pp. 523-532,
pl. xvii.
Read Nov., 1825. The plate shows the thorax, trachea, and bronchi.
1827. TRAILL,T.S. [Ueber Psophiacrepitans.] < Froriep’s Notizen, xix, No. 397, 1827,
pp. 1-8.
Not seen. From Mem. Wern. Soc., v, 1826, pp. 523-532.
1838. Hancock, J. Notes on the Trumpeter Bird, or Waracobi of th [sic] Arowahs
of Guiana; Psophia crepitans of Linneus. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii,
1838, pp. 490-492.
: Voice, habits, &e.
1838. Hancock, J. [Notizen tiber Psophia crepitans.] < Froriep’s Neue Notizen, xiii,
No. 160, 1838, pp. 85, 86.
Not seen: see the original, Oharlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 490-492.
1862. BATAILLE, —. Observations sur ’Agami [Psophia crepitans]. < Bull. Soc.
Acclim., ix, 1862, pp. 210, 211.
1862, TaRapE, E. pe. Sur lV’Agami [Psophia crepitans]. Lettre adressée a M. le
président de la Société impériale d’Acclimatation. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., ix,
1862, pp. 293, 294. ‘
1872. Voisin, P. Les Agamis (Psophia [crepitans]). < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., ix,

1872, pp. 692, 693.
Mours et habitudes.

902 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V

Cariamidz.

1809. Grorrroy Saint-HitarrE, KE. Description Du Cariama de Maregrawe, micro-
dactylus Marecgravii [Dicholophus cristatus]. < Ann. du Mus. d' Hist. Nat.,
xiii, 1809, pp. 362-370, pl. 26.
Avec les caractéres des genres Palamedea et Psophia, et sur les habitudes du Cariama.
On the strength of the above, G. R. Gray quotes Microdactylus maregravti, g. sp. n., Geofir.,
1809.
1823. MAXIMILIAN, —. Beitraige zur Naturgeschichte des Sariama oder Seriama
[Dicholophus cristatus]. < Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur., xi, pt. ii,
1823, pp. 341-350, pl. 45.
, Mir nicht zuginglich. ?
1836. Martin, W. [Notes on the visceral and osteological Anatomy of the Cariama
(Dicholophus cristatus Il].)] <P. Z. 8., iv, 1836, pp. 29-32.

1888. Martin, [W.]- Zerlegung des Sariama (Dig anigp aes HIME IANS) > <_ Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxi, 1838, p. 181.
Aus d. P. Z. S., iv, 1836, pp. 29-32.
1853. BURMEISTER, H. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte des Seriema [Dicholophus cris-
aga < Abhandl. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle, Bd. i, Quart. i, 1853, pp. 11-52,
2Tafin. (Auch besonders gedruckt, Halle, Schmidt, 1854. 4to.)
Nicht mir zuginglich.—Titel aus Carus & Engelmann. Cf. J_f. O., 1854, pp. 67, 68.
1853. Nirzscu, C, L. Vergleichung des Skelets von Dicholophus cristatus mit dem
Skelettypus der Raubvégel, Trappen, Hiihner und Wasserhiihner. < Abhandl.
d. Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle, Bd.i, Quart. i, 1853, pp. 53-58.
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.—Vergl. Sund., Vént., 1873, p. 111; Parker, M. Micr. Journ.,
1873, p. 45.
1854. Caninis, J. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle; I.
Band, I. Quartal. <J.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 67, 68.
Grésstentheils eine Notiz iber Burmeister’s ,, Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte des Seriema.‘
1857. BARRON, C. Note on the Osteology of Cariama [Dicholophus cristatus].
< Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5428.

1860. HarTLaus, G. Ona New Form of Grallatorial Bird nearly allied to the Cari-
ama (Dicholophus cristatus). < P. Z. 8., xxviii, 1860, pp. 334-336.
Dicholophus burmeistert. See Burm., Reise, 1861, p. 66.
1860. HarTLauB, G. Ona [lately] New Form of Grallatorial Bird nearly allied to
the Cariama (Dicholophus cristatus). < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860,
pp. 451, 452.
D.burmeisterit. From P. Z. §., June 26, 1860, pp: 334-336.
1872. GUNTHER, A. Note on a Deformed Example of Cariama [Dicholophus] cristata.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., x, 1872, pp. 67, 68.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PALAMEIDEIDZ. 903

Palameideidz.

1797. GEoFFROY St.-HinarrE, E. Sur les genres Psophia et Palamedea de Linné.
< Millin, Magas. Encycel., tii, iv, 1797, pp. 10-12; Bull. Se. Soc. Philom.., 1, ii, 1797,
pp: 50, 51.
Pas vu moi-méme—le titre tiré de la J3ib/. de Carus et Engelmann.
1842. Martin, W. [Notes on the Habits of the Horned Screamer (Palamedea cornuta,
Linn.)] < P. Z.8S., x, 1842, pp. 15, 16.

1843. Martin, W. [Zur Lebensweise von Palamedea cornuta.|] < Froriep’s Neue Noti-
zen, Xxv, No, 545, 1843, pp. 259-261.
Not seen. From P. Z. S., 1842, pp. 15, 16.

1845. Gray,G.R. [Chauna derbiana, sp. n.] < Gray § Mitch. Gen. B., Jan., 1845, pl.
160. ‘
1863. Parker, W.K. On the Systematic Position of the Crested Screamer (Palamedea
chayvaria). < P.Z.S.,xxxi, 1863, pp. 511-518.
‘‘Probably one of the nearest relatives of the marvellous Aeseloraeateert
1863. ScnaTER, P. L. [On Chauna ‘ehavaria” from New Grenada, afterward C.
nigricollis.] < P. Z.S8., 1863, pp. 377, 378.

Not a separate paper. See P. Z. S., 1864, p. 74.

1863. ScLaTER, P. L. [On Chauna ‘‘derbiana”, afterward C. nigricollis.] < Illus-
trated London News, Oct. 3, 1863, fig.

Not seen. The bird called O. chavaria in P. Z. S., 1863, p. 377, and here figured as OC. derbi-
ana, afterward became type of C. nigricollis, P. Z. S., 1864, p. 75.

1864. Crisp, E. On the Visceral Anatomy of the Screamer (Chauna chavaria [nigri-
collis]). <P. Z.8S., Jan. 12, 1864, pp. 14-16.

Also on the history and habits of the species. The bird here described is atal to be that
afterward named CO. nigricollis by Sclater, tom. cit., p. 75, pl. xi, = derbiana.

1864. PARKER, W. K. On the Systematic Position of the Crested Screamer [ Pala-
medea chavaria]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, PP. 144-150.

From P. Z. S., Dec. 8, 1863, pp. 511-518.

1864. ScLaTER, P. L. On the Species.of the Genus Chauna. < P. Z. S., xxxii, 1864,
pp. 74-76, pl. xi.

The writer here distinguishes three spp. of the genus—OO. chavaria, derbiana, and nigri-
collis, sp. u., p. 75, pl. xi; the latter being that called CO. derbiana in Illust. Lond. News, Oct.
3, 1863, and C. chavaria in P. Z. S., 1863, p. 377, and 1864, p.14. See P. Z. S., 1866, p. 369.

1866. Moors, T. J. On the Habitat of the Derbyan Crested Screamer (Chauna der-
biana, G. R. Gray). <P. Z.S., xxxiv, 1866, pp. 368, 369.

Probably the ‘‘low and swampy parts of New Granada.”

1866. SCLATER, P.L. Note on Chaunanigricollis. <P. Z, 8., xxxiv, 1866, pp. 369, 370.

Here finally identified with 0. derbiana.

1866. SCLATER, P. L. [Remarks upon exhibition of a specimen of Chauna derbiana
from Trinidad.] < P. Z.S., xxxiv, 1866, p. 417.
The ‘‘ Palamedea cornuta”’ of Léotaud, Ois. Trin., p. 488, suspected to be this species.
1876. Garrop, A. H. On the Anatomy of Chauna derbiana, and on the Systematic
Position of the Screamers (Palamedeide). < P. Z. S:, Feb. 1, 1876, pp. 189-200,
pli. xii-xv, fige. 1-4.

A very important paper, in which the structure of the genus, here largely detailed, is taken
as the guide toits classification. The author concludes that the tamily cannot be kept among
the Anserine birds, where Flower had placed it. ‘‘In the windpipe and the form of the
angle of the jaw, they no doubt closely approach them. In their alimentary canal they are
much nearer to Struthio and Rhea (not Dromeus and Casuarius) than to any other birds. There
is a Ciconine tendency in their myology, whilst their osteology points in no special direction.
It seems, therefore, to me that, summing these results, the Screamers must have sprung
from the primary avian stock as an independent offshoot at much the same time as did most

of the other important families.” On the species treated, cf. P. Z. S., 1863, p.511; 1867, p.
415; 1874, p.117.

904 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Opisthocomidez.

1785. SONNINI DE Manoncour, C. N.S. Du Sasa [Opisthocomus cristatus], Oiseau

dela Guyane. < Journ. de Physique, xxvii, 1785, pp. 222-224.
Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

1787. SONNINI DE Manoncour, C. N.S. Ueber den Sasa [Opisthocomus eristatus],

einen Vogelaus Guiana. < Licht. u. Voigt’s Magaz., 3d ser., iv, 1787, pp. 45-50.
Nicht mir selbst zugénglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann, Bibl.

1852. DrvILLE, EK. Observations faites en Amérique sur les meeurs de différentes
espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches, suivies de quelques notes anatomiques et de
meurs sur ’Hoazin [Opisthocomus cristatus], le Caurale, et le Savacou.
< Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, 1852, pp. 208-226, pl. 9.

Sur l’organisation et les mceurs de l Hoazin, pp. 217-222, pl. 9.

1852. DEviLLE, B. Observations faites en Amérique sur les murs de différentes
espéces d’Oiseaux-Mouches, suivies de quelques Notes sur Vorganisation et
les meeurs du Caurale, de Savacou et de ?Hoazin [Opisthocomus cristatus].
< Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xxxiv, 1852, pp. 652-654.

Extraites par auteur. Ici la quatriéme et principale partie de ses ‘‘ Observations,” sur
Vanatomie de |’ Hoazin.

1870. CaBanis, J. [Hier des Opisthocomus cristatus.] < J.f. O., xviii, 1870, pp. 318,
319, pl. i, fig. 3.

1873. PERRIN, J. B. Note on the Myology of Opisthocomus cristatus. < P.Z.S.,
1873, p. 685.

1879. GarRop, A. H. Notes on Points in the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Opisthocomus
cristatus). <P. Z. S., Feb. 4, 1879, pp. 109-114, fige. 1,2, and diagram.
Important. Opisthocomus must be either considered Gallinaceous or form a group by it-
self; hardly possible to include it with Galline, though it resembles them closely, as it also
does Ouculide, and is not far removed from Musophagide.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLLIOGRAPHY—EURYPYGIDA. 905

Eurypysgidz.

1781. [Pauas, P.S8.] Beschreibung der sogenannten surinamischen Sonnen- reygers
[ Ardea (Eurypyga) helias, sp.n.]. < Neue Nord. Beitr., ii, 1781, pp. 48-54, pl.
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.
1844. Des Murs, O. Notice et considérations oologiques sur le genre ornithologique
Caurale, Ardea [Eurypyga] helias (L.) < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 2° sér., année
1844, Oiseaux, pp. 1-6, pl. 49.
Pl. 49, f. 1, Oeuf de VHurypyga helias ; f. 2, Oeuf de Rallus variegatus.
1852. DEVILLE, E. [Quelques notes anatomiques et de meeurs sur le Caurale (Eury-
pyga helias).] < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iv, 1852, pp. 222 et suiy.
Formants une partie d’un article plus étendu sur |’Hoazin, etc.

Bull. v, 425

906 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Ciconiid2z.
[Including Ibis, Tantalus, Platalea, etc.]

1630. ScowaLBacuH, J. G. Dissertatio de Ciconiis, Gruibus et Hirundinibus, quo
exeunte aestate abvolent et ubi hyement. Spirae. 1630. 4to. pp. 28.
Haud mihi obvia.
1661. ScHoock,M. De Ciconiis tractatus. Ed. 2da. Amsteledami. 1661. 12mo.
pp. 82. :
Mihi incognitus.
1672. PRAETORIUS, J., pres., resp. BRUNO, F. R. Disputatio de CrotaLJustrJa tepJ
DJ teMporJs hospJta oder von des Storchs [Ciconia] Winterquartier. Lip-
siz, recusa 1672. 4to. 6folia. (Ibid. 1702. Ato. pp. 48.)
Haud mihi obvia.
1679. LeTTAW, EoBALD A. Dissertatio de Ciconiis earumque proprietatibus. Freyb.
1679. Ato. 14 folia.
Haud mihi obvia.
1679. Strauss, L., pres., resp. STRAUSS, J. D. Dissertatio de Ciconia. Giesse.
Karger. 1679. 4to. pp. 19.
Haud mihi obvia.
1680. Jacopmus, O. Anatome Ciconiv. < Buartholini Acta Hafn., v, 1680, pp. 247—
249. .
Haud mihi obyium.
1683. Preyer, J. C.. De Ciconiw ventre et affinitate quadam cum ruminantibus.
< Hphem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Dec. ii, Ann. 2, 1683, 1698, pp. 245-247, pl.
Haud mihi obvius.
1687. SCHELHAMMER, G. C. Ciconizs Anatome. < Hphem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Dee. ii,
Ann. 6, 1687, 1688, pp. 206-208.
Haud mihi obvium.
1688. ScHULTZE,S. De Ciconize Vindicta. <Ephem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Dec. i, Ann. 6,7,
1675-76, 1638, pp. 227, 228.
Haud mihi obvius.
1689. SvVEDERUS, M. Ciconia seu Diss. acad. de Jure Antipelargie ; Pres. M. Svede-
rus, Resp. L. A. Lechander, W. Gotho. Aboae. 1689. 4to. pp.8, 20.
Haud mihi obvia.
1692. Foaius, D. Dissertatio de Ciconiarum hibernaculis. Praes. Day. Fogius, resp.
Chr. Litzow. Hafnez. 1692. 4to. pp. 12.
Haud mihi obvia.
1717. Limprecut, J. A. Ciconia Anatome. < Ephem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Cent. 5.et 6,
1717, pp. 209-212.
Haud mihi obvia.
[Observation sur l’Ibis blanc, oyseau singulier d’Egypte.] < Hist.
de ? Acad. Roy. des Sci. pour année 1683, i, 1733, pp. 363, 364.
1734. PERRAULT, C. Description anatomique de quatre Pallettes [Platalea]. <Mém.
de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. iii, 1734, pp. 22-30, pll. 5,6.
1734, PERRAULT,C. Description anatomique d’un Ibis blanc et de deux Cicognes.
< Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. ili, 1734, pp. 58-
72, pli. 13, 14.
1752. MULLER, JoacH. Friepr. Bemerkungen vom Storch [Ciconia]. < Physikal.
Belustiggn., ii, 1752, pp. 588, 539.

Mir nicht zugénglich.

ee

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—-CICONIIDA. 907

1757. PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung von vier Loffel- oder Spatelgiinsen
[Platalea]. < Abhandl. Konigl. Franzosisch. Akad., ii, 1757, pp. 193- —.

Not seen—title from Giebel. German transl. from Mém. del Acad. Roy. des Sci., iii, pt. iii,
1734, p. 22.

1757. PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung eines Ibis und zweener Stérche.
< Abhandl. Konigl. Franzésisch. Akad., ii, 1757, pp. 257- —.

Not seen—title from Giebel. German transl. from Mém.de V Acad. Roy. Paris, iii, pt. iii,
1734, p. 58.

1798. VaHL, M. Om Tantalus Pavoninus, Spalowsky. < Skrivt. Naturh. Selsk.

Kidbenh., iv, Heft ii, 1798, pp. 122-125.
Not seen.

1798. Vant, M. Om Mycteria orientalis. < Skrivt. Naturh. Selsk. Kidbenh., iv, Heft

ii, 1798, pp. 126-1382.
Not seen.

1799. DUMERIL, G. Mémoire sur une espéce d’articulation dans laquelle le mouve-
ment des os s’exécute a Vaide d’un ressort, observé sur lés pattes d’un Cicdgne
[Ciconia alba]. < Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., ii, An. VII (1799), pp. 4,5.

Pas vu moi-méme.

1800. Cuvinr, G. Sur VIbis des anciens Egyptiens. < Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., ii, An.

VIII (1800), pp. 119- -—.

Pas yu moi-méme: le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.

1800. Cuvier, G. Mémoire sur l’Ibis des anciens Egyptiens. <Journ. de Phys. Chim.
Hist. Nat., li, 1800, pp. 184-192, pl.

Parmi les résultats du mémoire, il est constaté par auteur que l’Ibis des anciens n’est
point l’Ibis de Perrault et de Buffon, qui est un Tantalus, ni Ibis de Hasselquist, qui est un
Ardea, ni l'Ibis de Maillet, qui est un Vauteur; mais c’est un Numenius ou Courlis qui n'a

point encore ét6 nommé, et que Bruce a figuré sous le nom d’abou-hannés. L’auteur le
nomme NVumenius ibis (sp. n., p. 192), albus, capite et collo nudis, remigibus, pennis uropygii
elongatis, rostro et pedibus nigris.

Mais on doit ajouter, que l’oiseau ici décrit par auteur n’est néanmoins point une espéce
du genre Numenius des auteurs modernes, de la famille des Scolopacidés, mais véritable-
ment un Ibis.

1800. Cuvier, ‘‘C.” [i.e.,G.] Memoir on the Ibis of the Antient Egyptians. < Til-
loch’s Philos. Mag., viii, 1800, pp. 61-70, pl. iii.
From Journ. de Physique, Fructidor, An. VIII. Determined to be a Nwmenius, and called, on
p. 70, Numenius ibis; description, p. 64. The article is chiefly occupied in bibliographical
research, and concludes with the statement that the Tantalus ibis of Linnzus comprehended
four different species of three genera. The bird is the [bis wthiopicus.
1800. SHaw,G. Description of a new Species of Mycteria [senegalensis]. < Trans.
Linn. Soc., v, 1800, pp. 32-35, pl. iii.
WV. senegalensis, p. 35, pl. 3: with characters, also, of M. americanaand M. australis.
1801. Cuvrer,G. Sur l’Ibis des anciens Egyptiens. < Millin, Magas. Encycl., vi, pt.
i, 1801, pp. 527, 528.
Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.
1802. CAVANILLES, A. J. Dela Ciguéna blanca [Ciconia alba]. < Anal. Hist. Nat.,
v, No. 15, 1802, pp. OL
Not seen.
1803. SaRToriIus, —. Beobachtungen tiber die schwarzen Stérche [Ciconia nigra].
< Voigt’s Mag., vi, 1803, pp. 227-233.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.
1804. CUvi=eR,G. Mémoire Sur I’Ibis des Anciens Egyptiens. < Ann. du Mus. d Hist.
Nat., iv, 1804, pp. 116-135, pli. 1ii, iii (Ibis, pl. i-iii).
Méprises des auteurs modernes—Momies de l’ancien ibis—Description du squelette faite
daprés les momies de Thébes—Determination du véritable Ibis—Comparaison de cet oiseau
avec ceux qu’on 2 confondus avec lui—Description qu’ Hérodote a faite—Examen de plu-
sieurs monumens antiques sur lesquels on voit la figure de l’ibis—Origine des erreurs—Preuve
offerte par les momies que les ibis mangoient des serpens—Comparaison des plumes trouvées
dans les momies avec celle de l’oiseau qu’on a preuvé étre l’ibis—Résultat du mémoire.

908 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1804. Cuvimr,G.—Continued. :

‘+30 J,ibis des anciens n’est point l’ibis de Perrault et de Buffon, qui est un tantalus, ni ibis
de Hasselquist, qui est un ardea, ni Vibis de Maillet, qui est un vauteur ; mais cést un nume-
nius ou courlis qui n’a été décrit et figuré au plus que par Bruce sous le nom d’abou-hannés.
Je le nomme numenius ibis” (p. 134).

Pl. i, squelette de l’Ibis, tiré d'une momie de Thébes; pl. ii, L’oiseau, Numenius ibis, Cuv. ;
pl. iii, Figure copiée sur ’'un des Temples de la haute Egypte, et bec d’une momie.

Pour son premier mémoire, et pour une traduction Anglaise, voir 1800, CuvimR, G.

1805. PEARSON, J. Some Account of two Mummies of the Egyptian Ibis [zthiopi-
cus], one of which was in a remarkably perfect State. < Philos. Trans., xev, —
pt. li, 1805, pp. 264-271, pl. viii.

Taken by Major Hayes, in 1802-3, from catacombs at Thebes, and described with particu-
larity. The piate, of natural size, shows the position given to the body by the embalmer.

1805. Savieny, J. C. Histoire | Naturelle et Mythologique | de 'Ibis [religiosa]; |
Par Jules-César Savigny, | Membre de VInstitut d’Egypte; | Ornée de six
planches gravées par Bouquet, | d’aprés les dessins de H. J. Redouté et | Bar-
raband. | [Dessin.] | Libyecisque vescens ipsa scorpionibus . . . | Phiie.
| Paris, | Allais, Libraire, quai des Augustins, n°. 39. |—]M.DCCC.V. 1
vol. sm. 8vo. pp. i-xiv, 1-224, pll.i-vi.

This is a celebrated treatise on a very celebrated bird, replete with curious learning upon
the natural, mythological, and philological history of the Ibis, gathered by the author as a
part of his researches in Egypt. ‘The bird excited much attention about that time; the Baron
Cuvier gave his views on the same subject; and quite a literature was soon formed, both
as regards the ornithological and the archeological aspects of the case. The present memoir
became the occasion of much discussion, and the information it contains is found in various
other writings, under different guises.

1805. VosmMaER, A. Histoire Naturelle | du | Courli | Africain [ "i. | Ayant été
conservé dans le Museum | De son Altesse Sérenissime Monseigneur le Prince |
D’Orange-Nassan. | Par Feu Mr. | A. Vosmaer, | De sa vie Conseiller de §S. A.
S., Directeur de son Cabinet d’Histoire | Naturelle & des Curiosités, Membre
de VAcadémie Impériale, | Correspondant de VAcadémie Royale des Sciences
de Paris, | Membre de celle de Madrid & des Sociétés Litterai- | res de Flessin-
gue & de Harlem &c. | — | A Amsterdam, chez | J. B. Elwe, | MDCCCY. 4to.
pp. 8, pl. .

1806. JOMARD, —. Observations sur Histoire Naturelle et Mythologique de V’Ibis,
Ouvrage de J. C. Savigny, Membre de l'Institut @Egypte. [Par M. Jomard. ]
n.d.n.p. [Paris. Delance. 1806.] 1vol. 8vo. pp. 27.

* Extraites du Magasin Encyclopédique, numéro de Féyrier 1806.

18—. Rozibrn, —. De VIbis Egyptien. [Par Roziére.] 8vo. pp. 22.

Extrait du ——_——? A propos de l’ouvrage de M. J. C. Savigny, intitule: Hist. Nat. et
Mythol. deUIbis: donnant les principaux résultats du travail de M. Savigny, en y joignant
quelques observations.

1817. Montacu,G. Some Remarks on the Natural History of the Black Stork [Cico- —
nia nigra], for the first time captured in Great Britain. < Trans. Linn. Soc.,
xii, pt. i, 1817, pp. 19-23.

1817. OrD, G. An Account of an American Species of the Genus Tantalus or Ibis. |
< Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, 1817, pp. 53-57.

Identified, with a query, with 7. mexicanusGm. This is probably the earliest special notice
of the Glossy Ibis (Plegadis falcinellus) in North America.

1822. ““L’UN DE VOS AUDITEURS AL/ATHENEE.” Aurédacteur du Journal de Physique.
< Journ. de Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat., xciv, 1822, p. 320.

Quelques faits concernants les murs des Cicognes.

1823. MontaGu, G. Hinige Bemerkungen fiber die Naturgeschichte des schwarzen
Storchs, Ardea [Ciconia] nigra Linn., den man vor kurzem zum erstenmal in
England angetroften hat. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. vii, 1823, (Litter. Anzeig.), pp.
539-543.

Aus d. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xii, pt.i, 1817, pp. 19-23.

Oe Pein Cyr

1826.

1826.

1826.

1829.

1826.

1828.

1829.

1829.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1833.

1833.

1833.
1834,

1835.

COUES’S ORNITH, BIBLIOGRAPHY—CICONIID™. . 909

. ApaM, J. A description of the Ciconia Argala or Adjutant Bird of Bengal.

< Trans. Med. Phys. Soc. Calcutta, 1, 1825, pp. 240-248,

Not seen—title from Roy. Soc. Cat. It is reprinted in several places. See below.

ADAM, J. Description of the Ciconia Ardgala [sic], or Adjutant Bird. < Edinb.
New Philos. Journ.,i, 1826, pp. 327-332.

From Trans. Med. id Phys. Soc. Calcutta, i, 1825, pp. 240-248. Description followed by
extended account ef habits. Also in Froriep’s Notizen, xv, No. 328, 1826, pp. 307-309, and Isis,
1832, p. 685.

[TEMMINCK, C. J., and LAuUGIER, M.] Notice sur les Cigognes, et particuliére-
ment sur les trois grandes espéces qui fournissent a la toilette des dames les
plumes déliées dites Marabou. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., vii, 1826, pp. 91-96.

Réproduite de la 64¢ livraison des Planches Coloriées.

Ibis noir VIslande. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., viii, 1826, p. 115.

Reinhardt, Tidssk. for Naturv., cah. 10, p. 183.

“G.H.” TheStorks[Ciconia]inGermany. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829,
p. 484.

PAYRAUDEAU, B. C. Notice sur les Cigognes,... < Héruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
viii, 1826, p. 274.

Extraite des Ann. des Sc. Nat., janv. 1826, pp. 91-96 (de la 64° livraison des Planches Coloriées,
par MM. Temminck et Laugier).

L[urotH], 8. G. Deséription de Voiseau adjutant (Ciconia Argala); par M. J.
Adam. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xv, 1828, p. 392.

Extraite des Trans. Med. and Phys. Soc. Calcutta, i, 1825, pp. 240-248; Hdinb. New Philos.
Journ., i, 1826, pp. 327-332.

—. Cicognes avec des écussons metalliques. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,

Xvi, 1829, p. 285.

Froriep’s Notizen, xxi, n° 21, August, 1828, p. 329.

. [PRIou, —]. Ibis noirs tués dans le département de la Loire-Inférieure le 18

mai 1828. ... < Féruss. Buil., 2° sect., xvii, 1829, pp. 292, 293.
Extrait du Lycée armoricain, livr. lxxi, nov. 1828, p. 383.

RIcHTER, M. G. Etwas tiber den schwarzen Storch, Ciconia nigra Bechst.

< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 871-875.
Zur Lebensweise.

ADAM, J. Beschreibung der Ciconia argala oder des Adjutanten-Vogels (aus
Transactions of the medical and physical Society of Calcutta I). < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, pp. 685, 686.

Auszug aus dem Hdinb. New Philos. Journ., Bd. i, Hett ii, 1826, pp. 327-332.

ANKARCRONA, T. W. Strédda underiittelser. < Tidssk. f. Jiéigare och Naturf., i,
1832, p. 191.

Uppgift om Storkens (Ciconia) ankomst till Skane 1832.

TEMMINCK, C. J., and LAuGiER,[M.] Note tiber die Ciconiae, insbesondere iber
drey grossen Gattungen, die die sogenannten Marabutedern liefern. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, pp. 184-186.

Temminck und Laugier, Planches Coloriées, livrais. 64. Auszug aus d. Annal. des Scienc.
Nat., vii, 1826, pp. 91-96.

BRookEs, J. On the remarkable Formation of the Trachea in the Egyptian

Tantalus [ibis]. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xvi, pt. iii, 1833, pp. 499-503.
Followed with general observations on the vagaries of the organ in various birds.

Less, E. The Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia L.) [occurring in Great Britain].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 454.

TELFAIR, C. [Exhibition of an Ibis.] < P. Z.8.,i, 1833, p. 133.

Gray, J. E. [Note on the New Holland Ibis of Dr. Latham.] <P. Z.8., ul,
1834, p. 135.

JAMESON, R. [Ibis spinicollis.] < L’ Institut, iii, No. 125, 1835, p. 316.

Pas vu moi-méme.

J10

1836.

1837,

1838.

1840.

1841.

1842.

. 1843.
1844,

1844,

1844,

1845.
1845.
1846.
1846.
1846.
1848.
1848.
1848,
1848.
1848.
1849.

1849,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Ibis. Ibis. Cuvier. I. a coulamelleux. I. lamellicol-
lis. Lafresnaye. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 6° année, 1836, classe i, notice lvii,
pp. 1, 2, pl. lvii.

DUBUS DE GHISIGNIES, V. B. Note sur l’Ibis olivacea. < Bull. Acad. Brux., iv,
1837, pp. 105,106. (L’Inst., v, No. 218, 1837, p. 259.)
Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de la Bibl. de Carus et Engelmann.
DusBus [DE GHISIGNIES, V.B.] Note sur l’Ibis olivacea. < Revue Zoologique, i,
1838, pp. 141, 142.
Extr. du Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruselles, iv, 1837, p. 105. (Cf. Esq. Orn., pl. 5.)
ScHoMBuRGK, R. Ueber den Jabiru, Mycteria americana. < Froriep’s Neue
Notizen, xv, 1840, pp. 136, 137.
Nicht mir selbst zugénglich.
Morton, 8.G. [Remarks on exhibition of the embalmed body of an Egyptian
Ibis, Ibis religiosa.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, 1841, pp. 15, 16.
ALESSANDRINI, A. Intorno una singolare disposizione dell’ arteria brachiale
osservata nella Cicogna bianca [Ciconia alba]. < Nuov. Annal. delle Sci. Nat.
Bologna, vii, 1842, pp. 257-261. .
Ropp, EK. H. Note on the occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] in
Cornwall. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 364.

BURLINGHAM, D.C. Note on the occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucoro-
dia] at Lynn. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 455.
Guyon, —. Sur la nature de Valimentation des Ibis. < Compt. Rend. deV Acad.
Sci., xviii, 1844, pp. 834, 835.
Sur la faculté de détruire les serpents.
GuYON,—. Sur lalimentation de VIbis. < L’Institut, xii, No. 540, 1844, p. 152.
Extr. des Compt. Rend., xviii, 1844, pp. 834, 885.—Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus
et Engelmann.
Lewcock, J. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at Frensham
Pond [England]. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 878.
Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] in Cornwall.
<Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 1193, 1194.
Harvey, J. R. Ciconia alba [in Ireland]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1846,
p. 70.

Morris, F. O. Occurrence of the White Stork [Ciconia alba] near Driffield,
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1501.

WOLLEY, J. The Spoonbill [| Platalea leucorodia] in Andalucia. < Zoologist,
iv, 1846, pp. 1213, 1214.

Borrer, W., JR. Occurrence of the White Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) in
Sussex. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2066.

Hieeins, E. T, Occurrence of the White Stork (Ciconia alba) near York.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2229.

JOHNSON, F. W. Occurrence of the White Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) at
Aldborough. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2229, 2230.

MILNER, W. M. E. Occurrence of the White Stork (Ciconia alba) near York.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2191.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the White Stork (Ciconia alba) at the Land’s End.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2147.

DiésmaREst, E. Note sur des tubercles observés dans un Jabiru (Mycteria
americana Linné). < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., i, 1849, p.54.

GURNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia], &c., near
Yarmouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2499.

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CICONIDS. 911

1850. Baker, W. On the Capture, Habits and Change of Plumage in the Black Stork
(Ciconia nigra). < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2700-2703.
A communication by Mr. Baker of a correspondence on the above subject between R. An-
stice and G. Montagu.
1850. CaxBot, 8.,[JR.] [Observations upon the recent appearance in New England of
Ibis guarauna.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1850, pp. 313, 314, 332, 333.
Not the western species now commonly calied guarawna, but the Glossy Ibis, [bis falcinel-
lus, or Faleinellus igneus, or Plegadis falcinellus of authors.
1850. ELMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis (Ibis falcinellus) at Piddinghoe,
Sussex. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 29538, 2954.
Cf. Zool., p. 2967.
1850. Guippon, G. R. [Remarks upon the scarcity of the Ibis religiosa in Egypt. ]
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1850, p. 84.

1850. GuRNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis (Ibis falcinellus) near Lowestoft.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2879.

1850. Harris, A.C. [Extract from a letter in relation to the present existence of
Ibis religiosa in Egypt.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 1850, pp. 83, 84.

1850. HuLKE, J. W. Occurrence of the Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) at Sandwich.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

1850. [Krrrianp, J. P.] The Glossy Ibis. < The Family Visitor, i, No. 21, 1850, p. 164,

Quotation of occurrence of Ibis falcinellus sive Plegadis igneus in Massachusetts and Con-

necticut, and statement of other occurrence of the same in Ohio.

1850. NELSON, J. Occurrence of the Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) in East Lothian.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2924.

1850. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at St. Mary’s,
Seilly. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853 or thereabouts.

1851. ANon. [Anecdote of the Adjutant Stork.] < Harper's New Monthly Mag., iii,
1851, p. 853. 5

1851. CaBot, S., Jk. Ibis guarauna [i. e., falcinellus] in New England. < Am.
Journ. Sci., Xi, 1851, pp. 435, 436.
From Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iii, 1850, pp. 318, 314, 382, 3338, g. v.
1851. Etiman, J. B. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at Hailsham,
Sussex. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3278, 3279.
1851. MILNER, W. M. E. Occurrence of the Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) in York-
shire. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3278.
1851. Smiru, J. Occurrence of the White Stork (Ciconia alba) in Scotland. < Zoolo-
gist, 1x, 1851, p. 3035.
1852. IrBy, L. H. Occurrence of the White Stork [Ciconia alba] near Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3476, 3477.
1852. Powys, T. L. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in Ireland.
< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3477.
1852. VIERTHALER, R. Ueber Ibisreligiosa. < Naumannia, ii, Heft ii, 1852, pp. 58-63.
Zur Lebensweise.
1852. VIERTHALER, R. [Ueber Leptoptilos ruepellii.] < Nawmannia, ii, Heft ii, 1852,
p. 07.
Not a separate article—notice occurs in a paper of much wider scope. On this supposed
species, cf. Nawmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 191 and 267.

1852. VIERTHALER, R. Leptoptilosargala. < Foriep. Tagsber., No. 566 (Zool., Bd. iii),
1852, p. 71.
_ Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann. Cf. Nawmannia, ii, 1852, p. 56; vi, 1856, pp.
191, 267.
1853. ANON. Ibis-shooting in Louisiana. < Harper’s New Monthly Mag., vii, 1853,
pp. 768-772, fig.

912
1853.

1854.

1860.
1860.

1860.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

BreuM, A. E. Einige Beobachtungen tiber Ibis religiosa Sag Tantalus aethi-
opicus Lath. <J. f. O., i, 1853, pp. 141-144,
GuocErR, C. W. L. Nisten weisser Stérche [Ciconia alba] im Spatherbste [d. 30
Novemb.]. < J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 94, 95.
Cf. tom. cit., pp. 191, 192.

. GLoGER, C. W. L. Das ,,Nisten weisser Storche [Ciconia alba] im Spiith-

erbste,‘“‘[u.s.w.] <J.f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 191, 192.
Cf. tom. cit., pp. 94, 95.

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] at Scilly. < Zo-

ologist, xii, 1854, p. 4478.

. FRANKLIN, W. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] near Shrews-

bury. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4164, 4165.

. BREWER, T. M. [Occurrence of Tantalus loculator in Illinois.] < Proce. Boston

Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1856, p. 391. '

. Dennis, R. N. Occurrence of the Black Stork [Ciconia nigra] in Kent. < Zo-

ologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5160.

. Hartiaus, [G.] [Leptoptilos riippellii Vierth.—L. crumenifera 9.] <Nau-

mannia, Vi, 1856, p. 191.

. HARTLAUB, G. Leptoptilos Riippelli eine gute Art. < Naumanmnia, vi, 1856, pp.

267, 268.

. WooprorFE, A. A young Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] shot at Shoreham.

<Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5321.

. GADAMER, [H.] Ciconia alba. L. < Naumannia, vii, Heft i, 1857, p. 83.
. Martin, L. In welchen Gegenden hat es d. J. vorzugsweise an weissen Stor-

chen [Ciconia alba] gefehlt? < J. f. O., v, 1857, pp. 69, 70.

. BaLpAMus, E. [Storchneste.] < Naumannia, viii, 1858, p. 509.
. Hatt, T. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in South Wales.

< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6096.

. Homrysr, E. v. Das seltene Erscheinen der weissen Stoérche [Ciconia alba]

im Friihling 1856. < J. f. O., vi, 1858, pp. 410, 411.

. NeAvE, E. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] near Aldborough.

< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6266.

. THOMPSON, W. Occurrence of the Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in Dorsetshire.

<oologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6266, 6267.

. Bayer, J. Herr J. Bayer iibergibt folgende Notizen tiber Storche. < Verh.

k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, ix, 1859, pp. 94, 95.

. BENNETT, G. Notes on the Habits of the Mycteria australis or New Holland

Jabiru (Gigantic Crane of the Colonists). <P. Z. S., xxvii, 1859, pp. 47-49.

. BENNETT, G. Notes on the Habits of the Mycteria australis or New Holland

Jabiru (Gigantic Crane of the Colonists). < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iv,
1859, pp. 458-461.
From P. Z. S8., Jan. 25, 1859, pp. 47-49.
BENNETT, G. Note on the Habits of the Jabiru [Mycteria australis, in cap-
tivity]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6880-6883.
From P. Z. S., 1859, pp. 47-49. D
Bouue, C. Der Storch [Ciconia alba] in Spanien. Aus dem Spanischen des
Cavanilles bearbeitet. < J. f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 53-58.
Vergl. CAVANILLES, 1802, antea.
Buckianp, F. T. [Exhibition of an embalmed Egyptian Ibis.] <P. Z S.,
XXvViii, 1860, p. 184.

No. 4.] COULS’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CICONIIDA. 913

1860. GLoGER, C. W. L. Das Verungliicken der weissen Stérche [Ciconia alba] i. J.
1856, [u.s.w.] <J.f. O., viii, 1860, p. 301.

1860. MARTNER, —. Sur les moeurs de la Cicogne. Lettre adressée a M. le Président
de la Société impériale d’Acclimatation. < Bull. Soc. @ Acclim., vii, 1860, pp.
151-153.

1861. —— ? The Caleutta Adjutant [Leptoptilus argala], or Hurghila of the
natives of Bengal. < Chambers’ Journal, 1861, p. 40.

Not seen.—Cf. Ibis, 1861, p. 268.

12861. BrytuH, E. Note on the Calcutta ‘Adjutant’ (Leptoptilus argala). < Jbis, iii,
1854, pp. 268-270.

Criticizes and corrects alleged nonsense contained in Chambers’ Journal, 1861, p. 40.

1861. HoFFMANN, —. [Letter from Calcutta relating in part to the Adjutant (Lep-
toptilus argala).] < Zool. Gart., ii, 1861, pp. 208, 209.

1862. HorsFALL, W. C. Occurrence of the Black Stork [Ciconia nigra] near Hartle-
pool. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8196.

1863. GATCOMBE, J. The White Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) near Plymouth.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8330.

1863. SaxBy, H.L. The Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in Shetland. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, p. 8448.

1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Ibis < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 4° livy., Juill. 1863, pp. 1-16.

Treating 19 spp., all referred to the single genus Ibis, together with Scopus wmbretta ; rep-
resented by 114 specimens in the collection at Leyden.

1863. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of Spoonbills [Platalea leucorodia] on the Suffolk
Coast. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8691.

1863. WAGNER, Cu. [Mittel gegen Knochenbriichigkeit bei Meera | < Zool. Gart.,
iv, 1863, pp. 42, 43.

Tilustrated ; in case of Ciconia nigra.
1863. WEINLAND, D. F. Marabu [Ciconia marabu] und Schlange [Tropidonotus
: natrix]. < Zool. Gart., iv, 1863, pp. 90, 91.
1864. BLAKE-Knox, H. Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] in Dublin
Bay. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9211.
1864. HARTLAUB, G. Note on Ciconia pruyssenaéri. < Ibis, vi, 1864, p. 430.

1864. Meyer, R. Junger und alter Storch [Ciconia alba]. (Mit einer lithographir-
ten Tatel.) < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, pp. 399-403.
Der Tafel stellt dessen Dunenkleid dar.
1364. SchwalTzER, F. Hin Eingeweiaewurm _ Herzen einer Ciconia nigra. <d.
f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 398, 399.

1865. BLAKE-KNox, H. Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in Dublin Bay. < Zoologist,
Xxiil, 1865, p. 9453.

1865. GunN, T. E. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] on the Coast of Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9418, 9419.

1865. GURNEY,J.H. Anecdote of a Pair of Storks [Ciconia alba]. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, pp. 9453, 9454.

1865. JkcxrnL, A. J. Die Begattung der Stérche [Ciconia alba] vor ihrem Wegzuge

: von uns. < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, pp. 378, 379.

1865. Ropp, E. H. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] near Helston. <(Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, p. 9564.

1865. SCHLEGEL, H. Ciconiae < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 7° livy., Déc., 1864, pp.
1-26. (Pub. 1865.)
Though ostensibly dating Dec., 1864, this article cannot have been published before 1865,
for the end of it is a part of the same sheet of paper (signature 29) that begins the next article,
dated May, 1865. .
The article treats of Ciconia (7 spp.), Mycteria (4 spp.), Anastomus (2 spp. ), Tantalus (4
spp.), and Platalea (6 spp.), represented in the Leyden Museum by 152 specimens.

914 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1865. ScuHmiIpT, Max. [Hin junger schwarze Storch (Ciconia nigra). ] < Zool. Gart.,
yi, 1865, p. 343. *

1866. Hackett, W. A. The Stork [Ciconia alba] at Cork. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1866, p. 524.

1866. HarviInG, J. E. On the Occurrence of the Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] in
Middlesex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1856, pp. 35-37.

1866. MarHEw,M. A. Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] at Budleigh Salterton. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 524.

1866. Ropp, E.H. Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866,
p. 524.

1866. ScumiptT, Max. Zwei rothe Ibis (Ibis rubra). <Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, p. 421.

1867. HaMoND, A. [Ciconia nigra in Norfolk, England.] < Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, p.
382.

1867. JerDOoN, T. C. The Gigantic Stork or Adjutant (Leptoptilos argala). <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 834.

From ‘Birds of India’, p. 731.

1867. JeERDON, T. C. The Shell Ibis (Anastomus oscitans). < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,

1867, pp. 834, 835.
From ‘ Birds of India’, i, p. 766.

1867. Kawatt, J. H. Biologisches vom Storch (Ciconia alba Bris.) Aus Kurland.

< Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, x1, pt. 2, 1867, pp. 486-497.

1867. MrYER, R. Ueber das Herabfallen der jungen Storche [Ciconia alba] aus dem
Neste. < Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, pp. 482-484.

1857. ScumipT, Max. Hin senegambischer Jabirustorch (Mycteria senegalensis).
< Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, p. 29.

1868. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] in the North of York-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1135. ;

1868. GUNN, T. E. Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, p. 142:

1868. GuNN, T.E. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] on the Norfolk Coast. < Zoolo-
lh 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1295.

1868. Krauss, Dr. Aus dem Freileben des weissen Storchs [Ciconia alba]. < Zool.
Gart., ix, 1868, pp. 127-136.

1868. es, Max. Fortpflanzung des weissen Storches [Ciconia alba] in Gefan-
Benen < Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, pp. 10-23, 41-51.

1869. ANON. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
p. 1848.

1869. GUNN, T. KE. Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1517.

1869. Hart, W., and Son. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at Benacre. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1562.

1870. ANON. Der Storch als Bigamist. < Aus der Natur., liii, oder n. F., xli, 1870, p.
592. ay

1870. Horne, C. [Letter on the nest and eggs of Mycteria australis.] < Ibis, 2d
ser., vi, 1870, pp. 294, 295.

1871. GurNEY, J.H. Note on the Indian Adjutant [Leptoptilus argala]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2871, 2872.

1871. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. White Storks [Ciconia alba] near Lydd. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vi, 1871, p. 2643. :

1871. Gurney, J. H., JR. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] near Yarmouth. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2871.

1874.

1875.

1876.

1876.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—CICONIIDA. 915

. Leacu, H.R. Spoonbill [Plataiea leucorodia] near Aldeburgh. < Zoologist,

2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2871.

. Horne, C. [Notes on the nesting of Mycteria australis.] < Ibis, 3d ser., i, 1871,

pp. 110-112.

. Ropp, E.H. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, p. 2522.

. Ropp, E. H. Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia] at the Lizard. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vi, 1871, p. 2851.

. OUSTALET, E. Remarques sur l’Ibis Sinensis de M. ?Abbé A. David. < Now.

Arch. du Mus. d@ Hist. Nat., viii, 1872, Bull., pp. 129-137, pl. vi.

= Ibis nippon, var. sinensis.

. AttuM,B, Nochmals: ,,Stérche und Miusenahrung.‘‘ < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1873,

pp. 474-476.

. AtTuM,B. Stérche als Vertilger von Feldmiiusen. < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1875, pp.

24, 25.

. Drostz-Htisuorr, [F.] v. [Stérche als Vertiliger von Feldmiusen.] < Zool.

Eart., xiv, 1873, pp. 153, 154.

. DrosTe-HtisHorr, F. v. (Stérche als Vertiliger von Feldmiiusen und Ver-

zehrer von Vogeln.) < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1873, pp. 394-396.

. JACKEL, [A.J.] Die Storche als Vertiliger der Feldmiiuse. < Zool. Gart., xiv,

1873, pp. 312-314.

. OLFERS, E. Vv. (Die bewachsenen Storchnester). < Zool. Gart., xiv, 1874, p. 476.
. Rope,G.T. White Stork [Ciconia alba] in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,

1873, p. 3580.

. SWINHOE, R. On the Rosy Ibis of China and Japan (Ibis nippen). < Ibis, 3d

Ser., ili, 1873, pp. 249-253.

Biographical, descriptive, and anatomical notes.

. SWINHOE, R. On the White Stork of Japan. <P. Z.S., 1873, pp. 512-514.

Ciconia boyciana, sp.n., p. 513.

. ANON. White Stork [Ciconia alba] near Berwick-on-Tweed. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., ix, 1874, p. 4199.

. ANON. Eine neue weisse Storchenart [von Japan von Sayuchon beschrieben].

_ < Aus der Natur., Ixiv, oder n. F., lii, 1874, p. 204.

. BrouGHTON, H. T. Spoonbill [Platalea lencorodia] in Guernsey. < Zoologist,

2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3835, 3836.

. Cours, E. Shooting Wood Ibises [Tantalus loculator]. < Am. Sportsman, iv,

1874, p. 225.

Popular account of his experiences with these birds at Fort Yuma, California.

. SciateR, P.L. [Report on addition of Ciconia boyciana to the Society’s Mena-

gerie.] < P.Z.S., xlii, 1874, pp. 1,2, pl. 1.

Cf. P. Z. &., 1873, p. 513.

ScLaTER, P. L. [Remarks upon exhibition of a skin of Ciconia boyciana. ]
< P. Z.8., xiii, 1874, pp. 306, 307.
Cf. P. Z. S., 1873, p. 513; 1874, p. 2.

Garrop, A. H. On the Form of the Trachea in certain Species of Storks and
Spoonbills. < P. Z.S8., Apr. 6, 1875, pp. 297-301, fige. 1, 2.

Fig. 1, singularly complicated trachea of Tantalus ibis; f. 2, bifurcation of bronchi in
neck of Platalea ajaja. Important conclusions, on anatomical grounds, of the relationships of
This, Platalea, Tantalus and Ciconia—the two former well distinguished from the two latter.

AtLen,J.A. Occurrence of the Wood Ibis [Tantalus loculator] in Pennsylva-
nia and New York. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. iv, Noy., 1876, p. 96.

ANON. [Epr1TortaL.] [Wood Ibis (Tantalus loculator) in Rensselaer County,
New York.] < Rod and Gun, viii, July 29, 1876, p. 280.

916

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1876. Cours, E. Range of the Bay Ibis [Ibis falcinellus, in Oregon]. < Am. Nat., x,

1876,

1876.

1877.

No. 1, Jan., 1876, p. 48.

Gurney, J. H., Jr. Black Stork [Ciconia nigra] at Lydd, in Kent. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4764.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,

Mar., 1876, p. 4844.

. Hupson, W. H. Note on the Spoonbill [Platalea sp.] of the Argentine Re-

public. <P. Z. 8., Jan. 4, 1876, p. 15.
Probably distinct from P. ajaja; not named.

WEBSTER, F.S. The Wood Ibis [Tantalus loculator] at Troy [N. Y.]. < Forest

and Stream, vi, July 20, 1876, p. 387.

ELuioT, D.G. A Review of the Ibidinz, or Subfamily of the Ibises. <P.Z.S.,

June 5, 1877, pp. 477-510, pl. li.

An important memoir, not to be overlooked even by those who may disagree with many of
the author’s conclusions. It is based upon the material in the Paris Museum and in the
Salvin-Godman and Shelley collection. It gives the leading literature of the subfamily, the
systematic position, the geographical distribution, with more or less descriptive and critical
matter under each species, with a very copious synonymy.

The author recognizes 25 spp. of Ibises, which he disposes in 19 genera, three of which are .
new. Most of these genera were founded by Wagler in 1832 or by Reichenbach in 185i (or
thereabouts—Gray gives 1853), as appears from the following chronological enumeration,
in which the 19 adopted by ee are asterisked :—

1800. Numenius, Cuv. Vype, Tantalus ethiopicus, Lath. [Preoccupied.]
*1803. Falcinellus, Bechst., Gem. Nat. Type, Tantalus falcinellus, L. [Not so.]
*1810. Ibis, Savigny, Ois. Bgypt., p. 392. Type, Tantalus ethiopicus, Lath.
[1829. Plegadis, Kaup, Sk. Hnt. Hur., Theirw., p. 82.]

1832. Tantalides, Wagl., Isis, p. 1231. Type, Tantalus falcinellus, L.

*1832. Theristicus, Wagl., Isis, p. 1231. Type, Scolopax caudatus, Bodd.
*1832. Geronticus, Wagl., Isis, p. 1232. Type, Tantalus calvus, Bodd.
*1832. Harpiprion, Wagl., Isis, p. 1232. Type, Tantalus cayennensis, Gm.
*1832. Hudocimus, Wagl., Isis, p. 1232. Type, Tantalus ruber, L.

*1832. Cercibis, Wagl., Isis, p. 1232. Type, Ibis oxycerca, Spix.

*1832. Phimosis, Wagl., Isis, p. 1233. Type, Lbis infuscata, Licht.

1842. Threskiornis, Gray, App. List G. of B., p.13. Type, Tantalus ethiopicus, Lath.
(1844. Pseudibis, Hodgs.]

*1851. Comatibis, Reich., Nov. Syn. Av., figg. 2383, 2384. Type, Ibis comata, mee
*1851. Nipponia, Reich., tbid., fig. 538. Te) Lbis nippon, Temm.

*1851. Molybdophanes, Reich., ibid., fig. 524. Type, Lbis cerulescens, Vieill.
*1851. Lophotibis, Reich., tbid., fig. 637. Type, Tantalus cristatus, Bodd.

*1851. Inocotis, Reich., ibid., fig. 533. Type, Ibis papiliosa, Temm.

*1851. Carphibis, Reich., ibid., figg. 1009, 1010. Type, Ibis spinicollis, Jam.

1851. Guara, Reich., ibid., figg. 525, 526,527. Type, Tantalus ruber, L.

1851. Leucibis, Reich., ibid., fige. 2385, 2825, 2826. Type, Tantalus albus, L.
*1851. Bostrychia, Reich., ibid., figg. 1011. Type, Ibis carunculata, Rupp.

*1855. Hagedashia, Bp., Consp. Av., p.152. Type, Tantalus hagedash, Lath.
*1877. Graptocephalus, Elliot, P. Z. S., p.483. Type, Geronticus davisoni, Hume.
*1877. Thaumatibis, Elliot, P. Z. S.,p.483. Type, Ibis gigantea, Oustalet.

*1877.. Lampribis, Elliot, P. Z. 8.,p.483. Type, Ibis olivacea, Du Bus.

His species are as follows:—

1. Ibis ethiopicus. 2. Ibis bernieri. 3. Ibis melanocephala. 4. Thawmatibis gigantea. 5.
Graptocephalus davisoni. 6. Carphibis spinicollis. 7. Inocotis papillosus. 8. Comatibus co-
mata. 9. Geronticus calyus. 10. Phimosus infuseatus. 11. Nipponia nippon. 12. Oercibis
oxycerca. 13. Theristicus caudatus. 14. Lophotibis cristata. 15. Hagedashia chalcoptera.
16. Bostrychia carunculata. 17. Harpiprion cayanensis. 18. Molybdophanes ceerulescens.
19. Falcinellus igneus. 20. F.guarauna. 21. F.ridgwayi. 22. F. thalassinus, Ridgway [N.
B.—This is the young of No. 20). 23. Lampribis olivacea (plate li). 24. Budocimus albus.
25. ZL. ruber.

Several writers hastened to show that ‘‘Falcinelius Bechst.” is not available, and that the
name Plegadis Kaup, 1829, must be used for this genus.

1877. GARRoD, A. H. Note onan Anatomical Peculiarity in certain Storks [ Ciconiide].

< P. Z.8., Nov. 6, 1877, pp. 711-712.

Storks differ in the ambiens muscle.

No. 4.] COUES’S. ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY— CICONIID&. 917

1877. Lente, W. K. A visit to a nesting place [Lake Harney, Florida] of the wood
ibis—Tautalus Loculator. < Forest and Stream, Nov. 29, 1877, p. 327.

1877. REICHENOW, A. Systematische Uebersicht der Schreitvégel (Gressores), einer
natiirlichen, die Ibidae, Ciconidae, Phoenicopteridae, Scopidae, Balaenici-
pidae und Ardeidae umfassenden Ordnung. <J. f. O., Apr., 1877, pp. 113-
171; July, 1877, pp. 225-277.
Dieses Buch befindet sich beim Buchbinder und ist mir deshalb nicht zuginglich.
1877. SciaTER, P. L., and Forbes, A. W. On the Nesting of the Spoonbill [Platalea
leucorodia]| in Holland. < Ibis, 4th ser., i, Oct., 1877, pp. 412-416.
Interesting narrative of observations.
1877. [SciaTER, P. L., and SALVIN, O.] Oustalet on new Species of Ibis [gigantea,
harmandi]. < Ibis, 4th ser.,i, Oct., 1877, pp. 486, 487. :
Notices of papers in Bull. Soc. Philom., 7° séx., 1, 1877, pp. 25-30.
1878. ALLEN, J.A. The Glossy Ibis [Ibis falcinellus]in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No.3, July, 1878, p. 152.
1878. A[LLEN],J.A. Elliot’s Review of the Ibidinz, or Ibises. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 182.
Short notice of the paper in P. Z. S., 1877, pp. 477-510.
1878. Cory, C.B. The Glossy Ibis [Ibis faicinellus] in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No. 3, July, 1878, p. 152.
Note by J. A. Allen on the occurrence of two other individuals on Cape Cod at about the
same time. Foot-note by the same on the correct generic name of the bird, which is stated
to be Plegadis, Kaup. (Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Jan., 1878, p. 112.)
1878. Garrop, A. H. On the Trachea of Tantalus loculator and of Vanellus cayen-
nensis. < P. Z.8., May 21, 1875, pp. 625-629, fige. 1, 2.
The parts named of each of these species are figured on the woodcuts in the text.
1878. RipGway, R. Synopsis of the American Sub-families and Genera of Ciconiide.
< Bull. U. 8S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., iv, No. 1, Feb. 5, 1878, pp. 248-251,
fig. i
A subhead of a much more extensive paper, ‘‘Studies of the American Herodiones,” &c.,
ibid., pp. 219-251. The American Ciconiide are divided into two subfamilies, Cicontine and
Tantalinc, of the former of which are given two genera, Mycteria and Euaxenura, g.u., p-
249 (= Dissoura Cab., 1850). For the full paper, see under ARDEID&.
1878. ScuarerR, P. L. Note on the Breeding of the Sacred Ibis [wthiopica] in the
Zoological Society’s Gardens. < Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Oct., 1878, pp. 449-451, pl. xii.
The plate shows the young and the egg.
1878. SctaTER, [P. L.] [Remarks on living examples of Ciconia maguari and C. epis-
copus.] <P.Z.8., June 4, 1878, p. 653.
On the validity of the genus Huwenura Ridgway, showing that Cabanis had proposed Dis-
soura in 1850 for the same group, and calling the species Dissura maguari and D. episcopus.
1878. [ScLaTER, P.L., and Satyin,O.] D. G. Elliot and A. Reichenow on the Tbises
[Ibidine]. < Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Jan., 1878, pp. 111-113.
Review of Elliot, P. Z. S., 1877, p. 477, seqq., and Reichenow, J. f. O., 1877, pp. 113. seqq.
The reviewers criticize the classification and nomenclature of both authors very freely. As
regards the much be-named Glossy Ibis, they show that there is no such genus as Failcinellus
Bechst., so often employed; and that Plegadis Kaup, 1829, seems available for Lis falcinel-
lus, other synonyms of which are Tringa! autumnalis of Hasselq., Scolopax! rufa of Seopoli,
and Numenius! igneus of Gm., 1771 and 1778.
1879. Couns, E. Letters on Ornithology. No.24.—The Wood Ibis. [Tantalus locu-
lator.] < The Chicago Field, June 14, 1879.
From the ‘‘ American Sportsman”’, iv, 1854, p. 225, q. v.
1879. Merritt, J.C. A Nesting Place of the White-faced Glossy Ibis (Plegadis gua-
rauna). < The Odlogist, v, No. 2, Aug., 1879, p. 11.
Quoted from p. 163 of his paper in Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., i, 1878, pp. 118-173.

.

918 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Ardeidze.

1673. JACOBAEUS, O. [Canalis alimentorum Ardeae cum duplici ductu pancreatico. ]
< Bartholini Acta Hafn.,.ii, 1673, p. 242. ;
Non nobis obvius: titulus e Caro et Engelmanno.
1683. Murat, J. pe. Ardeae [Botauri] stellaris examinatio. < Ephem. Acad. Nat.
Cur., Dec. ii, Cent. Ann. ii, 1683, (1698), pp. 60, 61.
Haud mihi obvia: titulus e Caro ot Engelmanno.
1727, VALENTINI, M.B. Ardeae [Botauri] stellaris anatome. < Act. Acad. Coes. Leop.
Car. Nat. Cur., i, 1727, pp. 283, 284.
Non mihi obvium: titulus e Caro et Engelmanno.
1776. Otto, B. C. Anmirkningar om Rétdrommen, Ardea Stellaris. <_Physiogr.
Sdllsk. Handl., i, 1776, pp. 305-310.
Not seen.
1781. [WuRMB, F. vAN.] De kleine witte Reiger van ’t Eiland Java. < Verh. Ba-
tav. Genootsch., iii, 1781, p. 376.

This is the original date: there is a reissue of the same Verhandlungen much later (1824) ;
I have only seen the latter.

1782. Marruscuka, H.G., Grafvon. Ueber die Fischreiher [Ardea cinerea]. <(Schrift.
d. Berlin. Ges. nat. Fr., iii, 1782, pp. 411-414,
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.

1792. Bosc, L. Ardea gularis. < Actes de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, i, pte. i, 1792,
p. 4, pl. 2.

Pas vue moi-méme.
1804, ArzeLius, A. Ardea atricapilla En ny Fogel ifran Sierra Leone, dar funnen
och beskrifven,... <Kongl. Vetens. Acad. Ni ya Handl., xxv, 1804, pp. 264-268.
1€24. [WuRMB, F. vAN ] De Kleine witte Reiger van het eiland Java. < Verhandl.
Batav. Genootsch. Kunsb. en Wetens., Tweede Druk, iii, 1824, pp. 239-242,
Orig. ed. of these Verhandlungen, this vol., 1781.
1829. ANON. The Great American Bittern. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 64.

Botaurus leutiginosus—or Nyctiardea gardeni? Note of asupposed power of emitting light
from its breast.

1829. RENNIE, J. [On the Heather-bluiter (Ardea [ Botaurus] stellaris, Linn.) of the
Scotch.] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1829, p. 495.
1829. “R. A.” Feet and Legs of the common Heron [Ardea cinerea]. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 206.
With note on the probably luminous powder-down feathers of the breast, and their purpose.
1831. BLanp, M. Habits of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 464, 465.
1631. Bren, C.L. Eine naturgeschichtliche Anfrage. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831,
p. 273.
Funken aus Reiherfedern.

1831. YARRELL, W. [On the Identity of Ardea gardeni and A. nycticorax.] <P. Z.
Sut, 183 poz.

1833. CHALMERS, M. Acts of the Heron and of the Peahen. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 515, 516.
1834. “J. G.” A common Heron [Ardea cinerea]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii,
1834, pp. 513, 514. : f
On disgorging of the contents of the stomach when disturbed.

1835. “O.” The Night Heron (A’rdea Nycticorax L.)- < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Vili, 1835, pp. 509, 510.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ARDEIDZ. 919

1855. WATERTON, C. Notes on the Habits of the Heron [Ardea cinerea]. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 453-457 ; editorial note, pp. 457, 458.

1835. WATERTON, C. Bemerkungen iiber die Lebensweise des Reihers [Ardea cine-
trea]. < Froriep’s Notizen, xlvi, No. 992, 1835, pp. 17-20.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich: Titel aus Carus und Engelmann. Auszug aus Loudon’s

Mag., viii, 1835, p. 453.

1836. Curisty, W., Jr. Egret [Ardea garzetta, in Britain]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., ix, 1835, p. 647.

1836. VENTRIS, E. Should the Egret (Ardea Garzetta) be classed among British
Species of Birds? < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 319-322.

1837. Du Bus DE GHISIGNIES, V.B. Description Hes nouvelle espéce de Héron [Ar-
dea calceolata]. < Bull. Acad. Brux., iv, 1837, pp. 39-41, pl. (L7Institut, v,
No. 217, 1837, pp. 227, 228. )
Pas yue moi-méme.
1837. Du Bus [DE Guisienizs, V. B.] Neuer Reiher [Ardea calceolata] aus Guinea:
<_ Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, p. 842.
Aus LZ’ Institut, 1837, No. 217, pp. 227, 228.
1838. Du Bus [DE GuIsIGNnIES, V. B.] Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Héron
[Ardea calceolat&]. < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, p. 142.
Extraite du Bull. Acad. Roy. Sc. Bruzelles, iv, 1837, pp. 39-41.
1839. STRICKLAND, A. Upon the claims of the Ardea alba—Great Egret, or White
Hearn, to be considered a British bird. < Charlesw. ee Nat. Hist., iii, 1839,
pp. 30-32.
Affirmative.
1839. STRICKLAND, A. On the Ardea Alba [as a British Bird]. < Rep. Brit. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. for 1838, vii, 1839, (Mise. Comm.), pp. 106, 107.
1842. LANDBE[C]K, C. L. Die Reiher-Insel bey Adony in Ungarn. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxxv, 1842, pp. 267-283.
pp. 279-283, kurze Beschreibung der Nester und Eyer der erwaihnten Vogel—Ardea cine-
rea, A. purpurea, A. nycticorax, A. garzetta, sowie Carbo cormoranus.
1843. DOWELL, E. W. Note on the occurrence of the Cassian Heron, (Ardea [Buphus]
comata) [in Norfolk]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 78, 79.
1843. GouLD, J. [Description of Ardea rectirostris, sp. n.] < P.Z.S., xi, 1843, p. 22.
1843. GREENWOOD, A. Note on the occurrence of the Squacco Heron [ Buphus co-
matus] near Penzance. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 143, 144.
1843. Ropp, E.H. Note on the occurrence of the Squacco Heron [Buphus comatus]
near Penzance. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 189, 190.
1844. DuNcAN, R. D. Correction of a previous [ Zool. 384] error in describing the
colour of the Heron’s Egg. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 575.
1644. GouLp, J. [Ardea rectirostris.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, p. 70.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 28, 1843, p. 22.
1844. Horr, W.S. Note on the occurrence of the Night Heron [Nyctiardea euro-
peeus]in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, p. 575.
1846. Cassin, J. Note on an Instinct probably possessed by the Herons, (Ardea,
Linn.) < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iii, 1846, p. 137.

Instinctive knowledge of refraction, enabling them to spear their prey in the water.

1846. Coorrr, J. Occurrence of the American Bittern [ Botaurus lentiginosus] near
Fleetwood. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1248.

1846. Frere, H. T. Anecdote of Herons fighting. <Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1212, 1213.

1846.,Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Purple Heron [Ardea purpurea] near Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1331.

1846. THompson, W. Notice of an American Bittern, Botaurus lentiginosus, Mont.
(sp.), obtained in Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1846, pp. 91-94.

920 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1847. PLromiey, F. Occurrence of the Purple Heron [Ardea purpurea] near Lydd.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1777.

1848. Bop, T. J. Occurrence of the Common Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] stellaris)
at Prestwick Car and Blagdon, Northumberland. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p.
2066.

1848. Bonp, F. Occurrence of the-young of the Little Bittern [ Ardetta minuta] near
Enfield. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 1969.

1848. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Bittern (Botaurus stellaris) at Battel. <Zo-
ologist, vi, 1848, p. 2023.

1848. ELtman, J. B. Occurrence of the Little Bittern (Ardea [Ardetta] minuta) at
Ewhurst and Ledlescomb, Sussex. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2147.

1848. GouLp, J. Description of a new Heron [Ardea leucophea]. < P. Z.8., xvi,
1848, pp. 58, 59.

1848. JoHNSON, F. W. Occurrence of the Common Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] at
Ipswich. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2066.

1848. MonrGomeErRy, R. J. Occurrence of the Night Heron (Nycticorax Gardeni) in
the county Louth. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2147.

1849. Birp, W.F.W. Occurrence of the Common Bittern ao [Botaurus] stella-
ris) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2421.

1849. BULTEEL, C.J.C. Occurrence of eight Night Herons (Nycticorax ardeola) in
Devonshire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2528.

1849. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Great White Heron (Hersen alien ?) im
Romney Marsh. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2419.

1849. FrEeRE,H.T. Occurrence of the Little Bittern (Ardea [Ardetta] minuta) at
South Walsham. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2498, 2499. ‘

1849. GouLpD, J. Description of a new Heron [ Ardea leucophea]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 2d sev., 111, 1849, pp. 306, 307.

From P. Z. S., May 9, 1848, p. 58. :

1849. Hewerr,W. ‘The Heronry in Coley Park, Berks. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp.
2420, 2421.

1849. Morris, F.O. Occurrence of the Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea) near Driffield.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2591.

1849. Morris, B. R. Note on the Heron (Ardea cinerea) as an article of Food.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2353.

1849. Ropp, E. H. Occurrerice of the Night Heron [Nyctiardea grisea] at Scilly.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2498.

1849. Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Squacco Heron (Ardea [ Buphus] comata) near
Penzance. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2498.

1849. SmirH, JAMES, Rev. Occurrence of the Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea) in Ab-
erdeenshire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2497, 2498.

1849. SmirH, JAMES, fev. Occurrence of the Little Bittern (Ardea [ Ardetta] minuta)
at Yarmouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2528.

1849. WrBsTER, T. Occurrence of the Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Man-
chester. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2499. _

1849. WEDDERBURN, J. N. Colour of the Eyes in the Night Heron (Ardea Nyeti-
corax [Nyctiardea grisea]). < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2591.

1849. Wricut, J. Occurrence of the Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] stellaris) at Lym-
ington. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2392.

1850. BarcLay, H. Occurrence of the Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] stellaris) at Walth-
amstow. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2771.

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ARDEIDZ. 921

1850. Pracock, E., Jr. Habits of the Heron (Ardea cinerea). < Zoologist, viii, 1850,
pp. 2879.
1850. PEaRsoN, W. The Fisherman: a Character. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2842-

2848.
Popular notice of the habits, ete., of Ardea sp.

1850. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea) near Land’s
End. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2800.

1850. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Night Heron (Ardea nycticorax [Nyctiardea

4grisea]) near Helston. <Looloyist, Vili, 1850, p. 2825.

1851. CLeVLAND, A. Occurrence of the Little White Heron (Ardea russata [ Herodias
garzetta]) in South Devon. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3116.

1851. Harper, J. O. Occurrence of the Little Bittern (Ardea [Ardetta] minuta) in
Norfolk. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 2929.

1852. ANON. The Biter bit. < Zoolozis:, x, 1852, pp. 3710, 3711.

From ¢he ‘Sussex Express’, Oct. 30, 1852. Heron killed by an eel it tried to swallow.

1852. BaLpamus, E. [Ardea nycticorax (Nyctiardea grisea) in der Niihe von Halle. ]
< Naumannia, ii, Heft i, 1852, p. 104.

1852. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea) at Catsfield,
Sussex. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3330.

1852. GURNEY, J. H. Note on the Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta]. < Zoologist, x,

_ 1852, pp. 3503, 3504.

1852. Remt,W. [Ardea nycticorax (Nyctiardea grisea) bei Halle.] < Naumannia, ii,
Heft i, 1852, p. 104.

1852. SCHNEIDER, M. [Ardea nycticorax (Nyctiardea grisea) in der Nihe von Halle. ]
< Naumannia, ii, Heft i, 1852, p. 104.

1852. Wopzicki,C. Ueber Ard. [Botaurus] stellaris. < Naumannia, li, Heft ii, 1852,
pp. 48-50.

Zur Lebensweise.—Beilage Nr. &zum Protok. d. sechsten Vers. d. deutsch. Orn.-Ges.
1853. GLOGER,C.W.L. Das hichst gewandte Klettern der Rohrdommeln [u. s. Ww. ].
<J.f. O.,1, 1853, pp. 379-381.
Botaurus stellaris, Ardetta minuta.
1854. Cookn, N. Occurrence of the Common Bittern (Botaurus stellaris) near War-
rington. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4254.
1854. Dutton, J. Occurrence of the Common Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] stellaris) at
Chiswick. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4254. i
1854. Martin, L. Zur Ernihrungsweise des grossen Rohrdommels, Ardea [ Botaurus ]
stellaris. < Jf. O., ii, 1854, pp. 371, 372.
1854. Rimrop,—. Die kleine Rohrdommel [Ardetta minuta] betreffend. < J. Sie (Dry
ii, 1854, pp. 370, 371.
Cf. op. cit., 1853, p. 379.
1854. WALLENGREN, [H. D. J.] Ardea purpurea, skjuten i Skane. < Ofvers. Kongl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for dr 1853, 1854, pp. 123, 124.
1855. Rimeop, —. , Der Zweck der schwammigen Haut und deren Dunenbekleidung,
an Brust und Schenkeln der Reiher [Ardeide]. <J.f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 190, 191.
1855. Ropp, E. H. Note on the Common Night Heron [occipital plumes of Nycti-
ardea grisea]. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4913.
1856. ANON. Occurrence of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Bedfordshire. < Zo-
ologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5064.
1856. Bouvk, T. T. [Observations on the Nest of Ardea nycticorax.| < Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1856, p. 20.
I.e., of the American variety, Nyctiardea gardeni Baird, or NV. grisea nevia (Bodd.), Allen.

Bull. v, 4 25

922 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

1856. D’URBAN, W.S.M. Note on the Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] SELES) 1 in Devon-
shire. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5064.

1856. GRANTHAM, G. Occurrence of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] at Lewes.
< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 4996.

1857. BaLpamus, [E.] [Ueber Ardea nycticorax. ] <Naumannia, vii, 1857, pp. 335, 336.

1857. Briaes, J. J. Occurrence of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Derbyshire.
< Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5594, 5595.

1857. Rimrop, —. Nachtrigliche Berichtigung tiber das Nisten von A[rdea]. nycti-
corax [Nyctiardea grisea] im nérdlichen Deutschland. < Nawmannia, vii,
1857, p. 335.

1859. Dranz, R. Occurrence of the Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Cardiff.
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6562, 6263.

1860. DEwry, W.T. Occurrence of the Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Taun-
ton. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7274.

1861. Homryer, A. v. Fliegen die Reiher [Ardea cinerea] auch in Ordnung? <J.
Jf. O., ix, 1861, p. 305.

1862. Bopinus, Dr. Ein Fischreiher [Ardea cinerea] als Pflegevater von Wanderfal-
ken. < Zool. Gart., iii, 1862, pp. 31, 32.

1862. Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Squacco Heron [ Buphus comatus] near Redruth.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8035.

1862. STEVENSON, H. The Common Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8035, 8036.

1863. BouLtron, W. W. Occurrence of the Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] in York-
shire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8770.

1863. DuTron, J. The Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] stellaris) at Eastbourne. < Zoolo-
gist, xxi, 1863, p. 8446.

1863, SCHLEGEL, H. Ardeae < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 3° livr., avril 1863, pp. 1-64.

Treating sixty species of Ardeida, all referred to the single genus Ardea, together with

Cancroma, cochlearia, which is allowed to be generically distinct. These are represented by

527 specimens in the Leyden Museum. A. minuta australis, i 39; A. stellaris capensis, p. 48,
subspp. nn. ?

1863. ScumipT, Max. Lin Fischreiher [Ardea cinerea, briitend in Gefangenschaft].
< Zool. Gart , iv, 1863, pp. 132, 133.

1863. STEVENSON, H. The Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea) in Norfolk. < Zoologist,
Xxi, 1863, pp. 8329, 8330.

1863. STEVENSON, H. The Squacco Heron (Ardea [Buphus] comata) in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8725.

1864, BouLToN, W. W. The Bittern [ Botaurus stellaris] shot near Beverley. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, pp. 8959-8961.

1864. Boutron, W.W. Bittern | Botaurus stellaris] near Beverley. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9046.

1864. Durron, J. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] at Eastbourne. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
p. 9046.

1864. GuNN, T.E. Abundance of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9024.

1864. Homreyer, A.v. Ardea [Herodias] egretta Temm. als Brutvogel Deutschlands.
<J.f. O., xi, 1863, pp. 440-447. [Pub. April, 1864. ]

1864, JEFFREY, W.,JR. Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris] near Chichester. < Zoologist,

_ - xxii, 1864, p. 8961. {

1864. NEwMAN, E. Bittern [Botaurus stellayis] in Kent. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. —

8961.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ARDEID&. 923

1854, SEAMAN,C.E. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9290.

1864. SHortr,J. Account of a Heronry and Breeding-place of other Water-birds in
Southern India. < Proc. Linn. Soc., viii, 1864, p. 94.

Not seen.—Cf. Ibis, 1865, pp. 221; Zool. Rec. for 1864, p. 51.

1864. Wickr, B. Mittheilung iiber eine Colonie von Ardea nycticorax [Nyctiardea
grisea] am Seeburger. See in Hannover. <J./f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 77-80.

12855. GaTcoMBE, J. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Plymouth. < Zoologist,
XxXili, 1865, p. 9628.

1865. Hupson, S. Bittern [ Botaurus stellaris] near Epworth, Bawtry. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, p. 9419.

1865. MaTHEws, M. A. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Weston-super-Mare.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9454.

1865. MatTHEews, M. A. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Weston-super-Mare.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9457.

1865. Rocker, J. Squacco Heron [Buphus comatus] near Yarmouth. < Zoologisi,
Xxili, 1865, p. 9419.

1865. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Squacco Heron [Buphus comatus] near Car-
hayes Castle, Cornwall. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9617.

1855. VENNOR, H.G. A few notes on the Night-heron [Nyctiardea grisea nevia].
< Canad. Nat. and Geol.,n.s., ii, Feb., 1865, pp. 53-56.
Habits, and comparison with N. grisea.
1866. BREE, C. R. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] at Colchester. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 1, 1866, p.517.
13866. GURNEY, J. H. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus]in Kent. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 145.
Also in the ‘ Field’ newspaper.
1866. Joyce, R. Night Heron [Nyctiardea grisea] at Belfast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1866, p..457.
1866. Ropp, E. H. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1866, p. 311. :

1867. ANON. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867,
pp. 635, 636.
From the ‘Field,’ Feb. 2.
1867. ASHMEAD,G.B. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Henley. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 11, 1867, p. 829.
1867. ENDIcoTT, W. EK. The Encampment of the Herons [Nyctiardea grisea nevia ].
< Am. Nat., i, 1867, pp. 343-345.

Notes of observation of a colony in Norfolk County, Mass., wantonly destroyed, and of
habits of an individual kept in confinement.

1867. ENpicoTT, W. E. Habits of the Bittern [Botaurus minor]. < Am. Nat., i, 1867,
p. 325.
Short note, criticizing E. A. Samuels’s account.
1867. GREET, T. Y. Food of the Heron. < The Intellectual Observer, x, 1867, p.79.
Extract of letter, with editorial note.
1867. Ropp, E.H. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near the Lizzard. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1867, p. 829.
1867. Ropp, E. H. The Purple Crested Heron [Ardea purpurea] near the Lizzard,
Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 829, 830.

1867. Ropp, E. H. Squacco Heron [Buphus comatus, at Land’s End]. < Zoologisi,
2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 830,

924

1867.
1867.
1867.
1867.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1568.
1868.
1868.
1868.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.

13870.

1870.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Ropp, E. H. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta]in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ii, 1867, p. 759.

SaMUELS, E.A. The Bittern [Botaurus minor]. < Am. Nat., i, 1867, pp. 434, 435.

Reply to W. E. Endicott’s strictures, ibid., p. 325. :

SHorTO, J., JR. Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris] near Dorchester. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Ui, 1867, p. 708.

THompson, W. Squacco Heron [Buphus comatus] at Weymouth. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 915.

Angus, W. C. Common Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Aberdeenshire. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., 111, 1868, p. 1134.
CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] near Pontefract. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1i1, 1868, pp. 1134, 1135. d
CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Berkshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1868, p. 1135.

BLAKE-KNOX, H. Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris]in Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iii, 1868, p. 1378.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Note on the Breeding of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris]
in Buckinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1255, 1256.

Dutton, J. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Pevensey Marshes.
< Zoologisi, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1098.

GUNN, T. E. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] breeding in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 111, 1868, pp. 1220, 1221. :

Matuew, G. F. Bittern (Ardea [Botaurus] stellaris) [at Slapton Lea]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1098.

MatHEew, M. A. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] at Braunton, North Devon.
< Zoologist, 2d sexr., iii, 1868, p. 1295.

Ropp, E. H. Flight of Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ili,
1868, p. 1059.

Wuirr, H. J. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] at Steyning, Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ili,1868, p. 1178.

CLERMONT, Lord. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Ireland. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1517.

CLoae, 8. Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] at Looe. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1562.

Enpicort, W. E. Bitterns. < dm. Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 169-179, fig. 36.
Biographical notes on species of Botaurus and allied genera, especially B. lentiginosus.
GRAVIL, J. T.[?], Jr. Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] near Epworth. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1562.

Home, A.[O.] [On the breeding of certain Indian Ardeide.] <bis, 2d ser.,
v, 1869, p. 238.

MATHEWS, G.F. Night Heron [Nyctiardea grisea]in Devonshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1802, 1803.

Ropp, E. H. Night Herons [Nyctiardea grisea] in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1802.

Row ey, G. D. Contents of a Heron’s Crop. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p.
1722.

ABBOTT, C. C. Night Herons [Nyctiardea grisea nevia]. <Am. Nat., iv, 1870,
p. 377.

Brief observations, made at Trenton, New Jersey.

BiakE-Knox, H. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] at Cahir, Ireland.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2408.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ARDEIDZ. © 925

1870. Boys, F. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2308.

1870. GatcoMBE, J. Little Egret [Herodias garzetta] in Devonshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2308.

1870. GuRNEY, J. H. [On certain Ardeide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 150, 151.
1870. Layarp, E.L. [On the occurrence of Calherodius cucullatus in South Africa. ]
< Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 443.
1870. Ropp, E. H. Little Bittern | Ardetta minuta] at the Land’s End. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2224.
1870. Power, J. T. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] in Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, pp. 2224, 2225. . °
1870. STEVENSON, H. Curious Anecdote of a Heron [preying on a Waterhen]. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2068.
1870. StreDA, L. Ueber den Bau der Puderdunen der Rohrdommel [Botaurus stella-
tis]. < Reich. u. Bois-Reym. Arch., 1870, pp. 104-111, pl. ii.
1871. ANDERSON, A. Night Heron [Nyotiarden grisea] breeding in Immature Plum-
age, &¢. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2807.
1871. BLakr-Knox, H. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Ireland. <ZLo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2642, 2643.
1871. Boyss, F. Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Hast Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2484, 2485.
1871. NEHRKORN, A. Notiz tiber Ardeola [Ardetta] minuta Lin. <J. f. 0., xix,
1871, pp. 458, 459.
Zur Lebensweise.
1871. Parpig, A. C. On a (supposed) New Species of Bittern, from the Lake District
[Ardeola nove zealandiz]. < Trans. and Proc. N. Z. Inst. for 1870, iii, 1871,
Proc. Otago Inst., pp. 99, 100.
1871. Ropp, E.H. Squacco Heron [Buphus comatus] at the Lizard. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2684.
1871. Smita, Crcit, Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] in Somersetshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2522.
1871. SmirnH, Ceciz. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Guernsey. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2642.
1872. BELING, F. Der Fischreiher [ Ardeide] und die Sternschnuppen. < Zool. Gart.,
xiii, 1872, pp. 141-148; also, p. 284.
Relates to the alvine discharges of Herons after feeding upon frogs. Cf. tom. cit., p. 222.
1872. BETHELL, W. British Heronries. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3338.
1872. Boyes, F. Bittern [ Botaurus lentiginosus] in Hast Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vil, 1872, p. 2994.
1872. CLocG, 8S. Heronry in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3316.
1872. DurNForRD, H. Heronry in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3315.
1872. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Purple Heron [Ardea purpurea], Squacco Heron [Buphus
comatus] and Night Heron [Nyctiardea grisea] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vii, 1872, p. 3023.
1872. Gurney, J. H. Notes on the Heronries of Norfolk and Suffolk. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3314, 3315.
1872. HarTine, J. E. British Heronries. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3261-3272
Alphabetical inventory of those that are or lately were in existence in the British Islands.
1872. Mtuier, K. Aufsatz des Forstmeisters Beling uber 3» Higehneilce und Stern-

schnuppen.‘* < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, p. 222.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 141.

926

1872.

1872.
1873.

1873.
1873.

1873.
1873.

1873.
1873.

1873.

1873.
187

1873.
1873.
1873.

1874.
1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.
1874.
1874,
1874.

1874.

1874.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

WuitakER, J., JR. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] in Nottinghamshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3316.
ZorN, J. Die Fischreiher. < Westerm. illustr. deutsche Monatshefte, Sept., 1872.
Mir nicht zuganglich.
Anon. [EprIToRIAL.] The Herons. < Forest and Stream, i, Sept. 25, 1873, p. 105.
Characteristics in brief, and scientific names, of the North American Ardeide.
Anon. Night Heron [Nyctiardea grisea] in Jersey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vill,
1873, p. 3616.
AuBRrEy, H. W. W. Heronry near Salisbury. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p.
3369.
BaiLry, H. F. British Heronries. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3369.
Boyts, F. MHeronries in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp.
3369-3371.
Burney, H. British Heronries. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3651.
GatcomBE, J. A New Heronry in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p.
3693.
HartinG, J. E. British Heronries. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3404—
3407.
Hart, W.E. Heronries in Ulster. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vili, 1873, p. 3454.

3. Heaton, W. H. Heronries: Errata [literal]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873,

p. 3454.

Kerr, W.J. Heronries in Denbighshire and Merionethshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vili, 1873, p. 3369.

Lovett, C. W. [On the supposed death of a Night Heron (Nyctiardea grisea
nevia) from fright.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1873, pp. 242, 243.

SwinHoE, R. Ona new Species of Little Bittern [Ardetta eurhythma] from
China. < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 73, 74, pl. il.

Anon. A Fine Specimen [of Ardea herodias]. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 124.

Occurrence at Providence, R. I. -

Anon. Herons in Richmond Park. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3835.
From the London ‘Field’, Dec. 6, 1873.
Boyss, F. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4118.

BULLER, W. L. Notes on the Little Bittern of New Zealand (Ardetta macu-
lata). < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1873, vi, 1874, pp. 119-121. pl.
XXi.

Couss, E. Powder-down. < Forest and Stream, ii, Apr. 9, 1874, p. 134.

On the luminosity of these feathers in the Ardeide.

DOUBLEDAY, H. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] near Epping. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4199.

GuRNEY, J.H. [Herodias garzetta of Ibis, 1874, p. 104—=H. intermedia.] <bdis,
3d ser., iv, 1874, p. 463. e

LECHEVALLIER, A. Les Herronnieres de la Florida. < Naturaliste Canad., vi,
1874, pp. 179-188.

L’ESTRANGE,—. Heronry in Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3953.
From ‘Thames to the Tamar,’ 1873.
‘““Prseco.” [L.A.BEARDSLEE.] The Herons and their lanterns. < Forest and
Stream, ii, Feb. 26, 1874, p. 54.
On the alleged luminosity of Heron's feathers.

STEPHENS,C.A. The Heronry [Nyctiardea grisea nevia] among the gnarled
Pines. < St. Nicholas Mag., i, 1874, pp. 445-447, fig.
Sketch of encampment of Night Herons in Maine.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ARDEIDA. 927

4. WAGENFUHR,—. [Hochzeitkleid der Ardea goliath.] <J.f. O., 1874, p. 348.
. Wyman, lL. The ‘‘heron’s terch”. < Forest and Stream, ii, Mar. 26, 1874, p. 103.

Phosphorescence on breast of Herons, with reference to L. A. Beardslee’s remarks on p. 54.

. ANON. The Green Heron [Butorides virescens]. < Oélogist,i,4875, p. 14, fig.
+. BREWER, T.M. [Note on tho specific identity of Ardea pealii and A. rufescens].

< Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1875, pp. 205, 206.

. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. The Heron preying on Sls, < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,

Feb., 1875, pp. 4340, 4341.

. CoRBIN, G. B. Bitterns [ Botaurus stellaris] in South-Western Hampshire dur-

ing the Winter of 1874-5. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, July, 1875, pp. 4540, 4541.

75. “Dock.” A Rare Bird [Herodias egretta, at St. Charles, Missouri. ] “ Rod and

Gun, vi, May 8, 1875, p. 91.

5. GUNN, T. E. Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,

Feb., 1875, p. 4341.

. Hupson, W.H. On the Herons of the Argentine Republic, with a Notice of a

curious Instinct of Ardetta involucris. < P. Z. S8., Nov. 16, 1875, pp. 623-631.
The writer here gives one of the very best pieces of writing we have ever received on the

nature and habits of Herons,—to be particularly recommended alike to those contemplating

biographies of these birds, and to those who are fond of graphic delineations of bird-life.

. Newman, E. Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris] in England, Ireland and Wales.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875, p. 4341.

. RipGway, R. A Heronry [Ardea herodias] in the Wabash Bottoms. < Am.

Sportsman, v, Feb. 13, 1875, p. 312.

. “TEAL.” [R.L.NEwcoms.] Another specimen [of Botaurus lentiginosus, at

» Salem, Mass.]. < Forest and Stream, iii, Jan. 14, 1875, p. 357.

. WHITAKER, J. Bitterns [Botaurus stellaris] in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist,

2d ser., x, Feb., 1875, p. 4341.

. “W.H.C.” The Sensitive Sight and Hearing of the Great Blue Heron [Ardea

herodias]. < Odlogist, i, 1875, p. 52.

. ABBOTT, C. C. The Occurrence of White Egrets [Garzetta candidissima] at

Trenton, New Jersey. < Am. Nat., x, No. 8, 1876, pp. 473-476,
Full account of the occurrence there of these and other Herons, with much reflection on
the subject.
AUDUBON, J.J. The Great Blue Heron. Ardea herodias,—Linn. < Odlogist,i,
1875, pp. 76-78, fig. (to be cont. )
Extract from his Ornith. Biogr.
BREWSTER, W. Singular food of the Least Bittern [Ardetta exilis]. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876, p. 76.
Stomach “fairly crammed with clean white cotton wool.”
Fisk, W.H. A Fight with a Heron. < Forest and Stream, vii, Nov. 16, 1876, p.
230.
Combat between a dog and a Heron, copied from the London (England) “‘ Field”; with
editorial remarks upon a similar occurrence witnessed in Minnesota, U.S.
Gurney, J. H., Jk. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Dumfries-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4929.
Hersry, J.C. The Little White Egret [Garzetta candidissima] in Colorado.
Am. Nat., x, 1876, p. 40
[Hupson, H.] Notes on a South-American Heron [Ardetta involucris]. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4928, 4929.
From P. Z. S., 1875, pp. 623-631.
[LowELt, J.R.] Night Herons [Nyctiardea grisea nevia, at Boston in the win
ter.] < Forest and Stream, vi, Mar. 9, 1876, p. 68.

928 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Voi.v.

1876. LuMSDEN, J. American Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] in Islay. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, Feb., 1876, p. 4801.
From the London ‘Field’ of Jan. 22, 1876.
1876. Marurw, M. A. Herons at Bishop’s Lydeard. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug.,
1876, p. 5046.
1876. Maruew, M. A. Little Bittern [Ardetta minuta] at Blystomile < Zoologist, 3d.
ser., Xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5046.

1876. NicHo.ts, H., Jr. Night Heron [Nyctiardea grisea] near Kingsbridge. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser:, xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4843, 4844.

1876. STEVENSON, H. Purple Heron [Ardea purpurea] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4843.

1877. NeLson, E. W. The Louisiana Heron [Demiegretta ludoviciana] in Indiana. °
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, p. 51.

1877. ReicunNnow, A. Systeimatische Uchbersicht der Schreitvégel (Gressores)y einer
natiirlichen, die Ibidae, Ciconidae, Phoenicopteridae, Scopidae, Balaenicipi-
dae und Ardeidae umifassenden Ordnung. < J. f. O., Apr., 1877, pp. 113-171,
pll.i,ii; July, 1877, pp. 225-277.
Da dieser Jahrgang gerade gebunden wurde, war es mir nicht méglich denselben einzu-
sehen.
1877. [Scorr, W. E. D.] Notes on the Habits of the Least Bittern (Ardetta exilis).
<The Country, 1, 1877, pp. 91, 103.
1878. A[LLEN], J.A. Ridgway’s Studies of the American Herodiones. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 182, 183.
Review of the paper in Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., iv, pp. 219-251, Feb. 5, 1878.
1878. A[LLEN], J. A. Reichenow’s Review of the Herons and their Allies. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 183-185.
Extended review of the ,,Systematische Uebersicht der Schreitvogel,‘t in: Cab. Journ.
Sur Ornith. Jahrg., xxv, Apr.—July, 1877, pp. 113-171, 225-278.
1878. [GaruicK, T.] A Large Heronry [of Ardea herodias]. < Forest and Stream, ix,
Jan. 17, 1878, p. 451.

1878. ““H.W.T.E.” Booming of the Bittern [ Botaurus ASHER SDS | < Forest and
Stream, x, April 25, 1878, p. 216.

1878. Lockwoop, 8. The Night Herons [Nyctiardea grisea nevia], and their Ex-
odus. < Am. Nat., xii, No. 1, 1878, pp. 27-35.

Vivacious and interesting account of the habits.

13878. RipGway, R. Studies of the American Herodiones.—Part I.—Synopsis of the
American Genera of Ardeide and Ciconiide ; including Descriptions of three
New Genera, and a Monograph of the American Species of the Genus Ardea,
Linn. < Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., iv, No. 1, Feb. 5, 1878, pp.
219-251, fig.

No second Part of the ‘‘Studies”’ has appeared.

Synonymy and diagnosis of the ‘‘order”’ Herodiones—Altricial Grallatores, p. 219.—Synopsis
of the American Herodionine families, p. 220; there are tive: Cancromide, Ardeide, Ciconii-
dw, Ibidide, Plataleide.—Synopsis of the American genera of Ardeide, p. 223; these sixteen:
Ardea, Herodias, Garzetia, Dichromanassa (g. n., p. 224), Hydranassa (Bd., 1858), Florida, Bu-
torides, Syrigma (g.n., p. 224), Pilherodius, Nyctiardea, Nyctherodius, Agamia, Tigrisoma,
Zebrilus, Botaurus, Ardetta.—Monograph of the American species of the genus Ardea, p. 226;
four species: A. occidentalis Aud. (to which A. wurdemanni Bd. is referred), A. herodias, A. cin-
erea (of Europe), A. cocoi; very full accounts of which, with copious synonymy, are given.—
Description of two new American genera of Ardeide, p. 246, being Dichromanassa and
Syrigma, as above given..—Synopsis of the American subfamilies and genera of Ciconitide, p.
248; the family being dividec into Ciconiine and Tantaline, with Huaxenwra (g. u., p. 249=
Dissoura Cab., 1850) and Mycteria as genera. (See P. Z. S., 1878, p. 633, and Ibis. 1878, pp.
475AT77.

1878. Rowtry,G.D. On Sussex Heronries. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt. xii, Jan., 1878,
pp. 65-74, pll. Ixxxix, xe.

No. 4 |

1378.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ARDEID&. 929

‘““SAWBONES.” A Bittern [Botaurus lentiginosus] Bit. < Forest and Stream, xi,
Noy. 14, 1878, p. 301.
Choked to death by a fish.
[ScraTer, P. L., and Satvix, O.] Ridgway’s Studies of the American Hero-
diones. < Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Oct., 1878, pp. 475-477.
Review of the paper in Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., iv, No.1, Feb., 1878, pp. 219-251.

. BREWSTER, W. A Second Specimen of the Yellow-crowned Night Heron (Nyc-

tiardea violacea) in Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 2, Apr.,
1879, pp. 124, 125.
Cory, A. B. Description of a New Species of the Family Ardeidae [cyaniros-
tris], from the Bahama Islands.= A loose half-sheet, dated Boston, Oct. 8, 1879.
This irregular mode of publication is highly objectionable, and scarcely admissible. The
supposed new species is apparently not distinct from the common Louisiana Heron, Ardea
ludoviciana of Wilson, Demiegretta ludovictana Baird, or Hydranassa tricolor, Ridgw. The
specific name is apparently to be taken for cyaneirostris.
Cougs, EK. Letters on Ornithology. No.20.—The American Bittern. Botaurus
Minor. (Gm.) < The Chicago Field, May 10, 1879.
From the ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest.”

. Couxs, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 30.—The Great White Egret. Ardea

Eeretta (Gm.) Gray. < The Chicago Field, July 26, 1879.

. Couss, E. Nesting of the Great Blue Heron [Ardea herodias] in the West.

< The Chicago Field, Aug. 2, 1879.
Extract from ‘‘ Birds of the Northwest.”
DeEane, R. The Great White Egret [Herodias egretta] in New Brunswick.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 63.

‘Eaton, D.H. Nest and Eggs of the American Bittern (Botaurus minor [lentigi-

nosus]);, <éThe Odlogist, iv, No. 10, May, 1879, pp. 73, 74, pl., fig. 1.

Original observations made in Illinois.

930

1716.

1734.

1798.

180-.

1829.

1829.

1832.

1832.

1834.

1835.

1835.

1844,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Phenicopteridz.

Douexass, J. The Natural History and Description of the Pheenicopterus or
Flamingo; with two Views of the Head, and three of the Tongue, of that
beautiful and uncommon Bird. < Philos. Trans., xxix, 1716, pp. 523-541, tab.
ii, fige. 1-6.

Very full—name and its etymology, genus, geographical distribution, food, nesting, flight,
uses made of the bird, and extended description; the plate shows the head, and several
views of the tongue and os hyoides.

PERRAULT, C. Description anatomique @’un Becharu [Pheenicopterus]. < Mém.
de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1665 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. iii, 1734, pp. 42-49, pll.
9, 10.

. PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung eines Flamingo [ Pheenicopterns].

< Abhandl. Kénigl. Franzésich. Akad., ii, 1757, pp. 217-—.
Not seen—title from Giebel. Germ. transl. from Mém. del’ Acad. Paris, iii, pt. iii, 1734, p. 42.

. GEOFFROY St. Himarre, Er. Sur une nouvelle espéce de Phoenicopterus [mi-

nor]. < Willin Magas. Eneycl., iii, 1797, pp. 433-436.
Pas vu moi-méme. ;

Grorrroy St. Hinarre, Er. Sur une nouvelle espéce de Phoenicopterus [mi-

nor]. < Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., i, 1798, pp. 97, 98.
Pas vu moi-méme.

GiorNA, M. E. Description du Phoenicopterus tué en Piémont le 31. Mai 1806,

ete. < Mém. Acad. Turin pour less années 1805-8, 18—, pp. 318-327.
Pas vue moi-méme.

D’OrBIGNy, [A.] D., and GEorrroy St. Hiarre, Is. Sur une notivelle espéce
de Phénicoptere ou Flammant (Phienicopterus ignipalliatus). < Ann. des
Sci. Nat., xvii, 1829, pp. 454-457.

Les ee présentent quatre espéces—PP. ontiquorum, ruber, minor, ignipalliatus, sp. 1.

[D’OrBieNy, A. D., and GEOFFROY ST. HILAIRE, Is.] Sur une nouvelle espéce
de Phénicoptére ou Flammant (Pheenicopterusignipalliatus); ... < Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., xix, 1829, pp. 111-113.

Extrait des Ann. des Sci. Nat., xvii, 1829, pp. 454-457. (

[Grorrroy St. Hinarre, Is.] Phenicoptére. Phoenicopterus. Lin. < Guér.
Mag. de Zool., 2° année, 1832, classe ii, Ois., notice ii, pl. ii.

Phenicopterus ignipalliatus, d’Orb. et Is. Geofir., Ann. Sci. Nat., xvii, 1829, p. 454. Traite
aussi de P. antiquorum, P. ruber et P. minor. °

OwEN, R. [Notes on the Anatomy of the Flamingo, Phcenicopterus ruber, }
< P. Z._S., ii, 1832, pp. 141-144.

D’OrsBreny, A. D., and Grorrroy St. Hivaire, Is. [Pheenicopterus ignipal-
liatus.] < Oken’s Isis, 1834, p. 1094.

Mir nicht zuganglich. Aus d. Ann. Sci. Nat., xvii, 1829, p. 454 u. folge.

Hunter, W. P. On the geographical Range of the Flamingo (Phenicépterus ©

ruber L.). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 571, 572.
T. e., Pheenicopterus antiquorum, of the Old World.
OweEN, R. Anatomie von Phoenicopterus ruber mas. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii,
1835, pp. 433, 434.
Aus d. P. Z. S., 1832, p. 141.

Des Mors, O. Notice et Considérations Oologiques sur la place & assigner au

Genre Ornithologique Flamant (Phcenicopterus, L. Jn < Revue Zoologique, vii,
1844, pp. 241-246.

L’auteur n hésite pas 4 en faire un véritable Palmipéde.

a

No.4] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PHENICOPTERIDA. 931

1850. HuLkr, J. W. Enquiry respecting the Nest of the Flamingo [Phenicopterus
antiquorum]. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2801, 2802.
1657. Guyon, —. [Extrait dune Note concernant les Flamants du lac de Tunis. }
_ < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ix, 1857, pp. 415, 416.

1864, Tristram, H. B. [Note on breeding of ] The Flamingo. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
pp. 9119, 9120.

From his ‘Great Sahara,’ p. 62.

1865. ANDERSSON, C. J. Note on the two Flamingoes of South Africa. < Ibis, 2d
ser., 1, 1865, pp. 64-67.
P. erythreus and P. minor ; descriptive and biographical.
1868. FEILDEN, H. W. [Description of Phenicopterus rubidus, sp. n.] < Ibis, 2d
ser, iv, 1868, pp. 495, 496.
1869. Gray, G. R. Notes on the Bills of the species of Flamingo (Pheenicopterus. )
; < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 438-443, pls. xiii-xv.

Commentary on the forms of the bills. Synonymatic and geographical synopsis of 8 Spp.,
under several subgenera: Pheeniconais, p. 440; Phenicorodias, p. 441, subgg. nn. Pheeni-
copterus glyphorhynchus, sp. n., from the Galopagoes, p. 442, pl. xiv, f.5. The bills of all
the other spp. are also figured.

1869. JERDON, T.C. [On the Pheenicopterus rubidus et aff. ] < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869,
pp. 230-232. ;
1869. SaunDERS, H. [Exhibition of eggs of the Flamingo (Pheenicopterus anti-
quorum).] <P. Z.S., xxxvii, 1869, p. 432.
1870. CLARK, J. W. [Nidification and breeding habits of Pheenicopterus antiquorum
in France.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 439-442,
1873. JACKSON, A.J. Flamingo in the Isle of Sheppey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873,
p. 3693.
From the London ‘Field,’ Aug. 16.
1873. ““M. H.” The Flamingo. < Appleton’s Journ. , X, July, 1873, p. 85.
1873. Newman, E. The Flamingo Killed in the Isle of Sheppey. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vill, 1873, p. 3737.
1875. Lumpy, J. On a Fungus in a Flamingo [Phenicopterus ruber]. < Proc. Acad,
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1875, pp. 11, 12, fig. i.
~ Suspected to be the same as Aspergillus nigrescens Robin, found in a phthisical Pheasant.
1879, ANON. The Flamingo [Phenicopterus ruber]. < The Oblogist, iv, No. 9, Apr.,
1879, p. 72.
Burlesque verses, quoted from the Toronto Globe.

932

1666.

1668.

1678.

1685.

1688.

1688.

1694.

1697.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Anatidz. ;

. BARTHOLINUS, T. Cygni Anatome ejusque Cantus. Resp. Joh. Jac. Bewerlin.

Hafnie. 1650. 4to. 4folia. 1 Tab.
Haud mihi obvius.—Edit. alteram notis auctiorem edidit Casparus Thome filius, Hafniz,
1668, q. v., infra. N

. LELANDUS, J. Cygnea Cantio cum commentario. Londini. 1658. 8vo.

Haud mihi obvius.

. FELLER, J., and GERHARD, G. Cygnorum cantum defendere conabuutur. Lip-

siz. 1660. 4to. 2 folia.
Haud mihi obvius.
Mayor, J.D. Progr.de Cygni Anatome. Kiloniz. 1666. 4to.
Haud mihi obvius.

BaRTHOLINUS, T. (Hd. Bartholinus, C.) Thome Bartholini | Dissertatio | de |
Cygni | Anatome ejusq; | Cantu | 4 | Johanne Jacobo Bewerlino | in Academia
Hafniensi | olim subjecta, | nunc Notulis qvibusdam auctior edi- | ta ex schedis
Paternis | a | Casparo Bartholino | Thome Filio. | 16[monogramma ]68 | — |
Apud Danielem Paulli | Regium Bibliopolam. | Literis Henrici Godiani Reg.
& Acade- | mize Typographi. 1 vol. 16mo. pp. 96, figg. on p.6.

Ed. alt.—Ed. prine., Hafniee, 1650.

0. GLATTHORN, G. L. Diss. de Cygno. Resp. Riicker. Witteberge. 1670. 4to.

2 folia,

Haud mihi obvia.

Moray, R. A Relation concerning Barnacles. < Philos. Trans., xii, 1678, pp.
925-927, fig. 3 on pl. .

Description of these, cirrhipeds: ‘‘The Bird in every shell that I opened, as well the least
as the biggest, I found so curiously and compleatly formed, that there appeared to be nothing
wanting, as to the external parts, for making up a perfect Sea-Fowl.”

ROBINSON, T. Some observations on the French Macreuse, and the Scotch
Bernacle; together with a continuation of the Account of Boyling, and other
Fountains. < Philos. Trans., xv, 1685, pp. 1036-1040.

“The French eat it upon Fish-days, and all Lent, thinking it to be asort of fish . . . whereas
the Bernacle (as also the Macreuse itself,) is Oviparous, and of the Goos-kind; and the shel!s
[z.@., cirripeds] themselves contain a testaceous animal of their own species, as the Oyster,
Cockle and Muscle doth.” After noticing Sir R. Moray’s error, Phil. Tr., No. 137, and other
equally absurd mistakes, the writer speaks of the Bernacle as a Goose, and identifies the Ma-
creuse with the Anas niger of Willughby, p. 336 or 366. Cf. Philos. Trans., 1685, pp. 1041-1044.

. Ray, J. A Letter from Mr. Ray, Fellow of the R.S. to Dr. Robinson; concern-

ing the French Macreuse. < Philos. Trans., xv, 1685, pp. 1041-1044.
Acknowledges the point, and continues the subject with various further particulars; cf.
Philos. Trans., 1685, pp. 1036-1040.
LacuMunpD, F. DeCygni Lingua Ossea. <Ephem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Dec. i, Cent
4 et 5, 1673-74, 1668, p. 225.
Haud mihi obvius.
WEDEL, G. W. CygniSterni Anatome. < Ephem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Dec. i, Ann.
2, 1671, 1688, pp. 30, 31, pl.
Haud mihi obvium.
TREUTZEL, D. Berniclas sen Anseres Scoticos communiter sic dictos. Pres.
D. Treutzel, Nycop., Resp. P. Raam, Nycop. Strengnesiae. 1694. 4to. pp. 134,
Not seen. j
Haun, P. Disp. phil. de Cygno ejusque Cantione. Prazs. P. Hahn, Resp. M.
Weckelman, Wex. Smol. Abo. 1697. 8vo. pp.8, 36.

Haud mihi obvia.

ae

1721.

1722.

1723.

1725.

1729.

1749.

1761.

1763.

1763.

1763.

1770.

1770.

1775.

1775.

|
COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATID&. 933

. WINTER, D. De Cantu Cygneo. Cygne. 1698. Ato.

Haud mihi obvius.

. RUDEEN, T. Exercitium acad.de Cantu Cygnorum. Pres. Th. Rudeen, Resp.

_ B. Granroot, Ost-Both. Aboae. 1703. 8vo. pp. 6, 30, 2.
Hand mihi obvium.

VALENTINI, M. B. Anatome Clangulae. < Hphem. Acad. Nat. Cur., Cent. 9, 10,
1721, pp. 431, 432, 1 pl.

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.

EDZARDUS, E. H. Diss. de Cygno ante mortem non canente. Resp. Martini.
Witteberge. 1722. Ato. 2 folia. =f

Haud mihi obvia.
DETHARDING, G. Progr. de fabuloso Olorum Cantu. Rostock. 1723. 4to.
Haud mihi obvius.

TORNER, F. Diss. philol. de Avibus Apollinis Cygno et Corvo. Resp. N. O.

Rabenius. Upsaliz. 1725. 8vo. pp. 22.
Haud mihi obvia.

Morin, H. Question naturelle et critique, sgavoir, pourquoy les Cyenes qui
chantoient autrefois si bien, chantent aujourdhui si mal. < Wém. Acad. In-
script. Paris, v, 1729, pp. 207-218.

Pas vue moi-méme.

Iustr6M, J. Beskrifning om Koérfogelens [Mergus merganser] nytta, nar fiske-
hus blifva bygde for konom uti salt-eller insjé-vikar. <Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl., 1749, pp. 190-196. (Uebersetzung 1749, pp. 197-203. ) i

Not seen. ;

TrpeRtiIvus, [T.] [Huru Ander kunna med fordel goras hemtamde.] < Kongl.

Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., xxii, 1761, pp. 321, 322.

Brtnnicu, M. T. Eder Fuglens [Somateria mollissima] beskrivelse. Kjében-
havn. 1763. 8vo. pp.60. 3 pll.

Brinnicu, M. T. Tilltoeg til Ederfuglens [Somateria mollissima] beskrivelse.
Kjébenhavn. 1763. 8vo. pp. 36.

I have seen neither of these tracts in the original Danish, but have handled the German
version of same date: See next title.

BruUNNICH, M.T. Die | natiirliche Historie | des | Eider-Vogels [Somateria mol-
lissima] | beschrieben | von | Morten Thrane Briinniche | aus dem danischen
tibersetzt. | [Abbildung.] | mit Kupfern. | —| Kopenhagen, | bey Johann
Gottlob Rothen | 1763. 1vol. sm. 8vo. 4 p. Il, pp.1-70,11., 3 pll.

GUELDENSTAEDT, A. J. Anas nyroca. < Novi Comment. Acad. Scient. Imp. Pe-
trop. ad ann. 1769, xiv, pt. i, 1770, p. 37.

GUELDENSTAEDT, A. J. Anas nyroca. < Novi Comment. Acad. Scient. Imp. Pe-
trop. ad ann. 1769, xiv, pt. i, 1770, pp. 403-408.

BECKMANN, J. Kleiner Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte des Meerrochen, Mergus
serrator, L. < Beschéfft.d. Berlin. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, i, 1775, pp. 170-176. _
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.
Tit1us, J.D. Von Nutzen und Unschidlichkeit der Schwiéne [Cygnus sp. ].
< Berlin. Sammlgn., vii, 1775, pp. 583-592.
Mir nicht zuganglich.

. Pattas, P. 8. Erinnerung wegen des Linneischen Mergus serrator. .

. < Beschifft. d. Berlin, Gesell. Naturf. Preunde, ii, 1776, pp. 551-558.
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich. F
Von dem Schwanengesange. < Neu. Hamburg. Magaz., St. evi,

1777, pp. 371-379.
Mir nicht zugiinglich.

934 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1777. CHEMNITZ, J. H. Vom Gesang der Islindischen Schwanen. < Beschftgn. d.
Berlin. Ges. Nat. Fr., iii, 1777, pp. 460, 461. (Anmerk. dazu, von O. EF. Miil-
ler, Schrift. d. Berl. Ges. Nat. i , ii, 1781, p. 132.)
Mir nicht zugénglich.

1779. Patias, P. S. Den skrockande Anden Uae glocitans), en rar Fogel, som en-
dast blifvit funnen i Ostra Siberien, beskrifven och afritad af P. S. Pallas.
< Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., x1, 1779, pp. 26-34, pl. i.
“T de inledande Eve orate ee om Andsliatet i i allmanhet sager "fore , at Merg. albellus
dr hona till WM. merganser.”’ (v. Friesen. )
1779. Patuas, P. S. Anas glocitans, ein seltner Vogel, nur im 6stlichen Sibirien zu
finden. < Abhandl. Schwed. Akad., xli, f. 1779, pp. 22-28.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.

1780. FAILLE, C.DE LA. Mémoire dans lequel on examine le sentiment des anciens et
des modernes sur Vorigine des Macreuses. < Mém. étrang. Acad. Roy. des Sci. de
Paris, ix, 1780, pp. 331-344.

Pas vu moi-méme.

1780. OpMAN, S. Zoologisk Anmarkning om Mergus albellus. <Kongl. Vetensk. Acad.
Nya Handl., i, 1780, pp. 237-240.

“Har viittas Pallas’ uppgift, op. cit., 1779, p. 27, at Mergus merganser och M. albellus
skulle vara samma art.”

1781. —_———-._ Over den kleinen witkoppigen Zaager [Morsottng albellus ?]
<. Geneesk. Jaarbook, v, 1781, pp. 205-209.

Not seen.

1781. Orro, B. C. Beschreibung der Sige-Schnabler [Mergus serrator]. < Oekon.
Nachricht. d. Gesell. in Schlesien, vii, 1781, pp. 81, 90, 97.

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.

1783. MonGcnz, A. Sur les Cignes qui chantent. < Journ. de Phys., xxiii, 1783, pp.
304-314.

Not seen—see the separate memoir, same date.

1783. MonGrz, A. Mémoire | sur | des Cygnes | qui chantent; | Par M. A. Mongez,
Garde des Antiques & du | Cabinet d’Histoire Naturelle de Sainte-Genevieve,
| de plusieurs Académies. | [Dessin.] | A Paris, | Rue et Hétel Serpente. | — |
1783. Ivol. 8vo. Ip. 1., pp. 39.

The Royal Academy considered that Abbe Mongez treated the subject carefully and elabo-
rately, and the recommendation that his Mémoire be printed among those of foreign savans
has the distinguished signatures of Daubenton, Brisson and Vicq d’Azyr.

1783. ODMANN, S. Ornithologiske Anmfrkningar om Al-Foglen. (Anas Hiemalis
[Harelda glacialis].) <Kongl.Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., iv, 1783, pp. 313-322.

785. ODMANN, S. Svartan, Anas [Gidemia] Fusca Linn. beskrifven til des Seder
och Hushallning. < Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., vi, 1785, pp. 191-195.

1785. Opmann, S. Skréckans, (Mergi Merganseris) hush&llning och lefnadssitt,
jamte nagre anmarkningar éfver detta slagte i allmanhet. < Kongl. Vetensk.
Acad. Nya Handl., vi, 1785, pp. 307-316.

“Uti den allminna 6fversigten sammanslis Linné’s 6 (Svenska) arter tiel 3: ne. Dessutom
anféras 1 siker och 2 osikra exotiscka arter.” (v. Friesen, p.42.) Beskrifning om M. mer-
ganser, serrator, cucullatus, og albellus.

1786. WaLBAuM, J. J. Beschreibung der Taucher-Gans [Mergus merganser] weibli- -
chen Geschlechts. < Schrift. d. Berlin. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, Bd. vii, St. i,
1786, pp. 119-130.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich: Titel aus Carus u. Engelmann.

1788. WALBAUM, J. J. Beschreibung der lachenden Gans [Anser erythropus ] mann-
lichen Geschlechts. < Schrift. d. Berlin. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, Bd. viii. 1788,
pp. 75>-91>, :

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

)

‘

ee aol

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 935

1792. THILLAYE,—. Description d’une singularité du Cygne [Cygnus sp.]. < Journ.
@ Hist. Nat., 1792, pp. 463-467.

Pas vue moi-méme.

(1793. Fapricius, O. Om den pukkelnabbede Edderfugl, Anas [Somateria] spect-
abilis, og Grénlandernes Edderfuglefangst. < Skrifter Naturh. Selsk. Kj9-
benh., Bd. ii, Heft ii, pp. 56-83, 1 pl.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

1794. [Meymr, F. A. A.] Herrn Professor Thillayes Nachricht einer seltenen Abart
des Schwans. < WMeyer’s Zool. Annalen, i, 1794, pp. 304-308.

Auszug aus d. Journ. d’ Hist. Nat., 1793.

1797. Vicq D’Azyr, F. Observations sur les organes de la génération des Canards
[Anatide]. < Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., i, (1), 1797, pp. 57’, 58’.

Pas vues moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

1800. M[ircenrri], 8. L. Domestication of the Wild-Goose (Anas [Bernicla] Cana-
densis). < Mitchill and Miller’s Medical Repository, iv, No. 2, 1800, pp. 198, 199.

1802. [MircuiL, 8. L.] The white-back or canvas-back duck [Fuligula vallisneria].
< Mitchill and Miller’s Medical Repository, v, No. 3, 1802, pp. 342, 343.

One of the very earliest notices of this bird asa distinct species. It is not named.

1802. SEWASTIANOFF, [A.] Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Canard [Anas
canagica] et d’une variété de V’huitrier, qui se trouvent dans le cabinet Whis-
toire naturelle de l’ Academie Imperiale des Sciences. < Nova Acta Acad.
Scient. Imp. Petrop. for 1800, xiii, 1802, pp. 346-351, pl. x.

Descr. du canard, p. 349, pl. x: c’est une oye, l Anser canagicus, Ohloéphaga c. Eyton, Phi-
lactec. Bann. L’auteur décrit Vhuitrier comme une variété de Hematopus ostralegus, sans le
nommer: c’est devenu plus tard le Hematopus niger Pall.

1803. LORDAT, =, (ainé). Mémoire Sur la structure de Varticulation du genou dans la
macreuse [(@idemia nigra], et sur la progression de cet oiseau. < Journ. de
Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat., vii, 1803, pp. 32-35.

Lu 4 la Soc. Méd. de Montpellier, le 30 nivése an 11 (1803).

1805. Barton, M. [Occurrence of the Canvas-back Duck (Fuligula vallisneria) on
the Susquehanna.] < Barionws Med. and Phys. Journ., part i, vol. ii, 1805,
pp. 161, 162.

With a note by the editor, identifying it as ‘‘ Anas ferina Linn.” This notice is nine years
prior to the original description of the species as Anas vallisneria by Wilson, 1814, and the
bird is spoken of as if then well-known under its vernacular name.

1806. GEorrRoY StT.-Hi~arrE, KE. Description D’un mulet provenant du canard
morillon, anas [Clangula] glaucion, et de la sarcelle de la Caroline, anas
querquedula [Querquedula carolinensis]. < Ann. du Mus. @ Hist. Nat., vii,
1806, pp. 222-226.

1806. Grorrroy Sr.-Hitairn, E. Mouvemens de la Ménagerie. Notes sur le zébre
et le canard & bec courbe. < Ann. du Mus. W Hist. Nat., vii, 1806, pp. 245-248.
29 Du canard a bee courbé (Anas curvirostra), p. 246.
1808, Cuvier, Frip. \ Observations Sur Vaccouplement d’un cigne Morea male et
dune oie domestique femelle. Description du mulet qui en est provenu.
< Ann. du Mus. @ Hist. Nat., xii, 1808, pp. 119-125.
Avee des observations t ongeales sur ’accouplement des oiseaux de différente espéce.
‘1823. Cooxr, T. A | Letter | to | Mark Milbank, Esq. M. P. | of | Thorp Hall, and
Barningham, in the county of York, | with two plates, | descriptive of the
character | of | The Whistling Swan, | and of | the peculiar structure | of its

trachea. | [By Thomas Cooke. ] | — | Amico minusculum levidense. | Cic. Ep.”
Fam. L.ix.12. | — | London: | printed for, and published by Rodwell and
Martin, Bond Street; | Wood, Strand; | Hailes, Piccadilly; | Tucker, Christ-
church; and Bell, Richmond; | — | 1523. folio. cover-title, pp. 12, pll. 2.

The cover-title is different: A | Description | of | the character | of | the Whistling Swan, |
and of | the peculiar structure | of its | Trachea. | — |

The work is technically anonymous, but the author signs hisname at the end. The plates
represent the exterior of the bird, and its windpipe.

936

1823.

1824.

1824.

1824.

1825.

1825.

1825.
1826.

1826.
1826.
1826.

1827.

1827.

1827.

1828.
1928.
fies.

1829.
1829.

a

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. ¥.

WILSON, J. Observations on some Species of the Genus Mergus. < Mem. Wer-
nerian Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 475-484.

On the specific identity of Mergus castor and M. merganser, and on the differences between
the females of this species and of IW. serrator.

BONAPARTE, C.[L.] On a new species of Duck [Anas rufitorques] described by ~
Wilson as the same with the Anas fuligula of Europe. < Journ. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., iii, 1824, pp. 381-389.

[BreuM, C.L.] LeislersEidertauchente. Platypus Leisleri, Brehm. < Ornie,
Heft i, 1824, pp. 28-39.

[Breum, C. L.] [Das Sommerkleid der mannlichen Eidertauchenten, Soma:
teria mollissima.] <( Ornis, Heft i, 1824, pp. 40-42. ©

Brucu, C.F. [Ueber die Eidertauchente (Somateria mollissima).] < Vereins-

blatt d. Ver. f. Kunst u Lit. zu Mainz, 26. Aug. 1825.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.

Drsm...ST, [A. G.] Sur une nouvelle espéce de Canard [Anas rufitorques}
déscrite par Wilson, comme étant la méme que l’Anas fuligula (ou le Moril-
lon) d’Europe; par M. Charles Bonaparte. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., iv,
1825, pp. 128, 129.

Extrait du Journ. Phila. Acad., tii, No. 13, mai 1824, pp. 381-389.

“HW.” Anas Rufitorques. < Hdinb. Journ. Sci., ii, 1825, p. 186.

Merely a reference to the species as established by Bp., Journ. Acad. Phila., iii, 1824, p. 381.

ANON. Oies de Toulouse. < Féruss. Bull., 4° sect., v, 1826, p. 107.

Acad. des Sci. de Dijon, séance du 20 aotit 1825, p. 31. -

Lesson, [R.] P. Observations sur quelques espéces du genre Mergus, . . .;
par James Wilson... < Méruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, pp. 113, 114.
Extraites des Mem. Wern. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 475-484, qg. v.
Lrstirpoupois, T. Note sur le Cygne sauvage et le Cygne domestique (Anas

Cygnus et A. olor, Temm.). < Recueil de la Soc. @ Amat. des Sci. de Lille, 1826,
p. 270.
Not seen—title from Féruss. Bull.
YARRELL, W. Notice of the occurrence of a species of Duck [Fuligula rufina]
new to the British Fauna. < Zool. Jowrn., ti, 1826, pp. 492, 493.
Der Schwan. < Abhandl. d. Naturf. Ges. in Gorlitz, i, 1, 1827, pp.

32-40.

Education des Canards. < Féruss. Bull., 4° sect., viii, 1827, p. 260.
Asiatic Journal, juillet 1826, p. 61.

CuvisR, [G.] Du Canard Pie, a pieds demi palmés, de la Nouvelle-Hollande.
(Anas [Anseranas] melanoleuca. Lath.) < Mém. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat., xiv,
1827, pp. 345-347, pl. 19.

[CuvieR, G.] Du Canard Pie a pieds demi-palmés, dela Nouy.-Hollande (Anas
[Anseranas] melanoleuca Lath.), ...; par M. le baron Cuvier.... <Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., xiii, 1828, p. 436.

Extrait des Mém. du Mus., xiv, 1827, p. 345.

LAFRESNAYE, F.pE. Extrait d’une lettre de M. Frédéric de Lafresnaye, natu-
raliste, & Falaise (Calvados), relatif & la Sarcelle de Chine, dont un undividu
vient d’étre tué en Normandie. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiv, 1828, p. 118.

Avec une note de M. Lesson.

Lotz,G. Ornithologische Beobachtungen von Gideon Lotz; mit Anmerkungen
von Gloger. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxi, 1828, pp. 1233-1240.

Ueber die weissiugige Ente, Anas lewcophthalmus Borckh., A. nyroca Gmel.

““A. B.” Desertion of Geese. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 65.
Brew, C.A. PresentimentinaGoose. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 65.

se eee

No, 4.} - COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATID A. ale

1829. EIMBECK, —. [Eine merkwiirdige Mittelform zwischen Anas clangula und

Mergus albellus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 400, 401.
Vergl. Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, p. 568.

1829. [EIMBECK, —.] Beschreibung | eines | bisher nicht bekannten sehr auffallend |
gebildeten | Deutschen Wasservogels | nebst einer | verhiltnissmissigen Ab-
bildung | in halber Lebensgrésse. | — | Braunschweig, 1829. 4to. Titelbl., 2
unpaginirte Blitter—4 Seiten, 1 Taf.

Anonym, doch von unzweifelhafter Autorschaft. Der Vogel wird Mergus anatarius ge-
nannt, und fiir einen Bastard von Mergus albellus ¢ und Anas clangula 9 gehalten. Vergl.
Tsis, 1829, p. 400; 1831, p. 299.

1829. Hi1,W.H. TheSmall Dover. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 403, 404.

1829. Hitt, W. H. The Dark-looking Water Bird. [Answer to query on p. 101.]
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 403.

1829. L——s, J. A dark-looking Water Bird. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p.
101, fig. 2h

Cf. tom. cit., p. 403, where supposed to be Anas [@demia] nigra.

1829. LENGERTE, A. DE. Manieére d’élever les Oies dans le Holstein. . . < Feéruss.

Bull., 4° sect., xii, 1829, pp. 133, 134.
Land- und Hauswirth, 1825, p. 269.

1829? Pont, W.L. Der Schwan. < Abhand. Naturf. Gesell. zu Gorlitz, i, pt. 1.

Not seen.—Poem, set to music by J. Schneider, preceded by an anonymous notice of the
natural history of this emblem of the Gérlitz Society.

1829. ScHLEEP,[B.C.] Anser medius. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 1054, 1055.

1829. “T. I.” Flying Geese. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 65.

1830, BLACKWALL, J. Observations on a newly-described Species of Swan [Cygnus
bewickii]. < Zool. Journ., v, 1830, pp. 189-191.

1830. ““CORRESPONDENT.” [T.C. HnysHamM?] Statement respecting the Discovery of
the new Species of Swan, named Cygnus Bewickii by Mr. Yarrell. < Philos.
Mag., viii, Aug., 1830, pp. 128-130.
Original specimen, shot by R. R. Wingate, Feb., 1829, near Haydon Bridge in Northumber-
land. Mr. Wingate’s notice was read to the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Neweastle-upon-Tyne, Oct. 20,
1829; P. J. Selby’s description on 16 Feb., 1830; but neither of these papers was published
till after June, 1830.
1830. EIMBECK, —. Cross of the Anas clangula [Clangula glaucium] and Mergus
albellus. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., viii, 1830, p. 202.
See same author at 1829 and 1831.
1830. Hann, E. Commentatio de arteriis Anatis. Accedunt tabule sneer. Hanno-
vere, in Bibliopoleo aulico Hahniano. 1830. 4to. pp. vi, 60, pll. 2.
Haud mihi obvia.
1830. WINGATE, R. R. Notice of a [lately] new species of Swan [Cygnus bewickii].
< Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. and Durh., i, 1830, pp. 1, 2. Observations
by P. J. Selby, pp. 17-25.
Not seen.
1830. YARRELL, W. On a new Species of Wild Swan [Cygnus bewickii], taken in
England, and hitherto confounded with the Hooper. < Trans. Linn. Soc.,
Xvi, pt. ii, 1830, pp. 445-454, pll. xxiv, xxy. (Read Jan. 19, 1830; whole vol.
dated 1833.)
C. bewickti, p. 453; sternum and trachea figured.
This paper, like others in the same vol. of the Trans., is often cited as of 1833, date of the |
completed Vol. XVI; but it was read and in full discussion and reprint in 1830. :
1830. [YARRELL, W.] [Notice of his paper on a new species of Wild Swan (Cygnus
bewickii).]) < Philos. Mag., vii, Feb., 1830, p. 146.
Read before Linn. Soc., Jan. 19, 1830.
1830. YARRELL, W. Specific Characters of Cygnus Bewickii and C. Ferus. < Philos.
Mag., vii, Mar., 1830, p. 194.

Bull. v, 4 27

938

1830.

1830.

1830.

1831.

1831.

1831.

1831.

1831.

1831.

1831.

1832.

1832.

1832.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

YARRELL, W. Reply to the Statement respecting the Discovery of Cygnus
Bewickii, published in the Phil. Mag. and Annals for August. < Philos. Mag.,
vili, Sept., 1830, pp. 167-169.

Personal and controversial, in self-defense against tom. cit., pp. 128-130.

[YARRELL, W.] Sur une nouvelle espéce de Cygne [bewickii] prise en Angle-
terre et confondue jusqu’a présent avec le cygne sauvage (Anas cygnus,
Gm.); par W. Yarrel[l]. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xxii, 1830, pp. 127,
128.

From Linn. Prans., xvi, pt. ii, p. 445, pl.

YARRELL, W. Eine fiir die britische Fauna neue Ente [Fuligula rufina].

< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1065, 1066.
Aus d. Zool. Journ., iii, 1826.

BENNETT, E. T. [On the History and Synony my of Cereopsis nove-hollandiz. |
< Ps Z. S-; 1, 083i, pp. 20, 27.

EIMBECK, —. en ne eines bisher nicht bekannten, sehr auffallend ge-
bildeten deutschen Wasservogels, nebst einer verhaltnissmassigen Abbildung
in halber Lebenserésse. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiv, 1831, pp. 299-301, pl. iii.

Mergus anatarius=A. clangula 3 X 9 Mergus albellus. See same author at 1829.

FIENNES, T. [Exhibition of a hybrid Duck—Anas acuta $ x 2 A. boschas. ]
<li, Zp Shp Ty teal, 7, Wsteh,

FIscHEeR, G. Sur une nouvelle espéce de Canard du Kamtschatka [Anas cucul-
lata]. < Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, iti, 1831, pp. 278-280.
Le Canard a Capuchin, Anas cucullata, p. 279. Voyez 1834, FISCHER, G.
LeEss[on, R. P.] Sur le Mergus cucullatus, Selby. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2°
sect., xxvii, 1831, p. 190.
Edinb. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sci., n. s., No. 4, Apr., 1831, p. 238.

. Less[on, R. P.] Note sur une nouvelle espéce de Cygne [Cygnus bewickii];

par M. R.-R. Wingate: lu le 29 Octobre 1829. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
XxXvi, 1831, pp. 297, 298.
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. and Durh.., i, 1830, p. 1.

Less[on, R. P.] Observations sur la nouvelle espéce de Cygne [C. bewickii],
découverte par M. R. Wingate; par P.-J. Selby. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2°
sect., xxvi, 1831, pp. 297, 298.

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. and Durh., i, 1830, p. 17.

SWAINSON, W. The Habits of the long-legged whistling Ducks [ Dendrocygna]
of the West India Islands, and the Habits of the Sheldrake [Tadorna cornuta].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 474.

Merely a query. Cf. op. cit., v, 1832, p. 203.

. YARRELL,W. [On the Anatomy of Cereopsis novee-hollandiz, and on the rela-

tions between Natatores and Grallatores.] < P. Z.S., i, 1831, pp. 25, 26.

1
. YARRELL, W. [Remarks on the structure of Cereopsis nove-hollandiz. |

< Philos. Maq., ix, 1831, pp. 222, 223.
From P. Z, S., Jan. 25, 1831, pp. 25, 26.
Aus, T. The Food of the Scoter Duck (Anas nigra Linn., Oidemia nigra
Flem.; and the Food of the Eider Duck (Anas mollissima Lin., Somateria
mollissima Flem.). “<< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 733.

2. Atuis,T, Reply to T. K.’s Queries ([tom. cit.] p. 397,) on the Windpipe, Plum-

age, and Weight of the Dun Diver [Mergus castor]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., v, 1832, pp. 766, 767, fige. 126-128.

Anon. A Flock of Egyptian Geese [Chenalopex xgyptiacus] seen besids the
Tweed at Carham. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 565, 566.

Anon. Teal [Querquedula carolinensis]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832,
p. 473.

al

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 939

1832.

1832.
1832.

1832.
1832.
1832.
1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.
1832.
1833.
1833.
1233,
1833.
1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.
1833.

1833.

“A SUBSCRIBER.” Habits of the long-legged whistling Ducks [Dendrocygna],
and of the Sheldrake [Tadorna cornuta]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832,
p. 203.

Cf. op. cit., iv, 1831, p. 474.

Breckrrus, C. Skanska Svanjagten [Cygnus sp.]. < Tidsk. Ff. Jiigare och Na-

turf., i, 1832, pp. 78-83.
Not seen.

Biackwatt, J. Bemerkungen tier eine kirzlich beschriebene Gattung Schwan

[Cygnus bewickii]. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 661.
Auszug aus d. Zool. Journ., Tom. v, No. xviii, 1830, p. 189.

G[oaTLEY], T. Notes on the Scoter (Anas nigra Lin., Oidemia nigra Flem.).

< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 82.

Hit, W.H. A rare Variety of the Goose Family. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. ;
Vv, 1832, pp. 79, 80, fig. 33.

K[Nox], T. Information and Queries on the Trachea, or Windpipe, of the
Dun Diver (Mergus Castor). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 397,

SELLS, W. Wild Ducks [in Chesapeake Bay]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v,
1832, p. 452.

SHARPLESS, J. T. Description of the American Wild Swan [Cygnus ameri-
canus], proving it to be a new species. < Sillim. Am. Journ. Sci., xxii, 1832,
pp. 33-90, pl. (figs. of sternum and trachea),

Swainson, W. On those Birds which exhibit the typical perfection of the fam-
ily of Anatide. < Journ. Roy. Inst. London, ii, 1832, pp. 11-29.

Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.—It seems to have passed for more than it was
worth in 1832, when some queer quinarian quips, arrayed in learned ingenuity, were often
mistaken for science. ;

WaTERTON, C. A Wigeon’s [Mareca penelope] Nest in England. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 590.

YARRELL, W. [On a hybrid between Anas (Cairina) moschata $ and A. domes-
tica 9.] <P.Z.S., ii, 1832, p. 400.

Bioxuam, A. Geese from the Netherlands shot on the Trent. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 450.

BYERLEY,J. The Pride of Colour in Swans. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1833, pp. 139, 140.

D[Enson], J. A Duck that had strayed from Denmark (?) shot in Sussex.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 450.

FENNELL, J. Pride of Colour in the Black Swan [Cygnus atratus]. <Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist, vi, 1833, p. 278.
FENNELL, J. Enmity between the White Swan [Cygnus sp.] and the Black
Swan [Cygnus atratus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p.514.
Hunter, P. A Pair of Ferruginous Ducks (Anas [Tadorna] rutila L.). < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 141, 142.
Occurrence near Oxford.
“J.C.” The Question of the Wigeon’s [Mareca penelope] breeding in England.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 384.
SCOULER, J. The Egyptian Goose (Anas [Chenalopex] «xgyptiaca). < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 514,
Near Glasgow, Nov., 1832.
Swainson, [W.] Swainson ther die typischen Végel der Anatidae, Fig.
< Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. 1833, pp. 944, 945.
Auszug aus d. Journ. Roy. Inst., xxx, oder n. F., ii, Heft 4, Aug., 1832, p. 11.
Vieors, N. A. [On a New Species of Barnacle Goose (Bernicla sandvicensis)
from the Sandwich Islands, presented by Lady Glengall.] < P.Z.S.,i, 1833,
p. 65.

940

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1834.

1834.

1834.

1834,

1834.

1854.

1834.

1834.

1834.

1834,

1834.

1834.

1834.

1834.

1834.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

“W.L.” [Habits of] Cygnus Bewickii. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833,
pp. 449, 450.

Wricut, M. v. Iakttagelser 6fver Graisandhannens [Anas boschas] firefor-
aindringar i forsta aret. < Tidsk. f. Jdgare 0. Naturf., ii, 1833, pp. 473, 474.

Not seen.

WRIGHT, W.V. Grasandens (Anas boschas) sommardraigt. < Tidsk. f. Jdgare o.
Naturf., ii, 1833, pp. 674-676.

Not seen. )

YARRELL, W. -[On the trachea of Anas [Chloephaga] magellanica.] <P. Z.
S., 1, 1833, pp. 3, 4.

Anon. Ducks with the Toes not connected by a Web or Membrane, and the Up-
per Mandible imperfect: presumed to have proceeded from a Union between
the Domestic Duck [Anas boschas] and Domestic Fowl. <_Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 516, 517.

BRETON, —.’ [On the Habits of the Musk Duck of New Holland (Hydrobates
[Biziura] lobatus, Temm.).] < P. Z. S., ii, 1834, p. 19.

ExstrOm, C. U. Bidrag till Ejder-fogelns [Somateria mollissima] historia.
< Tidsk. f. Jégare o. Naturf., iii, 1834, pp. 1043-1045.

Not seen.

ExstrOm, C. U. Knipans (Anas Clangula Lin. [Clangula glaucium] fargforan-

dring. < Tidsk. f. Jégare 0. Naturf., iii, 1834, pp. 1048-1051.
Not seen.

FIscHER, G. Anas cucullata nova species Camtschatica. < Nouv. Mém. Soc.
Imp. Nat. Moscou, iii, 1834, pp. 109-112, pl. ix.

Deser. orig. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosce., iii, 1821, pp. 278-280.

Fries, B. F. Al-fogelns [Harelda glacialis] ruggning om varen. < Tidsk. f.

Jdgare 0. Naturf., iii, 1834, pp. 1045-1048.
Not seen.

LAFRESNAYE, F. DE. Oie. Anas. Linné. O.deGambie. A. Gambensis, Linn.,
Lath.. < Guér. Mag. de Zool., 4° année, 1834, classe ii, notices xxix, xxx, pll.
XSMIDS, XOOK,

LANGMAN, A. Foérsok attuppfoda och timja en Ejderunge [Somateria mollis-
sima]. < Tidsk, f. Jdgare 0. Naturf., iii, 1834, pp. 883-885.

Not seen.

LOFFLER, H. Ueber die wilden Schwine. Mit Nachwort von K. E. y. Baer.

< Preuss. Provinzialbl., xi, 1834, pp. 131-142.
Mir nicht zugénglich.

MarsHALL, J.D. On the Green-winged Teals of America and Britain [Quer-
quedula carolinensis and Q. crecca]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834,
pp. 7-9, figg. 1, 2. .

STANLEY, Lord. [Letter on the Breeding of the Sandwich Island Goose (Ber-
nicla sandvicensis, Vig.).] <P. Z.S., ii, 1834, pp. 41-43.

STANLEY, Lord. [Note on a specimen of the Bernicla sandvicensis, Vig.,
hatched at Knowsley.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., v, 1834, pp. 233-235.
From P. Z. §., May 27, 1834, pp. 41-43.
“W. B.C.” A Ferruginous Duck or Ruddy Goose (Anas [Tadorna] es
Lubes Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, p. 151.
Shot on the coast of Suffolk.

YARRELL, [W.] Charactere von Cygnus bewickii einer [ktirzlich] neuen Gat-
tung. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, p. 803. |
Auszug aus d. Philos. Mag., Bd. vii, 1830, p. 194.
YARRELL, [W.] Der Leib von Cereopsis novae Hollandiae [u. s. w.]. <Oken’s
Isis, Ba. XXvii, 1834, p. 817.
Auszug aus d. Philos. Mag., Bd. ix, 1831, p. 222.

Wo. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 941

1835. ANON. Length of the Life of a Gander. < Loudon’s May. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835,
p. 509.
From the Morning Chronicle, Apr. 16, 1835. 37 yrs. 9 mos. 6 days.
1835. BREHM, C. L. Etwas tber das Sommerkleid der Enten-Mannchen. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp. 238-240.
1835. BREHM, C. L. Das Sommerkleid des weissen Sigermannchens, Mergus albellus
Linn. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp. 239, 240.
1835. HERON, R. [Note on the History of a Black Swan, Cygnus atratus.] <P.
Z.S., Vii, 1835, pp. 106, 107.
1835. JARDINE, W. The Wigeon [Mareca penelope] has been found breediny, wild,
in the North of Scotland. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 509.
1835. LAFRESNAYE, F.DE. Canard. Anas. Linné. Anas tadornoides. William Jar-
dine, pl. 62.—New-Holland Shildrack. Lat., gen. hist., vol. 10, p. 306.—
Le Canard kasarka, Anas rutila, Pallas, Temm., man. 832.—Anas kasarka,
4 Gmel. Lat. (Dans une livrée jusqu’alors non décrite). < Guér. Mag. de Zool.,
5° sér., année 1835, classe 11, notice xxxvi, pl. xxxvi.
1835. “‘S. D. W.” Remarks on the Habits of the Canada Goose (A‘nser canadénsis
Willughby). < Loudon’s May. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 255-258.
1835. Srantey, Lord. Ueber Bernicla sandvicensis. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835,
p. 1028.
P. Z. &., ii, 1834, pp. 41-43.
1835. TREVELYAN, W.C. A wild Bird of the Family Andtide deemed a hybrid one. -
< London’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 509.
1835. WATERTON, C. Notes on the Habits of the Wigeon [Mareca penelope].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 361-364.
1835. WATERTON, C. Notes on the Habits of the Mallard [Anas boschas]. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 541-545.
1835. YARRELL, W. Ueber die Geschlechtstheile eines Bastard-Mannchens yon dem
Bisam-Enterich und der gemeinen Ente. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 428.
: P. Z. 8., pt. ii, 1832, p.100. (Catrina moschata ¢ X 2 Anas boschas.)
1836. Branpt,J.F. Note sur l’Anser canadensis et Anser pictus de la ‘‘ Zoographie”
de Pallas. < St. Pétersb. Acad. Sci. Bull.,i, 1836, p. 37.
Pas vue moi-méme: le titre tiré du Roy. Soc. Cat.
1836. Morris, F.O. A kind of Duck, deemed a wild Hybrid, between the Pintail
Duck [ Dafila acuta] and the Common Wild Duck [Anas boschas]. <Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 107.
1837, [ANON.] The tongues of Ducks [as dainties of Chinese epicures]. < Sillim.
Am. Journ. Sci., ¥Xxi, 1837, p. 193.
1837. HERON, R. [Ueber Cygnus australis.] <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, p. 143.
P. Z. S., 1835, p. 106.
1837. LAFRESNAYE, [F. DE.] Ueber eine neue Abtheilung unter den Enten. <Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 726, 727.
DL Institut, iv, 1836, No. 151.
1837. WEISSENBORN, W. WildgeeseinGermany. <(Uhariesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1887,
pp. 644, 645.
1837. YARRELL, W. Description of the Organ of Voice in a [lately] new Species of
Wild Swan (Cygnus Buccinator, Richardson). < Trans. Linn, Soe., xvii, pt. iv,
1837, pp. 1-4, pl.i.
Very full, with excellent figures.
1838. BAILLON, —. Observations sur le eygne de Bewick [Cygnus bewickii].—Lettre
de M. Baillon 4 M. de Blainville. (Abbeville, octobre 1838.) << Compt. Rend.
de V Acad. Sci. Paris, vii, 1838, pp. 1021, 1022.

942 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1888. BarTLETT, A. D. Plumage of the Smew [Mergellus albellus]. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, p. 398.

1838. BLAINVILLE, [M. H. D.] pE. Remarques de M. de Blainville 4 Voccasion de
la lettre précédente [par M. Baillon, sur le cygne de Bewick (Cygnus be-
wickii)]. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci. Paris, vii, 1838, p. 1022-1026.

1838. BLAINVILLE, [M. H. D.] DE. [Sur quelques points intéressans de Vhistoire des
Cygnes.] < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, pp. 307, 308.

1838. BiytTu,E. Adult plumage of the female Smew [Mergellus albellus]. <Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 395, 396.

1838. BLiyTH, E. Plumage of the Smew Merganser [Mergellus albellus]. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, p. 451.

1838. Eyton, T. C. A Monograph of the Anatide or Duck-tribe, ... London.
Longmann & Co. 1838. 4to. pll. 24, many cuts.
Not seen. .
1838. Lesson, R. P. Description faite sur la nature du Grand Harle ou du Merganser
[Mergus merganser]. < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, pp. 8-10.

1838. NAUMANN, J.F. Zwei Arten Singschwane in Deutschland. < Areh. f. Naturg.,
1838, (1), pp. 361-371, Taf. viii, ix.
Nebst Zusaétzen vom Herausg., pp. 867-371. Cygnus musicus, pl. viii, tigg. a-d; O. islandi-
cus, pl. viii, figg.2 e-h; C. bewickit, pl. ix.
1838. YARRELL,W. [Ona New Species of Swan (Cygnus immutabilis).] <P.Z.S8.,
vi, 1838, p. 19.
1838. YARRELL, W. Beschreibung des Stimmorgans eines [kiirzlich] neuen Schwans,
Cygnus buccinator Richardson. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, p. 404.
Aus d. Linn. Trans., xvii, pt. iv, 1837, pp. 1-4.
1839. BAILLON, —. [Ueber Cygnus bewickii.] <(Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, pp. 394,
395.
L' Institut, Nr. 260, p. 420.
1839. BARTLETT, A. D. On a new British species of the genus Anser [phenicopus],
with remarks on the nearly-allied species. < P. Z. S., vii, 1839, pp. 2-4.,
Treating of A. segetwm, A. cinereus, A. albifrons, A. phaenicopus, sp. 0., p. 3.
1839. BLAINVILLE, [M. H. D.] pe. [Ueber die Arten der Sippe Cygnus.] < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, p. 395, :
DL? Institut, Nr. 260.
1839. Lesson, R.P. Notesurle genreCygne. < Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, pp. 321-324.
Synopsis de 8 espéces.
1839. PELERIN, W. G. On the Structural differences observable in the Crania of the
four British Species of the Genus Cygnus. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii,
1839, pp. 178-180, fig. 29.
1839. Proctor, W. Clangula barrovii [islandica], a Native of Iceland. < Ann. Nat.
Hist., iv, 1839, pp. 140, 141.
1839. REINHARDT, J. Om den islandske Svane [Cygnus islandicus]. < Arpyer’s
Naturhist. Tidsk., ii, 1839, pp. 527-532.
1839. RUprevt, E. Ornithologische Miscellen. .. . < Mus. Senckenb., iii, Heft i,
1839, pp. 1-44.
Mir nicht zuganglich. Monographieen der Gattung Cygnus, u. 8. w.
1839. RUpPELL,[E.] Allgemeine Bemerkungen tiber die Gattungen der Schwdne und
eine besondere Beschreibung von Anas gambensis. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii,
1839, p. 713. ,
Auszug aus Mus. Senkenb., iii, Heft i, 1839, p. 1.

1840. DerBy, Karl of. [Note on certain hybrid Anatidx.] <P. Z.S., viii, 1840, p. 33.

' No. 4.)

1840.

ay

1840.

1840.

1840.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

1842.

1842.

1842,

1842.

1842.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 943

Eyton, T. C. Remarks on the Skeletons of the common tame Goose, the Chi-
nese Goose, and the Hybrid between the two. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iv,
1840, pp. 90-92. .

JOLY, —. Passage accidental d’un oiseau de la mer Glaciale [Harelda glacialis]
dans le midi de la France. < Compt. Rend. de UV Acad. Sci. , x, 1840, p. 250.
Extrait d’une lettre 4 M. Flourens.

Lr1s,G.C. Description of a New Species of Fuligula [grisea]. < Journ. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, “1839”, not pub. till 1840, pp. 170, 171.
Printed slip accompanying states it is F. labradora juv. [Camptolemus. |

Nitsson, [S.] Professor Nilsson férevisade en farglagd teckning af en tam
Anka [Anas boschas], som antagit den vilda Andrakens fare och utseende.
< Forhandl. Skandin. Naturf. och Likere i Gétheborg, ix 1839, 1840, p. 133.

DESLONGCHAMPS, E. Cryptogames développées, pendant la vie, & la surface
interne des poches aériennes d’un Canard eider, Anas [| Somateria] molliss-
ima, Latham. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xii, 1841, pp. 1110-1117.

DESLONGCHAMPS, E. Note sur les meurs du Canard Eider (Anas [Somateria]
mollissima Latham), et sur des moisissures developpées, pendant la vie, & la
surface interne des poches aériennes d’un de ces animaux. < Ann. des Sci.
Nat., 2° sér., xv, 1841, pp. 371-379, pl. ii B.

[DESLONGCHAMPS, E.] On Parasites, Animal and Vegetable, occurring in
Living Beings; and especially of a Cryptogamous Plant growing in the Air-
Cells of an Kider-Duck [Somateria mollissima], and destroying it. < Edinb.
New Philos. Journ., xxxi, 1841, pp. 371-376.

Confer Compt. Ieend., 1841, pp. 1110-1117.

Govurp, J. [Description and Exhibition of Nettapus pulchellus, sp. n.] <P.
Z. 8., ix, 1841, p. 89.

GouLp, J. [Characters of a New Genus and Species of Anatid (Merganetta
armata).] <P. Z.S.,ix, 1841, pp. 95, 96.

_LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur des Métis provenus @une Oie de Guinée et @une

Oie a cravate. < Revue Zoologique, iv, 1841, pp. 141-143.

Leis, G.C. [On the Nest and Eggs of Fulica americana and Anas discors. ]
<Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, 1841, pp. 124, 125.

REINHARDT, J. Ueber den islindischen Schwan [Cygnus islandicus]. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxxiv, 1841, pp. 417-421.
Kréyer's Naturh. Zeitsch., Bd. ii, Hett 5, pp. 527-582.

YARRELL, W. [On the Trachea of a Male Spur-winged Goose, Anser Gambensis
and Chenalopex Gambensis of authors (Plectropterus gambensis).] < P.Z,.
S., ix, 1841, pp. 70, 71.

ABBOTT, 8. L. [On the supposed poisoning of two Swans by Nerium oleander. ].
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, 1842, p. 62.

BaBINGTON, C. C. Cygnus guineensis [near Cambridge]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ix, 1842, p. 79.

BELL, J.G. [On the specific validity of Fuligula minor.] < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., i, 1842, pp. 141, 142.

LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur les meurs de quelques Palmipédes [Anatide].
< Revue Zoologique, v, 1842, pp. 71-73.

LANDSBOROUGH, D. Longevity of Geese. <Amn. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1842,
p. 474.
Six:y-four years.

944

1842.

1843

1844

1844

1844,

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.
1845.

1845.

1845.

1845.

1846.

1846.

1846.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. LVov. V.

YARRELL, W. [On the Trachea of Plectropterus gambensis.] < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ix, 1842, p. 147.
From P. Z. S., Sept. 14, 1841.
Bonaparts, C. [L.] Ueber Querquedula angustirostris. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxxXvi, 1843, pp. 403, 404.
Atti. Riun. Sci. Ital. Firenze, 1841, p. 317.
ANON. Note on a prolific Duck [180 eggs in one season]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
p. 727.
Anon. Note on the Nidification of Swans [Cygnus sp.]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
p. 669.

FisHER, W. Rk. Notes on Ducks nesting in Trees. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp.
767, 768.

G[ERBE], Z. [L’Oie @Egypte (Anser [Chenalopex] exgyptiacus), une espéce
définitivement acquise & Vornithologie européenne.] < Revue Zoologique, Vii,
1844, pp. 441, 442.

GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the occurrence of the Red-crested Whistling Duck
[Fuligula rufina] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 576.

Harpy, J. Enquiry respecting the manuer in which the newly-hatched Wild
Duck is conveyed to the Water. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 669-671.

MANSELL, T. Note on the occurrence of the Scoter [@demia nigra] near Farn-
ham. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 455.
BARTLETT, J. P. Occurrence of the Gadwall [Chaulelasmus streperus ] in Kent.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 1025, 1026.
DasHwoop, J. M. Description of an Egg of the Common Duck [Anas boschas ].
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1977.
FIsHER, W. R. Description of a New Duck. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 1137,
1138.
Apparently a hybrid between the Common and White-eyed Pochard, Fuligula ferina and
F. nyroca. This is ‘‘ Paget’s Pocharé ,’ which later became Fuligula ferinoides, Bartl., P.
Z. S., 1847, p. 48. 5
FRERE, H.T. Occurrence of Bewick’s Swan [Cygnus bewickii] near Somersham
and Godmanchester. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 942, 943.
GERBE, Z. Note sur le Cygne Bewick. (Cignus [sic] Bewickii). < Revue
Zoologique, viii, 1845, pp. 244-247.
Comparaison avec le Cygne sauvage.

HEWGILL, J. Enquiry respecting a species of Duck. < Zoologist, iti, 1845, p. 943.

NEWMAN, E. Note on Ducks &c. nestling in Trees. < Zoologist, iti, 1845, pp.
878, 879.

NEWNHAM, W. O. Remarkable Duck’s Egg. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1077.
Egg in ege.
SciatTer, P. L. Occurrence of Aquatic Birds [3 spp. Anatide] near Odiham.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1077.

SELYs-LonGcHAMps, E. Dr. Récapitulation des hybrides observées dans la
famille des Anatidées. < Bull. Acad. Bruxelles, xii, 1845, pp. 335-355.
Pas vue moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.
ANON. Occurrence of the Black Swan (Cygnus atratus, Bennett), in Scotland.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1501, 1502.
BaRTLetTt, A. D. Eine fiir England neue Gans [ Anser pheenicopus] verglichen
mit andern. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. XXxix, 1846, pp. 559-560.
P. Z, 8., vii, 1839, p. 2.
BELL, R. J. Occurrence of Steller’s Western Duck [Fuligula dispar] at Filby
in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1249.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDS®. 945

1845. Cabot, S., JR. [Remarks on exhibition of Fuligula vallisneria from Massa-
vhusetts.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1846, p. 89.

1846. CaBot,S,Jr. [On the anatomy of Fuligula (Somateria) spectabilis.] < Proce.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1846, pp. 93, 94.

1846. CaBor, S., JR. [Remarks on the supposed identity of Anas (Mareca) penelope
and A. (M.) americana.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1846, pp. 118-120.
Anatomical comparison. S
1846. FRERE, H. T. Remarks on the Trachex of Wild Geese. < Zoologist, iv, 1846,
pp. 1249, 1250.

1846. FrRERE, H. T. Norfolk Swan-fatting. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1250.

1846. FRERE, H. T. On the Rusty Tinge of the Plumage of Wild Swans [Cygnus be-
wickii]. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1300.
1846. Kine, R.L. Singing of Swans. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1214.
Contends for the fact, in case of Cygnus atratus !
1846? LAWRENCE, G.N. Description of a New Species of Anser [nigricans]. < Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, iv, 18462, pp. 171, 172, pl. xii. (Read Mar. 16, 1846,
Whole vol. pub. 1848.)
The article probably appeared in 1846, as it is copied into periodicals of 1847. The bird is
a Bernicla, closely related to B. brenta.
1846. “Morris, F.O. Extraordinary [non-palmate] Feet in a Duck. < Zoologist, iv,
1846, p. 1214.

1846. PLoMLEY, F. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex exgyptiacus] in
Kent. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1501.

1846, ScLaTER, P. L. Early appearance of the Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata].
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1214.

1846. Titompson, W. Notice of a Surf Scoter, Oidemia perspicillata, Linn. (sp.),
obtained on the coast of Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1846, pp.
368-371.

1846. Tomes, [R. F.]- [Exhibition of a Female Specimen of the Bimaculated Duck
(Anas glocitans).] <P. Z. S., xiv, 1846, p. 121.
1846. WoLiaston, T. V. Note on Cygnus atratus. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1327-1331.
With reference to its alleged musical ability.
1846. WoLLEY, J. Note on the occurrence of the Black Swan [Cygnus atratus] in
Britain. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1554.

1847. BarrD, 8. F. [Notice of a Hybrid between the Canvass-back Duck (Fuligula
vallisneria) and the Common Duck (Anas boschas).] Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
' Phila., iii, 1847, p. 209.
1847. BarTLert, A. D. Description of a New Species of Fuligula [ferinoides]. <P.
Z. S., XV, 1847, pp. 48-50.
F. ferinoides, p. 48. The article includes a discussion of hybrid Anatide.
1847. BartLett, A.D. Description of a [lately] new species of Fuligula [ferinoides].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xix, 1847, pp. 422-424.
From P. Z. S., Mar. 23, 1847, pp. 48-50.
1847. Birp, W.F.W. The Pochard [Fuligula ferina] breeding in Norfolk. < Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, p. 1782.
1847. CaBorT, 8., JR. [Remarks on exhibition of the sternum and trachea of Cygnus
americanus.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1847, p. 213.
1847. Cabot, S., JR. [Remarks on exhibition of Anas discors from Massachusetts. ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, ii, 1847, p. 226.

1847. Fatck, V. Description d’une livrée inconnue de l’Anas [Somateria] stelleri,
supposé dans sa deuxiéme année, @’aprés des individus tués aux environs
@Helsingfors le 29 Mai 1841. < Acta Soc. Scient. Fennice, ii, 1847, pp. 61-64,
pl. enlum.

946

1847,

1847,
1247,

1847,

1847,

1847,

1847,

1847.

1847.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

FEATHERSTONHAUGH, —. Ducks [Aix sponsa] hatched in Trees. < Zoologist,
v, 1847, p. 1642.
FEATHERSTONHAUGH, —. Swans on Lake Pepin. < Zoologist, vy, 1847, p. 1698.
FIsHEeR, W.R. Description of and Notes respecting Paget’s Pochard (‘Fuli-

gula ferinoides,’) a New Species of the Duck Tribe. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp.
1778-1782, fige.
See FIsHER, Zool., iii, 1845, p. 1137, and BARTLETT, P. Z. S., xv, 1847, p. 48.
GLENCON, M. Account of a Black and White Mottled Swan, on the water in
the demesne of the Earl of Shannon, Castle Martyr, County Cork. <P; Z.
S., XV, 1847, p. 97.

GLENCON, M. Account of a Black and White Mottled Swan, on the water in
the demesne of the Earl of Shannon, Castle Martyr, County Cork. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 1847, pp. 214, 215.

From P. Z. 8., June 22, 1847, p. 97.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of a [lately] new species of Anser [nigricans].
< Am. Journ. Sci., iii, 1847, pp. 435, 436.

From Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., iv, 18462, p.17], q. v.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of a [lately] new species of Anser [nigricans].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 1847, p. 214.

From Am. Journ, Set., iii, May, 1847, p. 435. .

SpPiceR,W. W. Occurrence of the Scaup Duck [Fuligula marila] near Godalm-
ing. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1641, 1642.

THomPsoN, W. Occurrence of the Ruddy Shieldrake (Tadorna rutila) in Ire-
land. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1877.

From Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, p. 171.

- Tomxs, R. F. Occurrence of the Bimaculated Duck [Anas glocitans, at Yar-

mouth]. < Zoeologist, v, 1847, p. 1698.

. TYZENHAUZ, [C.] Notice sur la coloration accidentelle rose des Canards sau-

vages. < Revue Zoologique, x, 1847, pp. 273-275.

. WricuT, M. v. Bidrag till Prakt-Eiderns (Fuligula [Somateria] spectabilis,

Bonap.) Natural-Historia. < Acta Soc. Scient. Fennice, ii, pt. ii, 1847, pp. 751-
759, pl. xiii.

. BorreR, W., JR. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose (Anser [Chenalopex]

Egyptiacus) in Sussex. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2067.

. CLIBBORN, J. Occurrence of the White-fronted Goose (Anser albifrons) at Wa-

terford. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2024.

. CURTLER, M. Occurrence of the Summer or Tree Duck [Aix sponsa] at Ten-

bury. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2067.

- Dunn, R. Occurrence of the Surf Scoter (Anas [@demia] perepignats) in

Sheuenal < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2067.

. FisHer, W. R. Note on the Bimaculated Duck (Anas glocitans). < Zoologist,

vi, 1848, p. 2026, fig.

. GouGcH, T. Capture of the Velvet and Common Scoters (Anas [Cidemia] fusea

and A. [CE.] nigra) on Windermere. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2230.

. JOHNSON, F. W. Occurrence of the Velvet Scoter (Anas [@demia] fusca) and

Common Scoter (Anas [C.] nigra) in Suffolk. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2067.

. JOHNSON, F. W. Occurrence of the Ferruginous Duck (Fuligula nyroca) in

Suffolk. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2230.

3. Lawson, G. Occurrence of the Hooper or Wild Swan (Cygnus ferus) on the

Tay. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2148.

3. PARRY, ELLEN W. Account of a Hooper or Wild Swan (Cygnus ferus), nearly

Seven Years in the possession of Rear-Admiral Webley Parry. < Zoologist,
v1, 1848, pp. 2024-2026.

ee

No. 4.} COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATID, 947

1848. PooLs, J.’ Occurrence of Bewick’s Swan (Cygnus Bewickii) in Wexford Har-
bour. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2026.

1848. SrLys-Lonecuamps, E. v. Aufzihlung der bekannten Bastarde in der Sipp-
schaft der Anatiden. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xli, 1848, pp. 226, 227.
Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. et Bel. Let. Brusel., tom. xii, pt. 2, 1845, p. 335. 26 Bastarde.
1848. Tyzenuaus, [C.] Coloration accidentelle rose des canards sauvages. < Arch.
des Sc. Phys. ct Nat. Geneve, vii, 1848, p. 338.
Revue Zoologique, No. 9, 1847, pp. 273-275.
1849. Branpt, J. F. Fuligulam (Lampronettam) Fischeri novam avium rossicarum
speciem praemissis observationibus ad Fuligularum generis sectionum et sub-
generum quorundam characteres et affinitates spectantibus descripsit J. F.
Brandt. < Mém. deV Acad. St.-Pétersb., vi sér., Sci. Nat., vi, 1849, pp. 1-15, pl.
I. De Fuligularum generis divisionibus. I. De Thalassonettinis nova Fulig. gen. sudivi-
sione. IIL. Thalasson. subdivisionis subgenera illustrata; Lampronctta, g. n., p. 5; F. (Z.)
Jjischeri, sp. n., p. 6, pl.; Phylaconetta, g. 2., p. 9, typo A. histrionica L. IV. Fuligule (Lamop-
ronettce) fischeri maris adulti descriptio. V. De ejusdem affinitatibus animadversiones quie-
dam.
1849. BurRoucues, T. H. Occurrence of the Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] in
Norfolk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.
i849. Cassin, J. [Remarks on aspecimen of Anas rafflesii (Querquedula cyanoptera)
from Louisiana.] < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, 1849, p. 195.
1849. Davy, J. Notice of a peculiarity of structure observed in the Aorta of the
Wild Swan [Cygnus ferus]. < P. Z. S., xvii, 1849, pp. 28, 29,
1849. GURNEY, J. H. Inquiry respecting the Gray-legged Goose [Anser cinereus ].
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2622,
Cf. op. cit., viii, 1850, p. 2740.
1849. GuRNEY, J.H. Occurrence of the Gray-legged Goose (Anser palustris [cine-
reus]) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.
1849. HANSELL, P. E. Remarkable Colour of the Yelk in the Eggs of the Common
Duck [Anas boschas]. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2353.
1849. HULK, J. W. The Summer Duck (Anas [ Aix] sponsa) a British Bird. < Zo-
* ologist, vii, 1849, p. 2421.
1849, HuLKE, J. W. Occurrence of the Summer Duck (Anas [Aix] sponsa) near
Deal. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2353.
1849. KENNAWAY,G.G. Curious Anecdote of a Duck. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.
1849. LAFRESNAYE, F.prE. Sur une femelle de Canard sauvage a plumage de male et
sur une Métis de Canard pilet et de Canne sauvage. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,
i, 1849, pp. 177-179,
1849. Newton, A. Inquiry respecting the Spur-winged Goose [Plectropterus gam-
bensis]. <Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2421.
1849. NewrTon, A. The Summer Duck [Aix sponsa] a British Bird. < Zoologist, vii,
1849, p. 2529.

1849. ScHErL, C. Om Platypus [Fuligula] ferinus. < Kroyer’s Naturh. Tidssk., n.
Rethe, ii, 1849, p. 526.
Not seen.

1849. WILLIAMS, J. _ Occurrence of the Garganey (Anas querquedula [Querquedula
circia]) near Tring. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2421,
1849. WiLLIAMs, J. Occurrence of the Golden-eye (Anas clangula [Clangula glauci-
um])at Tring. <Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2421.
1850. AMHERST, F.H. Sailing of the Swan. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2802.

1850. BaLDaMus, E. [Eier von Mergus merganser.] < Naumannia, i, Heft ii, 1850,
p. 100.

948 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1850. BELL, T. Remarkable Act in a Duck [Cairina moschata)]. << Zoologist, viii,
1850, pp. 2652, 2653.

1850. Cassin, J. Notice of an American species of Duck [O. velvetina n. sp. ] hith-
erto regarded as identical with the Oidemia fusca, (Linn.) < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., v, Dec., 1850, pp: 126, 127. vii

1850. CooKE, R. B. Tufted Duck (Anas fuligula [ Fuligula cristata]) breeding in Mal-
ham Waters. <Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2879, 2880.

1850. Davy, J. Notice of a peculiarity of Structure observed in the Aorta of the
Wild Swan [Cygnus ferus]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1850, pp. 139, 140.

From P. Z. §., Mar. 13, 1849, pp. 28, 29.

1850. Durr, J. Occurrence of Rare Anatide, &c., near Bishop Auckland. < Zoolo-
gist, vili, 1850, p. 2773. :

1850. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] at
Pevensey, Sussex. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2773.

1850. ELLMAN, J.B. Occurrence of Rare Anatide in Sussex. < Zoologist, viii, 1850,
p. 2773.

1850. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Pink-footed Goose (Anser brachyrhynchus)
and Brent Goose (Anser [Bernicla] Brenta) near Wisbeach. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, pp. 2772, 2773.

1850. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Wild Swan (Cygnus ferus) and Bewick’s
Swan (C. Bewickii) near Wisbeach. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p, 2773.

1850. Foster, T.W. Occurrence of the Goosander (Mergus Merganser), Red-breasted
Merganser (M. Serrator), and Smew (M. albellus) [in England]. < Zoologist,
viii, 1850, pp. 2774, 2775.

1850. GRANTHAM, G. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose (Anser [Chenalopex] Agyp-
tiacus) in Sussex. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, Ppp. 2772, 2773.

1850. GURNEY, J. H. A Hybrid between a Cravat Canada Gander [Bernicla cana-
densis] and a Bernicle Goose [ Bernicla leucopsis]. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p.
2969.

1550. Harr, T. Occurrence of the Red-breasted Merganser (Mergus Serrator) in the
Thames. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2775.

1850. Hieeins, E. T. Description of a Duck shot near Dunbar. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, pp. 2773, 2774.

1850. Horr, W. J. Occurrence of the Goosander (Mergus merganser) on the Severn.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

1850. [JARDINE, W.] Casarca leucoptera, Blyth [n.sp.]. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1850,
p. 141, pl. Ixiv.

1850. JonEs, J. M. Occurrence of the Merganser (Merganser [Mergus] serrator) near
Montgomery. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2705, 2706. :

1850. K[IRTLAND], J. P. Editorial Correspondence. < The Family Visitor, i, No. 9,
1850, p. 72.

Relating to domestication of Aix sponsa.

1850. MatrHrws, A., and MATTHEWS, H. Reply to Mr. Gurney’s Inquiry [Zool.,
p. 2622] respecting the Gray-legged Goose [Anser cinereus]. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, pp. 2740, 2741.

1850. MinneR, W.M. E. Occurrence of the Pink-footed Goose (Anser branchy-
rhynchus [sic]) near York. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2705.

1850. Newman, E. vuccurrence of the Bimaculated Duck (Anas glocitans) in the
Fens of Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, vili, 1850, p. 2652.

1850. NEwMan, E. Occurrence of the Swan Goose (Anser [Cygnopsis] Cygnoides)
in Norfolk. .< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2705.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 949

1850. NewTon, A. Variety of the Pink-footed Goose (Anser brachyrhynchus). <Zo-
ologist, viii, 1850, p. 2802.

1850. Norman, G. Occurrence of Wild Swans [Cygnus ferus] near Hull. < Zoolo-
gist, Vili, 1850, p. 2773.

1850. PEacock, E. Ducks Nesting in Trees. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2774.

1850. Powys, T,L. Occurrence of the Smew (Mergus albellus) in Northamptonshire.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2775.

1850. Ristnc, R. Occurrence of the Ferruginous Duck (Anas ferruginea [Fuligula
nyroca]) near Great Yarmouth. < Zooiogist, viii, 1850, p. 2803.

1850. Rupp, T. S. Occurrence of the Ferruginous Duck (Anas ferruginea [Fuligula
nyroca]) near Redear. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2773.

1850. Topras, R. [Mergus merganser hat im Jahre 1844 an der Oder gebriitet.]
< Naumannia, i, Heft ii, 1850, pp. 99, 100.

1851. [BaLpamus, E.] [Fuligula homeyeri (Baed.n.sp.).] < Nauwmannia, i, Heft iv,
1851, p. 90.

Original-Notiz, ohne Beschreibung. Cf. op. cit., ii, Heft i, 1852, pp. 12-15, pl.

1851. Evans, J. The Domestic or Mute Swan [Cygnus olor] in the Leamington Gar-
dens. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3208, 3209.

1851. GREEN, J. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex #gyptiacus] at
Yarmouth, and the Pink-footed Goose [Anser brachyrhynchus] at Ely.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3175.

1851. Gurney, J. H. Note on the Changes of Plumage which occur periodically in
the Male Birds of several different Species of Ducks [Anatide]. < Zoologist,
ix, 1851, p. 3116.

1851. Gurney, J.H. Longevity of the Nyroca Duck [Fuligula nyroca]. < Zoolovist,
ix, 1851, pp. 3116, 3117.

1851. GuRNEY, S., JR. Remarks on the Swan. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3234.

1851. Gurney, S., Jk. Remarks on the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus. ]
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3234.
1851. Harrison, J. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] on
Derwent Lake. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3175.
1851. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. Sur une espéce de Canard presumée étre une variété
mélanienne de l’Anas boschas. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., iii, 1851, pp. 580-583.
Cf. Anas purpureo-viridis de Schinz.
1851. Norman, A.M. Hybrid between the Common Mallard [Anas boschas] and the
Pintail Duck [Dafila acuta]. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3175.
1851. OswaLp, —. [Communication of some remarks by Mr. Mack on the fact of
black eggs being laid by a white Duck of the ordinary domestic breed. ]
QP 2.8.x, 1851, p. 192.
1852. BADEKER, [—.] Fuligula homeyeri. < Naumannia, ii, Heft i, 1852, pp. 12-15,
(hierzu eine Tafel als Titelkupfer des 2ten Heftes dieses Bandes. )
Beschreibung.
1852. BELL, J. [G.] Description of a New Species of the genus Fuligula [viola].
< Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, v, 1852, pp. 219,220. (Read Aug. 30, 1851.)
1852. Bonp, F. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex Egyptiacus, Gould)
in Cambridgeshire. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3712.

1852. GuRNEY, S., JR. Swans breeding at the age of Two Years. < Zoologist, x,
1852, p. 3536.

1852. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on an unusual occurrence of the Red-breasted Merganser
[Mergus serrator, at Lowestoft, in July]. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3599.

1852. Hugues, E.I. R. Curious want of Instinct in young Ducks. < Zoologist, x,
1852, p. 3579.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

52. NEWTON, E. Occurrence of the Harlequin Duck [Histrionicus torquatus] in

Banffshire. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3331.

. THompson, W. Anas [Harelda] glacialis[in Britain]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

2d ser., ix, 1852, p. 156.

- Topias, L. [Mergus merganser bei Griineberg in Schlesien briitend. ] < Nau-

mannia, ii, Heft i, 1852, p. 102.

- Tosras, L. [Cygnus musicus bei Griineberg in Schlesien.] < Nawmannia, ii,

Heft i, 1852, p. 102.

. ANoN. How Eider [Somateria mollissima] Down is Gathered. < Harper's

New Monthly Mag., vi, 1853, pp. 784-786.
Process and perils of procuring down on the European arctic coast.

. Batpamus, E. [Platypus marilus (Fuligula marila) in der Nahe yon Braun-

. schweig briitend; u.s. w.] < Nawmannia, iii, 1853, pp. 337-339.

. Bock, —. Die Pracht-Eiderente [Somateria spectabilis] vorgekommen an der

preussischen Kuste. <J.f. 0., i, 1853, p. 371.

3. DyHR, —. [Anas falcaria Pall., funnen i Sverige.] <Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-

Akad. Forh., 1853, pp. 227, 228.

. GLOGER, C. W. L. Das Fortschwimmen der Enten [Anatide spp. ] unter dem

Wasser. <J.f. O., i, 1853, pp. 381-383.

. GLOGER, C. W. L. Die Neigung der Enten-Arten [Anatidx] zur Vermischung

durch Begattung mit einander. <J.f. O., i, 1853, pp. 409-418.

. Ks&rBOxiine, N. Ueber Clangula mergoides, n. sp.? (Beil. 4. zum Protok. d.

siebenten Ornithol.-Versam. zu Halberstadt.) < Naumannia, iii, 1853, pp.
327-332.
Cf. J. f, O., i, 1853, Extrah., (1854), pp. 29-32.

- Mack,—. [Black eggs laid by white domestic Duck (Anas boschas).] < Ann,

Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xii, 1853, p. 213.
From P. Z. §., May 27, 1851, p. 192.

- Martin, L. Anas [Aix] sponsa Lin. in der Niihe von Berlin geschossen. <J.

Ff. O., i, 18853, pp. 156-158.
Mit Bemerkungen des Herausgebers und von C. W. L. Gloger.

. Martin, L. Zur Verfirbung des Gefieders, namentlich bei Anas [Cidemia ]

nigra. <J.f. O., i, 1853, pp. 208-212.

- MoGerIDGE, M. On the Habits of the Wigeon [Mareca penelope]. < Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xi, 1853, p. 158.

Nothing beyond the fact of observing it ‘last summer.”

"53. MUNTER, —. Anas [Somateria] spectabilis Lin. an der pommerschen Kiiste

erlegt. <J.f. O., i, 1853, p. 207.

. MtnTerR,—. Anas Tadorna [Tadorna cornuta] Lin. als Hausthier. SLA ey T

1853, p. 302.

- NAUMANN, J. F. Zur Erklirung des Titelkupfers. <_ Naumannia, iii, 1853, pp.

5-8.
Anserine ; fig. A, B, C, Anser arvensis ; fig. D, E, F, Anser segetum.

. SCHLEGEL, H. Verfirbung des Gefieders. <J.f. O., i, 1853, p. 67.

Anas carolinensis, Aix galericulata.

. Smiryg, A. C. Young Ducks nursed by a Cat. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3946.
. STEVENSON, H. Note on the late appearance of the Common Scoter (Anas

[Gdemia] nigra) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3989.

. AttuM, B. Ueber eine neue(?) Kleine Schwanenart. < Naumannia, iv, 1854,

pp. 145-149, nebst Taf. i, u. ii, figg. 1-4; auch p. 398 (Druckfehler).
Cf. tom. cit., p. 327. :

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 951

1854. ANDREWS, [W.] [On the Irish specimen of Malacorhynchus membranaceus. ]
<_ Nat. Hist. Rev., i, 1854, p. 25.

1854. B6ck, —. Die Mauser von Platypus [Gidemia] niger. < J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp.
309-312.

: Zusatze d. Herausg.

1854, CaBoT,S.[JR.] [On a specimen of a hybrid Duck, a cross between the Golden-
eye (Clangula americana) and the Hooded Merganser (Mergus cucullatus). ]
< Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1854, pp. 57, 118-120.

From Searborough, Maine; full description; proposed to be named Clangula mergiformis.

1854. GouLD, J. [Exhibition of male and female specimens of a very rare English

Duck (Fuligula ferinoides).] <P. Z.8., xxii, 1854, p. 95.

1854. HarTLAuB, G. Vorliufiges iiber die von B. Altum beschriebene kleine Schwa-

nenart. < Naumannia, iv, 1854, pp. 327-329. i

Cf. tom. cit., p. 145.—Dass die von Altum beschriebene Art keine andere als der 1831 von
Sharpless in den 22sten Bande von Silliman’s Amer. Journ. Sci. auf S. 83 beschriebene Cyg-
nus americanus sein kann. (Vergl. op. cit. v, pp. 101, 258.)

1854. KJARBOLLING, N. Ueber Clangula mergoides Kjarb., als wahre, unverkennbare
Tauchente. (Anhang IV. zu Berichte iiber die VII. Jahresversammlung der
deutschen Ornithologen-Gesellschaft.) <J. f. O., i, 1853, Extrah., (1854), pp.
29-32.

Cf. Naum., iii, 1853, pp. 327-332.

1354. LE PRESTRE, —. Observations sur le Cygne noir [Cygnus atratus, en domes-
ticité]. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., i, 1854, pp. 409-414,

1854. Martin, L. Wie zahme Giinse [Anser] begierige Fleischfresser wurden. < J.
f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 179, 180.

1854. Mitner, W. M. E. Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] breeding at Osberton.
< Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4440, 4441.

1854. Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Goosander (Mergus Merganser) at Scilly. < Zo-
ologist, xii, 1854, p..4179.

1854. ROUTILLET, F. Nouvel art d’élever, de multiplier, d’engraisser et de chasser
les Canards [Anatide]. Moyen de se faire un revenu annuel de 1400 a 2000
Fr. 2° édition, augmentée. Avec gravures. Paris. Tissot. 1854. 8vo.

pp. 36.

Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

1854. StEvENSON, H. Note on the late appearance of the Common Scoter (Anas
[Gidemia] nigra) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4408.

1854. [SUNDEVALL, C. J.] Anas falcaria, funneni Sverige. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-
Acad. Férhandl. for ar 1853, 1854, pp. 227, 228.

1854. THompson, W. Occurrence of the Turf [sc. Surf] Scoter (Oidemia perspicil-

lata, Flem.) at Weymouth. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4255.

1854. WAKEFIELD, R. Singular Hatch of Ducklings. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4441.

1855. AttuM, B. Nachtrag zu den im II. Quartale 1854 beschriebenen und im III.
desselben Jahres abgebildeten deutschen Schwinen. Cygnus Bewickii. (?)
< Nawmannia, v, 1855, pp. 101-108.

1855. ANDREWS, W. On an Addition [Malacorhynchus membranaceus] to the Or-
nithology of Great Britain. < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), ii, 1855, pp. 8, 9, 10.
Other additions to the same fauna are also noted.
1855. BERESFORD, G. Occurrence of the Smew [Mergellus albellus] near London.
< Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4704.
1855. Bop, T. J. Oceurrence of the Egyptian Goose (Anser [ Chenalopex] Agyptia-
cus) near Neweastle. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4560.

952

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.
1855.

1855.

1855.
1855.
1855.
1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1856.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Bryant, H. [Remarks on exhibition of North American specimens of Mareca
penelope and Querquedula crecca.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, p.
195.

FREDERICK, G.S. Occurrence of the Polish Swan [Cygnus immutabilis] at
Hornsey Mere. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4661.

GapaMER, [H.] 1. Zur Naturgeschichte der Oidemia fusca, Flem. Platypus

fuscus, Brehm. Melanita fusca, Boje. Anas fusca, Linné. Fuligula fusea,
Bonap. < Naumannia, v, 1855, pp. 89-92.

GLoGcER, C. W. L. Ein Hockerschwan [Cygnus olor], einen Fisch verzehrend.
<J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 181, 182.

Gray, G. R. On a new Species of Somateria [v-nigra], and the Female of
Lampronetta Fischeri, Brandt. <P. Z. 8., xxiii,1855, pp. 211, 212, pll. (Aves)
evil, eviil.

PI. evii, Somateria v-nigra, p. 212, sp. n.; pl. cvili, Arctonetta (n. g.) fischert.

GURNEY, §,, JR. Black Swans [Cygnus atratus] Breeding in Confinement.
< Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4661.

HECKEL, J. Ueber verrirte wilde Schwine [Cygnus musicus]. < Verh. zool.-
bot. Ver. Wien, v, 1855, pp. 14, 15.

HoMEYER, E. v. Hinige Worte tiber Art, Bestand und klimatische Ausartung ;
mit besonderer Riicksicht auf Fuligula Homeyeri. <J./f. O., ii, 1854, Extrah.,
(1855), pp. lxvi-Lxix.

MULLER, —v. [Ueber Anseres spp. in der Umgegend von Sternberg.] <Nau-
mannia, 1855, pp. 104, 105.

NEWMAN, E. Curious Act of Auto-surgery in a Teal [Zool., p. 4661]. . < Zoolo-
gist, xiii, 1855, p. 4704.

Preston, T. A. Curious act of Autosurgery in a Teal [plugging a wound with
feathers]. <( Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4661. [Cf. p. 4704. ]

ScHLEGEL, H. [Ein Wort iiber den von Altum beschriebenen Singschwan mit
ganz schwarzer Schnabelfirste. < Naumannia, v, 1855, p. 258, taf. iv, f. 1-4.
SCHLEGEL, H. [Ueber die Saat- und weisstirnigen Ginse.] < Nawmannia,

v, 1855, pp. 254-257.
15 allgemeine Bemerkungen. 5 spp.

SELYS-LONGCHAMPS, E. Bemerkungen tiber die wahren Ganse (Anser) Euro-
pas. < Nauwmannia, v, 1855, pp. 261-265, pl. iv, f. 6, 7.

Sspp. Anser pallipes, sp. n.

SELYS-LONGCHAMPS, E. Zusitze zu den Bemerkungeu tiber die wahren Ganse
[Anser] Europas. < Naumannia, v, 1855, pp. 397, 398.

Wyman, J. [Remarks on exhibition of a preparation of the wing of the
“Winter” or Pin-tailed Duck (Dafila acuta).] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,

v, 1855, p. 169.
Showing mechanism of flexion and extension, contributing to fixity of the limb, independ-
ently of muscular action.

. ALTUM,[B.] [Ueber die Schwiine.] < Naumannia, vi, 1856, pp. 363-367.
. [Bitiines, E.] On Black Duck, (Anas obscura.) < Canad. Nat. and Geol., i,

Apr., 1856, pp. 146-149.
Compiled descriptive sketch of habits.

. [BILLINGS, E.] On the Wood Duck, (Anas [Aix] sponsa.) < Canad. Nat. and

’ Geol., i, Apr., 1856, pp. 149-152.
Compiled description and sketch of habits.
[Bitiines, E.] On the Green-winged Teal, (Anas [ Querquedula] Carolinensis. )
< Canad. Nat. and Geol., i, Apr., 1856, pp. 153, 154.

Mainly quotations.

RE a tS

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 953

1856. [Birtines, E.] On the Blue-winged Teal, (Anas [Querquedula] discors.)

< Canad. Nat. and Geol., i, Apr., 1856, pp. 154-156.
Chiefly quoted.

1856. [Bitiines, E.] On the Mallard [Anas boschas]. < Cand. Nat. and Geol., i,
Apr., 1856, pp. 156-159.

1856. FincGER, J. Der Entenfang bei Holitsch. < Nawmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 262-267.

1856. GLoGER, C. W.L._ ,,Fuligula Homeyeri‘ Bid. ist wirklich nur eine klimatische
Abanderung der gewohnlichen F. ferina. < Nawmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 252-257.

1856. GLoGER, C.W.L. Schwarze Hier von pL Bae, Anas boschas. <Jd./f.0.,
iv, 1856, pp. 309-313.

1856. GURNEY,S. Black Swans [Cygnus atratus] breeding in Confinement. <Zoolo-
gist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5280, 5281.

1856. JACKEL, J. Anas [Fuligula] rufina im Sommer in Bayern. < Naumannia, vi,
1856, p. 425.

1856. Martin, L. Anser ruticollis Pall. in der Gefangenschaft. < J. f. O., iv, 1856,
pp. 94, 95.

1856. MontGomMERY, Rk. J. [On the occurrence of Chenalopex egyptiacus in Ireland;
with remarks by R. J. Kinahan.] < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), iii, 1856, pp.
53-55.

1856. Newman, E. Question respecting the American Scaup said to have been taken
at Scarborough. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 4947.

1856. PEASE, J. Inquiry respecting the Sexes of Geese. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5280.
1856. PREEN,— Vv. Die Graugiinse in Mecklenburg. < Nawmannia, vi, 1856, p. 191.

1856, Rovp, E. H. Occurrence of the Velvet Scoter [Gidemia fusca] at the Land’s
End. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 4946.

1856. SELys-LONGCHAMPS, E. DE. Revue der ,,Récapitulation des Hybrides, observés
dans la Famille des Anatidées‘‘. < Nauwmannia, vi, 1856, pp. 395-397.

, Fast alle Arten der Familie der Anatide kénnen Hybriden erzeugen, von denen einige
fruchtbar, aber die Mehrzahl unfruchtbar ist. ‘‘

1856. SreLys-LoNGcHAMpes, E. DE. Additions 4 la récapitulation des hybrides ob-
servées dans la famille des Anatidées. < Bull. Acad. Belg., xxiii, pt. ii, 1856,
pp. 6-22.

Pas vues moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

1856. SLANEY, W. H. Savage Conduct of a Tame Drake [Anas boschas]. < Zoolo-
gist, xiv, 1856, pp. 4996, 4997.

1856. SmiTH, J. A. Notice of the Ferruginous Duck [Fuligula nyroca], or White-
Eyed Duck (Nyroca leucophthalmos, Flem.,) recently shot near Musselburgh.
< Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser., ili, 1856, p. 350.

1856. SrEVENSON, H. Note on the late Appearance of the Common Gearee [Gidemia
nigra] and the Scaup Duck [Fuligula marila] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xiv,
1856, p. 5123.

1856. STEVENSON, H. Late Appearance of the Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis]
and Common Scoter [Gidemia nigra]. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5160.

1856. WizmoT, J. P. An Egg Prodigy. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5123.

Double egg of Goose, weighing 14 lbs.; larger than egg of Alea impennis.

1856. Witson, Dr. J. Letter from Dr. Jos. Wilson to Dr. L. J. Williams, U.S. N.
describing the manner of hatching Ducksin China. < Perry’s Japan Hupe-
dition, ii, 1856, pp. 249-252, woodcuts.

1857. Briegs, J. J. Occurrence of the Pinkfooted Goose (Anser brachyrhynchus) in
Derbyshire. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5595.

1857. BROCKHOLES, J. F. Double Egg of Young Goose. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5365.
Bll,

954 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1857. BROCKHOLES, J. F. The Teal (Anas [Querquedula] crecca) breeding in Che-
shire. <Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5365. :

1857. W., Ciara, (Frl.) Junge Enten als Pfleglinge einer Hiihnerhiindin. < Nau- ~
mannia, Vii, 1857, pp. 438, 439. ;

1857. CLERMONT, Lord. Mute Swans [Cygnus olor] in Dundalk Bay. < Loologist,
xv, 1857, p. 5595.

1857. Firzau, F. [Gattentreue eines Minnchen von Anser segetum.] < Nawmannia,
vii, 1857, Heft ii, pp. 86, 87.

1857. OLPH-GALLIARD, L. Noch ein Wort iiber Fuligula Homeyeri. <Naumannia,
vi, 1857, Hett i, pp. 66-74.

Nebst Nachschrift von C. W. L. Gloger.

1857. ScLaTER, P. L. Note on the Upland Goose [Chloephaga magellanica]. < P.

Z. 8., XXv, 1857, p. 128.

1857. ScLATER, P. L. Note on the Upland Goose [Chloephaga, magellanica]. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xx, 1857, p. 461. o
From P. Z. S., June 9, 1857, p. 128.
1857. SmiTH, R. B. Breeding of Teal in Dorset. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5792.
1857. Smitu, R. B. Wild Duck. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5792.

1857. THomPsoN, W. Occurrence of the Canada Goose (Anser [Bernicla] canaden-
sis) at Weymouth. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5428. .

1857. THompson, W. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose (Anser [Chenalopex] egyp-
tiacus) at Weymouth. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. £429.

1857. THoMPson, W. Occurrence of the Longtailed Duck (Anas [Harelda] glacialis)
at Weymouth. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5595, 5596.

1857. THompsoN, W. The Shoveller (Anas [Spatula] clypeata) breeding in Dorset-
shire. <Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5757.

1858. BaLpamus, [E.] [Hausente, Anas boschas, die sich mit einem Giinserich ge-.
paart hatte.] < Nauwmannia, viii, 1858, p. 506.

1858. Botte, C. Anas Tadorna [Tadorna cornuta] kein Hausthier in Neu-Vorpom-
mern und Riigen. <J. f. O., vi, 1858, pp. 489, 490.

1858. BreweER, T. M. [Note of the occurrence of Mareca penelope on Long Island,
in North America.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1858, pp. 419, 420.

1858. Casor, S. [Jr.] [Occurrence of the Ruddy Duck (Erismatura dominica) on
Lake Champlain.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1858, p. 343.
1858. CaBot, 8. [JR.] [Remarks on exhibition of certain Anatide, rare in North
America.] < Proe. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1358, pp. 375, 376.
Erismatura dominica, Mareca penelope.
1858. CLERMONT, Lord. Notes on the capture of a Mute Swan (Cygnus olor) in Dun-
dalk Bay. < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), v, 1858, pp. 90, 91. See also p. 87.

1858. GurNey,S. Black Swans [Cygnus atratus] nesting at Carshalton. < Zoologisi,
Xvi, 1858, p. 5988.

1858. GouLp, J. [Remarks on three specimens of Steller’s Duck (Somateria stelleri)
exhibited by Mr. Stevens.] ' <P. Z.8., xxvi, 1858, p. 78.
1858. HussEy, A. Domestic Ducks [Anas boschas] Nesting in a Church Tower.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6144.
From the ‘Sussex Express,’ June 5, 1858. Communicated by the Rev. A. Hussey.
1858. LaNGMaN, A. Till Halskriickans [Mergus merganser] Naturhistoria. <Ofvers.
k. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1858, p. 347.
“Utdrag ur bref till Sundevall fr. Radm. A. Langman, hvilken varit Sgonvittne till Skra-
ken transporterande af ungarne i nabbet ned i hafvet.”—v. FRIESEN.
1858. MatuEr, T. Occurrence of the Barheaded Goose (Anser Indica) near Chester.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 5988.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA, 955

1858. RocErs, F. Occurrence of Wild Geese in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xvi,
: 1858, p. 6097.

1858. ScLaTER, P.L. Additional Note on the Upland Goose (Chloephaga magellanica).
<P. Z.S8., xvi, 1858, pp. 289, 290. .

1858. STEVENSON, H. Biautiful [sic] Variety of the Garganey Teal [Querquedula cir-
cia]. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6210.

1858. Wit1aMs, R. P. [Remarks on presentation of an Irish specimen of Cygnus
olor.] < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), v, 1858, p. 387. See also pp. 90, 91.

With remarks by J. B. Doyle and R. J. Montgomery.

1859. BLAKISTON, T. Showers of Feathers. : < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6675, 6676.

1859. CLARK, T. Occurrence of the Black Swan (Cygnus atratus) in Somersetshire.
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6379.

1859. ELLior, D. G. “[Exhibition of three specimens of Hybrid Ducks from the South
Shore of Long Island, U. S. A.] <P.Z. S., XXvii, 1859, p. 437.

1859. GouLp, J. [Extract from a letter addressed to him by Dr. George Bennett, of
Sidney, respecting the Semipalmated Goose (Anseranas melanoleuca).] <P.
Z.S., XXVii, 1859, pp. 39, 40.

1859. GREENE, T. W. Showers of Feathers. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6442, 6443.

1859. GREENE, T. W. Showers of Feathers. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6763.

ee Cf. tom. cit.,. pp. 6442, 6675. Here the editor told them both to stop.

1859. GurRNEY, 8. Black Swans [Cygnus atratus] Breeding at Carshalton. < Zoolo-

gist, xvii, 1859, p. 6330.

1859. LAFRESNAYE, [F.] DE. [Quelques détails sur des faits relatifs aux Anatidés. ]
< Bull. Soc. Acclim., vi, 1859, pp. 226, 227.

1859. LAGERGREN, J. F. Till Halskrickens [Mergus merganser] naturhistoria. <Of-
vers. k. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1859, p. 394.
“Om storkrakens sitt att transportera sina ungar i nabbet till vatnet.”
1859. Newton, A. Remarks on the Harlequin Duck (Histrionicus torquatus, Bp.).
. < Lbis, i, 1859, pp. 162-166, woode. p. 162, trachea g, 9.
Anatomical, geographical. :
1859. NEwTon, A. Correction of a previous Error [ Zool., p. 3331] respecting the Har-
lequin Duck (Anas histrionica [Histrionicus torquatus]). < Zoologist, xvii,
1859, p. 6536.
1859. RoGET, L. Notice sur un vieux mAle de Canard siffleur [Mareca penelope] &
plumage de femelle. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., xi, 1859, pp. 145-148, pl. 6.
1859. RowLEy, G.D. Occurrence of the Black Swan [Cygnus atratus] on the South
Coast. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6447.
1859. SCLATER, P. L. Note on the Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus) now living in
the Society’s Gardens. < P.Z.S., XXVii, 1859, pp. 131, 132, pl. (Aves) cliii.
P. riippellii, sp. n.
1859. ScLaTEeR, P. L. On some Hybrid Ducks [Tadorna vulpanser ¢ X 2 Casarca
cana] bred in the Society’s Gardens. < P.Z.S., XXvii, 1859, p. 442, pl. clviii.
1859. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] on the
Norfolk Coast. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6447.
1859. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of Paget’s Pochard (Anas [Fuligula] ferinoides),
for the second time, in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6536, 6537.
1859. STRICKLAND, A. On the British Wild Geese. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for
1858, 1859, (Mise. Comm.), pp. 131, 132.
Recognizing 4 species, characters of which conclude a general criticism of the subject.
1859. STRICKLAND, A. On the British Wild Geese. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,
| ili, 1859, pp. 121-124, pl. iv, fig. 1-3.

Critical discrimination of 4 spp.

956

1859.

1860.

1860.

1860.
1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.
1860.

1861.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | (Vou.

WOLLEY, J., JR. On the Breeding of the Smew, Mergus albellus. LL. < bis,i,
1859, pp. 69-76.
Detailed narrative of his long and successful search for the eggs of this species in ieee
BARNSTON, G. Recollections of the Swans and Geese [Anatide] of Hudson’s
Bay. < Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 253-259.
Running commentary on the species, with tabular estimates of the number annually killed
at various points (some 60,000 in all). Cf. Canad. Nat., vi, Oct., 1861, pp. 337-344.
BaRTLETT, A. D. [Exhibition of the head of a variety of the Common Goose,
with the feathers of the back of the head reversed.] < P. Z.S., xxviii, 1860,
p. 99.
BELL, A. 8. Occurrence of the Surf Scoter [Gidemia perspicillata] near Scar-
borough. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7274.

Buxton, E.C. Great Flocks of Scoters [Gidemia nigra] in July [at the mouth
of the Ribble]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7172.

GLOGER, C. W. L. Wie schaffen die Stockenten, Baumenten und Sagetaucher
[Mergus serrator] ihre Jungen aus Nestern auf Biumen herunter? <J.f. 0.,
viii, 1860, pp. 222-224.

GLoGER, C. W. L. Das Gelbliche und Réthliche an dem Gefieder der Schwine
[Cygnus]. <J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 308, 309.

Nilsson, Sk. Fn. Fog., ii, p. 382.

Hussby,H. ‘The Wild-fowler.’ < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6923.

Above is the title of a book by Mr. Folkard, a passage of which, relating to certain Anatide,
is here criticised.

Newton, A. On some (earn Ducks. < P.Z.S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 336-339, pll.
(Aves) elxvii, clxviii.

Pl. elxvii, Fuligula collaris x F. americana. Pl. clxviii, Anas boschas X Dajila acuta.

NEWTON, A. Remarks on the Anas (Anser) erythropus of Linneus. <P. Z.%.,
XXviil, 1860. pp. 339-341.

Identifies it with minutus, Naum. =temminckii, Boié = finmarchicus, Gunner.

NEwTon, A. Remarks on the Anas (Anser) erythropus of Linneus. < Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860, pp. 452-454.
From P. Z. §., June 26, 1860, pp. 339-341.

Newton, A. Remarks on the Anas (Anser) erythropus of Linneus. < Ibis,
li, 1860, pp. 404-406.

Reprinted from P. Z. S., June 26, 1860, pp. 339-341.

SciaTer, P.L. Further Evidence of the Distinctness of the Gambian and Riip-
pell’s Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus gambensis and P.riippellii). < P.
Z.S8., XXVili, 1860, pp. 38-42, woodee.

Anatomical characters; synonymy.

SciaTeR, P. L. {Exhibition of a male example of the Bimaculated Duck (Anas

glocitans) of Yarrell.] <P. Z.S., xxviii, 1860, p. 303.

ScLaTeR, P.L. Further Evidence of the Distinctness of the Gambian and Riip-
pell’s Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus gambensis and P. Riippellii). <Amn.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860, pp. 69-73, figg. 6.

From P. Z. 8., Tan iit 1860, pp. 38-42.

ScLaTER, P. L. Note on the Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus) now living in
the Society’s Gardens. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, pp. 146, 147.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 12, 1859, pp. 181, 132.

SwInHOE, R. Wild Swans on the Coast of China. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp.
6923, 6924,

TURREL, —. Notice sur le Canard du Labrador [en domesticité]. < Bull. Soc.
Acclim., vii, 1860, pp. 540-544,

AutuM, B. Anas clangula [Clangula glaucium], altes Mannchen im Ueber-
csoryesielatills <J.f. O., ix, 1861, pp. 74-76,

2
\ .

No. 4.)

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1861.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 957

BARNSTON, G. Recollections of the Swans and Geese [Anatidz ] of Hudson’s

Bay. < Canadian Naturalist, vi, Oct., 1861, pp. 337-344.
An important and original essay. Cf. Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 253-259.

BaRTLETT, A. D. Notice of the Occurrence of the Pink-footed Goose, Anser
pheenicopus [brachyrhynchus, in Great Britain]. < P. Z.S., xxix, 1861, p. 19.

BartwLert, A. D. [Exhibition of two living specimens of Hybrid Ducks. ]
<C 12, Gy ho 2SS bs IheOil yA

Aix sponsa xX Fuligula ferina, Aix sponsa x F. nyroca.

BarRtTLettT, A. D. Notice of the Occurrence of the Pink-footed Goose, Anser
phenicopus [brachyrhynchus, in Great Britain]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d
ser., vii, 1861, p. 419.

From P. Z. S., Jan. 8, 1861, p. 19:

. BENNETT, G. [Extract from his letter roabentitie: the Semipalmated Goose

(Anseranas melanoleuca).] <P. Z. S., xxix, 1861, pp. 266, 267.

. Cassin, J. [On anew species of Goose (Anser rossii Baird) from Arctic America. |

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiii, 1861, pp. 72, 73.

This is the somewhat noted ‘‘ Horned Wavey” of Hearne (Journ., 1795, p. 442), here first
identified and named binomially. It afterward became the type of the genus Hxzanthemops
Elliot.

Crisp, E. On some Points relating to the Habits and Anatomy of the Oceanic
and of the Freshwater Ducks [ Anatidz], and also of the Hare (Lepus timidus)
and of the Rabbit (L. cuniculus), in relation to the Question of Hybridism.
GEA ZAS ei, LOGON, pp. S2—O0-

Crisp, E. On some Points relating to the Habits and Anatomy of the Oceanic
and of the Freshwater Ducks [Anatide], and also of the Hare (Lepus timi-
dus) and of the Rabbit (L. cuniculus), in relation to the Question of Hybrid-
ism. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., viii, 1861, pp. 72-77.

From P. Z. S., Feb. 26, 1861, pp. 82-87.

FINGER, J. Ueber den Singschwan, Cygnus musicus. < Verh. (Abh.) k.-k. zool.-
bot. Ges. Wien, xi, 1861, pp. 229-234, holzschnitt.

JAckEL, A. J. Zur Frage tiber Altum’s Schwan und den Cygnus melanorhinus
Naumann’s. < J. f. O.,ix, 1861, pp. 66-71.

ich halte Altums Schwine (Naum. 1854, 145) fiir sehr alte Mannchen und Weibchen des
Cygnus melanorhinus (minor, bewickii, und den meinigen fiir Uebergang zum Schwan mit
ganz schwarzer Schnabelfirste. ‘“—(1. c.)

LAURENCE, M.A., JR. Ueber die Zucht der Mandarin-Ente (Anas [Aix] galeri-
culata). < Zool. Gart., ii, 1861, pp.95-98. ;

NewTon, A. Ona Hybrid Duck. <P.Z.S., xxix, 1361, pp. 392, 393.

Mareca penelope x Anas boschas (fera X damustioay.

NEWTON, A. On some Hybrid Ducks. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vii, 1861,
pp. 138-141.

From P. Z. S., June 26, 1860, pp. 336-339, q. v.

Wyman, J. [Remarks on exhibition of a preparation of the bones of a super-
numerary leg from a Goose.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., viii, 1861, pp. 256,
257.

Apams, A. How they fatten Ducks in China. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8196-
8198.

ATKINSON, J. C. Note on the Goosander [Mergus merganser]. < Zoologist, xx,
1862, p. 7848.
BaRNSTON, G. Recollections of the Swans and Geese [Anatide] of Hudson’s
Bay. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7831-7837.
Reprinted rrom the Canadian Naturalist, vi, Oct., 1861, pp. 337-344.
BENNETT, G. [On Anseranas melanoleuca.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,
ix, 1862, pp. 63, 64.
From P. Z. S., June 25, 1861, pp. 266-267.

958 BULLETIN UNITED STATES

3 “1
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1862. BLakE-KNox, H. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex wgyptiacus ]
near Dublin. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7939.

1862

1862

1862

1862.

. Boprnus, Dr. Einigesiiber Anas tadorn
< Zool. Gart., iii, 1862, pp. 188-192.

a [Tadorna cornuta, in Gefangenschaft].

- CROWLEY, P. Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] at

Alton. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7883.
. CROWLEY, P. Occurrence of the Egyp

tian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] at

Alton. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8005.

ELxioT, D. G. On the Occurrence, within the Limits of the United States, of

Barrow’s Golden Hye, Bucephala [Clangula] Islandica (Gmel.) Baird. < Ann.

Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1862, pp.

449-454,

1862. Gossz, P.H. A clever Duck. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7883.
Caught a mouse and drowned it.
1862. Hussey, H. Pochards [Fuligula ferina] in the Serpentine. < Zoologist, xx,
1862, p. 7930.
1862. LEADBEATER, —. [Exhibition of a Hybrid Duck (Dafila acuta x Querquedula,
crecca).] <P.Z_8., xxx, 1862, p. 84,
1862. MARCHAND, A. [Observations sur la domestication de Anas [Fuligula] ferina. }

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.
1862.

1862.

1862.
1862.
1863.
1863.

1863.

< fev. et Mag. de Zool., xiv, 1862, pp. 78, 79.

339, 340,

NEwTon, A. On a Hybrid Duck. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., ix, 1862, pp.

From P:Z. 8., Dec. 10, 1861, pp. 392, 393, q. v.

NEwTon, A. On a hybrid Duck. < Canad. Journ., vii, 1862, pp. 226-227,

From P. Z. S., Dec. 10, 1861, pp. 392, 393, q. v.

z00l.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii, 1862, Abth. ii
Zum Schlusse die einstweilige Diagnose de

< Anal. Univ. de Chile, xxi, No. 5, Nov.

1. B. melanoptera, Eyton. 2. B. dispar, Ph
chiloensis, Ph., p. 434, sp.n. 5. B. inornata,
p. 121.

del Perti [Querquedula angustirostri
5, Noy., 1862, pp. 439, 440,

1862, p. 8002.

S., Xxx, 1862, p. 163.

PELZELN, A. v. Notiz iiber Cygnus immutabilis Yarrell. < Verh, (Abh.) k.-k.

» Pp. 785, 786.
r Arten.

PHILippl, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Sobre los gansos [Anatide] chilenos.

, 1862, pp. 427-439,
-&U., p.431,sp.n. 3. B. leucoptera,Gm. 4. B.
\King. 6. B. antarctica, Steph. Of. Ibis, 1864,

PHILIPPI, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Descripcion de una nueva especie de pato

8, p. 439]. < Anal. Univ. Chile, xxi, No.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Wild Goose near Penzance, < Zoologist, xx,
Sciater, P. L. [Exhibition of a Red-crested Duck (Fuligula rufina). ] KIB VE,

Smitu, J. A. Note of the Capture of the Red-Crested Whistling Duck (Fuli-

gula rufina, Selby) in Argylshire. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ:, new ser.,

xvi, 1862, p. 156.
Gart., iii, 1862, pp. 84, 85,

p. 43.

Bouton, W. W. Notice of a singular
Xxi, 1863, pp. 8831, 8832.

Bouton, W, W. Capture of the Black
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8725, 8726,

sey Marshes. <oologist, xxi, 1863, p.

WAGNER, CHRIST. [Einfangen der Sigetaucher (Mergus spp.).] < Zool.

WEINLAND, D. F. Gehiiubte Schwiine [Cygnus olor]. < Zool. Gart., iii, 1862,

Duck shot near Beverley. < Zoologist,

Swan [Cygnus alratus] near Beverley.

DutTron, J. The Egyptian Goose (Anser [Chenalopex] wegyptiacus) in Peven-

8448,

SN p=

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 959

1863. GLoGaN,H. Hidergans [Somateria mollissima]. < Zool. Gart., iv, 1863, p. 21.

1663. PHILIPPI, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Beschreibung einer neuen Ente und einer
neuen Seechwalbe. < Arch. f. Naturg., —, 1863, pp. 202-—.

Mir nicht zuginglich.— Sain tie angustirostris, Sterna salle ca aus Stiidamerika.
Vergl. Anal. Univ. Chile, xxi, 1862, p. 439.

1863. SAVILLE,S.P. The Egyptian Goose (Anser [Chenalopex] eeyptiacus) in the
Cambridgeshire Fens. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8331.
1863. SaxBy, H. L. Pintail Duck (Anas [Dafila] acuta) in Shetland. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, p. 8494.
1863. WaLkER, R. On the Skeleton of a Seal (Phoca Grenlandica?), and the Cranium
of a Duck, from the Pliocene Beds, Fifeshire. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,
xii, 1863, pp. 382-388.
The duck, unnamed, is described as near G@demia and Somateria.
1864. ANON. Der Singschwan. < Aus der Natur, xxx, oder n. F., xviii, 1864, p. 688.
1864. BLACKMORE, H.P. Remains of Birds’ Eggs found at Fisherton, near Salisbury.
< Ldinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser., xix, 1864, pp. 74, 75.
Supposed to be those of certain Anatide.
1864, BLackMORE, H. Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] near Salisbury. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9047.
1864. BouLTON, W. W. Smews [Mergellus albellus] shot in Yorkshire. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8962.
1864. Bourton, W.W. Bewick’s Swan [Cygnus bewickii] on the Humber, near Pat-
yington. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8962.
1864. BouLton, W. W. Goosanders [Mergus merganser] on the River Hull, near
Beverley. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8963.
1864. BouLton, W. W. Gargany Teal [Querquedula circia] at Flamborough.
<Goologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9048.
-1864. Bouton, W. W. Bernicle Goose [Bernicla leucopsis] at Bempton, near Flal-
¢ borough. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9048.
1864. Bouton, W. W. Shoveller [Spatula clypeata] near Beverley. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 9120, 9121.
1864. Bourton, W. W. Black Swan [Cygnus atratus] near Beverley. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9251.
1864. Boutron, W. W. Eider Duck [Somateria mollissima] at Filey. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9364.
1864. Brypexs, H. J.J. Ferruginous Duck [Fuligula nyroca]in Radnorshire. <Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9047. :
1864. CartTER, S.H. American Wigeon [Mareca americana] in Essex. < Zoologist,
Xxii, 1864, p. 8962. ;
1864. CLarK, T. Note on the oceurrence of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex xgypti-
acus] near Glastonbury. <Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. near 9047.
1864. CoRDEAUX, J. Variety of the Common Wild Duck [Anas boschas]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9047.
1864. Crewn,H.H. [Cygnus bewickii, g,ad., Jan. 18, 1864, on the Trent, at Newton-
Folney.] < Ibis, vi, 1864, p. 229.
1864. CREwE,H.H. Bewick’s Swan [Cygnus bewickii] in Derbyshire. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 8961, 8962.
1864. DUTTON, J. Pintail [Dafila acuta], Longtailed [Harelda glacialis], and Scaup
Duck [Fuligula marila] at Eastbourne. < Zoologist, xxii, 1°64, pp. 9046, 9047. ,
1864. DuTTon, J. Smew [Mergellus albellus] near Eastbourne. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9047.

960

1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1864,
1864.

1864.
1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.
1864.
1864,
1865.
1865.

1865.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

GOULD, J. Description of a New Species of the Genus Mergus [squamatus]
<P. Z. S., xxxii, 1864, pp. 184, 185.

GRILL, J. W. Om en sangsvan [Cynus musicus]ifangenskap. <(Ofvers. Kongl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Férh., xx, for ar 1863, 1864, pp. 27-29.

Hitt, R. Note on the Muscovy Duck [Cairina moschata]. < Am. Journ. S¢ci.,
Xxxviil, 1864, p. 294.

JEFFREY, W., JR. The Velvet Scoter [Gidemia fusca] off the Sussex Coast.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8962.

Mavricg, C. J. The Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] near Romsey. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 8962.

MILLEGAN, W. J. The Goosander [Mergus merpanser| near Richmond, York-
shire. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8963.

NEWMAN, E. Barrow’s Goldeneye [Clangula islandica; ef. Zool., p. 9039].
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9122.

NEWTON, A. The Ruddy Shieldrake [Tadorna rutila] at Epworth. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxil, 1864, p. 9363.

Ropp, E. H. Graylegged Goose [Anser cinereus] near Penzance. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8891.

Ropp, E. H. Gadwall Duck [Chaulelasmus streperus] near St. Austell, Corn-
wall. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8962.

Ropp, E.H. Goosander[Mergus merganser] near the Lizard. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 8963.

Ropp, E.H. Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] at Scilly. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9364.

““S.” Anhinglichkeit einer Ganz. < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, p. 307.

Sacc, Dr. Note Sur le Canard musqué [ Cairina moschata]. < Bull. Soc. Acclim.,
2 sér., i, 1864, pp. 256-260.
ScLaTER, P. L. Note on the Geographical Distribution of the Ducks of the
Genus Dendrocygna. <P. Z.S., June 28, 1864, pp. 299-301.
Synonymatic list of 8 spp. known to the author, with the habitat of each, and critical com-
mentary; with 2 others not seen by him. DD. autumnalis, viduata, arborea, guttulata, areu-
ata, major, vagans, eytoni; with fulva and virgata. See P. Z. S., 1866, pp. 148-150, 417, 418.
ScLaTeR, P. L. Notes on the Species of Tadorna living in the Society’s Me-
nagerie. <P. Z. 8., xxxii, 1864, pp. 189-192, pll. xviii, xix.
6spp. TI. tadornoides, ah xviii; 7. variegata, pl. xix.
ScLaTER, P. L. Description of a New Species of Duck [Anas melleri] fein
Madagascar. <P. Z. §., xxxii, 1864, pp. 487, 488, pl. xxxiv.

SciaTeR, P. L. [Notice of the addition to the Society’s Menagerie of two males
and a female of the Maned Goose of Australia (Bernicla jubata).] <P. Z.
S., XXxii, 1864, p. 587.

SmitH, C. H. Bewick’s Swan [Cygnus bewicki] near Woburn. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8962.

SmitH, Ceci. Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex exgyptiacus] and Great Gray
Shrike in Somersetshire. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9048.

STEVENSON, H. Gray Lag Geese [Anser cinereus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9119.

BiackMoreE, HU. Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] near Salisbury. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, p. 9540.

Briaes, J. J. Extraordinary Death of five Swans. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p.
9469.

B[Rucu, C.] Norddeutsche Entenzucht. < Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, pp. 155, 156.

/

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 961

1865. GOULD, J. Description of a New Species of the Genus Mergus [squamatus ].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xv, 1865, p. 71.

From P. Z. 8., Apr. 26, 1864, p. 184.

1865. Hincks, W. On Cygnus Passmorii, a supposed new American Swan. < Proc.
Linn. Soc., viii, 1865, pp. 1-8, figg.

Not seen—cf. Zool. Rec. for 1865, p.134. ‘‘The sternum and trachea figured and described
by Yarrell (Trans. Linn. Soc., xvii. pp. 1-4, tab. i.) as belonging to C. buccinator are referred
to the new species.”’

1865. MatHEew, M. A. Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex exgyptiacus] at Barnstaple.
<Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9734.

1865. Mawson, G. Bernicle Goose [Bernicla leucopsis] near Cockermouth. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9733, 9734.

1865. ParkER, W. K. Preliminary Notes on some Fossil Birds [Anatide] from the
Zebbug Cave, Malta. <P. Z. S., xxxiii, 1865, pp. 752, 753.

Cygnus falconeri, n. sp. foss., C. olor ?, C. bewicki ? and a Bernicla or large Anas.

1865. REINHARDT, J. Notits om Canada-Gaasens (Bernicla canadensis) Forekomst i
Grénland. < Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjobenhavn for Aaret 1864, 1865,
pp. 246, 247.

Specimen from Disco; first instance of the discovery of the species in that country.

1865. Ropp, E.H. Surf Scoter [Gdemia perspicillata] at Scilly. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, p. 9794.

1865. Wixson, J. Incubation artificielle des Canardsen Chine. < Bull. Soc. Acclim.,
2° sér., ii, 1865, pp. 138, 139.

1866. BENNETT,G. [Extract from a letter respecting Dendrocygna eytoni.] <P. Z.
S., XXXiv, 1866, pp. 417, 418.

D. vagans, P. Z. S., 1866, p. 149, is D. (Leptotarsis) eytoni.

1866. “‘F.” Zur Thierseelenkunde [Gans]. < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 238, 239.
1866. Hincxs,W. [On Cygnus passmorii.] < Canad. Journ., xi, 1866, p. 72.

Not seen?

1866. Meyer, R. Fang einer Nilgans (Chenalopex xgyptiacus) am Main. < Zool.
Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 195, 196.

1866. Potten, F. ‘‘Un mot sur Vacclimation du Canard a Bosse, Sarkidionis afri-
cana, Kyton.” < WN. T. D., iii, 1866, pp. 322, 324; Bull. Soc. d@Accl. et W Hist.
Nat. de la Réunion, Mém. Scient., pp. 6-11.

Not seen.—The species is recommended for acclimatization in Réunion.

1866-67. SCHLEGEL, H. Anseres < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 8° livr., 1866, pp. 1-108;
9e livr., 1867;pp. 109-122.

The Anseres of this article are equivalent to the Anatide + Phenicopteride of authors. Of
the former family are described 5 spp. of Mergus, 9 of Biziura, 27 of Fuligula, 50 of Anas, 4 of
Nettapus, 8 of Cygnus, 8 of Dendrocygna, 1 Anseranas, 1 Plectropterus, 26 of Anser, and 1
Cereopsis =132 Anatide. Of the Flamingoes 4 species of Phenicopterus are recognized.

1866. ScLaTER, P. L. Additional Notes on the Anatide of the Genera Dendrocygna
and Tadorna. < P. Z. S., Mar. 13, 1866, pp. 148-150.

Cf. P. Z. S., 1864, pp. 299-301. Further notes on DD. major, vagans, and fulva, with remarks
on Tadorna variegata. Cf. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 417. :

1866. ScHRGDER, E. Das treue Giinse-Paar. < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 376-378.
1866. St. GERLACH, C. pr. Beobachtungen tiber die Cereopsis-Gans. (Cereopsis
Novae Hollandiae.) < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 170-173.

In Gefangenschaft.

1866. TRisTRAM, H. B. Egyptian Geese [Chenalopex xgyptiacus] at Stockton-on-
Tees. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 525.
1866. VIAN, J. Causeries Ornithologiques. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1866, pp. 401-410.

Not seen. These relate to several species of Anatide.

1867. BLackmMorE, H. Canada Goose [ Bernicla canadensis] at Coombe Bissett. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 708, 709.

a

962

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.
1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1868.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Vol. V.

BouILLop, —. Reproduction en domesticité du Canard Tadorne et du Canard

Souchet avec la femelle de la Caroline. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2¢ sér., iv, 1867,
pp. 396, 397.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Goosander [Mergus merganser] in Wiltshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 709. :

CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Instinct in the Swan. < Zoologist,2d ser., ii, 1867,
p. 916.

CuirToNn, Lord. Redheaded Pochard [Fuligula ferina] in Kent. <Zoologist, 2a
ser., 11, 1867, p. 636.

Dosrén, N. F. Smews [Mergellus albellus] from Holland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., -

ii, 1867, p. 636.
Droste, F.y. Der Entenstrich. < J.f. 0., xv, 1867, pp. 64-70.

Droste, F. v. Beobachtungen auf einer Rattgansjagd [Bernicla brenta]. <J.
f. O., XV, 1867, pp. 89-94. ;
GuNN, T.E. Ferruginous Duck [Fuligula nyroca] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., ii, 1867, p. 709.
GurRNEY, J. H. Unusual Occurrence of the Smew [Mergellus albellus]. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 608.
Hackett, W. A. Redbreasted Merganser [Mergus serrator] on the Bandon
River. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 636.
From the London ‘ Field,’ Jan. 26.
Hackett, W. A. Goosander [Mergus merganser] and Shoveller Duck [Spatula
clypeata] in the South of Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 709. °
From the London ‘ Field.’
HARTMANN, W. Ueber 2 Bastarde vom schwarzen Schwan [Cygnus atratus]
und Hockerschwan [Cygnus olor]. < Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, p. 441.
Harvir-Brown, J. A. Scaup Duck [Fuligula marila] breeding in Britain.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 878.
Harvie-Brown, J. A. Gadwall [Chaulelasmus streperus] shot on the Tay.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 562.
HENSMAN, H.P. Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] near Northampton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p: 831.
Hooper, W. T. Tufted Pochard [Fuligula cristata] on the River Lea. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 709.
MaTHEw, M. A. Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex gyptiacus] at Barnstaple.
< Zovlogist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 831. ;
Morin, J. On Cygnus buccinator, Richardson, and Cygnus passmori, Hincks.
< P. Z.8., ¥xxv, 1867, pp. 8-13, fige. 2.
Maintaining their identity on anatomical grounds. The subject is discussed at length;
the sternums of the two are figured.
PARKER, W.K. On some Fossil Birds from the Zebbug Cave, Malta. < Trans.
Zool. Soc., vi, pt. iii, 1867, pp. 119-124, pl. xxx, figg. 1-23.
This is the memoir in full, preliminary notice of the material, with description of Cygnus
Jaleoneri, having been previously made in P. Z, S., 1865, pp. 752, 753.
Seunetz, H. [Zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der schwarzen Schwiine (Cygnus
atratus) in Gefangenschaft.] < Zool. Gart., viii, 1867, p. 276.
STEPHENSON, W. Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] in Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 636.
From the Lendon ‘‘Field,” Jan. 26,

Bairb, 8. F. Oceurrence of the Barnacle Goose [Bernicla leucopsis, at Hud-
som’s Bay] in North America. < Am. Nat., ti, 1868, p. 49.

3
an ane ne

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 963

1868. BOUILLOD, —. Reproduction du Canard Tadorne (deuxiéme année), de la Sar-
celle et de la Poule eau. < Bull. Soc. Acelim., 2¢ sér., v, 1868, pp. 648, 649.
1868. BrEeE,[C.R.] Eider Duck [Somateria mollissima] on the Essex Coast. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1868, p. 1221.
From the London ‘Field.’
1868. CorDEAUX, J. The Ashby Decoy. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1378, 1379.

The numbers of six species of Anatide (Anas boschas, Nettion crecca, Mareca penelope, Spa-
tula clypeata, Dajila acuta, and Ohaulelasmus streperus) taken during thirty-five seasons
(Sept., 1833 to Apr., 1868) at this celebrated Lincolnshire decoy.
1868, CRicHTON, A.W. Eider Duck [Somateria mollissima] on the Thames. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1135.
1868. Hincks, W. [Letter on the differences between Cygnus passmori and C. buc-
= cinator.] < P. Z.S8.,xxxvi, 1868, pp. 211-213.

1868. HOMEYER, A. v. Wie gelangen junge Enten, die in der Hohe ausgebriitet wor-
den, auf das Wasser? <J./f. O., xvi, 1868, pp. 356, 357.

1868. MaTtHEw, G. F,. Redcrested Whistling Duck [Fuligula rufina] near Braunton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1098.

1868. MatHEw, G. F. Mute Swan [Cygnus olor] on Northam Burrows. < Zoologist,
2d ser., 111, 1868, p. 1185.

1868. Notu, C.F. Bastarde yon dem schwarzen [Cygnus atratus] und dem Hécker-
Schwan [Cygnus olor]. < Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, pp. 189, 190.

1868. PissoT, —. Note sur les produits obtenus de l’accouplement d@’un Cygne noir
[Cygnus atratus] male avec un Cygne blane [Cygnus |] femelle. < Bull.
Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., v, 1868, pp. 11, 12.

1868. RoGreR, E. Reproductions de Céréopses (Cereopsis Nove Hollandie). < Bull.
Soe. Acclim., 2° sér., v, 1868, pp. 501-503.
1868. SCHLEGEL, F. Die Schwine. < Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, pp. 60-62.
Bemerkungen tiber 8 Arten, deren 4 der alten Welt und ebensoviele der neuen Welt ange-
horen. :
1868. ScumiptT, [Max.] [Bastarde von dem schwarzen Schwan (Cygnus atratus),
und dem Hécker-Schwan (C. olor).] < Zool. Gart., ix, 1868, p. 77.

1868. ScLaTER, P. L. [Note on Plectropterus gambensis.] < Ibis, 2d ser., iv, 1868,
p. 502.

1868. Smirg, Ceciz. Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] at Exmouth. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1059.
1868. TrzeMANN, F. [Beitrag zur Thierseelenkunde (Schwan).]. < Zool. Gart., ix,
1868, p. 79.
1868. WALKER, J. F. On the Occurrence of the Genus Anser in the Peat and Gravel
Deposits in Cambridgeshire. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., ii, 1868, p. 383.
1868. WATERSTON, R. C. [Note on the condition of Geese’s feathers after long use as
bedding.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xi, 1868, p. 278.
“The feathers were stripped of their plumules and the filaments formed a plush-like uap
of remarkable uniformity, which adhered firmly to the whole interior of the case.”
1868. WICKEVOORT-CROMMELIN, J. P. VAN. Notes sur des hybrides d’Anser et de
Cyguus et de diverses espéces de Canards. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° sér., v, 1868,
pp. 781-786.
0. olor x Anser domesticus—Anas boschas X Dajila acuta—Dafila acuta <x Chaulelasmus stre-
perus. Cf. op. cit., vi, 1869, pp. 140, 141.
1869. BoaRDMAN, G. A. Labrador Duck [Camptolemus labradorius]. < Am. Nat,
iii, 1669, pp. 383, 384.
Note on the disappearance of the species from Maine.
1869. BrypaGss, H. J. J. Summer Duck [Aix sponsa] at Boultibrook. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1563.

964

1869.

1869.

1869.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

DrostE, F. v. Die Gansjagd am Dollart. Aus dem Hollindischen: De Dollart
door Stratingh en Venema. <J. f. O., xvii, 1869, pp. 283-285.

Foret, F.A. Faux albinisme de trois jeunes Cygnes de Morges en 1868. < Bull.

Soc. Vaudoise Sci. Nat., x, no. 61, 1869. (Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1869, pp. 334, 335.)
Pas vue moi-méme.

Eyton, T. C. A | Synopsis | of the Anatidz, | or Duck Tribe. | By | T. C. Hy-
ton, Esq., F. G. S., F. Z. §., | And Corresponding Member of the Natural
History Society of | Philadelphia. | — | Wellington, Salop: | printed by R.
Hobson, Market Square. | — | MpcccLxrx. lvol. 16mo. 3p. IL, pp. 1-141.

May be taken as a second ed. of his monograph of the Anatide (1838), with additions, bring-
ing the subject up to date. It is printed in this small form for convenience of portability.
It gives, first, a diagnostic and synonymatic synopsis of the genera and subfamilies of the
Anatide, aceording to the author’s views; after which the species of the family receive sim-
ilar treatment.

. GIGLioLI, H. H. [Bernicla ruficollis in Italy (and other matters).] < Ibis, 2d

ser., v, 1869, pp. 241, 242.

. GUNN, T. E. Parasitical Worms in the Stomach of a Redbreasted Merganser

[Mergus serrator]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1603.

. Gunn, T. E. Velvet Scoter [Gdemia fusca] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

iv, 1869, pp. 1722, 1723.

. GuNN, T. E. Canada Geese [Bernicla canadensis] at Yarmouth. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1848.

. GuNN, T. E. Redbreasted Merganser [Mergus serrator]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

iv, 1869, p. 1848.

. Gunn, T. E. Black Swan [Cygnus atratus] on the Suffolk Coast. < Zoologist,

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1867.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] near Lynn. < Zoologist, _

2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1563.

. GURNEY, J. H. The Longtailed Duck [ Harelda glacialis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.

iv, 1869, p. 1563.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Goosander [Mergus merganser] near Bedale. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1563.

. Gurney, J. H., Jr. Nyroca Duck [Fuligula nyroca] in Leadenhall Market.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1563.

. GurNEY, J. H., JR. Bewick’s Swan [Cygnus bewicki] at Flamborough.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1645.

. MatmereN, A. J. Anteckningar om Finlands och Skandinaviska halfons An-

seride. < Notis. Sillsk. pro Faun. et Flor. Fennica Forh., x, 1869, pp. 389-401.
Not seen. ‘Of Anser proper 5 speces are included, and of Bernicla 3, very full bibliograph-
ical references being given.” Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 132.

. MaumGren, A. J. Anteckningar om Finlands och Skandinaviska halféns An-

seridz. Helsingfors. 1869.
Not seen.—Separately printed from WNotis. Sédllsk. pro Fn. et Fl. Fenn. Forh., x, 1869, pp.
389-401.

. SKINNER, A. Pintailed Duck [Dafila acuta] near Faversham. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1563.

. Smun, A. H. Rederested Merganser [Mergus serrator] on the Thames. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1684.

. Watson, J. Scoter [Gdemia nigra] breeding in Strathmore. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1867.

9. WICKEVOORT-CROMMELIN, J. P. vAN. [Cygnus olor x Anser domesticus, hy-

brid.] < Ibis, 2d sex., v, 1869, p. 127.

No. 4.} COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 965

1869. WricHt, J. Summer Duck [Aix sponsa] at Lymington. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1563.

1869. WricutT,J. Black Swan [Cygnus atratus], &c., on the Solent. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1602.

1870. *,*. A Rare Duck [Dendrocygna fulva, at New Orleans, Louisiana]. < Am.
Nat., iv, 1870, p. 126.

1870. ANon. Notes on the Ducks [Anatinz] found on the Coast of Massachusetts in
Winter. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, pp. 49, 50.
An anonymous sportsman’s criticism of a part of E. Coues’s List of the Birds of New Eng-
land, seeing to eight species which the writer seldom or never saw there in winter.
1870. ANON. Hooper [Cygnus musicus] at St. aoe North Wales. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2069.
om the London ‘Field,’ Jan. 22, 1870.
1870, BALDAMUS, E. Eine Brutstelle von Branta rufina in Mitteldeutschland. < J.
f. O., xviii, 1870, pp. 278-281.
1870. BannisTER, B. H. A Sketch of the Classification of the American Anserine.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , xxii, 1870, pp. 130-132.
7 genera adopted and characterized for the 18 species treated. Oressochen, type Anser me-
lanopterus, Gay; Chloetrophus, type Bernicla poliocephala, Gray; Philacte, type Anas canagica,
Sewast, p. 131, genn. nn. The writer also uses Branta Scop., for the Geese commonly re-
ferred to Bernicla Steph.

1870. BLAKE-KNoOx, H. Eider Duck [Somateria mollissima] in Dublin Bay. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2064.

1870. BLAKE-KNOx, H. Ruddy Shieldrake [Tadorna rutila] near Tralee, County
Kerry. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2105, 2106.

1870. BLAKE-KNOX, H. Shoveller [Spatula clypeata] in Dublin Bay. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vv, 1870, p. 2225.

1870. BLAKE-KNox, H. Plumage of the Adult Male Merganser [Mergus merganser].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2183, 2184.

1870. Canto, J. DE. [Sur les éducations de Céréopses (Cereopsis nove-hollandiz). |
< Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2d ser., vii, 1870, p. 305.

1870. GuNN, T. E. Smew [Mergellus albellus] at Yarmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,
1870, p. 2106.

- 1870. GuRNrEY, J. H., JR. Spurwinged Goose [Plectropterus gambensis, in Great
Britain]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2346, 2347.

1870. HockrER, J. Ueber die wilde Jagd [Anatide]. < J. f. O., xviii, 1870, p. 234.

1870. Hite, A. DE. Scarce Ducks in Torquay. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp.
1981, 1982.
1870. JONES, J.M. Early Arrival of Geese. <( Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 374.
Anser canadensis, Nova Scotia, 23 Feb., 1870.
1870. MALMGREN, A. J. Anzeichnungen iiber die Anseridz Finlands und der skandi-
navischen Halbinsel. < J. f. O., xviii, 1870, pp. 287-305.
Notiser ur Salisk. pro Fn. et Fl. Fenn. Forh., x, 1869, pp. 389-401.
1870. MatmGREN, A. J. Zwei ornithologische Aufsiitze. I. [Vide Palearctic.] II.
Anzeichnungen tiber die Anseride Finlands und der skandinavischen Halb-
insel. <J.f. O., xviii, 1870, pp. 287-305.
Translated from Gijfv. Tidsk. Vetensk. Soc. Forh., 1869, p. 6, and Notiser ur Sdllsk. pro Fn. et
Fl. Fenn. Forh., 1869, p.389. Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 132.
1870. MatHew, M. A. American Wigeon [Mareca americana] and Garganey [Quer-
quedula circia] on the Taw. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2182.
1870. Monk, T. J. Garganey [Querquedula circia] near Lewes. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2141.

966 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v..

1870. Moses, H. Spurwinged Goose [Plectropterus gambensis] in Wiltshire. < Zo-.
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2105.

1870. [NewTon, A.] [Mr. Skeat’s interpretation of the term ‘lag’ in connection with
Anser ferus.] < Ibis, 2d ser., vi, 1870, p. 301.

1870. PaRDOE, G. O. Redbreasted Merganser [Mergus serrator] near Oxford. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2142. u

1870. PotrEr, T. H. Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex xgyptiacus] in Leicestershire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2225.

1870. RickarDs,M.8.C. Pintail Duck [Dafila, acuta] on the Severn. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, pp. 2025, 2026.

1870. Ropp, E. H. Garganey or Summer Teal [Querquedula circia] at the Land’s
End. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2141.

1870. Ropp, E. H. Redbreasted Merganser [Mergus serrator] in Adult Plumage in
Winter. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2141, 2142.

1870. Sutton, R. Black Swans [Cygnus atratus] in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2410.

1871. ANDERSON, A. Weight of Graylags [Anser cinereus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,
1871, p. 2810.

1271. BLake-KNox, H. Ferruginous Duck [Fuligula nyroca ] on the Coast of Ireland.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2645.

1871. BLAKE-KNOx, H. Gadwall [Chaulelasmus streperus] in Dublin Bay. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2644. ?

1871. BLakE-KNox, H. Swans in Ireland in the Winter of 1870-71. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2644.

1871. BoarpMAN, G. A. [On the breeding of Fuligula collaris at Calais, Maine. ]
< Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 121.

1871. Boys, F. Hoopers [Cygnus musicus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, pp. 2486, 2487. :

1871. Boyres, F. Smews [ Mergellus albellus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, pp. 2487, 2488. .

1871. Boyrs, F. Anatomical Peculiarity of the Hooper’s Beak [ Cygnus musicus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2504-2506, fig.

1871. Boyxrs, F. Gadwall [Chaulelasmus streperus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2525, 2526.

1871. Boys, F. Goosander [Mergus merganser] in Hast Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2526.

1871. Boyrs, ¥. Common Scoter [@idemia nigra] Inland. < Zoologist, 2a ser., Vi,
1871, p. 2526.

1871. Boyrs, F. Brent Geese [ Bernicla brenta] Inland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
p. 2643.

1871. Boyrs, F. Scoter [Gidemia nigra] near Beverley. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
p. 2644,

1871. BorEs, F. Garganey Teal [Querquedula circia] in East Yorkshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2644.

1871. Boyxus, F. Bewick’s Swan [Cygnus bewicki] near Beverley. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2644.

1871. BoyEs, F. Hoopers [Cygnus musicus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, pp. 2643, 2644,

1871. Boynton, T. Hoopers [Cygnus musicus] at Hull. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
p. 2487,

1871. BrapBy, A. S. Whitefronted Goose [ Anser albifrons] at Cliddesden. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2486.

No. 4:] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 967

1871. CLoGe,S. Egyptian Geese [Chenalopex egyptiacus]in Cornwall. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2523.

1871. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. [Notice of a Memoir on the Anatomy of the Steamer Duck
(Micropterus cinereus).] < P. Z. S., xxxix, 1871, p. 262.

1871. Epirors. A South American Bird [Erismatura dominica, in Wisconsin] in the
United States. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, p. 441.
See 1872, BREWER, T. M.
1871. ENDER, J. G. [Doppelei einer Gans.] < Zool. Gart., xii, 1871, pp. 190, 191.
Mit Zusatz des Herausgebers.
1871. GoaTLeY, T. H. Wild-fowl in the Southampton Waters. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, p. 2528.
1871. Gunn, T. E. Goosanders [Mergus merganser] and Smews [Mergellus albellus]
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2527.

1871. GurNeEyY, J. H., Jr. King Duck [Somateria spectabilis] in Leadenhall Market.
<_ Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2443.

1871. GurRNEY, J. H. Late Oceurrence of the Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] in
Devonshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2645.

1871. GuRNEY, J. H. Number of Young produced by the White Swan [Cygnus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2810.

1871. HADFIELD, H. Swan laying nine Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2771,
2772.

1871. Harpine, H. J. Black Swan [Cygnus atratus] and Hooper [Cygnus musicus]
near Deal. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2563.

1871. HarTinG, J. E. -On the recent Occurrence of the Redbreasted Goose (Anser
tuficollis, Pallas) in Essex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2513, 2514.

1871. Hartina, J. E. [Exhibition of a specimen of Anser ruficollis from Maldon, Es-
sex.] <P. Z.S., xxxix, 1871, p. 102.

1871. HERBERT, W. H. Velvet Scoter [G@idemia tusca] near Newbury. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2526.

1871. LAWRENCE, G. N. The Barnacle Goose [Bernicla lenieanaie') < Am. Nat., v,
1871, pp. 10, 11.
Oceurrence of this European species at Currituck Sound, North Carolina.
1871. Newron, A. On certain species of Faleonide, Tetraonide, and Anatide.
(Communicated by Mr. Coues.) <Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., July 4, 1871,
pp. 94-100.
The Anatide here critically cauetiored are certain European species of Anser.
1871. Newton, A. Onaremarkable Sexual Peculiarity in an Australian Species of
Duck. < P.Z.8., xxxix, 1871, pp. 649-651, woodce.
“Anas punctata Cuv.” Sternum and trachea. Virago, nu. g., p. 651.
1871. Norpvi,A.G. Anas [Somateria] stelleri, in Europa briitend. < J. f. 0., xix,
1871, pp. 208, 209.
Am nordischen Kiisten der riissischen Finmark, im Juni.
1871. Purpiz, A.C. On the Skeleton of a Bird (supposed to be a Swan), found in
Dunedin. < Trans. and Proc. N. Z. Inst. for 1870, iti, 1871, Proc. Otago Inst.,
p. 100.
1871. Rickarps, M.S8.C. Canada Goose [Berniclacanadensis] at Glastonbury. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2486.
1871. Ropp, E. H. ‘Canada Goose [Bernicla canadensis] at Enys, near Penryn.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2486.

1871. Ropp, E. H. The Redbreasted Merganser [Mergus serrator] in Cornwall.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2562, 2563.

968

1871.

1871.
1871.

1871.
1871.

1871.
1871.

1871.
1872.

1872.

1872.

1872.

1872.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. ¥.

SHARPE, R. B. On the American Eider Duck [Somateria dresseri, n. sp. ].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., viii, 1871, pp. 51-53, figg. 1, 2.
The writer undertakes to specifically distinguish the American from the European Hider
Duck, describing and figuring the supposed differences.

Smeg, A. H. Wild Swan in Leadenhall Market. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
p. 2487.

Smrr, A. H. Smew [Mergellus albellus] on the Wandle. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, p. 2487.

Smeg, A. H. Wild Swans on the Thames. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2525.

Smeg, A. H. Goosander [Mergus merganser] in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, 2a
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2810.

SmituH, Ceciu. Canada Goose [Bernicla canadensis. Remarks on its occurrence
near Glastonbury.] < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2523, 2524.

Stuspss, C. E. Tufted Duck [Fuligula cristata] at Henley-on-Thames. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2526.

TayLor, W. Wild-fowl on the Gironde. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2528.

ANON. The Wild Goose[Bernicla canadensis]. <Am. Sportsman, ii, 1872, pp. 11,
24; also iii, p. 75.

ANON. [EDITORIAL.] Wild Fowlin England. < Am. Sportsman, ii, 1872, p.8.

Names of wild fowl of England identified with those of the United States.

BEAUFFORT, L., Comte de. Le Cygne noir acclimaté en Europe—Note sur la
fécondité extraordinaire d’une femelle de Cygne noir (Chenopsis atrata, Wag-
ler) vivant a état domestique en Angleterre Par John Gould, Esq. J. [sic] R.
8., etc. Suivie de quelques renseignements sur la reproduction de cet oiseau
dans le pare du chateau de Bouchout, prés de Bruxelles (Belgique), 1867-1872.
< Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2° séx., ix, 1872, pp. 156-163.

BREWER, T. M. [On the occurrence of Erismatura dominica at Rock River,
Busseyville, Wisconsin, November, 1870.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xiv,,
1872, p. 205.

BURMEISTER, H. Synopsis of the Lamellirostres of the Argentine Republic.
<P. Z.8., 1872, pp. 364-370.

Remarks on 24 spp. (incl. 2 spp. of Phenicopterus): chiefly with reference to their habits
and geographical distribution, and on the number of tail-feathers of several of them.

2. Dresser, H. EK. [Exhibition of Eggs of the Marbled Duck (Querquedula mar-

morata).] < P.Z.8., 1872, p. 605.

. Durnrorp,H. Peculiarities of Whitefronted Goose [Anser albifrons]. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3339. q

. DuRNFoRD, H. Polish Swan [Cygnus immutabilis, from Scotland]. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3339.

. DurRNForD,H. Scaup Ducks [Fuligula marila, on the Mersey] in September.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3339. :

. “GADWALL.” Anas [Aix] Sponsa. <( Am. Sportsman, ii, 1872, p. 8. See ibid.,

iii, p. 49.

Observations on habits in Eastern Nebraska.

2. GuRNEY, J. H., Jk. Plumage of the Whitefronted Goose [Anser albifrons].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3023.

. Hocker, J. Schwarze Kier von Hausenten, Anas boschas. <J. f. O., xx, 1872,

pp. 2382, 233.

. Horney, H.P. Tufted Ducks [Fuligula cristata] near Garstang in July: Red-

breasted Goose [Bernicla ruficollis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3236.

2. Hurron, F. W. [On the habits of the Blue Duck of New Zealand.] < Trans.

and Proc, N. Z. Inst. for 1871, iv, 1872, Proc. Wellington Phil. Soc., p. 372.

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATID&. 969

1872. JACKEL, [A. J.] Hiderente (Somateria mollissima) in Bayern erlegt. < Zool.
Gart., xiii, 1872, p. 123.

1872. Mryrer,R. Hine junge Eiderente (Somateria mollissima) bei Assenheim in Ober-
hessen erlegt. < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, pp. 56, 57.

1872. Meyer, R. Hine Saatgans (Anser segetum) in Gefangenschaft. < Zool. Gart.,
Xili, 1872, pp. 89, 90. -

1872. Purpig, A.C. Ona Supposed New Species of Duck. < Trans. and Proc. New
Zealand Inst. for 1871, iv, 1872, p. 213.

An editorial note tne it out to be Dendrocygna eytont Gould. (No. 95 of Oat. N. Z. Birds,
1871.) See also tom. cit., p. 415.

1872. SAUNDERS, H. On the Introduction of Anser [Chen] albatus of Cassin into the

British Avifauna. < P.Z.S., 1872, pp. 519-521.
Two specimens shot at Wexford, Ireland.

1872. SCHLEGEL, G. Sinico-Aryaca ou Recherches sur les Racines primitives dans les
langues Chinoises et Aryennes. < Verhandl. Bataviaasch Genoots. Kunst. en
Wetens., xxxvi, 1872, pp. xvi, 1-181.

Also separate.—At pp. 26, 27 are treated the roots of the words for Goose and Swan.

1872. ScHMIpT, JacoB. Hine alte mannliche Trauerente [@demia nigra] in Hoch-
zeitskleid bei Frankfurt a. M. geschossen. < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, pp. 253,
254.

1872. SmeE, A. H. Singular [red] Mark on the Head of a Tame Swan. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vil, 1872, pp. 3112, 3113, fig.

1872. SmitH, CEcIL. Notes on the Breeding in Confinement of the Pochard [Fuligula
ferina], Pinkfooted Goose [Anser brachyrhynchus], and Wigeon [Mareca
penelope]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3243-3245.

1872. WHITAKER, J., JR. Ducks in Nottingham Market. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,

; 1872, p. 3066.

1873. ANON. The American Widgeon [Mareca americana]. < Am. Sportsman, iii,
1873, p.70. See also p. 116.

1873. ANON. Canvas-back Duck [Fuligula vallisneria] Shooting. < Am. Sportsman,
ili, 1873, p.116. See also p. 218.

1873. Biastus, W., (und andere.) [Uber die Artselbstindigkeit von Anser minutus
Naum., u.s.w.] < Ber. tiber d. xx. Versamml. d. deutschen Orn.-Ges., 1873, pp.

~ 11-15.

1873. Boyss, F. Wild Geese. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3371.

1873. BrEE,C.R. Black Swans [Cygnus atratus, in England]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
viii, 1873, p. 3492.

1873. BRIGHTWELL, L. Bravery of a Muscovy [Cairina moschata]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vill, 1873, p. 3413.

1873. BREWER, T. M. [Remarks on exhibition of a specimen of Anser frontalis from
North Carolina.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 1873, p. 262.

1873. BRooKe, A. B. Gadwall [Chaulelasmus streperus] in Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vill, 1873, p. 3493.

1873. CONKLIN, W. A. Queer Conduct of a Wild Goose [Bernicla canadensis].
< Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 187.

Adoption of a Cygnet in Genial Park, New York City.

1873. Corbin, G.B. Wild Duck and Leech [which sucked it to death]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3652.

1873. DURNFORD, H. Ferruginous Ducks [Fuligula nyroca] and Gadwalls [Chaulelas-
mus streperus] in Leadenhall Market. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, pp. 3492, 3493.

1873. “F.B.” The Hider Duck [Somateria mollissima]. .< Forest and Stream, i, Oct.
23, 1873, p. 166.

Bull. v, 4

29

970 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1873-74, Foutks, 0. D, The Ducks of Chesapeake Bay and its Tributaries. <Am.
Sportsman, iii, 1873-74, pp. 196, 212, 266.
Descriptions of Anas boschas, A. obscura, and Dajila acuta.
1873. Hector, J. On Cnemiornis calcitrans, showing its Affinity to the Natatores,
< P. Z. S., 1873, pp. 763-771, pll. Ixv-Ixviii, and woode.

°1873. Hiern, A. v. Eider Duck [Somateria mollissima] at Christchurch. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3371.

1873. [McCLELLAN, J.] [Wild Swan (Cygnus americanus) Shooting in Virginia. ]
< Forest and Stream, i, Dec. 4, 1873, p. 268.
1873. Orro,H. “ Erismatura leucocephala, L.—A Magyar ornisban. < Az Eggenber-
ger-féle Akad. Konyvkereskedés, Hoffmann és Molnar, 1873.”
Not seen.
1873. RowLEy, G.D. [Remarks on exhibition of a malformed variety of the Domes-
tie Duck (Anas boschas).] < P. Z. S., 1873, p. 686.
1873. SMITH, CEcIL. Pinkfooted Goose [ Anser brachyrhynchus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vill, 1873, pp. 3412, 3413.
1873. STEVENSON, H. Polish Swan [Cygnus immutabilis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,
p. 1873, 3372.
1873. SWINHOE, R. On a Scaup Duck found in China. <P. Z. 8., 1873, pp. 411-413.
Fuligula mariloides Rich.; and supposed to be distinct from F. affinis.
1873. “T.” The Blue-winged Teal [Querquedula discors], <Am. Sportsman, iii,
1873, p. 116. :

1874. ANoN. [EprirorIAL.] A Goose question. < Forest and Stream, ii, Apr. 2, 1874,
p. 123.
Brief account of the ‘‘ Wild Geese” of North America; hints upon their treatment in
captivity. ; i
1874. ANON. [Enmity between Swans and Geese.] < Am. Sportsman, v, Nov. 7,
1874, p. 85.
From Chambers’s Journal.
1874. ANON. The Largest Goose [Branta canadensis] on Record. < Am. Sportsman,
iv, 1874, p. 139.
1874. CorBIN, G. B. The Mute Swan [Cygnus olor] and its Food. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3915, 3916.
1874. “ CosMoPoLiITAN.” [YarrRow, H. C.] On the use of Tame Ducks as Decoys.
< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p.36. See also p. 154.

1874. Coucu, J. Mute Swan [Cygnus olor] in Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, p. 4239.

1874. Cours, E. Hybrid Ducks [Anas boschas X Dafila acuta]. < Forest and Stream,-
ii, Feb. 26, 1874, p.54. Also, pp. 78, 103.
With remarks upon cross-fertilization.
1874, Duanr, R. The Ruddy Duck [Erismatura rubida, field note on. ] < Am. Nat.,
Vili, 1874, pp. 433, 434,
1874. FouLKs, O. D. Tame Ducks as Decoys. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p.154.
Reply to article by ‘“‘Cosmopolitan,” ibid. p. 36.
1874. GuRNEY, J.H. Note on the Voracity of a Tame Duck [Anas boschas]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p, 4078.
1874. GoLpsmiTH, M. Wild Ducks in a city [Bremen, Germany]. < Am. Sportsman,
iv, 1874, p. 155. ;
Nineteen species of Swans, Geese, and Ducks, living at large in the parks.
1874. [Hattock, C.] [How the Eider Duck (Somateria mollissima) takes its young
to the water.] .< Forest and Stream, ii, Apr. 9, 1874, p. 139.

No. 4.] COUERS’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 971

1874. Hector, J. On Cnemiornis calcitrans, Owen, showing its Affinity to the Lam-
ellirostrate Natatores. < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1873, vi, 1874,
pp. 76-84, pll. x—xiv A.

The plates illustrate nearly the whole skeleton in one view, with the skull, sternum, pelvis,
and other bones on a larger scale.

1874. “‘Homo.” [WesrcoTt, C. S.] Strange Ducks. < Forest and Stream, Jan. 8,
1874, p. 342.
Description of a nondescript captured near Philadelphia, supposed to be a hybrid between
male Anas boschas and some female Anser.

1874. ““J.A.C.” Unusual Migration [of wild-fowl]. < 4m. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 268.
1874. Kerr, W. J. Shieldrakes [Tadorna cornuta] breeding in Merionethshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4159.
1874. Lincecum,G. Talk of Little Things. The White Swan [Cygnus americanus ?]. |
<Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 405.
Habits of the species, as observed in Texas.
1874. Lincecum, G. [Ducks frequenting the oak woodlands of Texas.] < Am.
Sportsman, v, Oct. 17, 1874, p. 40.
1874. ““MortTIMER KERRY.” The Anserine and Cygnine [ofthe Northwest]. <For-
est and Stream, iii, Oct. 8, 1874, p. 129.
1874. Rip@way, R. Story of a Wild Goose [Bernicla canadensis, var. hutchinsii].
< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 258.
Habits of a domesticated bird. Synopsis of American Wild Geese.
1874. RipGway, R. The Snow Goose [Chen hyperboreus]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874,
pp. 636, 637.
Note on this species in semi-domestication.
1874. Ropp, E.H. Gargany Teal [Querquedula circia] at the Land’s End. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3953, 3954.
1874. Ropr, G. T. Nesting of the Garganey [Querquedula circia] and Wild Duck
[Anas boschas]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4036.
1874. VERRALL, J. H. Hybrid Ducks Breeding. <Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3836.
From the London ‘Field’, Oct. 18, 1873.
1874. WHITAKER, J., JR. Egyptian Geese [Chenalopex exgyptiacus] in Nottingham-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3882.
1874. WHITAKER, J. Ducks Breeding in the Rainworth Water. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, pp. 4159, 4160.
1875. ANON. Great Flock of Wild Geese in California. < Rod and Gun, vii, Nov. 27,
1875, p. 139.
1875. ANON. [EpIToRIAL.] Hybrid Wild Ducks. < Forest and Stream, iv, Aug. 5,
1875, p. 410.
1875. ANon. Der Eiderente [Somateria mollissima]. < Aus der Natur, lxvi, oder n.
F., liv, 1875, pp. 277-280.
Nach Zinkel und Preyer’s Reise nach Island im Sommer 1860 mitgetheilt.
1875. BarLey, J.S. The Canada Goose—(Anser [Bernicla] canadensis). <Forestand .
Stream, iv, May 20, 1875, p. 230.
1875. BoarpMAN, G. A. Hybrid Ducks. < Forest and Stream, Dec. 9, 1875, p. 276.
Reply to Prof. Le Conte’s question (p. 260).
1875. Broowen, A.B. [On the breeding of Fuligula cristata in Great Britain.] <Jbis,
v, dd ser., 1875, pp. 514, 515.
1875. CorBry, G. B. Nesting of the Teal [Qnerquedula crecca] in Hampshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, May, 1875, pp. 4457, 4458.
1875. CorBIn, G.B. Shieldrake [Tadorna cornuta] near Ringwood. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., X, June, 1875, p. 4500.

972

1875.
1875.
1875.
1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Cougs, E. Duck shooting a cheval [on northwestern plains]. < Rod and Gun,
vi, Apr. 24, 1875, p. 49.

CrosieR, E. §. The Whistling Swan [Cygnus americanus, in Kentucky].
< Am. Nat.,ix, No. 5, May, 1875, p. 313.

DALGLEISH, J. J. Shieldrake [Tadorna cornuta] in the Feroe Islands. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., x, Mar., 1875, p. 4383.

“FreD.” Habits of the Wood Duck—Aix Sponsa. < Forest and Stream, iv,
July 22, 1875, p. 374. »

GarRrRop, A.H. On the Form of the Lower Larynx in certain Species of Ducks.
<P. Z.8., Mar. 2, 1875, pp. 151-156, fige. 1-7.

Conditions of the larynx in some rare Anatide@ not referred to by either Eyton or Yarrell.

There are figured the parts of Sarcidiornis melanota (f. 1 oy 2 2), Rhodonessa caryophyl-
lacea (f.3 9, 4,5 o), and Metopiana peposarea (f. 6,7 3).

. GURNEY, J. H. Longevity of a Wild Duck [Anas boschas, xt. 22]. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., x, July, 1875, p. 4541.

. Harpcoop, W. Brant Geese; (Anser bernicla—Linn.) Their habits—migra-

tion—breeding-places. < Forest and Stream, v, Sept. 2, 1875, p. 49.

. LAMBERTON, A. B. Canvas-back duck, (Anas [Fuligula] Vallisneria—Wilson. )

< Rod and Gun, vi, Apr. 17, 1875, pp. 34, 35.
With special reference to Chesapeake Bay.

Le Conte, J. L. Is hybridity in ducks increasing? < Forest and Stream, v,
Dec. 2, 1875, p. 260.
Information asked, with comments on the bearings of the case, if it be so; with editorial
remarks appended. The answers received failed to confirm Prof. Le Conte’s supposition.

. Lewy, [J.] On Psorosperms in a Mallard Duck [Anas boschas]. < Proc. Acad.

Vat. Sci. Phila., 1875, p. 125.

. NeEwMaAN, E. Food of Wild Duck. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Dec., 1875, p. 4732.
. NIcHOLLS, R. P. Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] in Kingsbridge Estuary.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Noy., 1875, p. 4697.

. Ropp, E. H. Graylag Goose [Anser cinereus] near Penzance. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., X, May, 1875, p. 4459.

. [Scrater, P. L.] [Breeding of Anas pecilorhyncha in the Society’s Menage-

rie.] <P.Z.S., Nov. 2, 1875, p. 528.

. SMITH, GREENE. [Habitat of Bernicla brenta,] Brant. < Rod and Gun, vii,

Dec. 18, 1875, p. 185. See also pp. 200, 211, 232, 242, 306, 312.

. STERLING, E. Brant [Bernicla brenta]. < Kod and Gun, vii, Dec. 25, 1875,

p. 200.

Do not occur in Lake Erie.

. SHARPE, R. B. Description of an apparently new Species of Teal [Querquedula

eatoni] from Kerguelen’s Island. < Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 328, 329.

. “TEAL.” [R.L. NEwcoms.] [Response to Prof. Le Conte’s question, p. 260,

as to hybridity in Ducks.] < Forest and Stream, v, Dec. 9, 1875, p. 276.

. “Tom Tramp.” Wild Goose [Bernicla canadensis] shooting on the Western

Prairies. < Kod and Gun, vi, Apr. 24, 1875, p. 54.

5. VAN BENEDEN, P. J. Un oiseau fossile nouveau des cavernes de la Nouvelle-

Zélande. < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., iv, 1875, pp. 267-272.
Anas jinschi, p. 271.—Extrait des Ann. de la Soc. Géol. de Belgique, t. li, p. 123.
ALLEN, J. A. Breeding of the Canada Goose [Bernicla canadensis] in trees.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 2, July, 1876, p. 50.

ALLEN, J. A. Anser [Chen] rossii in Oregon. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No.
2, July, 1876, p. 52.

1876.

1876.

1876.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDZ. 973

. ANon. [Attachment of a domestic Goose to its keeper.] < Rod and Gun, viii,

Apr. 1, 1876, p. 7.

. ANON. [Habits of Fuligula vallisneria.] < Rod and Gun, vii, Feb. 12, 1876, p. B13:

From “ Philadelphia Times.”

- ANON. [Enormous abundance of ] Wild Geese [ Bernicla canadensis] in L[ouisi-

anja. < Rod and Gun, ix, Dec. 30, 1876, p. 202.

. ‘‘ArrRow.” Brant [Bernicla brenta, in Illinois]. < Rod and Gun, viii, May 13,

1876, p. 99.

. Bagot, C. F. A. Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] at Hunstanton. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4766.

. Barrp, 8. F. [Information wanted concerning Camptolemus labradorius. ]

< Forest and Stream, vi, Apr. 6, 1876, p. 133. See pp. 181, 197.

. BarLEy, J. H. [Hybridity in Ducks.] < Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 27, 1876, p.

388.

Refers to and criticizes statement (see p. 339) that hybrid Ducks were fertile at Mt. Auburn;
an editorial [Ingersoll, E.] note appended reaffirms the truth of the fact questioned.

. BOARDMAN, G. A. The Labrador duck [Camptolemus labradorius]. < Forest

and Stream, vi, Apr. 27, 1876, p. 181.
Formerly common in Bay of Fundy. See pp. 133, 197.

. Boyes, F. Rust-colour on the Breast of Teal [Querquedula crecca]. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, pp. 5168, 5169.

. Cours, E. Coues to ‘‘ Boone.” < Kod and Gun, vi, Jan. 15, 1876, p. 248. See

also pp. 232, 242.

Sustains truth of ‘‘ Boone’s” assertion that he shot Bernicla brenta inland.

. CovuEs, E. Dr. Coues on Brant, ete. < Rod and Gun, viii, Apr. 1, 1876, p. 8.

Reply to Greene Smith’s remarks, vol. vii, p. 312.

. Cours, E. The Labrador Duck [Camptolemus labradorius]. < Am. Nat., x,

1876, p. 303.

Offer of £40 for a good pair of Camptolemus labradorius, on the part of H. E. Dresser.

. CovERT, A. B. The Labrador duck [Camptolemus labradorius]. < Forest and

Stream, vi, May 4, 1876, p. 197. See pp. 133 and 181.
Specimen taken at Delhi, Mich., Apr., 1872.

. DALGLeEIsH, J. J. Velvet Scoter [Gidemia fusca]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct.,

1876, p. 5126.

. DARRAGH, T. Edible Qualities of the Shoveller Duck [Spatula clypeata].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4930.

. Estey, T. H. [Change of plumage by male of Anas boschas in summer. |

< Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 13, 1876, p. 356.

. Estey, T. H. Hybrid Ducks. ° < Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 27, 1876, p. 388.

Rare in California; cases noted.

. “EF. J.C.8.” Crippled Birds. < Rod and Gun, vii, Mar. 18, 1876, p. 387.

Example of knitting of wing-bone of a mallard, and argument that wounded Ducks often
recover from injuries.

Fouks, O. D. Ducks—The Idea. < Rod and Gun, vii, Feb. 26, 1876, p. 339.
Regarding Bucephala albeola and other edible species.

[GERVAIS, P.] Owen (Richard): Restauration du squelette du Cnemiornis cal-
citrans et remarques sur les affinités de cet Oiseau avec les Lamellirostres
(Trans. zool. Soc. London, t. IX, p. 253, pl. xxxv—xxxix; 1875). <Gerv. Journ.
de Zool., v, 1876, pp. 75, 76. :

[GERVAIS, P.] Hector (J.): Sur le Cnemiornis calcitrans, Owen, Oiseau fossile
de la Nouvelle-Zélande; pour montrer ses affinités avec les Palmipédes (Trans.
and Proceed. New-Zealand Institut, t. IV, p. 76, pl. x a xv, 1874.—Proceed.
zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 763). < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., v, 1876, pp. —-—.

94

1876.

1876.

1876.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

GurRNEY, J. H. [Remarks on the breeding of the Polish Swan (Cygnus immu-
tabilis) in captivity.] < P.Z.S8., June 6, 1876, p. 466.

3. GURNEY, J. H. Curious Capture of Scoter Duck [C@idemia nigra]. < Zoologist, —

2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4764.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. [Remarks on Exhibition of Anser erythropus from Egypt. ]

< P. Z.8., May 2, 1876, p. 414.

. GURNEY, J. H., Jk. The Edible Qualities of the Shoveller Duck [Spatula cly-

peata]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, pp. 4802, 4803.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Goosander [Mergus merganser] at Slapton Ley. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4803.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Wigeon [Mareca penelope]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb.,

1376, p. 4803.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. The Original and correct ee of Shielduck. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4846.
‘‘Sheld ” = Bs etidaliined

76. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Hooded Merganser [Lophodytes cucullatus]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4847.

. GURNEY, J. H., Jk. King Duck [Somateria spectabilis] in Leadenhall Market.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4863.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. The Labrador Duck [Camptolemus labradorius]. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4929, 4930.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Lesser Whitetronted Goose [Anser minutus]. <Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4930.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Lesser Whitefronted Goose [Anser minutus]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 5006.

. GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Varieties of the Teal [Querquedula crecca]. <Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5047.

. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. The Polish Swan [Cygnus immutabilis]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5047.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Food of the Redbreasted Merganser [Mergus serrator].

<Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5085.

5. HaRvVIE-BROowN,J.A. Varieties of the Teal [Querquedula crecca]. <Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 50385.

. HAyMOND, R. Note on the Blue Goose [Anser ccerulescens, in Indiana]. < Am.

Nat., x, No. 6, June, 1876, p. 374.

. Howert1,T.H. The Barnacle Goose [Bernicla leucopsis, in La Salle County,

Illinois]. < Forest and Stream, vii, Nov. 23, 1876, p. 245. .

.“J,H. D.” “Butter-Balls.” < Rod and Gun, vii, ) Adal 4, 1876, p. 355.

Defense of edible qualities of Bucephala albeola.

. [InGERSOLL, E.] Cultivating wild rice to attract [wild] fowl. < Forest and

Stream, vii, Sept. 7, 1876, p.72. See p. 137.

. [INGERSOLL, E.] Hybrid Duck[s in Mt. Auburn cemetery]. < Forest and

Stream, v, Jan. 6, 1876, p. 339. Also p. 388.

. KeNDALL,C.G. The Barnacle Goose [Bernicla leucopsis]. < Forest and Stream,

vii, Oct. 26, 1876, p. 181.
Notice of capture of an individual on Long Island, N. Y.
KENDALL, J. R. More about the Barnacle Goose [Bernicla leucopsis]. < Forest
and Stream, Vii, Dec. 7, 1876, p. 276. See p. 245. ;
Further details regarding the specimen referred to in the preceding title.
Lone, J. W. Brant [Bernicla brenta, in the interior]. < Rod and Gun, viii,
July 22, 1876, p. 260.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. 975

1876. MacHEN, W. H. Brant [Bernicla brenta, in Lake Erie]. < Rod and Gui, vii,
Jan. 15, 1876, p. 242. See also pp. 185, 200.

1876. MatuEw, G. F. Hooded Merganser [Lophodytes cucullatus]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, June, 1876, p. 4958.

1876. NicHOLLS, k. P. Smew [Mergellus albellus] at Slapton Ley. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4803.

1876. PEacock, A. Variation of Colour in the Teal Ueutaenmedo Ik erecca]. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Dec., 1876, p. 5180.

1876. POOLE, R. Reported Occurrence of the King Duck [Somateria spectabilis] at
Maldon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4766.

1876. Prince, H. R. Smew [Mergellus albellus] at Taunton. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4847.

1876. [Princz, H. R.] Smew [Mergellus albellus] near Old Malton. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4847.

1876. Prior, C. M. Duck nesting in a Pollard Willow. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July;
' 1876, pp. 5006, 5007.

1876. Ricn, F.L. The True Brant [Bernicla brenta] in Wisconsin. < Rod and Gun,
viii, Aug. 5, 1876, p. 293.

1876. Ropp, E. H. Longtailed Duck [Harelda glacialis] near Padstow, Cornwall.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Dec., 1876, p. 5180.

1876. RowLEy, G.D. Chenalbatus. (Cassin’s Snow-Goose.) < Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii,
pt. v, Oct., 1876, pp. 93-100, pl. xlvii.

An extended article on Snow Geese in general, with special reference to the capture of O.
albatus in Ireland, Nov., 1871.

1876. ScLaTER, P. L.,and SALVIN, O. A Revision of the Neotropical Anatide. < P.
Z.S., Apr. 4, 1876, pp. 358-412, pl. xxxiv.

Introduction, p. 358; Preliminary remarks, p. 358; Synopsis of the species, p. 369; Table
of geographical distribution, p. 409.—Anatide divided into seven subfamilies. Anser (3),
Bernicla (7 or 8), Chenalopex (1), Cygnus (2), Dendrocygna (5), Sarcidiornis (1), Catrina (1),
Anas (5), Heteronetta (1), Querquedula (10), (Q. andiwm, pl. 34), Dajila (3), Mareca (2), Spatula
(2), Ata (1), Metopiana (1), Fuligula (5), Clangula (2), Gdemia (1), Tachyeres (Owen, Tr. Z.S.,
ix, 1875, 254) (1), Hrismatura (3), Merganetta (3), Mergus (2). These spp. are worked out in a
masterly manner, with copious synonymy, diagnosis, habitat, and criticism; forming by far
the most satisfactory presentation of Neotropical Anatide extant.

1876. [SctaTER, P. L.] [On the species of Sarcidiornis.] ._< P. 7. S., Nov. 7, 1876,
pp. 694, 695, pll. bxvii, Lxviii.

Pl. 67, S. melanonota; pl. 68, S. carunculata.

1876. SMITH, GREENE. Brant [Bernicla brenta]. < Rod and Gun, vii, Feb. 12, 1876,
p. 312.

Replies to criticisms of his statement (p. 185, Dec. 18, 1875) that Bernicla brenta was never
found inland, confessing his mistake. Also comments and inquiries upon the different forms
of American Anseres.

1876. SOUTHWELL, T. The Polish Swan [Cygnus immutabilis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Sept., 1876, pp. 5084, 5085.

1876. STANSELL, F. Common Scoter [G@idemia nigra] at Minehead. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p. 4883.

1876. STANSELL, F. Female Smew [Mergellus albellus] near Curry Rivel. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4930.

1876. STEVENSON, H. [Letter on the rusty coloring matter of the heads of Swans. ]
<_ Ibis, 3d ser., vi, Apr., 1876, pp. 276, 277.

Determined by F. Kitton to be peroxide of iron, Fe20s. The rusty tinge probably produced

by contact with ferruginous sand.

1876. STREETS, T. H. Description of a New Duck from Washington Island [Chaule-
lasmus couesi]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No. 2, July, 1876, pp. 46, 47.

I76

1876.

1877.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

‘UPPER Drs MoINEs.” Brant and Geese. < Kod and Gun, vii, Feb. 12, 1876, p.
306.
Habits, nesting, ete., in Iowa.
AxBBoTtT, C.C. Leaves from my Note-Book. The Wood Duck [Aix sponsa;] and
Her Young. < The Country, i, Dec. 29, 1877, p. 115.
Fledglings carried down from nest to water on shoulders of the mother.

. AkHuRST, J. Capture of the Egyptian Goose [Chenalopex egyptiacus] on Long

Island. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, p. 52.

. Anon. The Canada Goose [Bernicla canadensis]. < Forest and Stream, Viii,

Feb. 15, 1877, p. 17.

. Anon. A Proof of Instinct. < Forest and Stream, viii, Mar. 22, 1877, p. 96.

Wild Geese supporting a wounded one in the air.

. Anon. Tame Wild Geese. < Forest and Stream, viii, June 7, 1877, p. 280.

Reprinted from St. Louis ‘‘ Republican.”

. ANoN. Shells in red head duck’s [Fuligula americana] craw. < Forest and

Stream, ix, Dec. 20, 1877, p. 380. See pp. 266, 285, 327.

. ANON. What our Ducks Eat [on North Atlantic coast]. < Forest and Stream,

ix, Nov. 29, 1877, p. 327. See p. 380.

- Anon. What Red Head Ducks [Fuligula americana] Eat [Ruppia maritima,

ete.]. < Forest and Stream, ix, pp. 266,285. See pp. 327, 380.

. ‘“AUDUBON.” Domesticated Wild Geese [Bernicla canadensis]. < Forest and

Stream, viii, Mar. 1, 1877, p.50. See pp. 96, 177.

. CovEs, E. Note on the Cinnamon Teal (Querquedula cyanoptera [in Colorado]).

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, p. 51.

- [Coves, E.] Birds. < The Mirror (Baltimore, Md.), Dec., 1877.

Notices of certain North American Anatide, from “Birds of the Northwest.”

. “G.P.” Habits of Domesiicated Wild Geese [Bernicla canadensis]. < Forest

and Stream, viii, March 22, 1877, p.96. See pp. 50, 177.

- GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the Polish Swan [Cygnus immutabilis]. <P. Z.8.,

June 19, 1877, pp. 579, 580.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. [Letter on the Trachex of certain Anatide. ] < Ibis, 4th

ser.,1, July, 1877, pp. 395, 395.

. “H.W.” Domestication of the Canada Goose [Bernicla canadensis]. < Forest

and Stream, viii, April 25, 1877, p.177. See pp. 50, 96.

. LAWRENCE, G. N. Occurrence of the Barnacle Goose (Bernicla leucopsis) on

Long Island,N.Y. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 1, Jan., 1877, p. 18.
Covering a letter from J. R. Kendall. Including note by R. Deane.

. Le Baron, J.F. Habits of the Whistler [Bucephala americana]. < Am. Nat.,

xi, No. 1, Jan., 1877, p. 44, 45.

. ““P.” Brant [Bernicla brenta] in Texas. < Forest and Stream, ix, Dec, 27, 1877,

p. 397.

- “RECAPPER.” [T. 8. ABBoTT.] The Dusky Duck [Anas obscura]. < The

Country, i, Dec. 8, 1877, p. 74.

. “R. H.” Domesticated Wild Geese [Bernicla canadensis] Breeding. < Forest

and Stream, viii, July 5, 1877, p. 360.

. Rowtey, G. D. Somateria [Camptolemus] labradoria (J. F. Gmelin). (The

Pied Duck.) < Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt..vi, Jan., 1877, pp. 205-224, pl. lv, and
five others, not numbered.

A very complete monograph of this rare and apparently moribund species, including a list
of 33 known specimens. PI. 55 figures the bird, both sexes, in colors. The other five plates
show sternums,’ heads, and feet of various Eiders.

1878.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATIDA. ONG

. ScyaTeR, P. L. Notice of an apperently new Species of Spur-winged Goose of

the Genus Plectropterus [niger]. < P. Z. 8., Feb. 5, 1877, pp. 47, 48, pl. vii.

. “SEMI-OCCASIONAL.” The Habits of Wild Geese [Bernicla canadensis]. How

to Capture the Birds. < Forest and Stream, vii, Feb. 1, 1877, p. 412.

. SMITH, GREENE. Brant [Bernicla brenta; habitat of, investigated]. < Forest

and Stream, Novy. 15, 1877, p. 285.

- TRIMEN, R. [Letter on Sarcidiornis, with reference to P. Z. S., 1876, pp. 694,

695.] <P. Z.S., Nov. 6, 1877, p. 683.

. VIBERT, P. Breeding of the Wild Goose [Bernicla canadensis] in Confinement.

<_ Forest and Stream, vii, Jan. 18, 1877, p. 373. See p. 405.

. YaRROw, H. C. The Black Duck [Anas obscura] in the Rocky Mountains.

< Forest and Stream, viii, Feb. 8, 1877, p. 4.
Correcting previous remark by editor that Anas obscura had not. been found West previous
to record on p. 404 of Vol. VII.
A[LLEN], J. A. Rowley’s ‘‘The Pied Duck [Camptolemus labradorius].”
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 79, 80.

Review of this monographic essay.

. ALLEN, J. A. Occurrence of three Species of Sea-Ducks [(idemia americana,

GE. fusca, CE. perspicillata] at St. Louis, Missouri. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,
iii, No. 3, July, 1878, pp. 148, 149.

. BREWSTER, W. Occurrence of the Whistling Swan (Cygnus americanus) in

Massachusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, pp. 198, 199.
With full particulars of the capture.

. BREWSTER, W. Breeding of the Hooded Merganser (Mergus cucullatus) in

Florida. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 40.

. BLotseau], R.F. Our Washington Letter [concerning Ducks on the Potomac].

<_ Forest and Stream, ix, Jan. 17, 1878, p. 458.

. CouEs, E. Peculiar Feathers of the young Ruddy Duck [Erismatura rubida].

< Am. Nat., xii, No. 2, 1878, p. 123, 124, fig. 1.

. Goss, N.S. The true Brant [Bernicla brenta] in Kansas. < Forest and Stream,

ix, Jan. 10, 1878, p. 430.

. “H.G.” A Domesticated Teal [Querquedula discors]. < Forest and Stream, x,

March 14, 1878, p. 95.

. “Homo.” [C. 8. Westcort.] The Brant of the United States. < Chicago

Field, Feb., 1878, p. 4, fig.
Discussing these Geese, with special reference to Bernicla nigricans, which is figured.
JONES, J. M. The Mollusca of Nova Scotia. < Forest and Stream, x, March 7,
1878, p. 75.

Note of contents of craw of Clangula islandiea.

. LAWRENCE, N. T. The European Widgeon (Mareca penelope) in the United

States. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 98.

. McCarry, P. Swan [Cygnus americanus] Shooting on the Potomac. < Forest

and Stream, x, Mar. 14, 1878, p. 93.

. PACKARD, A.S:, Jr. Wild Geese [Bernicla canadensis] Nesting in Trees. <Am.

Nat., xii, No. 1, Jan., 1878, p. 54.

. Rowtry, G. D. On the Breeding-places of two Members of the British Ana-

tide. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., ili, pt. xiv, May, 1878, pp. 229-232, pl. cx.

Anas fuligula, Anas ferina.

. SCLATER, P. L. Further Remarks on Fuligula nationi. <P. Z. 8., May 7,

1878, pp. 477-479, figg. 1, 2, pl. xxxii.
See P. Z. S., 1877, p. 522. The species is here recharacterized, with figs. of trachea, and pl.
of # Q.

978

1878.

1878.

1878.
1878.
1878.
1878.

1879.

1879.

1879,

1879.
1879.
1879.
1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

[Scorr, W. E.D.] Snow Geese [Chen hyperboreus and var. albatus, at Curri-
tuck]. < The Country, i, Feb. 16, 1878, p. 229.
[Scorr, W.E.D.] A Remarkable Bird. < The Country, i, Jan. 26, 1878, p. 180.
See p. 213. ;
Hybrid, supposed to be between Mallard and Muscovy.
SmitH, EverETr. Eider Ducks [Somateria mollissima]. <The Country, ii,
May 11, 1878, p. 42.

[Stacy, D.F.] Brant [Bernicla brenta]in Minnesota. < Forest and Stream, X
Feb. 28, 1878, p. 55.

“TONIC.” Domesticated Wood Ducks [Aix sponsa]. < Forest and Stream, x,
April 18, 1878, p. 196.

WiTMER, J. M. Doméstication of the Mallard Duck [Anas boschas]. < Forest
and Stream, xi, Nov. 14, 1878, p. 300.

Arny, H. W. Killed by Telegraph [Wires]. < Forest and Stream, xii, May 8,
1879, p. 265.

Cygnus americanus killed by flying against the wires.

BERIER, L. Capture of the European Widgeon [Mareca penelope] in North
Carolina. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 190.

BREWER, T. M. The Rocky Mountain Golden-Eye (Bucephala [Clangtila]
islandica). < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Cl ub, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 148-152.

Chiefly respecting its geographical distribution; with description of its eggs. The writer
contends that it is not the boreal species itis commonly supposed to be; very curiously adduc-
ing its alpine range in the United States in support of his positien.

BREWSTER, W. Additional Notes on the Whistling Swan (Cygnus americanus)
in New England. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, pp. 125, 126.

?

. ConKLIN, W.A. Animalsat Central Park. Eider Duck [Somateria mollissima ].

< fod and Gun, ix, Noy. 4, 187 6, p. 73.

Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 21.—History of the Red-breasted, or
Cinnamon Teal.—(Querquedula cyanoptera, Cass.) < The Chicago Field, May
17, 1879.

From the “Birds of the Northwest.” :

Cours, E. Letters on Ornithology. No. 22.—The Snow Goose, or White Brant.

—Anser [Chen] hyperboreus, Pall. < The Chicago Field, May 24, 1879.
From the ‘Birds of the Northwest.”

Covuss, E. Note on Bucephala [Clangula] islandica. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.

Club, iv, No.2, Apr., 1879, pp. 126, 127. ;
J. B. Gilpin’s observations on the trachea of this and Clangula glaucium.

Dexter, N. Capture of a Swan[ Cygnus americanus] in Rhode Island. < For-

est and Stream, xiii, Nov. 27, 1879, p. 848.

Epitor. [?Hattock,C.] A Hybrid Duck. < Forest and Stream, xii, Apr. 24,
1879, p. 226.
Supposed hybrid between Aix sponsa and Fuligula ferina americana.
“I did not see skin and know nothing of it.” [G.B. Grinnell in lit. to E. C.]
GREGG, W. H. Camptolemus labradorius. < Am. Nat., xiii, No. 2, Feb., 1879,
pp. 128, 129. :
Interesting note of the occurrence of this now very rare bird near Elmira, Chemung County,
New York, Dee. 12, 1878.
[GRINNELL, G. B.] On the Golden Kyes or Garrots in Nova Scotia. < Forest
and Stream, xi, Jan. 23, 1879, p. 502.
Notice of J. Bernard Gilpin’s paper with this title.
HENSHALL, J. A. What are English Ducks. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Dec. 4,
1879, p. 867.

tefers to popular name of Anas boschas in Florida.

a

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ANATID&. 979

1879. HENSHAW, H. W. Occurrence of Ross’s Goose (Anser [Chen] rossii) on the
Pacific Coast [of the United States] and Inland. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club,
iv, No. 2, Apr., 1879, p. 126.
1879. [INGERSOLL, E.] [Occurrence of Anser hyperboreus (var. albatus ?) in Ireland. ]
< Science News, i, No.5, Jan. 1, 1879, p. 76.
Referring to the captures before announced by J. E. Harting, in
1879. “J.P. H.” Ducks Attracted by Light. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Nov. 6, 1879,
p. 785.
“Coots,” Gdemia, killed by flying against the windows of a light-house.
1879. NeI~son, J. Another Rare Bird. < Newspaper of Quebec, Canada, name un-
known, date late in May (about the 21st), 1879.
Description indicates Aix sponsa, and a colored drawing of the head sent to the Smith-
sonian by J. M. Le Moine of Quebec confirms this diagnosis. The specimen was albinotic to
a degree.
_ 1879, TRIMEN, R. [Letter relating to the habitat of Plectropterus niger (Zanzibar). |
<P. Z. &., Jan. 14, 1879, p. 5.

980

1811.

1821.

1826.

1826.

1827.

1827.

1831.
1831.

1834.
1834.

1834.

1840.

1843.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

Sulidz.

. Hérissant, F.D. [Observation sur la structure de lestomac de l’Anser (Sula)

bassanus.] < Hist. del? Acad. Roy. des Sci. pour année 1753, 1757, pp. 142, 143.

. VINCENT, —. Lettre sur le grand Fou [Sula bassana]. < Observ. sur la Phys.,
i, 1773, pp. 470-473.
Pas vue moi-méme.
. OpMANN, §. Undersékning om de gamle Auctorers Catarrhactes. < Kongl.

Vet.-Akad. Nga Handl., vii, 1786, pp. 73-78.

MonraGcu,. G. Observations on some Peculiarities observable in the structure
of the Gannet, Pelecanus [Sula] Bassanus. And an account of a new and
curious Insect, discovered to inhabit the Cellular Membrane of that Bird.
< Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., i, 1811, pp. 176-193, pl. vii, figs. 1-3.

Read July, 1808. Introduced by notice of habits, ete. The account relates chiefly to the
various air-receptacles of the body, the remarkable pneumaticity of the bird being dwelt
upon. The parasite, Cellularia bassani, is figured, and some external parasites are noticed.

FLEISCHER, E.G. Einige Beobachtungen iiber den Gannet (Sula alba Meyeri,
[Sula bassana]) und seine Oeconomie auf der schottischen Insel Bass.
< Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. v, 1821, Lit. Anz., pp. 330-334.

BLAINVILLE, M.H.D.pE. Sur le fou de Bassan (Sula alba de Meyer, Pelecanus
de Linné [Sula bassana]). < Bull. Soc. Philom., 1826, p. 16.

Pas vu moi-méme.

). FABER, F. Beytrage zur arctischen Zoologie. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. x, 1826, pp.

702-714.
Vierte Lieferung.—Ueber die islandischen Schwimmvogel mit Ruderfiissigen (Steganopo-
des).—Sula alba, p.706. Vergl. Isis, 1824, S. 967.
FERRARY, —. Sur le Fou de Bassan [Sula bassana]. < Nouv. Bull. Sci. Soc.
Philom., 1826, pp.14,15. (Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., x, 1827, p. 154.)
Pas vu moi-méme.
DrsM[AREST], A. [G.] Sur le Fou de Bassan (Sula alba Meyer; Pelecanus Bas-
sanus Linn.); par Ferrary.... < Féruss. Bull., 2¢ sect., x, 1827, p. 154.
Bull. Soc. Philom., janv. 1826. f
DesM[AREST], A. [G.] Sur le méme oiseau [i.e. Sula bassana]; par M. de
Blainville. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., x, 1827, p. 155.
Bull. Soc. Philom., janv. 1826.
Owenn, R. [On the Anatomy of Sula bassana.] < P. Z.S.,i, 1831, pp. 90-92.

Own, R. [Notes on the examination of the body of a Gannet (Sula bassana). |
< Philos. Mag., x, 1831, pp. 231, 232.
From P. Z. §., June 14, 1831, spp. 90, 92.

‘“‘A SUBSCRIBER.” The Bird called ‘‘ Booby” by Sailors. <(Loudon’s Mag. Nat.

Hist., vii, 1834, p. 74.
FENNELL, J.. The Booby is not a Namé, even among Sailors, for the Albatross.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1884, pp.74,75. Note by “J. D.”, p.75.

OweEN, R. Anatomie von Sula bassana (Gannet). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii,
1834, pp. 827, 828.
Auszug aus Philos. Mag., Bd. x, 1831, pp. 281, 232.
SCHLEGEL, H. Ueber die Naslécher der Sula. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxiii, 1840,
pp. 397, 398.
Tydschrift for natuurlyke Geschiedenis, Amsterdam, Bd. vi, 1839, p. 169. Cf. Isis, 1823, Heft
xii, Lit. Anz., p. 514.

Witson, J. Sula melanura. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi, 1843, p. 238.

Gonnemenee | in Britain. Frem Voy. rownd West. Isles, ii, p. 113, note.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SULIDZ. > 981

1844. BONNECHOSE, A. DE. Du Fou de Bassan [Sula bassana], et de la variation de
son plumage. < Mém. Soc. @ Agric. Sci. Arts et Belle Lettres de Bay., ii, 1844,
pp. 291-300.

1847. WHITE, R. O. Occurrence of the Gannet [Sula bassana] near Dartford, Kent.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1701.

1849. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Gannet or Solan Goose (Sula bassana) near
Wisbeach. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2499.

1850. ANON. Great Strength and Courage in a Gannet [Sula bassana]. < Zoologist,
vili, 1850, p. 2653.

‘1850. Cooper, W.W. Occurrence of the Gannet (Sula Bassana) near Great Grimsby.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2853.

1850. Newton, A. Occurrence of the Gannet (Sula Bassana) near Bury St. Edmunds.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2825.

1851. LEFEVRE, A. Notice sur le [sic] Fous (Sula) d@’Europe. < Nawmanni i, Heft
iv, 1851, pp. 37, 38.

Trois espéces—S. bassana, S. melanura Temm.,etu wu ets tués en Eu-
rope sont décrits; la derniére sous le nom de Fou intermédiare; c’est ula Lefevri, Bald., U. c.

1852. Bonn, F. Occurrence of the Gannet (Sula Bassana) in Cambridgeshire. < Zo-
ologist, x, 1852, p. 3712.

1852. Newman, H.W. Habits and Instincts of Birds [i. e., of Sula bassana]. < Zo-
ologist, x, 1852, pp. 3327, 3328.

1862. Hincks, W. Observations accompanying the Exhibition of a specimen of ‘‘Sula
bassana,” (the Solan Goose or Gannett), lately obtained at Oshawa, C. W..,
and belonging to the Museum of the University of Toronto. < Canad. Journ.,
vii, 1862, pp. 239-—.

1864. Boutton, W. W. Gannet [Sula bassana] at Filey. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p.
9364.

1866. Bouvs, T. T. [Exhibition of a Gannet (Sula bassana) in its transition stage
of plumage.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 1866, p. 102.

1866. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. On the Solan Goose, or Gannet (Sula bassana, Linn.).
< Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, pp. 1-23, pl.i.
A very full history, especially of the bibliography and biography. The pl. reps. pullus.
1868. HuntTER, J. Gannet [Sula bassana] on the Kentish Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iii, 1868, p. 1060.
1871. MINNIGERODE,—, V. Sula bassanain Hannover gefangen. <J.f. O., xix, 1871,
p. 73.

1874. SmirH, Cecit. The Black Gannet [Zool.,s.8., p. 4199]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, p. 4239.

1874. Taytor, W. Black Gannet [off Sidmouth]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp.
4199, 4200.

1875. CHAMBERS, R. The Gannet (Sula Bassana). < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875,
p. 4343.

On its habits and actions in feeding.

1876. GURNEY, J.H.,JR. The Materials of Gannets’ [Sula bassana] Nests. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5048.

1879. BREWER, T. M. The Booby Gannet (Sula fiber) in Massachusetts. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, p. 191.

1879. MaynarpD, C.J. Wanderings of a Naturalist. < Town and Country (newspaper
of Boston, Mass. ), i, No. 5, May, 1879.

The second instalment of the series, being Chap. iii, describing the habits of Sula bassana,
as observed at Bird Rock in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

982

1835.

1835.

1837.

1837.

1839.

1844.

1849,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

Pelecanid2.

. Méry, J. Sur la Peau du Pelican. < Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666

jusq. 1699, x, 1730, pp. 433-438, (Dec. 31, 1693.)

- Méry, J. Sur la peau du Pelican. < Hist. de ? Acad. Roy. des Sci. pour Vannée

1692, ii, 1733, pp. 144-146.

. PERRAULT, C. Description anatomique de deux Pelicans. < Mém. de V Acad.

fioy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. iii, 1734, pp. 186-198, pll. 26, 27.

- PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung zweener Pelikane. < Abhandl. K6-

nigl. Franzosich. Akad., ii, 1757, pp. 341-—.,
Not seen—title from Giebel. Germ. transl. from Mém. de l’Acad. Paris, iii, pt. iti, 1734, pp.
186-198.

), PAYRAUDEAUX, B. C. Note sur le vol et les allures du Pélican ; par M. Roulin,

‘ < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., viii, 1826, pp. 275, 276.
Extrait du Journ. de Phys. Expérim. et Pathol., juin 1826, p. 14.

. Scot, D. On the Kath of the Ancient Hebrews, considered as the Pelican of

the Moderns. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 137-142.

. BENNETT, G. [On a wound inflicted by a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus) on

its own breast.] <P. Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 49.

. Martin, W. [Notes of the Dissection of a red-backed Pelican (Pelecanus rufes-

cens, Gmel.).] <P. Z.S., iii, 1835, pp. 16-18.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 9.

. Martin, W. [Abstract of Notes of the dissection of a red-backed Pelican, Pele-

canus rufescens.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., vii, 1835, p. 223.
From P. Z. 8., Feb. 10, 1835, pp. 16-18.
OweEN, R. [Notes on the Anatomy of the red-backed Pelican (Pelecanus rufe-
scens, Gmel.).] < P. Z.S., iii, 1835, pp. 9-12.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 16. '
OwEN, R. [Abstract of Notes on the Anatomy of the red-backed Pelican, Pel-
ecanus rufescens.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., vii, 1835, pp. 154-156.
From P. Z. §., Jan. 27, 1835, pp. 9-12. {
Martin, W. Pelecanus rufescens m. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, p. 121.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 16-18.
OweEN, R. Anatomie von Pelecanus rufescens. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, p.
120.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 9-12.
LICHTENSTEIN, H. Beitrag zur ornithologischen Fauna von Californien nebst

Bemerkungen iiber die Artkennzeichen der Pelikane und iiber einige Végel

von den Sandwich-Inseln. < Abhand. Konigl. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin aus d.
Jahre 1838, 1839, pp. 417-451, pll. 1-5. (Gelesen Juni 1837.)

P. trachyrynchus, p. 433, pl. 2, und p. 440, pl. 3, £5. P. mitratus, p. 436, pl. 3, £.2,sp.n. P.
onocrotalus, p. 436, pl.3,f.1. P. erispus, p. 437, pl. 3,£4. P. rufescens, p. 439, pl. 3,£3. P.
fuscus, p. 441, pl. 3, £6. P. conspicillatus, p. 444, sp. n.—Noch eine spitere in der Isis 1844.
erschienene Ausgabe dieses Artikels geben wir.

LICHTENSTEIN, H. Beytrag zur ornithologischen Fauna von Californien, nebst
Bemerkungen iiber die Artkennzeichen der Pelikane und tiber einige Vogel
von den Sandwichinseln. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. XXXVii, 1844, p. 851.

Aus d. Abh. Berlin. Akad., J ahrg. 1838, erschienen 1839, pp. 417-451, q. v.

Coucu, —. Occurrence of the Pelican [Pelicanus onocrotalus] in France.
< Goologist, vii, 1849, p. 2592.

ap
e
“=
ee a

No. 4.} COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PELECANID&. 983
1851. [SUNDEVALL, C. J.] Pelikan [Pelecanus onocrotalus] i Sverige. < Ofvers.
Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. for dr 1850, 1851, pp. 184, 185.
1855. BreuM, A. E. Der grosse Pelikan des inneren Nordost-Afrika’s, [u. s. w.]
<J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 92-94.
P. giganteus, sp.n., p. 94, attempted to be distinguished from P. rufescens.
1856. TRIsTRAM, H. B. Pelican [Pelecanus onocrotalus] found dead on the Coast of
Durham. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5321.
1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Pelecani < Mus. Nat. Hist. Pays-Bas, 4° livy., Juillet 1863, pp.
pp. 1-44.
The ‘“Pelecani’’ of this author consist of the six genera oftenest now divided into as
many families, as follows:
Fregata, 2 spp.—Graculus, 22 spp.—Plotus, 3 spp.—Pelecanus, 6spp.—Sula, 6 spp.—Phaeton,
3spp. Total of 294 specimens.
1865. GIEBEL, C.[G.] Zur Charakteristik der Pelekane. < Zeitsch. fiir die gesammten
Naturwiss., 1865, pp. 250-257.
Mir nicht zuganglich.
1865. SwinHoE, R. [On Pelecanus philippensis.]. <Tbis, 2d ser., i, 1865, pp. 111, 112.

1867. Brat, W. J. The Pelican [Pelecanus areas a Gail in Cayuga Co., N. Y.
2 tm, Nat., i, 1867, pp. 323, 324.
Note of the occurrence, with extracts from other authors on habits, etc.
1867. MILNE-EDwarpDs, A. Note sur l’existence d’un Pélican de grande taille dans
les tourbieres d’Angleterre. <Ann. des Sci. Nat., 5° sér., viii, 1867, pp. 285-
293, pl. 14.

1867. NAUMAN, C. H. Breeding Place of the Pelican [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus].
< Am. Nat.,i, 1867, pp. 436, 437.
Indian River, Florida—with reference to statements of W. J. Beal, ibid., p. 323.
1868. MILNE-Epwarps, A. On the former Existence of a Pelican in the English
Fens. < Ibis, 2d ser., iv, 1868, pp. 363-370.
Translated from Ann. Sci. Nat., 5™° sér., viii, pp. 285-293 (q. v.), with editorial notes.
1868. MILNE-Epwarps, A. Note sur l’existence d’un Pélican de grande taille dans les
tourbiéres d’Angleterre. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., [xvi, 1868, pp. 1242-
1244. :
Précis de ses observations.
1868. Mi~tnE-EDWarps, A. Note on the Existence of a large Pelican in the Turbar-
ies of England. < Ann. Maa. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., ii, 1868, pp. 165, 166.
From Comptes Rendus, June 22, 1868, pp. 1242-1244.
1868. [MiLtnr-Epwarps, A.] Vorkommen eines grossen Pelikans in den Torfmooren
Englands. < Aus der Natur, xlvi, oder n. F., xxxiv, 1868, pp. 670, 671.

1862. Newton, A. [Exhibition of humerus of a Species of Pelican from the Cam-
bridgeshire Fens.] < P. Z. S., xxxvi, 1868, p. 2.
This is the same specimen treated by A. Milne-Edwards in several communications: a
bone from a young individual of a large species of Pelecanus, doubtfully distinct from P.
onocrotalus.

1868. ScLATER, P. L. Notes on the Pelicans living in the Society’s Gardens. < P.
Z. S., XXXvi, 1868, pp. 264-269, pll. xxv, xxvi, and woodcc.
Six or possibly 7 species are named as living as above. These are Pelecanus onocrotalus,
P. mitratus, P. crispus, P. rufescens, P. conspicillatus, and P. fuscus, of which the fourth (pl.
xxvi) and last (pl. xxv) are figured, together with portions of the head of the first, second,
and fourth. A figure is also given of what Mr. Blyth regards as P. javanicus, Horsf., from
a Syrian example. Notes on all these as well as on three others not exhibited in the Zo-
ological Gardens are given, and a diagnostic list of the 10 species which seem to the author
to be well founded.

1869. BarrpD,S.F. [On R. Ridgway’s discovery of the deciduous nature of the horny
process on the bill of Pelecanus trachyrhynchus.] < Ibis, 2d sev., v, 1859, p.
300,

984

1869,

1871.

1871.

1871.
1871.

1871.

1872.

1873.

1874,

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ELxtior, D.G. A Monograph of the Genus Pelecanus. <P. Z. S., xxxvii, 1869,
pp. 971-591, pl. xliv.

Review of the literature.—Characters of the subfamily.—Description, with an extended
synonymy and critical annotation, of 9spp. The pl. represents P. moline. ;

- GuRNEY, J. H. [Occurrence of Pelecanus onocrotalus near Courriére, Pas de

Calais.] < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869, p. 463:

. ALLEN, J. A. Occurrence of the Brown Pelican [Pelecanus fuscus] in Massa-

chusetts. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 58,

. BarRBoZA DU BocaGE, J. V. Note sur une nouvelle espeéce de Pélican [ Pelecanus

sharpei]. < P. Z.S., xxxviii, 1870, p. 173.

. BARBOZA DU BocaGE, J.V. Note sur le jeune de l’année du Pelecanus sharpei.

< P.Z.8., xxviii, 1870, p. 409.

- Martin, L. Aus dem Leben der grauen Pelekane [Pelecanus fuscus] und ver-

wandten Végel auf der westlichen Erdhilfte. < Zool. Gart., xi, 1870, pp.
37-42,

BaRBOZA DU BocaGE, J. V. Mélanges Ornithologiques. I. Description @un
Pélican apparemment nouveau d’Afrique occidentale et observations sur
quelques espéces du méme genre. < Jorn. Se. Math. Phys. e Nat., No. xi, 1871,
pp. 166 seq.

In this first part of a paper under the above major head, P. sharpii is redescribed (P. Z. iShy
1870, pp. 173, 409), with notes on other spp. of the genus, under the special subtitle quoted.

CLARKE,S.C. Pelicans. < Am. Nat., v, 1871, pp. 252, 253.

Biographical notes on P. trachyrhynchus, Lake Michigan, and P. Suscus, Florida.

GILLMAN, H. The Rough-billed Pelican [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus] on Lake
Huron. < Am. Nat., iv, 1871, pp. 758, 759.

NrEwTon, A. [Remarks on Exhibition of the Humerus of a Pelican from the
Cambridgeshire Pens <@Pacase, Xxxix, 1871, pp. 702, 703.

SciaTer, P. L. Additional [P. Z. 8. , 1868, p. 264] Remarks on certain Species.
of Pelicans. < P.Z.S., XXxix, 1871, pp. 631-634, pl. li, woodee,
3 spp. treated, with list of 10. The pl. is P. sharpiti, the head of which, as well as that of
P. philippensis, is also figured. :
BEMMELEN, A. A. VAN. Fortpflanzung des gemeinen Pelikans (Pelecanus ono-
crotalus) in Gefangenschaft [zu Rotterdam]. < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, pp.
264, 265.

B[airD], 8S. F. Does the Pelican feed its young with its own Blood? < Am.
Nat., vii, 1873, p. 170.

Note on substances vomited by various birds, as possible basis in fact for the fable alluded
to in the title.

. Hopex, E. Ueber Verbreitung und Verhalten der Gattung Pelecanus im euro-

paischen Osten. < Verh. (Abh.) k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxiii, 1873, pp. 73-88,

. ANON. An aged Pelican. < Pop. Sci. Monthly, June, 1874, p. 254.

From ‘Land and Water.’—The Specimen was upward of 40 years in the Dublin Zoological
Gardens.

. ANON. An escaped Pelican killed at Faversham. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874,

p. 4262.

- Hotper, J. B. The Brown Pelican [Pelecanus fuscus] and its Home. < Am.

Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 390.

- MaynarD, C. J. More about the White Pelican [Pelecanus. trachyrhynchus]..

< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 331.

Characteristics of the species in domestication.
Maynarp, C. J. Supposed New Species of Pelican [Pelecanus albicollis]..

<_ Am. Sportsman, iii, Mar. 14, 1874, p. 379.
The specimen described from Cedar Keys, Florida. [Itis doubtless identical with P. fuscus }’

aii cecieiainee quinine,

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PELECANIDA. 985

1874. RipGway,R. Breeding Ground of White Pelicans [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus]
at Pyramid Lake, Nevada. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 289, figg. 1-3.

1875. ANON. Eggs and Nest of the White Pelican [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus].
< O6logist, i, 1875, p. 57.

1875. BReweR, T. M. Female White Pelicans [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus] with
center-boards. < Rod and Gun, vi, June 26, 1875, p.193. See also p. 167.

1875. [Goss, N. S.]_ A female White Pelican [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus] with a
“centre-board.” < Rod and Gun, vi, June 12, 1875, p. 167.

1875. INGERSOLL, E. Habits of the White Pelican [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus].
< Forest and Stream, v, Dec. 2, 1875, p. 260.
Observations of T. H. Estey in California.
1875. SNow, F.H. Horny Crest on the Mandible of the Female White Pelican [Pele-
canus trachyrhynchus]as well asthe Male. <_Am. Nat.,ix, No. 12, 1875, p. 665.

1876. STEARNS, R. E. C. Pelicans [Pelecanus fuscus, P. trachyrhynchus] in San
Francisco Bay. < Am. Nat.,x, No. 3, 1876, p. 177.

1876. Tompkins, M. [On Pelecanus trachyrhynchus @, with the ‘centre-board.”]
< Am. Nat., x, No. 5, 1876, p. 313.

1877. JACKSON, J. B. 8. [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus in Massachusetts.] < Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. for 1876, xix, 1877, p. 26.
With remarks by T. M. Brewer and J. A. Allen.
1877. Mivart,[St.G.] [Notice of a memoir on the axial skeleton of the Pelecanide. |
< P. Z, S., May 1, 1877, p. 368.
To be pub. in the Society’s ‘Transactions’. See same author at 1878.
1877. [SciaTER, P. L.] [Addition of Pelicanus fuscus to the Society’s menagerie. ]
<P. Z.S., Dec. 4, 1877, p- 805.

1878. Lerpy,J. A Louse of the Pelican [Pelecanus trachyrhynchus]. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. , 1878, pp. 100, 101.

A Mallophagous species, named Menopon perale.

1878. MivartT,St.G. On the Axial Skeleton of the Pelecanide. < Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond., x, pt.7, Aug. 1, 1878, Art vili, pp. 315-378, pll. lv—lx1.
The term Pelecanide here covers the genera Pelecanus, Sula, and Phalacrocorax, the former
being taken as the type and standard of comparison, its axial skeleton being compared with
_ that of Struthionide; then the other Steganopodes mentioned being compared with it and
with each other. The axial skeletons of the forms in mention are elaborately described and.
figured.

Bull. v, 4——30

986

1733.

1757.

1767.

1787.

1800.
1824.

1824.

18—.

1825.

1826.

1826.

1827.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Phalacrocoracid2.

—__—_——. Anatomie. < Hist. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. pour année 1674, i, 1733,
pp. 179, 180.

De la structure du pied d’un Cormoran, p. 180.

. PeRRAULT, C. Description anatomique d’un Cormoran [Phalacrocorax].

<Mém. de V Acad. Roy. des Sci. depuis 1666 jusq. 1699, iii, pt. 1, 1733, pp. 211-
220, pl. 31, 32.

PERRAULT, C. Anatomische Beschreibung eines Cormoranes [Phalacrocorax ].
< Abhandl. Kénigl. Franzosich. Akad., i, 1757, pp. 247-—.

_ Not seen—title from Giebel. Germ. transl. from Mém. de V Acad. Paris, iii, pt. i, 1733, p:

211.

GunneERus, J. E. Von dem Pelecano [Phalacrocorace] cristato, norwegisch
Topskarven. < Dronth. Gesellsch. Schrift, iii, 1767, pp.-121-123.

Nicht mir selbst zugauglich.

. GOLDSMITH, —. Naturgeschichte des Wasserrabens [ Phalacrocorax cristatus ].

< Lichtenb. Mag., i, St. 2, 1781, pp. 11-15.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich.

WALBAUM, J. J. Naturgeschichte des Seerabens [Phalacrocorax carbo] vom
minnlichen Geschlechte. <_ Schriften Berlin. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, vii,
1787, pp. 430-445.

PULTENEY, R. On the Ascarides discovered in Pelecanus [Phalacrocorax ]
Carbo and P. cristatus. < Trans. inn. Soc., v, 1800, pp. 24-27.

[Brenm, C. L.] Die kleine Kormoranscharbe. Carbo subcormoranus, Brehm.
(Carbo cormoranus, Meyer et Temminck.) < Ornis, Hefti, 1824, pp. 42-54.

Q[vo]y, —. Note sur le Grand Cormoran (Carbo Cormoranus [ Phalacrocorax
carbo]), lue 4 la Société canton. des Sc. natur. de Lausanne, par M, Chavan-
nes. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2¢ sect., i, 1824, p. 279.

Feuille du Canton de Vaud, n° 180, p. 304.

Rupopui, K, A. Ueber die Knochen am Hinterhaupte des Seeraben, Pelecanus
[Phalacrocorax] Carbo L. < Abhandl. Berlin. Akad. aus d. Jahr. 1816-17,
is—, Phys. Kl., pp. 111-115, pl.

Mir nicht zuganglich. :

[Rupo.puI, K. A.] Sur un os surajouté a la partie postérieure de la téte du Pele-
canus [Phalacrocorax] Carbo; par M. Rudolphi. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2°
sect., iv, 1825, pp. 129, 130.

Extrait des Abhand. Konigl. Acad. Wiss. Berlin pour les années 1816-17.

FaBER, F. Beytrage zur arctischen Zoologie. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. x, 1826, pp.
791-807.

Finfte Lieferung. Ueber die Gattung Carbo. C. cragulus (sic), p. 792; C. cormoranus, p.
799.

PAYRAUDEAU, B.C. [Carbo desmarestii,, Larus audouinii, spp.nn.] < Nouv.

Bull. Soc. Philom., 1826, pp. 122,123. (sis, 1834, pp. 894, 895.)
Not seen in either of these publications. See next title.

. PAYRAUDEAU, [B. C.] Description de deux espéces nouvelles d’oiseaux, ap-

partenant aux genres Mouette et Cormoran. < Ann des Sci. Nat., viii, 1826, —
pp. 460-465.
Larus audouinii, p. 462; Carbo desmarestii, p. 464.

L[urorH], 8. G. Description de deux espéces nouvelles d’oiseaux apparte-
nant aux Genres Mouette et Cormoran; par M. Payraudeau. ... << Féruss.
Bull., 2° sect., xi, 1827, p. 302.

Larus audouini, Carbo desmarestii, Ann. Sci. Nat., aotvt 1826, p. 460.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PHALACROCORACIDE. 987

1828. YARRELL, W. On the use of the xiphoid bone [ossification of ligamentum nu-

1839.

1860.

1860.

che] and its muscles in the Corvorant, (Pelecanus [Phalacrocorax ] carbo,
Linn.) < Zool. Journ., iv, 1828, pp. 234-237, pl. 7, figs. 5, 6.

. K[UHN], —. Sur l’usage de Vos cervical du Cormoran [Phalacrocorax carbo]

et sur le muscle qui s’y attache; par W. Yarrel[l]. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2°
sect., xix, 1829, p. 357.
Extrait du Zool. Journ., No. 14, 1828, p. 234.

. K[nox], T. A Crested Cormorant [ Phalacrocorax cristatus, taken near Dublin,

Ireland]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 397.

. WATERTON, C. Notes of a Visit to the Haunts of the Cormorant [Phalacroco-

rax carbo], and Facts on its Habits. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835,
pp. 166-171.

7. GOULD, J. [Phalacrocorax Dromnosteis: sp.n.] <P.Z.S8., v, 1837, p. 26.
. BRANDT, J. F. Observations sur plusieurs espéces nouvelles du genre Carbo ou

Phalacrocorax qui se trouvent dans le Muséum de l’Académie des Sciences de
St. Pétersburg. [1837.] < St.-Pétersb. Acad. Sci. Bull., iii, 1838, cols. 53-57.
Pas vues moi-méme—le titre tiré du Oat. de la Soc. Roy. Lond.
BRANDT, J. F. Neue Gattungen von Carbo. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, p.
635.
Aus Bull. Sci. Acad. Imp. St.-Pétersb., iii, 1838, p. 53.

. BRANDT, J. F. Notice sur une nouvelle espéce du genre des Cormorans (Carbo

nudigula). < Bull. Scientif. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., vi, 1840, pp. 290, 291.

. FULLER, H. Occurrence of the Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo) in

the Thames. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2149.

. CURTLER, M. Occurrence of the Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo) in Worces-

tershire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.

. Norman, A. W. Occurrence of the Shag or Green Cormorant (Phalacrocorax

graculus) at Oxford. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3118.

. ANON. Sporting by Steam. [With Note by G. Gordon.] < Zoologist, x, 1852,

p. 3/12.
Phalscrocoraz carbo killed by a locomotive.

54. [BaLtpamus, E.] [Carbo cormoranus bei Waldenberg in Sachsen.] < Nau-

mannia, iv, 1854, p. 395.

55. DEHNE, A. MHalieus carbo Illig. (Phalacrocorax Carbo, etc.) < Allgem.

Deutsche Naturh. Zeit., n. F.,1, 1855, p. 441.
Mir nicht zuganglich.

‘ GLOGER, C. W. L. Die 4te und 5te europdische Scharben- ee: Halieus desma-

restii und H. leucogaster. < J.f. O., v, 1857, pp. 4-23.

. GLOGER, C. W. L. Halieus Desmarestii ein gute Species. < Nawmannia, vii,

Heft i, 1857, p. 77.

7. GLoGER, C. W. L. [Carbo leucogaster Cara’s wahrscheinlich eine gute Art. ]

< Naumannia, vii, Heft i, 1857, p. 78.

. Homeyer, E. v. Carbo Desmarestii. <J.f. O., Vi, 1858, p. 237.

Selbstandigkeit der Art; geogr. Verbreitung; Zahl der Steuerfedern.

. Puritippi, R. A. Beschreibung neuer Wirbelthiere aus Chile. < Arch. f. Na-

turg., 1858, (1), pp. 303-311.
Graculus elegans, p. 305.
KINnawAN, G. H. [Field] Notes on the Cormorants in the neighbourhood of
Castleconnell. < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), vii, 1860, pp. 400, 401.
KripPer, T. Carbo spec? in Griechenland beobachtet. < J.f. O., viii, 1860, pp.
369, 370.

988

1865.

1866.

1866.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. V.

Cooper, J.G. On a new Cormorant from the Farallone Islands, California.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xvii, 1865, pp. 5, 6.

Graculus bairdii, Gruber, Mss., p. 5. A further note by J. Hepburn, loc. cit.

Biake-Knox, H. A Natural History of the Shag or Green Cormorant [Phala-
crocorax cristatus ], with an Account of all its Plumages and Transformations
from the Nestling to the Adult Bird. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, pp. 243-257.

The first of a series with major title ‘‘ Letters on Ornithology.”

BLAKE-KNnox, H. Being a detailed Account of the Summer Plumage of the
Shag [Phalacrocorax cristatus]; also an. Account of its Habits in Confine-
ment. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 328-333.

The second letter of a series with major title ‘‘ Letters on Ornithology.” The Shag is here
very fully treated.

. Gunn, T. E. The Cormorant [Phalacracorax carbo] inland. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1921.

. Gunn, T. E. Cormorant [Phalacrocorax carbo] inland [Kimberley]. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., Vv, 1870, p. 2386.

. Hiern, A. DE. Voracity of the Cormorant [Phalacrocorax carbo]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1982.

. Scumipt, Max. Fortpflanzung des gemeinen Cormorans (Phalacrocorax carbo)

in Gefangenschatt. < Zool. Gart., xi, 1870, pp. 12-18.

. VOELKEL, P. Reproduction du Cormoran [Phalacrocorax carbo] au Jardin

Zoologique de Francfort-sur-le-Mein. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., 2°sér., vii, 1870, p.
329.

Der Zoologische Garten, janvier 1870.

. Harviz-Brown, J. A. Cormorant [Phalacrocorax carbo] breeding Inland.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2852.

. SmirH, CrctL. Cormorant [Phalacrocorax carbo] inland in Somersetshire.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2810, 2811.

2. HansMann, A. Unter den Cormoranen [Phalacrocorax carbo]. <J. f. O.,

xx, 1872, pp. 310-314.
Account of a visit to a breeding place of this bird in the vicinity of Stettin.

. Butter, W. L. Description of a new Species of Cormorant [Phalacrocorax

featherstoni] from the Chatham Islands. < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 90, 91.

. Doouirris, J. Fishing with Cormorants. <( Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 108.

Extracted from Rev. Justus Doolittle’s ‘‘ Social Life of the Chinese.”

. GURNEY, J.H. [On the existence of Graculus lucidus in mein < Lbis,

3d ser., ii, 1873, p. 232.

. SALvin, F. H. Cormorant Fishing. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Viii, 1873, p. 3696.

soe the London ‘ Field.’

. ANon. Birds trained to fish [Cormorants of France]. < Rod and Gun, vii, Oct.

2, 1875, p. 11.

. [GRINNELL, G.B.] Cormorants [Phalacrocorax dilophus] in Central New York.

< Forest and Stream, x, Apr. 4, 1878, p. 156.

'

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PLOTIDA. 989

Plotidz.

1806. [Barton, B. 8.] [Occurrence of Plotus anhinga as far north in the United
States as latitude 39°.] < First Suppl. to Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ., Mar.,
1806, pp. 67, 68.
1852. GuRNEY, J. H. Note onthe American and Indian Darters in Captivity; and oz
the known Species of the Genus Plotus. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3711.
1852. SmirH, A. C. Supposed Capture in England of the American Black-bellied
Darter (Plotus Anhinga). < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3601-3605, fig.
1852. Smita, A.C. Supplemental Note on the Black-bellied Darter, (Plotus Anhinga).
< Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3654-3657.
1856. BREWER, T. M. [Occurrence of Plotus anhinga in Illinois.] < Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., v, 1856, p. 391.
1868. Wyman, J. Ona Thread Worm (Filaria anhinge) infesting the Brain of the
Snake-bird, (Plotus anhinga Linn.). < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xii, Oct.,
1868, pp. 100-104, fige. 1-7.
1869. [WyMman, J.] Parasitic Worms in the Brain of a Bird [Plotus anhinga].
< Am. Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 41-43, figs. 1-7.
Abstract of Prof. J. Wyman’s article ‘‘On a Thread Worm infesting the Brain of the Snake-
bird,” Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1868, pp. 100-104.
1872. WYMAN, J. Note on the Thread Worm (Filaria anhinge) Found in the Brain
of the Snake Bird [Plotus anhinga]. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 560, 561.
Additional to Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1868, pp. 100-104.
1873. D6OniTz, W. Ueber die Halswirbelsiiule der Vogel aus der Gattung Plotus,
< feich. u. Bois-Reym. Arch., 1873, pp. 357-360, pl. ix A.
1873. ScuaTER, P. L. [Report on Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December,
1872.] <P. Z.8., 1873, pp. 1-3, fig.
Chiefly occupied with Plotus anhinga, which is figured.
1875. BULLER, W. L. On the Occurrence of Plotus nove-hollandiz in New Zealand.
< Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1874, vii, 1875, pp. 217, 218.

1875. ‘‘ROAMER.” Water Turkeys [Plotus anhinga]. < Forest and Stream, iii, Jan.
28, 1875, p. 389.

1876. Atrx, A. Garrod (A. H.): Notes sur l’anatomie de Anhinga (Plotus Anhinga).
(Proceed. zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 335.) < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., v, 1876, pp.
440-442.

1876. GaRRoD, A. H. Notes on the Anatomy of the Plotus anhinga. < P. Z.8S., Apr.
4, 1876, pp. 335-345, pll. xxvi-xxviii.

Pterylosis, muscles and viscera; peculiarity of the articulations of the cervical vertebra

° and their muscles; peculiarity of the gizzard. The parts in special question figured.

1878. Cours, E. Meaning of the word ‘‘Anhinga”. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No.
2, Apr., 1878, p. 101.

Portuguese anhina, related to Latin anguina (anguis, a snake).

1878. GaRROD, A. H. Note on Points in the Anatomy of Levaillant’s Darter (Plotus
ieee. < P. Z. §., June 18, 1878, pp. 679-681, fig.

On the alimentary canal; ferite of the stomach, showing peculiar structure of glandular
areas, U-shaped ridge, and pyloric infundibuliform plug.

1878. [ScLaTER, P.L.] [Addition of Plotus levaillanti to the Society’s Menagerie in
March, 1878.] <P. Z.S8., Apr. 2, 1878, p. 378.

990 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol V.

Vachypetidz.

1773. —_———. Die Fregatte [Tachypetes aquilus]. < Berlin. Sammlgn., v, 1773,
pp. 520-524.
Mir nicht zuganglich.
1821. BuRTON, E. Observations on the Natural History and Anatomy of the Pele-
canus [Tachypetes] Aquilus of Linneus. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xiii, pt. i, 1821,
pp. 1-11.
Placed next to Phaéthon.
1831. Vicors, N. A. [On the Habits and baton of the Frigate-bird, Tachypetes
aquilus.] <P. Z.S., i, 1831, pp. 62, 63.

1831. Vicors, N. A. [Notes on the structure of the Frigate Bird (Tachypetes aq ui-
lus).] < Philos. Mag., x, 1831, pp. 57, 58.
From P. Z. S., Apr. 26, 1831.
1858. Taytor, E.C. Note on the Eggs of the Frigate Bird [Tachypetes aquilus] and
Crocodile of Jamaica. <P. Z. S., xxvi, 1858, pp. 318, 319.
1859. Tayitor, E.C. Note on the Eggs of the Frigate Bird ['Tachypetes aquilus] and
Crocodile of Jamaica. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., tii, 1859, p. 150.
From P. Z. S., June 8, 1858.
1859. Taytor, G. C. Account of a Visit to a Nesting-place [near Tigre Isl., Fonseca
Bay, Honduras] of the Frigate-bird (Fregata ee aquila, L. ). <bis,
i, 1859, pp. 150-152.
1860. TayLor, G. C. Account of a Visit to a Necine fine of the Frigate-bird (Fre-
gata [Tachypetes] Aquila, L.). < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6981, 6982.
From the ‘Ibis,’ i, 1859, p. 150. ;
1871. Newman, E. Frigate Birds [Tachypetes aquilus] in the Zoological Gardens.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2811.
1874. HoLpER, J.B. The Frigate-Bird [Tachypetes aquilus]—its remarkable powers
of Soaring. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1874, p. 276.
1874, MatHEW, G. F. A Visit to the Breeding Hauntsof the Frigate Bird [Tachy-
petes aquilus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3991-3994.
1879. DEANE, R. The Frigate Pelican [Tachypetes aquilus] in Nova Scotia. < Bull.

Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.1, Jan., 1879, p. 64.
Ci. Am. Nat., ix, Aug., 1875, p. 470.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PHAETHONTIDA. 991

Phaéthontidz.

‘1837. BRANDT, J. F. Note sur les caractéres des espéces du genre Phaéthon. < St.-
Pétersb. Acad. Sci. Bull., ii, 1837, col. 349, 350.

Pas vue moi-méme—le titre tiré du Cat. de la Soc. Roy.

1838. BranpT, J. F. Avium natantium, imprimis Steganopodum, novarum vel-
minus rite cognitarum descriptiones et icones. Tractatus 1. Tentamen
monographiz generis Paéthon. < St.-Pétersb. Acad. Sci. Bull., iv, 1838, col.
97-99.

Pas vues moi-méme—le titre tiré du Cat. de la Soc. Roy.

1839. Branpt, J. F. Spicilegia | Ornithologica Exotica | auctore | Joanne Frederico
Brandt, | [ete., 5 linex.] | — | Fasciculus I | ex Actorum (Mémoires VI. Série
sciences nat. Tom. V.P. II.) | separatim impressus. | Petropoli | apud Graeff,
Lipsiae apud Leop. Voss. | MDCCCXXXIX. 4to. Title, preface, each backed
blank, pp. 1(239)-37(275), pl. i-v.

This is merely his monograph of Phaéthon, issued with new pagination and the old pagina-
tion preserved, and with new full page title and new preface—the latter explaining the re-
issuing of certain memoirs under the title of Spec. Ornith. Exot., as above given—this pres.
ent Tentamen monographize zoologics generis Phaéthon being fasciculus I, or the first of
the proposed series.

1840. Branpt, J. F. 'Tentamen monographiae zoologicae generis Phaéthon. <Mémn.
de V Acad. St. LEAT sb., vi sér., Vv vol., ii pte., (Sci. Nat., iii), 1840, pp. 239-275,
pll.i-v.

Introductio—Character naturalis generis—Anatome—De vita et patria Phaéthontum,
eorumque usus—Specierum descriptiones: Ph. phenicurus Gm., p. 252, pl.1,f.1,2; Ph. cethe-
reus, pl.2; Ph. flavirostris Brandt, p. 263, pl. 3, f.1, 2, pl.4.—Spp. dubiae, PP. fulvus? catesbyt?
edwardsii? melanorhynchos ?—P1. 5, rostrum, pes, palatum, lingua, os hyoides et larynx Phaé-
thontis phoenicuri.

1852. [JARDINE, W.] Phaéthon. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, pp. 35-39, pl. Ixxxiv.

On the eggs (pl.) and the habits of species of this genus.

1860. LAWRENCE, G.N. Description of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Phaeton,
also of a New Species of Humming Bird of the genus Heliopaedica. < Ann.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vii, Apr., 1860, pp. 142-145. ;

The new Phaéthon, from an unknown locality, is named P. flavo aurantius, p. 142.

1872, PEMBROKE, Harl of. Habits of Tropic Birds [Phaéthon sp.]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 4th ser., ix, 1872, pp. 242, 243.

Tetenee from ‘South Sea Bubbles’, p. 143.

1872. PEMBROKE, Larl of. Habits of Tropic Birds [Phaithon sp.]. < Am. Nat., vi
1872, pp. 557-559.

- Editorial reproduction of passages from the author’s ‘South Sea Bubbles’, p. 143.

1876. BREE, C. R. Tropic Bird [Phaéthon sp.]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876,
p. 4803.

1876. GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Information Wanted about the Worcestershire Tropic-bird
[Phaéthon sp.] < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4766.

1876. GURNEY, J.H.,Jr. Tropic Bird [Phaéthon sp.] <(Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug.,
1876, p. 5048.

Questionable as a European bird: see Zool., s. s., p. 4803.

1876. Heaton, W. H. The Worcestershire Tropic-Bird EEbaethon sp.] < Zoologist,
2d: ser., xi, Sept., 1876, pp. 5086, 5087.

992

1753.

175-.

1762.

1767.

1787.

1791.

1793.

1808.

1818.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

Laridz.

GissLER, N. Anmarkningar om Labben, Sterna, rectricibus maximis nigris
[ Stercorarius parasiticus]. Faun. Svev. 129. < Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Acad.
Handl., xiv, 1753, pp. 291-293.

GIssLER, N. Anmerkungen von den Labben, Sterna [Stercorarius parasiticus].
<Abhandl. d. Schwed. Akad., Bd. xv, aus d. J. 1753, pp. 296, 297.

Nicht mir selbst zugainglich: Titel aus Carus u. Engelm. Uebersetzung von d. Original-
ausgabe.

Lysons, D. A Description of the Cepphus. < Philos. Trans. for 1761, lii, pt.
i, 1762, pp. 135-139.

Called Aldrovandus’s Cepphus. It is one of the smaller Stercorarit.

Lippeck, E.G. Beskrifning Paen Fiskmas [Larus glaucus] ifran Lappland.

<_ Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Acad. Handl., xxv, 1764, pp. 149-153.

. LipBEcK, E.G. Beschreibung einer lapplandischen Fischmoeve [Larus glau-

cus]. < Abhandl. d. Schwed. Akad. fiir 1764, Bd. xxvi, 176-, pp. 155-158.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich: Titel aus Carus u. Engelm.
GUNNERUS, J. E. Vom diebischen Joen (Larus [Stercorarius] parasiticus L.)
minnlichen, und der Skua [Stercorarius skua] Hojeri weiblichen Geschlechts.’
<_ Drontheim. Gesell. Schrift., 111, 1767, pp. 88-101. !

. GUNNERUS, J. E. Von dem Krykkie (Larus [Rissa] tridactylus). <Drontheim.

Gesell. Schrift., 111, 1767, pp. 101-106.
I have seen neither of the two foregoing papers.
KB e 5 eA ° .
OpMANN, 8. Anmarkningar om Skran-Masen, (Sterna Caspia,). < Kongl.
Vetensk.-Acad. Nya. Handl., iii, 1782, pp. 228-231.
ODMANN, S. Utkast til Mase Slagtets [Larus] Historia. <_Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad.
Nya Handl., iv, 1783, pp. 89-122.
10 Arter anforas, med beskrifn., synon. och historia: 1, L.glaucus; 2, L. niveus, p. 100
(= eburneus); 3, L. marinus; 4, L. fuseus; 5, L. canus; 6, L. tridactylus; 7, L. ichthyetus;
8, L. atricilla.

K 3 ;
. ODMANN, 8. Undersédkning om de gamle Auctorers Catarrhactes. < Kongl.

Vetensk.-Acad, Nyt. Handl., vii, 1786,¢pp. 73-78.
The various applications of the word, by Aristotle, Oppian, Linnzus, and others.
WatBbauM,J.J. Beschreibung der bunten Sturm-Mewe ¢ u. 9 [Larus marinus
L.] und der weissgrauen [L. cinereus]. < Schriften d. Berlin. Gesell. Naturf.
Freunde, viii, St. 11, 1787, pp. 92-116.
Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann; others cite the title in very different words,
and as of date 1788.
KAsTNER, A.G. Hat Linné mit Recht den Teufel tumm genannt [Sterna]?
< Voigt’s Magas., vii, St. ii, 1791, pp. 1-5.
Not seen. :
OpMANN, S. Anmarkning rérande Larus cinerarius. Linn. < Kongl. Vetensk.-
Acad. Nya Handl., xiv, 1793, pp. 307-311.

CuviseR,F. Observations sur quelques especes de Goélands [Lari]. < Ann. du
Mus. @ Hist. Nat., xi, 1808, pp. 283-292.

Sur les difficultés qu’ offre étude de ces oiseanx—Observations générales—Du goéland 4
manteau voir—Dn grisard et du goéland 4 manteau gris—De la mouette tachetée—cendrée—
rieuse—Les différences que les goélands d’une méme espéce présentent—Examen des ces
différences et des caractéres qui distinguent les espéces.

RIcHMANN,—. Etwas an Kotzebue. < Jsis, Jahrg. ii, 1818, pp. 2130-2136.

Inhalt: Mewe, die man Kutgegeht nennet; Struntjiger; der Ibis und der Struntjaiger
(Gedichte, mit Abbild.).

Wo. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID®. 995

1818. SABINE, J. An Account of a new Species of Gull [Larus sabini] lately discov-
ered on the West Coast of Greenland. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xii, pt. ii, 1818, pp.
520-523, pl. xxix.

Larus sabini, p. 522, pl. xxix.

1819. FLEMING, J. Observations on the Arctic [Cataractes parasiticus] and Skua
[C. vulgaris] Gulls of British Ornithologists. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., i, 1819,
pp. 97-104.

Historieal, descriptive, and critical, with synonymy and comparison.

1820. SABINE,J. Ueber eine neue, kiirzlich an der Westkuste von Grénland entdeckte
Moven-Gattung [ Larus sabini]. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. iv, 1820, (Lit. Anz.), pp.
138, 139.

Uebers. aus d. Trans. Linn. Soc., xii, pt. ii, 1818, pp. 520-523.

1821. EpMoNSTON, A. Observations on the Natural History of some species of the
Genus Larus, or Gull Tribe. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., v, 1821, pp. 168-173.

This article, marked Part I, treats only of Stercorarius parasiticus, giving its characters,
habits, &c.

1822. EDMONSTON, L. Account of a New Species of Larus, shot in Zetland. < Mem.
Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, pt. i, 1822, pp. 176-181.

Read Mar., 1821. Description and account of distribution and habits. The species is not
technically named, but in a succeeding article it is called L. islandicus.

1822. EpmMonstTon, L. Additional Account of the Iceland Gull [Larus islandicus].
< Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc.,iv, pt. i, 1822, pp. 182-185.

Here named LZ. islandicus. Said to have been first described in 1814.

1822. EpmMonsTon, L. Remarks on the Larus [Stercorarius] Parasiticus or Arctic
Gull; and on the Larus Rissa [tridactyla] or Kittiwake; with an Account of
the Greenland Kittiwake ;—and on Colymbus Grylle. < Hdinb. Philos. Journ.,
vii, 1822, pp. 90-105.

Chiefly on the habits of these birds.

1823. EpDMoNSTON, L. Notice of a Specimen of the Larus [Pagophila] eburneus, or
Ivory Gull, shot in Zetland; and further Remarks on the Iceland Gull [Larus
islandicus]. < Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 501-507.

The Larus isiandicus of Edmonston of 1822 proving to be LD. glaucus, the name islandicus
is very improperly ‘‘transferred”’ to another species (the ZL. lewcopterus of Faber).

1825. TRaILL, T. 8. Description of a New Species of Larus [scoresbii]. < Mem.
Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, pt. 1i, 1823, pp. 514-516, pl. xvi, fig. 1.

1824. Kaup, [J. J.] Beschreibung einer neuen Seeschwalbe [Sterna nitzschii].
< Oken’s Isis, Jahre. viii, 1824, p. 153, 154.

Description of S. nitzschit, sp. n., p. 153, giving also the specitic characters of S. hirundo L.

1824. MACGILLIVRAY, W. Descriptions, Characters, and Synonyms of the ditterent
Species of the Genus Larus, with Critical and Explanatory Remarks. < Mem.
Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., v, pt. i, 1824, pp. 247-276.

After a circumstantial account of the genus considered individually, the species are taken
upinorder. JZ. voseus, p. 249; L. bathyrinchus [sic—leye bathyrhynchus], p. 253; L. argenteus,
p. 264 (renamed from argentatus); L. arcticus, p. 268 (—argentatus Sabine); L. glacialis, p.
270 (= glaucus Temm.), spp. un. These and some other species are very elaborately treated,
monographically, excepting the first, which is only named ‘‘provisionally”’ (the name roseus,
by the way, afterward excited some acrimonious personality, as anticipating rossit of Rich-
ardson). The paperlooks as ifit were but a part of the article, but it is not marked to be con-
tinued, and no more has been found. It is one of the soundest papers ever written on Gulls.

1825. Lesson,[R.] P. Description Wune espéce inédite de Goeland (Larus [scores-
bii]); par Th. Stewart Traill... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, p. 94.

Larus scoresbii, Traill, Mem. Wern. Soc., iv, pt. ii, 1823, pp. 514-516.

1825. Lesson, [R.] P. Descriptions, Charactéres et Synonymie de diverses espéces du
genre Goeland ou Mouette [Larus], avec des Remarques critiques et explica-
tives; par W. Macgilivray. < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, pp. 94-96.

Extrait des Mém. Wern. Soc., v, pt. i, 1824, pp. 247-276, qg. v.

994

1826.

1826.

1826.

1826.

1827,

1829.

1829.

1830.

1831.

1832.
1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. | Vol. V.

GaRNOT, P. Histoire d’une nouvelle espéce de Goeland [ Larus islandicus] tuée
in Shetland; par L. Edmonston.... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, pp.
112, 113.

Mem. Wern. Soc., iv, 1822, pp. 176-181.

Lesson, [R.] P. Note sur un individu de Vespéce du Larus [ Pagophila] eburn-
eus, tué dans Pune des iles Shetland; et quelques remarques sur la Mouette
@Islande (Larus glaucus [islandicus]); par Laurence Edmonston.
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., vii, 1826, p. 113.

Mem. Wern. Soc., iv, pt. ti, 1823, p. 501-507.

S.s. [Srraus, —.] Mémoire sur une nouvelle espéce d’Hirondelle de mer.

Sterna Nitzschii; par M. Kaup... < Féruss. Bull., 2¢ sect., vii, 1826, p. 251.
Isis, 1824, p. 153.

PayRauDEAU,[B.C.] Description de deux espéces nouvelles doiseaux, appar-
tenant aux genres Mouette et Cormoran. < Ann. des Sci. Nat., viii, 1826, pp.
460-465.

Larus audowini, p. 462: Carbo desmarestit, p. 464.

L[urorn], 8. G. Description de deux espéces nouvelles d’oiseaux appartenant
aux genres Mouette et Cormoran; par M. Payrandeau. ... < Féruss. Bull.,
2¢ sect., xi, 1827, p. 302.

Larus audouinii, Carbo desmarestii, Ann. Sc. Nat., aott 1826, p. 460.
Faser,l. Ornithologischen Notizen. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 897-900.
Ueber d. Laride. Nebst Nachschrift von Brehm, pp. 899-900.

MiIcHAHELLES, C. Ueber das Winterkleid von Larus atricilla Temm. (plumbi-
ceps Brehm), nebst einigen Bemerkungen uber die im Haven von Triest
bemerkten Movenarten. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 1269, 1270.

ANON. Sur la livrée Vhiver de la mouette a téte grise (Larus atricilla Pall.); -
par M. Michahelles. < Méruss. Bull., 2° sect., xxii, 1830, p. 128.

Tiré de l’Isis, 1829, p. 1269.

YARRELL, W. [On the characters of Larus capistratus, Temm.] < P.Z.S.,i,

1831, p. 151

FLEMING, J. Ueber Larus parasiticus (arctic) et catarrhactes (skua Gull.).
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 587.
Auszug aus The Edinb. philos. Journ., i, 1819, pp. 97-104.
CLARKE, W. B. Common Sea-Gull. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp.
147, 148.
Habits. /
“E.N.D.” The Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla] in the Isle of Wight, as men-
tioned by Rusticus of Godalming. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 279.

Hitt, W.H. Notes on, and a Description of, the Black-headed Gull (Larus ridi-
bundus), as the same has been observed near Southminster, on the Coast of
Essex; also a List of the Birds seen, in the Course of Twelve Months, in the
Neighbourhood of Southminster. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 450-
452.

Less, E. [On a specimen of Larus marinus shot near Worcester, ea
1833. ] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 453.

‘‘PuILo-Rusticus.” The Mention, by Rusticus of Godalming, of “ the Great
Grey Seamews, or Gulls” [Larus glaucus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1833, p. 171.

‘‘Rusticus.” [NewmMan, E.] The Great Grey Seamews, or Gulls [Larus glau-
cus]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 278, 279.

SEYFFERTITZ, —, and BREHM, [C. LJ Eine neue Gattung weissschwingige Was-

serschwalben [Hydrochelidon leucourus]. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. 1833, pp. 985-
987.

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID®. 995

1833. THomPsoN, W. [On the Occurrence of the Young of the Arctic Tern (Sterna
Arctica, Temm.) in the North of Ireland.] <P. Z.8., i, 1833, p. 33.

1833. THompson, W. [On the Occurrence of the Black-headed Gull (Larus capis-
tratus, Temm.) and Sterna cantiaca in the North of Ireland.] < P.Z.S.,i,
1833, p. 33.

1834. Morris, B. R. An Attack of a large Sea Gull [Larus sp.], in the Manner of
a Species of rapacious Bird, upon a Kittiwake Gull [Rissa tridactyla].
<Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 512, 513.

Followed by a list of some rare Birds met with in the Neighbourhood of Charmouth, Dor-
setshire.

1834. “‘S. K.” Some of the Habits of the Lesser Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus) ;
as shown by an Individual of this Species in partial Confinement. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 511, 512. .

1834. ‘A SUBSCRIBER.” The Noddy (Sterna [Anous] stolida). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vii, 1834, p. 74.

1835. THomMPson, W. [On the Herring Gull of the North of Ireland.] <P. Z.S., iii,
1835, p. 83.

Identifies it with Larus argentatoides Sw. and Rich.
1835. THompson, W. [Sterna stolida, Linn., in Ireland.] < P.Z.S., iii, 1835, p. 84.

1835. THompson, W. [Laride an der Nordostkiiste Irlands.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XXViii, 1835, p. 523.
P. Z. S., 1833, p. 33.
1836. DEeNNES,G. Singular Habit ofa Gull. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p.
642. :
1837. GouLD, J. [Sterna poliocerca, S. macrotarsa, spp. nn., from Van Dieman’s
Land.] < P.Z.8., v, 1837, p. 26.

1837. Hancock, A. Larus minutus [on the Tyne]. < Mag. of Zool. and Bot., i, 1837,
p. 491. j

1838.. Eyton, T. C. Mr. Eyton’s Arrangement of the Gulls [Larine]. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 4, 1838, p. 567.
Merely a note referring to tom. cit., p. 487.
1838. Hancock, J. Lestris parasiticus[in Durham]. < Annals of Nat. Hist., ii, 1838,
p. 159.
1838. Mc. ’Coy, F. Remarks on Mr. Eyton’s Arrangement of the Gulls [Larine].
< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 487-490.
1838. S[eLBy], P. J. Larus minutus. < Annals of Nat. Hist., i, 1838, p. 238.
Note of its first recorded appearance on the Northumbrian coast.
1839. BACKHOUSE, E. Notice of the Annual Appearance on the Durham Coast of
some of the Lestris tribe. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1838, vii, 1839, (Mise,
Comm. ), p. 108.

1839. BREME, Le marquis DE. Nouvelle espéce européene du genre Larus [L. genei].
< Revue Zoologique, ii, 1839, p. 320.

1839. [EpIToR1AL.] Larus Jacksonii, Jackson’sGull. < Annals of Nat. Hist., ii, 1839,
pp. 381, 382.

Comment on Couch’s Fauna of Cornwall, p. 28.

1839. THompson, W. Zoological Notes on a few Species obtained from the South

West of Scotland. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 585-587.
Stercorarius pomatorhinus the only bird.

1840. BRanpT, J. F. Ueber den Skeletbau der Scherenschniibel (Rhynechops) im Verg-
leich mit den Moven (Larus), den Raubméven (Lestris) und den Seeschwalben
(Sterna). < Mém. de V Acad. St.-Pétersb., vi sér., v tom., ii pte., Sc. Nat., iii,
1840, pp. 218-229, pll. xvii, xviii.

A subtitle, being the sixth and last part of his Beitrage zur Kentniss der Naturg. Vogel, u. 8. W-

996 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1840. RUPPELL,[E.] Habits of the different Species of Sterna and Larus. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1840, pp. 47, 48.
Note of these birds breeding at Mareat; from Trav. in Abyssinia.
1841. Mummery, 8. Larus glaucus;—Larus candeiasius [in England]. <Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., vi, 1841, p. 526.

1842. Anon. [On a remarkable flight of Arctic Terns (Sterna arctica).| < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, pp. 352, 353.
From ‘‘ Bristol Mirror.”

1842. Austin, T. Arctic Tern [Sterna arctica]. <( Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., x, 1842, p. 75.
Cf. op. cit., ix, p. 518.

1842. AusTIN, T. Sterna arctica. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, pp. 434, 435.
Habits, &c.
1842. LAFRESNAYE, [F.]DE. G. Sterne. Sterna Lin. §8.-G. Procelsferna? (De Lafr.)
Hirondelle de mer a bec cylindrique. S. tereticollis. Nob. < Guér. Mag. de
Zool., 2° ser., 1842, Oiseaux pp. 1, 2, pl. 29.
Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 242.
1842. STRICKLAND, H. E. Sterna arctica [in England]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix,
1842, pp. 351, 352.
1842. STRICKLAND, H.E. Sternaarctica. <_4nn. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, pp. 518, 519.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 434. 5
1843. FIsHER, W. R. Note on the voracity of the Gull Tribe [Larine]. < Zoologist,
i, 1843, p. 248.
1843. GouGH, T. Notes on the Habits of a Masked Gull [Larus capistratus] in con-
finement. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 242-245, fig.

1843. JERDON, A. Note on the Habits of the Black-headed Gull [ Larus ridibundus].
< Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 245, 246, fig.

1843, REECE, G. Note on the occurrence of the Herring Gull [Larus argentatus] at
Worcester. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 104.

1845. WILLOUGHBY,S. Notes on the occurrence of the Arctic Tern [Sterna macrura],
young and adult, in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, i, 18438, p. 365.

1¢44. BLapon, J. Note on the capture of a Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla] near Ponty-
pool. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 727.

1844. BANISTER, J. D. Note on [the habits of] the Black-headed Gull [Larus ridi-
bundus]. < Zoolo gist, li, 1844, pp. 577, 578.

Cf. Zool., p. 245.

1844. Brown, W. Note on [the insectivorous habits of] the Black headed Gull

[Larus ridibundus]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 455.

1344. CHANT, J. Anecdote of annual change of Plumage in a Gull. < Zoologist, ii,
1844, p. 768.

1844. Fisnur, W.R. Note on the occurrence of the Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus ?]
at Yarmouth. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 502.
1844, Fisher, W.R. Note on the occurrence of Richardson’s Skua aeatigt ras para- -
siticus] at Great Yarmouth. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 795.
1844. GILBERT, —. [Letter on the Habits of some Mammalia and Aves of Western
Australia.] <P. Z.S., xii, 1844, pp. 33-37.
The ornithological portion relates to species of Anous. :
1845, BanistEeR, J. D. A few Notes on the recent Change of the Herbage on Pilling
Moss. < Zoologist, iti, 1845, pp. 881-884.
As caused by the ordure of certain Laride.

1845, BarcLay, J G. Domesticated Herring Gulls [Larus argentatus] breeding in a
garden. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1138.

—

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID&. 997

1845. Fraser, lL. [Larus bridgesii, sp.n.] < P.Z.S8., xiii, Feb. 25, 1845, p. 16.
‘ Described from Valparaiso, Chili, in an untitled paper, with two new species of Parrots.
1845. GouLp, J. On the genus Anous, Leach (Megalopterus, Boie). <P. Z. S., xiii,
1845, pp. 103, 104.
Descriptive synopsis of 6 spp.: A. leucocapillus, A. melanops, p. 103; A. cinereus, A. par-
vulus, p. 194, spp. nn. ;
1845. GouLb, J. [Description of a new Tern (Sterna gracilis).] <P. Z.8., xiii, 1845,
p. 76.
1845. GouLD, J. [Sterna gracilis.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1845, p. 346.
From P. Z. §., June 10, 1845, p.-76.
1845. Hussy, A. Note on the occurrence of the Pomerine Skua [Stercorarius poma-
torhinus]in Sussex. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 880.
1845. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] in Cornwall.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 880.
1845. THompson, W. [On the identity of Larus capistratus of Temminck with L.
ridibundus.] <P. Z.W., xiii, 1845, pp. 68, 69.
1845. THompson, W. On the Larus capistratus, Temm. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi,
1845, pp. 357, 358.
From P. Z. S., 1845, pp. 68, 69.
1846. BLapoNn, J. Occurrence of the Tern [Sterna hirundo] at Ponty-Pool. < Zoolo-
gist, iv, 1846, p. 1555.
1846. CaBot,S.,JR. [On the breeding of Sterna paradisea and S. macrura in Massa-
chusetts.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1846, pp. 179, 248.

1846. GouLD, J. Oathe genus Anous, Leach (Megalopterus, Boie). < Ann. Mag. Nat.
HMist., xvii, 1846, pp. 285-287.
From P. Z. §., Oct. 14, 1845, pp. 103, 104, q. v.
1847. CagnoT, S., JR. A Comparison between Sterna Cantiaca, Gm. of Europe, and
Sterna acuflavida, Nobis, hitherto considered identical with 8. Cantiaca.
<_ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1847, pp. 257, 258.
1847. CHARLESWORTH, E. Occurrence of a Specimen of Larus Rossii [Rhodostethia
rosea] near Tadcaster. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1782-1785.
With synonymy and description, &c. From Proc. Yorkshire Philos. Soc.
1847. EprroriaL. Larus eburneus [Pagophila eburnea, at Penzance]. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., xix, 1847, p. 213.
From Oornwall Royal Gazette.
1847, Faucx, V. Description d’un examplaire du Larus leucopterus de Faber, tué
prés de la Ville d’Helsingfors en hiver 1836. < Acta Soc. Sci. Fennice, ti, 1847,
pp. 529-531. Fig.1 of pl. facing p. 532.
1847. Fatck, V. Notices sur le Larus glaucus rencontré dans le Golfe de Finlande.
< Acta Soc. Sci. Fennice, ii, 1847, pp. 655-659. Fig. 2 of pl. facing p. 532.

1847. Fry, D. H. Occurrence of the Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus] at Ramsgate.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1642.
1847. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Ivory Gull [Pagophila eburnea] at Penzance.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1699.
1847. Smiru, Rev. JAMES. Occurrence of the Ivory Gull [Pagophila eburnea] in
Aberdeenshire. < Zoologist, v, 1347, pp. 1700, 1701.
1847. [Sr. Joun, C.] Habits of the Tern [Sterna sp.] < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1879.
From his ‘‘ Wild Sports in the Highlands.”
1847. THompson, W. Occurrence of the Whiskered Tern (Sterna leucopareia) in
Ireland. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1877, 1878.
From Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, p.170. :
1847. THompson, W. Occurrence of Sterna velox in Ireland. -< Zoologist, v, 1847,
p. 1878.
From Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx.

{
998 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V..

1848. BurtincuHAM, D. C. Enquiry respecting the Characters which distinguish the
Young of the Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus) from the Young of the Glau-
cous Gull (L. glaneus). < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2027.

1848. Casot, S., JR. A comparison between Sterna Cantiaca, Gm., of Europe, and
Sterna acuflavida, Nobis, hitherto considered identical with 8. Cantiaca, and
a description of a new species of Wren. < Am. Journ. Sci., vi, 1848, pp. 136,
1375

From Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1847, pp. 257-259.

1848. CaBot, 8S. Jr. A Comparison between Sterna Cantiaca, Gm., of Europe, and
Sterna acuflavida, nobis, hitherto considered identical with 8. Cantiaca, and
a description of a new species of Wren. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ii,
1848, pp. 364, 365.

From Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, Nov. 17, 1847, pp. 257-259,

1848. Cookson, J. Habits of Sea Gulls (Larus ————?). < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p.
2149,

1848. DuNN, R. Occurrence of the Glaucous Gull (Larus glaucus) and Iceland Gull
(Larus leucopterus) in Shetland. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2070.

1848. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Ivory Gull (Larus [Pagophila] eburneus) at
Hastings. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2304.

1848, Fisuer, W. R. Young of the Glaucous Gull (Larus glaucus). < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2070.

1848. GorDON, G. Answer [Zool., p. 2071] respecting Larus maximus. < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, p. 2304.

1848. JoHNSON, F. W. Occurrence of the Masked Gull (Larus capistratus) at Ald-
borough. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2231.

1848. Morris, B. R. Note on the Black-backed [Larus fuscus] and Glaucous Gulls
[L. glaueus]. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2070, 2071.

1848. Morris, B. R. Inquiry respecting Larus maximus. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p.

2071.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 2304.

1848. Newman, E. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) at Belfast, <Zo0-
ologist, vi, 1848, p. 2069.

1848. NEwMAN, E. Occurrence of Bonaparte’s Gull (Larus Bonaparti) at Belfast.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2069, 2070.

1848. NewrTon, A. Occurrence of Buffon’s Skua (Lestris parasiticus) near Thetford.
< Zoologist, vi, 1348, p. 2149.

1848, PRATER, T. Occurrence of the Roseate Tern (Sterna Dougallii) near Bicester.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2230, 2231.

1848. ROUNDELL, H. Occurrence of the Black Tern (Sterna nigra), &c., near Oxford.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2191. R

1848, THompson, W. Note on the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull (Larus Bona-
partii, Rich. and Swains.) for the first time in Europe. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 2d ser., i, 1848, pp. 192-197.

With note also on the occurrence of L. sabinii and L. minutus.

1849. Birp, W. F. W. Capture of the Black Tern (Sterna nigra) at Chertsey. <Zo-
ologist, vii, 1849, p. 2500.

1849. Burton, W. D. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sterna Caspia) near Great
Yarmouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2499, 2500.

1849. Bury, C. A. The Masked Gull (Larus capistratug). < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p.
2457.

1849, ELLMAN, J.B. Note on [flight of] Sea Gulls. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2456,
2457.

No. 4.1 COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID&. 999

1849. GuRNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Gull-billed Tern (Sterna anglica) at Yar-
mouth. <Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2569.

1849. GURNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Gull-billed Tern (Sterna anglica) near Yar-
mouth. < Zoclogist, vii, 1849, p. 2592.

1849. Hieeins, E. T. Occurrence of Buffon’s Skua (Lestris parasitica) near Redcar.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2592. :

1849. JoHNSON, H. Occurrence of Rare Gulls [Lestris ‘‘arcticus,” Larus glaucus]

' near Liverpool. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2422.

1849. Smirn, fev. JAMES. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sterna Caspia) at Yar-
mouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2529.

1249. Smiru, Rev. JAMES. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) at Yar-
mouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2529.

1819. THompson, W. Note sur Vapparition en Europe du Larus Bonapartei, Rich-
ardson et Swainson, par M. W. Thompson (Ann. Nat. Hist. Mars, 1848); tra-
duite par M. Edm. Fairmaire. < Rev. et Mag. Zool., i, 1849, pp. 264-266.

1849. WOLLEY, J. Occurrence of Buffon’s Skua (Lestris Buffonii) in Huntingdon-
shire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2392.

1850. Barkiz, W.B. The Masked Gull (Larus capistratus) in the Mediterranean.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2653, 2654.

1850. Barkiz, W. B. Masked Gull (Larus capistratus) in the Mediterranean. <Zo-
ologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2880, 2881.

1250. Bury, C. The Masked Gull (Larus capistratus) in the Mediterranean. <Zo-
ologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2776, 2777.

1850. CuRTLER, M. Occurrence of the Arctic Gull (Lestris parasiticus) near Worces-
ter. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.

1850. CURTLER, M. Occurrence of the Black Tern (Sterna nigra) near Worcester.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.

1850. Foster, T.W. Occurrence of the Black Tern (Sterna nigra), Lesser Tern (S.
minuta) and Common Tern (S. hirundo) at March. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p.
2854.

1850. GuRNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Glaucous Gull (Larus glaucus) in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2777, 2778.

1850. GuRNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Gull-billed Tern (Sterna anglica) at Yar-
mouth. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2853, 2854.

1850. GURNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sterna caspia) near Yar-
mouth. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2915.

1850. [JARDINE, W.] Remarks on the Sterna inca, Lesson. < Jard. Contrib. Orn.,
1850, pp. 32-34, woode. col’d.

Named Jnea mysticalis, g. sp. n-

1850. “Morris, B. R. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) at Bridlington
Quay. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2653.

1850. Morris, F.O. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Bridlington
Quay. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2653.

1850. Newton, A. Occurrence of the Masked Gull (Larus capistratus) on the Dart.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2825.

1850, PLANT, J. Occurrence of the Common Skua (Lestris parasiticus) at Fleetwood.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2925.

1850. Porrer, C. Occurrence of the Black Tern (Sterna fissipes) at Balmer. < Zo-
ologist, viii, 1850, p. 2803.

1850. Ropp, E. H. Oceurrence of the Black Tern (Sterna fissipes) in Adult Summer
Plumage in Mount’s Bay. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2803.

1000 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

. Rupp, T. 8. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) at Redcar, and
. Smira, Rev. James. Occurrence of the Gull-billed Tern (Sterna Anglica) in
. Brices, J. J. The Little Gull (Larus minutus) in Derbyshire. < Zoologist, ix,
. Duck, J. N. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) at Weston- -super-
. Exitman, J.B. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) at Lewes. <Zo- - |
. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the Gull-billed Tern [Sterna anglica]. < Zoologist, ix,
. Gurney, J. H. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern [Sterna caspia] at Yarmouth.

. Lerra, G. H. Occurrence of Bonaparte’s Gull (Larus Bonaparti) in Scotland.

some Particulars of its Plumage. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.
Norfolk. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2653.

1851, p. 3118.

Mare. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3056.

ologist, ix, 1851, p. 3036.

1851, p. 3235.

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3235.

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3117.

. Moaeriper, M. Larus [Rissa] tridactylus [in Britain]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., 2d ser., vii, 1851, pp. 235, 236.

. Porrsr, C. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Lewes. < Zo- ©

ologist, ix, 1851, p. 3036.

51. Powys, T. W. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sterna Caspia) near Lausanne.

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3209, 3210.

51. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Whiskered Tern [Sterna leucoparia] at Scilly.

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3280.

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus]

in Adult Plumage near Penzance. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3280.

. THORNCROFT, T. Occurrence of Richardson’s Skua (Lestris Richardsonii) at

Brighton. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3054.

. Woop, C. Occurrence of the Kittiwake Gull (Larus [Rissa] tridactylus) on

Wandsworth Common. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3117.

. Eviman, J. B. Occurrence of Ross’s Rosy Gull (Larus Rossii [Rhodostethia

rosea]) at Pevensey, Sussex. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3388.

. ELtimMan, J. B. Occurrence of the Pomerine Skua (Lestris pomerinus Lstc ieee

pomatorhinus]) at Hastings. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3331, 3332.

. Inpy, L. H. Food of the Black-headed Gull, (Larus ridibundus). < Zoologist,

x, 1852, p. 3711.

52. [JARDINE, W.] Habits of Larus canus. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, p. 40.
. LAWRENCE, G. N. On the occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sylochelidon Cas-

pius) in North America. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, v, 1852, pp. 87, 38.
(Read May 6, 1850.)

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Lesser Tern [Sterna minuta] near Mount’s

Bay. < Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3453.

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Gull-billed Tern: (Sterna Anglica) at Scilly.

< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3536.

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Iceland Gull (Larus Islandicus) | at Scilly.

Lazoolagion x, 1852, p. 3536.

. ScHacH, F. [Das Vorkommen yon Lestris pomarina bei Krimnitzschau. ]

< Nawmannia, ii, Heft ii, 1832, p. 123.

. SmiTH, J. A. Notice of the Occurrence of the Black Tern, Sterna nigra, Linn.,

near Coldstream. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ix, 1852, pp. 73, 74.

*
a ee : Thy ‘iui i eal

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARIDA. 1001

1852. THompson, W. Larus glaucus [in Britain]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., ix,
1852, p. 244.

1853. BoORRER, W., JR. Occurrence of the Masked Gull (Larus capistratus) in Sus-
sex. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3912.

1853. Brown, E. Occurrence of the Sooty Tern (Sterna fuliginosa) in England.
< Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3755, 3756.

1853. BrucH,[P.] Monographische Uebersicht der Gattung Larus Lin. <J.f. 0.,i,
1853, pp. 96-108, pli. ii, iii.

Sketch of the subject; characters and habitat of 62 spp. Larine, under 12 genn., and of 5

spp. Lestridine under 3 genn. The large folded plates, uncolored, illustrate the heads of 24
spp. Larine of natural size. The article has been spoken of with some reserve, and is gen-
erally considered to have been superseded by the author’s subsequent paper on the same sub-
ject, op. cit., 1855, p. 273, seq. (See what is said at 1854, BONAPARTE, C. L.)

1853. DuNN, R. Occurrence of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) in Shetland. < Zo-
ologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3911, 3912. .

1853. FREDERICK, G. Occurrence of the White-winged Black Tern (Sterna leucop-
tera) near Yarmouth. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3911.

1853. Foorrir, W. F. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sterna Caspia) in Lincoln-
shire. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3946.

1853. GURNEY, J. H. Noteona White Variety of the Common Tern [Sterna hirundo].
< Goologist, xi, 1853, p. 4124.

1853. HomEYER, E. F. v. Larus Heinei. Heine’s Move. < Naumannia, iii, 1853,
pp. 129, 130.

1853. LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Ortyx
Stephens, Sterna Linn., and Icteria Vieillot. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,

vi, 1853, pp. 1-4.
Sterna pikei, p. 3.

1853. Lenk, Dr. —. Hine briefliche Mittheilung des Hrn. Dr. Lenk. < Verh. zool.-

bot. Ver. Wien, iii, am 7 Dec., 1853, pp. 195-197.
Ueber Larus capistratus in Bohmen.

1853. LOWENHJELM, C. G. Myoxus avellanarius; Sterna arctica. < Ofvers. Kongl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for dr 1852, 1853, pp. 234, 235.
Sterna arctiea hickar imangd vid en insj6, 2 mil norr om Gellivare.
1853. Newton, A. Correction of a previous Error [Zool., p. £825] respecting the
Masked Gull, (Larus capistratus). < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4074.

1854. Bonaparte, C. L. Notes sur les Larides < Nawmannia, iv, 1854, pp. 209-219.
La famille entiére des Larides (c’est & dive les subfam. Lestridine et Larine) ayant 6té
passée en revue synoptique, auteur s’oceupe d’une critique de M. Bruch (J. f. O., 1853, pp.
96-108). Lestridinw, 4 genn., 4. spp. (avec (5) Cimoliornis diomedeus Owen, sp. fess.) ; Larine,
18 genn.,73 spp. A cause des rapports qui semblent d’ayoir existés entre l’auteur et M.
Bruch, il devient difficile d’indiquer avec précision les noms qui sont véritablement nouve-
aux; surtout lorsqu’on reconnait le fait que ces auteurs tous deux ont presque toujours
manqué de donner les renseignements nécessaires. Les genres qui suivant semblent étre
nouvellement proposés: Procellarus sive Epitelarus, p.213; Creagrus, Atricilla, p. 214; Mela-
gavid, p. 217; Cirrocephalus, p. 218.—Atricilla catesbaci, minor, macroptera, p. 212 ; Procellarus
neglectus, p. 213; Larus verreauxi, p.215; Gavia kamtschatchensis, p. 215; G. bruchii, p. 216;
Gelastes corallinus, p.216; Rissa kotzebui, p. 217, spp. nn.

It may be remarked, in fine, of this article, that it is worse than worthless, being pernici-
ous. Itis ostensibly a review of Bruch’s paper of 1853; this being itself a very incompetent
performance, confusion is here worse confounded by Bonaparte’s criticisms and “‘ rectifica-
tions.” It seems to have had, among other undesirable results, the effect of settmg Bruch
at the business anew, as appears by the latter’s paper of 1855. The two authors together
made as complete a muddle as can be found in ornithology; woe to the confiding student who
trusts either of them—crede experto! Bruch and Bonaparte are Scylla and Charybdis of Gull
literature. .

1854. Borrer, W., Jr. Occurrence of Larus [Xema] Sabinei, Leach, in Sussex.
< Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4408.
Bull. v, 4 ol

sd cen ho Pht tami

a =

1002 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1855.

1855.

1855.

BReEHM,[C.]L. Verfirbung und Federwechsel der europidischen Seeschwalben.
<J. f. O., ii, 1854, pp. 317-321.

Briaes, J. J. Occurrence of the Pomarine Skua (Catarractes [Stercorarius]
pomarinus) in Derbyshire. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4513.

GLoGER, C. W. L. Audubon als der erste Bekenner der Ansicht von ,, Umfir-
bung ohne Mauser.‘6 <Jd. f. O., 11, 1854, pp. 328-334.

The author's reading of Audubon furnished him with frequent occasion for writing: in
this instance, he translates and comments upon what that writer has to say respecting the
changes of plumage in Laride.

GLOGER, C. W. L. Das Abindern der weissen Zeichnung an den Schwingen
der Moéven [Laride]. <J.f. O., ii, 1854, p. 383.
Translation from Audubon on this subject, in the case of L. argentatus.
GoLowatscHow, A. Larus columbinus. (Mouette Colombine.) Espéce nou-
velle, habitant les parages de la mer Caspienne. < Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mos-
cou, XXvii, pt.i, 1854, pp. 435-441, pl. iv. ,

. Harpy, J. Description d’une espéce inédite de Lestris [spinicaudus] de ’Océan

meridional. < Kev. et Mag. de Zool., vi, 1854, pp. 657, 658.

. Kine, E. L. Occurrence of Richardson’s Skua (Lestris Richardsonii) at Lynn.

< Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4512, 4513.

54. LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Larus

[californicus] Linn. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vi, 1854, pp. 79, 80.

. Bonaparte, C.L. Notessur les Larides. < Rev. Mag. Zool., vii, 1855, pp. 12-21.

Not seen.

55. BRucH,[P.] Revision der Gattung Larus Lin. < Jf. O., iii, 1855, pp. 273-293,

pil. iv, v.

Cf. op. cit., 1853, pp. 96-108. 65spp. The present article retraces the ground of the first
one; the discrepancies between the two are numerous and irreconcilable, leaving both open
to suspicion. In fact, having ourselves suffered for our indiscretion in venturing upon these
papers of Bruch’s, as well as those of Bonaparte’s on the same subject, it is a duty we owe to
posterity, and one we willingly here discharge, to warn all persons off these premises.

DEGLAND, C. D. [Fang einer fiir Frankreich, wenn nicht tiberhaupt fiir Eu-
ropa, neuen Seeschwalbe (Sterna fuliginosa).] < Nauwmannia, v, 1855, p. 412.

8. fuliginosa wurde bekanntlich vor mehren Jabren an der Elbe, gleichfalls lebendig

gefangen. ‘‘—Baldamus.

GLOGER, C.W.L. Auch Moen werfen lebende Schalthiere aus der Hohe auf
kahle Felsen [u.s.w.]. <J.f. O., iii, 1855, p. 447.
Quotations from Audubon on the habits of Larus argentatus.
GLocER, C.W. L. Auch die grésseren Méven briiten zum Theil schon im noch
unvollendeten Kleide. <J. f. O., iii, 1855, pp. 521, 522.
Quotation from Audubon, again, respecting Larus argentatus. It would have simplified

matiters, if the writer had once copied from Audubon all he desired on the subject, and had
done with it.

. Hussry, A. Occurrence of Richardson’s Skua (Lestris Richardsoni) in Sussex.

< Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4560.

5. Murray, A. [Extract of letter from W. Jardine, on capture of Pagophila ebur-

nea in Caithness-shire. | < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser., i, 1855, p. 365.

. Powys, T. L. Occurrence of Buonaparte’s Gull (Larus Buonapartii) on the

Trish Coast. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4762.

. Powys, T. L. Occurrence of Buonaparte’s Gull (Larus Buenspanay) on the

Trish Coast. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4809, 4810.

5. Roperts, A. Occurrence of the Lesser White-winged Gull (Larus ‘ams

near Scarborough. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4560.

. WaTTERS, [J.J.] On the Habits and on the Varieties of some of the [Irish]
Laride. < Nat. Hist. Rev., ii, 1855, pp. 100-103.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1858.

1858.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID2. 1003

De BILLINGS, K.] On a Sea-Gull [Larus argentatus] shot at Ottawa. < Canad.

Nat. and Geol., i, 1856, pp. 159, 160.

. DESSAUVILLE, P. A. Notice of the Arctic Skua (Lestris Parasitica, Tem.), shot

in Skye in the Summer of 1855. < Edinb. New Philos. Jowrn., iii, 1856, pp.
350, 351.

D’UrRBAN, W.8.M. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] and Com-
mon Skua on the Exe. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5065.

. FARRAN, [C.] On the Genus Skua. (Lestride.) < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.),

iii, 1856, pp. 48-51.
Characters and habits of several species.
Brucu, [P.] Nachtrag zur Revision der Gattung Larus. <J.f. O., v, 1857, pp.
23-25.
Cf. J. f. O., 1853, pp. 96-108; 1855, pp. 273-293. Treats further of 3 or 4 species.
Brucu, [P.] Zweiter Nachtrag zur Revision der Gattung Larus. <J.f. 0., Vv,
1857, pp. 113, 114, pl.i, f. 1-3.
Cf. J. f. O., 1853, pp. 96-108; 1855, pp. 273-293; 1857, pp. 23-25. LD. potocephalus, L. lam-
bruschini, L. fuscescens.
Rovpp, E. H. Note on the British Skuas, genus Lestris. < Zoologist, xv, 1857,
p. 9596.

SAVILLE, S. P. Occurrence of rare Sea Birds [Laride, 4 spp. ] near Cambridge.
< Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5834. :

Brasius, J. H. Ein Wort tiber die Méven der Zoographia Rosso-asiatica von
Pallas. < Naumannia, viii, 1858, pp. 316-320.

Demnach wiirden sich die von Pallas in der Zoographia aufgefuhrten Namen und Beschrei-
bungen auf folgende Arten beziehen: 1. Larus marinus L. 2. L. argentatus Brinn. — TL.
cachinnans Pall. 3. L. glaucus Brinn. ZL. canus L.=—L. niveus Pall. L. tridactylus L.=
BL. rissa, gavia, canus, torquatus Pall. 6. L. ichthyaétus Pall. 7. L. ridibundus L.=DL.
atricilla, cinerarius, nevius Pall. 8. L. minutus Pall.

LAWRENCE, G. N. Descriptions of two New Species of Gulls in the Museum of
the Smithsonian Institute at Washington. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,

vi, 1858, pp. 264-266. (Read June 29, 1857.)
Larus suckleyi, p. 264; Rissa septentrionalis, p. 266. [Both—L. brachyrhynchus Rich.]

. MarHEws, M. A. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Barn-

stable. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6245, 6246.

. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Pomarine Skua (Lestris pomarina [Sterco-

rarius pomatorhinus]) at the Land’s End. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6267.

. STEVENSON, H. Appearance of Skuas off the Coast of Yarmouth. < Zoologist,

Xvi, 1858, pp. 6309, 6310.

. ANON. Pomarine Skua (Lestris pomarina [Stercorarius pomatorhinus]) near

Brighton. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6331.

. ANON. Occurrence of Sabine’s Gull (Larus [Xema] Sabini) at Brighton.

< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6331.

. BarTiettT, A.D. Remarks on the Habits of a Herring Gull (Larus argentatus).

< P. Z. 8., ¥xvii, 1859, pp. 467, 468.

Voluntary semidomestication.

. Dunn, R. Occurrence of the Adult Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus] in Orkney.

< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6448.

. Dutton, J. Occurrence of the Pomarine Skua (Lestris pomarina [Stercora-

rius pomatorhinus]) at Birting Gap. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6878, 6379.

. Homeyer, E. [F.] v. Ueber Larus Heinei. <J.f. O., vii, 1859, pp. 155, 156.

Especially on its relationships with LZ. canus.

. Ross, F. W. L. Notice of a Black-headed Gull [Larus ichthyaétus] found re-

cently in Deyonshie. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., iv, 1859, p. 467.

1004 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. |Vol.v.

1860. ALBRECHT, —. Verhalten einer aufgezogenen Move [Larus argentatus]; ]an-
gere Aufbewahrung frischer Hier. <J./f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 367-369.
Translated from Bartlett, Ann. Mag. N. H., No. 30, June, 1860.
1860. BARTLETT, A.D. Remarks on the Habits of a Herring Gull (Larus argentatus).
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, pp. 498, 499.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 22, 1859.
1860. DunN, J. Occurrence of the Glaucous Gull [Larus glancus] in Orkney. < Zo-
ologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6813.
1860. DuTron, J. Occurrence of Richardson’s Skua (Lestris Richardsonii) at Hast-
bourne. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7106.

1860. GouLD, J. Description of a new Species of Gull (Gavia roseiventris) from the
Falkland Islands. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, p. 232.
From P. Z. 8., Feb. 8, 1859, p. 97; from a paper of wider scope.
1860. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the Carnivorous propensities of the Blackheaded Gull
(Larus ridibundus). < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 7106, 7107.

1860. JAcKEL, J. Sterna leucoptera Meissn. und Schinz in Bayern briitend. <J.f.
O., viii, 1860, pp. 300, 301.

1860. LEADBEATER, —. [Exhibition of Lestris cepphus from Ireland.] < P. Z. &,
XXVill, 1860, p. 322.

1860. More, A. G. The Arctic Tern (Sterna arctica) nesting on Fresh Water. < Zo-
ologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6891, 6892.

1860. NrcHOLLs, H., Jk. Occurrence of Richardson’s Skua [Stercorarius parasiticus ]
at Kingsbridge. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7106.

1860. QuIstoRP, [G.] Larus leucopterus in Pommern beobachtet. < J.f. O., viii,
1860, p. 369.

1860. Ross, F. W. L. Occurrence of Larus icthyaétus [sic], a new British Gull, in
Devonshire. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6860, 6861.

1860. SAVILLE, 8. P. A Kittiwake Gull (Larus [Rissa] tridactylus) driven Inland
[Cambridge] by the late Terrific Gales. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6982.

1860. SAVILLE, 8S. P. Common Tern (Sterna hirundo) shot during the late gale [in
Northamptonshire]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1660, p. 7106.

1861. TREMBLY, J.B. Ornithological Inquiries. < Field Notes,i, No. 17, Apr. 27, 1861,
p. 129.

Respecting occurrence of certain Laride in Ohio.

1361. W[ HEATON], J. M. The Gulls. < Field Notes, i, No. 20, May 18, 1861, p. 153.

Alleged Larus “‘ occidentalis” in Ohio is not that species.

1862. BLaAkE-KNOX, H. Occurrence of Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Dublin —
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8093, 8094.

1862. Bonp, T. The Little Gull [Larus minutus]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7939,
7940. :

1862. Cours, E. Revision of the Gulls [Larine] of North America; based upon speci-
mens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., xiv, 1862, pp. 291-312.

Stated to be ‘‘an abstract of a more extended Monograph on the Gulls on North America,
prepared for publication in a Government Report.” The ‘‘Monograph” here in mention ap-
peared in 1874, as a part of the ‘‘Birds of the Northwest” (pp. 589-717), q. v.

The present paper divides the Laride into 4 subfamilies, Lestridine, Larine, Sternine
and Khynchopine, and gives an outline of the North American genera and species of the
second of these, which is divided into the following 8 genera: Larus, Blasipus, Rissa, Pago-
phila; and Ohroicocephalus, Rhodostethia, Xema, Creagrus. The species recognized are as
follow :—

1, Larus hutchinsii (later determined to be the young of ZL. glaucus). 2, L. glaucus. 3, L. leu-
copterus. 4, L. glaucescens. 5, L. chalcopterus (later referred to glaueescens). 6, L. marinus.
7, L. occidentalis. 8, L. smithsonianus, sp. n., p. 296, being the L. argentatus of American —

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARIDA. 1005

1862. Cours, E.—Continued.

writers ; later reduced to a race of the latter. 9, Larus californicus. 10, L. delawarensis.
11, L. brachyrhynchus Rich., being the N. Am. representative of LZ. canus ; to it are referred
L. suckleyi and Rissa septentrionalis of Lawrence. 12, Blasipus heermanni. 13, Rissa tridac-
tylw. 14, R. kotzebui, the N. Pacitic analogue of R. tridactyla. 15, R. brachyrhyncha Gould,
or brevirostris Brandt. 16, Pagophila eburnea. 17, P. brachytarsus (since admitted to be
same as 16). 18, Chroicocephalus atricilla. 19, C. cucullatus (afterward referred to 20). 20,
C. franklini. 21, C. philadelphia. 22, C. minutus (given as questionably North American).
23, Rhodostethia rosea. 24, Xema sabinwi. 25, Creagrus furcatus.

Taking from these 25 species the following 5, viz: L. hutchinsii, L. chalcopterus, Rissa
kotzebui, Pagophila brachytarsus, Chroicocephalus cucullatus, as not valid, and C. minutus as
extralimital, we have a residuum of 19 good species, most of which are carefully described
in this paper, with brief synonymy, and extended criticism. The paper is handicapped by
the author’s reliance to greater extent than the facts warrant upon Bonaparte’s and Bruch’s
misguiding and perplexing lead. It is otherwise a very fair exhibit of the knowleage we
possessed at the time the paper was written.

Cf. Ibis, 1863, pp. 108, 109.

1862. Couxs, KE. <A Review of the Terns [Sterninze] of North America. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., xiv, 1862,pp. 535-559.

The genera and species critically reviewed in this paper are the following :—

1, Gelochelidon anglica. 2, Thalasseus caspius; the N. Am. bird tentatively named Th. im-
perator, sp. n., p. 538. 3, T. regius. 4, T. elegans. 5, T. acuflavidus (afterward reunited with
T. cantiaca). 6, Sterna trudeaut. 7, S. ‘‘havelli”, considered as the winter plumage of S.
forsteri. 8, S. forsteri. 9, S. hirundo. 10, S. maecroura. 11, S. piket Lawr. 12, S. para-
disea. 13, S. antillarum. 14, Hydrochelidon fissipes. 15, Haliplana fuliginosa. 16, Anous
stolidus, with A. frater, sp. 0. prob., p. 558. Neither of the two new names has proven to
represent much value. The identification of S. havelli, here first made, has been confirmed.
S. pikei is not a good species. T. acuflavidus is not distinct from TZ. cantiacus. The other
species hold, though some of them require other names, and several species have since been
added to the North American Fauna. See same author at 1874, Birds of the Northwest.

Cf. Ibis, 1863, pp. 471, 472.

1862. GATCOMBE, J. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Plymouth.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7940.

1862. GATCOMBE, J. Occurrence of the Iceland Gull [ Larus leucopterus] at Plymouth.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8036.

1862. HammMonpd, W. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] in Kent.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8003.

1862. PHiiprl, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Descripcion de una nueva golondrina de
mar [Sterna atrofasciata]. < Anal. Univ. Chile, xxi, Nov., 1862, p. 440.

1862. PREYER, W.,and Z1IRKEL, F. Reise nach Island im Sommer 1860. Mit wissen-
schaftlichen Anhangen. Leipsig. Brockhaus. 1862. 8vo.

Anhang C. Systematische Uebersicht der Rickgratthiere Islands. Von Wm. Preyer. pp.

377-484 Gives lists of the species, with notes on the eggs of many. Lestris thuliaca, Pre-
yer, p. 418, sp. n. ;

1862. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Common Skua [Lestris catarractes] near the
Land’s End. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8237.

1862. RoeHrRs, H. Occurrence of the Pomarine Skua [Sterecorarius pomatorhinus] in
the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8288.

1862. Saxpy, H. L. Variety of the Common Gull [Larus canus]. < Zoologist, xx,
1862, p. 7883.

1862. Witson, W. Occurrence of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] and Little Auk
[Alea alle] near Lynn. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7939.

1863. ANon. Die Mévenkolonie auf Rottum. < Aus der Natur, xxiii, oder n. F., xi,
Jan. Marz, 1863, pp. —-—.

Not seen.

1863. BLAKE-Knox, H. Skuas [Stercorarius skua] on the Coast of Dublin. < Zo-

ologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8332, 8333.

1006

BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1863. CLERMONT, Lord. The Arctic Skua [Stercorarius parasiticus] feeding on Worms

near Newry. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8692.

1863. Cours, E. On the Lestris richardsoni of Swainson; with a . Critical Review of

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

1864.

the Subfamily Lestridine. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xv, 1863, pp. 121-138.

From his discussion of the claims of Lestris richardsoni to be considased a good species,
the author passes to review the entire subfamily, recognizing the following genera and spe-
cies :— '

I. BupHacus, Moehr. 1, B. skua (Briinn.). 2, B. antarcticus (Less.).

I. Srercorarius, Briss. 3, S. pomarinus (Temm.) (lege pomatorhinus). 4, S. parasiticus
Brinn. 5, S. richardsoni (Sw.). S.hardyi(Bp.). 7, S.spinicauda(Bp.). 8, S. buffoni (Boie).

The nomenclature of this paper is eccentric, the author having apparently imbibed some
untenable views of G. R. Gray’s on this subject. S. richardsoni has not proved valid. The
four unquestionable Jigers of the Northern Hemisphere are carefully distinguished and
adequately described, with copious synonymy. See same author at 1874, Birds of the North-
west.

Cf. Ibis, 1864, pp. 127, 128.

Cougs, E. [On the specific validity of Larus smithsonianus.] < Ibis, v, 1863,

p. 307.

Dunn, J. H. Pomarine Skuas [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] in the Orkneys.

< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8332.

Dutton, J. The Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus ] off Beachy Head.

< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8333.

Martuews, M.A. Sabine’s Gull (Larus [Xema] Sabini) in Devonshire. , < Zoolo-

gist, xxi, 1863, p. 8448.

Matuews, M.A. Butfon’s Skua (Lestris parasiticus)near Wellington. < Zoolo-

gist, Xxi, 1863, p. 8448.

Matuuws, M. A. The Little Gull [Larus minutus] and Sabine’s Gull [Xema

ean at Weston-super-Mare. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8692.

NEWMAN, E. Pomarine Skuas [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] on the English

Coast. < Zoologist, xxi, 1763, p. 8333.

Rogers, H. The Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] in the Isle of

Wight. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8332.

SaxBy, H. L. Pomarine Skua (Lestris pomarinus) in Shetland. < Zoologist,

xxi, 1863, p. 8494.

SCHLEGEL,H. Lari < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 4° livr., aott 1863, pp. 1-50.

This group consists of the genera Larus and Stercorarius of the author, the Terns and
Skimmers not being here treated.
LL. ichthyactus minor, subsp. n., p. 34.

STEVENSON, H. Sandwich Tern (Sterna Boysii [cantiaca]) in Norfolk. < Zo-

ologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8332.

YounG, E. Richardson’s Skua [Stercorarius richardsoni] inKent. < Zoologist,

xxi, 1863, p. 8726.

Bovutton, W. W. Sandwich Tern [Sterna cantiaca] Shot at Flamborough.

< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9291.

Bovutton, W.W. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] off Bridlington Quay. < Zo-

ologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9365.

Bouton, W. W. Black Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] at Filey. < Loologist,

xxii, 1864, p. 9365.

Bourton, W.W. Common Skua [Stercorarius skua] at Flamborough Head.

< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9365.

Boutton,W.W. Richardson’s Skuas [Stercorarius richardsoni] off Bridling-

ton Quay. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9365.

1864, Bourton, W.W. Buffon’s Skua [Stercorarius buffoni] at Flamborough Head.

< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9365.

——

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARIDA. 1007

1864. Cours, E. Notes on certain Central-American Laride collected by Mr. Osbert
Salvin and Mr. F. Godman. < Ibis, vi, 1864, pp. 387-393.

15 or 16 spp. Critical notes. First mention of Haliplana discolor, n. s., subsequently
described. Field notes by O. S.

1864. Fiscuer, J.C.H. Larus rossii [Rhodostethia rosea] paa Fergerne. < Kréyer’s
(Schijdte’s) Naturhist. Tidssk., iii, 1864, pp. 8-10. (
Cf. Ibis, 1865, pp. 103, 238.
1864. GOULD, J. Description of a New Species of Gull [Chroicocephalus tibetanus]
from Tibet. < P. Z. 8., xxxii, 1864, pp. 54, 55.
1864. GouLD,J. Description of a New Species of Gull from Tibet [Chroicocephalus

tibetanus]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, pp. 279, 280.
From P. Z. S., Feb. 9, 1864, pp. 54, 55.

1864. SCHLEGEL, H. Sternae < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 5¢ livr., 1864, pp. 1-44.
The Sterne of this author include the three genera Sterna (37 spp.), Rhynchops (3 spp.),

and Dromas (1 sp.)!, represented by 371 specimens in the Leyden Museum. Sterna bern-
steini, p. 9. The monograph is dated Sept., 1863, but livr. 5 did not appear until 1864.

1865. AtsTon, E.R. [On J. Sabine’s specimen of Larus rossi (Rhodostethia rosea).
Cf. Ibis, 1865, p. 238.] < Ibis, 2d ser.,i, 1865, pp. 547, 548.

1865. Aston, E.R. Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla] in Ayrshire in Winter. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9470.

1865. BLAkE-KNox, H. Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] in Dublin Bay. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxili, 1865, p. 9470.

1865. GATCOMBE, J. Whiskered Tern [Hydrochelidon leucoparia] on the Coast of
Devon. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9629.

1865. HarTING, J. E. Pure White Gull [species not named]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1805,
p. 9784.

1865. MatHEw, M. A. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] and the Ivory Gull [Pagophila
eburnea] at Weston-super-Mare. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9470.

1865. MatHew, M. A. Ivory Gull [‘‘Pagophila eburnea”] at Weston-super-Mare.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9566.

Cf. Zool., p. 9734.

1865. MarHEw, G. F. Carnivorous Propensity of the Great Blackbacked Gull [La-
rus marinus]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9619.

1865. MatHEw, M. A. The Ivory Gull [Pagophila eburnea]: Correction of an Error
[Zool., p. 9566]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9734.

1865. [NEwTon, A.] [On the known specimens (5 in number) of Rhodostethia rosea.
Cf. Fn. Bor.-Am., ii, p. xii; Naturh. Tidssk., 3d ser., iii, 1864, p. 8; J. f. O.,
1855, p. 278; Naum., 1858, p. 307; Zool., pp. 1694, 1785, 3388.] < Ibis, 2d
ser., 1, 1865, pp. 103, 104; also p. 238; see also p. 547.

1865. Ropp,E.H. Bonaparte’s Gull [Larus bonapartii] in Falmouth Harbour. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9501.

1865. ANGus, W.C. The Black Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] near Aberdeen. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 525, 526.

1866. ARMITAGE, G.D. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Bridlington Quay. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 526.

1866. BLAKE-KNox, H. A Natural History of the Brownhooded or Blackheaded Gull
[Larus ridibundus], with an Account of all its Plumages and Transforma-
tions from the Nestling to the Adult Bird; also some Questions about the

Masked Gull. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 361-372.
The third of a series with major title ‘‘ Letters on Ornithology.”

SS a

1008 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

1866-67. BLAKE-KNox, H. A Natural History of the Kittiwake Gull [Rissa tridac-

1866.

1866.

1866.

tyla], with an Account of all its Plumages and Transformations, from the
Nestling to the Adult Bird. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 518-522 ; ii, 1867,
pp. 548-553.

The fourth of a series with major title ‘‘Letters on Ornithology.”

BLakE-KNnox, H. Occurrence of Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Dublin Bay.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 526.

Brasius, J. H. Kritische Bemerkungen itiber Lariden. < J. f. O., xiii, 1865,
(pub. 1866), pp. 369-384; xiv, 1866, pp. 73-88.

The first article treats of Battin (36 spp.) and Lestridinee (4 spp.), the second of Sternine
(40) and Rhynchopine (3). Tabular view of geographical distribution follows. Sterna macro-
dactyla, p, 75; S. macroptera, p. 76, spp.nn. Diagnostic synopsis of 12 spp. of Sterna proper.

This is one of the important critiques on Laride, though not infallible.

LanemaNn, A. Iagttagelse af et gjensidigt Forhold i mellem Svartbag-Maagen
(Larus marinus) og Selhunden. < Tidssk. Pop. Fremst. af Naturf., 3e rekke,
iii, 1866, pp. 173, 174.

Svenska Jagarforbundets Nya Tidskrift, 2. argangen, 1864.

: : “i 4 <
. Layarpb, E. L. [On the swimming of Stercorarius parasiticus; cf. Ibis, 1865,

p. 526; 1866, p. 127.] < Ibis, 2d ser., 11, 1866, p. 220.

3. Leaer, W. V. Gulls breaking Mussel-shells. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 190.
5. MatHEW, M. A. Lesser Tern [Sterna minuta] and Black Tern [ Hydrochelidon

nigra] at Weston-super-Mare. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 272.

. Ropp, E. H. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Mount’s Bay. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., 1, 1866, p. 501.

. SmirH, Caciy. Black Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] in Somersetshire. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 272.

. SmitH, H. E. Nesting of the Little Tern [Sterna minuta]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

i, 1866, p. 100.

. WHITELY, H. [Stercorarius parasiticus, swimming.] < Ibis, 2d ser., ii, 1866,

p. 127.

. WriGHtT, E. P. [Letter relating to the first discovered egg of Pagophila ebur-

nea, brought home by Sir L. McClintock from Polynia Isl., lat. 77° 25’. Cf.
Carte, Journ. Roy. Dublin Soe., i, 1856, pp. 57-60, pls. 1, 2.] < Ibis, 2d ser.,
ii, 1866, pp. 216-218.

. Aston, E. R. ‘‘ The Wide-awake Tern” [ Zool., s. s., p. 979]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 1018.

. BrakE-Knox, H. A Natural History of the Common Gull [Larus canus], being

an Account of its Habits, Food, Nidification, Cry, Flight, &ce. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867,pp. 625-631.
The fifth of a series with major title ‘‘ Letters on Quiigieluey: y

‘
. CLIFTON, Lord. Query respecting Gulls in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p.

637

. Durron, J. Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla] at Eastbourne. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

ii, 1867, p. 793.

. Flay, Miss] M.D. The history of a Sea-swallow [Sterna hirundo]. < Our

Young Folks [juvenile magazine], Feb., 1867, pp. 92-98.

Popular account of an individual hatched and reared in confinement.

. Fempren, H. W. Breeding of the Blackheaded Gull [Larus ridibundus] at

Pilling Moss, Laneashire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 832, 833.

. Furnravx, A. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Cornwall. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,

ii, 1867, p. 608,

. GREENWOOD, H. Gulls vomiting their Food. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p.

711.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARIDA. 1009

1867. GuNN, T. E. Piebald Variety of the Common Skua Eeroncena ys skua J. <0
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 992.

1867. GuNN, T. E. Butfon’s Skua [Stercorarius buffoni] ou the Norfolk Coast. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 992.

1867. GURNEY, J. H. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Flamborough Head, Iceland
Gull [Larus leucopterus] in Orkney and Tithys Redstart at Minehead.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 1018.

1867. KNIGHT, J. Masked, Iceland and Glaucus Gulls [Larus capistratus, leucop-
terus, glaucus] near Scarborough. .< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 637.

From the London ‘ Field,’ Jan. 26.

1867. MaTHEW, M. A. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] at Weston-super-Mare. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 992.

1867. Morris, F. O. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
li, 1867, p. 710.

1867. ScLtatTEeR, P. L. [Remarks on Gulls (Larine, three spp.) living in the: Society’s
Menagerie.] < P. Z. S:, xxxv, 1867, pp. 315, 316.

1867. Powrr, W. H. Gullsin Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 710, 711.

1867. SmeE, A. H. Arctic Tern [Sterna macrura] near Gravesend. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ii, 1867, p. 1017.

1867. Smen, A.H. Skua [Stercorarius skua] on the Thames. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, pp. 1017, 1018.

1867. SmmEz, A. H. Sandwich Tern | Sterna cantiaca ] at Whitby. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,
li, 1867, p. 1018.

1867. StevENSON, H. Occurrence of the Whitewinged Black Tern [ Hydrochelidon
leucoptera | in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 951.

1868. ASHmMEAD, G. B. Little Gull [Larus minutus] in the Thames. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 111, 1868, p. 1462.

1868. BLAKE-KNox, H. Part II.—Being an Account of its [Larus canus] Plumages
and Transformations from the Nestling to the Adult Bird. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ili, 1868, pp. 1075-1088.

The sixth of a series with major title “ Letters on Ornithology.”

1868. BLaAkE-KNox, H. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Dublin Bay. < Zoologisi,
2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1099.

1868. BLAKE-KNOX, H. Sabine’s Gull [Xemasabinii] in the County Down. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1099.

1868. BLaxe-Knox, H. Iceland and Glaucous Gulls [Larus leucopterus, glaucus | off
the Dublin Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iti, 1868, p. 1463.

1868. DUTTON, J. Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] at Eastbourne. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1099.

1868. GURNEY, J.H. Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] off Brixham. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ili, 1868, p. 1222.

1868. GuRNEY,J.H.,Jr. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Flamborough. <Zoologist,
2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1379.

1868. GuRNeEyY, J.H.,Jr. Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Bridlington. < Zeolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1424.

1868. GuRNEY, J. H., Jk. Common Skua [Stercorarius skua] on the Dogger Bank.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1462.

1868. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Richardson’s Skua [Stercorarius richardsoni] near Flam-
borough. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1462.

1868. GuRNEY, J.H.,JRr. Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] near Bridling-

ton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1462.

1010 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1868,

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1869.

1869.

1869,

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869,

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Flamborough. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1462.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Bridlington. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1462.

Gurney, J. H., Jr. Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Filey. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1868, p. 1462.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] on the Yorkshire Coast.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1482.

Gurnry, J. H., Jk. Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] at Flam-
borough. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1482.

GuNN, T. E. Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] on the Norfolk Coast.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1483.

Harvie-Brown, J.A. Wide-awake Terns [Sterna fuliginosa?]. <Zoologist, 2d
Ser., 111, 1868, pp. 1098, 1099.

Smita, Cecin. Black Tern ieydrocnenans migra in Somersetshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1378.

SMITH, CecIL. Lesser Tern [Sterna minuta]in Devonshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iii, 1868, p. 1378.

WALKER, T. C. Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla]: Correction of an Error [Zool.,
8.:S., p. 1367]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1424.

BLAKE-KwNox, H. Glaucous and Iceland Gulls [Larus glaucus, leucopterus ] in

Kingstown Harbour, County Dublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1517,
1518

BLaAKE-Knox, H. Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] in Kingstown Harbour,
County Dublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1564.

CiLoGe,8. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Looe. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
pp- 1563, 1564,

Dresser, H. K. [Exhibition of, and remarks on, the eggs of Larus minutus. ]
<P. Z. 8., Xxxvii, 1869, pp. 530, 531.

Gunn, T.E. Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Yarmouth. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1369, p. 1518.

GUNN, T.E. Sandwich Tern [Sterna cantiaca] on the Norfolk Coast. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1517.

Gunn, T.E. Voracity of the Common Gull [Larus canus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1603.

Gunn, T.E. Black Tern’s [Hydrochelidon nigra] Ege in Norfolk. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1868.

HartinG, J. E. Sooty Tern [Sterna fuliginosa] at Wallingford. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1867, 1868.

Hunter, J. Kittiwake Gull [Rissa tridactyla] near Faversham. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1518.
KONIG-WARTHAUSEN, Baron R. Revue der Sterna-Hier. < Bericht iiber d. xvii.
Fersamml. d. Deutsch. Ornith. Gesellsch., 1869, pp. 36-39.
Not seen.—The oological characters, so far as known to the author, of all the species of
Sternine are briefly given.

MatTnew,G.F. Little Gull [Larusminutus, at Braunton]. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iy, 1869, p. 1803.

NEWMAN, E. Curious Malformation in a Gull’s Leg. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1685, fig.

Rickarps, M. 8.C. Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] at Exmouth.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1518

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARIDZ. 1011

1869. SkrinnrER, A. Kittiwake Gull [ Rissa tridactyla] in Faversham Creek. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1564.

1869. SmEn, A.H. Kittiwake Gulls [Rissa tridactyla] on the Thames. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1645, 1646.

1869. Watuis, H. M. Pomerine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] at Aldeburgh.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1868.

1869. Wonror,T.W. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1563.

1869. Wonror, T. W. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] in Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1603.

1870. AusToN, E.R. Kittiwake Gull [Rissa tridactyla]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
p. 2108.

1870. Anon. A Rare Visitor [Stercorarius pomatorhinus, in Pennsylvania]. < dm.
Nat., iv, 1870, p. 57.

1870. Betu, A.S. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] on the Yorkshire Coast. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2107.

1870. BLAKE-Knox, H. About the Kittiwake’s [Rissa tridactyla] First Winter Plu-
mage, &c. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2119-2124.
Cf. Zool., s. s., p. 2184.
1870. Bonp, F. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] in Leadenhall Market. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2066.
1870. Bonn, F. Little Gull [Larus minutus] in the City. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
p. 2108.
1870. Borrs, F. Common and Sandwich Terns [Sterna hirundo, 8. cantiaca] at
Spurn. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2026.
1870. Boynton, T. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] at Bridlington Bay. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2107.
From the London ‘ Field,’ Feb. 26.
1870. CorpEAUX, J. Common and Sandwich Terns [Sterna hirundo, S. cantiaca]
at Spurn. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2065, 2066.
1870. CornisH,T. Blackheaded Gulls [Larus ridibundns] in Penzance. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2143. ;
1870. Gunn,T.E. Little Gull [Larus minutus] on the Norfolk Coast. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 1982. ,
1870. Gunn, T. E. Abundance of the Little Gull [Larus minutus] on the Norfolk
Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2107, 2108.
1870. Gurney, J. H., Jr. Pied Head in the Common Skua [Stercorarius skua].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2386.
1870. Jonss, J. M. On the Laride of the Nova Scotian Coast. < Trans. Nov. Scot.
Inst. Nat. Sci., ii, pt. iv, 1870, pp. 52-57.
Field-notes on 7 spp.
1870. MatHEew, M.A. Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus] at Weston-super-Mare. < 0-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2066.
1870. Mépius, K. Absonderliche Nahrung einer jungen Move [Larus argentatus ].
< J. f. O., xviii, 1870, p. 118.
1870. Ramsey, R. G. W. Little Gull [Larus minutus] at Coldingham. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2026.
1870. Smen, A. H. Common Tern [Sterna hirundo] in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2308.

1870. Srusgs, C. E. Terns at Henley-on-Thames. <Zoologist, 2dser., v, 1870, p. 2347.

1012 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V:

1871.
1871.
L871.
1871.
1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

1871.

BuakE-Knox, H. Little Gull [Larus minutus] in Dublin Bay and in London-
derry. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2646.

Boyes, F.~ Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] in Kast Yorkshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2488.

Boyes, F. Glaucous Gulls [Larus glaucus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2488.

Boyrs, F. Little Gull [Larus minutus] m East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, p. 2528.

HamMonp, W.O. Terns at St. Alban’s Court. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp.
2684, 2685.

JONES, J. M. On the Gulls [Laride] of the Nova Scotian Coast. < Canad.
Nat. and Quart. Journ., v, 1871, pp. 231, 232.

10-spp.
M6stus, K. Ein Besuch der Insel Sylt in Mai 1870. < Zool. Gart., 1871, p. 193.

Account of a visit to a nesting-place of Sterna caspia; 17 nests, where in 1819 300 were reck-
oned by Naumann, and subsequently 200 by F. Boie.

Sciater, P. L., and Satvin, O. <A Revised List of the Neotropical Laride.
<P. Z.S., xxxix, 1871, pp. 564-580, woodce.

Treating of 32 species, belonging to the subfamilies Rhynchopine, Sternine, Larine, and
Lestridine, which are divided into four categories:—Tropical (15), Antarctic (4), Arctic (9),
and Tropicopolitan (4), according to their range. Their synonymy is) worked out with care,
and many rectifications are made. No new species are described; but the heads of Sterna
maxima, S. galericulata, Larus heermanni, L. belcheri, and Leucopheus scoresbii are figured.
The name Chroicocephalus is spelled Chroocephalus. ;

It may be observed that the authors’ use of Sterna maxima Bodd. for what American
ornithologists. had mostly called S. regia Gamb. is doubtless correct; but it has been since
shown that their reference of S. elegans Gamb. to S. galericulata Licht. is erroneous. The
paper on the whole is of a high degree of reliability.

SmirH, Cecit. Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus]in Somersetshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2488.

STEVENSON, H. On the Abundance of Little Gulls [Larus minutus] on the Nor-
folk Coast in the Winter of 1869-70. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 2499-2504.

. StuBss, C. E. Black Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] at Henley-on-Thames,

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2684.

. SWINHOE, R. Ona New Chinese Gull [Chroicocephalus saundersi]. <P. Z. &.,

Xxxix, 1871, pp. 273-275, pl. xxii.

. WHARTON, C. B. Black Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] at Elstree Reservoir.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2810.

. ANDERSON, A. [On the nidification of Sterna leucoparia in Oudh.] < JLbis,

3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 81-83.

2. DuRNFORD,H. Dark Variety of Richardson’s Skua [Stercorarius richardsoni ].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3339.

. GouLD, J. [Remarks on exhibition of a specimen of Larus rossi (Rhodostethia

rosea) in adult summer plumage.] < P. Z. S., 1872, p. 1.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Pomarine Skuas [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] in Torbay.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2946, 2947.

2. GuRNEY, J. H. Pomarine Skuas [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] in Torbay.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2995.

2. HaprieLp,H. Common Tern [Sterna hirundo, near Dunnose]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vii, 1872, p. 2906.

. Heer, A. v. Gullbilled Tern [Sterna anglica] in Hampshire. < Zoologist, 2d.

ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3149, 3150.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH.: BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARIDA. 1013

1872. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] at Bridlington. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vil, 1872, p. 3316.

1872. Mosius, K. Norderoog, ein Brutplatz der Brand-Seeschwalbe, Sterna cantiaca,
im Schleswigschen Waltenmeere. < Zool. Gart., xiii, 1872, pp. 202-204.

Colony estimated at 20,000.

1872. Newton, A. [Remarks on exhibition of a specimen of Larus rossi (Rhodos-
tethia rosea) in winter plumage.] < P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 1.

1872. Ports, T. H. Notes on a New Species of Gull,"Larus (Bruchigavia) Builleri,
Potts. < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1871, iv, 1872, pp. 203, 204.

- 1872. Ropp, E. H., and YARRELL, W. [Critical notes on] The British Skuas (Les-
tris). < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2933-2935.

1872. Ropp, E. H. Glaucous and Iceland Gulls [Laras glaucus, L. leucopterus] in
Mount’s Bay. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3065.

1872. Ropp, E. H. Gullbilled Tern [Sterna anglica] at St. Just, near Penzance.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3188.

1872. SAUNDERS, H. [Letter on Larus melanocephalus, shot near Barking Creek in
January, 1866.] < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 79, 80.

1872. SME, A. H. Blackheaded Gulls [Larus ridibundus] in Oxfordshird. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3316.

1872. Tuck, J.G. Richardson’s Skua [Stercorarius richardsoni] at Rye. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2907.

1873. BREE, C. R. [Distinctness of Larus leucopheus and] Larus cachinnans. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3695, 3696.
1873. DURNFORD, H. Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus] at Southwold, Suffolk. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3413.
1873. DURNFORD, H. Nesting of the Sandwich Tern [Sterna cantiaca] on Walney
Island. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3773.
1873. GRAY, ROBERT. [On an unprecedented influx of Laridz in the Firth of Forth,
attracted by shoals of sprats.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 332, 333.
1873. GRAY, ROBERT. On some of the Sea Gulls [Laride] frequenting the Estuary of
the Forth during the Winter of 1872-3. < Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, Jan.
7, 1873, pp. 198——.
Not seen—title from J. A. Harvie-Brown.
Also separately reprinted, with a paper on the Iceland Gull by J. A. Harvie-Brown, read
Jan. 28, 1873, 8vo, pp. 198-212.
1873. Harvie-Brown, J. A. On the occurrence of The Iceland Gull [Larus islandi-
cus] in the Estuary of the Forth during the Winter of 1872-3. < Proc. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Glasgow, Jan. 28, 1873, pp. — -212.
Not seen—title from author.
Also separately printed, with a paper on the Gulls of that locality by Robert Gray, read
Jan. 7, 1873, 8vo, pp. 198-212.
1873. Hurron, F. W. On the Flight of the Black-backed Gull (Larus dominicanus).
< Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1872, v, 1873, pp. 140-144.
1873. MatHew, G. F. [Note on habits of ] Gulls off Vaiparaiso. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
Vili, 1873, pp. 3493, 3494.
1873. Ropp, E.H. Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] at Mount’s Bay. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vili, 1873, p. 3455.
1873. WHITAKER, J., JR. Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus] in Nottinghamshire. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3493.
1874. Batt, R. Affection of the Sea Gull for its Young. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874,
p. 4201.

1014 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1874. Barry, J. H. ‘Pugnacity of the Great Black-back Gull [Larus marinus].
< Forest and Stream, ii, Mar. 12, 1874, p.70.

1874. Brewer, T. M. A New North American Bird [Hydrochelidon leucoptera, in
Wisconsin]. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, pp. 188, 189.

1874. BrewsTER, W. A new Bird to Massachusetts [Sterna regia]. < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 257.

1874. Boyxs, F. Glaucous Gylls [Larus glaucus] in East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3836, 3837.

1874. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. J. Iceland Gull [a peculiarity of Larus leucopterus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,1874, pp. 4078, 4079.

1874. Cours, E. Monograph of the North American Laride. < Birds of the North-
west, 1874, pp. 589-717.

The auther had paid special attention to the subject, and published three preliminary
papers in Pr. Phila. Acad., 1862-’3 (q. v.), when the ordering of the Birds of the Northwest by
the Government gave him an opportunity of reviewing the case, and of presenting much
additional matter which had long lain in MSS. The subject was reworked for appear-
ance in the present connection, to include full descriptions of the genera and species, full
synonymy, extensive criticism, and some considerable anatomical matter. A large number
of colored illustrations had been prepared, but it was not found practicable to use them.
(N. B. Many of these will probably appear in the last volume of Baird, Brewer, and Ridg-
way’s History of North American Birds, now (Aug., 1880) said to be about to go to press.

The genera and species recognized by the author are as follows:

I., LEstrRIDINzZ.—1. Buphagus skua; a, skua; b, antarcticus. 2. Stereorarius pomatorhinus.
3. S. parasiticus (Brinn.), 4. S. buffoni (Boie).

I. Larwez.—1. Larus glaucus. 2. L.leucopterus. 3. L. glaucescens. 4. L. marinus. 5.
LL. argentatus; a, argentatus; b, smithsonianus ; ¢, occidentalis ; d, borealis; e? leucopheus.
6. L. californicus. 7. L.delawarensis, 8. L.canus; a, canus; b, niveus; ¢, brachyrhynchus.
9. L. (Blasipus) heermannt. 10. L. (Rissa) tridactylus ; a, tridactylus; b, kotzebui. 11. DL. (£.)
brevirostris Brandt. 12. L. (Pagophila) eburneus. 13. L. (Chreecocephalus) atricilla. 14. L.
(0.) franklini. 15. L. (C.) philadelphia. 16. Rhodostethia rosea. 17. Xemasabinei. 18. Xema
Surcatum.

III. Srerninz.—1. Sterna (Gelochelidon) anglica. 2. S. (Thalasseus) caspia. 3. S. (T.)
regia. 4. 8. (L.) galericulata (=elegans). 5. S. (T.) cantiaca. 6. S. trudeaui. 7. S. forstert.
8. S. hirundo. 9. 8. macrura. 10. S. dougalli. 11. S. portlandica Ridg. (since abolished.)
12. S. superciliaris var. antillarum. 13. S. aleutica. 14. S. (Haliplana) fuliginosa. 15. S.
(H.) anestheta. 16. Hydrochelidon lariformis (L., 1758). 17. H. nigra (=leucoptera Meisn.
& Schinz). 18. Anous stolidus.

IV. RHYNCHOPINE.—1. Rhynchops nigra.
Various extralimital species are incidentally treated in addition to those recognized as
North American.
1874. Evans, J. Arctic Skua [Stercorarius buffoni] in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, p. 3837.
i874. Harvie-Brown, J. A. Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus: cf. Zool., s. s., p. 4078].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4120.
1874. Herrick, H. A Sea Bird [Stercorarius parasiticus] away from 2 < Am.
Sportsman, v, Dec. 12, 1874, p. 167.
Occurrence of this species at Chatham, N. J.
1874. KIRTLAND, J. P. A rare Bird [Stercorarius richardsoni, in Ohio]. < Proc.
Cleveland Acad. Nat. Sci., 1874, p.133. [Read 1857.]
1874. MaynarD, C. J. A Naturalist on the National [Sportsmen’s Association].
< Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 329.

Statements as to slaughter of Gulls and Terns (Laride), etc., along the New England
coast; causes of decrease of birds.

1874. RANDALL, W.S. The Common Gull (Larus canus) in Captivity. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4129-4131.

1874, Rickarps, M.S. C. Pomarine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] in North
Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4240, 4241,

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY— LARIDA. 1015

1874. Rickarps, M. 8. C. Richardson’s Skua [Stercorarius richardsoni] near Cleve-
don and at Instow. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4241.

1874. Ripe@way, R. Notice of a Species of Tern [Sterna portlandica, sp. n.] new to
the Atlantic Coast of North America. < Am. Nat., viii, 1874, p. 433.

This alleged new species occasioned considerable writing before it was finally identified

with 8. macrura.

1874. Ropp, E.H. Butfon’s Skua [Stercorarius buffoni] near Falmouth. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4239, 4240.

1874. SAUNDERS, H. Remarks on the Grey-capped Gulls [Cirrhocephalus Bp. ] and
on the Species with which they have been confounded. < P. Z. S., 1874, pp.
291-295.

1874. SctaTER,P.L. The Yellow-legged Herring-Gull [Larus leucopheus]. < Lbis,

3d ser., iv, 1874, p. 100.
A note on its denueagnteal distribution.

1s74. SHAw, J. Little Gull [Larus minutus] near Shrewsbury. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, p. 4262.

1874. TayLor, W. Caspian Tern [Sterna caspia] at Birmingham. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, pp.4036, 4037.

1874. ‘‘W. M. 8.” A Domesticated Gull. < Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 171.

1875. ANON. [Mode of catching Sea Gulls alive at Mt. Desert, Maine.] < Forest ande
Stream, v, Dec. 23, 1875, p. 308.

1875. BENNER, F. Sterna portlandica. < Rod and Gun, vi, Apr. 3, 1875, p. 7. See
also p. 56.

1875. BREWSTER, W. Some notes on a new species of North American Tern [Sterna
portlandica]. < Am. Sportsman, v, Jan. 16, 1875, p. 249.
Notice of Sterna portlandica, Ridg., collected on Muskeget Island, Mass., J ais 1, 1870.
1875. BREWSTER, W. A New Bird [Sterna regia] to Massachusetts. < Am. Sports-
man, V, Jan. 16, 1875, p. 249.
Capture of ~ and 2 on Nantucket Island, July 1, 1874; the female bore marks of breeding.
1875. BREWSTER, W. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Gull [Xema sabinii] in Mass[a-
chusetts]. <( Am. Sportsman, v, Mar. 13, 1875, p. 370.
Read before Nuttall Ornithological Club, 1875.
1875. BULLER, W. L. Notes on an alleged new Species of Tern (Sterna alba, Potts).
< Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1874, vii, 1875, pp. 214, 215.
1875. Corr, W. J. Blackheaded Gulls [Larus ridibundus] at South Kirkby. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., x, July, 1875, p. 4541.
1875. ““F.W.S.” Sterna portlandica. < Am. Sportsman, v, Feb. 13, 1875, p. 314.
Its nesting in numbers on an island off the coast of Maine. (—S. macrura.)
1875. GurNeEY, J. H., Jr. Herring Gulls [Larus argentatus] carrying off wounded
Dunlins. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Oct., 1875, pp. 4666, 4667.
1875. GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Audacity of a Common Skua (Stercorarius catarrhactes
(Linn.). < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, pp. 4698, 4699.
1875. Lecce, W. H. Little Gull [Larus minutus] in Summer Plumage in February.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, May, 1875, p. 4459.
1875. MatHew, M. A. Pomatorrhine Skua [Stercorarius pomatorhinus] at Instow.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4300.
1875. MAyNaRD, C. J. Bird murder—Sterna portlandica. <Rod and Gum, vi, Apr.
24, 1875, p.56. See also p.7.

1875. Newton, [A.] [Exhibition of two specimens of Rhodostethia rosea from Green-
land.] <P. Z.8., May 4, 1875, p. 349.

1875. NicHoits, H., Jr. Singular Freak of a Herring Gull [Larus argentatus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, p. 4698.

1016 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

Ripaway, R. Note on Sterna longipennis Nordmann. < Am. Nat., ix, No.1,

Jan., 1875, pp. 54, 55
Critical comparison of SS. hirundo, longipennis, portlandica, and piket.

Rocks, J. Correction of an Error [ Zool., s. s., p. 4262, respecting Xema sabinii].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, pp. 4299, 4300.

SaunpDERS, H. [Remarks on a Gull from Lower California, referable to Larus
fuscus.] <P.Z. S., Mar. 16, 1875, p. 158.

SaunpERS, H. On the Immature Plumage of Rhodostethia rosea. < Ibis, 3d
ser., Vv, 1875, pp. 484-487.

With enumeration of 11, perhaps 12, known specimens of this species.

WARREN, R., JR. Notes on the Autumnal Migration of Lestris Richardsonii
and L. pomarinus in Killala Bay and the Moy Estuary. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
x, Nov., 1875, pp. 4699-4703.

A[LuLEN], J.A. The Portland Tern [Sterna portlandica]. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.
Club, i, No. 3, Sept., 1876, pp. 71, 72.

Notice of W. Brewster’s paper, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, p. 200, where Sterna portland-
ica is referred to S. macrura.

BREWSTER, W. Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna portlandica,
Ridgway. < Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, Nov., 1875, pub. Feb., 1876, pp.
200-207.

Critical examination of the supposed species, which is identified with S. macrura.

BREWSTER, W. Sterna portlandica, Ridgway. < Rod and Gun, viii, Apr. 15,

1876, p. 37.
Reprinted from Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, Nov., 1875, pub. Feb., 1876, p. 200.

. DARRAGH, T. Audacity of the Common Skua [Stercorarius skua]. <Zoologist,

2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p. 4883.

. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Black Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] in Durham. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, pp. 4766, 4767.

). GURNEY, J. H., JR. Second Instance of the Audacity of the Skua [Stercorarius.

skua]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

76. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] at Bridlington Quay. <Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p. 4883.

. GurNeEY, J. H., JR. Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla] in Winter. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5048.

. Haprietp, H. Common Gull [Larus canus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, June,

1876, pp. 4959, 4960.

}. HARVIE-BRowN, J. A. ‘‘ Kittiwake [Rissa tridactyla] in Winter” (Zool. 8. §

5048). < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5086.

0. Heaton, W. H. Does the Common Gull [Larus canus] breed in the Scilly

Isles? <Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5126.

- LINGERSOLL, E.] Sterna Portlandica. < Forest and Stream, vi, Mar. 23, 1876,

p. 100.
Review of paper (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, Nov., 1875, p. 200) on Sterna portlandica.
Jouy, P. L. Notes on Forster’s Tern. Sterna forsteri, Nutt. < Field and Forest,
ii, No. 2, Aug., 1876, pp. 29-31.
As observed in the District, of Columbia, U.S.
KERRY, F. Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] at Aldeburgh. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, 1876, p. 4848.
Lr Baron, J. F. Short-Tailed Tern [Hydrochelidon nigra] in Massachusetts.
< Forest and Stream, v, Jan. 20, 1876, p. 372.
MatTuEew, M.A. Herring Gulls [Larus argentatus] at Tintagel. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Oct., 1876, pp. 5126, 5127.

No. 4. COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID&. 1017

1876. SaunpDERS, H. On the Stercorariine or Skua Gulls. < P. Z. S., May. 21, 1876,

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

pp. 317-382, pl. xxiv.

Monographic; copious synonymy, description and criticism. The author recognizes one
genus and 6 spp. Stercorarius catarrhactes, S. antarecticus, S. chilensis (figured pl. 24), S. poma-
torhinus, S. crepidatus (=parasiticus auct.), and S. parasiticus L. (—=buffoni auct.). Of the
smaller species the same three spp. as given by Coues are recognized, but the synonymy is
much better worked out. ;

SAUNDERS, H. On the Sternin, or Terns, with Descriptions of three new
Species. < P.Z. S., June 20, 1876, pp. 638-672, figg. 1-5, pl. 1xi.

The second of three papers in which the Jigers, Terns, and Gulls are respectively mono-
graphed. The author studied the family diligently, and enjoyed exceptional facilities for
examining type-specimens; his results, therefore, being entitled to much consideration.
After some general remarks, the following species are treated with synonymy, criticism,
geographical distribution, and in some cases with description :—

1, Hydrochelidon hybrida; 2, H. leucoptera; 3, H. nigra. 4, Sterna magnirostris; 5, S.
anglica ; 6, S. seena; 7, S. melanogastra ; 8, S. antarctica; 9, S. virgata; 10, S. vittata; 11,
S. hirundinacea ; 12, S. albigena ; 18, S. fluviatilis; 14, S. tibetana, sp. n., p. 649; 15, S. longi-
pennis ; 16, S. macrura; 17, S. forsteri; 18, S. dougalli; 19, N. cantiaca ; 20, S. elegans; 21,
S. eurygnatha, sp. n., p. 654, fig. 1; 22, 8. media; 28, S. maxima; 24, S. caspia; 25, S. bern-
steint ; 26, S. bergii; 27, S. frontalis; 28, 8. trudeawii; 29, S. melanauchen ; 30, S. minuta ;
31, S. antillarum; 32, S. superciliaris; 33, S. sinensis; 54, S. swmatrana ; 35, S. nereis ; 36,
S. exilis; 37, S. balenarum ; 38, S. aleutica ; 39, S. anestheta, fig. 3; 40, S. lunata; 41, S. fu-
liginosa, fig. 2. 43, Nenia inca. 43,-Gygis candida, fig. 4; 44, G. microrhyncha, sp. n.. p. 668,
fig. 5. 45, Anous stolidus ; 46, A. tenuirostris, pl. 1sxi, fig. 1; 47, A. melanogenys, pl. 1xi, fig. 2;
48, A. leweocapillus, pl. 1xi, fig. 3; 49, A. ceruleus (cf. P. Z. S., 1878, p. 271, seq. ).

See Coues, Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, 1878, pp. 140-142.

Tuck, J.G. Little Gulls [Larus minutus] off Flamborough Head. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

Tuck, J.G. Glaucous Gull [Larus glaucus] at Flamborough. < Zoologist, =
ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

Tuck, J.G. Sandwich Tern [Sterna cantiaca] on Filey Brigg. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

Tuck, J.G. Ivory Gull [Pagophila eburnea], &c. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, June,
1876, p. 4960.

WALDEN, Lord. [Letter on Sterna albigena Riipp. on the Bombay Coast. ]
< Ibis, 3d ser., vi, July, 1876, pp. 384, 385.

WHITAKER, J. Common Skua [Stercorarius skua] near Mansfield. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p. 4883.

ANDERSON, A. [Remarks on exhibition of young examples of Rhynchops albi-
collis and Seena aurantia.] < P.Z.S., Dec. 4, 1877, p. 807.
No difference in the bills on first hatching, so that the extraordinary shape of that of
Rhynchops must be later developed.
DEANE, R. Occurrence of the Sooty Tern [Sterna fuliginosa] in Massachusetts.
< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, p. 27.

GURNEY, J. H.,JR. [On a peculiar white stage of plumage of Larus glaucus. ]
< Ibis, 4th ser., i, Oct., 1877, p. 492.
This seems to be what Coues called Larus hutchinsii (after Rich., F. B. A., ii, 1831, p. 419)
in Pr. Phila. Acad., 1862, p. 294. See Coues, B. Northwest, 1874, p. 621.
Hume, A.O. [Letter on the distinctness of species of Anous, with reference to
P. Z.S., 1876, p. 638, pl. lxi.] <P. Z.S., Nov. 6, 1877, p. 683.

Roserts, T.§. Notes on the Breeding of the Black Tern (Hydrochelidon lari-
formis) in Minnesota. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 2, Apr., 1877, pp.
34-36. :

Row .ey, G. D. On Scoulton Mere, Norfolk, and the Black-headed Gull (Larus
ridibundus). < Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt. x, Oct., 1877, pp. 407-416, pll. Ixxvi-
Ixxviii.

Very interesting. The handsome plates represent scenery, filled with the birds.

Bull. v, 4

32

1018 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.¥.

1877.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1878.

SaunpERS, H. [On the Occurrence of the Panay Sooty Tern, Sterna anewstheta,
in Great Britain.] < P.Z.S., Feb. 6, 1877, p. 43.

6 SAUNDERS, H. [Remarks on Exhibition of a Specimen of Sterna aleutica from

Alaska.] < P.Z.8., Nov. 20, 1877, p.754.

7. SAUNDERS, H. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of

H. M.S. ‘Challenger.’—No. V. On the Laride collected during the Expedi-
tion. <P.Z.S., Nov. 20, 1877, pp. 794-800.
Remarks on 17 spp., with special reference to geographical distribution. ‘‘On the whole
this collection of Laride, although small in numbers, is one of the most productive of knowl-
edge which has yet been made by any of our national expeditions.”

. [Scorr, W.E.D.] Terns. < The Country, i, Dec. 1, 1877, p. 67.

Observations and data concerning the Sternine of the U.S. Atlantic Coast.

. ALLEN, J. A. Sabine’s Gull [Xema sabinii] in Maine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith.

Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 195.
Only other New England record for this species is found in Am. Sportsman, v, 1875, p. 370;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvii, 1875, p. 449.

BaLLou, W.H. Additions to the Avi-fauna of Illinois. < The Odlogist, iv, No.
4, June, 1878, p. 32. °

Stercorarius buffont.

. BENNER, F. The gulls of New York Bay. <The Country, i, Jan. 5, 1878, p. 133.
. B[REWER], T.M. Saunders on the Larine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, i, No.

4, Oct., 1878, pp. 185-187.
Review of the paper in P. Z. S., Feb. 5, 1878, pp. 155-212.

. BREWER, T.M. The Skua Gull (Stercorarius catarractes) on the Coast of Massa-

chusetts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 188.
A suspicious statement that this is the first recorded instance of its occurrence in “‘any
part of North America other than Greenland”. (Cf. Lawr. in Baird’s B. N. A., 1858, p. 838;
‘* California’’.)
BREWSTER, W. The Short-tailed Tern (Hydrochelidon fissipes) in EREAGIRE
setts. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iti, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 190.

Its common occurrence, where it had been considered a rare visitor.

Couurins, W. H. Notes on the Nesting of the Black Tern [ Hydrochelidon lari-
formis], at St. Clair Flats, Mich[igan]., June 7, 1878. < The Oologist, iv,
No. 4, June, 1878, p. 26.

Cours, E. Mr. H. Saunders on the Sternine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii,
No. 3, 1878, pp. 140-142.

Favorable review of the paper in P. Z. S., 1876, pp. 638-672; presenting also a synonymatic
synopsis of the 17 North American species, according to the author reviewed.

. DEANE, R. The Sooty Tern [Sterna fuliginosa] in New Hampshire. < Bull.

Nutt. Ornith. Club, tii, No. 4, Oct., 1878, p. 195.
Its first recorded occurrence in that State, though well known as a bird of Massachusetts,
Connecticut, and Rhode Island.

. [Eprror1au.] Instinct in Birds. < The Country, ii, July 6, 1878, p. 168.

Remarks upon an anecdote of ‘‘instinct”’ in a Gull.

. FEILDEN, H.W. [Letter on the occurrence of Rhodostethia rosea in the Novaya

Zemlya Sea.] < Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Apr., 1878, pp. 200, 201.

Shot by Julius Payer, summer of 1873; Gf. English ed. of New Lands within Arctic Oirele,
so Ls

. GAETKE, H. [Letter on the occurrence of Larus affinis in Heligoland.] <Zbis,

4th ser., ii, Oct., 1878, p. 489.

- Rowtey,G. D. Larus tridactylus. (The Kittiwake Gull.) * < Rowl. Orn. Misc.,

iii, pt. xiv, May, 1878, pp. 233-236, pl. exi.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—LARID&. 1019

1878. SAuNDERS,H. On the Larine or Gulls. <P. Z.8., Feb. 5, 1878, pp. 155-212,
* fige. 16. 5)

Th‘s is an admirable memoir, which was immediately accepted as the Reading authority
upon the subject. The principal previous Laridists were Boie, Brehm, Bruch. Bonaparte,
Schlegel, Blasius, Coues, and Sclater and Salvin.

‘The literature of this group has been rendered specially intricate through the perverted
ingenuity of two systematists who have undertaken its revision. Boie and Brehm are not
guiltless. .. . But when Bonaparte and Bruch undertook the revision of the Larine of the
whole world, they speedily enveloped the question in a perfect fog of synonymy; .. . and
to the work of the declining days of both these authors we owe at least half of the synonymy
which encumbers these pages. It was their intention to perform a similar office for the
Terns; but death cut their plans short,...”

In Bonaparte’s last completed list (for that in Consp. Av. was never finished) in Comptes
Rendus, xiii, 1856, p. 770, he makes 68 spp. and 22 genn. of Larine, besides 5 doubtful spe-
cies. Schlegel’s Mus. Pays-Bas is said by Blasius to be the foundation of all true Gull-
knowledge. Blasius reduces the species to 35. Saunders here gives 49 spp. under the 5
genera Pagophila, Rissa, Larus, Rhodostethia, and Xema. These are carefully treated, with
copious synonymy, habitat, description in some cases, and the important critical remarks
which Mr. Saunders’s general familiarity with the subject and especially his examination of
many type specimens enabled him to offer. Much of the ‘‘fog” is lifted from the subject,

eand many of the spectres of Bonaparte’s and Bruch’s distorting mediumship are laid, it is
to be hoped, forever. The figures illustrate the pattern of the primaries of many of the spe-
cies. The paper closes with correction of an error, P. Z. S., 1876, p. 671, where two species
are united under name of Anous ceruleus.

Saunders recognizes the following species:—1, Pagophila eburnea. 2, Rissa tridactyla ;
3, brevirostris. 4, Larus glaucus ; 5, leucopterus ; 6, glaucescens ; 7, argentatus ; 8, cachin-
nans ; 9, afinis ; 10, occidentalis ; 11, fuscus; 12, californicus ; 13, delawarensis; 14, canus ;
15, brachyrhynchus ; 16, auduboni; 17, marinus; 18, dominicanus; 19, pacisicus; 20, bel-
cheri; 21, heermanni; 22, crassirostris ; 23, modestus ; 24, fuliginosus ; 25, scoresbti ; 26, nove
hollandice (figg. 1-3) ; 27, scopulinus (f. 4); 28, hartlawbt (f. 5) ; 29, bullert (figg. 6,7); 30, gelastes
(f. 8); 31, leucophthalmus ; 32, hemprichi; 33, atricilla , 34, franklini; 35, serranus (f. 9);
36, brunneicephalus (f. 10); 37, ichthyaetus ; 38, melan.__yhalus (f. 11); 39, ridibundus (£. 12);
40, maculipennis (f. 13); 41, glaucodes (f. 14); 42, cirrocephalus; 43, phwocephalus ; 44, saun-
dersi (f. 15); 45, minutus; 46, philadelphia (f.16). 47, Rhodostethia rosea. 48, Xema sabinit ;
49, X. furcatum.

The following dates of introduction of generic names may be found useful :—

1766. Larus, Linn., S. N., p. 224; for all Gulls. 1819. Xema, Leach, App. Ross’s Voy., p. lvii;
X. sabinii. 1822. Xema, Boie, Isis, p. 563; for European hooded Gulls. 1844. Xema, Boie,
Tsis, p. 192; for various spp. (N. B. Gavia, Moehring, 1752, out of date ; Gavia, Briss., 1760,
indefinite.) 1822. Gavia, Boie, Isis, p. 563; L. eburneus and L. tridactylus. 1826. Gavia,
Boie, Isis, p. 980; L. eburneus. 1844. Gavia, Boie, Isis, p. 191; various spp. 1829. Gavia,
Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw,, pp. 99,196; L. ridibundus and L. capistratus. 1842. Gavia,
Mace., Man. Brit. Orn., p. 239; for all hooded Gulls. 1853. Gavia, Bruch., J. f. O., p. 106;
for small grey-mantled hoodless Gulls. 1825. Rissa, Steph., Shaw's Gen. Zool., xiii, pt. i, p.

. 180; L. tridactylus. 1829. Cheimonea, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Bur. Thierw., pp. 84, 196; L. tridac-
tyla. 1829. Pagophila, Kaup, op. cit., pp. 69, 186; DL. eburneus. 1829. Lencus, misprint for
Leucus, Kaup, op. cit., pp. 86, 196; for L. marinus, glaucus, fuscus. 1857. Leucus, Bp., C.A.,
ii, p. 215; L. glaweus, ete. 1829. Hydrocoleus, Kaup, op. cit., pp. 118, 196; L. minutus, ete.
1829. Ichthyetus, Kaup, op. cit., pp. 102, 196; L. ichthycetus. 1831. Laroides, Brehm, V. D.,
738; for most European hoodless Gulls. 1836. Ohroicocephalus, Eyton, Brit. B., p. 53; tor the
hooded Gulls (emend Kroicocephalus, Jameson, 1839; Chroiocephalus, Reich., Chrecocephalus,
Strickl., 1841; Chroocephalus, S. & S., 1871). 1838. Rossia, Bp., Comp. List, p.62; no descr. ;
preoccupied. 1842. Rhodostethia, Macg., op. cit., pt. ii, p. 251; DL. roseus. 1842. Cetosparac-
tes, Macg,, tom. cit., p. 251; L. eburieus. (Catosparactes, Gray, G. of B., iii, 1845, p. 655, note.)
1852. Plautus, Reich., Net. Syst. Vog. Longip., p. 5 (after Klein, 1750; out of date). 1853.
Glaucus, Bruch, J. f. O., p. 101; fer large and medium gray-mantled spp. 1853. Gabianus
“Bp.”, Bruch, J. f, O., p. 100; Bp., Nawm., 1854, pp. 211, 215; L. pacijicus. 1854. Gavina,
Bp., Naum., p. 212; for L. canus, ete. 1857. Gavina, Bp., C. A., ii, p. 222; LD. audouinie
1853. Dominicanus. Bruch, J. f. O., p. 100; for large dark-mantled Gulls. 1853. TLeucopheeus
“‘Bp.”, Bruch, J. f. O., p. 108; DL. scoresbit. 1854. Leucopheeus, Bp., Vawm., p. 211; also in-
cludes L. heermanni. 1857. Leucopheus, Bp., 0. A., ii, p. 231; L. fuliginosus and L. belcheri.
1853. Blasipus ‘‘Bp.”, Bruch, J. f. O., p. 108; DL. modestus. 1854. Blasipus, Bp., Naum., p.
211, includes crassirostris. 1853. Adelarus * Bp.”, Bruch, J. f. O., p. 106; for dark-mantled
hooded spp. 1854. Gelastes, Bp., Naum., p. 212; for L. gelastes, etc. 1854. Atricilla, Bp.,
Naum., p. 212; for L. atricilla. 1854. Creagrus, Bp., Nauwm., p. 218; for L. furcatus. 1854.

1020 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Tol.v.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.
1879.

1879.

1879.

1879.

SauNpDERS, H.—Continued.

Gavia, subgg. Melagavia, Cirrhocephala, Bp., Naum., 1854, pp. 212, 213. (Cirrhocephatlus,
Bruch.) 1857. Bruchigavia, Bp., C. A., ii, p. 228: a joke. 1854. Procellarus sive Epitelarus,
Bp., Naum., pp. 211, 2138; type fags aioe Tear juv. (done to ‘‘chaff” Cabanis). 1857.

Olupetiarys, Bp., C. A., ii, p. 220; L. fuseus, and so forth.

SHarpe, R. B. Onasmall Collection of Birds from the Ellice Islands. .
With a Note on the other Birds found there, by the Rev. 8S. J. Whitmee.
< P.Z.8., Feb. 19, 1878, pp. 271-274.

The collection consists almost entirely of Terns, 5 spp. of which are given, with an Ardea-
The synonymy of the two Grey Pacific Noddies, alleged to be wrongly given by Saunders
(P. Z. S., 1876, p. 671) is worked out, Anous cinereus and Anous ceruleus being ditferentiated.

Brewer, TI. M. The Black Skimmer [Rhynchops nigra] in Massachusetts.

< Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, p. 243.

BoaRDMAN, G. A. Rhynchops nigra in the Bay of Fundy. < The Odlogist, v,
No. 2, Aug., 1879, pp. 13, 14.
An account of the remarkable flight of these birds, northward from the Middle and South-
ern States, which occurred this year.
BREWSTER, W. The Terns [Sternine] of the New England Coast. . < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No.1, Jan., 1879, pp. 13-22.
A well-written popular account of habits, &c.
“C.E.P.” and “R.H.” The Black Skimmer [Rhynchops nigra] in New Jersey.
< Forest and Stream, xiii, Oct. 2, 1879, p. 684.
Note of capture.
DEANE, R. The Black Skimmer (Rhynchops nigra) in New England. < Bull.
Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 242, 243.
“F.M.” The Gull’s Flight. < Science News,i, No. 15, June 1, 1879, p. 240.
On the mechanics of the case.
Goss, N. 8. Bonaparte’s Gull [Larus bonapartii] in Kansas. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iv, No. 3, July, 1879, pp. 190, 191.

HENSHAW, H. W. Occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sterna caspia) upon the
Coast of Virginia. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4, Oct., 1879, pp. 243, 244.

Maynarkp,C.J. The Kittiwake Gull. (Rissa tridactyla.) < Town and Country

(newspaper of Boston, Mass.) for August, 1879.
Being Chap. VI of his Wanderings of a Naturalist.

RicumonpD, C. A. A Tame Gull [Larus marinus]. < Forest and Stream, xii,
June 12, 1879, p. 365.

Notice of a specimen kept in captivity for twenty years.

“R. H. R.M.” [R. H. ROBERTSON and G. B. GRINNELL.] Northern Range of
the Black Skimmer [Rhynchops nigra]. < Forest and Stream, xiii, Nov. 6,
1879, pp. 784, 785.

Notice of capture of this species at Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., by Mr. Robertson, in Aug.,

1879, with introduction by G. B. Grinnell, noting the occurrence of the species in New Eng-
land during the same summer.

No.41 COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARIIDE. 1021

Procelilariidz.

1674. LACHMUND, F. De ave Diomedea [ Procellaria equinoctialis]. Diss. cum vera
ejus effigie aeri incisa. Amstelodami. Andr. Fris. 1674. 12mo. pp. 52, pl.
Haud mihi obvius: titulus e Caro et Engelm.

1745. Linnazus, C. Storm-vaders-fogelen Beskrifven af Carl Linnwus. < Kongl.
Swensk. Wetens. Acad. Handl., vi, 1745, pp. 93-96, pl. vi.

Procellaria pelagica, L., postea. (‘‘Procellaria est avis Passerini ordinis”’ !)

1745. Linnazus, C. Beschreibung des Ungewittervogels, Procellaria. < Abh. d.
Schwed. Akad. fiir 1745, pp. 93-96, 1 Taf.

This German version of the title taken from Carus and Engelmann.

1759. Martin, A. R. Beskrifning pa en Procellaria [glacialis], som finnes vid Norr-
polen. < Kongl. Svensk. Vetens. Acad. Handl., xx, 1759, pp. 94-99, pl. iii.

1759. Martin, A.R. Beschreibung einer Procellaria [glacialis] die sich um den Nord-
“pol findet. < Adhandl. d. Schwed. Acad. fiir 1759, pp. 94-98, 1 Taf.

This German version of the original title extracted from Carus and Engelmann.

1765. GUNNERUS, J, E. Vom Havhest oder Seepferd, einem Seevogel (Procellaria
groenlandica). < Der Drontheim Gesellsch, Schrift., Th. i, 1765, pp. 154-170, pl.

Nicht mir selbst zuginglich: Titel aus Carus & Engelm.

1785, ForsTER,—. Mémoire sur les Albatros [Diomedea]. < Mém.de Math. et Phys.
prés. ad VAcad., x, 1785,. pp. 563-572, pll. 3.

Pas vu moi-méme: le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

1788. ODMANN, S. Beskrifning pa Hofhiisten [Procellaria glacialis]. < Uppfostr.-
Sdlisk. allm. Tid., 1788, D.i., nro. 38.

: Not seen.

1820. Kuni, H. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Proceilarien. < Beitrige zur Zool. und
Vergl. Anat., 1820, pp. 135-149, pll. x, xi, five. 1-13.

This important contribution to our knowledge of the Procellariide forms one of a very mis-
cellaneous collection of zoological and anatomical papers by Kuhl, and by Hassell and Kuhl,
published in a sm. 4to volume in 1820. I cite the whole volume elsewhere; but take this
paper out for special notice here under Procellariide.

The paper on the Procellariide treats of 28 spp., most of which are described, with synon-
ymy, and the heads of many of which are figured on two folding plates, as follows:

A. Naribus tubo unico coalitis: 1. P. fureata L., p. 186, pl.; 2. P. oceanica Banks. p. 136, pl.
x, f.1; 3. P. marina Lath., p. 137, pl. x, f.2; 4. P. leachi Temm., p.137; 5. P. fregatta Banks, p.
138, pl. x, f.3; 6. P. pelagina, p.139; 7. P. glacialis, p. 139, pl. x, {.4; 8. P. capensis, L., p. 140; 9.
P. gigantea L., p. 140; P. acquinoctialis, p. 141, pl. x, f. 5; 11. P. hasitata Forst., p. 142; 12. P.
Suliginosa (Banks, tab. 19), p. 142, pl. x, f.6; 13. P. desolata (ex definitione), p. 143, pl. xi, f.7; 14.
P. turtur Banks, p. 148, pl. xi, f.8; 15. P. grisea L., p. 144, pl. xi, f.9; 16. P. coerulea Forst., p. 145.
17. P. urinatrix Forst., p. 145; 18. P. nivea, p.145; 19. P. antaretica Forst., p. 145; 20. P. lugens
¥Yorst., p. 145; 21. P. (Forst., pl. 20), p. 145.—B. Naribus aperturis duabus separatis, etc.:
22. P. puffinus, p. 146, pl. xi, f.10; 23. P. anglorum, p.146; 24. P. obscura, p. 147, pl. xi, f.11; 25.
P. cinerea L., p. 148, pl. xi, f.12; 26. P. munda (Banks, tab. 24), p. 148; 27. P. fuliginosa (Banks,
tab. 23), p. 148.—C. Naribus subbasalibus, discretis, etc.: 28. P. vittata Forst., p. 149, pl. xi,
f. 13.

1822. Epiroriau. M. Kuhl’s Zoological Observations. < Hdinb. Philos. Journ., vii,
1822, pp. 187, 188.

Relating to absence of air-cells in bones of Daption capensis.

1824, Bonaparte, C.[l.] An Account of Four Species of Stormy Petrels. < Journ.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., tii, 1824, pp. 227-233, pll. viii, ix.
Procellaria pelagica, pl. 8; P. leachii, pl. ix, upper fig. ; P. wilsonii, n. sp., p. 231, pl. 9, lower
fig.; P. oceanica.
, 1824. [BreuM,C.L.] Der Wintersturmvogel. Procellaria hyemalis, Brehm. < Ornis,
Heft i, 1824, pp. 20-28.

1022 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.¥.

1824.

1824.

1825.

1826.

1826.

1827.

1827.

1829.

1830.
1830.
1831.
1831.
1831.

1832.
1832.
1832,
1832.

1832.

Faber, F. Beytrage zur arctischen Zoologie. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. viii, 1824,
pp. 779-795.

Zweyte Lieferung. Ueber die islandischen Schwimmvdégel mit Rohrennasen (Tubinares).
Gattung Pufinus: 1) P. arcticus Faber, p. 782; 2) P. major, n.s.!p.785. Gattung Procellaria:
P. glacialis, p. 786; P. pelagica, p. 791.—Nachtrag zum ‘Prodromus,’ pp. 792-795.

V[1cors, N. A.] New Species of Procellarix. < Zool. Jonrn., i, 1824, pp. 425, 426.

Reproduction in part of Bonaparte’s article, Journ. Phila. Acad., iii, 1824, pp. 227-238, q. v.

DresM... ST. |DrsMAREST, A. G.] Description de quatre espéces de Pétrels
ou Oiseaux de tempétes; par M. Charles Bonaparte... .. < Héruss. Bull., 2¢
sect., iv, 1825, pp. 126-128.

Extraite du Journ. Acad. Philu., iii, No. 8, 1824, pp. 227-233, q. v.

Lesson, R.P. Remarques sur quelques Oiseaux pélagiens, et particuliérement
sur les Albatrosses; par M. Marion de Procé. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2¢ sect.,
vili, 1826, pp. 277-279.

Extraite des Ann. des Sci. Nat., viii, mai 1826, pp. 90-96.

Prock, MARIONDE. Remarques sur quelques Oiseaux pélagiens, et particuliére-
ment sur ies Albatros. < Ann. des Sci. Nad., viii, 1826, pp. 90-96.

AcerBI, G. Intorno ad una specie di Procellaria [yelkouan] osservata nell’
Ellesponto, nella Propontide, e nel Bosforo Tracio. < Bibl. Ital., xlvii, 1827,
pp. 294-298.

Not seen: title from Roy. Soc. Cat.

Bonaparte, C. L. Supplement to ‘an Account of four Species of Stormy Pe-

trel,” (Thalassidroma, Vigors). < Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 89, 90.
Cf. Journ. Phila. Acad., iii, 1824, pp. 227-233; Zool. Journ.,i, 1824, pp. 425, 426.

ACERBI, G. Sur une espéce nouvelle de Procellaria [yelkouan] observée dans
Hellespont, la mer de Marmora et le détroit de Constantinople; pap G.
Acerbi. ... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xvi, 1829, pp. 463, 464.

Voici la description de cette Senses: telle que l’auteur la donne lui méme, extraite de la Bib-
lioteca ital., n° cxl, aofit 1827, pp. 294-297.

BonaPaRTs, C. L. [Ueber Procellaria wilsoni, u. s. w.] < Oken’s Isis, Ba.
Xxili, 1830, pp. 423, 424.

From Journ. Acad. Phila., iii, 1824, pp. 227-233, gq. v.

BonaPpaRtTE, C. L. Nachtrag zu den Sturmvégeln (Thalassidroma Vigors).
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, p. 1151.

Cr. tom. cit., pp. 423, 424. Aus d. Zool. Journ., Nr.ix, Vol. iii, 1827, pp. 89, 90.

BENNETT, G. Observations on the Albatross [Diomedea]. < London Medicat
Gazette, viii, 1831, pp. 848-—.

Not seen.

Lower, R. T. Note on Procellaria Anginho, Hein., and Proc. Bulverii, Selby

and Jard. < Zool. Journ., v, 1831, p. 384. :
Their identity with each other and with P. fuliginosa Gm.

RENNIE,S. Zur Naturgeschichte der Procellaria [pelagica]. < Froriep’s Noti-

zen, xxxii, No. 691, 1831, pp. 135, 134.
Not seen.

Auuis, T. Inland [in England] Specimens of the Forked-tail Petrel [Cymo-
chorea leucorrhoa]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 589.

‘CARISTOPHILUS.” The British Species of Petrel. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
y, 1832, pp. 589, 590.

BREE, W. T. Stormy Petrels [Procellaria pelagica] taken in the Interior of
the Island [England]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 588, 589.

BREE, W. T. The Fork-tailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] taken at Birm-
ingham. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 733.

““C.” Two Stormy Petrels[Procellaria pelagica]taken at Birmingham. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832. p. 283.

Py tiny,

No.4) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARUID™. 1023

1832. EaRLE, —. Ueber das Eierlagen und Aufwachsen der Jungen der Diomedea
exulans. < Froriep’s Notizen, xxxiv, No. 738, 1832, pp. 177, 178.
Not seen: title from Carus and Engelmann.
1832. Morris, F.O. The Fork-tailed Petrel (Proce!llaria Leachii [Cymochorea len-
corrhoa, in England]). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p.733.
1832. STRICKLAND, A. [On the occurrence of Puffinus fuliginosus, n. sp., in York-
shire, England.] <P. Z. S., ii, 1832, pp. 128, 129.
1833. BENNETT, F. D. [On the Larynx of the Albatross (Diomedea exulans, Linn. ). ]
KOIR: i op st, USBRY Soma risk VS)
1833. D[ENSON?], J. The Wandering Albatross (Diomedea exulans L.). < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 372-374.
Tts flight, ete.
1833. STRICKLAND, A. Observations on a species of Procellaria [fuliginosa], new to
the British Fauna, which was shot at the mouth of the Tees, in Yorkshire, in
August 1828. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sct. for 1832, 1833, p. 598.
An abstract of the paper in P. Z. S. for July 12, 1832, pp. 128, 129.

1834. BENNETT, G. [On the Nasal Gland of the wandering Albatross (Diomedea ex-
ulans, Linn.).] < P. Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 151.
1834, GAIRDNER, M. Observations during a voyage from England to Fort Vancou-
ver, on the Northwest Coast of America. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xvi,
1834, pp. 290-302.
Contains some remarks on Albatrosses, and an allusion to Chionis.
1834. Kine, P. P. [Observations on Oceanic Birds, particularly those of the Genus
Diomedea, Linn.] < P. Z.S., ii, 1834, pp. 128, 129.
1834. PRock, MARION DE. Ueber einige Meervégel, insbesondere tiber die Albatros
(Diomedea). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii, 1834, p. 862.
Auszug aus d. Annales des Sci. nat., Tom. viii, 1826, pp. 90-96. ;
1834. ‘‘A SUBSCRIBER.” The Wandering Albatross (Diomedea exulans L.). < Zou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, p. 74.
1835. BENNETT, F. D. Oberer Kehlkopf von Diomedea exulans, habe einen Kehl-
deckel. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 537.
From P. Z. S., 1833, pp. 78, 79.
1835. STRICKLAND, [A.] [Puffinus fuliginosus.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, pp.
431, 432.
From P. Z. S., 1832, pp. 128, 129.
1835. TuLK, A. The Storm Petrel (Procellaria pelagica L.). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 513, 514.
On the River Thames, in England.
1835. Kine, P. P. [Letter respecting certain Procellariide observed during a voyage
from Europe to New South Wales,] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Magq., vi, 1835,
pp. 387, 388.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 11, 1834.
1835. Kine, [P. P.] Brief aus Neuholland. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 1051. _
Procellartide betreffend. P. Z. S., 1834, p. 128.
1836. HENNING, —. [Note on the capture of an Albatross with a hook.] <P.Z.8.,
iv, 1836, p. 63.
1837. Skairn, J. A Fork-tailed Stormy Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii [Cymochorea
leucorrhoa, in Lancashire]). < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 555, 556.
1838. BERTOLONI, A. Annunzi di nuovi Libri < Nuovi Ann. Sci. Nat. Bologna, ii,
1838, pp. 156-159.

Under subhead of G. Gasparrini’s Descrizione delle isole di Tremiti, etc., occurs-matter re-
lating to several Procellariide.

1024 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1838,

1840.

1841.

1841.

1842.

1843.
1843.

1844,

1844,

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844,

1844.

1845.

1846.

1847.

1847.

1847,

1847,

Coucu, J. A Letter on the Occurrence of Procellaria wilsoni [Oceanites
oceanicus] on the British Coast. < Proc. Linn. Soc., i, No, 1, 1838, pp. 2, 3.
Not seen.
GoaTLEY, T. On a specimen of the Shearwater Petrel, Kite, &c. [in England. ]
‘<< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1840, pp. 73, 74.
Axspott, S.L. [On the habits of the Albatross, Diomedea exulans.] < Proc
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., i, 1841, p. 8.
“J. M.” Astrange News-Carrier. <(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1841, pp. 526, 527.
Diomedea cxulans. Erom Hssex (Mass.) Register, Feb., 1840.
THOMPSON, W. Note on Puffinus major, Faber. Greater Shearwater. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, pp. 433, 434.
GouLp, J. [Diomedea culminata, sp.n.] <P. Z. S., xi, 1843, pp. 107, 108.
YARRELL, W. [On a specimen of Puffinus obscurus, from the Dardanelles. ]
< P. Z. 8., xi, 1843, p. 70.
Cuirrn, H. F. Note on [the habits of ] the Cape Pigeon [Daption capensis].
< Zoologist, ti, 1844, p. 579.
FISHER, W.R. [On the capture of ] Two Fulmar Petrels [ Procellaria glacialis,
off Great Yarmouth], ... < 4oologist, 11, 1844, p. 456. ;

GOULD, J. On the Family Procellaride, with descriptions of Ten new Species.
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, pp. 360-368.

Diomedea gibbosa, D. olivaceorhyncha, p. 361; Procellaria atlantica, p. 362; P. mollis, p. 363;
P. flavirostris, Pufinus brevicaudus (descr. nulla!), P. sphenurus, p. 365; Thalassidroma
tropica, p.366; T. melanogaster, T. lewcogaster, p. 367; with short notices of many other species
of the family.

HOMBRON, —., and JACQUINOT, [H.] Remarques sur quelques points de ’anato-
mie et de la physiologie des Procellaridées, et essai d’une nouvelle classifica-
tion de ces oiseaux. < Compt. Rend. de V Acad. Sci., xviii, 1844, pp. 353-358.

Priojinus, p. 355; Ossifraga, p. 358; Priocella, p. 357, genn. nn.; P. garnotii, ‘‘nob”, p. 357,
descr. nulla.

JACQUINOT, —. Remarques sur quelques points de l’anatomie et de la physi-
ologie des Procellaridées, et essai d’une nouvelle classification de ces Oiseaux.
<_ Revue Zoologique, vii, 1844, pp. 118, 119.

STRICKLAND, H. E. On Thalassidroma melitensis, Schembri, a supposed new
species of Stormy Petrel. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv, 1844, pp. 348, 349.

=T. pelagica. The paper also makes a few corrections of Drummond's Birds of Ionian
Islands and Crete.

YARRELL, W. [On a specimen of Puffinus obscurus from the Dardanelles. ]
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, pp. 305, 306. :

From P. Z. S., May 19, 1848, p. 70.

“A. P.” [Sur le vol de Valbatros.] < Revue Zoologique, viii, 1845, p. 60.
Extr. du Voyage autour du monde sur la Frégate la Vénus.

Hawi, T. Stormy Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] in London in 1824. < Zoolo-
gist, 1v, 1846, p. 1502.

“ANON.” Occurrence of the Stormy Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] at Halifax.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1643.

GarTH, J. C. Occurrence of the Stormy Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] near
Knaresborough. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1643.

GoatLEy, T. Occurrence of the Stormy Petrel (Procellaria pelagica) near
Chipping Norton. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1643.

LAWRENCE, G.N. A new species of Procellaria [brevirostris, afterward called

P. meridionalis] from Florida. < Am. Journ. Sci., iii, 1847, p. 436.
From the preliminary notice in Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Feb. 18, 1847.

No. 4.]

1847.

1848.

1848,

1853.

1853.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARIIDA. 1025

LAWRENCE, G. N. A new species of Procellaria [brevirostris, later P. meri-
dionalis] from Florida. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx, 1847, p. 21.
From Am. Journ. Sci., May, 1847, p. 436, q. v.
ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Stormy Petrel (Thalassidroma [Procellaria]
pelagica) at Hailsham. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2073.
LAWRENCE, G. N. Description of a new Species of Procellaria [meridionalis ].
<Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., iv, 1848, pp. 475, 476. (Read Feb. 18, 1847.)

Same as that called P. brevirostris on covers of Nos. 8 and 9 of Vol. IV of the Annals, and
elsewhere published as such in 1847.

. Minner, W.M.E. Occurrence of the Great Shearwater (Puffinus Anglorum)

near Robin Hood’s Bay. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2027.

. BORRER, W., JR. Occurrence of the Fork-tail Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) near Brighton. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2392.

GURNEY, J.H. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii
[| Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) near Yarmouth. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2622.

. Morris, F. O. Occurrence of the Fulmar Petrel (Procellaria [Fulmarus] gla-

cialis) near Bridlington. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2592.

. Bonn, F. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii [Cy-

mochorea leucorrhoa]) near London. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2803.

. CURTLER, M. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) near Worcester. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.

. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[| Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) at Brighton. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2959, 2970.
GURNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii
[| Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2654.

. Newton, A. Occurrence of the Fork-tail Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii [Cy-

mochorea leucorrhoa]) near Torquay. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2778.

. SaxsBy,S., JR. Occurrence of the fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2969.

. Tomes, R. F. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) in Warwickshire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2706,
2707.

. BREWER, T. M. [Notice of a paper by, on the eggs of Cymochorea leucorrhoa

and other Procellariide.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,iv, 1851, p.7.

. Harper, J.O. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) at Lowestoft. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 2990, 2991.

. Kine, E.L. Occurrence of the Greater Shearwater (Puffinus cinereus) at Lynn.

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3234, 3235.

. Norman, A.W. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii

[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) at Blenheim Park. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3118.

. BREWER, T.M. Notice of the Egg of Thalassidroma leachii [Cymochorea leu-

corrhoa], with descriptions of the Eggs of Procellaria bulwerii, Procellaria
obscura, and Puffinus major. Read before the Boston Society of Natural
History. < Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, pt. iii, 1852, pp. 308-312,

. NEwTon, A. Some Account of a Petrel [Géstrelata hesitata], killed at South-

acre, Norfolk; with a Description and Synonymy. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp.
3691-3698, figg. 2.
BONAPARTE, C. L. Zoological Notices. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sct. for 1852,
1853, (Misc. Comm.), p. 72.
Ornithological in relating to certain Procellaride.
Gray,G.R. On a New Species of Thalassidroma [hornbyi]. <P. Z. 8., xxi,
1853, p. 62.

a SS

1026 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol Vv.

1853. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Fork-tailed Petrel (Procellaria Leachii [Cy-
mochorea leucorrhoa]) near Penzance. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3756.

1853. YARRELL, W. Occurrence of a Petrel [Puffinus obscurus] new to Britain on the
West Coast of Ireland. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3947-3950.
1855. GouLp, J. On a New Species of the Genus Prion [brevirostris]. <P. Z. &.,
xxiii, 1855, pp. 87, 88, pl. xeii. ;
1855. Gray, G. R. On a New Species of Thalassidroma [hornbyi]. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xvi, 1855, p. 78.
_ From P. Z. S., May 10, 1853, p. 62.
1855. Ki @RBOLLING, M. Omen ny Art, Procellaria minor, fraGroenland. < Férhandl,
Skandin. Naturf.i Stockholm, Sjette Mote, ar 1851, 1855, pp. 254, 255.
1856. FuLueR, A. Occurrence of the Storm Petrel (Thalassidroma [Procellaria ]
pelagica) at Newmarket and near Cambridge. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5065.
1856. GOULD, J. Ona new Species of the Genus Prion [brevirostris]. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xviii, 1856, pp. 56, 57.
From P. Z. S., J tise 12, 1855, p. 87.
1856. Rerzius, [A.] On the peculiar development of the Vermis Cerebelli in the
Albatros (Diomedea exulans). < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1855, 1856,
(Mise. Comm.), p. 133.
Upon which depends, it is believed, the strong, continuous, and tranquil flight of the bird.
1857. BLOOMFIELD, E. N. Explanation of supposed Phenomenon. < Zoologist, xv,
1857, pp. 5565, 5366.
Of Swallows emerging from th> water: the birds being Procellaria sp.
1857. Cocks, W. P. Rare British Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857,
p. 107.
Only one sp., Cymochorea leucorrhoa.
1857. HADFIELD, H.W. Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa ]
near Tunbridge. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5429, 5430.
1857. M’LAcHLAN, R. Food of the Storm Petrel [Oceanites oceanicus]. < Zoolo-
gist, xv, 1857, p. 5833.
1857. Ropp, EK. H. Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii [Cy-
mochorea leucorrhoa]) near Helston. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5429.
1857. THompson, W. Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii
[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) at Weymouth. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5429.
1858. BorRER, W., JR. Occurrence of the Fulmar Petrel (Procellaria [Fulmarus]
glacialis) at Brighton. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 5988, 5989.
1858. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Dusky Petrél (Puffinus obscurus) in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6096, 6097.
1859. ELwes, R. Note on the Breeding and Mode of Capture of the Short-tailed
Petrel, or Mutton Bird (Puffinus obseurus [?]) in the islands in Bass’s Straits.
< Ibis, i, 1859, pp. 397-399.
1859. Hatton [i.¢., HUTTON], F.W. Remarks on the Southern Petrels. < Zoologist,
XVil, 1859, pp. 6331, 6332.
1859. Hutton, F.W. Remarks on the [habits of the] Southern Petrels. .< Zoologist,
XVil, 1859, pp. 6379, 6380.
1859. Marsu,G.S. Sea Birds [Procellariide] found Inland [in England]. |< Zoolo-
gist, xvii, 1859, p. 6492.
1859. Mararws, M. A. Occurrence of the Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] in
Barnstaple. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6447, 6448.

1860. Horton, E. Use of the Albatross [Diomedea exulans]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
p. 6981.

tadius of this bird as a pipe-stem: poetry on the subject. .

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARIIDH. 1027

1860. Maceinitvray, J. Zoological Notes from Aneitum, New Hebrides. < Zoologist,
Xviii, 1860, pp. 7133-7142.
ProceXaria torquata, n. sp., p. 7133: the only ornithological item.
1860. PENNEY, W. Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii
[Cymochorea leucorrhoa]) at Poole. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6892.

1861. PHrvrppr, R. A., and LANDBECK, L. Descripcion de una nueva especie de pajaros
del jénero Thalassidroma [segethi, p. 27]. < Anal. Univ. Chile, xviii, enero
13861, pp. 29, 30.
‘*, . . ifamosos entre los marineros i otros, que los llaman Mother Carrey’s Kitchen” (lege
Mother Carey’s Chickens!).

1861. PitTaRD, S. R. [Notice of a letter from, containing remarks relative to the
flight of Albatrosses (Diomedea) and other oceanic Birds.] < P. Z. 8., xxix,
1861, p. 135.

1862. BENNETT, G. [Explanation of his diagram (in ‘‘Gatherings of a Naturalist in
Australasia”) of the flight of the Albatross (Diomedea).] < Ibis, iv, 1862,
p. 90.

1862. BENNETT, G. [On an albino Ossifraga gigantea.] < Ibis, iv, 1862, p. 193:

1862. GouLD, J. [Exhibition and Description of Prion magnirostris sp.n.] < P.
Z. S., Apr., 8, 1862, p. 125.
1862. GouLD, J. [On Prion magnirostris.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,3d ser., x, 1862, p
317. ;
From P. Z. S., Apr. 8, 1862, p. 125.
1862. LayarD, EK. L. Notes on the Sea-birds [chiefly Procellariide ] observed during
a Voyage in the Antarctic Ocean. < Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 97-100.

1862. SAVILLE, S. P. Breeding Habits of the Petrel [not named; Nova Scotia].
Paenonist xx, 1862, pp. 7940, 7941.

1862. Saxsy, H. L. Occurrence of the Manx Shearwater [Puffinus anglorum] at
Sheerness. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8287.

- 1863. SCHLEGEL, H. Procellariae < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 4° livy., Juillet 1863,
pp. 1-40.

The group here treated is equivalent to the family Procellariide of authors, and the three
genera which the author adopts, viz, Procellaria, Diomedea and Halodroma, represent the
three subfamilies into which it is divisible. Itis represented in the Leyden Museum by 209

5 specimens, which the author refers to 43 spp. of Procellaria, 8 spp. of Diomedea, and 3 spp.
of Halodroma. Two species, Proce. incerta, p. 9, and P. neglecta, p. 10, are described as new.

1863. SmitH, Rev. JAMES. The Fulmar Petrel (Procellaria [Fulmarus] glacialis) near
; Birmingham. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8449.

1863. STEVENSON, H. The Forktailed Petrel (Thalassidroma Leachii [| Cymochorea
leucorrhoa]) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8449.

1863. STEVENSON, H. [Occurrence of Cymochorea leucorrhoa at Salthouse, near
Cromer, England.] < bis, v, 1863, pp. 235, 236.

1864? —— Some account of the Sterm Petrel, Sea Serpent, Albicore, &c., as
observed at St. Margaret’s Bay, Nova Scotia. < Trans. Nova Scotia Inst., i, pt.
li, 1864?, pp. 34-—.

1864. BOULTON, W.W. Manx Shearwater [Puffinus goeloran | Shot at Flamborough.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9291, 9292.

1864. Boutton, W. W. Manx Shearwater [Puffinus anglorum] at Flamborough and
Filey. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9330, 9331.

1864. BouLton, W. W. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] near Flamborough
Head. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9365.

1028 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, [Vou v.

1864. Cours, E. A critical Review of the Family Proceliaridw; Part L., embracing
the Procellariex, or Stormy Petrels. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Xvi, 1864,
pp. 72-91.

This is the first of a series of five papers in which the whole family Procellariide are critic-
ally reviewed. The Petrels are divided into three subfamilies, Procellariine, Diomedeine,
and Halodromine, the first of these into the sections Procellariee, Pufinece, Fulmaree,
Aistrelatec, and Prionew. Of the mode in which the genera and species are handled it may
be remarked that those actually known by specimens to the author are carefully and satis-
factorily described, and that the synonymy and criticism presented in such cases is in the
main correct; but that the writer is not so fortunate in the instances in which he attempted
to supplement his own knowledge by compilation from the writings of others, he having suf-
fered not a little from imprudence in believing Bonaparte. The following 8 genera and 21
species of Procellariee or ‘ Stormy Petrels” are treated :—

1. Oceanodroma furcata. 2. O. hornbyi. 3. Cymochorea (g.n., p. 78) leweorrhoa. 4. O. me-
lania. 5. C. homochroa, Sp-1., p. 77. 6. Halocyptena (g. n., Dp. 78) microsoma, sp. n., p. 79.
7. Procellaria pelagica. 8? P. tethys. 9? P.lugubris. 10. P. melitensis. ll. P. nereis. 12. P.
fasciolata. 13. Oceanites oceanica. 14. O. lineata. 15. O. segethi. 16. O. gracilis. 17. Fre-
getta tropica. 18. F.grallaria. 19. F. melanogastra. 20. F. lawrencii. 21, Pelagodroma
Jregata. The paper concludes with an analytical and diagnostic Synopsis of these genera
and species. For Part II, see next title; for Parts III-7, see 1866.

1864. Cours, E. A Critical Review of the Family Procellaridz :—Part II.; Embrac-
ing the Puffinee. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sti. Phila., xvi, 1864, pp. 116-144,

For Part I, see last title; for Parts III- V, see 1866. The ‘‘Shearwaters” are treated in this
paper, under 5 genera and 21 spp., as follows:—

1. Majaqueus cequinoctialis. 2, WU. conspicillaius. 3. Adamastor cinereus. 4. A. gelidus.
5. A. sericeus. 6. Thiellus sphenurus. 7. 7. chlororhynchus. 8. Nectris Sulioinosus. 9. N.
amaurosoma, sp. 0., p. 124. 10. N. carneipes. 11. N. tenwirostris. 12. N. brevicaudus. 13.
Pufinus kuhlii. 14. P. leucomelas. 15. P. creatopus Cooper, Ms., Sp. n., p.131. 16. P. major.
7. P. anglorum. 18. P. yelcuanus. 19. P. obscurus. 20. P. opisthomelas, sp. n., p.139. 21.
P. nugaa.

1864. Mrymr, R. Verschlagene Sturmyégel [Thalassidroma sp.]. < Zool. Gart., v,
1864, pp. 24-26.

1864, JEITTELLES, L. H. [ Verschlagene Sturmvégel. ] < Zool. Gart., v, 1864, p. 88.

1864. RapcLirre, C.D. Wilson’s Petrel [ Oceanites oceanicus] in the Isle of Wight.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8892,

1865. GURNEY, J. H. Leach’s Stormy Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Worthing.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9419.

1866. ANDERSSON, C. J. [On the mode of alimentation of Young Diomedex; cf. Ibis,
1865, p. 279, seq. ] < Lbis, 2d ser., ii, 1866, p. 324.

1865. BLackmonrr, H. Forktailed Petrel [ Cymochorea leucorrhoa] near Salisbury.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 101.

1856. Brooxine-Rows, J. Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Plymouth.
< Zoologist, 2d ser. , i, 1866, p. 102,
1856. Carts, A. On an Undescribed Species of Petrel [ Pterodroma caribbea] from
the Blue Mountains of Jamaica. PY Sh xoexdne 1866, pp. 93-95, pl. x.
This is the Blue-Mountain Duck of Gosse, B. Jam., p. 437, now first described and named.
1866. Cours, E. A Critical Review of the Family Procellariidse :—Part III; embrac-
ing the Fulmarez. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xviii, 1866, pp. 25-33.
Yor Parts I and II see 1864. This 3d part treats of the 3 genera Fulmarus, Thalassoica, and
Ossifraga, of which are given the following species: F. glacialis, F. pacijficus, F. rodgersi, Th.
glacialoides, Th. antarctica, and O. gigantea.
1866. Cours, E. Critical Review of the Family Procellariidze :—Part IV; Embrac-
ing the Astrelatex and Prionex, < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xviii, 1866,
pp. 134-172,
For Parts I, I, see 1864; for Parts III and V, see preceding and following titles.
This Part opens with a criticism of Bonaparte, whom the writer seems to have just begun
to find out, and continues with a discussion of 20 spp. of 3 genn. of Gstrelatece, and 5 spp. of

2 genn. of Prionee ; concluding with an analytical diagnostic Synopsis of these two groups.
The genus @strelata (otstpyAatos) is misspelled Astrelata, as was the fashion then.

No. 4.1 COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARIIDE. 1029

1866. Cours, E.—Continued.

I. GistRELATEA.—1. Astrelata hesitata. 2. A.lessoni. 3. A. rostrata. 4. Al. parvirostris.
5. 4. incerta. 6. A. neglecta. 7. di. solandri. 8. 4. grisea. 9. H. mollis. 10. A. cookii.
ll. 4. gavia. 12. 4. desolata. 13. A.macroptera. 14. H.fuliginosa. 15. 4. aterrima. 16.
Ai. bulweri. 17. 4. macgillivrayt. 18. H. carribei. 19. Pagodroma nivea. 20. Daption
capensis.

Il. PRIONEH.—1. Halobeena cerulea. 2. Pseudoprion (g.n., p. 164) banksii. 3. Ps. turtur.
4. Ps. ariel. 5. Prion vittatus.

1866. Couxs, E. Critical Review of the Family Procellariide ;—Part V; embracing the
Diomedeinz and the Halodrominze. With a General Supplement. < Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xviii, 1866, pp. 172-197.

For Parts II, IV, see preceding titles; for Parts I, I, see 1864.

This concluding paper of the series presents 12 spp. of Albatrosses under 2 genera, and 3
spp. of Halodromine, as follows:

I. DIOMEDEINZ.—1. Diomedea exulans. 2. D.brachyura. 3. D.leptorhyncha, sp. n., p.178.
4. D. nigripes. 5. D. gibbosa. 6. D.melanophrys. 7. D. gilliana, sp.n.,p.181. 8. D. cauta.
9. D. culminata. 10. D.ehlororhyncha. 11. D. olivaceirostris. 12. Phebetria fuliginosa.

Il. HaLroprominz.—1. Pelecanoides garnoti. 2. P.urinatrix. 38. P. berardii.

The general supplement gives some additions to, and corrections of, all the five papers,
and a bibliographical appendix identifies the Petrels treated by Linnweus, Gmelin, Latham,
Vieillot, Kuhl, Stephens, and Forster.

A recapitulation of the genera and species treated in all five papers gives the following

result:

Subfamilies and sections. Genera. |Species. wy oubtful

species.

Procellariine :; i

MERCIAN Cai 2 Src yeh: icine Sa MN Sele SE SIS ROL TO Siti ataaerecee 3 GN a Ta

Cistveloitem@ ices ye 32h Sea sp ea Tae eee he eos hoes 3 93 6

JETRO AE oO Uae ERE A ERE eA E Hee nrc nc tici as REeaB Gee nes 3 6 1

WP VOCCUONUC CES Re 52S Na Boe a ele eee aioe eee esic ia erare sic 7 21 5

TPUPMEG? «ccc ceosacseoe cogeasecces soseco soos eceESas9 oseoe 5 21 1

DOM CACING = ose e ae cae cone eete ao Pees ae i ns ee 2 12 2

HEN CLO OM ONIUU NORE fp eeiae ayare aie wie Soe ers Seis ee ee eer eee eee Bese il 3 2

Ro tale si: Saris Seaescaye eels ahi lens clara ee at see mee re 24 92 17

1866. DouBLEDAY, H. Shearwater [Puffinus anglorum] at Epping. < Zoologisi, 2d
ser., 1, 1866, p. 526.
1866. GouLD, J. Habits of the Shorttailed Petrel (Nectris brevicaudus). < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, pp. 208-211.
Extracted from Gould’s Handbook of the Birds of Australia,’ ii, p. 464.
1866. Guisr, M. V. Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Elmore. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 229.
1866. Lowne, B. T. Notes on a Voyage round the World. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
pp. 114-118.
Cursory remarks on a few Procellariide.
1866. Ropp, E.H. Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Penzance. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, pp. 101, 102.

1866. SAUNDERS, H. [Letter relating to various Procellariide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., ii,
1866, pp. 124-126.

1866. SmeE, A. H. Leach’s Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Shoreham. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 190.

1867. Buxton, T. F. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] at Cromer. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1867, p. 992.

1867. ‘GUNN, T. E. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ii, 1867, p. 992.

1030 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol...

1867.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

Hurron, F. W. Notes on the Birds seen during a Voyage from London to New
Zealand in 1866. < Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, pp. 185-193.
About 20 species (all but one belonging to Procellariide) are noticed.

. Moor, E.C. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] at Aldeborough. < Zoologist,

2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 992.

. OVEREND, J. G. Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Yarmouth.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 916.

. Buake-KNnox, H. Leach’s Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] in Dublin Bay.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1424.

. BREE, C. R. Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Colchester. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1060, 1061.

. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] at Bridlington Quay.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1060.

8. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] in Yorkshire. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., ili, 1868, p. 1135.

. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] in Buckinghamshire.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1178, 1179.

. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] at Flamborough.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1461, 1462.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] near Sutherland.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1462.

. Gurney, J. H., JR. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] near Filey. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1483.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] at Flamborough.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1483.

. Harrison, J. W. Forktailed Petrel | Cymochorea leucorrhoa] near Spalding.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1061.

. STEVENSON, H. Five Forktailed Petrels [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] near Lynn,

Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1099.

. Gievioui, H. H.,and Satvapori, T. Nuove specie di Procellaridi raccolte du-

rante il viaggio fatto intorno al mondo negli anni 1865. 6.7.8. dalla pirocor-
vetta italiana Magenta. < Atti della Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., xi, fasc. ili, Sept. 16,
1868, pp. 450-458. (Not pub. till 1869.)

Not seen. This is the ostensible original of the paper, but it is said not to have appeared

until after the English version in the Ibis, 1869, pp. 61-68, which see for the new species.

GIGLIOLI, H. H., and SALVADORI, T. On some new Procellariide collected dur-
ing a Voyage round the World in 1865-68 by H.I.M.’s 8. ‘Magenta’. <Jbis,
2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 61-68.

This is an English version of the paper in Atti Soc. Ital. Sct. Nat., xi, fase. iii, ‘‘16 Sept.
1868”; said to have actually appeared before the ostensible original in Italian. Five species
are named and described as new: strelata magente, p.61; A. arminjoniana, p. 62; A. defi-
lippiana, p.63; @. trinitatis, p. 65; and Pufinus elegans, p. 67, from the 8. Atlantic, lat. 43°,
long. 9° E. The descriptions are complemented with critical observations.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Fulmar Petrels [Fulmarus glacialis] at Scarborough.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1518.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] at Whitby. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1518, 1519.

GURNEY, J. i. JR. Food of the Fulmar [Fulmarus glacialis]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1603.

GURNEY, J. H., JR. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] at Saltburn. < Zooloe
gist, 2d ser., ii, 1869, p. 1868.

No. 4.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARIIDE. 1031

Hutton, F. W. On the Mechanical Principles involved in the Flight of the
Albatross. < Trans. and Proc. N. Z. Inst. for 1868, i, 1869, (2d ed., 1875), pp.
465-467.

Abstract only here; paper deferred for want of algebraic type to second vol. of the same
publication, 1870, pp. 227-232, where in full.

Hurron, F.W. On the Mechanical Principles involved in the Sailing-Flight
of the Albatros. < Philos. Mag., Aug., 1869, pp. 130-136.

Not seen. Cf. Ibis, 1870, p.122; Zvol. Rec.. iv, pp. 45, 46, 50.

Hourton, F. W. [Letter relating to certain Procellariide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., v,
1869, pp. 351-353.

Aistrelata gouldi, sp.n.,p.—. Description of Majaqueus parkinsoni, Gray. Criticism of E.
Coues’s review of the Procellariide in Proc. Phila. Acad., 1864-66..

. Gunn, T. E. Abundance of the Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] in Norfolk.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1983.

70. GUNN, T.E. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] on the Norfolk Coast. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1983.

70. Hurron, F. W. Description of two Birds [Procellariide] new to the Fauna of

New Zealand. < Trans. N. Z. Inst., ti, 1870, pp. 78-80.
Not seen.
Hutton, F. W. On the Mechanical Principles involved in the Flight of the
Albatros. < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1859, ii, 1870, pp. 227-232.
In full; abstract in op. cit., vol. i, 1869, pp. 465-467. Also pub. in Philos. Mag., Aug., 1869,
pp. 130-136. Read before Auckland Inst. June 1, 1868.—A notable paper, which occasioned
considerable comment and criticism. Cf. [bis, 1870, p.122; Zool. Rec., iv, pp. 45, 46, 50.

.. WEBB, J. 8. Onthe Mechanical Principles involved in the Sailing Flight of

the Albatros. < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1869, ii, 1870, pp. 233-
236, with 1 diagram.

It seems to the author, who commends Capt. Hutton’s ‘‘ably written and very interesting
paper,” that the latter has ‘‘not been happy in the mathematical treatment of the subject,”
“having made a mistake at the outset of his calculations.”

. ANON. Albatross in Derbyshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2527.

From the London ‘ Field’, Nov. 26.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Forktailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] in South Devon.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2443.

71. GURNEY, J. H. Albatross in Derbyshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2563.
. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Wholesale Destruction of Manx Shearwaters [Puffinus

ungioram]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2646.

. HERBERT, W.H. Storm Petrel [Procellaria pelagica] near Wantage. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2563.

. ROWLEY, G. D. Forkedtailed Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] at Brighton.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ¥i, 1871, p. 2443.

. West, C. Albatross in Derbyshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2527.

From the London ‘ Field,’ Dec. 4, 1870.

. Hurron, F. W. On the Sailing Flight of the Albatros; a Reply to Mr. J.S.

Webb. < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1871, iv, 1872, pp. 347-350.

For Webb’s article, see op. cit. for 1869, ii, 1870, pp. 233-236. For Hutton’s previous papers,
see op. cit., i, pp. 465-467; ii, pp. 227-232; Philos. Mag., Aug., 1869, pp. 130-136. Cf. Ibis, 1870,
p.122; Zool. Rec., iv, pp. 45, 46, 50.

. Hurron, F. W. [On the synonymy of certain Procellariide, &c.] < Ibis, 3d

ser., 11, 1872, pp. 83, 84.

72, SPERLING, R.M. [Letter on certain Procellariid, and various South American

Birds.] < Ibis, 3d ser., ii, 1872, pp. 74-79.

. ANON. Mother Carey’s Chickens. < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873, p. 183.

Account of Procellaria pelagica, ‘from English magazine.”

oy) 0 ee Ae

1032 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1873. Potts, T.H. Notes on a supposed new Species of Prion [australis]. < 1bis, 3d
ser., li, 1873, pp. 55, 86.

1873. Swinnox, R. On a Black Albatross [Diomedea derogata, sp. n,] of the China
Seas. < P. Z.8., 1873, pp. 784-786.

1874. ANoN. [Capture of Fulmars (Fulmarus glacialis) at St. Kilda.] < Am. Sports-
man, iv, 1874, p. 19.

1874. BENNER, F. Our Petrels. < Forest and Stream, ii, Apr. 9, 1874, p. 133.

Nesting habits of three species on the coast of Maine.

1874. Gatcomsr, J. Greater Shearwater [Puffinus major] on the Coasts of Devon
and Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4262.

1874. GurNEY, J. H. Note on thé Occurrence of the Greater Shearwater [ Puitinus
major] in Bridlington Bay. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3882, 3883.

1874? RemnHarptT, J. Sur la structure anatomique des ailes dans la famille des
Pétrels (Procellaride, s. Tubinares). < Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren.
Kjobenhavn for aaret 1873, 1874? pp. 38-41.

Résumé franeais.

1874? REINHARDT, J. Om Vingens anatomiske Bygning hos Stormfugle-Familien
(Procellaridz s. Tubinares). < Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjobenharn
for aaret 1873, 1874? pp. 123-188, fig. in text. ;

The actual date of the paper is in question; but it probably appeared in 1873.

The wing-structure of Procellariide is treated with reference to the presence of one or two
ossicles at the elbow-joint, developed in connection with the apophysial hooklet of the hu-
merus, and the origin of the extensor metacarpi longus and extensor plice alaris. These
ossicles are found in 6 genera and not in 8, but the 6 are enough richer in species to indicate
that they occur in about two-thirds of the species of the family. Being peculiar to Procel-
lariide, it is proposed to divide the group primarily upon this character.

Cf. Coues, Am. Nat., viii, 1874, p. 546; Zool. Rec., x, pp. 71, 72.

1874. REINHARDT, J. Sur la Structure anatomique des ailes dans la famille des Pétrels
(Procellaridee seu Tubinares). < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., iii, 1874, pp. 139-144,
fice Ons

résumé fait par l’auteur de son Mémoire inséré dans le Vidensk. Meddel. Foren. Kjpb. 1873,
pp. 123-128.

1874. Ropp, E. H. Greater Shearwater [Puffinns major] on the Cornish Coast.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4261, 4262.

1875. Butter, W. L. Description of a new Species of Petrel (Procellaria affinis).
< Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1874, vii, 1875, p. 215, 216.
Compared with P. cookii.
1875. GArcoMBE, J. Large Number of the Greater Shearwater [Puffinus major] off
the Coasts of Devon and Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4300.

1875. Ropp, E.H. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] in Mount’s Bay. < Zoologist,.
2d ser., x, May, 1875, pp. 4459, 4460.

1875. SALVIN, O. Critical Notes on Procellariide. < Rowl. Ornith. Mise., pt. iv,
May, 1876, pp. 223-238, 249-257, pll. xxx—xxxiy.

A specially important and trustworthy paper, clearing up many obscure moot points in
this difficult group. It consists of two separately titled and paged parts. Part 1: Banks’s
unpublished Drawings. This is an attempt to identify these drawings, which figure so
prominently in the literature of Procellariide, yet are really little understood, and accessible
to few. The 16 spp. drawn by, Parkinson, being Nos. 12-27, are nearly all satisfactorily
accountedfor. Part ILis: The new species of Petrels obtained during the Voyage of the Italian
Corvette ‘Magenta’ round the World. These are described, and all ave figured in colors, as-
follows: Pl. xxx, Hstralata magente, p. 251; Pl. xxxi, @. arminjoniana, p. 252; Pl. xxxii,
G. trinitatis, p. 253; Pl. xxxiii, Gi. dejilippiana, p. 255; Pl. xxxiv, Pufinus elegans, p. 256.

1876. CORDEAUX, J. Manx Shearwater (Puffinus anglorum, Temminck) on the North-
East Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Dec., 1876, p. 5169.

1876. GATCOMBE, J. Greater Shearwater [Puffinus major] in Devon. < Zoologist, 2d.
ser., Xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5127.

No.4.) GCOUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PROCELLARUDE. 1033

1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Fulmar Petrel [Fulmarus glacialis] of Martin. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4931.
The picture in ‘Voy. St. Kilda,’ 1698, was drawn by James Monroe: cf. Edwards, Nat.
Hist., p. 289.
1876. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Yellow-nosed Albatross [Diomedea chlororhyncha] in Der-
byshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, pp. 4883, 4884.
With quotation from the Analyst, vi, Apr., 1837, p. 160, as copied in Wood’s Naturalist, ii,
p. 104 and p. 294.
1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Manx Shearwater [Puffinus anglorum]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, July, 1876, pp. 5007, 5008.

1876. RowLey, G. D. Thalassidroma bullockii, Fleming. [Cymochorea leucorrhoa,
Coues.] (Bullock’s Petrel.) < Rowl. Orn. Misc., ii, pt. v, Oct., 1876, pp. 101-
111, pli. xlviii, xlix.
Pj. 48, portrait of Wm. Bullock, F. L. S.; pl. 49, ‘‘ Mother Carey and her Chickens’’—very
spirited. It is a pleasant gossipy article, rich in historical flavor.
1877. BLREWER], T. M. Salvin on the Procellariide. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii,
No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 69, 70.
Review of Salvin’s paper in the 4th part of Rowley’s Ornithological Miscellany.
1877. BREWER,T.M. Breeding of Leach’s Petrel [Cymochorea leucorrhoa] on the
Coast of Maine. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No. 3, July, 1877, pp. 80, 81.
1877. FInscH, O. On a New Species of Petrel [Procellaria albigularis] oa the
Feejee Islands. < P. Z. S., Nov. 6, 1877, p. 722.
1878. ANON. Stormy Petrel. < The Country, i, Mar. 2, 1878, p. 260.
Account of habits quoted from ‘‘Science Gossip” (Jan., 1878), with editorial remarks.
1878. [Fircu, E.H.] Wandering Albatross [ Diomedea exulans]. < The Journ. of Sci.
(Toledo, Ohio), 2d ser.,i, No. 5, Aug., 1878, cut.
Popular notice, with a figure.
1878. SALVIN, O. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of H.
M.S. ‘Challenger.’—No. XII. The Procellariide. < P. Z. S., June 18, 1878,
pp. 735-740.
Highty specce. of 22 spp.of 13 genn, ‘‘ None of the species present any difficulty as regards
their nomenclature.” Mstrelata ‘‘sericea Less.” identified with lessoni Garn., or kiddert
Coues, referred to brevirostris Less. .
1879. ‘‘UBsiquE.” Cape Pigeons [Daption capensis] and how to capture them.
< Forest and Stream, xi, Jan. 9, 1879, p. 462.
1879. BREWER, T.M. Fulmarus glacialis on the Massachusetts Coast. < Bull. Nutt.
Ornith. Club, iv, No. 1, Jan., 1879, p. 64.

Bull. v, 4——33

1034 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1765.

1767.

1814.

1822.

1824.

1826.

1830.

1832.

1883.
1836.
1838.

1840,

1843.
1843.
. 1844.
1844.
1848.

1848.

Colymbidz.

GUNNERUS, J. E. Von einigen Lom- oder Lummenartigen Vogel [Colymbus].
< Dronth. Gesellsch. Schriften, i, 1765, pp. 201-—, 4 pll.
Nicht mir selbst zugénglich—Titel aus Giebel.
GUNNERUS, J. E. Von dem Meer-Hymber [Colymbus maximus]. < Dronth.
Gesellsch. Schriften, tii, 1767, pp. 107-113.
Nicht mir selbst zuganglich—Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.
EDMONSTON, ‘‘A.” Observations on the Natural History of the Colymbus Im-
mer. < Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., ii, pt. i, 1814, pp. 232-237.
Read Apr., 1811. Habits and description of - specimen.

EpMOoNSsTON, L. Observations on the Immer Goose [Colymbus aisciaiey of

Zetland. < Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc.,iv, pt. i, 1822, pp. 207-212.
Determined to be the young of Colymbus glacialis, and its habits, &c., treated at length.

Knox, —. [Note on the dark color of the periosteum of Colymbus septentrio-
nalis.] < Edinb. Journ. Sci., i, 1824, p. 177. :
FaBER, F. Beytrage zur arctischen Zoologie. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. x, 1826, pp.

909-927.
Sechste Lieferung. Ueber die islandischen Schwimmy6gel mit vierzehigen ungespaltenen
Steissfussen. Gattung Colymbus. CO. glacialis, p. 913; O. septentrionalis, p. 921.
BREHM, C. L. Ueber die doppelte Mauser der zur Sippe Taucher, Colymbus
gehérigen Végel. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 979-984.
C. glacialis (maximus, hiemalis Br.); OC. arcticus (macrorhynchus Br., balthicus Hornsch. und
Schill.); C. septentrionalis (lumme Brinn. u. Br., borealis Brinn. u. Br.).
JORDAN, W. R. The Imber (Colymbus Immer Lin.). < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., v, 1832, p. 284. ;
Its occurrence in Great Britain.
Fak, V. AnteckningaromColymbusArcticus. < Tiddsk. f. Jégare och. Naturf.,
Arg. 11, 1833, pp. 673, 674. ;
Martin, T.S8. The Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus, in England]. < Lou-
don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 480.

Moors, E. Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus, in Devonshire]. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, p. 634.

BRANDT, J. F. Ueber Podiceps und Eudytes als zwei besondere Typen in der
Ordnung der Schwimmvégel. < Mém. de V Acad. St.-Pétersb., vi sér., v, pte. ii,
Sc. Nat., 111, 1840, pp. 203-212, pll. xi, fige. 5-8, xiv—xvi.

- A subtitle, being the fourth part of his series, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Naturg. Vogel,
u. Ss. W.

EDMONSTON, T., JR. Note on the Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus].
< Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 365.

RoBinson, J. B. [Notice of presentation of Colymbus torquatus.] < P.Z.S.,
xi, 1843, p. 123.

GREENWOOD, A. Note on the change of Plumage in the Northern Diver [Co-
lymbus torquatus]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 455, 456.

Ropp, E. H. Note on the Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquanaa < Zo-
ologist, ii, 1844, p. 795.

Bop, T. J. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver (Colymbus arcticus) at
Cullercoats, Northumberland. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2067, 2068.

Cooper, W. W. Occurrence of the Speckled Diver at Worcester. < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, p. 1969.

*

No. 4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COLYMBIDZ. 1035

1848

1848.

1849.

1849.

1850.

1850.

1850.

1850.

1862.

. CooPER, W. W. Occurrence of the Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrio-
nalis) at Worcester. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2027.

SaLmMon, J. D. Occurrence of the Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrio-
nalis) near Guilford. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2304.

HOMEYER, H. v. Ueber den Federwechsel der Seetaucher [Colymbide].
< Naumannia, i, Heft i, 1849, pp. 14-17.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] at
Penzance. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2621.

Bonp, F. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver (Colymbus arcticus) at Ches-
terfield. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2775.

BURROUGHES, T. H. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver [Colymbus arc-
ticus] on Barton Pond. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2775.

GURNEY, J. H. Note on the Changes of Plumage periodically incident to the
Great Northern, Black-throated and Red-throated Divers [Colymbus torqua-
tus, C. arcticus, C. septentrionalis]. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2775, 2776.

MATTHEWS, H. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrio-
nalis) in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2803.

. NEtson, C. Curious Capture of the Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrio-

nalis). < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.
. NEwMAN, E. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver (Colymbus arcticus) in
the Thames. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.

. NEwTon, A. Occurrence of the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus gracialis

[sic]) in Torbay. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2776.

. ELLMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver (Colymbus arcticus) at

Pevensey. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3036.

. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the Autumnal Moult of the Red-throated Diver [Co-

-lymbus septentrionalis]. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3301.

. NICHOLLS, H. Occurrence of the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis

[torquatus]) in Devonshire. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3038.

. PotreR, C. Occurrence of the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis [tor-
quatus, at Lewes]). < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3035, 3036.

. MoaeripGe, M. Colymbus septentrionalis [in Britain]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. , 2d ser., x, 1852, p. 398.

. SmitH, A. C. Occurrence of the Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus]

in Wilts. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4165, 4166.
. Morn, A. G. On the [habits of the] three Species of Divers or Loons [Colym-
bide]. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4628, 4629.
. PELZELN, A. v. [Ueber das Vorkommen von Colymbus arcticus und C. glaci-
alis.] < Verh. d.k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. zu Wien, vii, 1857, Sitzungsber., p. 85.
Not seen.

. GRay, G. R. Description of a New Species of Diver (Colymbus [adamsii]).

< P. Z. S., XxXvii, 1859, p. 167.
. SCLATER, P. L. Remarks on exhibiting specimens of Two Species of Divers
(Colymbus), from Mr. Gurney’s Collection. <P. Z. 8., xxvii, 1859, pp. 206, 207,
. Gray, G. R. Description of a New Species of Diver (Colymbus [adamsii]).
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., v, 1860, p. 331.
From P. Z. S., May 10, 1859, p. 167.
BELL, A. S: Occurrence of the Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] near
Scarborough. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8005.

Te

1036 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1862. Cours, E. Synopsis of the North American Forms of the Colymbide and Podi-
cipide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiv, 1862, pp. 226-233.

Abstract of a monograph revised and published in 1874 in the author's ‘Birds of the North-
west,’ q.v. Of Oolymbide are recognized 1 genus, Colymbus, with 5 spp.—torquatus, adamsii,
arcticus, pacificus, and septentrionalis.

Of. Ibis, 1863, pp. 107, 108.

1863. Gritt, J. W. Om Stor-Lommen, Colymbus arcticus. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-
Akad. Férhandl. for dr 1862, xix, 1863, pp. 361, 362.

1863. STEVENSON, H. The Redthroated Diver (Colymbus soptoniionalene in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8331.

1864. BLakE-Knox, H. Scarcity of the Redthroated Diver [Colymbus septentrion-
alis] and plenty of the Great Northern Diver [C. torquatus] in Dublin Bay.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8963.

1864. BouLtton, W. W. Redthroated Diver [Colymbus septentrionalis] near Bever-
ley. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9048.

1864. Brucu, C. Polar taucher [Colymbus arcticus] in Ungarn. < Zool. Gart., v,
1864, pp. 26, 27.

1864. Cougs, E. The Crania of Colymbus torquatus and C. adamsii compared.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phila., xvi, 1864, pp. 21, 22.

1864, Hintz I., W. Ueber den Nestbau von Colymbus arcticus [u.s.w.]. (Anlage I.
zum Protocoll der vierten Versamml. der Ornithologen Mecklenburgs, 1. u. 2.
October, 1863). < J. f. O., xii, 1864, pp. 66-68.

Inhalt sowie a) merkwiirdiger Nestbau einiger Vogel, b) Ueber Nucifraga caryocatactes,
c) Syrrhapies paradoxus.

1865. Béck, —. Die Mauser des Eudytes arcticus [u.s.w.]. <d. f. 0., xiii, 1865,

pp. 367, 368.

1865. BREE, C. R. Note on the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). -
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9629.

Cf. tom. cit., p. 9697. '
1865. BREE, C. R. Correction of an Error [ Zool., p. 9629]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865,
p. 9697.

1865. Hopeson, C.B. Note on the Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus]. <Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p.9566.

1865. JEFFREY, W., JR. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] on the Sussex
Coast. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9419.

1866. CLoGe, 8. Change of Plumage in Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torapagusil
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 99, 100.

1866. Cours, E. The Osteology of Colymbus torquatus ; with Notes on its Niycloees
< Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, pt. ii, art. i, Apr., 1866 (read Sept., 1863),
pp. 131-172, woodee. 1,2, pl. 5, fige, 1-4. (Issued separately, 4to, paper.)

A detailed purely descriptive account of the skeleton, with less elaborate deseription of ail
the principal muscles; including some notice of the mechanism involved. The woodce.
show the sternum and scapular arch (2 views); the pl. shows the skull (8 views) and profile
of the pelvis and posterior extremity. (Cf: Ibis, 1868, p. 229.)

1866. FuLForp, J.L.L. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] near Bridport.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 145.

1866. HARVIE-BRowN, J.A. Nesting of the Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus areticus].
. < Goologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 525.

1866. Ropp, E. H. The Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus]: Summer and
Winter Plumage. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 99.

1867. CLoGG, 8. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] at Looe. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 951.

1867. CoRNISH, T. Redthroated Diver [Colymbus septentrionalis] netted at Pen-
zance. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 992.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—COLYMBIDZ. 1037

1867. Cricuton, A. W. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] at Wickham,
Hants. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 608.

1867. FEILDEN, H. W. Nesting of the Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 710.

1868. BLake-KNox, H. [Prone] Position of the Divers (Colymbidz) when on Land.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1379, 1380.

Cf. tom. cit., p. 1424.

1868. BLAKE-KNOx, H. Divers [Colymbide] on Land. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868,
pp. 1423, 1424.

1868. BLAKE-KNOXx, H. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] off the Dublin
Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1424.

1868. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] near Birken-
head. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1221.

1868. GuNN,T,E. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] at Lowestoft. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1221, 1222.

1868. HARVIE-BRown, J. A. Note and Query regarding [natural attitudes of ] the
Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp.
1320, 1321.

1868. HARVIE-BRown, J. A. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] breeding in
Scotland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1424.

1868. MaTHEw,G.F. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] on the River Taw.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iti, 1868, p. 1098.

1868. WALKER, T. C. [Attitudes, etc., of the] Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arc-
ticus]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1380.

1869. BISSENDEN, J. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] at St. Leonard’s.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1684.

1869. Gunn, T. E. Contents of the Stomach of a Redthroated Diver [Colymbus
septentrionalis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1848.

1869. HuntTEeR, J. Redthroated Diver [Colymbus septentrionalis] in Faversham

Creek. < Zooloyist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1517.

1869. Ropp, E. H. The Seasonal Plumage of the Divers (Colymbide). < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1723.

1869. Wonror, T.W. Redtbhroated Diver [Colymbus septentrionalis]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1684.

1870. BROwNE, A. M. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] in the Midland '
Counties. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2064, 2065.

1870. GATCOMBE, J. Redthroated Diver [Colymbus septentrionalis] on the Devon-
shire Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2106, 2107.

1870. Mostey, O. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] at Burton-on-Trent.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1982.

1870. SctaTER, P. L. [On addition to the Society’s Menagerie of Colymbus tor-
quatus.] <P. Z. 8.,xxxviii, 1870, p. 86.

1871. GorpoNn,C. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] at Folkestone. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2528.

1871. WHARTON, C. B. Divers at Elstree Reservoir. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,

pp. 2645, 2646.

1873. DuRNFoRD, H. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] in Suffolk. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3413.

. 1873. “L. W. L.” Loons [Colymbus torquatus] under water. < Forest and Stream,

i, Dec. 4, 1873, p. 258.

1038 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol¥.

1874.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.
1876.

1876.

1876.

N[EwcomB], R. L. [Colymbus septentrionalis at Salem, Mass.] < Forest and
Stream, iii, Nov. 29, 1874, p. 245.

CLARKE, W. E. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] in Bridlington
Bay. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4299.

GuNN, T.E. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus]in Norfolk, < Zoologist,
2d ser., x, Apr., 1875, p. 4422.

GURNEY, J. H., Jk. Redthroated Diver [Colymbus septentrionalis]. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, p. 4698.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. On Adams’ Diver (Colymbus Adamsi) in England. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4767. ;

GuRNEY, J.H.,JR. The Divers. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, J une, 1876, p. 4958.

SmeE, A.H. Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] off Erith. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4930.

SmitH, Cror. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] in Somersetshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

Tuck,J.G. Blackthroated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] in Filey Bay. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

No. 4

1794

J COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PODICIPEDIDZ. 1039

Podicipedidz.

[N. B.—Hnujusce familie nomen “‘ Podicipedide” nec Podicipide rite scribendum, generis
nomino a podice et pede derivato; unde Podicipes, scilicet ‘‘rump-foot.”]

. TENGMALM, PEeHR Gust. Sligtet Podiceps och de Svenska Arterna daraf.
<_ Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., xv, 1794, pp. 300-318. :
Characteren pa detta Sligte, p. 301.—1. P. cristatus. 2. P. rubricollis. 3. P. auritus. 4.

P. cornutus. 5. P. obscwrus. 6. P. minor.

1805. MrwxEs, —. Bemerkungen iiber die Nahrungmittel von Podiceps subcristatus.

1882.

1833.

1833

1836

1836.

1836.
1836.

1836.

1843.

1843.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1845.

1845.

1848.

1849.

1849.

< Wiedem. Arch. f. Zool. u. Zoot., Bd. iv, St. ii, 1805, pp. 178-180.
Not seen.
Auuts, T. The Food of the larger Grebes (species of Latham’s genus Podiceps).
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 733.
FENNELL, J. A Dabchick [Podiceps minor] choked by a Bullhead Fish.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 520.
. K[yox], T. Instances of Feathers found in the Stomach in the larger Species of
Grebe. What End in the Economy of Digestion do these Feathers subserve?
< Loudow’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 519, 520.
. GuILpING, L. The Dabchick [Podiceps minor], Remarks on. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Aist., 1x, 1836, p. 326.
K[nox],T. Feathers in the Gizzard of the Larger Species of Grebe, and why?
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 202.
Woop, C.T. The Blackchin Grebe. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 647.
Woop, N. Feathers in the Gizzard of the larger Species of Grebe, and why?
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, p. 326,
Woop, N. Feathers in the Gizzard of the Grebe. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ix, 1836, p. 597.
Horie, F. Note on the occurrence of the Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus] at
Oxford. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 223.
Parsons, C. Note on the Habits of the Dabchick [Tachybaptes minor]. < Zo-
ologist, 1, 1843, pp. 364, 365.
Atkinson, J. C.. Notes on the Dabchick [habits of Tachybaptes minor].
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 499-502.
GouLp, J. [Description of Podiceps australis, sp. n.] <P. Z S., xii, 1844,
p. 135.
CHENNELL, F. A. Note on the occurrence of the Crested Grebe [ Podiceps cris-
tatus] in Middlesex. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. S02.
Bury, C. A. Enquiry relative to the Staining of the Eggs of the Dabchick
[Tachybaptes minor]. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 863-865.
GouLD, J. Description of a new species of Australian Bird [ Podiceps australis].
< Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv, 1845, p. 142.
ELLIMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus) at
Battel. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2148.
Birp, W. F. W. Occurrence of the Red-necked Grebe (Podiceps rubricollis) in
the Medway. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2422.
CHENNELL, F. A. Occurrence of the Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus)
near Reigate. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2421, 2422.

1849. Foster, J. W. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe (Podiceps auritus) at Wisbeach.

< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2569.

1040 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1849.

1850.

1850.

1850.

1850.

1850.

1850.

1850.

Gurnry, J. H. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe (Podiceps auritus) in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2456.

ELiman, J. B. Occurrence of the Sclavonian Grebe (Podiceps cornutus) at Pid-
dinghoe, Sussex. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2775. ’

Foster, T. W. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe (Podiceps auritus) on Whittle-
sea Wash, < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2775.

GARTH, J. C. Occurrence of the Red-necked Grebe (Podiceps rubicollis [sic])
near Burton-on-Trent. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.

PLANT, J. Occurrence of the Horned Grebe (Podiceps cornutus) at Manchester.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2924. ;

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Red-necked Grebe (Podiceps ruficollis) near
Penzance. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2803.

SUNDEVALL, C. J. Podiceps arcticus, cornutus, auritus. < Ofvers. Kongl. Ve-
tensk.-Akad. Forhandl. for dr 1849, 1850, pp. 206-210.

P. wuritus L.=P. cornutus Lath. + P. areticus. P. nigricollis, 2. sp.—P. auritus auct.

Cf. Vet..Akad. Arsb. i Zool., 1845-50, p. 299; Arch. J. Naturg., xvi, 1850, p. 44.

SUNDEVALL, C. J. Ueber Podicipes arcticus, cornutus, auritus. <( Arch. f. Na-

turg., 1850, (1), pp. 44-48.
Aus Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., aus d. Jahr 1849, SS. 206-210, q. v.

GREEN, J. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe (Podiceps auritus) at Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3175.

Irsy, L. H. Occurrence of the Red-necked Grebe (Podiceps rubricollis) in Dey-
onshire. < Zoologist, ix,1851, p. 3035.

JosHua, W. Occurrence of the Rednecked Grebe (Podiceps rubicollis [sic]) in
Gloucestershire. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3056.

STRANGEWAYES, R. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe (Podiceps auritus) at Yar-
mouth. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3117.

. STRANGEWAYES, R. The Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus) in Norfolk,

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3209,

- [SUNDEVALL, C. J.] Podiceps nigricollis. < Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. For-

handl. for dr 1350, 1851, pp. 291, 292.

. InBy, L. H. Curious Death of a Dab-chick, or Little Grebe, (Podiceps minor),

< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3711.
NrEwman, E. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe [ Podiceps auritus] at Yarmouth.
< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3477.
GLocER, C.W.L. Der Schwanz der Steissftisse [u.s.w.]. Jf. O., ii, 1854, p.
480.
An extract from Audubon’s Ornith. Biogr., iii, p. 598, on the structure of the tail of
Podiceps cristatus.

- Davis, R. [On the breeding of Podiceps auritus in Iveland.] < Nat. Hist. Rev. ;

ii, 1855, p. 20.

- DURBAN, W.8.M. Occurrence of the Sclavonian Grebe (Podiceps cornutus) in

Devonshire. << Zoologist, Xiv, 1856, p. 5065.

- WALKER, A.O. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus] in Flintshire.

< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5321.

- CLERMONT, Lord. On the occurrence of the Eared Grebe [ Podiceps auritus, in

Ireland]. < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), iv, 1857, p. 72.

®
. SCHLUTER, W. Schwarze Kier von Podiceps cristatus. <J. f. 0., v, 1857, pp.

302, 303.

- Cours, E. Synopsis of the North American Forms of the Colymbidz and Podi-

cipide. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiv, 1862, pp. 226-233.
Abstract of a monograph, published in 1874 in the author's ‘Birds of the Northwest,’ g. v.
The Grebes are considered as a family apart from Colymbide, with two subfamilies, Podi-

No.4.) COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PODICIPEDIDZ. 1041

1862. Cours, E.—Continned.
cipine and Podilymbine, and the following North American genera and species:—Achmo-
phorus (g. n., p. 229) occidentalis; A. clarkii; Podiceps cristatus; P. cooperi; P. (Dytes)
cornutus; P. (Proctopus) californicus; P. (Pedetaithya) holbolli; Sylbeocyclus dominicus ;
Podilymbus podiceps. Cf. Ibis, 1863, pp. 107, 108.

1862. Cours, E. Supplementary note to a ‘‘Synopsis of the North American Forms
of the Colymbidz and Podicepide [sic].” < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiv,
1862, p. 404.

Breeding plumage of Aichmophorus clarkit, not before known.

1862. EDITORIAL. [Podiceps auritus breeding in Algeria and Epirus.] < Ibis, iv,
1862, p. 195.

1862. PARKE,G.H. Occurrence of the Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] at Hal-
ifax. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8005.

1862. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Sclavonian and Eared Grebes [Podiceps cor-
nutus, P. auritus] in Norfolk in fullSummer Plumage. < Zoologist, xx, 1862,
pp- 8092, 8093.

1864. BLackMoRE, H. Sclavonian or Dusky Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] near Salis-
bury. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9048.

1864. BouLtTon, W. W. Sclavonian or Dusky Grebe [Podiceps cornutus ] near Bever-
ley. < Zoologisi, xxii, 1864, p. 8891.

1864. BouLTon, W. W. Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus] on the Humber, near Hull.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9048.

1864. BouLtton, W.W. Dusky or Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] near Selby,
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9047, 9048.

1864. Norman, G. Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] in the Humber. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9121.

1864. REYNOLDs,R. Habits, &c., of the Little Grebe [Podiceps minor]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8891.

1865. CORDEAUX, J. Rednecked Grebe Heaney griseigena] in Lincolnshire. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9469.

1865. DEvis,C. W. Note on the Great Crested Grebe [Bodiceps cristatus]. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxili, 1865, pp. 9565, 9566.

1865. GuRNEY, J. H. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] at Worthing. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxiii, 1865, pp. 9540, 9541.

1865. Hopeson, C. B. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] at Fern Island, North-
umberland. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9500.

1865. Hopeson, C. B. Great Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] in Warwickshire.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9565.

1865. Hopeson, C. B. Note on the Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena, in Eng-
land]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9565.

1865. HorsFaLL, W. C. Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena] near Leeds. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9500.

1865. Marnrw, G.F. Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus] near Barnstaple. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, pp. 9618, 9619.

1865. Morres, A.P. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] near Salisbury. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxiii, 1865, p. 9565.

1866. GLocEr, [C. W. L.] Der grosse gehiiubte Steissfuss, (Colymbus [ Podiceps]
cristatus,) in Weiss ausgeartet. <J.f. 0., xiv, 1866, pp. 285, 286.

1866. JePHcoTT,T.,JR. Great Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] near Birmingham,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 100.

1867. Briaas, J.J. Little Grebe [Podiceps minor] affected by the Cold. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 636, 637.

From the London ‘Field,’ Jan. 19.

1042 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. V.

ic67. GUNN, T. E, Rednecked and Sclavonian Grebes [Podiceps griseigena, P. cor-
nutus] and Great Northern Diver [Colymbus torquatus] in Norfolk. < Zo-
ologist, a ser., 11, 1867, pp. 709, 710.

1868. BLakE-KNnox, H. Eared Grebe [ Podiceps auritus] in County Dublin and County
Antrim, Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1424.

1868. HEDDERLY, J.S. Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena] near Nottingham.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1060.

1868. STEPHENSON, J. W. Abundance of the Little Grebe [ Podiceps minor] in Sussex.
< Zoologist, 2d serx., iii, 1868, p. 1482.

1869. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Great Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] at Hempstead.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1603.

1869. SKINNER, A. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] near Faversham. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1563.

1869. SOUTHWELL, IT. Note on the Nest of Podiceps minor. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, pp. 1803, 1804.

1870. BLaku-Knox, H. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] in County Dublin.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2182. d

1870. CHaLK, W. J. Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena] in Bedfordshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2064.

1870. CuaLk, W.J. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] at Taunton. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2106.

1870. Crrwn, H. H. Great Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] feeding its Adult
Young. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2386.

1870. GaTcoMBE, J. Rare Grebes in Devonshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2106.

1870. GATCOMBE, J. Grebes on the Coast of Devon. < Loologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp.
2142, 2143.

1870. GurNrEY, J. H., JR. Dabchicks [Podiceps minor] in Kensington Gardens.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2347.

1870. GOEBEL, H. Ueber Podiceps Widhalmi nov. spec. <J. f. O., xviii, 1870, pp.
312-315.

Nachtrag von E. F. von Homeyer, p. 315.

1870. GuNN, T.E. Sclavonian Grebes [Podiceps cornutus ] in Norfolk. - < Zoologist, 2d
ser., V, 1870, p. 2225.

1870. Ropp, E. H. Horned Grebe [ Podiceps cornutus] in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2142.

1870. SMrE, A.H. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus] on the Wandle. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2106.

1870. Smirn, Cecit. Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena] at Teignmouth. <Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2106.

1871. Boyns, F. Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena] in East Yorkshire. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2527.

1871. GaTcomMBE, J. Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus] in Devonshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2646.

1871. GuNN, T. E. Rednecked Grebe [Podiceps griseigena] in Norfolk. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2872.

1871. TRAVERS, W. T. L. Notes on the Habits of Podiceps cristatus. < Trans. and
Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1870, iii, 1871, pp. 113-116.

See also proceedings for the same year, separately paged, p. 25, where, under slightly modi-
fied title, an abstract appears.

1073. Boyes, F. Eared and Rednecked Grebes [ Podiceps auritus, P. griseigena] in
East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3413.

No. 4.]

1873.

1873.

1874.

1874.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1877.

1877.

1878.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—PODICIPEDIDZ. 1043

Couns, E. Range of the Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus var. _californicus, in
Dakota, U. S.J. < Am. Nat., vii, 1873, p. 745.

THurRN, E. F. Im. Sea Woodcock [Podiceps minor]. <Zoologist, 2d ser., vill,
1373, pp. 3371, 3372.

Cane, T. Great Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] at Luton. < Zoologiet,
2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3836.

SciaTER, P. L. Note on the correct name of Podiceps minor. < Jbis, 3d ser.,
iv, 1874, pp. 98, 99.

Tachybaptes Reich., stands, since Sylbeocyclus Bp. = Podilymbus Less.

Boyes, F. Sclavonian Grebe [Podiceps cornutus ] in East Yorkshire. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4299.

Boyes, F. Summer Plumage of the Little Grebe [Podicepsminor]. < Zoologisi,
2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5169.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jk. Summer Plumage of the Little Grebe [Podiceps minor].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, pp. 5047, 5048.

Gurney, J.H.,Jr. Retention of Summer Plumage by Grebes. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4847.

NICHOLLS, R. P. Great Crested Grebe [Podiceps cristatus] near Kingsbridge.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4804.

ANDERSON, A. [Remarks on exhibition of skins of Podiceps cristatus.] <P.
Z. S., Dec. 4, 1877, p. 807.

Cours, E. Note on [the occurrence in the United States of] Podiceps domini-
cus. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, ii, No.1, Jan., 1877, p. 26.

Merriam, C.H. Correction. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 1, Jan., 1878,
p. 47.

Of his Review of Connecticut Birds, where Podiceps cristatus should read P. griseigena var.
holbotts.

1044 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1781,

1781.

1789.

1801.

1819.

1821.

1824.

1824.

1826.

1827.

1829.

5; Alcidze.

- Guynervs, J. E. Vom Langviren und Martens Lumba [Uria troile]. <Dron-

theim Gesellsch. Schriften, iii, 1767, pp. 114-120.
Nicht mir selbst zugénglich—Titel aus Carus und Engelmann.
ODMANN, 8. Uria grylle, Gryssla, beskrifven. < Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad. Nya
Handl., ii, 1781, pp. 225-235.
Cf. v. Friesen, Ofv. Sver. Orn. Litt., 1860, p. 43. f
WitckE, J.C. Betankande om flera upgifna satt at halla m&nniskor flytande
uti vattnet, och at saledes forekomma deras drunknande. <Kongl. Vetensk,-
Acad. Nya Handl., ii, 1781, pp. 319-328.
Om Uria grylle, p. 325.

. Opmann, §. Tordmulens (Aleew Tordw Linn.) Hushallning, jamte nagra An-

markningar ofver Alkslagtet i allm4nhet. < Kongl. Vetensk.-Acad. Nyt Handl.,
ix, 1788, pp. 205-218. ‘
Slagtets Kinnetecken—Arternas Skiljetecken—Bostalle—Age liggning och Klackning—
Flyttning—Féda—Fangst—Nytta—Tordmulens Synonyma och Historia.
WALLBAUM, J.J. Beschreibung des Scheerschnabels [Alca torda]. <Schriften
Berlin. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, ix, 17 89, pp. 75-87.

LEPECHIN, J. Alcea camtschatica proposita. < Nova Acta Acad. Scient. Imp.
Petrop. for 1798, xii, 1801. pp. 369-371.

Leacu, W. E. Descriptions Des nouvelles espéces d’Animaux découvertes par
le vaisseau Isabelle dans un voyage au pole boréal. < Journ. de Phys. Chim.
et Hist. Nat., \xxxviii, 1819, pp. 462-467.

Pour les oiseaux, seulement la description d’Uria franesii, p. 463. (Voir Linn. Trans.,
xii, 1818, p. 588.)

Naumann, J. F. Ornithologische Neuigkeiten. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. v, 1821,
pp. 779-787, pl.7.

This vaguely-titled article consists chiefly of a monographic sketch of the genus Mormon,
four species of which are treated. Here occurs the original description of WM. corniculata,
Sp. n., p. 782, pl. 7, fige. 3,4. Bills of other species are figured on the same plate.

Also, Sylvia cariceti, sp. n., p- 785.

EpmonstTon, L. Observations on the Lesser Guillemot and Black-billed Auk,
the Colymbus Minor and the Alea Pica of Linn:eus. < Mem. Wernerian Nat.
Hist. Soc., v, pt. i, 1824, pp. 8-25. :

Read Apr., 1823. A critical and descriptive article (though longer than necessary) to show
that the two supposed species are not separable from, respectively, Colymbus [i. e., Uria]
troille and Alca torda. .

FaBeErR, F. Beytrage zur arctischen Zoologie. < Oken’s Isis, J ahrg. viii, 1824,
pp. 967-982.

Dritte Lieferung (lt Lief., ef. Isis, 1824, p. 779). Ueber die drey Arctischen Lummen,
welche unter Uriu troile auctorum sind inbegriffen gewesen. Uria briinnichii, p. 972; U.
troile, p.976; U. ringvia, p. 978; U. grylle, U. mandtii, p. 980; U- alle, U. unicolor (n. s.), p. 981.

Less[On, R. P.] Observations sur le Colymbus minor et sur Alea Pica de
Linneus; par M. Edmonston. . . . <FPéruss. Bull., 2° sect., Vii, 1826, pp.
376, 377.

Trans. Wernerian Soc., v, pt. i, 1824, pp. 8-25.

FaBEr, F. Beytrage zur arctischen Zoologie. <Oken’s Isis, Bd. xx, 1827, pp.
633-685. ‘

Achte Lieferung.—Ueber die islindischen Schwimmyégel mit dreyzehigen Steissfiissen.
Uria grylle, p. 635; U. alle, p. 647; Mormon Jratercula, p. 658; Alca torda, p. 669; A. impennis,

p. 678 (Critik—Geschichte).—Seereise nach dem Vogelscheeren, pp. 685-688.

Lrss,E. Puffins [Fratercula arctica, in Worcester]. < Eoudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., i, 1829, p. 394.

et ectetnns ex

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCIDA. 1045

1833. MICHAHELLES, Dr. Zur Geschichte der Alcea impennis. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg.
1833, pp. 648-651.

1835. Morris, F. O. The Guillemot’s pees ‘roiley Habits. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., viii, 1835, p. 617.

1835. WATERTON, C. Notes of a Visit to the Haunts of the Guillemot [Uria troile],
and Facts on its Habits. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 162-165.
1837. BLyTH, KE. [On the Osteology of the Great Auk (Alea impennis) in comparison
with that of Sphenisci.] < P. Z.S., v, 1837, pp. 122, 123.
1837. BRANDT, J. F. Rapport sur une monographie de la famille des Alcadées.
<_St.-Pétersb. Acad. Sci. Bull., ti, 1837, col. 344-349.
Pas vu moi-méme—le titre tiré du Cat. de la Soc. Roy. Londres.
1837. BRANDT, J. F. [Ueberbleck von einer Monographie, welche er iiber die Alca-
den bearbeitet.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 937-940.
Aus Bull. Sci. Acad. St.-Pétersb., i, 1887, Nr. 24.
1837. Moors, E. Change of Plumage in the Guillemot [Uria troile]. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 607, 608.
1838? —— Gejrfuglen [Alea impennis] ved Jydland? < Krdyer’s Naturh.
Tidsk., ii, 1838?, p. 207.
1838. BURNELL, E. H. [Occurrence of Mergulus nie at Witham, England. }
< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, p. 53.

1839. REINHARDT, J. Gejerfuglens [Alca impennis] Forekomst paa Island. <Kréyer’s
Naturh. Tidsk., 11, 1839, pp. 533-535.

. 1841. Bryru, [E.] [Zeigt einen Theil vom Skelett der Alea impennis und zeigt der
Unterschiede mit Aptenodytes.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxiv, 1841, pp. 939, 940.
Aus d. P. Z. S., Nov. 14, 1837, pp. 122, 1238.
1841. REINHARDT, J. Ueber das Vorkommen des grossen Alks (Alea impennis) auf
Island. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxiv, 1841, pp. 421, 422.
Aus Kriyer’s Naturh. Tidsk., Bd. ii, Heft 5, pp. 533-535.
1841. TownsENnD, C.T. Little Auk [Mergulus alle, in Suffolk]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., viii, 1841, p. 317.
1842, StrickLtaNnp, H. E. Little Auk [Mergulus alle, in England]. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., viii, 1842, pp. 394, 395.
1846. HuntER, C. B. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Downham,
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1502.
1847. ANON. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] in the Moray Firth.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. L642.
From the ‘‘ Inverness Courier,’’ Dec. 16, 1846.
1847. ANON. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Durham. < Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, p. 1642.
From the ‘‘ Newcastle Journal,” Dec. 5, 1846.
1847. Fitcn, 8S. E. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Cromer.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1642.
1847. GoatLey, T. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Chipping
Norton. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1701.
1847. Hunter, C. B. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Downham.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1642.
1848. Fisner, W.R. Egg of the Ringed Guillemot (Uria lacrymans). < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, pp. 2148, 2149.
1848. HarTiaus, G. Ueber Uria dubia Pall. < Zeitwng Zool. Zoot. Paleoz., No. 20,

1848, p. 160.
Not seen—title from Giebel.

Rates oii
ity paisa i scsi if) A mC

\
1046 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vo.¥.

1850. BonpD, F. Occurrence of the Little Auk (Alea [Mergulus] Alle) at Newmarket.
< Zoologist, viri, 1850, p. 2706.

1350. Crorcu, W. D. Occurrence of the Little Auk (Alcea [Mergulus] Alle) at Wes-
ton-super-Mare. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2653.

1950. CurTLeR, M. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Malvern.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2706.

1850. ELtMAN, J. B. Occurrence of the Little Auk (Alea [Mergulus] alle) at Craw-

ley, Sussex. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2970.

1850. GAMBEL, W. Description of a [lately] new species of Mergulus [cassinii], Ray.
from the coast of California. <Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, pt. i, Nov., 1850,
art. V, p. 55, pl. vi.

Originally described in the Proc. Acad. Phila., i, 1845, p. 267. [This is the Piycorhamphus

aleuticus. |

1651. AMHERST, F. K. Description of a Gullemot shot on the Coast of Sligo, Ireland.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3117.

1851. BONAPARTE, C. L. On the largest known species of Phaleridine Bird [Sag-
matorrhina lathami, g. sp. n.]. <P. Z.S., xix, 1851, pp. 201-203, pl. (Aves)
xliv.

The article concludes with a sketch of the division of birds into Altrices and Precoces.

1851. THompson, W. Occurrence of the Puffin (Alcea | Fratercula] arctica) in Winter.

< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3175.

1852. Newton, A. British Species of Guillemot [Uria]. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3425,
3426.

1852. WOLLEY, J. On the Specific Distinctness of the Ringed Guillemot [Uria lach-
rymans]. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3477-3479,

1853. BoNAPaRTE, C. L. On the largest known species of Phaleridine Bird [Sagma-
torrhina lathami]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xii, 1853, pp. 278, 279.
From P. Z. 8., July 22, 1851, pp. 201-203.
1853. More, A. G. Occurrence of the Puffin (Fratercula arctica) in Winter off the
Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3755.

1853. TRIstRAM, H. B. Occurrence of the Little Auk (Uria [Mergulus] Alle) in the
City of Durham. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3755.

1854. Batt, —. [Remarks on exhibition of Mergulus alle shot in Ireland, 30 miles
from the sea.] < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), i, 1854, p. 98.

1854. Luoyp, L. The Great Auk [Alca impennis] still found in Iceland. < Edinb.
New Philos. Journ., lvi, 1854, pp. 260-262.
Extract from his ‘‘Scandinavian Adventures,” ii, p. 495.
1855. Boxp, T. J. Occurrence of the Little Auk (Alca [Mergulus] alle) in Northum-
berland. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4560.

1856. Carre, [A.] Occurrence of the Bridled Guillemot (Uria lachrymans [ringvia])
in Ireland. < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soe. ), iti, 1856, p. 24.

1856-57. STEENSTRUP, J. [J. S.] Et Bidrag til Gierfuglens, Alca impennis Lin.,
Naturhistorie, og serligt til Kundskaben om dens tidligere Udbredningskreds.
<_ Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjobenhavn, for aaret 1855, Nr. 3-7, 1856-57,
pp. 33-116, Kartet og Tavlen.

A. Geirfuglens Ophold ved den vestlige Side af Atlanterhavet: ved de nordlige Dele af
Nordamerikas Ostkyst. 1. Geirfuglen ved Grénlands Kyster. 2. Geirfugleni St. Lawrence-
bugten, ved Newfoundland, o.s. v., pp. 44-71. B. Geirfuglens Forekomst ved Udéerne i den
Ostlige Del af Atlanterhavet. 1. Geirfu glen ved Islands Kyster. 2. Gierfuglen ved Fzréerne.
3. Geirfuglen ved de vestligste Skotske Smaaéer. 4. Geirfuglens Forekomst ved Norges
Kyster. C. Summen af de enkelte Underségelser om Geirfuglens Udbredning, 1) Geirfuglen
har aldrig veret en egentlig arkisk Fugl, o. s. v., 2)-9). D. Benzynelsen » Pengwins ‘‘ Be-

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCID2. 1047

1856-57. STEENSTRUP, J. [J. S.]—Continued.
tydning, Oprindelse og Historie. E. Om Geirfuglens Stilling till sine naermeste Beslagtede.
—Oplysning om Kaartet og Tavlen.—Tillegsanmerkning.
Gyralea, g. n., p. 114.
This celebrated article is also published separately, 1 vol., 8vo., Kj6benhavn, 1857. There
are two German versions: one in Gelehrten Anzeigen der k. Bayerischen Akad., 1860, pp. —-
—; the other in Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., vi, 1863, pp. 513-576, reprinted in Mélangos
Biol. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., iv, 4° livr., 1864, pp. 399-490, by K. E. von Baer. There is
also a French translation in Bull. Soc. Ornith. Suisse, ii, 1° pte., 1868, pp. 5-70. Cf. Ibis, 1865,
p. 228; 1868, p. 342; Zool. Rec., v, pp. 111, 112.
1857. Briaes, J.J. The Little Auk (Uria [Mergulus] alle). < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p.
5365.
1857. Morris, F.O. On the specific distinction of the Bridled Guillemot (Uria [ring-
via] lachrymans, Temminck). < Nat. Hist. Rev., (Pr. Soc.), iv, 1857, pp. 253-
256.

1857. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Bridled or Ringed Guillemot. [Uria ringvia]
near Penzance. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5596.

1857. STEVENSON, H. Note on the Little Auk (Uria [Mergulus] alle) appearing on
the Norfolk Coast in Summer. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5758.

1857. STEENSTRUP, J. J.S. Et Bidrag | til | Geirfuglens Naturhistorie | og serligt til
Kundskaben om dens tidligere | Udbredningskreds | af | J. Jap. Sm. Steen-
strup. | — | Med Kaart og en Tavle. | — | Kjébenhavn. | Trykt i Bianca Bog-
trykkeri ved F. S. Muhle. | 1857. 1vol. 8vo. 2p. lJ., pp. 1-84,1 map, 1 pl.

Separate, with new title and table of contents, from Naturh. Foren. Vidensk. Meddelelser
for Aaret 1855, Nos. 3-7, 1856-57, pp. 33-116.

Inhold: Indledning, p.1. A. Geirfuglens Ophold ved den vestlige Side af Atlanterhavet
o: ved de nordlige Dele af Nordamerikas Ostkyst, p. 5. 1. Ved Grénlands Kyster, p. 6. 2.
I St. Lawrencebugten, ved Newfoundland o. s. v., p. 12. B. Geirfuglens Forekomst ved
Udéerne i den Ostlige Del af Atlanterhavet, p. 39. 1. Ved Islands Kyster, p. 39. 2. Ved
Feréerne, p. 51. 3. Ved de vestlige Skotske Smaaéer, p. 54. 4. Ved Norges Kyster. p. 59.
C. Summen af de enkelte Underségelser over Geirfuglens Udbredning, p. 63. D. Benzvnel-
sen ,, Pengwins‘‘ Betydning, Oprindelse og Historie, p. 66. E. Om Geirfuglens Stilling til
sine nermeste Beslegtede, p. 76. Oplysning om Kaartet og Tavlen, p. 82. Tillegsanmerk-
ning, p. 83.

Pl., ossa Tetraonis urogalli L. et Alew impennis L. varia inter Mytilos, Cardia, Ostreas, cete-
rasqve reliqvias coenarum aboriginum Daniz inventa. (Oversigt. Kongl. Vidensk. Selsks. Forh.,
1855.)

1858. Morris, F.O. On the Specific Distinctions of Uria troile and Uria lachrymans
[vingvia]. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1857, 1858, (Misc. Comm.), p. 105.

1859? CHARLTON, E. Onthe Great Auk[Aleaimpennis]. < Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field
Club, iv, 1859 (?), pp. 113 seq.

Not seen.—Reprinted in Zoologist, 1860, pp. 6883-6888. Contains extracts from Faber’s
paper, Isis, 1827, p. 633.

1860. Bryant, H. [Notice of the Breeding of Uria briinnichii, and Uria marmorata
on Gannet rock, Gulf of St. Lawrence.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, 1860,
p. 349.

Uria ‘‘“marmorata”’ should read U. lachrymans or ringvia.

1860. CHarRLTON, E. On the Great Auk (Alcea impennis). < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp.
6883-6888.

Historical notes, reprinted from the Trans. Tyneside Nat. Hist. Soc., iv, 1859? p. 113 seq.

1860. DunN, J. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle] in Orkney. < Zoologist,
Xvili, 1860, pp. 6812, 6813.

1860. GLoGER, C. W. L. Die friihere ausserordentliche Hautigkeit der grossen oder
Schwimm-Alke, (Alea impennis L., Mataeoptera impennis Glog.) Nach. S.
Nilsson. < J. f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 60-63.

_ Skand. Fn. Fogl., ii, SS. 367-372.

Poor ao) ae ke

1048 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1861.

1861.

1862.

1862.
1862.

1862.
1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1863.

1863.

HELLMANN, —. Notizen iiber Alea impennis und Podiceps rubricollis. < J.
f. O., viii, 1860, pp. 206, 207.

Account of a specimen of A. impennis.

M’CuinTock, F. J. The Great Auk [Alcea impennis]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
p. 6981.

Note of its alleged occurrence in South Greenland ‘‘ some 25 years ago.”

PAssLeR, W. Die Kier der Alea impennis in deutschen Sammlungen. <J./f. O.,
viii, 1860, pp. 58-60.

Mechlenburg’s in Fleusburg, Schulz’s in Nenbaldensleben, Huhnel’s in Leipzig, Thiene-
mann’s, Passler’s—5.
STEENSTRUP, J. J. 8S. [A German Version of his Memoir on the Great Auk. }

< Gelehrten Anzeigen d. k. Bayer. Akad., 1860, pp. —-—.

Not seen. I learn from the Zool. Rec. for 1868 that there is such a version, but am unable
to give the title.

Bryant, H. Monograph of the Genus Catarractes, Moehring. < Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., viii, 1861, pp. 134-144, woodce. on p. 135.

This memoir recognizes four species of the restricted genus ‘‘ Catarractes’’—calling them C.
troille Linn., C. ringvia Brinn., C. lomvia Linn. (=arra Pall.), C. californicus, p. 142, sp. n-
Cf. Ibis, 1862, pp. 185, 186.

Newton, A. Abstract of Mr. J. Wolley’s Researches in Iceland respecting the
Gare-fowl or Great Auk (Alea impennis, Linn.). < bis, iti, 1861, pp. 374-399.

Rather a summary of the history of the species in many particulars, with the copious bib-
liographical and historical references which this scholarly author usually gives.

Bri, T. Occurrence of the Little Auk [Mergulus alle, in England] Inland.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7883.

Bowe, C. Notiz, Alea impennis betreffend. < J. f. O., x, 1862, pp. 208, 209.

Homeyer,A.v. Notiz zu Aleaimpennis. < J. f. 0., x, 1862, p. 461.

Specimen in Mus. Senkenb. Naturf. Gesell. zu Frankfurt a. M.

Kine, 8. Little Auk [Mergulus alle] at Sudbury. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7348.

NEwMAN, E. Puffins [Fratercula arctica] in Winter. < Zoologist, xx, 1862,
pp. 8003, 3004, figg. 1, 2.

NEWTON, A. Abstract of Mr. J. Wolley’s Researches in Iceland respecting the

Gare-fowl or Great Auk [Alcaimpennis]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8108-8130.
Reprinted from ‘Ibis,’ Oct., 1861, pp. 374-399, q. v.

PREYER, W. Ueber Plautus impennis Briinn. < J. f. O., x, 1862, pp. 110-124,
337-356.

Systematic position, bibliography and synonymy, geographical distribution, past and pres-
ent, including much historical matter.

PREYER, W. Ueber | Plautus impennis | (Alcea impennis L.) | von | William
Preyer. | — | Von der Philosophischen Facultiit zu Heidelberg genehmigte |
Doctordissertation. | — | Heidelberg, | druck von Adolph Emmerling. | 1862.
lvol. 8vo. Titel und pp. 42.

I. Ueber die Stellung des Brillenalks im System, pp. 3-17. II. Geographische Verbreit-
ung, p.17. III. Geschichte, pp. 18-42.

PREYER, W. Der Brillenalk, ae Laie impennis) in Europiischen Samm-

lungen. <J.f. O., x, 1862, pp. 77-
19 specimens.

Banr, K.E. vy. Uber das Aussterben der Thierarten in physiologischer und nicht
physiologischer Hinsicht tiberhaupt u.s.w. < Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb.,
vi, 1863, pp. 513-576, nebst Karte.

This article is atively devoted to Alca impennis, and consists chiefly of a German version
of Steenstrup’s well-known memoir. f

BiakE-KNnox, H. The Normal and Abnormal Puffins [Fratercula arctica].
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8331, 83382, fie.

BLAKE-KNox, H. Postscript to the preceding Paper. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863,
p. 8332.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCID&. 1049

1863. Des Murs, O. Notice sur Poeuf de Alea impennis. < Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,
xv, 1863, pp. 3-5, pll. 1, 2.

1863, NEwTon, A. Remarks on the Exhibition of a Natural Mummy of Alca impen-
nis. < P. Z.S., xxxi, 1863, pp. 435-438.
From the Funk Island, Newfoundland. The remarks are of an historical character. The
author incidentally mentions that 63 or 64 stuffed skins of the Great Auk are at present
Known to exist.
1863. GATCOMBE, J. Razorbills and Guillemots in Devonshire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863,
p. 8832.

1864. Barr, K. E. v. Uber das Aussterben der Thierarten in physiologischer und
nicht physiologischer Hinsicht iiberhaupt u. s. w. < Mélanges Biol. Acad.
Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., iv, 4° livr., 1864, pp. 399-490 (nebst Karte: Ehemalige
Verbreitung von Alca impennis).
Aus dem Bulletin, t. vi, 1863, pp. 513-576, q. v.

1864. Bourton, W. W. The Little Auk [Mergulus alle] near Beverley. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 8963, 8964.

1864. BouLtron, W. W. Bridled Guillemot [ Uria lachrymans] at Flamborough Head.

: < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9291.

1864, CHampLyy, R. The Great Auk [Alcea impennis]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d

ser., Xiv, 1864, pp. 235, 236.
List of the birds (27), skeletons (7), and eggs (53) extant, with possessors or place of deposit.

1864. Dutron, J. Ringed Guillemot [ Uria lachrymans] off Eastbourne. < Zoologist,

xxii, L864, p. 9122.

1864. DuTTon, J. Puffin [Fratercula arctica] in Sussex. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
p. 9122.
1864. Gray, J. E. Notice of a Skeleton of the Great Auk [Alea impennis] found in
Guano near Newfoundland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, p. 319. .
1864. Hartina, J. E. The Bridled Guillemot [Uria lachrymans] at Flamborough
Head. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9251, 9252.
1864; JennER, E. Razorbill [Alcea torda] at Lewes. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8964.
1864. Newron, A. Remarks on the Exhibition of a Natural Mummy of Alca impen-
nis. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, pp. 1388-141.
From P. Z. S., Nov. 10, 1863, pp. 435-438, q. v.
1864. Newton, A. Remarks on the Exhibition of a Natural Mummy of Alca impen-
nis. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9122-9124.
From P. Z. S., Noy. 10, 1863, pp. 435-4388, q. v.
1864. NeAvz, E. Young Puffin [Fratercula arctica] in November. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, pp. 8891, 8892.

1864. PeELzELN, A. v. The Gare-Fowl, or Great Auk (Alea impennis). < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, p. 393.
Note of a specimen in the Imperial Museum at Vienna.
1864. ScraTeR, P. L. Note on the Great Auk [Alcea impennis]. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 3d ser., xiv, 1864, p. 320.
Criticizes the incompleteness of R. Champley’s list of specimens.
1864. SmirH, Cecit. Little Auk [Mergulus alle] in Somersetshire. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 8891.
1864. OwEN, R. [On the Skeleton of Alea impennis.] <P. Z. S., 1864, p. 258.
Merely a note announcing his forthcoming memoir. Cf. P. Z. S., 1863, p. 435.
1865. [ANON.] Der grosse Alk (Alca impennis), ein ausgestorbener Vogel. < Aus
der Natur, xxxi, oder n. F., xix, 1865, pp. 81-86, 97-108, 113-117.

Bull. v, 4 34

1050 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

1855.

1865.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

[Firip, E.] Letter from the Right Rev. The Bishop of Newfoundland, con-
cerning the Mummy of the Great Auk, (Alea impennis,) found on the Funk
Islands. < Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Nat. Sci., i, pt. iii, 1865, p. 145.

3 specimens—one went to Prof. A. Newton, another to Prof. L. Agassiz, the other to J.
M. Jones, President of the Institution.

. Homryrr, A. v. Alea impennis im Breslauer Museum. <J. f. O., xiii, 1865,

pp. 151, 152.

. [Newron, A.] [On some remains of Alea impennis.] < Ibis, 2d ser., 1, 1865,

pp. 116, 117.

. Newton, A. The Gare-fowl [Alea impennis] and its Historians. < Nat. Hist,

Rev., Oct., 1865, pp. 467-488.

A very complete summary of the history of the remarkable bird.

Owen, R. Description of the Skeleton of the Great Auk, or Garfow] (Alcea im-
pennis, L.). < Trans. Zool. Soc. London, v, pt. iv, 1865 [read 1864], pp. 317-335,
pl. i, ii, and a map.

A full account, with results of comparison with its allies. The specimen was that from
Funk Island, mentioned in P. Z. S., 1863, pp. 435-438.

Croce, 8. Little Auk [Mergulus alle] at Liskeard. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
p. 101.

CouLuetTt, R. Briefliches itiber Alcea impennisin Norwegen. <J.f.0., xiv, 1866,
pp. 70, 71.

Ein schénes Ex. von Island, in der Samml. des Herrn Nicolai Aall, Besitzer der Hisen-
werke bei Twedestrand.—Ref. Rasch, Nyt Magazin for Naturvid., i, 1838, p. 386; Sommer-
felt, Sv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1862. ;

Martrunw, M. A. The Great Auk [Alcea impennis] on Lundy Island. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 100, 101.

Strong presumptive evidence that it was alive there within 30 years.

. [Newron, A.] [On several old or little known works which mention Alea im-

pennis, and on the discovery of a nearly complete skeleton of that bird in
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, supposed to have belonged to
John Hunter.] < Ibis, 2d ser., 11, 1866, pp. 223, 224.

NEwtTon, A. Auszug aus Herrn J. Wolley’s Untersuchungen in Island betref-
fend den Geier-Vogel oder grossen Alk (Alea impennis L). Uebersetzt aus
,, Lhe Ibis ‘*. October 1861. < J. f. O., xiv, 1865, pp. 310-338.

[Newron, A.] Der Geiervogel [Alca impennis] and seine Geschichtsschreiber.
(Uebersetzt aus der ,, Natural History Review, ‘‘ Oct. 1865.) <J. f. O., xiv,
1856, pp. 394-419.

. BoarDMAN, G. A. On the Plumage of the Black Guillemot [Uria grylle].

< Am. Nat., i, 1867, p. 53.
Asks for information on the changes of plumage, noting that the species is found in Maine
in full black feather all winter.

. Durron, J. Guillemot and Razorbill near Eastbourne. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,

1867, pp. 759, 760.

. GUNN, T. E. The Black Guillemot [Uria grylle], an Addition to the. List of

Norfolk Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 710.

. Gunn, T. E. Puffins [Fratercula arctica] on the Norfolk Coast. < Zoologist,

2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 878.

. Gunn, T. E. Puffin [Fratercula arctica] on the Norfolk coast. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., i, 1867, p. 951:

. Stupss, C. E. Little Auk [Mergulus alle], &c., at Henley-on-Thames. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 710.

. Buake-Knox, H. Little Auk [Mergulus alle] in Dublin Bay. < Zoologist, 2d

Ser., ili, 1868, p. 1424.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCIDA. 1051

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

BLAKE-KNOx, H. Occurrence of the Ringed Guillemot [Uria lachrymans] in
three instances off the Dublin Coast. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1461.
Cours, E. A Monograph of the Alcidex. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xx,

1868, pp. 2-81, figg. 1-16 (woodec.).

I. Review of the literature of the family. II. Of the characters of the family, and its sub.
divisions. III. Descriptious of genera and species. 2 subfamilies; 13 genera; 33 spp.
Simorhynchus cassint, p. 45, fig. 10, n. sp.

Reprinted in Zoologist, v, 1870, pp. 2004, seq.

Cf. Ibis, 1868, pp. 483-485; Zool. Rec.,v, p.111; Canad. Nat. and Geol., n.s., iv, 1869, p. 101.

Cours, E. A Monograph | of | The Alcide. | By | Elliott Coues, A. M., M. D. |
(Ass’t. Surgeon U. 8. Army.) | — | Philadelphia: | Merrihew & Son, Printers,
| No. 243 Arch Street, | 1868. | 8vo. pp. 81, fige. 16.

Fifty copies, separately reprinted from Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Jan., 1868, pp. 2-81, g. v.

FaTio, V. Quelques Mots sur les exemplaires de l’Alca impennis, oiseaux et
cnfs qui se trouvent en Suisse. < Bull. Soc. Orn. de la Suisse, tom. ii, 17®
partie, pp. 73-79.

Three specimens of the skins and two of the eggs are described.

Fatio, V. Liste des divers représentants de Alea impennis en Europe oise-
aux, squelettes et ceufs. < Bull. Soc. Orn. de la Suisse, tom. ii, 1*° partie, pp.
80-85. :

The author enumerates 51 skins, 6 skeletons, and 60 eggs. Cf. Zool. Rec., v, p. 112.

GurRNEY, J. H., Jr. The Great Ank [Alea impennis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, pp. 1442-1453.

Historical.

KONIG-WARTHAUSEN, R. Zur iilteren Literatur [itiber Alea impennis]. < J.
f. O., Xvi, 1868, pp. 246-258.

NEWMAN, E. [Corrected (Zool. s.s., p. 1354) date of the Extinction of Alcea
impennis, | The Great Auk.: < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1483.

OLPH-GALLIARD, L. ‘‘Phalaris psittacula trouvé en Suéde.” < Revue Zool-
ogique, 1868, pp. 95, 96.

Not seen.

STEENSTRUP, J. Matériaux pour servir a histoire de l’Alca impennis (Lin.) et
recherches sur les pays qwil habitait < Bull. de la Soc. Orn. de la Suisse, ii,
pte. i, 1868, pp. 5-32, 32a—-h, 33-70, pl.

This article is a French version of Steenstrup’s famous Memoir, which originally appeared
in Vid. Meddel. Naturh. Foren. i. Kj¢benhavn for aaret 1855, 1856-57, pp. 33-116, q. v.

There is a plate which belongs either to this article, or to V. Fatio’s in the same part of the
Bulletin.

“The publication of this translation by the Swiss Ornithological Society is greatly to be
applauded, for few were able to read the original, published as it was in Danish, though it
had already appeared in German, ...’’ (Zool. Kec.)

Wyman, J. [Note on Bones of the Great Auk (Alea impennis), found at Goose
Island, Casco Bay, Maine.] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xi, 1868, p. 303.
Anon. The Egg of the Great Auk (Alcaimpennis). <Am. Nat., iii, 1869, p. 550.

An anonymous reference to Dr. Baldamus’s report of 22 specimens in Europe, with men-
tion of 2 known to the writer in the United States; also, on 3 skins in the United States, 2
skeletons in England and United States, and numerous osseous fragments.

Cuark, J. A. Little Auk [Mergulus alle] at Loughton. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1867.

FEILDEN, H.W. [On certain specimens of Eggs of Alea impennis.] < Ibis, 2d
ser., v, 1869, pp. 358-360.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Great Auks [Alcea impennis] for Sale. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1603.

GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Notes on the Great Auk [Alcea impennis]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1639-1643.

GurNEy, J. H., Jr. Bridled Guillemot [Uria lachrymans] at Bridlington.
<_ Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1684.

1052 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol. Vv.

1869. Gurney, J.H.,Jr.. The Great Auk [Alca impennis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1684.

1869. HunTER, J. Little Auk [Mergulus alle] and Common Guillemot [Uria troile]
at Faversham Creek. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1517.

1869. ORTON, J. The Great Auk [Alca impennis]. < Am. Nat., iii, 1869, pp. 539-542,
fig. 83.
Miscellaneous observations, not entirely correct.
1869. Preston, T. A. Winter Puffin [Fratercula arctica] at Marlborough. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1951, 1952.

1869. Rernnarpt, J. [Reprint of the original description of Uria mandti.] < Ibis,
2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 239-241.
From Mandt’s ‘ Observations,’ with comment.

1869. RowLEy,G.D. The Skins of Alcaimpennis. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1645.

1870. [Barrp, S. F.] Specimens extant of the Great Auk [Alcea impennis]. <_Harp-
er’s New Monthly Mag., xli, 1870, p. 308.

1870. BLakr-Knox, H. Puffin [Fratercula arctica] on the Dublin Coast in Febru-
ary. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2107.

1870. Bortranr, O. Der nordische Papageitaucher, Mormon arctica L., verirrt in
Hessen. < Zool. Gart., xi, 1870, p. 163.
Aus d. Ofenbacher Ver. Naturk., x, p. 64.

1870? Branpt, J. F. Ergiinzung und Berichtigungen zur Naturgeschichte der Fam-
ilie de Alciden. < Bull. de V Acad. Imp. des Sci. St.-Pétersb., xiv, (1869-70),
1870?, pp. 449-497.
The actual date of publication is in question: itis ostensibly November, 1869, but I doubt
that it really appeared before 1870.
Conspectus familiz Alcidarum, secundum Brandt:—Subfam. I.—Pterorhines seu Alcine.
1, Alca; a, Plautus; 1, A: (P.) impennis; b, Utamania; 2, A. (U.) torda. 2, Uria; a, Lom-
via; 3, U. (L.) arra; 4, troile; b, Grylle; 5, U. (G@.) carbo; 6, grylle; Ly columba. 3, Brachy-
ramphus; 8, B.marmoratus; 9, B. kitlitzii. 4, Synthliboramphus; 10, 8S. antiquus; 11, S. tem-
minckit; (App. hypoleucus, craveri). 5, Mergulus; 12, M. melanoleucus.
Subfam. Il.—Gymnorhines seu Phalerine. 6, Pipidnncenmn anne: 13, P. aleuticus. 7, Simor-
hynchus; a, Tyloramphus; 14,8. (£.) cristatellus; b, Phaleris; 15, S. (P.) camtschaticus; 16,
pusillus; 2 cassini. 8, Ombria; 17, O. psittacula. 9, Ceratorhina; 18, C. monocerata. 10, Lunda;
a, Ceratoblepharum; 19, L. (O.) arctica; 20, corniculata; b, Gymnoblepharum ; 21, L. (G.)
cirrata.
Anhang: Bemerkungen iiber die Gattung Sagmatorrhina Bp.—Uebersicht der Alciden.—
Bemerkungen iiber die Classificationen, die Entwickelungsstufen und die Verbreitung der
Alciden.
1870. Branpt, J. F. Ergiinzungen und Berichtigungen zur Naturgeschichte der
Familie der Aleiden. < Melanges Biol. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., vii, 2° livr.
1870. pp. 199-268.
Aus dem Bulletin, xiv, pp. 449-497, separatabdruckt. ‘
1870. CornisH, T. Puffins [Fratercula arctica] in Mackerel Nets. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., v, 1870, p. 2143.
1870. Couus, E. The Great Auk [Alcaimpennis]. < Am. Nat., iv, 1870, p. 57.
Corrects several misstatements in Am. Nat., iii, 1869, p. 539, seq.
1870. Cours, E. Extracts from a Memoir intituled ‘A Monograph of the Alcide’,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2004-2016, 2081-2090, 2124-2132, 2155-2163, 2205-
2214, 2245-2253, 2289-2296, 2327-2334, 2369-2378, 2396-2403.
Nearly a reprint from P7. Phila. Acad., 1868: bibliographical and synonymatie matter
omitted.
1870. Fatro, V. Supplément 4 la liste des divers representants de Alcea impennis en
Europe. < Bull. Soc. Orn. Suisse, ii, 1870, pp. 147-157.
Pas vu moi-méme.—Pour la liste, voir tom. cit., 1868, pp. 80-85.
1870. GATCOMBE, J. Bridled Guillemot [ Uria lachrymans] and Little Auk [Mergulus
alle, near Plymouth]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 21438.

No. 4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCIDZ. 1053

1870. Gisstne, T.W. [Egg of Uria arra,] Brunnich’s Guillemot. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, pp. 2261, 2262. =, :

1870. GURNEY, J. H., Jk. [The Funk Island Specimen of] The Great Auk [Alcea im-
pennis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1982.
1870. HUGEL, A. DE. Great Auk’s [Alca impennis] Eggs in Edinburgh. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1982.
2 specimens in Mus. Sci. and Art.
1870. Jones, J. M. [Disposition of ] The Mummy Specimen of Alcea impennis at Hali-
fax, Nova Scotia. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 1982.

1870. JonES, J. M. The Great Auk [Alca impennis] from Funk Island. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2182, 2183.
Personal—controversial—but with note on the mode of preservation of the mummy.
1870. Newton, A. ‘The Mummy Specimen of Alca impennis at Halifax, Nova Sco-
tia.” < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2065.
1870. NewTon, A. On Existing Remains of the Gare-fowl (Alea impennis.) < Ibis,
2d ser., vi, 1870, pp. 256-261.
Supplementary to V. Fatio’s list in Bull. Soc. Orn. Suisse, ii, pt. i, pp. 80-85, g. v. 71 or 72
skins, 9 skeletons, detached bones of 38 or 41 individuals, and 65 eggs.
1871. BLaxe-KNnox, H. Brunnich’s Guillemot [Uria arra] on the Dublin Coast. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2609.
1871. GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Ringed Guillemot [Uria ringvia] near Flamborough.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2729. :
1871. Ports, T.H. Notes on an Egg of Alcea impennis, Linn., in the Collection of the
writer. < Trans.and Proc. N. Z. Inst. for 1870, 111, 1871, pp. 109, 110.
Abstract in Proc. for same year, separately paged, p. 33, with modified title.
1871. [WHEATLAND, H.] Little Auk [Mergulus alle, occurring in New England].
< Bull. Essex Inst., tii, No. 11, Nov., 1871, pp. 156, 157.

1872. ANoNn. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,
1872, pp. 3023, 3024.
From the London ‘ Field,’ Feb. 24.
1872. CuppacE, H.C. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vii, 1872, pp. 3024, 3025.
From the London ‘Field,’ Mar. 2.
1872. DEANE, R. Great Auk (Alea impennis). < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 368, 369.
Specimen found dead near St. Augustin, Labrador, Noy., 1870 (fide A. Lechevallier), ¢;
sent to Europe ($200). 4
1872. DuNNING, J. W. Great Auk [Alca impennis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,
p. 2946.
Extract from I. I. Hayes’s ‘Land of Desolation.’
1872. GoopE, G. B. A Sea Bird [Mergulus alle] Inland. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, p. 49.
At Middletown, Conn. ; editorial note on same species at Middletown, Mass.
1872. GrimsHAw, C. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alcea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vii, 1872, p. 3025.
1872. GURNEY, J. H.,Jr. Great Auk [Alea impennis] at Disco. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vii, 1872, pp. 3064, 3065.
Examination of evidence on the question, ete.
1872. Harn, N. F. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alcea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vii, 1872, p. 3024. [Bis.]
1872, Leacu, H.R. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alcea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vii, 1872, p. 3024.
1872. Morcom, G. F. Great Auk [Alca impennis]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,
p. 3338.
Note on the Labrador specimen, from Am. Nat.

1054 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1872.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1875.

1876.

1876.

1876,

1876.

1876,

1876,

“R. F.C.” Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,
1872, p. 3024.
From the London ‘ Field,’ Mar. 2.

. Rickarps, M.S. C. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alea torda]. < Zoorogist,

2d ser., vil, 1872, p. 3023.

. SCLATER, J. Mortality amongst Razorbills [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vii, 1872, p. 3025.

. Perkins, G. H. The Thick-billed Guillemot [Uria arra, in Vermont]. < Am.

Nat., vii, 1873, p. 240.

. [Satvin, O.] [Notice of Brandt’s Memoir on Alcide.] < Ibis, 2d ser., ili, 1873,

p. 104.

. Smits, CectL. Guillemot [Uria troile] moulting its Quill-feathers. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3454, 3455.

. ANON. The Great Auk [Aleaimpennis]. <( Am. Sportsman, iv, 1874, p. 401, fig. 1.
. GuRNEY, J. H. Note on the Changes of Plimage in Guillemots [Uria troile]

and Razorbills [Alea terda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3954.

. H[arvey], M. The Great Auk [Alca impennis] in New Foundland. < Forest

and Stream, 11, May 28, 1874, p. 244.

. Newman, EH. The Guillemots at the Zoological Gardens. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

ix, 1874, pp. 4119, 4120.

. WALLIS, H.M. How the Puffin [Fratercula arctica] ascends toits Nest. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4118, 4119.

5. ANON. Relics of the Great Auk [Alcea impennis] on Funk Island. < The Lon-

don Field, Mar. 27, Apr. 3, Apr. 10, 1875.
Not seen: perhaps three separate articles run together.
ANON. The Great Auk [Alca impennis], an Extinct English Bird. < Rod and
Gun, vi, Sept. 18, 1875, p. 375.
Reprinted from the ‘‘Cornhill Magazine.”
Boyes, F. Guillemot [Uria troile] bringing down its Young from the Cliff.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875, p. 4842.
[Exiio1Tt, H.W.] Birds that breed by millions [i. e., Aleidz of North Pacific].
< Rod and Gun, vi, May 1, 1875, p. 66.
GuRNEY,J.H. Variety of the Razorbill [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
Mar., 1875, p. 4382.
With yellow bill and feet.

GurRnNrY,J.H.,Jr. Descent of the young Guillemot [Uria troile] from its Cliff.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Oct., 1875, p. 4666.

GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Young Razorbills [Alcea torda] and Guillemots [Uria
troile]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, pp. 4697, 4698.

ALLEN, J. A. The Extinction of the Great Auk [Alea impennis] at the Funk
Islands. < Am. Nat., x, No.1, Jan., 1876, p. 48.
GuRNEY, J. H., JR. Waterford Great Auk [Alea impennis]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4847, 4848.
Seo Pp. 1449; respecting this specimen further information is here given.
GuRNEY, J.H.,JR. Attitudes of the Guillemot [Uria troile]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, June, 1876, p. 4958.

Gurney, J. H., JR. Scarcity of the Razorbill [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, oe
ser., XI, Thomas, 1876, p. 4959.

aunts. J. H., JR. Scarcity of the Razorbill [Alca torda]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5048.

Gurney, J. H., Jk. Breast-bones of Guillemots [Uria troile]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Sept., 1876, p. 5086.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCIDZ. 1055 .

1876. HarvEy, M. The Great Auk [Alca impennis]. < Forest and Stream, vi, July
20, 1876, p. 386; 1 fig.

1876. [INGERSOLL, E.] [Occurrence of Mergulus alle in New England.] < Yorest
and Stream, vi, Feb. 10, 1876, p. 4.

1876. SctatTEeR, J. Searcity of the Razorbill [Alea torda]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July,
1876, p.5007 .

1876. Tuck, J. G. The Puffin [Fratercula arctica]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, June,
1876, p. 4958.

1877. Barrows, W. B. Catalogue of the Alcide contained in the Museum of the
Boston Society of Natural History, with a Review and proposed Classification
of the Family. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xix, for Apr. 4, 1877; pub. Oct.-
Nov., 1877, pp. 150-165.

The paper treats of 21 spp., being those that the author recognizes as valid, whether
specimens of them be in the Museum or not. These are ranged under the genera Frater-
cula, Phaleris, Mergulus, Brachyrhamphus, Uria, Lomvia, and Alca; dispensing with sub-
families altogether.

1877. BurEAU, L. De la Mue du Bee et des Ornements Palpébraux du Macareux
arctique, Fratercula arctica (Lin.) Steph. aprésla saison des amours. < Bull.
Soc. Zool. de France, 1877, pp. 1-22, table, pll. iv, v. (Aussi séparément, in-8°,
Paris, 1877, pp. 1-22, table, pll. iv, v.)

I have only seen the separate, which however is identical with the Bulletin in which the
paper originally appeared. In 1879 it was combined with a later paper on same subject, the
two together being reissued apart from the Bulletin under the title of the later paper alone.
See 1879, same author. 3

This is a contribution of great originality, interest, and importance. It establishes a be.
fore unsuspected fact, that Pratercula arctica regularly moults portions of the horny sheath
of the bill, and also the excrescences upon the eyelids. The whole process and its results
are presented in detail, according to the author’s extended and novel researches. ‘Two horse:
shoe-shaped pieces, which are saddled on the bases of the upper mandible, and two other pairs
of pieces; together with a similar shoc-shaped piece, and a similar pair of slender pieces,
from the under mandible, making in all nine separate portions of the horny covering of the
bill, are moulted; as is the excrescence upon each eyelid. All these deciduous pieces, as well
as the permanent portions of the bill, are elaborately described, and the appearance of the
bird at different seasons, conformably with. these extraordinary circumstances, is also fully
presented. The history of the author's experiences—how he came to make the discovery,
and how he established tie facts—is au interesting part of the paper. The conditions of
the bill before, during, and after the process are figured in colors in an ingenious manner.
The author was, of course, greeted with acclamation; the article was immediately translated,
with editorial comment, by E. Coues, fcr the Bulletin of the Nutiall Ornithological Club, iii,
Apr., 1878, pp. 87-91; and J. EH. Harting gave a synopsis, with one of the plates, in the Zoolo-
gist of that year. The latter I have noi seen.

M. Bureau’s discovery naturally directed attention to the various and curious North Pacifie
allies of F. arctica, raising the expectation, afterward justified, that a similar condition of
things would be established among these forms. The author discreetly forbore to prophecy,
but entered upon the now obvious course of inquiry which resulted in 1879 in a second ad-
mirable paper on the same subject.

1877. [GRINNELL, G.B.] The Little Auk [Mergulus alle, in Connecticut]. < Forest
and Stream, vii, Jan. 25, 1877, p. 388.

1877. Newton, A. [Remarks on Exhibition of a Variety of the Guillemot, Uria
troile.] < P.Z.S., Jan. 2, 1877, p. 2.
With yellow bill and feet, and white claws. Attention called to similar conditions of Pica
rustica and of Colymbus torquatus.
1877. [Scotr, W.E.D.] Little Auk (Mergulus alle [inland]). < The Country,i, Dec.
15, 1877, p. 91.

1878. A[LLEN], J. A. Barrow’s ‘‘Catalogue of the Alcide.” < Bull. Nutt. Ornith:.
Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, p. 86.
Review of his paper in Pr. Bost. Soc., xix, 1877, pp. 150-165.

'
, "

(1056 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V!

1878. Cours, E. On the Moult of the Bill and Palpebral Ornaments in Fratercula
arctica. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iii, No. 2, Apr., 1878, pp. 87-91.
An 2bridged translation, with notes, of L. Bureau’s extraordinary paper in Bull. de la Soc.
Zool. de France, 1877. 8vo, pp. 1-22, pll. 4, 5. Paris, 1877.

1878. [ScLaTER, P. L., and Satvry, O.] Bureau on the Moulting of portions of the

Puftin’s [Fratercula arctica] beak. < Ibis, 4th ser., i1, Oct., 1878, p. 475.
Notice of the remarkable paper in Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1877, pp. 1-22, q. v.

1878. [Scorr, W. E. D.] [Utamania torda on the Coast of New Jersey, Feb. 7th. ]
< The Country, i, Mar. 2, 1878, p. 260.

1879. BurrAU, L. Recherches sur la Mue du Bee des Oiseaux de la Famille des Mor-
monidés. < Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1879, pp. 1-68, table, carte, pll. i-vi.
(Aussi séparément, in-8°, Paris, F. Savy, 1879; pp. 1-6, table, carte, pll. i-vi.)

This I have not seen as published in the Bulletin. It was immediately reproduced, com-
bined with the author’s paper of 1877 on the same subject. See neat title.

This paper continues the author’s important researches into the moult of the bill in cer-
tain Alcidce, and shows that, as was expected, the same conditions obtain among the various
Pacific forms related to Fratercula arctica. The happy discovery, so important in itself, was
further the means of settling the status of several vexed species. The following are the main
points of this admirable study :

A family, Mormonide, is separated from Alcide to accommodate the genera Fratercula,
Lunda, Ceratorhyncha, Ombria, and Simorhynchus, in which there is a moult of portions of
the bill, and a double moult of the plumage. The whole matter of the seasonal changes.
both of the bill and of the plumage, is very elaborately presented.

Fratercula arctica is differentiated into three geographical races, shown by a colored map
to correspond with certain isothermal lines. FF. armoricana (n.v.), of certain portions of
Europe alone, chiefly south of 60° N. lat.; F. islandica (n.v.), of general dispersion on the
north coast of Europe, in Iceland, Southern Greenland, Labrador, Newfoundland, and Ko-
diak Island in the Pacific; F. glacialis, of Spitzbergen, Northern Greenland, and possibly
Northern Labrador. :

The moult of the bill in Fratercula corniculata is the same as in F. arctica, excepting that
one pair of the deciduous pieces is wanting. The moult of the eyelids is the same.

The moult in Lunda cirrhata is the same as in F. corniculata, as far as the bill is concerned;
but there are no excrescences to shed from the eyelids. The Sagmatorhina lathami of Bona-
parte is the young bird.

Chimerina cornuta (Ceratorhina monocerata) moults the horn and a small horny strip
below the nostrils. The Cerorhina suckleyi or Sagmatorhina suckleyi is the same bird,
young or old, without the horn.

Ombria psittacula sheds a saddle-shaped piece from the base of the upper mandible.

Simorhynchus cristatellus sheds all the red parts of the bill. in four pairs of pieces, three
from the upper mandible. 8S. ‘‘dubius” and S. ‘‘ tetraculus” are the same bird, without these
ornaments.

Simorhynchus camtschaticus probably moults one pair of pieces from the upper mandible,
being nearest in respect to Ombria. S. cassini of Coues is the young bird.

Simorhynchus microceros moults the tubercle on the upper mandible. S. pusillus is the
same bird.

The author does not appear to have seen Brandt’s latest paper, in which he makes a similar
reduction of the species of this group. It may be added, without detracting in the least from
the merit of M. Bureau's brilliant discovery, that his determinations of species are, without
exception, the same as those given in E. Coues ‘‘Key to North American Birds,” 1872.
Neither Brandt nor Coues had any idea of the actual state of the case, so far as the moult of
the bill is concerned, but made their determinations of species upon other considerations.

1879. BuREAU, L. Recherches | sur la | Mue du Bee des Oiseaux | de la | Famille des

Mormonidés | par | Le Docteur Louis Burean [etc., 6 lignes] | — | (Extrait
du Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, [1877 et] 1879.) | — | Paris |
Librairie F. Savy | 77, Boulevard Saint-Germain, 77 | — | 1879 8vo. Cover-

title, half-title, title, each 1 leaf; pp. 1-22, 1 folding table, pll. iv, v; pp. 1-
68, 1 folding table, 1 chart, pli. i-vi.

This brochure consists of two entirely distinct articles, united under the same three titles.
The first article consists of the paper ‘‘De la Mue du Bec et des Ornements palpébraux du
Macareux arctique, Fratercula arctica (Lin.) Steph. aprés la saison des amours,” pp. 1-22,
table and 2 plates, reproduced from the Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1877. The second article
is ‘Recherches sur la Mue du Bee des Oiseaux de la Famille des Mormonidés,” pp. 1-68,

No. 4.} COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—ALCIDZ, 1057

1879. BuREAU, L.—Continued.
table, map and 6 plates, reproduced from the Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1879. Each article
is separately paged, and the two together are furnished with the cover-title, half-title, and
regular title above given. The numbering of the plates is the same as in the Bulletin. For
comment on these papers see each of them, 1877 and 1879, BUREAU, L.
1879. Cours, HE. Note on Alle nigricans, Link. < Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, iv, No. 4,
Oct., 1879, p. 244.
Showing that this term, proposed by Link in 1806, has priority over any of the names
usually employed for the Dovekie, Mergulus alle of authors.
1879. MAYNARD,C.J. Wanderings of a Naturalist. < Town and Country (newspaper
of Boston), June, 1879.
Chap. IV. The Razor-billed Auk, Alca torda. Full biography.

1058 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.V.

Spheniscidz.

1769. PENNANT, T. Account of the different Species of the Birds, called Pinguins.
< Philos. Trans. for 1768, lviii, 1769, pp. 91-99, pl. v.

Patagonian P., p. 91, pl. v, n. sp., not binomially named. Thé other two species given are

the Lesser P. (= Diomedea demersa L.) and the Red-footed P. (= Phaeton demersus L.)

1774. M[urR], C. G. v. Beschreibung des Patagonischen Pinguins. Aus dem 58.
Band der philosophischen Transactionen, vom Jahr 1769. tibersezt von C. G.
v. Murr]. < Der Naturforscher, i, 1774, pp. 258-261.

Cf. op. cit., xxiii, 1788, p. 127.

1781. ForstER, J. R. Historia Aptenodytz, generis Avium orbi australi proprii.
< Comment. Soc. Reg. Sci. Gottingen, iii, 1781, (Comm. Phys.), pp. 121-148, pll.

Seen, but title taken at second hand.

This article stands easily first among the early writings upon the subject, marking a great
advance upon previous knowledge of the family, and representing the starting-point of the
exact literature of Spheniscide. Forster throws all the Penguins into one genus, Apteno-
dytes, dividing them into the Cristate, with one species, chrysocome, and the Alophe, with
eight species. Of Forster’s nine species, six are named for the first time; seven or eight are
valid; four are valid and new. ‘The species are: A. chrysocome, n. s., p. 135, pl. 1; A. pateh-
onicad, ND. 8., p. 137, pl. 2; A. papua, Scop., p. 140, pl. 3; A. antarctica, n. s., p. 141, pl. 4; A.
magellanicus, nD. 8., p. 148, pl. 5; A. demersus Linn.; A. catarractes, n. s., p. 145 (= Phaeton
demersus Linn.) ; A. torquata, un. s., p. 146; A. minor, n. 8., p. 147.

1797. Grorrroy St.-Hitatre, E. Sur les Manchots [Spheniscidw]. <Millin, Magas.
Eneycl., iii, Vi, 1797, pp. 11,12. (Bull. Sc. Soc. Philom.., 1, ii, 1798, p. 81.)

Pas vu moi-méme—le titre tiré de Carus et Engelmann.

1825, WEDDELL, —. Ueber die Aptenodytes und Diomedea-Arten Siid-Georgiens.
<_ I'ror. Notizen, Bd. xii, nr. 255, 1825, pp. 198-200.

Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

1832. EARLE, —. Die Brutpliitze des Pinguins. < Fror. Notizen, xxxiv, No. 738, 1832,
pp. 178-180.

Not seen.
1832. JAGER, G. Theilung der Luftrdhre durch eine Scheidewand bei der Fettgans
(Aptenodytes demersa). < Muller’s Arch. Anat. Phys., vi, 1832, pp. 48-54.

1833. YARRELL, W. [On the Woolly and Hairy Penguins (Aptenodytes) of Latham. ]
CIES Hily MEBBPN I 5 BBY le

1833. YARRELL, W. [On the Identity of the Woolly Penguin of Latham with the Ap-
tenodytes patachonica, Gmel.) < P. Z. S.,i, 1833, p. 65.

1834. BrnneiT, G. [On the Habits of the King Penguin (Aptenodytes patachoniea,
Ginel) i) <k. Z.)8., 11, 1834) 9. 34.

1834, BENNETT, G. [On the Habits of the King Penguin (Aptenodytes patachonica). }
< Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., v, 1834, p. 231.
From P. Z. S., May 13, 1834.

1634. BENNETT, G. [Sur la maniére de vivre du Pingouin royale, Aptenodytes pata-
chonica.] < LInstitut, ii, No. 81, 1834, p. 388.
Not seen—title from Carus and Engelmann.

1834. Mryrn, F. J. F. [Spheniscus humboldtii, sp. n.] < Nova. Acta Acad. Cas.
Leop.-Carol., xvi, suppl. i, 1834, p. 110, pl. 21.
This is not properly citable as a separate title, the new Penguin being described in a
paper of much wider scope.
1835. BENNETT, [G.] Ueber die Lebensart des Kénigspinguins (Aptenodytes pata-

chonica). < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 1027.
Auszug aus P. Z. §., ii, 1834, p. 34.

No. 4.)

1835.

1835.

1835,

1837.

1838.

1839.

1840.

1843.

1848.

1855.

1855.

1856.

1860.

1860.

1860.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SPHENISCIDEZ. 1059

Rew, —. [Anatomical Description of the Patagonian Penguin (Aptenodytes
patachonica, Forst.).] < P. Z. S., iii, 1835, pp. 132-148.
Very full, especially on the osteology and myology.

Rem, —. [Anatomical Description of the Patagonian Penguin, Aptenodytes

patachonica, Forst.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., vii, 1835, pp. 519-534.
From P. Z. S., Sept. 22, 1835, pp. 182-148.

YARRELL, [W.] [Beschreibt den wolligen und den haarigen Pinguin, Lath. x.
p. 392.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p. 523.
From P. Z. S., 1833, p. 33.

BRANDT, J. F. Note sur une nouvelle espéce du genre Catarhactes [chrysolo-
phus] de Brisson. < Bull. Acad. Impér. Sci. St.-Pétersb., ii, 1837, pp. 314, 315.
Not seen—title from Roy. Soc. Cat.

BRANDT, [J. F.] Note sur une nouvelle espéce du genre Catarhactes [ chrysolo-
phus] de Brisson. < Revue Zoologique, i, 1838, pp. 114, 115.
Extraite du Bull. deV Acad. impér. de St.-Pétersb., 7 Juillet 1837, pp. 314, 3165.

Covucn, J. Disposition ofthe Marsupialia. <Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839,
p. 3l2.
Extract from Goodridge’s ‘‘ Narrative of a Voyage to the South Seas,” etc., Exeter, 1838,
p. 45, giving ‘‘a plain sailor’s” account of the temporary pouch in which the eggs of Pen-
guins are carried; believed to be the earliest intimation recorded of the singular fact.

BranptT, J. F. Ueber die Flossentaucher (Impennes seu Aptenodytide) als
Typen einer eigenen Gruppe unter den Schwimmyogeln. < Mém. del Acad.
Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb., vi sér., v tome, ii pte., Sci. Nat., iii, 1840, pp. 213-217, pl.
xii (figg. 5-7), xiii.

A subtitle, being the fifth part of the series entitled: ,, Beitrige zur Kenntinss der Na-
turg. Vogel, ‘‘ u. s. w.

Gray, G. R. Aptenodytes. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1843, p. 315.
Discrimination of 2 spp. of ‘‘ King” Penguins, hitherto confounded; one being named 4.
pennantit, the other A. forstert, spp. nn.

OBa@uF, —. Moeurs du pingouin de Patagonie (aptenodytes patagonica) et de
deux autres espéces voisines. < Arch. des Sci. Phys. et Nat. Genéve, vii, 1848,
p. 244.

Revue Zoologique, 1847, No. 8.

BREWER, T. M. [On a Fossil Egg, supposed to be of a Penguin, from the Chin-

cha Islands. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, p. 107.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 165.

Hayes, A. A. Report on a Specimen of Fossilized Egg, from the Guano Islands,
off the coast of Peru. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, 1855, pp. 165-167.

The body is named Odguanolite. Cf. p. 107, where the egg is supposed to be that of a
Penguin.

Bonaparte, C. L. Conspectus Ptilopterorum Systematicus. < Compt. Rend.
de V Acad. Sci. Paris, xlii, 1856, p. 775.

A la fin des ‘‘Tableaux paralléliques des Pelagiens ou Gavi” se trouve un Conspectus
Ptilopterorum Systematicus, dans lequel l’auteur propose le genre Hudyptula, et donne les
noms de Aptenodytes rex et A. imperator, ‘‘auct.”, sans en donner aucune description.

ABBOTT, CHARLES CONRAD. The Penguins [Spheniscide] of the Falkland
Islands. < Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 336-338.

Field-notes on four spp.

[ScriatTerR, P. L.] [Notice of a collection, containing five species of Spheni-
scidz, made by Captain Pack at the Falkland Islands.] < The Ibis, ii, 1860,
p. 432.

GOULD, J. [Exhibition of a series of five Penguins, and descriptions of two new
Species.] < P. Z.S., xxviii, 1860, pp. 418, 419.
EHudyptes nigrivestis, p. 418; H. diadematus, p. 419.

1060 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Vol. v.

1861.

1865.

1865.

1868.

1868.

1869.

GouLp, J. [On two new species of Penguins.] < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,
vii, 1861, pp. 217-219. }
From P. Z. S., Nov. 27,.1860, pp. 418, 419.

. ANON. The Penguin at the Zoological Gardens [of London]. <The Iniel-

lectual Observer, vii, 1865, p. 321.
Note on habits in captivity.
Anon. Der Pinguin oder die Fettgans. < Aus der Natur, xxx, oder n. F., xxi,
1865, pp. 438-442.

OweEN, R. On the Morbid Appearances observed in the Dissection of the Pen-
guin (Aptenodytes forsteri). <P. Z.S., xxxiii, 1865, pp. 438, 439.
The species was afterward determined to be A. pennanti, not A. forstert, as at first sup-
posed.

. SCLATER, P.L. [Announcement of the arrival of a specimen of the King Pen-

guin (Apterodytes pennanti).] <P. Z. S.,xxxili, 1865, p. 318.

. TEGETMEIER, W. B. The King Penguin (Apterodytes Pennantii). < The In-

tellectual Observer, vii, 1865, pp. 403-409, 1 col’d pl., and 1 woodcut.

ScHLEGEL, H. Urinatores < Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, 9™° livr., Avril,1867,
pp. 1-82.

The ‘‘ Urinatores” of this author consist of the genera Spheniscus, Alca, Colymbus, Podt-
ceps, and Heliornis, and they are treated imthe ninth livraison of the unfinished work above
quoted, along with ‘‘Coraces,” and the conclusion of ‘‘Anseres,” occupying pp. 1-52 of the
third of the three paginations of which this livraison consists. (The work is issued in serial
fashion, and, until it is finished, with its parts rearranged, and furnished with title pages, it
cannot easily be cited in any usual bibliographical manner.

The genus Spheniscus of this author, i. e., the family Spheniscide, occupies pp. 1-12 of the
pagination just indicated, and is treated in the well-known manner. The species recognized
and described at greater or less length are twelve in number, namely: Spheniscus pennantit,
patagonicus, adeliae, papua, antarcticus, chrysocome, chrysolophus, diadematus, catarractes,
antipodes, minor, and demersus.

Anon. Der Pinguin in Patagonien... < Aus der Natur, xliv, oder n. F.,
XxXxii, 1868, p. 239.
ANON. Pinguine. < Aus der Natur, xlvi, oder n. F., xxxiv, 1868, p. 800.

,, Man schiitzt die im Jahre 1867 auf den Maluinischen Inseln getédteten Pinguine auf 405,000
Stiick.“
Newton, A. On the Origin of the Name ‘‘Penguin.” < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Ath ser., iv, 1869, p. 133.
Penguin or Pengwin meaning pen-wing or pin-wing; probably no relation with the Latin
pinguedo or Welsh pen gwyn.

. [Barrp, 8. F.] Nesting place of Penguins. < Harper’s New Monthly Mag., xli,

1870, p. 152.
A note on the carrying of the egg in the temporary pouch in the belly.

FinscuH, 0. Description of a new Species of Penguin [Dasyrhamphus herculis].
<P. Z.S8., xxxviii, 1870, p. 322, pl. xxv.

SUNDEVALL, C. J. [Spheniscus mendiculus, sp.n.] < P. Z. S., 1871, p. 129.
This is not properly citable as a separate title, for the description occurs in a paper ‘‘On
Birds from the Galapagos Islands,” J. ¢., pp. 126-130; I, however, make the reference.

. A[LLEN], J. A. Catalogue of the Penguins in the Museum of the Boston Society

of Natural History. < Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pp. 545, 546.

A review of A. Hyatt’s paper, Proc. Bost. Soc., xiv, 1872, pp. 237-251. (Cf. Am. Nat., vi
1872, pp. 472, 473.)

. CLouEs], E. The Boston Society’s Ornithological Catalogue. < Am. Nat., vi,

1872, pp. 472, 473.

A review of A. Hyatt’s paper on the Spheniscide, Proc. Bost. Soc., xiv, 1872, pp. 237-251,
(Cf. Am. Nat., vi, 1872, pn. 545. 546.)

No.4.| COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SPHENISCIDA. 1061

1872. Cours, E. Osteological Notes [on Spheniscidze]. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
xiv, 1872, pp. 251-253.

A subtitle in conclusion of a preceding article, 7. e., Hyatt’s Catalogue of the Ornith. Oollec-
tion of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., pp. 237-251. These ‘‘notes” consist of a sketch of the lead-
ing features of the skeleton.

1872. Cours, E. Material for a Monograph of the Spheniscidee. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sei. Phila., xxiv, 1872, pp. 170-212, pll. 4, 5.

Based chiefly on the specimens in the Museums of the Smithsonian Institution and of the
Philadelphia Academy, the former being notable as containing T. R. Peale’s types, and the
latter including the largest collection of Penguins in America.

The copious synonymy gives nearly every name, generic or specific, which had at that
time been proposed for this group of birds; and each species recognized by the author is
fully described, with much critical matter. The paper is divided into parts, as follows:

I. On the Literature of the Subject, pp. 170-181. This is a list, in chronological order, of
the principal writings upon Penguins, sufficiently analyzed to give the gist of each author,
especially with reference to the successive establishment of new generic and specific names,
and the identification thereof; it takes note not only of special papers on Spheniscide, but
also of those portions of more general works which treat of birds of this family. Those who
have occasion to look up the literature of Spheniscide will find this article in some respects
more satisfactory than the present Bibliography.

IL On Certain Points of Cranial Structure bearing upon the Determination of the Genera,
pp. 181-189. The author describes the skulls of various species in sufficient detail to show
that there are three leading modifications of the cranium, upon which he would recognize
three genera, Aptenodytes, Budyptes, Spheniscus; he however retains for certain species a
fourth genus, Pygoscelis.. The wing and leg bones of Aptenodytes are also described. This
part of the subject is illustrated with the two plates.

HI. On the Geographical Distribution of the Family, pp. 189, 190, followed, p. 191, by a Key
to the Species.

IV. Determination of the Species, pp. 192-212. The following species are recognized :

. Aptenodytes patagonica Forst. (forstert Gray, vmperator Bp.).
. Aptenodytes longirostris Scop. (patachonica Aliq., pennantit Gray, rex Bp.).
. Pygoscelis teniata Peale (papua Forst., wagleri Scl.).
. Pygoscelis adelie H. and J. (brevirostris Gray, longicauda Peale, herculis Finsch).
. Pygoscelis antarctica Forst.
. Hudyptes antipodes H. and J. (flavilarvata Peale). [.fua Bonn.),
7. Hudyptes catarrhactes Forst. (Phaéton demersus L., cristata Shaw, saltator Steph., gor-
8. Eudyptes chrysocome Fort. (pachyrhyncha Gray, nigrivestis Gould).
9. Eudyptes chrysolopha Brandt.
10. Hudyptes diadematus Gould.
11. Spheniscus minor Forst. (undina Gould).
12. Spheniscus demersus Linn., with S. magellanicus as a variety
Spheniscus mendiculus Sund., not treated.
Cf. Zool. Rec. for 1872, p. —; Am. Nat., vii, 1872, pp. 38-40.
It may be useful to give here in chronological order a nearly complete list of the names ‘
which have been proposed for Spheniscide, beginning with Linnzus:
1766. Diomedea demersa Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 214.
1766. Phaéton demersus Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 219.
1777. Aptenodytes longirostris Scopoli.
1777. Aptenodytes papua Scopoli.
1777. Aptenodytes platyrhyncha Scopoli.
1781. Aptenodytes chrysocome Forst., Comm. Reg. Soc. Sci. Gott., iii, p. 185.
1781. Aptenodytes patachonica Forst., l. c., p. 137.
1781. Aptenodytes antarctica Forst., l. c., p. 141.
1781. Aptenodytes magellanicus Forst., l. ¢., p. 143.
1781. Aptenodytes catarractes Forst., l. ¢., p. 145.
1781. Aptenodytes torquata Forst., l. ¢., p. 146.
1781. Aptenodytes minor Forst., l. c., p. 147.
1782. Aptenodytes gorfua, Bonnaterre, Hneyc. Méth., i, p. 67.
1788. Aptenodytes chilensis Gm., Syst. Nat., i, p. 559.
1788. Aptenodytes chiloensis Gmu., Syst. Nat., i, p.559.
1790. Aptenodytes moline Lath., Ind. Orn., p. 881.
17—. Pinguinaria cristata Shaw, Nat. Misc., pl. 487.
1800. dptenodgtes fuscirostris Iliger.
1816. Hudyptes Vieillot, Analyse.
1825. Ohrysocoma saltator Steph., Shaw’s Gen. Zool., xiii, p. 58.

aor WO DW He

1062 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Vol. V.

1872.

1872.

(1872.

1873.

1873.

1873.

1874.

1874.

1874,

Cougs, E.—Continued.
1825. Spheniscus nove hollandice Steph., l. c, p. 68.
1832. Pygoscelis Wagler, Isis, p. 183.
1834. Spheniscus humboldtii Meyen, Nov. Act. Acad. Caes. Leop., xvi, supp. i, p. 110.
1837. Catarractes chrysolopha Brandt, Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Pétersb., ii, p. 324.
1841. Catarractes adeliw Homb. and Jacq., Ann. Se. Nat., p. 320.
1841. Catarractes antipodes Hombr. and Jacq., l. c.
1842. Dypsicles Gloger, Handb. Naturg.
184-. Pygoscelis brevirostris Gray, Voy. Ereb. & Terr.
1841. Hudyptes pachyrhyncha Gray, l. ¢.
1844, Aptenodytes palpebrata Licht., ed. Forst. Descr. An., p. 356.
1844. Aptenodytes brasiliensis Licht., l. c., p. 355.
1844. Aptenodytes forsteri Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H., p. 315.
1844. Aptenodytes pennantii Gray, l. ¢.
1844. Aptenodytes undina Gould, P. Z. S., p. 87.
1846. Dasyrhamphus, Hombr. and Jacq.
1848. Aptenodytes magnirostris Peale, U. S. Hapl. Hxped., p. 263.
1848. Aptenodytes flavilarvata Peale, l. c., p. 360.
1848. Aptenodytes longicaudata Peale, l. c., p. 261.
1848. Aptenodytes teniata Peale, l. c., p. 264.
1856. Aptenodytes rex Bp., Compt. Rend., p. 775.
1856. Aptenodytes imperator Bp., Compt. Rend., p. 775.
1859. Palweudyptes antarcticus Huxley, Journ. Geol. Soc., xv, p. 672.
1860. Pygoscelis wagleri Scl., P. Z. S., p. 392.
1860. Hudyptes nigrivestis Gould, P. Z. S., p. 418.
1860. Hudyptes diademata Gould, 1. ¢., p. 419.
1870. Dasyrhamphus hereulis Finsch, P. Z. S., p. 322.
1871. Spheniseus mendiculus Sund., P. Z. S., p. 129.

, 1873. Spheniscus trifasciatus Philippi, ‘‘Zeitschr. ges. Naturw., xli, 1873, p. 121.”

1874. Hudyptula albosignata Finsch, P. Z. S., p. 207.
1875. Hudyptes vittata Finsch, Ibis, p. 112.
1875. Eudyptes atrata (Hutton) Finsch, Ibis, p. 114.

Hector, J. On the Remainsof a Gigantic Penguin (Paleeudyptes antarcticus,
Huxley) from the Tertiary Rocks on the West Coast of Nelson. < Trans. and
Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1871, iv, 1872, pp. 341-346, pll. xvii, xviii.

For a preliminary notice see op. cit., ii, p. 403; paper delayed for the illustrations.

Hyatt, A. Catalogue of the Ornithological Collection of the Boston Society of
Natural History. [Part I. Spheniscide.] < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xiv,
1872, pp. 237-251.

The author carefully treats of the nine species contained in the Society’s Museum, making
of the ‘‘ Catalogue,” in fact, a monographic sketch of the group.

A[LLEN],J.A. Monograph of the Spheniscidz. < Am. Nat., vii, 1872, pp. 38-40.

Review of I. Coues’s Material for a Monograph of the Spheniscide, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct.
Phila., 1872, pp. 170-212.

Hector, J. Further Notice of Bones of a Fossil Penguln (Paleeudyptes antare-
ticus, Huxley). < Trans. and Proc. New Zealand Inst. for 1872, v, 1873, Proc.
Wellington Phil. Soc., pp. 438, 439.

Additional specimens; ef. op. cit., iv, 1872, pp. 341-346.

[SaLvin, O.] [Reference to Bonaparte’s Conspectus Ptilopterorum Systemati-

cus, Comptes Rendus, 1856, p. 775.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iii, 1873, pp. 103, 104.
Where appear the names Aptenodytes rex and A. imperator.

Finscu, 0. Description of a new Species of Penguin [Eudyptula albosignata]
from New Zealand. < P. Z.S., 1874, pp. 207, 208.

Hyatt, A. Note on Aptenodytes patagonica Forst. < Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., xvii, 1874, p. 94.

Its specific distinctmess from A. pennanti.

NEwMAN,E. The Penguin at the Zoo[logical Society of London]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4262-4264.

Interesting account of actions and appearance in confinement. Cf. op. cit., p. 4848.

No. 4.] COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY—SPHENISCIDA. 1063

1875. Frvscu, O. On two apparently new Species of Penguins from New Zealand.
< Ibis, 3d ser., v, 1875, pp. 112-114.
Hudyptes vittata, p. 112: H. atrata “Hutton”, p. 114.
1876. Newman, E. The King Penguin at the Zoo[logical Society of London].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4848.
Obituary. See op. cit., p. 4262.
1877. [BULKLEY,J.M.] <A domesticated Penguin. < Forest and Stream, viii, Apr. 19,
1877, p. 160.

1878. [ScLaTER, P.L.] [Report on additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January,
1878.] < P.Z.S., Feb. 5, 1878, p. 116.
Spheniscus humboldti the only bird.
1879. Anon. A Group of Penguins. < Pacific Rural Press, xvii, No. 18, May 3, 1879,
p. 289; cut of 5 figg. :
A slight sketch, ‘‘written up” to the cut.
1879. BARTLETT, A. D. Remarks upon the Habits and Change of Plumage of Hum-
boldt’s Penguin [Spheniscus humboldti]. <P. Z. S., Jan. 14, 1879, pp. 6-9,
figg. 1, 2.
An interesting article, from observations upon an individual in captivity:

ae

1064 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [ Voi. ¥.

Tinamidz.

1832. Grorrroy Sv.-HiLairE, Istp. Eudromie. Eudromia. Isid. Geoff. <Guér. Mag.
de Zool., 2° année, 1832, Classe ii, Ois., Notice i, pl. i.
Eudromia elegans, D’Orb. et Is. Geoff., gen. sp. n.
1836. Vicors, N. A. [Characters of anew and singular form among the Tinamous
(Tinamotis pentlandii, g. sp. n.)] < P.Z.S8., iv, 1836, p. 79.

1837. Vicors, N. A. [Note on Tinamotis pentlandii (from P. Z. S., Sept. 13, 1836.) ]
< Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., x, 1837, p. 289.

1838. Vicors, N. A. Ueber einen neuen Vogel [Tinamotis pentlandii] zwischen
Tinamu und Trappen, mitgebracht von Pentland von den hohen Anden.
< Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, p. 195.

Auszug aus P, Z. 8., iv, Sept., 1836, p. 79.

1863. NATTERER, J. (Ed. Pelzeln, A. v.) Handschriftliche Notizen [tiber drei Arten
der Gattung Tinamus]. < Verh. (Abh.) k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiii, 1863, pp.
1128-1130. ;

Als Anhang zu Pelzeln’s ,, Ueber vier von Natterer in Brasilien gesammelte noch unbesch-
riebene Vogelarten, ‘‘ tom. cit., pp. 1124-1130.

1863. PrizeLn, A. v. Ueber vier von Natterer in Brasilien gesammelte noch unbe-
schriebene Vogelarten. < Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wein, xiii, Oct. 10,
1863, pp. 1125-1130. ;

Three spp. of Tinamide: T. guttatus, p.1126; T. erythropus, p.1127; T. brevirostris, p. —.

1867. BartTLetTt, A.D. [Remarks on the breeding of Rhynchotis rufescens.] <P. Z.
S., XXXV, 1867, p. 687.

1870. Natuusius, W. v. Ueber die Eischalen von pyornis, Dinornis, Apteryx und
einigen Crypturiden. < Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., xxi, 1870, pp. 330-335, pil. xxv,
XXVi.

Cf. Tis, 1871, pp. 454, 455.

1874. Artix, E. Mémoire sur l’ostéologie et la Myologie du Nothura major, < Gerv.
Journ. de Zool., vii, 1874, pp. 167-214, 253-285, pll. viii, xi. °

‘‘Ou peut résumer cette comparaison [du Squelette du Nothura avec celui des Vertébrés et
des Oiseaux] en disant queles Tinamidés ressemblent davantage aux Struthidés par leur téte,
aux Gallinacés par le thorax et les ailes, au Rales par le bassin, et qu’en méme temps ils
offrent quelques affinités avec les Kchassiers pressirostres et longirostres de Cuvier.

‘Un examen détaillé des os et des muscles du Nothura major nous améne & conclure que
siles Tinamidés ont de grandes ressemblances soit avec les Autruches, soit avec les Galli-
nacés, on ne peut pourtant pas les confondre avec l’un ou l'autre de ces deux groupes, et qu’ils
différent encore plus des Rallidés, des Echassiers pressirostres, longirostres et des Palmi-
pédes, auxquels ils ne se rattachent que par des traits isolés. Nous sommes ainsi conduits,
tout en tenant compté de ces affinités, a partager l’opinion de Lherminier, qui fasait de ces
Oiseaux un groupe séparé.”

1876, AtIx,E. Sur la Myologie du Rhynchotus rufescens. < Gerv. Journ. de Zool., v,
1876, pp. 411, 412.

Vérification que les particuliarités que l’auteur signale dans les muscles du Nothura (op. cit.,
ili, pp. 167, 252, 1872) se retrouvent chez les autres Tinamidés.

No. 4.J

1808.

1834.

1837.

1837,

1837.

1838.

1839.

1841.

1842.

1842.

1856.

1857.

1858.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1862.

COUES’S ORNITH. BIBLIOGRAPHY——-RHEIDA. 1065

Rheidz.

HAMMER, F. L. Observations Sur le Touyou ou Autruche d’Amérique (Stru-
thio [Rhea] americanus. Lin.), faites 4 Strasbourg en janvier 1806. < Ann.
du Mus. d Hist. Nat., xii, 1808, pp. 427-433, pl. 39.
Avec des observations sur ce que les naturalistes en ont dit.
Martin, W. [Notes on Anatomy of the Rhea (R. americana, Vieill.) and Ohisss:
wary (Casuarius emeu, Lath.).] <P. Z.S., ii, 1834, p. 9.

Darwin, C. [On the Habits of the American Ostriches (Rhea darwinii). ]
< P.Z.8., v, 1837, pp. 35, 36.

GOULD, J. [Ona New Rhea (darwinii) from Mr. Darwin’s Collection.] <P.
Z. S,, V, 1837, p. 35.

[EDITORIAL.] Notice respecting [D’Orbigny’s claim of his prior name, R. pen-
nata, for the] Rhea darwini Gould. <Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, p. 504.
[EDITORIAL.] Rhea. < Mag. of Zool. and Bot., ii, 1838, pp. 92, 93.
Merely a note on the existence of a second species, discovered by Darwin.
GOULD, J. Eine neue Rhea [darwini] aus Patagonien von Darwin. < Oken’s
Tsis, Bd. xxxii, 1839, p. 144.
P. Z.8., Marz 14, 1837, p. 35.
HERON, R. [On the Breeding of Rhea americana in Confinement. ] <P. Z.
S., ix, 1841, pp. 79, 80.

Dersy, The Earl of. [Letter relating to the Hatching of Rhea americana in
Confinement, &c.] <P. Z. S., x, 1842, p. 147.

Heron, R. [On the breeding of Rhea americana in Confinement.] < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist.,ix, 1842, pp. 344, 345.
From P. Z. 8., Oct. 12, 1841, pp. 79, 80.
GossE, L. A. Questionnaire relatif a ’autruche et au Nandou, ou autruche
d@’ Amérique [Rhea americana]. < Bull. Soc. d Acclim., iii, 1856, pp. 290-297.

Wyman, J. [Remarks on exhibition of a skeleton of a young South American
Ostrich (Rhea americana).] < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, 1857, p. 127.

VAVASSEUR, —. Note sur le Nandou ou Autruche d’Amérique [Rhea ameri-
cana] et sur les moyens de l’amener a l’état de domesticité et de ’acclimater
en France. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., v, 1858, pp. 388-394.

Dr Moussy, M. Domestication du Nandou ou Autruche d@’Amérique [Rhea
americana]. < Bull. Soc. Acclim., vii, 1860, pp. 182-186.

SciaTer, P. L. On the Rheas in the Society’s Menagerie, with Remarks on the
known species of Struthious Birds. < P. Z. 8., Apr. 24, 1860, pp. 207-211, fige.
1-3.

Rhea macrorhyncha, sp. n., p. 207, fig.1; R. americana, fig. 2; R. darwini, fig. 3. The re-
marks relate also to Struthio, 1 sp.; Casuarius, 5 spp.; CO. bicarunculatus, sp. n., p. 211; and
Dromeus irroratus. The living species of Struthious birds are supposed to be not fewer
than 14 or 15 in number.

SciaTer, P. L. On the Rheas in the Society’s Menagerie, with Remarks on the
known species of Struthious Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi, 1860,
pp. 142-146, fige. 3.

From P. Z. S., Apr. 24, 1860, pp. 207-211, gq. v.

SciaTER, P. L. Remarks on the late Increase of our Knowledge of the Struthi-
ous Birds. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1861, 1862, (Mise. Comm.), pp. 158,
159.

Concluding with a ‘‘Tabula Avium Struthionum,” in which 16 spp. are enumerated.

Bull. v, 435

1066 BULLETIN UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Vol.v.

1863. B6ckinG, A. Monographie des Nandu oder stidamerikanischen Strausses [Rhea

americana]. < Troschel’s Arch., 1863, pp. 212-—.
Mir noch nicht selbst zur Ansicht.

1863. Bockine, A. De | Rhea Americana. | — | Dissertatio zoologica | qvam | svm-
morvm in philosophia honorym | avetoritate amplissimi | philosophorvm or-
dinis | in Vniversitate Fridericia Gvelelmia Rhenana | rite obtinendorvm
caysa | vna cvym sentensiis controversis | die XIV. Mensis Febrvarii anni
MDCCCLXIII | pvblice defendet | Adolphvs Bécking | Rhenanvs. | —|... |
Bonnae | typis Caroli Georgi. 1 vol. 8vo. 3p. IL, pp. 32.

De quo libello scripsit Hartlaubius (Bericht, 1863, p. 29): ,, Wichtiger Beitrag zu unserer
Kenntniss des Amerikanischen Strausses. Der Verfasser lebte langere Zeit in den La Plata
Proyvinzen und scheint Lebensweise, Fortpflanzung, Verbreitung, Zahmung gut beobachtet zu
haben. Rhea Darwin wird sehr irrthimlich als Lokalrasse von Rh. americana behandelt.“*

1863. LEADBEATER, B. [Exhibition of specimens of eggs of a species of Rhea.] <P.
Z. S., XXXi, 18638, p. 1.

1865. Crisp, E. On the Anatomy of the Struthionide, Ostriches, Rheas, and Casu-
aries. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1864, 1865, (Misc. Comm.), pp. 92, 93.

Relating to the important differences in the visceral anatomy of these birds inter se. A
note by E. Bartlett, on the characters of the eggs of Struthionide. An Apteryz weighing 60
ounces laid a 14-ounce egg, relatively the largest known in ornithology.

1865. ScumiptT, Max. [Hinen Weiblichen amerikanischen Strauss (Rhea americana). }
< Zool. Gart., vi, 1865, p. 308.

1866. FirzineerR, L. J. Ueber den plétzlich eingetretenen Tod einer stidamerikan-
ischen Rhea (Rhea Americana) und die in desselben vorgefundenen Helmin-
then. < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 131-133.

1866. ScumiptT, Max. Beobachtungen tiber den amerikanischen Strauss. (Rhea
americana [in Gefangenschaft].) < Zool. Gart., vii, 1866, pp. 8-14.

1868. HauGuTon, 8. Muscular Anatomy of the Rhea (Struthio rhea). < Proc. Roy.

Trish Acad., ix, 1868, pp. 497-504.
Not seen.

' 1868. ANON. Der siidamerikanische Strauss [Rhea americana]. < Aus der Natur,

xliv, oder n. F., xxxii, 1868, pp. 300-303, 315-318, 329-333.
1570. S[ENONER], A. [Ueber Rhea americana.] < Zool. Gart., xi, 1870, pp. 34, 35.
1871. CUNNINGHAM, R. O. Notes on some points in the Osteology of Rhea americana
and Rhea darwinii. < P. Z. S., xxxix, 1871, pp. 105-110, pll. vi, vi®.
1874. ANON. Der siidamerikanische Strauss [Rhea americana]. < dus der Natur,
_ Ixiv, oder n. F., lii, 1874, pp. 258, 259.
1877. [ScraTerR, P. L.] [On the addition of Rhea macrorhyncha? to the Society’s

Menagerie.] <P. Z. 8., Mar. 6, 1877, p. 160.
Note of possible occurrence of a Rhea in Saithait Cf. Stedman's Narrative on an Expedi-
tion to Surinam, London, 1806.

1878. Davis, F. J. The Nandou, or South American Ostrich (Rhea americana). < The
Odlogist, iv, No. 1, Mar., 1878, pp. 5, 6.

1879. BrnrBoum, J. Ostrich [Rhea americana] Hunting. < Chicago Field, xi, No.
6, Mar. 22, 1879, p. 92.

From Beerbohm’s Wanderings in Patagonia.

1879. BEERBOHM, J. Leisure Hour Series.—No. 104 | — | Wanderings in Patagonia
| or | Life among the Ostrich-hunters | by | Julius Beerbohm | [Trade-mark]
| New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1879 1vol. 16mo. frontisp., title,
map, and pp. 1-294,

Note.—Index to Bibliography is unavoidably deferred.—Ed.

ital? Le Lab: mye Ne ‘a ti a a

INDEX TO: VOL. Y.

Aceratherium 229, 235
brachylophum 58
equiceps 58
longicriste 58
pacificum 58
Actinozoa 211, 220
Aculeate Hymenoptera, by W. H. Patton
349
Agrotis 206
aratrix 207
biclavis 206
chortalis 207
niveivenosa 206
versipellis 206
Alaudide 73, 384, 483
Alcedinidz 489
Alcidz 496
Allen, J. A.:
On the Species of the Genus Bassaris
331

On the Coatis (Genus Nasua, Storr) 153 |

Allorisma gilberti 217
American Ornithological Bibliography,
by E. Coues, 239, 521
Ammophila
aberti 353
intercepta 353
procera 353
Ampelidee 389, 485
Anatide 95, 436, 494
Anchisodon 233
Angochlora humeralis 365
Antherophagus convexulus 512
Anthophila 365
Anthophora 366, 479
Anthophore 475
Apatela felina 208
Aphelops 229, 236
Aphis 23
atriplicis 25
beccabungee 23
calendulicola 23
candicans 26
cephalanthi 24
cornifoliz 25
crategifolive 25

Aphis—Continued.
helianthi 26
hyperici 25
lonicere 26
lutescens 23
medicaginis 24
prunifolii 26
salicicola 24
setariz 23
vernoniz 23

Aquitanian 42

Ardeide 94, 433, 493

Archimedes 213

Arestes cirratus 116

Artiodactyla 58

Atelodus 229

Aviculopecten 109
altus 110
idahoensis 110
pealii 109

Bassaris, Species of the Genus of, by J. A.

Allen 331 :

Bassaris

astuta 336
sumichrasti 338

- Beaumontia solitaria 221

Bees, Arrangement of, by W. H. Patton
471
Bellerophon subpapillosus 213
Bembecidze, American, by W. H. Patton
341 .
Bembecinus costa 345
Bembex 364
sayi 362
Bembidium
acutifrons 509
bubiginosum 508
precinctum 509
rubiginosum 499
stabile 508
tigrinum 509
Bibliography, American Invertebrate, by
C. A. White and H. A. Nicholson
143
Bibliography, American Ornithological,
by E. Coues 239, 521
1067

1068

Birds of Michigan, Annotated List of, by
Morris Gibbs 481
Bombomelecta thoracica 370
Bombus
pennsylvanicus 367
seutellaris 367
Boocherus humerosus 59
Brachiopoda 108, 215
Bridger 42, 44
Callimus
chalybeus 5000
eleodes 500
Calliopsis coloradensis 366
Callipterus
asclepiadis 29
bella 29
betulecolens 30
carye 3l
discolor 30
hyalinus 30
punctata 30
quercicola 31
ulmifolii 29
walshii 29
Camarasaurus beds 35
Canis
cuspigerus 58
gregarius 58
geismarianus 58
hartshornianus 58
lippincottianus 58
Caprimulgide 409, 489
Carnivora 56
Cathartidz 83, 422, 491
Cephalopoda 111
Ceratorhinus 229
Cerceris
fulvipes 360
sexta 361
Ceropales
brevicornis 368
elegans 367
texana 351
Jerthiidee 482
Chetetes dimissus 220
Chetocuema
zeneola 518
eribrifrons 517
Chaitophorus 31
quercicola 32
smithize 32
viminalis 31
Charadriide 86, 430, 491
Clambus yulneratus 512
Clisodon 479

INDEX.

Coatis, on the, by J. A. Allen 153
Celodonta 230
Coleoptera of the Alpine Rocky Mountain
Regions, Part II, by J. L. Le Conte
499
Coleoptera, List of, Collected by E. A.
Schwarz 500
Colletes
armata 365
ciliata 369
Colopha ulmicola 9
Columbide 83, 422, 491
Colymbidz 102, 440, 496
Conchifera 109, 216
Cope, EK. D.:
Observations on the Faunz of the
Miocene Tertiaries of Oregon 55
On the Extinct Species of Rhinoce-
ride of North America, and their
Allies 227
The Relations of the Horizons of Ex-
tinct Vertebrata of Europe and
North America 33
Corvide 80, 400, 488
Coues, E.:
On the Present Status of Passer do-
mesticus in America, with Special
pe Reference to the Western States and
Territories 175
Second Instalment of American Orni-
thological Bibliography 239
Third Instalment of American Orni-
thological Bibliography 521
Crabronidz 354
Cracidee 426
Cretaceous 38
Crypbalus mucronatus 518
Cuculide 81, 411, 489
Cypselidz 4389
Dezeodon shoshonensis 58
Deliphrum expanum 500, 510
Diadasia 475
australis 476
diminata 476
enavota 476
Dicopis damalis 208
Diluvial 42
Drepanosiphum 27
acerifolii 27
Dyschirius montanus 507
Echinodermata 212
Elevations, by H. Gannett 441
Elotherium imperator 58
Emphor 476 ;
Empbhylus americanus 500, 513

a Ue

INDEX. 1069

Epeolus occidentalis 366 Hadena
Equus beds 42 aurea 205
Ernobius flavidens 205

filicornis 517 fumosa 205

gracilis 516 longula 204

luteipennis 516 modiola 204

tristis 516 Hematopide 88
Eucere 471 Hematopodide 430, 492
Eucerceris Halictus occidentalis 366

canaliculatus 357
Jaticeps 357
superbus 356
unicornis 359
Eucroptaphus
occidentalis 59
superbus 59
BWuhydrocyon
basilatus 57
stenocephalus 56
Fumenes bollii 364
Eumicrotis curta 122
Eumide 364
Eutechnia 476
Euthia 500
colon 514
impressa 513
longula 513
scitula 513
Eutoptychus
cavifrons 55
erassiramis 55
planifrons 55
Falconide 82, 418, 490
Falunian 42, 46, 47
Fossil Forests of the Volcanic Tertiary
Formations of the Yellowstone
National Park, ne W. H. Holmes
125
Fringillide 76, 390, 486
Gannett, H.:
Additional Lists of Elevations 441
Gasteropoda 218
Gastrallus marginipennis 500, 517

‘Gibbs, Morris:

Annotated List of the Birds of Mich-
igan 481
Graculide 433, 495
Granatocrinus lotoblastus 212
Grote, A. R.:
On Lithophane and New Noctuide 201
Gruide 435, 493
Gyrophena 500, 510
Habropoda 477
floridana 478
miserabilis 479

Harpastopus rufiventris 354
Harpalus alienus 508
Hayden, F. V.:
The so-called Two-Ocean Pass, 223
Helops montanus 518
Hirundinide 74, 388, 485
Holmes, W. H. :

Fossil Forests of the Volcanic Ter-
tiary Formations of the Yellowstone
National Park 125

Hoplophoneus brachyops 56
Hormaphis spinosus 14
Hydrobius 500

curvidens 511

ladidens 512

longidens 511

longulus 511

obtusus 511

pumilus 511

Hymenoptera, Aculeate, by W. H. Patton
349

Hypertragulus calearatus 66

Hypocoprus formicetorum 500

Hypocyptus nigratulus 510

Hyracodon 234

Icteride 78, 396, 487

Jura-Trias Section of Southeastern Idaho
and Western Wyoming, by A. C.
Peale 120

Kimmeridge 35

Lacconotus pinicola 500

Laniide 75, 390, 486 -

Laramie Group of Western Wyoming and
adjacent Regions, by A. C. Peale 195

Laridx 438, 495

Larra

eethiops 354
divisa 368

Le Conte, J.L.: .

Coleoptera of the Alpine Rocky Mount-

ain Regions Part II 499
Leptomeryx evansi 66
Leptopora winchelli 211
Limnichus montanus 514
Lithophane and New Noctuide, by A. R.
Grote 201

1070

Lithophane
cinerosa 202
hemnia 202
Loup Fork 42, 46, 47
Luperus nigrocyaneus 517
Lutrictis lycopotamicus 67
Macherodus strigidens 56
Mamestvra arietis 207
McChesney, Charles E. :
Notes on the Birds of Fort Sisseton 71
Meekoceras
epanatuim 112
gracilitatis 114
gracilitatis var. 116
mushbachanus 113
Megastizus
brevipennis 345
texanus 345
Meleagride 427, 491
Melissodes 472
Meniscomys
hippodus 55
multiplicatus 55
Merycocherus
leidyi 59
temporalis 59
Merycopater guyotianus 58
Michigan, Birds of, by M. Gibbs 481
Microbembex 364
monodonta 362 |
Miocene Faunz, Observations on, of Ore-
gon, by E. D. Cope 55
Monedula
emarginata 369
speciosa 361
ventralis 362
Monell, J.:
Notes on Aphidide, with Descriptions
of New Species 18
Monell, J., and Riley, C. V.:
Notes on the Aphididz of the United
States, with Description of Species
occurring West of the Mississippi 1

IND

Motacillide 483 |

Murchisonia terebra 219
Mycetoporus tenuis 510
Myzine
interrupta 349
nanna 349
Nasua
narica 162 |
rufa 170
Nicholson, H. Alleyne, and White, C. A.: |
Supplement to the Bibliography of |
North American Invertebrate Pale-_
ontology 143

EX.

Nomada texana 366
Nomia nortoni 366
Notes on the Aphididsws of the United
States, with Descriptions of Species,
occurring West of the Mississippi,
by C. V. Riley and J. Monell 1
Notes on Aphididx, with Descriptions of
‘New Species, by J. Monell 18
Notes on the Birds of Fort Sisseton, by
Charles E. McChesney 71
Nucula perumbonata 217
Nuculana obesa 216
Ochthebius discretus 510
Odyrerus
annulatus 364
vogus 364
Gningian 42

Olophrum marginatum 510

Oncocunius mirificalis 207

OGlite 35

Ornithology of the Lower Rio Grande of
Texas, Notes on, by G. B. Sennett
371

| Orthosia

conradi 203
disticha 203
Oxford 35
Palzochcerus
condoni 58
pristinus 58
socialis 58
Paleolagus haydeni 55
Paleontological Papers No. weil Ci: as\s
White 105

| Paleontological Papers No. LO Siva GaeAe

White 133

| Paleontological Papers No. 11, by C. A.

White 209
Paratiphia alilabris 349
Paridee 72, 375, 482
Parisian 44, 42
Paromalus debilis 515
| Passer domesticus, on the Present Status
of, in America, with special refer-
ence to the Western States and Ter-
ritories, by E. Coues 175
Patton, W. H.:
The American Bembecidxe 341
Collection of Aculeate Hymenoptera
made by 8. W. Williston in North-
western Kansas 349
Generic Arrangement ofthe Bees allied
to Melissodes and Anthophora 471
Peale, A. C.:
Jura-Trias Section of Southeastern
Idaho and Western Wyoming 120

INDEX.

Peale, A. C.—Continued.

The Laramie Group of Western Wyo- |

ming and Adjacent Regions 195

Peculior 37
Pelecanidz 101, 437, 495
Pemphigus

acerifolii 16

fraxinifolii 17

populi-monilis 13

populi-ramulorum 16

populi-transversus 15
Pentacrinus asteriscus 121
Pepsis cxerulea 351
Perdicide 429
Perigrapha prieses 202
Perissodactyla 58
_ Phalacrocoracide 101

- Phalacrus dispar 513

_ Phalaropodide 89, 492
Philanthus

inversus 355

ventilabris 355
Phicotribus puberulus 519
Phymatodes maculicollis 500
Picidze 81, 415, 489
Pityophthorus deletus 519
Planiceps concolor 367
_ Pleurolicus sulcifrons 55
Pleurotomaria gravillensis 219
Plotidz 438
Podicipide 102, 496
Peebrotherium sternbergii 59
Polistes

aurifer 364

variatus 364
Polyzoa 213
Pompilide 351
Pompilus

ichneumoniformis 351

Willistoni 352
Priononyx atrata 354
Protolabis transmontanus 67
Pseudebzeus obscurus 515
Pseudopsis obliterata 500, 511
Pterochilus quinquefasciatus 364
_ Ptilodyctia triangulata 214
Rallide 95, 436, 493
Recurvirostridz 88, 431, 492
Retzia woosteri 215

_. Rhinoceride, Extinct Species of North

America, and their Allies, by E. D.
Cope 227

Rhinocerus 229

Rhopalosiphum 26

salicis 26°

rhois27)

1071

| Riley, C. V., and Monell, J.:

Notes on the Aphididz of the United
States, with Descriptions of Species
occurring West of the Mississippi 1

Rodentia 55

Sacium biguttatum 512
Salviidee 482
Saxicolidx 72, 482

| Schizoneura americana 4

Schwarz, E. A.:
List of Coleoptera collected by 500
Scolia
lecontei 350
octo-maculata 350
Scoliadze 349
Scolopacide 89, 432, 492
Scolytidze 500
Scolytus unispinosus 519
Sennett, G. B.:

Further Notes on the Ornithology of
the Lower Rio Grande of Texas,
from Observations made during the
Spring of 1878 371

_Siagonium punctatum 500

Siphonophora 18
achyrantes 19
calendulz 21
calendulella 19
cerealis 19
erategi 20
fragariz 22
granaria 19
liriodendri 20
tudbeckiz 21
sonchella 21
tillee 20
tulipz 19

| Sittida 482

Sphecidz 353
Sphecienus 345
Sphecius 341
hogardii 343
nevadensis 343
speciosus 342
spectabilis 344
Sphexichneumonea 354
Stampian and Aquitanian 45, 46
Steneofiber
gradatus 55
nebrascensis 55
Stenialia 364
Strigide 82, 417, 490
Stizini 341
Stizus
agilis 347
bicinctus 347

ao

1072

Stizus—Continued.
cingulatus 347
dubius 347
lata 346
moneduloides 347
servillii 346

-unicinetus 346, 361

Stylemys oregonensis 55

Subapennine 42, 47

Suessonian 42

Sulide 495

Sylvicolide 73, 384, 483

Sylviidee 375

Syncalypta grisea 514

Synhalonia 473
acerba 474
ebata 474
edwardsii 474
frater 474
fulvitarsis 474
honesta 474
intrudens 474
speciosa 474

Tachytes
ceelebs 355
texanus 368

Tanagridz 388, 485

Tantalide 432

Temnocyon altigensis 58

Terebratula
angusta 108, 122
semisimplex 108

Tertiary 37

Testudinata 55

Tetraonide 84, 491

Tetratonia 472

S|

INDEX.

py

Tetratonia—Continued.
concolor 518
Tongrain 42
Trochilidz 81, 411, 48%
Troglodytidz 72, 381, 483
Turdide 71, 372, 482
Two-Ocean Pass, by F. V. Hayden 993
Tyrannide 401, 488
Vertebrata, Relations of the Horizons of
Extinct, by E. D. Cope 33
Vespide 364 '
Veta Pass 520 F

Vireonide 75, 389, 485 : ty
Wasatch 42 :

Wealden 35 +
White, C. A.:

Paleontological Papers No. 9: Fossils ty
of the Jura-Trias of Southeastern
Idaho 105

Paleontological Papets No. 10: Con
ditions of Preservation of Inverte-
brate Fossils 133

Paleontological Papers No. 11: Re-
marks upon Certain Carboniferous —
Fossils 209

White, C. A., and Nicholson, H. Alleyne: —

Supplement to the Bibliography of

North American Invertebrate Pa-
leontology 143
White River 42, 45, 46 ne
Williston, S. W., Aculeate Hymenoptera
collected be 349
Xenoglossa
pruinosa 473
Xylocleptes cucurbitz 519
Zalabis 229 -

&
,

uit?
Nye

iiss

Ne

—

ee

a)

ae,

wi

3 9088 01316 3340